war
 
r^rc*
& <5v
IV A?
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
y
rwo.
FOUNDED 1836
WASHINGTON, D. C.
■</ r 
<3S*

 
 
NEW   DICTIONARY
MEDICAL     SCIENCE
LITERATURE,
CONTAINING
A CONCISE ACCOUNT OF THE VARIOUS SUBJECTS AND TERMS;
WITH THE
SYNONYMES IN DIFFERENT LANGUAGES;
FORMULAE FOR VARIOUS OFFICINAL AND EMPIRICAL PREPARATIONS, &c.  &c.
By  ROBLEY DUNGLISON,  m. d.,
professor of Physiology, Pathology, Obstetrics, and Medical Jurisprudence in the University of
 *  Virginia; Member of the American Philosophical Society ; of the Royal College of Surgeons,
 ^     of the Medical, Hunterian, and Apothecaries' Societies of London; of the Medical,
 >J       Pharmaceutical, and Linnaean Societies of Paris; of the Physico-Medical
            Society of Erlangen'; of the Royal Society of Nancy, and of the
  . ,              Royal Academy and Academic Medical Society of
  '■■i                             Marseilles.
%
                  VOL.  I.



               BOSTON:
PIT    ISHED  BY  CHARLES BOWEN.
                    183 3. 
w
ddlU

  v.  1
Entered according to the act of Congress in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three,
                               by Charles Eowcn,
         in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Distiict of Massachusetts.
        CAMBRIDGE:
E. \V  METCALF AND COMPANY,
    Printers to tki University. 
         ABBREVIATIONS,


ARBITRARILY  EMPLOYED IN THIS WORK.
Anat.
Arab.
Biogr.

D.
Da.


F. or Fah.
G.
Gr.
Heb.
Hyg-

L.
Leg. Med.
Mat. Alim.
Mat. Med.
Med.
Anatomy.
Arabic.
Biography.
Chaussieb.
Dutch.
Danish.
English.
French.
Fahrenheit.
German.
Greek.
Hebrew.
Hygiene.
Italian.
Latin.
Legal Medicine.
Materia Alimentaria.
Materia Medica.
Medicine.
Med. Antiq.
Med. Leg.
Obstet.
P.
Path.
Path. Anat.
Ph. A.
Ph.D.
Ph. E.
Ph. L.
Ph. P.
Pharm.
Phjs.
R.
S.
S. G.
Surg.
Sw.
Therap.
Medical Antiquities.
Legal Medicine.  •
Obstetrics.
Portuguese.
Pathology.
Pathological Anatomy.
[ Pharmacopeia of Ameriea.
     Do.     of Dublin.
     'Do.     of Edinburgh.
     Do.     of London.
     Do.     of Paris.
Pharmacy.
Physiology.
Reaumur.
Spanish.
Specific Gravity.
Surgery.
 Swedish.
Therapeutics. 
 
PREFACE-
   The present compilation was originally  suggested  by the frequent
complaints, made by the Author's pupils in the University of Virginia,
that they were unable to meet with information on numerous topics of
professional inquiry, — especially of recent introduction, — in the Med-
ical Dictionaries accessible to them.
   It may, indeed, be with propriety remarked, that whilst most of  the
languages of Europe possess portable  lexicons, corresponding to  the
present condition of the science, the English  language has none;  for
the  Dictionary of Hooper, in the purely professional portion,  has
undergone  but little modification  within  the last fifteen or  twenty
years, and the exertions of the American editor appear  to have been
mainly directed to the  collateral or  accessory departments of natural
science.                              - ►•  .
  Some of these,  in the  present work, have been entirely  excluded,
with the view of forming a portable work of pure medicine, which may
serve as a useful book of reference to the Tyro, as well as to the more
advanced  student, in the perusal of writers in  the various languages
whose  synonymes it embraces.  For this purpose, the Author has  not
felt  himself at liberty to exclude any  term, because obsolete,  or  not
clearly understood, or to omit the writer of any ex professo treatise, —
for to such only the Bibliography extends,—because of the antiquity or
rarity of the production.
   In so diversified and tedious  an undertaking,  it may be  expected,
that errors, especially of a typographical character, have been indulged.
These, however, have been comparatively few owing to the well known
accuracy of the Cambridge Press, and to the zealous  care and atten-
tion of a gentleman attached to it, — Mr. Charles Folsom — who
inspected the proofs after they were transmitted to the Author.
  The distance of the Author from  the press,  which has  been  the
cause of great delay in the  progress of the work, has  likewise occa-
sioned omissions  particularly in the early part.  These deficiences it
has been  attempted to supply  in the Supplement, at  the end of  the
second volume. 
VI
PREFACE.
  Many subjects have doubtless, also, been entirely passed over;  but
the number of additions that have been made, and the strong desire of
being useful " by removing rubbish and clearing obstructions from the
paths through which learning and  genius press forward to conquest
and glory," will, the  Author trusts, somewhat disarm the severity of
criticism for these and other  objections that might be urged against
the work;  especially, when the toil, which every humble compiler of a
dictionary must  endure,  and which  has been so forcibly depicted by
the great English Lexicographer, as well as by the distinguished Scal-
iger, is taken into consideration.
           " Si quelqu'un a commis quelque crime odieux,
            S'il a tue" son pere, ou blaspheme1 les Dieux,
            Qu'il fasse un Lexicon: s'il est supplice au monde
            Qui le punisse mieux, je veux que Ton me tonde."
University of Virginia,  Oct. 1832. 
          NEW  DICTIONARY

                      OF

MEDICAL  SCIENCE.
                   A

A                            ABBREVIATION
  A, orAA.  See Abbreviation.
  Aa'ron or Ah'ron  (Biogr ) A physi-
cian of Alexandria, who nourished in
the 7th  century.  He is said  to  have
first clearly described the Small Pox
and Measles.  Works. Some fragments
preserved by Rhazes.
  Aar'zhil,  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat Med.)  A. is  in the canton of
Berne in Switzerland.  The chief spring
contains muriates of lime  and  soda,
sulphates of lime and soda, oxyd of
iron, and hydrosulphuric acid gas.
  A'bach. Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)   A  hydrosulphuretted  saline
spring, not far  from  Ratisbon  or Re-
gentsberg in Bavaria.
  Abaliena'tus  (Path.)  Corruptus.
Corrupted.  Membra abalienata. Limbs
dead, or benumbed.   Celsus, Scribo-
nius Largus.
  Aban'ga (Mat. Med.) Name given
by the inhabitants of St. Thomas to
the fruit of a palm-tree, the seeds of
which  they consider very  useful  in
diseases of the chest, in the dose of 3 or
4, given two or three  times a day.
  Abaptis'ta   (Surg.)  Abaptis'ton,
nSarrnnra,  afianriOTov, from a priva-
tive, and (JunriLtn-,' to plunge.'  A term
applied to  the old Trepan, the  conical
shape of  which prevented it  from
plunging suddenly into  the cavity of
the cranium.
  Abare'mo-Te'mo   (Mat. Med.)  A
Brazilian  tree,   whicn grows  in the
mountains, and appears to be a mimosa.
Piso relates that the decoction of its
                    1
bark,  which is bitter and astringent,
was applied, in that country, to ulcers
of a bad character.
  Ab'becourt, Mineral Waters or
(Mat.  Med.)  A chalybeate spring, six
leagues from Paris, and one from Poissy.
It was once much  frequented, but ia
now abandoned.
  Ab'beville,  Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.)  An acidulous chalybeate
at Abbeville, in the  department of the
Somme.
  Abbreviation (Phann.) Abbrevia'-
1io,^Qa/viaig, ftou/vat/os, Abbreviatu'ra.
Abbreviations are chiefly used in medi-
cinal formulae.   They are by no means
as frequently employed now  as  of old,
when  every article had its appropriate
symbol.  The  chief abbreviations now
adopted are the following :
  Jsfc.  Recipe, Take.
  A. AA, ANA, utriusque, Of each.
  ABDOM. Abdomen.
  ABS.FEBR.  Absentefebre, In the
absence of fever.
  AD. or ADD.  Adde or addatur.
  AD. LIB. Ad libitum, At pleasure.
  ADMOV.  Admoveatur, Let it be
applied.
  ALTERN.  HOR.  Alternis horis,
Every other hour.
  AL V.  ADSTR1CT. Alvo adstrictd,
The bowels being confined.
  AQ. Aqua,  Water.
  AQ. COMM. Aqua communis, Com-
mon water.
  AQ. FONT.  Aqua fontis,  Spring
water. 
ABBREVIATION          2         ABBREVIATION
  AQ. BULL. Aqua bulliens, Boiling
water.
  AQ.  FERV.  Aqua fervens,  Hot
water.
  AQ. MARIN.  Aqua marina, Sea
water.
  B. A.  Balneum arena, A sand-bath.
  BALS.  Balsamum, Balsam.
  B.B. BBDS. Barbadensis, Barbadoes.
  BIB.  Bibe, Drink.
  BIS IND.  Bis indies, Twice daily.
  B.M.  Balneum marice, A water-bath.
  BOL.  Bolus.
  BULL.  Bulliat, Let it boil.
  BUT.  Butyrum, Butter.
  B. V.   Balneum  vaporis, A vapor-
bath.
  CMRUL.  Candeus, Blue.
  CAP.  Capiat, Let him take.
  C. C.   Comu cervi, Hartshorn.
  C. C.  U.  Comu cervi ustum,  Burnt
hartshorn.
  C. M.  Cras mani*, To-morrow morn-
ing.
  COCHL.  Cochleare,  A spoonful.
  COCHL. AMPL.   Cochleare am-
plum, A large spoonful.
  COCHL. INF. Cochleare infantum,
A child's spoonful.
  COCHL. MOD. or MED.  Cochkare
modicum or medium, A  dessert  spoon-
ful.
  COCHL. PARV.  Cochleare par-
vum, A tea-spoonful.
  COL.  Cola, colatura, Strain, and to
the strained.
   COMP.  Compositus, Compound.
   CONF. Confectio, Confection.
  CONS. Conserva, Conserve.
   CONT.  Continuetur, Let it be con-
 tinued.
   COQ.  Coque, Boil.
   CORT. Cortex, Bark.
   CRAST.  Crastinus, For to-morrow.
    CUJ.   Cujus, Of which.
    CUJUSL.  Cujuslibet, Of any.
    CYATH.  Cyathus, A glassful.
    CYATH. THEM, In a cup of tea.
   D. Dosis, A dose.
   D. et S. Detur et signetur, (placed
 at  the end of a prescription.)
   D. D.  Detur ad,  Let it be given in
 or to.
   D. D. VITR. Detur  ad vitrum,  Let
 it be given in a glass.
   DEAUR.  PIL.  Deaurentur pilula,
 Let the pills be gilded.
    DEB.  SPISS.  Debita spissitudo, A
 due consistence.
    DEC.   Decanta,  Pour off.
    DECUB.  Decubitus, Lying  down,
 going to bed.
  DE D. IN D. De die in diem, From
day to day.
  DEJ.ALV. Dejeetiones alvi, Alvine
evacuations.
  DEP-  Depuratus, Purified.
  DET.  Detur, Let it be given.
  DIEB. ALTERN.  Diebus alternis,
Every other day.
  DIEB.TERT. Diebus tertiis, Every
third day.
  DIG. Digeratur, Let it be digested.
  DIL.  Dihttus, Dilute.
  DIM.  Dimidius, One half.
  DIST.  Distilla, Distil.
  DIV.  Divide, Divide.
  DONEC ALV. SOLUT. FUER.
Donee alvus  soluta fuerit,  Until  the
bowels are opened.
  DRACH.  Drachma, A drachm.
  EJUSD. Ejusdem, Of the same.
  ENEM.  Enema, A clyster.
  EXH1B.  Exhibeatur, Let it be  ex-
hibited.
  EXT. SUPER  ALUT.   Extende
super alutam, Spread upon leather.
  F.  Fiat, Let it be made.
  F. PIL.   Fiat pilula,  Make into  a
pill.
  F. VENAHS. or F. V. S.  Fiat vena
sectio, Let bleeding be performed.
  FEB. DUR.  Febre durante, The
fever continuing.
  FEM.  INTERN.  Femoribus  in-
ternis, To the inside of the thighs.
  FIST. ARMAT. Fistula  armata, A
bag and pipe, a clyster pipe and bladder
fitted for use.
  FL. Fluidus, and Flores,  Fluid,and
Flowers.
  FRUST.   Frustillatim,  In  small
pieces.
   GEL. QUA VIS. Gelalind qudvis,
In  any kind of jelly.
   G. G.  G.   Gummi  guttaz Gambia,
Camboge.
   GR.   Granum, A grain.
   Git.  Gutta, A drop.
   GU. or  GUTT.  QUIBUSD.  Guttis
quibusdam, With some drops.
   GUM.  Gummi, Gum.
   GUTTAT.  Guttatim, By drops.
   HOR.  DECUB.  Hord  decubitus,
 At bed-time.
   HOR.  LXTERM.  Horis interme-
 diis, At intermediate hours.
   H. S.  Hard somni, At bed-time.
   INF.   Infunde, Infuse.
   IND.  Indies, Daily.
   INJ.  ENEM.  Injiciatur  enema,
 Let a clyster be given.
   IN PULM.  Inpulmento, In gruel.
   JUL.  Julepus, A julep. 
ABBREVIATION          3         ABBREVIATION
  LAT. DOL.  Lateri dolenti, To the
pained side.
  LB and LIB. Libra, A pound weight.
  LLB.  Libra, Pounds.
  LIQ.  Liquor.
  M.  Misce, Mix.
  MAC. Macera, Macerate.
  MAN  Manipulus, A handful.
  MAJY. PRIM.  Mane prima, Early
in the morning.
  MIC. PAN.  Mica panis, Crumb  of
bread.
  MIN. Minimum, The 60th part  of
a drachm, by measure.
  MITT. Mitte,  Send.
  MITT. SANG. Mittatur sanguinis,
Let blood be drawn.
  MOD. PRESCRIPT.  Modo pres-
scripto, In the manner directed.
  MOR.  SOL.   More  solito, In the
usual manner.
  MUC.  Mucilago, Mucilage.
  N. M.  Nux moschata, Nutmeg.
   O.  Octarius, A pint.
   OL.  Oleum, Oil.
   OL.  LINI, S. I   Oleum  lini sine
igne, Cold-drawn linseed oil.
   OMN. BID.   Omni  biduo,  Every
two days.
   OMN. Bill.  Omni bihorio, Every
two hours.
   OMN. HOR Omnihord, Every hour.
   OMN. MAN.  Omni mane,  Every
morning.
   OMN. NOCTE, Every night.
   OMN. QUA DR. HOR. Omni quad-
rante hora,  Every quarter of an hour.
   O. O. O. Oleum oliva optimum, Best
olive oil.
   O V.  Ovum, An egg.
   OX.  Oxymel.
   OZ.  Uncia, An ounce.
  P.  Pondere, by weight.
  P. and PUG.  Pugillus, A pugil.
  P. AH. Partes aquales, Equal parts.
  PART. VIC.  Partitis vicibus, In
divided doses.
  PERACT.  OP. EMET.  Peracta
operatione emetici, The operation of the
emetic being over.
  PIL.  Pilula, A pill.
  POST. SING. SEP. LIQ. Post sin-
gulas sedes liquidas, After every liquid
evacuation.
  POT. Potio, A potion.
  P. P.  Pulvis patrum, Jesuit's bark.
  P. RAT. AETAT.  Pro ratione ata-
tis, According to the age.
  P. R. N.  Pro re natd, As occasion
may be.
  P UL V.  Pulvis, A powder.
  Q. P.  Quantum placeat, As much as
may please.
  Q. S.  Quantum sufficiat, As much
as is sufficient.
  QUOR.  Quorum, Of which.
  Q. V.  Quantum volueris, As much
as you wish.
  RAD.  Radix, Root.
  RAS.  Rasura, Shavings.
  RECT.  Rectificatus,  Rectified.
  RED. or REDIG. INPULV.  Re-
dactus in pulverem, or  Redigatur in
pulverem, Powdered, or  Let it be pow-
dered.
  REG.UMBIL.  Regio umbilici, The
umbilical region.
  RE PET.  Repetatur, Let it be re-
peated.
  S. A.  Secundum artem, According
to art.
  SEM.   Semen, Seed.
  SEMI-DR.  Semi-drachma,  Half a
drachm.
  SEMI-H.  Semi-hora, Half an hour
  SER V.  Serva, Keep, preserve.
  SESQU1H.   Sesquihora,  An hour
and a half.
  SESUNC. Sesuncia, An ounce and
a half.
  SI NON VAL.  Si  non valeat, If
it does not answer.
  SI OP. SIT.  Si opus sit, If there be
need.
  SI VIR. PERM.  Si vires permit-
tant, If the strength will permit.
  SOLV.  Solve, Dissolve.
  SP. and SPIR.  Spiritus, Spirit.
  SS. Semi, One half.
  ST. Stet, Let it stand.
  SUB FIN. COCT.  Subfinem coc-
tionis, Towards the end of the boiling.
  SUM.   Sumat, Let him take :  also,
Summitates, The tops.
  S. V.  Spiritus vini, Spirit of wine.
  S.  V. R.   Spiritus  vini rectificatus,
Rectified spirit of wine.
  S. V. T.  Spiritus vini tenuiar, Proof
spirit of wine.
  SYR.  Syrupus,  Syrup,
  TEMP. DEXT.   Tempori dextro,
To  the right temple.
  T. O.   Tinctura  opii, Tincture of
opium.
  TR. and "R and TINCT. Tinctura,
Tincture.
  TRIT.   Tritura,  Triturate.
  V. O. S.  or VIT. OV. SOL.  Vitello
ovi  solutus, Dissolved in the yolk of an

  Z. Z. anciently myrrh: now zinxi-
ber, or ginger.
  }fo, Libra,  A pound.
  § , Uncia, An ounce.
  5, Drachma, A drachm.
  9, Scrupulum, A scruple, 
ABDOMEN             4           ABDUCTOR
   ss, Semissis, or half; iss, one and a
 half.
   j, one; ij, two; iij, three; iv, four, &c.

   The same system is  not  always fol-
 lowed in abbreviating.  The subjoined
 will exhibit the usual mode :
  H
     Infus. Calumb.     § iss
     Tinct Gent. c.     3i
     Syr  Cort. Aurant.  [}ij
     Tinct. Caps.        g»- XL. M-
 Cap'-  Coch. ij. p. r. n.
   This written at length is as follows :
  Recipe.
    Infusi Calumba, sesqui-unciam,
    Tinctura   Gentiana    Composita,
       drachmam,
    Syru/i Corticis Aurantiorum, scru-
       pula duo,
    Tinctuia ( apsici, guttas quadragin-
       ta.  Misce.
  Capiat cochlearia duo pro re natl.
  (F) Abnv.ation.  (G) Abkurzung.
   Abdu'men (Anat ) from ab'dert, ' to
 Conceal ';  >,ruui, I'/tuyunjitiur, ?.7in//oi,
 ka/iuya, i.ttixoi'/.tur,  yunri/ij, 'vzoitoioi,
 ttjdvg, Abdu'men, Ven'ter i'mus,  Ven'-
 ter in'fiiims. Mirach, Ne'dys,  Al'cus,
 U'tents.   The  largest  of  the  three
 Bplanchnic cavities, bounded, above, by
 the diaphragm; below, by the pelvis ;
 behind, by the lumbar vertebrae ; and at
 the sides and fore part, by muscular ex-
 pansions.  It is distinguished into three
 anterior regions, from above to below ;
 viz. the epigastric, umbilical, and  hypo-
 gastric, each of which is itself divided
 into three  others, one middle and two
 lateral : thus the epigiftric region com-
 prises  the  epigastrium  and hypochon-
 dria ; the umbilical, the umbilicus and
flanks or lumbar reg mis ; and  the hy-
pogastric,  the  hyii»<*astrium and iliac
 regions.  None of these regions has its
 limits well defined.  The chief viscera
 contained  in  the  Abdomen  are  the
 stomach, intestines, liver, spleen, pan-
 creas,  kidneys, &c.  It is lined by the
 Peritoneum.
   (F) Ventre, V infhieur, Bas ventre,
 (G) U nterleib, Bauch, Schmer-
 b a u c h .
   Abdom'inal  (Ana'.)   Abdominals.
 That which belongs to the Abdomen,
 as abdominal muscles,  abdominal vis-
 cera, &c.
   Abhuc'tion (Anat.)  Abduc'tio, from
 ab Metre, to separate.  The movement
 which separates a limb or  other part
 from the axis of the body.
   The word has also been used synony-
 mously with Abrup'tio, aauyfiu, anu-
 xXamia, a fracture near the articular ex-
 tremity of a bone,  with separation of
 the fragments.
   (G) Abziehung.
   Abduc'tor  (Anat.)  same  etymon.
 A muscle which moves certain  parts
 by separating them from the axis of the
 body.
   (F)  Abducteur.    (G)  A b z i e h-
 m u s k e 1.
   ABDUC'TOR  AU'RIS, Abduc'tor OU-
 rieula'fts,  a portion of the posterior
 anris, the existence of which is not con-
 stant,and which passes from the mastoid
 process to the concha.
   (F) Abduct tur de  Voreille.
   ABDUC'TOR   IN'DICIS.  Semi-inte-
 rus'iteus in'dicis, a muscle  which arises
 from the os trapezium and metacarpal
 bone of the thumb, and is inserted into
 the first bone of the forefinger.  Its use
 is to  bring the  forefinger  towards the
 thumb.
   ABDUC'TOR  MIN'IMI  DIG"ITI,
 Cat'po • phalangeus  min'imi dig"itir
 Carpo-phalangien du  petit doigt.  Ex-
 ten'.nor trr'lii inltmo'dii min'imi dig"iti
 (Douglas).  Hypoth'enar minor meta-
 carpeus   It originates fleshy from the
 os pisiforme,  and from the  annular
 ligainent near it;  and  is inserted, ten-
 dinous,  into the  inner side of the base
 of the first bone of the little finger.
 Use. To draw the little finger from the
 rest.
   ABDUC'TOR  MIN'IMI DIG"ITI  PE-
 DIS, I al'co-sub -phalange'us  min'imi
 dig"iti.  Calcuneo-phalangien  du  petit
 orteil, Parath'enar ma'jot (Winslow),
 by whom the muscle is divided into two
 portions,  Parath'enar  ma'jor and  me-
 tatarseus.   Calcaneo - sous-phalangien
 du petit orteil (Ch.)  This muscle forms
 the outer margin of the sole of the foot,
 and is immediately beneath the plantar
 aponeurosis.  It  arises, tendinous  and
 fleshy, i'rom the  outer side of the pro-
 tuberance of the os calcis, and from the
 root of the metatarsal bone of the little
 t>e, and is inserted  into the outer part
 of the root of the first bone of the little
 toe.   Uae. To draw the  little toe out-
 wards.
  (F) Abducteur du petit orteil.
  ABDUC'TOR  POL'LICIS  BRE'VIS,
Abduc'tor  Fmlicis  .\.a'nus,  Scapho-
 Car'po - su'per - phalange'us   Pul'licis,
 sus-phalanj>ien du pouce,  A.  pol'licis
 ma'nus and A. bre'vis alter (Albincs).
 Carptisus-phalangen du pouce (Ch.)
 A short, flat, triangular muscle, which
arises from the anterior surface of the
os scaphoides and the annular ligament 
ABEBiEOS
5
ABERRATION
 of the  carpus,  and terminates at the
 outside of the upper extremity of the
 first phalanx of the thumb.   A particu-
 lar portion,  on the inner side of this
 muscle, is called, by Albinus, Abduc'-
 tor bre'vis alter.
    (F) Abducteur court du pouce.
  ABDUC'TOR LON'GUS POL'LICIS,A.
 I. P. Ma'nus, Exten'sor ossis metacar'pi
 pol'licis ma'nus, Exten'sor  pri'mi in-
 terno'dii (Douglas), Exten'sor primus
 Pol'licis,  Cubito-radi-sus-metacarpien
 du pouce, Cubito-sus-metacarpien du
 pouct (Ch.)  A long, thin muscle, aris-
 ing from the posterior surface of the
 ulna,  radius,  and  interosseous  liga-
 ment, and inserted at  the  outer side
 of the upper  extremity of the first met-
 acarpal bone.
  (F) Abducteur long du pouce.
  ABDUC'TOR   POL'LICIS  PE'DIS,
 Cal'co-sub-phalange'us  Pol'licis.  This
 muscle  arises, fleshy, from the anterior
 and inner part of the  protuberance  of
 the  os  calcis, and tendinous from the
 same bone where it joins with  the  os
 naviculare.   It is inserted, tendinous,
 into the internal os sesamoideum and
 root of  the first bone of the  great toe.
 Use.  To  pull the  great toe from the
 rest.
  (F) Abducteur du gros orteil.
  The name Abduc'tor has been given
 also to  all those interosseous muscles
 of the hand and foot, which perform the
 motion  of abduction on the  fingers  or
 toes, and to muscles which execute the
 same function on  other  parts  of the
 body.
  Abeb.s:os  (Path.)  aptpatoc,  from a
 neg. and ptpmoc,' firm,' infir'mus, deb-
 His,  weak, infirm, unsteady.  Hippo-
 crates.
  ABEILLE, Scipio (Biogr.) A French
 surgeon of eminence, born at Riez, in
 Provence ; died 1697.  Works.  Nou-
 velle histoire  des  os, selon les anciens
 et les modernes.   Paris. 1685.   12mo.
 Le  parfait chirurgien d'armce.   Paris.
 1696.  12mo.  Trade des plaies  d'ar-
 quebusades.    Paris.  1696.     12mo.
 U Anatomic de la lite et de ses parties.
 Paris, 1696.  12mo.
  Abel'mei.uch, (Mat.  Med.)  One of
 the names of the  Ricinus, according to
some  authors.  Prosper Alpinus  says
that a tree, which grows about Mecca, is
so called.   Its seeds, which  are black
and oblong, are said to be a most violent
cathartic.
  ABENG'NEFIT, Abheng'nefit, or
Albeng'nefit  (Biogr.)   An Arabian
physician, who flourished in the 12th j
 century.   Works.  On  the  virtues of
 medicines  and  food,  translated into
 Latin by  Geraro of Cremona.   Stras-
 burg, 1531. fol.  De balneis.  1553. fol.
   A'bensberg, Mineral Waters of
 (Mat. Med.)  A.  is a city of Bavaria,
 where there  is  a  cold,  sulphureous
 spring.
   ABERCROMBY, David  (Biogr.)
 A  respectable Scotch  physician, who
 flourished about the middle of the 17th
 century.  Works. Tuta ac efficax luis
 venerea sape absque mercurio, ac sem-
 per absque salivatione mercuriali, cu-
 randa methodus.  Lond. 1684.  12mo.
 De  variatione et  varietate pulsus ob-
 servationes.   Item nova medicina turn
 speculative turn practica clavis.  Lond.
 1685.  8vo.  Nova medicines clavis, seu
 ars exploranda medicasfacilitates plan-
 (arum ex solo sapore. Lond. 1685.  8vo,
 Opuscula medica ; curandi bubones ve-
 nereos, et tutior salivationis methodus,
 Lond.1687.  Svo.
  Aberra'tion, (Path.) Aberra'tio,from
 aberra're,' to wander from.'  This word
 has several meanings.
   1. The  passage of a fluid of the liv-
 ing  body  into an order of vessels not
 destined  for it.  The  passage of red
 blood, for example, into white vessels,
   In this  sense it is synonymous with
 the Error Loci of Boerhaave.
   2. The  flow of a fluid towards an or-
 gan different  from that to which it is
 ordinarily directed;  as in cases of vi-
 carious hemorrhage.   Aberrations of
 sense or judgment are certain errors in
 the  images perceived or  certain  de-
 rangements of the intellectual  facul-
 ties.
   The woyd is used  in optics to desig-
 nate the dispersion of the rays of light
 in passing through a lens.
  The ABERRA'TION OF SPHERIC-
 ITY,  or  spher'ical aberra'tion,  takes
 place, when the rays, as in a common
 lens, which  pass though  the centre
 of the lens, and those which pass near
 the circumference, are  unequally  re-
 fracted, so that they do not meet at a
 common focus.
  This aberration of sphericity in the
 human eye is corrected by the iris.
  The ABERRA'TION  OF  REFRAN-
 OIBILITY  exists,  when,   as   in  a
common lens, the rays that pass near
the circumference  of the lens are de-
composed, so  that a colored  image is
observed.  This aberration in the hu-
man eye is corrected by the iris, which
does not permit the rays to fall near the
circumference of the lens, and also by 
ABEVACUATIO
6           ABRACADABRA
the crystalline lens itself, which, owing
to its structure, serves the purposes of
an achromatic glass.
  (F) Aberration.  (G)  Abirrung,
Abweichung.
  Abevacua'tio  (Path.)  arroxtrwaic,
apoceno'sis, from ab, diminutive, and
evacuo,' I empty.'  A partial or imper-
fect evacuation.
  Abhal  (Mat. Med.)  A fruit  well
known in  India, and obtained from  a
species of  cypress.   It  passes  for an
emmenagogue.
  Abirrita'tion (Path.) Ab-irriia'tio,
from ab, privative, and irrita'tij,' irrita-
tion.'   This word  strictly means, ab-
sence  or  defect  of  irritation.   The
disciples of Broussais use it to  indi-
cate a pathological  condition, opposite
to that of  irritation.   It may be  con-
sidered  as  synonymous  with Debility,
Asthenia, &c.
  Ablution (Hyg. and  Pharm.)  Ab-
lu'tio,  anovi^n? aponip'sis, xarayJ.v-
ot;oc,  cataclys'mus,  from ablti'ere, 'to
wash.'  A  name given  to legal cere-
monies in which the  body  is subjected
to particular affusions.  Ablution (es-
pecially of the  extremities) with  cold
or tepid water is employed, therapeuti-
cally, to reduce febrile heat.  Also, the
washing by which medicines are sepa-
rated   from  the  extraneous  matters
mixed with them.
  (G) Waschung, Reinigung.
 Aboli"tion (Path.) Aboli'Hio, destruc-
tion or suppression.   A word, often
employed,  especially by  the French, to
express the complete  suspension of any
symptom or function.  Abolition of the
sight, e. g. is the complete loss of sight.
  (G) Vernichtung.
  Alton' i ios (Obsletr.) Abortus, Abor1-
sus, Dysto'cia  aborli'va,  Paracye'sis
abor'tus, Amblo'sis, Amblo'ma, Diaph'-
ihora, Ectro'sistExamblo'ma, Examblo'-
sis,EcUos'mos,Apopalle'sis,Apopal'sis,
Apoph'thora, Ptho'ra,  Convul'sio u'teri,
Deperdi'tio, uppt.maiq, exTQonfiog,epSuQa,
aiioipdoQU, dtatpSo'ja, s^Wt/, i^utifllvxiic,
Miscarriage.   The  expulsion  of the
fcetus before the seventh month of ute-
rogestation, or before it is viable, (q. v.)
Tl'.e causes of this accident are referable
cither to the mother, and particularly to
the uterus; or to the  foetus and its de-
pendencies.  The causes in the mother
may be: — extreme nervous suscepti-
bility,  great debility,  plethora;  faulty
conformation, &c.; and it is frequently
induced immediately  by intense  mental
emotion, violent exercise, &c. The cau-
ses seated  in the foetus  are  its  death,
rupture of the membranes,  &c.   It
most frequently occurs between the 8th
and  12th  weeks  of gestation.   The
symptoms of abortion are : — uterine
hemorrhage with or without flakes of
decidua, with intermitting pain. When
abortion  has once  taken place,  it is
extremely apt to recur in subsequent
pregnancies about  the  same  period.
Some  writers  have  called  abortion,
when it  occurs prior  to  three months,
Effluxion.  The  treatment must  vary
according to the constitution  of the
patient and the  causes giving rise to
it.  In all cases, the horizontal  posture
and perfect quietude are  indispensable.
  (F) Avortement. (G) Fehlgeburt.
  Abor'tion is likewise  applied to the
product of an untimely  birth.   Abor-
ti'vus, cxTovftariutog, Abortment.
  (F) Avorion, Avortin.   (G) Friih-
geburt.
  To abort', abori'ri, is to miscarry.
  (F) Avorter.  (G) Fehlgebare n,
missgebaren.
  Writers on Abortion.   B. Albinus,
Francf. ad Viadr. 1699 (L).  J. Bohn,
Lips. 1707  (L).  F.  Hoffmann, Hal.
1733 (L).  G. L. Mithobius, Hal. 1739
 L).  J. A. E. BuciiNER,Hal. 1767 (L).
 zard, Paris,  1802 (F).  A.  Le  Roy,
Paris, 1801 (F). J. Burns, Lond. 1806.
M.  A. Desormeaux, Paris, ltill (L).
St.  Germain, Paris, 1655. (F).
  Medico-legal   Writers  on   A.
E.  Camerarics,  Tubing.  1697 (L).
W. H. Waldschmid, Kilon. 1723 (L).
Ch. Fr.  Bockii-s,  Witeb. 1726 (L).
G. J. Schirmer, Hal. 1729 (L).  M. Al-
berti, Hal. 1730 (L).   Fr. M. Graff,
Hal. 1746 (L).  J. Bertuch. Hal. 1746
(L). Madame Boivin, Paris, 1823 (F).
  Abor'tive (Mat. Med.) Aborti'vus,
aup?.viTixos,  (pdooioc,  tyfiukioc,  ano-
ip&onto?,  Ectrot'icvs.  A medicine  to
which is attributed  the property  of
causing abortion.   There is probably
no direct agent of the  kind.
  (F) Abortif.
  Aboulaza (Mat. Med)  a   tree  of
Madagascar, used,  according  to  Fla-
court, in the practice  of the  coun-
try, in diseases of the  heart.
  A'brabax (Med.) A'brasax,  Abrax-
as,  a  mystic  term expressing  the
number 365, and  to  which  the Ca-
balists attributed miraculous properties.
  Abracada'bra   (Med. Antiq.)  the
name of  a  Syrian  Idol, according to
Selden.  This word, when pronounced
and repeated in a  certain  form and a
certain number of times, was supposed
to have the power of curing fevers and 
ABRACALAN            7           ABSORPTION
preventing  many  diseases.   It  was
figured on amulets and worn suspend-
ed round the neck.   The  following
description of it is given by Serenus
Sammonicus, who had great faith in it.

" Inscribas chartse quod dicitur Abracadabra,
  Scepius ct subter repetas, sed detrahc summaj,
  Et magis atque magis desint elcmenta figuris
  Singula, qute semper rapies el cetera figes,
,  Donee in anguslum redigatur littera conum.
  His lino nexia collum redimire memento.'1


          3NTXDN1DN
           NIXON-OX


              3S13X
              XT3X
                1 3 X
                 U X

  Abra'calan (Med. Anliq.)  A caba-
listic term to which the Jews attributed
the same virtue  as to  the word Abra-
cadabra.
  Abra'sion (Path.) Abra'sio,Aposyr'-
ma, unoavqua, from abra>dcre,' to rasp,'
tmo&apog.' A superficial  excoriation,
with loss  of substance, under the form
of small shreds, in the mucous mem-
brane of the intestines. (F) Raclure des
Boyaux.   (G)  Anfressen.   Also,
an  ulceration of  the  skin, possessing
similar characters. According to Vicq
d'Azyr. the word has been used for the
absorption of the  molecules composing
the various organs.
  Abrotoni'tes (Pharm.) a/gporowTi;?,
wine impregnated with the Artemisia
Abrotanum or Southern wood.
  Ab'scess  (Path.) from  abscedo, ' I
depart,' or ' separate from.' Absces'sus,
absces'sio, aphiste'sis, aposte'ma, Im-
pos'thume, Ecpye'ma, txnvt,ua, Ecpye'-
sis, txivtjots, Reces'sus.   A collection
of pus in a cavity, the result of a mor-
bid process.
   See Puogenia and  Suppuration.
   (F) Abets,Depdt. (G) Geschw'ar,
Eitergeschwiir.
  The French have various distinctive
terms for Abscesses.
   The Abce~s chaud,  aigu,  soudain, is
one which follows violent inflamma-
tion.
   The Abce~s froid, chronique, scrofu-
leux, one which is the result of chronic
or scrofulous inflammation.
   The Abces par congestion, A. meta-
statique, is a symptomatic abscess, one
which occurs in  a part at a distance
from the inflammation by which it is
occasioned: e.  g.  a  lumbar abscess,
(q. v.) in which the inflammation may
be in  the  lumbar vertebra, whilst the
pus exhibits itself at the groin.
  Writers on Abscesses.  M. A. Se-
verinus,  (internal,} Leyd. 1724 (L).
J. H. Meibomius (do.)  Dresd.  et Lips.
1751 (L) .  Th. A. Bohmer, Hal.  1765
(L).
  Abscis'ion   (Surg.  &c.)  Abscisho,
Abscis'sio,  from  absci'dere  or  abscin'-
dere,' to cutoff,' aTtoxonrj, ano&qavaig,
Siaxonri.  Excision or extirpation of a
part, especially of a soft part.  Fabri-
cius Hildanus.
  A fracture or injury of soft parts with
loss of substance.   Hippocrates.
  Diminution, or loss of voice.  Celsus-
  Sudden and premature termination
of a disease.  Galen.
  (G) Abschneidung.
  Absinthi'tes  ( Pharm.) arpiv-9iTrjgT
Wine impregnated  with Absinthium
or Wormwood. Dioscorides.
  Absor'bent (Anat., Mat. Med., &c.)
Absor'bens, avanwav,  from absorbere,
' to drink, to suck up.'  That which ab-
sorbs.
   The   ABSORBENT  SYSTEM  is
the collection of  vessels and glands,
which concur in  the  exercise of ab-
sorption.
  Writers.  J. Sheldon, Lond. 1784.
Alard (inflammation  of),  Paris, 1824
(F). D. Pring, Bath, 1813. W. Good-
lad, Lond. 1814.
  A medicine used for absorbing acidity
in the  stomach  and bowels,  as mag-
nesia, chalk,  &c.
  Also,  any substance,  such as cobweb,
sponge, &c,  which, when applied to a
bleeding surface, retains the blood, and
forms with it a solid and adhesive com-
pound, which arrests the  hemorrhage.
  (F) Absorbant.  (G) Einsaugend.
  Absorp'tion (Physiol.)  Resorp'tio,
Inhala'tio, Imbibi'tio, Absorp'tio, same
etymon.   The function  of absorbent
vessels, by virtue  of which they take
up  substances from without or within
the body.  Two  great divisions  have
been  made of this function.   1. Ex-
ternal absorption or  the  absorption of
composition,  which obtains, from with-
out the organs,  the materials intended
for their composition :  and, 2.  Internal
absorption, or  the absorption of de-
composition,  which takes up  from the
organs the materials that  have to be
replaced by the exhalants.
  By  external absorption is meant not
only that which  takes  place at the ex-
ternal surface of the body, but also that
of the mucous membranes of the diges- 
ABSTEMIOUS         8        ACANTHABOLOS
 live and respiratory passages.   Hence,
 again, the  division of external absorp-
 tion into cutaneous, intestinal  or diges-
 tive, and pulmonaiy or respiratory.
   Internal absorption is also subdivided
 into, 1. Molecular or  interstitial, nu-
 tritive or organic, which takes up from
 each organ the materials that constitute
 it, so that  the decomposition is always
 in equilibrium  with  the  deposition.
 2. The  absorption of recrementitial
 secreted fluids,  such  as the  fluid  of
 serous  membranes, synovia,  &c.  As
 these are  constantly  exhaled  on sur-
 faces, which have no  external outlet,
 they  would  augment  indefinitely, if
 absorption  did not remove them in  the
 same proportion as that in which they
 are  deposited.  3.  The absorption of
 a  part  of the excrementitial  secreted
fluids, as they pass over their excretory
 passages.
   Absorption does not effect the decom-
 position of the body immediately.   It
 merely prepares the fluid which has to
 be eliminated by the secretory organs.
   The great agents of external absorp-
 tion are the veins  and  chyliferous ves-
 sels; of internal absorption, probably the
 lymphatics.  In the chyliferous vessels
 and  lymphatics  the  fluid  is  always
 found to possess the same general prop-
 erties.  In them,  therefore, an action
 of elaboration or  selection  must have
 taken place.
   The veins, on the other hand,  seem
 to exert no selection.   Any fluid, pos-
 sessing the necessary  tenuity, passes
 through the coats of the vessel readily
 by imbibition, and proceeds  along with
 the torrent of the circulation.   Watery
 fluids in  this manner enter the  blood
 when they are taken into the  stomach.
 Substances that  require  digestion, on
 the other hand, must pass through  the
 chyliferous vessels and thoracic duct.
   (G)  Einsaugung.
   Writers.  J. F. Fasel, Jenae, 1765
 (L).  J. G. Leonhardi, Lips. 1771 (L).
 P.J.VANMAANEN,Lugd.Bat.l794(L).
 S. Th. Soemmering (Diseases), Tra-
 ject. ad Mom. 1795 (L).   Sir W.  Bliz-
 ard, Lond. 1787.  Formey (Pathology),
 Hal. 1788 (L). Ch. T.  Ludwig. (Ph'ys.
 and Path),h\pB. 1789 (L). M. Fodera,
 Paris, 1823 (F).
   Abste'mious (Hyg.)  Abste'mius,aoi-
 ro?, from abs,' without,' and teme'tum,
 ' wine.' Used by the ancient writers as
 well as by the French in the sense only
 of its  roots;—one who abstains from
 wine or fermented liquors in general.
   (F) Absteme.  (G)Enthaltsam.
   Abster'gent (Mat. Med.)  from ab-
 ater gere, «to clean.'  Abstersi'vus, ab-
 ster'sive, ab'luens,absterso'rius, a medi-
 cine that cleanses the part to which it
 is applied.
   (G) Reinigendes-mittel,
 Reinigungsmittel.
   Ab stinence  (Hyg.)   Abstinen'tia,
 from abs,' from,' and tenere,' to hold';
 ufTiTia,  rtpTtn],  XtuuYX'ai huuxiovia,
 Liman'chia, Limocto'nia, Fasting.
   Privation, usually voluntary, as when
 we speak of abstinence from pleasure,
 abstinence from drink, &c. It is  more
 particularly  used  to  signify voluntary
 privation of certain  articles  of  food.
 Fasting  is a useful remedial  agent in
 certain diseases, particularly in those of
 an inflammatory character.
   (G) Enthaltsamkeit.
,   Writers.  G.  E.  Stahl (in acute
 diseases), Hal. 1699 (L).
   Ab'sus (Mat. Med.) a kind of cassia.
 C. Absus, which  grows  in Egypt and
 in India, the seeds of which, pulverized
 and mixed  with powdered sugar,  have
 been employed, in form of a dry col-
 lyrium,  in  the endemic ophthalmia of
 Egypt-
   Abvacua'tio (Path.) an excessive or
 colliquative evacuation of any kind.
   Aca'ci.e Gummi (Mat.  Med.)  G. Aca'-
 cia Arab'ica, G. Arab'icum, G. Acan'-
 thinum,  xoiifii Xsvxor, G. Theba'icum,
 G. Serapio'nis, G. Lamac, G.  Sen'ega
 or Sen'eca, Comis'di,  Gum  Arabic.
 The gum of the Mimo'sa Nilot'ica, Aca'-
 cia  ve'ra, A. Veravel, Al'charad, axav-
 Suc, uxaxta, axixrda A<iu<iiX}j, Spina
 AEgypti'aca, of Upper Egypt.  It is in
 irregular pieces, colorless, or of a pale
 yellow color, hard, brittle, of a shining
 fracture, transparent, soluble in water,
 and insoluble in alcohol,  s. g. 1.4317.
   It is mucilaginous : but rarely  used,
 except in Pharmacy.   Sometimes it  is
 administered alone as a demulcent.
   (F)  Gomme Arabique.   (G) A r a -
 bisches  gummi,   Mimosen
 gummi.
   Acam'atos (Physiol.) axauaro?, from
 a priv. and xafirot, ' I  labor.' This word
 has been sometimes  used for a  good
 constitution of the body.   According to
 Galen, it means that position in which
 a limb is intermediate between flexion
 and extension; a position which may
 be long maintained without fatigue.
   Acanthab'olos (Surg.) axat$a()oloc,
 Acan'thulus, Volsel'la, from axav&a,' a
 spine,' and  fluUoi,' I  cast out.'  A kind
 of forceps   for removing extraneous
 subsUnces  from wounds.  Paulus of 
ACANTHUS
9        ACCLIMATEMENT
JEgina, Fabricius ab Acquapendente,
Scultetus, &c.
  Acan'thus  Mol'lis  (Mat.  Med.)
CtxarSu, uxurSos iy{>oc, iqnaxardvg,Me-
lamphyl'lum, Bran'ca ursi'na, Brank-
ur'sine, Bear's Breech.  This plant  is
mucilaginous like the Althaea, and  is
used as a demulcent.
  (F)  fied  d'ours.  (G)  Bahren-
klau, Schleimbahrenklau.
  Acar'dia (Path.) from « priv.,  and
xaoAiu,' the heart.' The state of a foetus
without a heart.
  Acaricoba  (Mat. Med.)  The Bra-
zilian name for the Hydrocot'yle umbel-
la'turn, used by the Indians as an aro-
matic, alexipharmic,  and emetic.
  Ac'aris  (Path. &c.) from  uxaotjc,
formed of u privative, and xa(j>,c,' divi-
sible.'  A minute insect, noticed by  sev-
eral observers, in the itch.  The Acarus
Scabiei, Sarcople, Ciron. (G)  K r a t z-
m i lb e.
  Acatalep'sia  (Path.)  axara).y\\pia,
from u  privative, and xaraluupaviM, ' I
comprehend.'  Uncertainty  in diagno-
sis.  Its opposite is ruTuXt/il'i?.  Galen.
  Acatap'osis (Path.)  from  a priva-
tive, and xuTu.ioaic,1  deglutition.' Inca-
pacity of swallowing.  Vogel has given
this name to difficulty in deglutition.
  Acatas'tatic  (Pa.h.)  Acataslat'i-
cus,   uxurunruruc, from a  priv.,  and
xuSiaTi,fn, to ' determine '  An epithet
given to fevers, &c, when irregular in
their periods or symptoms.   Hippocra-
tes.
  Acathar'sia (Path.) axa#a£Wia,from
a priv., and xuSuiq«<,  ' I purge.'  Sordes,
impurities.  Omission  of  a purgative.
Foesius.
  Acatsjaval'li (Mat. Med ) a Mala-
bar plant, which is astringent and  aro-
matic.  A bath  of  it  is  used in the
country in cases of Hemicrania.  It  is
supposed to be the Cassytha filiformis
of LlNNjEUS.
  Accelerator Uri'n.e (Anat.) Bul-
bo-cavemo'sus,  Bulba-uretral  (Ch.)
Ejacula'tor Seniinis, Bulbo-syndesmo-
caverneux. A muscle of the penis, which
arises, fleshy, from  the sphincter ani
and  membranous part of the  urethra,
and  tendinous from the cms  and be-
ginning of the corpus cavernosum pe-
nis.   In its  course  it forms  a thin,
fleshy layer, the inferior fibres  of which
run more transversely than the superior,
which descend in an oblique direction;
the muscles of both sides  completely
inclosing the bulb of the urethra.   It is
inserted into its  fellow by a tendinous
line running longitudinally on  the mid-
dle of the  bulb.  Its use  is to propel
the urine or semen forwards.
  (F) Accelerateur.
  Ac'cent  (Physiol.&c.) Su'nns vo'cis.
Inflection or modification of the voice,
which consists in raising or dropping it
on certain syllables.
  The  accent exhibits various altera-
tions in disease.
  Acces'sion  (Path.)  Acces'sio, from
acce'do, ' 1 approach.'  The invasion,
approach, or  commencement of a dis-
ease.
  Ac'cessory (Anat. &c.) Accesso'rius,
a consequence  or  dependance on any
thing;  as accessory hgument, muscles,
nerve, &c.
  (F) Acressoire, Annexe.
  The   ACCESSORY   SCIENCES  TO
MEDICINE are  those  which  do  not
relate directly to the science of man in
a state  of health or disease; as physics,
chymistry,  &c.
  The  term accessory is also given to
several muscles.
  The  ACCESSORY   OF  THE  PA-
ROT'ID is  a  name given  by Haller
to a small  gland,  which  accompanies
the parotid duct,  and  which  is com-
monly a mere prolongation of the Paro-
tid itself.
  Ac'cident (Path.)   Accidens, from
accidere,  to happen.  A  casualty ;  an
unforeseen event.  The French use the
term in nearly the  same sense as symp-
tom.   It means  also  an  unexpected
symptom.
  (G)Zufall.
  Accidental  (Path.)   adventi'tius.
That which happens unexpectedly.
  The  French give the  name Tssusac-
cidentels  to those adventitious textures,
that are  the result of a morbid pro-
cess.
  (G)Zufallig.
  Accip'iTER(Su/,g-.) f'touVtlie hawk.'
Menec'iatis Accip'iter.  A bandage ap-
plied over the nose, so called  from  its
likeness to  the claw of a hawk.
  (F)  Epervier.
  Acci.i'mated (Hyg.) Clima'tiassue'-
ttts, a word of recent introduction from
the French, which means ' accustomed
to a climate.'
  ACCLIMATEMENT(F)  (Hyg.) The
act of becoming acclimated, or accus-
tomed  to a  climate.
  The  constitution of a person, who
goes to live  in another and very different
climate,  usually experiences changes,
which are frequently of an unfavorable
character, and the study of which is of
considerable importance in medicine. 
ACCOMPANIMENT        10           ACETICUM
  Accom'paniment (Surg.) Adjunctum.
That which is joined to any thing.
(F)  Accompagnement.  (G) Beglei-
tung.
  An Accompaniment  to  the cataract
is a whitish,  viscid substance, which
sometimes surrounds the opaque crys-
talline and remains after the operation
for  cataract, causing a secondary cat-
aract.
  Accoucheur (F) (Obstet.) Adju'tor
Partus.   Obstet'ricans.   He who prac-
tises the art of midwifery.  A Physi-
cian-Accoucheur,  a   Surgeon-Accou-
cheur, &c.
      (G) Geburtshelfer.
  Accre'tion (Physiol.) Accre'tio,from
crescere,' to increase.'  Augmentation ;
also, increase by juxta-position.
      (G) Anhaufung.
  Ace'dia (Path.) axtfinj, Incuria, from
et privative, and x>t$uc, 'care.'  Want of
care, neglect.   Also, fatigue.  Hippo-
crates.
  Aceph'alobra'chus, from a priva-
tive, xnpaXy],' head,' and (i(>a/tu>v, ' arm.'
A foetus without head or arms.
  Aceph'alochi'rus, from u privative,
xnpah;,' head,' and /s/p,' hand.'  A foe-
tus without head or hands.
  Aceph'alocys'tis (Path.)  from   a
privative, xitpaXij,  ' head,' and xvaris,
'  bladder.' An hydatiform vesicle, with-
out  head  or  visible  organs, ranked
amongst  the  Entozoa, although  pos-
sessed of few  animated characteristics.
See Hydatid.
  Aceph'alogas'ter (Path. Anat.) from
a privative, xtipaXi],' head,' and yaart/j,
1  the belly.'  A name given to monsters
devoid of head, chest, and abdomen; or
to those which have an abdomen but no
chest or head.
  Acephalos'toma  (Path.   Anat.)
from a privative, xttpaXr,,  ' head,' and
orofia,' mouth.'  An acephalous foetus,
at the upper part of which there  is an
opening resembling a mouth.
  Aceph'alotho'rus   (Path.  Anat.)
from a privative,  xnpaXt],  i head,' and
&woa:, ' chest.'  A monster, devoid  of
head or chest.
  Aceph'alous  (Path. Anat.) axecpa-
Zo;, from u  priv. and  xt(paXrh  ' head.'
A monster born devoid of head.
         (G)  Hauptlos.
  AVer sacchari'num (Mat.Alim.&c.)
The  Maple.   Sugar Maple.  This tree
contains a large amount of sweet sap,
whence   a  considerable  quantity  of
sugar may be  extracted.  When puri-
fied, this  sugar  can scarcely  be dis-
tinguished from tha* obtained from the
cane.  See Saccharum.
  (F) Erable. (G)Zuckerahorn.
  Acerb' (Phys.)  Acer'bus, Stryph'-
nos, arovipros, from acer, ' sharp.'  A
savour, or taste, compounded  of the
acid, bitter, and  astringent; such  as is
met with in unripe fruits, &c.
  (G)  Bitterlich-sauer.
  AcER'iDEs(P/iarm.) axtjQiSt?, from a
privative, and zi;qo?,  ' wax.'   Plasters
devoid of wax.   Galen.
  Acero'sus (Mat.  Alim.)  a/tQvt8ijg,
from  ttjfuoor, ' chaff.'  Furf'uraceous,
/ii&voirog.   An  epithet used, by  Hip-
pocrates, for the coarsest bread,  made
of  flour not separated from  the  chaff.
Foesius.
  Aces'cency    (Path.)  Acescen'tia,
from aces'cere,'  to grow sour.'  A dispo-
sition  to acidity.  The Humorists be-
lieved  that the animal humors are sus-
ceptible of this change.
    (G)   Sauerliche   Gesch-
m ac k .
  Acetab'ulum (Anat.)  from ace'tum,
' vinegar,' because it resembles the old
vinegar vessel  ocv^aipor.   A measure
capable of containing the 8th part of a
modern pint. Athenjeus.  Galen. See
Cotyloid.   According  to Castelli,
the lobes or cotyledons of the placen-
ta? of ruminating animals have been so
called.
  Aceta'ria (Hyg.) same etymon.  A
salad or pickle.
  Ac"etate (Pharm.) Ace'tas. A salt
formed by the union of the acetic acid
with an alkaline, earthy, or metallic
base.  The acetates, chiefly  used in
medicine, are the acetates of ammonia,
lead, potash, and zinc.
         (G) Essigsalz.
  Acet'icum, Ac"idum (Pharm.) Aci-
dum Acel'icum for'tius,  A. A. for'te.
A. Ace'ticum pu'rum, Ace'turn radica'le.
Ace'tlc  Acid,  Strong Ace'tous   Acid,
Acidum  Aceto'sum  for'te,   Rad'ical
Vinegar,   Spir'itus   Ven'eris  (when
made from verdigris), Spirit of  Ver-
digris.  Concentrated  acetic acid, pre-
pared  by   decomposing an  acetate
and  receiving the acetic acid by dis-
tillation, has a very  pungent and grate-
ful  odor, and an acid and acrid taste.
Its  s. g.  is about 1046, and it is  very
volatile.
  It is stimulant, rubefacient, and es-
eharotic, and is  applied to the nostrils
in  syncope,  asphyxia, headaches, &c.
It destroys warts.
  An AROMATIC  SPIRIT  OF  VIN-
EGAR,  Ac"idum Acet'icum  Campho-
ra'tum, A.  aceto'sum eamphora'tum, 
ACETICA             H             ACHILLEA
is formed  of this  strong Acid,  § yj,
Camphor, § ss, 01.  Caryoph. gtt. xv.
  A strong Acetic  Acid is ordered by
the  London  Pharmacopoeia  prepared
from wood.  It is  called  Vinegar of
Wood, Improved distilled Vinegar, Py-
rolig'neous Acid, Ace'turn  Ligno'rum,
and  its  strength is  such, that 87 gr. of
crystallized subcarbonate of soda should
saturate 100 grains of the acid.
     (G) Radikaleressig.
  The  AC'IDUM   ACET'ICUM   DI-
LU'TUM,  A. a. ten'ue,  Ace'tum distil-
la'tum, A'cidum acet'icum, Acidum ace-
to'sum distilla'tum,  Acidum acet'icum
debilius, distilled vin'egar, is prepared
by distilling vinegar,  rejecting a 4th or
5th part of that which comes over first,
and avoiding empyreuma.  Its proper-
ties are like those of vinegar.
  (F) Acidc Acetique faible,  Vinaigre
distilli.     (G)  Destillierter-
essig,  Essigsauer.
  Acet'ica (Pharm.) Ace'ta Medica'ta.
Pharmaceutical preparations  of Vine-
gar.
  (F) Vinaigres Medicinaux.
  Ace'tum (Pharm.) ozv?, Aca'id, Ro'-
bes,  Ace'tum  Vi'ni, Kald,  Oc'cidens,
Xis'inum, Xis'ium,  Common Vinegar.
Acidum aceto'sum,   A'legar,  Ace'tum
Cerevis'ia, Cepi'ni.   A liquor obtained
by the acetous fermentation.  Vinegar
has  a  pungent  odor, and  pleasant
acid  taste,   s.  g.  1-0204.   It is re-
frigerant  in  fevers;  antiseptic,   and
anti-narcotic ; and externally is stimu-
lant and discutient.
     (F) Vinaigre.   (G) E s s i g .
   ACE'TUM   AROMAT'ICUM,   Aci-
dum Acet'icum Aromal'icum, Ace'tum
Theriaca'le, Thieves' Vinegar, Vinegar
of the Four Thieves, Marseilles Vine-
gar, (Rorismarin.  Cacum.  sice.  Fol.
Salvia sing.  §j.  Lavand. flor.  sice.
3iv. Caryoph. cont.  5ss. Acid. Acet.
fljij. Macerate 7 days and filter. Ph. E.)
Odor pungent  and   aromatic.   Used
as a perfume.
  (F)  Vinaigre Aromatique.  V.   des
quatre voleurs.  (G) Ge wiirz-es-
8 i &  > Vier-rauber-essig.
  ACE'TUM  COL'CHICI, Vinegar of
meadow saffron.  (Cotch.  rad.  recent.
concis.  §j,  Acid. Acetic,  foi.   Sp. te-
nuior, §j. Ph. L.)   It is used as a diu-
retic and also in gout.   Dose, 3SS to
3 iss.
  ACE'TUM  SCIL'LJE,  Acidum Acet'-
icum Scilliticum.  Vinegar of Squills.
(Scilla rad.  recent,  exsicc. Jhj.  Aceti,
Jfo vj. Sp. tenuior, fljss. Ph. L.)   Diu-
retic, expectorant, and emetic.  Dose
 3ss to 3ij as a diuretic and  expec-
 torant.
   (F) Vinaigre scillitique. (G) M e e r -
 zwiebelessig.
   Achacana  (Mat. Alim.)  A species
 of Cactus, in the province of Potosi in
 Peru.   Its root is thick and  fleshy,
 and of a conical shape.  It is a good
 edible, and is sold in the markets of the
 country.
   Achanaca (Mat. Med.)  A plant of
 the kingdom of Mely  in  Africa.  It is
 used by the natives as an  antisyphi-
 litic.
   Achaovan (Mat. Med.)  a species of
 Egyptian  chamomile.   Prosper Alpi-
 NUS.
   Achaovan-Abiat (Mat. Med.)  The
 Egyptian name of  the cineraria mari-
 tima, used in  female'diseases.
   Acharis'ton  (Pharm.)   u/aoiarov,
 from a privative, and /ante,  ' a thank,'
 quasi ' above  all thanks,'  an ancient
 epithet for various antidotes  and colly-
 ria.  Galen.  Aetius
   A'cheir  a/no,  demanus, from «
 privative,  and  /no, hand.  One  devoid
 of hands.   Galen.
   Aciiia   (Mat.  Alim.) Achiar.   A
 name given in  India to the  pickled
 shoots of the bamboo.
  Achic'olum, (Hyg.) Achi'tolus, For'-
nix, Tho'lus, Sudato'rium.  The sweat-
ing-room* in the ancient bagnios.
  Achille'a ager'atum (Mat.  Med.)
Balsami'tafoemin'ea,Eupato'rium ME'-
SUES,   Ager'atum, ayijoaror, Cos'tus
horto'rum  mi'nor,  Maudlin,  Maudlin
 Tansey.   Has the  same properties as
tansey,  bitter  and aromatic, and  is
used in like affections.
  (F) Achillee Vi&queuse. (G) L e b e r -
balsam,  Balzamgarbe,  Gar-
tenbalsam.
  The  ACHILLE'A ATRA'TA, Her'ba
 Gen'ipi ve'ri has similar virtues.
(F) Achillee Noire.  (G) Schwarze
Schaafgarbe.
 ACHILLE'A MILLEFOLIUM, Achille'a
Myrioph'yllon, %iXio(p,vXXov, Chrysoc'o-
ma, Millefolium, Chiliophyl'lon,  Lum'-
bus Ven'eris,Milita'ris her ba,Stratio'tes,
 Carpento'ria, Spec'ulum Ven'eris, Com-
mon Yarrow or Milfoil.  The leaves and
flowers  have an aromatic smell,  and
a rough, bitterish,  somewhat pungent
taste.  They have  been used in dys-
pepsia, flatulence, &c.
  (F)  Millefeuille.   (G)  Schaaf-
garbe.
  ACHILLE'A  PTAR'MICA, Pseudo-py-
re'thrum, Pyre'thrum sylves'tre, Dra'co
sylves'tris,  Tar'chon sylves'tris,  Ster- 
ACH1LLEI0N           12]             ACIDS
 nutamento'ria, Dracun'culus  Praten'-
 sis, Sneeze-w<>rt, Bastard  Pel'litory,
 Ptar'mica.   The roots and   flowers
 have a hot, biting taste, approaching
 that of the Pyrethrum.  Their  prin-
 cipal use is as a  masticatory and sialo-
 gogue.
   (F)  Herbe a eternuer.  (G)  Wilde
 Bertram wurzel, Deutscher
 Bertram.
   Achiu.ei'on (Mat. Med.) a/iXXnor,
 a sort  of  sponge, proper for  making
 tents.   It  is asserted  that it  took its
 name from Achilles,  who is said to
 have first used it.
   Achille'is (M<it. Alim &c.)  a/iX-
 Xqic, a beautiful species of barley, men-
 tioned by  Tueophrastus and Gilen,
 called after a laborer, Achilles.  The
 decoction was used in fevers and jaun-
 dice.   Hippocrates.
  ACHILLlNI,ALF.x\NDER(5ioi:r.) A
 renowned physician  of Bologna; born
 in 1463; died" 1512.   Works. Corporis
 humani  anatomia.   Ven.  1516.  4to
 Anatomica- annotaliones.  Bonon.  1520.
 4to. In Mundim Anotomiam  Anno-
 taliones. Ven. 1522.  fol.  De  subjecto
 medicvia, cum annotationibus Pamphi-
 Li Month.  Ibid. 1568. fol.
  Achil lis. Ten do,  (Anat.)   Fu'-
 nis HIPPOC'RATIS,  Cor'da  HIPPOC-
 RATIS, C'or'da magna.   The strong
 tendon  of  the  gastrocnemii  muscles
 above the  heel;  so called, because it
 was the only vulnerable part of Achil-
 les, or because  of its strength.   See
 Tendon.
  (F) Tendon d'Achille.  (G) Achil-
 lesflechse.
  Aciumbassi (Med.) Archia'ter.  The
 chief of physicians.   A name given, at
 Grand  Cairo, to a magistrate  who li-
 censes physicians.
  Acune (Path.) u/rij.  Lint.  Also,
 small mucous flocculi situated in front
 of the cornea. Hippocrates.
  A'choi.is (Path.) from «  privative,
and xuXi,, ' bile.'   Deficiency of bile.
  Acho'res (Path.)  a^wot?.   A term
often  employed   by  the ancients  to
designate both the crus'la lac'tea, and
 small superficial ulcerations on the skin
of the  face and  head.   See Porrigo
 larva'lis.
  Achoris'tos (Path.) axt»Qtaros, from
 a privative, and  /wojfoj, ' I separate.'
 Any sign  which  necessarily accompa-
 nies a state of health or disease.
  Achourou (Mat.  Med.)   The Ca-
 raib name for a species of myrtle  used
 in dropsy.
  Achroi,   (Path.)   a/oooi,  from  a
 privative, and xQvfia,' color.'  Pale in-
 dividuals.   Hippocrates.  It is nearly
 synonymous with  Xtitpuuiot,. persons
 without color.
   Achromatic, Achromat'icus,  ayqm-
 uanniui, from u privative, and zu<-fta,
 'color.'   A lens so constructed  as to
 correct the  aberration  of refrangibility
 of common lenses.  The  Crystalline
 Lens is an achromatic lens.
   (G)Akromatisch,  Farben-
 1 o s.
   A'cia  (Surg.)  from axtj,  a point.  A
 word used  by Celsus, and  which has
 puzzled  commentators;   some believ-
 ing  it to have meant a needle ; others
 the thread ; and others, again, the kind
 of suture.   " Ada  mollis,  non  nimis
 torta."   Celsus,  Galen. — Writer.
 Chifflet,  Antwerp, 1638 (L).   (He
 thinks it meant the thread.)
   Ac"id>,   (Mat. Med   and Pharm.)
 Ac"ida,  Acu'rcs, from uxic,  'a point,'
 genitive uxiSoe.   Any liquid, solid,  or
 gaseous body, possessed of a sour, more
 or less caustic taste, and  the principal
 character of which is the capability of
 saturating, wholly or in  part, the alka-
 line  properties of bases.
   The chief acids used  in  medicine,
 singly or in combination, are the
    Arse'nious     Muriatic
     Carbon'ic      N.'tric
     Chlo'ric       Ni'trous
     Hydriod'ic     Sulph u'ric
     Hydrocyan'ic   Sulphurous
    Ace'tic         Phosphor'ic
    Benzo'ic       Oxalic
     Ci'tric         Tartar'ic.
  The acids which have been met with
ready formed in animals, or which may
be made from animal substances, are the
following:
    Allan'toic     Hydrocyan'ic  (fer-
    Buty'ric      Lactic '  [ruret'ted)
    Ca'seic        Mar'garic
    Chlo'ro-cyanic.  Oleic
    Choles'tiric    Pur'puric
    Delphin'ic     Py'ro-u'ric
    Formic      Rosac'Hc
    Hydrocyan'ic  Sebac"ic
    Muriat ic      U'ric
    Benzo'ic      Ace'tic
    Ma'lic         Oxalic
  Tlie acids, in general, are refrige-
rant  and  antiseptic.   Their particu-
lar uses  are pointed out under the in-
dividual articles.
  (G) S aure.
  Writers  on  the  medicinal effects
of acids.  J. G. Baumer, Giess.  1769
(L).  E. Israel, Hal. 1733 (L). J. E 
ACIDITIES            13           ACONITUM
Schaper, Rostoch. 1713 (L).  G. W.
Wkdel,  Jena?,  1692 (L).   H.  G.
Wustney, Rostoch. 1806(G).  Saml.
Farr, Lond. 1769.
  Acid'ities  (Path.)  o^vrig, Aco'res,
Acidita'tio.  Sourness of the stomach :
the result of indigestion, indicated by
acid eructations, &c.   The  affection is
very common  with children, and  must
be obviated by absorbents, as magnesia,
chalk, &c, and by regulated diet.
  (F) Aigreurs.   (G)  Siiure.
  Writer.    E.  Ch.  Lober,  Jense,
1724 (L).
  To Acid'ulate (Pharm.) To ren-
der acidulous, or slightly acid.
  (F) Aiguiser, aciduler.  (G) S a u e r-
lich machen.
  Acid'ulous (Mat. Med.)  Acid'ulus.
Substances are called acidulous, which
possess  a sourish taste, as  tamarinds,
cream of tartar, &c.
  (F) Acidule, aigre, aigrelet.
  (G) Sauerlich.
  ACIDULOUS   FRUITS.    Oranges,
gooseberries, &c.
  ACIDULOUS WATERS, A'qua acid'-
ula.  Mineral waters  containing car-
bonic acid gas sufficient to render  them
sourish.  See  Waters, Mineral.
  A  SIMPLE ACIDULOUS WATER,
A'qua a'trisfixi, A'qua acid'ula sim'plex,
is water impregnated with fixed air.
  Water, so impregnated, is cooling,
and slightly  stimulating.  It is  used
beneficially in dyspepsia, and in  cases
of vomiting, &c.
  (F) Eau acidule simple.
  Acine'sia (Physiol. & Path.) Akine'-
sia, Immobil'itas, Quies, axiujoiu, i,av-
yxa, ljQtuia, from a privative, and xivtiv,
'  to move.'  Immobility.  Also, the in-
terval between the systole and diastole
of the heart.
  Ac"inus (Anat.) Ac'Hnus glandulo'sus,
ataipvXrn ou^,from axivog or ac"inus,' a
grape-stone.'  A glan'diform cor'puscle
or granula'tion.  A fancied termination
of a secretory artery of a gland in a
granular body, in which  the secretion
is supposed to take place,  and the ex-
cretory radicle to take  its rise.  They
are the glob'uli arteria'rwn tei'mini  of
Nichols.  The  term acini  glandulosi
has also  been given to glands, which,
like the pancreas,  are arranged  as it
were in clusters.
  (G) Korner.
  AC'KERMANN, John  Chris'tian
Gott'lieb (Biogr.)  A German  phy-
sician of considerable celebrity, and
Professor of Medicine at Altdorf;  born
1756;  died  1801.  Works. Regimen
                   2
sanitatis Salerni,  &c.   Lond.  1790.
8vo. a  new edition, from  the text of
Arnold of Villanova.   Institutiones
historia medicina.  1792.  8vo. &c.
  Acmas'ticos (Path.) axpaorixog,from
axiiy,' the top,' andoTacu,' I remain.' A
fever, which preserves an equal degree
of intensity throughout  its  course.  It
is  also  called  opoxovog.   The Greeks
gave it the name  tnax^aanxog,  and
avro/og, when it went  on  increasing,
and naQaxpaanxog, when it decreased.
Galen.
  Ac'me (Path.) axpt], Vi'gor, Sta'tus.
The period of a disease at which the
symptoms are most violent.  A^tj, is
' the commencement';  avapaoig, ' the
period   of  increase'; and  axfii],  ' the
height.'
  Ac'ne (Path.)  axvij, Ac'na, Ionthus
va'rus,  Psydra'ciii Ac'ne, Stone Pock.
A small pimple or tubercle on the face.
Gorrjeus.  Foesius thinks the  word
ought to be Acme, and, according to
Cassius, it is, at all events, derived
from axutj,' vigor'; the disease affecting
those in the vigor of life, especially.
  Willan and Bateman have adopt-
ed the term in their Nosology of cuta-
neous  diseases,  and placed it in the
Order, TUBERCULA.
  Acne, with them, is an  eruption of
distinct, hard, inflamed tubercles, some-
times  continuing for  a considerable
length  of time, and sometimes suppu-
rating   slowly  and  partially.   They
usually appear on  the  forehead, tem-
ples, and  chin;  and are  common to
both sexes ; but  the most severe forms
are seen in young men.   They require
but little management,  and consist of
four varieties ; the Ac'ne indura'ta, A.
sim'plex, A. puncta'ta (Ion'thus va'rus
puncta'tus, Punc'ta muco'sa or Maggot
Pimple),A.rosa'cea. See GuttaRosea.
  Acnes'tis  (Anat.) axxrfin;, from a
privative, and xvativ,' to scratch.' The
part of the spine  which  extends, in
quadrupeds, from between the shoulders
to the loins.  According to Pollux, the
middle of the loins.
  Acox'lios (Path.) axoiXiog, from a
privative, and xoiXia,' belly.' Devoid of
belly.   One who is so emaciated  as to
appear to have no belly.  Galen.
  Aco'nion (Pharm.) axoviov, from axo-
vrj,' a mortar.'  A collyrium  or medicine
for the eyes.  Coticula.   Gorr^eus.
  Aconi'tum (Mat.Med.) axovnov,from
Azov*;, a place in Bithynia,  where it is
common, xwoxrorov, Cynoc'tonon, Ca-
nici'da, Ac'onite,  Wolfs'bane, Monks'-
hood. 
ACOPON
14
ACREA
    ACONfTUM  an'thora.   AconV-
 tum Salutiferum, An'thora  vulga'ris,
 Antith'ora, Sal'utary Monks'hood.  The
 root of this variety, like all the rest, is
 poisonous.   It is used as a cathartic and
 anthelmintic.  Dose £)ss to J)j.
   (F) Aconit Salutaire,   (G) Gift-
 heil,  Heilgift, Herzwurz.
   The  ACONfTUM  CAM*MARUM re-
 sembles  the Aconitum  Napellus in
 properties.
     (F) Aconit a grands fleurs.
    ACONfTUM   NAPEL'LUS,  Na-
 pel'lus  ve'rus,   Aconi'tum,  Common
 Monkshood  or   Wolfsbane.  A. Neo-
 monta'num.  The leaves  are narcotic,
 sudorific,  and  deobstruent (?)   They
 have  been  used  in   chronic  rheu-
 matism, scrophula, scirrhus, paralysis,
 amaurosis, &c.   Its active  principle is
 called Aconitine. Dose, gr. j togr. iij.
  (F) Chaperon de Moine. (G) B1 au e r-
 sturmhut,   Eisenhiitchen,
 Teufelswurz,  Monchskap-
 p e n .
   Writers.  S. A. Reinhold, Argent.
 .1769 (L).  J. L.  Kolle, Erlang.  1787
 (L).
   Ac'opon (Mat. Med.)  axon or, from a
 privative, and xo.Tog, ' weariness.'  A
 remedy against  weariness   Foesius,
 GorhjEus,  &c.   Ac'opum,  Celsus,
 Pliny.
   Ac'opis  (Mat. Med.)  Pliny gives
 this name to  a precious stone, which
 was boiled in oil and used against wea-
 riness.
   Aco'ria (Path.) axonta, from a priv-
 ative, and xoQevt,' I satiate.' An inordi-
 nate or  canine appetite.  Hippocrates.
   Acori'tes (Mat. Med.) axontrr,;.  A
 wine made of the Acorus. Dioscorides.
   Ac'orus Cal'amus (Mat. Med.) axo-
 qo;, A. ve'rus, Darir'he Cas'sab, Cal'a-
 mus aromal'icus, C. odora'tus,  Capica-
 tin'ga, Cal'amus vulga'ris, Dirin'ga, Ja-
 cerantatin'ga, Ty'pha aromat'ica, Ac'o-
 rus Brazilien'sis, Cla'va rugo'sa, Sweet-
flag or Ac'orus.   The root is stomachic
 and carminative, but is rarely used.
  (F) Jonc Roseau ou Canne aromati-
 que, Acore odorant.  (G)  K a 1 m u s -
 wurzel,    Gewiirz   Kalmus,
 Ackerwurzel.
  Acos'mia   (Path.)  axoouia,  from «
 privative, and xoaiioc,' order,ornament.'
 Disorder,  irregularity  in  the  critical
 days, according to Galen, who uses
 the word xoauog for regularity in those
 davs. Others, and particularly Pollux,
 call bald persons  axoofiot, because they
 are deprived of one of their most beau-
 tiful ornaments.
   Acoum'eter (Physiol.) from axoyd,
 ' I hear,' and tuToov,' measure.' An in-
 strument desio-ned by Itard for meas-
 uring the degree of hearing.
   Acous'ma (Path.) axovopa, an imagi-
 nary noise.  Depraved sense of hearing.
   Acous'tic (Anat. &c.)  Acus'tiCus,
 axovonxog,  that which  belongs to the
 ear; as acoustic nerve,  acoustic trum-
 pet, &c.
   An  ACOUSTIC MEDICINE is one
 used in diseased Audition.
       (G) GehOrmittel.
   ACOUS'TICS, Acus'tica is the part
 of physics which treats of the theory of
 sounds.  It  is also called Phonics.
  (F) Acoustique. (G) Schall lehre,
 A k u s ti k.
   Acq_ui'red Dise'ases (Path.) Mor'bi
 acquisi'ti, Adventitious diseases, M. ad-
 venti'tii.  Diseases which  occur after
 birth,  and which are  not  dependent
 upon hereditary predisposition.
   Acra'i (Path.)  Aras'con, Arsa'tum,
 Brachu'na.   A kind  of Satyriasis  or
 Nymphomania.  Avicenna.
   Acrai'pala  (Mat. Med.) axnamaXa,
 from a privative, and xQainaXt],' drunk-
 enness.'  Remedies against the effects
 of a debauch.   GorrjEus.
   Acra'lea (Anat.) axnaXta,  the ex-
 treme parts  of the body, as the head,
 hands, feet,  nose, ears, &c.  Hippocr.
 and Galen.  See ACREA.
   Acra'nia  (Path.)  from a privative,
 and  xoanor, ' the cranium.'   Want of
 cranium, wholly, or in part.
   Acra'sia  (Path.)  axoaata,  from a
 privative, and  xnuoic,  'temperament.'
 Excess of any kind.  Hippocrates.
   Galen uses, in the same sense, axo-
X.aaia.  Castelli.
  It has been employed to denote de-
bility,  synonymously with  axQarcia;
but this  may have been a typographi-
cal inaccuracy.
  Acrati'a  (Path.)  axoarua, from «
privative, and xquto;, ' strength.' Impo-
tence ; weakness.
  Acratis'ma (Mat. Alim.) axnanaua,
from a priv., and  xtquvwui, '\omix.'
A breakfast, consisting of bread steeped
in wine, not mixed with water. Galen,
AtHENvEUS.
  Acratom'f.li (Pharm.) from axgarov,
' pure wine,' and utXi, ' honey.'  Wine
mixed with honey.
  A'cre  (Anat.) axcy.  The  extremity
or tip of the nose.
  A'crea (Anat.)  axrita,  axoorrtjota,
Acrote'ria, from  axqog, 'the  summit.'
The extreme parts of the body, as the
feet, hands, nose, ears, &c. 
ACREL              15         ACROMPHALON.
   Also, the  extreme parts  of animals
 that are used as food.  Acroco'lia, uxqo-
 xmkia.
   ACREL, Olaus, (Biogr.) an eminent
 Swedish  surgeon,  born  near Stock-
 holm ;  died in 1807.   Works.   On
fresh wounds,  Stockholm,  1745 (Sw.)
 Observations in, surgery,  1750 (Sw.)
 On  the  operation  for cataract,  1760'
 (Sw.) &c.
   Acretopo'sia (Hyg.) axQijronoaia,
 from axqrjTog, ' pure wine,'  and nooig,
 ' drink.'  Drinking pure wine.  Hippoc.
   Ac'rid  (Mat. Med.)  from axqog, ' a
 point or summit,' or from axi\,' a point,'
 Sqiuvg, Acer.  An epithet for substances
 which occasion a disagreeable sense of
 irritation or of constriction at the top of
 the throat.
   (F) Acre.  (G) Scharf, beissend.
   Writers.   G.  W.  Wedel, Jens,
 1694 (L).   J. A. Ph. Gesner, Erlang.
 1760 (L).
   AC'RIDS, in Pathology, are certain
 imaginary substances, supposed, by  the
 Humorists, to exist in the humors, and
 to cause various diseases.  See Acri-
 mony.
   An acrid heat, is one that  causes a
 hot, tingling sensation at the extremi-
 ties  of the fingers.
   (F) Chaleur acre.
   Acridoph'agi (Hyg.) from axqig,' a
 locust,' and qiayw,' I eat.' Locust-eaters.
 Acridophagous tribes are  said to exist
 in Africa.  Strabo.
   (G) Heuschrecken-esser.
   Ac'RiMONY(ParA.) Acu'itas, dotuvrrg,
 acrimo'nia.  Acrimony of the humors.
 An imaginary acrid change of the blood,
 lymph, &c,  which, by the Humorists,
 was conceived to cause many diseases.
   (G) Scharfe.
   Writers.  J.F.CARTHEUSER,Francf.
 ad Viadr.  1752 (L).   E. A. Nicolai,
 Jenee, 1760 (L).  J. G. Trummer, Hal.
 1749 (L).   J. V. Muller, Francf. 1798

 (L)"                       u    u
   A'cris  (Anat.) axqig, a sharp bony
 prominence.   Also, the locust.
   Acris'ia (Path.) ax.Qioiu, from a priv-
 ative, and  xoiaig,' judgment.'  A con-
 dition of disease, in which no judgment
 can  be  formed; or in which an unfa-
 vorable  opinion must be given.  Hipp.
 and  Galen.
   Writer, G. E, Stahl, Hal. 1707 (L).
   Acrit'ical (Path.) axqirog, Ac'ritos,
 from a  priv., and xqioig, 'judgment.'
 That which  takes  place  without any
 crisis, or which does not foretell a crisis;
 as a critical symptom, abscess, &c.
  Acrobys'tia  (Anat.)   axqopvoria,
Acropos'thia, axqonoo&ia, from  axqog,
' top,' and (Svto, 'I cover,' The extremity
of the prepuce.  Hippocr,  Rufus,
  Acrocheir' (Anat.)  Acrochir', axqo-
%eiq, axqoyctqov, from axqog, extremity,
and xs>Q>' the hand.' The fore-arm and
hand.  Gorr^eus.   Also, tba hand.
  Acrochire'sis (Hyg.) axqoztiqrfitg,
axqazuqioitoi, Acrochiris'mus,  axqo/ii-
qiij.  A kind of wrestling in which the
hands  of the Athletse  were  opposed.
Hippocr.  Galen.
  Acrochor'don  (Path.)  from  axqog,
' extremity,' and x°Qd>i>' a string.' A tu-
mor, which hangs by a pedicle.  A kind
of hard wart.  Aetius, Celsus.
  Acrochoris'mus   (Hyg,)  axqoyoqi-
ouog, from  uxqog, 'extremity,' and %o-
qivo),' 1 dance.' A kind of dance, with
the ancients, in which the arms and legs
were violently agitated.
  Acrod'rya (Hyg.) from axqog, ' ex-
tremity,' and dqvg,' a tree.' Autumnal
fruits, as nuts, apples, &c.
  Acro'mial (Anat.) Acromia'lis.  Re-
lating to the acromion.
  The  ACROMIAL ARTERY,  Exter-
nal Scap'ular A.   Arte'ria Thorac"ica
humera'lis, Artere troisihne des Thora-
ciques. (Ch.)  A. Thoracique humbrale,
arises from the anterior  part of the ax-
illary artery, opposite  the upper edge
of the pectoralis minor.  It divides into
two branches: one, superior; the other,
inferior: the  branches of which  are
distributed to the subclavius,  serratus
major anticus, first intercostal, deltoid,
and pectoralis major muscles, as well
as to the  shoulder  joint, &c.  They
anastomose  with  the superior scapu-
lar, thoracics, and the circumflex arte-
ries.
  The ACROMIAL  VEIN has the same
arrangement as the artery.
  Acro'mio-coracoide'us (Anat.)  Be-
longing to the acromion and coracoid
process.
  The triangular ligament between the
acromion and caracoid  process of the
scapula is so called.
  Acro'mion (Anat.) Acro'mium, axqw
uiov, inwfug; from«*oo?,' the top,' and
wuog,' the shoulder.' The process which
terminates  the spine of the   scapula,
and is articulated with the clavicle.
     (G) Schulterhohe.
  Acrom'phalon  (Anat.)  Acrompha'-
lion, axqo/mpaXior. from axqog, ' the top,'
and ouipaXog,' the navel.' The extremity
of the  umbilical cord,  which  remains
attached to the fetus after birth. 
ACRON             16          ACUPUNCTURE
  A'cron (Mat. Med.) axqor. Energetic.
ttxqor ioh-ov, in  Hippocrates, meant
the best ointment, Jrinum.
  AcROp'ATHOs(Path.)axqo.Ta3oc,fiom
axqog,' the top,' and naVog,1 disease.' A
disease, Which attacks the top of any
organ:  e. g. the neck  of the  uterus.
Hippocrates.
  Ac'ropis  (Path.)  axqotig;  an  epi-
thet given to the tongue, when it can
no longer articulate ;  from axqog, ' ex-
tremity,'and o^,'voice.' Hipp. Galen.
  Acropsi'lon (Anat.) axqotpiXor, from
axqog, ' extremity,' and xl'O.og,' naked.'
The extremity of the glans penis.
  A'cros (Med.) axqog, extremity, top.
The strength  of the  Athlets; and of
diseases : the  prominences  of bones :
the extremities of the fingers, &c.
  Acroterias'mis (Surg.) from axqo-
t\oiu, ' the extremities ';  hence axquTir
qial.tir,' to mutilate.' Amputation of the
extremities: axqor^qiaouug.
  Acrotho'rex (Hy<r.) axqof) vtqtic, fiom
axqog,  extremity, and S-wqijaaoi, ' I am
drunk.' Notwithstanding its etymology,
the word  is applied  usually to slight
cases of intoxication.
  Acrothym'ion  (Path.) uxoo-ft-vutor,
from axqog,' top,' and dvuor, ' thyme.'
A kind of conical, rugous, bloody wart:
compared  by Celsus  to  the flower of
thyme.
  Acrot'ic a (Nosol.) from axqog,1 sum-
mit.'  Diseases affecting the excernent
function of the external surface of the
body.
  Pravity of the fluids or emunctories
that open  on the external surface; —
without fever or other internal affec-
tion, as a necessary accompaniment.
  The 3d order of the class Eccrit'ica
of Good.
  Act (Med.)  Ac'tus.  The effective
exercise of  a  power  or faculty.   The
action of an agent.   ACTE is  used by
the French, to signify the public  dis-
cussion, which occurs in supporting a
thesis : — thus, soutenir  un Acte  aux
Ecoles de Medecine,  is,  'to defend a
Thesis in the Schools of Medicine.'
  Act^'a  Racemo'sa   (Mat. Med. )
Black snake-root,  Riehweed.  A com-
mon plant in  the United States.   The
root is  astringent; and,  according to
Barton, has been successfully used in
the form of decoction, as a gargle in
putrid sore throat.  A decoction of the
root cures the itch.
  (F) Actee a grappes.   (G)  Trau-
benfbrmige  Schwarzwurz.
  Actinobolis'mus (Physiol.)  uxxivo-
poXiOfiog, axTirofioXia, Diradia'tio, Irra-
dia'tio, from axxtr, ' a ray,' and paXXw,
< I cast out.'  A term used by  the an-
cient physiologists  to  designate the
instantaneous   action of the  animal
spirits, by virtue of which the  organic
parts assume motions, impressed upon
them by the soul.
  Ac'tion (Med.) Ac'tio, Opera'tio, tvtq-
ytia, nqaiig : from agere,' to act.' Mode
in which one object influences another.
  The animal actions  are  those that
occur in  the  animal body :  the vital,
those that are seen in  bodies  endow-
ed  with  life :  the physiological, those
of a healthy character:  the jtathologi-
cal or morbific, those  that  occur  in
disease,  &c.   The ancients  divided
the  physiological actions into  vital,
animal,  natural,  sexual, particular,
general, &c.  See Function.
  Ac'tive (Med.) same etymon. Sqaaxi-
xng, Acti'vus, Sten'icus, Hypersten'icus.
This adjective is used, in Pathology, to
convey the idea of superabundant ener-
gy or strength.  Active symptoms, e. g.
are  those of  excitement.  In  Thera-
peutics, it signifies energetic :  trcqyijTi-
xog, nqaxxixog; — as, an active treat-
ment.  The French use the expression
Medecine agissante, in contradistinction
to Midecine expectante.  In Physiology,
active has a similar signification, many
of the functions being divided  into ac-
tive and passive.
  (F) Actif.   (G)  Wirksam.
  Ac'ton (Mat. Med.)  A village near
London, at which there is a purgative
mineral spring, like that at Epsom.
  Ac'tual  (Med.) Actua'lis.   That
which acts immediately.  A term usu-
ally restricted  to the red hot iron, or  to
heat in any form ; in contradistinction
to the potential or  virtual, which is ap-
plied to caustics or escharotics.
  Actua'rius  (Biogr.) Originally a title
of dignity given to the Byzantine phy-
sicians.
  ACTUA'RIUS, Joan'nes,  the name
of a celebrated Greek physician of the
12th or 13th century.  His works are
reputed to be  compilations.   De medi-
camentorum compositione liber. Paris,
1539. 12mo.   Methodi medendi  libri
sept. Ven. 1554.  4to.   By H. Mathi-
sius. De actionibus et affectibus spiri-
tus animalis,  ejusque  nutritione  libri
ii.  Deurinis libri septem. Paris. 1548.
8vo.  De febribus liber. 1553. fol.  De
puerorum educatione liber. Ven. 1567,
8vo. &c.  Medical works. Paris. 1526
8vo.
  Acupunc'ture (Therap.) AcupunetuK
ra, from a'cus,' a needle,' *.Mpunctu'rat 
ACUTE
17
ADDUCTION
1 a puncture.' A surgical operation, much
in use amongst the Chinese  and Japa-
nese, and which consists in puncturing
parts with a very fine needle. It has been
employed, of  late years,  in  obstinate
rheumatic affections,  and apparently
with success.  Acupuncture is likewise
a mode of infanticide in some countries :
the needle being forced into the brain
through the fontanelles, or into the spi-
nal marrow, &c.
  (G)  Nadelpunktirung.
  Writers.   Bidloo, Lugd.  Bat. 1709
(L).  Ten  Rhyne,   Lond.  1683 (L).
T. M. Churchill, Lond. 1821.  Ber-
lioz, Paris,  1816 (F).  M.  Morand,
Paris, 1825 (F).
  Acute (Path.)  Acu'tus, o'gvg.  A dis-
ease which,  with  a certain  degree  of
severity, has a rapid progress, and short
duration.
  Diseases were  formerly subdivided
into Mor'bi acutis'simi, very  acute,  or
those which last only three or four days:
M. subacutis'simi, which continue seven
days : and M. subacu'ti, or those which
last from twenty to forty days.
  The  antithesis  to  acute is chronic.
Acute,  when applied to  pain,  sound.
cries, ice, means  sharp.
  (F) Aigu.   (G)  H i t z i g, S c har f.
  Writers.   Hippocrates,  Galen,
AretjEus,  &c.   B.  Mairola.  Pap.
1563 (L).  Fr. Campi, Luccae, 15*6 (L).
Th. Sydenham, Lond. I(i?6 (L).  D.
Tauvry, Paris, 1698 (F).  G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1709 (L).  S. P. Hilscher, Jense,
1747 (L). A. Storck, Vindob. 1760 (L).
Ch. Le  Roy (Prognosis in),  Montpel-
lier, 1776 (F)   D. G. Kannegiesser
(acutefevers), Hal. 1778 (L).   F. Saal-
mann, Monast. 1790 (L).  J. Th. Eller,
Amst. 1768 (L).  Ch. Engel, Tyrnav.
1775 (L).  C  L. Moericke,  Stutgard.
1793 (L).  R. Morton,  Lond.  1692
(L)-
  Acyanoblep'sia (Path.) from a priv-
ative, xvaxog,' blue,' and p.i^m,' I see.'
Defective vision, which consists in in-
capability of distinguishing blue.
  Ad vko'dien (Mat. Med.) A Malabar
plant of the family Apocinea, used in
that country in diseases of the eyes.
  Ad'aca (Mat. Med.)  The Spharan'-
thus In'dicus,  a Malabar plant, which
is acrid and aromatic.
  ADAIR', James Makit'trick (Biog.)
A Scotch army physician; died 1802.
Works.  Medical  cautions for  inva-
lids, &c.  Lond.  1786. 8vo.   Essays
on  fashionable diseases,  &c.  Lond.
1789. 8vo.
  Ad'al (Pharm.)  The part  of plants
 which contains their medicinal proper-
 ties.  Paracelsus.
   Ad'ali (Mat.  Med.)  Lip'pia.   A
 Malabar plant, which the Orientals re-
 gard as an antidote  to the  bite of the
 naja.
   Adami'ta (Path.) Adami'tum. Avery
 hard white calculus.   Paracelsus.
   The first word has been used for stone
 in the bladder: the second  for lithiasis
 or the calculous condition.
   Adar'ce  (Mat.  Med.)  Adar'cion,
 Adar'cis, adaqxrj,  adaqxiov, aSaqxig.  A
 concretion found  about the reeds and
 grass in the marshy regions of Galatia,
 and hiding them, as it were : hence the
 name ; from a privative, and Scnxw,  ' I
 see.'   It was formerly in  repute for
 cleansing the skin from freckles, &c.
   Ad'dad  (Mat.  Med.)  A  Numidian
 plant.  Bitter and poisonous.
   Addepha'gia  (Path.) uSSijipayiu,  or
 aSrjCpayta, from addyr,  ' much,'  and tpa-
 yeiv,' to eat.'  Voraciousness.  ,Galen
 and Hoffmann have given this name to
 the voracious appetite in children af-
 fected with worms.   Sauvages refers
 it to  Bulimia.   Also, the  goddess of
 gluttony.
   Writer.  G.E. Stahl, Hal. 1700 (L).
   Additamen'tum (Anat.) A term once
 used  synonymously   with  Epiphysis.
 It is now restricted to the prolongations
 of two cranial sutures, the lambdoidal
 and squamous.
  Adduc'tion (Anat.) Adduc'tio, from
 ad, ' to,'  and ducere,  ' to draw.' :iuqa-
 yoiyi;.  The  action by which parts are
 drawn towards the axis of the body,
  (G)  Einwarts-gehende  rnu-
 skel-bewegung.
  The muscles,  which  execute  this
 function, are called Adduc'tors.
  ADDUCTORS   OF   THE   THIGH.
 These are three in number, which have,
 by some  anatomists,  been united  into
 one  muscle — the Tri'ceps Adduc'tor
 Fem'oris.
  1. The Adduc'tor  lon'gus fem'oris,
Adduc'tor fem'oris  pri'mus,  Tri'ceps
mi'nus, Pu'bio-femora'lis (Ch,), arises
by a strong tendon from the upper and
fore part  of the os pubis and ligament
of the symphysis, at the inner side of
the pectinalis.  It runs downwards and
outwards, and is  inserted by a broad,
flat tendon into the middle of the linea
aspera.
  (F) Premier ou moyen adducteur.
  2. The Adduc'tor bre'vis, A. fem'oris
secun'dus, Tri'ceps secun'dus, Sub-pu'-
 bio-femora'lis  (Ch.),  arises tendinous
 from the os pubis,  at the  side of its 
ADEC                18            ADHATODA
 symphysis,  below and behind the last
 muscle.   It runs  obliquely outwards,
 and is inserted by a short, flat tendon
 into the  inner and upper part  of the
 linea aspera,  from a little below the
 trochanter minor  to the beginning  of
 the insertion of the adductor longus.
    (F) Second ou petit adducteur.
   3. The Adduc'tor mag'nus, Adduc'tor
fem'oris  ter'tius  et quar'tus,  Tri'ceps
 mag'nus, Is'chio-femora'lis (Ch.),'  is
 much larger than either of the others.
 It arises From the ramus of the pubis,
 from that of the ischium, and from the
 tuber ischii, and  is inserted  into the
 whole length of the linea aspera.  Near
 the lower part of the linea aspera it is
 pierced by  a  kind of oblique, fibrous
 canal, through which the crural artery
 and vein pass.
   (F)  Troisicme ou grand adducteur.
   ADDUC'TOR  POL'LICIS  MA'NUS,
A. Pol'licis,  A. ad min'imum dig"itum,
Metacar'po-phalanga'us pol'licis (Ch.)
 A muscle which  arises, fleshy, from
almost the whole  length of the  meta-
carpal bone of the middle finger, and  is
inserted into the inner part of  the root
of the first bone of the thumb.
      (F) Adducteur du pouce.
  The   ADDUC'TOR  POL'LICIS PE'-
 DIS,  Antith'enar   Metatarso - subpha-
langajus pollicis (Ch.), Torso-metatar-
si-phalangien  du  pouce,  arises by  a
long, thin tendon, from  the under part
of the os cajcis, from the  os cuboides,
os cuneiforme externum, and from the
root of the metatarsal bone of the second
toe.  It is divided into two fleshy por-
tions, and is inserted into the  external
sesamoid bone, and root of the metatar-
sal bone of the great toe.
    (F) Adducteur du gros orteil.
   The   ADDUC'TOR' METACAR'PI
 MIN'IMI DIG"ITI, Metacarpeus, Car'-
po-metacarpeus   min'imi   dig"iti,   is
situated between the abductor and flex-
or, next to  the metacarpal bone.   It
arises,  fleshy, from the unciform pro-
cess of the os unciforme, and from the
contiguous part of the annular ligament
of the wrist, and is inserted, tendinous
and  fleshy,  into  the forepart of the
metacarpal bone  of the little finger,
from its base to its head.
  Bichat has given the general  name,
Adduc'tors, to those of the interosseous
muscles  of  the hand  or  foot,  which
 perform the  action of adduction.
   Ad'ec  (Physiol.)  The  inner man.
 Paracelsus.
   Adelodagam (Mat. Med.)   A bitter
 Malabar plant, used in asthma, catarrh,
 and gout.
  Adelphix'ia  (Physiol,  and  Path.)
Adelphix'is,  from   a'dtXyog, ' brother,
aStXtpiita, adtX<ptzig.  Consanguinity of
parts in health or disease.  Fraier'niias,
Fratra'tio.  Hippocrates used the epi-
thet aScXtpta, Adel'phia, for diseases that
resemble each other.
  Aden'iform  (Anat.)  Adeniformis,
Adenoi'des,  aStroudi.g, from aden, ' a
gland,'  and  forma, ' form or resem-
blance.'   Glandiform, or resembling  a
gland.
  Adenog'raphy  (Anat.)  Adenogra'-
phia, from ur?j;r,  ' a gland,' and yqaipo),
' I  describe.'  That part  of  anatomy
which describes the glands.
   (G)  Driisenbeschreibung.
  Adenol'ogy   (Anat.)   Adenolo'gia,
from uSijr,  ' a gland,' and Xoyog, ' a de-
scription.'   A treatise on the glands.
        (G) Driisenlehre.
  Ad'eno-pharyngje'us (Anat.)  from
uSijv, ' a gland,' and ipaqvy~, ' the pha-
rynx.'  Some fleshy fibres have receiv-
ed this name, which pass from the con-
strictor pharyngis inferior to the thyroid
gland. Their existence is not constant.
  Ad'eno-ph vryngi'tis (Path.)  same
etymon. Inflammation of the tonsils and
pharynx.
  Adeno'sus, (Absces'sus) (Path.)  A
hard, glandular abscess, which suppu-
rates slowly. M. A. Severinus.
  Adenot'omy  (Anat.)  Adenoto'mia,
from aSijv,' a gland,' and xtuvio,' I cut.'
Dissection of the glands.
  (G) Driisenzergliederung.
  A'deps  Slil'la  (Pharm.)   A'deps.
Pig's flare.  The fat of the hog.
  The A'DEPS PRJEPARA'TA.  Hog's
lard, Barrow's grease, Lard, Ax'unge,
Axun'gia,   A'deps  suil'la   prapara'ta,
A. prapara'ta, Axun'gia porci'na, Arvi'-
na,  is prepared  by melting the  pig's
flare, and  straining it.   This is called
rendering  the lard.  Lard is emollient,
but is chiefly used for forming ointments
and plasters.
  (F) Graisse de Pore, Saindoux.
  (G) Schweinschmalz.
  The  A'DEPS  ANSERfNA,  A'deps
an'seris, or Goose grease, is also emol-
lient. It has been used as an emetic.
        (F)  Graisse d'Oie.
  Adep'ta Medici'na  (Med.)  Medi-
cine, which  treated of diseases  con-
tracted by celestial operations, or com-
municated from heaven.
  Adhato'da (Mat. Med.) Justic"ia ad-
hato'da. The Malabar Nut Tree. Used
in India for expelling the  dead foetus
in abortion.   The word is said to con-
vey this meaning in the Ceylonese. 
ADHERENCE           19            ADOLPHUS
  Adhe'rence (Path.) Adhe'sion, Ad-
haren'tia,  nqoaipvaig,   nqoaxoXXtjaig,
Adha'sio, from adha'rere, ' to stick to.'
These words are usually employed sy-
nonymously.   The French  often  use
adherence for  the  state of union,  and
adhesion for the act of adhering.
       (G) Anwachsung.
  Adhe'sive (Inflammation), (Path.)
is that inflammation, which terminates
by an adhesion between inflamed  and
separated surfaces.
  Adhe'sive is also an epithet for  cer-
tain plasters, which stick closely to the
skin.
  Adian'thum  Capil'lus   Ven'eris
(Mat. Med.) Maiden hair. A European
plant, of feeble aromatic and demulcent
properties.  It is used for forming the
Sirop de Capillaire or Capillaire.
    (F)  Capillaire de Montpellier.
    (G) Frauenhaar.
  ADIAN'THUM PEDA'TUM, A. Cana-
den'se.  Capil'lus  Canaden'sis, Cancida
Maidenhair,  has the same properties.
The  Capillaire was  once  made from
this.
      (F) Capillaire du Canada.
      (G) Fus sfrauenhaar.
  Writers.   B.  del Campo, Granat.
 1544 (L).  P. Formi, Montpellier,  1644
 (F).
   Adiaphro'sis (Path.) Adiaphore'sis,
 from a  privative, dm, 'through,' and
 (poqog,' a pore.'  Defect or suppression
 ofSperspiration,  Adiapneus'tia,   aSta-
 Tcvevoxw..
   Adiaph'orous   (Mat. Med.)   Adi-
 aphorus, uSiayoqoc, Indifferens, Neu-
 tral.   A medicine, which will neither
 do harm nor good.
   Adiapto'tos (Mat.Med.) aSiunxunog,
 from a privative, and Sia.imxw, 'I slide
 along.'  An aromatic and narcotic pre-
 paration, used in colic.  Galen.  Gor-
 RiEUS.
   Adiarrhoj'a (Path.) aStaqqoia,^ from
 a privative, and diuqqeiv,' to flow.' Re-
 tention of any excretion. Hipp.
         (G)  Verstopfung.
   Ad'ipocire (Leg. Med.)   Adipocira,
 from ad'eps, ' fat,  and ce'ra,  ' wax.'
 The  base  of biliary calculi, called also
  Cholesterine.  Also,  a sort of  soap,
  formed  from  animal  matter under
  certain circumstances.  The  human
  body, when it has been for some weeks
  in water, assumes this appearance; and
  it has been a subject for legal inquiry,
  what length of time is necessary to pro-
 duce it.   This must, of course, depend
  upon various circumstances, as climate,
  season, &c.
   (F)  Gras des  Cadavres,  Gras des
 Cimetieres.  (G) Fettwachs.
   Ad'ipose (Anat.) Ad'ipous,Adipo'sus,
 from a'deps, ' fat.'  That which relates
 to fat: — as the  adipose membrane, a.
' vessels, &c.
   (F)  Adipeux.  See Fatty.
   The AD'IPOSE SARCO'MA of Aber-
 nethy, Emphy'ma sarco'ma adipo'sum,
 is suetty throughout,  and is inclosed
 in a thin capsule of condensed cellular
 substance,  connected  by means of mi-
 nute  vessels.  It is chiefly found on
 the fore and back part of the trunk.
 See Sarcoma.
    Adip'sia  (Path.) Dipso'sis ex'pers.
 Absence of thirst.
        (G) Durstmangel.
    Adip'son (Mat. Med.) adtyov, from «
 privative, and diipa,' thirst.'   Any sub-
 stance which relieves thirst.  Applied
 to a decoction  of barley to which oxy-
 mel has been added.   Hipp.
    Adip'sos (Mat. Med.) adtipog, Liquor-
 ice.   Hipp., Dioscorides, &c.   Also,
 a catapotium  or pill, used  by Ascle-
 piades, Galen, &c.
    ADiuLis'Tos-(JVfa£. Med.)  aoivXiaxog,
 from  a privative, and SlvXilo), ' I run.'
 Unstrained wine  for pharmaceutical
 purposes.  Gorr^sus.
    Ad'juvant  (Mat. Med.)  Ad'juvans,
 nvvaqy^nxog, from adjuva're,  ' to aid.'
 A medicine, introduced into a prescrip-
 tion to aid the operation of the principal
 ingredient  or basis.   Also, whatever
 assists in the removal or  prevention of
 disease.
        (G)  Beihulfmittel.
    Adoles'cence (Physiol,  and  Hyg.)
 ftuquxwv,   Adolescen'tia,   Juven'tus,
  Youth.  The  period  between puberty
 and that at which the body acquires its
 full developement; being, in  man, be-
 tween the 14th and 25th year; and, in
 woman, between the 12th and 21st.
    (F) Jeunesse.  (G) Junglings-
 alte r.
    Writers.  L. Heister (Diseases of
 A.),  Altd. 1722 (L).  J.  Fournet (on
 the age of adolescence), Paris, 1800 (F).
    Ado'lia (Mat. Med.)  A Malabar
  plant, whose leaves, put in oil, form a
  liniment, used in facilitating labor.
    ADOL'PHUS,Christian Mi'chael
  (Biogr.)  A German physician, born at
  Hirschberg in Silesia, in 1676; died in
  1753.  Works.  Trias dissertationum
 physico-medicarum ad chorographiam
  medicam spectantium, Lips. 1725. 4to.
   Trias  medic,  dissert, ad diateticam
 potissimwn speetant.  Ibid. 1726.  4to.
   Trias dissert, medicarum pathologieo- 
AD PONDUS OMNIUM      20
JEGYPTIACUM
therapeuticarum, nimirum  de  morbis
frequentioribus et gravioribus pro sexus
differentia, Ibid. 1727. 4to.  De equita-
tionis usu medico. Ibid. 1729. 4to.
  An pon'dus om'nium (Pharm.)  The
weight of the whole.  In a prescription
it means, that any particular ingredient
shall equal in weight the whole of the
others.
  Adrobo'lon (Mat. Med.)  from afyoc,
'  great,' and pwXog, ' mass.'  The Bdel-
lium of India, which is in larger pieces
than that of Arabia.
  Ad'ros  (Path.) aSqog, '  plump and
full.'  Applied to the habit of body, and
also to  the  pulse,  adqog oipvyuog, ' a
full pulse.'   Hipp.  Galen.-
  Adulas'so (Mat. Med.) The Justicia
bivalvis.  A small shrub, used in India
as a local application in gout.
  Adult'  age   (Physiol.)   Adul'tus,
aqotroxrtg,   ardqeia,   from   adoles'cere,
'  to grow.'  Viril'ity.  The age  suc-
ceeding adolescence, and preceding old
age.  Adult is also used for  one in  the
adult age.
  (G) Erwachsener  Mensch.
  Writer.  R. Welsted, Lond. 1724.
  Adust' (Path.) Adus'tus, from adu'-
rere,' to burn.'   The blood and fluids
were formerly said to be adust, when
there was much heat in the constitution
and but little serum in the blood.
        (G) Entzundet.
  Adus'tion (Path.) Adus'tio ; state of
the  body described  under Adust.  In
Surgery, it signifies cauterization.
       (G)  Entziindung.
  Adyna'mia (Nosol.) advvaiua, Impo-
ten'tia, from a  privitive, and  dvvauig,
' strength.'  Considerable debility of the
vital powers ; as in typhus fever. Some
Nosologists  have a  class  of diseases
under the name Adynamia.
  Ady.n'amon  (Mat. Med.)  adwuuov;
a kind of weak wine used by the  an-
cients.  Dioscorides.  Pliny.
  .ZEdceag'raphy (Anat.)  Mdaag'ra-
phia,  from utSota, ' organs  of  genera-
tion,' and  yquipvt, ' I describe.'   A  de-
scription of the organs of generation.
  jEdceal'ogy  (Anat.)  JEdaalo'gia,
from aiSota, ' the pudendum,' and  X.o-
yog,  ' a description.'  Treatise  on  the
organs of generation.
  jEdceat'omy  (Surg.)  JEdaato'mia,
fromae<?ota,' the pudendum,' and t^icco,
'  I cut.'   Dissection of the  parts of
generation.
  iEDoi'Tis  (Path.)  Inflammation of
the genital organs.
  ^dopso'phia  (Path.)  from  aidoia,
'  the pudendum,' and ipotpuv, ' to make
a  noise.'   Emission of  wind  by the
urethra in man,  by the vagina in wo-
man.  Sauvages  and Sagar.
   jEeig'luces  (Hyg.)  Aeig'luces, an-
yXvxr;g, from an, ' always,' and ykvxvg,
' sweet.' A kind of sweet wine or must.
Gorrjeus.
   jEgagrophi'la  (Mat.  Med.)  from
atyayqog,  ' the  rock goat,' and  mXog,
' hair.'  Bezoar d'Allemagne, Pi'la Da-
ma'rum, seu Rupicapra'rum.   A ball,
composed of hairs, found in the stomach
of the  goat;  once  used medicinally.
See  Bezoar.
   (G) Haarball,  Haarkugel.
   Writers.  G.  J. Welsch,  August.
Vind.  1660 (L).
   jE'gias (Path.) aiytag, atyig, aiyXia,
aiyXir,, AE'gis, JE'glia, JE'gides,  from
aic,' the goat'; why is not known.
   There is obscurity regarding the pre-
cise  meaning of this word.  It was used
to designate an ulcer, or speck on the
transparent cornea.   Hipp.
   Maitre Jean  uses  it for a calcare-
ous  deposit between the conjunctiva
and sclerotica.    (F) Aige or Aigle.
   ^gid'ion (Mat.  Med.)  aiyitiov,  a
collyrium: JEgoproso'pon.
   yEoin'ius (Biogr.) surnamed Atheni-
en'sis.  A  Greek physician, flourished
in the 8th century under Tiberius II.
   Works.  De pulsibus  et  de urinis,
&c.  Lugd. 1505. 8vo.  Also,  De vene-
nis, &ci
   ^E'gilops (Path.)  aiyiXonp, ay^iXoixP,
An'chilops, Al'garab, Ga'rab,An'kylops,
from aii, ' a goat/ and  wxfj, ' the  eye.'
An ulcer  at the  greater angle of the
eye, which  sometimes  does not pene-
trate to the lacrymal sac, but at others
does, and constitutes fistula lacrymalis.
Galen, Celsus,  Oribasius,  Aetius,
Paulus of jEgina, &c.
   Writers.   J.  Van  Horne, Lugd.
Bat.  1659 (L).   B. Albinus, Francf. ad
Viadr.l695(L).  G. W. Wedel, Jense,
1695 (L).  C. Van Reverhorst, Lusrd.
1738 (L).                         s
   iEom'iNON  (Mat.  Med.) aiytiqirov,
an ointment of which the fruit or flower
of the poplar was an ingredient.
  ^Egyp'tia (Mat. Med.)  aiyvnxia; an
epithet for several medicines, mention-
ed by  Gai.en, Paulus  of ^gina, and
Myrepsus.
  MGYP'TIA  STYPTE'RIA,  aiyvnxia
orvnx^qiu,   JEgyptian  alum,  recom-
mended by Hippocrates.
  JEGYP'TIA   UL'CERA ;  Egyptian
ulcers.  Ulcers of the fauces  and ton-
sils, described by Aret^us, as common
in Egypt and Syria. 
iEGYPTIUS PESSUS        21           .ETHEREAL
  AIgypti'acum  (Pharm.)  aiyvnnov,
HtvSqoiov,  Mel JEgypti'acum, Phar'ma-
cum JEgypti'acum; a  preparation of
vinegar, honey, and verdigris, scarcely
used now, except by  veterinary  sur-
geons,  as a detergent.  See Linimen-
tum jEruginis.
  .Sgyp'tius Pes'sus ; JEgyptianPes-
sary.   A pessary, composed of honey,
turpentine, butter,  oil of lily or rose,
saffron, each one part; with sometimes
a small quantity of verdigris.
  ^E'on (Phys.) aitov; the entire age of
a man  from birth till death.   Hippocr.
Galen.   Also, the spinal marrow.
  JEo'nx  (Hyg.) aiwqa, from atiaqtw,
1  I  suspend.-'    Gestation,  Swinging.
Aetius, Celsus, &c.
  jEre'olum   (Pharm.)   JEre'olus,
Chal'cus, /aXxovg.   The sixth part of
an  obolus, by  weight; consequently
about 2 grains.
  Aeriflux'us (Path.)  The discharge
of gas, and the  fetid emanations from
the sick.  Sauvages.
  Aerol'ogy (Phy.) Aerolo'gia, Aero-
log"ice, utqoXoyia, atqoXoyixrn from artq,
1  air,' and Xoyog, 'a description.'  That
part of Physics which treats of the air,
its  qualities, uses, and its action on the
animal economy.
  (G)  Luftlehre, Lutfkunde.
  Aeroman'cy  (Med.)   Airomanti'a,
from artq, ' air,' and pavrtt«, ' divina-
tion.'   An art  in  judicial  astrology,
which consists in foretelling, by means
of  the air or substances  found in the
atmosphere.
   (G)  Luftwahrsagerei,  Luft-
d e u t u n g.
  Aeropho'bia (Path.) from artq,' air,'
and ipo(iog,  ' fear.'   Dread of the air.
This symptom often accompanies hy-
drophobia, and sometimes hysteria and
other affections.
        (G)  Luftscheue.
   jEru'go (Mat. Med.)  tog, from as,
1 copper.'   The  rust  of  any  metal,
properly  of brass.   See  Cupri  Ace-
tas.
   ^Eru'ginous  (Path.)  arugino'sus,
iroiJi;?,  from arugo,' verdigris.'  Resem-
bling  verdigris in  color;  as  the  bile
when  discharged at  times  from  the
stomach.
   (F)  Erugineux. (G) Griinrostig,
 Griinspanfarbig.
   iEs'cuos (Path.)  aia/og.  Deformity
 of the body generally, or of some part.
 Hippoc.
   JESCULA'PIUS (Biogr.) The god of
 medicine, anciently worshipped.  In
 his temples were placed votive tablets,
by the  sick, describing their diseases,
whence the history of many affections
was  originally  obtained.  His  priests
were the physicians, who prescribed in
the name of the god.   He  is said to
have been  born at  Epidaurus,  and to
have been educated by Chiron.
  ^s'culus  Hippocas'tanum   (Mat.
Med.)   Castan'ea  equi'na,  pavi'na,
Horse-chestnut,  Buck-eye.   The bark
has been advised as a substitute for the
cinchona.  Both bark and fruit  are as-
tringent.  Externally it  has  been em-
ployed, like the cinchona, in gangrene.
  (F) Marronier d'Inde.   (G) Wil-
dercastanienbaum.
  jEsthe'sis (Physiol.)  atadyoig,  Ai-
sthe'sis, from aio9aropai,' I feel.'  The
faculty  of being affected by a sensa-
tion.  Sensibility, as well as the senses
themselves.
  iEsTHET'icA (Nosol.) aio$r,xixa, from
ata&avouai,' I feel.' Diseases affecting
the  sensation.   Dullness, depravation
or abolition of one  or more  of the  ex-
ternal organs of sense.   The 2d order,
class Neurotica o/Good.
  ^E'stus Volat'icus (Path.) Sudden
heat; scorching or  flushing  of the face
Vogel.
  jE'ther (Mat. Med.)  E'ther, from
aiSin,  ' air,'  or from ai&w, ' I  burn.'
Li'quor athe'reus.  A  volatile  liquor
obtained by distillation from a mixture
of alcohol and a concentrated acid.
            (G) Ather.
  M'THER SULPHU'RICUS,  JE.  Vi-
triol'icus,Naph'tha Vitrio'li.  Ether pre-
pared from sulphuric ether and alcohol.
(Sp. rectificat.   Acid. Sulph. aa. ft>iss.
Distil until a heavier liquid passes over.
Ph. L.)
   The Rectified JEther,  JE'ther rectifi-
ca'tus prepared by distilling  12 on. from
a mixture of, sulphuric  ether, f. § xiv,
fused potass,  § ss, and distilled water
f.  |ij, is a limpid, colorless, very  in-
flammable, volatile liquor; of a penetra-
ting and fragrant odor, and hot, pungent
taste. Its s. g. is 0.732.  It is a diffusible
stimulant, narcotic and antispasmodic,
and is externally refrigerant. Dose  gM
xxx to  3 'ss-
     (G) Schwefel'ather.
   The  Parisian Codex  has  an JE'ther
acel'icus,  an JE'ther  muriat'icus, or
A^'ther hydrochlor'icus,an JE'ther nit'-
ricus  vel  nitro'sus, and an  JE'ther
phosphor a'tus.   They all possess simi-
lar virtues.
   ^the'real   (Pharm.)   JEthe'reus.
An aethereal tincture is one formed by
the action of sulphuric ether, at the or- 
iETHIOPICUS  LAPIS       22          AGACEMENT
dinary temperature, on medicinal sub-
stances.
    (F) FJherie, Teinture itheree.
  jEthiop'icus La'pis (Mat. Med.) E-
thiopian stone.  A stone  formerly sup-
posed to be possessed  of considerable
virtue.  Oribashs.
  .E'thiops  (Pharm.)   ai&tatxf, from
ai&io,' 1 burn,' and coi/>,' countenance.'
A black or burnt  countenance.   The
ancients  gave  this  name to certain
oxides  and sulphurets of metals, which
were of a black color.
           (G) Mohr.
  JE'THIOPS MAR'TIAL, Deutox'ydum
Ferri nigrum. The black deutoxide of
iron.  Once in repute as a tonic.
       (G) Eisenmohr.
  jEthol'ices (Path.) ai&oXixtg, ai&a-
aU«S, from ai&u>, '  I burn.'  Fiery pus-
tules on the skin.   Some have consid-
ered them to have  been boils.
  jEthu'sa Me'um (Mat. Med.) Me'um,
Meu,  Spignel,  Baldmoney.  The root
has been advised  as carminative, sto-
machic, &c.
        (F) Ethuse Meum.
  ^tiol'ogy  (Path.) JEtiolo'gia,  atxio-
i.oyia, Etiol'ogy, Aitiolo'gia, from atria,
' a cause,' and Xoyog,' a discourse.' The
doctrine of the causes of disease.
  ^Eti'tes (Mat. Med.) aixixtjg, Eagle-
stone.  This  stone was  formerly sup-
posed to facilitate delivery, if bound on
the thigh; and  to  prevent abortion, if
bound on the  arm.   It was, also, called
Lapis Collymus.
  Ae'tius  (Biogr.)  Ae'tios.   A cele-
brated Greek  physician of Amida, who
flourished at Alexandria about the end
of the 5th century. Works, Tetrabiblos.
Of this, numerous editions have appear-
ed.  The most complete are  those  of
Basle,  1542 and 1549, in  fol., and  of
Lyons, 1549, fol.
  AFFADISSEMENT (F)  (Path.) That
condition of the digestive function in
which  the appetite is diminished, the
sense of taste blunted,  and the action
of the stomach enfeebled : a state usu-
ally accompanied by general languor.
   (G)  Schaler,  widerlicher
Geshmack.
  Affec'tion (Phys. & Path.)  Affec'-
iio; any mode in  which the  mind or
body is affected or  modified.
  The  AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND,
Affec'tus An'imi,  (F)  Affections  de
I'dme,   (G)   Gemuthsbewe-
gungen, include not  only the differ-
ent passions,  as love, hatred, jealousy,
&c., but every condition of the mind
that is accompanied by an agreeable  or
disagreeable feeling, as pleasure, fear,
sorrow, &c.
  In Pathology, Affection, na»og, na-
■9),tta,  is  synonymous  with  disease :
thus we speak of a pulmonary affection,
a calculous affection, &c.
  Affec'tue (Physiol.)  That which
affects, touches, &c.  Gall gives the
term  affective faculties,  (F) FacuMs
affectives, to functions dependent  upon
organization  of the  brain,  and  com-
prising the sentiments, affections, &c.
  Af'ferent (Anat.)  Af'ferens,  from
affero, ' I bring.'  The vessels which
convey the lymph  to  the  lymphatic
glands, are called afferent.
  Af'fion or  Of'fium   (Mat. Med.)
O'pium, (q. v.)  The Bantamese thus
designate  an electuary of which opium
is the basis, and which they use  as an
excitant.
  Affla'tus or  Adfla'tus  (Path.)
e.n.rroiu, from ad, ' to,' and flare, ' to
blow.'   When any air strikes the  body
and produces disease, it is  thus called,
  Af'fluence  and  Af'flux (Path.)
Afflux'us,  from afflu'ere,  ' to flow to.'
A flow or determination of humors, and
particularly of blood, towards any part.
          (G)  Zufluss.
  Affu'sion (Therap.) 7tqoa/vatgr tm-
/vaig, Affu'sio, from ad, ' to,'  and  fun-
dere, ' to pour.'   The action of pouring
a liquid on any body.  Affusions, cold
and warm, are used in different dis-
eases.  The cold affusion  is sometimes
very beneficial in cutting short typhus
fever and  scarlatina, if used during the
first week.  It consists  in placing the
patient in a tub, and pouring cold water
over him; then wiping him  dry, and
putting him  to bed.  The  only pre-
caution necessary, is, to use it in the
state of greatest heat and exacerbation;
not when  chilliness, or  topical inflam-
mation is present.
       (G) Aufgiessung.
  Writers.  P. W. Dimsdale (in Ty-
phus),  Lond.  1803.  Robt. Jackson,
Edinb. 1808.
  AGACEMENT  (F)  (Phys. Path.)
from axatuv,' to sharpen.' The setting
on edge.
  Agacement des dents; a disagreeable
sensation  experienced  when  acids are
placed in contact with the teeth. Tooth-
edge.  Setting the teeth on edge.
      (G) Stumpfwerde n.
  Agacement des nerfs;  a slight irri-
tation of the system, and particularly
of the organs of sense and locomotion,
corresponding nearly to  the  English
Fidgets,      (G) Nervenreiz. 
AGALACTIA          23           AGIAHALID
  Awalac'tia (Path.) ayaXaxTia, Aga-
lastis, Agalac'tio, and Agalacta'tio, from
a privative, and yaXa,' milk.'  Absence
of milk in the mammae.
      (G)  Milchmangel.
  Agal'lochum (Mat. Med.)  ayaXXo-
%ov, ^vXaXotj,  Calambac, Calambouk,
Lig'num Agal'lochi ve'ri, Lig'num AV-
ots, L. Aspal'athi, Xy'lo-al'oes, AgaV-
ugin, Ahaloth, Al'cebar, Aloes wood.
A resinous and very aromatic wood of
the East Indies,  from the Excacaria
Agallocha.  Used  in making pastils,
&c. Dioscorides,Oribasius, Paulus.
  ■(G) Aloeholz, Paradiesholz.
  Writer.   J.  Ph. Eysel,  Erford,
1712 (L).
  Ag'aric (Hyg. Mat. Med.) ayaqixov,
Agar'icum.   A genus of plants in  the
Linnsean system, some of which are
edible, others  poisonous.  It  was  so
called from  Agaria, a region of Sar-
matia. Dioscorides.
  (G) Blaetterschwamm,  Baum-
s c h w a m m.
  Among the  edible varieties of  the
Boletus,  the following  are  the  chief.
1. The  Agar'icus  edu'lis, (F)  Agaric
comestible  et champignon  de  couche.
2. The Agar'icus odoraHus, (F) Mous-
seron.
  The most common poisonous varieties
are the Agar'icus Neca'tor, (F) Agaric
meurtrier: and 2. The Agar'icus a 'cris,
(F) Agaric Acre ; besides the Auranite,
a sub-genus, which includes  several
species.   One  of the most  delicate is
the Agaricus Aurantiacus, but care
must be taken not to confound  it with
the A.  Pseudo-aurantiacus, which  is
very poisonous.  The A. aurantiacus
is  called,  in French,  Oronge.    See
Poisons, Table of.
  Aga've  America'na  (Mat. Jl/ed.)
American Agave.  This plant has been
considered diuretic and antisyphilitic.
  Age (Hyg.) ijXixia,a'tas. (G) Alter.
Period of life.  Time that has elapsed
since birth,  &c.  Five  ages are often
designated in the life of man.  1.  First
infancy (Infan'tia): 2. Second infancy
(PuerV'tia):  3. Adolescence  (Adoles-
cen'tia):  4.  The adult age (Viril'ilas):
5.  Old age (Senec'tus): all which see.
   Writers on the Ages.  Stahl (G.E.)
 Hab3e,1698(L). Salzmann(J.) Argent.
 1715(L).  F. Hoffmann, Hake, 1728
 (L). H. P. Juch, Erfurt, 1733 (L).  A.
 E. BiicHNER, Halee, 1752 (L).   Plouc-
 quet (G. G.), Tubing. 1778 (L and G)
 (Medico-legal). S. Rogery, Paris, an.
 vii (F).   P- Esparron, Paris, an.  xi.
 (F).  Crellius, Lips.  1724 (L) (Med.
legal).    Wigandt,  Arg.   1701 (L)
(Med. legal).
  Agen'esis (Path.) from a  privative,
and  -yevioig, ' generation.'   Imperfect
developement of any part of  the body:
as cerebral agenesis, i. e. imperfect dej
velopement of the brain in the foetus.
  A'gent (Path.) A'gens, from ag"ere,
' to act.'  Any power which  produces,
or tends to produce, an effect on the
human body.  Morbific agents, (F) A-
gents morbifiques, are the causes of dis-
ease. Therapeutical agents, (F) Agens
therapeutiques,  the means of treating,
it, &c
  Agera'sia  (Hyg.)  ayi-gaoia,  Inse-
nescen'tia,  (G) U nveraltbarkeit,
from a privative, and yr,qag,  ' old age.'
A vigorous and green old age.
  Age'ratus La'pis (Mat. Med.)  ayj,-
qaxog Xi&og.  A stone used by cobblers
to polish shoes.  It  was formerly es-
teemed discutient and astringent.  Ga-
len, Oribasius, Paulus.
  Ageus'tia  or  Agheus'tia  (Path.)
Apogeus'tia, Apogeu'sis, aytvaxia, Dys-
esthesia gustato'ria, Parageu1sis,from
a priv., and yevaxig, 'taste.'   Diminu-
tion  or loss of taste.  Sat vages, Cul-
len.
  Agglom'erate (Path.) Agglomera'-
tus.  Applied  to humors or  glands in
aggregation.
  Agglu'tinant (Mat. Med.)  Agglu'-
tinans, xoXXrtxixog,  Collet'icus, Glu'ti-
nans, from gluten,  ' glue.'   Remedies
were formerly  so called, which were
considered capable  of uniting divided
parts.  Paulus.
  (G)  Klebrig.   (F) Agglutinant,
Agglutinatif, Glutinatif.
  Plasters  are called agglutinant, (F)
agglutinatifs,  which  adhere  strongly
to the skin.  Certain bandages are like-
wise so termed.
   (F)  Bandelettes agglutinalives.
  AGGLUTiNA'TioN(Pa</i. Therap.) xoX-
X.rtaig,  tTiixoXXrjaig, nqoaxoXXrfiig, gluti-
na'tio,  from agglutinare, ' to glue to-
gether.'  The first degree of adhesion.
Also, the action of agglutinants.
   (G) Anheilung,  Zusammen-
heilung.
   Agglu'tinate, from agglutina're,' to
glue together.'  The French use the
word agglutiner, in the sense of' to re-
unite ';  as agglutiner  les Ihvres d'une
plaie,  ' to unite  the lips of a wound.'
   (G)  Anheilen,  Zusammen-
 heilen.
   Agiaha'lid or Agiha'lid or  Agra-
 ha'lid (Mat. Med.)  An Egyptian and
 Ethiopian shrub, similar to the Ximenia. 
AGGREGATE
24
AILERON
The Ethiopians  use  it as a vermifuge.
The fruit is purgative.
  Ag'gregate  (Anat.)  Aggrega'tus,
from aggrega're,' to assemble together.'
Glands are called aggregate, which are
in clusters.  Aggregate pills, (F)  Pi-
lules agregatives, signified, formerly,
those which were believed to contain
the properties of a considerable num-
ber  of medicines,  and  to  be able  to
supply their place.
  Agita'tion (Path.) Agita'tio, Sovrjoig,
constant  and  fatiguing  motion of  the
body (inquies),  or distressing  mental
inquietude  (An'imi agita'tio).
  Aglossostomog'raphy (Path.) Aglos-
sostomogra'phia, from a priv. yXwooa,
* the tongue,' oroaa,  ' the mouth,' and
ypaepai, ' I  describe.'   Description of a
mouth without a tongue.  Roland (of
Saumur).
  Agluti'tion (Path.) Agluti'tio, from
a priv., and glutire,  ' to swallow.'   A
hybrid term,  designating the impossi-
bility of swallowing.  Linnaeus.
  Agnoia (Path.) ayvoia, from a priv.
and yivodxcu, ' I know.'  State of a pa-
tient, who does not recognise individu-
als.  Hippocr., Galen, Foesius.
  Ago'ge  (Path.) ayuryt;, the order or
condition of a disease. Hippoc Galen.
Likewise the state of the air, xaxaoxaoig.
Hippoc  Galen. Gorr^us. Foesius.
  Agomphi'asis  (Path.)  Agompho'sis,
from a privative, and yoiiipoiv,  ' I nail.'
Looseness of the teeth.  Gorrjeus.
     (G) Zahnewackeln.
  Agonis'tica (Hyg.) aytoriaxixr\, from
ayojv,' a combat.' The part of ancient
gymnastics, which had reference to the
combats of the Athlete.
      (G)  Wettkampf.
  Also, very cold water, given inter-
nally, to  calm febrile heat.  Paulus of
iEgina.
  Ag'ony (Path.) aywvia, ago'nia, an'-
gor, from aycuv,  ' a combat.   The last
struggle of life. Galen, Gorrjeus, &c.
The agony, which is  of longer or short-
er duration, is characterized by great
change in  the features,  gradual aboli-
tion of sensation and motion, loss of
voice, dryness or lividity of the tongue
and lips, rattling in the throat, small
and intermittent pulse, and coldness of
the extremities.  This state is not pres-
ent  in those who  die suddenly.  See
Facies Hippocratica.
       (G) Todeskampf.
  Agos'tus (Anat.)  ayoarog, from ayto,
11 lead.'  The fore-arm from elbow to
fingers.  Also the palm of the hand.
GorrjEus.
  Ag'rimony (Mat. Med)  iv7taro>Qiovf
Eupato'rium, Cafal, Lap'pula Hepat'-
ica.   The Agrimo'nia  Eupato'ria.  A
mild astringent and stomachic.   Dose,
in powder, from 9j to  5j-
  (F) Aigremoine.   (G) Oder men-
nig,  Wundodermennig.
  Agriothym'ia  (Path.) from  ayqtog,
' ferocious,'  and  9vpog, ' disposition.'
Ferocious insanity.  Sauvages.
  Agrip'pa or jEgrip'pa {Obstet.) from
a'gerpar'tus, ' difficult birth:'  or per-
haps  from ayqa, ' taking or seizure,'
and  novg, ' the foot.'   This term has
been given to those born by the feet.
It is  pretended,  that the family of
Agrippa obtained their name from this
circumstance.
  A'gue Cake (Path.)  Placen'tafebri'-
lis, Physco'nia splen'icum, P. splen'ica,
Sple'nis Tu'mor ; — a visceral obstruc-
tion  (generally in the  spleen),  which
follows agues, and is distinctly felt by
external  examination.   It is not com-
mon.
  (F) Gdteau febrile.
  Ag'ul or Alha'gi (Mat. Med.)  The
Hedisarum alhagi.  A  thorny shrub of
Persia and Mesopotamia, which affords
manna.  The leaves are purgative.
  Agy'ion,  ayviov,  from a priv.  and
yviov, ' limb.'   Mutilated, or wanting
limbs. Hippocr. Weak, feeble. Galen.
  Agyr'ias (Path.)  ayvqiag, from ayv
qig, ' a collection.'   Opacity  of the
crystalline.  Aetius. Pare.
  Agyr't.e  (Hist. Med.) ayvqim, from
ayvqig, ' a crowd.'   Formerly  meant
certain strollers, who pretended  to su-
pernatural  powers.   Subsequently,  a
quack or illiterate pretender.
  AIDE (F)  (Surg.) Ad'jutor min'ister.
An assistant to a surgeon in his  opera-
tions.
  Aigle (Mat. Med.)   Near the city of
this name, in Normandy, is the chalyb-
eate  spring of  Saint-Xantin,  much
used in the 16th and 17th centuries.
  AIGUILLON (F)   (Path.)   Spi'na
Helmon'tii.  A term used since the time
of Van  Helmont, to  designate the
proximate cause of inflammation.  Ac-
cording to him, an inflamed part is in
the same condition as if an aiguillon or
thorn was thrust into it.
  Aileron (F) (Anat.) Extre'ma a'la
vel Pin'nula, diminutive of (F) Aile, a
wing.  The extremity  of the wing of a
bird,  to  which the  great feathers are
attached.
   AILERONS   DE   LA  MATRICE,
three folds  at  the  base of the broad
ligaments of  the uterus,  which are 
AIR                25           ALBADARA
 occupied by the ovary and its ligament,
 the Fallopian tube, and the round liga-
 ment.
   Air  (Phys.) Air, a^q, from av>, ' I
 breathe.'  Cedue, Common air, Atmo-
 spheric air, is an invisible, transparent,
 inodorous, insipid,  ponderable,  com-
 pressible, and elastic fluid, which, under
 the form of the atmosphere, surrounds
 the earth to the height of  15 or 16
 leagues.
   Air is essentially composed of two
 gases, oxygen and azote, in the propor-
 tion of 21 of the  former to  79 of the
 latter.  Oxygen is the vital portion, but
 the azote is necessary to dilute it.  Air
 also contains a small portion of carbonic
 acid gas, and it has, always floating in
 it, aqueous  vapor, different terrestrial
 emanations, &c.  Its effects  upon the
 human body vary according to its great-
 er or less density,  temperature, mois-
 ture, &c.; hence, change of air is found
 extremely serviceable in the prevention
 and cure of certain morbid conditions.
 See Climate.
       (G) Luft.
   The AIR PASSAGES, are the larynx,
 trachea, bronchi, &c.
    (F) Voies ae'riennes, acrifires.
   Aithomo'ma   (Path.)  from ai&og,
 ' black.' A black condition of all the
 humors of the eye.  A. Pare.
   AIT'KEN, John (Biogr.)  Teacher
 of anatomy and surgery, Edinburgh :
 died 1790.  Works. Essays on several
 important subjects  in surgery, chiefly
fractures. Lond. 1771.  8vo.  Essays
 and cases in surgery, Lond. 1775. 8vo.
 Systematic elements  of the  theory and
 practice  of medicine. 1782. 8vo.   On
 midwifery. Lond.  1785. 8vo.  On os-
 teology, 1785. 8vo.
   Aix-la-Chapelle, Mineral  Wa-
 ters  of  (Mat. Med.)  Called by the
 Germans, Aachen.  A thermal, sul-
 phureous, mineral water, which  con-
 tains,  in  1000  grammes, 28.54  cubic
 inches  of hydro-sulphuric  acid  gas,
 18.05 cubic inches of carbonic acid gas,
 0.1304  grammes of carbonate of lime,
 0.0440  grammes of carbonate of mag-
 nesia, 0.5444 grammes of subcarbonate
 of soda, 2.3697 grammes of muriate of
 soda, 0.2637  of sulphate of soda, and
 0.0705  of silica. The temperature is
 46° R.  (135.5 F.)
   The factitious water of Aix-la-Cha-
 pelle, A'qua Aquisgranen'sis, (F)  Eau
 d'Aix-la-Chapelle,  is  made by adding
 pure water § xvijss, to hydrosulphuret-
 ted water  § iv, carbonate  of soda gr.
 xx, muriate of soda gr. ix. Ph. P.
   Writers.  J. Ash, Lond. 1788.  J,
 Williams, Lond. 1772-74.
  There are thermal sulphureous springs
 at  Aix in Savoy, and some  thermal
 springs at Aix in Provence.
   Aju'ga (Mat. Med.) A. pyramida'lis,
 Consol'ida Me'dia, Bu'gula,  Upright
 Bugloss, Middle Consound. This plant
 is subastringent and bitter.
   (F) Bugle pyramidale.   (G)  Gul-
 dengiinsel.
   The  AJU'GA  REP'TANS,  Bu'gula,
 Common  Bugle, (F) Bugle rampante,
 (G) Kriechender  Ginsel,  Wie-
 sengiinzel, has similar properties.
   A'KENSIDE,  Mark (Biogr.)  An
 English physician, better known as a
 poet: born at Newcastle upon  Tyne in
 1721;  died 1770.   Works.  Observa-
 tions, anatomical and physiological, (by
 A. Monro, jun.)  Lond. 1758.   Oratio
 Harveiana.  1764. 4to.   De dysenterid
 commentarius. Lond.  1764. 8vo.:  in
 English, by  Dr. Ryan, Lond.  1776.
 8vo.
   A'la (Anat.) Pinna, ^rtqvg,' a wing.'
 A term often used by Anatomists for
 parts which project, like a wing, from
 the median line; as the Ala nasi, Ala
 of the uterus, &c.
     (F)Aile.  (G) Flu gel.
  Alab as'ter (Mat. Med.) Alabas'trum,
Alabastri'tes, aXa^aaxqixrjg, a variety of
 compact gypsum; of which an ointment
 was once made; — the unguentum ala-
 bastri'num ; used as a discutient.  Ala-
 baster  likewise  entered  into  several
 Dentifrices.        (F) Albdtre.
  Ala'cuoth ; an  Arabian word, thus
 defined by Castelli :  " Me qui in coitu
 venereo simul excernit alvum ad resolu-
 tionem spirituum."  Avicenna.
  Alanfu'ta (Anat.)  A name given,
by  the  Arabians,  to a  vein,  situated
between  the  chin  and  lower  lip,
 which they were in the habit of open-
ing  in cases of foetor of the  breath.
 Avicenna.
  Alaque'ca (Mat. Med.)  The Hin-
 dusthanee name of a  stone, found in
 small,  polished  fragments,  which is
 considered efficacious in  arresting  he-
 morrhage  when applied externally.  It
 is a sulphuret of iron.
  Ala'res Ven.e  (Anat.) The super-
ficial veins at the fold of the arm.
  Ala'ria Ossa (Anat.)  The wing-
like processes of the sphenoid bone.
  Ala'tus (Anat.) nTsqvyiadtjg; one
whose scapulae project backwards like
wings.
  Albada'ra  (Anat.)  The sesamoid
bone of the metatarso-phalangal joint of 
ALBAN, SAINT
26
ALBUGINEOUS
the great toe.  The  Rabbis  and Magi-
cians  attributed  extraordinary virtues
to it.  Arabians.
  Al'ban,  Saint,  Mineral  Waters
of (Mat. Med.)  A  French acidulous
chalybeate,  in the  department of the
Loire.
  AL'BERT or ALBER'TI, Michael
(Biogr.)   Professor of  Medicine  at
Halle, in Germany, born at Nurnberg
in 1682; died in 1757.   Works. In-
troductio in universam medicinam. Hal.
1718.  4to.   Specimen medicina theo-
logica.  Hal.  1726.  8vo.   Tentamen
lexici  realis observationum  medicarum
ex variis  auctoribus selectarum. Ibid.
1727.    Traclatio  medico-forensis   de
tortura subjectis aptis et ineptis, secun-
dum morales et  physicas causas. Ibid.
1730.   4to.   Systema  jurisprudentia
medico-legalis. Ibid. 1725.  3 vols.
   AL'BERT or  ALBER'TI, Sol'omon
 (Biogr.) A physician of eminence, who
taught medicine at Wittemberg, where
he died in 1600.   Works.  Historia
plararumque humani corporis partium,
membratim scripta et in usum tyro-
 num  retractatius edita.  Witteb. 1585.
 8vo.   Scorbuti  historia. Ibid.  1594.
 8vo.   Observationes anatomica.  Ibid.
 1620. 8vo.
   AL'BERT, the Great, (Biogr.) better
 known under this name than under that
 of Bolstadius, was surnamed Grotus.
 He was born at Lawingen in Suabia;
 died- in 12*2.  Works.  De  secrelis
 mulierum, item de virtutibus herbarum,
 lapidum,  et animalium.  August. Vind.
 1489. 4to.  De nutrimenlo et nutri-
 bili liber.  Ven  1517.  4to.  De motu
 cordis. Paris. WA'i.
   Ai.bican'tia  Cor'pora  (Anat.)  C.
 Candican'tia, from al'bico,  ' I grow
 white.'  Willis's glands in the brain;
 anterior to the tuber annulare.  See
 Mamillary Eminence.
   Albi'no (Physiol. &c.) ' White,' Leu-
 ca'thiops, JEthiops al'bus, Don'do, from
 albus,  ' white.'  A Spanish word  ap-
 plied to  individuals  of  the human
 race  who have the skin and hair white,
 the  iris very pale, and bordering on
 red ; and the  eyes so sensible, that they
 cannot bear  the  light  of  day.  This
 condition, which has been called Leu-
 eathio'pia, Alpho'sis JEthiop'ica, is seen
 more frequently in the  Negro.  Both
  sexes are  exposed to it;  but it does  not
  seem to be true, that there are tribes of
  Albinos in the interior of Africa.
   (¥) Blafard, Ncgre-blanc.
   (G) Kakerlake   (cock  roach).
  Nachtmensch.
  Writers.  Maupertius, Leyd. 1744
(F).  W. Rey, Lyon,  1744(F).  Fr.
Buzzi, Milan, 1784(1).  J- F.  Blu-
menbach, Getting. 1786 (L).
  ALBI'NUS, Bern'hard Sieg'fried
(Biog.) whose proper name was Weiss
(G), White.  A celebrated Professor
of Anatomy and  Surgery at  Leyden,
born at Frankfort on the Oder, in 1697;
died in 1770.   Works.  De ossibus hu-
mani corporis, Lugd. Bat. 1726.  8yo.
Historia  musculorum  hominis,  Ibid.
1734. 4to.  De arteriis  et venis intestU
norum hominis. Ibid. 1736. 4to.  Icones
ossium humani foetus,  &c.  Ibid. 1737.
4to.   Tabula  sceleti et musculorum
corporis  humani.   Lond.  1749.  fol.
Tabula septem  uteri  gravidi,  Lugd.
Bat. 1749. fol.  Tabula ossium huma-
norum.  Ibid.  1753. fol.   De  sceleto
humano  liber. Leidse.  1762. 4to.
  ALBI'NUS, Chris'tian Bern'hard
(Biogr.)  Brother of the preceding, and
Professor of Anatomy at Utrecht; born
in 1696; died in 1752.  Works.  Speci-
men anatomicum,  exhibens novam  te-
nuium  hominis  intestinorum  descrip-
tionem.  Lugd. Bat.  1722.   4to.  De
anatome errores detegente in medicind.
Ultraject. 1723. 4to.
   Al'bora  (Path.)   A kind of itch
or  complicated  leprosy.   Paracel-
sus.
   ALBUCA'SIS (Biogr.) Called, also,
Albuca'sa, Albucha'sius, Bucha'sis,
Bulca'sis-Galaf, Alsahara'vius, and
Azara'viis, but whose proper name was
Aboul-Casem-Khalaf-Ben- Abbas ;
an Arabian physician, who lived about
the  commencement of the 12th cen-
tury.  Writings extant. Medendi me-
thodus  certa, clara, et  brevis, pleraque
qua ad medicina  partes omnes, praci-
puh qua ad chirurgiam  requiruntur,
libris tribus exponens.  Basil. 1541. fol.
Translated from the Arabic.
   Albugin'eous  (Anat.)  Albugin'eus,
from al'bus,' white.'   A term  applied
 to  textures,  humors,  &c,  which are
perfectly white.
   ALBUGIN'EA,   Tu'nica  albugin'ea,
A. Testis,  Peritestis, Membra'na cap-
sula'ris testis, is a strong, fibrous, and
resisting membrane, which immediately
 envelopes  the testicle, and  has, at its
 upper part, an enlargement, called cor-
 pus Highmorianum.  From its inner
 surface  it  sends  off a number of flat,
 filiform prolongations or septa, between
 which are contained the  seminiferous
 vessels.  Externally it is  covered by
 the tunica vaginalis testis.
   (F) Albuginee, Tunique albugine'e. 
ALBUM GRiECUM         27            ALCHYMY
  Albugin'eous Fibre, (F) Fibre albu-
girUe, a name  given  by Chaussjer to
what he considers one of the four ele-
mentary fibres.
  The  albugineous fibre  is linear, cy-
lindrical, tenacious,  elastic, but little
extensible, and of a shining, satiny ap-
pearance.  It  always forms fasciae or
fasciculi, which constitute the tendons,
articular ligaments,  and  aponeuroses:
hence  the   name  albugineous  mem-
branes, given by  Chaussier to the
fibrous membranes.
  Gauthier considers  that  the rete
mucosum  consists of four  layers, to
two of which he gives the names,—
MEMBRA'NA   ALBUGIN'EA    PRO-
FUN1 DA,  and MEMBRA'NA  ALBU-
GIN'EA SUPERFICIA'LIS,  respective-
ly-
  Al'bum Gr.e'cum  (Mat. Med.) Cy-
noco'prus, xvroxonqog, Spo'dium Gra-
co'rum, Al'bum Ca'nis, Ster'cus Cani'-
num Al'bum.  The white dung of the
dog.   It  consists  almost  wholly of
phosphate of lime, from the bones used
as food.  It  was formerly applied as  a
discutient to the inside of the throat in
  Juinseys,  but is now justly banished
  rom practice.
  al'bum NfGRUM(Mat. Med.) The
excrement of the mouse.
  Albu'men (Pharm., Chem. &c.) from
albus,' white.'  An  immediate princi-
ple of animals and  vegetables,  which
constitutes the chief part of the white
of  egg.  It  is  found in  the  serum,
chyle, synovia, serous fluids, &c.
           (F) Albumine.
  The  ALBU'MEN  O'VI,  Albu'mor,
Albu'go  O'vi, Al'bor O'vi, Can'didum
 O'vi, Albu'men, Clare'ta,  O'vi  al'bus
li'quor, Albamen'tum, ?.tvxwua,  Xcvxov
oqvi&og yuXa, Lac a'vis or white of egg,
is  used in  Pharmacy for  suspending
oils &c. in water.  See Ovum.
  (F) Blanc d'auf, (Old F) Albin d'aufi
   (G) Eierweiss, Eiweiss, Ei-
stoff.
  Al'caest (Mat. Med.)  Al'cahest, Al'-
chaest, perhaps from (G) all, 'all,'and
g e i s t,' spirit.'  A  word invented by
Paracelsus  to  designate a   liquor,
 which, according to him, was capable
of  removing every kind of swelling.
   The same  word  was  used  by van
 Helmont for a fancied  universal sol-
 vent,  capable of reducing  every body
to  its elements.
   Writers.  O. Tacken, Hamburgh,
 1655 (L).   L. de Comitibus,  Venet.
1661 (L),
  The ALQAEST  QF   GLAUBER  is
a thick liquor obtained by detonating
nitrate of potass on hot coals, which
transforms  it into subcarbonate of pot-
ass.
  The ALCAEST  OF  RESPOUR  is
a mixture of potass and oxyd of zinc.
  Alcales'cence (Path.) Acalescen'-
tia ; condition in which a fluid becomes
alkaline.
  ALCALESCENCE  OF  THE  HU-
MORS was an old  notion of the  Hu-
morists.  It can only occur during the
putrid fermentation  of animal matters,
which contain azote, and produce am-
monia.
  Authors.  Schmiedel, Erlang. 1756
(L).
  Al'cali  or Al'kali (Med.) from  al
(Arab.),  ' the,' and kali,  the name  of
the Salso'la So'da, a plant which  con-
tains  a  large quantity  of one  of the
principal alkalis — soda.  The alkalis
are substances  soluble  in water, pos-
sessing generally a urinous, acrid, and
caustic taste, turning  the  syrup  of
violets green, and restoring to blue the
infusion  of litmus, which has been
reddened by acids; reddening the yel-
low of turmeric, and having the great-
est tendency to unite with acids, whose
character they modify,  and form salts
with them.  In medicine we understand
i by this term Potassa, Soda, or Ammonia
 (q. v.)
        (G)  Laugensalz.
   Writers.  J. H. Schmeuser (use
 and  abuse of), Lugd.  Bat.  1698 (L).
 J.  G. Wallerius, Upsal. 1753 (L).
 F.  A. Klebe, Hal. 1792 (L).  Fr. J.
 Von  Overkamp, Heidelb. 1750 (L).
   CAUSTIC ALCALI,  Al'kali Caus'^
 ticum, a pure alkali.  One deprived of
 its carbonic acid.
   The FIXED ALCALIS are soda and
 potass;  the  Volatile Alcali, ammonia.
   Alce'a  Ro'sea (Mat. Med.) Common
 Hollyhock.  Emollient;  like the Al-
 thaea.
   Alchemil'la (Mat, Med.) A. vulga'-
 ris,  Common  Ladies'  Mantle.  Pes
 Leo'nis, Leontopo'dium.  Formerly in
 great repute as an astringent in hemor-
 rhage.
   (F) Piedde Lion.   (G)  Frauen-
 man tel.
   Alchymy, Al'chemy, Alchemi'a, Al-
 chimi'a, Adep'ta Philoso'phia, from al,
 an Arabic particle, signifying superi-
 ority, excellence,  and  Chimia, ' Chy-
 mistry.'  This word was formerly sy-
 nonymous with Chymistry; but, from
 the 7th  century, it  has been applied to
 the mysterious art  of endeavouring to 
ALCOHOL           28         ALEXANDRINE
discover  a universal  remedy,  and  a
mode of transmuting the baser  metals
into gold : an operation  to which they
gave  the  name  O'pus mag'num, and
Philosopher's stone.
  Alchymy has also been called  Scien'-
tia vel Philoso'phia Hermet'ica, from an
idea that Hermes or Mercury was its
inventor.
  Harris has well defined this chimeri-
cal art: ' Art sine arte, cujus principium
est mentiri,  medium labor are, et finis
mendicare.'
  (G) Alchimie, Goldmacher-
kunst.
  AL'CHYMIST,  Flatua'rius, Adept';
one pretending to Alchymy.
  Al'cohol  (Mat. Med. &c.) Al'cool,
Al'kool, Al'cohol; an Arabic word, for-
merly used for an impalpable powder,
and  signifying  ' very  subtile,  much
divided.'  At the present day it  is ap-
plied  to  the  highly rectified spirit of
wine.  See Spiritus rectificatus, or rec-
tified spirit,  distilled  from dried sub-
carbonate of potass.
  Alcohol is  an inflammable  liquor,
lighter than  water, of  a warm, acrid
taste, colorless,  transparent,  and of  a
pungent, aromatic smell. It is the pro-
duct of the distillation of vinous liquors.
Alcohol  is miscible with water  in all
proportions, and it is the direct solvent
of resins, balsams, &c.   Various other
vegetable principles are soluble in it,
and  hence it is used, in different states
of concentration, in the preparation of
elixirs, tinctures, essences, &c.
  Alcohol acts on the  animal body as
a  powerful  stimulus:  as such, in  a
dilute form, it is used in the prevention
and cure of disease.  Its habitual and
inordinate use is  the cause  of many
serious affections, of a chronic charac-
ter especially, as visceral obstructions,
dropsy,  &c.
  Writers.   T. Forster (bad  effects
of spirituous  and fermented liquors),
Lond. 1812.
  ALCOOLISER(F) (Pharm.) Formerly,
' to reduce into an impalpable powder.'
No longer used.
  ALCORNOQ.UE  (F)  (Mat.  Med.)  A
bark but little known and distributed in
France, which has been considered ca-
pable of curing phthisis. It is  bitter,
tonic, and slightly astringent.
  Al'cyon (Mat. Med. & Alim.)  Hal'-
cyon, A Swallow of Cochin  China,
whose nests are gelatinous  and very
nutritious.  They have  been proposed
in medicine  as  analeptic and aphrodi-
siac.
  Alcyo'nium  (Mat. Med.)   Bastard
sponge.  The ashes weye formerly em-
ployed as dentifrices: they  were be-
lieved  proper for favoring the growth
of the  hair  and the beard, and  were
used in Alopecia.
  Alecto'rius   La'pis   (Mat. Med.)
Alecto'ria; from aXexxwq,' acock.'  The
name of  a stone, supposed to exist in
the stomach of  the cock, or, according
to others, in that of the  capon, 4 years
old.  Many  marvellous properties were
formerly attributed to it, which are as
groundless as its existence.  There are
no stones in the stomach, except what
have been swallowed.
  Aleipte'rium  (Hyg.)   aXtmrr^ior,
from uXuipw,' I anoint.   The place in
the ancient gymnasium where the com-
batants anointed themselves.
  Ai.i.m'bic  (Arab.)  (Pharm.)  Moors-
head,  Capitel'lium,   Capit'ulum.  A
utensil made of glass, metal, or earthen
ware, and adapted for distillation. It
consists of a body or cucurbit, to which
is attached a head or capital, and out
of this  a  beak descends  laterally to be
inserted  into the receiver.
  (F) Alambic.   (G) Brennkolben.
  Alem'broth  (Sail) (Mat. Med.)  The
alchymists designated by this name,
and by that of  Sal sapien'tia,  the  pro-
duct resulting from the  sublimation of
a mixture of corrosive  sublimate and
sal ammoniac.  It is stimulant, but not
employed.
  ALESE (F) (Surg. &c.)  AUze, Lin'-
teum, from aXttvi,' I preserve.' A guard.
A cloth  arranged in  several folds, and
placed upon a  bed,  so as  to guard it
from the lochial or other discharges.
  Al'etkis Farino'sa (Mat. Med.) Star
grass,  Starwort.  This  plant is an in-
tense and permanent bitter, and is used
as a tonic and stomachic.  It is common
in the United States.
  ALEXAN'DER of Tral'les, or AL-
EXANDER TRAL'LIAN (Biogr.)xA
learned physician and philosopher, who
lived  at  Rome, under Justinian, about
the middle of the 6th century.  Works.
Published in Greek, Paris, 1548, fol.:
also in Latin,  by Haller, Lausanne,
1748.  2  vols. 8vo.
  Alexan'drine (Mat. Med.) Emplas'-
trum Alexan'dri, a  garlic plaster, in-
vented by Alexander,  contemporary
of  Mesue.   Other ancient  prepara-
tions were called Alexandrine; as the
Alexan'dri antid'otus au'rea, used in.
apoplexy ; the Collyr'ium sic'eum Alex^
andri'num, or'  Collyrium of King Alex*.
ander,' mentioned by Aetiv*. 
ALEXANDRINI           29            ALIMENT
  ALEXANDRI'NI de Neustain, Ju-
 lius, (Biogr.) physician to CHARLES
 V, was in great reputation in the 16th
 century.  He was a native of Trente,
 and died in 1590.  Works, besides in-
 terpretations.  De medicind et medico
 dialogus.  Tigur. 1557. 4to.   Padotro-
phia. Ibid. 1559. 8vo.   Salubrium, sive
 de sanitate  tuendd,  libri  triginta tres.
 Colon. 1575. fol.
  Alexiphar'mic (Mat. Med.) Alexi-
 phar'micus,  Antiphar'macus, Alexica'-
 cus, Ca'co-alexite'ria,  Lexiphar'macus,
 Xtiupaqaaxog, from aXeigtiv, ' to repel,'
 and  tpunpuxor, ' poison.'  A term for-
 merly used for medicines which were
 considered  proper for expelling from
 the  body  various morbific principles,
 or for preventing the bad  effects  of
 poisons taken inwardly.
  (F)  Alexipharmaque.   (G)  Gift-
 widrig, Giftabtreibend.
  Writers.  Nicander, AXegtyaqua-
 xa.   J. Perlinus, Hanov.  1613 (L).
 M. Alberti, Hal. 1731 (L).
  Alexite'ria (Mat. Med.) from aJUs--
 aa&ai,' to assist'; aXc$ixi;qia.   Origin-
 ally alexiterium was used synonymous-
 ly with remedy. In more modern times
 it has been  applied to  a class of medi-
 cines, that  counteract  poisons  placed
 in contact with the exterior of the body,
 in contradistinction to alexipharmic.
  Al'garoth (Pharm.)  Al'garot, Al-
 garo'thi  Pul'vis,  Pul'vis  Angel'icus,
 Ox'idum sew submu'rias Stib'ii praci-
pitan'do para'tum:  Antimo'nii  Ox'y-
 dum; Ox'idum antimo'nii  Mlro-muri-
 at'icum, Ox'idum Stib'ii Ac"ido Muriat'-
 ico  oxygena'to para'tum,   Mercu'rius
 Vi'tce., Mercu'rius Mor'tis,  so  called
 from Victor Algarothi,  a Veronese
 physician; the sub-muriate of protoxide
 of antimony, separated  from the muri-
ate of antimony by washing away some
 of its acid.   It was formerly much used
 as an  emetic,  purgative,  and  diapho-
 retic.
  Alge'do (Path.) from aXyog, ' pain.'
 Violent pain  about  the neck of the
bladder, occasionally occurring  in go-
 norrhoea.  Cockburn.
  Al'gidus (Path.) from algor,' cold.'
That  which is accompanied by cold-
 ness.
  FE'BRIS  AL'GIDA,  F.  horrif'ica,
F. quer'quera.  A pernicious intermit-
tent, accompanied by icy coldness, and
 which is often fatal in the second or
third paroxysms.
       (F) Filvre algide.
  Al'ica (Mat. Alim.) Hal'ica, xoviqog,
Farina'rium,  Chon'drus,  from alt%,
                3«
| ' bouillie.'  A grain from which the
 ancients made their tisanes; supposed,
I by some,  to  have been  the  Triticum
 Spelta.  At times,  it  seems  to  have
 meant the tisane itself.
   Writers.   R. Dodoens (De  Fru-
 gum historid, &c),  Antwerp, 1552 (L).
 A. Peccana,  Veron. 1627 (L).
   Al'ices (Path.) from aXitw,' I sprin-
 kle.'  Spots which  precede the erup-
 tion of smallpox.
   Al'iment (Hyg.)  Alimen'tum, Ciba'-
 rium, oixiov,  Bro'ma, pqwpa, Comis'te,
 xouioxt], Ci'bus, Es'ca,Nutri'tus, rqotpri,
 from al'ere, ' to nourish '; food.  Any
 substance,  which, if introduced into
 the system, is capable of nourishing  it
 and repairing its losses.
   The study  of  Aliments forms  one
 of the most important branches of Hy-
 giene.  They are confined to the or-
 ganized kingdom: the mineral affording
 none.
   As regards the immediate principles,
 which predominate in their composition,
 they may be classed as follows.
  (F) Aliment,  Nourriture.
  (G)Nahrungsmittel, Nahrung,
Speise.
  Writers.   J. Ph.  de Lignamine,
Rom. 1474 (L). J. B. Champier, Lugd.
1560 (L).  B. Pisanelli, Ven. 1596 (I).
J. D. Sala, Patav. 1628 (L).  M. Se-
biz,  Argent.  1650 (L).   L. Lemery,
Paris, 1702(F). by J.J.Bruhier, Paris,
1755(F).  J. Arbuthnot, Lond. 1751.
A. Ch. Lorry,  Paris,  1753-57  (F).
J. Fr. Zuckert, Berol. 1769 (L).  J. J.
Plbnck, Vindob. 1784  (L).   J.  G
table of aliments.
1. Feculaceous.


2. Mucilaginotis.


3. Saccharine.
Oleaginous fie
 Fatty.

Caseous.


Gelatinous.

Albuminous.
Fibrinous.
e Wheat, barley, oats, rye,
< rice, Indian corn, potatoe,
( sago, peas, beans, &c.
( Carrot, salsify, beet, tur-
) nip, asparagus, cabbagej
) lettuce, artichoke, melon)
I &c.
j Sugar,  fig,  date, raisin,
(  apricot, &c.
I Orange, currant, goosebor-
  ry, cherry, peach, straw-
  berry, raspberry, mulber-
  ry, prune,  pear,  apple,
  sorrel, &c.
t Cocoa, olive, sweet  al-
J  mond, nut,walnut, animal
(  fat, oil, butter, &c.
S Different kinds of milk,
  cheese.
e Tendon, aponeurosis, true
? skin,  cellular texture; —
( very young animals.
 Brain, nerve, eggs, &c.
 Flesh and blood. 
ALIMENTATION         30          ALMELILETU
Volte, Leipz.  1806 (G).  A. Omadei
(Medical Police, regarding A.), Milan.
1806 (I).
  Alimenta'tion (Hyg.) Alimenta'iio ;
the act of nourishing.
  Alinde'sis (Hyg.)  uXnitjaig, from
aXivSouai, ' to be turned about.'   A spe-
cies of exercise, which consisted  in
rolling in the dust, after having been
anointed with oil.  Hippocr.
  AnNTHi'sAR(Fa<A.) An Arabic word,
which means elongation of the uvula.
  Alipje'nos (Pharm.) Alipa'num, Ali-
pan'tos,  aXnxavxog,  from  a  priv. and
Xtnarmv, ' to be fat.'  An epithet for-
merly given to  every external remedy,
devoid of fat or  moisture  : such as pow-
ders.   Galen.
  Alip'ta (Hyg.) Padot'ribes, naiSox-
Qtfai, Alip'tes,  aXcinrr/e, from aXeitpia,
' I anoint.'   He who anointed the Ath-
letae after bathing.  The  place where
this was done was called Alipterium.
  Alip'tica (Hyg.)  same etymon. The
part of ancient medicine, which treated
of inunction, as a means of preserving
health.
  Al'kale (Mat. Med.)  O'leum Galli'-
na; an  ancient pharmaceutical name
for pullets' fat.
  Alkan'ri  (Pharm.)  Alkan'zi;   an
electuary referred to by Mesue.
  Alker'mes (Pharm.)  Confec'tio Al-
kerhnes, Alcher'mes. A celebrated elec-
tuary, composed of  a multitude of sub-
stances.   It  was so  called from  the
grains of kermes contained in it.  It
was used as a stimulant.
  Allaman'da (Mat. Med.) A. cathar'-
tica,   Ore'lia  grandiflo'ra  gal'arips,
Echi'nus scan'dens, Apoc"ynum scan'-
dens ■. a shrub, native of Guiana,  the
infusion of whose  leaves is  said  by
Linn.t.us to be useful in  colica picto-
num.
  Allan'tois (Obst. Anat.)  Allantoi'-
des, alXarrouSiig, Membra'na urina'ria,
M. Farcimina'lis, from  aXXag, ' a sau-
sage,' and udog, ' shape.'   A  sort of
elongated bladder, between the chorion
and amnion of  the foetus, and commu-
nicating with the bladder by the ura-
chus.  It is  very apparent in quadru-
peds, but not in the human species.
   (G) Ham-haute hen,  Wurst-
hautchen.
   Writers.  C. Drelincourt, Lugd.
Bat. 1685 (L).
   Allia'ria (Mat.  Med.)  Erys'imum
allia'ria,  Jack-in-the-hedge,  Stinking
hedge mustard, Sauce-alone, Hes'peris
allia'ria.  This plant has been some-
times given in humid  asthma and dys-
pnoea.  It is reputed to be diaphoretic,
diuretic, and antiscorbutic.
  (F) Alliaire.   (G)  Knoblauch-
kraut.
  The Parisian Codex has a compound
syrup  of alliaria,  Sirop d'erysimum
compose, which is used in hoarseness.
  Al'lium (Mat. Med.)  from oleo,  ' I
smelL'  A. sati'vum,  Theri'aca rusti-
co'rum,  Ampelop'rasum,  Scor'odon,
oxoqoSor, Scor'odum, Garlic.  A native
of Sicily, but  cultivated  for use.  The
bulbs or cloves, Ag'lithes, ayXi&tg, have
a strong, offensive, and  penetrating
odor; and a sweetish, biting, and caus-
tic taste. Internally, garlic is stimulant,
diuretic, expectorant, emmenagogue (?),
diaphoretic, and  anthelmintic.  Exter-
nally, it is rubefacient, maturative, and
repellent.
  Dose, one to six cloves, swallowed
whole, or  from  3SS to 5>j  °f  tne
juice.
  TAYLOR'S  Remedy  for Deafness,
a nostrum, appears to consist of garlic,
infused in oil  of almonds, and colored
by alkanet root.
  (F) Ail.  (G)  Knoblauch, Gar-
tenlauch.
  Writers.   G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1718 (L).   A.  Von  Haller, Gotting.
1745 (L).
  AL'LIUM CE'PA, Ce'pa,  Common
Onion, xoupuvor, Cepul'la Crom'myon.
Acrid and stimulating, and possessing
very little nutriment. Onions have been
used  as stimulants, diuretics, and  an-
thelmintics.   The  boiled  or   roasted
onion, as a cataplasm, is emollient and
maturating. The  fresh  root is rube-
facient.  The  expressed juice is some-
times used in otalgia and  in rheuma-
tism.
   (F)  Oignon.   (G) Zwiebel.
  AL'LIUM POR'rum,  Por'rum, Pra'-
sum, nqaoov, the Leek or Porret.  Pos-
sesses the same properties as the onion.
  (F) Poireau, Porreau.  (G) L auch,
Zamelauch,  Fleischlauch.
  The virtues of the genus Allium de-
pend upon an acrid principle,  soluble
in water, alcohol, acids, and alkalies.
  AL'LIUM VICTORIA'LE,  Victorial-
lis  lon'ga.  The  root,  which, when
dried, ioses its  alliaceous smell and
taste, is said to be efficacious in allay-
ing the abdominal spasms of pregnant
women (?).
  Almelile'tu  {Path.)   An  Arabic
word, which signifies a degree  of heat
slighter than that of fever, and which
sometimes continues after the cessation
of fever.  Avicenna. 
ALMELOVEEN          31             ALPINI
   ALMEL'OVEEN, The'odore Jan'-
 sen Van, (Biogr.)  an eminent  Dutch
 physician, better known as an editor and
 scholar, born at Mydrecht in  Utrecht,
 in 1657 ; died 1712.  Works.  Inventa
 nov-antiqua, id est, brevis  enarratio
 ortus  et progressus artis medica, ac
pracipub de inventis vulgo novis, aut
 nuperrimk.  in  ea  repertis,  &c.  1684.
 8vo.  He published editions  of Hip-
 pocrates  (Aphorisms),  C.  Celsus,
 Cjelius Aurelianus, and Apicius Cje-
 lius (on Cookery).
   Al'mond  Bloom  (Hyg.)  A  liquid
 cosmetic : formed of Brazil dust, § i,
 water Jfoiij; boil and strain,  and add
 isinglass  3yj,  grana sylvestria  § ij,
 or cochineal  3ij, alum §j, borax 3iij;
 boil again,  and strain through  a fine
 cloth.
  Almu'ri (Pharm.) A purgative pre-
 paration, mentioned  by  Rhazes, the
 Arabian.
   Aloeda'rium (Pharm.)  aXorjSaqior;
 a compound medicine, containing aloes.
 Gorra:us.
   Al'oes (Mat. Med.)  Al'oe, aXon, Fel
 Natu'ra, A'lud; the inspissated juice of
 the aloe.
   1.  The  SOC'OTRINE  AL'OES, A.
 Succotori'na, Turkey aloes, East India
 aloes, Aloes  lu'cida, A. Zoctorinia, A.
 spica'ta, A. spica'ta extrac'tum, A. ex-
 tractum, An'ima AVoes, Chicotin, is the
 best species. Its odor is not unpleasant,
 taste very bitter, and slightly aromatic ;
 color reddish-brown, with  a  shade of
 purple ;  mass  hard,  friable, fracture
 conchoidal and glossy ; soluble in dilute
 alcohol.  Powder of a bright cinnamon-
 yellow color.  It  is cathartic,  warm,
 and stimulating:   emmenagogue, an-
 thelmintic,  and stomachic.  As  a ca-
 thartic it  affects  the rectum  chiefly.
 Dose, as a cathartic, gr.  v to 9j in
 pill.
   (G) Socotrinsche aloe,  So-
 cotransche aloe, feine  aloe,
 Sukotrin aloe.
   2.   AL'O'tS  HEPAflCA,  A.  vul-
 ga'ris, A. Barbaden'sis,  Hepatic  aloes,
 Bombay aloes, Barbadoes aloes, A. vul-
 garis extractum. This species has a very
 disagreeable odor, and an intensely bit-
 ter and nauseous taste.  Properties the
 same as the last.
   (F) Aloes en calibasses,  A. des Bar-
 badoes.
   (G) Leberaloe,  gemeine-
 aloe.
   3.  AL'OES  CABALLfNA, A. Gui-
 nien'sis,  Horse-aloes; used chiefly for
 horses.  It is  collected in Spain and
 Portugal, and is very coarse. (G) R o s s-
 alo e.
   Writers on Aloes.  J. A.Friderici,
 Jenae, 1670 (L).  W. Marcquis, Ant-
 werp, 1633 (L).  M.Martinez, Pom-
 peiopolis, l644 (L).   J. H. Schulze,
 Altorf.  1723 (L).   C P.  Thunberg,
 Upsal. 1785 (L).
   Aloet'ic (Mat. Med.) Aloet'icus. A
 preparation, which contains aloes.
       (G) Aloemittel.
   AlScdtro'phia (Path.)  aXoyoxqotpta,
 from  aXoyog,  ' disproportionate,'  and
 xqoipt],' nutrition.'   Irregular nutrition.
 Used particularly to designate the irre-
 gular  manner in which the nutrition
 of bones is operated in rickety individ-
 uals.                   <
   Alope'cia  (Path.)  aXontxta,  from
 aXonr\%, ' a fox ';  (this animal being
 said to be subject to  the affection.)
 CapiUo'rum deflu'vium,Ath'rix depi'lis,
 Phalacro'tis,  Pela'da, Pilarel'la,  Tri-
 cho'sis  Ath'rix, Gangra'na Alope'cia;
falling off of the hair ; loss of the hair.
 When this is confined to the crown of
 the head,  it  is  called calvities (q. v.),
 although the  terms  are  often used sy-
 nonymously.
   Writers.   J. A. Ampsing, Rostoch.
 1616  (L).   A.  Heiland, Francf. ad
 Viadr.  1612 (L).  G.  Sand, Regiom.
 1683 (L).
   Alouch'i (Mat. Med.) The name of
 a gum procured from the canella  alba
 tree.                                 «
   Al'pam (Mat. Med.)  A shrub which
 grows on the coast of Malabar.   Cer-
 tain parts of this, infused  in oil, form
 an antipsoric  ointment.  The  iuice of
 the leaves, mixed with that of the cala-
 mus, is employed  against  the bites of
 serpents.
   Al'phiton (Hyg.)  aXtpirov, Polen'ta,
 Fari'na.  Any kind of meal.  Toasted
 barley-meal.  Hippocrates.  Polenta
 means also a food composed of Indian
 meal, cheese, &c.
   Alphon'sin  (Surg.)  Alphonsi'num;
 a kind of bullet forceps,  similar to  a
 Porte-Crayon, so  called  from the in-
 ventor, Alphonso Ferri, of  Naples.
 SCULTETUS.
   ALPI'NI,  Pros'pero  (Biog.)  An
 Italian physician, born at Marostica, in
 the State of Venice, in 1553; died 1616.
 Works.   De  medicind  JEgyptiorum
 libri  iv. Ven.  1591. 4to.   De balsamo
 dialogus. Ven.  1591. 4to.  De plantis
 JEgypti  liber.  Ven. 1592. 4to.  De
 prasagiendd vitd et morte agrotantium
 libri  vii. Patav. 1601. 4to.: in English
 by Dr. James.  1546. 2 vols. 8vo.  De 
ALRATICA            32            ALUMEN
 medicind  methodicd libri  xiii.  Patav.
 1611. fol.   De  rhapontico  disputatio.
 Patav. 1612. 4to.
  Ai.rat'ica (Path.) Arab. Narrowness
 or imperforation of the vagina, natural
 or acquired.  Albucasis.
  Al'sine Me'dia (Mat. Med.)  Mor'-
 sus Galh'na, Holos'teum Al'sine, aX-
 atvti,  Mouse-ear,   Chickweed.   This
 plant, if boiled  tender, may be eaten
 like spinach, and forms an excellent
 emollient  poultice.   It was formerly
 regarded as a vulnerary and detergent.
  (F) Mouron des Oiseaux,  Morgeline.
  (G) Meyerich, Huhnerstarm,
 Vogel kraut.
  AL'STON, Charles  (Biogr.)  An
 eminent Scotch physician  and botan-
 ist, Professor of Botany and Materia
 Medica  in the University of Edinburgh,
 born 1083; died 1760.  Works.  Index
plantarum in horto  medico  Edinbur-
gensi. Edinb. 1790. 8vo.   Index medi-
 camentorum  simplicium triplex.  Ibid.
 1752.12mo. Dissertations on quicklime
 and lime water.  Ibid.  1752.  12mo.
 He wrote two  other dissertations on
 this subject.  Lectures  on the materia
 medica,  containing the  natural his-
 tory of drugs, their  virtues and doses :
 also directions  for the  study of the
 materia medica,  and an appendix on
 the method of prescribing.  Lond. 1770.
 2 vols. 4to.
  Altera'tion (Path.) Altera1Ho, from
 alter, ' other';  aXXoiwaig.   This word
 is used in France to express the change
 which  supervenes in the expression of
 the countenance (alteration de la face),
 or in the structure of an organ (altera-
 tion organique), or in the  nature of
 fluids excreted  (alteration de I'urine,
 des larmes, du lait, &.c).
  Alteration is also used in an entirely
 different sense,  to express intense thirst
 in disease.  In this case its  etymology
 is different.   It comes from lialeter, and
 was formerly written haletiration.
  Al'terative  (.War. Med.) Al'terans,
 aXXotanixog, a medicine considered to be
 capable of producing a salutary change
 in a disease,  but without exciting any
 sensible evacuation.  As Medicine im-
 proves,  this uncertain class of remedies
 becomes,  of necessity, diminished in
 number.
  (F) Alterant.  (The French term like-
 wise means, that which causes thirst.
 Siticulo'sus, Siif/rjTixog, as alUrer means
 both to change  and to  cause thirst.
 S'alterer,  is, to experience a  change for
 the worse: corrum'pi.)
  Writers oh Alteratives.  Fr. Hoff-
 mann, Hal.  1698 (LV  G.  E.  Stahl,
 Hal.  1703 (L).   J. A. Wedel, Jenaj,
 1733 (L).
   Alth^'a  (Mat. Med.)  from aXdtir,
 ' to heal;' aXSaia, A. officina'lis, Mal-
 vavis'cum,Aristalthaa, ifiioxog,  ipiaxog,
 [pwxor,  Hibis'cus,  lbis'cha  mismal'va,
 Bismal'va, Marsh-mallow.  The leaves
 and root contain much mucilage. They
 are emollient and demulcent, and  are
 employed wherever medicines, possess-
 ing such properties, are required.
   (F)  Guimauve.    (G) Eibisch,
 Ibisch.
   Althebe'gium  (Path.)   An Arabic
 name  for a  serous or emphysematous
 tumefaction.  Avicenna.
   Alu'del (Pharm.)  Alu'tel,  Vi'trum
 sublimato'rium;  a hollow  sphere  of
 stone, glass,  or  earthenware,  with a
 short  neck projecting at  each end, by
 means of which one glass might be set
 upon  the other.   The uppermost had
 no aperture  at the top.   Aludels were
 formerly  used in the sublimation  of
 various substances.
   Alu'men  (Mat. Med.)  (an  Arabic
 term, alum)   Al'um, Seb, Assos, Azub,
 Aseb,  Elanula,  A*for,  Hypersul'phas
 Alu'mina et Potas'sa, Sul'phas Alumi-
 na Acid'ulus  cum Potas'sd,  Sulphas
Alu'mina,  Sul'phas  Kal'ico-alumin'i-
cum, Supersul'phas alu'mina et  potas'-
sa, Argil'la  sulphu'rica  alcalisa'ta, A.
vitriola'ta, Stypte'ria,oxvnxt;qta, Super-
sul'phas  Argil'lce alcalisa'tum,  Argilla
 Kali-sulphurica.
  1.  COMMON ALUM, English  alum,
Rock alum, Alu'men facti'Hum, Alu'men
commu'ne,A.\crystalli'num, A. ru'peum,
 (F) alun d Angleterre,  is the  variety
usually employed.  It is  in  octahedral
crystals,  but  generally in  large, white,
semitransparent  masses;  has a sweet-
 ish, styptic taste; effloresces in the air,
and is soluble in 16 parts of water at
60°.   It is tonic  and astringent, and as
 such is used internally and externally.
 Dose, gr. v to xv.
     (F)Alun.   (G)  Alaun.
  2. ROMAN alum, Alu'men Roma'-
num,  A.  Ru'tilum, A. Ru'brum.   In
crystals,  which are of  a pale red when
broken, and  covered  with  a reddish
 efflorescence.
         (F) Alun de Rome.
  3. ROCHE ALUM,  Alu'men de Ro-
 chi, so called from Roccha in Syria,
 where there was a manufactory,  tt is
 in pieces of the size of an almohd,
 covered with a reddish efflorescence.
       (F)  Alun de Roche.
   4.  COMMON   ROCHE ALUM,  A. 
ALVEOLAR
33          AMAUROSIS
Ro'chi Gal'lis.  Fragments of common
alum, moistened and  shaken with pre-
pared bole.  It is white when broken.
  ALU'MEN EXSICCA'TUM, Alu'men
ustum,A. calcina'tum, Sulphas alu'mina
fu'sus, Argil'la sulphu'rica us'ta, Burnt
alum,  dried alum, axvnxriqia xtxavurj,
(alum melted in an earthen vessel until
the ebullition ceases.)   Escharotic.
  (F) Alun calcine.   (G) Gebrann-
teralaun.
  Writers on the use of Alum.  J. P.
Brinckmann,  Lugd.  Bat.  1765 (L).
G.  C. L. Seydler, Lips. 1772 (L).  J.
L.  Lindt,  Gotting: 1784 (L).
  Alve'olar (Anat.) Alveola'ris, from
al'veus,  ' a cavity.'   That  which re-
lates to the alveoli.
           (F) Alviolaire.
  The ALVE'OLAR  ARCHES (F) Ar-
cades alvdolaires, are formed  by the
margins of the two  jaws,  which are
hollowed by the Alveoli (q. v.)
  The ALVE'LOAR ARTERY,  Sll'pra-
max'illary  (Artere  sus-maxillaire)  of
Chaussier, arises  from the internal
maxillary , descends behind the tuber-
osity of the  upper -jaw,  and gives
branches to  the upper  molar  teeth,
gums, periosteum,  membrane  of the
maxillary sinus, and buccinator muscle.
The ALVEOLAR  VEIN has a  similar
distribution.
   The   ALVE'OLAR  MEMBRANES,
are very fine membranes situated be-
tween the teeth and alveoli, and formed
by  a portion of the sac or follicle which
inclosed the tooth before it  pierced the
gum.  By some this membrane has been
called the alveolo-dental periosteum.
  Alve'olus  (Anat.)  same etymon.
Bo'trion, Bothrion, Fre'na, Mortari'o-
lum, Hol'micos, Prasepi'olum,  Phat'-
nion,  Prase'pium,  xvxpeXiov, poSqior,
<paxvtov,  oXfuxog.  The alveoii  are the
sockets  of the  teeth,  into which they
are, as it were, driven.  Their size and
shape  are  determined  by  the teeth
which  they  receive,  and they  are
pierced, at the apex, by  small holes,
which give passage to the  dental ves-
sels and nerves.
  (F) Alviole.    (G) Zahn-lade,
Zahn-hohle.
  Al'vine  (Anat.) Alvi'nus, from alvus,
' the abdomen.'   That which relates to
the lower  belly, as alvine  dejections,
divine flux, &c.
  A.lyp'ias (Path.)  from a  priv. and
Xvn>i,  'pain.'  A gentle purgation of
atrabilis.  Fallopius.
  Aly'pon (Mat. Med.)  aXvnov, same
etymon.  An acrid, purging plant, de-
 scribed by Matthiolus.  By some it
 has been supposed to be the Globula'ria
 aly'pum of botanists.
  Al'zilat  (Pharm.)  In some of the
 the Arabian writers, a weight of three
 grains.  Ruland and Johnson.
  Amandi'nus  La'pis (Mat. Med.)  A
 name given by the  ancients to a stone,
 which they regarded as a universal an-
 tidote.
  Amani't.e (Mat. Alim.) afiavixai, from
 a priv. and pavta, ' madness ': i. e. not
 poisonous.  A name  given,  by  the
 Greeks and  Romans,  to the edible
 champignons.  Amanita  forms, at the
 present day, a genus, some  of which
 are edible, others poisonous.  Amongst
 others, it contains the Agaricus auran-
 tiacus and A. pseudo-auranliacus.
  Amaraci'num (Pharm.) auaqaxivov;
 an ancient and esteemed plaster, con-
 taining several aromatics, the major-
 ram, auaqaxog, in particular.
  Ama'rus (Mat. Med.) mxqog, bitter.
 The bitter principle of vegetables is the
 great natural tonic,  and hence bitters,.
 as they are termed collectively, belong
 to the  class of tonics.   Several  are
 used in medicine; the chief are,  gen-
 tian, quassia, cinchona, calumba,  dog-
 wood, &c.
     (F> Amer.  (G)  Bitter.
  Writers on Bitters.  G. W, Wedee,.
 Jense, 1692 (L).  A. E. Buchnek, Hal.
 1768 (L).
  Amauro'sis (Path.)  apavqinoig, 06-
fttsca'tiofoffusca'tio, from auavqog,' ob-
 scure.'  Drop serene,  Gut'ta sere'nay
 Catarac'ta ni'gra, Parop'sis amauro'sis,.
 Immobil'itas pupil'la, Black cat'aract.
 Diminution, or complete loss of sight,
 without any perceptible  alteration in
 the organization of the eye ; generally,
 perhaps, owing to loss of power of the
 optic nerve or retina. Counter irritants
 are the most successful remedial agents,
 although  the  disease is  always  very
 difficult of removal, and  generally to-
 tally incurable.
  (F)  Goutte-sereine, Cataracte noire.
  (G)  Schwarzer staar.
  Writers.  J. D. Major, Kilon. 1673
 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jeme, 1705 (L).
 D. Nebel, Heidelb.  1715 (L).  L. Heis-
 ter, Altd. 1717 (L).  J. B. G. CShme,
 Lips. 1748 (L).   A. Ross, Edin.  1754
 (L).  J. H. Kniphof, Erford.  1751 (L.)
 P. Nootnagel, Erlang. 1776 (L).   G.
 G. C.  Richter, Gotting.  1793 (L),
 Chalibert,  Lond.  1774.  Trnka de
 Krzowitz (Wenceslas), Vindob. 1781
 (L).  D. G. Kieser, Gotting. 1811 (G),
 B. A. Winkler, Berol, 1818 (L), 
AMBE
34         AMENORRHEA
  Am'be (Anat. & Surg.)  apfa,  from
<tfipaiv<o,' I ascend '; Am'bi.  A super-
ficial  eminence  on a bone.  Also, an
old surgical machine for reducing dis-
locations of the shoulder; the invention
of which is ascribed to Hippocrates.
It is no longer used. Hippocr., Scul-
tetus.
  Am'bergris  (Mat. Med.)  Am'bra
gri'sea, Am'bor, Am'bra cinera'cea, A.
ambrosi'aca, Am'barum, Suc'cinum ci-
ne'reum, S. gri'seum,   Am'barum  ci-
neri'Hium.   A concrete substance, of
the consistence of wax.cineritious color,
studded with yellow and blackish spots,
and exhaling a very pleasant odor. It
seems highly probable  that ambergris
is formed in the intestines of the whale,
and voided with its excrements.   Like
all aromatic substances, ambergris is
slightly antispasmodic  and  excitant;
but it is oftener employed as a perfume
than  as a medicine.
       (G) Graueramber.
   Am'bia  (Mat. Med.)  A liquid, yel-
low bitumen, the smell and virtues of
which are  similar to those of the resin
tacamahaca.  It  is obtained from  a
spring  in India.
   Ambidex'ter   (Phys.)  au(pidtiiog,
 from ambo, ' both,' and dexter,' right.'
 One who  uses both  his  hands  with
 equal facility. Celsus says the surgeon
 ought  to be ' non minus sinistrd quam
 dcxtrdpromptus.' One of the aphorisms
 of Hippocrates  says, that a woman
 is never ambidexter.   This is a mis-
 take.
   Amblyo'pia (Path.) a^|Muu>7i:<o:,from
 afifiXvg, ' obscure,' and wip, ' the  eye.'
 Amblyos'mos,  auiXvoauog,  Amblyog'-
 mos, Amplio'pea (so  called by  some,
 according to Castelli, ob ignorantiam
 Gra-ca lingua), a^Xvoy^iog, Hebetu'do
 vi'siis.   Feebleness of sight.  Hippocr.
 First degree of amaurosis.
    (F)  Vuefaible.   (G) Augendun-
 kelheit.
    Writers.   F.  B.  de Sauvages,
 Monspel.  1760 (L).
    Am'bon (Anat.) apfiwv, from auflutiv),
 ' 1   ascend.'   The fibro-cartilaginous
 rings or bourrelets, which surround the
 articular cavities, as the glenoid  cavity
 of the  scapula, the acetabulum,  &c.,
 have been so called.  Galen.
    Ambro'sia, ap(iqoota, from a  priv-
 ative,  and   (IqoTog, ' mortal.'    Food
 which makes immortal, or the  food  of
 immortals,  The food of the gods.  Ho-
  mer.
    Ambro'sia  Marit'ima (Mat. Med.)
 A plant which grows on the shores  of
the Levant, and  has a pleasant, bitter,
and aromatic taste.  It is given, in in-
fusion, as a tonic and antispasmodic.
  AMBULANCE (F) (Surg.) from  am-
bula're,' to walk.'   A military hospital
attached to an army, and  moving along
with  it.   Also called  Hdpital ambu-
lant.
   (G)  Feldspital,  Feldlaza-
ret h.
  AMBULANT (F)  (Path.)  Am'bulans,
Ambulati'vus, Am'bulative.  A morbid
affection is said to be ambulante, when
it leaves one part and goes  to  another;
as  Erisypiles ambulants, &c.  When
blisters are applied successively on dif-
ferent parts of the body, they are called
 Vesicatoires ambulants.
  Am'buli  (Mat.  Med.)  The Brach-
manic name  for   an  Indian  aquatic
herb, which  appears  to  belong to the
family Lysimachia.  The whole plant
has a sweet  smell.  Its  decoction has
a very bitter taste, and is an excellent
febrifuge.  It is also  taken in  milk  in
cases of vertigo.
   Am'bulo flatulen'tus et furio'sus
  Path.)  Fla'tus  furio'sus,   Vare'ni.
  ainful, mobile, and periodical tumors
 affecting  different parts, which  were
 once considered as the  effect of very
 subtile vapors. Michaehs.  Their na-
 ture is by no means clear.
   Ambuya-Embo  (Mat.  Med.) A very
 beautiful, creeping Aristolochia of Bra-.
 zil, the decoction of which is  exhibited
 successfully in obstructions.   It is also
 used in fumigation and in baths as a
 tonic.
   Am'eli (Mat. Med.) A Malabar shrub,
 belonging to a  genus unknown.  The
 decoction of its leaves is said to relieve
 colic.  Its roots, boiled in oil,  are used
 to repel tumors.
   Amenorrhox'a  (Path.)  Parame'nia
 ubstructio'nis, Menocryph'ia, Menosta'-
 sia, Apophrax'is, Arrha'a,  aqqoir;, from
 a privative, j<»;t,' a month,' and qtw, 'I
 flow.'  Suppression of the menses. This
 suppression is  most commonly symp-
 tomatic, and hence the  chief attention
 must be paid to the  cause.   Usually,
 there is an atonic state of the system
 generally, or of the uterus in particular,
 and hence chalybeates and other tonics
 are advisable.
   Two great varieties of Amenorrhoea
 are commonly reckoned.  1.  A.Eman-
 sio'nis, or retention of the menses,  when
 the menses do not appear  at  the  usual
  age: and,  2.  Suppres'sio  Men'sium,
  Amenorrha'a Suppressio'nis, in which
  the catamenia  are obstructed in their; 
AMETHYST            35           AMMONIA
regular periods  of recurrence.   See
Emansio Mensium and Menses.
  Writers.  A. Kerner,  Basil, 1608
(L).    G. Moebius,  Jenoe,  1645 (L).
W. Rolfinck,  Jena?,  1656 (L).   G.
March,  Kilon.  1666 (L).   P. Neit-
hard, Altdorf. 1681 (L).  D. Dreyer,
Lugd. Bat. 1683 (L).  J. D.  Major,
Kilon. 1693 (L).   G. E. Stahl, Hal.
1705 (L).   J. A. Fischer, Erford. 1726
(L).    R. Dobson,  Edinb.  1771 (L).
Th.  Spens,  Edinb. 1784 (L).   A. A.
Royer Collard, Paris, an.  x (F).
  Am'ethyst (Med.) Amethys'tus, aut-
9voxog, from a priv. and fiedvw,' I am
drunk.'  A precious stone, to which the
ancients attributed the property of pre-
venting drunkenness.  It was also used
as an anti-diarrhoeic  and  absorbent.
Pliny, Albertus Magnus.
  Amin.e'um Vi'num (Hyg.)  Auwaiog
oivo?, Aminean wine, highly esteemed
as a  stomachic.  Virgil distinguishes
it from the Falernian.  Pliny, Macro-
bius, &c.
  AM'MANN, Paul (Biogr.) A learn-
ed German physician and botanist, born
at Breslau, in 1634; died 1691. Works.
Medicina critica, sive decisoria, id est,
centuria casuum in facultate Lipsiensi
resolutorum, variis  discursibus aucta.
Erfurt. 1670.  4to.  Paranesis  ad dis-
centes circa institutionum  medicarum
emendationem  occupata.    Rudolstad.
1673.  12mo.  Praxis  vulnerum lethali-
um sex decadibus historiarum variorum,
utplurimumtraumaticarum, &c. Franc.
1690.  8vo.
   Am'mi  (Mat. Med.)  Am'mi ma'jus,
Bishop's weed, A. Vulga're.   The seeds
of this plant are aromatic and pungent.
They are  said to be carminative  and
diuretic, and are tonic and stomachic.
   Ammocho'sia (Therap.)  aupo/maia,
from auuog,' sand,' and /■£«>,' I  pour.'
Arena'tio.  Putting the human body in
hot sand, for the cure of disease.
   Ammo'nia (Toxicol.) Ammo'nia or
Ammoni'acal gas,  Volatile  al'kali, AV-
 cali  ammoni'acum caus'ticum, A.  vol-
 at'ile caus'ticum,  Ammo'nia caus'tica,
A. pu'ra, Ammoni'acum, A. caus'ticum,
 An  alcali so called, because obtained
 principally by decomposing sal ammo-
 niac  (muriate  of  ammonia) by lime.
 This gas is colorless, transparent, elas-
 tic, of a pungent, characteristic odor,
 and  an acrid, urinous  taste.  It turns
 the syrup of violets green, and its spe-
 cific gravity is 0.596.   This gas, when
 inhaled largely diluted with  common
 air, is a powerful  irritant.   When un-
 mixed, it instantly induces suffocation.
  (F) Ammoniaque,  Air alealin,  Gat
ammoniacal.   (G) Ammonium.
  Ammo'niac, Gum (Mat. Med.) Gum1'
mi Ammoni'acum, Assac, Azac, appovi-
axov, so called from Ammonia in Libya,
whence it  is brought.  A gum-resin,
obtained  from the Heracle'um or Bu'-
bon gummif'erum of Barbary, Abys-
sinia, &c.  It is in irregular, dry masses
and tears,  yellow externally, whitish
within.  Its odor is  peculiar,  and not
ungrateful: taste nauseous, sweet, and
bitter.  It forms  a white emulsion with
water : is  soluble in vinegar, partially
so in alcohol, aether, and solutions of
the alcalies.
  Gum Ammoniacum is expectorant,
deobstruent, antispasmodic,  discutient,
and resolvent.  It is chiefly, however,
used in the  first capacity, and in the
formation of certain plasters.
  Two varieties are  met with in the
market, the  Gut'la  ammoni'aci,  the
best; and the La'pis ammoni'aci, the-
more impure.
  (F)  Ammoniac,  Gomme  am?noni-
aque.
  Ammo'nia;  Car'bonas (Pharm.)  A.
Subcar'bonas, Salt of bones, Sal Os'si-
um, Salt of wood-soot, Sal Fulig"inis,
Salt of urine,  Volatile Sal Ammoniac,
Bakers's salt, Al'cali volai'ile aiira'tum,
A. volai'ile  ammoniaca'le, A. volat'ile
ex  sa'le  ammoni'aco,  Ammoni'acum
volai'ile  mi'te,  Ammo'nium  carbon'-
icum,  A.  subcarbo'neum,  Cai'bonas
ammo'nia  alkali'nus seu incomple'tus
seu super-ammoni'acus, Hypocar'bonas
ammo'nia, Flo'res  sa'lis ammoni'aci,
Sal  comu cervi volat'ile, Sal volat'ilis
salis  ammoni'aci, Concrete  volatile al-
kali, Carbonate or subcarbonate of am-
monia, Ammo'nia prapar a'ta,  Sal vol-
at'ile, Smelling salt.  A white, striated,
crystalline mass: odor  and  taste pun-
gent and ammoniacal:  soluble in two
parts of water: insoluble in  alcohol :
effloresces in the air.  It is stimulant,
antacid, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic.
Dose, gr. v to xv.
   (F)  Carbonate d'ammoniaque,  Sel
volatil d'Angleterre.
   AMMO'NIJE  MU'RIAS,  Muriate  of
Ammonia, Hydroch'lorate  of Ammo'-
nia, Sal Ammoni'acum, Sal Ammo'niac,
 S. Ammoni'acus, Ammo'nia Muriat'ica,
Ammo'nium  Muria'tum, Hydroch'loras
Ammo'nia,  Sal  Armoni'acum,  Racri,
 Raan, Ranac, Mis'adir, Mix'adir, Musi-
 adat, Oc'cidens  Stel'la, Ocob, Adaiges,
 Alasalet, Nysradir,  Sal'miac, Adirige,
 Al'acab, Al'cob,  Al'iocob, Al'fol, Alis'te-
 lis, Almizadar,  Alemz'adat,  Alfatide, 
AMMONIA
36            AMOMUM
Hasac'ium,  Fuli'go Al'ba Philosopho'-
rum,  Anotasier,  Azanec.  A  saline
concrete, formed by the combination of
the muriatic acid with ammonia.   In
Egypt it is manufactured  in large quan-
tities  by subliming the soot formed  by
burning camels' dung — 26 pounds of
the soot yielding 6 pounds.  It is also
prepared, in great quantities, by adding
sulphuric acid to the volatile alkali ob-
tained from soot, bones, &c, mixing
this  with common salt,  and sublim-
ing.
  Muriate  of ammonia  is inodorous,
but has  an acrid,  pungent,  bitterish,
and urinous taste.   Three parts of cold
water dissolve one.  Soluble also in 4.5
parts  of alcohol.   It is aperient and
diuretic, but  seldom  used internally.
Externally,  it is employed, producing
cold during its solution, in inflamma-
tions, &c.
  (F) Muriate d'Ammoniaque.
  (G) Salmiack.
  AMMO'NIJE  NfTRAS,  Nitrate  of
Ammonia,  Al'kali volat'ile nitra'tum,
Sal ammoni'aeus nitro'sus, Ammo'nia
nitra'ta, Nitras ammoni'aea, Ni'trum
flam'mans.  A salt  composed of nitric
acid and ammonia.  It is diuretic and
deobstruent. (?)  Externally discutient
and sialagogue.
    (F) Nitrate d'Ammoniaque.
   AMMO'NIJE  SULPHAS,  Sul'phate
of Ammo'nia,  Sul'phas   ammoni'aea,
Ammo'nium sulphu'ricum, Al'kali vo-
lat'ile vitriola'tum,  Sal Ammoni'acum
secre'lum  GLAUBERI,   Sal  secre'tus
 GLAUBERI,  Vitriolum  ammoniac a! le.
Formed by adding sulphuric acid either
to  sal  ammoniac  or  to  ammoniacal
liquor.  Its properties are like those of
the muriate of ammonia.
     (F) Sulfate a"Ammoniaque.
  AMMO'NIJE  SULPHURE'TUM,
 Sul'phuret  of Ammo'nia, Hydrosul'-
phuret  of  Ammo'nia,  Hydrosul'phas
 Ammo'nia, Spir'itus  BEGUfNIS,  Sp.
fa'mans BEGUfNI, Sulphure'tum am-
 moni'aea,  Sp. sa'lis ammoni'aci  sul-
phura'tus, Li'quor ammo'nii hydrothi'o-
 dis,  Hydrosulphure'tum  Ammon'icum,
 Hyd.  ammoniaca'le   aquo'sum,  Hy-
 drog" eno-sulphure'tum ammoni'aea li"-
 quidum,  Spir'itus sul'phuris  volat'ilis,
 He'par sulphuris  volat'ile,  BOYLE'S
 or BEGUINE'S fuming  spirit.  Odor
 very foetid; taste nauseous and styptic;
 color dark  yellowish-green.  It is re-
 puted to be sedative, nauseating, emetic,
 disoxygenizing(?), and has been given
 in diabetes and  diseases of  increased
 excitement.  Dose, g»- viij to g"- xx.
  (F) Hydrosulfate sulfurS d'Ammoni'
aque, Liqueur  fumante  de  BOYLE.
Sulfure   hydrogeni,   d'Ammoniaque.
Hydrosulfure d'Ammoniaque.
  AMMO'NIJE TAR'TRAS, Al'kali voh
at'ile  tartariza'tum,  Sal  ammoni'a-
cum  tarta'reum, Tar'tarus  ammo'nia,
Tar'lrate of Ammo'nia. A salt composed
of tartaric  acid and ammonia.  It is
diaphoretic and diuretic : but not much
used.
    (F) Tartrate d'Ammoniaque.
  Ammo'nion (Pharm.) afifiwvtov, from
a^og,' sand.'  Ugei'dion, vyudior.  An
ancient  collyrium  of great virtues in
many diseases  of the eye,  and  which
was  said  to  remove sand from that
organ.
  Amne'sia (Path.)  Amnes'tia, from a
priv.  and uv);aig, ' memory.'   Mo'ria
imbed'His amne'sia, obliv'io, Memo'ria
debil'itas,  Recollectio'nis jactu'ra, Dy-
sasthe'sia inter'na,  Loss  of memory.
By some  Nosologists, Amnesia  consti-
tutes a genus of diseases.  By most it
is considered only as  a symptom, which
may occur in many diseases.
  (F) Perte de Memoire,  (G)  G e d
achtnissschwache,  Erinne
rungslosigkeit.
  Am'nios (Anat.) Am'nion, Am'nium,
apnog, apviov, Char'ta virgin'ea, Arma-
tu'ra, Agni'na  membra'na, Pellu'cida
mernbra'na,  Ga'lea,  Indu'sium,  Mem-
bra'na fa'tum  invol'vens.  The  inner-
most of the enveloping membranes of
the foetus.  It is thin, transparent, per-
spirable,  and possesses  many delicate,
colorless  vessels, which have  not been
injected.  It sends a prolongation, which
serves as  a  sheath  to  the  umbilical
cord.  Its  external  surface  is  feebly
united to the  chorion by cellular  and
vascular  filaments.   Its inner surface
is polished, and is in contact with  the
body of the foetus and the liquor amnii
(q. V.)
     (G)  Schaafh'autchen.
  Amniot'ic  Acid   (Phys.)  Ac"idum
Am'nicum  vel  amniot'icum.  A pecu-
liar  acid,  found, by Vauquelin  and
Buniva,  in  the liquor amnii  of the
cow.
  Amolyn'ta Medicamen'ta (Pharm.)
atuoXvvxa ipaquaxa. Epithems were for-
merly so called, which did not soil.
  Amo'mum Cardamo'mum (Mat. Med.)
A. racemo'sum, A. ve'rum, xaqSauwuor,
aiiuifior,  Caro'pi,  Mato'nia Cardamo'-
mum, Eletta'ria Cardamo'mum, Carda-
mo'mum  Mi'nus,  Lesser  or officinal
 Car'damom, Amo'mum re'pens. The
seeds of this East India plant have an 
AMPAC
37          AMPUTATION
agreeable, aromatic odor;  and a pun-
gent, grateful  taste.   They  are  car-
minative and stomachic: but are chiefly
used to give warmth to other remedies.
The fruit is called Amomis.  Dose, gr.
v to 9j.
  (F) Cardamome de la cdte de  Mala-
bar, Cardamome.     (G)  K1 e i n e
Cardamome n.
  Writers.   N. Marogna, Basil. 1608
(L).  R. G.  Crause,  Jen. 1704 (L).
J. R. Spielmann, Argent. 1762 (L.)
  AMO'MUM  GRA'NUM   PARADI'SI,
Cardamo'mum ma'jus, Meleguet'ta, Ma-
niguet'ta, Cardamo'mum  pipera'tium,
A. max'imum.  Greater cardamom seeds
resemble the last in  properties.  They
are  extremely  hot, and are not much
used.
     (F)  Graines de Paradis.
  AMO'MUM  ZIN'GIBER,  tiyytpiqig,
Giyytptq,  Zin'giber officinale, Zin'giber
al'bum, Z. ni'grum, Z. commu'ne, Zin'-
ziber, Ginger.   The  white and black
ginger,  Zin'ziber fus'cum  and al'bum,
are the produce of the same plant, the
difference depending upon  the mode of
preparing them.
  The odor of ginger is aromatic ; taste
warm, aromatic,  and acrid.  It  yields
its virtues to  alcohol, and  in a great
degree to  water.  It is  carminative,
stimulant, and sialogogue.
  (F) Gingembre.     (G) Ingwer,
Imber.
  Writers.   J.  A.  Gesner, Altdorf
1723 (L).
  The PRESERVED  GINGER.  Zin-
gib'eris Ra'dix Condi'ta, Ra'dix Zingib'-
eris condi'ta ex Indid alla'ta,  is a  con-
diment, which possesses all the virtues
of ginger.
  GINGER-BEER POWDERS may be
formed  of white  sugar,  3j and  £)ij,
zingib. gr. v, soda subcarb. gr. xxvj in
each blue paper: acid of  tartar, [)iss
in each white paper, — for half a pint of
water.
  OXLEY'S  Concentrated Essence of
Jamaica  Ginger is a mere solution of
ginger in rectified spirit.
  Am'pac (Mat. Med.)  Ampacus; an
East India  tree, the leaves of  which
have a strong odor,  and  are used in
baths as detergents.  A very  odorifer-
ous resin is obtained from it.
  Ampharis'teros, afupaqioxtqog,  Am-
bila'vus ; opposed to ambidexter.
  Amphiarthro'sis (Anat.) fiomauipi,
1 both,' and aqdqiaotg, ' articulation.' A
mixed articulation, in which the corre-
sponding surfaces of bones are  united
in an intimate manner by an  intermediate
                 •  4
body, which allows, however, of some
slight motion.   Such is the junction of
the bodies of the vertebrae by means of
the intervertebral cartilages.  This artic-
ulation has also been called Diarthrose
de  Continuite.  The motion it permits
is but slight.
  Amphibran'chia (Anat.)  atupifiqay-
yia, from auipi, ' around,' and plqayxia,
' the throat.'  Amphibron'chia.   The
tonsils and neighbouring parts.   Hip-
pocrates.
  Amphidex'ios,   au(ptdtgiog,  Ambi-
dex'ter, (q. v.)   Also a foetus  contain-
ed  in the right side  of the uterus.
Galen.
  Amphidiarthro'sis (Anat.) frometp-
cpi, ' about,' and diaq&qwaig, ' a movable
joint.'   A name  given by Winslow to
the temporo-maxillary articulation, be-
cause, according to that anatomist,  it
partakes both of  the  ginglymus and
arthrodia.
  Amphime'trion (Path.) aiupifi^xqiov,
from  afi<pi,  ' about,' and fiijxqa,  ' the
womb.'  A sign  of affection of the
womb.  Hippocr.
  Amphisphal'sis  (Surg.)  atupiatpaX-
aig, Circumac'tio,  Circumduc'lio,  from
atupi, 'around,' and aipaXXoi,' I wander.'
The movement of circumduction used
in reducing luxations of the  os femoris.
Hippocr.
  Am'phora, uuipoqevg, per syncop. pro
aiupupoqcvg, from a^apt,  ' on both sides,'
and iptqia, ' I bear ': because it had two
handles.  A liquid measure  among the
ancients,  containing above  7 gallons.
Also  called  Quadrantal, Cera'mium,
Ceram'nium, Ca'dus.
  Amputa'tion  (Surg.)  Amputa'tio,
from amputa're,' to cut off'   The ope-
ration  of separating, by  means  of  a
cutting instrument, a limb or a part of
a limb, or a  projecting part, as the
mamma, penis, &c, from the rest of
the body.  In the case of a  tumor, the
term  excision,  removal,  or  extirpa-
tion, (F) Resection, is more commonly
used.
  (G) Abnehmung,  Absetzung,
Ablosung.
  CIRCULAR  AMPUTATION is  that
in which the integuments and  muscles
are divided circularly.
  The  FLAP  AMPUTATION, (F) A.
d. lambeaux, is when one or two  flaps
are left so as to cover the stump, when
the limb has been removed.
  JOINT AMPUTATION, (F)  A.  dans
Varticle ou dans  la contiguite des mem-
bres,  is when  the  limb  is removed  at
an articulation. 
AMULETUM           38
AMYNTIC
  Each amputation requires a different
process, which  is described in works
on operative surgery.
  Writers.  P. H. F. Verduin, Am-
stel. 1696 (L).  Barnstoff, Lugd. Bat.
1696 (L).   P. H. Dahl (shoulder-joint
A.), Gott. 1760 (L).  S. P. Hilscher,
Jenae, 1718(L).   J. Salzmann, Argent.
1722 (L). J. U. Bilguer, Hal. 1761 (L).
O'Hallaran, Dubl. 1765.   R. Mynor,
Birmino-. 1783.   E.  Alanson,  Lond.
1779. T. Kirkland, Lond. 1780.  P.
C  Raoul, Paris,  an. xi (F).   D. J.
Larrey, Paris, an. xi (F).  J.  M. Da-
vid, Paris, an.  xi (F).    P. • G. Van
Hoorn, Lugd. Bat. 1804 (L).  Schrei-
ner, Leipz. 1807(G).  C  F. Graefe,
Berlin, 1811 (G).   Kern,  Wien, 1814
(G).   G.  Kloss  (shoulder-joint A.),
Franckf. 1811 (L).   W. W. Frazer
(Do.), Lond. 1813.   H. Robbi, Lips.
1815 (L).  J. P. Roux (on the immedi-
ate union of the wound after A.), Paris,
1814 (L).  J. F. D.  Evans (shoulder-
joint A.), Lond. 1815.   H. J. Brun-
ninghausev, Bamb.  1818 (G).  John-
Thomson, Edinb. 1816.   A. C Hutch-
ihson (proper period for A. in gunshot
wounds),  Lond. 1819.  J. G. Hause,
Lips. 1821 (L).   S. L. Hammick, Lond.
1830.
   Amule'tum  (Hyg.)  from  amoli'ri,
' to remove.'  An Amulet.  Periam'ma,
Ttcqiautiu, Apotropa'um,  anorqonator,
Periap'ton,  mqiunxov,  Phylacte'rion,
yvXuxxyqiov, Apoteles'ma, an-ortZtouu,
 Exarte'ma, egaqxtjpa, Alexica'cum, u'.'.&i-
 xaxor, Ar'akalan.  Any image or sub-
 stance worn about the person for  the
 purpose of preventing disease or dan-
 ger.
   (F) Amulette.    (G) Zauberge-
 henk, Schutzgehenk.
   Writers.   J. Reiciielt,  Argent.
 1676 (L).  J. Ch. Vulpius (Wolff),
 Regiom.  1688 (L).  J. Wolf,  Jena?,
 1690 (L). A.N.HiiBNER,Hal. 1710(L).
 J. F. de Pre, Erford. 1720 (L).  C. C.
 Krause, Lips.  1758 (L).
    Amur'ca  ( Therap.)  apoqyrj.  The
 marc or grounds remaining after olives
 have been  crushed  and  deprived of
 their oil.   It has been used as an appli-
 cation to ulcers.
    Amyc'ticv  (Mat. Med.) auvxxixa,
 from auvooco, ' I lacerate.'  Medicines,
 which stimulate and vellicate the skin.
 CfiLIUS AURELIANUS.
    Amyg'dala  (Mat. Med.) ap.vySaXrj,
 same  etymon; because there  seem to
 be fissures on the shell.   The almond,
 of which there are two  kinds ;  the
  Amyg'dala ama'ra  and  A. dukes, ob-
tained from two varieties of the Amyg'-
dalus commu'nis; or A. sati'va, a na-
tive of Barbary.
  The taste of the Amyg'dala dul'cis is
soft and sweet; that of the A. amara, bit-
ter. Both yield, by expression, a sweet,
bland oil.  The bitter almond  contains
Prussic acid.  They are  chiefly used
for forming emulsions.
   (F)  Amandes   deuces, Amandes
ameres.     (G) Siisse  Mandeln;
Bittere  Mandeln.
  ALMOND  CAKE, Amyg'dala Placen-
ta, is the  cake left  after  the  expres-
sion  of the oil.  The ground Almond
Cake, Almond Powder, Fari'na Amyg-
dala'rum,  is used  instead of soap for
washing the hands.
  ALMOND  PASTE, a cosmetic  for
softening  the skin  and  preventing
chaps,  is  made  of  bitter  almonds,
blanched,  § iv,  white of one egg,  rose
water, and rectified  spirit,  equal parts,
and as much as is sufficient.
  Amyg'dalus  Per'sica  (Mat. Med.)
The  common peach-tree.  The leaves
and flowers have been considered laxa-
tive.  They  are bitter and  aromatic,
and  have  been  given  in haematuria,
nephritis,  &c.  The fruit is one of the
pleasant and wholesome Summer fruits,
when ripe.  The kernels, Amyg'dala
Per'sica, contain prussic acid, as well
as the flowers.
  PEACH BRANDY is distilled from
the  fruit, and  is  much  used in the
United States.
  (F) Pecher.   (G) P f i r s i c h b a u m.
  Am'ylum  (Mat. Med.) afivXov,  Am'i-
dum, Fec'ula,Amyl'eon, AmyVion, from
a priv. and uv/.i;, ' a mill,' because made
without a mill.  Starch.   The Starch of
 Wheat, Fari'na, Trit'iai fari'na, Fec'ula
amyla'cea, is  inodorous  and  insipid,
white and friable.  It  is  insoluble  in
cold  water  and  alcohol;  but  forms
with boiling water a strong, semi-trans-
parent jelly.  It is demulcent  ; and
is used as  an emollient glyster, and
as the vehicle for opium, when  given
per anum.  Starch is. met with abund-
antly in all the  cereal grains, in  the
stalks  of  many of the  palms,  in some
lichens, and in  many tuberous roots,
particularly in the bulbs of the orchis.
   (F) Amidon,Amydon. (G)  Starke,
 Satzmehl,  Kraftmehl,   Amel-
 mehl, S tarkmehl.
   Writer.  J. F. Cartheuser, Francf.
 ad Viadr. 1767 (L).
   Amyn'tic  (Pharm.)  Amyn'ticus;  a
 name given to a plaster, believed to be
| strengthening. 
AMYON              39            ANADOSIS
  A'myon (Path.) aavov, from «  priv.
and fivuw,' a muscle.'  Emuscula'tum,
without muscle.   Applied to the limbs,
when so extenuated that the  muscles
cannot be distinguished.
  Am'yris Elemif'era  (Mat. Med.)
The  plant whence,  it is  supposed, the
GUM EL'EMI is  obtained.   This  gum
or resin is brought from the  Spanish
West Indies.  It is softish, transparent,
of a pale whitish color, inclining a  little
to green, and of a strong,  though not
unpleasant smell.  It  is only used in
ointments and plasters, and is a diges-
tive.
  (F) Balsamier  El'emifhre.
  AM'YRIS OPOBAL'SAMUM,  (F) Bal-
samier de la Mecque, Bal'sem, (iaZoauov,
Bal'samum,  (G)  Mecca'schaer
Balsamstrauch.  The  plant  from
which is  obtained the  BAL'SAM OF
MEC'CA, Bal'samum  genui'num  anti-
quo'rum,  Balsamela'on,  JEgyp'liacum
Bal'samum, Bal'samum Asiati'cum, B.
Juda'icum, B. Syri'acum, B. e Mec'cd,
CoccobaUsamum,   B. Alpi'ni, Oleum
Bal'sami, Opobal'namum, Xylobal'sa-
mum, Bal'sam or  Balm  of  Gilead.  A
resinous juice obtained  by  making in-
cisions into the Amyris  Gileadensis of
Linn.eus.  The  juice  of the fruit is
called  Carpobal'samum;  (G)  Bal-
sa m fr u c h t,  Balsamkorner:
that  of the wood and  branches Xylo-
bal'samum.  (G)  Balsamholz.  It
has the general properties of the milder
Terebinthinates.
  (F) Baume blanc, B.  de Constanti-
nople blanc, B. de Galaad, B. du Grand
Caire, B.  Vrai,Terebinthine de Gilead,
T. d'Egypte, T. du Grand Kaire, T. de
Judre.
  Writers.  These have been numer-
rous,  most of them extolling it  hy-
perbolically.  G. Perez, Seville,  1530
(S).   P. Alpini,  Ven.  1541 (L).  A.
Chiocco, Veron.  1596 (L).   N.   Giu-
bert, Argent. 1693 (L).  M. Dcering,
Jenae,  1620 (L).   J.  Poma, Ven.  1623
(I).  B. and M. Campi, Lucca, 1639 (I).
P. Castelli, Messan.  1640 (L).   A.
Vater,  Vitteb. 1720 (L).  J.  F. Car-
theuser, Francf. ad  Viadr. 1755 (L).
C. von Linne, Upsal. 1764 (L).
  Amythao'ms Emplas'trum (Pharm.)
auv&awvog tpaqtiaxov.  The name of an
ancient strengthening plaster described
in Paulus of jEgina.
  A'na  (Pharm.)  axa, a word which
signifies,' of each.'   It is used in pre-
scriptions, as well as a and aa, its ab-
breviations.
  Anab'asis  (Path.)  avafiaatg,   from
 avuftaivto, ' I ascend.'  The first period
 of a disease, or that of increase. Galen.
  Anablep'sis (Path.) avafiXttpig, from
 ava,' again,' and pXenw, ' I see.'  Res-
 toration to sight.
  Anab'ole (Path.) avapoXyj, from ava,
 ' upwards,', and  fiaXXw, ' I cast.'   Ana-
 go'ge, araywyy,  Anaph'ora, avaipoqa.
 An  evacuation  upwards.   An  act  by
 which certain matters are  rejected  by
 the  mouth.   In common  acceptation
 it includes,  Expuition, expectoration,
 regurgitation, and vomiting.
  Anabrochis'mus  (Surg.)  ara^qo^i-
 aitog, from ava,  ' with,' and ^qo/og,' a
 running knot.'  An operation  for  re-
 moving  the  eyelashes, when they irri-
 tate the eye, by means of a hair knotted
 around them. Hippocr., Galen,  Cel-
 sus, &c.
  Anacar'dium Occidenta'le  (Mat.
 Med.) Cassu'vium pomiferum, (F) Ac'-
 ajou,  Cash'ew  ( IV. Indies).   (G)
 Elephantenlitusebaum,   K a -
 schunussbaum.  The   Oil of the
 Cashew Nut, O'leum Anacar'dii, (F)
 Huile d'Acajou, is  an active caustic,
 and used as  such in the countries where
 it  grows,   especially  for   destroying
 warts, &c.
  Anacathar'sis (Med.) avaxadaqoig,
 from ava, ' upwards,' and xa-Saiquv, ' to
 purge.'  Purgation  upwards.  Expec-
 toration.
  Anaclinte'rium (Hyg.) avaxXtvxtjqiov,
 Recubito'rium.  A  long chair or seat,
 so formed, that the  person can rest in a
 reclining posture.
  Anacolle'ma (Pharm.)  avaxoXXr^ia,
 from ava, ' together,'  and xoXXaw,  ' I
 glue.'  A remedy stuck upon the  fore-
 head to relieve affections of the  eyes.
 Galen,  Paulus, Myrepsus.
  Anacolup'pa (Mat. Med.)  A creep-
 ing plant of Malabar, the juice of which,
 mixed with powdered pepper, passes in
 India as a cure for epilepsy, and as the
 only  remedy for the bite of the  naja.
 It is supposed to be the Zapania Nodi-
flora.
  Anadiplo'sis  (Path.)'  avaSmXwaig,
 from ar«,' again,' and SinZoui,' I double.'
 Epanadiplo'sis, cnavuSi7iXi<mtg, Epana-
 lep'sis, tnaraXtpfjig,  Reduplica'tio.  The
 redoubling which occurs in  a paroxysm
 of an intermittent, when  its type is
 double. Galen, ALEXANDERofTralles.
  Anad'osis (Phys. &c.) aradooig,frora
 avaSiSwiu, ' I distribute.' Purgation up-
 wards, as by vomiting.  Anadosis seems
 alsd to have meant, occasionally, chyli-
 fication, whilst diadosis meant capillary
 nutrition.  Hippocr., Galen. 
ANADROME           40           ANARRHC2A
  Anad'rome  (Path.)  avaSqofitj, from
ttva,  ' upwards,' and dqtuw,  ' I run.'
The transport of a humor or pain from
a lower to an upper part. Hippocr.
  An^'mia  (Path.)  Ana'masis, Ane'-
mia, avaiuia, from a priv. and af.ua,
' blood.'  Privation of blood.  The op-
posite to plethora (q. v.)  It is charac-
terized by every sign of debility.
      (G)  Blutmangel.
  Writers.  M. Alberti, Hal. 1732'
(L).  C. L. Mogling, Tubing.  1756 (L).
J. Fr. Isenflamm,  Erlang.  1764 (L).
and on spurious A., Erlang. 1764 (L).
  An^isthe'sia (Path.)   avaiodi^ia,
from a priv. and  atodurouai, ' 1 feel.'
Privation  of sensation,  and especially
that of touch,  according to some.   It
may be general or  partial, and is almost
always symptomatic.
  (G) Gefuhlosigkeit, Gefuhl-
mangel.
  Writers.   G.  Detharding, Ros-
toch, 1718 (L).
  Anaf'olis (Therap.)  The  cure of a
denuded gum.  Haly Abbas.
  Anagal'lis (Mat. Med ) A. arven'sis,
avayaXXig, A. Phanic"ea, Red Pimper-
nel.   A  common  European  plant;  a
reputed antispasmodic and stomachic.
  (F) Mouron rouge.   (G)  Rot her
Hunnerdarm,  Rother  Gauch-
heil, Ackergauchheil.
  Anag'yris  (Mat. Med.)  arayioic,
avayvnog, Ac'opon, axonov, Anag'yris
fat'ida, Stinking Bean Trefoil.  Native
of Italy.  The leaves  are powerfully
purgative.  The juice is said  to be diu-
retic, and the seeds emetic.  Dioscori-
des, Paulus.
       (G) Stinkbaum.
   A'nal (Anat.) Ana'lis.   That which
refers  to  the  anus; — as  Anal region,
 &c.
   Analep'sia (Path.) Analep'sis,Ana-
len'tia, uvuXt^ng,  from avu, ' afresh,'
 and lapfiurnr, ' to take.'   Restoration
 of strength after disease.   Galen.   A
 kind of sympathetic epilepsy, originat-
 ing from gastric disorder.
'  Also, the support given to a fractured
 extremity.  Hippocr.  Appensio.
   Analep'tica (Mat. Med )  same ety-
 mon ;  uvaXi.rxixu  ipuquuxu, Analep'ttCS.
 Restorative medicines or food; such as
 are adapted to  recruit the strength dur-
 ing convalescence : — as  sago, salep,
 tapioca, jelly, &c.
   Writers.  G. J. Knyf, Amstel. 1618
  (L).  A. Q. Rivinus,  Lips.  1(592 (L.)
  A. Vater, Viteb. 1727 (L).   M. Al-
  berti, Hal. 1745 (L).   Ph. F. Gmelin,
  Tubing. 1763 (L),
  JAMES'S  ANALEPTIC  PILLS con-
sist of James's Powder, Gum Ammo-
niacum, and Pill of Aloes and Myrrh,
equal parts, with  Tincture  of  Castor
sufficient to form a mass.
  Analge'sia,  avaXytjaia,  from a priv.
and  aXyog,  ' pain.'  Absence of pain
both in health and disease.
  Anamnf.s'tic (Therap.) avaurtjaxixog,
from ava,' again,' and uvuouai,  ' I  re-
member.'   A medicine for  improving
the memory.  See,  also, Commemora-
tive.
  Anapeti'a (Path.  &c.)  ara;ctxeta,
Expan'sio  mea'tuum,  from  ura, and
itituv>, ' I  dilate.'   A  state opposite to
the closure of vessels.  Galen.
  Anaphalanti'asis (Path.) avatpaXat-
■tiaaig, from avatpuXai-riag, ' bald.' Loss
of the hair of the eyebrows.
  Anaphone'sis (Physiol.) avaiporrjOig,
from avu,' high,' and ipwvt],' the  voice.'
Exercise of the voice : vociferation : —
the act of crying out.  Vocifera'tio,
Clamor.
  Anaphrodis'ia (Path.)  ava(pqo5iOia,
from  a priv. and AipqoSixt], ' Venus.'
Absence  of  the  venereal  appetite.
Sometimes  used  for  Impotence  and
Sterility.
  Anap'lasis (Surg. Path.)  avanXaaig,
from  ava.tXaoau),  ' I restore.'   Confir-
matio.  Union or  consolidation of a
fractured bone.  Hippocr.
  Anaplero'siS (Surg. Pathj avanXr;-
qotaig, from uvtt.i).itqow, ' I fill up.'  Re-
pletion.  That part of Surgical Thera-
peutics whose object is to supply parts
that are wanting.   Also, Apposition or
Pros'thesis, nnoa-Siatg.
   Anapleu'sis  (Path.)   avaTiXivaig,
Fluctua'tio, Innata'lio, from avanX.tiv,
'  to  swim  above.'  The  looseness  or
shaking of an exfoliated bone ;  or of a
carious or  other tooth, &c.  Hippocr.,
Paulus.
   Anarrhegnu'mina  (Path.) avaoqtjy-
vvuna, from avuqqtjyrvuai, ' I breakout
again.' Fractures are so called when
they become disunited; as  well as ul-
cers when they break out afresh.
   Anarrhi'non (Path.) avaqqnov,from
ava,  ' upwards,'  and  qiv, ' the  nose/
That which returns by the nose.  Gor-
R.EUS.
   According to others, that which is-
sues by the skin, from ava, and qivog,
' the skin.'
   Anarrhqt'a (Path.) araqqota, Anar-
 rho'pia, uvuqqo.ita, Anas'tasis,  avaoxa-
aig, from  ava,  ' upwards,' and  qtot, ' I
 flow.'  Afflux  of fluids towards  the up»
 per parts  of the body. 
ANARTHROS
41
ANATOMY
  Anar'thros (Physiol. )   uvaq&qog,
from a priv. and aqdqor,' a joint.' One
who is so fat, that his joints are scarcely
perceptible.  Hippocrates.
  Anasar'ca  (Path.)  avaaaqxa, from
ara, 'through,' and oaq'i, 'the  flesh.'
Hy'drops   cellula'ris  totius  cor'potis,
General dropsy, Katasar'ca, Episarcid'-
ium,  sniauqxidiov,   Hy'deros,  vStqog,
Hydrosar'ca,  Sarci'les, Polylym'phia,
iinoouqxiSiog, Hyposarcid'ios, aaqxiri;:,
Leucophlegma'tia, Dropsy  of the cel-
lular membrane.  Commonly, it begins
to manifest itself by swelling around
the ankles : and is characterized  by tu-
mefaction of the limbs and of the soft
parts  covering the  abdomen, thorax,
and even the  face, with paleness and
dryness of the  skin, and pitting when
any of these  (especially  the ankles)
are pressed upon.   Like dropsy in gen-
eral, Anasarca may be active or passive ;
and its treatment must be regulated by
the rules that are  applicable  to general
dropsy.  See Hydrops.
  (F) Anasarque.   (G) Leibwasser,
Hautwassersucht.
  Writers.  G. Nobler, Altdorf. 1627
(L). Th.Walker, Lugd. Bat. 1688(L).
J. G.  von  Bergen, Irancf. 1716 (L).
J. F. Cartheuser,  Francf. ad Viadr.
1760 (L). Langlands, Edinb. 1753 (L).
Unthank,  Edinb. 1784 (L).
  Anas'pasis  (Path.) avaanaaig, from
avaonaoi,  ' I  contract.'   Contraction,
Retractio,  especially  of the stomach.
Hippocrates.
  Anastcecheio'sis (Path.) avaoxoi/ei-
oifTic, from  ara, 'again,' and aroi/siov,
'  element.'   Re-elemenla'tio.   Resolu-
tion of a body or its  parts into their
elements.  Galen.
  Anastomo'sis (Anat.)  avaoxofiwoig,
from ava,'  with,' and axoaa,' a mouth.'
Inoscula'iio, Exanastomo'sis, Concur'-
sus. Communication between two ves-
sels.   By considering the nerves to be
channels, in which a nervous fluid cir-
culates, their communication has like-
wise  been called  Anastomosis.  By
means of anastomoses, if the course  of
a fluid be arrested in one vessel,  it can
proceed along others.
  (F)  Abouchement.
  (G) Verbindung,  Einmiin-
dung.
  Writers.   G. Fr. Frank von  Fran-
kerau, Hafn.  1703 (L).  E. G.  Rose,
Lips.  1761 (L).  J.  G. Haase,  Lips.
1792 (L).
  Anastomot'ics  (Therap.) Anastom-
ot'ica, avacirouojxixa tpaq^iaxa.  Certain
medicines were so called, which were
                  4*
formerly believed to be capable of open-
ing the mouths of vessels : — as aperi-
ents, diuretics, &c.
  Anastomot'icus  Mag'nus,  Ra'mus
(Anat.) is a branch of  the brachial
artery, which comes off a little above
the elbow, and bestows branches to the
brachialis  internus, to the under end of
the triceps, and  to the  muscles,  liga-
ments, &c. about the elbow-joint.
  (F) Arttre collatirale interne, A. col-
laterale du coude.
  Anates (Path.) A disease about the
anus.  Festus. Castelli.
  Anat'omist, avarouixog, Anatom'icus.
One who occupies himself with Anat-
omy.   One versed in Anatomy.
  Anat'omy (Anat.) Anat'ome, araxoiitj,
Anato'mia, avaxouia, from  ava,  and
xtfiveir, ' to cut.'
  The word Anatomy properly signifies
dissection : but it  has been appropriated
to the study  and  knowledge  of the
number,   shape,  situation,  structure,
and connexion, in a  word,  of  all the
apparent properties, of organized bodies.
Anatomy  is the science of organization.
Some have given the term a still more
extended  acceptation, applying it  to
every mechanical decomposition,  even
of extraorganic bodies. Thus, Crystall-
ography has been termed  the Anatomy
of crystallized minerals.  Anatomy has
also been called Morphol'ogy, SomatoV-
ogy, Organol'ogy, &c.  It assumes dif-
ferent  names according as the study is
confined to one organized being, or to
a species  or class of beings.   Thus
Androt'omy, or Anthropot'omy,  or An-
thropog'rophj, or Anthroposomatol'ogy,
is the Anatomy  of Man : — ZoOt'omy,
that of the other species of the animal
kingdom :  and  Vet'erinary  Anat'omy,
is the  Anatomy of domestic animals  :
but when the word is used abstractedly,
it means human Anatomy,  and particu-
larly  the  study  of the  organs  in a
physiological  or  healthy  state.   The
Anatomy of the  diseased  human  body
is called Patholog'Hcal or Mor'bid Anat-
omy,  and, when  applied to Medical
Jurisprudence,    Foien'sic  Anatomy.
Several of the  organs  possessing a
similarity  of structure, and being form-
ed of the same tissues, they  have  been
grouped into  Systems or Genera of Or-
gans;  and the  study of,  or acquaint-
ance  with, such systems,  has  been
called  Gen'eral Anat'omy or Histol'ogy,
whilst the study of each organ,  in par-
ticular, has been termed  Descriptive
Anat'omy.  Descriptive  Anatomy has
been divided into Skeletol'ogy, which 
ANATOMY             42           ANCONEUS
comprises Osteol'ogy and  Syndesmol'-
ogy; and into Sarcol'ogy, which is sub-
divided into  Myol'ogy, Js'eurol'ogy,  An-
giol'ogy,  Adenol'ogy,   Splanchnology,
and Dermol'ogy.
  Sur'gical Anat'omy, (F) Anatomie clii-
rurgicale, A. des Regions,  Topograph'-
ical Anat'omy, is the  particular study
of the bones, muscles, nerves, vessels,
&c, with which  it is indispenable to
be acquainted before performing opera-
tions.  Com/par'alive Anat'omy  is the
comparative study of each organ, with
a view  to  an acquaintance with the
modifications of its structure in dif-
ferent animals or in the different classes
of animals.  Artific"ial Anat'omy is the
art of modelling and  representing, in
wax or other substance, the different
organs or different parts of the human
body, in  the sound or  diseased state.
   (F) Anatomie.   (G) Zergliede-
rungskunst.
   Writers. I.  On GENERAL ANAT-
OMY.  X. Bichat,  Paris, 1801 (F). in
English, (with additions, by Beclard,)
by G. Hayward,  Boston,  1823.   J.
Bkclard,   Paris,  1823 (F).  W. E.
Horner, Philadelphia, 182o.  D.Crai-
 gie, Edinb. 1828.  A. L. J. Bayle and
 Hollard (F).  in  English  by S. D.
 Gross, Philad. 1828.  R. D. Grainger,
 Lond  1829.  II. On ANATOMY and
 PHYSIOLOGY.   Ch.  N. Genty, Lond.
 1762.  John Aitken, Lond. 1786.  F.
 Leber,  transla'ted by Walter Vaugh-
 an, Lond. 1791.  J. Rotheram, Edinb.
 1791-1801.   G.  Presciani,  Milan,
 1794 - 8 (I). E. Sandifort, Lugd. Bat.
 1777 (L).   G. Prochascka, Vien. 1800
 (L). and 1812 (L). J. A. Ai.BERS,Brem.
 1802 (G).   K.  A.  Rudolphi,  Berl.
 1802(G).   Th. Luxmore, Lond.  1805.
 J. Fr.  Meckel,  Hal.  1806 (G).  in
 French, Paris,  1825.  T. J. Armiger,
 Lond.   1816.   A. Yply,  Lugd. Bat.
 1817 -18 (L).   Other works belonging
 also to  this head  are  given  under
 DESCRIPTIVE  Anatomy.   III. On
 PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY.   Til.
 Bartholin-, Hafn. 1674 (L). Th. Bo-
 net, Genev. 1675 (L). and Genev. lo79
 (L).  S. Blancard, Amstel. 1088 (L).
 P. Barreee, Perpignan, 1751 (F).   J.
 B. Morgagni,  Ven.  1761 (L). in Eng-
 lish by Alexander,  and  abridged by
 W. Cooke.  S. Clossy, Lond.  1763.
 R. B. Cheston, Gloucester, 1766. Jos.
 Lieutaud, Paris. 17(57 (L.)  E. Sandi-
 fort, Lugd. Bat. 1779-1781 (L).  C.
 F. Ludwig, Lips.  1785 (L).  M. Bail-
 lie, Lond. 1793.  Engravings, Lond.
 1799. G.C.CoNRADi,Hanov. 1796(G).
P. A. Prost,  Paris, 1804 (F).  F. G.
Voigtel, by Meckel, Hal. 1804.  A.
Portal,  Paris. 1804(F).   Rose,  by
Marc, Paris,  1M)8 (F).   Cii. Bell
(Engravings),  Lond.  1813.   J-  Cru-
veilhier,  Paris,  1816 (F).   Rayer
(Hist.), Paris,  1«18 (F).    X. Bit hat
(F) in English by Too no, Philad. 1827.
W. E. Horner,  Philad. 1^2'V   D.
Craigie, Edinb. 1828.   IV.  On SUR-
GICAL ANATOMY.  A. Colles, Dub-
lin, 1*11.   W. Anderson, New York,
1&22.  H. M. Edwards (F), in Engl, by
W. Coulson :  American  edition by J.
Webster, Philad.  kr28.   A. A. L. M.
Velpeau (F),  translated by  J.  W.
Sterling, N.York, 1830.  For Writers
on DESCRIPTIVE  AND  PRACTICAL
ANATOMY, see Descriptive  Anat-
omy and Dissection.
   Anatripsol'ogy  (Tlierap ) Anatrip-
solo'gia, from uiurquf'tg, ' friction,' and
Xoyog,  ' a  discourse.'  A treatise on
friction.
  Writer.  V.L.BRERA,Pavia, 1799(1).
   Anat'rope  (Path.)  avurqu.'ti;, from
avu, • upwards,' and xqinw, ' I turn.'
A subversion.  A turning or subversion
or inverted  action of the  stomach,
characterized by nausea, vomiting, &x.
 Galen.   We still  speak of the stomach
turning against any thing.
   Anchu'sa officinalis (Mat. Med.)
 Alca'na,  Lin'gua Bo'cis, uy/uvnu, Bu-
 gios'sum sylres'tre, Ojjic"inol or Garden
 Al'kanet or Bu'gloss ; a native of Great
 Britain.   The  herb was formerly es-
 teemed as a cordial in melancholia and
 hypochondriasis;  but it  is now rarely
 used.  It  is also called Buglos'sa, Bu-
 glos'sum angustifo'lium ma'jus, B. vul-
 ga're ma'jus, and B. sati'rum.
   (F) Buglose. (G) Ochsenzunge.
   ANCHU'SA   TINCTO'RIA,  Alcan'na
 spu'ria, Dyer's Bugloss, Ane'bium, Bu-
 glos'sum   Tincto' rum,  Lithospcr'mum
 villo'sum,  Dyer's Al'kanet; a European
 plant.   The  medical  properties  are
 equivocal.  It is used to give a beauti-
 ful red color to ointments.
   (F) Orcanette.   (G) Rother Och-
 senzunge,  Farbende  Ochsen-
 zunge,  Al kannawurzel.
   Ancone'us  (Anat.) from ayxmv,' the
 elbow.'   A term once applied to  every
 muscle  attached   to  the  olecranon.
 Winslow  distinguished  four:—the
 great, external,internal, and small; the
 three frrst being  portions of the same
 muscle, the triceps brachialis.  The last
 has, alone, retained the name.   It is
  the Ancone'us mi'nor of Winslow  : the
 Ancone'us vel Cubita'lis RIOLA'Nl of 
ANCTERES
43
ANEMONE
Douglas :  the Epicon'dylo-Cubita'lisof
Ch.aussier:   the  Bre'vis Cu'biti, and
is situated  at the upper and back part
of the fore-arm.   It arises from the ex-
ternal condyle of the os humeri, and
is  inserted into  the posterior edge  of
the upper  third of the ulna.   Its use
is  to aid in the  extension. of the fore-
arm.          (F)  Anconi.
  Axcte'ies  ySurg.) ayxriotc, Fibula
or Clasps, by which the lips of wounds
were formerly kept together.  Celsus,
Galen.
  An< u'bitus (Path.) Petrifac'tio. An
affection of the  eye,, in which there is
a sensation as if sand was irritating the
organ.
  Ancunulen't.e (Hyg.) A name for-
merly given,  according to  James,  to
females  during menstruation, who were
regarded as unclean.
  An'iis (Path.)  An'kus, from ayxwr,
1 the elbow.'   One who cannot extend
his arms completely.
  Also,  the deformity resulting from a
luxation of the  humerus or fore-arm.
Hippocr.
  An'dv (Mat. Med.) A tree of Brazil,
the fruit of which is an oval nut, con-
taining   two   seeds.  These have the
taste of the chestnut; but are strongly
cathartic, and  even emetic.  The shell
is astringent, and used as such in diar-
rhoea, &c.
  Andely, Mineral Waters  of (.Mat.
Med.)  A.  is  in  France,  near Gysors,
and 8 leagues  from Rouen.  The  water
is a cold and  weak chalybeate.  It is
used  in  chlorosis and  abdominal ob-
structions.
  Andranato'mia (Anat.)  Andranat'-
ome, Androto'mia,  Androt'omc,  avdoa-
vaxoinj, urdqorotnj,  from  avt,n, ' a  man,'
and reuvtiv, ' to  cut.'  The anatomy  of
man.
  Andri'a Mu'lier  (Path.)  Mu'lier
Hermaphrodit'ica.   A female  herma-
phrodite !
  Androgeni'a   (Phys.)  arSqoytvtia,
from avrtq,' a man,' and ytvtatg,'  gene-
ration.'   The  procreation  of males.
Hippocr.
  Androg"yncs  (Med.) uvdqoyvvog,from
avtjq,  ' a man,'  and yui>), 'a woman.'
A hermaphrodite.  An effeminate per-
son.  Hippocr.
  Androm'eda Maria'na (Mat. Med.)
Broad-leaved  Moorwort.   A decoction
of this American plant is said to have
been successfully employed  as a wash,
in a disagreeable affection, — not un-
common amongst  the  slaves  in the
southern parts of the United States : —
called  the Toe Itch, and Ground Itch.
Barton.
  Andro'nion (Pharm.)  avSqwviov,—
Pastilli ab ANDRONE.  Pastilles,  in-
vented  by one  Andron,  ftnd  recom-
mended in carbuncle.   Paulus, Gor-
RJEVS.
  An'drum (Path.)  An Indian word,
latinized by Kjempfer, and signifying
a kind of  elephantiasis of the scrotum,
endemic in southern Asia.
  AN'DRY  or  ANDRE', Nicholas,
(Biogr.)   surnamed Boisgerard,  a
French physician  of eminence: born
at Lyons in 1658;  died 1742.   Works.
Traite  de la generation des vers dans le
corps de I'homme.  Paris.  1700.  8vo.
Rtmnrques de  medecine sur diffirens
sujets, principalement sur ce qui re"garde
la saignie et la purgation.  Paris. 1710.
12mo.   Examen  de differens points
d'anatomie,  de  chirurgie,  &c.  Paris.
1725.  8vo.   Orthop6die,  ou  Vart  de
prerenir et de corriger, dans les enfans,
les  difformites du  corps. Paris. 1741.
2 vols.
  ANEANTISSEMENT (F)  (Path.) Vi'-
rium extinc'tio.  This word  is often em-
ployed  hyperbolically  by  patients, in
France, to  signify  excessive fatigue,
debility, or syncope.
  Anecpy'k.tus  (Path.)   avcxrcvtxog.
That which does  not suppurate, or is
not likely to suppurate.
  Aneile'ma (Path.) Aneile'sis, uvtiXrr
iia, uvuXijOic, from uvuXaoSui, ' to be
rolled  upwards.'   Applied  particularly
to the  motion of air in the intestines
and  the  tormina  accompanying  it.
Hippocr.
  Anemo'ne  (Mat. Med.)   The Wind
Floioer, artfivn-tj, from avcuog,' the wind,'
because it does not open its flowers  till
blown  upon by the wind.
  ANEMO'NE HEP ATTICA,  Hepat'ica
nob'ilis, Herba Trinita'tis,  Hepat'ica or
Herb Trinity, Hepqt'icus Flos, Trifo'-
Hum Hepat'icum.  The plant is a mild
astringent and tonic.  Dose, 3j 0I* the
powder.   It may be given in infusion.
  ANEMO'NE NEMORO'SA, Ranun'cu-
lus  al'bus, Wood anem'ony.  The  herb
and  flowers are  poisonous, acrid, and
corrosive.  They  have  been  used  as
rubefacients.
  (F) AnAmone des bois.  (G) B u s c h-
anemone,  Waldanemone.
  ANEMO'NE PRATEN'SIS, Pulsatilla
nigricans. This plant has similar prop-
erties with the last.  It is  also called
Meadow Anemony.
  (F) Pulsatille noire, P. des pres.
  (G)  Wiesen Kuchenschelle. 
ANENCEPHALUS         44            ANEURISM
  Writer.   A. von Storck, Vindob.
1771 (L).
  The ANEMO'NE PULSATILLA, Pvl-
satil'la  vulga'ris, Herba  vent s, Nola
culinaria, Pasque flower, possesses like
properties.
  (F) Coquelourde.    (G) Kiichen-
schelle.
  Anenceph'alus (Path.) avivxupaXog,
from  a  priv.  and tyxtipaXog, ' brain.'
A monster devoid of brain.  Bonetus.
A weak, silly person.  Hippocr.
  Anepithym'ia  (JYosol,)  from a priv.
and tjitdiiua, ' desire.'  Many Nosolo-
gists have used this word for a  loss of
the appetites; as those of hunger, thirst.
venery, &c.
  Anerethis'ia  (Path.)  Inirritabii'i-
tas, from a priv.  and tntdtaic,  'irrita-
bility.'   Detect of irritability.   Swe-
DIAUR.
  Ane'thum (Mat. Med.) avrftov, Ane'-
thum Fanic'ulum, Famic'uium, F. dulce,
Ligus'ticum fanic'ulum. Fennel or Finc-
kle, Acksoum, Mar'athrum, Stceet Fen-
nel.  The seeds have an aromatic odor,
and warm,  sweetish taste.  They  are
carminative.  The  root is said to be
pectoral and diuretic.
  (F) Fenouil, ou Anis doux.
  (G)Fenchel, Garte nfenchel,
Frauenfe nch e 1.
  Writers.  J. Th. Schenck,  Jenae,
1665 (L).  J. Bocler, Argent. 1732 (L).
  ANE'THUM GRAVE'OLENS, A. hor-
ten'se, Dill, Anethum.   A native  of  tlie
south of Europe.   The seeds are stim-
ulant and carminative.  Dose,  gr.  xv
to 5j-
  (F) Aneth, Fenouilpuant.  (G) Tille,
Dille, Dill,  Dillkraut.
  The  O'LEUM  ANE'THI, or  Oil of
Dill.  (F)  Huile d'Aneth,  possesses  the
carminative  properties of the plant.
  An'eurism (Path.) Avruris'ma,uvtv-
qvoua, from  avtvqwtiv,  ' to dilate or dis-
tend.'  Emboris'ma, Exangi'a aneuris'-
ma, Absccs'sus  spirituo'sus, Arttrie.c'ta-
sis.  Properly,  Aneurism  signifies a
tumor,  produced  by the  dilatation of
an artery; but it  has been extended to
various lesions of arteries, as well as to
dilatations of the heart.
  (F) Anevrysme, Aneurysme.
  (G) Pulsadergeschwulst.
  There  are various kinds of  aneur-
isms.  The following are the chief.
  I. When the blood, which  forms  the
tumor, is inclosed within the  dilated
coats of the artery.  This is the true
aneurism.  (F) Anevrysme vraie.
  II. When the blood has escaped from
tiie opened artery, it is called spurious
or false aneurism, Ecchymo'ma arterio'-
sum.  (F) Anivrysme faux.  The latter
is divided into three varieties.
  1. The diffused false  aneurism,  (F)
Anevrysme faux, primitif,  diffus, rum-
circonscrit,  or  par  infiltration,  which
occurs  immediately after the division
or rupture of an artery, and consists of
an extravasation of blood into the cel-
lular texture of the part.
  2. The circumscribed false aneurism,
(F) A.  faux consccutif, circonscrit ou
par ipanchement, enkyste ou sacciforme,
tumeur  htmorrhagiale  circonscrite,  in
which the blood issues from the vessel,
some  time after  the  receipt  of  the
wound, and forms itself a sac  in  the
neighbouring cellular membrane.
  3. The An'eurism by Anastomo'sis, or
Var'icose  An'eurism,  (F)  Anevrysme
par Anastomose ou variqueux,  A. par
Erosion, A. de Pott, A. des plus petites
Art&res ; is that which arises from  the
simultaneous wounding of an  artery
and vein : the arterial  blood passing
into the vein, and producing a varicose
state of it.
  III. Mixed Aneurism, (F) Anevrysme
mixte, is  that  which  arises from  the
dilatation of one or two of the coats,
with division or rupture of the other.
Some authors have made two varieties
of this.
  1. Mixed  external Aneurism,  where
the internal and middle  coats are rup-
tured, and the cellular is dilated.
  2. Mixed internal Aneurism, in which
the internal coat  is dilated, and pro-
trudes, like a hernial  sac, through  the
ruptured middle and outer coats.  This
variety  has  been  called  Aneuris'ma
Her'niam Arte'ria sis'tens.
  Aneurisms have been likewise term-
ed Traumat'ic and Spontaneous, accord-
ing as they may have  been caused by
a wound, or have originated spontane-
ously.   They  have  also been divided
into internal and external.
  The internal aneurisms are situated
in the  great splanchnic cavities, and
occur in the heart and great vessels of
the chest, abdomen, &c.  Their diag-
nosis  is difficult, and they are often
inaccessible to surgical treatment.
  The external  aneurisms are situated
at the exterior of the  head, neck, and
limbs, and are distinctly pulsatory.
  Aneurisms,  especially the internal,
may be  combated by a debilitant treat-
ment, on the plan of Valsalva, which
consists in repeated blood-letting, with
food enough merely  to support life.
In external aneurism the artery  can be 
ANEURISMAL           45            ANGINA
obliterated.  This  is usually done  by
applying a ligature above the aneuris-
mal tumor.
  Aneurisms of the  Heart, Cardion'chi,
(F) Anevrysmes du caur, have  been
divided into active and passive.  The
former can scarcely be esteemed aneu-
risms, as they most commonly consist
of increased thickness of the parietes of
the heart, which diminishes its cavity
instead of  increasing it.  The term,
Hypertrophy of  the heart, better  indi-
cates   their  character.  Passive aneu-
risms, on the contrary, are attended with
extenuation of the  parietes of the organ,
and enlargement of the cavities.
  Writers.  J. B. Silvatico,  Ven.
1600 (L).   Th.  Bartholin, Panorm.
1644 (L). J. Wepfer, Basil. 1659 (L).
M.  Alberti,  Hal. 1725 (L).  A.  F.
Walther,  1738 (L).  J. M. Lancisi,
Rom. J745(L).    H. Petiat, Monsp.
1749 (L). Ch. Guattani, Rom.  1772
(L).  C. Asman,  Groning.  1773 (L).
J. Verbruoge,  Lugd.  Bat.  1773 (L).
J. B. Heraud,  Monsp. 1775 (L).  Th.
Lauth  (Latin writers on A.), Argent.
1785 (L). J. F.  L. Desciiamps, Paris,
1797(F).  A. F. Ayrer, Gotting.  1800
(G).   M.  Dingemans,  Amsterdam,
1803 (D). A. Scarpa, Pavia, 1804 (I).
by  J.  Wishart, Edinb.  1808;  other
works,  Pavia,  1807 (I),  and 1817 (I).
J. P. Maunoir,  Genev.  1810(F).  S.
C. Luc*, Frankf. 1810 (L).  G. Freer,
Lond. 1807.   A. C. Hutchinson (Pop-
liteal A.), Lond.  1811.  C. F. Hubner,
Gotting. 1807 (L).   Kuhln, Jenae, 1816
(L).   J. Ramsden, Lond.  1811.  J.
Abernethy, 8th  edit.   Lond.  1826.
J. L.  L. Casamayor, Paris, 1825(F).
Jas. Wardrop, Lond. 1829.
  Aneuris'mal  (Path.)  Aneurismat'ic,
Ancurisma'lis.   That which belongs to
Aneurism.
  The  ANEURISMAL SAC  or CYST,
(F) Sac ou Kyste anivrysmal, is a sort
of pouch, formed  by the dilatation  of
the coats of an artery, in which the
blood, forming the  aneurismal  tumor,
is contained.
  Anfractuos'ity (Anat.) Anfrac'tus,
Gyrus,  a groove or furrow.  Used in
Anatomy to signify sinuous depressions,
of greater or  less depth, like those which
separate  the convolutions of the brain
from each other.
  These CEREBRAL ANFRACTUOSI-
TIES are always narrow, and  deeper
at the upper surface of the brain  than
at its base; and are lined by a prolonga-
tion of the pia mater.
  (F) Anfractuositcs Ceribrales.
  The Ethmoid Cells are,  sometimes,
called Anfractuosites ethmoldales.
  Angeiog'raphy  or  Angiography
(Anat.)  Angeiogra'phia, from  ayyttor,
' a vessel,'  and yQa(PV>  ' a description.'
The anatomy of the vessels.
  (G) Ge f as sb eschr eibung.
  Angeiohydrog'raphy (Anat.)  An-^
giohydrog'raphy,   Angeiondrog'raphy,
Angeiohydrogra'phia, from  ayyuov, ' a
vessel,' vdwq,  ' water,'  and yqaipw, ' 1
describe.'  A treatise on the lymphat-
ics.
  Angeiohydrot'omy (Anat.)   Angio-
hydrot'omy, Angeiondrot'omy,  Angeio-
hydrot'omy, from ayyctov,  ' a  vessel,'
i'do>q, ' water,'  and xtuvav, '  to cut.'
Dissection of the lymphatics.
  Angeioi.'ogy  (Anal. )   Angiol'ogy,
Angeiolo'gia, from  ayyeiov, 'a vessel,'
and  Xoyog, ' a discourse.'  A  descrip-
tion  of the vessels.  The  anatomy of
the  vessels.  It includes Arteriol'ogy,
Phlebol'ogy, and  Angciohydrol'ogy.
  Angeiot'omy  (Anat.)  Angiot'omy,
Angeioto'mia, from  ayyuov, ' a vessel,'
and xtpvav,' to cut.'  Dissection of the
vessels.
  Angel'ica (Mat. Med.)  So called
from its supposed angelic virtues.  An-
gel'ica Archangel'ica.  Native  of Lap-
land.  Garden  Angelica.   The roots,
stalk, leaves,  and  seed are aromatic
and carminative. A sweetmeat is made
of the root, which is agreeable.
  (F) Angelique, Racine de Saint Es-
prit.
  (G) Angelike,  Engelwurz,
Angelikwurz, Brustwurz, Erz-
angelwurzel,  Heiligengeist-
w ur ze 1.
  ANGEL'ICA SYLVES'TRIS,  A. sati'-
va, Wild Angel'ica.   It possesses similar
properties to the last, but in an inferior
degree.  The seeds, powdered and put
into  the hair, are used to destroy lice.
      (F) Angelique sauvage.
      (G)  Waldangelik.
 Angeli'n.e Cor'tex (Mat Med.) The
bark of a Grenada tree, which has been
recommended  as an anthelmintic and
cathartic.
  Angiec'tasis  (Path.)  from  ayyetov,
' a vessel,' and exxaatg, '  dilatation.'
Any dilatation of vessels. Gr^fe and
Alibert.
  Writer.   Ch.  F.  Grjefe, Leips.
1808 (G).
  Angi'na  (Path.)  Fe'bris  Angiito'sa,
from an'gere,  ' to  suffocate.   Quinsey
or  Sore  Throat.  Inflammation of the
mucous  membrane  of  the supra-dia-
phragmatic portion  of the  alimentary 
             ANGINA

canal, as  well  as of the air  passages.
The Latin writers  applied the term to
every disease in which deglutition or
respiration,  separately or united, was
affected, provided that such affection
was above  the stomach  and  lungs.
Boerhaave speaks of the  angina of
the moribund, which  is nothing more
than the dysphagia or difficult deglu-
tition preceding death.  See Cynanche.
  The ANGI'NA CEDEMATO'SA is  an
cedematous swelling of the glottis; the
effect of chronic cynanche laryngea.
  (F) Angine adtmatcuse,  (Edlme  dc
la Glotte.
  The ANGfNA SICCA is  a chronic
inflammation of the pharynx,  with a
distressing sense of dryness and heat,
in chronic diseases of  the stomach and
lungs.
        (F) Angine siche.
  The ANGfNA SQ,UIRRO'SA consists
in difficulty of deglutition, caused  by
scirrhous disorganization of the pharynx
or oesophagus.
      (K) Angine squirrheuse.
   ANGfNA PECTORIS,  Sternal'gia,
Asth'ma  spas'tico-artkr it'icum  incon'-
stans,   Stenocar'dia,   Diaphragmat'ic
gout, Asth'ma convulsi'vuw, Asth'ma ar-
thrit'icum, A. dolorificum,  Syn'copi an-
gino'sa.  A disease, the precise  pathol-
ogy of which is not well known.  The
principal symptoms are : — violent pain
about the  sternum,  extending towards
the arms; anxiety, dyspnoea, and sense
of suffocation.  It is  an  affection  of
great danger, being usually dependant
upon ossification, or other morbid affec-
tion of the heart.   The most  powerful
antispasmodics are required during the
paroxysm.
  (F) Angine de Poitrine.  (G) B r u s t-
braune.
  Writers.  Ch. F. Elsner,  Konigsb.
1778 (L).   W.  Butter, Lond. 1796.
Hesse,  Hal.  1800 (L).  C. H. Parry,
Lond. 1  i)l).  Sch/effer, Gotting. 1787
(L).   Schmidt, Gotting. 1793-4 (L).
Ackermann, Kilon. 1803(L).  Brera,
Verona, 1810 (L).  Desportes, Paris,
1811(F).   Millot,  Paris, 1812  (F).
J. Blackall. Lond. 1813.   L. Jurine,
Paris, 1* 15(F).
  ANGfNA  PELLICULA'RIS (Path.)
Diphthcri'tis. A name recently given to
those inflammations about the  throat,
in which exudation or false membranes
are thrown out, during the phlogosis of
the internal surfaces of the air  passages,
pharynx, &c.
  Writer.   P. Bretonneau,  Paris,
1826(F).                            I
46             ANGLE

    Angino'sa  (Path.)  That  which  is
  accompanied with angina;  as the Scar-
  lati'na angino'sa.
          (F)  Angineux.
    Angio'sis (Nosol.) from ayyuov, ' a
  vessel.'  Under this term, Ai.ibert in-
  cludes every disease of the blood-ves-
  sels.
    An'gle (Anat.) An'gulus, from ayxv-
  Xog,' a hook,'  The space between two
  lines which meet in a point.
          (G) Winkel.
    The FA'CIAL  AN'GLE,  pointed out
  by Camper, is formed by the union  of
  two lines, one of which is drawn from
  the most prominent part of the fore-
  head to the alveolar edge  of the  upper
 jaw, opposite the incisor teeth,  and the
  other from the  meatus auditorius ex-
  ternus to the  same point of the jaw.
  According to the size of this angle it
  has been attempted to appreciate the
  respective proportions of the cranium
  and face, and, to a  certain extent, the
  degree of intelligence of individuals and
 of animals.   In  the white varieties  of
 the species, this angle is generally 80° ;
 in the negro  not more than 70°, and
 sometimes  only 65°.  As  we  descend
 in the  scale of animals, the angle be-
 comes less and less; until, in  fishes,
 it nearly or entirely disappears.  Ani-
 mals, which  have the snout long and
 facial angle small, are proverbially fool-
  ish ; at least they are so esteemed, such
  as the  snipe, crane, stork, &c, whilst
 intelligence  is  ascribed  to  those  in
  which the angle is more largely devel-
 oped, as  the elephant and tMe owl-  Li
 these last animals,  however, the  large
 facial angle is caused by the size of the
 frontal sinuses : — so that this mode  of
 appreciating  the size of  the  brain  is
 very inexact, and cannot be depended
 upon.
   The following is a table of the angle
 in man and certain animals.
Facial  Angles.
Man	from 65° to 85°
Sapajou	65
Orang-Utang -	56 to 58
Guenon	57
Mandrill -	30 to 42
Coati -	28
Pole-cat -	- 31
Pug-dog	35
Mastiff -	- 41
Hare -	30
Ram	- 30
Horse -	23
 
ANGOLAM             47        ANIMALCULIST
  The OPTIC ANGLE, (F) Angle op-
tique, is the angle formed by two lines,
which shave the extremities of an ob-
ject, and meet at the centre of the pupil.
  Angolam (Mat. Med.)  A very tall
Malabar  tree, which possesses vermi-
fuge properties.
  An'gone (Path.) Prafoca'tio Fau'ci-
um, Glo'bus hystericus, Orthopna'a hys-
terica, Dyspha'gia globo'sa,  D. hyster-
ica, JVervous  Quinsey.  A feeling  of
strangulation, with dread of suffocation.
It is  common  in hysterical  females,
and is accompanied with a sensation as
if a ball arose from the abdomen to the
throat.
  An'gor (Path.) An'guish.  Extreme
anxiety, accompanied with painful con-
striction at the epigastrium, and  often
with  palpitation and oppression.  It is
frequently an unfavorable symptom.
          (F) Angoisse.
  An'gular  (Anat.)  Angula'ris,  from
an'gulus,  ' an angle.'  That which re-
lates to an angle.
  (F) Angulaire.  (G) Eckig, Win-
kelig.
  The ANGULAR  PROCESSES of the
frontal bone are seated near the angles
of the eyes.  See Orbitar.
  ANGULAR  ARTERY AND VEIN.
A name given, 1. to the termination of
the facial artery and vein because they
pass by the  greater  angle of the eye;
and,  2. to the  facial artery  and vein
themselves, because  they  pass under
the angle of the jaw.  See Facial.
  The ANGULAR NERVE is a filament
furnished by the inferior  maxillary,
which passes near the greater angle of
the eye.
  Angus'tia (Path.) Angusta'tio, oTtvo-
Xwqia.  Anxiety or contriction.
  Anhela'tio (Path.) from anhe'lo, ' I
pant.' Anhel'itus, Panting.  Short and
rapid breathing.   See Dyspnea.
  (F) Essovflement.   (G)  Keichen.
  Anhela'tio is sometimes employed sy-
nonymously with Asthma.
  Anice'ton (Pharm.) avixtfrov, Mesia'-
mum, from a privative, and nxrj,' vic-
tory,' ' invincible.'    A plaster much
extolled  by  the ancients  in  cases of
achores.  It  was  formed of  litharge,
cerusse, thus, alum, turpentine, white
pepper, and oil.
  Anidro'sis (Path.) aviSqwotg, from a
priv.  and Idowg,' sweat.'  Sudo'ris nul'-
litas  vel priva'tio.   Absence of sweat.
Deficiency of perspiration.   Hippocr.
  An'ima (Physiol.) An'imus, Mens,
xf/v/ni tne  mma>  breath, &c,  from
avifiog,' wind or breath.' The principle
of the intellectual and  moral manifes-
tations.   Also,  the  principle of life:
the life of plants being termed An'ima
vegetati'va, (F)  Ame vegetative;  that of
man, An'ima  sensiti'va, (F) Ame sensi-
tive.
  Under  the term An'ima Mun'di,  the
ancient philosophers meant a universal
Spirit, which they supposed spread in
every part of the universe.
  The precise seat of the mind  in  the
brain has given rise to many specula-
tions.  The point is not yet settled.
     (F) Ame.   (G) Seele.
  An'imal (Physiol.) lwov, from an'i-
ma, ' the  mind.' A name given to every
animated being provided with digestive
organs ; even if such be merely a sim-
ple tube, as in the polypi.   The greater
part of animals  have the power of loco-
motion ; some can merely execute par-
tial movements, such  as contraction
and dilatation.  In other respects it is
often a matter of difficulty to determine
what is an animal characteristic. The
study of animals is called  Zoology.
          (G)  Thier.
  AN'IMAL (adjective), Anima'lis, ttui-
ko?.  That which concerns, or belongs
to, an animal.
  The  ANIMAL KINGDOM  comprises
all animated beings.
  (F) Regne  animal.   (G)  Thier-
r e i c h.
  ANIMAL HEAT,   Ca'lor  anima'lis,
Cal'idum animu'le, C. inna'tum, is  the
caloric constantly secreted by the body
of a living  animal, and  by virtue of
which  it. preserves nearly  the  same
temperature, whatever  may be that of
the medium in which it is placed. This
secretion seems to  take place in  the
capillary system over the whole of the
body.
  (F) Chaleur animale.  (G) -T h i e r i-
sche  War me.
  Writers.  A. von Haller, Gotting.
1741 (L).  Danze, Lugd. Bat. 1754 (L).
Fabre, Paris,  1785 (F).   E. Rigby,
Lond. 178.5.  Crawford, Lond. 1788.
P. D. Leslie, Lond. 1778.   E. Peart,
Gainsborough,  1788.   A. Wrisberg,
Gotting. 1763 (L).  Lakemann, Got-
ting. 1801 (L).  A. Boin, Paris, 1802(F)
J. B. Van Mons, Paris, 1808 (F).
  Ammal'cule (Zool.)  Animal'cvlum,
iiavtpiov,  a diminutive of animal.  A
small animal.  An animal perceptible
only by means  of the microscope.
       (G) Thierchen.
  Animal'culist (Phys. &c.) An'imalr
ist.  One who  attempts to explain  dif-
ferent  physiological  or  pathological 
ANIMALITY           48          ANKYLOTOMUS
 Eihenomena  by  means  of animalcu-
 es.
   Animal'ity  (Physiol.)   Animal'itas.
 Qualities which distinguish that which
 is animated.  That  which constitutes
 the animal.
   (G) Thierheit, Thierwesen.
   Animaliza'tion (Physiol.) Animali-
 sa'tio.  The  transformation of the nu-
 tritive  parts of  food  into the  living
 substance  of the body to  be  nourish-
 ed.
   Anima'tion  (Physiol. )   Anima'tio,
 from  anima,' the soul  or mind.'  The
 act of animating.  The state of being
 enlivened.
         (G) Belebung.
  To An'imate (Physiol.) Anima're, yjv-
 %otiv.  To unite the  living  principle
 with an organized body.  The French
 use it in the  sense  of, — to excite or
 render  active; as,  animer un  vesica-
 toire: to excite a blister to suppurate.
   An'ime  (Mat. Med.)  Gum an'ime,
 Amina'a, Can'camy,  Gum'mi  an'ime,
 Can'camum.  A resin obtained from the
 trunk of the Hymena'a cour'baril.  It
 has been given as a cephalic and uterine.
 It is not used.  The plant is also called
 Cour'baril.
   (G) Courbarilharz, Fluss-
 harz,  Animegummi.
  ANIME (F) (Physiol.) An epithet ap-
 plied  to  the countenance, when florid,
 in health or disease.
   An'imist (Med.)  from an'ima, ' the
 soul.'   The Animists  are  those who,
 following the example  of Stahl, refer
 all the phenomena of the animal econ-
 omy to the soul.
  The soul, according to Stahl, is the
 immediate  and  intelligent agent  of
every movement, and  of every mate-
rial change in the body.  Stahl there-
fore concluded, that disease was nothing
more  than a disturbance or  disorder  in
the government of the economy, or an
effort  by which  the  soul, attentive  to
every morbific  cause,  endeavoured  to
expel  whatever might be deranging the
habitual order of health.
  Anisa'tum  (Pharm.) from  Anisum,
Anise.   A sort of medicated wine, for-
merly prepared  with honey, wine  of
Ascalon, and aniseed.
  Anisos'thenes (Path.)  aviooa9tvrtg,
Inaqua'li rob'ore pol'lens.   That which
is  unequal in strength:  from  a priv.
 taog,  ' equal,' and a9tvog,  ' strength.'
 An epithet applied particularly to the
muscular contractility, which,  in the
sick, is sometimes augmented in certain
muscles  only: in the flexors,  for ex-
ample.
   Anisot'achys (Path.)   ariaoxa/vg,
 from a priv.  toog, ' equal,'  and xayvg,
 ' quick.'  An  epithet for the pulse when
 at  the  same  time  quick and unequal.
 Gorr.eus.
   Ankyloblepharon  (Path.)  Ancy-
 lobleph'aron, ayxuZofiZttpuqor,  from ay-
 xvi.i], ' contraction,' and (iXti/aqov, ' eye-
 lid.'  A  preternatural  union between
 the free  edges of the eyelids.   Also
 called  Symbteph'aron,  Symblcpharo'sis,
 and Pros'physis.
   Also, union between  the eyelids and
 globe of the eye.  Aetius.
   Ankyloglos'sum (Path.) Ancyloglos'-
 sum,  ayxvXoyXwoaov,   from  ayxvXoc,
 ' crooked ' or  ' contracted,' and yXwaaa,
 ' the tongue.'   Impeded motion of the
 tongue in consequence  of adhesion be-
 tween its margins and the gums; or in
 consequence of the shortness of the frffi-
 num :  the latter affection constituting
 the  Tongue-tie, Olopho'nia lin'gua fra-
 na'ta.  It merely requires the fraenum to
 be  divided with a pair of scissors.
  Ankylome'le  (Surg.)  Ancylome'le,
 ayxvXopi]Xin from  uyxvXog,  ' crooked,'
 and tnjZrj, ' a probe.'  A curved  probe.
 Galen.
  Ankylomeris'mus (Path.) Ancylome-
 ris'mus, from ayxvXij, ' a contraction,'
 and fiiqog,  ' a part.  Morbid  adhesion
 between parts.
  Ankylo'sis  (Path.)   Ancylo'sis, An-
 chylo'sis,  Orthoco'lon, An'cyle,  ayxvXij,
 ayxtjXuiotg, Stiff Joint,  from  ayxi/.og,
 ' crooked.' An affection, in which there
 is great difficulty or even impossibility
 of moving a diarthrodial articulation.
 It is so called, because the  limb re-
 mains, commonly, in  a  constant state
 of flexion.  Anchylosis is  said to be
 complete or true, when there is an inti-
 mate  adhesion between the  synovial
 surfaces and union of the articular ex-
 tremities of the bones.  In  the incom-
plete or false  anchylosis, there is ob-
 scure motion,  but  the  fibrous  parts
 around  the  joint are more or  less stiff
 and  thickened.  In  the treatment of
 this last state,  the joint must be gently
 and  gradually exercised ; and oily, re-
 laxing  applications be assiduously em-
 ployed.
  (G)  Gelenkverwachsung,
 Gelenksteifigkeit.
  Writers.   G. H.  Muller,  Lugd.
 Bat. 1707 (L).   A. E. Buchner, Erford.
 1743 (L).   F. Van de Wynpersse,
 Lugd, Bat. 1783 (L.) J. Rhea  Barton
 (treatment by forming artificial joints),
 Phil. 1827.                        "
  Ankylot'omos (Surg.) Ancylot'omus, 
ANNOTATIO           49           ANOMALOUS
tuyxvXoxouog,  from ayxvXog,  ' crooked,'
and  Tfutfii,  ' to cut.'   Any kind of
curved knife. Paulus.  An instrument
for dividing the fraenum linguae. Scul-
tetus.
  Annota'tio   (Path.)   tniavjiaoia,
Episema'sia.  Under this term  some
have included the preludes to an attack
of  intermittent  fever — as  yawning,
stretching, somnolency, chilliness, &c.
  An'nual  Dise'ases (Path.) Mor'bi
an'nui,  M.  anniversa'rii.   A  name
given, by some, to diseases which recur,
every  year,  about  the  same period.
Fe'bris an'nua  is  a term  used for  a
fancied intermittent of  this type.  (F)
Fi&vre annuelle.
       (F)  Maladies annuelles.
   Annuit''io (Physiol.)  Nod'ding.  A
gesture denoting assent  in most  coun-
tries.  Also, the state of somnolency)
(when the individual is in the  erect or
sitting posture, with the head unsup-
ported,) in which the power of volition
over the extensor muscles of the head
is lost, and the head drops forward.
   An'nular (Anat.) Annula'ris, xqtxoti-
 diic.  Any thing relating to a ring, or
 which has  the shape  or   fulfils the
 functions of a  ring ; from annulus,' a
 ring.'
   The ANNULAR FINGER, or   Ring
 Finger, Dig'Htus  annula'ris, Param'-
 esos,  71 anufitooe, is the fourth finger;
 so called from  the wedding-ring being
 worn there.
    The  AN'NULAR LIG'AMENT OF
 THE RA'DIUS, is a very strong fibro-
 cartilaginous band,  which  forms, with
 the less-r sigmoid  cavity of the cubitus,
 a kind of ring in which the head of the
 radius turns with facility.
   The  AN'NULAR  LIG'AMENTS OF
 THE CARPUS, Armil'la ma'nus mem-
 brano'sie, are  two  in  number.   The
 one, anterior, is a  broad, fibrous, quad-
 rilateral band,  extending transversely
 before  the  carpus, and forming the
 gutter, made  by  the  wrist, into  a
 canal.  It  is  attached, externally,  to
 the trapezium and scaphoides ; and in-
 ternally to the os pisiforme and process
 of the  unciforme.  It  keeps the ten-
 dons of  the  flexor muscles, median
 nerve, &c, applied against the carpus.
 The posterior ligament is situated trans-
  versely behind the joint of the hand,
 and covers the sheaths of the tendons,
  which  pass to the back of the hand.
  Its fibres  are  white and shining, and
  are attached, externally, to the inferior
 and outer part of  the radius; internal-
 ly, to the ulna and os pisiforme.
  The AN'NULAR  LIG'AMENTS  OF
THE  TAR'SUS  are  two  in number.
The  anterior is  quadrilateral, and ex-
tends transversely above the  instep.
It is attached to the superior depression
of the os calcis, and to the malleolus
internus.  It embraces the tendons of
the extensor muscles of the toes, the
tibialis anticus,  and peroneus anticus.
The  internal is  broader than the last.
It descends from the malleolus internus
to the posterior and  inner part of the
os calcis, with which it forms a kind of
canal, inclosing  the sheaths of the ten-
dons  of the  tibialis posticus, flexor
longus digitorum pedis, and F. longus
pollicis pedis, as  well  as the  plantar
vessels and nerves.
   The ANNULAR VEIN, Ve'na annu-
la'ris, is situated between the annular
finger and  the  little finger.  Aetius
recommends it to be opened in diseases
of the spleen.
   Ano'dia  (Path.)  from a priv. and
o)Si;,' song.'  An unconnected or disso-
nant mode of speech.
   An'odyne (Mat. Med.) Anod'ynus,
 Paregor'icus,  Hypnot'icus,  naqtjyoqt-
 xog,  Anet'icus,  avenxog,  Antal'gicus,
 aiWui os, from a priv. and oSvvij,'  pain.'
 Anodynes  are those  medicines, which
 relieve pain, or cause  it to cease;  as
 opium,  belladonna, &c.  They act by
 blunting the sensibility of the brain, so
 that it  does  not appreciate the morbid
 sensation.
   (F) Anodin or Anodyn.
   (G)  Sc  h m erz - sti 11ende
 Mittel.
   Writers.  Fr. Ch. Juncker, Hal.
 1760 (L).  G. E.Hamberger.1747(L).
 M.  G. Pfann, Erlang. 1749 (L).
   Anody'nia (Path!) uviodvna,  Indo-
 len'lia. > Cessation or absence of pain.
 Vogel  has given this name to a genus
 of diseases, characterized by a cessation
 of pain, and the exasperation of other
 symptoms ;  as  we see in gangrene.
   Anoea (Path.)  avoia, from a priv-
 ative, and voos,' mind.'   Delirium, im-
 becility.
   Anoma'lia  (Path.)  artiyiaXia,  from
  a priv. and oiia?.og, ' regular.'  Anom-
  aly, irregularity.  In Pathology, anom-
  aly  means  something unusual  in the
  symptoms proper to a disease.
   (G)  Unregelmassigkeit.
   Anom'alous, Ano'malis, avatpaXog;
  the  same etymon.  Irregular,  contrary
  to   rule.   In  Medicine, a disease is
  called anomalous, in whose symptoms
  or progress there is something unusual.
  Affections are also  called anomalous, 
ANOMOCEPHALUS       50          ANTEREISIS
Which cannot be referred to any known I
species.
 (F)Anomal. (G) Unregelm'assig.
  Anomoceph'alus (Path.) from a priv.
vofiog,' rule,' and xetpaXtj, l head.'  An
individual, whose  head is  deformed.
Geoffroi Saint-Hilaire.
  Anom'phalos (Path.) avoutpaXog,from
a priv. and ouipaXog,  ' the navel.'  De-
void of  navel.   Many writers have
endeavoured to  show that Adam and
Eve must have been  avouipaXoi, as they
could not have been nourished by um-
bilical vessels.
  Anon'ymous (Anat.) Anon'ymus, in-
nomina'tus ; from  a  priv. and  ovopa,
' name.'  That which has no name.
  (F) Anonyme.  (G) Unbenannt,
Name nlos.
  The word has been applied to many
parts of the body : — to the Anonymous
bone or Os innominatum : — the Anon-
ymous foramen  or Foramen  innomi-
natum, &c.
  Anor'chides (Path.)  amo/iSig, from
a priv. and  oq/ig,  ' a testicle.'  Those
born  without  testicles.  Fortunatus
Fidelis.
  Anorex'ia (Path.)  avoqt'ita,  from a
priv. and oqtZig, ' appetite.'  Inappe-
ten'tia, Limo'sis ex'pers.  Absence of
appetite, without  loathing.  Anorexia
or want of appetite is symptomatic of
most diseases.  Indigestion.
         (F) Perte d'appetit.
  Writers.  J. M. Hoffman, Alt.
1685 (L). G. MoEBius,Jenae,1645(L.)
J. Vesti, Erford. 1691 (L).
  Ano'sia (Has,.)  avoota,  from a priv.
and roaog,  ' disease.'  Health.  Free-
dom from disease.
  Anos'mia (Path.)  from a privative,
and oouij,' odor.'  Loss of smell.  Di-
minution of the sense of smell.  Call-
 ed, also, Paros'mis,  Olfac'tus  amis'sio,
 Dysasthe'sia olfacto'ria, Odora'tus  de-
per'ditus, Caco'dia.
   (G) Geruchlosigkeit.
   ANSE (F), Ansa(h), signifies, prop-
 erly,  the  handle of certain vessels,
 usually of an arched form.  By analogy
 it  has been applied to that  which is
 curved  in  the  form of such handle.
 Thus, the French speak of— Anse  in-
 testinale, to signify  a portion of intes-
 tine,  supported by  its  mesentery, and
 describing a curved  line : — also, Anse
 nerveuse, Anse anastomotique, &c.
    Anse  de  fil is used, in Surgery, to
  designate a thread,  curved  in form of
  an Anse.
    Antac"ids  or  Anti-Ac"ids (Mat.
  Med.)  Anti-ac"ida. Remedies, which
obviate acidity in the stomach.  They
are  chemical  agents,  and  act by
neutralizing  the acid; — as alkalies,
magnesia, &c.  They are,  of course,
only palliatives, removing that which
exists, not preventing its  formation.
  Antag'onism  (Phys.) Antagonis'-
mus, from am,' against,  and aywntfi*,
' to act.'  Action in an opposite  direc-
tion.  It applies to the action of mus-
cles which  act in a  contrary direction
to others.  In estimating the  force of
the muscle, this antagonism must be
attended to.
      (G)  Gegenwirkung.
  Writer.   CStinger,  Tubing. 1767
(L).
  Antagonist (Phys.)  Antagoms'ta,
avxayiaviaxrfi.  A muscle, whose action
produces an  effect contrary  to that of
another muscle.  Every muscle has its
antagonist, because there is  no motion
in one direction without a capability of
it in another.
      (G)  Gegenmuskel.
  Antaphrodis'iac  and Antaphrod-
it'ic  (Mat. Med.)  Antaphrodisi'acus,
uvxaipqodiniaxog, from  avxi,  ' against,'
and atpqoStcnaxog, ' aphrodisiac'   Sub-
stancesN capable  of blunting  the  vene-
real appetite.
  Antapod'osis (Path.)  avxanoSoaig,
from  aiTa.To<Mo>,i«»,  ' I return  in ex-
change.' The succession and return of
febrile periods.  Hippocr.
  Antatroph'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Anta-
troph'icus, Antiatroph'icus.   A remedy
opposed to atrophy or consumption.
  Anteceden'tia (Path.) The precur-
sory or warning symptoms of a disease.
  Antela'bia  (Anat.) noo/aXa, from
ante, 'before,' and  labia,  'the  lips.'
The extremity of the lips.
  Antem'basis (Anat.) uvxmfiaaig,from
ai-Ti,' mutually,' and tiifiaivw,' I enter.'
Mu'tuus ingres'sus.  The  mutual re-
ception of bones.  Galen.
  Anteneas'mus (Path.)   from  ai-ii,
' against,' and  veav, ' audacious.'  One
furious   against  himself.   Mania,  in
which  the  patient  attempts  his own
life.  Zacchias.
   Antenna'ria Dioi'ca (Mat.  Med.)
 Catsfoot, Gnapha'lium Dioi'cum, His-
pid'ula,  Pes  ca'ti, Elich'rysum  mon-
 ta'num. A  common European plant,
 which has been advised in hemorrhage,
 diarrhoea, &c.
   (F) Pied de chat.  (G) F riihl ings-
 ruhrskraut,  Katzenfbtchen-
 rheinblume.
   Anterei'sis (Phys.) avrtqumg, from
| arri, 'against,' and cqetdw, ' I support.' 
ANTERIOR            51         ANTHRACOSIS
 The resistance, — the solidity of bones.
 Hippocr.
   Ante'rior (Anat.) Ante'.rior, Anti'-
 cus.  Situated before.  Great confusion
 has  prevailed with Anatomists in the
 use  of the  terms before, behind,  &c.
 Generally, the word anterior is applied
 to parts situated before the median line,
 the body being in the erect posture,
 with the face  and palms of the hands
 turned forwards; and  the feet applied
 longitudinally together.
   Ante'rior  Au'ris  Muscle   (Anat.)
 Auricula'ris ante'rior, (F) Auriculaire
 anterieur, Anterieur de Voreille, Zygo-
 mato-oriculaire.  A small muscle, pass-
 ing from the posterior part  of the zy-
 goma to  the helix.   Use. To draw the
 ear forwards and upwards.
  Antever'sion  (Path.)  Ant ever'sio,
 from  ante, ' before,' and  ver'tere, ' to
 turn.'  Displacement of the uterus, in
 which the fundus is turned towards the
 pubis, whilst its orifice  is towards  the
 sacrum.  It may be caused by extraor-
 dinary size of  the pelvis, the pressure
 of the viscera  on the uterus, &c.;  and
 is recognised by examination per vagi-
 nam.   See Retroversio uteri.
  Anthelit'ragus  (Anat.)   (F) An-
 thelitragien, one of the proper muscles
 of the pavilion of the ear.
  An'thelix  or  Anti-helix  (Anat.)
 av&tZii, from  avxi, 'before,'  and sXii,
 c the helix.'  An eminence on the car-
 tilage of the ear,  in front of the helix,
 and extending from the concha to  the
 groove of the helix, where it bifurcates.
  Anthelmintic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
 helmin'ticus, Antiscol'icus, Antivermi-
no'sus, Vermifugus, Ver'mifuge, from
avxi, ' against,' and  iXuivg,  ' a worm.'
A  remedy which  destroys  or expels
 worms.   See Worms.
      (G) Wurmmittel.
  Writers. Fr. Hoffmann, Hal. 1698
 (L).  J. Burserius (quicksilver), Flo-
 rent. 1753(L).  C. Linnaeus  (xpigelia),
 Upsal. 1758(L). R. A. Vogel, Gotting.
 1764 (L).  P.  I. Hartmann  (acids),
 Francf. ad  Viadr. 1779 (L).  Fr. May,
 (tin), Heidelb. 1789 (L).
  An'themis  Cot'ula (Mat.  Med.)
 Cot'ula  fat'ida,  Co'ta, Cynan'themis,
 Chamame'lum  fat'idum,  Mayweed,
 Stinking Chamomile.  This  plant  has
a  very  disagreeable  smell; and  the
leaves have a strong,  acrid, bitterish-
taste.  It is reputed to have been use-
ful in hysterical affections.
  (F) Maroute, Camomille fitide.
  (G) Stinkende Kamille, Hunds
K a m i 11 e.
   AN'THEMIS  NO'BILIS, Chamame'-
 lum,  Chamame'lum No'bile,  Chamo-
 mil'la Roma'na, Euan'themon, An'the-
 mis, Chamame'lum odora'tum, Leucan'-
 themum, Matrica'ria, av&iuta, uv&tuig.
 The leaves and flowers have  a strong
 smell, and bitter, nauseous taste.  The
 flowers are chiefly used.  They possess
 tonic and stomachic properties, and are
 much  given as a pleasant  and cheap
 bitter.    A  simple  infusion  is taken
 to produce or to assist vomiting.  Ex-
 ternally, they are often used  in fomen-
 tations.
   The   O'LEUM ANTHEM1 IDIS  pos-
 sesses  the aromatic  properties of the
 plant,  but not the bitter  and tonic.
 Consequently the ' Chamomile Drops,'
 as sold by the druggist, must be void of
 the latter qualities.  They are made by
 adding  01. anthem. §j to  Sp.  vini
 rectif. ftj.
   (F) Camomille Romaine.
   (G)  Rbmische  Kamille.
   Writers.  J. D.Scheffer, Argent.
 1700 (L). J. H. Schulze, Hal. 1739(L).
 E. G. Baldinger, Gotting. 1775 (L).
  AN'THEMIS PYRE'THRUM, Pyre1-
 thrum, Pyre'thrum ve'rum,  BuphihaV-
 mum cret'icum, Denta'ria, Herba  sali-
 va'ris, Pes Alexandn'nus, Spanish Cha-
 momile, Pellitory of Spain.  The root is
 hot and acrid ; its acrimony residing in
 a resinous principle.  It is never used
 except as a masticatory in tooth-ache,
 rheumatism of the  face, paralysis of
 the tongue, &c.  It acts as a powerful
 sialagogue.
  (F)  Pyrethre, Racine salivaire, Pied
 d'Alexandre.-
  (G) Bertram, Spei chel wurz,
 Zahnwurz, Speichelkraut.
  Anthe'ra (Pharm.) avdrjou.  A rem-
 edy compounded of several substances,
 myrrh, sandarac, alum, saffron,  &c.
 It was used under the form of liniment,
collyrium, electuary, and powder. Cel-
 sus, Galen.
  Anthra'cia (Nosol.) from  avdqa%,
' coal.'  Carbun'cular Exan'them.  An
eruption of tumors, imperfectly suppu-
rating, with indurated edges, and, for
the most part,  a sordid and  sanious
core.  A  genus in the order  Exanthe-
matica; class Hamatica of Good,  and
 including Plague and Yaws.
  An'thracoid (Path.) Anthraco'des,
 from avdqug,' coal,'  and ctSog,' resem-
 blance.'  That which is black as a coal.
 That which is accompanied by anthrax.
  Anthraco'sis  (Path.) avdqaxwoig,
 Anthra'cia, avdqaxi-i], from av9qa%,' a
 coal.'   A  species of carbuncle, which 
ANTHRAX            52        ANTI-CACHECTIC
attacks  the  eyelids and  globe  of the
eye.  Paulus of ..Egina.
    (G) Augenbrand.
  An'thrax  [Path.) Jln'trax, arSoa'i,
Carbo, Rubi'nus verus, Codesel'Ia, Ery-
the'ma  gangrenosum,  Grantris'lum,
Pru'na,  Per'sicus Ig'nis, Granatris'-
tum,  Phy'ma   an'thrax,  Erythe'ma
an'thrax,  Carbun'culus,  Anthroco'sia,
Anthroco'ma : Carbuncle. An inflam-
mation, essentially gangrenous, of the
cellular membrane and  skin,  which
may arise from  an internal or external
cause.   In the  latter case it is called
by the  French Pathologists,— Pustule
maligne.
  It is a malignant boil, and  its treat-
ment  is similar to that  which is re-
quired  in cases of gangrene attacking
a part.
  (F)  Charbon.  (G) Karb un kel.
  Writers.  A. Tosi, Venet.  1576(L).
Ch. Perez de Herrera, Pintico.  1(>U4
(L).  G. Frank, Heidelb.  102 (L).
T. Bordenave, Paris, 1765 (L).   J.J.
H. Bucking, Stendal. 1786(G).
  Anthropoge'nia (Physiol.) from uv-
dqmrioc,1 man,' and yeveaig, 'generation.'
Knowledge or study of human genera-
tion .
  Antiiropol'ogy (Med.) Jlnihropoio'-
gia, from u>-3(h->.yoc, ' man,' and Xoyog,'
' a discourse.'  A  treatise on man.   By
some this word is used for the science
of the  structure  and functions of the
human  body.  Frequently,  it  is em-
ployed synonymously with, — Natural
history of man.
   (G;  Menschenlehre, Men-
sc henkunde.
  Writers.  A.  Kyper, Lugd.  Bat.
1660 (L).  H. F. Tkichmeyer, Jenaj,
1719 (L).   C.  G. F. Struve, Jenae,
1754 (L).  Jas.  Drake,  Lond. 1717.
J. Fr.  Blumenbach, Gott.  1776 (L).
J. W.  Baumer, Francf.  1784 (L).  J.
G.  Herder, Riga and Leipz.  17-5-92
(G).  M. Wagner, Vienna,  1794 to
17'JG (G). W. Blair, Lond. 1803.  W.
Josephi,  Hamb.  1790 (G)   Cm.  Fr.
Ludwig, Leipz. 1796(G). J. J.Virey,
Paris, an. x.  See Homo.
  Anthropom'ancy,  Anthropomanti'a,
from avdqvinog,  ' a man,' and uavrua,
' divination.'  Divination by inspecting
the entrails of a dead man.
  ANTiinopo.M'ETRY,  from avUwTrog, ' a
man,' and ptrqor, ' measure.'  An ac-
quaintance with the dimensions of the
different parts of the human body.
  Anthropoph'agus, from avitqumog,
' a man,'  and tpaym, ' I  eat.'  A name
given to one  who eats his own species.
    (G) Menschenfresser.
   Anthropoph'agy, Anthropopha'gia,
same  etymon.  The  custom of eating
human flesh.   A disease in which there
is a desire to eat it.
  Anthypnot'ic (Mat. Med.) Anthyp-
nut'icus,   av&v;rvoxixog, from   avxi,
' against,'  and varionxog, ' stupefying.'
A remedy for stupor.
  Anthvpochon'driac  (Mat.  Med.)
Anthypochondri'acus, from  avxi,  ' a-
gainst,' and ihio/oviiqiaxog, ' hypochon-
driac'  A remedy for hypochondriasis.
  Anthyster'ic  (Mat.  Med.)   Anti-
hyster'ic,  .Intihyster'icus,  from avxi,
' against,' and vanqu, ' the uterus.'  A
remedy for hysteria.
  Antiadon'cus (Path.) from uvxiudtc,
i the  tonsils,  and oyxog, ' tumor.'  A
swelling  of  the  tonsils.  Swediaur.
Jlnti'ager has a similar meaning.
  Anti \poplec'tic  (Mat. Med.) Anti-
apoplec'ticus, from «rri,  ' against,' and
a-iu.tXt.'iia, i apoplexy.'  A remedy for
apoplexy.
  Antiarthrit'ic (Mat. Med.)  Antar-
thrit'ic, Anti-arthrit'icus, avxuq-dqmxog,
Antipoda'gric, from uvti, ' against,' and
aqUqutg,  'the gout.'  A  remedy  for
gout.
  (F) Antigoutteux.     (G)  G i c h t -
m i t t e 1.
  Anti-astiimat'iu (Mat. Med.)  Jlnti-
aslhmat'icus,  avxaadfiaxixog, from avri,
' against,'  and  uaduu,  ' asthma.'   A
remedy for asthma.
  Antibra'chial (Anat.) Antibrachia'-
lis.  That which concerns the fore-arm.
Bichat.   J.Cloo_uet suggests that the
word  should  be written antebrachial,
from ante,' before,' and brachium, ' the
arm ': — as antebrachial region, ante-
brachial aponeurosis, ccc.
  The  ANTEBRACHIAL   APONEU-
ROSIS is  a portion of the aponeurotic
sheath which envelopes the whole of the
upper limb.  It arises from the brachial
aponeurosis, from a fibrous expansion of
the tendon of the biceps muscle, from the
epicoudyle, epitrochlea, and,  behind,
from the tendon of the triceps brachia-
lis.   Within, it is  inserted into  the
cubitus, &c.;  and, below, is confounded
with the two annular ligaments of the
carpus.  It is covered  by  the  skin,
by  veins,  lymphatics,  and by  fila-
ments of superficial nerves; covers  the
muscles of  the fore-arm,  adheres  to
them, and sends between them several
fibrous septa, which  serve  them  for
points of insertion.
  (F) Aponevrosc antebrachial.
  Anti-cachec'tic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
cachec'ticus,  Anti-cacochym'ic,  from 
ANTI-CANCEROUS        53           ANTILOPUS
kvti, ' against,' and xa/etia,' cachexy.'
A remedy against cachexy.
  Anti-can'cerous (Mat. Med.) Anti-
cancero'sus, Anti-cancro'sus,  Anti-car-
cinom'atous, from am, ' against,'  and
xaqxnotfia, ' cancer,'  carcinoma.   Op-
posed to cancer.
  Anti-catar'rhal (Mat. Med.) Anti-
catarrha'lis, from avxi, ' against,'  and
xaxaqqog,  < catarrh.'   A  remedy  for
catarrh.
  Anti-causod'ic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
causot'ic,  Anti-causodicus, from avxi,
' against,'  and xavaog,' a burning fever.'
A remedy for Causus or inflammatory
fever.   Junken  speaks of a  Syru'pus
Anti-causol'icus.
  Anticipating (Path.) Antic'Hpans,
Prolept'icus,  nqoXrptxixog. Periodical
phenomena recurring  at progressively
shorter intervals.  An anticipating in-
termittent is one  in which the intervals
between  the  paroxysms become  pro-
gressively less.
  Anticol'ic (Mat. Med.) Anticol'icus,
from am,' against,' and xiaXixog, ' the
colic'  That which is opposed to colic.
  Anti-diarrhce'ic (Mat. Med.) Anti-
diarrha'icus.   A remedy for diarrhoea.
Opposed to diarrhoea.
  Antidin'ic (Mat. Med.) Antidin'icus,
from avxi,' against,' and divog,' vertigo.'
Opposed to vertigo.
  Antidota'rium (Pharm.)  avxiSoxa-
qiov, from avxidoxog, ' an antidote.'  A
Dispensatory.   A  Pharmacopoeia  or
Formulary.
  An'tidote (Mat. Med.)  Antid'otus,
amSoxog, Baz'cher, Beluz'zar, Belnz'-
aar, from am,  ' against,' and SiSo-ut,
' I give.'   Originally this word  signified
an  internal remedy.  It is now used
synonymously  with  counter - poison,
and signifies any remedy capable of
combatting  the  effect of poisons, by
decomposing them.
  (G) Gegengift, Gegenmittel,
Giftwi drig.
  Antidysenter'ic (Mat. Med.) Anti-
dysenter'icus, from avxi,' against,'  dvg,
1  with difficulty,' and tvxcqov, ' intes-
tine.'  Opposed to dysentery.
       (G) Ruhrmittel.
  Anti-emet'ic  or Antemet'ic (Mat.
Med.) Anti-emet'icus, avxiutxtxog, from
avn,  ' against,' and efttxixog,  ' emetic'
A remedy for vomiting.
  Antiephial'tic  or Antephial'tic
(Mat. Med.) Antiephial'tieus, from avn,
1  against,' and  twiaXxrt?,  ' nightmare.'
A remedy for nightmare.
  Antiepilep'tic  or  Antepilep'tic
              5*
(Mat. Med.) Antiepilep'ticus, avxrraXrpt-
xixog, from avxi,1 against,' and ijiiXi;iptat
' epilepsy.'  A remedy for epilepsy.
  Writers.  F. X.  Millar,  Argent.
1787 (L). P. Samson, Helmst. 1756 (L).
J. G. Werner, Argent. 1787 (L)
  Antigalac'tic  (Mat.  Med.)  Anti-
galac'ticus,  Antilac'teus,   from  avxi,
' against,'  and yaX.a,' milk.'  Opposed
to the secretion of milk, or to  diseases
caused by the milk.
         (F)  Antilaiteux.
   Antig'oni   collyr'ium    ni'grum
(Pharm.)  Black collyrium ofANTIG'-
ONUS.  It was  composed  of cadmia,
antimony, pepper, verdigris, gum ara-
ble, and water.
  Antihec'tic (Mat. Med.) Antihec'ti-
cus,  from  avxi,  ' against,'  and  e^tg,
' habit  of body.'  The Antihec'ticum
POTE'RII is  the white oxyd  of  anti-
mony : also called Diaphoret'icum Jo-
via'le.
 Antihemorrhoi'dal (Mat. Med.) An-
tihamorrholda'lis,  from avn,' against,'
and utpoqqoiStg, ' hemorrhoids.'  A rem-
edy for hemorrhoids.
  Antiherpet'ic (Mat. Med.)  Antiher-
pet'icus, from avxi,' against,' and sqnrig,
' herpes.'  A remedy for herpes.     •
       (F) Anti-dartreux.
  Antihydrophob'ic (Mat. Med.) An-
tihydrophob'icus, Antilys'sus, from am,
' against,'  vSmq,  ' water,'  and tpofiog,
' dread.'   A remedy  for hydrophobia.
  Antihydrop'ic  (Mat. Med.) Antihy-
drop'icus, from  avxi, '  against,' and
vdqonp,' dropsy.'  A remedy for dropsy.
  (G) Wasser suchtmi ttel.
  Anti-icter'ic (Mat. Med.) fromavn,
' against,' and ixxtqog, ' jaundice.'  A
remedy for jaundice.
  Antilep'sis (Surg.) avxiXrjipig, Ap-
prehen'sio, from  avxiXafifiavw, ' I take
hold of.'  The  mode  of attaching  a
bandage over a diseased part, by fixing
it upon the sound parts. Hippocrates.
The mode of securing bandages &c.
from slipping.
  Antilly,  Mineral  Waters of
(Mat. Med.)   A celebrated French me-
dicinal spring, near  Meaux in France.
The waters have  not been analyzed;
but astonishing  and  chimerical effects
have been ascribed to them.
  Antiloi'mic  (Mat. Med.)  Antiloi'-
micus,  Antipestilentia'lis,  from  avri,
' against,'  and Xoiuog,' the plague.'  A
remedy for the plague.
       (G)  Pestmittel.
  Antil'opus (Mat. Med.)  The An'te-
lope.  An African animal, whose hoofs 
ANTIMELANCHOLIC      54
ANTIMONIUM
and horns were formerly given in hys-
teric and epileptic cases.
          (F)  Gazelle.
  Antimelanchol'ic (Mat. Med.) An-
timelanchol'icus, from  avn, ' against,'
and fnXuy/oX.ia,' melancholy.'  A rem-
edy for melancholy.
  Antimo'nial  (Pharm.  &c)  Anti-
monia'lis, Stibia'lis, from antimo'nium,
' antimony.'  A composition into which
antimony enters.   A  preparation  of
antimony.
   (G) Spiessglanzmittel.
  The ANTIMO'NIAL  POWDER, Pul-
vis  antimonia'lis, Ox'idum Antimo'nii
cum phos'phate cal'cis, Phos'phas cal'-
cis  stibia'tus, P. Cal'cicum stibia'tum,
Pul'vis Jame'sii, Pulvis stibia'tus, Pul'-
vis de  phos'phate cal'cis et stib'ii com-
pos'itus,  Factitious  JAMES'S Powder,
Schwanberg's Fever  Powder,  Che-
nevix's Antimonial  Powder.  A perox-
ide  of antimony combined  with  phos-
phate  of lime.  (Take  of common sul-
phuret of antimony,  fljj;  hartshorn
shavings, Jfjij.  Roast  in an  iron pot,
until  they form a gray powder.  Put
this into  a long pot,  with a small hole
in the  cover.   Keep it in a red heat for
two hours, and grind to a fine powder.)
This preparation has long been esteem-
ed as  a  febrifuge :  but it is  extremely
uncertain in  its action. The ordinary
dose is 6 or 8 grains.
  (F)  Poudre  antimoniale  composee,
ou de JAMES.
  Antimo'nium (Mat. Med )  from av-
xi,  'against,' and fiovo;, 'alone': i.e.
not found alone : or, according to oth-
ers,  from avxi, 'against,'  and moine,
' a monk': because  it  is asserted cer-
tain monks  suffered  much from  it.
oxtfifit, Stib'i, Stib'ium, Reg'ulus Anti-
mo'nii, Duenech, Firmis'ium Minera'-
lium,  Gynace'um,   Calmet, Cosmet,
yvratxtiov, Magne'sia  Satur'ni,  Mar-
casi'ta  plum'bea,   Platyophlhal'mon,
nXaxvoip-9a?.fiov, Stil'bus, Stim'mi, Tar'-
bason, Achmadium,  Au'rum lepro'sum,
Mlmad,  Aitmat, Alamad,  Alcafiel, Al-
cimod,  Alcofol,  Common  Antimony,
Sulphuret of Antimony, Antimo'nium
cru'dum, Antimo'nii sulphure'tvm, Sul-
phure'tum stib'ii  ni'grum.  The sul-
phuret of antimony is the ore  from
which all the preparations of antimony
are formed.   When prepared for  medi-
cal use,  by trituration  and levigation,
it forms a powder of a  black, or bluish
gray, color, which is insoluble.   It is
slightly diaphoretic and alterative, and
has been used in chronic rheumatism,
cutaneous diseases,  &c.
  (F)  Antimoine.     (G)  Spiess-
glan z.
  ANTIMO'NIUM  DIAPHORET*ICOM,
Diaphoret'ic Jln'timony, Antimo'nious
Acid, Min'eral Bez'oard, Antimo'nium
Calcina'tum,  Min'eral Diaphoret'ic,
Matiere perlee de KERKRING, Perox-
ide of Antimony, Calx Antimo'nii, An-
timo'nium  diaphoret'icum lo'tum,  Ce-
rus'sa  Antimo'nii,   Calx  Antimo'nii
elo'ta, Oxo'des stib'ii al'bum, Ox'ydum
stibio'sum,  Deutoxide  of  An'timony,
Ox'idum stib'ii al'bum median'te ni'tro
confeclum.  (Common antimony, ffjj ;
purified nitre, ftjiij. Throw it by spoon-
fuls into a red-hot crucible ; powder and
wash.  The  flowers  that stick to the
side of the crucible  must be carefully
separated,  otherwise  they  render  it
emetic.)
  (F) Oxide blanc d Antimoine prepare
par le moyen du nitre.
  Dose, gr. x to xxx.
  ANTIMO'NIUM MEDICINA'LE, Reg'-
ulus Antimo'nii Medkina'lis, Medicinal
Reg'ulus of Jlntimony.  ( Common An-
timony, § v, Kali ppt.  g i, Soda mu-
riat.  § iv.  Powder,  mix,   and melt.
When cold, separate  the scoriae at top,
powder the mass, and wash it well.) It
is conceived to be  more active  than
common antimony.
  ANTIMO'NIUM  MURIA'TUM, Anti-
mo'nii Mu'rias,  Chlor'uret of An'ti-
mony, Chlorure'tum stib'ii, Caus'ticum
antimonia'le, Spu'ma tri'um draco'num,
Deu'to-mu'rias stib'ii sublima'tus, But-
ter of Antimony, Muriate of Antimony,
Chloride of Antimony, Buty'rum An-
timo'nii, O'leum Antimo'nii, Buty'rum
stib'ii,  Caus'ticum antimo'nialc, Anti-
monium sali'tum.  (Common antimony
and corrosive sublimate, of each equal
parts :  grind together, and distil  in  a
wide-necked retort, and let the buty-
raceous matter that  comes  over, run,
in a moist place, to  a liquid oil.)  A
caustic, but  not much used as such.
Sometimes taken as poison.
  (F)  Chlorure  d'Antimoine, Beurre
d'Antimoine.
  ANTIMO'NII SULPHURE'TUM PRJE-
CIPITA'TUM, Sul'phur antimonia'turn,
Hydrosulphure'tum stibio'sum cum sul'-
phure,  Oxo'des  stib'ii sulphura'tum,
Oxyd'ulum antimo'nii hydrosulphura'-
tum auranti'acum, Ox'ydum aura'tum
antimo'nii, Sulphure'tum st:b'ii oxqdu-
la'ti,  Hydro-sulfure'tum lu'teum  ' ox'-
ydi stib'ii sulfura'ti,   Sul'phur anti-
mo'nii pracipita'ium,  Sul'phur aura'-
tum antimo'nii,  Golden  Sulphur  of
Antimony. 
ANTIMONIUM           55     ANTIPATRI THERIACA
  The Antimo'nii Sulphure'tum Praci-
pita'tum of the London Pharmacopoeia,
is nearly the same as the  old Kermes
Mineral.  It is a powder of an orange
color,  and  of  a  metalline,  styptic
taste.  It is  emetic, diaphoretic, and
cathartic, according to the dose, and
has been chiefly used in chronic  rheu-
matism  and  in  cutaneous affections.
Dose, gr. j to gr. iv.
    (F) Soufre dore d'Antimoine.
  ■ ANTIMO'NII SULPHURE'TUM RU1-
BRUM,  Red  Sul'phuret of An'timony,
Hydrosulfure'tum stib'ii ru'brum, Sub-
hydrosul'fas stib'ii, Hydro sulphure'tum
ru'brum stib'ii sulphura'ti, Pul'vis Car-
thusiano'mm, Kermes mineral.   Prop-
erties the same as the last.   Dose, gr.
j to gr. iv.
  (F) Hydrosulfure rouge d'Antimoine
sulfur i, Vermilion de Provence.
   ANTIMO'NIUM  TARTARIZA'TUM,
 Tar'tris  Antimo'nii, Tartar Antimo-
nia'tum, Sal Antimo'nii, Tar'tras Po-
tas'sa stibio'sus seu stibia'lis, Tar'tris
lixiv'ia  stibia'tus,  Deuto-tar'tras po-
tas'sa et stib'ii, Tartarized  Antimony,
Emetic  Tartar,  Tartar Emetic.  In
some parts of the  United  States vul-
garly and improperly called Tartar.
 Tar'tarus emet'icus,  Tar'tarum  emet'-
icum, Tar'tras  antimo'nii.   (Glass of
Antimony, Cream of Tartar, -each JVjj;
water,  one gallon.   Boil,  filter, and
 crystallize.  Ph. L.  1824.)
   Tartarized antimony is emetic,  some-
 times carthartic and diaphoretic.  Ex-
ternally, it is rubefacient.  Dose, as an
 emetic, gr. j to gr. iv, in solution  : — as
a diaphoretic, gr. one-sixteenth  to gr.
one-quarter.
   (F) Tartre  stibie,  Tartre emetique,
Emttique.
   Writers.   W. Balfour  (in fever,
inflammation, &c). Edinb.  1819.
   The  empirical preparation,  called
 NORRIS'S Drops, consists of a solution
 of tartarized antimony in rectified spirit,
 disguised by the addition of some veget-
 able coloring matter.
   ANTIMO'NII  vfTRUM, Glass of An-
 timony, Antimo'nii ox'ydum sulphure'-
 tum vitrifac'tum, Ox'ydum stib'ii semi-
 vit'reum,  Antimo'nium  vitrifac'tum,
 Ox'idum  antimo'nii  cum  sul'phure
 vitrifac'tum, Vi'trum stib'ii, Antimo'nii
 vi'trum   hyacin'thinum,   Oxyd'ulum
 stib'ii vitrea'tum.  (Formed by roasting
 powdered common  antimony in a shal-
 low vessel over a gentle fire, till it is of
 a whitish grey color, and emits no fumes
 in a red heat, then melting it, in a quick
 fire, into a clean, brownish-red  glass.)
It is used  for preparing the tartarized
antimony and antimonial wine.
      (F) Verre d'Antimoine.
  Writers on Antimony.  Basil Val-
entine (G and L).   A. Sala, Lugd.
Bat. 1617 (L).   Ch.  Lancilotti, Mo-
dena, 1683 (I.)  H. Steiner, Basil. 1699
(L).  N. Lemery, Paris, 1707 (F).  A.
Camerarius,  Tubing.  1735 (L).  W.
Saunders, Edinb.  1765 (L)   G. F. C
Fuchs,  Hal. 1786 (G)   J. J. Westra,
Groning. 1792  (L).  J. Huxham, Lond.
1767.
  Antinephrit'ic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
nephret'ic, Antinephret'icus,  from avrt,
' against,' and  vtipqiric, ' nephritis.'  A
remedy  for inflammation or pain of the
kidney.
  Anti'ochi Hi'era (Pharm.) A prepa-
ration extolled  by the ancients in melan-
choly, hydrophobia, epilepsy, &c It was
formed  of germander,  agaric, pulp of
colocynth, Arabian stcechas, opoponax,
sagapenum, parsley, aristolochia, white
pepper,  cinnamon,  lavender, myrrh,
honey, &c
  Anti'ochi Theri'aca (Pharm.) The-
riac employed by  Antiochus against
every kind  of poison.   It  was  com-
posed of thyme, opoponax, millet, tre-
foil, fennel,  aniseed,   nigella sativa,
&c
  Antiodontal'gic (Mat. Med.) Anto-
dantal'gic, Antodontal'gicus, Odontal'-
gic, Odont'ic, AntiodontaVgicus, from
avxi, ' against,' and oSovruXyiu,' tooth-
ache. A remedy for tooth-ache.
  Antiorgas'tic (Mat. Med.) Antior-
gas'ticus, from  avxi,  ' against,'  and
oqyao), ' I desire vehemently.'  A rem-
edy for  orgasm or erethism,  and for
irritation in general.
  Antiparalyt'ic (Mat.  Med.)  Anti-
paralyt'icus, from  avxi, ' against,' and
naqaX.voig,' palsy.'  Opposed to palsy.
    (G) Lahmungs-mittel.
  Antipathi'a  (Med.)   avxina&cta,
from avxi, ' against,' and  nadog,' pas-
sion, affection.'  Aversion.  A natural
repugnance for any person or thing.
  (G) Gegengefiihl,  Naturab-
ne igung.
  Writers. F. Mentz, Lips. 1708 (L).
Rudolph, Basil, 1700 (L).  Schwim-
mer, Jen. 1669 (Li).  Du Voisin, Basil,
1701  (L).   Passement,  Paris,  1811
(F).
  ANTIPATHiqjJE (F)  Antipath'icus.
Belonging to antipathy.  Opposite, con-
trary ;  as  ' Humeurs Antipathiques.'
Humors opposed to each other.
  Antip'atri  Theri'aca  (Pharm.)
Theriac of ANTIPATER.  A farrago of 
ANTIPERISTALTIC       56         ANTISYPHILITIC
more than 40 articles: used as an anti-
dote against the bites of serpents.
  Antiperistaltic  (Path.)  Anliperi-
stal'ticus, Antivermic'ular,  from  ai-ri,
' against,' and niqiaxtX.Xia,  ' I  contract.'
An inverted action  of the  intestinal
tube.
  Antiperis'tasis (Phys.) avxiTitqioxa-
fft?,fromavTi,' against, and neqiaxaaig,
' reunion,  aggregation.'  A  union  of
opposite circumstances: the  action of
two contrary qualities, one  of which
augments the force of the other.
  The Peripateticians .asserted, that it
is by  Antiperistasis that  fire  is hotter
in winter than in summer. Theophras-
tus attributes the cause, which renders
men more vigorous,  and makes them
digest more readily  in winter, to the
augmentation of heat caused  by Anti-
peristasis.
  Antiphar'macon (Mat. Med.)  avxi-
tpaqfiaxov,  from  am,  ' against,'  and
tpaqfiaxov, ' poison.'  A counter poison.
An antidote.  Dioscorides.
  Antiphlogis'tic (Mat. Med.) Anti-
phlogis'ticus, from am, ' against,' and
ipXiym, ' I burn.'   Opposed to inflam-
mation;— as Antiphlogistic  remedies,
A. regimen, &c
  Antiphthis'ical  (Mat. Med.)  An-
tiphthis'icus, from  am, 'against,' and
ip&iotg, ' consumption.'   Opposed  to
phthisis.
  (G) Schevindsuchtsmittel.
  Antipiiys'ical  (Mai.  Med. Phys.)
Antiphys'icus, from am,' against,' and
ipvaeo),' I blow.'   An expeller of wind :
a carminative, (q. v.)
    (G) Blahungsmittel.
  It has also been used for any thing
preternatural; here  the  derivation is
from avxi,'against,' and qvai§,1 nature."
The French sometimes say, ' Un gout
antiphisique.'
  Antiplelrit'ic  (Mat.  Med)  Anti-
pleuret'icus, Antipleuret'ic, from  avxi,
' against,'  and  nX.tvqixig, '  pleurisy.'
Opposed to pleurisy.
  (G) Sei tenste chensmittel.
  Antiprax'is (Path.)  am.xqaiig, from
am,' against,' and nqaaaw,' I act.'  A
contrary state of different parts in the
same  patient: e. g. an increase of heat
in one organ, and diminution in an-
other.
  Antipsor'ic  (Mat. Med.)  Antipso'-
ricus, from  am, 'against,' and xpoioa,
' the itch.'   Opposed to the itch.
       (F) Antigaleux.
       (G) Kratzmittel.
   Antipy'ic  (Mat. Med.) Antipy'ieus,
from am, ' against,' and nvov, l pus.'
Opposed to suppuration.
  Antipyret'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Antipy-
ret'icus, from avxi, , against,' and nvot-
roc,' fever.'   A febrifuge.
  Antipyrot'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Antipy-
rot'icus, from avxi, ' against,' and nvq,
' fire.'  Opposed to burns.
        (G)  Brandmittel.
  Antio.uartana'rium  (Mat. Med.)
Antiquar'ticum.   A medicine formerly
used against quartan fever.
  Antirachitic  (Mat. Med) Anlira-
chit'icus, from am, 'against,'  and ra-
chitis.  Opposed  to rachitis,  or  rick-
ets.
  Antirrhi'num Lina'ria (Mat. Med.)
Lina'ria, Osy'ris,  Urina'r^a,  Common
Toad Flax, uvxiqqivov. The leaves have
a bitterish taste.   They are reputed to
be diuretic and cathartic.   An ointment
made from them has been extolled in
haemorrhoids.
  (F) Linaire.  (G) Leinkraut.
  The   ANTIRRHI'NUM  ELATI'NE,
Elati'ne Fluellen or Female Speedwell,
was formerly used against scurvy and
old ulcerations.
  Antiscorbu'tic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
scorbu'ticus, from  ain,  'against,' and
scorbutus, '  the  scurvy.'  Opposed to
scurvy.
    (G) Scharbockmittel.
  Antiscroph'ulous (Mat. Med.) An-
tistrumo'sus. Opposed to scrophula.
    (G) Skrofelmittel.
  Antisep'tic (Mat. Med.)  Antisep'-
ticus, Antiputrid, from avn,  ' against,'
and a^nxog,' putrid.'  Opposed to pu-
trefaction.
  (G) Faulnisswidrig.
  Writers.  B. C. de Boissieu, Dijon,
1769(F).   J.  F.  Cartheuser, Traj.
ad Viadr. 1774 (L).
  Antispasmodic  (Mat. Med.)  Anti-
spasmod'icus,  from  avxi,  ' against,'
and rr.iaw, ' I contract.'   Opposed to
spasm.
     (G)  Krampfmittel.
  Writers.  Fr. Hoffmann,  Halae,
1704 (L).  J. Ph. Nojkke, Erford, 1769
(L)
  Antisterig'ma (Mat. Med.)  amaxt-
qtyfta,  from avrt, ' against,'  and axij-
qiyua, * a support.' A fulcrum, support,
crutch.  Hippocr.
  Antister'num  (Anat.) avxioxtqvov,
from avn,' against,'  and axsqvov, ' the
sternum.'  The back.  Rufus.
  Antisyphilit'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Anti-
syphilit'icus, Antisiphylit'ic, from am,
' against,'  and syphilis, '  the venereal 
ANTITRAGICUS         57             AORTA
disease.'   Opposed to the venereal dis-
ease.
  Writer.   F. G.  Friese,  Breslau,
1791(G).
  Antitrag'icus   or  Antitra'geus
(Anat.) Belonging  to the  Antitragus.
A small muscle is so  called, the exist-
ence of which is not constant.  It  oc-
cupies the space between the antitragus
and anthelix.
  (F) Muscle de VAntitragus, M. an-
titragien (Ch.)
  Antit'ragus(Anat.) amxqayog,from
avxi,  ' opposite  to,'  and xqayog, '  the
tragus.'  A conical  eminence on  the
pavilion  of the  ear,  opposite the tra-
gus.
       (G)  Gegenbock.
  Antityp'ia  (Path.)  avxixvma, avxi-
xvnoc, from am, ' against,' and rvnxw,
' I strike.'   Resistance.  Hardness.
  Antivene'real  (Mat. Med.) Anti-
vene'reus,  from avxi, '  against,'  and
Venus, ' Venus.'  The same  as Anti-
syphilitic  Formerly it was  used  sy-
nonymously with Antiaphrodisiac
  An'trum  (Anat.) A cavern, uvxqov,
Bar'athrum, tiaoaSqov.  A name given to
certain cavities in bones, the  entrance
to which is  smaller than the bottom.
    (G) Hohle.      (F) Ant re.
  AN'TRUM of High'more (Anat.) An'-
trum  Highmoria'num, An'trum Ge'na,
An'trum maxilla're vel maxil'la supe-
rio'ris.  The M \xillary Sinus, Si'nus
ge'na pituita'rius.  A deep  cavity in
the substance of the superior maxillary
bone  communicating  with the middle
meatus of the nose.   It is lined by a
prolongation of the Schneiderian mem-
brane.
  (F) Autre d'HyzJimore,  Sinus Max-
illaire.   (G)  Highmorshohle.
  Writers.  Jourdain  (Abscess   in
the), Paris, 1760 (F).   P. V. Leinicker,
Wurceb. 1809 (L).  C. A. Weinhold,
Leipz. 1810(G).
  Antyl'ion (Pharm.) avrvXiov, a sort
of astringent  cataplasm, described by
Paulus of JEgina.
  A'nus (Anat.) Po'dex, Cath'edra,  xa-
&tdqrh Cyr'ceon, xvoauqog, Cys'saros, xv-
a&og,  Cys'thos, xvoog, hi)qa, He'dra,  uq-
Xog, Proc'tos, Ar'chos, .iqwxrog, Se'des,
Cu'lus. The circular opening situated
at the inferior extremity of the rectum,
by which  the excrement is  expelled.
The fundament.  The seat.  The body.
         (G) After.
  ANUS also signifies the anterior ori-
fice of the  Aqueduct o/Sylvius.   By
some, this Anus,  called also Fora'men
commu'neposte'rius, has been supposed
to form a communication between the
back part of the third ventricle and the
lateral ventricles.   It is closed up, how-
ever, by the tela  choroidea, and also
by the  fornix, which is intimately con-
nected  to this.   The foramen is situ-
ated between the commissura  mollis
of the   optic thalaini and  the  pineal
gland.
  ANUS, Artificial (Surg.) An opening
made artificially, in case of the rectum
being wanting, to supply the natural
anus.   The  term is  often  used  to in-
clude also the following.
  ANUS, Preternatural (F) Anus con-
tre  nature  or A. anormul.  An  acci-
dental  opening which gives issue to
the whole or to  a part of the faeces.  It
may be  owing to a wound, or, which is
most common,  to  gangrene attacking
the intestine in  a hernial sac.
  This term is  also employed, as well
as Anus devie,  devious  anus, to the
case where the  anus, instead of being
in its  natural  situation, is  in  some
neighbouring cavity, as the bladder,
vagina,  &c
  ANUS, imperforate.  A malformation
in which there is no natural anus. See
Imperforation .
  ANUS, contracted.  A state of the
anus when, from some cause, it is con-
stricted.
        (F)  Anus retreci.
  Anxi'ety (Path.) Anxi'etas,Adamo'-
nia, urb,uuviu,  Ujs/rhtj'ria  anxi'etas,
Alys'mns, ■uXu'Uiuc, A:'y~e,  u't.i ■■*»/, AU-
ysis, aXvnig.  uXvlhg, A'se. uffij.  A state
of restlessness and agitation, with gen-
eral  indisposition,  and a  distressing
sense of oppression at the epigastrium.
Inquietude,  anx.ety,  and anguish, re,-
present  degrees of the same condition.
         (G)  A  n g s t.
  Writers.  A. E.  Buchner,  Halas,
1747 (L). G. E. Hamberger,  Jenae,
1751 (L).   L.  Heister,  llelmstadtr
1755 (L).  J. F. Fasel, Jenae, 1764 (L.>
J. G. Pauli, Lips.  17JJ (L).   G. C.
Schelhammf.r, Jenae, 1694 (L).
  Aochle'sia  (Hyg)  un/Zi^ia, from
a priv. and »/Xog,' disturbance.'  Tran-
quillity.  Calmness.
  Aor'ta (Ana!.) This name was given
by Aristotle to the chief artery of the
body.  It may have been derived from
aoqrto^iai,' I am suspended.' as it seems
to be suspended  from the  heart:  or
from ai,q, ' air,' and xi,qfi<>, ' I  keep,'
because it was supposed to contain air.
It is probable, that Hippocrates meant
by uo^rui, the bronchi and their ramifi-
tions.  The Aorta is the common  trunk 
AORTEURISMA          58           APHERESIS
 of the arteries  of the body.  It arises
 from  the  left ventricle of the heart,
 about opposite  the 5th dorsal vertebra,
 passes  upwards  (ascending Aorta),
 forms the great arch of the Aorta, and
 descends along the  left of  the spine
 (descending Aorta), until it reaches the
 middle of the 4th  or  5th lumbar verte-
 bra, where it  bifurcates, to give origin
 to the common iliacs.  The  Aorta is
 sometimes  divided into the  Thoracic
 or pectoral and the Abdominal. For the
 arteries which arise  from  it,  &c, see
 Artery.
   AvQrt], aqrrqiaptyaXi;, Arte'ria mag'-
 na, A. max'ima, A. crassa.
         (F) Aorte.
   Aorteuris'ma  (Path.)  from  aoqrt;,
 1 the aorta,' and tuqvg, ' dilated.'  An-
 eurism of the Aorta.  SwEDIAUR.
   Aor'tic (Anat.) Aor'ticus.   Relating
 to the Aorta.  The   Aortic  ventricle,
 (F) Ventricle  aortique, is the left  ven-
 tricle.  The Aortic valves are the sig-
 moid valves at the origin of the  Aorta,
 &c
   Aortra,  Aortron  (Anat.) aoqxqa,
 aoqxqov. The lobes of the lungs.  Hipp.
   Apag'ma  (Surg.)  anayfta, Apoclas'-
 ma,  anoxXaafta,  Apokekaulis'menon,
 anoxtxavXia/nevov, from a to, ' from,' and
 «yu>,  ' I remove.'   Separation, abduc-
 tion.   Separation of a fractured bone.
 Galenus, Foesius.
   Apal'lage  (Hyg.)   anaXXayrj, from
 anaXuxxta,  '  I  change.'   Mutation,
 change.   It is  generally taken  in  a
 good sense, and means the change from
 disease to health.  Hippocr.
   Apalot'ica  (Nosol.) from a7ra>toT>;c,
1 softness, tenderness.'  Fortuitous le-
sions  or deformities affecting  the  soft
parts.   The  1st Order  in the  Class
 Tychica of Good.
   Apanthro'pia (Path.) anavSqwnia,
from a70, 'from,'and avSqomog,'  man.'
Detestation of men  ; desire for solitude.
Hippocrates.   One of the symptoms
of hypochondriasis.
    (G)  Menschenscheu.
  Aparach'ytum  Wsum  (.War. Med.)
anaqa/vxog  onus.  The purest wine:
that which has  not been mixed with sea-
water.   Galen.
  Ap'athy (Path.)   Apalhi'a, aTta9eia,
from u priv.  and  nadog, ' affection.'
Accidental suspension  of  the moral
feelings.   It takes place in very  se-
vere diseases, particularly in malignant
fevers.
   (F)  Apathie.  (G)  Unempfi nd-
lichkeit, Fiihllosigkeit.
  Apeche'ma  (Surg.  &c.)   antjxipa,
  from ano, ' from,' and rjxoc, ' sound.'
  Properly the action of reflecting sound.
  In Medicine, it is synonymous with the
  Latin Contra fissu'ra.  A  counter fis-
  sure, a counter blow.   Gorr^eus, Cel-
  sus.
   Apel'la or Appel'i.\ (Anat.) antXXa,
  Xtmodtq/uog, from  a priv.  and pellis,
  1 skin.'  One whose  prepuce does not
  cover the glans.   Galenus, Linnjeus,
  Vogel.  Retraction or smallness of any
  other soft appendage.  Sagar.
    Ape'rient  (Mat.  Med.)  Ape'riens,
  Aperiti'vus, from  aperire,  ' to open.'
  A  laxative  (q. v.)  A medicine which
  gently opens the bowels.  The  term
  had, formerly, a much more  extensive
  signification, and was given to every
  substance supposed to have  the power
  of opening any of the passages,  and
  even the blood-vessels.
   (F) Aperitif.  (G) E r o ff n e n d e s-
 mi 11 e 1.          ■
   Writers.   J. C.  Riedel, Erford,
 1737 (L).   Ch.  Oriot,  Nancy,  1781
 (L).
   Aperis'taton (Path.) Aptris'tatum,
 untqiaxaxov, from a privative,  and nt-
 qtoxyui, < I  surround.'  An epithet for
 an  ulcer not dangerous or considerable,
 or surrounded by inflammation.
  A'pex (Anat.) The point or extremi-
 ty  of a part: — as the  apex of  the
 tongue, nose, &c     (G) S p i t z e.
  Aphassom'enos (Path.) aipaaaoatvog,
 from acpaaaoi, ' I touch, I feel.'  The
 touching of the parts of generation of
 the  female as a means of  diagnosis.
 Hippocr.
  Apheh'a  (Med.) aiptXtia, from  aipt-
 X>;g,' simple.' Simplicity.  The simple
 manners of the sect  of Methodists in
 teaching and practising Medicine.
  Aphelx'ia  (Nosol.)  aiptXgta,  from
 aiptXxui, ' I  abstract.'   Voluntary inac-
 tivity of the whole  or  the greater  part
 of the external  senses to the  impres-
 sions of surrounding  objects, during
 wakefulness.  Reveiy.
            (F) Reverie.
  Dr. Good has introduced this  into
 his  Nosology, as well as Aphelx'ia so'-
 cors or  absence of mind —A. inten'ta
 or abstraction of mind: and A. otio'sa,
 Stu'dium ina'ne, brown study or listless
muring.
  Apher'esis or Aphjer'esis (Surg.)
aipuiqtaig, from aipaiqmt, ' I take away.'
An  operation by which  any part of
the  body is  separated from  the  other.
Hippocrates, according  to  Foesius,
uses the expression Apharesis  Sangui-
nis,  for excessive hemorrhage ; and 
APHESIS
59          APOCENOSIS
 Siwsertus, to express the condition of
 an animal deprived both of the faculties
 of the mind and of the mind itself.
   Aph'esis (Path.)  aiptoig, from aiptt;-
 ut,' I relax.'  A remission.  This word
 expresses sometimes the diminution or
 cessation of a disease ; at otters, lan-
 guor and debility of  the lower extremi-
 ties.
   Aphilan'thropy  (Path.)  Aphilan-
 thro'pia, from a  priv. <piXtu>, ' I love,'
 and   av&qumog, ' a man.'  Dislike  to
 man.  Love  of solitude.  Vogel has
 given this name to the first degree  of
 melancholy.
   Aphor'me (Path.^aqioqutj,' occasion.'
 The external and manifest cause of any
 thing.  The occasional cause of a dis-
 ease.  Hippocr.
   Aphro'des (Phys.) aipqwSijg,' frothy.'
 Applied  to the  blood  and the excre-
 ments.  Hippocr.
   Aphrodis'iac  (Mat.  Med.)  Aphro-
 disi'acus, utjqodioiaxog, from Aipqodtxi],
 ' Venus.'  Medicine  or  food believed
 to be capable of exciting to the pleas-
 ures  of  love; as ginger, cantharides,
 &c.   They are generally stimulants.
        (F) Aphrodisiaque.
   Writers.   N.  Guillemin, Nancy,
 1782 (L).  C.  G.  Stentzel, Viteberg.
 1747 (L).
   Aphrodisias'ticon Clid'ion  (Mat.
 Med.) from aipqog, ' froth.'  A  troch,
 so called because it was given in dysen-
 teries, where  the stools  were frothy.
 Galenus, Paulus of .^Egina.
   Aphrodisiog'raphy  (Med.)  from
 Aipqodixij, ' Venus,' and yqaipw, ' I de-
 scribe.'  Etymologically,  this   term
 means a  description of the pleasures of
 love,  but it has been  placed at the head
 of a work describing  the  venereal  dis-
 ease.
   Aphrodita'rium (Mat. Med.) aipqo-
 Sixaqtov.   Galen has given this name
 to a collyrium, and Pallus of iEgina
 to a  powder of frankincense, cerusse,
 starch, &c, in equal  parts.
   Aphrog'ala (Mat. Med.) aipooyaXu,
 Lac   spumosum.   A name  formerly
 given to milk rendered frothy  by agi-
 tation.
   Aph't^e or Aph'thje (Path.) Apfha,
 aip&ai, from anxw, ' I inflame.'  The
 Thrush or sore mouth.  Aph'tha lactu'-
 cimen. Em'phlysis aph'tha, Ulcera ser-
pen'tia O'ris,Pus'tulao'ris,Fe'brisaph
 tho'sa, Vesic'ula gingiva'rum, Ty'phus
 aphtholda'us.   It consists of roundish,
 pearl-colored  vesicles,  confined to the
 lips, mouth, and  intestinal canal,  and
 generally  terminating   in  curd-like
 sloughs.  In France, the  Aphtha) of
 children, Aphthes des enfans, is called
 Muguet,  and  Catarrhe  buccal:  and
 generally receives two divisions — the
 mild or discreet, (F) Muguet benin ou
 discret, and the malignant, (F) Muguet
 malin ou confluent, the  Black Thrush.
 Common  Thrush  is  a  disease  of no
 consequence, requiring merely the use
 of absorbent laxatives. The malignant
 variety, which is rare,  is of  a more
 serious  character,  and is accompanied
 with typhoid symptoms.
   (G)  Mundschwamchen.
  Writers on Aphtha.  J. Arnemann,
 Gotting. 1787 (L). Van der Belen,
 Lovan. 1783 (L).   A. Bercen, Francof.
 1733.  V.Ketelaer, Lug. Bat. 1672 (L).
 Caspari, Gcetting. 1797 (L).   Mayer-
 hauser, Francof.  1797.  Rosen, 1762
 (L).
  Aph'thous (Path.)  Aphtho'sus.  Be-
 longing to Aphtha; complicated with
 Aphtha.   As Aph'thous Fever.
           (F) Aphtheux.
  Api'tes  (Hyg.)   aixixrjg.   Perry.
 Gorrjeus.
  A'pium  Grave'olens  (Mat. .Med.)
 otXnuv,  tXconfZivov(?)  A'pium,  Palu-
 da'pium, Beli'num.   Smallage.   The
 plant, roots, and seeds are aperient and
 carminative.
  (F) Ache.   (G) Eppich.    The
 Selery is a variety  of this.
  A'pium  Petroseli'num  (Mat. Med.)
 A'pium  Horten'se,  ElenseU'num (?)
 Grielum;  the Petroseli'num  or Com-
 mon Parsley.  The roots and seeds are
 diuretic and aperient.
  (F) Persil.  (G) Petersilie.
  Apleu'ros (Path.)  u.iZcvqog, from a
 priv.  and  ,-iXci.qug, ' a rib.'  One with-
 out ribs.   HiprocR., Galen.
  Aplot'omy (Surg.)  Aploto'mia, from
 anXoog,  'simple,'  and xiuvw, 'I cut.'
 A simple incision.
  Apngl'a (Path.)  anvoia, from a priv.
 and xvtw,' I respire.'  Absence of res-
 piration, or  insensible  respiration.—
Apneus'tia, aavevaxia.
    (G) Athemlosigkeit.
  Ap'nus (Path.) anvovg.  One devoid
 of respiration.  An epithet applied by
 authors  to  cases in which  the respira-
 tion is so small and slow, that it seems
 suspended. Castelli.  It is  probable,
 however,  that the  word was always
 applied to the patient, not to the disease.
  Apoceno'sis  (Path.)   anoxtvwmg,
 from a/ro,  ' out,' and xtvtaoig,  ' evacua-
 tion.'  A partial evacuation, according
to some, in, opposition to Cenosis, which
signifies a  general evacuation.   Cox- 
APOCHYMA
60
APONO
Ien and Swediaur apply it to morbid
fluxes.
  Apoch'yma  (Mat.  Med.)  arro/viia.
A sort of tar, obtained from old ships;
and which is impregnated with muriate
of soda.  Aetius, Paulus, Gorr^us.
  Apoc'ope (Surg.) anoxon\n   from
ano,  and xonxnv, ' to cut.'   Abscis-
sion.   A wound with loss of substance.
Fracture, with loss of part of the bone.
Amputation.
  Apocrous'tic (Mat. Med.)   Apo-
erous'lica remedia, anoxqox oxtxa  ipaq-
fiaxa, from  ano, ' out,'  and xqoi t«, ' I
push.' • An astringent and repellent.
Galenus.
 Apoc"ynum Andros.smifo'lium (Mat.
Med.)  Dog's Bane.   The root of this
plant is found from Canada to Carolina.
Thirty grains evacuate the stomach as
effectually as two thirds of the amount
of Ipecacuanha: by which name  it is
known in various  parts of the eastern
states. It is in the secondary list of the
States.
  (G) Fliegenfalle,  Miicken-
w u r g e r.   (F) Apocin gobe-mouche.
  Apodacryt'icus (Mat.  Med.)   uno-
Saxqvrixug,  Delachrymatl'vus,   from
<t/io, ' from,' and Suxqwt,'  I weep.'  A
substance, supposed to occasion a flow
of the tears, and then to arrest them.
Columella, Pliny, Galenus.
  Apodyte'rium  (Hyg.)  ano8vxi\qiov,
Coniste'rium,  Spoliatn'rium,  Spolia'-
rium. The ante-room, where the bathers
stripped  themselves,  in  the  ancient
Gymnasia.
  Apog'onum  (Phys.) anoyovov,  from
ano, and ytvopai,  ' I exist '  A living
foetus in utero.  Hippocr.
  Apolep'sis (Path.) anoXijipaig,  from
a7ioZafi(iavut, ' I retain.'    Retention,
suppression.  Hippocr.
  Apolex'is (Phys.) anoXij'iig, from arc o-
Xrjyia,' I cease.'  Old age, decrepitude.
  Apolino'sis (Surg.) uuoXivuiaig,  from
Xtvov,' a flaxen thread.'  The  mode of
operating for Fistula  in ano, by means
of a  thread of Omolinon or  Linum
crudum.  Hippocr.,  Paulus.
  Apolys'ia or  Apol'ysis,  unoZvnta,
anoXvoig, Solution.  Relaxation: — de-
bility of the limbs  or looseness of  ban-
dages. Erotian.   Expulsion  of  the
foetus and its dependencies.  Termina-
tion of a"disease.   Hippocr.,  Galen.
   Apomathe'ma   or  Apomathe'sis
(Path.)  a.xottaitritia, a;iofia3tjoig,  from
ano, and uavSavw,  ' I  learn.'   Forget-
fulness of things taught.   Hippocr.
  Apom'eli (Mat. Med.) u/io/tsAi,  from
ano, ' of,' and  fitXi, ' honey.'   An ox-
yinel  or  decoction  made  of  honey.
Galen, Aetius, Paulus, &c.
  Apomyleimas  (Path.)  anouvXrivag,
from u/iufivXXuivm.   One  who  pushes
his lips forwards, pressing them against
each other.  Occasionally a symptom
of nervous fever.  Galen, Erotian.
  Apomytho'sis  (Nosol.)  from  a.ro-
uvnno<, ' I snore.'  A disease in which
there is Stertor.  Sauvages, Sagar.
  Aponeurog'raphy (Anat.) Aponeu-
rogra'phia, from anovevqwaic, an ' apo-
neurosis,' and yquiprt,  ' a description.'
A description  of the Aponeuroses.
  (G) Flechsen or Muskelflech-
senbeschreibung.
  Aponeurol'ogy (Anat.)   Aponeuro-
lo'gia, from u.iovivqvtatg,' an aponeuro-
sis,' and Xoyog, ' a discourse.' Apoveu-
rosiology.  The Anatomy of the Apo-
neuroses.
  (G) Flechsen lehre.
  Apo.neuro'sis or Aponevro'sis (Anat.)
anovtuqoiaig, from ano, ' from,' and vev-
qov, ' a nerve.'  Pronerva'tio, Expan'-
sio  nervo'sa.  The ancients called every
white  part  vn.qov,  and  regarded  the
Aponeurosis as  a  nervous  expansion.
The Aponeuroses  are  white, shining
membranes, very resisting,  and com-
posed  of  fibres interlaced.  Some are
continuous with the  muscular fibres,
and differ only from  tendons, by their
flat form.   They are called  Jlponeuro-
ses of insertion,  (F) Aponevroses d'in-
sertion, when  they are  at the extremi-
ties of muscles, and attach them to the
bone : — Aponeuroses  of  intersection,
(F) Aponevroses d'intersection,  if they
interrupt the continuity of the muscle,
and are continuous on  both  sides with
muscularfibres. The others surround the
muscle, and prevent its displacement:
they are called Enveloping Aponeuro-
ses,  (F) Aponevrose d'enveloppe.
  (F) Aponeurose, Aponevrose.
  (G)  Flechse.
  Aponeurotic (Anat.)  AponeuroV-
icus.  What relates to Aponeuroses : —
thus we say, Aponeurotic expansion,—
Aponeurotic muscle, &c
  Aponeurot'omy (Anat.)  Aponeuro-
to'mia, from u/rovtvqwoig, ' aponeurosis,'
and  xtiivvj, ' I  cut.'  Anatomy of Apo-
neuroses.
  It has,  also, been proposed for  the
division (debridement) of filaments, &c.
in aponeurotic openings.
  Apo'nia (Mat. Med.) u.iovta, from a
priv.  and  .tovoc,  ' pain.'   Gorr.sus.
Freedom from  pain.
  APONO or ABANO, Peter (Biogr.)
A  physician  and  astrologer,  born 
APOPALLESIS
61
APOPLEXY
  near  Padua, in 1250;  died in 1316.
  Principal Works.  Conciliator differen-
  tiarum philosophorum et pracipue me-
  dicorum. Venet. 1471:  a work which
  procured him the  name Conciliator.
  De venenis, &c.   Decisiones physiog-
  nomica.  1548.  8vo.   Hippocratis de
  medicorum astrologid libellus, from the
  Greek into Latin.
   Apopalle'sis or Apopal'sis (Phys.)
  ttnonaXXtjoig, arionaXaic, from anonaX-
  Xw, ' I throw off.'   Expulsion.  Protru-
  sion.  Hippocr.
   Apopate'ma and Apop'athos (Phys.)
  axonaxtyia,  and a:zo,xa&og.   The  ex-
 crements, and  the  place where  they
 are deposited.  Dioscorides, Erotian.
   Apophlegmatisan'tia  (Mat. Med.)
 from ano,' out,' and ipXeyua, ' phlegm.'
 Medicines, which facilitate the upward
 expulsion of mucus from the mucous
 membrane  of  the  digestive  or  air
 passages, —  as  gargles,  masticatories,
 &c.
   Apophleg'matism (Mat. Med.) Apo-
 phlegmatis'mus, a/coipX.iyuariafiog;  the
 action of Apophlegmatisantia.   Ga-
 len.
   Writer.   J. G.  Schneider,  Halae,
 1757 (L).
   Apoph'rades  (Path.)  anoipqadig
 (irfieqat) ; an epithet applied to unlucky
 days (dies nefandi).  Days on  which
 a favorable  change is not expected to
 occur in a disease.  A. Laurentius.
   Apophthar'ma   and   Apoph'thora
 (Path.) anoip-Soqa, from ano, and ipdti-
 qiD, ' I corrupt.'  Abortion, as well as
 a medicine to procure abortion.
   Apophy'adls (Anat.)  anoipvaSig,
 from ano,' from,' and ipvot, ' I spring.'
 The ramifications of veins and arteries.
 Hippocr.
  Apoph'ysis (Anat.) anoipvaig, from
 ano,' from,' and ipvoi,' I rise.'  Proces'-
 sus. Appendix.   A  process of a  bone.
 When the apophysis  is yet separated
 from  the body of the bone by  inter-
 vening cartilage, it is called Epiphysis.
 The apophyses  or  processes  are,  at
 times, distinguished by epithets,expres-
 sive of their  form; as  A. styloid, A.
 coracoid, &c.  Others are not preceded
 by the word apophysis; as Trochanter,
 Tuberosity, &c
      (G) Fortsatz.
  APOPH'YSIS OF  INGRAS'SIAS, is a
 term applied to the lesser ala of the
 sphenoid bone.
  Apopies'ma (Surg.) anomeaua, from
anonista>,' I compress.'  Hippocrates
 uses the  term to signify  a fancied  ex-
pression  or forcing  out of humors, by I
                   6
 the application of bandages in wounds
 and fractures.
   Apoplec'tic (Path.)  Apoplec'ticus.
 Referring to Apoplexy.  This word has
 various significations.   It is  applied,
 1. To  individuals laboring under apo-
 plexy : 2. To remedies proper for com-
 bating apoplexy:  3. To the constitution
 or temperament, which  predisposes  to
 it:  and,  4. To the symptoms, which
 characterize apoplexy;  as  Apoplectic
 sleep, A. stroke, A. stertor, &c   The
 jugular veins have also, by some, been
 called  Apoplectic  veins, — Ve'na  apo-
 plec'tica.
   (G) Apoplec tisc h , Schlag-
 f 1 u ssig.
   Ap'oflex^ (Path.)  Apoplex'ia,  Ha-
 morrha'gia  Cer'ebri, Aphro'nia, Ca'rus
 Apoplex'ia,  Co'ma Apoplex'ia,  Pulpe'-
 zia, Sidera'tio, Apilep'sia, Mor'bus at-
 ton'itus,  anonXifiig, from anonX^xxnr,
 ' to strike with violence.'  A  disease,
 characterized by diminution,  or loss of
 sensation and mental manifestation; by
 the cessation, more or less complete, of
 motion; and by a comatose  state : —
 circulation and  respiration continuing.
 It generally consists in pressure upon
 the brain; either from turgescence of
 vessels or from extravasation of blood :
 and the general prognosis is unfavor-
 able : especially when it occurs  after
 the age of 35.  When A. is  accom-
 panied  with a  hard,  full  pulse,  and
 flushed countenance,  it is called apo-
 plex'ia sanguin'ea, cataph'ora  co'ma;
 when  with  a feeble  pulse  and  pale
 countenance,  Apoplex'ia serosa,  and
 A. pituitosa, serous apoplexy,  calapho-
 ra hydrocephalica.
   (F) Apoplexie, Coup de sang.
   (G)  Schlag, Schlag-fluss.
   Writers.  John Andrews,  Phila-
 delphia, 1793.  Fr. Bayle, Tolos. 1677
 (L).  Cn. Chr.  Bethke, Leips. 171/7
 (G).  Brendel, Jenae, 1614 (L).  K.
 Fr. Burdach, Leipz. 1806 (G).  G. B.
 Campiani, Genua, 1759(1).  Chand-
 ler, Cambr. 1785.  Hasler, Landshut,
 1787 (G).   Kirkland,  Lond. 1792.
 Pechey, Lond. 1708.   Plater, Basil,
 1605 (L).  Sennertus, Witteb. 1611 to
 1654.  Sev. Hoffmann, Basil, 1636 (L.)
 J.  J. Wepfer, Amst. 1681.  Albinus,
 Fr. ad V.  1690 (L).  Market, Paris,
 1770(F).  Ponsart,  Paris,  1782(F).
 Ingenhouz,   Leid.  1793 (L).   F. E.
 Fodere, Aven. 1808 (L).   A.  Portal,
 Paris,  1811 (F).  Fr.  and Alph.  Cl.
Montain,  Paris, 1811( F).  Rochoux,
Paris,  1812 (F).  v  I. Cheyne,  Lond.
1812.  E. Moulin, Paris, 1819. (F). 
APOPTOSIS            62          APOTHECARY
   Apopto'sis (Path.) anonxwaig, from
 ajtonmxw,' I fall down.'  A relaxation
 ofbandages.  Erotian.
   Aporrce'a  (Path.)  anoqqoia, from
 anoqqtui, ' I  flow  from.'  An emana-
 tion, effluvium, contagion.  Moschion.
 A falling off of the hair, according to
 some.
   Aposcem'ma, & Aposcep'sis (Path.)
 anoaxi;fiua, and  anooxi/iptg,  from ano-
 axrpnxixi, ' I lie  down, I direct myself
 towards.'  Afflux of fluids  towards a
 part.  Metastasis.  The first word  has
 been applied to  the  excrements.  Hip-
 pocr., Galen.
   Aposceparnis'mus (Path.) anoaxe-
 naqviouog, Deascia'tio,  from ano, and
 axenaqvov,' a hatchet.'  Wound of  the
 cranium, by  a cutting  instrument, in
 which a piece of the bone has been  cut
 out, as with a hatchet.  Gorrjeus.
  Apos'chasis or Aposchas'mos (Surg.)
 anoaxaaig, and  ajco/anuog,  from  ano-
 azatut,  ' I scarify.'   Scarification.  A
 slight superficial incision in the  skin.
 Also, blood-letting.   Hippocr.
   Aposi"tia,  from  ano,  ' from,' and
 aixog,' food.'   Aversion for food.  Ga-
 len.
   Aposit'ic  (Mat.  Med.) Apositicus;
 the same etymology.  Any substance
 which destroys the appetite, or suspends
 hunger.
   Apospas'ma (Surg.) arcoanaaua,from
 anoanaoi,' I tear  or  lacerate.'  A  solu-
 tion of continuity, especially of a  liga-
 ment.  Rheg'ma ligamenta're, Lacera'-
 iio Hgamenta'ria.
  Aposphacel'esis (Surg.) anoaipaxtXt-
 titg, from ano, and  aipaxeXog, ' mortifi-
 cation.'    Gangrene   in  wounds  and
 fractures, owing to the bandages being
 too tight.  Hippocr.
  Aposphag'ma  (Path.) anoaipayua; a
 fetid discharge.   Galen.
  Aposphinx'is   (Surg.)  anoaipr/'itg;
 constriction, compression.  The action
 of a tight bandage.  Hippocr.
  Apospongis'mus (Therap.) anoanoy
 yinuog; the act  of  sponging for  any
 purpose.   Gorr.eus.
  Apostalag'ma, and  Apostag'ma
 (Mat. Med.)  unoaxaX.ayiia,  and   ano-
 axayua, from ano, ' from,' and axaXatw,
' I flow.'  The ancient name for the
saccharine  liquor which  flows  from
 grapes when not yet pressed.
  Apos'tasis  (Path.) a.xunxaaig, from
 ano, and iaxi-ui,' I stop.'   The ancients
 had  different  significations  for  this
 word.  It was  most  commonly  used
 for an abscess.   The separation  of a
 fragment of bone by fracture.   Re-
  moval of disease  by some excretion,
  &c.
   Writers.  L.  Cochin,  Paris, 1586
  (L).  G. E. Stahl,  Halte, 1701 (L).
   Apostax'is  (Path.) anoaxaaig, from
  anoaxatui,' I distil from.'  The deflux-
  ion of any humor, as of blood from the
  nose.  Hippocr.
  Aposte'ma(Po<A.) arcocmjua, from arco,
 ' from,'and ('aii.K/, 'I  settle,'  or from
 acpiaxijfii, ' I recede from.'  This word
 is  used,  by the  ancients,  somewhat
 vaguely.  It meant an affection in  which
 parts, previously in contact, are  sepa-
 rated from each  other by a fluid col-
 lected between them.  The  moderns
 regard it as synonymous with Abscess.
 Some, even  of the moderns, have ap-
 plied it to any watery tumor, and even
 to tumors in  general.
   Writers.    Bose, Lips. 1775 (L)
 R. Capellutius, Brunswick, 1648 (L).
 Frey, Lips. 1775 (L).  De Leon, (Lo-
 pez,) 1628 (S).  B. Hierovius, Franc
 1595 (L.)
   Apostema'tiai (Path.) anoaxr,uaxiai.
 They who pass pus by the  anus  from
 some internal abscess.  Aretjeus.
   Aposterig'ma (Therap.)  anoar^qiy-
 ua, from unoartjQitm, ' I support.'  Any
 thing  that supports a diseased  part, as
 a cushion,  a  pillow, &c  Galen.  A
 deep-seated and inveterate  disease of
 the intestines.  Hippocr.
  Apostolo'rum Unguen'tum (Pharm.)
 Dodecaphar'macum,  Ointment of the
 Apostles.  So called, because as many
 solid ingredients entered into its  com-
 position as  there  were  Apostles.  It
 contained several resins and gum resins,
 yellow wax, oil, vinegar, verdigris, &c,
 and  was formerly  employed as a vul-
 nerary.
  Apos'trophe (Path.) anooxqoiprh from
 ano, and  orqeipo),  ' I turn.'  An  aver-
 sion, disgust for food.   Paulus.
  Apoteles'ma  (Path.) u.ioTtXtaua,
 from ano,  and rtXtouu,  ' completion.'
 The  result or termination of a disease.
  Apothe'ca (Pharm.)  ano&^xt;, 'a
 shop.'  A  place where  medicines are
 kept.
         (G) Apotheke.
  Apoth'ecary,  Apotheca'rius,  Dis-
pensa'tor,  Pharmacopo'la, (paqtiaxonu>-
 X>jg,Pigmenta'rius, uvqonmXrjg, ftvqexfjog,
 same derivation.   In every country,
 except Great Britain, it means one who
 sells drugs, makes up prescriptions, &c
 In addition to these offices, which, in-
 deed, they rarely  exercise,  except in
 the  case of  their  own  patients,  the
 Apothecaries in England, form a privi- 
APOTHECARY'S HALL      63           APPARATUS
leged  class of practitioners, — a kind
ofsub-physicians.
   (F)  Apothicaire, Pharmacien, Phar-
macope.
   (G)Apotheker, Arzeneihand-
1 er.
   Apothecary's  Hall ;  the Hall  of
the Corporation or Society of Apothe-
caries of London : where medicines are
prepared and sold under their direction,
&c  This Company obtained a charter
of incorporation in  the loth  year  of
James  the First.  No  general   prac-
titioner can establish himself in  Eng-
land or Wales without having  obtained
a license from the Court of Examiners
of the  Company.
   Apotherapei'a  (Therap.) anoStqa-
neta, from  ano-Seqantvw, ' I cure."   A
perfect cure. Hippocr.  In the ancient
Gymnastics it meant the last part  of
the exercises : — the friction, inunction,
and bathing, for the purpose of obviat-
ing fatigue.   Galen, Gorr^us.
   Apother'mum (Mat. Alim.)  anoSsq-
fiov; a pickle made  of mustard, oil,
and vinegar,  Galen.  From ano, and
xrequr;, ' heat.'
   Apoth'esis (Surg.)  ano&taig,  from
anoxid\ai,  ' I replace.'  The  position
proper to be given to a fractured  limb,
after reduction.
 - APOTHICAIRERIE  (F)   (Pharm.)
from anoSijxrj,' warehouse, shop.' The
same as Apotheca; also, a gallipot.
   Apothlim'ma  (Pharm.)  a.xodXuiua,
from ano,  and &Xifio>, '  I  press from.'
Anciently,  the  dregs, and  sometimes
the expressed juice  of plants.   Gor-
R.a:us.
   Apothrau'sis  (Surg.)  ano&qavaig,
from  unodqavw,  ' I  break.'  Fracture
of a  bone,  with  spicula  remaining.
Also, extraction of a spiculum  of bone.
Gorrasus.
   Apot'okos  (Phys.)  anoxoxog,  from
ano, and rixxw, ' I bring forth.'  An
abortive foetus.  Hibpocr.
   Appara'tus (Pharm., Anat.,  &c)
from para're,' to prepare.'   This  word
signifies, — a collection of instruments
&c for  any  operation whatever: xa-
xaaxtvtj, Ar'mena, aofitva, (F) Appareil.
   In Surgery it means the  methodical
arrangement of all the instruments and
objects, necessary for an operation  or
dressing.   By  extension,  the  French
give the  name Appareil, capsa chirur-
gica, to the case or drawers, in which
the apparatus is arranged.
  Apparatus has likewise been applied
to the  different modes of operating for
the stone.   See Lithotomy.
  In Physiology, Apparatus (Appareil)
is applied to a collection of organs, all
of which work towards the same end.
A system  of organs comprehends* all
those formed of a similar texture.  An
apparatus often comprehends organs of
very different nature.  In the former
there is  analogy  of structure;  in the
latter, analogy of functions.
  The  Apparatuses in man  may be
divided into three classes, founded on
the functions they are destined to fulfil.
The first comprises the organs, which
serve to establish his relation with sur-
rounding bodies.   The second treats of
those, which concur in the nutrition of
the body, its  increase and renovation.
The third comprises the organs of gen-
eration, or  those whose function is the
reproduction  of the individual, and the
preservation of the species.
  The  following Table exhibits the dif-
ferent  apparatuses included in  those
three divisions.

             CLASS I.
apparatuses of  animal life  or of
              relation.
 (F) Appareils de la Vie de Relation.
                   f 1. The eye.
 I. External  sensitive | 2. The ear.
    apparatus.       I 3. The nose and nasal
(F) Appareil scnsitif cz-|    fossee.
    terne.           I 4. The tongue.
                   {5. The skin.
 II.  Internal sensitive J
     apparatus.      (The encephalon and
(F) Appareil sensitif in- (
    terne.           1
III. Apparatus  for the)
     transmission  of
     sensation and mo-
     tion.
(F) Appareil conducteur
     du sentiment et du
     mouvement.
its membranes.
1. The    encephalic
   nerves.
2. The    ganglionic
   nerves.
IV,  Locomotory appa-
     ratus.
(F) Appareil locomoteur.


 V. Vocal apparatus.
(F) Appareil vocal.
fl. The  bones  and
    their  dependen-
    cies.
 2. The  muscles  and
    their  dependen-
k   cies.
1 The larynx  and  its
|  dependencies.
             CLASS II.
APPARATUSES OF THE  LIFE OF NUTRI-
                TION,

 (F) Appareils de la Vie de Nutrition,
                   (1. The mouth.
                    12. The pharynx.
                    3. The oesophagus.
                    4. The stomach.
 I. Digestive apparatus.! 5. The  small  intei-
(F) Appareil digestif.  1    tines.
                    6. The  large  intes-
                       tines.
                    7. The peritoneum and
                       omenta. 
APPARATUS            64          APPREHENSIO
 II. Respiratory  appa- \
     ratus.          (The lungs and their
(F)  Appareil  respiror-i   dependencies.
     toire.          ;
III. Circulatory  appa-
     ratus.
(F) Appareil circulaloirc
IV. Secretory  appara-
     tus.
(F) Appareil secretoire.
'J4
A 3.
The heart.
The arteries.
The veins.
 1, Lymphatics.
12. Glands  or   lym-
    phatic ganglia.
            CLASS  III

    APPARATUSES OF  GENERATION.

   (F) Appareils de la Generation.

 .  ,_  .  .          fl.The testicles  end
 I.  Genital  apparatus     spermatic chord.
     ol man.       J 2. The vesicuke  se-
(F) Appareil ginital de]    mi„ale..
     I'homme.        [ 3. The penis.

 ..  _  ...          f 1. The mamma1
 II.  Genital  apparatus  ,
     of the female.   J
(F) Appareil  genital de |
     la femme.
2. The vulva and va-
   gina.
3. The uterus und ov-
III.  Product of the uni-
     on of  the two
     sexes..
1. The membranes of
   the foetus and pla
   centa.
2. The fcetus.
  APPAREILS  DE FORMATION (F)
(Anat.)  Gall  admits,  in the brain,
two kinds of fibres : the one, divergent,
and proceeding from  the cerebral pe-
duncles to the  convolutions, and  con-
stituting  what  he calls  appareils  de
formation .•  the  other,' convergent, and
proceeding  from  the  convolutions to
the  centre  of the organ, constituting
what  he  calls  appareils de  reunion.
The first, as a whole,  form the organs
of the mental faculties:  the  latter are
commissures, which unite, parts of the
organ that are double and in pairs.
   APPAUVRI (F)  (Path.)   Effe'tus,
Depaupera'tus,  Ten'uis, Impoverished :
become poor.  The blood was so termed
by the Humorists, when they considered
 it deprived of a part of its constituents,
 as  indicated by  want of consistence and
 paleness.
   APPRAUVRISSEMENT (F)  ( Path. )
 Attenua'tio,  Mtenua'tion.  The  state
 of being impoverished.
   Appen'dix (Anat.)  from appen'dere,
 ■ to hang from.'   Any part that adheres
 to an organ, or  is continuous with it: —
 seeming as if added to it. An appen-
 dage.
    (F) Appendice, Annexe.
    (G) Ansatz.  (Gr)  trctipinig.
    APPEN'DIX  or  APPENDIC ULA
  VERMIFOR'MIS CCE'CI  (Anat.)  Ec'-
 phyas,  txipvac,  Additamentum  Co'li,
  Appen'dix Ca'ci. A vermicular process,
the size of a goose-quill,  which hangs
from the intestinum ccecum.  Its func-
tions are unknown.
  (F) Appendice vermiform,  A. cacal
ou digital.
  APPENDICULJE EPIPLOIC^, Ap-
pen'dices co'li adipo'sa.  Prolongations
of the peritoneum, beyond the surface
of the great intestine, which are anal-
ogous  in texture  and arrangement to
omenta.
    (F)  Appendices Epiplolques.
  Ap'petence  (Phys.)   Appeten'tia,
from appetere, '  to desire.'  An  ardent,
passionate desire for any object.
  Ap'petite (Phys.) Appeti'tus, Appe-
ten'tia,  Orex'is, oqttig,   oqin],  Or'me,
same etymology as the  last.   An  in-
ternal sensation, which warns us of the
necessity of exerting certain functions,
especially those of digestion and gene-
ration.   In the  latter case it is called
venereal appetite, (F) Appelit v6nerien .-
in the former, simply appetite, (F) Ap-
pelit  or  appetition.  If  the desire  for
food, occasioned  by  a  real  want, be
carried to a certain extent, it is called
hunger,  when solid food  is concerned ;
thirst, when liquid. Appetite and hunger
ought not, however,  to  be  employed
synonymously : they  are  different  de-
grees of the same want.   Hunger is an
imperious  desire  : it cannot be  pro-
voked, like the appetite.   It is always
allayed  by eating: but  not so the ap-
petite : for, at times, it may be excited
 in this  manner.  They  are  very gen-
 erally, however, used synonymously.
       (G) Beg i erde.
   Writers. (Physiol.) Li: Roux,Paris,
 1804(F)   (Pathol.) J. F. Cartheuser,
 Francof.  1700 (L).  L. Grave, Lugd.
 Bat. 1731 (L).   L. F. A. Klunckart,
 Erfurt, 1726 (L).   Nurnberger, Viteb.
 1793 (L).  St hill,   Harderovic  1797
 (L).  Van Rossum, Lovan. 1785 (L).
    Applica'ta  (Hyg.) from  applica're,
 ' to apply.'  A word, unnecessarily in-
 troduced into medical language,  to ex-
 press the objects  which are applied
 immediately  to  the  surface  of the
 body, as clothes, cosmetics, baths, &c.
 Halle.
    Application,.ipplica'tio, in a moral
 signification, is synonymous with At-
 tention.  The  act  of  applying  one
  thing to another; as the A. of an appa-
  ratus, of a bandage, blister, &C   etp-aq-
  uotprr
    Apprehen'sio (Path. &c.) This word
  is employed in various senses.  It means
  catalepsy or catochia. Paul Zacchias.
  A kind  of bandage for  securing any 
APPROXIMATION         65
AQUEOUS
part.   Also, a  therapeutical  indica-
tion.
  Approximation- (Therap.) Approxi-
ma'tio.  Ettmuller  gave  this name
to a pretended method of curing dis-
ease, by making it pass from man into
some  animal or vegetable,  by the aid
of immediate contact.
  Aprac'ta (Hyg.)  anqaxxa,  from  a
priv. and .rqaaaio,' I act.'  Without ac-
tion.  An epithet for the parts of gen-
eration, when unfit for copulation or
generation.
  Apsintha'tum (Mat. Med.) from axp-
ndtov,' wormwood.'  A sort of drink
made of wormwood.  Aetius.
  Aptys'tos (Path.) anxvatoe,  from a
priv.  and nrvv>, ' I spit.'   Devoid of
expectoration.  An epithet given to
certain  pleurisies, in which  there is no
expectoration.  Hippocr.
  Apye'tos (Path.)  a:ivrtxog,  from a
priv. and jtuov, ' pus.'  An external af-
fection, which does not end in suppu-
ration.
  Ap'yos (Path.)   anvog,  from  a priv.
and ,7i 01. ' pus.'  That which does not
afford pus.
        (F) Apyique.
  Apyret'ic (Path.) Apyret'icus, anv-
qtrog, from a priv. and :i vq,'  fire, fever.'
Without fever.  Tliis epithet is given
to days in which there is  no paroxysm
of a disease; as in the case of an in-
termittent;  as  well as to some  local
affections which  do not induce fever.
Urticaria is sometimes called an apyret-
ic exanthem.
       (G)  Fieberlos.
  Apyrex'ia (Path.) u:ivqtzia, the same
etymology.  Absence of fever : dtaX.eiu-
ua, Dialeim'ma,   Interims'sio.    Apy-
rexia is the condition of an intermittent
fever between the  paroxysms : the du-
ration  of the apyrexia, consequently,
depends on the type of the intermittent.
Occasionally, the term has been  applied
to the cessation of the febrile condition
in acute diseases. (G) Fieberlosig-
k e i t.
  Apyrome'le or Apyrenome'le (Surg.)
anvqour/.T],  and unvqtjvou^Xyj, from  a
priv. nvqr,v,' a nut,' and utjXti, ' a sound.'
A sound or probe, without a button or
nut.   It  is the  ftrj'/.ioxig,  Specil'lum
auricula'rium  or auricular  sound of
Galen.
  A'qu^e  distii.i.a'tje (Pharm.)   Dis-
tilled Waters.  These are  made by put-
ting vegetable  substances,  as roses,
mint, pennyroyal, &c. into  a still  with
water, and drawing off as much as is
found to possess  the aromatic  proper-
ties of the plant.  To every gallon of
the distilled water, 5 oz. of spirit should
be added to preserve it.  The  simple
distilled waters  are  sometimes called
A'qua stillatifia sim'plices .• the spirit-
uous, A'qua stillatifia spirituo'sa, but
more commonly Spir'itus.
  A'QtiEDUcT  (Anat.)   Aquaduc'tus.
Properly a canal for  conducting water
from one place to another.   Anatom-
ists have used it to  designate certain

  (F) Aqueduc.    (G) Wasserlei-
tung, Wassergang.
  AQUAZDUC'TUS FALLO'PII, Canal
spiroldede 1'os temporal, o/Chaussier,
Aqueduc de Fallope, a  canal  in the
pars petrosa of the temporal bone, which
extends from the meatus auditorius in-
ternus to the foramen stylomastoideum,
and gives passage  to  the facial nerve.
The opening into this aqueduct is call-
ed the Hia'tus Fallo'pii.
   AQUAZDUC'TUS   VESTIB'ULI  or
Aquaductus Cotun'nli, (F) Aqueduc du
vestibule and  Aqueduc  de  Cotugno.
This begins in  the vestibule, near the
common orifice of the two semicircular
canals, and opens at  the posterior sur-
face of the pars petrosa.
  Writer.   D.  Cotunnius,  Neapol.
1760 (L).
  AQUJEDUC'TUS COChVLEJE^) A-
queduc du Limacon ; — a very narrow
canal, which proceeds from  the  tym-
panic scala of the  cochlea, to the pos-
terior edge of the pars petrosa.
  AQ.UJEDUCTUS SYL'VII, Aqueduc
de Sylvius, 1'ter ad  quar'tum ventric'-
ulum,  Cana'lis me'dius,  Canal inter-
mediaire des ventricules o/Chaussier.
A canal forming a communication be-
tween  the third and fourth ventricles
of the brain.
  Aq.ualic'ulus (Anat.)  That part of
the abdomen, which  extends  from the
umbilicus to the pubes.  See Hypogas-
trics!.  It has also been applied to the
stomach or intestinal canal.
  Aquas'ter (Path.) A word used, by
Paracelsus, to express the visions or
hallucinations of patients.
  A'queous (Anat.) Aquo'sus,  from
a'qua,' water.'
  (F) Aqueuv.   (G) Wasserig.
  The  absorbents or lymphatics are
sometimes  called  in  France, Conduits
ou canaux aqueux.
  A'QUEUM MEDICAMEN1 TUM (Mat.
Med.) vdaxirov ipaqiiaxov.  A liquid col-
lyrium.  Galen.
   AQUEOUS HUMOR OF THE EYE,
Hu'mor aquo'sus, the Albugineous hu- 
AQUILA            66             ARACK
mar,  Ooei'des,  oionSi,g,  HydatoVdes,
vdaxotidt,:,  Ova'tus or  Ovifor'mis hn'-
mor, (F) Humeur aqueuse.  The limpid
fluid, which fills the two chambers of
the eye, from the cornea to the crystal-
line, and  which  is, consequently,  in
contact  with the two  surfaces of the
iris.   Quantity,  5 or 6  grains:  s. g.
1.0003.  It contains gelatine, albumen,
nvuriate of soda, and phosphate of lime
in small quantity; and is enveloped in
a fine membrane : — the  membrane of
the aqueous humor.                „
  Aq/uila  (Pharm.)  The Alchymists
used this word for sublimed sal ammo-
niac, precipitated mercury, arsenic, sul-
phur, and the philosopher's stone.
  AQ'UILA COBLES'TIS;  a  sort  of
panacea, of which mercury* was a con-
stituent.
  AQJUILA LACH'CRYMJE; a  liquid
prepared from several ingredients, es-
pecially from calomel.
  AQ.'UILA PHILOSOPHO'RUM;  the
Alchymists, whose terms were always
mysterious, called mercury thus, when
reduced to  its original form.
  AQUILA  VEN'ERIS;  an  ancient
preparation, made by subliming  verdi-
gris and sal ammoniac.
  Aquile'gia vulga'ris (Mat.  Med.)
Common Colombine.  The seeds, herb,
and  flowers  were  formerly  used  in
jaundice and cutaneous diseases.  They
are still retained in  many of the Phar-
macopoieas of continental Europe.
  (F) Ancolie.  (G)Aglei, Akelei,
Glockenblume.
  A'ra  par'va (Surg.)  (lo-fiog uixqog;
a small allar ; — a kind of bandage in-
vented by Sostratus, which represents
the corners of an altar.   Galen.
  Ar'abe  (Path.)  aqaprt; a  wound, a
blow.  Erotian.
  Arab'ica  Antid'otus  Hepat'ica
(Mat. Med.) Ar'abic Hepal'ic An'tidote.
A powder,  composed of myrrh, cos>-tus,
white pepper, &c  It was administered
in new wine.
  Arab'icus La'pis  (Mat. Med.)  aqa-
(iixog Xi&og. A sort  of white  marble,
found in Arabia, and analogous to ala-
baster.  It  was regarded  as  an absor-
bent and desiccative, and was employed
in haemorrhoids.
  Ar'abis  Malag'ma  (Pharm.)  An
antiscrophulous medicine, composed  of
myrrh, olibanum, wax, sal ammoniac,
iron pyrites, &c.  Celsus.
  Ar'abs, Medicine of the. The Ara-
bians kept the torch of medical science
illuminated, during a dark period of the
middle ages.  Before the year of the
Hegira, they had schools of Medicine ;
but these were most flourishing during
the  10th,  11th,  and  12th  centuries.
The chief additions, made by them to
medical science, occurred in the de-
partments  of Pharmacy and  in  the
description of diseases. Their principal
writers were Avicenna,  Serapion,
Averriioes, Hah Abbas, Moses Mai-
MONIDES, AvENZOAR,  RlIAZES,  AlBU-
CASIS, &C
  Writers.  J. J. Reiskf. Lugd. Bat
1746 (L).   P. J. Amoreux, Montpellier.
1815 (F).
  Arachni'tis   or   Arachnoidi'tis
(Path.) Inflammation of the  Arach-
noid.  A variety of phrenitis; which
see.
  Arach'noid  Mem'brane  (Anat.)
Me'ninx  Me'dia, Arachnoideus,  aqa-
XwtiSijg, from aqaxvi], ' a cobweb,' and
tiSog,  ' form, resemblance.'   Tu'nica
ara'nea.   A name given  to several
membranes, which, by their extreme'
thinness, resemble spider-webs.  Cel-
sus and Galen called thus the mem-
brane  of  the vitreous  humor, — the
tunica hyaloidea.  The moderns use  it
now for one of the membranes of the
brain, situated between the dura mater
and pia mater.  It, is a  serous mem-
brane and,  composed  of two layers;
the external being confounded, in the
greater part of its extent, with the dura
mater, and, like  it, lining the interior
of the cranium  and spinal canal: the
other being extended over the brain,
from  which it is separated by the pia
mater, without passing into the sinuos-
ities  between the  convolutions,  and
penetrating into the  interior of  the
brain by an opening at its  posterior
part under the  corpus  callosum.   It
forms  a  part of the  investing  sheath
of the nerves, as  they pass  from the
encephalic  cavities. Its chief uses seem
to be; — to  envelope,and,in some meas-
ure, protect the brain, and to secrete  a
fluid for the purpose of keeping it in a
state best adapted  for the proper per-
formance of its functions.
   (G) Spinnewebenhaut.
  Arack' (Hyg.) Airaek'; Indian.  A
spirituous liquor made in India in va-
rious ways, often from rice, sometimes
from sugar, fermented along  with  the
juice of the cocoa nut: frequently from
toddy, the juice which flows from  the
coeoa nut  tree by incision, and from
other substances.  It is a strong, heat-
ing spirit.
  MOCK  ARACK is  made by adding
9ij of Benzoic acid to a quart of rum. 
ARADOS             67         ARC OR ARCH
The celebrated Vauxhall punch is made
with such arack.
  Ar'ados (Phys.) aqaSog, from aqadsu,
< I am turbulent.'   The  agitation  ex-
cited in the stomach by the coction of
aliments of different nature. Hippocr.
Likewise, the  motion produced, by ca-
thartics,
  ArjEot'ica  (Mat. Med.) aqaiomxog,
from  anaiocu,  ' I rarefy.'  A medicine
supposed to have the quality of rarefy-
ing the humors.
  Ara'lia Nudicau'lis  (Mat. Med.)
False Sarsaparil'la.  This American
plant is said to be a mild stimulant and
diaphoretic, and has been recommended
as a substitute for  the sarsaparilla.  It
is used, also, as a tonic.   In the secon-
dary list, Pharm.  United States.
  ARA'LIA SPINO'SA, Arigel'ica Tree,
Prickly  Ash,  Tooth-ache  Tree.   Its
properties are not clear.  The berries
and a tincture of them h ave been em-
ployed, it is said, successfully in tooth-
ache.  A  spirituous infusion has also
been used in colic.
  Ara'nei Te'la   (Mat.  Med.)   Cob-
web.  Formerly,  this  substance was
much employed, and supposed to pos-
sess extraordinary  virtues, especially
when applied  to  the wrists.  It  has
been  recently used again in intermit-
tents.   It is a mechanical styptic, and
is so applied, externally, at times
   (F)  Toiled'Araignce.   (G)  Spin-
nengewebe.
   Araneo'sa  Uri'na ; a term applied
to the urine when loaded with filaments,
like cobwebs.
   Araneo'sus Pul'sus  ;  a term em-
ployed to express extreme weakness of
pulse ; when the  movements resemble
those of a delicate net raised by the
wind.  aoa/voetrTij? aipvyfiog.  Galen.
   Ara'neum   Ul'cus or  Astakil'los
(Path.) A name given by Paracelsus
to a malignant, gangrenous ulcer, ex-
tending from the feet to the legs.
   ARANT'IUS or  ARANZI, Julius
Cjesar (Biogr.)   A celebrated Italian
anatomist, born at Bologna, about 1530;
died  1589.   The  Corpora Arantii are
called after him.   Chief Works.  De
humano foelu liber. Venice. 1571. 8vo.
He wrote,likewise, an Essay on tumors,
and a Commentary on thebook of Hip-
pocrates on wounds of the head.
   Ar'bor Vi'ta!   (Anat.)  (F)  Arbre
de vie.   A name given  to an arbores-
cent  appearance,  observed on cutting
the cerebellum  longitudinally ;  and
which results  from the particular ar-
rangement of the white substance with
the cineritious.
  Ar'bores  (Path.) A morbid  altera-
tion  of  the  skin,  which precedes its
ulceration.  Ruland.
  AR'BUTHNOT, John,M.D. (Biog.)
An eminent  wit and physician, was a
native of Scotland,  and lived towards
the end of the 17th century ; he  died
in 1735. Chief Medical Works. Es-
say concerning  the  nature of aliments,
the choice of them, &c Lond. 1731. An
essay on the effects of air on human
bodies.  Lond.  1733, 1751, 1756.  8vo.
This was  translated into  various lan-
guages.
  Ar'butus  U'va   Ur'si  (Mat. Med.)
Arctostaph'ylos,  U'va  U'rsi   Fo'lia.
The  leaves of this  plant are tonic and
astringent, and have  been employed,
chiefly,  in diseases of the urinary or-
gans.  Dose of powder from gr. xv to
3ss.  The  English name  is  Bear's
Whortleberry.
  (F) Busserolle or Raisin d' Ours.
  (G) Baerentraube.
  Writer.  M. Girardi (in calculous
affections), Patav. 1764 (L.)
  The AR'BUTUS  UNE'DO, Andrach'-
ne,  Une'do, Une'do papyra'cea, xopa-
qog.  A decoction  of the leaves is as-
tringent, and has  been used in diar-
rhoea.
        (F) Arbousier.
   Arc or Arch (Anat.) Ar'cus. (G) Bo-
gen. Any part of the body resembling
an arch in form ; as the Arch of the co-
lon,  (F) Arcdu colon; — the transverse
portion of that intestine : —Arch of the
aorta, Ar'cus aor'ta, the turn which the
aorta takes in the thorax.
     (F) Crosse de I'Aorte, &c.
   An ANASTOMOflC ARCH, (F) Ar-
cade anastomotique, is the union  of
two  vessels, which anastomose by de-
scribing a curved line.  The vessels of
the mesentery anastomose in this man-
ner.
   ARCHES  OF THE PALATE.  These
are two in number, on each side of the
throat, one of which is termed anterior,
the other posterior.
   The anterior arch  arises from  the
middle of the velum palati, at the side
of the uvula, and  is fixed to the edge
of the base of the tongue.
   The posterior arch  has its  origin,
likewise,  from the side of the uvula,
and  passes  downwards to be inserted
into the side of the pharynx.
   The anterior arch contains the cir-
cumflexus palati, and forms the isthmus 
ARC^US             68             ARCUEIL
faucium. The posterior arch has, with-
in it, the levator palati: and between
the arches are the tonsils.
  Arcje'us or  Arcos'us,  Balsam of
(Pharm.)  A  kind of soft ointment
used in  sores,  contusions, &c.  It is
made by melting two parts of mutton
suet, one part of hog's lard : of turpen-
tine and rosin, each one part and a half:
straining and agitating till cold.
    (F) Baume d'Arcaus.
  Arca'num, from ar'ca, ' a chest.'  A
secret, a nos'trum, aroqqtjxov,  anoxqv-
ipov, uvotioiov.  A remedy, whose com-
position  is kept secret;  but which is
reputed to possess great efficacy.
  (F) Arcane.   (G)  Geheimes-
m i 11 e 1.
  Writers.   Detharding,  Rostoch.
1731 (L).  Gachet,  Paris, 1792 (F).
Le Long, Paris, 1676 (L).  Schacht,
Traj. 1753.  Wolff, Argent. 1722(L.)
  Arch^'is (Phys.) from aqxn, 'com-
mencement.'    A  word,  invented by
Basil   Valentine,   and  afterwards
adopted by Paracelsus and Van Hel-
mont.   The latter used it for the in-
ternal  principle of our  motions and
actions.  This  archseus,  according  to
Van Helmont, is  an  immaterial prin-
ciple,  existing in the seed, prior  to
fecundation,  and  presiding over  the
developement of the body, and over all
organic phenomena.  Besides this chief
archseus,  whose  seat Van Helmont
placed in the upper orifice of the stom-
ach, he admitted several  of a subordi-
nate character, which had to  execute
its  orders : one, for instance,  in  each
organ,  to  preside  over  its functions :
each of them  being subject to anger,
caprice,  error,  and every human fail-
ing.     (F)  Archie.
  Archag'athi Emplas'trum  le'ne
(Pharm.) A  sort of emollient plaster,
mentioned by Celsus, and invented by
Aechagathus.
  Ar'che  (Path.)  aqxi;, Initium ; the
first attack of a disorder.
  Archelo'gia, aqxrjXoyta, from aqxi,
'beginning,'  and Xoyog,  'a discourse.'
A treatise on  the  fundamental  princi-
ples of Medicine.
  Archen'da (Hyg.)  A powder of the
leaves of the  ligustrum, used, by the
./Egyptians, after  bathing, to obviate
the unpleasant odor of the feet.  Pros-
per Alpinus.
   AR'CHER,  John,  M.D.  (Biogr.)
An English  physician,  of some note,
in  the  reign of Charles II.  Works.
Every  man his own doctor.  Lond.
1671.  8vo.  Secrets disclosed; or a
treatise of consumptions, their various
causes and cures. Lond. 1684. 8vo.
  Archia'ter; ao^iaroo?,  from  ap^ij,
' authority,  and  taxqog, ' physician.'
The original signification of this word
is a matter of dispute.  Some consider,
with Mercurialis, that it  meant phy-
sician to a prince, king, emperor, &c.;
others, with C. Hoffmann, apply it to
every physician who, by his  situation,
is  raised  above  his  colleagues.  The
former opinion seems to have prevail-
ed, — Archiatre  des  Rois  de  France,
being applied to  the chief physician to
the king.
  Archig'eni Mor'bi  (Path.)  Acute
diseases;  because they hold  the first
rank : from aqx'i, ' beginning,' and yi-
vofiai, ' I am.'
  Archingeay,  Mineral Waters of
(.War. Med.)  Archingeay is situated in
France, three leagues  from St.  Jean
d'Angely.   The  waters   are  prized
in all diseases.   They seem to contain
carbonate of lime, a little  muriate of
soda, carbonate of iron, and some bitu-
men.
  Archorrha'gia (Path.) from aqxog,
' the anus,' and qua, ' I flow.'  Hemor-
rhage from the anus.  Archorrha'a.
  Arcta'tio and Arctitu'do (Path.)
from  arcto, ' I  make narrow.'  Con-
traction of a natural opening or of a
canal, and especially of the vulva; of
the orifice of the uterus, or of the in-
testinal canal. Constipation.  Reunion
by suture or infibulation.   Scribonius
Largus, Paul Zacchias, &c
  Arc'tium Lap'pa (Mat. Med.)  The
root and seed; the Clit-bur, Barda'na,
Jrc'tium, I'laphis, aqxriov, Lap'pa gla'-
bra, Lap'pa ma'jor, L. persona'la, Bur-
dock.  Fancied Virtues.  Root diuretic,
seed cathartic.  It has been used in de-
coction in diseases of the skin and in
syphilis.
  (F) Bardane, Glouteron.  (G) Klet-
tenwurzel,  Hopfenklette,
Klettendistel,  Kleppe.
  Arctu'ra (Path.)  from  arcto, ' I
straiten.'  The effects of a nail grown
into the flesh.  Linn^us.
  Arcua'tio (Path.)  An anterior gib-
bosity or  projection  of the  sternum.
Concava'tio.
  Arcueil, Waters of (Mat. Med.)
Arcueil is  about one league south of
Paris.   The  water contains carbonic
acid,  carbonate  of lime, sulphate  of
lime, muriate of soda, and  some  deli-
quescent salts.
  A celebrated society held its  meet-
ings at this village, of which  Ber- 
ARCUL.E            69          AREOMETER
 thollet, Humboldt, La Place, &c.
 were members.
  Ar'culje (Anat.) The Orbitar Fossae :
 noiXidcg.  Rufus of Ephesus.
  Ar'culus (Surg.)  A  small arch ; a
 cradle.   A semicircular box or basket,
 used for preventing  the coverings of
 the  body from coming in contact with
 injured  or diseased parts.   An  ordi-
 nance of the Grand Duke  of Tuscany
 forbade mothers to sleep with an infant
 near them, unless it was put under a
 solid cradle.
  (F)  Arceau, Archet.   (G) Schutz-
 platte, Schutzbogen.
  Ar'dent  (Path.)  Ardens, from ar'-
 dere, ' to burn.'   Ardent  Fever,  (F)
 Fi&vre ardent.   The Causus, Synocha,
 or inflammatory fever, Mai  des ardens,
 a name given to a species  of pestilen-
 tial erysipelas, or Saint Anthony's Fire,
 which reigned epidemically in France
 in 1130.
  (G) Brennkrankheit, Brenn-
 se uc he.
  Ardent eyes, (F) Yeux ardens, or in-
flamed;  so called when they are in-
 jected, red.
  Ardent urine, (F)  Urines ardentes ;
 when it is of a deep red, &c.
  Ar'dor (Path.) A feeling of burning,
 of violent heat:  xai^ia, Causo'ma, xav-
 owua.
  (F)  Ardeur.    (G) Hitze.
  AR'DOR URfNJE, (F) Ardeur d'U-
 rine, (G)Harnstrenge; a scalding
 sensation occasioned by the urine in
 passing  over  the  inflamed  mucous
 membrane of the urethra, or at the
 neck of the bladder.
  AR'DOR FEBRfLIS, (F) Ardeur de
 laFihvre, (G) Fieberhitze,  the hot
 period of fever.
  AR'DOR VENTRIC'ULI  (F)  Ardeur
 d'Estomac, (G) Magenbrennen,
 Sodbrennen;  Heartburn.   See
 Cardialgia.
  A'kea (Path.) A  Latin  word, used
 by some authors  to designate a variety
 of Alopecia, in which the hair changes
 color, but does not fall off.
  Are'c\ (Mat. Med.)  The fruit of the
 Are'ca Cat'echu,  Caun'ga, is astringent
 and tonic, and enters into the composi-
 tion of the Betel, the great masticatory
 of Orientals.
  (F)  Arec.  (G) A r e k anuss.
  Writer.  J.  J. Kirsten,  Altdorf,
 1739 (L).
  AREFic'rioN   (Pharm.)   Arefac'tio,
 from arefacere,  ' to make dry.'   The
 process  of drying substances, prior to
 pulverization:  ^f,oavaij.
      (G) Austrocknung.
   Are'gon  (Mat. Med.)  aq>,yov, from
 aqtjyu),  ' I aid.'   A  sort of resolvent
 ointment used by the ancients.
   Arena'tio (Therap.)  Sand or Earth
 Bath, from are'na, ' sand.' Sabur'ratio.
 The application of hot sand to the body
 of a patient, instead of placing him in
 a water bath.  Pedilu'via of sand were
 formerly used in Ascites.
   Writers.   J.  H.  C.  Adami, Lips.
 1734(L).  Francus  de Frankenau,
 Heidelb. 1695 (L).  Schmidt,  Helmst.
 1727 (L).
   Areno'sa Uri'na  ( Path.)   Sandy
 Urine.   Urine when it deposits a sandy
 sediment.  The  person,  passing such
 urine, has been called Areno'sus.
   Are'ola  (Anat.)  A  diminutive of
 A'rea.   Anatomists   understand,  by
 Areola,  the  interstices  between  the
 fibres composing organs; or those  ex-
 isting  between  lamina?, or  between
 vessels   which  interlace  with  each
 other.
   Areola is, also, applied to the colored
 circle or  Ha'lo, which  surrounds  the
 nipple ;  and  which becomes much
 darker during pregnancy — (G) War-
 zenring, Warzenkreis and  W.
 z i r k e 1.) — as well  as  to  the circle
 surrounding certain  vesicles, pustules,
 &c.; as the pustules of  the small pox,
 the vaccine vesicle, &c.  Chaussier,
 in such cases, recommends the word
 Aure'ola.
     (F)  Aureole, Aire.
   Areom'eter (Pharm.) Areom'etrum,
 Gravim'eter, Alcoolom'eter,  Aerostat'ie
 Bal'ance, from aqaiog, ' light,' and fn-
 xqov, ' measure ': i. e. measure of light-
 ness. An instrument, so called, because
 first employed to take-the specific grav-
 ity of fluids lighter,  than water.  The
 Areometer of BEAUME, which is  the
 most used in Pharmacy, particularly in
 France,  consists  of a tube of glass,
 largely  expanded towards  its inferior
 extremity, and terminating, below, by
 a small ball, containing mercury  or
 lead, which serves it as a  balance, so
 that it may remain upright in the fluid.
 This tube is furnished with a graduated
 scale.   If the fluid, into  which  the
 Areometer is plunged, be heavier than
 water, the instrument rises : if lighter,
 it sinks. There are various Areometers,.
 as those of the Dutch, of Fahrenheit,
 Nicholson, &c. The Areometer is alsQj
 called Hydrom'eter.
   (F) Areomttre., Pise-liqueur.
   (G) Senkwage.
! 
ARES               70           ARGENTUM
SCALE OF  THE AREOMETER WITH COR-
  RESPONDING SPECIFIC GRAVITIES.
1. Ascending Scale for light liquids. —
             (Beaume.)
Scale of Beaume.	Specific Gravi-ties.	Substances.
66 60 50 48 42 40 36 33 32 30 26 25 23 Id. 22 Id. 20 18 13 m n 10	700 J 715 742 782 792 j 819/ 827 j 847 863 868 878 900 \ 906f 915 i ,,{ 9231 id. > 935 } 948) 980 986 993 1000	Pure hydrocyanic acid. — Gay Lussac. Very pure sulphuric ether. The same concentrated. Equal parts of alcohol.— Ether. Very pure alcohol for phar-maceutical purposes. Pure alcohol. Naphtha. Alcohol of commerce. Essential oil of turpentine. Hydrocyanic acid of t'cheele and pure hydrocyanic acid, mixed with an equal por-tion of water. (Robiquet.) Acetic ether. Nitric ether. Muriatic ether. Liquid ammonia. Olive oil. Brandy. Burgundy wine. Bourdeaux wine. Distilled water.
2. Descending Scale for heavy liquids. (Dutch.)		
Scale of Beaume.	Specific Gravi-ties.	Substances.
u 1 2 10 12 ' 20 21 25 30 35 40 41 45 Id. 50 60 66 70	1000 1007 ( 1009 j 1014 1032 1075) 1091 1161 1180) 1210 1261 1321 j 1384; 1398 \ 1454 ^ „ j 1532 1714 1847 j 1946	Common distilled water. Distilled vinegar. Common vinegar. Cow's milk. Concentrated acetic acid. Liquid hydrochloric acid. Boiling syrup. Cold syrup. Common nitric acid. Concentrated nitric acid. Phosphoric acid for medical use. Very concentrated sulphu-ric acid. Very concentrated phos-phoric acid.
  A'res ; a term, invented by Para-
celsus to designate the principle on
which  depends the form  of mercury,
sulphur, and salt.  Thqse the Alchym-
ists regarded  as  the three bodies that
give birth to every other.
   ARET^E'US (Biogr.) of Cappadocia,
 a  celebrated physician, who practised
 at Rome, probably, between the reigns
 of Vespasian and Adrian.   Chief
 Works. JEtiologica, semeiotica, et the-
 rapeutica, sive de morborum aeutorum,
 fye., libr. iv.  Gr. et Lat. cura Wigan.
 Oxon. 1723. fol.:  translated  from the
 original   Greek by John  Moffatt,
 M. D.   Lond.  1785.  8vo.   Various
 editions  of  this work have  appeared
 at different places.  A. was one of the
 first that recommended cantharides for
 blistering the  skin.  The  most  com-
 plete and best edition  of his works is
 that by Boerhaave, Lugd. Bat.  1735.
 fol.
  Ar'ete (Phys.) aqexy,' virtue.'  Men-
 tal  or  corporeal  vigor.   Hippocra-
 tes.
  A'reus (Surg.) A pessary, mention-
 ed by Paulus of .^gina.
  Ar'gema and Ar'gemon  (Path.) aq-
 yfua, and anytuov, from aqyog, ' white.'
 Fus'sula,  (F) Encavure;  a  white spot
 or ulceration  of the eye.  Hippocr.
 See Leucoma.
  Argenson,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat.  Med.)  A chalybeate  situated at
 Argenson in Dauphiny, used in  cases
 of obstruction, jaundice, &c.
  Argen'tum ; aoyvooc,  aqyvqov, Ar'-
gyrus,  from  aqyog, ' white.'  Silver.
 Hy'arith, Kamar,  Mambrux, Sol'omo,
 Lu'na,  Brumasar,  Camet, Cames.   A
 solid metal,  of a shining, white appear-
 ance ;  insipid ; inodorous;   highly  so-
 norous ;  malleable and ductile;  some-
 what hard ;  crystallizable in triangular
 pyramids; fusible a little above a red
 heat, and volatizable.   Not used at all
 in Medicine, unless in  some places for
 silvering  pills.  SILVER LEAF, Ar-
gen'tum folia'tum, is the state in which
 it is used for this purpose.
    (F) Argent.  (G) S i 1 b e r.
  Argen'ti  Ni'tras,  Argen'tum JYi-
 tra'tum,  Sal argen'ti, Argentum Nit'-
 ricum, Nitrate of Silver.  This prepa-
 ration  is  sometimes kept in crystals,
 the Ni'tras  Argen'ti in crystal'los con-
 cre'tus, Nitrate d'Argent cristallisi  of
 the Codex  of  Paris,  Crystalli Lu'na,
 Argen'tum  nil'ricum  crystallisa'tum,
 Ni'tras argen'ti crystal'linus, Ni'trum
 luna're, Hydrago'gum BOY1 LEI.  Gen-
 erally, however, it is in the fused state :
 and it  is this  which is  admitted into
 most Pharmacopoieas ; and which,  be-
 sides the name Nitras Argenti, is call-
 ed, Ni'tras  argen'ti fu'sus, Caus'ticum
 luna're,  La'pis inferna'lis, Argen'tum
 nit'ricum fu'sum,  and lunar caustic. 
ARGYROPHORA         71      ARMENIACA MALUS
(F)  Nitrate  d'argent  fondu,  Pierre
infernale.   (G) Salpetersaures
Silber.
  The virtues of Nitrate of Silver, are to-
nic,and escharotic It is given in chorea,
epilepsy, &c ; locally, it is used in va-
rious cases as an escharotic  Dose, gr.
I to gr. \ in a pill, three times a day.
  Writers.  A. Butini (on the prepa-
rations  of silver),  Monsp.  1815 (L).
J. Higginbottom (lunar caustic in cer-
tain  wounds and ulcers), Lond. 1826.
  Argyroph'ora (Mat. Med.) aqyvqo-
<poqa, from aqyvqog, ' silver,' and iptqut,
'  I bear.'  A name given,  by Myrep-
sus,  to an antidote which he regarded
as extremely precious.
  Arheumat'ic  (Med.) Arheumat'icus,
aqtviiaxiaxog, from a priv.  and qtvua,
1  fluxion,  rheumatism.'   One  without
fluxion or rheumatism.
  Aric"ymon (Med.) aqixvuwv. A name
given to women who conceive readily.
Hippocr.
  Aride'na (Nosol.)   A Latin word,
employed to  designate the  leanness of
any part.  Ettmuller, Sauvages.
  Arid'ity  (Path.)   Arid'itas.  The
French use the word Aridite to express
the dryness of any organ, and particu-
larly of the skin  and tongue;  when
such dryness is  so  great as to render
the organ rough to the touch.  Ariditi,
also, means the lanuginous appearance
of the hair in some diseases, in which
■they seem covered with dust. igrtqaaia.
         (F) Aridite.
  Aridu'ra (Path.) Wasting or emaci-
ation of the whole  or  any part of the
body.  Marasmus, Atrophy, (q. v.)
  Ariobarza'nius (Mat.Med.) aqto(iaq-
taviog.  A plaster, used for dispersing
swellings  of the  parotids and  other
parts.  Paulus.
  Aristar'chi  Antid'otus Pauli'na
(Mat. Med.)  A  sort of antidote, men-
tioned by  Aetius.
  Aris'ti  Emplas'trum Ni'grum (Mat.
Med.)  Black Plaster ofAristus.  This
plaster bore also the name Tetraph'ar-
macum, which see.
 Aristio'nis Machinamen'tum (Surg.)
A machine, invented by Aristion, for
the  reduction of luxations. It would
seem to have been a modification  of
the  Glossoc'omum of  Nymphodo'rus.
Oribasius.
  Aristog"enis Malag'ma (Mat.Med.)
A sort of malagma employed by Aris-
togenes in diseases of the bones and
nerves.
  Aristolochi'a (Mat. Med.) aotaro-
loxta,  from aqtaxog, ' very good, and
 Xox*ta,  ' parturition';  so called,  be-
 cause the different varieties were sup-
 posed to  aid  parturition.  Birthwort.
 (F) Aristoloche.  (G)  Osterluzei.
 Several varieties were once in use.
 ARISTOL O CHfA CLE MA Tf TIS, Aris-
 tolochi'a Vulga'ris, A'dra Ri'za, Aristo-
 lochi'a ten'uis, (F) Aristoloche ordinaire,
 (G)  Gemeine  Osterluzei, Up-
 right  Birthwort.  The  root has been
 considered  stimulant  and   emmena-
 gogue, and as such has  been used in
 amenorrhcea, chlorosis, and cachexia.
  ARISTOLOCHfA LON'GA and A. ro-
 tun'da, (F) Aristoloche tongue et ronde,
 Long and round Birthwort.  Virtues.
 the same as the preceding.
  (G) Lan g o ste rlu zei and  Run-
 deosterluzei.
   ARISTOLOCHfA  SERPENTA'RIA,
 Serpenta'ria,   Vipera'ria,    Viperi'na
 Virginia'na,   Colubri'na Vitginia'na,
 Aristolochi'a, Pestilochi'a, Contrayer'va
 Virginia'na, Coluvrine  de Virginie, S.
 Virginia'na, (F) Serpentaire and Aris-
 toloche  serpentaire  de   Virginie, (G)
 Virginische  S chla nge 1 w ur-
 zel, Virginia Snake Root.  Virtues —
 tonic, stimulant; and,  as  such, em-
 ployed in debility, in intermittents, &c.
 The other varieties of Aristolochia have
 similar properties.
  Aristoloch'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  same
 etymology.  An old term for  remedies
 supposed to  have the  property of pro-
 moting  the flow of the Lochia?.  Hip-
 pocr.,  Theophrastus,  Dioscorides,
 &c
   Aris'ton  Mag'num  and   Aris'ton
 par'vum  (Pharm..)   This  name was
 formerly given to pharmaceutical pre-
 parations, used  in  phthisis,  tormina,
 and fever.  Avicenna.
  Aristophanei'on (Pharm.) aqioxoipa-
 vtiov.  A sort of emollient plaster, pre-
 pared with four pounds of pitch, two of
 apochyma, one of wax,  an ounce  of
 opoponax, and half  a pint of vinegar.
 Gorr.£us. Not used.
  Arkansas',  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  About 5 miles from the
 Washita river, and about a quarter of a
 degree  north  of  the  Louisiana line,
 there  are  70  of those springs.   They
 are thermal, [and upwards of 150° Fah-
 renheit, and are employed in rheuma-
 tism, cutaneous affections, dec
  Ar'me (Anat.) from aqm,' I adapt':
 aquri.  Any physiological or mechanical
junction or union of parts. Hesychius.
 The sutures of the cranium.  Galen.
  Armeni'aca  Ma'lus  (Hyg.)  The
 A'pricot.  See  Prunus. 
ARMSTRONG           72
AROPH
    ARM'STRONG, John (Biogr.) An
  eminent Scotch physician and poet, was
  a native of Roxburgshire.  He died in
  1779.  Works. An essay for abridging
  the study of medicine, to which is added
  a dialogue between Hygeia, Mercury,
  and Plato, relating to the practice of
 physic, as it is, managed by a certain
  illustrious  society.  Lond.  1735.  rivo.
  Synopsis of the history and cure of the
  venereal disease. Lond. 1737. 8vo.  Art
  of preserving  health, a  poem.  Lond.
  1744. 4to.: 1745. 8vo.  Medical essays.
 Lond.  1773. 4to. &c
   ARM'STRONG, John, M.D.  (Biog.)
 An  eminent  English physician and
 writer, born in 1784; died 182!).  He
 practised  some  time  in  Northumber-
 land, and afterwards moved to London,
 where  he  died.  Works.  Facts  and
 observations relative to puerperal fever.
 Lond.  1814. 8vo.  Practical illustra-
 tions of typhus and  other febrile dis-
 eases. Lond. 1816. 8vo. Practical illus-
 trations of the  scarlet fever, measles,
 pulmonary consumption,  fyc, with ob-
 servations on the efficacy of sulphureous
 waters in  various complaints.  Lond.
 1818.  8vo.  The  morbid anatomy of
 the bowels, liver, and  stomach: with
 plates. &c. Lond.  1829.
   ARNAUD  de  RONSIL, George
 (Biogr.)  A native of  France,  and  a
 surgeon of some eminence in London,
 lived about the middle of  the 18th cen-
 tury.  Works.  Dissertations on her-
 nias, &c Lond. 1748. 8vo.  Some use-
ful observations on aneurisms.  Lond.
 1750. 8vo.  Dissertations on hermaphro-
 dites. Lond. 1750. 8vo.  A dissertation
 on disorders of the  urethra.   Lond.
 1754. 8vo.  Memoires de chirurgie, avec
 des  remavques  sur  Vetat  de la  mede-
 cine et de  la chirurgie, en  France et
 en Angleterre.   Lond.  1768.  2 vols.
 4 to.
   Ar'nica Monta'na  (Mat. Med.) De-
 rivation uncertain.  Arnica,  Leopard's
 Bane, Doronhcum German'icum, Alis'-
 ma, Acy'rus, Diuret'ica, Ar'nica  Plau-
 en'sis, Panace'a lapso'rum,  Ptar'mica
 monta'na, Cal'tha seu Calen'dula Al-
pi'na.  The plant and flower are con-
sidered, or have  been  considered, nar-
cotic, stimulant, emmenagogue,  &c ;
and, as such, have been given in amaur-
osis, paralysis,  all nervous affections,
rheumatism, gout, chlorosis, &c. Dose,
gr. v to x in powder.  In large doses it
is deleterious.
  (F) Arnique, Bitoine des Montagues,
 Tabac des Vosges.
  (G) Wohlverley, Fallkraut.
P. A. Schuett, Gotting.
    Writers.  N. Alberti, Halo?, 1719
  and 1744 (L).  A. E. Buchner. Erford,
  1741.   H. J. Collin, Vienna, 1775 (L).
  J. I. Doillinger,  Bamberg, 1776 (L).
  I.  Fried,  Vienna, 1780 (L).   Birk-
  holz, Lips. 17^5 (L).  Meisner,  Pra-
  gE,1736(L). P. A. ~
  17H4 (L).
   ARNIG'MO, Bartholomew (Biogr.)
  An Italian physician and poet, born at
  Brescia in Lombardy, 1523; died 1577.
  Work.  Dialogo delta medicina d'Amo-
  re, &c  Brescia. 1566.  12mo.
   ARNISCL7US, Hennin'gus (Biogr.)
  A German medical and  political writer,
  born  in Lower  Saxony;   died 1636.
  Works.   Observationes   anatomica.
  Francf.  1610. 4to.   Disputatio de lue
  venerea. Oppenh. 1610. 4to. &c  .
   ARNOL'DUS   de  Vil'la  No'va
  (Biogr.)  A famous physician, who lived
  in the 13th and 14th centuries. Works.
  Regimen sanitatis Salernitanum. Pari-
  siis. 1493. 4to.  His works  were print-
  ed at, Lyons, by  Nicholas Tolerus,
  1520. fol.
   Aro'm.i (Mat. Med.)   aqvua,  ' per-
 fume ' :  Spir'itus Rector.  The odorous
 part  of  plant3 : an emanation — fre-
 quently  imponderable—from  bodies,
 which acts on the  organ  of smell, and
 varies with the body exhaling it.
   (F) Arome.  (G)  Gewurzstoff.
   AROMATA'RI, Joseph (Biogr.)  A
 learned Italian physician, was born at
 Assise about the year 1586; died  1660.
 Works.  Disputatio de rabie contagi-
 osd, cum Epistold  de plantar um  ex
 seminibus  generatione.  Venet.   1625.
 4to.
   Aromat'ic (Mat. Med.) Aromal'icus,
 aqvma, Aro'ma.  Any odoriferous sub-
 stance  obtained  from the   vegetable
 kingdom, and which contains much
 volatile oil,  or a light and  expansible
 resin.  Aromatics are used in perfumes,
 in  seasoning,  and   embalming.    In
 Medicine they are  employed as stimu-
 lants.  Ginger, cinnamon, cardamoms,
 mint, &c belong to this class.
  (F) Aromates.     (G)  G e w ii r z -
 mi tte 1.
  Writer.
 (L).
  Aromatofo'la ; from   'aqwfia,  ' an
odor,' and nwXtm, ' I sell.'  An apoth-
ecary or  druggist.   One  who  sells
spices.
  A'roph (Med.)  A  barbarous word,
which had various significations with
the ancients.  Paracelsus  employed
it to  designate a lithontriptic remedy.
The Mandragore, according to some : —
J. W. Wedel, Jena;, 1695 
ARQUEBUSADE          73         ART, HEALING
 Also, a mixture  of bread, saffron, and
 wine.  Helmont.
  Arquebusade,  Eau d' (Mat. Med.)
 A'qua traumat'ica  Thede'nii,  A'qua
 Thedia'na,  A'qua  sclopeta'ria, A'qua
 vulnera'ria, A'qua catapulta'rum, Mis-
 tu'ra vulnera'ria  ac"ida.   A  sort  of
 vulnerary water, distilled from a farrago
 of aromatic plants.  (Rosemary Jfeiss,
 millefoil, V.-.yme, each ftjss. Proof spirit
 2 gallons — distil a gallon.)   This is
 one form.
  ARRACHEMENT(F) (Surg.) from ar-
 racher,' to tear out,' anoanaaua, Abrup'-
 tio,  Avul'sio.  Act of separating a part
 of the body by tearing it from the bonds
 connecting it with others.
  Arrachement is applied to certain
 operations,  as to  the  extraction of a
 tooth, the  extirpation of  a polypus,
 &c
       (G) Ausreissung.
  Ak'raphon or Ar'rabon  (Anat.)  aq-
 qaipov, from a priv. and qai/1,, ' a suture,'
 ' without  suture.'  A  term applied to
 the  cranium  when  it presents no  su-
 tures.
  AiiRHffiA (Path.) aoqoia, from a priv.
 and qtu, ' I flow.'  The suppression of
 any flux.
  ARRIVABENE,  Ippolito (Biogr.)
 A physician who practised with great
.jeputation at Rome : died 1739. Works.
 La vera idea delta  medicina.  Reggio.
 1730.  4to. &c
   Ar'rovv Root (Mat. Med.) The fec-
 ula  of  the  Maran'ta  Arundina'cea,
 which, like .all feculte, is emollient and
 nutritive,  when prepared with water
 or milk.  Fec'ula Maran'ta.
  AR'SENAL (F)  (Surg.)  Armamen-
 ia'rium.  A collection of surgical in-
 struments.  A work containing a  de-
 scription of surgical instruments.
  Arse'niate (Mat. Med.)* Arse'nias.
 A salt formed by a combination of ar-
 senic acid with a salifiable base.
   Arse'niate of Protox'ide of Polas'-
 sium, Pro'to-arsen'iate of Potas'sium,
 Arse'niate  of Pol'ass, Arse'nias PoV-
 assa, Arse'nias Ka'li.  Properties  the
 same  as those of the Arsenious Acid!
  (G)  A rseniksaures Gewachs-
 laugensalz.
   Ar'senic  (Mat. Med.)   aoaivtxov,
 Arsen'icnm.  A solid metal; of a steel-
 gray color, granular texture ; very brit-
 tle ; volatilizing before  melting;  very
 combustible and  acidifiable.  It is not
 dangerous  of itself, and only becomes
 so, by virtue  of the facility with which
 it absorbs oxygen.
   Arsen'ical Paste  (Surg. &c)  (F)
Pdte  Arsenicale.   This application to
cancers is formed of 70 parts of cinna-
bar, 22 of dragon's blood, and 8 of ar-
senious acid;  made into a paste with
saliva, when about to be applied.
  Arse'nious  Acid ;   White Ar'senic,
Ox'ide of Ar'senic, Ratsbane, Arsen'ici
ox'ydum  al'bum,  Arsen'icum al'bum,
Fal'canos,  Kibrius,  Keb'ric,  Serici'-
acum,  Spec'ulum  al'bum,   Zer'icum,
Al'baras,  Alcan'thum, Ar'far,  Ar'sag,
Ar'taneck, Ar'tanech,  Cal'caton,  Ad'i-
dum Arsenico'sum, Calx Arsen'ici al'ba.
An acid,  which is met with, in com-
merce,  in compact, white, heavy, fra-
gile  masses ;  of  a  vitreous  aspect,
opaque, and covered with a white dust:
of  an acrid and nauseous taste ;  with-
out smell  when cold ; volatilizable by
heat, and exhaling the odor of garlic :
soluble in water, alcohol, and oil; crys-
tallizable  in regular octaedrons.   It is
this that is meant  by the name Arsenic,
as commonly used.
  (G) Weiss er-Arsenikkalk.
  The  ARSEN'ICUM  AL'BUM  SUBLI-
MA' TUM or Sublimed Oxide of Arsenic,
is the one employed  in medicine. It
is tonic and escharotic, and is the most
virulent of mineral poisons.   It is used
in  intermittents,  periodical headachs,
neuroses, &c  Dose,  gr. one-tenth to
one-eighth in  pill.
  Writers on Arsenic as a  poison,
and on its antidotes, &c  Elias, Mar-
burg, 1793 (L). S. Hahnemann, Leipz.
1786(G).   Meibomius,  Helmst. 1729
(L).  P. R. Navter, Griefsw. 1782 (F).
Sperling,  Witeb. 1685 (L).   Thun-
berg, Upsal.  1804 (L).  C. Renauld,
Paris, an. ix.  J.  Kielmeyer, Tubing.
1808  (L).   Seiler,  Lips.  1807 (L).
John  Bostock,  Lond.  18r59.    As  a
medicine. — Sulzer,  Jena?,  1796 (L).
J.  Ch.  Jacobi, Erford.  1757 (L).  T.
Fowler, Lond. 1786.   Fauves, Paris,
1804(F).   Chr. F. Harles,  Norimb.
1811  (L).  C.  L. Donne*, Berlin, 1812
(G).
     See Poisons,  Table of.
  Ar'senite  (Mat. Med.) Ar'senis. A
salt,  formed by a combination  of the
arsenious acid with a salifiable base.
   (G)  Halbsaures   Arsenik-
sal z.
  Ar'senite of Protox'ide of Potas'-
sium,  Pro'to-ar'senite  of Potas'sium,
Ar'senite of Pot'ass, Ar'senis Pota'ssa-
 An uncrystallizable and colorless salt,
 which forms the basis  of the Li'quor
 Arsenica'lis, which see.
   Art, heal'ing (Med.) Ars sanan'di.
I The -appropriate application of the pre- 
ARTABA
74
ARTERIAL
 cepts of the best physicians, and of the
 results of experience to the treatment
 of disease.
   Ar'taba  (Pharm.)  aqxapij.  Name
 of a measure for dry substances, in use
 with  the ancients;  equal, at  times,
 to 5 modii:  at others, to 3; and at
 others, again, to 7.   Galen.
   Ar'telsheim, Mineral Waters of
 (Mat.  Med.)   These German waters
 have been much recommended in hy-
 steria, gout, palsy, &c  Their  physical
 or chymical  properties  have not been
 described.
  Artemis'ia (Mat. Med.) Aqxtuiaia,
 Anacti'rion,  avaxxiqiov:  called after a
 queen of the  name, who first employed
 it; or from Aqxtiug,' Diana ';  because
 it was, formerly,  used  in  diseases of
 women, over  whom she presided.  The
 Gauls called it Ericumum.
  ARTEMIS'IA  ABROT'ANUM, Abrot'-
 anum,  Cath'sum,  Abrol'anum  mas,
 Abrathan, upqoxuvov, South'ernwood.
 Supposed to be  possessed of stimulant
 properties.
  (F)  Aurone,  .lurone  male,  Aurone
 des Jardins, Garderobe,  Citronelle.
  (G) Stabkraut,   Stabwurz,
 G ar t w ur z.
  The Oil of Southernwood,  O'leum
 Abrot'ani, (F) Huile d'Aurone,  possess-
 es the aromatic properties of the plant.
  ARTEMIS'IA ABSIN'THIUM, Absin'-
 thium, aifjivSiov, Absin'thium vulsra're,
 Barypi'cron,  Com'mou  Worm'wood.
 Properties : — tonic and  anthelmintic.
 The Oil of Wormwood,  O'leum Absin'-
 thii,  (F) Huile d'Absinthe, contains the
 aromatic virtues of the plant.
  (F) Absinthe.  (G)Wermuth.   j
  ARTEMIS'IA   CAMPES'TRIS, Field
 Southernwood.   This  possesses   the
 same properties as the A. Abrot'anum.
  (F) Aurone des Champs.
  (G)  Feldbeyfuss.
  ARTEMIS'IA DRACUN'CULUS, Tar'-
 agon.  Virtues: — the same as the last.
  (F) Armoise estragon.
  (G)  D r agonb e y fuss ,  Kay-
sersalat.
  ARTEMIS'IA PON'TICA,  A.  Roma'-
na, Absin'thium Pon'ticum, seu  Ro-
ma'num,  Roman  Wormwood,  Lesser
 Wormwood.   This  plant possesses like
 virtues : — as  well as the
  ARTEMIS'IA GLACIA'LIS or Silky
 Wormwood;  and the
  ARTEMIS'IA  MARIT*IMA,   Absin'-
 thium  Marit'imum,  Sea  Wormwood,
 Maritime Southernwood.
  (G)  Seebeyfuss, Seewer-
 muth.
    ARTEMIS'IA  RUPES'TRIS,  Creep-
 ing Wormwood,  Gen'ipi al'bum.  This
 variety  has aromatic virtues, and  is
 used in intermittents and in amenor-
 rhosa.
   (F) Armoise blanc, Genipi blanc.
   ARTEMIS'IA SANTON'ICA, Santon'-
 icum, Artemis'ia con'tra, Se'men con'-
 tra Ver'mes, Se'men  con'tra, Can'ni
 Her'ba, Chamace'dris, Chamacyparis'-
 sus,  Se'men Ci'na,  Hagiosper'mum,
 Sanc'tum Se'men, Absin'thium Santon'-
 icum, Sementi'na, Xantoli'na, Sche'ba
 Ar'abum, JJrttmis'ia  Juda'ica, Worm-
 seed, Tartarian  Southernwood.    Vir-
 tues : — Anthelmintic  and  stimulant.
 Dose, gr. x to 3j in powder.
   ARTEMIS'IA VULGA'RIS, Artemis'ia
 ru'bra et al'ba,  Cin'gulum  Sanc'ti Jo-
 annis,  Ma'ter  Herba'rum,   Berenise-
 cum,  Bubastecor'dium,  Canapa'cia,
 Mug'wort.
   (F) Armoise  ordinaire,  Her be  de
 Saint Jean.
   (G) Beyfuss.
   This, as well as some other varieties,
 possesses the general tonic virtues of
 the Artemisia;.
   From the Mugwort the Chinese form
 their Moxa (q. v.)
   Artemo'nium   (Pharm.)  aqxiuoviov.
 A  kind of  collyrium, much  used in
 various affections of the eyes. Galen.
   Arte'ri\c  (Mat. Med.)  Arteri'aca,
 aqxijqiuxa.   A medicine  prescribed in
 diseases of the windpipe.
   Arte'rije  adipo'sjE  (Anat.)   The
 arteries, which secrete the fat about the
 kidneys, are sometimes so called.  They
 are ramifications  of the capsular, dia-
 phragmatic, renal, and spermatic arte-
 ries.
  Arte'rial (Anat.) Arterio'sus.  Be-
 longing to arteries.
  The ARTE'RIAL  DUCT,  Cana'lis
 arterio'sus, Duc'tus  arterio'sus, is  the
 portion of the pulmonary artery, which
 terminates  in the aorta, in the foetus.
 (F) Canal artrriel.  When this duct is
 obliterated after birth, it is called Arte'-
 rial Lig'amenf, (F)  Ligament arteriel.
  ARTE'RIAL BLOOD  (F)  Sang  ar-
 teriel,  (G)  Pulsaderblut,  Red
blood, is so called  because contained in
the arteries.   The  pulmonary veins,
 however, also contain red blood : hence
the name arterial veins,  (F) Veines
arterielles, applied to them.
  The ARTE'RIAL  SYS'TEM includes
all the arteries,   from their origin in
the heart  to their termination in the
organs.
  Writer.   Th. Turner, Lond. 1825. 
ARTERIOGRAPHY        73
ARTERY
   Arteriography  (Anat.)  ArteriO-
 gra'phia; from aqxiiqia,  'artery,' and
 yqawyj, <  a description.'  A  description
 of the arteries.
   (G) Pulsaderbeschreibung.
   Arteri'ola (Anat.)  A small artery.
       (G)  Pulsaderche.
   Artekiol'ogy (Anat.) Afteriolo'gia;
 from aqxr,qia,  ' artery,, and  Xoyog, ' a
 discourse.'   A treatise on the arteries.
       (G) Pulsaderlehre.
   Arte'rio - pitu'itous  ( Anat.)  An
 epithet applied to vessels, which creep
 along the  interior of the  nostrils.—
 Ruysch.
   Arteriot'omy (Surg.) Arterioto'mia,
 aqrtjqioxoftia, from uoti^jiu, ' an artery,'
 and  rtuvw,  •  I  cut.'   This  word has
 been used for  the dissection of arteries.
 Most commonly, however,  it means a
 surgical  operation, which  consists in
 opening an artery, to draw  blood  from
 it.
   Arteriotomy is  chiefly used  in in-
 flammatory affections  of the head, when
 the  blood is generally obtained  from
 the temporal artery.
   (G) P  ulsader e roffnung.
   Writers.   R.  G.  Crause,  Jenas,
 1705 (L).   Beyer,   Jena;,   1673 (L).
 S. F. Niettingek, Argent.  1747 (L.)
 D. Rattray,  Edinb.  1761 (L).   Sebi-
 zns, Argent.  1620 (L).
   Ar'tery  (Anat.)  Arte'ria, aqxrjoia,
 from artq,' air,' and xt,qtiv,' to preserve,'
 quasi, ' receptacle of  air,' because the
 ancients  believed  that  it  contained
 air.   They,  at first,  gave  the  name,
 Artery, to the  trachea, uqxr/jta rqu/au,
 because it is filled with air ;  and  after-
 wards they used the same term for the
 arteries,  properly  so  called,  probably
 because  they  commonly  found  them
 empty  in the  dead  body.   We.  find,
 also, ipXtitg  to  designate  the arteries,
 called also  by  the  Latins,  Vena  mi-
 cantes,  pulsatiles.  Arteries,  with the
 moderns,  signify that  order  of vessels,
 which arise  from the  two ventricles of
 the heart, and  have valves only at their
 origin.  They  are cylindrical, firm, and
 elastic  canals:  of a   yellowish-white
 color; little dilatable ;  easily lacerable;
 formed, 1. Of an  external,  laminated
 or cellular membrane, of  a  dense and
 close character: 2. Of a middle  coat
 composed of fibres,  which  does  not,
 however,  contract on the application of
 the galvanic stimulus : and, 3. Of an
 inner coat, which is thin, diaphanous,
 reddish, and  polished.
  The use of the  arteries is, to carry
the blood  from the heart to the various
 parts of the system.  It will be obvious,
 that they cannot, however, all convey
 arterial blood.  The pulmonary artery,
 for example, is destined to convey the
 venous blood to the lungs,  there  to be
 converted into arterial; whilst the pul-
 monary veins  convey arterial  blood
 back to the heart.
   (F) Art!re.        (G) Pulsader,
 S chlagad er.

 a table  of the principal arteries
            of the  body.
   All the  arteries  take their rise from
 the  Pulmonary  Artery or  the Aorta :
 and the names will  generally indicate
 the parts to which  they are distributed.

       I.  Arteria Pulmonaris.

   The Pulmonary Artery  arises from
 the  right  ventricle,  and soon divides
 into a right and left branch, which are
 distributed to each lung.

        II. Arteria  Aorta.
   The Aorta rises from the left ventri-
 cle.   It is the common  trunk of the
 arteries of the body, and may be  di-
 vided  into five portions.

 a. Arteries furnished by the  Aorta at
              its origin.
   1. A. cardiaca or coronaria anterior.
   2. A. cardiaca or coronaria posterior.

 b. Arteries furnished by the  Aorta at
               its arch.
   The arch of the  Aorta gives off, to
 the left, two considerable trunks — the
 Arteria carotidea primitiva, and the A.
 subclavia; and, to the right,  a single
 trunk,  which is  larger — the A. inno-
minata or Brachio-cephalica, which di-
vides  into the primitive carotid and
subclavian.
               Divides into  A.  Carotidea
                 externa, A.  Carotidea in-
                 terna.
              ' Furnishes, 1 A. thyrodea su-
                    perior.
                 2.  A. lingualis, which gives
                    off the A. dorsalis lin-
                    guae and  A. sublingua-
                    lis.
                 3.  A. facialis or  A. maxil-
                    laris externa,  which
                    furnishes the A. pala-
                    tina inferior, the  A.
                    submentalis,  and  A.
                    coronaria superior and
                    inferior.
                4.  A.  occipitalis,  which
                    gives off the A. mas-
                    toidea posterior.
                5.  A. auricularis posterior,
                    which gives off A. sty-
                    lomastoidea.
                6.  A. pharyngea inferior.
A. ARTEttIA CA-
 ROTIDEA PRIMI-
 TIVA.
A. Carotidea
 externa. 
ARTERY                 76                 ARTERY
1. A. Temporalis*
A.  Maxillaris
 interna.
b.  A. Carotidea
    interna.
  The external carotid  ultimately divides into
the temporal artery and internal maxillary.

                 [ Furnishes  A.  transvcrsalis
                    faciei, A. auricularis ante-
                    rior, and A. temporalis me-
                    dia.
                 'Furnishes 13 branches, viz.
                    A. meningea media, A. den-
                    taris inferior, A. tempora-
                    lis  profunda posterior, A.
                    masseterina,  A.  ptcrygoi-
                    dea,  A. buccalis, A. tem-
                    poralis profunda  anterior,
                    A.  alveolaris;  A. suborbi-
                    taris, A. vidiana,  A. ptery-
                    gopalatina  or  pliaryngea
                    superior, A. palatina supe-
                    rior, and  A. spheno-palib-
                    tina.
                   Furnishes, 1. A. ophVialmica,
                    which gives off A. lachry-
                    malis, A. centralis retina;,
                    A.  suprarobitaria or super-
                    ciliaris, A. ciliares  pos-
                    teriores, A. ciliares long®,
                    A.  muscularis superior  et
                    inferior,   A.  ethmoidalis
                    posterior et anterior, A.
                    palpebralis, superior et in-
                    ferior,  A.  nasalis, and A.
                    frontalis.  2.  A. communi-
                    cant H'ittesii. 3. A. choroi-
                    dasa.  4. A. cerebralis an-
                    terior.    5. A.  cerebralis
                    media.

                  Furnishes, 1. A.vertebralis,
                    which gives off A. spinalis
                    anterior et posterior, A.
                    cerebellosa  inferior,  and
                    forms by uniting itself with
                    that of the opposite side —
                    the A.  basilaris,  divided
                    into A. cerebellosa  supe-
                    rior and A. cerebralis pos-
                    terior.    2.  A.  thyroidea
                     inferior, which  gives off
                     A.  cervicalis   ascendens.
                    3.  A.  mammaria  interna,
                     which gives off the A. me-
                    diastina anterior and A.
                    diaphragmatica   superior.
                    4. A. intercostalis superior.
                    5. A. cervicalis transversa.
                    6. A. scapularis  superior.
                    7. A. cervicalis posterior vel
                    profunda.   Farther on, the
                    subclavian  artery contin-
                    ues its progress  under the
                    name A. axillaris.

                 (Furnishes, 1. A. acromialis.
                    2.  A.  thoracica  superior.
                    3.  A. thoracica, inferior or
                     longa or mammaria externa.
                     4.  A. scapularis inferior or
                 <   communis,   5.  A. circum-
                    fleza posterior.  6. A. cir-
                     cumfleia anterior.  Farther
                     on, the axillary artery con-
                     tinues  under the name  A.
                 l_   brachialis.

                   {Furnishes A. humeralis pro-
                    funda or coUateralis exter-
                     na.  2. A. coUateralis in-
                     terna.   It afterwards di-
                     vides into  the radial and
                     cubital arteries.
B. ArtiriaSub-
  clavia.
A. Brachialis.
i Gives off A. recurrent radia-
   lis, A. dorsalis carpi,  A.
   dorsalis metaearpi, A. dor
   salis  pollicis, and termi-
   nates in forming the Arms
L  palmarir profundus.

 Gives  off A. recurrens  cubi-
   talis anterior and posterior;
   A. interossea anterior and
   posterior,  which latter fur-
   nishes A. recurrens  radia-
   lly posterior.  It terminate*
   in forming  the  superficial
   palmar  arch, which gives
   off A.  collatcrales dtgito-
c Arteries  given  off by  the Aorta in
                the Thorax.
1. A. Radialis.
2. A. Cubitalis.
	' 1.	A. bronchica, dcxtra et sinistra.
	2	A. asophagwee (to thc number of four, five,
These Arteries		or six.)
are,	3.	A. mcdiastinrr. posteriores.
	4.	A. intercostales inferiore* vel Aortica (to the number of eight, nine,
		or ten.)
d. Arteries furnished  by  the  Aorta in
               the Abdomen.
Thesp Branches
   are,
2. A. Cecliaca,
3. A. Meseuterica
     superior.
                 f 1. The A. diaphragmatica vel
                       ■phrenica, dcxtra  et sin-
                 {     intra.

                  Which   divides  into   three
                     branches,    1.  A.  coro-
                     naria  ventriculi.    2.  A.
                     Hepatica,  which gives off
                     A. pylorica, A. gastro-epi-
                     ploica dextra  and  A. cys-
                     tica:  and, lastly,  the A.
                     splenica,  which gives off
                     A. gastro-epiploica sinistra
                     und vasa brevia.      i
                  Which  gives off at its con-
                     cavity the A. colica  dextra
                     superior,  media et inferior,
                     and at its convex part from
                     15 to 20  Rami intcstina-
                 (   les.
                 i Which gives off A. colica su
                     perior, media, and inferior,
                     and divides into A. hffimor-
                     rhoidales superiores.

5. The A.  Capsidares media (to the number of
    two on each side.)
6. A. Rcnales or Emulgentes.
7. A. Spermatiae.
8. A. Lumbares (to  the number of four  or  fivo
    on each  side.)

e. Arteries resulting from the  Bifurca-
             tion of the Aorta.

The Aorta, a little above its  Bifurcation, givos
  off the A.  sacra media, and divides into A. Hi
  actB primitiva.

A. Iliaca  primiti- j Divides into A. iliaca  intern*
  va.            j   and A. iliaca externa. 
ARTERY              77               ARTIA
A. Iliaca
 terna.
b.  A. Iliaca
     tenia.
A. Cruralis.
 'Furnishes,  1.  A.  iliolum-
    baris.  2. A. sacra latera-
    lis.  3. A. glutcea, or iliaca
    posterior.  4.  A. umbilica-
    lis.  5. A. vesicates. 6. A.
    obturatorcn.  7. A. hmrnor-
    rhoidwa media.  8. A. utc-
    rina. 9. A. vaginalis.  10.
    A. ischiatica.   11. A.  pu-
    denda interna, which gives
    off the A.hcmorrhoidales in-
    feriores, A. of the septum
    A. transversa pcrinei,  A.
    corporis cavcrnosi, and A.
    dorsalis penis.
  Furnishes, 1. A. tpigastrica.
    3. A. iliaca anterior or cir-
    conflrxa ilii, and is continu-
    ed afterwards  under  the
    name of Crural Artery.
 'Furnishes, 1.  A. subcutanea
    jbdominatis. 2. A. pudenda
    superficialis  and profunda.
    3. A. muscularis superfi-
    cialis.  4.  A. musculaiis
    profunda, which  gives  off
    the A. circonrlexa externa
    and interna, and the three
    Perforantes, distinguished
    into superior, middle, and
    inferior. Farther on,  the
    crunl artery continues un-
    der the name A. Poplitxa.
 (Furnishes, 1.  A. articularcs
    Isuperiores, interna, media, et
    externa.  2. A. gemellus.  3.
    A. articulares  iafcriores,
 I   interna et externa. 4.  A.
 I   tibialis  antica, which,  at
    the foot, talus  the name
    A. Dorsalis  Tarsi,  and
    gives  off the  tarsal  and
    metatarsal arteries. In the
    leg,  the popliteal artery
    divides into the  peroneal
    and posterior tibial.
 (" Divides into A. perontca an-
<  tica and A. peronma pos-
 (  tica.
 Divides into A. plantaris m-
   tcrna and A. plantaris ex-
   terna.   The  latter,   by
   anastomosing with the A.
   dorsalis tarsi,  forms the
   plantar arch, whence arise
   R. superiorcj or perforantes
   postici,  Rami  inferiores,
   postici et antici, which give
   off Kami perforantea  an-
   tici.
   Writers.    Ch. Kramp,  Argent.
1785 (L).  A. Murray (tables),  Upsal.
1761 to  1783 (L).:  in  Engl, by Lau-
rence, Lond. 1801. J. Barclay, Edinb.
1812.   Ch.  Bell, Lond. 1801; (en-
gravings), A. von Haller, Lond. 1811.
J. Hodgson (diseases of), Lond. 1815;
(engravings). Lond.  1815: in French,
by G. Breschet, Paris, 1819.  G. D.
Dermot,  Lond.  1827.   C. H.  Parry
(experiments  on the A.s.), Lond. 1819.
G. J. Guthrie  (diseases, &c), Lond.
1830.   P.  II. Green (on  the  varieties
in the arterial system), Dublin, 1830.
                   7*
A. Poplita:a.
!. A. Peronaa.
2. A. Tibialis pos-
    tica.
   Artetis'cus ; from  artus,  ' a limb.'
 One who has lost a limb.
   Arthani'ta (Mat. Med.)  from aqxog,
 ' bread ' -.  the Cyc'lamen or  Sowbread.
 It was formerly made into ointments,
 with  many other substances, and was
 employed  to act as a purgative, being
 rubbed on the  abdomen.    It  formed
 the  Unguen'tum Arthani'ta.
   Arthralgia (Path.)  Arthronal'gia,
 from aqdqov, ' a joint,' and a/.yog,' pain.'
 Pain in the joints.
   Arthrem'bolus (Surg.) andqtupoXog,
 from  'aqSqov,  ' a joint,' tr,  ' in,' and
 fluXXm,' I cast.' An ancient instrument
 used in the reduction  of dislocations.
   Arthrit'ic (Path.) Arthrit'icus, from
 ao-Oqov, ' a  joint.'  That which relates
 to gout, as arthritic symptoms, &c
     (F) Arthritique, Goutteux.
   ArtHroc'ace (Path.) from  aq&qov,
 ' a joint,' and y.ar.og, ' bad.'   Disease of
 the joints ;  and especially caries of the
 articular surfaces.
   Arthro'dia  (Anat.)  from  andqov,
 ' a joint,' ao&qwSta, Adarticula'tio.  A
 movable joint, formed  by the  head of a
 bone applied to the surface of a shallow
 socket, so that it can execute movements
 in every direction.
   Arthrodyn'ia  (Path.) from  aqdnov,
 ' articulation,' and oSwij, ' pain.'  Ar-
 ticular pain.  Pain  in the joints, un-
 accompanied hy heat or swelling.
   Arthrom'bole (Surg.) from  uqSqor,
 and  /Su.'.Ao), ' I cast.'   Coaptation, re-
 duction.  Reduction of  a  luxated  or
 fraetured bone.
   Ar'thron  (Anat.) aq&qor,  'ajoint.'
 The ancients used  the word aq-9qov for
 the articulation  of bones with  motion,
 in opposition to ovutpvoig,or articulation
 without motion.
  Arthrophlogo'sis (Path.)  from aq-
 Sqov, ' a joint,'  and ipXiyw, ' I burn.'
 Inflammation of the joints.
  Arthropuo'sis (Path.) from aq&qov,
 ' a joint,' and nvov,' pus.' Suppuration
 or abscess of the joints.
  Arthro'sia  (jYosoL)  from aq&qow,
 ' I articulate.'    Arthritis (of  some).
 Inflammation  mostly  confined  to the
joints,  severely painful ; occasionally
 extending to the  surrounding  muscles.
 A genus of diseases in the Nosology  of
 Good,  including  Rheumatism, Gout,
 &c    Articular  inflammation,  Joint-
 ache.
  Arthrospojj'gus  (Path.)  from aq-
 9qov,' a joint,' and anoyyog,' a sponge.'
 A white, fungous tumor of the joints.
  Ar'tia (Anat.) aqxia, aqxa;.   Ac-
 cording to  some, this word is synony-. 
ARTICULAR           78
ARTIZANS
 mous  with aqxtjqta; others use it  sy-
 nonymously with Trachea.
  Artic'ular (Anat.) Articula'ris: that
 which relates  to the articulations; — as
 the articular capsules,  &c
  The ARTIC'ULAR FACETTES  are
 the contiguous surfaces,  by means of
 which the bones are articulated.
  The ARTIC'ULAR  AR'TERIES  OF
 THE KNEE,  arise  from  the  popliteal
 artery, and  surround the  tibio-femoral
 articulation.  Although of a small size,
 they  are  important,  as  they  furnish
 blood to the lower  extremity after  the
 operation for popliteal aneurism.  They
 are distinguished into superior  and in-
ferior.
  The superior articular arteries, pop-
 liteal articular arteries (Ch.), are com-
 monly three in number : one of which is
 internal, another external, and another
 middle.  The  first anastomoses by one
 branch with the  external circumflex ;
 and  by another  with the  external  su-
 perior articular.  The   second  anasto-
 moses with the  external  circumflex,
 the superior internal articular, and  the
 inferior external articular ; and  the
 third is distributed within  the joint.
  The inferior  articular  arteries  are
 two in number:  an internal and exter-
 nal.   The former anastomoses with  the
 internal superior articular, and  the  ex-
 ternal inferior articular.   The  latter
 anastomoses with the recurrent branch
 of the anterior tibial, and the external
 superior articular.
   The ARTICULAR   VEINS  of  the
 knee follow the same course as  the ar-
 teries.
  Articula'tion  (Anat.)  A  Joint;
 Articula'lio, Arthro'sis,  Assarthro'sis,
 aq-9-qwOig, aq&qov, Artic'ulus, Junctu'ra,
 Co'la, xaXa, Conjunc'tio, No'dus, Com-
 missu'ra,  Compa'ges,  Syntax'is. The
 union of bones with each other, as well
 as the kind of union.
      (F) Articulation, Article.

      TABLE OF  ARTICULATION'S.
  Articulations are generally divided
 into Diarthroses  or movable articula-
 tions, and Synarthroses or immovable.
           !1. Amphiarthrosis.
           2. Diarthrosis, orbic- ( Enarthrosis
              ular or vague,  j Arthrodia.
           3. Alternative or  Ginglymus,
              which admits of varieties.
           !1. Suture.
           2. Harmony.
           3. Gomphosis.
           4. Schindylesis.

  ARTICULA'TION (Phys.)  means the
combination of letters Which constitute
words.   See Voice.
  ARTICULA'TION,  FALSE  (Path.)
Pseudarthrosis.   Afahe joint, foimed
between fragments of bone, that have
remained  ununited :  or  between  a
luxated  bone   and the  surrounding
parts.
  (F) A.fausse,A.accidentelle,A. con-
tre  nature, A. anormale.
  ARTICULA'TIONS,  DISEASES OF
THE (Path.)  The joints are subject to
a number of diseases,  which are gen-
erally  somewhat  severe.   These may
be  physical,  as wounds,  sprains, lux-
ations, &c; or  they may  be  organic,
as ankyloses, extraneous "bodies, caries,
rheumatism, gout, hydrarthrosis, artho-
puosis, &c
  Writers.  Curtmann, Giess. 1797
(L). BuDiEus, Paris, 1539 (L).  Widd-
mann,  Helmst. 1744 (L).  Schreger,
Numbers, 1818(G).  J. N. Rust, Vien.
1817(G).  B. C. Brodie, Lond^ 1818.
Sip. A. Cooper (dislocations and frac-
tures of), Lond.  lb-24 . by J. D. God-
man,  Phil. 18ir5.   S.  Cooper, Lond.
1807.  J. Jeefrav, II. Park, and P.  F.
Morf.au (excision of  carious joints),
Glasgow, 1*06.   J. Scott  (diseases),
Lond.  ]rt:2-.  Jas. Wilson  (diseases),
Lond.  1*20.  Saml. D. Gross  (Anat.,
Physiol., and Diseases), Phil. 1830.
 Artificial, Artificiu'lis. That which
is formed by art.
  (F) Artijiciel.   (G) K u n s t j i c h.
  ARTIFICIAL   TEETH   are   teeth
made of ivory, porcelain, &c
  Writer.  J. Audibran, Paris, 1821
(F).
  ARTIFICIAL   EYES  are   usually
made of enamel,  and represent  a sort
of hollow hemisphere, which is applied
beneath the eyelids, where  the  eye  is
lost.
  Pieces  d'anatomie artificielles  are
preparations of anatomy, modelled  in
wax, plaster, paper, &c
  Artiscus (Pharm.)  aqxidxog, from
o^tos, 'bread.'   A troch of the shape
of a small loaf. Also, especially, a troch
made of vipers.
  Ar'tizans, Diseases of (Path.) Mor<-
bi Artif'icum.  Diseases that are caused
by the occupations of individuals.
  Writers.   Linn^us, Upsal. 17tJ4
(L).  B. Ramazzim, Mutin. 1700 (L).
J. Juncker, Hal. 1745 (L).   Bari hol-
di,  Erlang. 1785 (L).  G. Adelmann.
Wurzburg. 1803 (G).  Fr. Mat, Man-
heim,  1803 (G).   W.  Richardson.
Birming. 1790.   Patissieh, Paris, 1822 
ARTOCARPUS          79           ASAPHATUM
 Artocar'pus (Mat. Alim.) The Bread-
fruit Tree.  An Otaheitan tree, so call-
ed because  the fruit, which is milky
and juicy, supplies the place of bread to j
the inhabitants.   It grows to the height'
of 40 feet.
  Artoc'reas (Mat.  Alim.) aqxoxqtag,
from aqxog, ' bread,' and xqcag, ' flesh.'
A kind of nourishing food made of va-
rious aliments boiled together.  Galen.
  Artog'ala  (Mat.  Alim.)  aqxoyaXa,
from aoroc,  ' bread,' and yaXa,' milk.'
An alimentary preparation of bread and
milk.  A Poultice.
  Artom'eli  (Pharm.)  aqxo/.itXt, from
aqxog,  ' bread,' and fiiXi, ' honey.'   A
cataplasm of  bread and  honey.  Ga-
len.
  Artop'ta (Obstet.)  aqxoin;.  A fe-
male who is delivered with facility.
  A'rum Dracun'culus  (Mat. Med.)
Dracun'culus  polyphyl'lus,  Colubri'na
Dracon'tia,  Er'va de Sanc'ta Mari'a,
Gig'arus serpenta'ria,  Al'lvf,  Anov
uiyu, A'rum polyphyl'lum, Serpenta'ria
Gallo'rum.  The roots and leaves  are
very  acrimonious.  The  plant  resem-
bles the  next in its properties.
  A'RUM MACULA'TUM, Cuckow Pint,
Bar'ba Aaro'nis,  Serpenta'ria mi'nor,
Zin'giber German'icum,  Wake Robin.
The fresh root is stimulant internally.
Dose,  P)j of the dried root.   Exter-
nally it is very acrid.
   From  the root of this  Arum a starch
is prepared, which is called  Portland
Island Sago,  Ger'sa  serpenta'ria,  Ce-
rus'sa serpenta'ria, Fec'ula a'ri macu-
la'ti.
   (F)  Gouet, Pied de Veau.
   (G) Aronswurzel.
  A'RUM TRIPHYL'LUM, Indian Tur-
nip, Dragon Root.  This plant grows all
over the United States, and is received
into  their  Pharmacopoeia  under  the
title Arum.   The  recent root is very
acrimonious,  and  has been employed
in asthma,  croup,  and hooping-cough.
Boiled in lard, it has been used in tinea
capitis, and boiled in  milk in consump-
tion.
   Aryta;'no- epiglot'ticus   (Anat.)
Aryta'no-epiglottida'us.  That  which
belongs  to the arytenoid cartilages  and
epiglottis.  Winslow gives this name
to  small, fleshy  fasciculi,  which  are
attached, at one extremity, to the ary-
tenoid cartilages,  and, by the other, to
the free  edge  of the  epiglottis.   These
fibres  do not always exist.  They form
part of the arytenoid muscle of modern
anatomists.
   Aryt'enoid (Anat.)  Arytenoi'des,
aqvxavotidi;g, from aqvxaiva, ' a funnel,'
and etSog,' shape.'   Funnei-shaped.
  The  ARYT'ENOID  CAR'TILAGES,
Cartilag'Hnes arytenoi'des, C. guttura'-
les,  C. gutturi'na,  C. gutturifor'mes,
C. triq'uetra, Guttur'nia, are two  car-
tilages of the  larynx, situated posterior-
ly above the  cricoid,  and which, by
approximation, diminish the aperture
of the  glottis.  Their  upper extremi-
ties  or  cornua are  turned  towards
each other,  and are  now and  then
found loose, in the form of appendices,
which are considered, by some, as dis-
tinct cartilages, and termed cuneiform
or tuberculated, or  Cornic'ula Laryn'-
gis.
  (G)  G ie s s kan n e nkno r pe 1.
  The ARYT'ENOID  GLANDS, Glan'-
dula Arytenoida'a, are small, glandu-
lar, whitish bodies,  situated anterior to
the A.  cartilages.  They  pour out  a
mucous fluid to lubricate the  larynx.
  (G)  Gi es skanne ndr usen.
  Arytenoid.s:'us  (Anat.)    A small
muscle, which passes from one aryte-
noid  cartilage to  the other,  by its
contraction, brings  them together, and
diminishes the  aperture of  the  glot-
tis.  Winslow divided the muscle into
three  portions : — the Arytenoida'us
transver'sus,  and two Arytenoida'i ob-
li'qui.
      (F)  Arytenoidien.
  Aryth'm (Path.)  Aryth'mus,  aqv-
duog, from a privative, and  qvduog,
' rythm,' '  measure.'  Irregular.   This
word is applied chiefly to the pulse.
  As'afost'ida (Mat. Med.) As'safat'-
ida, Ster'cus  diab'oli,  Asa,  Hin,  Hin'-
disch, Hing, Alitt, Al'ith, Devil's dung.
A gum resin obtained from the Fer'ula
Assafat'ida.   It is  in small masses, of
a whitish,  reddish,  and  violet  hue,
adhering together.  Taste  bitter and
subacrid: smell insupportably alliace-
ous.  The  Asiatics use it regularly as
a condiment.
  Its medical  properties are  antispas-
modic,  stimulant,  and  anthelmintic.
Dose, gr. v to xx, in pill.
  (G) Stinkende  Asand, Teu-
felsdreck.
  Writers.   J. Pundt, Gotting. 1778
(L).  J. B. Trommsdorf, Erfort,  1789
(L).
  As'apes (Path.) from aaanr\g,' crude,
Asep'ton, aatjnxor.  A term,  applied to
the sputum, or to other matters evacu-
ated, which do not give signs of coc-
tion.
  Asaph'atum  (Path.) from a  prir.
and oaipijg,' clear.'  This term has been 
ASAPHIA
80         ASCLEPIADES
 applied to  collections  in  the  sebace-
 ous follicles of the skin, which may be
 pressed out like little  worms, with a
 black head.
   Asaphi'a  (Path.)  aoaiftia,  from a
 priv. and  oai/t;g, 'clear.'  Dyspho'nia
 immodula'la  palati'na,  Parapho'nia
 guttura'lis, P. palati'na.  Defective
 articulation, dependant  upon  diseased
 palate.  Hippocr. Vogel.
   Asar'con  (Anat.)  attuqxor, from a
 priv. andaanc, ' flesh.'  Devoid of flesh.
 Aristotle  uses the term for the head,
 when it is but little  fleshy, compared
 with the chest and abdomen.
   Asari'tes  (Pharm.)  aaaqix\g, from
 affaoov, ' the asarum.'  A diuretic wine,
 of which  asarum was  an ingredient.
 Dioscorides.
   As'arum (Mat. Med.) aounov, from a
 priv. and auiqttv,  ' to  adorn' :  because
 not admitted into the ancient coronal
 wreaths.  As'arum  Europa'um, Nar'-
 dus Monta'na,  .Yar'dus Rus'lica, Az'-
 arum.   The plant,  used in medicine,
 is the As'arum Europa'um, the Asara-
bac'ca, and of this  the  leaves.  They
 are emetic, cathartic, errhine, but are
 hardly ever employed,  except for the
last purpose.
   (F) Asaret or  Cabaret,  Oreille d'-
homme,   Oreillette,   Girard-Roussin,
JVard Sauvage.
      (G)  Has e 1 wurz e 1.
   Writers. J. C Scheffler, Altdorf.
 1721 (L).   J. H. Schulze, Hales, 1739
 (L).
   AS'ARUM CANADEN'SE (Mat. Med.)
 Canada   Snakeroot,   Wild  Ginger,
 Colt's Foot.  It is used  as a substitute
for ginger,  and is said to act as a warm
stimulant and diaphoretic.
   Ascain, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)   Ascain is a  village,  situated
about a league from St. Jean-de-Luz in
 France.  The water is a cold chalyb-
eate.
   Ascardamyc'tes  (Phys.)  aaxaqda-
fivxxtjg,  from a priv. and axaqSuuvxxio,
' I twinkle  the eyes.'  One who stares
 with fixed  eyes,  and without moving
the eyelids. Hippocr.    *
   As'caris, pi. Ascar'ides (Path.)
aoxaqig, from  aaxaqitw,  ' I leap.'  A
genus of intestinal  worms, character-
ized by a long, cylindrical body,  ex-
tenuated at the extremities; and having
a mouth furnished with three tubercles,
from which a very short tube is some-
times seen issuing.
   Formerly, there were reckoned two
 varieties of the Ascaris — the As'caris
lumbricoi'des,  Lumbri'cus, L.  Te'res,
 or long round worm; and the As'caris
 Vermicula'ris— the Ascaris proper —
 the thread worm or maw-worm.   The
 former is alone included under the ge-
 nus,  at present, a new genus  having
 been formed of the A. vermicularis un-
 der the name Oxyu'ris.
   (F) Ascaride.  (G) Springwurm.
   As'celes or As'keles, 00x1X1,0, Ca'-
 rens cru'ribus, from a priv. and axtXog,
 ' a leg,'  One who has no legs.
   Ascen'dens (Anat.) from ascen'dere,
 ' to ascend.'  Parts are  thus  called,
 which are supposed to arise in a region
 lower than that where they terminate.
 Thus, Aorta ascendens, is the aorta from
 its origin to the arch :  Vena cava ascen-
 dens, the large vein, which  carries the
 blood  from the inferior  parts  to the
 heart: Obliquus ascendens (muscle), the
 lesser oblique muscle  of the abdomen,
 &c
  (F) Ascendant. (G) Aufste ig e nd.
   Ascen'sus Mor'bi (Path.) The pe-
 riod of increase of a disease.
   As'cia (Surg.) a$ivrn ' an axe.' Name
 of a bandage mentioned by Hippocra-
 tes and Galen, and figured by Scul-
 tetus, in the shape of an axe or hatchet.
 Galen,  oxi/ruqvog, axtnaqvov, and axe-
 naqvi,dor, Scepar'nos.
   Asci'tes (Path.) aoxtxtjg, from aaxog,
 ' a bottle ' : — Hydroce'le  Peritona'i,
 Hy'drops Abdom'inis,  He'ben (Arab.)
 Ascli'tes.   A collection  of serous  fluid
 in  the abdomen.  Dropsy of the lower
 belly.  Ascites proper, is dropsy of the
 peritoneum;  and  is characterized by
 increased size of the abdomen, by fluc-
 tuation  and the general signs of dropsy.
 It is  rarely a primary  disease, but is
 always  dangerous,  and but  little sus-
 ceptible of cure.  Most generally, it is
 owing to obstructed circulation in some
 of the viscera, or to excitement  of the
 vessels of the abdominal organs.   The
 treatment is nearly the same as that of
 other  dropsies  Paracentesis, when had
 recourse to, can only be regarded  as a
 palliative.
  (F) Ascite.  (G)  Bauchwasser-
 s u c h t.
  Writers.  Stahl, Hala?, 1701 (L.)
 Bernard,  Paris, 1746 (L).  Jacobi,
Erfurt, 1707 (L). F. Hoffmann, Halee,
1718 (L). Hamberger, Jena?, 1747 (L).
Wissel, Regiom. 1749. (L.)  Rieder,
Erfurt. 1799(L).  C. Granderax, Paris,
1804 (F).  J. M. Hanoul, Paris.  1806
(L).  J. Richard, Paris, 1811 (F).
  ASCLEPI'ADES (Biogr.) A phy-
sycian of great  antiquity, a native of
 Prusa in Bithynia,  and contemporary 
ASCLEPIAS  TUBEROSA     81           ASPHALTUM
with Mithridates, fl. about  110 B. C.
He wrote  several  books  quoted  by
Pliny,  Celsus, and Galen,  but of
which there are only fragments extant.
These were printed by Jumpert, under
the title — Malagmata, Hydropica, &c
Weimar.  1794. 8vo.
  Ascle'pi'as  Tubero'sa  (Mat. Med.)
Butterfly  Weed, Pleurisy  Root, Flux
Root,  Wind Root,  White Root.   In
Virginia and the Carolinas, the root of
this plant has been long celebrated as
a remedy in pneumonic affections.  It
is sudorific, and the powder  acts as
a  mild  purgative.   Its chief  powers
are said to be expectorant,  diaphoretic,
and febrifuge.   It is occasionally given
to relieve  pains of the stomach from
flatulence and indigestion.   «
  ASCLE'FIAS SYRI'ACA (Mat. Med.)
Common Silkweed,  Milk  Weed.  The
cortical  part of the root has been given,
in powder, in asthmatic and  pulmonic
affections  in general, and, it is said,
with success.                       •
    (F) Herbe a la houette.
    (G) Seidenpflanze.
  ASCLE'PIAS VINCETOX'ICUM(Mat.
Med.) Called from  iEscuLAPius proba-
bly.  The Swallow Wort.   The root is
said to be stimulant, diuretic, and  em-
menagogue, but is hardly ever used.
It is called, also, Hirundina'ria.
   (F) Asclepiade.  Dompte-venin.
  (G) Schwalben-wurzel.
  Writer.  J. A.  Wedel, Jenee, 1720
(L).
  ASCLE'PIAS DECUM!BENS, the root.
Escharotic, cathartic, sudorific, diuretic.
  ASCLE'PIAS ASTHMAT'ICA  (Mat.
Med.) A creeping plant of the Isle of
France, regarded as a specific in asthma.
  (F) Ipecacuanha  blanc  de  Vile  de
France.
  ASCLE'PIAS CURASSAV'ICA.  The
leaves are emetic in the dose  of one or
two  scruples.  It is the Ipecacuanha
blanc of St. Domingo.
  ASCLE'PIAS GIGANTE'A. The milky
juice  is very  caustic.  It is used in
Malabar against herpes;  and, mixed
with oil, in gout.
  ASCLE'.PIAS PROC'ERA (?)  Beid-
el-ossar;  Beidelsar.   An ^Egyptian
plant, the  leaves of which are made
into  plaster, and  applied  to indolent
tumors.  The  milky juice is caustic,
and is used as  such.
  Ascle'pios (Pharm.)  aaxXtjruog.  A
name given hy Aetius to a troch,  and
by Galen to a collyrium.
  Asco'ma (Anat.) aaxwua, from aaxog,
'. a bottle.'  The  eminence of  the pubes
at the period of puberty in females.
Rufus of Ephesus.
  ASEL'Ll, Gas'par (Biogr.) A phy-
sician of Cremona, born about the year
1580.  In 1622 he  discovered the lac-
teals in a dog. Died 1626.  Work. De
lactibus, seu lacteis vasis, quarto vaso-
rum meseraicorum genere, novo inven-
to,  dissertatio cum figuris  elegantissi-
mis.  Mediol. 1627. 4to.
  Asit'ia (Path.)  aoina, from a priv.
and oixog, '  food.'   Abstinence from
food.  Want of appetite.
  Asjagan (Mat. Med.) As'jogam. An
Indian tree, the juice of  whose leaves,
mixed with powdered cumin seeds, is
employed, in India, in colic.
  Aso'des (Path.)  Asso'dcs, aoo>dtjg,
from aaij, ' disgust,' ' anxiety.'  A fever
accompanied  with  anxiety.   Fe'bris
aso'des vel azo'des.
  Aspar'agus (Mat. Alim.) Aspar'agus
officinalis, aanaqayog;   Common As-
paragus, Sparrow Grass, Grass.  The
fresh roots are diuretic, perhaps owing
to the immediate, crystallizable princi-
ple, Asparagine.  The  young  shoots
are a well known and esteemed veget-
able diet.  They communicate a pecu-
liar odor to the urine.
  (F) Asperge.  (G) Spar gel.
  Writers.   A. A. Clericis, Altdorf.
1715 (L).  J. G. F. Franz,  Lips.  1778
(L).
  Aspa'sia (Mat. Med.)  A ball of wool
soaked  in  an infusion  of  galls, and!
used by  females for constringing the
vagina.
  Asper'ity (Anat.)  Asper'itas, rough-
ness. Asperities are inequalities on the
surfaces of bones, which often serve for
the insertion  of fibrous organs.
  Aspermatis'mus (Path.) from a priv.
and antqua,' sperm.'  Reflux of sperm
from the urethra into the bladder, dur-
ing the venereal orgasm.
  Asper'sion (Therap.) Asper'sio, qav-
xtauog.  Act  of sprinkling  or pouring
a liquid guttatim over a wound, ulcer>
&c.
  (F) Arrosement.    (G) Bespren-
gung.   *
  Asper'ula  odora'ta  (Mat. Med.}
Matrisyl'va,  Sweet-scented  Woodroof.
Said to be diuretic,  deobstruent, tonic,
and vulnerary.
  (F) Aspirule odorante  ou Muguet
des bois.
  (G)  Waldmeister, Sternle-
berkraut.
  Asphal'tum  (Mat. Med.)  Mifres,
uYep'ta, Arsal'tos, Aspal'tum, aaipaXxog,
from aatpaXittiv, ' to strengthen.' With
4 
ASPHALTITIS          82           ASPLENIUM
the Greeks this word signified any kind
of bitumen.  The word is now restrict-
ed chiefly to  the  BIT'UMEN OF JU-
DJE'A, B. Juda'icum, B. sol'idum, Jew's
Pitch, or Karabe of Sodom. It is solid,
friable,  vitreous, black,  shining,  in-
flammable, and  of a fetid smell.  An
oil is obtained from it by distillation.
It enters into the composition of certain
ointments and plasters.
  It  is collected  on the surface  of the
water of the  Dead Sea, or Lake As-
phaltites in Judaea.
  (F) Asphalte.       (G)  Asphalt,
Erdpech,  Judenpech.
  Asphai.ti'tis (Anat.) aciipuXrixig.  A
name, given by some to the last lumbar
vertebra.  Gorrjeus.
  Asphod'elus  Ramo'sis (Mat.  Med.)
Asphod'elus, A. Al'bus, A. ma'ris, Has'-
tula  Re'gis.  The bulbs  of this  south-
ern  European pl»nt have an acrimony,
which  they  lose   in  boiling  water.
They  contain a fecula   with  which
bread has been made, and have been
considered diuretic.   They have been
used as a succedaneum for the squill.
   (F)  Lis asphodele.   (G) Konigs-
scepter, Peitschenstock, Af-
fodi 1 wurzel.
   Asphyxia (Mat. Med ) aaipvg'ta, from
a priv. and aqiiig, '  pulse.'  Acrotis'-
mos, uxqorioiiog.   For a long time  As-
phyxia was confined  to  the  sense of.
* suspension of circulation.' It now gen-
erally means suspended animation: —
€a'rus asphyx'ia,  Mors appa'rens, Ap-
nasphyx'ia or Apparent death, charac-
terized by suspension of respiration, of
the cerebral functions, circulation, &c.
Several varieties of Asphyxia have been
designated.
   1.  ASPHYX'IA  BY SUBMER'SION,
as occurs in the drowned, who  perish
in consequence of the  medium in which
they are plunged being unfit for respi-
ration.
   2.  ASPHYX'IA  BY STRANGULA-
TION  or  Suffoca'tion;  produced  by
mechanical  impediment to respiration,
as in strangulation.
   3.  ASPHYX'IA  BY NOXlIOUS IN-
HALA'TION,  or inhalation  of Gases,
some  of  which cause death by  pro-
ducing a spasmodic closure of the glot-
tis : others by the want of oxygen, and
others are positively deleterious or poi-
 sonous.
   4. ASPHYX'IA  OF  THE   NEW-
 BORN.  This is often dependant upon
 the  feeble condition of the infant, not
 permitting  respiration to  be  establish-
 ed.
  In Asphyxia from deleterious gases,
the symptoms necessarily vary accord-
ing to the nature of the gas and the
intensity of its action.   In all the other
kinds of aphyxia, death is owing to the
non-conversion of venous into arterial
blood.   See Suffocation.
  Mr. Chevalier has used the term
Asphyx'ia Idiopalh'ica for fatal syncope
owing to relaxation of the heart.
  (F) Asphyxie.    (G)Todesohn-
macht,  Scheintod.
  Writers.  Berger (A. by submer-
sion), Paris, 1805 (F).   J. M. Freteau
(A. of the Newborn), Paris, 1804(F).
M. Graf, Strasburg,  1803(F).  Va-
rin, Paris, 1802 (F). A. Portal, Paris,
1816(F).  S. Colhoun (on suspended
animation), Philad. 1823.   Ch. Kite
(do.), Lond. 1788.  C. A. Struve, (from
the German), Albany,  1803.  J. Leroy
d'Etoiles, Paris, 1829 (F).
  Aspira'tion (Physiol.)  Adspira'tia,
Aspira'tio. The French sometimes use
the term  synonymously with inspira-
tion.  It also means the act of attract-
ing or sucking like a pump.  Also, the
pronunciation of a vowel with  a full
breath.
  As'pis  (Toxicol.)  aaitig.   A  name
given by  the ancients  to a  venemous
serpent — the Egyptian viper of Lace-
pede.  Its bite  is very dangerous, and
it is  supposed to  have been the rep-
tile used  by Cleopatra for her destruc-
tion.          (F) Aspic.
   Asple'nium (Mat. Med.)  aojxXTjviov,
from  a  priv.  and anXi\v, ' the spleen.'
Spleenwort, Miltwaste.
   ASPLE'NIUM   CET'ERACH,   Dora-
dil'la, Blech'num squamo'sum,  Scolo-
pen'dria,  Athu'rion, a9vqiov,  Cet'erach
officina'rum.  Supposed  to  be  subas-
tringent  and  mucilaginous,  and  has
been  recommended as a pectoral.  It
has also been given in calculous cases.
   (G) Milzkraut,  Milzfarn.
   (F) Doradille.
   ASPLE'NIUM  RU'TA  MURA'RIA,
A.  mura'le,  Paronychia,   Wall'rue,
White Maidenhair,  Tent'wort,  Adian'-
thum al'bum, Ru'ta mura'ria,  Sal'via
vi'ta : used in the same  cases  as the
last.
   (F) Rue des murailles, Sauve-vie.
   (G) Mauerraute, Mauertreif-
farren, Maue rr aute n filzfar-
r e n.
   ASPLE'NIUM   SCOLOPEN'DRIUM,
 Scolupen'drium   officina'rum,   Hart's
 Tongue Spleenwort, Phylli'tis, Lin'gua
cervi'na, Blech'num lignifo'lium. Prop-
erties like the last. 
ASSABA             83          ASTRAGALUS
   (F) Scolopendre, Langue de Cerf.
   (G) Hirschzunge.
   ASPLE'NIUM  TRICHOMANOPDES,
 A. Trichom'anes, Calliphyl'lum, xaXXi-
 <pvXXov, Trichom'anes, Adian'thum ru'-
 brum, Common Maidenhair,  Polyt'ri-
 cum commu'ne.  Properties like the last.
   (F) Polytric.     (G) Haarmoos,
 S te i nf ar r e n.
   As'saba (Mat. Med.) A Guinea shrub
 whose leaves are considered capable of
 dispersing buboes.
   Assai'eret (Pharm.) A compound of
 bitter, stomachic, and  purgative medi-
 cines, in the form of pill.  Avicenna.
   Assa'tio (Pharm.)  o.xxtjOig.  The
 boiling of food  or  medicines in their
 own juice, without the addition of any
 liquid.  Various kinds  of cooking by
 heat.  Galen.
   As'serac (Hyg.) As'sis.   A prepara-
 tion of opium or of some narcotic, used
 by the Turks as an excitant.
   As'sidens (Path.) from ad, ' to,'  and
 sedere, ' to be  seated.'   That  which
 accompanies or is  concomitant.  An
 epithet applied to  the accessory symp-
 toms  and  general phenomena of  dis-
 ease.
   Assimila'tion  (Physiol.)  Assimila'-
 tio, Appropria'tio, c^oiiotwatg, ofioiwaig,
 &qtyjig,&qi7ixixii: from assimila're,' to
 render  similar.'  The  act  by  which
 living bodies  appropriate and  trans-
 form into their own substance, matters
 with which they may be placed in con-
 tact.  In man, assimilation is a function
 of nutrition.
   (G) Gle ich wer dung, A neig-
 n ung.
   As'sius La'pis (Mat. Med.)  aooiog
 ?.i9og, A'sius La'pis.  A sort  of stone
 or earth found near the town of Assa
 in the Troad, and which had the prop-
 erty of destroying proud flesh.
   Astarzof  (Pharm.)  An ointment,
 composed of litharge, frog's spawn, &d.
 Also, camphor dissolved in rose water.
 Par*acelsus.
   Aste'ria Gem'ma  (Mat. Med.)  As-
 te'rias,  Astrol'tes, As'trios,  aaxsqiag,
 aaxqiog, aaxqixr/g, aaxqo(>oXog.   The an-
 cients attributed  imaginary virtues to
 this stone, that of dispersing  JYavi
 Materni, e. g.
  Astheni'a (Path.) ao&evtia, from a
priv.  and  aStvog,  ' force,'  ' strength.'
 Want of strength, general debility.  A
word  used in this sense by Galen, and
employed especially  by Brown  to de-
signate debility of the whole economy
or diminution of the vital forces.  He
distinguished it into direct and indirect:
 the former proceeding from diminution
 of stimuli;  the latter from exhaustion
 of incitability by the abuse of stimuli;
   (G)Schwache,  Abspannung.
   Writer.   C. A. Struve (G), trans-
 lated by W. Johnstone, Lond.  1801,
   Asth'ma  (Path.)   aodpta,  from aw,
 ' I respire.'  Broken windedness.  Dif-
 ficulty of breathing, recurring at inter-
 vals,  accompanied  with  a wheezing
 sound and sense of constriction in the
 chest; cough and expectoration.
   Asthma is a chronic disease, and not
 curable with facility.  Antispasmodics
 are required.
   (G) Keuchen,  Athembesch-
 werde, E ngb r u s tigk ei t.
   The  ASTHMA  ACUTUM of Millar,
 (F) Asthma aigu, is probably spasmodic
 croup.
   The ASTH'MA SIC'CUM, A. convul-
 si'vum, A. nervo'sum, JVervous  or con-
 vulsive  asthma, so called when  the
 paroxysm is sudden, violent,  and of
 short  duration: cough slight, and ex-
 pectoration  scanty :   spasmodic  con-
 striction.
   The ASTH'MA HU'MIDUM,  Humid,
 Common or  spitting asthma, is when
 the disease is accompanied with expec-
 toration.   It is also called A. humora'le,
 A.flatulen'tum,_ A. pneumon'icum, &c
   Writers  on Asthma.  Becker, Re-
 giom. 1642 (L).   Cousin,   Paris,  1673
 (L).  Ab HoolWerf, Lugd. Bat. 1673
 (L). Ab Almeloveen, Ultraj. 1681 (L).
 Frankenau, Regiom. 1706 (L).  Ett-
 muller,  Lips.  1710 (L).'  Wolff,
 Helmst. 1622(L). Sciirizmeyer, Lugd.
 Bat. 1662(L).  Meyer,  Gotting.  1779
 (L).  M. Ryan, Lond. 1793.  N. E. J.
 Aubert, Paris, 1809 (F). M. Zallony,
 Paris, 1809 (F).  Sir J. Floyer, Lond.
 1726.   J. Withers,  Lond. 1775.  G.
 Lipscomb, Birming. 1800.   J.  Millar,
 Lond. 1769.
  Asthm.vt'ic (Path.)  Asthmat'icus;
 one affected  with  asthma. What re-
 lates to asthma.
      (G) Engbrustig.
  As'tomus   (Path.)   aaxouog,  from  a
 priv. and axouu,' a mouth.'  One with-
 out a mouth.  Pliny speaks of a people
 in India without mouths, who  live an-
 helalu et odorc !
  Astrag'alus (Anat.)  aaxqayaXog,
 Ta'lus, the Ankle, Qua'trio, Diab'ebos,
 Pe'za, Cavic'ula,  Cavil'la, Tetro'ros,
As'trion, aaxqioi,xixqwqog,  Os Ballista.
A short bone, situated at the  superior
and middle part of the tarsus,  where it
is articulated with the tibia.  It  is the
ankle bone, sling bone or first bone of 
ASTRAGALUS ESCAPUS     84
ATAXMIR
the foot.  The  anterior surface is con-
vex, and has a well marked prominence,
supported by a kind of neck, and hence
has been called the head of the Astrag-
alus.  The astragalus is developed by
two  points of ossification.
       (G) Sprungbein.
  Astrag'alus  es'capus  (.Mat. Med.)
Stemless Milk-vetch.  The root  is said
to have cured confirmed syphilis.
 ASTRAG'ALUS VE'RUS, Goat's thorn,
Milk-vetch,  Spi'na hir'ci,  Astrag'alus
aculea'tus.  The plant which  affords
Gum  Trag'acanth.   See  Tragacan-
tha.
  (G)  Tragantstrauch.
  As'trape (Etiol.) aaxqant;, Corusca'-
tio,  Phil'gur, Light1 ning.   Galen rec-
kons it amongst the remote  causes of
epilepsy.
  Astric'tion  ( Therap.)  Astric'tio,
axvipu, from adstrin'gere,  ' to  con-
stringe.'  Action of an astringent sub-
stance  on  the animal economy.
  (G)  Zusammenziehung.
  Astrin'gems  (Mat. Med.) Astrin-
gen'tia,  xaruoxaX.rtxa,   Katastal'tica,
Constringen'tia,  Contrahen'tia,  „Steg-
no'tica, axcyvomxa, Syncrit'ica, avyxqi-
xtxa, Astricto'ria,  from  astringere, ' to
constringe.'   Medicines, which  have
the property of constringing  the organ-
ic textures.-  External astringents are
called  Styptics.
  (G)  Zusammerfziehendes-
m i 11 e 1.
  Writers.    A.  E  Buchner,  Hal.
1763 (L).  %am. Garland, Edinb. 1763
(L).  N Guillemin, Nanceii, 1781 (L).
G.  H.  Kannegiesser,  Kifcn.   1744
(L).  Ph.  F. Th. Meckel,  Hal.  1796
(L).  C. P. Schacht, Harderov. 1789
(L).
  Astrob'les (Path.) aaxqopXi;:, aoxqo-
pXrjroc, from ootoov, ' a star,' and (faX.Xiu,
' I strike.'  One struck by  the stars
(sidera'tus).  One,  who is in a state
of sideration—in  an  apoplectic state.
Gorr.eus.                  '
  Astrobolis'mos  (Path.)  aarqo'(ioXi-
apog; same etymology.  Sidera'tion or
action  of the stars on a person.  Apo-
plexy.   Theophr., Gorr#;us.
  Astrol'ogy, Astrolo'gia, uoxqoXoyia,
from aornov, ' a star,' and Xoyog,' a dis-
course.'  The art of divining  by in-
specting the stars.   This was formerly
considered .to 'be a part of Medicine ;
and  was called  Judicial Astrology, to
distinguish it from Astromony.
  (G)  Gestirnwahrsagerei,
Sterndeutung.
  Astron'omy, Astrono'mia, from  a-
 arqov) ' a star,' and ro,ito$,' a law,'' rule.'
*A  science, which makes known  the
'heavenly phenomena,  and  the laws
 that govern them.  Hippocrates places
 this and Astrology amongst the neces-
 sary studies of a physician.
       (G) Sternkunde.
   AS'TRUC, John  (Biogr.)  A very
 celebrated French physician,  born in
 1684 ; died in 1766.   He was Professor
 of Medicine in Paris, but is best known
 for  his  work — De morbis  ventreis
 libr. vi.  Paris. 1736. 4to: in  English,
 Lond. 1737.  by W. Barrowby.  Dis-
 sertatio physica  de  motu  musculari.
 Monspel. 1710.  12mo.   Mimoire  sur
 la cause de  la digestion  des alimens.
 Mont. 1711.  4to.  Traite de la cause
 de la digestion, ou I'on refute le nouveau
 systeme  de la'trituration et du broie-
 ment, Sec.  Toulouse. 1714. 8vo.  Dis-
 sertatio de  ani  fistuld.  Monsv 1718.
 12mo.: in  Engl.  Lond. 17H8.   Disser-
tation sur la  peste de Provence. Mont.
 1720. 8vo.   Dissertation sur  la conta-
gion de la peste,  oh Von  prouve que
cette maladie  est viritablement eonta-
gieuse.  Toulouse.  1725.  8vo.   Trac-
tatus therapeuticus. Genev. 1743. 8vo.
 Tractatus pathologicus.  Genev. 1753.
8vo.  Traiti des maladies des femmesa
 Paris. 1761 - 5. 6 vols. 12mo.: in Engl.
 LoniLjAl762.   Traite  des maladies des
 enfans:  in  Eng. Lond.  1746.   L'art
 d'accoucher  reduit  a ses  principes.
 Paris.  1766.  12mo.:  in  Engl, by S.
 Ryley. Lond. 1766.
   Ataractapoie'sia  (Med.) axuquxxa-
 toiijOta, from a priv.,  xaqaxxog, ' troub-
 led,' and 7iontv,  ' to make.'   Intre-
pidity, firmness.   A quality of which,
according to Hippocrates, the  phy-
sician  ought to be  possessed  in  the
highest degree.
  Atarax'ia (Hyg.)  axaqa'£ia,  from a
priv. and ruquzig, ' trouble,' ' emotion.'
Moral tranquillity, peace of mind.
   (G)  Seelenruhe, Gemiiths-
ru h e.        »                *
  Atax'ia (Path.) uxa%ia, from a priv.
and  xutig,  ' order.'   Disorder,  irregu-
larity.  Hippocrates  employs the word
in its most extensive acceptation.  Ga-
len applies it, especially, to irregularity
of pulse;  and  Sydenham  speaks at
Ataxia Spirituum  for disorder of the
nervous system.   Ataxia, now,  usually
means the state  of disorder that char-
acterizes nervous fevers, and the ner-
 vous condition.
   Atax'mir (Therap.) The treatment
to be pursued when the eyelashes irri-
tate the eye.   Albucasis.
r 
ATCHAR
85        ATLOIDO-AXOID
  At'char (Mat. Alim.) A'chia, A'char.
A condiment used in India.  It is form-
ed of green fruits of various kinds, —
garlic, ginger, mustard, and pimento,
pickled in vinegar.
  Athaman'ta (Mat. Med.) from Ath-
amas, a place in Thessaly.  A genus
of plants.
  ATHAMAN'TA CRETEN1 SISOlCret'-
ica, Dau'cus Cret'icus, Myr'rhus an'-
nua, Candy Carrot.  The seeds of this
plant are  acrid  and aromatic.  They
have  been  used  as carminatives and
diuretics.
    (G)  Mohrenkummel.
   ATHAMAN'TA   AUREOSELf NUM,
Oreoseli'num, Black Mountain Parsley.
The plant, seed and roots are aromatic.
It has been considered  attenuant, ape-
rient, deobstruent,  and lithontriptic
The distilled oil has been used in tooth-
ache.
  (F) Persil de Montague.
  (G) Bergpetersilie,  Grund-
he il.
  Athana'sia (Pharm.)  from a priv.
and 9avaxog, ' death.'  An  antidote for
diseases of the  liver, jaundice, gravel,
&c.   It consisted of saffron, cinnamon,
lavender, cassia, myrrh, juncus odora-
tus, honey, &c, and was esteemed to
be sudorific.
  Athe'na (Pharm.) adi;va.  Name of
a plaster, recommended by  Asclepi-
ades, and composed of oxide of copper,
sublimed oxide  of zinc, sal ammoniac,
verdigris, gall nuts, and  a variety of
resinous  and other ingredients.  Ori-
basius, Aetius, and P. jEgineta.
   ATHENAIOS   or   ATHENvEUS
(Biog.) was born  at Attalia, a city of
Cilicia, soon after  the  birth of Christ.
His works are often referred to by Ga-
len, who states, that none  of his con-
temporaries wrote so extensively and
universally on Medicine as  he.  Athe-
njeus was the founder of the Pneumatic
sect.
   ATHENAIOS   or  • ATHENJEUS
(Biogr.)  the grammarian:—likewise
requires mention.  He was born at Nau-
cratis in iEgypt, and flourished in  the
3d century.  His work, entitled ' The
deipnosophist.i, or the sophists discours-
ing at table,' comprises a variety of in-
teresting information regarding dietet-
ics and other points important to  the
physician.
  Athenio'nis  Catapo'tium (Pharm.)
A pill,  composed of  myrrh, pepper,
castor, and opium; used to allay cough-
ing.  Celsus.
  Athenip'pon or Diasmyr'wes (Phar.)
Athenip'ium,  aS-tvinmov.  Name of a
collyrium  employed  by  Scribonius
Largus, and invented by one Athe-
nippus.
  Athenip'pon Panchres'ton (Phar.)
A collyrium differing from the last.
  Athe'ra (Mat. Alim. & Mat. Med.)
a9riqa, Atha'ra.  A kind of pap for chil-
dren : also, a kind  of liniment.  Dios-
corides, Pliny.
  Atheroma (Path.) a&tqwua, or a9rt-
qoifia; from a&rjqa,' pap or pulp.' Em-
phy'ma encys'tis  othero'ma, Mollus'-
cum.  A tumor formed by a cyst con-
taining  matter like pap or Bouillie.
  (G)  Breigeschwulst,  Balg-
gess c h w u 1st.
  Atheromatous  (Path.)  Atheroma-
toses.  Having the nature of Atheroma.
  (G)  Breigeshwulstartig.    j
  Athle'ta (Hyg.) a&X.tjxrtg, from a-
&Xog, '  combat.'  Athletes were men,
who exercised themselves in combat at
the public festivals.  Vitruv.
  Writers.   Fr.  Hoffmann, Halse,
1727 (L).  J. H. Schulze, Hahe, 1737
(L).
  Athlet'ic, Athlet'icus; concerning
Athle'ta, a&Xtjxixog.  Strong in muscu-
lar  powers.  Foesius.
  Athym'ia  (Path.)  a&vuia,  from  a
priv.  and  -9-vitog,  ' heart,' ' courage.'
Despondency. The prostration of spirits,
often observable in the sick.  Hippocr.
Melancholy.  Swediaur.
 (G) Kleiyimuth, Verzagtheit.
  At'las (Anat.) axX.ag, axkuvxiov, from
ax/.uo),' I  sustain.'   The first cervi'cal
ver'tebra : so called, from its supporting
the whole weight  of the head, as  At-
las is said to have supported the globe
on  his shoulders.  Chaussier calls it
Atloid.   This vertebra  in no respect
resembles the  others. It is  a kind of
irregular ring, into which, anteriorly,
the processor dentatus of the second
vertebra*is  received.   Posteriorly it
gives passage to the medulla spinalis.
      (G) Trager.
  ATloi'do-ax'oid (Anat.) Relating to
both the Atlas and the Axis or Vertebra
Dentata.
    (F) Atloido-axoidien.
 ATLOPDO-AX'OID ARTICULA'TION.
The articulation between the two first
cervical vertebrae.
  ATLOPDO-AX'OID  LIG'AMENTS.
These are two in number; *>ne anterior
and another posterior, passing between
the two vertebrae.
  ATLOfDO-OCCIP'ITAL (Anat.) Re-
lating to the Atlas  and occiput.  The
Atloi'do-occip'ital ArtieulaJtion is formed 
ATMOSPHERE         86
ATROPA
by the condyles of the occipital bone
and  the  superior articular surfaces of
the Atlas.
  At'mosphere,  Atmospha'ra,  axuo-
aipaiqa, from axitog,' vapor,' and oipaiqa,
' a sphere': as it were, Sphere of vapors.
The atmosphere is a spherical mass of
air, surrounding the earth in every part;
the height of which is estimated at 15
or 16 leagues.  It presses  on  the sur-
face  of the earth; and  this  pressure
has,  necessarily, sensible effects  on or-
 fanized  bodies.  The  surface of the
 uman body being reckoned at 15 square
feet, it is computed flreit a pressure of
33,000 pounds or more exists  under
ordinary circumstances ; and this pres-
sure cannot be increased or diminished
materially, without  modifying the cir-
pulation and all the functions.
  (G)  Dunstkreis, Luftkreis.
  Writer.    H.  Robertson  (natural
histoiy of), Edinb. 1808.
  Atol'mia aiohua, from  a priv. and
roX.ua, ' confidence.'  Want of  confi-
dence ;   discouragement.   A  state  of
mind, unfavorable to health, and injuri-
ous in disease.  It  is the antithesis of
Eutol'niia, tvxo'/.uiu.
  At'ony (Path.) Atu'nia, axona, from
a priv. and toi ug,' tone,' ' force.'  Want
of tone.  Weakness ftf every organ, and
particularly of those that  are  contrac-
tile.   Violent  gastritis  has been  de-
scribed by  Scricomus Largus  under
a similar name, aroior, Atanon.
  Writers.  G. E. Hamberger,  Jena-?.
7751 (L).  J. G. Kruger, Helmst. 175-1
(L).  J. Fr. Cartheuser, Francf. 17;2
(L),  and  1764 (L).  -
  Atrabil'iary  (Path. &c) AtrabiV-
ious,  Atrabilia'ris,  Atrabilio'sus.  An
epithet given  by the ancients to the
melancholic and  hypochondriac, be-
cause they believed  the  Atrabilis  to
predominate in such.
  The  Atrabiliary  capsules,,  arteries,
and veins, are  the renal capsules, arte-
ries,  and  veins; the formatioR  of Atra-
bilis  having been attributed to then.
  Writer.  W. Grant (on the atra-
bilious temperament), Lond. 1779.
 Atrabi'lis (Path.) from atra, 'black,'
and bills, ' bile ':  xu'-'i p^-aira,  A'ter
suc'cus.  Black Bile  or Melancholy.
According  to  the  ancients, a  thick,
black,  acrid  humor, secreted, in the
opinion of s,ome,  by the pancreas;  in
that  of others, by the supra renal cap-
sules.  Hippocrates, Galen, Aetius,
and  others ascribe  great  influence  to
the Atrabilis in the production of hy-
pochondriasis, melancholy, and mania.
There is really no such humor.   It was
an imaginary creation.  Aret^us, Ru-
fus of Ephesus, &c
  Writer.  W. Grant (on the atra-
bilious temperament, &c), Lond. 1779.
  Atrache'lus (Anat.) uxqax>]X.og, from
a priv. a.ndrqax'iX.og,' neck.' One who
is very short-necked.  Galen.
 Atrac'tylis GummifJera (Mat. Med.)
Cai'duus pi'neus, Ixi'ne, Gummy-root-
ed Atractylis, Pine Thistle.   The root,
when wounded, yields a milky, viscid
juice,  which concretes  into tenacious
masses, and is said  to be chewed with
the same views as Mastich.
  Atramen'tum (Mat. Med.) A. Suto'-
rium,  xaXxav&ov,  Azci,  Dehens, Ink.
It has  been advised as an  astringent,
and as an external  application  in her-
petic affections.
  (F) Encre.  (G)'Tinte, Dinte.
  Atre'tus (Path.) ot()i;tos, from upriv.
and xqaui,' I perforate.' One whose anus
or parts of generation are imperforate.
  At'rices  (Path. )  Small  tumors,
which  appear occasionally around the
anus.   Some  commentators consider
the word to be synonymous  with con-
dylomata.  Fores'tus.
  At'kici (Path.)  Small sinuses in the
vicinity  of the  anus, not penetrating
the rectum.        ,
  At'riplex  Horten'sis (Mat. Med.)
A. Sati'va.   The herb and seed of this
plant  have been exhibited as antiscor-
butics.
  (F) Arroche, Bonne Dame.
  (G)  (J a r t enm e 1 d e.
  The At'riplex hal'imus, A. Portula-
coi'des,  and  A. Palula, are used  as
pickles, and have similar properties.
  At'ropa  (Mat. Med.)  from Axoonog,
' the goddess  of destiny';  so  called
from its fatal effects.
 AT'ROPA  BELLADON'NA, Belladon'-
na, Deadly jVighhhade,  Sula'num  le-
tha'le.,  Dwa'le,  Sola'num mani'acum,
S.furio'sum, Sola'num mel'anocer'asus.
The  leaves are powerfully narcotic,
diaphoretic, diuretic, and  repellent.
They are occasionally used where nar-
cotics are indicated.   Sprinkling the
powdered leaves over cancerous  sores
has been found to  allay the  pain: and
the leaves form, a good poultice.  Dose,
gr. £ to gr. j of the powdered leaves.
  (F)  Belladone,   Morelle   furieuse,
Belle Dame.
  (G) Tollkraut, Wolfsfcirsche,
Waldnachtschaf.ten,  Tollkir-
sche, Tol lbe er e, Dollkraut.
  Writers.  J. M.  Faber, Aug. Vind.
1677 (L). C. Sicelius, Jenae, 1724 (L)". 
ATROPINE
87
ATYPIC
    M.  Alberti, Hal.  1739 (L).  Th. G.
    Zimmermann, Rintel. 1765 (L).  B. F.
    Munch (in hydrophobia), Gotting. 1781
    (L). J. H. Munch (m mania), Gotting.
    1783 (L).  J. Bailey (in neuralgia),
    Lond. 1818.
      AT'ROPA   MANDRAGO'RA,   Man-
    drago'ra, Mandrake.  The boiled root
    has been used in the form of poultice
    in indolent swellings.
          (G) A lr aun.
      At'ropine  (Pharm.)  Atropi'na, At-
    ro'pia, Atro'pium.  The active  princi-
    ple  of the Atropa Belladonna, separated
    by  Bran des, by a process  similar to
    that for procuring Morphine.
      At'rophy  (Path.)  Maras'mus  At-
    ro'phia, Atro'phia, axqoipia, Marasmus,
    Ma'cies, Marco'res, Analo'sis, avaXwaig,
    from a priv. and rqoiptj, ' nourishment.'
    Progressive and morbid diminution in
    the  bulk of the whole  body or of a part.
    Atrophy is generally symptomatic.
      (F) Atrophie, Dess6chement.
      (G) D a r rsuc h t,  Auszehrung.
      Writers.  P. Rosenhardt, Altdorf.
    1661 (L).  A. Menjot, Paris, 1662 (L).
    H.  Meibomius, Hrlmst.  1668 (L).  J.
    A.  Friderici,  Jenae, 1672 (L).   H.
    Bobart, Lugd. Bat.  1678 (L).  W. Pal-
    mar, Lugd. Bat. 1692 (L).  Fr. Hoff-
    mann, Hal. 1702 (L).  J. H. Schulze,
    Hal. 173.") (L).  J. Kampf, Basil, 1756
    (L).   Ch.  F.  Kaltschmidt,   Jena?,
    1758 (L).  J. J. Fick, Jenae, 1724 (L).
    Same. Farr, Altenb.  1774 (L).
      At'ta. axxa.   One who walks in  a
    staggering manner.
      Attack' (Path.)  Insul'tus, Irrep'lio,
    Inva'sio, Eis'bole, eiajioXtj.  A sudden
    attack, invasion or onset of a disease.
    A seizure.
      (F) Attaque.    (G) A n fa 11.
      At'tagen   (Mat. Alim.)  Al'tagas,
#   axxayi\v, axuyip-, the Fran'colin.  Cel-
    ebrated with the  ancients both as food
    and medicine.  Martial, ARISTOPH-
    ANES.
      At'talus  (Pharm.) Attalicum, Ax-
    taXog, ArraXixov.  A name given  to
    certain compound medicines by Ga-
    len.
     ' Attancourt, Mineral Waters of
    (Mat. Med) A mineral water in France
    at Attancourt in Champagne; and about
    3 leagues north of Joinville. The water
    is a chalybeate, and contains sulphate
    of lime.  In  large doses  it is  purga-
    tive.
      Attenoting,  Mineral  Waters of
    (Mat. Med)   in Bavaria.  The  water
    contains  carbonic acid,  carbonates of
    lime and soda, sulphates of lime and
magnesia, muriate of soda, iron, and
alum.  It is much used in skin dis-
eases, fistula,  old ulcers, calculi, and
haemorrhoids.
  Atten'uants (Mat Med.) Attenuan'-
tia, Leptun'tika, Xsnxwxixa, from ten'-
uis,' thin.'  Medicines which augment
the fluidity of the humors.
  (G) Verdunnerungsmittel.
  Writer.  P. Gericke, Helmst. 1765
(L).
  At'titude  (Phys. & Path.)   Si'ius
Cor'poris.  Situation, position  of the
body.  The  attitudes are the different
postures  which man is  capable  of as-
suming.   In General Pathology,  the
attitude will often enable the physician
to pronounce at once upon the charac-
ter of a disease, or it will aid him ma-
terially  in his judgment.  In  St. Vi-«
tus's dance, in fractures, luxations, &c,
it is the great  index.   It will also indi-
cate the degree of nervous  or cerebral
power : hence the sinking down in bed
is ah evidence of great cerebral debility
in fever.  The position  of a patient
during an operation  is an  interesting
subject of attention to the surgeon.
 ,(F), Attitude.      (G)Stellung,
Haltung, Leibeshaltung.
  Attol'lens Au'rem  (Anat.)  AttoV-
lens Auric'ula, Leva'tor  Au'ris, Supe'-
rior Au'ris,  Attol'lens Auric'ulam, (F)
Auriculaire superieur, Temporo-auricu-
laire.   A muscle of the ear, which
arises, thin, broad, and tendinous, from
the tendon of the occipito-frontalis, and,
is inserted into the upper  part of the
ear, opposite to the antihelix. It raises
the ear.
  Attra'hent (Mat.  Med.)  At'trahens,
Atfracti'vus, Attracto'rius, from ad,' to,'
and traho, '  I draw.'  Remedies are so
called, which attract fluids to the parts
to which they are  applied, as  blisters,
rubefacients, &c
  (F) Attractif, Aitirant.
  (G) Anziehendesmittel.
  Writers.  G. E. Hamberger, Jenae,
1749 (L).  Ch. L.Hoffmann, Burgo-
Steinfurt, 1759 (L).
  ATTRAPE-LOURDAUT (F)  (Surg.)
A bistouri invented  by  a French sur-
geon, called Biennaise, and  used in
the operation for hernia.  See Bistouri
cache.
  Attri"tion (Path.)  Attri"tio,  tx-
&Xiufia, from terere, ' to bruise.'  Fric-
tion  or  bruising.   Chafing.   Galen.
Also, a kind of cardialgia.  Sennertus.
Likewise, a  violent contusion.
  Atyp'ic (Path.)  Atyp'icus,  axvnog.
That  which has no type.   Irregular.
                       f 
AUANTE
AUGENIUS
Chiefly applied  to  irregular intermit-
tents.  Febris atypica.
  Auan'te (Path.) avavxi], avayt}, from
avavoig,  ' desiccation.'   Hippocrates
gave this name to a disease, the  prin-
cipal  symptom of which was emacia-
tion.  Avante, Avansis.
  Audinac,  Mineral   Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Audinac is situated  in
the  department  of Arriege,» France.
The water contains a small quantity
of hydrosulphuric acid,  carbonic  acid,
sulphates of  lime  and magnesia, car-
bonates of lime and iron, and a  bitu-
minous substance.  It is much used in
chronic rheumatism, herpes, scrophu-
lous* diseases, &c                t
  Audi"tion  (Physiol.)  from atefU're,
' to hear.'  A'cc€, axorj, Audi'Hio, Au-
di'lus,' axoifiig.  Hearing. .The act of
hearing.  The sensation  arising  from
an  impression made on  the auditory
nerves by  the vibrations of the  air,
produced by a  sonorous  body.   The
Physiology of Audition is obscure.  It
probably  takes  place : — 1. By the vU
brations being communicated from the
membrana tympani  along the chain of
small bones,  to  the membrane of the
foramen  ovale.  2.  By means of the
air in the cavity of the tympanum)' the
membrane of the foramen xatundum is
agitated.   3. The transmission may be
made by  means of the bony parietes.
  In  these three ways the vibrations,
produced  by  a  sonorous body,  may
may be active  or .passive,: hence the
difference between listening and simply
hearing.          *^^
    (G)  Das Horen, Gehor.
  Writers.  ,$.  G.J)uverney, Parig,
16c;' and 1718 (F>  G. C. Schelham-
mer, Lugd. Bat. 1684 (L).  M. Naboth
(organ dfc. of A.), Lips. 1703 (L).  P.
J. Esteve,  -Avignon, 1751 (F)s   A.
Scarpa  (anatomy  8fc. of),   Mediol.J
1794(E).  J. Elliot, Lond. 3 7M.  A.'
Q. Rivinus  (diseases), Lips. 1717 (L).
M.  Alberts Hal.  1752 (L).  C. Ch.
Haase, Lips. 1782(L).
  Au'ditory (Anat.)  Auditb'rius, Au-
diti'vus,  axuvaxixog.   That which re-
lates to audition.
  The EXTER'NAL AU'DITORY CA-
NAL,  MeaJUus„>audito'rius  exter'nus,
Al'sgyiwch, Al'semach, Atvea'rium, (F)
Conduit  auditif ixterne,  Conduit,au-
riculaire, commences  at the bottom of
the concha, at the Fora'men auditi'vum
exter'num,   passes inwards, forwards,
and a little downwards, and terminates
at the membrana tympani.  It is partly
 cartilaginous, partly osseous, and part-
 ly fibrous.
  The INTERNAL AUDITORY CANAL,
 Mea'tus audito'rius inter'nus^tvaq, Cy'-
 ar, (F) Conduit auditif interne, C. laby-
 rinthique, is situated in the posterior
 surface of the pars petrosa of the tem-
 poral bone.   From the Fora'men audi-
 ti'vum inter'num, wlipre it commences,
 it passes forwards and  outwards, and
 terminates by a kind of cul-de-sac, per-
 forated by many holes, one of which is
 the orifice of the Aquaeductus Fallopii;
 and the  others communicate with the
 labyrinth.
  The AUDITORY NERVE, JVerflaby-
 rinthique (Ch.), is  the  Porlio  Mollis
 of the 7th pair.  It arises from the cor-
 pus  restiforme, from the  floor  of the
 fourth ventricle, and, by means of white
 striae, from  the sides of the xalamus
 scriptorius. As it leaves the emjephalon,
 it forms a flattened cord, and proceeds
 with the  facial nerve  through the fora-
 men auditivum internum,  and  as far
 as the bottom of the meatus, where
 it separates from the  facial and divides
 into two branches,  one  going to the
 cochlea; — the  other to the  vestibule
 and semicircular canals.
  The  AUDITORY  ARTERIES  AND
 VEINS are vessels which enter the au-
 ditory canals, and are, like them, dis-
 tinguished  into internal and external.
 The external auditory artery, A. Tym-
panique j(Ch.),  is given  off by the
reach the auditory nerves.  Audition^ styloid, a branch of the external carog,
                                     tid :  the internal is a branch of th$
                                     basilary artery, which accompanies the
                                     auditory nerve, and  is distributed to it.
                                       The AUDITORY  VEINS  empty into
                                     the internal and external jugulars.
                                       Au'ge (Anat.) Al'veus.  Some of the
                                     older Anatomists gave this  name  to
                                     reservoirs, into whiqh  liquids flow in
                                     an interrupted manner,  'so that they
                                     ar^ alternately full and empty. Such are
                                     tH* ventricles and auricles of the heart.
                                       AUGE'NIUS or AUGE'NIO, Hor'-
                                     ace  (Biogr.)  Professor of Medicine at
                                     Padua; born  at  Monte  Santo in the
                                     March  of Ancona,  about  1527 :  died
                                     1603-  Works. De  medends calculosis
                                     etiiUceratis'renibus.  Camerin.  1575.
                                     4to.    De modo  praservandi  a peste
                                     libr.  iv.  Firmi.  1577.  8vo.  Epistola-
                                     rum  et considtationum medicinalium
                                     libri  xii.  August. Taurin.  1580. 4to.
                                     De curandi ratione  per sanguinis mis-
                                     sionem libri xvii. Taurin.  1584. 4to.
                                     De febribus, febrium signis,  sympto-
                                     matibus,et prognostico. libri  tr.es, fyc*
                                     Ven. 1605. foL.
* 
AUGMENTATION
89
AURIST
4
    Augmentation   (Path.)  from  au-
  gere,  ' to increase.'  Augmen'tum, In-
  cremen'tum,  Auc'tio, Auxe'sis,  avhr
  rric, avapucig.  The stage  of a disease
  in which the  symptoms  go on increas-
  ing.
     Aumale,  Mineral   Waters  of
  (Mat.  Med.) Aumale is a town of Up-
  per Normandy, irrUhe country of Caux.
  Several springs of ferruginous mineral
  waters are found there,  whose odor is
  penetrating, and taste rough and astrin-
  gent^/They  are tonic,  and employed
  in d4Hity of the viscera, &c
    Au'ra (Physiol. &, Path.) nvor{.  A
  vapor  of  emanation  from any  body.
  surrounding  it  like  an  atmosphere.
  Van  Helmont regarded the vital prin-
  ple as a gas  and volatile spirit, which
  he called Aura vita/is.
    A U'RA JSEM'INIS or A. semina/lis .• —
  an active principle, fancied to exist in
  the sperm, and regarded  by some as
  the  fecundating  agent.   Such is not
  the case.
  -fa&U'RA SAN'GUINIS.  The odor ex-
  haled  by blood newly»drawn.
    In Pathology. Aura'Stieans the sen-
  sation of a light vapor,'which, in some
  diseases, appears  to set out from the
  tr»nk or limbs ; and to rise towards the
  head.   This feeling has  been found to
  precede attacks of epilepsy and hysteria,
  and hence it has  been  called Au'ra
  epilep'tica and A. hysterica.
    Auran'tia  Curassaven'ti^  (Ma
 ^Med. &c)  Curasso'a apples or orange
 <Jrnmature  oranges, checked, by acci
  dent,  in their growth.   They  are a
  grateful,  aromatic  bitter,  devoid of
  acidity. ' Infused  in  wine or  brandy
  they  make a good^stomachic  They
  are also used for issue ]aas.
    Au'rea  Alexandri'(*»y (Pharm.) A
'  kind  of opiate, invented by Alexan-
  der-
    Auric'ula  (Anat.)  Djminutive of
  auris, an ear.   The auricle  of- the ear.
  See Pavilion.
    The AURICLES OF THE HEART,
  Cavita'les  innomina'ta,  are  two  cavi-
  ties ;  one  right, the  other  left, each
  communicating with  the  ventricle of
  its side.  These  two cavities  receive
  the blood from every part of the body.
  Into  the right auricle, the two venas
  cava? and coronary vein open : into the
  left, the four pulmonary veins. Chaus-
  sier calls the former the Si'nus of the
  Ve'na Ca'va.- — the latter, the Si'nus
  of the  Pul'monary  Veins.  See Sinus.
    (F)  Oreillette.    (G) Herzohren,
  Herzohrlein,  Vorkammern.
   Auric'ular (Anat.)  Orichdar, Au-
 ricula'ris, from  auric'ula, ' the  eari'
 That which  belongs  to  the ear, espe-
 cially* to the external ear.
   The AURIC'ULAR AR'TERIES AND
 VEINS,  Oriculairis (Ch.), are divided
 into anterior and posterior. The ante- *
 nor are of indeterminate number. They  j >
 arise from the temporal artery, and are
 distributed  to  the meatus auditorrds
 externus, and to the pavilion of the ear.
 The posterior auricular is given off bv£
 the external carotid, from  which  tr
 separates in  the substance of the paro-
 tid gland. When it reaches the inferior
 part of the pavilion of the ear it bifur-
 catejyL one  of its branches being dis-
 trib^pj to  the  inner surface of  the
 pavilion,  Hhe other  passing  over, the
 mastoid pfocess,  and  being distributed
 to  the temporal  and  posterior auris.
 muscles, &c  Before its bifurcation it
 gives offtjjje stylo-mastoidMrtery.
   The ANTERIOR AND  POSTERIOR
 AURICULAR  VEINS open   into   the
 temporal and external jugular. "
   The AURICULAR  NERVES are sev-
 eral.   1. The auricular branch, Zygo-
 matojfariculor. is one of the ascending
 bran5tts  of the  cervical plexus,  it
 ramifies  find spreads over  the two sur-
 facesgjf the^pavilion.   2. The auricular
 or  superficial temporal, Temporal cu-
 taneous  (Ch.)*,  is  given off  from the
 inferior maxillary.  It ascends between
    condyle of the  jaw and the meatus
    itorius externus,  sends numerous
 filaments to tire meatd^and pavilion, and
 divide^' into  two  twigs, which accom-
 pany the branch«jBw the temporal ar-
 tery, aud are distributed to the integu-
 ments of  the  head, ^.'twere  is also a
 posterior  auriculrfr furnished by  the
 facial.
   The AURICULAR  FINGER  is  the
 little linger, so called because, owing
Hfo its size, it can be more .readily intro.
 duced into the meatus auditorius.  (F)
 Doigt auriculaire.  (G)  O h ren f i n -
 g e r.            \
   Airic'ulo-Vkntric'ular  (Anat.)
 Aurichdo-ientricula'ris.  That  which
 belongs to the auricles and ventricles
 of the heart.  The communications be-
 tween the auricles and ventricles  are
 so called.  The Tricuspid  and  Mitral
 Valves are aunculo-ventricular valv«s.
   Auri'g \ (Surg.)  A species of ban-
 dage for the ribs, described by Galen.
   Au'rist (Med.)  from  auris,  'the
 ear.'  One who occupies himself chiefly
 with the diseases of the  ear and their
 treatment.
'Mfc 
AURUM MUSIVUM        90         AVANT-BOUCHE
   Au'rcm Musi'vum (Pharm.) Au'rum
 Mosa'icum,  Sulphuret  of Tin.  The
 deuto sulphur et or persulphuret of tin.
 (Quicksilver,  tin, sulphur, sal ammo-
 niac, aa, equal parts. The tin being first
 melted,  the  quicksilver is poured into
»it, and then the whole are ground  to-
 gether,  and sublimed in a bolthead.
 The  aurum  musivum lies at the bot-
 tom.) It is  used  in some  empirical
 preparations.
   Ausculta'tion (Phys. Path.)  Aus-
 culta'tio, from ausculta're,' to listen ':
 act  of  listening.  Buissos  has used
 it synonymously with listening.  Laen-
 nec   has  employed  auscultation   to
 appreciate the different sounds, vidiich
 can be heard in  the  chest, ^nd m  the
 diagnosis of diseases of the  heart and
 lungs.  He does this by the aid  of an
 instrument called  a stethoscope  (see
 this word), one extremity of which is
 applied  to  the ear,  the otier  to  the
 chest of the patient—«This  mode  of
 examination he calls Mediate Ausculta-
 tion, (F) Auscultation midiate. The ap-
 plication of the ear to the chest forming
 immediate auscultation.
   Auste're   (Mat.  Med.)  Auste'rus,
 avoxvjqog.  Substances, which produce
 a high degree of acerb impression on
 the organs of taste are so called.
   AUSTIN, William, M. D. (Biogr.)
 was  physician  to  St.  Bartholomew's
 Hospital,  London.  He died in 1793.
 Work.  A treatise on the stone in the
 urinary bladder. Lond. 1791. 8vo.   ■r.
   Austroman'cy; Austromanti'a. The
 art  of predicting from  observance* of
 the winds.        ^4,
   Autarci'a (Hyg.)  avraqxtia, from
 avxog, ' himself,' and aqxtw,' I am satis-
 fied ' Moral tranquillity.  Galen.
   Authe'meron (Therap.)  av&quiQov.
 Ajjpedicine, which cures on the day of
 its exhibition ; from avxog,' the same,'
 and ihueqa, ' day.'
   Autoc'rasy (Path.) Autocrati'a, from
 bi/to?, ' himself,' and xqaxog,' strength.'
 Independent force.  Action of the vital
 principle,  or  of the instinctive powers
 towards the preservation of  the indi-
 vidual.  The vital principle.
   Autolithot'omus  (Surg.)  Autolith-
 ot'omist, from avxog, ' himself,' X.i&og,
 ' a stone,' and xiuvtiv, ' to  cut.'  One
 who  operates upon  himself for  the
 stone.
   Automatic (Path.)  Automat'icus,
 from  avxouarog, ' spontaneous.'  That
 which acts of itself.  Those movements
 are called automatic, which  the patient
 executes without  any object;  appa-
rently  without volition  being  exer-
cised.
  Autop'sia  or  Autop'sy  ;  avxoUia,
fromavros,' himself,' ando^i?,' vision.'
Autoph'ia.  Attentive  examination by
one's self.
      (G)  das Selbstschen.
  Writers.  P.Amman,Lips. 1675(L).
Ph. C. Fabricius, Hehnst.  1748 (L).
  AUTOP'SIA CADAVER'ICA (V) Au-
topsie, Ouverture cadavdrique. Attentive
examination after death.  Examination
post mortem.  Sectio  Cadav'eris,  Dis-
section.  This is  practised for the pur-
pose of investigating  the causes and
seat of an  affection of which a person
may have  died, &c   See  Cadaveris
Sectio.
  Au'tumn (Hug.) Autum'nus, q>9ivo-
nwqov. One of the seasons of the year,
betwean the 23d of September and the
22d of December.  In all climates the
Autumn or Fall is liable  to disease ; a
combination of local  and atmospheric
causes being then present, favorable to
its production.
  (F) Automne.   (G)  Herbst     .*
  Autum'nal; Autumna'lis.  Relating
to autumn ; as Autumnal Fruits, Au-
tumnal Fevers, ccc
  AUTUMNAL FEVER,  (G) Herh*t
F i e b e r, generally assumes a bilious
aspect.  Those of the  intermittent kind
are  much  more  obstinate  than  when
they appear in the spring.
  (F\Automnale.  (G) Herbstlich.
  Writer.  B. Rush (sources  of A.
disease in the United States, &c), Phil,
1805.
  Auxiliary  (Anat.  and Mat. Med.)
Auxilia'ris, from auxil'ium,' aid.' That
which assists; — fq^rn which assistance
is obtained. £t
  (F) Auxiliare. (G)  Hulfleistend,
H el fend.
  AUXIL'IARY MUSCLES  are those,
which concur in the  same  movement.
Some Anatomists have applied the term
to  several ligaments, as well as  to
the fleshy fibres, which hang from the
sacro-spinalis muscle.
  An AUXIL'IARY MEDICINE isxme,
which assists the principal medicine or
basis.  It is  synonymous with Adju-
vant.  (G) Bei-mi ttel.
  Availles,  Waters of (Mat. Med.)
A small village in France,  13 leagues
S. S. E. of Poitiers, at which there is
a cold saline  chalybeate. It contains
muriates of  soda  and lime, sulphate
and subcarbonate  of soda, iron, &c.
  AVANT-BOUCHE (F) (Anat.) Os an-
ti'cum.  This  name has been applied, 
AVANT-GOUT
91
AXILLA
by  some, to  the mouth,  properly  so
called, in contradistinction to the Ar-
rihre-bouche or Pharynx.
  AVANT-GOUT (F) (Phys.) Pragus-
ta'tio ; a Foretaste, Pragusta'tion.
  (G) V o r s c  h m a c k, Vorge-
schmac k.
  AVANT-MAIN (F)  (Anat.)  Adver'sa
Ma'nus.   The inside of the hand, when
extended.           '
    (G)  Flache h-and.
  AVANT-PIED  (F)  (Anat.) The most
advanced part of the foot.
  (G) Vorderfuss,  Vorfuss.
  AVANT-POIGNET (F) (Anal.)  The
anterior part of the wrist.
  Ave'na  (Mat. Med.)  Oats, pqwpog,
Bro'mos.  The seeds of the Ave'na sa-
ti'va, (F) Avoine,  (G) Habergriize,
Hafer.  Oats are used as food for man,
in some parts, particularly  in the North
of England and  Scotland.  When  de-
prived of the husks they form Groats,
which see. Reduced to meal, they are
applied as cataplasms, to promote sup-
puration.   The dry meal  is  sprinkled
over erysipelatous parts.
  Avenheim,  Mineral Waters   of
(Mat. Med.) Avenheim is three leagues
from  Strasburg,  and near  it is an ape-
rient mineral water.
   Avennes,  Mineral Waters   of
(Mat. Jtfed.)  Aveiines  is  a village in
the department  of Herault in France,
and near it is a saline^ltpring, the tem-
perature of which rises to 84° Fahren-
heit.
   AV'ENZOAR:—Abu Merwan Ab-
dalmelek, Ebn Zoar (Biogr.)  An
eminent Arabian physician, who flour-
ished  about  the end  of  the 11th or
commencement  of .the 12th century.
Work.  An  esteemed book on  the
method of preparing medicines.  It was
translated into Hebrew in 1280 : thence
into Latin by Paravicius, and  printed
at Venice in 1490. fol.  Avenzoar was
from Seville, in  Spain.
   Averrho'a Caram'bola (Mat. Med.
&c) Ma'lum Goen'se, Pru'num stella'-
tum, Tam'ara con'ga, Caram'bolo.   An
Indian tree, whose fruits are agreeably
acid.  The bark, bruised,  is  employed
as a cataplasm, and its fruit is used as
a refrigerant in bilious fever and dysen-
tery.
   The AVERRHO'A BILIMlBI, Bilim'-
bi, Bilimbing teres,  has a fruit, which
is too acid to be  eaten alone.  It is used
as a condiment,  and  in  the form of
syrup as a refrigerant.
   AV'ERROES (Biogr.)  A celebrated
Arabian  physician  and  philosopher,
born about the middle of the 12th cen-
tury, at Corduba in Spain: supposed
to have died about A. D. 1200. Works.
His writings are chiefly in Hebrew, of
some of which there are Latin transla-
tions.   De simplicibus medicinis. Lat.
Arg.  1531.  Collectanea  de  sanitatis
functionibus, &c Lugd.  1531. 4to.
   Aver'sion   (Path.  &c )   Aver'sio,
anoxqoTtrj, from avertere,' to turn from.'
Extreme  repugnance  for  any  thing
whatever.
   AVERSION (F) also means, in Thera-
peutics, the action  of medicines which
turn the afflux of fluids from one organ,
and direct them to others : being sy-
nonymous with counter irritation, or
rather revulsion or derivation.
   AVERTIN (F) (Path.) A disease of
the mind, which, according to  Lavoi-
sien, renders the patient obstinate and
furious.
   AVICEN'NA, Abou-Ali-Alhussein-
Ben-Abdoullah,  Ebn-Sina (Biogr.)
The chief of Arabian philosophers and
physicians, was born  at Assena, a'vil-
lage in the neighbourhood of Bokhara,
in the year 980, and died in 1036 at
Hamadan. Works. Canones medicina,
Lat. reddit. Ven. 1483. fol. Canon medi-
cina, Lat. by Gerard of Cremona. Ven.
1490. 4to.: of this, numerous editions
have appeared. De viribis cordis, trans-
lated by Arnold of Villa Nova.  Ven.
1490.  4to.   Anatomia  matricis preg-
nantis, &c.  Lat. Ven.  1502: and nu-
merous other treatises of a smaller  kind.
   Avicen'nia Tomento'sa (Mat. Med.)
The plant which affords the Malac'ca
Bean or Anacar'dium Orienta'le of the
Pharmacopoeias, Semecar'pus Anacar'-
dium.  The oil drawn from the bark of
the fruit is a corrosive and  active vesi-
catory, but it is not used.
   Ax,  Mineral Waters of  (Mat.
Med.)  Ax is a  small town in  the de-
 partment  of Arriege,  France; where
 there are  several  sulphurous springs;
 the temperature of which varies from
 77° to 162° of Fahrenheit.
   Ax'ea  commissu'ra (Anat.) xqo%o-
 siSrjg.  A pivot-joint.
   Axil'la (Anat.) A'la, Ascel'la, As-
 set'la, Ascil'la, Acel'la, Cor'dis emunc-
 to'rium, paX.t\, Ma'le,  Mas'chale, pa-
 oxaXt]  or  paaxaXig.  The cavity be-
 neath the junction of the  axm with
 the shoulder; the  armpit.  It is bound-
 ed, anteriorly, by a portion of the pec-
 toralis major; posteriorly, by the  latis-
 simus  dorsi.  It is covered with hair,
 contains much cellular membrane, lym-
 phatic ganglions, important vessels and 
AXILLARY
92
AZYGOS
jeo
nerves, and  numerous sebaceous fqlli-1 processus behind the transverse  liga-
cles, furnishing  an odorous secretion.
In consequence of such secretion, the
ancients called it emuncto'rium cor'dis.
  (F) Aisselle.  (G)Achselhbhle.
  Ax'illary (Anat.)  irom axil'la,' the
armpit.''' Belonging to the armpit.
  (F)  Axillaire.   (G)  Achsel,  in
composition.                       q[
  ARTE'RIA AXILLA'RIS; a continua-
tion of the subclavian, extending from
the passage  of the  latter between the
scaleni muSeles as  far as the insertion
of the  pectoralis major, when it takes
the name, Brachial.   VE'NA AXILLA'-
RIS, Ve'na  Subala'ris.  This vein cor-
responds .with the artery ;  anterior to
which it is situated.  It is a continuation
of the  brachiat veins; and, at its ter-
mination, assumes  the  name  Subcla-
vian.  %
  The AX'IB&ARY NERVE,  Scap'ulo-
hu'meral,  (Ch.)  «\'etf  circonflexe, Ar-
ticular nerve, arises Horn the posterior
part of the brachial plexus; particularly
from the  two last cervical  pairs fend
the first dorsal.  It is chiefly distributed
to the posterior margin of the deltoid.
  The AX'ILLARY-  GLANDS are lym-
phatic glands, seated  in the armpit;
into which the lymphatic glands of the
upper extremity open.
  Axirnach (Path.) An Arabic word,
used by Alrucasis to designate a fatty
tumor of the upper eyelid, observed
particularly in children.
  Ax'is (Anat.)  u'ioir.  A right  line
which passes through  the centre  of  a,
body.
     (F) Axe.  (G)  Achse.
  The AXIS OF THE EYE. (F)  Axe
de Vail, called,  also,  Visual Axis and
 Optic Axis,  (G) Sehe-achse, is  a
right line^which  falls perpendicularly
on   the eye, and passes through the
centre of the pupil.
  AXIS is also the second vertebra of
the  neck, truaxqoiftvg, Epistru'pheus,
fiaa/aXiax^q, Maschalis'ter ;  the  Ver'-
tebra  Dtnta'ta.   So called  because it
 forms a kind of axis on which the head
moves.  Chaussier calls it  Axoide,
 from utjuir, ' axis,' and */doe,' shape.'
  (F) Axis,  Essieu.   (G)  Z w e i t  e
halswirbel.
  Axoi'no-ATi.oi'DE'us (Anat.) What
refers to both the axis and atlas; as the
Axoido-atloidean articulation.
  The lesions of the Axoido-atloidean
 articulation  are,  1. Fracture  of the
 Proces'sus  denta'tus.  2. Rupture of
 the  odontoid  ligaments, and  conse-
 quently  passage  and  pressure of the
ment:  and, 3. The simultaneous rup-
ture of i he odontoid and transvere liga-
ments.  These different accidents are
fatal.
  AYALA, Gabriel (Biogr.)  A phy-
sician, native of Spain, studied at Ant-
werp about the commencement of the
16th century.  Works. Popularia epi-
grammata medica;  Carmen  pro verd
medfcind,-&c. Antwerp. 1562.  4to.
  Azani'tai Ac'opon  (Pharm.)  An
ointment  spoken  of  by  Paulus  of
jEgina.
  Azani'tjE Cera'tum (Pharm.) Ace-
rate spoken of by Oribasius.
  Azoodyna'mia  (Path.)  from a priv.,
tvij, ' life,' and Swapig,' strength.'  Pri-
vation  or  diminution  of the vital pow-
ers.  Gilibkrt.
  A'zote, Azo'tum, from a  priv.  and
ion,, ' life.'  A'zote or JWtrogen  is a
gas, which is unfit for respiration.   It
is not positively deleterious, but proyes
fatal, owing to a want of oxygen.   It
is  one of the constituents  of atmo-
spheric air, and is  the  distinguishing
principle of'animalair  Vegetables have
it  not  generally  diffused,  whilst it  is
met with in all animal sujbstances.   It
has  been   variously  called, phlogistic
air\ vitiated air, &c
  (F) Air gate, Air&cie, &c  rJ
  (G)  St i ckst ofT, Salpeter-
stoff, Stick 1ft ft, Stflfckgas.
  Azotene'ses  (Path.)  from azote,
andvoooc, 'disease.'  DiseasesJancied
to be occasioned by the predominance
of azote in the body.  Baumes.  . ..
  Azu'rii m (Pharm.) A compound'of
two parts of mercury, one-third of sul-
phur, and one-fourth of sal ammoniac.
Albert the Great.
  Az'yges (Anat.)  from  a priv.  and
tvyog,' equal.' Unequal. The sphenoid
bone, because  it  has-no fellow. Also,
a process, Proces'syp  Az'yges,  project-
ing  from  under the' middle  and fore-
part of this bitme.  '
  Az'ygos (Anat.) atvyat, from a priv
and tvyog, ' equal/  Unequal.  Sine
pari.
   VE'NA  AZ'YGOS,  Veine Prelombo-
thoracique  (Ch.), Ve'na  si'ne pa'ri,
 Ve'na pa'ri ca'rens.   This vein was  so
called  by Galen.  It forms a commu-
nication  between  the V. cava inferi-
or  and  V. cava  superior,  permitting
the  blood to  pass freely  between the
two. It rises from the vena  cava in-
ferior, or from one  of  the  lumbar  or
renal veins, passes through  the  dia-
phragm, ascends along the spine, to the 
AZYMUS             93       BAGNERES-ADOUR
right of the aorta and  thoracic duct,
and  opens into the  V.  cava  superior,
where it  penetrates the pericardium.
On the left side, the SEM'I-AZ'YGOUS,
Left  Bron'chial or left superior inter-
cos'tal vein,  V.  demi-azygos,  Veine
petite prelombo-thoracique (Ch.),  pre-
sents, in  miniature, nearly the same
arrangement.
  Writers on the Vena Azygos.  J.
M. Lancisi,  Patav.  1719 (L).  M. G.
L<escher, Vittemb,  1724 (L).  H. A.
Wrisberg, Gotting. 1778 (L).
  The  AZ'YGOS  MUSCLE,  Az'ygos
 WvuUe, is the small muscle, which oc-
cupies  the  substance  of  the  uvula.
Morgagni.  The  name  is, however,
inappropriate,  as there are two distinct
fasciculi, placed along side each other,
fofming the  Pala'to-staphyli'ni,  Sta-
phyli'ni  or  Epistaphyli'ni  muscles,
Staphyli'ni me'dii of Winslow.
  Az'ymus (Dietet.) aiv/nog,fromapnv.
and lv/luj, ' leaven.'  Azymous bread is
unfermented, unleavened bread.   Ga-
len.                    ,*
B
  Bac'aris (Pharm.)  Bach'aris,  (ta%a-
qi$%  A name given by the ancients to
an ointment described by Gaj.en under
the name  Ointment of Lydia.  It was
sometimes employed in diseases of the
womb.  Hippocr. ^
  Bac'car or Bac'caris  (Med.  Bot.)
(lazxaqig or  (iuxxaqtg.  An herb used
by the  ancients in their  garlands, to
destroy  enchantment.   Perhaps  the
Digitalis purpurea  (q. v.)  Some  au-
thors have erroneously thought it to be
the Asarum.^
  Bacchi'a  (Path.)  from Bac'chus,
' wine.'.  A name applied to the red or
pimplefl face of the drunkard.
  BAC'CI, Andrew (Biogr.) An emi-
nent Italian  physician, born at St. El-
pidio, in the March of Ancona; flourish-
ed towards the end of the 16th century.
Works. De thermis lib. vii. Ven. 1571.
1588. fol.  Tabula simplicium  medica-
ment.  Rom. 1577. 4to.   De  conviviis*
antiquorum, &c Rom. 1586. 4to.  De
naturale vinorum historid,  de vinis Ita-
Ita et de conviviis cq&quorum.  -
  Bacil'lum (Pharm.) Bpc'ulus, Bac'-
culus;  a stick.   This  name has been
applied to a kind of troch,  composed of
expectorants, and having  the shape of
a stick.  Bacillum  was used, by  the
ancient chymists,  for several instru-
ments of iron.
  BACHTISHUA,  George  (Biogr.)
A tcelebrated physician of Cnorasan,
in the 8th century.  He translated sev-
eral  of the ancients into  Arabic, and
many of his observations  are  referred
to by  Rhazes and others.  His  son
Gabriel was in great estimation with
the famous Haroun Al Raschid.
  Baden, Mineral Waters of (Mat,
Med.)  Baden is  a town, six  leagues
from  Vienna.  Here  are 12 springs,
containing carbonates of lime and mag-
nesia ; sulphates  of lime, magnesia,
and soda; and the muriates of soda and
alumine.  The water  is  used  in  dis-
eases of  the  skin, rheumatism,. &c
There are two other towns of the same
name ; one  in Suabia, and  the other
in  Switzerland,  where  are  mineral
springs.   The  waters of the last are
sulphureous.
  Badiaga (Therap.) A kind of sponge,
sold in Russia; the powder of which is
said to take away the livid marks from
blows and bruises in a few hours.   Its
nature is not understood.
  BAGARD, Charles  (Biogr.)  An
eminent  French  physician, born  at
Nancy 1686; died  1772.  Works. His-
toire de la theriaque 1725. -§vo.  Dis-
sertation sur les tremblemens de terre et
les ipidemies  qu'ils occasionnent. 8vo.
He published, besides  other works, a
dispensatory, and  a treatise on  the ma-
teria medica.
  BAGLI'VI, George   (Biogr.)  An
eminent Italian physician, born at Ra-
gusa  166S; died  1706.   Works.  De
praxi medicd ad priscam  observandi
rationem. revocandd, libri duo. Rom.
1696 : translated into  English.  Lond.
1704.   Incorporated, with his other
works, in Opera  omnia.  Lugd. 1704.
4to.   Various  editions  of these have
agpeared.
  Bagneres-Adour,  Mineral  Wa-
ters of (Mat. Med.) Bagneres-Adour
is a small town in  the department  of
the Hautes Pyrenees, having a great 
BAGNERES DE  LUCH0N    94
BALBIS
 number of mineral springs; some, cold
 chalybeates;  others,  thermal  salines,
 but the greatest part  sulphureous and
 warm.  The  tempeiature  of the last
 rises as high as 97° Fahrenheit.
   Bagneres  de Luchon, — is a small
 town in the department of Haute Ga-
 ronne, on the frontiers of Spain.   It
 has been, for  a  long time,  famous for
 its numerous  sulphureous springs, the
 temperature of which is from 86° to 147°
 of Fahrenheit.
   Bagnigge  Wells  (Mat. Med.)   A
 saline  mineral spring in London,  re-
 sembling the Epsom.
   Bagnoles,  Mineral Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)   Bagnoles is a village in
 the department  of the Orne.  The
 water resembles that of the Bagneres
 de Luchon.
    Bagnols,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  Bagnols  is a village, two
 leagues from Mende, in the department
 of Lozt re.  The waters are hydrosul-
 phurous and thermal:  113^ Fahrenheit.
   Ba'hel  (Mat. Mid.) Colum'nea Ion-
 gifo'lia ;  a labiated  plant of Malabar,
 whose  leaves, bruised, are  applied as
 cataplasms to  suppurating tumors.
   BAIER,  John  James (Biogr.)  A
 celebrated physician,  born  at  Jena,
 1677;  died at Altorf, 1736.  Works.
 Adagiorum   medicinalium   centuria.
 Franc,  et Lips. 1768. frvo.   Horti me-
 dici Acad. Altorf. Hist.  Altorf.  1727.
 4to.
   BAIGNOIRE (F)  (Hyg.)  Baptiste'-
 rium,  a Bathing  Tub,' Bagnio,  Su'li-
 um, Pisci'na.  The  vessel or place in
 which bathing is performed.  Baignoire
 oculaire, an eye-bath, — a small vessel
 for bathing the eyes.
 BAIL'LIE, Matthew, M. D.; F.R. S
 (Biogr.)  ^Physician to  George III.
 and IV. of England j and a  celebrated
 writer; born 1761; died 1823. Works.
 Morbid anatomy  of some of the  most
 important parts of  the human  body.
 Lond.  1793.  8vo.   This'work went
 through various   editions,  and  was
 largely  augmented.   A series  of en-
 gravings on morbid anatomy, Fascic.
 Ix.  Lond.  1799,  1802.  Works,  with
 life of  the  author,  by J.  Wardrop,
 2 vols. Lond.  1825.
  BAIL'LON  or BALLO'NIUS, Wil-
 liam (Biogr.)   An  eminent French
physician and  writer, born about 1538,
 in Perche ; died 1616.  Works. Adver-
saria medicinalia.  1635. 4to.  De vir-
ginum et mulierum morbis. Paris. 1643.
4to.  He appears to have discriminated
between gout and rheumatism.
   BAIL'ZIE or BAIL'LIE, William,
 M. D. (Biogr.) A physician of the 15th
 century, a native of Scotland, and Pro-
 fessor of Medicine in the University of
 Bologna, 1484.  Works. Apologia pro
 Galeni doctrind contra empiricus. Ly-
 ons.  1552. 8vo.
   Bains, Mineral Waters  ok (Mat.
 Med.) These are situated at Plombieres,
 department of the  Vosges.  They are
 said to be saline and thermal by some ;
 others deny them any medical  proper-
 ties".
   BAKER, Sir George, M. D. (Biog.)
 An eminent English physician, born in
 172.2; died  in 1809.  Works.  De  af-
fectibus animi et  morbis inde oriundis,
 &c Lond.  1755.  4to.  De calanho et
 de dysenterid Londinensi, tpidemicis
 utrisque, anno 17(2,  libeilus.  Lond.
 1763,  1764. 4to.  An inquiiy into the
 merits of a mode of inoculation for the
 small-pox,  which  is  now  pract.sed in
 several counties  of England  Load.
 1766. 8vo.   An essay on  Devonshire
 colic.  Lond.  1767. 8vo. &c
   BALAMIO, Ferdinand, (Biogr.) of
 Sicily, physician  to  Leo X, flourished
 at Rome, about 1555.  lie translated,
 from  the  Greek  into Latin,  several
 pieces of Galen, first printed sepa-
 rately, and  afterwards inserted in the
 works of that physician, published at
 Venice in 1586. fol.
   Bal'anos (Surg.) (laXavog,an acorn.
 Suppositories and pessaries were,  also,
 so called.
   Balaruc,  Mineral Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.) Balaruc  is a town  in the
 department of Herault, in France.  The
 waters are  saline  and thermal.  They
contain carbonic  acid, carbonate  of
lime,  carbonate of magnesia,  muriates
of soda, lime, and magnesia,  sulphate
of lime,  and a little  iron.  They are
considered tonic, and are largely used.'
Their temperature is about 118J  Fah-
renheit.
  The FACTITIOUS  BALARUC  WA-
TER, (F) Eaude Balaruc ; Aqua Bel-
lilucana, is made  of simple  acidulous
water  (containing twice its  bulk  of
carbonic Ircid) § xxss ; muriate of soda
 3 iss;  muriate of lime, gr.  xviij ; mu-
riate of magnesia, gr. 56; carbonate of
magnesia, gr. j.
  Bala'sius  or  Balla'sius   La'pis
(Mat. Med.)  The ancients gave this
name to a precious  stone, to  which
they attributed supernatural powers.
  Bal'bis (Anat.)  ftaXftig.  Any oblong
cavity. Galen. Hippocrates,  in his
treatise on the joints, gives the name
Jr 
BALBUS             95             BALSAM
 (faXpiToiStjg, to the olecranon cavity of
 the humerus.
   Bal'bus' (Path.)  One  habitually af-
 fected   with  stammering.   A  stam-
 merer.
   (F) Begue.     (G)  Stamnvler,
 Stotterer.
   Balbu'ties  (Phys. & Path.)  Psel-
 lis'mus, xficXXtafiog, Psel'totes, ytlXoxijg,
 Battarishaus, Bamba'lia, Stammering.
 Also, vicious and incomplete pronun-
 ciation, in  which  almost all the  con-
 sonants are replaced by  the letters B
 and L.  xqauXoxifC, rquuXtrtuog.
   (F) Balbutiement,  Begaiement.
   (G)  Stammeln, Stottern.
   BAL'DINGER,  Er'nest  Gott'-
 fried (Biogr.)   An  eminent German
 physician, born at Erfurt, 1738;  died
 1804.   Works.  Catalogus dissertalio-
 num qua medicamentorum  historiam
 SfC.  exponunt. Altenburgi.  1768. 4to.
 A treatise  on  diseases of the  army.
 1774. 8vo.  Litteratura universa  ma-
 teria medica, alimentaria, toxicologia,
 pharmacia,et therapue generalis, medi-
 ca atque chirurgica, potissimum acade-
 mica. Marburg. 1791. 8vo.
   BAL'DO, BAL'DI or BAL'DIUS
 (Biogr.)  An eminent physician of the
 17th century,  a  native  of  Florence.
 Works.  Pralectio de conlagione  pes-
 tiferd.  Rome.  163]..  4to.   Disquisitio
 iatrophusica de aere. Rome. 1637.
   BA'LEY  or  BAl'LEY,  Wal'ter
 (Biogr.)  AnfEnglish physician, Pro-
 fessor of Medicine at Oxford ; born in
 Dorsetshire, 1529; died 1592.  Works.
 A brief treatise of the preservation of
 the eyesight. Various editions.  Direc-
 tions for health, natural and artificial,
 with medicines for all diseases of the
 eye.  1626. 4to.
   Ballo'ta fcet'ida  (Mat. Med.)
 Marru'bium ni'orum, Black Horehound,
 Stinking H. This plant  is  esteemed
 to be antispasmodic, resolvent, and de-
 tersive (?).
   (F) Marrube noir.  (G) Schwarze
 Stinknessel.
   BALLOTTEMENT (F) (Obst.)  Agi-
 ation, succuss on.  Mouvement de Bal-
 lottement, means the motion impressed
 on the  foetus in  utero, by alternately
 pressing the uterus by means of the
 index finger of one  hand introduced
 into  the vagina; the other hand being
 applied on  the  abdomen.  It is  one
 of the least  equivocal signs of preg-
 nancy.
  Ball'ston Spa  (Mat. Med.)  This
village is situated in Saratoga County,
New York.   The  springs,  which  are
 much frequented, belong to the class of
 Acidulous Chalybeates.  There is also
 a sulphur spring.
   Writers.  W. Meade, Philad. 1817.
 V. Seaman, N. York, 1809.
   Bal'sam   (Mat.  Med.)   Bal'samum,
 Bol'eson,  Bel'eson,  paXaauov.   This
 name is given to  natural  vegetable
 substances, concrete or liquid, but very
 odorous, bitter, and piquant;  composed
 of resin,  benzoic acid, and sometimes
 of an essential oil; — which allow ben-
 zoic acid to be disengaged by the action
 of heat; readily dissolve in volatile oil,
 alcohol,  and  ethef; and, when treated
 with alcalis, afford  a soluble benzoate,
 and throw  down resin.  We know  of
 only five balsams : — those of Peru,  of
 Tolu, BenzoIn, solid  Styrax or Sto-
 rax, and liquid  Styrax.   See those
 different words.
   There is,  however,  a  multitude  of
 pharmaceutical  preparations, and  of
 resinous substances, possessed of a bal-
 samic smell,  and to which the name
 balsam, has been given ; but they differ
 essentially in composition  and proper-
 ties :  hence  the  distinction of balsams
 into natural and artificial.  The natural
 balsams including the five before men-
 tioned : the artificial the remainder.
        (F)  Baume.
   BAL'SAM,   ACOUS'TIC   (Pharm.)
 Bal'samum  Acous'ticum.   A  mixture
 of fixed and essential oils, sulphur, and
 tinctures of fetid gums.  Used in cases
 of atonic deafness dropped into the ear.
     (F) Baume acoustique.
   BAL'SAM,  APOPLECTIC  (Pharm.)
 Bal'samum Apoplec'ticum,  (F) Baume
 Apoptectique ; a medicine, composed of
 several balsams,  properly so ' called,
 resins, and volatile oils.  It is of a stiff
 consistence,  is worn in  ivory  boxes
 about the person, and is smelled at, in
 headaches, &c
   BAL'SAM OF ARCCE'us, Bal'samum
 Arca'i, Unguen'tum El'emi, (F) Baume
 d'Arcaus ; a soft ointment; sometimes
 employed in wounds, ulcers, &c It
 is  made by melting, with a gentle Heat,
 two parts of mutton suet, one of lard,
 one and  a half of turpentine, and as
 much resin.
  BAL'SAM  OF CARPA'THIA, Bal'sa-
 mum Carpath'icum.  The resin of the
 Pi'nus Cem'bra, a tree, which grows
in  Switzerland, Libya, and the Krapack
 mountains in Hungary.
    (F) Baume de  Carpathie.
  BAL'SAM,  CHALYB'EATE,  Balsa-
mum Chalybea'tum,  (F) Baume d'acier
ou d'aiguilles ; a mixture  of nitrate of 
BALSAM
96
BALSAM
iron, alcohol, and oil, prepared by dis-
solving needles in nitric acid.   It was,
formerly, employed in frictions in pains
of the joints.
  BAL'SAM, COR'DIAL, OF SENNER'-
TUS, Bal'samum CoraHa'le Senner'ti,
(F) Baume cordiale de Sennert.  A stim-
ulant medicine, composed of the essen-
tial oils of citron, cloves, and cinnamon,
of musk, and ambergris. Dose 6 to 15
drops.
  BAL'SAM, SPIR'ITJTOUS,  OF FIORA-
VENTI,  Bal'samum Fioraven'ti spirit-
uo'sum,  (F)  Baume  de   Fioraventi
spiritueux.  Different products of the
distillation of  resinous  and balsamic
substances, and of a number of aromat-
ic  substances, previously  macerated
in  alcohol, have been thus  called.
The Spirituous Balsam of Fioraventi,
the only one now used in  friction, in
chronic rheumatism, is the first product
of the distillation  from a sand-bath.  It
is entirely alcoholic.  The Oily Balsam
of Fioraventi is obtained by removing
the residue ; and distilling  it in an iron
vessel, at a white  heat.  It  has  the ap-
pearance of a citrine-colored oil.  The
Black  Balsam  of Fioraventi,  is  the
black oil, obtained when the tempera-
ture is sufficient to  carbonize the sub-
stances in the cucurbit.
  BAL'SAM OF  FOUR'CROY  OR OF
LABOR'DE, (F) Baume de Fuurcroy ou
de Laborde ; a kind of liniment, com-
posed  of  aromatic   plants, balsams,
resins, aloes, turpentine, theriac,  and
olive oil.  Used in  chaps of the  skin
and nipples.
  BAL'SAM  OF  GENEVIEVE,  (F)
Baume   de  Genevieve;  an ointment
composed of wax, turpentine, oil,  red
maunders, and  camphor.  Used in con-
tused wounds, gangrene, &c.
  BAL'SAM OF HONEY (Hill's) ; a
tincture  of tolu, honey  (aa Jfoj), and
spirit,  (a gallon.)   A pectoral, used in
coughs.
  BALSAM OF HOREHOUND (Ford's) ;
a tincture of horehound, liquorice-root,
camphor, opium, benzoin, dried squills,
oil  of aniseed, and honey.   The same
properties as the above.
  BAL'SAM, HYPNOT'IC,  Bal'samum
Hypnot'icum, (F) Baume Hypnotique;
a preparation of which opium, hyoscy-
amus, camphor, and  some  other seda-
tive substances form the base. It is
used externally, to provoke sleep, in
friction.
  BAL'SAM, HYSTER'IC,  Bal'samum
Hyster'icum, (F) Baume  "ysterique ;
a  firm  preparation,  made  of  opium,
aloes,  assafoetida,  castor, distilled oils
of rue, amber, &c.   It is held  to the
nose,  applied  to  the navel,  or rub-
bed on the hypogastrium in hysterical
cases.
  BAL'SAM OF LEIC'TOURE, of Com'-
dom or Vinceguere, Bal'samum Lec-
torense.    A  strongly  stimulant  and
aromatic mixture  of camphor, saffron,
musk, and ambergris, dissolved  in es-
sential oils.  The  ancients burnt it for
the purpose  of purifying the air of a
chamber, when infested with  a  dis-
agreeable odor.          -
  BAL'SAM OF LOCATEL'LI or  Lu-
catel'li,  Bal'samum  Lucatel'li, (F)
Baume de Lucatel;  a sort of ointment,
composed of wax, oil, turpentine, sher-
ry, and balsam  of Peru,  colored with
red saunders.   It  was  once adminis-
tered in pulmonary consumption.   »
  BAL'SAM,  NEPHRIT'IC OF  FUL'-
LER,  Bal'samum  JYephrel'icuni Ful-
leri;  a liquid  medicine,  composed of
oils, resins, and balsams, which have
experienced an incipient  state of car-
bonization from concentrated sulphuric
acid.   It was given  in  the dose of 15
or 30 drops in certain affections of the
kidneys.
  BAL'SAM,  NER'VOUS,  Bal'samum
JYervi'num (F) Baume nervin ou nerval.
A kind of ointment,  composed of fatty
bodies, volatile  oils,  balsam  of Peru,
camphor, &c  It is  employed by fric-
tion in cases of sprains  *nd rheumatic
pains.
  BAL'SAM, PARALYT'IC, OF MYN'-
SICHT.  A sort of  liniment or  soft
mixture of the essential oils of different
aromatic plants, oils of turpentine  and
amber.  L£mery.
  BAL'SAM  OF PAREfRA-BRA'VA,
Bal'samum  Parei'ra-bra'va.   A  soft
mixture of balsam,  resin, muriate of
ammonia, and  powder  of the root of
the Pareira-brava.  It is  given, inter-
nally, to excite the urinary secretion.
  BAL'SAM OF RACKASTRA  or  of
RAKASTRI. This substance is of a yel-
lowish-brown color;  semi-transparent;
fragile, when dry, but  softening by
heat ;  adhering to the  teeth'  when
chewed.  'It has a smell similar to that
of the  Balsam of Tolu,  and is slightly
bitter.   It is  brought  from  India in
gourd shells, and has  been employed in
diseases of the  urinary organs,  espe-
cially in gonorrhoea.
  BAL'SAM,  RPGA.    Prepared  from
the shoots of the Scotch Fir, macerated
in spirit of wine.  Internally, stimulant
and diuretic ; externally, a vulnerary. 
BALSAM
97
BAMBOO
   BAL'SAM OF SAT'URN, Bal'samum
  Satur'ni, (G) Bleibalsam. A solu-
  tion of acetate of lead  in  spirit of tur-
  pentine, concentrated by  evaporation :
  and to which camphor has been added.
  This balsam was employed to hasten
  the cicatrization of wounds.
   BAL'SAM  OF  THE  SAMAR'ITAN,
  (F) Baume du Samaritain.  A sort of
  liniment, prepared by boiling together,
  at a gentle heat, equal parts of wine
  and oil.  It is  said  to have been  the
  ointment used by the Samaritan of the
  Gospel to cure a patient  covered with
  ulcers.
   Writers. P. Parisi, Palermo, 1603
  (I).  J. F. de Pre, Erford, 1723 (L.)
   BAL'SAM, SAX'ON, (F)  Baume Sax-
  on.  A mixture of several volatile oils,
 as those of lavender,  nutmeg, rue, am-
 ber, &c  It was  employed  in friction
 as a stimulant.
   BAL'SAM  OF  SUL'PHUR,  Bal'sa-
 mum  Sul'phuris, (G)  S c h w e f e 1 -
 balsam,  (F) Baume  de Soufre.  A
 solution of sulphur in oil.— B. sulph.
 anisa'tum, (F) B. de  soufre  anise.  A
 solution of sulphur in  essential  oil of
 nniseed ; given as a  carminative. — B.
 sulph. succina'tum,   (F) B.  de  soufre
 succine.   A  solution  of sulphur  in oil
 of amber.—B. sulphur terebinthina'tum,
 Common Dutch  Drops, (F) B. de soufre
 tdr6binthine.  A solution of sulphur in
 essential oil of turpentine , administered
 as a diuretic. — The Balsam af Sulphur
 of Roland ;—is a solution of sulphur
 in linseed oil or  nut oil.
   BAL'SAM  OF SYM'PATHY,  Bal'sa-
 mum  Sympath'icum,  (F)  Baume  de
 sympathie.  A balsam, used in the days
 when sympathetic influence was strong-
 ly believed in.  It was composed of the
 raspings of a human skull, of blood,
 and  human fat, and was applied to the
 instrument  which had  inflicted the
 wound.
   BAL'SAM,   THIB'AUT'S.   A  tinc-
 ture of myrrh, aloes, dragon's  blood,
 flowers of St. John's wort,  and Chio
 turpentine.   Internally,  diuretic; ex-
 ternally, vulnerary.
   BAL'SAM,  TRAN'QUIL,  Bal'samum
 tranquil'lum, (F) B. tranquille.  A
 liquid  medicine, employed externally
 in the shape of friction: — it is pre-
 pared  by  macerating and boiling,  in
 olive oil, narcotic and  poisonous plants,
 — belladonna,  mandragora,  hyoscya-
 inus, &c. — and afterwards infusing,
 in the filtered decoction, different aro-
 matic plants. It was employed as  an
anodyne.
                  9
   BAL'SAM OF TUR'PENTINE, Dutch
 Drops, Bal'samum Terebin'thina.  Ob-
 tained by distilling oil of turpentine in
 a glass retort, until a red balsam is left.
 It possesses the properties of the  tur-
 pentines.
   BAL'SAM,  GREEN, OF METZ, Bal'-
 samum Vir'ide Meten'sium, Bal'samum
 Vir'ide, (F) Baume vert de Metz. This
 is composed of several fixed oils, hold-
 ing, in solution, subcarbonate  of  cop-
 per, sulphate of zinc, turpentine, aloes,
 and the  essential  oils  of cloves  and
 juniper.  It is green and caustic, and
 is employed to hasten the cicatrization
 of atonic ulcers.
  BAL'SAM OF LIFE OF HOFF'MANN,
 Bal'samumVi'lce Hoffman'ni, (F) Baume
 de  vie d'Hoffmann.  A tincture, com-
 posed  of essential oils and ambergris,
 employed internally and externally as
 a stimulant.
  BAL'SAM,  VUL'NERARY OF MIN-
 DERE'RUS,  Bal'samum vulnera'rium
 Mindere'ri, (F) B. vulneraire de MIN-
 DERER.  A  kind  of liniment, com-
 posed  of turpentine, resin elemi, oil
 of  St. John's wort,  and wax.  Em-
 ployed in friction and as a dressing to
 wounds.
  Balsam'ic  (Mat. Med.) Balsam'icus,
 from  (iaXaauov,  ' balsam.'  Possessing
 the  qualities  of balsams.   Balsamic
 odor : — A sweet, faint, and  slightly
 nauseous smell.  A balsamic substance :
 — One resembling the balsams in prop-
 erty.     (G)  Balsamisch.
  Writers.   J. F. Cartheuser, Hal.
 1715 (L).  Fr. Hoffmann,  Hal. 1715
 (L).
  Balsami'ta suave'olens (Mat. Med.)
 B. odora'la, B. ma'ris, Men'tha sara-
 cen'ica, M. Roma'na.  A  plant, com-
 mon in the south of France, and culti-
 vated in the  gardens; where  it bears
 the names Menthe-coq,  Grand- baume,
 Baume des Jardins.  Its smell is strong
 and aromatic, and taste hot.  It is used
 for  the same  purposes  as  the tansey,
 i. e. as a stimulant, vermifuge, &c.
  (G)  Munsbalsam,  Balsam-
 kraut.
  Bamba'lio   (Path) from  /?au;9atva>,
' I speak inarticulately.' One who stam-
mers or lisps.
  Bamboo' (Diet.)   The young shoots
of the Bam'bos arundina'cea or Arun'do
bam'bos, and of the Bam'bos verticilla'ta
contain a saccharine pith, of which  the
people  of both  the Indies  are very
fond.   They are  sometimes made into
a pickle.
  (F) Bambou,Bambu. (G) Bambus. 
BAMMA             98             BANDAGE
  Bam'ma  (Mat. Med.)  from panxia,
' I plunge.'  Anciently, liquids were so
called,  in  which  certain bodies were
plunged, to moisten or soften  them.
In  the  case of tea, for  instance, into
which bread is dipped,  the tea would
be the bamma.
  BANCAL (F) (Path.)  One who has
deformed legrs.  It includes the valgus,
compernis, and varus, which see.
    (G) Krummbeinig.
  BANCROCHE (F) (Path.)  A vulgar
epithet for a rickety inidvidual.
  Ban'dage (Surg.)  rle/nii/, Hypodes'-
mis, v.xoStOfng.  This  word, with  the
French, is  generally used to express
the methodical  application  of rollers.
compresses, &.c, to fix  an apparatus
upon  any  part: corresponding to the
words deliga'tio, fascia'tio, fascia'mm
applica'tio,  iinhmg.  With  us, the
noun  is usually applied to the result of
the application ; or to  the  bandages
themselves : — a sense in  which the
French employ the word  Bande.
  Bandages are simple  or compound.
The simple bandage is  equal,  if the
turns  are applied circularly above each
other; it is unequal, if  the turns  are
not accurately applied upon each other.
If each  turn of the bandage  be only
covered one third,  it forms  the doloire
of the French :  if the edges touch only
slightly, it is the mousse  : if the  turns
are very oblique and separated, it is the
spiral  or  creeping, (F)  rampant : if
folded upon each other, it is termed the
reversed, (F) renverse. By uniting va-
rious  kinds of bandaging, we  have the
compound, and these  compound ban-
dages  have received  various  names,
expressive  of their figure,  or of  the
parts  to which they are  applied, &c;
as cupistrum, spica, &c.
  Bandages are divided, also, as regards
their  uses, into uniting, dividing,  re-
taining, expelling, and compressing.
  BANDAGE OF SEPARATE STRIPS
or B.  OF SCULTETUS, Fas'cia fasci'-
otis separa'tim dispos'itis, seu Sculte'ti,
(F) Bandage a  bandalettes  s6part.es
ou de Scultet.   This is formed of linen
strips,  each capable of surrounding,
once and a half, the part  to which they
have  to be applied, and placed upon
each other, so as to cover, successive-
ly, one third of their width.   It is used
chiefly for  fractures', requiring frequent
dressing.
    The  EIGHTEEN- TAILED   BAN-
 DAGE Fas'cia octod'ecim  capit'ibus,
 (F) Bandage  a  dixhuit chefs.  This
 bandage  is  made  of a longitudinal
portion of a common  roller ; and with
a sufficient number of transverse pieces
or tails, to cover as much of the part as
is requisite.   It is a very useful ban-
dage,  inasmuch as it can be undone
without disturbing the part.
  The COMPRESSING BANDAGE  OR
ROLLER,  Fasc'ia  compressi'vu  seu
convolu'ta, (F) Bandage compressif ou
rauli,  is the  simple  roller with  one
head ;  and  is  employed in cases of ul-
cers, varices, &c of the limbs.  When-
ever this roller is applied  to the lower
part of the limbs, it is carried upwards
by  the doloire and  reversed methods
above described.
  The BODY  BANDAGE,  Mantile, (F)
Bandage de Corps, is used for fixing
dressings &c. to the trunk.  It is form-
ed of a towel, napkin, or some large
compress, folded  three or four times;
the extremities of which are fastened
by pins.  This is again fixed, by means
of the  scapulury bandage, which  is
nothing more  than an ordinary ban-
dage, stitched  to the anterior and mid-
dle part of the  napkin, passing over the
clavicles and behind the head, to be at-
tached to the back part of the napkfri.
  GALEN'S BANDAGE or  B. for  the
Poor, Fas'cia  Gale'ni seu  Pau'perum,
(F) bandage de Galien ou des jiuuvres,
Ga'lea, is a kind of cucvl'lus or hood, (F)
Couvrechef, divided into three parts on
each side;  and of which  Galen has
o-iven a description.  For Hernial Ban-
dages, see Truss.
  IN'GUINAL  BANDAGE, Fas'cia  in-
guina'lis.   A  bandage  for  keeping
dressings applied  to the groin.  It con-
sists of a cincture, to which is attached
a triangular compress, adapted for cov-
ering the groin. To the lower extremity
of this, one or two  bandages  are  at-
tached, which pass  under  the  thigh,
and are fixed  to  the  posterior  part of
the cincture.   This  bandage  may  be
either simple or double.
  Other  bandages will be found  de-
scribed under  their various names.
  The BANDAGE  or  ROLLER,  the
Fas'cia, Ta'nia, t.rtStaaog,  Vin'culum,
the Bande of the French,  (G) B i n d e,
is derived from the (G) B i n d e n,' to
bind.'  It may be made of linen, flan-
nel, or other stuff, capable of offering a
certain resistance.  The two extremi-
ties of a bandage are called tails,  (F)
chefs, and  the rolled part is termed  its
head,  (F) globe.  If rolled at both ex-
tremities, it is called  a double-headed
roller  or bandage, (F) Bande  a deux
globes. 
BANDAG1STE          99     BARBER-CHIRURGEONS
    The  word  Bande, in Anatomy, is
  used by the French for various, narrow,
  flat, and elongated expansions.  Bande
  d'Heliodore,  is a kind  of bandage for
  supporting the mammae.
    Writers on Bandages.  Galen and
  Oribasius, by Vidus Vidius (Guido
  Guidi), Paris, 1544 (L).  J. de Marque,
  Paris.  1618 (F).   S.  Formy,  Montpel-
  lier, J<>-">:i (F).  D.  Fournier,  Paris,
  1671(F).   L. Verduc, Paris,  ltte5 (F).
  H. Bass,  Leips.  1720(G).   Fr. M.
  Disdier, Paris, 1741 (F). Fr. Wiede-
  mann, Augsburg, 1745 (G).  J. Z. Pi.at-
  ner, Lips. 1745 (L).   J. J. Sue,  Paris,
  1746 (F).  J. F.  Henkel, Berlin, 1756
  (G).  H.  Gauthier, Paris,  1760(F).
  Fr. J. Hofer, Erlang. 1790 - 1793 (G).
  J. Fr.  Bceltcher, Berlin,  17! 15 (G).
  J. G. Bernstein, Jena?,  1798(G).  J.
  B. J. Thillaye,  Paris, 1798 (F), and
 1808.   P.  N.  Gerdy, Paris, 1826(F).
 W. Jardine, Edinb. 1818.  J. B. Thil-
 laye, Paris, 1815(F).
   BANDAGISTE (F)   One whose busi-
 ness  it is  to  make bandages, and es-
 pecially those for hernia.
   BANDEAU  (F) [Surg.) A kind of
 simple  bandage, which consists  of a
 piece of cloth, folded four  times, and
 applied round the head.  There is also
 the Bandeau or Mouchoir en triangle or
 triangular bandage, a kind of Couvre-
 chef  (which  see), made of a square
 piece of cloth or a handkerchief, folded
 diagotnlly, and applied round the head.
   BANDELETTE(F) (Surg.)  Diminu-
 tive of Bande Fasciola, Taniola, ViV-
 ta; a narrow bandage, strip  or fillet.
       (G) Bandchen.
  BANDELETTES AGGLUTINATIVES,
 small strips, covered with a glutinous
 plaster.  Vii'ta agglutinan'tes.
   BANDELETTES  DECOUPEES, are
 strips of linen, notched  on  one edge,
 and covered,  on one  side, with  oint-
 ment.   They are applied to wounds, to
 prevent the lint from sticking, and the
 laceration of the cicatrix.
   Bin'gue or  Ban'gi or Beng (Hyg)
 A species of Indian hemp, which  An-
 anson believes to be the  Nepenthes of
 the ancients.   Its leaves and flowers
 are astringent.  They  are chewed and
 smoked.  Its seeds, mixed with opium,
 areca, and sugar, produce a kind of in-
 toxication,  and are used for this pur-
 pose bv the people of India.
  BAN'ISTER or BAN'ESTER, John
 (Bi'ig.)  A  medical character  of some
celebrity, in the 16th century,  who
practised chiefly at Nottingham, Eng-
land.  Works. John Banister, mais-
 ter in chirurgery,  and  licentiate in
 physic, his necessary treatise of chirur-
 gery, <fcc.   Lond.  1576.  8vo.   The
 historie of man, sucked from the sap of
 the  most  profound' anatomists,  &c.
 Lond. 1578. fol.  A book of tumors, of
 wounds,  of fractures,  and  luxations.
 Lond. 1633. 4to.
   Baniste'ria angulo'sa (Mat Med.)
 This plant,  in Brazil and the Antilles,
 passes for a powerful sudorific, and an
 antidote to the poison of serpents.
   Ban'itan (Mat. Med.)  A  root, em
 ployed, in the Philippine Isles, in cases
 of asthma.   The  plant,  whence it is
 obtained, is not known to us.
   Bannieres,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  Bannieres is a village in
 Quercy, Diocese of Cahors. The waters
 are probably chalybeate.   They are
 celebrated in amenorrhcea,  cachexia,
 jaundice, &c.
   Ba'obab (Mat. Med. & Dietct.) The
 Adanso'nia  digita'ta of Africa ; one of
 the largest productions of the vegetable
 kingdom.  Its  fruit is  called, in the
 country, Pain de  singe.  The pulp is
 sourish, and agreeable  to eat; and a
 refreshing  drink  is  made  from  it,
 which is used  in fevers.  Prospero
 Alpini and  Dr. L. France,  think that
 the Terra Lemnia  was  prepared,  in
 Egypt, from the pulp.  All the parts of
 the Baobab abound in mucilage.
     (G) A f fe nbro dbau m.
   Bap'tus (Mat. Med.) (iu.iTog.  The
 ancients gave this name  to a bitumi-
 nous earth,  of a very agreeable  odor,
 which they believed  to be  dyed with
 the Anchusa tinctoria or Alkanet. Agri-
 cola.
   BARAQUETTE  (F) (Path.) A name
 given by Rasous, physician at Nimes in
 France, to a catarrhal epidemy, which
occurred there in 1761.
  Barbaros's.e  Pil'uLjE  (Pharm.)
 Barbarossa's Pill.   An ancieflt  com-
position of  quicksilver, rhubarb, dia-
gridium, musk, &c.   It was th e first
internal mercurial  medicine,  which ob-
tained any real credit.
  Bar'barum  (Pharm.) flaqfiixqov   An
adhesive plaster, formerly applied  to
recent wounds.  Scribonius Largus,
 Galen.
  Bar'ber-Chirur'geons  (Med.)  A
 Corporation  of London, instituted by
king Edward IV.   The  Barbers were
separated  from  the  Surgeons, by 18
 Geo.  II. c.  15; and the latter were
erected into a Royal College  of  Sur-
geons  at  the  commencement of the
present century. 
BARBERIE
100
BARRE
   Barberie,   Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  These mineral waters are
 half a league from Nantes.  They eon-
 tain carbonic acid,  muriates  of mag-
 nesia and soda,  sulphate  of magnesia,
 carbonates of magnesia, lime, and iron.
 They are used as chalybeates.
   BARBET'TI, Paul (Biog.)  A Dutch
 physician, who practised at Amsterdam
 in the 17th century.  Works.  Chirur-
 gie  tweede  stuk.  Amsterdam. 1658,
 1663.  8vo.   Chirurgia  notis  ac  ob
 servationibus  rarioribus,  &c  Praxis
 medica  cum notis, &c  Fred. Deckers-
 Leidae.  1669, 1678.  12mo.  The two last
 were translated into English. His entire
 works were collected and  published.
   BARBEU   du  BOURG,   James
 (Biog.)   A French physician, born at
 Mayne,  1709;  died  1779.   Works.
 Gazette d'Epidaure. Paris. 1761,1712,
 1763.  Re'cherches sur la durec de la
 grossesse,  &c  1765.  8vo.   Opinion
 d'un medecin  sur  Vinoculation. 1768.
 12mo. He is known, also, as the trans-
 lator, into French, of Dr. Franklin's
 works ; and as a literary writer.
   BARBEYRAC,  Charles  (Biog.)
 A native of Provence, where  he was
 born in 1629.   He practised with great
 reputation at Montpellier, and  died in
 1699.  Works.  Traites nouveaux  de
 mddecine contenant les maladies de la
.poitrine, les maladies des  femmes,&c.
 Lyon. 1684.  12mo.  Quastion-.s medi-
 ca duodecim. 1658. 4to.
   BARCHAUSEN.  BARCHUSEN.
 or BARKHAUSEN, John  Conrad;
 M. D. (Biog.)   An  eminent  German
 physician, born in  1666; died 1723.
 Works.    Synopsis   pharmaceutica.
 Franc. 1690. 12mo.   Pyrosophia, suc-
 cinctt  atque  breviter iatro-chemicam
 rem metallicam et chrysopoieam perves-
 tigans.   Leyd.  1698.   4to.   Historia
 medicina.  Amst. 1710. 8vo.  Collecta
 medicina practica  generalis. Amst.
 1715. 8vo.
   BARCLAY,  John, M.  D. F R.S.E.
 (Biog.)  Lecturer on Anatomy, Edin-
 burgh; died 1826.  Works. A ?i<w ana-
 tomical nomenclature, relating to the
 terms which  are expressive of position
 and aspect in the animal system. Edin.
 1803. 8vo.   The muscular motion of
 the  human body.  Edinb. 1808. b'vo.
 Description of the arteries of the human
 body. Edinb. 1812. 12mo. An inquiry
 into the  opinions, ancient and modern,
 concerning life and organization. Edin.
 1822. 8vo.
   BARD, Samuel  (Biog.)  A  phy-
 sician of New York, born  in Phila- |
 delphia, in 1742; died in 1621. Works.
 A  treatise  on the angina suffocativa.
 1771.   A  compendium of the theory
 and practice af midwifery ; for the usr
 of students.  N. York.  Itfl2.  Narra-
 tive of the Ife of,  by John  McVickar,
 N. York.  1.-22.
   Bareges,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.) Bareges is a village in the
 department of Hautes Pyre"nits,  near
 which are  several springs.   They are
 sulphureous  and  thermal,  the  heat
 varying from  7;i° to 120' Fahrenheit.
 They contain muriates of magnesia and
 soda, sulphates of magnesia and lime,
 carbonate of lime, sulphur, &c
   These springs have long enjoyed  a
 high reputation, and are daily advised
 in cutaneous and scrophulous affections,
 &c.
   FACTITIOUS  BAREGES  WATER,
 A'qua Bareginen'sis, (F) Eau  de  Ba-
 riges, is  made by  adding hydrosul-
 phurelted  water,  § iv,  to pure water,
 § xvijss,  carbonate  of  soda,  gr.  xvj,
 muriate of soda. gr. ss.  Bottle closely.
   BARNET,  Mineral  Waters of
 (Mat. Med )   Barnet is  not  far  from
 London.  The water is  of a purging
 quality, like that of Epsom, and about
 half the strength.
   Baromacrom'etf.r (Obstet.) Barom-
 acrom'etrum, from (fuqoc, ' weight,' p.a-
 xquc, ' long,'  and  i.-trqur,  '  measure."
 An instrument, invented by Stein to
 indicate the length and weight  of a
 new-born infant.
   Barom'eter, from fiaqoc,  ' weight,'
 and inrouv, ' measure.'  An intrument,
 which measures the weight of the air.
 A  certain degree  of density  in  this
 medium is necessary for health : when
 we ascend high mountains great incon-
 venience is experienced, owing to the
 diminished  density.  The  changes of
 this character  are indicated by the Ba-
 rometer  or Weatherglass.
   (F)  Bar ami tie.    (G) Schwere-
 messer,  Wetterglas.
   Ba'ros   (Path.)  fiaqog, ' heaviness.'
 This word was employed by the Greek
 physicians, to designate the feeling of
 lassitude  and  heaviness observable in
 many diseases.  Hippocr., Galen.
   BARRE (F)  (Obst.)  Va'ra.  Pro-
 jection of the  symphysis pubis; — a de-
 formity rendering delivery  difficult.
   BARRE (F) (O&s/. and Surg.)  A
 term  applied, in  Franee,  to females,
 whose pelves have the deformity de-
 scribed under Barre.
    DENTS BARREES: — The molar
| teeth, when  the  roots are spread oj 
BARRE              101            BASAAL
  tortuous, so that they cannot be  ex-
  tracted without being broken; or with-
  out a portion of the alveolar arch being
  removed.
    Barre, Mineral Waters of  (Mat.
  Med.) Barre is a small town, six leagues
  from  Strasburg.  The waters are ther-
  mal,  and contain much iron, calcare-
  ons salt, &c  They are diuretic and
  tonic
    BARRERE, Peter  (Biog.) A phy-
  sician  at  Perpignan,  who  practised
  some lime at  Cayenne, and died 1755.
  Works.  Diverses   observations  Ana-
  tomiques, tirees des ouvertures des ca-
  davres,  Perpignan. 1751. 8vo.
    BAR'RY, Sir Edward, Bart.;  M.D.
  (Biog.)  Professor of physic in the Uni-
  versity of Dublin : died 1776.  Works.,
  Treatise on  consumption. Dubl.  1726.
  8vo.  A treatise on  three different  di-
   festions and  discharges of the human
   ody, and the diseases of their principal
  organs.  Lond.  1759.  8vo.   On the
  wints of the   ancients.  Lond.   1775.
  4to.
    BARTHEZ,  Paul Joseph (Biog.)
  born 17:14; died 1806.  He was a cele-
  brated physician of Montpellier. Works.
  La nowelte  michaniqae des hommes et
  des animaux.  1781. 4to.   L'histoire
  des maladies  goutteuses. Paris.  1802.
  2  vols.  8vo.   Discours  sur le gtnie
  d'Hippocrate, pronounced in the school
  of Montpellier, &c  Exposition of the
  medical  doctrine  of Barthez,  with
  memoirs of his  life, by J.  Lordat.
  Paris. Hf-(F).
    BAR'THOLINE,  Cas'par (Biog.)
 An eminent physician,  born at Mal-
 moe  or   Malmuylin, in  Scandinavia,
 where his father was a Lutheran min-
 ister, in 1585.   He died at Sora in 1629.
 Works. Problematum philosophicorum
 et r.iedicorum  miscellanea  observat.
 1611.  4to. Anatom:ca institutiones cor-
 poris  humani.  1611. 8vo.  Controver-
 sia anatomica.  Gosl. 1632.  8vo.
   BAR'THOLINE, Cas'par.  (Biog.)
 the son of Thomas ; died aboutthe com-
 mencement of the 18th century. Works.
 De nervorum usu, item diaphragmatis
 structurd, &c  Paris. 1676. 8vo.   De
 ovariis mulierum. Lugd. 1680. 12mo.
 De ductu salivali. Ultraject. lfis.5. 8vo.
 Specimen hist,  anatom. partium corp.
 human. Ac  Amst. 1701.  8vo.
   BAR'THOLINE, Thomas (Biog.)  A
 very renowned  Danish physician,  born
 in 1616 : died 1680.  He is best known
 for his important discoveries regarding
 the lacteals and lymphatics.  Works.
Anatomia reformata.  Ludg.  1651.  8vo. I
                  9*
  Vasa  lymphatica nuper Hafnia  in
 animantibus inventa, &c Hafn. 1653.
 4to.  De lacteis thoracicis. Lond. 1652.
 8vo. :  various editions.   Hist, anatom,
 Centur. prima et secunda. Hafn. 1654.
 8vo.   De pulmonum substantid et mo-
 tu.  Hafn. 1663.  De medicind Dano-
 rum domesticd, &c  Hafn. 1666. 8vo.
 Opuscula  nova  anatomica de  lacteis
 thoracicis, &c.  Hafn. 1670.  De mor-
 bis biblicis. Hafn. 1692.  8vo.
   BAR'TON, Benjamin Smith, M. D.
 Professor of Botany in the University of
 Pennsylvania; born  1766;  died  1815.
 Works. Collections for  an essay tow-
 ards a materia medica  of the United
 States.  Phil. 1798.  8vo.   A  memoir
 concerning the  disease of goitre. Phil.
 1800.
   BAR'WICK,  Peter,  M. D.  Phy-
 sician in Ordinary to King Charles II;
 born  1619 at Witherslack,  in  West-
 moreland; died 1694.  Work. De Us
 qua  medicorum  animos  exagitant.
 Lond.  1671.  4to.
   Baryecoi'a or  Barycoi'ta  (Path.)
 Paracu'sia obtu'sa, Disecoi'a, Dyseca'a,
 Audi'tus  diffic"ilis,  (F)   Durete  d'O-
 reille, (iuqvxoia, Obaudi"tio, from paqvg,
 ' heavy,'  and uxoij, ' hearing.'   Hard-
 ness of hearing, incomplete deafness.
 (G) Schwerhoren.  See Cophosis.
   Barypho'nia  (Path.)  from  (luqve,
 ' heavy,' and ipoivt], ' the  voice.'  Diffi-
 culty of speech.
   Bary'tes (Mat. Med.)  from (iaqvg,
 ' heavy ;' Ter'ra pondero'sa, B iry'ta,
 Protox'ide of Ba'rium,  Heavy Earth,
 Ponderous Earth.  This  earth and its
 soluble  salts are  all  highly corrosive
 poisons. It is never employed in medi-
 cine in the pure state.  When exter-
 nally applied it  is caustic, like potass
 and soda.
   (F) Baryte, Terre pesante.
   (G) Schwererde.
   The   MU'RIATE  or HYDROCHLO'-
 RATE  OF BARY'TA, Chlo'ride of Ba'-
 rium,Chlo'ruret of Ba'rium, Terhapon-
 dero'sa sali'ta seu muria'ta, Sal muriat'-
 icum barot'icum, Baro'tes  sali'tus, is the
 only combination used. It is given in the
 form of the Solu'tio Muria'tis Bary'ta,
 (Baryta Murias,  one part; distilled
water, three parts.)  It is employed in
scrophulous cases, worms, and cutane-
ous diseases.  Externally, to fungous
ulcers and to specks on the cornea.
  (F) Solution de Muriate de Baryte.
  Writers.  Crawford, Lond. 1789.
Hufeland, Erfurt, 1792(G). Althof,
Gotting. 1794 (L).
  Basaal (Mat. Med.) The name of 
BASANISMOS          102
BASIO-GLOSSUS
an Indian tree; the decoction of whose
leaves, in water, with  ginger, is  used
as a gargle  in diseases of the fauces.
The kernels  of the fruit are vermi-
fuge.
  Basanis'mos (Med.)  (Saaanauog, from
(laauvtttiv,' to explore.' A touch-stone.'
(G) Probierstein.  Investigation
or examination. Hippocr., Galen.
  Basani'tes (Therap.) from (iaaavttw,
e I  explore.'   A  stone, celebrated by
Pliny as  useful in diseased liver.  It
seems to have been a variety of Trap.
  Base. (Anat., Pharm.)  Ba'sis,(iaaig.
from ftuuw,  ' 1 proceed,'  ' I  rest,' ' I
support myself.'  That which serves as
a foundation  or support.   That which
enters, as principal matter, into a mix-
ture or combination.  In Anatomy, it
is employed in the former sense,  as
Base of the  Cranium,  Base of a Pro-
cess, &c, Base of the Heart.  In the
art of prescribing, Basis  is  the  chief
substance, which enters  into  a  com-
pound formula.
  (G) Grundstoff,  Hauptbe-
standtheil.
  Bas'ilary (Anat.) Basila'ris.  That
which belongs to the Base, from (iaaig,
1 base.'      (F)  Basilaire.
  This name has been  given to several
parts, which seem to serve as bases  to
others. The sacrum and sphenoid have
been hence so called.
  The Bas'ilary  Vertebra,  is the last
vertebra of the loins.
  The  Bas'ilary  Pro'cess,  (F)  Apo-
physe Basilaire, Prolongement  sous-
occipital, Cune'iform Proc"ess, is the
bony projection, formed by the inferior
angle  of the os occipitis,  which is ar-
ticulated with the sphenoid.
  Bas'ilary Surface, (F)  Surface basi-
laire,  is  the inferior  surface  of this
process.   It is covered by the mucous
membrane of the  pharynx.
  Bas'ilary Fos'sa, (F)  Gouttiere ou
Fosse basilaire, is the upper surface
of  the same  process, — so called be-
cause  it is channelled like a Fossa  or
 Gutter.  The  Tuber  annulare  rests
upon it.
  Bas'ilary Ar'tery, A. basila'ris, (F)
Artere  ou  Tronc  basilaire, A. meso-
eephalique (Ch.) : — the union of the
two vertebral arteries.  It is larger than
either of these, but smaller than the
two taken together.  It ascends along
the  middle groove on  the inferior sur-
face of  the  tuber,  and is supported,
beneath,  by the  Fossa basilaris.   It
terminates in the posterior cerebral ar-
teries
  Basilei'on (Mat. Med.) paaiXtior. A
collyrium referred  to  by Aetius and
Gorrjeus.   Also, the same as Os Basi-
i.are.
  Basil'ic (Anat.) Basil'icus, from (la-
oiXixug,' royal.'  This name was given,
by the ancients, to  parts, which they
conceived to play an important part in
the animal economy.
  BASIL'IC  VEIN,  Ve'na  Basil'ica,
(F)  Veine Basilique,  Veine cubitale-
cutanfe  of  Chaussier.   This  vein  is
one of those on  which the operation of
blood-letting is  performed.   It is situ-
ated at the internal  part of the  fold of
the  elbow,  in  front of  the  humeral
artery, and is formed  by the anterior
and posterior cubital veins, and by the
median  basilic.  It  terminates,  in the
armpit, in the axillary vein.  The an-
cients thought, that  the basilic  of the
right arm had some connexion with the
liver, and hence they called it hepatic.
The vein of the  left arm, for a similar
reason, they called splenic.  The  Me-
dian Basilic Vein, (F)  Veine mediane
basilique, is one of the  branches of the
preceding vein.   It  joins  the median
cephalic  at  an acute angle,  or  rather
by a  transverse branch,  and receives
some branches of  the deep radial and
cubital veins,  and a considerable  sub-
cutaneous vein — the common median.
  Basil'icon or Basil'icum  (Pharm.)
(iaoiXixov.  Royal, or of  great  virtue.
An ointment, composed of yellow wax,
black pitch, and resin, of each one part,
olive oil  four parts.  Hence it was call-
ed Unguen'tum  Tetraphar'macum, (rt-
xqaipaquaxa, ' four  drugs.')   Celsus,
SCRIBONIUS LARGUS.
  The Basil'icon or Basil'icum of the
Parisian  Codex, is  the Onguent de Poix
et de Cire.  .In  most  Pharmacopoeias,
it is represented by the  Unguen'tum
or Cera'tum Resi'na.   It is used  as  a
stimulating ointment.   See Cera'tum
Resi'na, and  Unguen'tum  Resi'n.*
Ni'grje.
  Basilid'ion (Pharm.) (iaaiXtSiov.  A
name given, by Galen, to an ointment,
which he employed  in  cases of itch.
  Bas'ilis  (Pharm.)  Name of a col-
lyrium recommended by Galen.
  Ba'sio-cer'ato-glos'sus  (Anat.)
from ftuaig,  ' base,' xtqag,' comu,' and
yXoiaaa,' tongue.'  A name given to a
part of the hyoglossus, which is insert-
ed into the comu of the os hyoides and
base of the tongue.
  Ba'sio-glos'sus (Anat.) fiuoioyXo\aaog,
 Ypsiloglos'sus, from flaaig, ' base,' and
yXwaoa,' the tongue.' A name formerly 
*v
BASIO-PHARYNG^US     103              BATH
 given to the portion of the hyoglossus,
 which is  inserted into the base of the
 os hyoides. Riolan, Thomas Bartho-
 line.
  Basio-pharynceus (Anat.) from /9a-
 atg,' base,' and tpuqvy'-,  ' the pharynx.'
 A name  given  to some  fibres of the
 constrictor pharyngis medius.  Wins-
 low.
  B vssi-col'ica (Pharm.) Name of a
 medicine, composed of aromatics and
 honey.  Scribonius Largus.
  BASSINER (F)  (Therap.)  Fove're :
 to foment with water or any liquid.
  BAS'SIUS, Henry  (Biog.) A Sur-
 geon and Anatomist  of considerable
 reputation, born at  Bremen  in  1690;
 died in 1754.  Works.  De fisluld ani.
 Hal.  1718.   Grundlicher bericht von
 bandagen. Leip. 1720.   Observationes
 anatomico - chirurgico - medica.   Hall.
 1731.  Tractatus  de morbis  venereis.
 Leips. 1764. 8vo.
  Bata'tas (Hyg.)  The  inhabitants
 of Peru gave this appellation to several
 tuberous roots, especially to the Con-
 volvulus   Batatas, or  Sweet Potatoe
 (q. v.)  Our word, Potatoe, comes from
"this.
  BATE, George, M. D. (Biog.)  An
 eminent physician, born near Bucking-
 ham, England, in 1608.  He was phy-
 sician to Charles I., Cromwell, and
 Charles  II.; and died in 1668. Works.
 De rachitide,  &c Lond. 1650.  8vo.
 He was, likewise, the author of a Phar-
 macopaia, which was long popular.
  BATEMAN, Thomas, M.D. (Biog.)
 A respectable London physician ; died
 1820.  Works. A practical synopsis of
 cutaneous diseases,  &c.  Lond.  1813.
 8vo.  Delineations of cutaneous dis-
 eases, &c. 1817. 4to.  A succinct ac-
 count of the contagious fever of  Eng-
 land, &c. 1818.  8vo.  Reports on the
 diseases  of London, and the state  of
 the weather, from 1804 to 1816, and
 an historical view of the state  of health
 and disease in the metropolis in past
 times. Lond.  1819.  Some account of
 his life and character. Lond. 1826.
 . Bath  (Hyg. & Therap.) Bal'neum,
 paXavtiov, Xovrqov.  Immersion, or stay,
 for a longer or shorter duration, of the
 whole or a part of the  body in another
 medium than the atmosphere.
  Immersion,  total  or  partial, of the
 body  in water.
  Act of  plunging into a liquid, sand,
 or other substance, in which it  is the
 custom to bathe.
  Also, the vessel in which the  water
 is put for bathing.
  A public or private establishment for
bathing.
  In  Pharmacy,  it  means a vessel,
placed over a fire, and  filled with any
substance, into which  another vessel
may be placed, containing matters for
evaporation or distillation.
     (F) Bain.  (G) Bad.
  The HOT  BATH,  Bal'neum  cal'i-
dum,  (F) Bain chaud, is  a bath,  the
temperature  of which is from 98° to
106° ; the  TEPID or  WARM BATH,
(F) Bain tilde, B. tempere,  (G) Laue
Bad, Bal'neum tep'idum,  from 62° to
96° ; the  COLD BATH, Bal'neum frig"-
idum,  Frigida'rium, (F) Bain froid,
(G)Kaltes Bad, below 62°; and
the VAPOR BATH, Bal'neum Vapo'ris,
(F) Bain de  Vapeur, Etuve humide,
from  100°  to  130°.   See  Vaporari-
um.
  An ELECTRIC  BATH,  (F)  Bain
ilectrique, is given, by placing the per-
son upon an insulated stool, communi-
cating, by a  metallic wire, with the
principal conductor  of the  electrical
machine in action.   The Electric Bath
produces general excitement of all the
functions, and especially of the circula-
tion and secretions.
  A  GENERAL BATH, (F)  Bain en-
tier, is one, in which the whole body is
plunged except the head ; — in contra-
distinction to the partial bath.
  A HIP BATH, Coxalu'vium, (F) Bain
de Fauteuil, Bain de Siege, is one in
which the lower part of  the trunk
and upper part of the  thighs are im-
mersed.
  The HAND  BATH, Manulu'vium,
(F) Bain de Mains ou Manuluve, is a
bath for the hands.
  The FOOT BATH, Pediluvium,  (F)
Bain  de  Pieds,  (G) Fuss bad, is a
bath  for the feet: and the
  HEAD BATH,   Capitilu'vium.   (F)
Bain de  Tete ou Capitiluve, a bath for
the head.
  A  HALF BATH,  Semicu'pium, Ex-
cathisma, Incessio, is one adapted for
half  the  body.  One, adapted for re-
ceiving only  the hips  or  extremities,
is also so called.
  A  SHOWER BATH, is one in which
the water is made to fall like a shower
on the body.   See Douche.
  A   medicated  bath,  Bal'neum
medica'tum, (F) Bain medicinal, is a
bath, formed of decoctions or infusions
of vegetable substances, or of  any in-
gredient, introduced into the water, for
therapeutical purposes. 
BATH
104        BAUDELOCQUE
  An ANIMAL  BATH,  Bal'neum ani-
mate, consists in wrapping an animal,
recently killed, or its skin, around  the
body or some part of it.
  A WATER  BATH  (Pharm.)  Bal'-
neum Ma'ria,  (V) Bain Marie, consists
of a vessel filled with boiling water, in
which the vessel is  placed, containing
the substance to be evaporated.
  A STEAM BATH may be formed by
introducing steam into the first of those
vessels, properly  closed, in  place  of
water.
  A SAND BATH,  Bal'neum  Are'na,
(F) Bam de Sable, consists of a vessel
filled  with sand, and  placed  over  the
fire.  Into this vessel the one is put,
which contains the substance to  be
evaporated.
  A DRY BATH is  one made of ashes,
salt, sand, &c   The  ancients used these
frequently for therapeutical purposes.
  Bathing  is much employed in  the
treatment of disease.  The  cold bath
is a powerful tonic,  and especially the
.cold sea  bath:  the  warm bath is a re-
laxant ; and the hot bath stimulates.
  The regular  use  of the bath is  ex-
tremely conducive to health :  but if too
much indulged, it is apt to produce in-
jurious effects.
  Writers on Ancient  and  Modern
Baths.  Menghus Faventinus (Men-
ghi of Faenza), Venet. 1553 (L).  A.
Baccius, Ven. 1571 (L).  L. Joubert,
Franck. 1645.   A. Cocchi,  Flor. 1747
(I). Lither, Erfurt, 1771 (L).  Cam-
eron, Lond. 1772.   Fr. Bruni, Flor.
1811 (I.)  Stix, Dorpat, 1802 (L).
  Writers  on  Bathing.   Stuart,
Leyd. 1707(L).  A. Brendel, Wittem.
1712 (L).   J. G. Walther, Lips. 1744
(L).  Hahn, Wirceb. 1774 (L).  Lei-
denfrost,  Duisb.  1788 (L).  H. M.
Marcard,  Hanover, 1793 (G).    F.
Anderson,  Lond.  1795.   A. P. Bu-
chan, Lond. 1804.   De Vandenesse,
Paris, 1751 (L).   D. Raymond, Avi-
  ?non, 1756 (F).   Ph. Dubois, Paris,
  803(F).  P. Lambert, Paris, 1806(F).
E.  J.  Hereau, Paris,  1810 (F).   J.
Symons, Lond. 1766(F).  B. Dominicet-
ti, Lond. 1788.  Sir J. Floyer, Lond.
1722.  Stock,  Lond. 1805.  E. Kent-
ish (warm andvapor b.), 1809.  Coch-
rane, Lond. 1809.  J. Gibnet (sea b.),
Lond. 1813. Th. Reid (seabathing).
Lond  1798.  W. Saunders (cold and
warm b.), Lond. 1800.  W. Simpson
(cold b.), Leeds, 1791.
   Bath, Mineral  Waters of  (Mat.
Med.) A'qua  Batho'nia vel  Bad'iza,
A'qua So'lis,  A'qua Bad'igua.  Cele-
brated  thermal springs  at  Bath,  in
England.  They contain but little im-
pregnation, and are  chiefly indebted to
their temperature, which is about 116°
Fahrenheit, for their utility.
  These  waters  are employed  in the
most  heterogeneous cases;  and are
serviceable where the simple thermal
springs are indicated, as in rheumatism,
paralysis, &c.
  Writers. Th. Johnson, Lond. 1634.
Th. Vennek, Lond. 1638.  John Ma-
plett,  Lond.  1694.  Thomas  Gui-
dot, Lond.  1694.  Robert  Pevice,
Bristol,  1697.   Wm.  Oliver,  Lond.
1707.   Geo. Cheyne (,n his treatise on
trout),  Lond.  1720.    John Quinton,
Oxford, 1733-4.   Rice Chakleton,
Lond.  1754.   Wm. Falconer,  Lond.
1790.   Geo.  S. Gibbes,  Lond. 1800
and 1803.  A. Wilson, Bath. 1788.  J.
Barlow, Bath. 1822.
  Ba'ther (Hyg)  Balnea'rius, Bal-
nea'tor.   One who bathes.   Anciently,
the name was given to those, that ad-
ministered baths to the diseased : — the
Etuvistes of the French.
    (F)  Baigneur.   (G)  Bader.
  Bath'mis  (Anat.)  Balh'ma, puS^ng,
' base, support.'  The cavity of a bone,
which  receives the eminence of an-
other ;  and especially the two Fossettes
at the inferior extremity of the  hume-
rus; into  which the processes  of the
ulna are received, during the flexion
and extension of the fore-arm.
  Bath'ron (Surg.) (iu^qor, (iaSqiov,
(iadqov 'Innoxqaruov,  Scam'num Hip-
poc'ratis.  An instrument, used for the
extension of a limb, in  cases of frac-
ture or luxation.   The description of it
is found in  Galen, Oribasius,  and
Scultetus, with a figure.
    (F) Banc d'Hippocrate.
   Batisse,  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Batisse is  three leagues
from Clermont in France.   The water
is tepid, and contains subcarbonate and
sulphate of soda, sulphates of lime and
iron, muriate of magnesia,  and  carbo-
nate of lime.
  BAT'TIE, William,  M. D. (Biog.)
A physician of some  eminence, born
in Devonshire, in 1704, died in Lon-
don, in 1776.  Works.  A  treatise on
madness. Lond.  1758. 4to.  Aphorismi
de  cognoscendis  et curandis morbis
nonnullis ad prineipia animalia accom-
modati  Lond. 1760. 4to.
   BAUDELOCQUE,   John  Louis
(Biog.)  A  distinguished  French  ob-
stetrical practitioner and writer; born
atHeillyin  Picardy, in 1746; died in 
BAUDRICOURT         105              BEARD
 1810. Works.  L'art des accouchemens.
 Paris.  1815.  4th edition.   The  first
 edition was translated into English by
 John Heath,  Lond. 1790:  abridged,
 with Notes, by W. P. Dewees, Philad.
 1811.   Two of his  memoirs on  the
 Casarian operation were translated by
 John Hull, Manchester. lMil.
   Baudricourt, Mineral Waters of
 (Mat. Med.)  Baudricourt is a town of
 France, two leagues and  a  half from
 Mirecourt.   The waters are  sulphu-
 reous.
   BAU'HIN,  John  Henry  (Biog.)
 A physician  and celebrated Natural-
 ist, born  at  Basil,  1541;  died  1613.
 Works. Memorabilis hist, luporum ali-
 quot rabidorum.  1591. 8vo.  De  aquis
 medicalis,&-c.  Montbeliard. 1605,1607,
 1612. 4to.
   BAU'HIN,  Gaspard,  brother  of
 the preceding,  born  at Basil in 1560;
 died 1624.   Works.  De  corporis hu-
 mani partibus externis.  Basil. 1588.
 8vo.  Constitutiones anatomica. Franc.
 1604, 1616. 8vo.  De compositione me-
 dicamentorum.   Offenh.   1610.  8vo.
 De remediorum formulis apud Gracos,
 Arabes, et Latinos. Franc. 1619. 8vo.
   Bau'hin, Valve of  (Anat.)  Valve
 ofTUL'PIUS, Il'eo-ca'cal Valve,  R'eo-
 col'ic  Valve,   Val'vula  Wei, Valvula
 Co'li.   This name has been given to a
 valve, situated  transversely at the place
 where the ileum opens into the ccecum,
 and  which  Bauhin  says he  discov-
 ered at Paris, in 1759. It had, however,
 been previously described by several
 Anatomists;  as by Vidus Vidius, Pos-
 tius, &c
   BAUME, Antoine (Biogr.)  A cele-
 brated  Chymist,  born  at  Senlis  in
 France, in 1728 ; he  was made Maitre
 Apothicaire at Paris,  in 1752; and  re-
 ceived into  the Academie  Royale des
 Sciences, in 1773.  Work. Elemens de
 pharmacie theorique et pratique.  Paris.
 1762, 1769, 1773.  in 8vo.
   Bau'rac (Arab., Pharm.)  Nitre, or
 salt in general.   From this word conies
 Borax.
   Baurin,   Mineral   Waters   of
 (Mat. Med.)  Baurin  is a village four
 leagues  from  Roye, department  of
 Somme. The^waters  are strongly cha-
 lybeate.
  BAVE (F) (Path.  &c.) Sali'va ex
 o're flu'ens, Spu'ma,  Hu'mor sali'vus.
Frothy, thick,  viscid saliva, issuing
from  the  mouth.  This  driveling,  or,
slavering, we see in children, old peo-
ple, &c  The term is, also, applied to
the frothy liquid, which flows from the
 mouth  of rabid  animals.  Sauvages
 uses it synonymously with Salivation.
   BAYLE, r rancis (Biog.) A learned
 physician, Professor  of Philosophy at
 Toulouse :  died  in  1709, aged 87.
 Works.  Tractatus  de  apoplex'd  ex
 doctrind Hippocratis. Toul. 1676.12mo.
 Dissertaliones medica tres, de  causis
fluxus menstrui, de sympathid partium
 cum utero, de usu lactis.  Tolos.  1670.
 4to. L'histoire du foetus humain. Leyd.
 1688. 12mo &c
   BAY'LEY,  Richard  (Biogr.)  A
 physician of New York, born  at  Fair-
 field  in Connecticut, in  1745;  died
 in  1801.  Works. A  pamphlet on the
 croup.   An  account  of the epidemic
fever which prevailed  in New  Yoik, in
 1795.  N. York, 1796.
   BAY'LIS  or BAY'LIES, William
 (Biog.)  Physician to the king  of Prus-
 sia, and member of the   Colleges of
 Physicians of London and Edinburgh;
 died at Berlin in 1787.  Work. An es-
 say on the  Bath wdters. 1757.
  BAYRE,  Peter  de   (Biog.)  An
 Italian  physician, of great reputation
 in his day ; born at Turin, about 1478;
 died in 1558.  Works.  De pestilentid
 ejusque  curatione,  &c  Turin.   1507.
 4to.  De medendis  humani  corporis
 mails  enchiridion.  Basil.   1560, 1563:
 often reprinted.
   Bdel'lium  (Mat.  Med.)   pSt-XXiov,
 Myr'rha imperfecta, Bol'chon, fioXxov,
 Madeleon, Bal'chus.    A  gum  resin;
 brought  from the Levant and India;
 and supposed to be  'obtained  from a
 species of Amyris, yet little  known.
 It  is  solid, brittle, of a  deep brown
 color, of an acrid and bitter taste, and
 sweet odor.  It was much vaunted  by
 the ancients,  but is  now little em-
 ployed.
  Bdellom'eter (Therap.) from pStX-
Xa, ' a leech,' and  fitrqov, ' measure.'
An instrument, proposed as a substitute
for the leech; inasmuch as we can tell
the quantity of blood obtained  by  it,
whilst we cannot  by the leech. It con-
sists of a  cupping-glass,  to which  a
scarificator and exhausting syringe are
attached.
  Bdelyg'mia (Path.)  jfStXvyiua.  A
disagreeable, fetid odor; capable of ex-
citing nausea—as the smell from cer-
tain ulcers.
  Beard (Anat.)  Barba,7iojywv,ytvttor.
The hair, which  covers a part of the
cheeks, the lips,  and chin of the  male
sex, at the age of puberty.
      (F) Barbe.  (G)  Bart.
  Writers.  A. Hoffmann, Lips. 1690 
BEAUGENCY          106            BEDFORD
(L).  M. A. Olmi  or Ulmi,  Bonon.
1603(L).  Chk. Beckmann, Jenae, 1608
(L).'  J. Burlin, Altdorf, 1764(L).  A.
Fange, Liege, 1774 (F).   J.  A. Di -
laure, Constantinople and Paris, 17c6
(F).
  Beaugency,  Mineral  Waters of
(Mat. Med.) Beaugency is a quarter of i
a leao-ue  from Orleans.   The  waters
contain subcarbonate of soda, iron, mag-
nesia, and  lime.  They are tonic and
aperient.
  BEAUVAIS, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.)  These waters are chalyb-
eate.  Beaiivais is in Picardie.
  BEC (F)  (Anat.)  Ros'trum,  Beak.
This name has been applied to various
parts.
  The  COR'ACOID  BEAK,  (F) Bee
Coracoidien, is the end of the coracoid
process.  The beak  of the Cal'amus
Scrijdo'rius,  (F)  Bee de  la plume a
ecrire, is a small cavity at the superior
part of the medulla oblongata, which
forms part of the 4th ventricle.
  Bec (Le),  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Bec is six  leagues from
Rouen  in  Normandy.  The water is
strongly  chalybeate.
  BEC DE CUILLER  (Surg.)  Ham'-
ulus.  An  instrument  used for the ex-
traction of balls.  It consists of an iron
rod, 7 or 8 inches long, having at one
extremity  a  small cavity, into  which
the ball  is received to be drawn out-
wards.
  BECCARIA, James Bartholomew
(Biog )  A very  eminent  physician,
born at Bologna in 16fc2;  died in 1766.
Works.    Dissertatio   meteor ologico-
medicd, in qud aeris temperies et morbi
Bononia grassantes, annis 1729 et seq
describuntur, &c 1737. 4to.  De lon-
gis jejuniis distertatio. Patavii.  1743.
fol.   Scriptura medico-legalis. 1749.
  Be'chic  (Mat.  Med.)  Be'chicus,
fayixog, Be'cha,  Be'chita,  from /ii,L:.
' cough.'   Medicines adapted for allay-
ing cough.
  (F) Bechique. (G) Hustenmittel,
Brustmittel.
  Writers.  J. Ph.  Eys^el,  Erford,
1715 (L).  N.E.  and Ph.R. Sauvage,
Nancy, 17WI (L).
  BECKER, Daniel (Biog.)  A phy-
sician at Strasbura; born at Konings-
berg, in 1627; died in 1673.  Works.
Hist,  moibi  academ.  Regiomontani
Leyden. 1649.  Commentarius  de the
riacd. Kceningsberg. 1649.  Spagyria
microcosmi,  tradens  medicinam e cor-
pore hominis,  turn vivo,  tum extincto,
&c Rostochii. 1622. 8vo,
 BECLARD, Peter Augustus (Biog.)
Professor of Anatomy in the  Ecole  de
Medecine of Paris: born  in 17.-..; died
in 1^25.  Wokks  Additions  a. i'tutat-
omie generate de Bichat, pour seiv,r  de
coinpl ment aux additions, en 4 vols.
8vo. Paris. 1.-22.   Eltmens a"anatomie
ortnerale,  ou description  de   t us  les
genres d'oiganes qui composent le turps
humain. 8vo. Paris.  l<-23.
  Beconguelles (Mat. Med.)  A South
American root, which excites vomiting
like Ipecacuanha.
  Becuiba (Nut)  (Mat. Med)  A spe-
cies of Brazil nut, the kernel of winch
is balsamic.
  Bedegar,  Bede'guar,  or  Bede'-
guard (Mat. Med.)  Spon'g.a ( ynos'-
bati.  An excrescence, which  makes its
appearance on different sptcies of wild
roses, and  which  is  produced by the
puncture of a small insect—the (  y'-
itips Ro'sa.  It was formerly employed
as a lithontriptic and vermifuge, but is
not  now used.  It is slightly astrin-
gent.
  (F) Pomme mousseuse, Eponge  d'eg-
lantier.     (G) Schlafapfel,  Ro-
senschwamm, Hahnebutten-
s c h w a m m.
  BEDDOES,  Thomas,  M.I). (Biog.)
Born in Shropshire in 1760;  was Lec-
turer at Oxford,  and afterwards  phy-
sician at Bristol, where he died in le08.
He was particularly  celebrated for  his
enthusiasm ; and for the recommenda-
tion  of  different gases in  disease.
Works.   Observations on the nature
and cure  of calculus, sea seu ivy, con-
sumption,  catarrh,  and  feveis, &c
Lond. 17!)2, 1793. 8vo. Considt iutions
on  the medicinal use of factitious airs,
and on  the manner of obtaining them
in  laroe  quantities    In  two  jmrts.
(Part II. by James Watt. Esq.)  Lond.
17!!4. 8vo.  Other parts were atterwards
published.   Medical cases and specula-
tions. Lond. 1796. 8vo.  An  essay on
consumption. Lond.  1799.  8vo.  Hy-
aeia, or  essays moral  and  medical,
Lond. 1801-2. 3 vols.   Reports con-
cerning the efficacy  of nitrous acid in
the  venereal disease, &c Bristol. 1797.
8vo.   He  published other pamphlets
on this subject.  Life, by J. E. Stock,
 Bristol. 1S11.
   Bee  (Mat. Med.)  Sax. beo,  Apis,
utXiaau, tif/.irru.   This  insect was  for-
 merly exhibited, when dried  and pow-
dered, as a diuretic.
     (F) Abeille.   (G) Biene.
   Bed'ford, Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med )  Bedford is a village, situ- 
BEGMA
107          BELL METAL
ated on the great Western Turnpike road
from Philadelphia to Pittsburgh, a few
miles east of the chief elevation, of the
Alleghany  mountains.   There are va-
rious springs,  saline,  chalybeate,  and
sulphureous.
  Beg'ma (Path.) finyiia, according to
Some pqijiia,  from (i^nnsiv or pq^antiv,
' to expectorate after coughing.'  The
sputum or expectorated  matter.   Hipp.
  Begonia (Mat Med.)  The Begonia
grandiflora and B. tomentosa, have as-
tringent roots, which are  used in Peru
in cases of hemorrhage,  scurvy,  low
fevers, &.c.
   BEH'RENS,   Conrad  Bertold
(Biog.)  A German physician of note,
born at Hildesheim in Lower Saxony,
in  1660; died  in 1736.    Works.  De
constitutione- artis medica Helmstadt.
1696. 8vo.  Medicus legalis. Helmstadt.
1696. 8vo.; in German.  Selecta medi-
ca de medicinic naturd et ceititudine.
Francof. et Lips  1708. 8vo.   Selecta
dietetica. Francof. 1710. 4to.
  Bef.a-aye or Be-lahe  (Mat. Med.)
A tonic and astringent bark of a Mada-
gascar  tree.   Dupetit-Thouars  and
Sonnekat think it may be substituted
for the Simarouba.
  Bel\damboc {Mat. Med.) A species
of convolvulus of the   Malabar coast,
which  contains an acrid  milky juice.
From this  a  liniment  is  formed with
oil and ginger, which  is  used  against
the bites of rabid animals.
  Bela-Modagam (Mat.Med.)  A kind
of Scavola of the Malabar  coast, the
leaves of which are considered diuretic
and emmenagogue.
   BELANDRE  (F)  (Hyg.)  A litter.
surrounded  with  curtains,  in  which
patients are sometimes carried  to hos-
pitals.
  Bel'enoid or Bel'emnoid or Be'loid
(Anat.)  Belenoi'des  or Belemnui'des
Proces'sus,  from  fiiXog,  ' an  arrow,'
and  ei9og,  ' shape.'   This  name  has
been given to  the styloid  processes in
general.
  BELL, Benjamin, F.R.S.E. (Biog.)
A surgeon  of considerable celebrity in
Edinburgh ; born in 17—; died in 18—.
Works. A treatise on ulcers, white
swelling,  inflammation,  &c   Edinb.
1778. 8vo.  A system of surgery. Edin.
1783, 1788. 6  vols.  Another  edition.
7 vols.   Treatise on   the gonorrhaa
virulenta ty lues venerea. Edin. 1793.
2 vols.  8vo.  A  treatise on  the hydro-
cele, Ac. Edin.  1794. 8vo.
  BELL, John, MD.  (Biog.) of Lon-
don, previously  an Army Surgeon;
died in Jamaica,  1801.  Works.  An
inquiry into the causes which produce,
and the means of preventing, diseases
among British  officer*,  solditrs, and
others  in the West Indies, &c  Lond.
1791. 8vo.
  BELL,  John  (Biog.)  An eminent
Surgeon of Edinburgh ;  died at Rome,
in 1(520.  Works.  The  anatomy of the
bones,  muscles,  and joints.  Vol. I.
Edin.  1797.  8vo.   Vol. II. Anatomy of
the heart and arteries Edin.  17S-7. 8vo.
Engravings explaining the anatomy of
the bones, muscles, and joints, drawn
and cigraved by the. author. Edin. 1795.
4to.   Discourses on the  nature and
cure of wounds.   Edin.   1795.  8vo.
Principles of surgery.  Edin. 1801-7.
4 vols.  4to.
  Bell v'ria (Pharm.) nruuara, irqia,
rquyi iiura, tniAuq/tia.  Taken general-
ly,  this word means the dessert, or the
course  of cakes, sweetmeats, &c   In
a more limited sense, it  was employed
for cakes  made  with honey or sugar.
Galen.
  Bellesme,  Mineral  Waters   of
(Mat. .Med.)  Bellesme  is about three
leagues from  Montagne  in  France.
The waters are chalybeate.
  Belley, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  The  waters at Belley, depart-
ment of Ain, in France,  are saline ape-
rients.
  BELLI'NI, Law'ri:me (Biog.) An
eminent Italian physician of the Math-
ematical  sect;  born in  1043; died in
1704.  Wohks.  Exercitatio  anatomica
de strurturd. et usu renum, ccc Amst.
1665.  12mo.  Gusfits organum novis-
simd   deprthensum.   Bologna.  1665.
12mo.  De  minis  et pulsibus, de mis-
sione sanguinis, de febribus, de morbis
capitis  et pectoris.  Bologna. 1683.  4to.
Consitleratio  nova  de respiratione.
Lugd.  1711. 8vo.  De molu bilis. Lugd.
Bat. 1695. 4to.  Discorsi di  anatomia.
Fiorenz.  1712, 1746. 8vo.
  Bel'lis (Mat. Med.) B.peren'nis, B.
mi'nor, Bruisewort,  Common Daisy.
The leaves and flowers are rather acrid.
They were,  at one time, considered to
cure different species  of wounds.  It
is called also Sym'phylum min'imum.
  (F)  Paqueretle  vivace,  petite Mar-
guerite.
  (G)  M arienblumen, Gemeine
Ganseblume.
  Bell Metal  (Pharm.)  Cal'cocos.
An alloy  of copper, zinc, tin,  and a
small  quantity of antimony, used  for
making  bells.   The  mortars  of  the
apothecary  are  often formed of  this 
BELLOCULUS           108           BENJAMIN
material.   They require  to be  kept
clean, to avoid  the  formation of verdi-
gris.
  (F) Airain, Metal des Cloches.
  (G) Erz.
  Belloc'ulus (Therap.)  Bel'i  Oc'-
vlus.  A kind  of gem, which the As-
syrians considered efficacious  in  the
cure of many diseases.   They imagined
that the figure of an eye could be seen
in it, and hence its name, Bel's Eye.
  BELLOSTE or  BELOSTE,  Au-
gustin (Biog.)  First  surgeon to the
Duchess Dowager  of Savoy; born  at
Paris, in 1654 ; died in 1730.  Work.
Le chirurgien de I'hopital. Paris. 1695:
several editions of this appeared.
  BELON, Peter,  (Biog.)  of the
Faculty of Paris, was born in the Prov-
ince  of Maine  in  1518; died in 1564.
Work. Consiliorum medicinalium.  T.
i. et ii. Parisiis. fol.
  Belul'cim (Surg.)  from ficX.o;,  ' a
dart,' and sXxia, ' I draw out.'  An in-
strument, used  for extracting darts or
arrows. Many  instruments of this kind
have been  noticed  by  surgeons.  Am-
brose Pare, FABRicius,ab Acquapen-
DENTE.
  Ben Moenja  (Mat. Med.)  A Malabar
tree.  An  alexipharmic decoction  is
made of its roots, in the country, which
is much praised in cases of malignant
fever. Its bark, boiled with Calamus
aromaticus and  salt, forms a decoction
used in bites of poisonous serpents.
  BENEDIC'TUS  or  BENEDET'TI,
Alexan'der  (Biogr.)  A  very  emi-
nent  physician, of  the  15th century ;
born  at Legrano in Verona. Works.
De ■ observatione in  pestilentid  Ven
1493. 4to.  Collectiones medicina sive
aphorismi  de   medici  et  agri officio.
Leyd. 1506. Auatomia, sive de historid
corporis humani, lib.  v.  Ven.  14!M.
His works were printed collectively at
Venice, 1533. fol.; and at other places
subsequently.
  Benefic"ium  Natu'ra (Path.)  (F)
Benefice de la  Nature.  This term is
used, by the  French  Pathologists, for
cases, in which diseases have got well
without medical treatment. With them,
Benefice de nature or B. de ventre, is sy-
nonymous also with Al'vi Proflu'vium ;
a spontaneous diarrhoea, acting favor-
ably either  in the prevention or cure of
disease.
  Beneolen'tia (Pharm.)  from be'ne,
' well,' and ole're, ' to  smell': tviudiig.
Sweet-scented   medicines,  as  gums,

  BENEV'OLI, Antony (Biog.)   An
Italian surgeon, born in the Dutchy of
Spoletta, in 1685; died in Florence, in
1756.  Works.  Lettera sopra cataratta
gleucomatosa Flor. 1722. 8vo.  .Vuova
propozitione  intorno  alia  caruncula
dell' uretra, della carnosita, Ac  Flor.
1724.  12mo.    Dissertazione  sopra
Vorigine  dell' ernia  intcstinale,  &c
Flor. 1747. 4to.
   Beni'gn  (Path.)  Benig'nus, tvr,dr,g.
Diseases  of a mild character are  so
called; as  well  as  medicines,  whose
action is  not violent;  as a Benign Fe-
ver, Fe'bris benig'na, im'putris, Ac.
   (F) Benin, bdnigne.    (G)  Mild,
Gelind.
   Writers on benign remedies.  T. J.
Onmus, Hal. 1714. (L).   Fr. Hoff-
mann, Hal. 1714 (L).    On benign dis-
eases. F. J. Baier, Halae, 1714 (L).
   Ben'jamin, Flowers of, or Benzo'ic
Acid (Mat. Med.) Ac'Hdum Benzo'icum
Flo'res Benzoes,  Flo'res  Benzo'ini,
Ac"idu>n  Benzo'icum per sublimatio'-
nem.  This acid exists in all the  bal-
sams, but chiefly in the Benzoin.   It
is in the vanilla, canella, the urine  of
infants, and of herbivorous animals.
Its odor is aromatic and fragrant; taste
hot,  slightly acidulous, and agreeable.
The crystals consist of white, satiny
flakes, slightly ductile.  It is probably
stimulant; and has been used, as such,
in chronic  catarrh; but  it  has little
efficacy.
   (F) Acids  Benzoique.   (G) Ben-
zoesaure.
   Ben'jamin or Ben'/.oin (Mat. Med.)
Benzo'inum, Benzo'mum ve'rum,  BeV-
zo'inum,   As'sa   odora'ta,   Ben'jui,
Ben'juin,   Benivi'vum,  As'sa  dul'cis,
Ben'jaoy,   Camin'yan,   Benjo'inum,
Bel'zoe,  Bel'zoim,  Ben'zoe,  Sly'racis
Benzo'ini Bal'samum, Li'quor  Cyreni'-
acus, Cro'ton Ben'zoe,  Ben of Juda'a,
A'cor Benzo'inus, Sal Ac'Hdum  seu
essentia'le  seu volat'ile Ben'zoes.   A
resinous, dry, brittle substance,  obtain-
ed from the Stu'rax Ben'zoin,  Arbor
Beuivi, of  Sumatra.  The odor  is ex-
tremely fragrant,  and  taste  slightly
aromatic.   It is principally used for the
preparation of the acid which  it con-
tains.  It  is  also  employed in some
vulnerary  tinctures, and as an expecto-
rant.  The  Benzoic  Acid is obtained
from it by sublimation.   The purest  is
in amygdaloid masses:  hence so callr
ed.
  (F) Benjoin, Baume  Benjoin, Assa
doux.  (G) Benzoe,  Benzoeharz,
Siisser  Asannd.     (F)  Benjoin
amygdaloide.  (G) M andelbenzoe. 
BENNET
109
BERLUE
   BEN'NET, Ciiris'topher  (Biogr.)
 An eminent London physician, of the I
 17th  century.  He died in 1665.  In
 his Latin works he assumed the name
 Benedictus.    Works.  Tabidorum
 theatrum, sive phthiseos, atrophia, et
 hectica xenodochium.  Lond. 1654,1655,
 1665. 8vo. : in English, 1720.  8vo.: of
 this  there  were  numerous  editions.
 Exercitationes diagnostica  cum histo-
 riis demonstralivis, quibus alimentorum
 et sanguinis vitia deleguntur in pleris-
 que morbis, &c. Lond. 1654. 8vo.  He
 also  published an edition  of a book,
 originally  written  by  Dr.  Thomas
 Moffatt, entitled  Health's  improve-
 ment, &c Lond.  1655. 4to.
   BENVENU'TI,  Jo'seph   (Biogr.)
 A celebrated  Italian  physician, born
 in  the territory  of  Lucca,   in  1728.
 Works. His  chief work was one, in
 which  he recommended the use  of
 mercury in an epidemic fever. It was
 entitled Dissertatio historico-epistolaris,
 &c. Luccae. 1754.  8vo.  Dissertationes
 et quastiones  medica magi's  celebres.
 Luccae.  1757.  8vo.    Observationum
 medicarum, qua anatomies superstructa
 sunt,  collectio prima.  Luccae.   1764.
 12mo.
   Bere'drias  (Pharm.) An ointment
 described by  Aetius.
  BERENGA'RIUS or BER'ENGER.
 James (Biogr.)  An eminent physician
 and  anatomist ;  a  native  of Mode-
 na.   He  died  in  1550.  Works.  His
 anatomy, translated  into English  by
 H. Jackson.  Lond.   1664.  8vo.  The
 work was originally in Latin.  Bologna.
 1521, 1552. 4to.   De crau'.i  fracturd
 tractatus. Bologna. 1518. 4to. : often
 reprinted.  Isagoga breves  in anoto-
 miam corporis humani, cum aliquot
figuris anatomicis. Bologna. 1552. 4to.
 De Berenger, or, as  he  was often
 called. Car'pi or Car'pus, was one of
 the restorers of anatomy.
   Berg'amote (Mat. Med.) BergamoV-
 ta.  A small  orange,  of  a very agree-
 able taste ; and a peculiar odor.  From
 its bark  an  oil is obtained, which is
 much employed  as  a perfume, and
 sometimes in medicine.
   (F) Bergamotte. (G) Bergamott-
 b i r n.
   BER'GEN, Charles  Augustus de
 (Biog.) A German Anatomist  and Bot-
 anist, born at Frankfort on the Oder,
 in 1704 ; died in 1760.  Works.  Icon
 nova  ventriculorum  cerebri.  Francf.
 1734.  Programma de pid matre. Nu-
 remberg.  1736. 4to.    Elementa  phy-
 siologia.  Gen.  1749.  8vo. :  besides
                  10
 several other anatomical and physiolo-
 gical works.
  BER'GIUS,  Peter Jonas (Biogr.)
 A physician and Professor of Natural
 History at Stockholm ; died in 1791.
 Work. Materia medica k, regno vegeta-
 bili  sistens,  &c   Stockholm.  1778.
 8vo.
  Ber'iberi  (Path.)  Beribe'ria, Syn'-
 clonus Beribe'ria,  Paral'ysis Ber'iberi.
 This word is said to be  Hindusthanee,
 and to mean a sheep. Bontius.  The
 Beriberi is  an  Indian  disease,  little
 known in Europe.  It  consists  in de-
 bility and tremors of the limbs ;  some-
 times, indeed, of the whole body; with
 painful numbness of the affected parts,
 &c : — the  patient walking doubled;
 and imitating the movements of sheep !
 Some  authors  have esteemed it rheu-
 matic ; others,  paralytic; others, to  be
 a kind of chorea.  It is, almost always,
'incurable, but rarely fatal; and is treat-
 ed  by  exercise,  stimulant  frictions,
 sudorifics, &c   It is  sometimes called
 Bar'biers.
  Writers.    N.  Tulpius,  Ainstel.
 1651 (L).  J. Bontius, Lugd. Bat. 1745
 (L).  A. Maccary, Paris, 1811 (F).
   BER'KENHOUT,  John,  M.  D.
 (Biogr.)   A native of Leeds; died  in
 1791; aged 60.  Works. Pharmacopaia
 medica. Lond. 1756. 8vo.: once in great
 repute. Dr. Cadogan's Dissertations on
 gout SfC.  refuted.  Lond.  1772.  8vo.
 A treatise on hysterical and hypochon-
 driacal diseases, from the French  of
 Dr. Pomme, &c 1777. 8vo.  Symptom-
 atology. Lond.  1785. 8vo.
 BERLUE (F) (Path.) Suffu'sio, Suffu'-
 sio  Oculo'rum.  Imagination (Maitre-
 Jean.)  Crup'sia, Myodesop'sia, Meta-
 morphop'sia.  False sight.   Aberration
 of the sense of sight, which transmits
 the image of imaginary objects.   This
 affection sometimes depends on a slight
 opacity in the* transparent parts of the
 eye ; the cornea, crystalline, or vitreous
 humor; when it is  symptomatic, and of
 no consequence.
  At other times, it appears to be  idio-
 pathic ;  and  occurs  particularly  in
 those, who have been in  the habit  of
 constantly fixing  their  eyes on  very
 brilliant or small bodies.  The objects,
 fancied to be seen, are various.  They
 are  sometimes circular,   perpetually
 moving ;  or  shining or black  spots,
 cobwebs, insects, or pieces  of wood —
 when  they  are often termed  Musca
 volitantes.  These appearances some-
 times continue  for a few  days;  being
 dependant on the state of  the  nerves 
BERNIER
110    BETONICA OFFICINALIS
 of the individual at the  time ;  or they
 may exist for life, and  ultimately im-
 pair the sight.
   If the  affection  be symptomatic, it
 is of but  little moment.  If idiopathic,
 and connected with any excitement of
 the  brain, which is hardly ever the
 case, attention will have to be paid -to
 that organ.
   Writers on  these Optical Illusions.
 Ch. G.Andreas, Lugd. Bat. 1725 (L).
 J.  H.  Godekenn,  Franc. 1747  (L).
 Chr.  W. Rothkeppel, Erlang. 1751
 (L).
   BER'NIER, John (Biogr.)  A phy-
 sician of  Blois,  in France; born 1622;
 died 1698.  Works.  Essais  de mede-
 cine, oil il est  traite de  Vhistoire de  la
 nxidecine  et  des medecins, du devoir
 des medecins d Vegard des malades  et
 de celui  des  malades  d  Vegard  des
 midecins. Paris. 1689.  4to.
   BERNOUILLI,  John  (Biogr.)   A
 celebrated  physician and mathema-
 tician,  born  at   Basil,  in  1667.  He
 was received into the  most  learned
 societies,  and died in 1748.   Works.
 Positiones miscellanea medico-anatom-
 ico-botanica. Basileae. 1721. 4to.  Dis-
 sertatio inauguralis  de respiratione,
 Basil.  1721. 4to.
   BER'RYAT,  John  (Biogr.) Phy-
 sician  in  Ordinary  to  the  King  of
 France; died in 1754.   Works.  Ob-
 servations physiques et medicinales sui-
 tes eaux minerales d'Epoignu. Auxerre.
 1752. 12mo.
   Bers (Pharm.) A sort of electuary,
 composed of pepper, seed of the white
 hyoscyamus, opium,  euphorbium,  saf-
 fron, &c   The  Egyptians used it as
 an excitant.  Prospero Alpini.
  BERTIN, Exuperius Joseph (Biog.)
 An eminent  French  Anatomist; born
 at Tramblay in Bretagne, in 1712 ; died
 in 1781.   Works. Lettres  sur le nou-
 veau systeme de la voix et sur les artires
 lymphatiques.  1748.   Traite d'osteolo-
gie. 1754.  4 vols. 12mo.  Consultation
sur  la  legitimite tiyc. des  naissances
tardives. 1764, 1765. 8vo.  The author
thinks, that as there  are early births,
so may there be late.
  BERTI'NI, Antony Francis  (Biog.)
An Italian physician  and a man  of
learning, was born at Castel Fiorentino,
in 1658;  died  in 1726.  Works.  La
medicina  difesa  contra le  calunnie
degli uomini vulgari e  dalle  opposizioni
de dotti, &c Lucca. 1699.  4to.
  BER'TRAND, John Baptist (Biog.)
A French  physician, born at Martigue
in Provence, in 1670; died  in 1752.
 Works. Relation historique de la peste
 de Marseille.  Lyons. 1721. 12mo.  Let-
 tres sur le mouvement des  muscles, et
 sur les esprits animaux.  Dissertation
 sur Voir maritime. Marseilles. 4to.
   BERTRAN'DI,   John   Am'brose
 Mari'a (Biogr.)   An  eminent Anat-
 omist and  Surgeon,  born  at  Turin
 in 1723; died in 1765.   He  wrote va-
 rious useful works.  A  dissertation on
 the liver. 1747.   Trattato delle opera-
 zioni di chirurgia. Nice. 1763.  2  vols.
 8vo.
   Beru,  Mineral  Waters of (Mat.
 Med.) Beru is in  Champagne, France.
 The waters are slightly chalybeate.
   Beryt'ion  (Pharm.)  (irjqvxiov,  from
 Beryt'us, its inventor; — a collyrium
 described by Galen.  Also, a. pastille,
 useful in dysentery.
   Bes (Pharm.) Bes'sis, difioiqia.   An
 eight ounce measure.
  BES'LER, Mi'chael Rob'ert (Biog.)
 A  physician  at  Nuremberg, born in
 1601;  died in 1661.  Works.  Admi-
 randa fabrica humana mulieris  par-
 tium &'C. delineatio. Nuremberg. 1640.
 fol. *
   Bessanem  (Path.)  A word used by
 Avicenna  for redness  of  the skin,
 limbs, and face, produced by the action
 of cold.
   Be'ta (Mat. Med., Diet.)  The Beet,
 Sic'ula, atvrXov, xtvxX.ov, xtvxXov atxeXi-
 y.ov, rtviXoqqitov.  A genus of  plants,
 of which  the  following are the chief
 varieties.
   1. BE'TA VULGA'RIS AL'BA, White
 Beet.  The root yields  sugar, and the
 leaves  are eaten  as a  substitute for
 spinach.
   2. BE'TA VULGA'RIS RU>BRA,  Red
 Beet.  Root red and nutritive :  yields
 a small  quantity of sugar.
   3. BE'TA HYB'RIDA,  Root of Scar-
 city, (G) M an gel Wurzel.   Root
 red, outside ; white, within.   Very nu-
 tritive, yields sugar.
   (F) Bette, Betterave.    (G) Bete,
 Rube,  Mangold.
   Be'tel, Pi'per Be'tel.   A  species of
 pepper,  cultivated in several parts of
 India.   The Indians are in the habit of
 chewing the  leaves with  lime  and
 areca; and they give the name Be'tel
 to this preparation. It is used in  all the
 equatorial countries of Asia.  Betel is
 said to be tonic and astringent.  It is
 also called Bette, Betre,  Belle.
   Beton'ica  ofkicina'lis (Mat. Med.)
 ptxovixrj, xeaxqov,  Ces'tron,  Beton'ica
purpu'rea, Veton'ica Cor'di, &c, Bet'-
 ony, Psychot'rophum, Veron'icapurpu'- 
BETTS
111          BEZOARDIC
rea.  Betony was  in  much esteem,
amongst  the  ancients, who employed
the flowers and leaves, in decoction, in
gout,  sciatica, cephalalgia, &c   An-
tonius Musa is said to have written a
volume in praise of it; recommending
it in no less than 47 different diseases.
It has,  however,  little or no virtue.
The leaves are said to be aperient, and
the root emetic.
  (F) Betoine. (G) B etonie, Zehr-
krau t.
  Writer.   J. Bleeck, Erford, 1716
(L).
  BETTS, John,  M. D. (Biog.) Phy-
sician  in  Ordinary to Charles  II.,
born at Winchester.   Works. De ortu
et  naturd   sanguinis.  Lond.  1669.
Anatomia Thoma PARRI, annum cen-
tesimum  quinquagcsimum secundum et
novem menses agentis ; cum clarissimi
viri  Gulielmi  Harv.ei  aliorumque
adstantium medicorum regiorum  obser-
vationibus.
  Bet'ula  al'ba   (Mat.  Med.)  The
Birch.  The  young leaves are slightly
odorous,  astringent, and  bitter.  They
are  applied  to wounds  and  ulcers.
They have been regarded as antiscor-
butic and anthelmintic.  The tree fur-
nishes a  saccharine juice, which is con-
sidered antiscorbutic and diuretic.
   (F) Bouleau commun. (G) Birken-
b aum.
   Writer.  E. Camerarius, Tubin-
gen, 1727.
   Beuvrigny,  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Beauvrigny is in the  vi-
cinity of Bayeux in Normandy.  The
water is  chalybeate.
   Bexu'go  (Mat.  Med.)  Under this
name a purgative root was introduced
into  Europe, formerly, from  Peru.  It
is supposed to have been the root of a
Hippocratea.
   Bez'oar, Be/.'aar, Bez'ehard, Pa'-
Zahar (Mat. Med.)  from  Persian pa,
' against,' and zahar, ' poison.'  La'pis
Bezoar'dicus, Enterol'ithus Bezoar'dus,
Bezoard. A calculous concretion, found
in the stomach, intestines, and bladder
of animals.  Wonderful virtues were
attributed  to  these  Bezoars.   There
were two  great varieties : the Bez'oar
orienta'le, An'imal Bezoar'ticum orien-
ta'le, formed in the fourth stomach of
the  gazelle of India  (Gazella  Indica
or   rather Antilope ccrvicapra);  and
the Bez'oar  occidenta'le, An'imal Bez-
oar'ticum  occidenta'le, found  in   the
fourth stomach of  the  wild goat or
chamois of  Peru.  These  substances
 were esteemed to be powerful alexi-
pharmics; but the former was the more
valued. It was believed that no poison,
and no eruptive, pestilential, or putrid
disease could resist its influence.  As
so many virtues were ascribed  to it,
other animal concretions were substi-
tuted for it; and  factitious Bezoards
were made of crabs' eyes and claws,
bruised and  mixed with musk, amber-
gris, &c
    (G)  Bezoarstein.
  Writers.  G. Bauhin, Basil, 1613
(L).  W.  Rolfinck,  Jenae, 1665 (L).
C V. Schneider, Vittemb. 1673 (L).
G. Langemann, Lugd. Bat. 1696 (L).
J. A. Slevogt, Jenae, 1698 (L).   J.
Vesti, Erford,  1707 (L).
  BEZ'OAR BOVI'NUM,  (F) Bezoard
de Bauf,  Bezoard of the Beef  (Mat.
Med.)  A  concretion formed  in  the
fourth stomach  of beeves; also,  a  bil-
iary calculus found  in  the  gall blad-
der.
   BEZ'OARD   OF  CAY1 MAN.   This
was once much prized.  It is now  un-
known.
  The BEZ'OARD  OF  THE  CHAM'-
OIS, HORSE, &,c.f exhibit their origin
in their names.
  The BEZ'OARD OF THE  IN'DIAN
POR'CUPINE, BEZ'OAR HYS'TRICIS,
LA'PIS PORCfNUS, LA'PIS  MALU-
CEN'SIS,  Petro del  Porco,  (F)  Be-
zoard de  Pore  Epic, (G)Stachel-
schweinsbezoar,  was, formerly,
the  dearest of  all the  Bezoards,  and
was sold at an enormous price in Spain
and Portugal.
  Bezoak'dic  (Mat. Med.)  Bezoar'-
dicus, concerning  the  Bez'oard.   Bez-
oardic medicines are those supposed to
possess the same  properties with  the
Bezoard ;  as antidotes, alexiteria, alex-
ipharmics, cordials.
  (F) Bezoardique,    (G) Bezoar-
mitte 1.
  BEZOAR'DICUM SAT'URNI. A phar-
maceutical  preparation,  regarded by
the ancients as antihysteric  It  was
formed  of protoxide of lead, butter of
antimony, and nitric acid.
  BEZOAR'DICUM VEN'ERIS. A phar-
maceutical  preparation,  formerly  em-
ployed in  lepra, diseases of the  brain,
&c ; and which was made from filings
of  copper, butter of antimony, and ni-
tric acid.
   BEZOAR'DICUM  HUMA'NUM.  U1-
rinary cal'culi were formerly employed
under this name as powerful alexiphar-
mics.
   BEZOAR'DICUM JOVIA'LE.  A sort
of greenish powder, used as a diapho- 
B1ANCHI             112             BICHAT
  retic,  and  formed of  antimony, tin,
  mercury, and nitric acid.
    BEZOAR'DICUM LUNA'RE.  A med-
  ecine, formerly regarded as a  specific
  in epilepsy, convulsions, megrim, &c
  It was prepared of nitrate of silver and
  butter of antimony.
    BEZOAR'DICUM  MARTIA'LE.   A
  tonic.medicine, used by the ancients  in
  diarrhoa.  It  was  prepared  from the
  tritoxide of iron and  butter  of anti-
  mony.
   BEZOAR'DICUM MERCURIA'LE.  A
  medicine, formerly vaunted as an anti-
  syphilitic, and prepared from the sub-
  muriate  of  mercury,  butter  of anti-
  mony, and nitric acid.
   BEZOAR'DICUM MINERA'LE.  The
  deutoxide of  antimony,  because its
  properties were  supposed to  resemble
  those of animal Bezoard.
   BEZOAR'DICUM SOLA'RE. A diaph-
  oretic  medicine,  prepared  of  gold
  filings, nitric acid, and butter of anti-
  mony.
   BIAN'CHI, John, (Biog.) Professor
  of Anatomy  at Sienna, born at Rimini
  in 1693;  died  in 1775.   Works. IM-
  tcre  intorno alia cataratta.  Rimini.
  1720. 4to.   Osseivazioni intorno una
 lezione anatomica.  Rimini.  1731. 4to.
 Dissertazione  de'  vesicatori.  Venice.
 1746. 8vo.: in this he decries blisters.
 De monstris  et rebus monstrosis.  Ven.
 1749. 4 to.  Trattato  de' bagni di Pisa,
 &c.  Florence. 1757.  8vo.
   BIAN'CHI, John  Bap'tist  (Biog.)
 A celebrated Italian Anatomist,  born
 at Turin in 1681; died in 1761.  He
 taught Pharmacy, Chymistry, and the
 Practice of Physic, and  was author of
 a great many works.  Works. Historia
 hepatica, seu de hepatis structurd, usi-
 bus, et morbis.  Turin. 1710.8vo.  Duc-
 tus lachrymales novi fyc.  Anatome, &c
 Turin. 1715. 4to.   De naturali  in hu-
 mano corpore vitiosd  morbosdque gene-
 ratione  historia.   Turin.  1741.  8vo.
 De lacteorum vasoi umpositionibus, &c
 Turin.  1743. 4to.
   BIANCHI'Nl,  John  Fortuna'tus
 (Biogr.)  An Italian philosopher and
 physician ; born at Chieti. in the king-
 dom of Naples, in 1720; died, in 1779.
 Works. Force of  imagination  on the
fatus in utero ; on putrid fevers, &c
   BIANCONI, John Lewis  (Biogr.)
 A  celebrated Italian philosopher and
 physician; born  at Bologna, in 1717.
 He translated into Italian Winslow's
 Anatomy. 1743-4. 6 vols. 8vo.   Let-
 ters on the history of Cornelius Cel-
 sus, Rome. 1779.
   Bibliography, Medical (Med.) from
 1i(iXoc,  ' a book,'  and yqaip<>,  ' I de-
 scribe.'   Skill in the  knowledge of
 medical books.  The most distinguish-
 ed medical bibliographers have been : —
 J. A. van der Linden, Amstelod. 1662.
 8vo. (L).   M. Lipemi-s.  Francf.  ad
 Mccn.  1679.  fol. (L).  G. A. Mirck-
 i.ei.n, Norimb. 1686 (L).  J. J. Manoet,
 Genev. 1605 to 1731 (L).   Tarin (ana-
 tomical), Paris, 17":! (F).  A. von ll.w.-
 ler. Zurich.  1774  &c. (L).  Yigiliis
 von Creut/im ki.ji (surgical), V'indob.
 17.-1 (L).  C. G. Kuhn, Lips. 1794 (L).
 C. L. Schweickard (anat.. phys., and
 legal medecine), Stuttgard, J796 to 1800
 (L).  G. G. Ploucqukt,  Tubimr. J-08
 tol811(L)   C.  F. Burdach,  Gotha,
 1810-1821 (G).   J.  S. Krscii  (since
 1750),  Leipz.  1822(G).  Th. Oh. Fr.
 Ensi.in (of Germany, since 1750), Ber-
 lin, 1826 (G).   J. B.  Montfalcon,
 Paris, 1&27(F).
   Bicepha'lium   (Path.)  A  hybrid
 word, from  bis,  and xtqahj, ' head.'
 Sauvages applies this epithet  to a very
 large sarcoma on the head, which seems
 to form a double head.
   Bi'ceps (Anat.)  from  bis,  '  twice,'
 and caput, ' head.'  That which has
 two heads.  This  name has been par-
 ticularly  given to two muscles; one
 belonging to the arm, the other to the
 thigh.
   BI'CEPS FLEX'OR  CRU'RIS (Anat.)
 Bi'ceps Cru'ris, Biceps, (F) Biceps Cru-
 ral, Bi'ceps Fem'oris,  Is'chio-fem'oro-
 pero'nicr (Cn.).  A muscle on the pos-
 terior part of the  thigh ; — one head
 arising  from   the  tuberosity  of the
 ischium, and  the  other from a  great
 part of the linea aspera.   It is inserted
 into the top of the fibula.   It serves to
 bend the leg on the thigh.
   BPCEPS FLEX'OR  CU'BIT I (Anat.)
 Bi'ceps Bra'chii, Cor'aco-radia'lis or Bi'-
 ceps, Bi'ceps ma'nus, Bi'ceps inter'nus,
 Bi'ceps inter'nus hu'meri,  (F) Scap'ulo-
 ra'dial  (Ch.),— Bictps Brachial.  A
 muscle,  situated  at the  anterior and
 internal  part of the arm; and extend-
 ing from the edge of the glenoid cavity
 and from the top of the coracoid pro-
 cess to the tuberosity of the radius.  It
 bends the fore-arm upon the arm.
   BI'CEPS EXTER'NUS  MUS'CULUS
 (Anat.)  The long portion of the Tri'-
 ceps Biachia'lis (Douglas).
   BICHAT, Marie-Francois-Xavier
 (Biogr.)  A  very celebrated  French
 physician,  whose labors have greatly
promoted  the  study of Anatomy and
Physiology.  He was born at Thoiretta 
BlCHICHliE           113            BILGUER
 in  France  in  1771,  and  died  in
 1802.   Works. Traite des membranes.
 Paris. 1800.  8v6.  Recherches physiolo-
 giques sur la vie et sur la mort.  1800.
 8vo.:  translated  into English by  F.
 Gold.  1815. 8vo.  His  greatest and
 most important  undertaking was  his
 Anatomie  ge.ni.rale  appliqute  a  la
 physiologie  et  a  la midecine.  Paris.
 1801.  4 vols. 8vo.:  in Engl, by Geo.
 Hayward.  Boston.  1823.  A supple-
 mentary volume was added by M. Be-
 clard.   Within the last few years ap-
 peared his Anatomiepathologique. 1 vol.
 8vo.;  which has  been translated into
 English  by  Dr.  Togno  of Philadel-
 phia.
   Bichich'i>e (Pharm.) Pectoral medi-
 cines,  composed  of  liquorice  juice,
 sugar, blanched  almonds, &c  Rha-
 zes.
   Bicho di Culo (S)  (Path.)  A dis-
 ease about the anus, said to be endemic
 in Brazil.  It is attributed to bad food ;
 the use of pimento, &c ; and is treated
 by astringents.
   BICHOS;  a Portuguese name  for
 the worms that get under  the toes  of
 people in the Indies; and which are
 destroyed by the oil  of the cashew
 nut.
   Bicip'ital (Anat.)  Bicipita'lis; re-
 lating to the  Biceps.
   The BICIP'ITAL GROOVE, (F) Cou-
 lisse  ou  goutticre bicipitale,  Coulisse
 humerale (Ch. ),  is  a  longitudinal
 groove,  situated between the tuberosi-
 ties of the os  humeri, and which lodges
 the long head of the biceps.
   BICIP'ITAL  TU'BERCLE  or   TU-
 BEROSITY,  (F) Tubirosite Bicipitale;
 — a prominence  near the  upper ex-
 tremity  of the radius, to which  the
 tendon of the biceps is  attached.
   Bicus'pid (Anat.) Bicuspida'tus, from
 bis,' twice,' and cuspis, ' a spear. That,
 which has two points or tubercles.
   The  BICUS'PID TEETH,  Den'tes
 Bicuspida'ti,  (F) Dents bicuspidies, are
 the small molares.  See Molar.
   BID'LOO, God'frey (Biogr.)  A fa-
 mous Dutch Anatomist, born at Amster-
 dam in 1649; died at Leyden in  1713.
 Works.   Anatomia  humani  corporis.
 Amst. 1685.  fol., with  plates.  De An-
 atomes antiquitate oratio.  Lugd. Bat.
 1694.  fol. Exercilationum anatomico-
 chirurgicarum decades dua. Lugd. 1708.
4to.   Opuscula omnia anatomico-chi-
rurgica. Lugd.  1715,1725.  4to.
  Bifurca'tion  (Anat.)   Bifurca'tio ;
from bis,  ' twice,'  and  furea, ' a fork.'
 Division  of a trunk into two branches;
                10*
 as, the bifurcation of the trachea, aorta,
 &.C.
     (G)  Gabeltheilung.
   Bigno'nia In'dica (Mat. Med.)  The
 leaves are employed in India, as emol-
 lients, to ulcers.
   Bilazay, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
 Med.)  Bilazay is a town in France,
 two leagues  from Thouar, department
 of Deux  Sevres  near which is a ther-
 mal sulphureous  spring.   Temperature
 about 77° Fahrenheit.
   Bile (Anat.) Bi'lis, Fel, xo*V> Cho'-
 l€.  A  yellow, greenish, viscid,  bitter,
 nauseous fluid, secreted  by the liver.
 It is  distinguished  into  hepat'ic  and
 cys'tic; according as it flows immedi-
 ately into the duodenum from the liver
 or from  the gall-bladder.  It contains
 soda;  phosphate, sulphate, and muriate
 of soda : — a little phosphate of lime
 and oxide of iron : — albumen,  and a
 yellowish and resinous matter.  Its use
 is, — to complete the digestive process
 in the small intestines, by aiding in the
 separation of the  chyle.
     (F)  Bile,Fiel.   (G) Galle.
   Writers.  A. Deidier, Zurich, 1722
 (F).  De Buchner, Erfurt, 1735 (L).
 J.  G. Seeger, Lugd.  Bat.  1739 (L).
 J. M. Roderer, Argent. 1767 (L).  W.
 White, Lond. 1772.  Richard  Pow-
 ell,  Lond.  1800.   P.  Neron,  Paris,
 1803(F).   L. A.  Auvray, Paris, 1811
 (F).  L. Bellini, Lugd. Bat. 1696 (L).
 A. Fizes, Montpellier,  1719 (L).   J.
 Maclurg, Lond.  1772.  G. Rees (use
 of B. in  digestion),  Lond. 1810.  W.
 Saunders, Lond. 1793.
   The GALL OF THE OX,  Ox Gall,
 Fel Tau'ri, Fel Bo'vis, was once re-
 puted cosmetic and detergent, antiotal-
 gic and emmenagogue; as well  as to
 possess the power of facilitating labor.
  (F) BiledeBazuf.   (G) Ochsen-
 ga ll e.
  The GALL  OF  THE  BEAR, Fel
 Ur'si, was thought to be antiepileptic,
 and that  of the Eel, Fel anguil'la, to
 facilitate labor.
   BIL'GUER,   John   Ulric   von
 (Biogr.)  A  celebrated  Surgeon  in
 the Prussian  army of the Great Fred-
 eric   Died in 1796. Works. Disser-
 tatio  inauguralis medico - chirurgica
 de  membrorum amputatione rarissi-
mk, administrandd aut quasi  abrogan-
 dd. Berlin. 1761.  8vo.: a work, wnich
 had considerable  effect in preventing
the too great  frequency of amputation.
In  French by  Tissot.  It was  like-
wise  translated   into English.   He
wrote, also, Instructions for the practice 
BILIARY              114               BISSUS
of surgery in army hospitals.  Leips.
1763.
  Bil'iary (Anat.) Bilia'ris, Bilia'rius.
That which relates to bile.
  BIL'IARY APPARA'TUS, B.or'gans,
B. pas'sages.  The  collection of parts,
that concur in the secretion and excre-
tion of bile : — viz. the fiver, pori bili-
arii or tubuli biliferi; hepatic, cystic,
and choledoch ducts and gall-bladder.
  BIL'IARY  CONCRE'TIONS, are con-
cretions  found in  some  part  of the
biliary apparatus.
  Bil'ious (Physiol. & Path.) Bilio'sus,
Epich'olos, tn'i/oXog, Picroch'olos, m-
xqoxoXog.  That which relates to bile :
contains bile, or is  produced by bile.
An epithet given to certain constitu-
tions and diseases, which are believed
to be the effect of superabundance  of
the biliary secretion; as  Bilious tem-
perament, B. symptoms, B. fever, &c.
  (F)  Bilieux.   (G) Gallig, Gall-
s u c h t i g.
  Writers.   L. L. Fincke  (on bilious
diseases),  Monaster.  Westphal. 1780
(L).  John Andree (Do.), Lond. 1788.
F. Gibson (Do.), Lond. 1799.  Noah
Webster (collection of papers  regard-
ing the bilious fever of America), New
York,  1796.
   Bim'anus (Anthropology.) One that
has two  hands.  A term  applied only
to  man, because he is the  sole mam-
miferous animal that possesses two per-
fect hands.
   Binoc'ulus (Surg.)  Bin'ocle, Dioph-
 thal'mica  Fas'cia,  Oculis duplex, from
 bis,' twice,' and oculus, ' an  eye.'  A
 bandage  applied over both eyes.   It
 was formerly called,  also, Diophthal'-
 mus.
   (F) QUil double.  (G) Zweiaugige
 Binde.
   Bin'sica (Path.)  Disorder of  the
 mind.   According  to Van Helmont,
 an atrophy of the  organ of imagina-
 nation.
   Biog'raphy,  Med'ical, Biogra'phia
 Med'ica, from frog, ' life,'  and yquipai,
 ' I describe.'  A description of the fives
 of those, who have  belonged to  the
 medical profession.
   Writers.   Mohsens, Numb. 1767
 (L).    Aikin, Lond.  1780.   N. F. J.
 Eloy, Mons. 1778 (F).   B.  Hutchin-
 son, Lond. 1799.  Biographic Medicale,
 Paris, 1820,1825 (F). G. T. Doin, Paris,
 1825 &c (F).  Lives  of physicians in
 the Cabinet Library, Lond. 1830.
    Biolych'nicm (Physiol.) jSioAv/viov,
 from (9io?,'life, and Xvxviov, 'a lamp.'
 Innate  heat, vital heat.  Also, a secret
preparation of which Beguinas makes
mention.
  Bios (Hyg. «-Vc.)  piog.  Life.  Also,
what is necessary for the preservation
of life.
  Biothan'ati (Path.) (twSuvuioi; —
from iiog,' life,' and  -Saiaroc,' death.'
Those who die  very  suddenly, or as
if there was no space between life and
death.
  Bir'sen  (Path.)  An Oriental  word
for   inflammation  or  abscess  of the
chest.
  Bische (Path) Biecho.  A malignant
kind of dysentery, which often prevails
in the island of Trinidad.
  Bis'cuit  (Hyg.)   Biscoctus:  twice
baked.  A kind of  dry, hard bread  or
cake,  which is variously  made;  and,
when without eggs or butter, is easy of
digestion.  It was  formerly called Di-
pyri'les, StTivqix^g, and Dip'yros, Sinv-
qog.
  Bis'muth (Mat. Med.)  Bismu'thum,
 Wismu'thum, Reg'ulus of  Bis'muth,
Marcasi'ta,  Tin Glass.  A metal,  in
spicular plates, of  a yellowish-white
color;  s.  g. 9.822.   Fusible at  400°
Fahrenheit, and volatilizable at a high
temperature.  It is used  only  in the
 preparation of the subnitrate.
  (F) Elain gris, E. de Glace.
  (G) Wismuth, Markasit.
  BISMUTH, SUBNITRATE OF, Oxyd
 of  Bismuth, Marcasi'ta al'ba,  Plum'-
 bum cine' reum, Mag'Hstery of Bismuth,
 Pearl White, Spanish While, Magiste'-
 rium  Marcasi'ta, Bismu'thum  Nit'ri-
 cum, B. Subnil'ricum, Ni'tras Subbis*
 mu'thicum,  Nitras   Bismuthi,   Calx
 VismuHhi, Bismu'thum   oxydula'tum
 al'bum.  It is considered  to  be tonic
 and antispasmodic, and has been chiefly
 used in cardialgia.
   (F) Sous-nitrate  de bismuth, oxide
 blanc de B.   Blanc de fard, Blanc de
 perle.
   BIS'SET, Charles, M. D.  (Biogr.)
 A   native   of  Perthshire,   born  in
 1717; served some time in the army ;
 afterwards graduated, and  settled in
 Yorkshire; he died  in 1791.   Works.
 Treatise  on  the  Scurvy, &c.  Lond.
 1755. 8vo.  Essay on the medical con-
 stitution of Great Britain, &e.  Lond.
 1760. 8vo.  Medical  essays and obser-
 vations.  Newcastle  upon Tyne.  1766.
 8vo.
    Bis'sus (Hyg.)  The silky filaments,
 which fix  the  Pin'na Mari'na to the
 rocks. In Italy  and Corsica,  clothes
 are made of these, which  are consider-
 ed to favor perspiration, and are recom- 
BISTORTIER          115
BL^SUS
mended to be worn  next the  skin in
rheumatism, gout, &c   See Byssus.
  BISTORTIER (F) (Pharm.)  A name
given, by the Pharmacien, to a  long
wooden pestle ; used for reducing soft
substances to powder, and  in the pre-
paration of electuaries.
  BISTOURI (F)  (Surg.)  Pistorien'sis
gla'dius, Scalpel'lus;  from scal'pere,
' to cut.' A Bis'toury.  A small cutting
knife, used  in Surgery,  so called, ac-
cording to  Huet, from the town of
Pistori, which was formerly celebrated
for the manufacture of those instru-
ments.  A bistoury has the form of a
small knife, and is composed of a blade
and handle.  The blade, which is most
commonly movable in the handle, may
be fixed by a button, spring, &c When
fixed  in the handle, the bistouri is call-
ed  by the French, B. a lame fixe  ou
dormante.
  The  chief Bistouries are : — 1. The
STRAIGHT B. (F) B.  droit, in which
the blade and cutting edge are straight:
the point being  fine, round, or square.
2. The CONVEX B. (F) B. convexe;
the blade of which  is  convex at the
cutting edge, concave  at  the  back.
3. The CONCAVE B.  (F)  B. concave;
the blade of which is concave at its edge,
and convex at the back.  4.  BLUNT-
POINTED  B.  (F)  B. boutonne; the
blade of which has  a  button at its ex-
 tremity.  5  The BLUNT  OR PROBE-
 POINTED  BISTOURI OF POTT,  is
concave  at  its  cutting edge,  and its
 point is blunt; so that it can be carried
 on the  palmar surface of the  index
finger, to divide the stricture, in stran-
gulated hernia.  Sir Astley Cooper
has recommended a useful modification
of this, to avoid wounding the intes-
tine,  should it come in contact with
 the edge of the knife.  His  Bistouri
 has an edge  of  not more than  eight
 lines in length,  and  situated about five
 lines from the point.  6. BISTOURI A
 LA LIME (F), is a  straight Bistoury;
 the blade fixed in the  handle; the ex-
 tremity with a button,  and the edge
 made with a file.  It is chiefly used for
 dilating parts.  7. BISTOURI ROYAL
 (F).  A Bistouri, used in operating upon
 Louis XIV, for fistula in ano.  8. BIS-
 TOURI GA8TRIQ.UE (F).  A compli-
 cated instrument, invented by Morand,
 for dilating wounds of the abdomen.
 9. The BISTOURI  CACHE,  B. herni-
 aire, or Attrape-lourdaud o/Bienaise.
 A curved bistouri, the blade of which
 is placed in a canula, whence  it issues,
 on pressing a spring.
  The  word, Bistouri, is used by the
French, at times, where we should em-
ploy knife.
  Bit Nob en (Mat. Med.) Salt of Bit-
umen,  Padnoon,  Soucherloon, Khala
mimuc.  A  white,  saline  substance,
which is a Hindoo preparation of great
antiquity, and has been supposed to be
the Sal Asphalti'tes and  Sal Sodome'-
nus of the ancients.  It is used by the
Hindoo in  the  prevention or cure of
almost all diseases.
   Bithnimal'ca   or   Gas'teranax
(Physiol.) Two words, used by Dol.e-
us, to  designate  an  active  principle
which has its seat in the stomach, and
presides over chymification, &c
   Bithyn'ici Tonso'ris Emplas'trum
(Pharm.)  A plaster used in diseases of
the spleen and in dropsy.  Aetius.
   Bith'ynos (Pharm.)  fiidwog.  A
plaster and a troch, employed formerly.
Galen.
   Bit'terness  (Path.  &c.) Amaritu'-
do, amarit'ies, Ama'ror, mxqia. A par-
ticular  taste, which belongs to many
substances.   In some diseases  there
is  a  sense  of bitternessv felt in the
mouth.
   (F) Amertume.   (G)  Bitterkeit.
   Bit'tos (Path.)  A disease, in which
the chief symptom is an acute  pain in
the anus.   Chomel.
   BLACKMORE, Sir Richard, M. D.
(Biog.) An  English poet; and physi-
cian to William III. and Queen Anne.
He died in 1729, at an  advanced age.
Works. A discourse on the plague, &c
Lond.  1720-22.  8vo.  A treatise on
the smallpox,  and a dissertation on
inoculation, &c. Lond. 1722. 8vo. (He
was opposed to inoculation.)  A trea-
tise on consumptions,  &c. Lond. 1724.
8vo.  A treatise on the  spleen, vapors,
&c, Lond. 1725.  8vo.   Discourses on
gout,  rheumatism, and  king's  evil.
Lond. 1726. 8vo.  Dissertations on  a
dropsy, a  tympany, the jaundice, the
stone, and  the diabetes. Lond.  1727.
8vo.
   Blje'sitas  (Path.)  Some  authors
have used this wor^ as  synonymous
with stammering.  Sauvages  under-
stands by it, a defect in  pronunciation,
which consists in substituting soft con-
sonants for those that are hard ; as the
z for s, the d for t, the s for g and  j,
 &c
   (F) Blesiti, BU-parler.
   Blje'sus  (Path.)  (IXataog,  pXaiaaog..
A distortion;  especially the outward
distortion of the legs.   Also, a  stam-
merer. 
BLAFARD            116               BLE
   BLAFARD (F)  (Path.)  Pal'lidus,
 Pallid'ulus.  This epithet is sometimes
 given to the skin, when pale and dull;
 but, most frequently, to the flesh of a
 wound, when it  has  lost its color, and
 become white. The word is, also, some-
 times  used synonymously  with Albino
 (q.v.)
   BLAIR,  Patrick, M. D.  (Biogr.)
 An ingenious Scotch Botanist and Sur-
 geon : was  first  of all a  surgeon at
 Dundee,  and afterwards  removed  to.
 London ; died about 1728.   Works.
 Miscellaneous observations on the prac-
 tice of physic,  anatomy,  &c  Lond.
 1728.  2 vols. 8vo.   Pharmaco-botano-
 logia,  or an alphabetic and classical dis-
 sertation on all the British indigenous
 and garden plants  of the new London
 dispensatory. Lond. 1723-28. 4to.
   BLANC MANGER (F) (Dietet.)  Ci'-
 bus al'bus, Leucopha'gium, X.evxoipaytov,
 Argyrotrophe'ma, aqyvqorqo(pi,iia.  An
 animal gelly (so  called  on account of
 its color),  combined with an  emul-
 sion of sweet almonds, to which  sugar
 has been added, and some aromatic.
 It is  sometimes  prescribed as a  nu-
 trient  in convalescence and  chronic
 diseases.
   Blanc  Rhazis  or  Blanc-raisin
 (Pharm.) An ointment composed  of
 cerusse, white wax, and olive oil.
   BLAN'CARD,  Stephen,  M. D.
 ( Biog.) An eminent physician, born at
 Leyden ; graduated  at Franeker,  in
 1678.  He was one of the most volumin-
 ous  compilers of his time.  Works.
 Lexicon medicum Graco-Latinum -. this
 has gone through many editions.  The
 best is that of Louvain.  1754. 2 vols.
 8vo.   It  was translated into English,
 and  was long popular.  Anatomia re-
formata, et  de balsamatione nova me-
 thodus. Lugd. Batav. 1695. 8vo.
   To Blanch (Pharm.) from (F) blan-
 chir, ' to whiten, to bleach.'  To  de-
 prive  of the outer rind; as ' to blanch
 almonds' ; i. e. to peel them.
   BLANCHET(F) (Pharm.) A blanket.
 A term given, by the French Pharma-
 ciens,  to  the woollen strainer, through
 which they filter syrup and other thick
 fluids.     (G) S eihecappen.
   BLAND,  Robert, M. D. (Biogr.)
 lived  at  the commencement  of the
 present century.  Works. Observations
 on human and comparative parturition.
 Lond.  1794. 8vo.  He published  some
 remarks on the proportion of male and
female children born, monsters,  &c :
 and also a Table  on the chance of life
from infancy to 26 years of age, in the
 Phil. Transactions.  See  Phil. Trans.
 abridged, Vol. xv.
   Blas ;  an unmeaning term, invented
 by Van Helmont, to designate a kind
 of movement  in  the  body; at  times
 local, at others, under extraneous influ-
 ence.  Thus  he  speaks  of the  Bias
 meteoros, or of  the heavenly bodies,
 and  the  Bias  huma'num, that which
 operates in man.
   BLASE (F).  An epithet given to one
 whom the abuse of enjoyment has pre-
 vented from any longer deriving satis-
 faction or pleasure from it.
   BLA'SIUS,  Ger'ard (Biog.) Son of
 a physician at Amsterdam, from whom
 he obtained a fondness for comparative
 anatomy.   He  was Professor of Mede-
 cine in his native city, in 1660. Works.
 Medicina  generalis.  Amst.  1661. 8vo.
 Medicina  universa, hygieines et thera-
 peutices, &c Amst. 1665. 4to.  Ana-
 tome Medulla spinalis, &c Amst. 1666.
 8vo.   Medicina institutiones.  Amst.
 1667.  12mo.  Miscellanea anatomica,
 hominis,  brutorumque  variorum, &c
 Amst.  1673. 8vo.:  another work  on
 nearly  the  same subject.  1674.  8vo.
 Zootomia, fyc. pars prima. Amst. 1676.
 8vo.  Observationes  medica rariores.
 Amst. 1677. 8vo.  Medicina curatoria.
 Amst. 1680. 8vo.  Anatome animalium,
 variis figuris illustr.  Amst. 1681.  Sys-
 tema  materia medica. 12mo.
   Blaste'ma (Path.) pXaaxi^iu, pXaar^-
 atg, from pX.aaxavio, ' I bud.'  The sense
 of this  word, which is often used  by
 Hippocrates,  is obscure.   Castelli
 thinks it  means the  eruption of some
 morbific principle at the surface of the
 body.
   Blat'ta Byzan'tia (Mat. Med.) Un'-
 guis Odora'tus (F) Blatte de Byzance.
 This  name  seems, formerly, to  have
 been  given to  a marine  production,
 from  some of the  Conchylia.  It had
 an agreeable smell, a reddish tint, and
 the shape of a nail.  It was prescribed
 in epilepsy, hysteria, and hepatic  ob-
 structions.  Rondelet  affirms, that it
 was  the production  of the shell-fish
murex or purpura ; and that the name
 Blat'ta is derived from the Greek /Mot-
to?, ' purple.'
  BLE  (Mat. Alim.)  Bla'dum.  This
 word  answers,  in France, to the word
 Corn  in England; i. e. any kind  of
grain  employed for  making bread.
Wheat being most commonly used for
this purpose, Ble* is sometimes restricted
to this.  Bid meteil  is a  mixture  of
wheat and rye.
     (G) Korn, Getreide. 
BLECHROS
117
BLOOD
  Ble'chros (Path.)  p.tjxqog,' slow.'
An epithet,  applied to different affec-
tions, and particularly to fevers.
  BLEGNY, Nicolas de  (Biog.)  A
French physician and surgeon;  died in
1722.  Works.  L'art de  guerir les
maladies vineriennes, 8rc.  Paris. 1673.
It was translated  into  various  lan-
guages.  The author thinks guaiacum
equal to mercury.  L'art de guerir les
hernies de toutes  especes,  &c  Paris.
1676.  12mo.  Hist, anatomique  d'un
enfant qui a demeure 25 ans dans le
ventre de sa mere.  Paris.  1679. 12mo.
Le rem'ede  Angloise pour  le guerison
des  fulvres.  Paris. 1681, 1683.  12mo.
Le bon  usage  du  the, du  caffc et du
chocolat pour la preservation fyc. des
maladies. Lyon. 1687. 12mo.
   BLEME (F) (Path.) This  word has
nearly the same signification as  Bla-
fard.  Generally, however, it includes,
also, emaciation of the countenance.
   Blennelyt'ria  (Nosol.) from p.tvva,
' mucus,' and eXvxqov, ' a sheath.'  A
discharge of mucus from the  vagina.
Alibert.
   Blennisth'mia (Nosol.) from pXtrra,
' mucus,' and io&uog,' the gullet.'  In-
creased  flow of mucus from the pha-
rynx and larynx.  Alibert.
   Blennopyr'ia (Nosol.)  from pXevva,
 and nvq,' fire.'   Alibert  has  classed,
 under this  head, various  fevers with
 mucous complications; as Mesenteric
fever, Adeno-meningeal fever, &c
   Blenno'sis  (Nosol.)  from  (iXevva,
 ' mucus.'   Affection of  the  mucous
 membranes.  Alibert.
   Blepharonco'sis (Path.)  Palpebra-
rum Tumor, from p.tipaqov, ' eyelid.'
A tumor on the eyelid.
   Blepharopto'sis (Path.)  from (iXt-
ipaqov,' the  eyelid,' and nxwoig, ' fall.'
A  falling down of the  upper  eyelid
over the  eye, caused by a paralysis of
 the Levator palpebra superioris muscle.
This paralysis is an unfavorable symp-
 tom, as  it is generally connected with
a state of the brain favoring apoplexy
 or palsy.
   Blepharoxys'tum (Surg.)   pXiqa-
Qogvorov, from  (SXtipaqov, ' eyelid,' and
 c.vio, ' I scrape.'  An instrument  used,
by the ancients, for  removing callosi-
 ties, which  made  their appearance in
 the affection called, by  the  Greeks,
xqaxvaa. Paulus of ^Egina, Gorrjeus.
   Blestris'mos (Path.)  (JXijOxqiopog.
 Restlessness of the sick.  Hippocr.
   Ble'ta (Path.) A word,  used by
 Paracelsus for white or milky urine,
arising from diseased kidneys.  Blo'ta
al'ba has the same meaning.
  Bleville,  Mineral  Waters 'of
(Mat. Med.)   Bleville is a village about
two miles from Havre.  The waters are
acidulous chalybeates.
  Blis'ter (Mat. Med.) Vesicato'rium,
Emplas'trum Vesicato'rium, fromvesi'-
ca,' a bladder.'  Any substance which,
when applied to the skin, irritates it,
and occasions a serous secretion, raising
the epidermis, and constituting a vesi-
cle.  Various substances  produce this
effect, as cantharides, mustard, garou,
euphorbium, garlic,  ammonia, &c.
  Blisters are used as counter-irritants.
Two  diseases do not readily exist  at
the same time in  the system :  and ex-
citing  one artificially  on the  surface
will often remove  any  other, which
may be at the time existing.
  A perpetual  blister  is one, that  is
kept open for a longer  or shorter time
by means  of appropriate dressings.
  (F)  Vesicatoire, Visicant.
  (G) Blasenzieher.
  Blister  or vesication also means the
vesicle produced by vesicatories.
  Writers.  De Terillo, Venet. 1607
(L).   G. Baglivi, Lond.  1699 (L).
G.  G. Crater, Erford, 1701 (L):  G.
Ph. Nenter, Argent. 1704 (L).   F.
Hoffmann, Hal. 1727 (L).  J. G. Bow-
den, Lugd. Bat. 1739 (L).  J. Bianchi,
Ven. 1746 (I).  J. A. F.Zobel, Argent.
1751 (L).   A. E. Buchner, Hal. 1758
(L).  Another  work,  Hal.  1766 (L).
R.  A. Vogel, Gotting. 1768 (L).  Th.
G. Timmermann,  Rintel.   1771 (L).
Ch. Ch. Engel, Hal. 1774 (L).  B.  L.
Tralles,  Vratisl.   1776 (L).   E. G.
Bose, Lips. 1766  (L).   H.  Donly,
Lugd. Bat.  1784 (L).   Ph. L. Usen-
benz, Hal.  1785 (L).  E. Setti, Mo-
den. 1804 (I).
  BLON'DEL, James Augustus, M.D.
(Biogr.) was born in England, but of a
French family.  He practised in Lon-
don, in the beginning of  the 18th cen-
tury, and died about 1734.   Works.
 The power of the mother's imagination
over  the fatus  examined, &c  1729.
8vo.  He controverts  the idea of any
such power very ably.
   Blood (Anat.) San'guis,Cru'or,De'-
hen, La'pis anima'lis, Spaul, o»,u«.  An
animal fluid, formed chiefly from the
chyle ; acquiring important properties
 during respiration; entering  every  or-
 gan through the circulation;  distribut-
 ing the nutritive  principles to  every
 texture, and the source of every  se-
 cretion.   The  blood is  white, in the
 molluscous and inferior animals, whichi 
BLOOD-LETTING        118           BOCHETUM
have been, hence, called white-blooded;
to distinguish them from the red-blood-
ed : which class includes the mammalia,
birds,  reptiles,  and  fishes.   Human
blood is composed of water, albumen,
fibrine, an animal-coloring substance, a
little fatty matter,  and different salts ;
as, muriates of potass and soda, phos-
phate  of lime, subcarbonate  of  soda,
lime, magnesia, oxide of iron, and lac-
tate  of soda,  united  with an animal
matter.
  Arterial blood is of  a florid red color,
strong smell,  temp. 100°;  s. g. 1.049.
Venous  blood is  of  a brownish-red;
temp. 98° ; s. g. 1.051.  This difference
in color has given  occasion to the first
being called red blood; the latter black.
The former, which is  distributed from
the heart, is nearly the same through
its whole extent: the  latter is the re-
mains  of the arterial blood  after the
different  elements have been  taken
from it, in nutrition, and probably dif-
fers in  composition.   It likewise con-
tains  different  substances  absorbed.
Venous blood, taken from a vessel and
left to itself, becomes solid; and  sepa-
rates  into two distinct parts; the se'-
rum or watery, supernatant fluid ; and
the cru'or, coag'ulum, crassamen'tum,
plaeen'ta, in'sula, or  clot.  The serum
is chiefly water, holding albumen in
solution and  the  salts of the  blood.
The clot  contains  the fibrine, coloring
matter,  a little serum,  and  a small
quantity of salts.  The coloring portion
of the blood consists  of red globules,
which contain iron ; and this is proba-
bly one of the agents of the coloration
operated in the lungs : — the oxygen of
the  air  combining with  the  venous
blood in the  pulmonary artery.   In
diabetes  the  blood  contains a  large
quantity of sugar formed at the expense
of the system.
  Dried human blood was, at one time,
considered to be  antiepileptic   That
of  the  goat,  dried,  San'guis  hir'ci
sicca'tus, sudorific, and antipleuritic.
For the Bibliography, see Sanguis.
    (F)  Sang.  (G)  Blut.
  Blood-letting,  Mis'sio San'guinis
(Surg.)  A discharge of a certain quan-
tity  of blood produced  by art: — an
operation, which consists in making an
opening  into  a vessel to  draw blood
from it.   When practised on an artery,
it is called Arteriot'omy : in a vein,
Phlebot'omy ;  and  on  the capillary
vessels, local or  capillary, in contradis-
tinction to the former, which is termed
general,
  Blood-letting is used both during the
existence of a disease, as in inflamma-
tion:  and in the way of prophylaxis.
It is employed  to fulfil various indica-
tions.  1.  To diminish the  actual mass
of blood; — when it is termed, by the
French Pathologists, Saignee ivacua-
tive.  2. To diminish  the  turgescence
in any particular organ :  ( (F) Saignie
revulsive,  when  performed far from
the part affected ; and Soigne" e deriva-
tive, when near.)  3. To diminish the
consistence, or the red particles, of the
blood : ((F) Saignee  spoliative.)  The
immediate effects of blood-letting are :
diminution of the mass of blood and of
heat ;  retardation  of the  pulse, and
sometimes syncope.  Blood-letting from
the veins, or phlebotomy,  is practised
on the subcutaneous veins of the neck,
the face,  the  forearm, and the leg;
sometimes on those  of the hand or foot.
The necessary apparatus consists of a
bandage or ribband, a compress of rag,
and a lancet or phleam.
  The veins, selected for the operation,
are, 1. In the fold of the arm, five ; —
the cephalic, basilic, the two median,
and the, anterior cubital.   2.  In the
hand, the cephalic  and salvatella.   3.
In the foot, the great and little saphena.
4. In  the  neck, the external jugular.
5. In  the forehead,  the frontal.   6  In
the  mouth, the  ranine.  The operation
of phlebotomy in  the limbs,  is per-
formed  by tying a circular  bandage
round the limb, in order  that the sub-
cutaneous veins may become  turgid,
by the course of the blood being ob-
structed :  the bandage not  being so
tight,  however,  as to compress the
arteries of the limb.  A  puncture  is
made  into  the vein, and  the  desired
quantity allowed to flow.  The ligature
is now removed;  and  a compress and
retaining bandage applied.   Capillary
or local blood-letting is practised on the
skin or mucous membranes, by means
of leeches, the lancet, or cupping.
  (F) Saignee.  (G) A d e  r 1 a s s.
  For Bibliography, see Ven/esectio.
  Blow (Surg., Path.)  Ic'tus,  nXijyi;.
Effect produced by one  body striking
another.  The impresssion made by any
body, which strikes us, or against which
we strike; — a common cause of wounds,
contusions, fractures, &c.
    (F)  Coup.  (G) Schlag.
  Boa (Path.)  poa,  pot].  An eruption
of red, ichorous pimples.  Pliny.
  Boche'tum (Pharm.) A  Latin term,
formerly used for a second boiling of
the sudorific woods.  Blasius. 
BODIAN             H9              BOHN
   Bodian (Mat. Alim.)  Bodia'nus.   A
 fish, which is said to be possessed of a
 delicious flavor.
   Body (Anat.)  Cor'pus,  awpa.  The
 human body is  the collection of organs,
 which compose our frame. At times,
 however,  body is used synonymously
 with trunk.  We say, also, the body of
 the femur, of the  sphenoid, &c.',  to
 designate the  shaft or  middle portion
 of those bones; the body of the uterus,
 &c
   (F)  Corps.  (G) K 6 r p e r.
   BOEHMER,   Phil'ip   Augus'tus
 (Biog.) Born at Halle in 1717 ; died in
 1789.  Works. Situs uterigravidi,&c.
 Hall.  1736. 4to.  In this he praises the
 English forceps.   Institutiones osteolo-
 gies. HallaB. 1751. 8vo.  Contains en-
 gravings of  the  embryo and  of foetal
 skeletons.   Observationum anatomic.
 Fascic. I.  1752.  fol.   Fascic.  alter.
 1756.
 BOER'HAAVE, Abr. Kaauw (Biog.)
 Professor  of Medicine in the Univer-
 sity of St. Petersburg :  born at the
 Hague in 1715; died in 1753,  He was
 the nephew  of Herman Boerhaave.
 Works. Perspiratio dicta Hippocrati
 per universum  corpus anatomic^  illus-
 trata.  Lugd.  Bat. 1738.  12mo.  In this
 he shows  the constant absorption and
 exhalation going on in the body. Im-
 petum faciens dictum Hippocrati, per
 corpus consentiens philologies et physi-
 oligich illustrat. Lugd. Bat. 1745.12mo.
 In this he treats of the  action of the
 mind on the body through the medium
 of nerves.
   BOER'HAAVE, Her'man  (Biogr.)
 One of the most illustrious physicians
 in medical history, and  Professor  at
 Leyden.   He was born in 1668; died
 in 1738.  Works. These were extreme-
 ly numerous and  important.  Institu-
 tiones medica in usus annua exercita-
 tionis  domesticos.  Leyden. 1708-46.
 8vo.  Translated into most languages,
 even into the Arabic.  Many commen-
 taries were published upon it, one  by
 Haller.   Various  discourses  and
 orations.   Reprinted in  1709.   8vo.
 Aphorismi de cognoscendis et curandis
 morbis, &c. Leyd. 1709. 12mo. It was
 translated into  English  by J. Dela-
 coste. Lond. 1715. 8vo.:  and by an-
other individual: also into  Arabic.  It
was on this work  that Van Swieten
wrote his excellent commentary. Prax-
is  medica.  Lond.  1716. 12mo.  Libel-
lus de materid medicd, &c Lond.  1718.
8vo.  Several editions at Leyden and
Paris.  It  was  translated into French
 by Lamettrie.  De viribus  medica-
 mentorum; collected from his lectures
 in 1711-12.  Paris.  1723. 8vo.  Metho-
 dus discendi medicinam.  Amst. 1726.
 8vo.  Translated into English.  Lond.
 1719. 8vo.: from the original of Boer-
 haave.   Consultationes  medica,  sive
 sylloge   epistolarum  cum  responsis.
 Hague.  1743:  often  reprinted,  and
 translated into English.   Pralectiones
 publica de morbis oculorum:  dictated
 by Boerhaave  in  1708.  Gottingen,
 1746. 8vo.  Pralectiones academica in
 proprias institutiones rei  medica:  by
 Al. Haller.  Gotting. 1739.  3 vols.
 8vo.:  translated into  English.  Pra-
 lectiones de calculo. Lond. 1741. 8vo.
 An English version of lectures on lues
 venerea. Lond. 1763. 8vo.  Essay  on
 the power of medicine : translated into
 English by John Martyn.  Lond 1740.
 Svo.  Essay on the virtue of magnetical
 cures, from  the Latin.  Lond.  1743.
 8vo.  Oratio de utilitate  explorando-
 rum excrementorum corporis humani.
 Lugd. Bat. 1742. 8vo.  Oratio de usu
 ratiocinii mechanici in medicina. Lugd.
 Bat.  1703.  4to.  Oratio  de commen-
 dando studio Hippocratico. Lugd. Bat.
 1701. Inlroductio in praxim clinicam
 (fee Lugd. Bat. 1740. 4to.   Besides
 these he edited  the  works  of Nicolas
 Piso, A. Vesalius,  Bellinus, Pros-
 PERO ALPINI, ARETiEUS, &C
  BOG'DEN or BOGDANUS,  Mar-
 tin (Biog.) A pupil  of T. Bartholine,
 and a strenuous defender  of his  doc-
 trines:  born  at Dresden  about  1630.
 Works.   Rudbekii  insidia  structa
 vasis lymphaticis Thom^e Bartholini,
 Francf  et Hafniae.  1654.  4to.   Apolo-
gia pro  vasis lymphaticis  Bartholini
 adversus insidias secundo structas  ab
 Olao Rudbek.  Hafniae.  1654. 12mo.
 Simeonis  Sethi  vol. de alimentor.  fa-
 cultatibus. Gr83ce et  Latinc Paris. 1658.
 8vo.  Observationes  medica ad Thom.
 Bartholinum in the Cutter anatomicus
 o/Mich. Lyser.
  BOHN or BOH'NIUS, John (Biog.)
 A German  physician of  considerable
 reputation, Professor of Anatomy, and
 afterwards of Therapeutics, in the Uni-
 versity of Leipsic: born in 1640; died
 in 1718.   Works.  De alkali  et acidi
insufficient, pro principiorum corporum
 naturalium  munere  gerendo.  Leips.
 1675. 8vo.   Observatio et experimen-
 ta circa usum  spiritus vini externum
 in hamorrhagiis sistendis.  Leips. 1683.
 4to. Exercitationesphysiologica. Leips.
 1688. 4to.   De officio  medici duplici,
 clinici nimirum ac  forensis.   Leips. 
BOISSE
120
BOLUS
  1689. 4to.   Circulus anatomico-physio-
  logicus seu aconomia  corporis anima-
  lis. Leips.  1697. 4to.
    Boisse, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
  Med.) These waters are situated at about
  half a league from  Fontenay-le-Comte
  in France.  They  are purgative,  and
  seem to contain carbonate and sulphate
  of lime and muriate of soda.
   BOITE (F).  A box or case, Cap'sa,
  Pyx'is, xaxpa, .Tv$tg. An apparatus for
  the reception  of any matters, that it
  may be desirable to preserve.  In Sur-
 gery and Anatomy,  Boites d dissection,
 B. A  amputation, B. a  trepan, B. d
 cataracte, &c, mean the cases in which
 these  various instruments  are  kept.
  Boite du Crane is the bony case which
 receives  the brain.  Boite is, also, the
 portion of the stem of the trepan, which
 receives  the  pyramid  or  centrepin.
 Boite de Petit is a machine, invented
 by M. Petit,  to  retain the fractured
 portions  of bone  in apposition,  when
 the leg has  been fractured  in a compli-
 cated  manner.  Boite is,  also, a kind
 of case put before an artificial  anus to
 receive the  faeces, which are continu-
 ally being discharged.  The  vulgar, in
 France, give the  name Boite to various
 articulations,— B.  de genou, B. de la
 hanche ;  Knee-joint, Hip-joint.
   BOITIER (F) (Surg.) Cap'sula  Un-
 guenta'ria.   A Dressing-case.  A box,
 containing  salves and  different appa-
 ratus,  used  more particularly by  the
 dressers in hospitals.
  Bolbid'ion, Bolbid'eon, Bolbit'ion
 (Mat. Med.)  poi-Atxiov, poXpidtov.  A
 species of polypus,  recommended by
 Hippocrates to  be  boiled in  oil and
 wine, and to be given in different dis-
 eases, especially in amenorrhcea.
  Bole Arme'nian. Bole Arme'niac
 or  B.  Ar'mlnic  (Mat. Med.)  Argil'la
ferrugin'ea ru'bra,  Sinapi'sis, Arena'-
 men, Bo'lus  Orienta'lis, Bo'lus Arme'-
 na, B. Arme'nia,  B. ru'bra.   A  red,
 clayey earth, found, not only  in Arme-
 nia, but in several countries of Europe,
 — in  Tuscany,  Silesia,  France, &c.
 It was once esteemed tonic and astrin-
 gent, and  was applied as a styptic.  It
 is now scarcely, if ever, used.
  (G) Armenischer Bolus.
  (F) Bol d'Armc'nie.
  Writers.   J.  Camerarius,  Niirn-
 berg,  1583 (L).   A. F.  Kisewetter,
 Vindob. 1766 (L).
  Bole'tus esculen'tus (Mat. Med. &
 Hyg.) An eatable mushroom, found in
 the woods in Europe, and  much ad-
  mired by Gastronomes.  It was formerly
  esteemed to be aphrodisiac.
     (F)  Morelle.  (G) More h el.
    BOLE'TUS IGNIA'RIUS (Mat. Med.)
  The  systematic name for the Agaricus
  of the Pharmacopoeias.  Agar'icus Chi-
  rurgo'rum, Agar'icus Querciis, Bole'tus
  Ungula'tus,  Spunk, Am'adou,  Punk,
  Fun'gus Ignia'rius, Fun'gus  Querci'-
  nus,  Agaric  of the Oak,  Touchwood
  Boletus, Female Agaric.   It was for-
  merly much  used  by  Surgeons as a
  styptic.
    (F) Agaric de chene, Amadouvier.
    (G) E i c h e n-s c h w a m m, E i c h-
  hase, Eichpilz, Feuer-schwamm,
  Zunderschwamm.
   BOLE'TUS LAR>WIS, B. Larici'ni *,
  Fun'gus La'ricus, Polypo'rus officina1-
  lis, Agar'icus al'bus, A. al'bus oji'timus.
  On the continent  of Europe  it  has
  been given as a cathartic and emetic',
  as well as to moderate  the sweats in
  phthisis (de Ha en).  Externally, styp-
  tic.
   (F) Agaric  blanc.   (G) Larchen-
 sc h warn m.
   BOLE'TUS  SUAVE'OLENS  (Mat.
 Med.) Fun'gus sal'icis, Fun'gus al'bus
 salig'neus, I adale'a  suave'olens. Itthas
 been used in  phthisis, pulmonalis, and
 asthma, in powder.  Dose, from 5ssto
  3ij-   (F) Agaric odorant.
   Boli'tes (Mat. Alim.)  The  Mush-
 room; perhaps  the  Agar'icus  Auran-
 ti'acus.   Pliny, Martial, Suetonius,
 Galen.   It was so  called, in  conse-
 quence of its shape, from Bolus.
   Bo'lus  (Pharm.)   pvUog,  a  morsel,
 a mouthful, a bole.   A pharmaceutical
 preparation, having a pilular shape, but
 larger ;  capable,  however,  of being
 swallowed as a pill.      (F) ^Bol.
  BO'LUS AL'BA, Ter'ra sigilla'ta, Ar-
 gil'la pallid'ior:—called sigilla'ta, from
 being commonly made into small cakes
 or flat masses, and  stamped or sealed
 with certain impressions.  It was used
 like the  Bolus  Armenia,   and  was
 brought from Etruria.  See Terra.
  (F) Bol blanc,  Terre sigillee, Argile
 ochreuse pale.
  BO'LUS, ALIMEN'TARY(Phys.) Bo'-
 lus alimenta'rius.  The bole, formed by
 the food, after it has  undergone masti-
 cation  and insalivation, in the mouth;
 and  been collected  upon the  tongue
 prior to deglutition.
  BO'LUS ORIENTA'LIS (Mat. Med.)
 A kind of Bolar earth, only distinguished
from Bole Armenian, in being brought
from Constantinople. 
BOMAREA  SALSILLA      121              BONET
  Boma'rea  Salsil'la (Mat. Med.)
The inhabitants of Chili use this plant
as a sudorific.  It is given in infusion,
in cutaneous diseases.
  Bom'bus (Path.)  poupog.  A kind of
ringing or buzzing in the ears; — char-
acterized, according  to  Sauvages, by
the perception  of blows or  beating re-
peated at certain intervals.
       (F) Bombement.
  Bone (Anat.) Os, oaxeov.  The bones
are the solid and hard parts, which form
the  basis of the bodies of animals, of
the superior classes;  and the union of
which  constitutes  the skeleton.   The
human body has, at the adult  age, 228
bones, without including the 32 teeth,
the  ossa  wormiana and the  sesamoid
bones.  Anatomists divide  them, from
their shape, into, 1. Long Bones, which
form part of the  limbs and  represent
columns, for supporting the weight of
the body, or  levers of different kinds,
for the muscles to  act upon.  2. Flat
Bones,  which form the  parietes of
splanchnic  cavities  :  and,  3.  Short
Bones, met with in parts of the body,
where  solidity and some mobility are
necessary.  Bones are formed of two
different  textures ; — the  spongy and
compact.  They  afford, on   analysis,
much phosphate and carbonate of lime,
a little  phosphate of magnesia, phos-
phate of ammonia, oxides  of iron and
manganese,  some traces   of  alumine
and silica, gelatine, fat, and water.  The
uses of the bones  are mentioned under
each bone.  They give  shape  to  the
body, contain  and defend the viscera;
and act as levers to the muscles.
Table of  the  Bones.
Bones of
  THE
 Head.
Bonos of the ,
No.
.  1
  2
.  1
  2
.  1
  1
           Superior Maxillary 2
           Jugal or Cheek   2
          , Nasal ... 2
Bones of the j Lachrymal    .   2
         ( Frontal
        _ | Parietal  .
        ;) Occipital
Cranium or< Tem£oral
S/£u"-     j Ethmoid
         |_ Sphenoid .
Dentes o
  Teeth.
> Palatine
 Inferior Spongy   2
 Vomer   .   .   1
 Inferior Maxillary 1
 Incisores   .    .  8
 Cuspidati    .   4
 Molares   .    . 20
Bone of the )
  Tongue.  \

Bones of the
   Ear.
11
 Hyoid

 Malleus
I Incus
| Orbiculare
 Stapes
Bones of
  the
 Trunk.
Bones of
  THE
 Up?er
Extrem-
  ity.
*
Carpus
 or
Wrist.
Bones of
  the
 Lower
Extrem-
  ity.
           (Cervical      . 7
  Vertebra.  J Dorsal   .    .   12
           (Lumbar   .   . 5
  Sacrum.....1
  Os Coccygis   .... 1

 The™«H!"-_   .24
(The Pelvis.   Inuominatum  .   2
f The Shoul- j Clavicle   •   . 2
     der.    | Scapula .    .   2
  The Arm.   Humerus   .   . 2
            Ulna  ... 2
            Radius  .    .   2
            'Naviculare  .    . 2
            Lunare  .    .   2
            Cuneiforme    . 2
            Orbiculare    .   2
            Trapezium .    . 2
            Trapezoides  .   2
             Magnum   .    . 2
            Unciforme    .   2
     Metacarpus .    .   .    .10
    t Phalanges    ...   28

  The Thigh.   Femur    .    . 2
            / Patella  .    .    2
  The Leg.    J Tibia ... 2
            (Fibula  .    .    2
            (Calcis Os  .    .  2
      Tarsus j Astragalus   .    2
       or  < Cuboides  .    .  2
  *• <  Instep. I Navicularo  .    2
            (Cuneiforme .    .  6
     Metatarsus    ...   10
    . Phalanges  .    .   .    .28
                           Total   240

  (F)  Os.   (G) Knoche, Bein.
  Writers on the Bones in general.
See  Osteology.   Writers  on their
structure, &c H. Eyssonius, Groning.
1659 (L).   J. H.  Meibomius  (sound
and morbid), Helmst. 1688 (L).  Cour-
tial, Paris, 1705 (F).   Duverney (dis-
eases), Lond. 1737.  A. Scarpa, Lips.
1799 (L).  A. Boyer (diseases), Eng.
by  M.  Farrell,   Lond. 1804; with
notes by J. Hartshorne, Philad. 1805.
Jas. Wilson (diseases), Lond. 1820.
Saml.  D. Gross (Anat.,  Physiol., and
Diseases),  Philad. 1830.
  Bone  nippers  (Surg.)  Ten'acula,
from te'neo, ' I hold.'   An instrument,
used for cutting off splinters and car-
tilages.  It  is a kind  of forceps, the
handles of which  are  strong, and the
edges,  which touch each  other, cut-
ting.
  (F)  Tenaille incisive.
  BON'ET  or  BONNET, Theoph'-
ilus (Biog.)  An eminent physician and
writer, born at Geneva, in  1620; died
in 1689.  Works.  Pharos medicorum.
1668. 2 vols. 12mo.  De doloribus capitis.
Genev. 1675. 8vo.  Prodromus anato-
mia  practica, &c. fol. Sepulchretum,
seu anatome practica  ex cadaveribus
morbo  denatis, &c Genev.  1679.  2
vols. fol.  This  was  his  chief work.
Cours de medecine et  de  la chirurgie. 
BONNES
122
BORDEU
1679.  2 vols. 4to.  Medicina septentri-
onalis  collectitia.  1684.  2  vols.  fol.
Mercurius compilatitius, seu index me-
dico-practicus, cum appendice de medici
munere. Genev. 1682. fol.  Polyalthes,
sive Thesaurus-medicopracticus. Tom.
3.  Genev. 1693.
  Bonnes, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  Bonnes is a village six leagues
from  Pau,  in  the  department Basses
Pyrenees, France.   Here are several
thermal  springs.   They were  cele-
brated as early as the time of Francis
I., under the name, Eaux d'Arquebu-
sade.   They contain muriates of soda
and magnesia, sulphates of magnesia
and  lime,  sulphur,  and silica.   The
temperature is from 86° to 90° Fahr.
  Bonnet d'Hippocrate (Surg.) Cap
of Hippocrates,  Mi'tra  Hippocr at'ica,
Fas'cia capita'lis, Pi'leus Hippocrat'i-
cus.   A kind of bandage, the invention
of which is ascribed to  Hippocrates.
It consists  of  a  double-headed  roller,
passed over the head, so  as to envelope
it, like a cap.   The French, also, name
it, Bonnet & deux globes, Capeline de
la tile.
   Bonnyclab'ber  (Mat. Alim.)  from
Irish, baine,' milk,' and  clabar,' mire.'
Sour milk.  Adhehe, Alcoel.
   BONTIUS,  James  (Biogr.)  Physi-
cian to the Dutch settlement at Batavia,
was a native of Leyden, and flourished
 about the  middle of the 17th century.
 Works. De conservandd valetudine  ac
 diatd  sanis  in Indid  observandd.—
 Methodus medendi qud oportet in Indid
 orientali  uti.  De  medicind Indorum.
 Paris. 1645. 4to.  Hist. Nat.  et Med.
 India oriental. Amst. 1658. fol.  This
 was translated into English.
   Borac"ic Acid   (Mat. Med.)  Ac"-
 idum  Borac'Hcum, Sal sedati'vus Hom-
 ber'gii,  Boric  Acid.   An  acid  ob-
 tained from  Borax, which was  once
 looked upon as  sedative.   It was also
 called  A'cor  Borac"icus,  Sal  vitrioli
 narcoticum, Sal volat'ile Bora'cis, and
 Flo'res Bora'cis.
   Bora'go officina'lis (Mat. Med.)
 Buglos'sum ve'rum, Borra'go,  Corra'-
 go, Bug. latifo'lium, Borag. horten'sis,
 Bor'age.  The leaves and flowers have
 been considered aperient.
   (F) Bourrache.   (G)  Borretsch.
   Bo'rax  (Mat. Med.)  Bo'ras So'da,
  Subbo'ras  So'da, Bo'ras super sat'urus
  so'da,  Santeri'na,  So'da Boraxa'ta,
  Chrysocol'la, Capis'trum au'ri, Ancinar,
  Gras'sa, Antiear,  Atincar,  Denequat,
  XqvaoxoXXa, Subbo'rate of protox'ide of
  So'dium,  Subprotobo'rate  of So'dium,
Bo'ras So'da alcales'cens, seu  alcali'-
num, Bo'ras superso'dicus, Bo'rax Ven'-
etus,  Subbo'ras  Na'tricwn,  Borax1-
trion,  Antincar,   Tincal,  Baurach,
Ni'trum facti"tium, &c  The Subbo'-
rate of Soda.   It is found in an impure
state, in Thibet and  Persia.   It  is in-
odorous ;  taste  cool,  and  somewhat
alkaline,  soluble  in 12 parts of water.
Borax is seldom used except as a lotion
in aphthee.
  (F) Sous-borate de  soude,  Borate
sursature de soude.
  Writers.   M. Alberti, Hals, 1745
(L.)  Gruner, Jeme, 1784 (L).  G. F.
C  Fuchs, Jena,  1784 (G).   J.  Kaas,
Ultraject.  1769 (L).  Meltzer, Regio-
mont. 1720 (L).  J. G. Model,  Lond.
1747(L).
  The BO'RATE  OF MER'CURY has
been recommended as  an antisyphil-
itic.
  Borboryg'mus  (Path.)  (ioq^oqvyfioe,
from poqfioqvtw, i I make a dull noise.'
Murmur,  Motus  Intestinorum.  The
noise, made by flatus in the intestines.
This happens often in health, especially
in nervous individuals.
   (F) Gargouillement,   Grouillement
d'Entrailles.
   (G) Knurren im Leibe.
   BORD (F)  (Anat.)  Mar'go.   Edge,
 Margin.   Anatomists  have  so  named
 the boundaries of an organ.   Thus, the
 bones,  muscles  &c  have  bords  as
 well as  bodies.  The free  edge, bord
 libre, is one  not connected with any
 part; the adhering edge, bord adhirent,
 one  that  is connected; and the bord
 articulaire,  or  articular  margin  or
 edge, that which is joined  to  another
 bone.    (G) Rand.
   Bordeaux,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)   Near this  great  city,  in
 the southwest of France, is a saline,
 chalybeate spring.  It contains oxide
 of iron, carbonate and  sulphate of lime,
 muriates  of soda and  lime, subcarbo-
 nate of soda, and  sulphate  of mag-
 nesia.
    BORDEU,  Anthony  de  (Biogr.)
 Son of Theophilus, born at Iseste in
 Beam, in 1693.  He was  physician
 to the Military Hospital at Barege, and
 published a Dissertation on the mineral
 waters of Beam.
    BORDEU, Francis de.   Son of the
 preceding, was born at Pau in Beam,
 in 1737.  In conjunction with his father
 and brother, he published — Reeherches
 sur les maladies chroniques &yc. et sur
 la maniere dont  on les traite aux eaux
 minerales de Bareges, &c. Paris. 1775. 
BORDEU             123            BOTHOR
De sensibilitate et contractilitate  par-
tium in eorpore  humano sano.  Mont.
1757.
 BORDEU, Theophilus de, brother of
the preceding, and more eminent  than
either, was born at lseste in Beam, in
1722; died in 1776.  Works. Chylifi-
cationis historia. 1742.   Lettres conte-
nant des essais sur Vhistoire des  eaux
minerales de Bdarn. Amst. 1746. 12mo.
Recherches anatomiques sur la position
des glandes et sur leur action. Paris.
1751. 8vo.   Recherches sur  le pouls
par  rapport  aux  crises.  Paris.  1756.
12mo.: his  best work.   OSuvres  com-
pletes  de BORDEU, pricedees d'une
notice sur sa  vie et  sur  ses ouvrages,
par  M.  Richerand.   Tom. 2. Paris.
1818.
  BOREL'LI, John Alphonse (Biog.)
A celebrated philosopher and physician,
born at Naples in 1608.   Works. Delle
cagioni delle febbri maligne. 1649.12mo.
De motu animalium.  Rom.  1680.  This
was his most celebrated work.
  BOREL'LUS  or BOR'EL,  Peter
(Biog.) A learned physician, was born at
Castres, in Upper Languedoc, in 1620;
died in  1678.   Works. Historiar. et
observat. medico -physic.  Centur. iv.
Castris. 1653. 12mo.   Hortus, seu ar-
mamentarium simplicium,  plantarum,
et animalium ad artem medicam spec-
tantium. Castris.  1666. 8vo.
  BORGNE (F) (Path.) Coc'les, Unoc'-
ulus, Lus'cus.  One who has only one
eye, or sees only with one.   The word
has been used, figuratively, for blind,
in  Surgery  and Anatomy.   See  Cje-
cus.    (G) Ei naugig.
  BOR'LACE, Edmond  (Biogr.)   An
eminent physician at Chester, England,
where  he died in 1682.  Works. Lath-
am Spaw in Lancashire, with remark-
able cases  and  cures  effected by  it.
Lond.  1670. 8vo,  The original of the
 University of Dublin and the College
of Physicians. Lond. 1680.  fol.
  Bor'osail (Path.)  Zael.  An Ethio-
pian name for a disease, very common
there,  which attacks  the  organs  of
generation, and  appears  to have  con-
siderable analogy with  syphilis.
  BORRICH'IUS or  BORCH, Ola'-
 vs  (Biog.)   A very learned physician;
 native of Denmark, born in 1626;  died
 in 1690, after the  operation of Lithot-
 omy.  Works.  Lingua  pharmacopa-
iorum, sive de accuratd vocabulorum in
pharmacopoliis usitatorum pronuncia-
 tione.  Hafniae.  1670.    De somno et
 somniferis maximi papavereis.  Hafn.
 et Franc.  1681,1682,1683,  4to,
  Borse, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med) Borse is a village in Beam. The
waters are chalybeate.
  Bo'sa.   An  ^Egyptian  name for  a
mass, made of the  meal  of  darnel,
hempseed, and water.  It is inebriating.
Prosper Alpini.
  Bo'tal Fora'men (Anat.) Fora'men
Bota'le ; the Fora'men Ova'le.  A large
opening, which exists  in  the foetus in
the partition between the  two auricles
of the heart; and by means of which
the blood passes from one to the other.
Its discovery is generally attributed to
Leonard  Botallus  or  Botal, who
wrote in 1562.  It was spoken of, how-
ever, by Vesalius, and even by Ga-
len.
  (F) Trou de Botal.
  BOTAL'LUS or BO'TAL, Leonard
(Biog.)  A learned physician of Pied-
mont ; flourished about the middle of
the 16th century.   Works. Liber de
luis  venerea  curanda ratione.  Paris.
1563. 12mo.   De curandis  vulneribus
sclopetorum.  Lugd.  1560.  8vo. :  his
best  work,  JDe curatione per sangui-
nis missionem liber, &c.  Lugd. 1577.
8vo.
  Botanikon (Pharm.) (ioxavixov, from
(ioxavij,' an herb.'  A plaster described
by Paulus of iEgina.
  Bot'any, Med'ical, Botan'ica Med'-
ica, Medici'na  Botan'ica,  from poxavrj,
' an  herb.'  The knowledge  of  the
properties,  differences, &c., of those
vegetables, which  are used in Medi-
cine.
  (F) Botanique m6dicale.
  Writers. F. E. Bruckmann, Bruns-
wick, 1727.  4to. (L).  Do. Brunswick,
1727. 4to.  (L).  Thomas Short, Lond.
1745, 1747.  8vo.   W.  Woodville,
Lond. 1791 - 3.  Supplement,  Lond.
1794. J. Stokes, Lond.  1812.  W. P.
C. Barton (of America), Philad. 1817-
18.  Jac.Bigelow (Do.),Boston, 1817,
1818,1820.  M. Buillard (of France),
Paris, 1780 to 1797 (F).  F. P. Chaume-
ton, Paris, 1814 to 1818 (F).  T. Castle,
Lond. 1829.  J. Roques, Paris, 1821 (F)
  BoTAR'GO_(fli/g.) A preparation made
in Italy  and the south of France, with
the eggs and blood of the Mu'gil ceph'a-
lus or Mul'let; strongly salted, after it
has become putrescent.  It is used as a
condiment.
   (F) Botargue.
   Bothor (Path.) An Arabic term for
abscess  in the nares.  It means, also,
tumors  in general;  especially those,
 which are without solution of contU
 nuity. 
BOTHRION            124            BOUILLON
  Both'rion  (Path.) (io&qiov, from f)o-
&qog,' a pit, cavity,' &c  An alveolus
or small fossa.  A small, deep ulcer on
the cornea. Galen, Paulus of JEgina.
  Bothrioceph'alus or Botrioceph'-
alus la'tus  (Path.)  Ta'nia la'ta, T.
vulga'ris,  Lumbri'cus latus,  T. os'culis
lateral'ibus gem'inis, T.grisea, T. mem-
brana'cea, T. tenel'la,  T. denta'ta, T.
huma'na iner'mis, Hal'ysis membrana'-
cea, T.  pri'ma,' T.  os'culis lateral'ibus
solitariis,  T.  aceph'ala,  T. os'culis su-
perficial'ibus, T. a. anneaux courts, Vcr
solitaire,  the   Broad  Tope  Worm.
Common in  Switzerland, Russia, and
some parts of France.   It inhabits the
intestines of man J  and extends to an
enormous length.   A  broken  speci-
men has been obtained 60 yards  long.
GoEZE.
   For Writers on  Tamia, see Tenia.
   Botothinum  (Path.)   An obscure
term, used by Paracelsus to  denote
the most striking  symptom of a dis-
ease : — the Flos Morbi.
   BOTTINE  (F)  (Surg.)  A thin  boot
or buski'i, O'crea le'vior.  An  instru-
ment, which resembles a small  boot,
furnished with springs, straps, buckles,
&c,  and used to obviate  distortions  of
the lower extremities in children.
   BOTTO'NI, Albertini (Biog.) An
 Italian  physician, born at Padua at the
 beginning of the 16th century ; died in
 1596.   Works.  De vitd  conservandd.
 Patav.  1582.  12mo. De  morbis mulie-
 bribus. Pat.  1585.  4to.   Consilia me-
 dica.  Francf.  1605.  4to.   De  modo
 discurrendi  circa  morbos, eosdemque
 eurandi tractatus.  Francf. 1607.  12mo.
   BOTTO'NI,  Domin'ico  (Biog.)  A
 celebrated Italian  physician,  born  at
 Leontini in Sicily in 1641; died in 1731.
 Works.  Febris rheumatica maligna
 historia medica. Messanse. 1712. 8vo.
 Preserve salutari  contro il contagioso
 malore.. Messin. 1721.  4to.
   BOUES DES EAUX (F) (Therap.,
 Hyg)  Bal'nea  Cano'sa, Boues  Mine-
 rales.  The  mud  or  swamp,  formed
 near  mineral  springs ;   impregnated
 with the substances contained in such
 springs,  and consequently  possessing
 similar properties.   The  Boues are ap-
 plied generally and topically, in France,
 at the springs of St. Amand, Bagneres
  de Luchon,  Bagnols, Bareges,  &c.
   BOUFFE(F) (Anat.) The small emi-
  nence, formed  by  the junction  of the
  two lips.  Dulaurens.
   BOUGIE (F) A  wax candle.  (Surg.)
  Candel'ula, Cande'la ce'rea, Cande'la
  medica'ta, Ce'reum medica'tum,  Cereo-
lus  Chirurgo'rum,  Da'dion,  taiStor,
Vir'ga  ce'rea,  Cereola.    A  flexible
cylinder, variable in size, to  be in-
troduced into the urethra, oesophagus,
rectum, &c, for  the purpose of dilat-
ting these canals, when contracted.
    (G)  Wachskerze.
  A SIMPLE BOUGIE is composed of
solid and insoluble substances ; as plas-
ter, elastic gum, catgut, &c   It acts
of course only mechanically.
  A MEDICATED  BOUGIE,   (F)  B.
medicamenteuse,  has the addition of
some escharotic or  other substance to
destroy the obstacle, as in the  Caustic
Bougie, which  has  a small portion of
Lunar Caustic  or Common Caustic, in-
serted  in its extremity.  Ducamp has
recommended a Bougie,  which swells
out near its extremity  for  the better
dilating of the  urethra.  This  he calls-
B.  a ventre. The metallic Bougie, in-
vented by  Smyth,  is a composition of
metal, allowing  of great  flexibility  ;
and a hollow  Bougie is one,  with  a
channel running through it, to be used
in the same manner as the  catheter or
otherwise.
  Writers.  Olivier, Paris, 1748 and
1768  (F).   Andre,  Paris,  1751 (F).
F.  Teytaud, Paris, 1791 (F).  Meyer,
Erford.  1800.   W.  Smyth   (metallic
 B.s.),  Lond.   1804.  Luxmore, Lond.
 1809.  W. Rowley (objection to caus-
tic B.s.), Lond. 1800.
   BOUILLET, John (Biog.) A French
 medical writer, born  at Servian  in
 Beziers, in 1690; died in 1770.  Works.
 Avis et remedes contre la peste.  Beziers.
 1721. 8vo.  Sur la maniere de traiter
 la  petite verole. Beziers.  1736. 4to.
 Plan d'un  histoire generate des mala-
 dies. Beziers.  1737.  4to.   El'mens de
 la  midecine   pratique,  &c   Beziers.
 1744.  4to.  Suite. Beziers. 1746. 4to.
   BOUILLIE (F) (Mat. Alim.) Pultic'-
 ula, Pap, from  (F) bouillir, i to  boil.'
 Flour, beaten and boiled with milk,   It
 is  a common food for infants.
    Writer.  T. Cober, Goerlic 1593
 (L).
    BOUILLON (F)  (Mat. Alim.)  from
 bouillir, ' to boil.'  Jus,  Sorbi'Hio.   A
 liquid food, made  by boiling the flesh
 of animals in water.  The  osmazome
 gelatine, and  soluble  salts  dissolve ;
 the fat melts,  and  the albumen coagu-
 lates.  B.  is nourishing, owing to the
 gelatine and  osmazome.  The Jus  de
  Viande is a very concentrated Bouillon,
 prepared of beef, mutton, veal, &c.
    Bouillons medic'naux ou pharmaceu-
 tiques, medicinal or pharmaceutic J3ov- 
BOUILLON
125
BOYER
 illons, contain  infusions or decoctions
 of medicinal herbs.   The Bouillon aux
 herbes is generally composed of sorrel
 or beet.
     (G) Briihe.
   BOUILLON   (Path.)  in  common
 language,  in France,  means a  round
 fleshy excrescence, sometimes seen in
 the centre  of a  venereal ulcer.
   BOUILLON D'OS  (F),  or  Bouillon
from Bones  (Pharm.)  is  obtained by
 treating bones  with muriatic acid, in
 order to dissolve the earthy parts. The
 gelatine, which remains, is then boiled
 with a little meat and vegetables. Dar-
 cet.  Bouillon, however, can be easily
 obtained from the bones of roast meat
 by simple coction.
   Writer.  Cadet de Vaux,  Paris,
 1807 (F).
   Boulim'ia  (Path.) Bulim'ia, or Bu-
 lim'ius, Bouli'mos,  Bulimi'asis,  Bolis-
 mos, Fa'mes cani'na, Appeti'tus cani'-
 nus, Adepha'gia, Cynorex'ia, Bupci'na,
 xvvoqtigta,  oqtzig xwiodyg,  Phaga'na,
 Phageda'na, Ne'hem, Fa'mes Bovi'na,
 (iovXuiog, from (lovg, ' an ox,' and Xuiog,
 ' hunger'; or  from  (In, augmentative
 particle, and  X.uiog, ' hunger.'  An al-
 most insatiable hunger.  A canine ap-
 petite.  It is sometimes seen in hysteria
 and  pregnancy; rarely under  other
 circumstances.
   (F) Boulimie, Faim canine.
   (G) Ochsenhunger, Hundes-
 hunger, H e i s s hu n g e r.
   Writers.   Carstenius, Jenae, 1791
 (L).  A. F. Hennisch, Wittemb. 1699
 (L).  Ph.  Lefebvre,  Basil.  1703 (L).
 M. Ch. Niefeld, Halae. 1747 (L).  L.
 Schrockius, Jenas, 1669.  J. Ch. Stru-
 vius. Jenae, 1695.
   Boulogne,  Mineral Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  B. is in the department,
 Pas-de-Calais, France.   The waters are
 chalybeate.
   BOUQUET ANATOMIQUE DE RIO-
 LAN (F) (Anat.) from bouquet,  a col-
 lection of  flowers or other substances
 tied together.  A name given, by some
 Anatomists,  to  the  collection of liga-
 ments  and muscles, inserted into the
 styloid process of the temporal bone.
   BOURBILLON (F) (Path.)  from (ioq-
 (ioqog,' dirt, mud, slime.'  Ventric'ulus
 Furun'culi;  the core of a boil.
   (G) Eiterbutzen, Eiterstock.
   Bourbon-Lancy,  Mineral Waters
 of  (Mat.  Med.) Bourbon-Lancy is a
 small village  in  the   department  of
 Saone-et-Loire, France;  where there
 are thermal,  saline springs, containing
 carbonic acid, muriate  and sulphate of
                  11*
soda,  muriate  and carbonate  of  lime,
iron,  and silica.  Their heat  is from
106° to 135° Fahrenheit.
  Bourbon L'Archambaut, Mineral
Waters of (Mat. Med.) This town is
in the department of the  Allier, and
has been long celebrated for its thermal
chalybeate waters.  They contain mu-
riate and sulphate of soda, magnesia,
and lime, carbonate of iron, and silica.
Their temperature varies between 140°
and 145° Fahrenheit.
  Bourbonne - les - Bains,  Mineral
Waters of (Mat. Med.) These springs
are seven leagues from Langres, de-
partment of  Haute - Marne, France.
They  are thermal and saline, and have
been  long  celebrated.  Temperature
from  106°  to  133° Fahrenheit.   The
Factitious water,  (F) Eau de Bour-
bonne-les-Bains, Aqua Borvonen'sis, is
composed of water, containing twice its
bulk of carbonic acid,  § xxss; muriate
of soda   5 j> muriate  of lime, gr.  x,
&c
  Bourboule,  Mineral  Waters of
(Mat.  Med.) A village near Mont d'Or,
where there  are  two thermal saline
springs.
  BOURDONNEMENT (F)   (Path.)
Murmur,  Susurrus.   A sensation  of
buzzing or  humming in the ear, which
may  be  either  dependant  on  some
modified condition  of  the ear itself,  or
may be seated  in the  brain.  Bruisse-
ment.
  (G) Ohrensausen.
  BOURNE, Robert, M. D. (Biogr.)
Professor of the  Practice  of Physic at
Oxford.  Works.  Cases of pulmonary
consumption fyc. treated with uva ursi,
&c Lond.  1805. 8vo.
  BOURRELET (F) (Anat.)  A Pad, a
Border.   A  fibrocartilaginous border,
which surrounds certain articular cavi-
ties, such as the glenoid cavity of the
scapula  and the acetabulum; and  by
which the  depth of those cavities is
augmented.
  BOUTONNIERE (F) (Surg.) Fissu'-
ra, Incis'io. A small incision made in
the urethra to extract a calculus from
the canal, when it is too  large  to  be
discharged.
  Also,  a small incision or puncture,
made  in the perinaeum or above  the
pubes to penetrate  the bladder in cer-
tain cases of retention of urine.
  BOYER,  John  Baptist Nicholas
(Biog.)   A  learned French physician,
born  at  Marseilles in  1693; died  in
1768.   Works. Mtthode a  suivre dans
le traitement  de  diffexens  maladies 
BRACHIAL
126
BRANCHI
ipidimiques qui regnent, fyc. a Paris.
Paris.  1761. 12mo.
  Bra'chial (Anat.)  Brachia'lis, Bra-
chia'us,  from bra'chium,  ' the  arm.'
What belongs to the arm.
  MUS'CULUS  BRACHIA'LIS  ANTE'-
RIOR, Brachia'lis  inter'nus, Brachia'-
us, Brachia'us  inter'nus,  (F) Muscle
brachial interne, Humero-cubital (Ch.).
This muscle  is stated at the  anterior
and inferior part of the arm, and before
the elbow-joint.  It arises, fleshy, from
the middle of the os humeri; and is
inserted  into the  coronoid process of
the ulna.   Use.  To bend the forearm.
  The BRACHIAL ARTERY,  Arte'ria
brachia'lis, Humeral Artery, (F) Artere
ou Tronc brachial.  The artery, which
extends from the axilla to the bend of
tho elbow; where  it divides  into A.
cubitalis and A. radialis.   It passes
along the internal  edge of the biceps,
behind the median nerve and between
the accompanying veins.  Under  the
name  Brachial Artery,  M. Chaussier
includes the  subclavian, axillary,  and
humeral; the last being  the  "brachial
proper.
  The BRACHIAL  VEINS are two in
number, and accompany  the artery,—
frequently anastomosing  with  each
other; they terminate in the axillary.
Under the term Brachial Vein, Chaus-
sier  includes the  humeral,  axillary,
and subclavian.
   BRA'CHIAL  APONEURO'SIS.   An
aponeurosis,  formed  particularly  by
expansions of the tendons of the latissi-
mus dorsi, pectoralis  major,  and del-
toides muscles,  and which  completely
envelopes the muscles of the arm.
  The BRA'CHIAL PLEX'US,  Plex'us
brachia'lis, is a nervous plexus, formed
by  the  interlacing  of  the   anterior
branches of the four last cervical pairs
and the first dorsal.  It is deeply seated
in the hollow of the axilla, and  extends
as far as the inferior and lateral part of
the neck.  It gives  off the  thoracic
nerves — supra   and  infra  scapular,
and  the  brachial  (which  are six  in
number), the axillary, cutaneous, mus-
culo - cutaneous,  radial,  cubital,  and
median.
  Bra'chio-cu'bital (Anat.) Bra'chio-
cubita'lis.  That which belongs both to
the arm  and cubitus.  This name  has
been given to the internal lateral liga-
ment at the elbow-joint; because it is
attached to the os brachii or os humeri
and to the cubitus or ulna.
  bra'CHIO-RA'DIAL  (Anat.)  Bra'-
chio-radia'l'is.  That which belongs to
the brachium and  radius.  This name,
has been applied to the external lateral
ligament of the  elbow-joint, because it
is attached to the humerus and to the
radius.
   Bra'chium (Anat.) /?na/ioi, the arm.
The arm from the shoulder to the wrist,
or the part  between the shoulder and
elbow.  Lacertus.
     (F)  Bras.  (G) Arm.
   Brachychro'nius (Path.) (iqaxvxqo-
viog, from (iqaxvg,' short,' and  /oovos,
' time.'  That which continues but a
short time.  A term applied to diseases,
which are of short duration.  Galen.
   Brachyp'oti (Path.) (Iqaxvnoxaiand
fiiaxvnoxoi, from flqayvg, ' short,' and
7ror>;c, ' drinker.'  They who drink lit-
tle.  They who drink rarely. Hippocr.
Galen,  Foesius.
   BRADLEY, Thomas (Biog.) Senior
Physician to the Westminster Hospital,
and  some  time Editor  of  the  Lon-
don  Medical  and  Physical  Journal;
born  in  1751, in Worcester; died in
1813.  Works.  A  treatise on  worms
and other animals that infest the human
body. Lond. 1813. 12mo.
   Brad.ypep'sia  (Path.) (fqadvntyig,
from  (Iqadrc, ' slow,' and  -.tctitio,  ' I
digest.'  Slow digestion.  Galen.   See
Dyspepsia.
  Bradyspermatis'mus   (Path)  from
(iqadvg,  ' slow,' and ontqfia, ' sperm.'
A slow emission of sperm.
  Brag'gat  (Pharm.)  A name  for-
merly applied to a tisan  of honey and
water.
  Braine, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.) Braine is a  small village, three
leagues from Soissons, France ; which
has purgative waters, similar to those
of Passy.
  Branch (Anat.)   from  (F) Branche,
originally probably  from  pqa/wiv, ' an
arm'; because branches  of trees &c
go off like  arms.   A term, applied.
generally, to the principal divisions of
an artery or nerve.   The word is com-
monly used synonymously  with Ra-
mus;  but  often,  with  the French,
Branche signifies the great division; —
Rameau, Lat. Ramus, the division of
the branches;  and  Ramuscules, Lat.
Ramusculi, the divisions of these  last.
    (G)  A s t.
  The French, also, speak of the bran-
ches of the pubes, for the Rami, branches
of the ischium, for the rami of the I., &c
  Bran'chi   or  Bran'chjE "( Path.)
Swellings of the tonsils, or parotid, ac-
cording to some;—of the thyroid gland,
according to others. 
BRANCHUS            127             BRICK
  Bran'chus (Path.) (iqayxog.  A ca-
tarrhal affection of the mucous mem-
brane of the fauces, trachea, &c Gal.
  Brandy  (Hyg. & Mat. Med.)  (G)
Branntwein, ' burnt wine.'  A'qua
Vi'ta.   The first  liquid product  ob-
tained  by distilling wine.  It is com-
posed of water, alcohol, and an  aromatic,
oily matter, which gives it its  flavor.
Brandy is a powerful diffusible  stimu-
lant, and as such is used in medicine.
It has been also called Li'quor Aquile'-
gius.     (F) Eau de vie.
  BRASAV'OLA,  Anto'nius  Mu'sa
(Biog.)  A  famous Italian physician,
born at Ferrara,  in 1500 ; died in 1555.
Works.  Examen omnium simplicium.
Lugd. 1537. 8vo.  Examen syruporum.
Lugd. 1540. 8vo.  Commeniarii et an-
notaliones in viii libros aphorism.  Hip-
pocr. et  Galen. Basil. 1541.  &c
  Brasegur,  Mineral  Waters of
(Mat. Med.) Brasegur is a place in the
diocese of Rhodez, where  there  are
cathartic waters.
  Brass  (Toxicol., &c)  Sax.  bjiar,
Welsh, pres.  A yellow metal,  formed
by mixing  copper with calamine.   Au-
richal'cum,   Orichal'cum,  oquxaXxov,
JEsecavum, Chrysochalcos.  The same
remarks  apply to it  as to copper.   See
Cuprum.   (F) Airain.   (G)Erz.
  Bras'sica (Mat. Med.)  The  Cab-
bage.  The Bras'sica olera'cea.  The
B.  capita'ta or  cuma'na of the  old
Romans.  Cato wrote  a book on its
virtues   Cato,  Columella,  Pliny.
It  is  a  vegetable by  no means easy
of  digestion.  When forming  a  solid
giobular mass, like  a  head,  it is the
B.  Capita'ta,  (F)  Chou-Cabus, Chou-
Pommi.
  (F)  Choupotager.  (G) Kohl.
  BRAS'SICA FLOR'IDA.  The Bras'-
sica Pompeia'na of the  ancients — the
 Cau'liflower,  Cau'lis  Flor'ida,  is  a
more tender and digestible variety.
   (F) Choufleur.     (G) Blumen-
kohl.
   The Broc'coli belongs to this variety ;
 the B. Sabel'lica of the Romans — B.
 Ital'ica.     (G) Spar gel kohl.
   BRAS'SICA RA'PA, Ra'pa  rotun'da,
 Ra'pum  ma'jus,  Ra'pa  na'pus, the
 Tur'nip.  The turnip  is liable to the
 same  objections (but to a less  extent)
as the cabbage.
   (F) Chou-navet, Navet, Rave.
   (G) Rube.
   BRAS'SICA NA'PUS,  NA'PUS  SYL-
 VES'TRIS  or BU'NIAS.  Rape.   The
seed yields a quantity of oil.
   (F) Navette.  (G) Riibsaat.
  BRAS'SICA  ERU>CA  (Mat. Med.)
Eru'ca, i-uliouov, Garden Rocket, Ro'
man Rocket, &c This was considered,
by the Romans, an aphrodisiac. Colu-
mella.   The seeds were  ordinarily
used.
  (F) Chou-Roquette, Roquette.
  (G) Kauke,  Gartenkauke,
Senfkohl.
  Breath  (Phys.)  Hal'itus, Anhel'i-
tus,  An'imus, Spir'itus, ar/ioc.  The
air expelled from the  chest, at  each
expiration.   It requires to  be studied
in the  diagnosis of thoracic diseases
especially.
   (F\  Haleine. (G) A them.
  BRECHET (F) (Anat.) The Brisket.
This name  is  given, in some parts of
France, to the cartilago ens iformis, and
sometimes to the sternum itself.
  BREDISSURE (F) (Path.)  Tris'mus
Capistra'tus.  Incapacity of opening
the mouth, in consequence of preter-
natural adhesion between the internal
part of  the cheek and gums ;  often  oc-
casioned by the abuse of mercury.
  BREDOUILLEMENT (F)  ( Path.)
Tituban'tia.  A precipitate and  indis-
tinct mode of utterance, in which a
part only of the words is  pronounced,
and several syllables viciously changed.
This defect is analogous to stuttering,
but differs from it  in bejng dependant
on too great rapidity of speech; whilst
stammering  is characterized by  con-
tinual  hesitation, and  frequent repeti-
tion of the  same syllables.
   BREE, Robert, M. D.  (Biogr.) A
native  of   Warwickshire,  and  prac-
tised in London; he was born in     ;
died in    .  Works. Practical in-
quiry  on disordered respiration, &c.
Lond.  1797. 8vo,.:  with an appendix.
1800. 8vo.
   Breg'ma (Anat.) fiqtxna, pqtxpog,
from (iqsx^iv,' to sprinkle.'  The top of
the  head was thus called, because it
was believed to be humid in infants,
and, according to some, because it was
conceived  to  correspond  to  the most
humid part of the brain.
   Bre'via Va'sa  (Anat.)  Short Ves-
sels.  This name  has been  given to
several branches of the splenic arteries
and veins, which are distributed  at the
great cul-de-sac of the stomach.
   Brick (Mat. Med.)  Hot bricks are
sometimes used to keep up the heat of a
limb, as after the operation for popliteal
aneurism;  or, reduced  to  very  fine
 powder, and mixed with fat, as an ap-
 plication to herpetic and psoric affec-
tions. 
BRIDE
128           BROMFIELD
   (F)  Brique.    (G) Backstein,
 Ziegelstein.
   BRICKS, Forna'cea Tes'ta,  or tiles,
 were  formerly  bruised  in  vinegar,
 and the liquid used as a specific in  cu-
 taneous affections.  They entered, also,
 into a cerate used for scrophulous tu-
 mors, &c
   To the  Ter'ra Forna'cum the same
 virtues were assigned.
   BRIDE  (F) (Path.) A bridle.  Fre-
 nulum, Retinae'ulum.  This  term  is
 given,  in the plural, to membranous
 filaments, which are  found within  ab-
 scesses or in deep-seated wounds, and
 which  prevent the exit of pus.  The
 term is, also,  applied to  preternatural
 adhesions, which occcur in cicatrices
 in the skin,  in the urethra, or in in-
 flamed serous or synovial membranes.
   BRIGGS,  William, M. D. (Biogr.)
 An eminent London  physician.  Phy-
 sician  to William III.  He was born
 at Norwich, and died  in 1704.  Works.
 Ophthalmographia,  sive oculi  ejusque
partium descriptio.  Cambridge. 1676.
 8vo.   Et  cui  accessit  nova  visionis
 theoria. Lond. 1685.  12mo.
   Briquebec, Mineral  Waters of
 (Mat. Med.) This town is three leagues
 from Cherbourg, in France.  The water
 contains muriate of iron.
   BR1SSOT, Peter  (Biogr.)  An emi-
 nent French physician, born at Fonte-
 nai-le-Comte,in Poictou, in 1478; died
 in 1522.  Works.  Liber  de incisione
 vena in pleuritide morbo,  sive apologia
 qua docetur per qua loca sanguis mitli
 debeat in viscerum inflammalionibus,
 prasertim in pleuritide. Paris. 1525.
   Bristol Hot Well,  Bristolien'sis
 A'qua  (Mat. Med.) Bristol is about 13
 miles  from  Bath,  in England.   The
 water  is a pure thermal; slightly acid-
 ulated. Temperature—74° Fahrenheit.
 The Hot Well has been long celebrated.
 Its action is like that of the  thermal
 waters  in general.   The climate  of
 Bristol is, however,  mild; and hence
 the water has been celebrated for  the
 cure of incipient pulmonary consump-
 tion.
   Writers.   T. Venner, Lond. 1638.
 4to. John  Shebbeare,  Lond.  1740.
 4to. Geo. Randolph, Lond. 1750. 8vo.
 A.  Sutherland,  Lond.   1758.  8vo.
 John Nott, Lond. 1793.  A. Carrick,
 Lond.  1797.   A. F. M. Willich, Lond.
 1798.
   Broad (Anat.)  Sax. bpab,  La'-
 tus.  Any body  is so termed whose
 transverse  extent   is    considerable
 compared with its length.   The Broad
Bones,  such as the frontal, parietal,
occipital,  iliac,  aid in  forming the
parietes of splanchnic cavities.  Broad
Muscles generally occupy the parietes
of cavities, and especially those of the
chest and abdomen. The epithet has
also been applied to other parts — as to
the broad  ligaments of the womb, &c
    (F) Large.   (G) Breit.
  Broch'os  (Surg.)  pqoxog. A laqueus
or bandage.
  Broch'thus.(Anat.) pqox&og, Gu'la.
The throat.  Also, a small kind of drink-
ing vessel.  Hippocr.
  Brochus (Anat.)  fiqoxog.  This name
has been  given  to one who  has  a
very prominent upper lip.  Castelli.
According to others,  it means one,
whose teeth  project in  front of the
mouth.
  BROCKLESBY,  Richard,  M. D.
(Biog.)  An  eminent physician in Lon-
don ; for some time Physician  to the
Army in Germany.  He  was born in
Somersetshire in 1722, and died in 1797.
Works. Economical and medical ob-
servations, in two parts, from 1758 to
1763 inclusive ; tending to the improve-
ment of military hospitals, and to the
cure  of camp diseases, fyc,  with  an
appendix on  the climate and diseases
of Africa upon the great river Senegal
by Mr. Boone. Lond. 1764. 8vo.
  Bro'dium  (Pharm.) A  synonyme of
Jus or Jus'culum.  Broth, or the liquor
in which any thing is boiled.  Bro'dium
Sa'lis — a  decoction  of salt.
  Bromatol'ogy  (Hyg.)  from  (tqwpa,
' food,'  and  Xoyog,  ' a  discourse.'  A
treatise on food.   Sitiol'ogy.
  Brome'lia Ana'nas (Mat. Alim. &c)
Car'duus Brazilia'nus, Ana'nas acos'ta
ova'ta seu aculea'tus, Anas'sa, Ca'pa-
Isiak'ka, Ana'nas or Pine  Apple.  A
West Indian tree, which  produces the
most delicious of fruits.
   BROME'LIA  PIN'GUIN,   Ana'nas
America'na,   Pin'guin, Broad-leaved
wild Ana'nas, &c.   The West India
plant, which affords  the Pinguin fruit.
The fruit is refrigerant, and  the juice,
when ripe,  very  austere.  It is used
to acidulate  punch. A wine is made
from the  Pinguin,  which is very in-
toxicating, and has a good flavor.
  BROMFIELD, Sir William (Biog.)
Surgeon to  George III., born in Eng-
land in 1712; died  in  1792.  Works.
Syllabus anatomicus generalem humani
corporis partium ideam comprehendens:
adjicitur syllabus chirurgicus.  Lond.
1743. 4to.   Account of the English
nightshades  and their effects, withprac- 
BROMION
129         BRONCHOTOMY
tical observations on the use  of corro-1
sive sublimate and  sarsaparilla,  fyc.
Lond.  1757.  8vo.   Thoughts arising
from experience concerning the present
peculiar  method  of  treating  persons
inoculated  for  the  smallpox.  Lond.
1767.  8vo.   Chirurgical cases and ob-
servations :  illustrated   with  plates.
Lond.  1773. 2 vols. 8vo.
  Bromion (Pharm.)  pnouior.  A plas-
ter described by Paulus of jEgina.
  Bromography (Hyg.') from (Iqwpa,
' aliment, and yqaipnv, ' to  describe.'
 A  description of food.   A treatise on
 the nature of alimentary substances.
   Bro'mos  (Hyg.)  (Iqoniog.   One of
 the cerealia, supposed, by some, to be
 oats.
   Bron'chia,   Bron'chije  (Anaf.)
 Bron'chi, (tqoyxia, from pqoyxog, 'the
 throat.'  The Latins  used the  term
 Bron'chus, for the whole of the trachea;
 whilst  they   called   its ramifications
 Bron'chia.   Bronchia,   Bron'chi^;,
 and Bron'chi now mean the two tubes,
 which arise from the bifurcation of the
 trachea, and  carry air into the lungs.
   (F)  Bronches.  (G) Luftrohren-
 aste.
   Writer.  J. Cheyne (pathology of),
 Edinb. 1809.
   Bron'chial or Bron'chic  (Anat.)
 That which  relates to the bronchi.
   BRON'CHIAL  CELLS,  (F) Cellules
 bronchiques, the Air cells; the  termi-
 nations of the bronchi.
   BRON'CHIAL  GLANDS,  (F) Glandes
 bronchiques ou Ganglions lymphatiqws
 des bronches, are numerous glands of
 an ovoid shape ; of a  reddish hue  in
 the infant,  and subsequently brown
 and black, seated  in  the  course  of
 the bronchi.  Their functions are un-
 known.
   The BRON'CHIAL AR'TERIES (F)
 Arteres  bronchiques.   These  are  gen-
 erally two in number, one going to each
 lung.   They arise from the thoracic
 aorta, and accompany the  bronchi and
 their ramifications.
   The BRON'CHIAL  VEINS arise from
 the last divisions of the arteries of the
 same name,  and pass on the right side,
 into the vena azygos; on the left, into
 the superior  intercostal.
   The  BRON'CHIAL  NERVES,  (F)
 Nerfs  bronchiques,  are furnished by
 the two pulmonary plexuses.
   Bkonchi'tis  (Path.) Inflammation
 of the bronchial tubes.
   Bronch'ocele (Path.)  PqoyxoxJjXti,
 from pjooyxot, ' a bronchus,'  and xtjXi},
' tumor.'  An inaccurate name  for the
affection which is called, also, Bo'chi-
um,  Bo'tium, Her'nia gut'turis,  GuV-
tur tu'midum, Trachelophy'ma, Her'nia
gultura'lis,  Thy'rocele, Thyrophrax'ia,
Gos'sum, Exechebron'chus, Gongro'na,
Struma, Bo'cium,  Her'nia bronchia'-
lis, Trach'elocele, &c.; the Derbyshire
neck, Swelled neck, &c. This is no rup-
ture, but consists of an enlargement of
the thyroid  gland.  It is  common at
the base  of lofty mountains in every
part  of the  world; and has been sup-
posed to be  owing to the  drinking of
snow water, but it occurs where there
is no snow.  The tumor is, sometimes,.
very extensive.  The  Iodine has great
power over it;  and will generally  oc-
casion its absorption, when the case  has
not been of such duration as to be of a
cartilaginous condition.
   (F)  Goitre, Gouetre.  (G) Kropf.
   Writers.  B. Wilmer, Lond. 1779.
T. Prosser, Lond. 1769. E. Fodere,
Paris, an. viii (F).  Read (B. du pays
Messin), Nancy, 1777 (F).  Storr, Tu-
bing. 1780  (L).  Valentin,  Nancy,
1787 (L).   J. Gautier (De  Tyrolen-
sium,  Carynthiorum,  Styriorumque
struma), Vi'ndob. 1794(L).  J.Brunier,
Paris, 1804 (F).  N.  Jacqjjier, Paris,
1813 (F).  J. Brun,  Paris, 1815 (FY..
B.  S.  Barton, Philadelphia,  1800-
Prospero  Postiglione, Firenze, 1811
(I).  Ph. Fr. Walker, Sulzbach, 1817
(G).  T- Holbrook, Lond. 1825.
   Bron'chotome (Surg.)  BronchoV-
omus, from fiqoyxog a.nd xtuveir,' to cut.
A kind  of lancet, with a blunt  and
rounded point, mounted on a handle,
and fitted to a canula, which passes in
along with it, and is allowed to remain
in the opening made in  the  trachea.
The instrument is not used.
   Bronchot'omy (Surg.)  Same etym-
ology.  A   surgical  operation, which
consists in  making an opening  either
into the trachea (Tracheot'omy);  into
the  larynx (LaryngoVomy);  or  into
both (Troche'o-laryngot'omy), to  ex-
tract foreign bodies or to permit the
passage  of air to the lungs.  These
different parts  are divided transverse-
ly or vertically, according to circum-
stances.
   (F) Bronchotomie.   (G)Luftroh-
renschnitt.
   Writers.  N. Habicot, Paris, 1620
 (F). Schacher, Lips. 1707 (L). Kers-
tens, Kilon. 1776 (L). A. F. Fourcroy,
 Paris, 1779 (L).   Sen. Reil,  Hake,
1798 (L),  P. A. Penel, Paris, 1804  (F). 
BRONZERIO           130
BROWNE
P. C Demerle, Paris, 1809(F).  Ph.
J. Pelletan, Paris, 1810 (F).  Fricker,
Erf.  1792 (L).
  BRONZE'RIO, John Jerome (Biog.)
An Italian physician, born in Abbadia in
the Venetian territory, in 1577; died
in 1630.  Works. De innato, calido, et
naturali  spiritu,  in quo pro  veritate
rei, Galeni doctrina defenditur. Patav.
1626. 4to.   Disputatio  de principatu
hepatis ex anatome lampetra.  Patav.
4to.   De principio effectivo semini in-
sito disputatio. Patav. 1627. 4to.
  BROOKES, Richard, M. D.(Bit>g.)
lived about the  commencement of the
last century.  Works. History of the
most remarkable pestilential distempers
that  have appeared  in Europe  for 300
years last past, &c.  Lond. 1721. 8vo.
The  general practice of physic,  &c
Lond. 1751. 2 vols.  8vo.   The  general
dispensary, &c Lond. 1753. 8vo.   An
introduction to  physic and surgery, in
10 parts.  Lond. 1754.  8vo.
  Brossardiere, Mineral Waters
of (Mat. Med.) Brossardiere is a chateau
in Bas-Poitou,  France.  The  waters
contain carbonates  of iron and lime,
muriate of soda, and sulphate  of lime.
They are aperient.
 _ BROSSE, Guy de  la  (Biog.) Phy-
sician in ordinary to Louis XHI;  died
in 1641.  He was the founder of the
Jardin des Plantes  of Paris.   Works.
Traite de la peste.  Paris. 1623.  8vo.
Dessin du Jardin Royal, pour la cul-
ture des plantes medicinales h Paris,
&c  Paris. 1628. 8vo.  De la nature,
vertu et  utilite  des plantes que le Roi
Louis XIII veut  ttablir.  Paris.  1631.
4to.   Description du Jardin Royal  des
plantes mi.dicina.les, &c. Paris. 1636,
1641, 1665. 4to.
   Broussaist  (Med.)  One  who  is a
believer in, and professor of, the physi-
ological  and pathological opinions of
Broussais.  The system itself  is called
Broussaism or  the  Physiological Doc-
trine.
   Writers.  F. J. V. Broussais, Paris,
1816. 8vo. (F).  J. M. A. Goupil, Paris,
1824 (F).  J. B. Vialle, Paris, 1817 (F).
 Casimir Broussais (son of  Francis
 Joseph Victor), Paris, 1825. 8vo.  E.
 de  Caignou and A. Quemont, Paris,
 1819 (r).  L. J. Begin, Paris, 1821 (F).
 Mongellaz, Paris, 1821 (F).   Roche
 and Sanson, Paris, 1825(F).   The fol-
 lowing writers  examine and oppose the
 new doctrine.  N. J. B. Jacquet, Paris,
 1818 (F).  Leroux de Rennes, Paris,
 1818 (F). J. F. Caffin, Paris,  1818(F).
 Dardonville,  Paris, 1821.  8vo.  (F).
J. B. G. Barbier, Paris, 1821(F).  M.
Fodera, Paris, 1821 (FY.  S. P. Au-
thenac, Paris,  1822 (F).   Chomel,
Paris, 1821 (F).  A. L. Lesage, Paris,
1823 (F).   Pinel  de St.  Quentin,
Paris, 1824 (F).   L. Castel,  Paris,
1824 (F).   A. Miquel, Paris, 1826 (F).
  BROUSSONNET,  Peter  Maria
Augustus  (Biogr.) An eminent French
Physician and Naturalist, bom in 1761 ;
died in  1807.   Works.  Notes  pour
servir d Vhistoire de Vecole de medecine
de Montpellier, pendant Van vi. Mont-
pellier. 1795. 8vo.  His chief works are
on Natural History.
 BROWN or BROWNE, John (Biog.)
An  Anatomist  of  the  17th century,
physician to Charles II. of England,
and Surgeon to St. Thomas's Hospital.
Works.  A complete treatise of the
muscles,  as they appear in the human
body, fyc,  with plates.  Lond.  1671.
Complete description of wounds, both
general  and particular.  Lond.  1678.
4to.
  BROWN, John, M. D.  (Biog.) The
author of  the  Brunonian System  or
Doctrine of Medicine;  born in the
county of Berwick, Scotland, in 1735.
After passing the  greater part of his
life in Edinburgh,  he went to London,
where he died in 1788.  Works.  Ele-
menta medicina.  Edinb. 1780.  8vo.
Editio altera  plurimum emendata  et
integrum demum opus exhibens.  Edin.
1787. 2 vols.  8vo.   Observations  on
the  principles  of the old  system  of
physic,  exhibiting a compound of the
new doctrine,  &c  Edinb. 1787. 8vo.
Elements of medicine, translated from
the " Elementa  medicina Brunonis,"
with large notes Src. by the author of the
original work.  Lond. 1788. 2 vols. 8vo.
A  new edition  by Th.  Beddoes,  in
2 vols.  Lond.  1795.   The  Works  of
John Brown,  M. D.,  by  William
Cullen  Brown, M. D. 3 vols. Lond.
1804.
  BROWN or BROWNE,  Edward,
M. D. (Biog.)  An eminent Physician
and Naturalist, son of Sir Thomas
Browne, and Physician to Charles  II.
of England, was born about 1642;  he
died in  1710.   His  works  are almost
wholly  on  Natural History.
   BROWNE, Patrick, M.  D. (Biog.)
An eminent  Naturalist,  born in the
county of Mayo,  Ireland, about 1720.
 He spent a considerable  portion  of  his
 life in the  West Indies  in  the pursuit
 of Natural History, and died in 1790.
 Works. The  civil and natural history
| of Jamaica, &c, in which is an account 
BROWNE            131             BRUSH
of the Nature of climates in general,
and their different effects upon the hu-
man body: with a detail of the diseases
arising from this source,  particularly
within the tropics. Lond.  1756. fol.
 BROWNE, Sir THOMAs.M.D.^iog.)
An eminent physician and antiquary,
born in London in 1605 ; died in 1682.
Works. Religio medici.  Lond. 1642:
with observations  on the obscure pas-
sages by  Sir  Kenelm Digby.  Lond.
1643. 12mo.   Translated  into various
languages — (L).  (G). (D). (F).
  BROWNE,  Sir  William,  M. D.
(Biogr.)  A physician, settled first  at
Lynn in Norfolk, England, afterwards
at London ; born in 1692; died in 1774.
He was more celebrated for his literary
and  witty  productions than for  those
relating to Medicine.
  Brown'ian  or  Bruno'nian (Med.)
Relating to the system or opinions  of
John Brown.
  Brown'ism or Bruno'nianism.   The
doctrines of Brown.
  Brown'ist or Bruno'nian.  A fol-
lower of the system of Brown.
  Writers.   J. Brown, Edinb. 1787
(L).  J. Sacco, Pavia, 1793 (L).  J.  F.
Latrobe, Jenae, 1795 (L).   G. Stram-
bio,  Pavia, 1796(1).  A.  F.  Marcus,
Weimar, 1797(G). L.Frank,Florence,
1797-1799. (L).    Ch.   Girtanner,
Gcetting.  1797 - 1798 (G).   A.  Th.
Spannagel, Halae, 1798 (L).  Ch.  F.
Burdach,  Leipzig,  1800 (G).  C.  C.
Matth.ei, Gcetting.  1801 (G).   Jos.
Frank, Heilbrunn, 1803 (G).  Chr H.
Pfaff,  Copenhagen,  1804 (G).    T.
Morrison, Lond. 1806.
  BROWN'RIGG, William,  M. D.
F.R. S. (Biog.) An eminent physician
at Whitehaven, Cumberland.  He was
born in 1711, and died in 1800. Works.
Considerations on the means of pre-
venting the communication of pestilen-
tial contagion, and of eradicating it  in
infected places. Lond. 1771. 4to.
   Bru'cea  Anti-dysenter'ica  (Mat.
Med.) B.ferrugin'ea, Angustu'ra spu'-
ria.  The systematic name  of the plant,
whence is obtained the false Angustura
Bark.  It affords the Brucine.
   (F) Fausse  Angusture,  A.  Ferrugi-
neuse.
  Bru'cine, Bru'cia, Bruci'na  (Mat.
Med.)  An organic, salifiable base, dis-
covered in the false Angustura—Brucea
anti-dysenterica. It is of a pearly white;
crystallized in oblique prisms with a
parallelogrammatic  base ;  very bitter,
slightly acrid and styptic, and soluble
in water, but more so in alcohol.
   Brucine is a less active poison than
 strychnine.  It resembles it, however,
 and may be used as a substitute for the
 extract of nux vomica.
   BRUCK'MANN, Fran'cis Er'nest,
 M. D. (Biogr.) A  German Physician
 and  Naturalist, born at Marienthal,
 near Helmstadt, in 1697; died in 1753.
 Works.  Opuscula  medico - botanica.
 Brunswick. 1727. 4to.
   Brucourt, Mineral  Waters of
 (Mat. Med.)  Brucourt is three leagues
 and a half from  Caen in  Normandy.
 The waters contain carbonic acid, mu-
 riate and sulphate of soda, much sul-
 phate of lime, &.c.
   BRUISSEMENT (F)  (Path.) Frem'-
 itus. This word has  much  the same
 signification as Bourdonnement, as well
 as Bruit.  It is sometimes,  however,
 applied to the  sound, heard in  aneu-
 risms of the heart, when in their last
 stages ; — during  the  transmission  of
 the blood through that organ.
   BRUN'NER, John Con'rad (Biog.)
 A Swiss  Physician and Anatomist of
 considerable eminence; born at  Dies-
 senhofen in 1653; died in 1727. Works.
 An improved description of the pancreas
 in "Experimenta  nova circa pancreas,"
 &c  Amst.  1682.  8vo.   Dissertatio
 anatomica de glanduld pituitarid. Hei-
 delb. 1688. 4to. Glandula duodeni, seu
 pancreas secondarium  detect. Francof.
 et Heidelb. 1715. 4to.
   Brun'ner's Glands (Anat.)  Brun-
 ne'ri  Glan'dula.   Pey'er's  Glands,
 Lieb'erkuhn's  Glands.  Muciparous
 follicles of a small size, seated between
 the mucous and muscular coats  of the
 stomach,  along the two curvatures of
 that organ, and in the small intestines;
 so called from their discovery having
 generally been attributed to Brunnes.
 See Peyeri Glandule.
   Brush  (Surg.),  Scop'ula.  A  well
 known instrument, used in  Medicine
 chiefly for the  following purposes.  1.
 To clean the teeth.  2. To  remove the
 sawdust,  which  adheres to  the teeth
 of the trepan during  the operation of
 trepanning.  3. To rub the surface of
 the body, for the purpose  of exciting
 the skin,  and favoring transpiration.
 Westring, a Swedish physician, has
 recommended metallic brushes for the
 purpose of conveying galvanism to  a
 part.  These brushes consist of a plate
 of ebony fitted to another  of gold, in
 which  threads of the  same metal are
 fixed; — the brush being connected with
 one of the poles of the galvanic pile.
|     (F) Brosse.  (G) Biirste. 
BRUTIA
132         BUBONOCELE
   Bro'tia (Pharm.)  A sort  of thick
 pitch, obtained from  Brutia  in  Italy.
 From the Pix Bru'tia was obtained the
 O'leum Pici'num.
   Bru'tobon (Pharm.)  The  name  of
 an ointment used by the Greeks; the
 composition of which we know not.
   Bruxaneli (Mat. Med.)   A Malabar
 tree, the bark and leaves of which have
 a strong smell, and are astringent. On
 the coast of Malabar its juice,  mixed
 with butter,  is applied to boils.  Its
 bark is esteemed to be diuretic, and its
 roots anti-arthritic
   Bruyeres,  Mineral Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.) Bruyeres is a small village,
 7£ leagues from Luneville.  The waters
 are acidulous and chalybeate.
   Bryg'mus (Path.) (iqvyuog. Grinding
 of the teeth.
   Bryo'nia al'ba (Mat. Med.)  Wiite
 Bry'ony,  Vi'lis al'ba sylves'tris, Agros'-
 tis, (tqvuivia, Agrlam'pelos, ayqiau.ie-
 Xog, Alfescera,  Am'pelos a'gria,  xtdqo-
 cxig, Archeos'tris, Echetro'sis, Bryo'nia
 as'pera,  Cedros'tis, Chelido'nium, La-
 brus{ca, Melo'thrum,  t)phrostaph'ylon,
 Psito'thrum,  Bryo'nia  Dioica.  The
 root is large and succulent, and has
 an acrid, bitter, and disagreeable taste.
 It is a drastic cathartic.  Externally, it
 has been applied, in form of cataplasm,
 in  gout.   When repeatedly washed, a
 good  starch  is  obtained from it.  The
 active principle has been separated from
 it, and called Bry'onine.
  (F)  Couleuvree,  Vigne  vierge,  V.
 blanche.  (G)  Gichtriibe,  Zaun-
 rebe,  G ich t w u r z z a unr e be,
 Zaunwinde, Stickwurz, &c.
  Writer.   G. Chr. Handtwig, Ros-
 toch,  1758 (L).
  Bryth'ion   (Pharm.) (Sqv&iov.  A
 kind of plaster  referred to  by  Paulus
of ^Sgina.
  Bu'bo  (Path.) (tov(tior,  Pano'chia,
An'gus, Eou'bon, Cod'ocele,  CodosceV-
la.  In the works of Hippocrates and
 Galen, this word, sometimes, signifies
the groin ;  at others,  the inguinal
glands; and at others, again, swelling
or inflammation of  these parts.   The
moderns apply the term to  an  inflam-
matory tumor seated  in the groin or
axilla, and they generally distinguish,
1.  Simple  or  sympathetic Bubo, which
is  independent of any virus  in the
economy.  2. Venereal Bubo, (F) Bu-
bon venerien, which is occasioned by
the venereal virus.  3. Pestilential Bu-
bo or B. symptomatic of the Plague.
The two last have by some been called
the malignant Bubo  (F)  Bubon malin.
 Primary Bubo,  (F)  Bubon primit\f,
 shows itself with the first symptoms of
 syphilis: the consecutive not till  after-
 wards.    (F)  Bubon, Poulain.
     (G) Leistenbeule.
   Writers  on  Simple Bubo.  R.  J.
 Camerarius,   Tubing.   1713  (L).
 Frischmuth, Jen. 1681. H.Meidomius,
 Helmst. 1671 (L).  A. Vater, Witteb.
 1693 (L).   J.  Vesti, Erfurt, 1707 (L).
 P. Wolf, Hake, 1705 (L).   On Pesti-
 lential Bubo.  J.J. Belleteste, Paris,
 1738 (L).  F.W. CLAUDER,Jeno3,1681
 (L). F. Fr. Doueil, Paris, 1803(F).
 Fr. Bapt. Gemma, Francof. 1603 (L).
 M, A. Severinus, Lugd. Bat. 1724 (L).
 Wedel, Jens, 1699 (L).   On Syphi-
 litic Bubo.  Cramer,  Marpurg.  1799
 (L). C V. Cotton, Paris, 1802(F).
 G. G. Ploucquet, Tubing. 1787 (L).
 Otto, Franc, ad Viadr.  ltf02(L).   Fr.
 A. Schall, Argent. 1804 (L).  Lag-
 neau, Paris, lbl2 (F).  Kerndl, Wien.
 1796 (G).  Schmidt, Regiom. 1785 (L).
   Bu'bon Gal'banum (Mat. Med.) The
 systematic name of the plant, which
 affords the Galbanum.  Al'bitad, ChaV-
 bane,  Ge'sor,  yuXpavi;,  pm<>:iior,  Ay-
 borzot.  The plant is also called Fer'ula
 Africa'na, Oreoseli'num  Africa'num,
 Ani'sum  frutico'sum   galhaniferum,
 Ani'sum Africa'num frutes'cens.   The
 long-leaved or lovage-leaved Gal'banum.
 Galbanum is the gummi-resinous  juice
 of this tree.  Its odor is fetid, and taste
 bitter and acrid : the agglutinated tears
 are  of a white color, on  a ground of
 reddish-brown.   It forms an  emulsion,
 when triturated with water, and is sol-
 uble in proof-spirit, wine, and vinegar:
 s. g. ].2l2.  It has been  given as an
 antipasmodic, and expectorant, in pill
 or emulsion. Dose, from  gr. 10 to 60.
 Externally, it is applied as a cataplasm.
   (G) Galbanum,  Mutterharz.
 BU'BON MACEDON'ICUM(Mat.Med.)
 Petroseli'num Macedon'icum, A'pium
petraum,   Petra'pium,   Macedo'nian
 Pars'ley.  Its properties are  similar to
 those of  common parsley, but weaker
 and  less grateful.  The seeds  are an
 ingredient in the celebrated compounds
 — Mithridate and Theriac
  (F) Persil de Macedoine.
  (G) Macedonische Petersilie.
  Bubo'nium  (Mat. Med.)  (tovpiavior,
As'ter At'ticus,  arrrijo  axnxog,  Golden
 Starwort.  A plant, anciently supposed
to be  efficacious  in  diseases  of the
groin, from (tovftwv,' the groin.'
  Bu'bonoce'le (Path.) floirfovoxr/Ar/,
from fiov(ton, '  the groin,  and xrtXt],
' tumor,'' rupture.' Her'nia inguina'lis, 
BUB0N0REXIS          133
BUCHAN
In'guinal  Her'nia  or Rupture  of the
Groin.  Some surgeons have  confined
this term to hernia when limited to the
groin; and have Galled the same af-
fection when it, has descended to the
scrotum, Oscheocele or Scro'tal Her'-
nia.   The rupture passes  through the
abdominal ring : and in consequence
of the greater size  of this  opening in
the male is more frequent  in the male
sex.
  (F) Hernie inguinale.
  (G) Leistenbruch.
  Writers.   P. Bobynet, Paris, 1618
(L).   S. A. Bringaud, Paris, 1752 (L).
P. Wolfzen, Lugd.  Batav. 1757 (L).
J. Roquette, Lugd. Bat. 1768 (L).  Ph.
J. Pelletan, Paris, 1775 (L).  L. D. J.
Traisnel. Paris,  1776 (L).    E. G.
Bose, Lips. 1777 (L).  E. Sandifort,
Leyden, 1784 (D).   J. Th.  Wolstein,
Vienna,  1784(G).   H. F. Quentin,
Gotting. 1795 (L).   S. Th. Simmer-
ing, Francf. 1797 (G).  A.  J. B. Louis,
Paris, an. xi (F).  Sir Astley Cooper,
Lond. 1804.  F. G. Rudtorffer, Vi-
enna, 1805 (G).  F. G. Hesselbach,
Wurzburg. 1806(G).  J. N. Marjolin,
Paris, 1812(F). Beck, Ultraj. 1781 (L).
  Bubonorex'is (Path.) from (tovpuv,
1  the groin,' and qtw,' I flow.'   A name
given to bubonocele when accompanied
with  a  division of the peritoneum, or
when, in other words, it is devoid of a
sac.
  Buc'ca (Anat.)  yvadog, flovxxa; the
mouth.  The cheeks and hollow of the
eheeks.
  Buccac'rato.v (Diet.) flovxxaxqaTov,
from  buc'ca, and  xnam, ' 1 mix.'  A
morsel of bread sopped in  wine, which
served of old for a breakfast. Linden.
  Buc'cal  (Anat.)  Bucca'lis,  from
buc'ca,  ' the mouth,'  or  rather  ' the
cheek.'   That  which  concerns  the
mouth, and especially the  cheeks.
  BUCCAL  MEMBRANE,  (F)  Mem-
brane Buccale.  The  mucous  mem-
brane, which lines the  interior of the
mouth.
  BUCCAL  or MOLAR  GLANDS. Mu-
cous  follicles, seated  in  the  buccal
membrane,  opposite th.e  molar  teeth.
They secrete  a viscid humor, which
mixes with the saliva, and lubricates
 the mouth.
   The  BUCCAL ARTERY. Sus-maxil-
laire  (Ch.),  arises  from  the  internal
maxillary or from some of its branches,
as the Temporalis profunda antica, or
the Alveolar. It distributes its branches
to the buccinator muscle, and to the buc-
cal membrane.
                     12
  The  BUCCAL  VEIN follows the  ar-
tery.
  The  BUCCAL  NERVE or Buccina-
tor Nerve, Bucco-labial (Ch.), is given
off by the inferior maxillary.  It sends
its branches to the cheek, and especially
to the buccinator muscle.
  Buccela'ton or Buccela'tus (Phar.)
A loaf-shaped cathartic medicine; made
chiefly  of   scammony ;  (iuvxxtXaxov.
Aetius, Paulus of iEgina.
  Buc'cea and Buccel'la (Path.) The
fleshy excrescence of nasal polypus, so
called because it was  believed to pro-
ceed from  the  mouth.   Paracelsus.
Also, a mouthful;  ipomog,
  Buccina'tor   (Anat.)   (ivxaviarrjg,
from buccina're,' to sound the trumpet.'
The Buccina'tor  Mus'cle,  Retiac'tor
An'guli O'ris,  Buc'co, Alve'olo-max'il-
laire, Alve'olo-la'bial Ch., Manso'rius.
This muscle is  situated in the sub-
stance  of the cheeks.  It extends  be-
tween  the  posterior  portions of  the
alveolar arches of the two jaws  and
the commissure  of the lips,  which it
draws  backwards.  It assists in mas-
tication, by pushing  the  food back
towards the teeth; and, if  the'cheeks
are  distended by  air, its  contraction
forces it out.
     (G) Trompetermuskel.
  Buc'co-Pharynge'al (Anal.) Buc'-
co-pharynge'us.   Belonging  to   the
mouth and pharynx.  The Buc'co-Pha-
rynge'al Aponeuro'sis, or Intermax'il-
lary Lig'ament,  extends from the in-
ternal  ala of the pterygoid process to
the posterior part of the lower alveolar
arch, and affords attachment, anteriorly,
to the buccinator, and posteriorly to the
constrictor pharyngis superior.
     (F) Bucco-pharyngien.
  Buc'cula (Anat.) from buc'ca, ' the
mouth.'  A small  mouth.  The fleshy
part beneath the chin.  Bartholine.
  Bucella'tio  (Surg.)  A mode  of
arresting hemorrhage, by  applying  a
pledget of  lint to  the bleeding  vessel.
Avicenna, Fallopius.
  BUCH'AN, William, M. D. (Biog.)
A popular medical writer, born in Rox-
burgshire,  Scotland, in 1729; died in
London  in  1805.   Works. Domestic
medicine, SfC, or a treatise  on the cure
and prevention of diseases  by regimen
and simple medicines.  Lond. 1769.
Dr.  B. lived to  see  80,000 copies of
this work  sold.   Observations on  the
prevention   and  cure  of the  venereal
disease, &c. Lond. 1790. 8vo.   Obser-
vations on the diet of the common peo-
ple, &c Lond.  1797. 8vo.   Advice to 
BUCHNER            134          BUPLEURUM
mothers  on the subject of their  own
health, &c Lond.  1803. 8vo.
  BUCH'NER. J.  An'drew  Eli'as
(Biogr.)   Professor of Medicine  and
Natural  Philosophy  at Halle in  Ger-
many.  Died  about  1769.   Works.
Fundamenta materia  medica.  Halaj.
1754. 8vo.  Syllabus materia medica.
Halae. 1755. 8vo.   He also wrote a
treatise  for enabling deaf persons  to
hear, which was translated into English.
Lond. 1770. 8vo. &c
  Buisard,  Mineral Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Buisard  is two  leagues
from Chateau-Thierry in France.  The
water contains  muriate and carbonate
of lime.
  Bulb  (Anat.)  Bul'bus.  A  name,
given by Anatomists to different parts,
which resemble, in shape,  certain  bul-
bous roots.  The Bulb of  the Aorta is
the great sinus  of the Aorta.  Bulb of
the  Teeth; the  vascular and nervous
papilla contained in the cavity of the
tooth.  The Bulb or Root  of the Hair,
is the part whence the hair originates.
The Bulb of the Urethra, is the dilated
portion formed by the commencement
of the Corpus spongiosum  towards the
root of the penis.  We say, also, Bulb
for  Globe, of the eye.
    (F) Bulbe.   (G) Zwiebel.
  Bul'bus  esculen'ti s  (Mat.  Med.)
poXpog tdtodifiog ; the Es'culent bulb ; a
particular kind,  so denominated  by the '
ancients.  It is supposed to have been
the   Cepa Ascalonica.   Dioscorides,
Celsus, Pliny,  &c
  BUL'BUS VOMITO'RIUS,  (loXpog  i-
psrixog.  A plant, said by Dioscorides
to  be emetic and diuretic.  It  is the
MusR-gr■ape-flower,  according to Ray:
— the Hyacinthus Muscari.
  Bu'lithos  (Mat.  Med.)  povXt&og,
from jiovg,' an ox,' and Xi&og,' a stone.'
A bezoar or stone, found in the kidneys,
gall bladder, or urinary bladder of an ox
or cow.
  Bul'la (Path.)  A Bleb.  A portion
of the cuticle, detached from the  skin
by  the interposition  of a transparent,
watery fluid.  It forms the 4lh Order
in Willan's and Bateman's arrange-
ment of cutaneous diseases, and in-
cludes Erysipelas,   Pemphigus,  and
Pompholyx.  By some Bulla has been
used synonymously  with Pemphigus.
  (F) Bulle.  (G)  Blatter, Blase.
  BUL'LEYN  or  BUL'LEIN, Wil-
liam (Biog.) A learned English Phy-
sician and Botanist,  born  about  the
year  1500 ; died  in 1576.   Works.
 The government of health. 155o.  8vo.
Regiment against the pleurisie. Lond.
1562. 8vo.  Bullein's bulwarke of de-
fece againste  alle  sicknes, &c Lond.
1562, 1579. fol.   A dialogue,  bothe
plesaunte and piettfull,  whereine  is
shewed   a goodlie regimente  against
the fever  of pestilence,  &c  Lond.
1564. 8vo.
  BUL'WER, John (Biog.) Flourish-
ed in the 17th century.  Works.  Chi-
rologia, or the natural language of the
hand: as also chironomia, or the art of
manual  rhetorick.   Lond. 1644.  8vo.
Philocophics, or the  deaf and dumb
man's friend Sec., showing how to un-
derstand what men say by the motion
of their lips. Lond. 1648. 8vo.   Patho-
myotomia, or  a dissection of the sig-
nificative muscles of the passions of the
mind, &c Lond. 1649. 8vo. Anthropo-
metamorphosis, &c  Lond. 1653.  4to.
In  this  book  he shows  the  strange
variety of shapes and dresses mankind
have appeared in, in the different ages
and nations of the world.
  Buni'tes Vi'noi (Pharm.)  A wine,
made by infusing the Bunium in Must.
It is stomachic,  but  scarcely ever
used.
  Bu'nium   Bulbocas'tanum   (Mat.
Med.)   Balanocas'tanum.  The  sys-
tematic name of a plant, whose root is
called the  Pig-nut.   Agriocas'tanum,
Nu'cula  terres'tris,  Bulbocasta'neum,
Bulbocas'tanum ma'jus et mi'nus, Earth
nut, Hawk-nut, Kipper nut.  The root
is tuberous, and is eaten raw or roasted.
It has been  supposed of use in stran-
gury.  It is not employed  in Medi-
cine.
  (F) Terre-noix.
  (G) Erdkastanien.
  Bu'phacos (Pharm.)  from  (iov, a
particle,  denoting excess; and ipayot,
• I eat.'   An antidote against the colic;
said to have caused  a voracious appe-
tite in Marcellus  Empiricus.
  Buphthal'mia  (Path.)  from  (lovg,
' an ox,'  and oij9aXuog,' an eye.'   Ox
eye.   Under this name  the generality
of authors have designated the  first
stage of hydrophthalmia.   Others, with
Sabatier, mean,  by this term,  the
turgescence of  the  vitreous  humor,
which, by pushing the iris  forwards,
forms around the crystalline a sort  of
border.
  (G) Ochsenauge.
  Bupleu'rum Rotdndifo'lium (Mat.
Med.)   Bupleu'ron,  Bupleurol'des,
Round-leaved Hare's-Ear or Thorow-
wax.  The herb and seeds are  slightly
aromatic. It was  formerly celebrated 
BURAC
135
BUTTER
for curing ruptures, made  into a cata-
plasm with wine and oatmeal.
  (F) Buplevre, Perce-feuille.
  (G) Durchwachs.
  Bu'rac  (Mat. Med.)  Borax.   Also,
any kind of salt. (Arabic.)
  Bd'ris (Surg.)  Hernia accompanied
by scirrhous tumefaction;  or perhaps a
scirrhous tumor only. Avicenna.
  Burn  (Path.)   Us'tio,  Ambus'tio,
Adus'tio,  Tie'sis  Cau'sis,  Erythe'ma
Ambus'tio,  Cau'sis,  Encau'sis,  Com-
bustu'ra,  xavaig,   Catacau'ma,  xaxa-
xavua,  Combus'tio.   An  injury  pro-
duced by  the action  of  too great heat
on the body.  Burns are of greater or
less extent; from the simple irritation
of  the  integument  to  the  complete
destruction  of the  part.  The conse-
quences are more or less  severe, ac-
cording to the extent of injury and the
part affected.  Burns of the abdomen,
when apparently doing well, are some-
times followed by fatal results.  Their
treatment varies;  at times,  the  anti-
phlogistic being required: at others,
one more stimulating.
  (F) Brulure. (G) Br and sc ha den.
  Writers. W. Clowes, Lond.  1596.
Fabricius Hildanus, Basil, 1607 (L).
J.  Hornung,  Niirnberg (G).   Chr.
Lang,  Lips. 1658 (L).  Frank von
Frankenau, Heidelb. 1681(G). J. Al-
berding, Leeuwarden, 1681 (D). J. A.
Slevoot, Jenas, 1698 (L).  G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1706 (L).  Chr.  A. Mangold,
Erfurt, 1764  (L).  Th. Kirchvogel,
Niirnberg, 1765 (G).  Jos.  Sedillot,
Paris, 1781 (L).  W. G.  Ploucquet,
Tubing. 1793 (L).   Edward  Kentish,
Lond.1798.  Sir James Earle, Lond.
1799.  J. M. Martin, Paris, an. xii (F).
J.  Pujos, Paris,  an. xii (F).  Hedin,
Upsal.  1804 (L).   Walther,  Niirn-
berg, 1809  (G).   Nodes  Dickinson,
Lond. 1818.  M. C. Ward, Manches-
ter, 1829.
   Burn'ing or Bren'ning  (Path.)  A
disease mentioned  by  old  historians,
from which authors have unsuccess-
fully endeavoured  to demonstrate the
antiquity of syphilis.  Parr.
   BURNS, ALLAN (Biog.)  A teacher
of   Anatomy  and  Surgery  at   Glas-
  fow, born there in     ; died in
  v'orks.  Observations on some  of the
most frequent and important diseases
of the  heart: on aneurism  of the tho-
racic aorta:  on preternatural  pulsa-
tions in the epigastric regions, and on
the unusual origin and distribution of
some of the large arteries of the human
 body, &c.  Edinb,  1809.  8vo.   Obser-
vations  on the surgical  anatomy of
the hfiad and neck, &c Edinb. 1812.
8vo.: by G. S.  Pattison,  Glasg.  and
Lond. 1829.
  Bur'rhi  Spir'itus  Matrica'lis
(Pharm.)  The  Spirit of Burrhus for
diseases of the Womb.  It is prepared
by digesting, in alcohol, equal parts of
myrrh, olibanum, and mastic.  Boer-
haave frequently prescribed it.
  Bur's*  Muco'sa  (Anat.)  Small
membranous sacs, situated about the
joints, particularly about the large ones
of the upper  and lower  extremities,
and, for the most part, lying under the
tendons. They are naturally filled with
an oily kind of fluid, the use of which
is to lubricate surfaces over which ten-
dons play.  In consequence of bruises
or sprains,  this fluid sometimes collects
to a great extent.  The  Bursas  are,
generally, either of a roundish or  oval
form, whence they have been arranged
under  two classes, the  spherical and
vaginal.
  (F)  Bourses synoviales.
  (G) Schleimbeutel.
  Writers.  A. Monro, Edinb. 1788.
Herwig,  Gcett. 1795 (L).   Rosen-
muller, Lips. 1799 (L).  Ch. M. Koch,
Lips. 1789 (L).  and 1790, (the  latter
being on their diseases.)
  BUR'TON,  John, M. D.  (Biogr.)
An eminent Physician and  Antiquary;
born in Yorkshire in 1697; died  in
1771.  Works.  Treatise  on the non-
naturals fyc,  with  an  appendix on
chincough. York. 1738.  8vo.  Account
of the life and writings of Boerhaave.
Lond.  1743. 8vo.   Essay towards  a
complete system of midwifery ; also on
disorders  of pregnant  and  lying-in-
women and new-bom  infants.  Plates.
Lond. 1751. 8vo.
  Bussang,  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.) Bussang is a village in the
department of Vosges, France.  The
waters are slightly chalybeate.
   Bus'sn   Spir'itus   Bezoar'ticus
(Pharm.)  The  Bezoar'die  Spir'it  of
BUS'SIUS.  A preparation, regarded as
sudorific, diuretic, and antispasmodic :
 obtained by distilling subcarbonate and
 muriate of ammonia, amber, oil of cedar
br juniper, &c.
   But'ter (Mat. Alim.)  Buty'rum,
 (iovxvqov,  Pice'rion,  nixeqiov,   Zebd,
 Zubd, Zub, from (Sot/?, ' an ox,' and
 xvqog,' coagulum or cheese.'  A sort of
 concrete oil, obtained from the cream,
 which forms on the surface of the milk,
 furnished  by the females of the mam-
 malia; especially by the cow and the 
BUTTERMILK          136             BYTHOS
goat.  Fresh butter Is very nutritious,
whilst  the rancid is  irritating. ,The
ancient chymists gave the name Butter
to many of the metallic chlorurets.  It
has also been applied to vegetable sub-
stances, which  resemble, in  some re-
spects, the butter  obtained from milk.
  1fF) Beurre.  (G) Butter.
  Writers. Schmidt,Jenae, 1680(L).
M.  Schook, Groning. 1664 (L).
  BUTT'ERMILK (Mat. Alim.)  Madic,
Adec.   The  thin,  sour milk, sepa-
rated from the cream by churning.  It
contains caseum  and a  little  butter.
It is a  refreshing drink when newly
made.
  (F) Babeurre or Lait de Beurre.
  (G)  B utt ermilc h.
  BUT'TER OF BAM'BOUC or BAM'-
BUK (Mat. Med.) A vegetable oil, ob-
tained  from a species of almond, and
used in Senegal in neuralgic and rheu-
matismal pains.
  (F) Beurre de Bambouc or Bantbuk.
  BUT'TER OF CA'CAO, OIL OF CA'-
CAO (Pharm.)  O'leum Ca'cao spissa'-
tum, 0. Theobro'ma Ca'cao expres'sum.
A fat substance of a sweet and agree-
able taste, obtained from  the  Theobro-
ma cacao or Chocolate Nut.
  (F) Beurre de Cacao, Huile de Cacao.
  BUT'TER OF  CO'CO A  (Mat. Med.)
A  fatty,   concrete substance,  which
separates from the milk of the Cocoa-
nut.  It is sweet  and agreeable.
   (F)  Beurre de  Coco.
   BUT'TER, William, M. D.  (Biog.)
Physician, first  at Derby, afterwards
in London; born  in 1726; died in 1805.
Works.  A method  of  cure for the
stone, chiefly by injections.  Edin. 1754.
Dissertatio defrigore  qualenus mnrbo-
rum causa.  Edin. 1757.  8vo.   Disser-
tatio medica et chirurgica de  arterioto-
mid. Edin. 1761.  8vo.   Treatise on the
kinkcough, with  an appendix contain-
ing an  account   of hemlock and  its
properties. Lond. 1773. 8vo.  Account
of puerperal fevers, as they  appear in
Derbyshire  and  some of the counties
adjacent.  Lond.  1775.  8vo.   Treatise
on the infantile remittent fever. Lond.
 1782.  8vo. An  improved method of
 opening the  temporal artery .-  also, a
new proposal for extracting the cata-
ract, with cases Zee, to illustiate  the
good, effects of arteriotomy in  various
 diseases of the head.  Lond. 1783. 8vo.
A  treatise  on  the  disease commonly
called angina pectoris. Lond. 1796.8vo-
Treatise on the venereal rose. 1799. 8vo.
  Buxton, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  Buxtonien'ses A'qua.  Buxton
is a village in Derbyshire.  The springs
are thermal, and about r-2' Fahrenheit.
They are used  in cases in which ther-
mal springs, in general, are  recom-
mended.   They contain  little  or  no
mineral impregnation.
  Writers.   Geo. Pearson,  Lond.
1783, 1785.  Jos. Denman, Lond. 1793.
  Bux'us (Mat. Med.)  Bux'us semper-
vi'rens, pv'iog.   The  Box-tree.   The
leaves are bitter and aromatic, and, as
such, have been used in medicine, in
cases of worms, dyspepsia, &c,  in the
form  of  decoction.  They are,  some-
times  also, added  to  beer.  The seed
was anciently called Carthe'gon.
  (F)  Buis or Bouis.    (G) Buchs-
baum, Buxbaum.
  Byke'tiirum  (Surg.)  A sort of cap
or Couvrechef, filled with cephalic sub-
stances.  For est is.
  Byr'sa (Pharm.) pvqaa.  A  leather
skin to spread plasters upon.
  Byrsouep'sicon  (Pharm.) (iv<jaodfxf>t-
y.ov.  A Tan stuff, with which Cjelils
Aurf.lianus sprinkled wool, which he
applied in certain cases  to the umbili-
cal region : from (Svooa, ' leather,'  and
dttfivi,' I tan.'
  Bysau'chen  (Path.) fivaavxuvt from
fivo), ' I hide,'  and  avx>,v, ' the  neck.'
A morbid stiffness  of the neck.
  Bys'sus  or Bys'sum.   The  ancients
gave  this  name  to several  vegetable
substances, which  were  used  for the
fabrication of  stuffs, prized  for their
fineness, color, and rarity of the  ma-
terial. . It is now chiefly applied to the
filaments,  by  the   aid  of which  the
acephalous mollusca attach their shell
to the rocks.  B. was formerly also ap-
plied to the female pudendum.
   Writers on the Byssus of the  An-
cients.  John R. Forster, LL.D. &c
Lond. 1776 (L).  He thinks  it  was  a
mixture of cotton and linen, or perhaps
either singly.
   Bysti'ni  Antid'otus  (Pharm.)  A
 pretended  antidote, of which Aret^us
frequently speaks.
   By'thos (Anal.) fiv&og,' deep.'   An
 epithet used by  Hippocrates  for the
fundus of the stomach. 
C
137
CACHEXIA
  C (Chem. Pharm.) This letter in the
chemical alphabet signifies Nitre.  It
is also sometimes used in prescriptions
for Calx.
  Caa-Ap'ia  (Mat. Med.)  Dorste'nia
Brazilien'sis.   The root, according to
Piso, is employed as an emetic and anti-
diarrhceic
  Caa-atay'a  (Mat.  Med.)  A plant
of Brazil, supposed to be a species of
Gratiola.  It  is very bitter,  and  con-
sidered to be  one of the best indigenous
cathartics.
  Caa-ghiyu'yo  (Mat. Med.)  Fru'lex
bac'cifer Brazilien'sis.  A shrub of Bra-
zil, whose leaves, in powder, are  con-
sidered detersive.
  Caa-Ro'ba (Mat. Med.)  A Brazilian
tree, whose leaves, in decoction, pro-
mote perspiration.  See Ceratonia.
  Cab'al,  Cab'ala, CabaVla,  Cal'bala,
Cabalia,  Kabala, Gaballa.  This  word
is  from  the  Hebrew  nSlDp  Kabalah,
and  signifies knowledge  'transmitted
by tradition.  Paracelsus  and several
authors  of the  16th and 17th  centuries
have  spoken much of the species of
magic, which they distinguished into
Judaic or Theologian and  hermetic or
medicinal; the latter being, according
to them, the  art of knowing  the  most
occult properties of bodies by an im-
mediate communication with spirits : —
the knowledge  being thus acquired  by
inspiration, and not capable of inducing
error. It was also called Ars cabalis'tica,
cabalistic art.
  Cabal'hau (Toxicol.)   A  plant of
Mexico,  according to  Dalechamps,
which passes for an antidote to white
hellebore, and yet is used for poisoning
arrows.   It is unknown to Botanists.
  Cabalist,  Cabalista. One instructed
in the Cabal.
   CAB'ANIS,  Peter John  George
(Biogr.)  An  eminent French  physician
and philosopher; born in 1756; died in
1808.   Works.  Observations  sur  les
hdpitaux. Paris. 1790. 8vo.  Journal
de  la maladie  et de la mort  de Mira-
beau. Paris.  1791. 8vo.  Du degrt de
la certitude de  la medecine. 1797. 8vo.
Des rapports du physique et du morale
de  I'homme.  1803.  2 vols.  8vo.   Coup
d'ail sur les revolutions et la  reforme
de la medecine.  1803. 8vo.  Translated
into English by  Henderson.  Lond.
1806. 8vo.
                 12*
  Cabbal'lica Ars (Hyg.) The Lace-
daemonians gave the  name  xajf/failtxq
xtxvrl to  one of the exercises  of the
gymnasium, which consisted in throw-
ing an adversary ; — from  xaxa(laXXeiv,
' to cast down.'
  Cac'agogue  (Mat. Med.)   Cacago'-
gus,  from  xuxxi],  ' excrement,'  and
aynv, ' to expel.'   An ointment, com-
posed of alum and honey; which, when
applied to the, anus, produced an evacu-
ation.  Paulus of jEgina.
  Caca'lia Anteuphor'bium  (Mat.
Med.) Anteuphor'bium. A plant, which
Dodoens   and others considered  to
be  capable of  tempering  the caustic
properties  of  the  euphorbium.  It  is
also called Kleinia.
  Many  varieties  of the  Cacalia are
used, in different countries, and chiefly
as condiments.
  Ca'cao  (Mat. Med. Hyg.)  Cd'coa,
Co'coa,  Cacavifera, Caca'vi, Quahoil,
Cacava'ta.   The Cocoa or  Chocolate
Nut; the-fruit of the Theobro'ma.
  Writers. William Hughes, Lond.
1(172. 12mo. F. E. Bruckmann, Bruns-
wick, 1728(L). A. O. GffiLicKE, Francf.
ad Viad. 1736 (L).
  Cac'atory (Path.) Cacato'rius, from
caca're,'  to go to stool.'  Fe'bris caca-
to'ria; a  kind of intermittent fever,
accompanied by copious alvine evacua-
tions. Sylvius.  (G) Purgirfieber.
  Caccion'de  (Pharm.) A sort of pill,
chiefly formed of catechu,  recommend-
ed by Baglivi in dysentery.
  Cvc hang-Parang  (Mat.  Med.)  A
sort of bean of Sumatra, mentioned by
Marsden,  whose  seeds  are given  in
pleurisy.   Jussieu  considers it to be
the Mimo'sa scan'dens.
  Cachec'tic  (Path.) Cachec'ticus, *a-
Xtxxixog.  One attacked with cachexia.
Belonging  to  cachexia.  (Mat. Med.)
Cachec'lica reme'dia, xax^xxixa ipaqpa-
xa, are remedies against cachexia.
  Cachex'ia  (Path.) xaxtk'ia,  from
xaxog,' bad,' and s$tg,' habit.'   A con-
dition in which the body is evidently
depraved;  a bad habit of body: chiefly
the result  of  scorbutic, cancerous,  or
venereal diseases  when in their last
stage. Hence we hear of a Scorbutic
 C, Cancerous C, &c   Sauvages and
Cullen  have  included under this head
a number  of diseases — consumptions,
, dropsies, &c.  Cachexia has been some- 
CACHINNATIO         138       CACTUS  OPUNTIA
times confounded with diathesis.  The
Cachexia Ictenca is jaundice or icterus
itself, or  a  disposition  thereto.  The
fluor albus is sometimes called Cachexia
Uteri na.   (G)Kachexie.
  Writers.  B. Albinus, Lugd. Bat.
1710. 4to. (L). Fr. Hoffmann, Genev.
1748 (L).   J.  G.  Leidenfrost (L).
E. A. Nicolai, Jenae, 1760<L).  S. G.
Ranis, Jenee, 1746 (L).
  Cachinna'tio (Path.) from cachin'-
no, ' I laugh aloud.' A tendency to
immoderate  laughter, as in some hy-
sterical and maniacal affections.
  Cachiri (Hyg.) A fermented liquor,
made, in Cayenne, from a decoction of
the rasped root  of the manioc.  It re-
sembles perry.
  Cach'lex (Therap.) xaxXi,'i. A small
stone or pebble, found on the sea shore,
which,  when heated in the fire, and
cooled in whey, communicates an as-
tringency to  the  liquid, so that it be-
comes useful in  dysentery.   Galen.
  Cachos (Mat. Med.)  An  Oriental
fruit, apparently of a Solanum,  which
is esteemed lithontriptic
  Cach'rys  Libano'tis (Mat. Med.)
An umbelliferous plant, which grows
in Africa and the South of Europe.  It
is aromatic and  astringent.   Its seeds
are extremely acrid.
  Cachun'de (Pharm.)  An Indian
troch or  pastile, composed of amber,
mastic, musk, cinnamon, aloes, rhubarb,
galanga, pearls,  rubies,  emeralds, gar-
nets, &c  It is regarded by the people
of India as an antidote,  stomachic, and
antispasmodic.
  Cacocho'lia  (Path.) from  xaxog,
' bad,'and xoX.tj,  'bile.'  Diseases indu-
ced by a depraved condition of the bile.
  Cacochroi (Path.) xuxoyqooi, from
xaxog,' bad,' and xQoa; ' color.'  Dis-
eases in which the complexion is mor-
bidly changed in color. — Pravo coldre
praditi.
  Cacochyl'ia  (Path.) from  xaxog,
' bad,' and xv*°s> '  chyle.'  Depraved
chylification.   (G)  Kacochylic
   Cacochym'ia  (Path.)  xaxo/vuia,
from xaxog,  'bad,'  and yviiog, 'juice,
humor.'   Cacoch'ymy.   Depravation of
the humors.   (G) Kacochymie.
  Writers.  J.  Juncker,  Hal.  1739
 (L).  B. D. Mauchart, Tubing. 1740
 (L).  Chr. G. Ludw ig, Lips.  1754 (L).
 Mai, Heidelb. 1799 (L).
   Cacoch'ymus  (Path.)   Cacochym'-
 icus, xaxoxvuog.  One  attacked with
 cacochymia.  Belonging to cacochymia.
   Cacocne'mos  ( Path.)  xuxoxvr,uog,
 Ma'lis  su'ris pradi'tus, from  xaxog,
' bad,' and xvyti;, ' the leg.'  One who
has bad legs.
  Cacocore'ma  (Path.)  from xaxog,
' bad,' and xoqtw,1 I purge' or ' cleanse.'
A medicine which purges off the vitiated
humors.
  Cacodje'mon  (Path.)  from xaxog,
' bad,' and Saiuon-, ' a spirit.'   An evil
spirit, to which was ascribed many dis-
orders.   The Nightmare.
  Cacoe'thes  (Path.) xaxorft^g, from
y.uxog, ' bad,'  and  i}Dog,  ' disposition,
habits,' ifcc  Of a bad or vitiated char-
acter : — xaxot]dtg i,Xy.og, means, in Ga-
len, a malignant or bad ulcer.
  Cacopathi'a   (Path.)  xaxonaSiv,
Pas'sio Ma'la,  from xaxo?, ' bad,' and
na-9og, 'affection.'  A distressed state
of mind.  Hippocr.
  Cacopho'nia   (Path.)  xaxotpoma,
from xaxog,' bad,' and ipuvij, f the voice.'
A dissonant condition of voice: — vitia'-
ta vox.    (G)  K ak o phonic
  Cacopra'gia  (Path.)  from  xaxog,
'bad,'  and nqarxo), ' I  perform.' De-
praved  condition of  the chylopoietic
organs.
  Cacorachi'tis (Path.) from  xaxog,
' bad,'  and qaxt?, ' the  spine.'  Defor-
mity of the spine.
    (G) Kakorrhaohitis.
  Cacorrhyth'mus  (Path.)  from xa-
xog, ' bad,' and  qv&uog, ' rhythm, ' or-
der.'   Irregular : — xaxoqqv-9uog.
   Caco'sis  (Path.) xaxotaig;   Vice.
Ma'la disposi'Hio.  A bad condition  of
body.  Hippocr.
  Cacosit'ia (Path.) xaxoatxia, from
xaxog,  ' bad,'  and  aixior,  ' aliment.'
Disgust or aversion for food. — Fastid'-
ium cibo'rum.
  Cacosphyx'ia  (Path.) xaxoatpi'giu,
from xaxog, ' bad,' and atpvhg, ' pulse.'
— Vitio'sus  pulsus.    Bad   state   of
pulse.   Galen.
  C u ostom'achus  (Path.)  xaxoaxo-
uaxog, from xaxog,' bad,' and azouuxog,
' the stomach.'  What  disagrees with
the stomach. Indigestible. GuRKycus.
  Cacos'tomi s   (Path.)  xaxoaxoaog,
from zuzos,' bad,' and oiofiu,' a mouth.'
Having a bad mouth.
  Caiothym'ia  (Path.)  xaxodvutu,
 Vit'ium  An'imi, from xaxog, ' bad,' and
&vfiog,' mind,' ' disposition.'  A vitious
state of mind.  Linden.
     (G) K akothy mie.
  Cacotroph'ia (Path.)  xaxoxqoipta,
from xaxog, ' bad,'  and  xqoiprj,  ' nu-
trition.' — Vitio'sa nutri"tio : — disor-
dered nutrition.   Galen.
     (G) Kakotrophie.
   Cac'tus Opun'tia (Mat. Med.   O- 
CADABA
139
OECUS
pun'tia.  The Indian Fig.  This plant,
grows in South America,  Spain, Italy,
&c  Its fruit, which  has the shape of
the fig, is of a sweetish taste, and colors
the urine red,  when eaten.  Its leaves
are considered refrigerant.
  (F) Cactier, Raquette, Figuier d'Inde.
  (G) I ndisch e r Feigenbaum.
  Cada'ba (Mat. Med.)  StroB'mia. A
genus of the  family  Capparidea, na-
tives of India and Arabia.  The  young
shoots of the  Cada'ba  farino'sa are
considered to be  an antitode  against
venomous bites.
  - Cada'ver (Anat.) nxwua, rcxqov. A
dead body ; a subject; a carcass.  The
word has been supposed to come from
cado, ' I  fall';  and by  some,  to be a
contraction from caro data vermibus,
' flesh given to the  worms '!
   (F) Cadavre.    (G) Todte Kor-
per, Leichnam.
   Cada'veris Sec'tio (Anat.)  Exami-
nation  of the body  after death.  In-
spection, post mortem.
   (F) Autopsie cadaverique.
   Writers on examining the body after
 death, for medico-legal and other pur-
poses.  A. Libavius. Francf. 1594 (L).
 J.  Pietre, Paris, 1634 (L).  G. Felt-
 mann, Groning, 1673(E).  H.  Bodin,
 Halee,  1703 (L).   G. Emmerich, Re-
 giom. 1710 (L). A. Westeriiof, Lugd.
 Bat. 1738 (L).  J. S. Fr. Bohmer, Hal.
 1747 (L).  Chr. L. Lieberkuhn,  Hal.
 1771 (L). -Th.  G. A.  Roose, Brem.
  1800 (G). Translated by Marc, Paris,
 1KH(F). J. A.GEchy,Prague, 1802(G).
 G. H. C Crusius, Gotting. 1806(G).
    Authors on the bleeding of the dead
 body in  the presence of the assassin.
 HoRvr, in 1608; AberNethy, in 1617;
 Fesq_uet, in 1679;  Pfauz, in  I(i(i4 ;
 Fasel, in 1665; Vogt, in 1667; Fren-
 zf.l, in  1673; Hundeshagen, in 1679;
  Roth, in 16b4;  Garmvnn, in 1709,
  &c
    Cadav'erous (Anat. Path )  Cadave-
  ro'sus, ikxquidijg. Belonging to the dead
  body;  as cadaverous  smell.  The  Ca-
  dav'erous or  HippocratHc face  (see
  Face),  is an  unfavorable sign in dis-
  ease, and generally denotes a fatal ter-
  mination.
    (F)  Cadavereux.   (Gj Leichen-
  haft.
    Ca'dia (Mat. Med.)  An Egyptian.
  leguminous plant.  The Arabs attribute.
  to its fresh leaves, the power of reliev-
  ing colic
    CADOC'AN, William (Biogr.)  A
  physician of considerable note in  Lon-
  don :  born  in  1711 ;  died in  1797.
Works. An essay on the nursing  and
managing of children. Lond. 1748.  8vo.
A  dissertation  on  the  gout  and all
chronical diseases,  &c  Lond. 1764.
8vo.
  Cadu'city  (Hyg.) Imbecil'litas, De-
bil'itas,  Cadu'citas. The  French use
the word Caducite, for the portion of hu-
man life, which is comprised generally
between 70 and 80 years.  The  age,
which precedes  decrepitude.   It is so
termed in consequence of the limbs not
usually  possessing  sufficient  strength
to suuport the body. The precise age
must of course vary in individuals.
   Ca'dus  (Pharm.) xaSog.  A Greek
measure,  equal  to about  10 gallons
English.  Pliny.
   Cje'cal  (Anat.)  Caca'lis.   Belong-
ing to the crecum, from cacus,' blind,
hidden.' The Cacal arteries and veins,
are the branches of the Arteria et vena
colica dextra inferiores, distributed to
the caecum.
   Cje'citas  (Path.)  Blindness.  Ex-
ca'ma,  Typh'lotes, Typhlo'sis, TiKpAo-
rijg, xvcpXvjOig.  C.  may be dependent
upon  many  different  diseases,— as
upon  amaurosis,   specks, hypopyon,
cataract, glaucoma, ophthalmia, atrophy
of the eye, &c
   (F) Aveuglement, Ce'cite.
   (G) Blind heit.
   C.e'cum  or Cce'cum (Anat.) Intesti'-
num ca'cum, Monom'achon,  Sac'cus,
 Ca'cum Ca'put  Co'li,  from  cacus,
* blind.' The Blind Gut, so called from
its being perforated at one end  only.
That portion of the intestinal canal,
 which is seated between the termination
of the ileum and commencement of the
colon;  and which fills, almost wholly,
the  right iliac fossa: where the perito-
 neum retains it immovably.  Its length
 is about 3  or 4  fingers' breadth.  The
ileo cacal valve  or Valve of Bauhin,
 shuts  off  all communication between
 it and  the ileum; and  the  Appendix
 vermiformis  caci is attached to it.
     (G) Blinddarm.
   Writer  Voss, Gotting. 1749 (L).
   Cje'cus   (Anat. &c)  Blind.  One
 deprived of sight. In Anatomy, it is
 used to designate certain holes or cavi-
 ties, which end in a cul-de-sac ; or have
 only one opening.
   The FORA'MEN CCE'CUM of the fron-
 tal bone, is a small cavity at the inferior
| extremity of the internal coronal crest
| or crista — Fronto- ethmoidal foramen
 (Ch.),  (F)  Trou aveugle ou  borgne.
 Mokgagni has  given the same  name
 to the  small cavity, in  the middle  of 
CjELIUS AURELIANUS     140
CAGOT
the upper surface  of the tonuge, near
its base; the sides of which are furnish-
ed with  mucous follicles — Lacune de
lalanguc(CH.).
  HJEMORRHOPDES  CJE'CJE,  Blind
Piles, are those unaccompanied by any
discharge.
  (F) Himorrhoides aveugles.
  BLIND DUCTS of the Ure'thra, (F)
Conduits aveugles de Vurhthre, are the
Mu'cous Lacu'na of the Ure'thra.
  The FORAM'INA  CJE'CA, ANTE'RI-
US ET POSTE'RIUS, are situated at the
fore and  back parts of the tuber annu-
lare of the brain, and at the extremities
of the depression made by the vertebral
artery.   The former is placed between
the nerves of the 3d, and the latter be-
tween those of the 6th pair.
   (F) Aveugle, Borgne.   (G) Blind.
   C&'LIUS AURELIA'NUS (Biog.)
Or, as some have called  him, Lu'cius
Ce'lius Aria'nus;—the only one of
the seet  of the Methodists of whom we
have any remains, — is supposed  to
have been a native of Sicca, a town of
Numidia, in Africa.  He lived, proba-
bly, near the time of Galen.  Le Clerc
places him in the 5th century. Works.
 Chronia, sive de  tardis passionibus,
 Basil. 1529.  fol.   Liber celerum vel
 acutarum passionum. Paris. 1535. 8vo.
 De acutis morbis, lib.  tres: de diutur-
 nis lib. v. Lugd.  1567. 8vo.  De  mor-
 bis acutis et chronicis cum notis Jonso-
 kii,  ab  Almeloveen, et C. Amman.
 Amst.   1709.  8vo.  Other editions,
 Amst. 1722.  4to.  Vienna.   1755. 4to.
 By Haller, Lausanne. 1774.  2 vols.

   Cjesalpi'nia  Sap'pan  (Mat. Med.)
 A small Siamese  tree,  the wood of
 which is used in  decoction, in cases of
 contusion   (F)  Bresillet, Bois  de Sap-
 pan.
    The  Brazil wood or
                        Fernambuco
wood, formerly used as an astringent,
is the wood of the Casalpin'ia echina'-

  CESALPI'NUS, An'drew  (Biog.)
An eminent  botanist and  physician,
born at Arezzo in 1519;  died in 1603.
Works. Ars medica. Rom. 1601. 3 vols.
12mo. C seems to have  approached a
knowledge of the circulation of the
blood, as he  describes the uses of the
valves of the  heart.
   Cjssa'rean Section or Operation
(Midw.)  Tomoto'cia,  Casa'rea  sec'tio,
from ca'dere, ' to cut.'  An  incision
made through the parietes of the abdo-
 men and  uterus to extract  the foetus.
 In this manner Julius Gssar is said
to have been extracted. (Pliny.)  It is
also  called Hysteroto'mia, Hysteroto-
mato'cia, and Gastrohysterot'omy.
  An incision has been made into the
uterus through the vagina;  constitut-
ing the  Vaginal Casarean Section, (F)
Operation  cesarienne vaginale.  The
Caesarian Section is required, when the
mother  dies before delivery; —when
there is some invincible obstacle to
delivery, from the faulty conformation
of the pelvis; or when the child has
passed  into the  abdominal  cavity in
consequence of rupture of the uterus.
   (F) Operation Cisarienne.
   (G)Kaiserschnitt.
   Writers.    Fr.  Rotjssetus, Pans,
 1590 (L).  Basil, 1591.   Th. Raynaud,
 Lugd. 1637 (L).  A. Cyprianus, Lugd.
 Bat:  1700 (L).  T. Hull, Manchester,
 1798  A. Lindemann, Gott. \~oo (L).
 J. Vaughan, Lond. 1778.  J. F. Frev-
 mann, Marb.  1797 (L).  Rhode, Dor-
 pat,  1803 (L).  J. Hull, Manchester,
 1811. A.  J. A. Stevens, Lugd.  Bat.
 1817 (L). J. Buleau,Paris, 1704. l2mo.
 (F).  Wm. Simmons, Lond. 1798. 8vo.;
 and  a  pamphlet in answer to Hull,
 Manch.  1798.   Baudelocque, in Engl.
 by John  Hull, M. D.,  Manchester,
 1811
   Cjeso'nes,  Cje'sares  (Obst.) Chil-
 dren brought into  the  world by the
 Caesarean operation.
   CAFE A LA SULTANE (Mat. Alim.)
 This name has been given  to an  infu-
 sion or decoction of the ground coques
 or pericarps which surround the coffee.
   CAFE  CITRIN  (Mat. Alim.)   The j
 aqueous infusion  of unroasted coffee,
 so called  on account of its yellowish
 tint-                   ™,     ■   ■  ,
   Cagas'trum (Path.)  The  principle
 or germ of diseases,  which are com-
 municable.  Paracelsus.
    CAGNA'TUS   MARSIL'IUS  of
  Verona (Biog.) An eminent physician;
  born in the 16th century ; died in 1640.
  Works.  Variorum observationum lib.
  ii,  et  Disp.  de  ordine in  cibis, &c
  Rom. 1581. 8vo.   Lib. iv.   Rom. 1587.
  De  sanitate  tuendd lib. ii, &c. Rom.
  1591. 4to.  In Hippocr.  aphorismum
  secunda  sectionis  vices,  quart,  com-
  ment.  Rom.  1591.  4to.  De Romani
  aeris salubritate. Rom. 1599. 4to.  He
  wrote some treatises on the diseases of
  Rome.                            ,
     CAGOT; a name given  to deformed
  and miserable beings, met with in  the
  Pyrenees, Beam, and Upper Gascony
  in  France, where  they are also called
   Capets.  In  other  district* they  are 
CAIEPUT
141
CALAPPITE
called Gizits,  Gezitains,  Critins, Ga-
hets, Capons,  Coliberts, Cacous, Cag-
neux, &c  See  Cretin.  The  word
Cagot is supposed to be an abbreviation
of Cants Gothus,' Dog of a Goth.'
  Cai'eput or Kaj'eput, Oil of (Mat.
Med.)  Kyaput'ty,  Cajupu'ti  O'leum,
Meluleu'ca Leucoden'ari O'leum.  The
oil  has  a strong smell, fragrant, like
camphor ; taste pungent and aromatic :
limpid.   It  is stimulant,  and useful
where the essential oils in  general are
employed.  It has also been called Oil
of Wit'neben, from the person who first
distilled it.
   (G)  Cajaput-61.
   Writers. J. Chr. Rampseck, Basil,
1745 (L).  M. C.  Martini, Guelpherb.
1751 (L).  J.  F. Cartheuser, Franc.
ad Viadr. 1754 (L).  Ch. P. Thunberg,
Upsal. 1797 (L).  J. A. Adami, Gott.
1783 (L).
  Cai'pa  Scho'ra  (Mat. Med.)  A cu-
curbitaceous Malabar plant, the fruit of
which has a pyriform shape. The juice
is drunk in the country for the purpose
of arresting hiccough. The fruit, when
unripe, is emetic.
   CA'IUS,  John (Biogr.)  Also writ-,
ten Kaye, Cay, and Keye ;  a learned
English physician, co-founder  of Gon-
vil  and  Caius  College, Cambridge;
bom at Norwich in 1510; died in 1573.
Works.  Dc  medendi methodo,  lib. ii.
ex CI. Galen. Basil. 1594. 8vo. A book
or counsel against the sweat or sweat-
ing sickness,  by R.  Grafton.  Lond.
1552. 12mo.   Commentarii in C.  Ga-
len, de administrationibus  anatomicis,
Basil. 1574. 4to.
   Calaf  (Mat. Med.) Sa'lix JEgypti'a-
ca.  A  large-leaved Egyptian willow,
called, also, Ban.  The distilled  water
of the flowers, called Macahalef pass-
es, in  that  country,  for an  excellent
anti-aphrodisiac  It is also used as an
antiloimic, antiseptic, and cordial.
   Calagua'lje  Ra'dix  (Mat. Med.)
Calague'la  Ra'dix.  The root of the
Polypo'dium Calagua'la.  It has been
exhibited in Italy in  dropsy, pleurisy,
contusions, abscesses, &c  Its proper-
ties are not, however, clear.
   Writers.  D. L.  Gelmetti, Man-
tua, 1788 (I).  B.  Carminati, Pavia,
1791 (I).  H.  Ruiz, Madrid, 1805 (S).
   Calame'don (Path.) xaXain)Sov, from
xaXapog, i a reed.   This word has  had
various significations.  Some have used
it for an oblique fracture  of a bone;
the fractured portions having the shape
of  the  nib of a pen.   Others have
used it for a longitudinal fracture,  and
others, again,  for one that is  corrrmi-
nuted.
  Calami'na (Mat. Med.)  Cal'amineT
from cal'amus,' a reed,' so called from
its  reed-like  appearance.   Cad'mia,
Cath'mia, Cad'mia lapido'sa  aro'sa,
Cad'mia  I'os'silis,  La'pis  Mro'sus,
Cdtim'ia,  Calim'ia, La'pis  Calami-
na'ris,  Calamina'ris, Car'bonas Zin'ci
impu'rus.   Calamine  is  chiefly used
for pharmaceutical purposes in the form
of the Calami'na pr^epara'ta, La'pis
Calamina'ris  prapara'tus, Car'bonas
zin'ci impu'rus prapara'tus, Prepared
Calamine — Calamine reduced to an
impalpable  powder by  roasting.   In
this state it  is sprinkled  or dusted on
excoriated parts, or to prevent excoria-
tion, &c.
  (F) Pierre calaminaire, P.  C. pre-
paree.   (G)  Gallmei.
   Cal'amus  Alexandri'nus  (Mat*
Med.)   Celsus has thus called a medi-
cine, which  was long confounded with
the Calamus Aromaticus. It is not a
root, however, but the stalk'of a plant
of India and Egypt, probably  the An-
dropo'gon Nar'dus. It entered into the
theriaca, and  has been regarded anti-
hysteric  and emmenagogue;  Calamus
aromaticus verus.
   CAL'AMUS  R&TANG  (Mat. Med.)
The systematic name of a plant, whence
the Dragon's  Blood, San'guis Dracof~
nis, is  obtained.  The Cinnab'aris
 Graco'rum,  Draconthuz'ma,  As'agen,
As'egen, xivvaftaqig,,aiua dqaxovxog. It
is the red, resinous juice, obtained, in
India, from  wounding the bark of the
Cal'amus Ro'tang.  It has been used
as an astringent in hemorrhages, &c.;
but is now rarely employed.
  (F) Sang-Dragon.  (G) Drachen-
b 1 u t.
  Writers.   J. Fr. Ochs,  Altdorf,
1712(L). Vandelli,1767(L). Crauz,
1768 (L). BEHRENs,Clusii,1770(L).
   CAL'AMUS  SCRIPTO'RIUS (Anat.)
Anag'lyphe,  Rhomboi'dal  Sinus.   A
 Writing pen.  A small, angular cavity,
situated  at  the  superior extremity of
the medulla, in the fourth ventricle of
the  brain, which  has been, by some,
supposed to  resemble a pen.
   (F) Fossette angulaire du quatrieme
ventricule.      (G) Schreibfeder
des Gehirns.
   Calappite  (Mat. Med.) Rumphius
has given this name to  calculous con-
cretions, found in the  interior  of some
cocoa nuts.   The cocoa  tree  itself the
 Malays  call  Calappa.   These stones
 are, likewise, termed   Vegetable  J?$- 
CALBIANUM           142            CALCULI
xoards.   The  Malays attribute potent
virtues to them, and wear them as amu-
lets.
  Calbia'num (Pharm.) The name of
a plaster in Myrepsus, the composition
of which we know not.
  Calca'neum (Anat.) from calx,' the
heel.'   Calca'neus, Cal'car,  Os Cal'cis,
nxiqva.  Pter'na.   The  largest of the
tarsal bones; that which forms the heel.
It is situated  at the posterior and  in-
ferior part of the foot;  is articulated
above and a little anteriorly  with the
astragalus, anteriorly, also,  with the
os cuboides.   Its  posterior  surface,—
called Heel,  Ta'lus, Calx,  aaxqayaXog,
(F) Talon,  (G) F e r s e , — gives  at-
tachment to the  tendo  achilles: the
lower has, posteriorly, two tuberosities,
to which the superficial muscles of the
sole of  the  foot  are attached.  The
small Apoph'ysis or lat'eral Apoph'ysis
of the Calca'neum, (F) Petite Apophyse
on Apophyse  latirale du Calcaneum, is
a projection  at  the  upper  surface  of
this bone, on which is formed the pos-
terior portion of  the cavity,  that  re-
ceives  the  astragalus.    The great
Apoph'ysis or anterior Apoph'ysis  of
the Calca'neum is the projection, which
corresponds,  on   one  side,  with the
cuboides; and on the other forms the
anterior  part of  the  facette, which
receives the astragalus.
     (G) Ferrenbein.
  Calca'reous (Path.) Calca'rius, from
calx, '  lime.'   Containing lime : — as
calcareous concretions, C.  depositions,
&c.
   (F) Calcaire.    (G) K a 1 k a r t ig.
   Cal'c aton  (Pharm.)  A troch, com-
posed of arsenic.
  Calce'na, Calce'non, Calceno'nia,
^alcino'nia (Path.) Words employed,
by Paracelsus, to designate the con-
 cretions of tartrate of lime, which form
 in the human body.
   Calceola'ria (Mat. Med.) from cal-
 ce'olus,' a small slipper'; Slipperwort.
   The  CALCEOLA'RIA PRIMA'TA is
 used in Peru  as a laxative.
   The   CALCEOLA'RIA  TRIF'IDA is
 esteemed to be febrifuge.
   Calce'tus (Path.)   Calceno'nius,
  Calce'nos.  That which  abounds  in
 tartrate of lime.   An adjective used, by
 Paracelsus, in speaking of the blood ;
 — San'guis calce'tus.  Hence came the
 expression Calcined blood,  Sang  cal-
  eini.
   Calcid'icch  (Pharm,)  A medicine,
 in which arsenic is an ingredient.
   Calcig'badcs  {Phys,)  miovopartit,
from  nxtqva,' the heel,'  and (fanw, * I
walk.'  One who walks  on his  heels.
Hippocr.
  Calcina'tion  (Pharm.)  rixavwai?,
Calcina'tio,  Calci'non,   Concrema'tio,
from calx,' lime.'  The act of submit-
ting  to a  strong  heat,   an infusible
mineral substance; which we are de-
sirous of depriving  either of its water,
or of any other volatizable  substance,
that  enters into its  composition; or
which we wish  to  combine with oxy-
gen.  Alum is calcined to get rid of its
water of crystallization ; — chalk, to re-
duce  it to the  state  of  pure lime, by
driving off the carbonic acid ;_and cer-
tain metals are subjected to this  opera-
tion to oxidize them.
  (G) Verkalkung.
  CAL'CIS MU'RIAS, &c  See  Calx.
  Cal'culus (Path.) La'pis, Xi&og. A
diminutive of calx, a lime-stone.   Cal-
culi are concretions,  which may form .r
in every part of the animal body, but
which are most frequently found in the
organs, that  act as reservoirs, and in
the excretory canals.  They  are  met
with in the tonsils, joints, biliary ducts,
digestive  passages, lachrymal  ducts,
mammae, ears, pancreas, pineal  gland,
prostate, lungs,  salivary, spermatic and
urinary passages, and in the uterus.
The  causes,  which give  rise  to them
are obscure.
  Those,  that occur in  reservoirs  or
ducts, are supposed to be owing to the
deposition of  the  substances,  which
compose  them, from  the  fluid as it
passes along the duct; and those, which
occur in the substance of an organ, are
regarded as the product of some chronic
irritation.  Their  general effect is  to
irritate, as extraneous bodies, the parts
with  which  they are in contact; and
to produce retention of the fluid, whence
they  have been formed.  The symp-
toms differ, according to the sensibility
of the organ, and the importance of the
particular  secretion, whose discharge
they impede.   Their solution is gen-
erally impracticable: the spontaneous
expulsion or extraction being the only
ways of getting rid of the evil.
   (F) Calcul, Pierre.  (G) Stein.
   CAL'CULI OF THE TON'SILS. Cal-
 culous concretions,  which sometimes
 form in the tonsils. They are easily
 recognized by  the sight and  touch:
 sometimes they are discharged, by spit-
 ting, either alone or with the pus of an
 abscess occasioned by their presence.
 They have not been analyzed.
|    (F)  Calculs des Amygdala. 
CALCULI             143            CALCULI
     CAL' C ULI, AR TIC ULAR.  See Cal-
   culi  Arthritic,  and  Concretions,
   articular.
      CAL'CULI,  ARTHRITIC.   Chalk
   stones,  (F)  Pierres erayeuses.  Con-
   cretions, which form in the  ligaments
   and within the capsules of the joints,
   in persons affected with gout.  They
   are composed of uric acid,  soda, and
   a little  animal matter ; very rarely,
   urate of lime and  muriate of soda are
   met with.  Similar calculi are found in
   other parts besides the joints.
       (F) Calculs arthritiques.
     Writer.  J. B. Contuli, Rom. 1679
   (L).
     BIL'IARY  CAL'CULI, Bil'iary  Con-
   cre'tions, Gall'stones, Cholol'ithus, Cho-
   lel'ithus, Cholelith'ia, Quars.   Some of
   these contain all the  materials of the
   bile, and seem to be nothing  more than
   that secretion thickened.  Several con-
   tain  Picromel;  and the greater part
   are composed of from 88 to 94  parts of
   Cholesterine, and of from 6 to 12 of the
■*  yellow matter of the bile.  Biliary cal-
   culi  are most frequently found in the
   gall-bladder:  at other times in  the sub-
   stance of the liver: in the branches of
   the Ductus Hepaticus or in the Ductus
   Communis Choledochus.  The  first are
   called Cystic ; the second Hepatic; and
   the last, sometimes, Hepato-cystic. The
   causes which give rise to them  are very
   obscure. Often they occasion no uneasi-
   ness, and at other times the  symptoms
   may be confounded with those  of hepa-
   titis.  At  times, they  are rejected  by
   the mouth or by the bowels, along with
   a considerable quantity of bile, which
   had accumulated behind them;  at other
   times, they occasion violent  abdominal
   inflammation, abscesses, and  biliary
   fistula?,  rupture of  the gall-badder, and
   fatal effusion into the peritoneum. The
   passage  of  a gallstone is   extremely
   painful; yet  the pulse is not affected.
   Antiphlogistics, when there  is inflam-
   matory  action,  and strong  doses  of
   opium to allay the pain  and- spasm,
   with  the warm bath, are  the chief
   remedies.  Solvents are not  to be de-
   pended  upon.  They cannot reach the
   calculi.
     (F) Calculs biliaxes,  Pierres aufiel.
     (G) Gallensteine.
     Writers.  A. Vater, Witteb. 1722
   (L).  J. J- Fischer, Tubing. 1724 (L).
   A. Nitzsch, Hal. 1731 (L). G.  Davids,
   Lugd. Bat.  1734 (L)-  W. H. Stroh-
   lein, Jenae, 1742 (L).   A. Haller,
   Gotting. 1749 (L).  T. Coe, Lond. 1757.
   Imbert, Monspel. 1758 (L). De Vries,
Traj. ad Rhen. 1759 (L).  Fr. L. Hoch-
stetter, Tubing. 1763 (L).   S.  T.
Soemmering,  Traj. ad Rhen.  1795 (L).
B. Brunie, Paris, 1803 (F).   W. Saun-
ders, Lond. 1793.  P. Rubini, Verona,
1808 (I).   Moscovius, Berol. 1812 (L).
   CALCULUS  OF THE STOMACH
AND INTESTINES. Enterol'ithus, E.
Cal'cuius.  Calculi of the stomach are
rare,  and  have  almost always been
carried thither by the  antiperistaltic
action  of the intestines.  The symp-
toms, occasioned by them, are those of
chronic gastritis.  It has been  imagin-
ed that the continued use of absorbent
powders, as magnesia, will give occa-
sion to them.
  (F) Calculs de Vestomac.
  (G)  Magensteine.
  Intestinal concretions are not uncom-
mon in animals (See Bezoard) : but
they are rare  in man.  The  causes
which  give  rise  to  them  are little
known:  sometimes a biliary calculus
affords them  a nucleus.  Their com-
position varies.   They are light, hard,
very fetid, and not inflammable.  They
are formed,  ordinarily,  between the
valvules of the small intestines, or in
the cells of the large, and sometimes
in old hernias.  Whilst they do not  ob-
struct the  passage of the alimentary
mass,  they  produce  no unpleasant
symptom.  At  times, the movable  tu-
mor,  which  they form,  may  be felt
through  the  parietes of the  abdomen.
They  are  generally evacuated per
anum.
  (F) Calculs intestinaux.
  CAL'CULI  LACH'RYMAL.   Concre-
tions, sometimes, but rarely, form in the
lachrymal passages, where they occa-
sion abscesses  and fistulas,  which do
not heal until they are extracted.  No
analysis has been made of them.
  (F) Calculs lacrymaux.
  Writers.  E. Sandifort, Lugd. Bat.
1777 (L).
  CAL'CULI  OF THE MAM'MJE. Hal-
ler gives a case of a  concretion, of a
yellowish-white color, which  had the
shape of one of the  excretory ducts
of  the mammary  gland, having been
extracted from an abscess  seated in
that organ.
  (F) Calculs des Mamelles.
   CAL'CULI  IN  THE EARS.  Hard,
light,  and   inflammable  concretions,
which occur  in the meatus auditorius
externus,  and  are merely  indurated
cerumen.  They  are a frequent cause
of deafness.  They can be easily seen,
and may be  extracted by appropriate
I 
CALCULI
144            CALCULI
forceps, after having been detached by
injections of soap and water.
    (F)  Calculs de V Oreille.
  CAL'CULI  OF  THE  PAN'CREAS.
These are but little known.  Analogy
has induced a belief,  that they resem-
ble the salivary.  Some have supposed
that  certain  transparent calculi, re-
jected by vomiting or passed in the
evacuations, have proceeded from the
pancreas, but there seems  no reason
for this belief.
    (F)  Calculs du Pancreas.
  CAL'CULI OF THE PINE'AL GLAND.
These have been frequently  met with.
No symptom  announces their presence
during life.  They are  composed  of
phosphate of lime.
   (F) Calculs de la Glande Pineale.
   CAL'CULI  OF  THE  FROS'TATE.
These are not very rare.  They have
generally the  same composition  as the
preceding.  They usually present the
symptoms common to every tumefac-
tion  of  the prostate, and  sometimes
those of calculi in the bladder.
   Writer.  G. Neigefind, Lips. 1737
 (L).
   CAL'CULI, PUL'MONARY. Phthisie
 calculeuse of BAYLE.  These concre-
 tions are very frequently met with  in
 the  dead body,  where  they seem to
 have produced no unpleasant  symp-
 toms.   At  other times, they  are  ac-
companied  with all  the symptoms of
 phthisis. At times,  they are expecto-
 rated without the supervention  of any
 unpleasant symptom.  They are usu-
 ally  formed of carbonate of lime and
 animal matter.
      (F) Calculs pulmonaires.
   CAL'CULI,  SAL'IVARY.   Concre-
 tions, usually formed of phosphate of
 lime and animal  matter,  which  are
 deyeloped in  the substance of the sali-
 vary glands or in their excretory ducts.
 In the first case, they may be mistaken
 for a simple swelling  of the gland: in
 the second, they may be generally de-
 tected by  the touch.   They may  be
 extracted by an incision, in the interior
 of the mouth, where  practicable.
      (F)  Calculs salivaires.
   Writers.  Ch. A. Scherer, Argent.
 1737 (L).  Handtwig,  Rostoch, 1759
 (L).
    CAL'CULI,  SPERMAT'IC.    These
  have been  sometimes found in the ve-
  sicular  seminales  after  death.  They
 cannot  be detected  during life.   No
 analysis has been made  of them.
      (F) Calculs spermatiques.
    Writer.  J.  Matt.ii, Franc. 1765
  (L).
  CAL'CULI tpRlNARY.  Concretions,
which form from the crystallizable sub-
stances  in  the  urine, and  which  are
met with not only in  the whole course
of the urinary passages, but in fistulous
openings wherever the urine stagnates
naturally or accidentally.  Their causes
are but little known.  They are more
common at the two  extremities of life
than  at the  middle, and more so in
some countries and  districts  than in
others.   At times, a clot  of  blood, a
portion of mucus, &c, will  form the
nucleus. The symptoms and treatment
vary according to the seat of the cal-
culus.  There  is no  such thing proba-
bly as a medicinal solvent.
   (F)  Calculs  urinaires,  Pierres  uri-
naires.   See Urinary Calculi.
  1. Re'nal Cal'culi.  These  have  al-
most  always a very irregular shape ;
at times, there will be no indication of
their presence : at others, they occasion
attacks of  pain  in the kidneys, some>-
tiines  accompanied   with  bloody  or
turbid  urine.   Often, they cause  in-
flammation of  the kidneys, with all its
unpleasant results.  They are generally
formed of uric acid, animal matter, and
oxalate of  lime, with, sometimes, phos-
phates.  The  treatment will  have  to
vary, according to the absence or pres-
ence of inflammatory signs,  relieving
the  irritation  by  opiates.  A surgical
operation can rarely be applicable.
   (F) Calculs  renaux.  (G)Nieren-
 s te i n e.
   2.  Cal'culi  in the Ure'ters.  These
 come  from the kidneys,  and  do not
 produce  unpleasant  effects,  unless
they  are so large  as to  obstruct the
course  of  the  urine, and  to occasion
distension  of the  whole of the ureter
above them; or unless their  surface is
so rough as to irritate the mucous mem-
brane, and occasion  pain, hemorrhage,
 abscesses,  &c  The pain, during the
 passage, is sometimes very violent, ex-
 tending to the testicle of the  same side
 in the Tliale ;  and occasioning a numb-
 ness of the thigh in both sexes.  The
 treatment  consists in general or local
 blood-letting, warm bath, and opiates.
     (F) Calculs des Ureter eS.
   3.  Cal'culi  Ves'ical.   Stone in the
 Bladder,  l.ith'ia  Vesica'lis,  Lithi'a-
 sis cys'tica,  Lithi'asis vesica'lis, Dysu'-
 ria  calculo'sa, D.  irrita'ta,  Cal'culus
 vesi'ca.  These are  the  most common.
 Sometimes, they proceed from the  kid-
 neys : most commonly, they are formed
 in the  bladder itself.  Sense  of weight
 in the  perinasum, and sometimes of a 
CALCULI
145          CALENTURA
body rolling when the patient changes
his position; pain or  itching at the
extremity of the glans in men : fre-
quent desire to pass the urine; sudden
stoppage to its flow; and bloody urine -
are the chief signs  which induce  us  to
suspect their existence.  We  cannot,
however,  be certain  of this without
sounding  the  patient.   Sometimes,
when of a small size, they are expelled :
most  commonly, they remain  in the
bladder, the disorganization of which
they  occasion,   unless removed  by a
surgical operation.  The composition
of these  calculi varies  considerably:
the substances, which  have  usually
been  detected, are; uric acid, urate of
ammonia, cystic oxide, oxalate of lime
(calculi formed of the last are  com-
monly  unequal,  tubercular,  and are
called Mulberry, (F) Muraux),  silica,
phosphate of lime, and an animal mat-
ter.      (F) Calculs visicaux.
   (G)  Blasenstein.
    4.   Cal'culi,  Ure'thral.  They  al-
most  always proceed  from the  blad-
der.  The obstruction, which they cause
to the  passage  of the  urine, the hard
tumor,  and  the noise occasioned when
struck by a sound, indicate their pres-
ence.  They are removed by incision.
    5.  Cal'culi  in   Fis'tulous  Pas'-
sages.   These  arise  when there  is
 some fistulous opening into the urethra.
 They can be  readily recognised, and
 may  generally  be extracted  with fa-
 cility.    (F)  Calculs place's hors  des
 voies urinaires.   See Urinary Cal-
 culi.
    Writers on  Urinary Calculi.   J.
 Boscius, Ingoldst. 1580 (L).   J. Van
 BEVERWYCK.Leyd. 1638(L). J. Denys,
 Leyd. 1731 (L).   J. Chr. Kiesvveter,
 Hal.   17;« (L).   M.  Alberti,  Hal.
 1739 (L).   J. H. Chr. Adami, Lubec
 1740 (L).   C. Linnaeus, Upsal. 1749
 (L).   J. A.  Steinmann, Argent. 1750
 (L).   E.L.Heim, Hal.  1772 (L).  M.
 Forbes, Lond. 1793.  W. H. Wollas-
 ton. Lond. 1796.  A. Wilson Philip
 (remote causes of),  Ed. 1792.   Mer-
 tens,  Erfurt, 1799(E).   Robin Pre-
 vallee, Paris, 1805(F).  H.Johnson,
 Lond.  1806.  A. Marcet, Lond. 1817.
 Magendie, Lond.  1818.  Paris (F).
 W. Prout,  Lond. 1821: —by S. Col-
 houn, Phil. 1826.  T. Leroy  (mode of
 removing  without  lithotomy),   Paris,
 1825 (F).
    CAL'CULI OF THE  U'TERUS. These
 are very rare.   The signs, which indi-
 cate  them  during  life,  are  those of
 chronic engorgement of  the  uterus.
Their existence, consequently, cannot
be proved till after death.
  (F) Calculs de Vuterus.            <
  (G) Gehar muttersteine.
  Cal'culous  (Path.)  That which re-
lates to  calculi, especially to those of
the bladder.
    (F) Calculeux, Gravcleux.
  Caldas, Waters  of  (Mat. Med)
Caldas  is a small  town, ten  leagues
from Lisbon, where are mineral springs;
containing carbonic and hydrosulphuric
acid gases', carbonates and muriates of
lime  and magnesia,  sulphates of soda
and lime, sulphuret of iron, silica, and
alumine. They are much used in atonic
gout.  They are thermal. Temperature
93° Fahrenheit.
   Calde'rls   Ital'ice  (Mat. Med.)
Warm baths in the  neighbourhood of
Ferrara  in Italy, much  employed  in
dysuria.
   CALD'WALL,   Rich'ard,  M. D.
(Biog.) An English physician, born in
Staffordshire about 1513; died in 1585.
Works. The tables of surgery,  briefly
comprehending the whole art and prac-
tice thereof, from the original  of H.
Moro,  a Florentine physician.  Lond.
1585.
   Calefa'cients (Mat. Med.) Calefa-
cien'tia, Therman'tica, Stquavxtxa, from
 cal'idus,' warm,' and fa'cio, ' I make.'
 Substances which excite a degree  of
 warmth in the part to which they are
 applied, as mustard, pepper, &c  They
 belong to the class of stimulants.
   (F) Echauffants.
   (G)  Erwarmendemittel.
    Calen'dula  Officina'lis  (Mat.
 Med.)   C.  Sati'va,  Chrysan'themum,
 Spon'sa so'lis,  Cal'tha vulga'ris; the
 Single  Marigold,   Garden  Marigold.
 The flowers and leaves have been ex-
 hibited as aperients,  diaphoretics, &c
 They do not  seem possessed of any
 efficacy.
   (F) Souci.  (G) Ringelblume  .
   CALEN'DULA ARVEN'SIS, Cal'tha
 Arven'sis, Wild Mar'igold.  This  is,
 sometimes, preferred to the last. Its
juice has been given, in the dose  of
 from §j to  § iv, in jaundice and ca-
 chexia.   (F) Souci des Champs.
   (G) Ackerringelblume,  Feld-
 ringelblume.
   Calentu'ra (Path.) from calere,'  to
 be warm.'  The word, in Spanish, sig-
 nifies fever.  It is a species of furious
 delirium, to which sailors  are subject
 in the torrid zone : — a kind of phreni-
 tis, the attack of which comes on sud-
 denly after a  broiling  day,  and  seems 
CALENTURAS          146
CALOTTE
to be characterized by a  desire in the
patient, to throw himself into the sea.
It is only a variety of phrenitis.
  Writers.  Pringle, James, Shaw,
Oliver, Bonetus, &c
  Calentu'ras; Pa'lo de Calentu'ras
(Mat. Med.) Pomet and  Lemery say,
that these  words are,  sometimes, ap-
plied to the cinchona.  Camelli  says,
they mean, also, a tree of the Philippine
Isles, the wood of which is bitter and
febrifuge.
  Cali'go  (Path.) A mist, (F) Brouil-
lard.  A'chlys, axXvg. An obscurity of
vision, dependant upon a speck on the
cornea: also the speck itself.   Cali'go
cor'nea, Mac'ula  cor'nea, Phthar'ma
cali'go, C. a nephe'lio, Hebetu'do vi'sus,
C. a leuco'mate, Opake  cornea, Web-
eye.
  (F)  Nouage de la.  Cornee,  Taye,
Obscurcissement de la vue.
  (G) Verdu nke lung de r horn-
hau t.
  Ca'lix (Anat.) Infundib'ulum, from
xvXit,' a cup.'  Anatomists have given
this name to small membranous canals,
which surround the papillae of the kid-
ney, and open into the pelvis, whither
they convey the urine.  Their number
varies from 6 to 12 in each kidney.
  (F) Calice,Entonnoir. (G)Trichter.
  Callibleph'aron (Mat. Med.) xaX-
XtfiXtipaqov, from xaXog, ' beautiful,' and
(iXetpaqor,  ' eyelid.'  A   medicine for
beautifying the eyelids.   Galen.
  Callipje'dia, from  xuXoe,  ' beauti-
ful,' and naig, ttukJos, ' a child.'  The
art of begetting beautiful children. This
was the title of a poem by  Claude
Quillet in 1655.   Callipadia, sive de
pulchra prolis habenda ratione.  The
author absurdly  supposes,   that  the
beauty of children is  affected by the
sensations,  which  the  mother expe-
riences during her pregnancy.
   Writers.  Claude Quillet, Leyd.
1655 (L).:  translated into French  by
M. de Monthenau d'Egly, Paris, 1774,
by M. Caillau, an. vii. : — in English
by Nich. Rowe.
   CALLISEN. Henry  (Biog.) A cele-
brated Danish Surgeon ; born in 1740;
 died  in  1824.   Works.  De  sanitate
 tuendd.  Hafn. 1772. 8vo.   Instituti-
 ones chirurgia hodierna. Hafn. 1777.
 8vo.    Sy sterna  chirurgia   hodierna.
 Hafn. 1798. 2 vols.  8vo.
   Callos'ity  (Path.)  Callos'itas, xv-
 Xaoig, xvXoi^ia, Scy'ros, axvqog, Tylo'-
 ma, Tylo'sis,  Ecphy'ma Cal'lus, xvXog,
 7twfjo?. Hardness, induration, and thick-
  ness of the skin, which assumes a horny
consistence, in places  where it is ex-
posed to constant pressure.  (F) Duril-
Ion.   Also, that induration,  which is
observed in old wounds, old  ulcers,
fistulous passages, &,c
    (G)  Schwiele.
  Cal'lous (Surg. Path.)  Callo'sus,
Ochtho'des, o/-S-u>i%, from callus,' hard-
ness.' That which is hard or indurated.
A Callous Ulcer, is one, whose edges
are thick and indurated.
  (F) Calleux.  (G) Schwielig.
  Cal'lus or  Ca'lus (Path.) or Cal'-
lum.  Oros'bet (Arab.)  The bony  mat-
ter, thrown out between the  fractured
extremities of a  bone;  which acts as a
cement, and as a new  bony formation.
The  words are, likewise, used occasion-
ally in the same  sense as Callosity.
  (F) Cal.   (G) Beinnarbe.
  Writers.  N. W. Muller, Numb.
1707 (L).   Bohmer, Lips.  1752  (L).
Dethleef,  Gotting.  1753  (h).   M.
Troja,  Paris,  177o (L).   A. Bonn,
Amst. 1783 (L).  A. Marrigues, Paris,
1783(F).   G. Breschet, Paris,  1819
(P)-
  CALME (F) (Path.)  The  interval
that  separates the  paroxysms of an
acute or chronic disease.  When the
type is intermittent, the  word inter-
mission is used.
  Calomel'anos Turque'ti  (Pharm.)
A name given, by Riverius,  to purga-
tive  pills, prepared with calomel, sul-
phur, and resin of jalap.
  Calo'nia  (Mat. Med.) xaXwvta.   An
epithet, formerly given to myrrh.  Hip-
pocrates.
  Cai.oricite  ( Phys. )  Caloric'Htas.
The faculty, possessed by living bodies,
of generating  a  sufficient quantity of
caloric, to enable them  to  resist atmo-
spheric  cold,  and  to  preserve, at all
times and in every  part, a temperature
nearly equal.  See Animal Heat.
   Calorifica'tion  (Phys.)   Calorifi-
ca'tio. The function, possessed by the
system, of producing heat.
   Calorine'ses (Nosol.)  from color,
' heat.'   The  name, under  which M.
Baumes  proposes  to  arrange all dis-
eases,  characterized  by  a  sensible
change in the quantity of animal  heat.
The Calorine'ses form the  first class  of
his Nosology.
   CALOTTE (F) (Anat. & Surg.) Pi-
le'olum.  Anatomists,  sometimes, give
the  name — Calotte  aponeurotique —
to the aponeurosis of the occipito-fron-
talis muscle, which covers it externally,
and  that of  Calotte  du  crane to the
scull cap. 
CALUMBA
147
CAMBO
  Calotte is also applied to an adhesive
plaster, with which the head of a per-
son, laboring  under tinea capitis,  is
sometimes covered,  after the hair has
been shaved off.  This plaster is pulled
suddenly and violently  off, in order  to
remove the bulbs of the hair. It means
also a sort of coif made of boiled leather,
worn by those who have undergone
the operation of trepan  &c
  Calum'ba  (Mat. Med.)  Colom'bo,
Calom'ba, Colom'ba.  Ra'dix  Calum'-
ba.  The root of the Menisper'mum
palma'tum,  indigenous in India and
Africa.   Its odor  is slightly aromatic ;
taste unpleasantly bitter.  It  is tonic
and antiseptic.  Dose,  gr. 10 to  5j  m
powder.
  (F) Calumbe or Columbe.
  (G)  Calombowurzel.
  Writer.  J. F. Cartheuser, Franc.
ad. Viad. 1773 (L).
  The  FRASE'RA WALTE'RI, F. Ca-
rolinien'sis, American  or Marietta Co-
lumbo, is used in the same cases as the
true Calumba.
  Calva, Calva'ria (Anat.) The cra-
nium ; — the  upper  part especially; —
the  Vault  of the  Cranium, Cam'ara,
xauaqa.
   Calva'ta  Ferramen'ta  ( Surg.)
Surgical instruments,  which- have  a
head or button : — ipaXaxqa.
  Calvi"ties (Path.) Calvi"tium,Phala-
cro'sis, tpaXaxqiootg,  Glabrif'ties, Ophia-
sis, otpiaoig, ipaXaxqotua, uaSaqoyOig, &c.
from calvus, ' bald.'  Absence of hair,
particularly at the top  of, and behind,
the head.  Calvi"ties pulpebra'rum: —
loss of the eyelashes.
  (F) Chauvett".    (G)  Kahlheit,
G1 a t z e.
  Writers.   L.  Heiland, Franc,  ad
Viadr. 1612 (L).   Chr.  G. Grunek,
Jente, 1808 (L).
  Calx  (Mat. Med.) Lime,  Nora, As-
as'tus,  Ca'rium Ter'ra, Protox'ide of
Cal'cium, Calca'ria pu'ra.
   CALX VPVA, Ox'idum Cal'cii, Calx
re'cens, Fu'mans nix,  Gir, Ko'ma,  Ib-
esten,  Bof, Calx us'ta,  Calx  el Calx
vi'va.  Lime  or  Quicklime, Albeston,
Siringa, Abesum, Algerie.  The exter-
nal operation of the calx viva is  es-
charotic, but it is  not used  as such.
Lime is  a good disinfecting agent.  It
is employed internally in the form of
Liquor  Calcis (q. v.)
   (F) Chaux vive. (G) Gebrennter
Kalk, Kalk.
   Writers.  J. J. Fick,  Jente, 1725-
26 (L).  J. JuNCKER,Hal. 1733 (L).  J.
A. A- Amberger, Giess. 1776 (L).
  CALX E TESTIS; lime prepared from
shells.  It has no advantages over  that
prepared  from marble.
  CAL'CIS CHLO'RIDUM; Chlo'ride of
Lime,  Cal'cii Chlorure'tum,  Protoxi-
chlor'uret of Cal'cium, Bleaching Pow*
der, Tennant's Powder.  The Chloride
of Lime is a most valuable disinfecting
agent (see Disinfection), when dis-
solved in the  proportion of one pound,
to six gallons of water.
  CAL'CIS MU'RIAS; Muriate of Lime.
Calx sali'ta.  This salt has been given,
in solution, as a tonic, stimulant,  &c,
in scrophulous tumors, glandular ob-
structions, general debility, &c  The
Solu'tio Muria'tis Cal'cis, Li'quor  Cal'-
cis  Muria'tis, Solution of Muriate of
Lime,  Liquid Shell,  is  composed  of
muriate  of lime §j,  dissolved  in dis-
tilled water § iij.  Dose, from gr. xxx
to 3j m  a cupful of water.
  CAL'CIS SULPHURE'TUM; He'par
Cal'cis, Sulph'uret of Lime.   PrincU
pally used in solution, as a bath, in itch
and other cutaneous affections.
  (F) Proto-hydrosulfate de  Calcium,
Hydrosulfate de chaux.
  Calyp'ter (Path.) xaXvnxr\q,  from
xaXvnxw,' I conceal.'   A cameous ex-
crescence covering  the  hemorrhoidal
vein.  Hippocr., Foesius.
  Camarez,   Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.) Camarez is a small canton
near  Silvanes in the  department of
Aveyron, France, where there are some
acidulous chalybeates.
  Camaro'sis (Path.)  Camaro'ma, xa-
uaqwoig,  xafiaqw^ta,  from  xauaqa,  ' a
vault.'  Camera'tio.  A species of frac-
ture of the skull, in which  the  frag-,
ments  are placed so as to form a vault,
with its base resting on the dura mater.
Galen,  Paulus of iEgina.
  Cam'bing (Mat. Med.) A tree of the
Molucca  Islands,  from  the bark  of
which  a  kind of gum-resin exudes,
which  has been highly extolled in dys-
entery.  It appears to have  some  re-
semblance to the  simarouba.   Rum-
phius.
   Cam'bium  (Path.)  'Exchange.'  A
name formerly given to a fancied nutri-
tive juice,  which was supposed  to
originate in  the blood; to repair the
losses  of every organ,  and produce
their increase.   Sehnertus.
   Cambo, Mineral Waters of  (Mat.
Med.)  A village in the department of
 Basses Pyrenees, France, where  there
 are  two mineral springs;  the  one an
 acidulous chalybeate, the other sulphui
 reous,  Temperature 73° Fahrenheit;. 
CAMBOGIA
148
CAMPHOR
  Cambo'gia (Mat. Med.) from  Cam-
bo'dia, in the East Indies, where it is
obtained.  Hence, also, its names Cam-
bo'dia, Cambo'gium, Gambo'gia,  Gam-
bo'gium. It is called, also, Gut'ta,  Gulta
gam'ba,  Gum'mi Gut'ta, Catagau'na,
Catta-gau'ma,  Chryso'pus, Laxati'vus
In'dicus, G. Bo'gia, Gummi gaman'dra,
G.de Goa, G.deJemu, Ghitta jemoco,
Gutta  Gamandra,  Gummi  ad Poda-
gram,   Camboge  or  Gamboge, Ac
Camboge is the gum of the Stalagmi'tis
Cambogiol'des.  It is inodorous,  of an
orange-yellow color; opaque and brit-
tle :  fracture glassy.   It is a drastic
cathartic, emetic, and  anthelmintic;
and is  used in visceral obstructions and
dropsy, and wherever powerful hydro-
gogue cathartics are  required.  Dose,
from gr. ij to vi in powder, united with
calomel, squill, &c.
  (F)  Gomme  Gutte.   (G)  Gummi
Gutt.
  Writer.   Lattichius, Francf. 1626
(L).
  Cambu'ca (Path.) Cambuc'ca mem-
bra'ta.   Bubos and  venereal  ulcers,
seated in the groin  or near the genital
organs.  Paracelsus.
   CAMERA'RIUS,  Ralph   James
(Biogr.)  Born at Tubingen in  1665;
died in 1721.   Works. Specimen ex-
perimentorum  circa generalioncm ho-
minis et animalium. Tubing. 1715. 4to.
De consilio Anglicano ad  podagram
internam. Ibid. 1716. 4to.
  CAMERA'RIUS,  Eli'as  (Biogr.)
Second son of Ralph James, born at
Tubingen   in  1673;  died  in   1734.
Works. Dissert, tres de spiritibus ani-
malibus De spiritu fumante Boyleano.
De potu the"  et  caffi.  Tubing.   1694.
8vo.    Specimina quadam  medicina
eclectica. Francf. 1713. 4to.   Systema
cautelarum medicarum circa  pracog-
nita,  partesque singulas artis  saluber-
rima,&-c.  Franc, ad Moan. 1721. 4to.
  CAMERA'RIUS,  Jo'achim (Biog.)
 Born  at  Bamberg in 1500.  Works.
 Commentariolus de theriacis  et Mith-
ridateis, &c   Norib. 1534. 8vo.   Dili-
gens exquisitio nominum, quibuspartes
corporis humani appellari solent, &c
 Basil. 1551. fol.  Victus et cultus ratio
exposita quatuor in sing, menses versi-
 ons. Antwerp. 1562.
  CAMERA'RIUS, Jo'achim, (Biog.)
 the son of the last, was the most cele-
brated of all.   He was born at  Niirn-
 berg in 1534; died in 1598.  Works.
 Synopsis quorundam brevium, sed per-
 utilium   commentariorum  de   peste
 clariss,  viror.  Donzellini,  Ingrassia,
Rencii: adjecta sunt sub finem, Camc-
rario authore, de bolo Armenio et terrd
Lemnid  observationes.  Norimb. 15K1.
8vo.  De rectd  et  necessarid  ratione
preservandi a pestis  contagio. Ibid.
1583.  8vo.  He wrote many other minor
dissertations.
  Camosiers, Waters of (Mat. Med.y
C. is a canton, two leagues from Mar-
seilles,  where are  springs containing
carbonate of lime, sulphur, muriate of
soda,  &c   They  are  purgative,  and
used in skin complaints.
  Campan'ula (Mat.Med.) Diminutive
of Campa'na. A bell.
  The  CAMPAN'ULA TRACHE'LIUM.
Canterbury Bell or Throatwort,  was
formerly used in decoction, in  relaxa-
tion of the fauces.  It is,  also, called
Cervica'ria.
  CAM'PER, Pe'ter (Biog.) An emi-
nent Dutch physician and surgeon ; —
Professor of Philosophy, Medicine, and
Surgery at Franeker; born at Leydeu
in 1722; died at  the Hague, in 1789.
Works. Demonstrationum anatomico-
pathologicarum, lib i.  Continens  bra-
chii humani fabricam  et morbos,  &c
Amst.  1760.  fol.  Lib. ii.  Continens
pelvis  humana  fabricam  et  morbos.
1762.   Kleinere  schriften die arzney-
kunst  und furnehmlich die naturge-
schichte  betreffend, &c. ;  translated
from  the Hollandish into German by
J.  F. M. Herbell.  Lips. 17e2-90.
3 vols. 8vo.  Dissertation physique sur
les differences reelles  que  presentent
les traits du visage chez les hommes de
diffirents pays et  de  diffirtnts ages,
&c; translated from  Hollandish  into
French  by Denis  Bernard. Utrecht.
1791. 4to.:  into English by Dr. Cogan.
Lond. 1794.
   Cam'phor (Mat. Med.)  from Arab.
Kap'hur  or  Kam'phur,  Cam'phoraT
 Cam'phura, Caf'fa, Caf, Caf'ar, Caph'-
ora, Cap'or, Alkosor, Altafor, Caph'ura
ba'ros  Indo'rum,  Altefor,  Camphire,
 Cam'phor, &c.   A concrete substance,
 prepared,  by  distillation,  from  the
 Lau'rus Cam'phora, an indigenous tree
 of the  East Indies.  Its odor is strong
 and fragrant: it  is volatile, not easily
 pulverizable; texture crystalline.  Solu-
 ble in alcohol, aether,oils, vinegar; and
 slightly so in water.  Its properties are
 narcotic,  diaphoretic,  and sedative.
 Dose, gr. v to 9j.  Dissolved in oil  or
 alcohol  it is applied externally  in rheu-
 matic pains, bruises, sprains, &c
   (F) Camphre.  (G)  K ampher.
   Writers.  L.  Lichstadt,  Gedan,
 1650 (L).   G. Mcebius, Jenae, 1660(L), 
CAMPHORATED         149           CANCELLUS
G. W. Wedel, Jense, 1697 (L).  J. H.
Heucher,  Vittemb.  1712 (L).   Fr.
Hoffmann, Hal. 1714 (L).  J. F. Gro-
novius, Lugd.  Bat. 1715 (L).  B. L.
Tralles, Vratislav. 1734 (L).  G. P.
Juch,  Erford, 1737 (L).  L. F. Meis-
ner, Prag. 1737 (L).  J. F. Cartheu-
ser, Franc,  ad Viad. 1745 (L).  P.
Gericke, Helmstadt,  1748 (L).  C. S.
Kechelen,  Argent. 1748 (L).  A. D.
Prange,  Gotting.  1759 (L).   A. E.
Buchner, Hal. 1763 (L).  A. H. Evers,
Butzov. 1765 (L).   N. Konz,  Argent.
1789 (L).   A. F.  L. Dorffurt, Wit-
temb. 1792(G).  J. Church, Philad.
1797.   J. Ph. Gruffenauer, Stras-
bourg, 1803(F).  Also, Grjevius, 1628;
Croneberg,  1697 ;  H^enel,  1739  ;
Schulze, 1744; Agliardi, 1754; Au-
ENBRUGGER, 1776, &C
  Camphora'ted  (Mat.  Med.)  Cam-
phora'tus.  Relating to camphor; con-
taining camphor;   as  a camphorated
smell, a camphorated draught.
       (F) Camphri.
  Camphoros'ma  Monspeli'aca (Mat.
Med.)   Sela'go, Camphora'ta  hirsu'ta
seu  Monspelien'sium, Hairy Campho-
ros'ma.  This plant, as its  name im-
ports (oauij, ' odor'),  has  an  odor of
camphor. It  is regarded as diuretic,
diaphoretic,  cephalic,   antispasmodic,
&c.  It is also called  Chamapeuce and
Stinking Ground Pine.
  (F)  Camphree de Montpellier.
  (G)  Kampherkraut.
  Camp'sis  (Nosol.)  xauyjig, Flex'io,
Curva'tio, Inflex'io.  Bone or cartilage,
forcibly  bent from its proper shape,
without breaking.   Good.
  CA'MUS(F) (Anthropol.) Si'mus, Re-
si'mus. One who has a short nose. The
French speak of a Nez camus, a short
nose ;  perhaps from the verb xaunxtiv,
' to curve.'
     (G) Plattnasig.
  Can'al  (Anat.)  Cana'lis, Duc'tus,
Mea'tus,  noqog, Och'etos,  o/txog. A
channel, for affording passage to liquids
or solids or to certain organs.
  (F)  Conduit.  (G) Kanal, Gang.
  CANAL', ALIMEN'TARY or DIGES-
TIVE  (Anat.)  Cana'lis ciba'rius, or
digesti'vus,  Diges'tive  Tube,  Alimen-
tary  Duct,   Duc'tus  ciba'rius.   The
canal extending from the mouth to the
anus.
  CANAL', INTES'TINAL (Anat.) Ca-
na'lis  or Duc'tus  intestina'lis.  The
portion of the digestive canal, formed
by the intestines.
     (G) Darmkanal.
  CANAL',  VE'NOUS (Anat.)  Cana'lis
                  13*
or Ductus veno'sus.  A canal, which
exists only in the foetus.  It extends
from the bifurcation of the  umbilical
vein to  the  vena  cava inferior, into
which it opens, below the  diaphragm.
At times, it ends in one of the infra-
hepatic veins.  It pours into the cava
a part of the blood; which  passes from
the placenta  by the  umbilical  vein.
After birth, it becomes  a fibro-cellular
cord.      (F) Canal veineux.
  (G) Blutadergang.
  CANA'LIS SCALA'RUM COMMUNIS
(Anat.)  The opening  by  which the
canals of the cochlea communicate,
through  the medium of the infundibu-
lum.  Cassebohm.
  Canals',  Nu'tritive,  or for the
Nutrition of Bones  (Anat.)  Duc'tus
nutri'tii.  The canals,  through which
the vessels, pass to the bone.  They are
lined by a very fine lamina, of compact
texture,  or are formed  in  the texture
itself. There is, generally, one  large
nutritious canal in a long bone, situated
towards  its middle.
  (F) Canaux nourriciers  ou de Nu-
trition des os. — Conduits nourriciers
ou nutriciers.
 CANAUX DE TRANSMISSION (Anat.)
According to Bichat,  the  bony canals
intended to  give passage  to  vessels
and nerves going to parts more or less
distant; as the Cana'lis carot'icus, &c.
  CANAUX VEINEUX, Venous Canals
(Anat.)  The canals, which convey ve-
vous blood, situated in the diploe.
  Can'camum (Mat. Med.)  A mixture
of several gums and resins, exported
from Africa,  where it is used to deterge
wounds.  Dioscorides  calls,  by the
name xayxauov, the tears from an Ara-
bian tree, which  are similar to myrrh,
and  of  a disagreeable  taste.  He ad-
vises  it in  numerous  diseases.  This
name is given, also,  to  the  Anime
(q.v.)
  Cancel'li  (Anat.)  Lattice-work.
The Cellular or Spongy  Texture of
Bones;  consisting of  numerous  cells,
communicating with each other.  They
contain  a fatty  matter, analagous to
marrow.  This  texture is met  with,
principally, at the  extremities of long
bones;  and  some  of  the  short bones
consist almost wholly of it.  It allows
of the expansion of the extremities of
bones, without adding to their weight;
and deadens  concussions.
  (F) Tissu celluleux.
  Cancel'lus (Therap.) from cancer,
' a crab.' A species  of  crayfish, called
the  Wrong  Heir  and Bernard the 
CANCER             150           CANCROID
Hermit; which is  said to cure rheu-
matism, if rubbed on the part.
  Can'cer  (Path.)  xaqxirog, a crab.
A disease, so called, either on account
of the  hideous appearance,  which the
ulcerated cancer presents;  or on ac-
count of the  great veins, which sur-
round it; and which the ancients com-
pared to the claws of the crab.  Called
also Car'cinus, Carcino'ma.  It consists
of a scirrhous, livid tumor, intersected
by firm, whitish, divergent bands ;  and
occurs chiefly in the secernent glands.
The pains  are acute and lancinating,
and often extend to other parts.  The
tumor, ultimately, terminates in a fetid
and ichorous ulcer.  It is distinguished,
according to its stages, into occult and
open; the former being the scirrhous,
the latter the  ulcerated condition.   At
times, there is simple destruction or
erosion of  the organs, and, at others,
an encephaloid or cerebriform degene-
ration.  The  use  of irritants,  in can-
cerous affections,  is strongly  to  be
deprecated. When the  disease  is so
situated,  that  excision can be prac-
tised, the sooner it is removed the  bet-
ter.
  (G) Krebs.
  Writers, on the Pathology of Can-
cer.  M.  Fabricius, Basil,  1602 (L).
Schilling, Argent.  1649 (L).   J. B.
Alliot,  Paris, 1698  (F).   Gendron
Deshayes, Paris,  1701 (F).   M.  Al-
bekti, Halae,  1731 (L).  Th. Becket,
Lond. 1740 (L).   J. Grashuys, Amst.
1741 (L).   A. Louis, Paris, 1747(F).
J. Ph. Berchelman, Francf. 1756(G).
Rich. Guy,  Lond.  1759.   Bohmer,
Hal.  1761  (L).  B.  Peyrilhe, Paris,
1774 (L).  Gaetano  Merula,  Flor.
1775(1).   J.  Burrows,  Lond.  1783.
T.  Clerke,   Edinburgh,  1784 ( L ).
H. Saffory,  Lond.  1786.  A. Craw-
ford, Lond.  1790.  J. H. Jaenisch,
Petersburg, 1793 (G).   J. Pearson,
Lond. 1793.    Chr.  G. Whistling,
Altemburg, 1796 (G).  J. B. Aublanc,
 Paris, an.  xi (F).   J.  C. Becuignot,
 Paris, an.  xi (F).  Legoux, Paris, an.
 xi(F).  Jos. Adams (cancerous mam-
 ma),  Lond.  1801.   G.  J.  Garnier,
 Paris, an. xii (F).  A. Fourcade, Paris,
 an. xiii  (F).   W.  Bush, Lond. 1804.
 Sir Everard Home, Lond. 1805.  F.
 Terrier,  Paris, 1806 (F).  Richard
 Carmichael,Lond. 1806. Viel-Haut-
 Mesnil,   Paris,  1807 (F).   E. J. F.
 Leger,  Paris,  1811 (F).   J. L. M.
 Robert,  Paris,  1812 (F).   Fearon,
 Lond. 1790.  Hamilton, Lond. 1791.
 Kentish, Dublin, 1802.  W. Thomas,
Lond. 1805.  J. Howard, 1811.  T. O.
JusTAMOND'Lond. 1780.  W. Beckett,
Lond. 1711. W. Norford, Lond. 1753.
J. Andree, Lond. 1767.  Wm. Nisbet,
Edinb.  1794.   Th.  Denman,  Lond.
1810.   C.T.Johnson, Lond. 1810.   S.
Young, Lond. 1805.  W. Farr,  Lond.
1822, and Lond. le2H.
   CAN'CER, AQUATICUS  ( Path. )
Can'crum O'ris,  Canker of the Mouth.
Called also  Aph'tha  serpen'tcs, Gan-
gra'na  O'ris, &c Certain corroding
ulcers of the mouth, so called,  perhaps,
because they are accompanied with an
afflux of saliva.
  (F) Cancer aquatique.   (G) Was-
serkrebs.
  CAN'CER, CHIMNEY-SWEEPER'S,
Sootwart, Can'cer mundito'rum.  This
affection begins with a superficial, pain-
ful, irregular ulcer, with hard  and  ele-
vated edges, occupying the lower  part
of  the  scrotum.  Extirpation of  the
part affected is the only means of ef-
fecting a cure.
    (F)  Cancer des Ramoneurs.
  Writer.  W. Simmons, Manchester,
1808.
  CAN'CER, GALE'NI (Surg.) A ban-
dage  for the head, to which Galen
gave the name Cancer, from  its eight
heads resembling, rudely, the  claws of
the crab.  It is now supplied by  the
bandage with six chefs or heads, which
is  called the Bandage of Galen or B.
of the Poor.
    (F) Cancer de GALIEN.
  Can'cerous (Path.) Cancro'sus.  Re-
lating to cancer.   Thus, we say, Can-
cerous Ulcer, Cancerous Diathesis, &c.
  (F) Cancereux.  (G) Krebsartig.
  Canchalagua  (Mat. Med.)  Cachen
laguen, Cochin lagua, Chance  lagua,
Erythra'a  Chilen'sis.  A bitter Chili
plant,  which is  considered  aperient,
sudorific,  stomachic,  vermifuge,  and
febrifuge.
  Cancro'rum Che'ije (Mat.  Med.)
 Oc'uli vel Lap'ides Cancro'rum, Lapil'H
cancro'rum, Concremen'ta As'tacifluvi-
at'ilis, Crab's  stones  or eyes.  These
are concretions,  found, particularly, in
the Can'cer As'tacus or Crayfish. They
consist of carbonate of lime, and phos-
phate of lime ;  and possess antacid vir-
tues, but not more so  than chalk.
   (F) Yeux d'ecrevisse.  (G) Krebs-
jaugen,  Krebsteine.
   Can'croid  (Path.)   Cancroide'us,
 from cancer and ttdog, 'form.'  That
 which assumes a cancerous appearance.
 A  name  given to  certain cutaneous
 cancers.  Alibert. 
CANDI
151           CANTHARIS
  Can'di, Can'dum,  Can'thum, Can1-
tion; white, bleached, purified.   Puri-
fied and crystallized sugar.   See Sac-
charum.
  Canel'la al'ba (Mat. Med.)  Cor'-
tex   Wintera'nus  spu'rius,  Canel'la
Cuba'na,  Winlera'nia, Cinnamo'mum
al'bum,  Cor'tex  Antiscorbu'licus,  C
Aromat'icus, Costus  cortico'sus,  Ca-
min'ga, Canella of Linn^us.  Canella
Bark. This bark is a pungent aromatic
Its   virtues  are  partly extracted  by
water;  entirely by  alcohol.  It  is a
stimulant, and is added to bitters and
cathartics.
  (F)  Canelle  ou  Cannelle  blanche,
Fausse Ecorce de Winter, Ecorce Ca-
riocostine.
     (G) Weisserzimmt.
  Ca'neon, Cani'on  (Therap.)  xaveov,
xaveiov, xaviov.   The  lid of a pot,  per-
forated; through which, by means of
a reed, the vapor of any  remedy, in
the  vessel, might be  conveyed to the
uterus.
   CANEPIN (F).  A  fine lamb's  skin
or  goat's skin,  used for trying the
quality of lancets.
   Can'ick  (Hyg.)   Meal,  in  which
 there is much bran. Also, coarse bread,
 or bread in  which there is  much bran.
 Pa'nis Canica'ceus.
   Canic'ula ; the Dogstar, from ca'nis,
 ' a  dog ;' Seioio;, Si'rius.  This  star,
 which gives  its  name to  the  Dog-
 days, because they  commence  when
 the sun  rises with  it,  was  formerly
 believed to exert a powerful influence
 on  the  animal economy.  The Dog-
 days  occur at  a period  of the  year
 when there is  generally great and op-
 pressive heat, and a  certain degree of
 liability to disease.
   (F) Canicule.  (G) Hundsstern.
   Canine  (Anat., Phys., Path.) Cani'-
 nus, xui()co?,from ca'nis,' a dog.'  That
  which has a resemblance  to the  struc-
  ture &c. of a dog.
    (F)  Canin.
    CANINE TEETH, Den'tes  Cani'ni,
  Cynodon'tes, D. Lania'rii, Den'tes an-
  gula'res, cuspida'ti,  columella'res, xv-
  voiovxeg, Eye Teeth.  The teeth situated
  between the lateral incisors and  small
  mo.lares of each jaw ; — so named be-
  cause they resemble the teeth  of the
  dog.
    (F) Dents canines, laniaires, angu-
  laires,  oculaires, ailleres, ou conoides.
    (G)  Hundezahne.
    CANINE FOS'SA, Fos'sa  Cani'na.
  A small depresion on the superior max-
  illary bone,  above  the dens  caninus,
which gives attachment to the caninus
or levator anguli oris muscle.
    (F) Fosse canine.
  CANINE LAUGH, or Sardon'ic laugh,
Ri'sus  Cani'nus, Ri'sus  Sardon'icus.
A sort of laugh, produced particularly
by  the  spasmodic contraction  of the
Caninus muscle.   Probably  this ex-
pression, as well as Cyn'ic spasm, Ca-
ni'nus  spas'mus, may have originated
in the resemblance  of the affection  to
certain movements in the  upper Up  of
the dog.
  (F) Ris canin, sardonique, moqueur.
  (G) Sardonisches  Lac hen.
  Writer.   Francus a  Frankenau,
Heidelb. 1683 (L).
  Canities  ( Path.)   from  ca'nus,
' white.'  Whiteness or grayness of the
hair, and especially of that of the head.
When  occurring  in consequence  of
old age it is not a disease.  Sometimes
it happens suddenly, and apparently in
consequence of severe mental emotions.
The causes, however, are not clear.
   (F)  Canitie.  (G)  das Grauwer-
 de n.
   Writers.  Ph. Doute, Paris, 1657
 (F).  A. Saint Yon, Paris,  1673(F).
 M. Alberti, Hal. 1729 (L).
   Cannabis  sati'va (Mat. Med.) The
 seeds   of this —Hemp'seed,  Sem'ina
 Can'nabis — are oily and mucilaginous.
 The decoction  is  sometimes used in
 gonorhcea.    (F) Chanvre, Chambrie.
   Chenevis, (the seed.)    (G)Hanf-
 s a am en.
   CANNELE or CANELE (F)  (AnaL
 &  Surg.)  from  cana'lis,  ' a  canal.'
 Sulca'tus,   Stria'tus,  Candlicula'tus.
 Having a canal or groove — as, Muscle
 cannelA  ( Lieutaud )   the  Gemini,
  Corps  canneles ustries (Corpora stria-
 ta), Sonde canelee,  a  grooved sound,
 &c
   Can'opite (Pharm.)   A  collyrium,
 described by Celsus.
   Can'talou (Mat. Alim.) An esteem-
  ed variety of the melon.
    Canterbury,  Waters  of  (Mat.
  Med.)   The  waters  of  Canterbury in
  Kent, England, are impregnated with
  iron, sulphur, and carbonic acid. Aqua
  Cantuarien'ses.
    Can'tharis  (Mat. Med.)  xavSaqtg,
  from xav&aqog,' a scaraba'us.'  Mus'ca
  Hispan'ica, Mel'oe vesicato'rius, Can'-
  tharis vesicato'ria,  xav&aqiStg, Lyt'ta
  vesicato'ria.  The Blistering Fly, Span-
  ish Fly.  This fly is much  employed
  in medicine.  It  is  the  most common
  vesicatory. Given internally, and even
  when absorbed from the skin, it affects 
CANTHERIUS
152
CAP1LLUS
the urinary organs, exciting strangury.
This may be prevented, in cases of blis-
ters, by interposing between  the blis-
tering plaster and skin a piece of tissue
paper.   Diluents will reheve the stran-
gury.  Dose, half a grain to one grain.
If kept dry, the flies will retain their
activity for many years.
  Their active principle has been sepa-
rated from them— Canthar'idine, Can-
tharidi'na— but it has not been used.
  (F) Canthdride, Mouches,  Mouches
senkafer, Kantharide.
  Writers.  J. D.  Geyer,  Lips,  et
Francof.  1687 (L)   J.  GRffiNEVELT,
Lond. 1698, 1703 (L).: translated into
English by J. Marten, 1706 :  the au-
thor is anglicized Greenfield.  L.  F.
E. Rumpel, Erford, 1767 (L).  Chr.  F.
Joger, Tubing. 1769 (L). R. Forsten,
Lugd.  Bat. 1775 (L).:  and Argent.
1776(L). J.C. Stockarvon Neuforn,
Gotting. 1781 (L). M. Schlechtleut-
ner, Vienna, 1783 (L).  Chr.  A. Nie-
mann, Weissenfels, 1791 (L).  L. Toti,
Pisa, 1793 (I). E. Setti, Modena, 1804
(1). &c  J. Roberton, Edinb. 1806.
  Canthe'rius  (Surg.)  Cante'rium,
xavxeqtog.  The cross piece of wood  in
the apparatus, used by Hippocrates,for
reducing luxations of the humerus.
  Can'thus (Anat.)  xavdog, Epican'-
this, tTiixavSig; the Corner or Angle of
the Eye.   (G) Augenwinkel.
The greater canthus is the inner angle,
Hir'quus, Rhan'ter,  qavxtjq; the lesser
canthus, the  outer  angle, Paro'pia,
Tiaqomiai, Pe'ga, n-yyai.
   Writer.  J. Reade (diseases  of
the inner C), Lond. 1811.
   Cantia'nus Pul'vis  (Pharm.)  A
cordial powder known under the name,
1 Countess  of Kent's Powder'; com-
posed of coral, amber, crabs' eyes, pre-
pared  pearls, &c   It was given  in
cancer.
   Can'ula  or  Can'nula (Surg.) Au-
lis'cos, avXioxog, Au'los, avX.og.   Dimi-
nutive of Can'na, ' a reed.'  Tu'bulus.
A small  tube, of gold,  silver, platina,
iron, lead, wood, elastic gum, &c, used
for various purposes in surgery.
  (F) Canute ou Cannule.  (G) Rohr-
 chen.
   Caoutchouc, In'dian Rub'ber, Elas'-
 tic Gum,  Cauchuc,  Resi'na elas'tica,
 Cayenne Resin, Cautchuc.   A sub-
 stance formed from the milky juice of
 the  Ha'vea  Guianen'sis, Jat'ropha
 elas'tica, Fi'cus In'dica, and Artocar'pus
 integrifo'lia: — South American trees.
It is insoluble in water  and alcohol;
but boiling water softens and swells it.
It is soluble in the essential oils and  in
ether, when it may be blown into blad-
ders.  It is used  in the  fabrication  of
catheters, bougies, pessaries, &c.
  (G) Kaoutschok, Federharz,
elastiches Harz.
  Capbern, Waters of  (Mat.  Med.
C. is in the department  Hautes-Pyre-
nees, France.  The waters contain sul-
phates, and carbonates of lime and mag-
nesia, and muriate of magnesia. Temp.
75° Fahrenheit.  They are purgative.
  Capeline  (Surg.) 'A  Woman's
Hat,' in French. Capis'trum, from ca'-
put,' head.'   A sort of bandage, which,
in  shape,  resembles a  riding-hood.'
There  are several kinds  of Capelines,
1. That of the head, C. de la Ute.  See
Bonnet  d'Hippocrate.    C. of  the
clavicle, employed  in fractures of the
acromion, clavicle  and spine of the
scapula.   C. of amputated limbs — the
bandage applied round the stump.
  Capillamen'tum  (Anat.)  from Ca-
pil'lus, ' a hair.'  CapillV'tium, toi^oj-
fia, xqixoiuaxiov.  Any villous or hairy
covering. Also a small fibre, fibril.
  Cap'illary (Anat.) Capilla'ris, Ca-
pilla'ceus, from capil'lus,' a hair.'
    (F)  Capillaire.
   The   CAP'ILLARY VESISELS  (F)
 Vaisseaux capillaires, are the  extreme
radicles  of  the  arteries  and veins.
These, together, constitute the Capil-
lary system.  In this system all the
secretions are performed, and animal
heat probably elicited.   They possess
an action distinct  from that of the
heart,  and are  the  seat  of febrile and
inflammatory diseases.
   Writers.   F. Boissier  de  Sau-
vages, Mons. 1747  (L).  Jas. Black
(C. circulation), Lond. 1825.
   Capil'lus   (Anat.)   #qtz,  Co'ma,
Cha'te,  xttirrl> Cri'nis,  Pi'lus, Thrix,
 Casa'ries.  This term is generally ap-
plied to the hair of the head : the char-
acters  of which vary,  according  to
races, individuals, &c.   Hairs arise in
the cellular membrane, where the bulb
is  placed: and  are composed of two
parts — one,   external,  tubular,  and
transparent,  of an  epidermoid charac-
ter ; the other, internal and sui generis,
 which  communicates to  them  their
 color.  The hair is insensible, and grows
 from the root.
     (F)  Cheveu.   (G)  Haar.
   Writers.    Cl.  Saumaise,  Lugd.
 Bat. 1644 (L).  J. Revius, Lugd. Bat.
 1647 (L).   V. F. Plempius, Lovan. 
CAPIPLENIUM          153            CAPSULE
1662 (L).   J. B. R.  Moreau, Paris,
1674 (L).   J. Henning, Magdeb. 1678
(L).  P. Chirac, Mons. 1688(F).  R.
G.Krause, Jenae, 1700 (L). L. Grel-
lier, Paris, 1806 (F).
  Capiple'nium  (Path.)  from caput,
1 the head,' and plenum,' full.' A word,
employed with different significations.
A variety of catarrh.   Schneider.  A
heaviness or disorder  in the head  com-
mon at Rome, like the xaqyfiaqia, Care-
baria, of the Greeks.  Baglivi.
   Capis'trum  (Surg.)  ipuiog,  xtjiiog,
1 a halter.'  This name has been  given
to  several bandages for the head.  See
 Capeline, Chevestre.
   Capitilu'vium (Therap.) from caput,
 1 the head,' and lavare, ' to wash.'   A
 bath for the head.
   Capnelve'on  (Mat. Med.) Capnela'-
 um, Flos Pi'cis, mooav-dog, xanvtXaiov,
 from xanvog,' smoke,' and eXatov, ' oil.'
 A resin common at Lacedaemon.
   Capnis'ton (Pharm.) xanviarov; an
 epithet given to oil into  which  the
 smoke of certain aromatic substances
 has been passed.
   Cap'paris spino'sa (Mat. Med. Hyg-)
 Cap'paris, Cap'par,  Ca'pria,  xaxqia.
 The Prickly Caper  Bush.  The bark
 of the root and the buds have been es-
 teemed astringent and diuretic.  The
 buds are a well known pickle : — Engl.
  Capers,  (F) Capres.
    <F)  Caprier.      (G)  K a p e r n -
 strauch.
    CAP'PARIS  BADU&CA, Baduk'ka.
 A species of caper, cultivated in India,
 on account of the beauty of its flowers.
 The Orientals make  a liniment with its
 juice,  with which  they   rub  pained
 parts.  The flowers are purgative.
    Cappone, Waters  of   (Mat. Med.)
 At Cappone, in the  isle of Ischia, are
 waters containing carbonate and  mu-
 riate of soda, and carbonate of lime.
    Capreola'ris  (Anat.,  from  capre'-
 olus, ' a tendril,' xioaotiSijg, tXixond^g.
    VA'SA  CAPREOLA'RIA. Some have
 thus called the spermatic arteries  and
 veins, on account of  their numerous
 contortions.
      (F)  Capreolaire.
    Cap'rizans (Path.) SoqxaSitmv. That
 which leaps like  a  goat.  An  epithet
 used  by Herophilus  for the  pulse
 when  irregular and unequal.
    Cap'sicum an'nuum (Mat. Med.) from
 xanxio, ' I bite.'  The systematic name
 of the plant whence Cayenne  Pepper
 is obtained.   Pi'per In'dicum,  Ladu
 chilli,  Ca'po mola'go, Sola'num u'rens,
 Siliquas'trum  Plin'ii, Pi'per Brazilia'-
num, Pi'per  Guineen'se, Pi'per Cale-
cu'ticum, Pi'per Tur'cicum,  C. Hispan'-
icum, Pi'per  Lusitan'icum,  Cayenne
Pep'per, Guin'ea Pep'per. The pungent,
aromatic properties of" the Bac'ca Cap'-
sici,  Capsicum Berries, are yielded to
ether, alcohol, and water.  They are
highly stimulant and  rubefacient,  and
are used as a condiment.  Their active
principle is alcaloid, and is  called Cap-
sic hie.
   (F) Piment, Capsique, Poivre d'hide,
Poivre de Guinie, Corail des Jardins.
  (G) Spanischer or Turkischer
pfeff er.
   Cap'sular (Anat.)   Relating  to a
capsula or capsule, Capsula'ris.
   (F) Capsulaire.  (G)  Kapselig.
   CAP'SULAR LIG'AMENT, Ligamen'-
lum  capsula're,  Cup'sula  articula'ris,
Artic'ular cap'sule,  Fi'brous  cap'sule,
&c  Membranous, fibrous, and elastic
bags or capsules, of a whitish  consist-
ence, thick, and resisting, which sur-
round joints.
   (F) Ligament  capsulaire,   Capsule
articulaire, Capsule Jibreux, &c
   (G) Kapselband,  Gelenk-
 kaps e 1.
   CAP'SULAR or SUPRARENAL AR-
 TERIES AND  VEINS.   Vessels,  be-
 longing  to  the  suprarenal capsules.
 They are divided into superior, middle,
 and inferior.  The first proceed  from
 the inferior phrenic, the  second  from
 the aorta itself, and the third from the
 renal artery.  The corresponding veins
 enter.the phrenic, vena cava, and re-
 nal.
   Cap'sule (Anat.)  Cap'sula, Cap'sa,
 y.aipa, xaxpaxiov, xtfSurrog ; a box.   This
 name has been given, by Anatomists,
 to  parts bearing no  analogy to each
 other.   (F)  Capsule.  (G)Kapsel.
   1.  CAP'SULE  OF  THE   HEART,
 Cap'sula cor'dis, the Pericardium (q. v.)
 Paracelsus.
   2. CAP'SULE  OF  GLIS'SON,  Cap'-
 sula GLISSO'NII,  C. Commu'nis  GLIS-
 SO'NII, Vagi'na Por'ta, V. GLISSO'NII.
 A  sort  of membrane, described  by
 Glisson, which  is nothing  more than
 dense  cellular membrane surrounding
 the vena porta and its ramifications in
 the liver.
   3. CAP'SULES, RE'NAL or SUPRA-
 RE'NAL  or ATRABIL'IARY, Re'nal
  Glands, Glan'dula suprarena'les, Cap'-
 sula rena'les, suprarena'les and atra-
 bilia'res,  Re'nes  succenturia'ti.  Two
 flat, triangular bodies, which cover the
 upper  part  of the kidneys, as with a
 helmet.  A hollow cavity in  their in- 
CAPUT  GALLINAGINIS     154        CARBONIC ACID
terior contains a brown, reddish or yel-
lowish fluid.  They were long supposed
to be the secretory organs of the atra-
bilis.  They  are much  larger in the
foetus than adult.  Their uses are not
known.
  (F) Capsules surrenales, ou atrabili-
ares.  (G) Nebennieren.
  4. CAP'SULE, SEM'INAL, Cap'stlla
semina'lis.   Bartholine  thus  desig-
nates the extremity of the vas deferens,
which is sensibly dilated in the vicinity
of the vesiculae seminales.  Some anat-
omists apply this name to the vesiculae
themselves.
  5. CAP'SULE, SYNO'VIAL, Cap'sula
Synovia'lis.   Membranous  bags,  sur-
rounding all the movable articulations
and canals, which give  passage to ten-
dons.  They  exhale, from their articu-
lar  surface, a fluid,  whose function is
to favor the motions of parts  upon each
other.   See  Bursa Mucosa and Sy-
novia.
  Ca'put  Gallinag"inis (Anat.) Ve-
rumonta'num.  A projection, situated
in the prostate, before the neck of the
bladder.  It is like the head of a wood-
cock in miniature, and, around it, open
the seminal ducts and the ducts of the
prostate.
(F) CrSte uritrale. (G) Hahnenkopf.
  CA'PUT PUR'GIA (Mat. Med.) Rem-
edies, which  the ancients regarded  as
proper for purging the head: — errhines,
sternulatories, apophlegmatisantia, &c
  CAQUE-SANGUE or GAQUE-SAN-
GUE (Path.)  Old French words, which
signify  Bloody evacuations,  (F) Dejec-
tions sanguinolentes.  They  come from
cacare,  ' to go to stool,' and sanguis,
1  blood.'  Under this  term  was  com-
prehended every affection,  in  which
blood is discharged from the  bowels.
  Carabac'cium (Mat. Med.) An aro-
matic wood,  of India,  of a yellowish
color, and a smell like that of the clove.
Its decoction and infusion are given as
stomachic and antiscorbutic.
  Car'abus  (Mat.  Med.) A genus of
coleopterous  insects.  Two species, the
chrysoceph'alus and ferrugin'eus, have
been recommended for  the tooth-ache.
 They  must  be  pressed between the
 fingers, and  then rubbed on the gum
 and tooth affected.
   Caran'na   (Mat. Med.)   Caragna,
 Tacamahaca  Caragna,   Caran'na
 Gum'mi, Breli'sis.  A gum-resinous
 substance, obtained from South Ameri-
 ca  in impure  masses, and which  flows
 from a large tree  in New  Spain.  It
 preserves its softness  for a long  time,
has an aromatic smell, and a slightly
acrid and bitter taste.  It was formerly
used as a vulnerary  and in plasters.
  (F) Caragne,  Gomme Caragne ou
Carane.  (G) Caranna gummi.
  Cara Schulli (Mat. Med.) Fru'tex
lnd'icus spino'sus, Barle'ria buxifo'lia.
A Malabar  plant, which, when applied
externally,  is maturative and resolvent.
The decoction of its root is used, in the
country, in ischuria.
  Car'basus (Surg.)  Lin'teum  Carp'-
tum,  Car'pia,  Mo'tos,  Linamen'tum,
xaqnaoog, iioxog, from xaqipog,' a fila-
ment, or from car'pere,' to card.'  Cel-
sus.   Charpie,  Lint.   The  filaments,
obtained  by unravelling old linen cut
in small pieces;  or by scraping it with
a knife.   The former is termed Charpie
brute, the latter Charpie rapee. Charpie
is  applied  to many useful  purposes
in  Surgery.  Of it are formed  com-
presses, tents, &c
  (G)Zupfleinwand,  Lein-
wandschabsel.
  Car'bo (Mat.  Med.)  Car'bo Lig'ni,
Char'coal. Fresh charcoal is antiseptic.
It is used to improve the digestive organs
in cases of worms, dyspepsia, &c, as a
cataplasm to gangrenous and fetid ul-
cers, tinea, &c, and forms a good tooth-
powder.  Dose, gr. x to 5l-
    (F) Charbon.  (G) Kohle.
  Writers.  P.  V. Brachet,  Paris,
an. xi (F).   F. J. B. Griois, Paris, an.
xii (F).
  Car'bon  Huma'num   (Phys.)  The
human excrement.  Paracelsus.
  Car'bonas  (Pharm.) A car'bonate.
A salt, formed by the  combination  of
carbonic  acid with a  salifiable  base.
The carbonates  are either full or with
an  excess  of base : — i. e.  Subcarbo-
TtO/tCS*
  (F) Carbonate.    (G)  K o h 1 e n -
sauressalz.
  Carbon'ic Ac"id, Ac'Hdum Carbon'-
icum, Solid Air of Hales.  Factitious
Air, Fixed Air, Carbona'ceous Acid,
 Calca'reous  Acid,  Ae'rial Acid, Me-
phit'ic Acid.  This  gas, which neither
supports respiration nor combustion, is
not often used in Medicine.  It is the
refreshing  ingredient  in  effervescent
draughts, poultices, &c.   It is  often
found  occupying the  lower parts of
mines (when it is called the  choke^
damp), caverns, tombs,  wells, brewers'
 vats, &c,  and not unfrequently has
been the cause of death.  Lime thrown
 into such places soon absorbs  the acid.
   (F) Adde Carbonique.
   (G) Kohlensaure. 
CARBONATED          155            CARDIAC
  Writers. (Mat.Med) J.Jassov,Got-
ting. 1778 (L).  Z. Neufville, Edinb.
1778 (L).   Chappon, Nanceii, 1781
(L).  Eickma, Lugd. Bat. 1782 (L).
Ch. J.  Nyberg,  Jenae, 1783 (L).  A.
Th. Swenske, Gotting. 1783 (L.) Th.
A.  Emmet, Edinb. 1784 (L).    J. M.
Luther,  Erford,  1784 (L). M. Dob-
son, Lond.  1785.   Wittstock, Kiel,
1790 (G).  Jos. Johnson, Philad. 1797.
On its noxious effects.  A.  Ch. Lorry,
Paris,  1747 (L).   D. B.  Harmant,,
Nancy,  1775 (F).                     |
  Carbona'ted (Pharm.) Curbona'tus,
Aera'tus.   That which is impregnated j
with carbonic  acid.
    (F)  Carbone, aAri.
  Carbun'culus Rubi'nus  (Mat. Med.)
A red, shining, and transparent  stone,
from the Isle of Ceylon;  formerly em-
ployed in Medicine as a preservative
against several poisons, the plague, &c
  Car'caros  (Path.)   xaqy.aqog, from
xaqxaiqa), ' I resound,' ' I tremble.'   A
fever, in which the patient has a gen-
eral tremor, accompanied with an un-
ceasing  noise in the ears.
  Car'cer  (Mat. Med.)   A  remedy
proper for repressing disordered move-
ments of the  body and of the  mind,
as in Cho'rea.  Paracelsus.
  Carche'sius (Surg.) xaqx^aiog,from
xaqxnoiov, ' the top of a ship's  mast.'
A species of strap or bandage,  used for
reducing fractures.  Galen.
  Carcinom'atous  (Path.) Carcino'-
des, xaqxivaidrjg.  Relating to cancer.
  Carcino'ma (Path.)  xaqxtvoma, from
y.aqxivog, ' a crah.'   Some authors have
called thus, indolent  tumors different
from cancer; others, incipient cancer ;
and others, again, the species of cancer
in which the affected structure assumes
the appearance of cerebral  substance ;
whilst  the  majority  of  authors use
Carcinoma in  the same sense  as Can-
cer.
  Cardamele'um  (Pharm.) xaqdauij-
Xeiov.  A medicine used by Galen.
  Cardami'ne pkaten'sis (Mat. Med.)
Cardami'ne, xaqdapuvxixi], Cardaman'-
tica, Nastur'tium Aquat'icum, Car'da-
mon,  xaqduuov, Cu'li  flos,  Ibe'ris so'-
phia,  Nastur'tium  praten'se, Ladies-
smock,  Cuck'oo flower.  The  flowers
have  been  considered useful  as anti-
spasmodics, in the  dose of  3j to 3ij-
They are probably inert.
  (F)  Cresson elegant,  Cresson des
prhs, Passerage sauvage.
  (G) Wiesenkresse,  Wasser-
kresse, Schaumkraut.
  CAR'DAN  or CARDA'NUS, Jer'-
ome (Biog.) An eminent Italian phy-
sician, mathematician, and philosopher;
born at Pavia  in 1501; died in  1576.
Works. De malo recentiorum medico-
rum medendi  usu libellus.  Ejusdem
libellus  de  simplicium  medicinarum
noxa.  Ven. 1536.  8vo.  Opuscula ar-
tem medicam  exercentibus  utilissima.
Bas. 1559.  fol.  He wrote  Commenta-
ries on  several of the  books of Hip-
pocrates.  Contradicentium medicorum
lib. ii.  Lugd. 1548.  4to.  De methodo
medendi sectiones quatuor. Paris.  1565.
8vo.  De causis, signis, et locis morbo-
rum,  liber unus.  Bonon.  1569.   8vo.
Opus novum, cunctis de sanitate tuendd
et vitd producenda  studiosis  apprimt
necessarium. Romas.  1580.
  Car'dia (Anat.) xaqSia, e the heart.'
The superior or oesophageal orifice of
the stomach.
    (G) Magenmund.
  Car'diac (Anat.) Cardi'acus, xaqSiot-
xos, from  xaqSia, 'the heart'; or  the
upper orifice of the stomach.   Relating
to the heart or to the upper orifice of the
stomach.
    (F) Cardiaque.
  The CAR'DIAC or COR'ONARY AR'-
TERIES,  are two  in number.   They
arise from  the  aorta, a little  above  the
free edge  of the sigmoid  valves, and
are distributed on both surfaces of the
heart.
  (F) Arteres cardiaques ou coronaires.
   The  CAR'DIAC  or   COR'ONARY
VEINS, are commonly four in number;
two anterior and two posterior.   They
open into the right auricle by one  ori-
fice, which is furnished with a valve,
and is  called,  by Portal,  Sinus  coro-
naire du Caur.
    (F) Veines cardiaques.
  CAR'DIAC NERVES.  These are com-
monly three on each side, a superior,
middle, and inferior, which are furnish-
ed by corresponding cervical ganglia.
Commonly  there are but  two on  the
left side, the upper and middle, which
draw their origin from the two last cer-
vical ganglia.   Scarpa calls the  supe-
rior — C.  superficia'lis;  the  middle —
C. profun'dus or C. Mag'nus ; and  the
inferior — C. par'vus.  There are  be-
sides,  Car'diac fil'aments,  (F)  Filets
cardiaques, furnished by the par vagum
or pneumo-gastric nerve, and which be-
come  confounded with the  above.
    (F) Nerfs cardiaques.
  The CAR'DIAC  PLEX'US,  Gang'-
lion cardi'acum. A nervous  network,
formed by the  different nerves above
mentioned. It is situated at the posterior 
CARDIAGRAPHY         156
CARIES
part of the  aorta, near its origin.  It j
affords numerous branches, which are
distributed to the heart and great vessels.
The name Car'diac has also been given
to the glands, vessels, and nerves, which
surround the superior or cardiac orifice
of the stomach.
  Cardiag'raphy (Anat.)  Cardiagra'-
phia, from xaqSia, ' the heart,' and yqa-1
<pi;,  ' a  description.'    An  anatomical
description of the heart.
  Cardial'gia  (Path.) Cardi'aca Pas'-
sio,   Colica  Ventric'uli,   Cordo'lium,,
Gastral'gia,  Gastrodyn'ia,  Stomacal'-
gia, Cardi'acus Mor'bus, Cardiog'mus ;
from xaqSia, ' the cardiac orifice of the |
stomach,' and uXyog, 'pain':  pain of
the  stomach.   Heartburn.   Impaired'
appetite, with gnawing or burning pain
in the stomach  or epigastrium.  Mor'-
sus ventric'uli, So'da, Limo'sis cardial'- \
gia mor'dens ; — a symptom of dyspep-
sia.
  (F) Cardialgie.     (G)  Magen-
schmerz,  M agendr iicken.
  Writers.  J. E. Schaper, Rostoch.
1720 (L).  Stupanus,  Basil. 1748 (L).
H.   Marchand,  Argent.   1754  (L).
Class,  Hal. 1790 (L).   Scheidler,
Giess. 1800 (L).  Otto, Francof. 1805
(L).
  Cardialo'gia (Anat.)  from  xaqSia,
' the heart,'  and  Xoyog, ' a discourse.'
A treatise on the heart.
     (G) Herzlehre.
  Cardia'rius; same etymology.  A
name given to  worms, said to have
been found in the heart or pericardium.
  Cardiato'mia  (Anat.) from  xaqSia,
1 the heart,' and xtuvtiv,' to cut.'  Dis-
section of the heart.
  (G)  Herzzergliederung.
  Cardim'elech (Med.)  from  xaqdta,
* the heart,' and  7[Sp Meleck (Hebr.),' a
governor.' A supposititious active prin-
ciple seated in the heart, and governing
the vital functions.  Dol^us.
  Cardiog'mus  (Path.)   xaqdioyuog.
Hippocrates employed this word sy-
nonymously with  Cardialgia.   In  the
time of Galen,  it was used, by some
writers, for  certain pulsations  of  the
heart, analogous to palpitations.  Sau-
vages understood, by Cardiogmus, an
aneurism of the heart or great vessels,
when still obscure.
  Cardiotro'tus (Surg.) xaqStoxqurrog,
from xaqdta, ' the heart,' and xixquiaxut,
' I wound.'  One affected with a wound
of the heart.  Galen.
  Cardi'tis (Path.)  from xaodia, 'the
heart,' and  the termination itis.   In-
flammation of the fleshy substance of
the heart.  Empresma  Cardi'tis.  The
symptoms of this  affection  are by n*
means clear.  They are often confound-
ed  with those  of  Pericarditis; —the
inflammation of the membrane invest-
ing the heart.  Carditis, indeed,  with
many, includes both the  inflammation
of the investing membrane and that of
the heart itself.  See Pericarditis.
  (F)  Cardite.   (G)  Herzentziin-
d ung.
  Writer.  I. F.  Davis, Bath, 1808.
  Cardo'nium  (Pharm)  Wine, medi-
cated with various plants.   Paracel-
sus.
  Car'duus Maria'nus  ( Mat. Med. )
Car'duus  Ma'ria,  Sil'ybum, Car'duus
lac'teus,  Spi'na al'ba,  Common  Milk
Thistle or  Ladies' Thistle.  The  herb
is a bitter tonic. The seeds are oleagin-
ous.  It is not used.
  (F) Char don-Marie.  (G) Marie n
Distel,  Frauendistel,  Milch-
di s te 1.
  Careba'ria (Path.)  xaqrfiaqta, from
xaqi], ' the head,' and  (iaqog, ' weight.'
Scordine'ma, oxoqiivtjua,  Cordine'ma,
xoqSivi,iia; heaviness of the head. Hip-
pocr., Galen.
  Care'na  (Pharm.)   Kare'na.  The
twenty-fourth part  of a drop.  Ruland
and Johnson.
  Care'num  (Anat.)  from xaqi],  ' the
head.'   Galen uses this word for the
head : — xaqijtov.
  Cariacou (Hyg.)  A beverage, used
in Cayenne, and formed of a mixture
of  cassava, potatoe,  and  sugar,  fer-
mented.
  Car'ica  Papay'a (Mat.  Med. and
Alim.)  The Papaw tree.   A  native of
America, India, and Africa.   The fruit
has somewhat of the flavor of a pump-
kin, and is  eaten  like it.   The milky
juice of the plant; and the  seed and
root have been  regarded as anthelmin-
tic.
  (F)  Papayer.   (G) Melonen-
baum.
  Car'icum (Pharm.)  xaoixov, — said
to have been named after its inventor
Caricus.   Car'ycum.   A detergent ap-
plication to ulcers ; composed of black
hellebore, sandarach, copper, lead, sul-
phur, orpiment, cantharides, and oil of
cedar.  Hippocr.
  Ca'ries (Path.)  Tfpj/(W,  Nigri"ties
os'sium.  An ulceration of bone.  Ne-
cro'sis being the death of the bone.  It
resembles the gangrene  of soft paits.
Hence it has been  termed Ca'ries gan-
grenosa, Gangra'na Ca'ries.  It is re-
cognised by the swelling of the bone, 
CARIOTiE            157  CARNIFORMIS ABSCESSUS
which precedes and  accompanies it;
by the abscesses it occasions ;  the fistu-
las which form; by the sanious charac-
ter, peculiar  odor  and quantity of the
suppuration,  and by  the  evidence af-
forded by probing.
   The most  common causes of caries
are blows;—the action of some virus,
and morbid diatheses.  When depend-
ant on any virus  in the  system, this
must be combated by appropriate reme-
dies.   When entirely local, it must be
converted, where  practicable,  into  a
state of necrosis or death of the affected
part.   For  this end stimulants are ap-
plied, the  actual cautery, &c
   (F) Carie.    (G) Beinfrass,
Knochenfrass.
   Writers.  J. B. G. Ferrand, Paris,
1765 (L).  Ch. P. Joffrion, Paris, 1801
(F).  J. F. Delzueles, Paris, 1802 (F).
P. F.  Moreau,  Paris,  1803 (F).  J. F.
Levert, Paris, 1805 (F).   G. Jouan,
Paris, 1806 (F).  Walter, Helmstad.
1807 (L).   F. C G. A. Renard, Paris,
1808 (L).   C. T. P. Mariglier, Paris,
1811 (L).
   Cario'tje  (Pharm.)  Dried  Dates.
Dioscoridts.
   Ca'rious (Path.)  Cario'sus.  Af-
fected with caries.
    (F) Carie, Carievx.
   Carli'na (Mat. Med.) Carline This-
tle.
   The CARLPNA ACAU'LIS, Chama'-
leon  al'bum,  Cardopa'tium,  which
grows in  the  Pyrenees,  and on  the
mountains  of Switzerland, Italy, &c,
has been recommended as  a tonic, em-
menagogue, and sudorific.
   (F)  Carline sans tige.
   (G) Ebertswurzel.
   Carlo Sancto, Ra'dix  (Mat. Med.)
St. Charles's  Root: found in  Me-
choachan  in  America.  The bark  is
aromatic, bitter, and  acrid.  It is con-
sidered to be sudorific, and to  strength-
en the gums and stomach.
   Carlsbad,  Mineral Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Carlsbad is a  town in Bo-
hemia, 21 miles from Egra, celebrated
for its hot baths.  It contains about 47
parts  in the 100 of purging   salts.  It
is  a thermal saline, temp. 165° Fahren-
heit.
   Car'men, a  verse,  because charms
usually consisted of a verse.  A charm,
an amulet.
  Cakmin'atives (Mat. Med.) Carmi-
nan'tia  or  Carminati'va, from car'-
men,' a verse '  or ' charm,' Antiphys'-
ica, avxiipvoixa, iavxtxa.  Remedies,
which allay pain, and cause the expul- I
 sion  of flatus  from the  alimentary
 canal.  They are generally of the class
 of aromatics.
  The  FOUR  GREATER  CARMINA-
 TIVE HOT SEEDS, Qua'tuor sem'ina
 cal'ida  majo'ra  carminati'va, were, of
 old, anise,  carui,  cummin, and  fen-
 nel.
  The FOUR LESSER  HOT  SEEDS,
 Qua'tuor sem'ina cal'ida mino'ra, were
 bishop's weed, stone parsley, smallage,
 and wild carrot.
   (F) Carminatifs.  (G)Blahungs-
 mit t e 1.
   Writers.  R. W. Krause, Jenae,
 1699 (L).   Ch. W. F. Struve, Erford,
 1751 (L).   J. F. Cartheuser, Franc.
 ad  Viadr. 1753 (L).  J.  A. Juncker,
 Halas, 1753 (L). A. E. Buchner, Hal.
 1760 (L).   J. G. Leonhardi,  Vitemb.
 1784 (L).   J. G. Schroder, Hal.  1800
 (L).
  Carmot ; a name given,  by the Al-
 chymists, to the  matter, which  they
 believed to constitute the Philosopher's
 Stone.
  Car'neous  (Anat. &  Path.)  Car'-
 neus, Carno'sus, daqxo>dr,g, from ca'ro,
 ' flesh.'   Consisting of flesh, or resem-
 bling flesh.'   FLESHY or MUSCULAR
 FIBRES, (F) Fibres charnues ou mus-
 culaires, are fibres  belonging to a mus-
 cle.  The  COLUMJNJE  CAR'NEJE  of
 the heart,  (F) Colonnes charnues, are
 muscular  projections, situated  in  the
 cavities of the heart.  They are called,
 also,  Mus'ciili Papilla'res.   PANNIC'-
 ULUS ^CARNO'SUS,  (F) Pannkule
 charnu; — Carno'sa Cu'tis; a muscu-
 lar membrane, adhering to the skin of
 certain animals, whose use is to move
 the integuments with the hair, feathers,
 &c.
  (F) Charnu.   (G) V1 e i s c h i g.
  Carnic'ula (Anat.)  Diminutive of
 Ca'ro,'  flesh-' The gums.  Fallopius.
  Carnifica'tion  (Path.)  Carnifica'-
 tio, from ca'ro,  ' flesh,'  and fieri,  ' to
 become.'  Transformation into flesh.
 A morbid state  of certain organs, .in
 which the tissue  acquires a  consist-
 ence  like  that  of  fleshy or muscular
 parts.   It is sometimes  observed  in
 hard parts, the texture becoming soft-
 ened, as in Os'teo-sarco'ma.  When it
 occurs in the lungs, they present a
 texture like that of liver.  Hepatisation
 is, however, the term more usually ap-
 plied to  this condition.
    (G) Verfleischung.
  Carnifor'mis  Absces'sus  (Path.)
 An  abscess, whose  orifice is hard,  the
sides thick and callous ; and which or- 
CARNIVOROUS
158
CARPUS
dinarily occurs in the neighbourhood of
the articulations.   M. A. Severinus.
  Carniv'orous (Mat. Med.)  Carniv'-
orus, Sarcoph'agus ; caqxoipayog,  from
oaqlg,' flesh,'  and  ipayio, ' I eat.'   That
which eats flesh.  Any substance, which
destroys the  excrescences  in  wounds,
ulcers, &c
  (F) Carnivore.    (G) Fleisch-
essend,
  Carnos'itas  '(Path.)  Carnos'ities or
Car'uncles in  the Ure'thra,  (F)  Car-
nosites   ou  Caroncules  de  I'uritre.
Small fleshy excrescences or fungous
growths, which were, at one time, pre-
sumed  to  exist in the  male urethra,
whenever  retention of urine  followed
gonorrhoea.     (F) Carnosile.
  M. Cullerier uses the term, Carno-
site venerienne, for a cutaneous, cellu-
lar, and membranous tumor, dependant
upon the syphilitic virus.
  Caroli'na,  North, Mineral  Wa-
ters of  (Mat. Med.)  In the  counties
of Warren, Montgomery, Rockingham,
Lincoln, Buncomb, and  Rowan,  there
are mineral springs.  They belong gen-
erally to the sulphureous or acidulous
saline-
   Caroli'na, Soi^th,  Mineral  Wa-
ters of (Mat.  Med.)  They are numer-
ous.  Pacolet Springs, on the west bank
of Pacolet River, contain sulphur and
iron.  Many,  with similar  properties,
but not held in estimation, are scattered
abut the State.
   Carot'icus  (Path.) xaqwxixog, com-
atose.  Relating  to  stupor or ca'rus.
"As a carotic state, &c
   (F) Carotique.  (G) Schlafsiich-
tig-
.Carot'id (Anat.) Carot'ides (Arteria),
 Carot'ica, Carotide'a, Capita'les, Jugu-
la'res, Sopora'les, Sopo/a'ria, Soporif-
era, Somnifera, Apoplec'tica, Lethar'-
gica, from xaqog, ' stupor.!  The Ca-
rotid Ar'terics, Cephal'ic Arteries. The
  freat arteries of the neck, which  carry
  lood to  the head.  They are divided
into, 1. Primitive or  common, the left
of which arises from the aorta, and the
right from a trunk,  common to it and
the subclavian.  2. External  or  peri-
cephal'ic, a branch  of the primitive,
which extends  from the last to the neck
of he condyle of the lower jaw :  and,
3> Internal, Artt'ria cerebra'lis vel en-
ccphal'ica, another branch of the  prim-
itive, which, arising at the same  place
as  the  external,  enters the cranium,
 and terminates on a level with the fis-
sure of Sylvius, dividing into several
branches.    (F) A. Carotide.
   (G) Hauptschlagadern, Kopf-
 schlagader.
   The  CAROT'ID  CAN'AL,  Cana'lis
 Carot'icus, Canal inflexe de Vos tempo-
 ral (Ch), is  a  canal  in the temporal
 bone, through which the carotid artery
 and several nervous filaments pass.
   (F) Canal carotidien.
   (G) Hauptschlagadergang.
   The  FORAMINA  CAROT'ICA,  Ca-
 rot'id Foram'ina, are distinguished into
 internal and external.   They  are the
 foramina at each extremity of  the Ca-
 nalis Caroticus.
     (F) Trous carotidiens.
   Carpa'sium, Car'pasum,  Car'pa-
 sus, and Carpe'sium  (Mat. Med.)  Di-
 oscorides, Pliny,  Galen, &c, have
 given these names,  and that of xaqna-
 oog, to a plant, which cannot  now be
 determined,  and whose juice, called
 onoxaqnaaov, passed for a violent, nar-
 cotic poison,  and was  confounded with
 myrrh.
   Carpholo'gia (Path.) Til'mus, xi).-
 fiog,  Carpolo'gia,  Crocidis'mus,  from
 xuqipog, 'floc'culus,' and Xeyot,  ' I col-
 lect ' or  ' pluck.  Action of gathering
 flocculi.  A  delirious picking  of the
 bed-clothes,  as  if to seek  some sub-
 stance, or to pull the flocculi from them.
 It denotes great cerebral irritability or
 debility, and is an unfavorable  sign in
 fevers, &c.
   (F) Carphologie.  (G) das Flok-
 kenlesen.
   Car'pial  or Car'pian (Anat.) Car-
 pia'nus, Carpia'lis.    Belonging to the
 Carpus.    (F) Carpien.
   CARfPIAL LIG'AMENTS, (F) Liga-
 ments  Carpiens, are,  1. The  fibrous
 fasciae, which  unite  the bones of the
 carpus :  and, 2. The annular ligaments,
 anterior and posterior, (q. v.)
   Carpot'ica  (Nosol.)  from  xaqnog,
 ' fruit.'  Diseases affecting  impregna-
 tion.  Irregularity,  difficulty or danger
 produced by parturition : —■ the 3d or-
 der, class Genetica, of Good.
   Car'pus (Anat.)  Carpis'mus, xaqnog,
 Brachia'le, Rasccta, Rasteta, the wrist.
 The  part  between the  fore-arm  and
 hand.  Eight bones compose it (in two
 rows).  In the superior row there  are,
 from without to within — the Scaphoi'-
 des  or naviculahe,  Luna're or Semi-
 luna're, Cu'neifor'ml and Orbicula're
• or Pi'siforme. In the  lower row—Tra-
 pe'zium,  Trapezoi'des, Mag'num, and
 Un'cifor'me.
   (F) Carpe, Poignet.
   (G) Vorderhand, Handwur-
 z e 1. 
CARRELET            159             CARUS
  Carrelet (Surg.) A'cus triangula-
ris.  A straight needle, two or three
inches long, the point of which is tri-
angular ; and which the ancients used
in different operations.
  CARRELET (F) (Pharm.)  A wood-
en, triangular frame for fixing a cloth
through which different pharmaceutical
preparations are passed.
    (G)  Seiherahmen.
  Car'thamus Tincto'rius (Mat. Med.)
xvixog, Am'yron, auvoov, Cni'cus, Cro'-
cus German'icus, Cro'cus Saracen'icus,
Car'thamum officina'rum, Car'duus sa-
ti'vus. Saffron flower, Safra'num, Saf-
flower, Bastard  Saffron.   The seeds
are aromatic, cathartic, and diuretic ;
but to the Parroquet they are an article
of food, hence their name, Graines de
Perroquet.  The flowers are employed
as a cosmetic.
  (F)  Carthame, Safran batard, Car-
thame des Teinturiers.
  (G) Saflor.
  CARTHEU'SER, John Fred'erick
(Biogr.)  Was Professor of Medicine at
Frankfort on the Oder, and  had much
reputation about the middle of the  last
century,  for works on  Botany  and
Pharmacy ;  born in 1704;  died in 1777.
Works.    Pharmacologia  theoretico-
practica.  Berol. 1745.  8vo.   IHsserta-
tiones physico - chymico -medica, annis
nuperis de  quibusdam materia medica
subjectis exarata acpublice habita,nunc
iterum recusa. Franc, ad  Viadr. 1774.
8vo.
   Cartila'go  (Anat.)  xov^Q°?> Car'-
tilage. A solid part of the animal body,
of a medium consistence between bone
and ligament, and which  in the foetus
is a substitute for bones, but in  the
adult  exists  only in the joints, at the
extremities of the ribs, &c  Cartilages
are of a  whitish color, flexible, com-
pressible, and very elastic, and some of
them  apparently inorganic.  They are
composed, according to J. Davy, of
.44 albumen, .55 water, and .01 phos-
phate of lime.
   The ARTIC'ULAR  CAR'TILAGES,
or  Obdu'cent Car'tilages,  invest bony
surfaces, which are in contact; hence
they are called investing or incrusting
cartilages,  (F)  Cartilages  de revite-
ment or d'encroutement.
   (G) Uberziehenden Knorpel.
   The CAR'TILAGES OF  THE RIBS
are, in some respects, only prolonga-
tions of the  ribs.  Those  of the nose,
of  the meatus  auditorius, and eusta-
chian tube, present a similar  arrange-
ment. Other cartilages resemble a union
of fibrous and cartilaginous textures,
hence their name Fibro-cartilages.
  CAR'TILAGES  OF  OSSIFICA'TION
are such as, in ;the progress  of ossi-
fication,  have to  form  an integrant
part of bones;  as those of the long
bones in the new-born infant.   These
are termed temporary.- the others being
permanent.   All  the  cartilages, with
the exception of the articular,  are sur-
rounded  by a membrane analogous to
the periosteum, called  Perichondrium.
  (F)  Cartilage.   (G) Knorpel.
  Writer.   D. Autenreith, Tubing,
1798 (L).
  Ca'rum  (Mat. Med.)  Kuqov, from
Caria, a  province of  Asia,  xaqxov,
Car'ton, Ca'reum, Ca'mm Car'ui, Car'
vi,  Cumi'num praten'se,  Ca'rus, Car'u-
on, the  Car'away.  The seeds,  Car-
naba'dia,  Car'oua, are  carminative.
Dose, gr. x to  3ij> swallowed whole
or  bruised.   The  oil,  O'leum  Car'ui,
(F) Huile de Carvi, has the properties
of the seeds.  Dose, gtt ij to vj.
  (F)  Carvi, Cumin des prds.
  (G) Matten Kiimmel, Karve,
Feld-or  Wiesen-Kiimmel.
  Writer.   J.  L. Milhau,  Argent.
1740 (L).
  Car'uncle  (Anat.)  Carun'cula, di-
minutive .of ca'ro, ' flesh.'  A  small
portion of  flesh,  Sar'cion, aaqxiov.  A
fleshy excrescence. Ecphy'ma carun'-
cula.
   (F)  Caroncule.     (G) Fleisch-
warzche n.
   CARUN'CULA  LACHRYMA'LIS.  A
small, reddish, follicular body,  situated
at the  inner  angle  of the eye. It se-
cretes a gummy substance.
  (F)  Caroncule latrymale.
  (G) Thriinenwarze.
   CARUN'CULM MAMILLA'RES. The
extremities  of the lactiferous tubes in
the nipples.*  The olfactory nerves have
been so called by some.
    CARUN'CULJE  MYRTIFOR'MES,
 Glan'dula  myrtifor'mes.   Small, red-
dish tubercles, more  or less  firm, of
variable  form, and uncertain  number,
situated near the orifice of  the vagina,
and formed by the mucous membrane.
They  are  regarded as the  remains of
the Hymen.
   (F)  Caroncules Myrtiformes.
   (G) Myrtenblattformige
 Warzchen,  Mutterscheid
 W a r z c h e n.
   Carun'culous (Path.)  Relating to
 caruncles or carnosities.  Carun'cular.
   Ca'rus  (Path.)   xaqog, Profound
 sleep.  The  last degree  of coma, with 
CARYCHUS
160
CASSUMUNIAR
complete insensibility, which no stimu-
lus can remove, even for a few instants.
Sopor, Coma, Lethargia, and Cams, are
four degrees of the same condition.
  Car'ychus (Pharm.)   A substance,
little known, employed by the ancients
in the preparation of an antidote.
  Caryocosti'nis (Pharm.)  from xu-
qvxiw,' I season,' and xooxog,' costus.'
An electuary  prepared  of the  costus
and other aromatic substances, &c  It
was cathartic.
  Caryo'ti  (Mat. Med.)  xuqvwxoi (pa-
Xavoi). The best kind of dates. Galen.
  CAS RARES (F).  Rare cases.   This
term is used, by the French, for patho-
logical facts, which vary from what is
usual.  See a celebrated  article under
this head in the Dictionaire des Sciences
Midicales, Vol. iv.
  Cas'cara, Cascaril'la (Mat. Med.)
Spanish words, which signify bark and
little bark.   Under which appellations
the bark (Cinchona) is known in Peru.
They are  now applied to the bark of
the Croton cascarilla.
  Case (Surg. & Anat.)  Cap'sa, xaipa.
This  name is given to boxes for the
preservation  of  instruments;  or for
medicines necessary in hospital or other
service.  We say,—A case of ampu-
tating, trepanning, &c instruments.
    (F) Caisse.
  CASE  (Path.)  Ca'sus.  The  con-
dition of a patient,  as a case  of fever,
&c   Also, the history of a disease.
    (F)  Observation.
  Cashoo  (Mat. Med.)   An  aromatic
drug  of Hindusthan, said to possess
pectoral virtues.
  CA'SIUS or  CAS'SIUS,  Iatroso-
phis'ta (Biog.)  The period  at which
C. flourished is uncertain.  Some sup-
pose him to be the one referred to by
Celsus.   Works. De animal, medica
quastiones,  fyc, interprete Hadriano
Jumo.  Paris.  1541.  4to. Gr.   Gr. et
Lat. cum scholiis Conr. Gesner. Tig.
8vo.  Iarqixai avioqtui, xai nqopXr^iaxu
ntqi Ctucuv xai xixqttnodwv.  Lugd. Bat.
1596. 8vo.  Gr. Lat. cum notis et Var.
Lect. per And. Rivin. Lips.  1653. 4to.
Naturales  et  medicinales  quastiones
circa  hominis  naturam, Latine  per
Gesner, &c Tig. 1562.  8vo.
  CASSEBOHM,  John Frederick
(Biog.)  Professor of Anatomy at Halle
in Saxony :  died about the year 1740.
Works.  Tractatus  quatuor anatnmici
de aure humand, &c  Hal.  1734. 4to,
Tract, quinlus anatomicus de aure hu-
mand, &c Ibid. 1735. 4to.   Methodus
secandi et contemplandi corporis hu-
mani musculos.   Haloe.   1739.  8vo.
Methodus secandi  viscera.  Ibid. 1740.
8vo.
  CASSE'RIUS,  Ju'lius  (Biog.)  A
distinguished Anatomist; born at Pla-
centia, in Italy, in  1545;  died in 1616.
Works.  De vocis auditusque  organis
historia anatomica, &c. Ferrara. 1600.
fol.  Pentastheseion, hoc est, de quin-
que  sensibus liber.  Venet. 1609. fol.
Tabula  anatomica lxxviii.  DANIEL
BUCRETIUS Vratislaviensis  \x, qua
deerant,  supplevit,  &c  Venet. 1627. fol.
  Cas'sia Fis'tula (Mat. Med.) Cas'-
sia ni'gra, Mhal,  JEhalagas, JEttala-
ghas,C us'sia fistula'ris,  C. Alexandri'na,
Chai'arxam'bar,  Can'na, Can'na solu-
ti'va, Can'na fis'tula, Cas'sia soluti'va,
Tlai Xiem. Cathartocar'pus.  Purging
Cassia.   The pulp  of the Cas'sia Fis'-
tula or Cathartocar'pus  Fis'tula, Pul'pa
Cas'sia,  Cas'sia Aramentum, which is
contained in long pods, is black, bright,
and  shining; sweet, slightly acid, and
inodorous.  It is laxative  in the dose
of 3iv to §j.
  (F) Casse Caneficier,  Casse  en ba-
tons, Casse des Boutiques.
  (G) Rohrkassie.
  Writer.   E. de Villars,  Paris,
1712 (L).
  CAS'SIA MARILAN'DICA (Mat. Med.)
American Senna.  The  leaves of this
plant are similar, in virtue, to the cas-
sia senna.  They are,  however, much
inferior in strength.
   CAS'SIA SEN'NA (Mat. Med.)  The
name of the  plant,  which affords  senna.
Sen'na  Fo'lia,  Sen'na  Alexandri'na,
Sen'na Ital'ica, Se'na,  Senn'a or AE-
gyptian Cassia.  The leaves of senna
have a faint smell, and bitterish- taste.
The active part is extracted by alcohol
and  water.  Their activity is injured
by boiling water.  They are a hydro-
gogue  cathartic,  and  apt to  gripe.
Dose of  the powder  9j to 3j-  Infu-
sion is the best form.
  (F) Sene, Casse  Sene.
  Writers.  Sennertus, Altdorf, 1733
(L).  Salvador Soliva, Madrid, 1774
(S). Nectoux, Paris,  1808 (F).   Col-
ladon, Montpellier, 1816(F).
   Cassolet'ta  (Pharm.)  A kind of
moist fumigation, formerly in use. Mar-
cellus.
   Cassumu'niar (Mat.  Med.) Casamu'-
nar, Casmina, Risagon, Benga'le  In.
do'rum, Bengal Root.  A root, obtained
from the East Indies, in irregular slices
of various forms; some cut transverse-
ly, others longitudinally.  It is an aro-
matic bitter, and is consequently tonic 
CASTELLAMARE        161           CATACLE1S
and stimulant.  It was once considered
a panacea.
    (F) Racine de Bengale.
  Castellamare di Stabia, Waters
of (Mat. Med.)  C. is a town in Naples,
in the Principato Citra, 15 miles S.S.E.
of Naples.  There are two springs here,
the one sulphureous, the other chalyb-

  CASTELLA'NUS, Peter, or DU
CHAT'EL (Biog.) Born at Grammont
in Flanders, in 1585;  died  in 1632.
Works. Vita  illustrium medicorum.
Antwerp. 1618. 8vo.  De  esu carnium
libr. quatuor. Antwerp'.  1626. 8vo.
  Castellet'to-Ado'no, Waters  of
(Mat.  Med.) These  waters,  situated
near Acqui in Italy, are sulphureous.
  CASTEL'LUS   or  CASTEL'LI,
Bartholomew  (Biog.) An Italian phy-
sician, who lived about the end of the
16th century.  Works.  Totius  artis
medica, methodo divisa, compendium et
synopsis. Messanae. 1597. 4to.   Lexicon
medicum Graco-Latinum.  Ven.  1607.
4to.: often  reprinted.
  Castera-vivent, Waters  of  (Mat.
Med.)  C. is a small village in the de-
partment of Gers, near which is a cold
acidulous chalybeate, and another which
is sulphureous and thermal. Temp. 84°
Fahrenheit.
  Castle -Leod,  Waters  of  (Mat.
Med.)  A  sulphureous spring in Ross-
shire, Scotland, celebrated for the cure
of cutaneous and other diseases.
  Cas'tor  Fi'ber (Mat. Med.) xaaxwq,
Fi'ber, Ca'nis Pon'ticus.  The Beaver.
It furnishes the Castor.   Rondelet
recommends slippers made of its skin
in gout.  Its blood, urine, bile, and fat,
were formerly used in medicine.
    (F) Castor.   (G) Biber.
  Casto'reum  (Mat. Med.)  Castor,
from xaaxotq,' the beaver,' quasi yaoxu>q,
from yaax^q,' the  belly,' because of the
size of its belly, or a castrando .- — xaa-
xoqiov, xaaxoqiwv, Casto'reum Ros'sicum
et Canaden'se. A peculiar matter, found
in bags, near the rectum of the beaver.
Its odor is strong, unpleasant, and pe-
culiar ; taste bitter, subacrid; and color
orange-brown.  It is antispasmodic, and
often employed.  Dose, gr. x  to £)j.
    (G) Bibergeil.
  Writers. A. H. Fasch, Jenae, 1677
(L).   J. France, August. Vindel. 1685
(L).   Translated  into French,  Paris,
1746.  J. Vesti,  Erford, 1701 (L).  S.
P. Hilscher, Jenae,  1741 (L).   J. W.
Lincke, Lips.  1786 (L).   F. T.  A.
Muche, Francf. ad Viadr. (L).
  Castra'tion (Surg.)  Castra'tio, Ce-
                 14*
 loto'mia,  xtjXoxouia, oQ/orouta, Orcho-
 to'mia.  Operation  for removing the
 testicles.   Sometimes, the term is em-
 ployed for the operation, when  per-
 formed on one  testicle; hence the
 division into  complete and  incomplete
 castration.  Castration renders the in-
 dividual incapable of reproduction.
   (F)  Castration.   (G) Verschnei-
 dung, Entmannung.
   Writers.   J. J. Gardanne,  Paris,
 1766 (L).   Weber, Jenae,  1773 (L).
 Dieck, Helmstadt. 1797 (L).  Mezger,
 Regiomont,   1800  (L).    Zembesch,
 Jenae,  1801 (L).    Staudinger,  Hal.
 1802 (L).   Mercier de la Vildiere,
 Paris,  1803(F).
   Castra'tus, (I.)  Castra'lo, from cas-
 tra're,  ' to castrate.'   One deprived of
 testicles.  This deprivation has a  great
 influence   on  the developement of pu-
 berty.  It is adopted to procure a clearer
 and sharper voice;  and, in  the  East,
 the  guardians of the  Harem are, for
 the  sake  of  security, converted  into
 Castra'ti, or Eu'nuchs, iwovxoi.   The
 ancients called those  deprived of one
 testicle, Spado'nes.   Eunuchs  have
 generally  both testes and  penis re-
 moved.
   (F)  Castrat, Cha.lre.
   Catab'asis  (Path.)  xaxaflaaig,  from
 xarufaivu}, ' I  descend.' An  expulsion
 of humors  downwards.
   Catable'ma (Surg.) xarap.r\^a,ini-
 piijua, TitqipXr/ua.  The outermost ban-
 dage which secures the rest.
   Cataceclim'enus, from  xaxax.Xivo-
 iiai,l to lie down.'   One who keeps his
 bed in consequence of the violence of a
 disease.   Catacli'nes, xaxuxXivrtg,  xara-
 xty.Xuitvog.  Hippocr.
   Cataceras'ticus  (Mat. Med.) xaxa-
 xiqaazixug, from xaxuxsQavvvpi, ' I tem-
 per,' '  I correct.'  The same  as Epice-.
 rasticus.  A medicine capable of blunt-
 ing the acrimony of humors.
   Catachris'ton  (Pharm.)  xaxaxqi-
 axov, from y.axaxqtoi, ' I anoint.'  A
 species of liniment.  Hippocr.
   Catac'hysis  (Therap.)  xaxaxvaig,
 Effu'sio,  Perfu'sio, from  xazaxtw, ' I
 pour upon.'  Affusion  with cold water.
 Hippocr.
   Catac'lasis  (Path.)   xaxaxXaotg,
 Cam'pylum,   Campylo'tis,   xapnvXov.
 Distortion of the eyes. Hippocr., Vo-
 gel.
   Catacleis' (Anat.)  xaxaxXetg,  from
 xaxa,' beneath,' and  xX.tig, ' the clavi-
 cle.'   This term has  been  applied to
 many  parts, as to the first rib, the  aero*
| mion,  &c. 
CATACLYSMUS         162           CATAPLASM
  Cataclys'mus (Therap.) xuxuxXvaua,
 Cataclys'ma,  from  xaxaxXvttu,  ' to
 submerge, inundate.'   A Clyster. Hip-
 pocr.  Others mean,  by the term, a
 shower-bath;  or copious affusion of
 water.  Cataone'sis, xaxaiovi;aig.
  Catagmat'ics  (Mat. Med.)  Catag-
 mat'icarerne'dia, xaxavftarixa ipaqyaxa,
 from  xaxctyfia,  ' fracture.'  Remedies
 supposed  to be capable of occasioning
 the formation  of callus.
  Catalen'tia (Path.) Epilepsy or some
 disease resembling it.  Paracelsus.
  Cat'alepsy (Path.) Catalep'sia,Cata-
 lep'sis, Cat'oche, Cat'ochus, Congela'tio,
 Deten'tia, Encatalep'sis,Apho'nia (Hip-
 pocr.),  Anau'dia (Antigenes), Appre-
 hen'sio, Contempla'tio, Prehen'sio, Ca'-
 rus Catalep'sia,  Trance (?), Oppres'sio,
 Comprehen'sio (Gel. Aurelian.),^po-
plex'ia Catalep'sia, from xaxaXauftavo>,
 ' I seize hold of  A disease, in  which
 there is  sudden suspension of the ac-
 tion of the senses and  of volition : the
 limbs and trunk  preserving  the  differ-
 ent positions  given  to them.  It is a
 rare affection,  but is seen, at times, as
 a form of hysteria.   Some of the Greek
 writers have used the word in its true
 acceptation, of a seizure, surprise, tVc
  (F) Catalepsie.  (G) Starrsucht,
 S t e i f s u c h t.
  Writers. N. Tulpius, Helmst. 1660
 (L).  Clopthak, Leid. 1687 (L).   Al-
 binus, Frankf. 1690 (L).   Winthlr,
 Rintel.  1692  (L).    Fr. Hoffmann,
 Franc. 1692 (L). G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
 170S  (L).  P. Dionis, Paris, 1718 (F).
 J. I. Roder, Erford, 1721 (L). Cosnier,
 Paris, 1773(F).  Baumer, Giess. 1776
 (L).   Gerson,  Gotting.  1797  (L).
 Osius, Marburg, 1799 (L).   Illgner,
 Francof.  1800 (L).   Fr. Henry,  Paris,
 1803(F).  A   G.  Baude, Paris,  1806
 (L).  J. S. Laurent, Paris, 1808 (L).
  Catalpa  (Mat. Med.)  C. Arbo'rea.
 The decoction of the  pods of the Ca-
 talpa has been recommended in chronic
 nervous asthma.
  Catanti.e'ma   and  Catanti.e'sis
 (Therap.) xaxavxX.r]iia and xaxanXipig,
 from xaxa,1 upon,' andaiT^aw,' I pour.'
 Ablution  with warm water, expressed
 from  a sponge.  Moschion,  Marcel-
 lu» Empiricus.
  Catapas'ma (Mat. Med.) from xaxa-
 naaam, ' 1 sprinkle ': xaxarcaauu,  Cata-
 pas'tum, Consper'sio, Epipas'ton, Pas'-
 ma,  naoua,   Sympas'ma, Empus'ma,
 Xe'rion,  zijqtov, Asper'sio.   Compound
 medicines in the form of powder  em-
 ployed by the ancients to sprinkle on
 ulcers,  absorb perspiration,  &c.  Pau-
 lus of jEgina.
   Cataph'ora (Path.) xaratpoqa,' fall,'
 from xaxaiptqoftai, ' I fall from above.'
 A state resembling sleep, with privation
 of feeling and  voice.   According  to
 others, Cataphora is simply a profound
 sleep, which it  is  difficult  to  rouse
 from — in this sense being synonymous
 with Sopor (q. v.)
   Cataphrac'ta (Surg.)  xaratpqaxxa,
 a Cuirass, from xaxatpquaow,' I fortify.'
 A name given by Galen to a bandage
 applied  round the  thorax and  shoul-
 ders.  It was also called Quadri'ga.
   Cat'aplasm (Therap.) Cataplas'ma,
 Epiplas'ma,  Ba'os, (iatog,  xaxanXaouu,
 from xaxanXaaattr,' to apply.' A Poul-
 tice.  A medicine to be applied exter-
 nally under  the  form of a thick pap.
 Cataplasms  are formed  of various in-
 gredients, and  for  different  objects.
 They may be anodyne, emollient, tonic,
 antiseptic, irritating, &c  A simple
 poultice   acts. only  by  virtue  of its
 warmth  and  moisture.   Meal,  fatty
 substances,  leaves  of plants,  certain
 fruits, crumb of bread, &c,  are the
 most common bases.
   (F)  Cataplasme.   (G) Umschlag.

   The chief poultices which have been
 officinal are the following.

  Anodyne.   Emollient.     Tonic &
                         Astringent.
 C. Cicutte,   C. Lini,        C. Alum.
 C. Digitalis.  C. Panis,       C. Goulard.
            C'Mali viaturi.   C. Rosas.
     Antiseptic.    Irritating.
      C. Carbonis,   C. Sinapis,
      C. Dauci,    C. Muriatis Soda,
      C. Fcrmenti,   C. Quercus Marini.
      C. Acetosa,
     C. Cumini.

   The Parisian Codex has some  other
 officinal  cataplasms.   1. Cataplas'ma
 anod'ynum, made of poppy and hyoscy-
 amus. 2. Cataplas'ma emol'liens, made
 of meal and pulps.  3. Cataplas'ma ad
 suppuratio'nem promoven'dam, of pulps
 and  Basilicon.  4.  Cataplas'ma  rube-
fa'ciens vel antipleurit'icum, formed of
 pepper and vinegar.
   The only cataplasms, the preparation
 of which it is important to describe, are
 the following.
   CATAPLAS'MA FERMEN'TI,  C. ef-
ferves'cens,  Yeast Cataplasm or Poul-
 tice.— Take  of meal  ftj, yeast ftss.
 Expose  it  to a  gentle heat.   It  is
 antiseptic, and a good  application to
 bruises.
     (F)  Cataplasme de Levure.
   CATAPLAS'MA SINA'PIS,  C. Sina'-
 peos,  Sin'apism, Mustard  Cataplasm
 or Poultice.  (Mustard and  Linseed 
*        CATAPLEXIS          163            CATARACT
meal or meal aa. equal parts.   Warm
vinegar, q. s.) A rubefacient and stim-
ulant applied to the soles of the feet in
coma,  low typhus, &c, as well as to
the pained part in rheumatism, &c
  (F) Cataplasme de moutarde or Sina-
pisme.
  Cataplex'is  ( Path. )  xaxanXt^ig,
Stu'por,  from xaxa and nXrjoam,  ' I
strike'  Appearance of  astonishment
as exhibited by the eyes, in particular.
  Catapsyx'is (Path.)  xaxaipili^fnom
xaraifjvxoj, '1 refrigerate':  nsqi-div^ig.
Considerable  coldness  of  the  body,
without ri'gor and  horripila'lio.  Ga-
len.   Coldness in the extreme parts of
the limbs.  Hippocr.
   Catapto'sis   (Path.)  xaxanxmaig,
Deciden'tia,  a fall.  This  word ex-
presses, sometimes, the fall of a patient,
attacked with epilepsy  or apoplexy ; at
others, the sudden resolution of a para-
lytic limb.
   Cat'aract (Path.) Catarac'ta, Suf-
fu'sio Oc'uli, Pthar'ma catarac'ta, Ca-
li'go len'tis,  Gut'ta  opa'ca, yX.avxoyiu,
 Hypoc'hyma,  Hypoc'hysis,  vnoxvua,
 vnoxvoig, Par op'sis catarac'ta, Glau-
 co'ma  Woulhou'si,  i-Tto/iua,  xaxaqqa-
 xrr/5,  from xaxaquoaw, ' I fall.'  A de-
 privation of sight, which cdmes on, as
 if a veil fell before  the eyes.  Cataract
 consists in  opacity of the  crystalline
 lens or its capsule,  which prevents the
 passage of the rays  of light,  and pre-
 cludes vision.  The causes are obscure.
 Diagnosis. — The patient is blind, the
 pupil   seems  closed   by  an  opaque
 body, of variable  color, but commonly
 whitish : — the  pupil contracting and
 dilating.  Cataracts have been divided,
 by some, into  spurious  and genuine.
 The  former, where  the  obstacle to
 vision  is between the capsule  of the
 lens and the uvea:  the latter, where it
  is in the lens or capsule.   A  lenticular
  cataract is where the affection is seated
  in the lens; — a capsular or membran-
  ous, where  in  the  capsule.  The cap-
  sular is divided again,  by Beer, into
  the  anterior, posterior, and complete
  capsular cataract.   When  the capsule
  is rendered opaque, in consequence of
  an injury, which cuts or ruptures any
  part of it, it thickens, becomes leathery,
  and has been called Catarac'ta ar'ida
  siliquo'sa.    Catarac'ta  Morgagnia'na
  lac'tea or  purifor'mis, is the milky va-
  riety,  in which the crystalline is trans-
  formed into a liquid  similar  to milk,
  (F)  Cataracte  laiteuse.  The cap'sulo-
  lentic'ular affects  both  lens  and cap-
  sule, and  Beer  conceives  the liquor
morgagni, in an altered state, may con-
tribute to it.  Cataracts are also called
stony ((F) pierreuse), milky  or cheesy
(laiteuse  ou  caseuse),  according to
their density : — white, pearly, yellow,
brown, gray, green, black, (F) blanche,
perlee,jaune, brune,grise,verte, noire),
according  to  their  color : —fixed or
vacillating — catarac'ta capsulo-lentic-
ula'ris trem'ula, (F) fixe ou  branlante,
according as they are fixed or movable
behind the pupil.  They are also called
Catarac'ta  marmora'cia, fenestra'ta,
stella'ta,  puncta'ta,  dimidia'ta,  &c,
according to the  appearances they pre-
sent.
   Cataracts may be simple or. compli-
cated with adhesion, amaurosis, specks,
&c  They may be primary or primi-
tive, when opake  before the  operation;
— or  secondary,  when the  opacity  is
the result of the operation.
   The cataract is commonly a disease
of elderly  individuals,  although, not
 unfrequently,  congen'ital.   It  forms
 slowly:   objects   are  at  first  seen  as
 through a mist, light bodies appear  to
 fly before the eyes,  and it is not until
 after months or years that the sight is
 wholly lost.
   No means will remove the evil ex-
 cept an  operation,  which  consists  in
 removing the obstacle to the  passage
 of the light to the  retina.   Four chief
 methods are  employed  for this  pur-
 pose.
   1.  Couching or  Depression,  (F)  A-
 baissement, Diplacement de  la Cata-
 racte.  This consists in passing a cata-
 ract needle through the  sclerotica and
 subjacent membranes, a little above the
 transverse diameter of the eye ; and at
 about two lines  distance from the cir-
 cumference of  the transparent cornea,
 until the point arrives in the posterior
 chamber of the eye.  With  this  the
  crystalline is  depressed to the outer
  and lower part of the globe of the eye,
  where it is left.  2. By  absorption, by
  the  French termed broiement, or bruis-
  ing.  This is performed in  the same
  manner as the former; except that, in-
  stead of turning the crystalline from
  the axis of the visual rays, it is divided
  by the cutting edge  of the needle, and
  its fragments scattered  in  the humors
  of the eye, where they are absorbed.
  3  By extraction,   which  consists in
  opening, with a particular kind of knife,
  the transparent cornea and the anterior
  portion of the capsule of the crystalline;
  and causing the lens to issue through
  the  opening.  Each of the processes 
            CATARRH           164

has its advantages and disadvantages,
and all are used by surgeons.  Some,
again, pass a cataract needle through
the transparent cornea and pupil,  to
the crystalline, and depress or  cause
its absorption.  This is called Kerato-
nyxis, which see.
  (F) Cataracte.
  (G) Staar, Graue staar.
  Writers. P. Albinus, Francof. 1695
(L).  Th. Woolhouze,  Franc.  1719
(L).  A. C. Cocchi,  Rom. 1721 (L).
J. Descemet,  Paris, 1758 (L).   R.  B.
Sabatier, Paris, 1759 (L).  J. Colom-
bier, Paris,  1768 (L).   J. Taylor,
Lond. 1736.  Nicolai, Jenae, 1776 (L).
Buddeis, Jenae, 1776 (L). Marchan,
Nismes,  1784 (F).   Wenzel,  Paris,
1786 (F).: in Engl, by J. Ware, Lond.
1791.  Habermann, Jenae, 1790 (L).
J?  Ware, Lond.  1795.   Reil, Hal.
1797 (L).   P.L.Carre,  Paris, 1802
  g').  Kupfer, Erlang. 1803 (L).  La
  ournere, Strasburg, 1803(F). Fried-
lander, Erfurt, 1803(L).  J. B.  Fleu-
ry, Paris, 1803 (F). Mayer, Goett. 1804
(L).  J. B. Guerin,  Paris, 1806 (F).
A. E. Tartra, Paris,  1812 (F).  A. C.
Montain, Paris, 1812 (F).  J. H. Frey-
tag, Argent. 1721 (L).   J  B. Boyer,
Paris, 1728 (L).   A. Ferrein, Monsp.
1732 (L).   J. F.  Henckel, Franc ad
Viadr. 1744 (L).  J. P. Schnitzlein,
Lips. 1750 (L).  Cl. J. Ge.ntil, Paris,
1752 (L).   Chalibert, Lond.  1774.
A. Bischoff, Lond. 1793.  W. H. J.
Buchhorn,  Hal.  1811 (G).   A.  G.
Richtek, translated, Lond. 1791. Jon.
Wathen, Lond. 1785.   R. Muter,
 Wisbeach,1811.  J. Stevenson, Lond.
 1813.  Schmidt,  Wien. 1801(G).  C.
 Ch. Conradi, Leipz. 1791 (G).   C. J.
 Beer, Wien. 1791 (G).  Sir J. Earle,
 Lond. 1801.   Beer, Wien. 1799 (G).
 Weinhold, 1809 (G).  Sam. Cooper,
 Lond.  1805.   Gibson,  Lond.  1811.
 C. J.  M.  Langenbeck,  Gott. 1811
 (G).  Sir W. Adams, Lond. 1812 and
 1817.  Schiferli,  Jen.  1797(G).  J.
 Ware, Lond. 1811.  J- Bowen, Lond.
 1824.
   CATARACTE (F)  (Path.)  Catarac-
 tus, Catarac'td vitia'tus.  One affected
 with cataract. The  French  use this
 term, both for  the eye affected with
 cataract and the patient himself.
   Catarrh'  (Path.)  Catar'rhus,  xa-
 xaqqoog,Catarrheu'ma, Rheu'ma, qtvfia,
 Deflux'io, from xaxa,' downwards,'  and
 Qua, ' I  flow.'  A  discharge of fluid
 from  a mucous  membrane.  The  an-
 cients considered the catarrh as a sim-
 ple flux,  and  not as  an  inflammation.
CATARRHECT1CA
Generally it partakes of this character,
however.  Catarrh is, with us, usually
restricted to the  inflammation of the
mucous membrane of the air passages;
the French  e xtend it to that of all mu-
cous membranes.
  (F) Catarrhe, Flux muqueux, Fluxion
catarrhale.    (G) Fluss.
  CATARRH, in  the  English sense,
Rheu'ma Pectoris, Grave'do (of many),
a cold,  Fe'bris  Catarrha'lis, Blenno-
tho'rax, Bronchi'tis, Catar'rhus a fri'-
gore, (F) Catarrhe pulmonaire, Rhume
de Poitrine, is a superficial inflamma-
tion of the mucous follicles of  the
trachea and bronchi.  It is commonly
an affection of but little consequence,
but apt to relapse  and  become chronic.
It is characterized  by cough, thirst,
lassitude, fever, watery eyes, with in-
creased secretion  of mucus  from the
air passages.  The antiphlogistic  regi-
men and time usually remove it. Some-
times, the inflammation of the bronchial
tubes is so great as to prove fatal.
     (G)  Brustkatarrh.
  Writers on  Catarrh (Pulmonary),
Avenius, Rostoch, 1663  (L).    Lu-
dolff, Erfurt,  1752 (L).    Rcjderer,
Gcetting. 1758 (L).  Reil, Hal.  1795
(L).  Engei.hart,  Lundae,  1799 (L).
Seufferheld,  Erlang* 1800 (L).   B.
La Roche, Paris,  1802 (F). T. Mudge,
Lond. 1779.   S.  P. Gilbert,  Paris,
1804 (L).  Fr. Bertrand, Paris, 1804
(F).  Le Jeune, Paris, 1806 (F).   Ca-
banis, Paris, 1807(F).  E.R.White,
1807.
   CATARRH', EPIDEM'IC, Catar'rhus
epidem'icus, C. a  conta'gio, Rheu'ma
epidem'icum.  Catarrh occurring owing
to  some particular Constitutio  aeris,
and affecting a whole country : — the
Influenza.  (G) Epidemischer
II us ten.  See Fever, adenomenin-
geal.
  Writers. J. G. Dehahn, Vratislav.
1731 (L).  H. P. Juch, Erfurt, 1743 (L).
Saillant,  Paris,  1780 (F).   Robert
Hamilton, Lond. 1782.  Strack, Mo-
gunt. 1784  (L).  Duncan,  Edinb. 1785
(L).   J. B. Viauld,  Paris, 1803(F).
Brunet, Paris, 1803  (F).   J. Herd-
mann,  Lond.  1803.   Fr. Billerey,
Paris, 1803 (F).  J. F. L. Amestin and
J. Larue,  Paris, 1806 (F).   W. Grant
(E. C. of Lond. 1775 and 1782), Lond.
1785.  R.  Pearson (of 1803),  Lond.
1803.   S.  Ricketson   (of New   York,
 1807), N. York, 1806.   W. Stoker (of
1822-3), Dubl. 1823.
   Catarkhec'tica (Mat. Med.) xaraq-
qt]xxixa  ipaqpuxa, from xaraqqij-yrvfii, 
CATARRHEUX
165        CATHETERISMUS
' I break down.'  Remedies considered
proper for dissolving, as diuretics, &c.
Hippocr.
  CATARRHEUX (F)  (Path.)  Catar-
rho'sus.  One subject to  catarrh, af-
fected with catarrh.
  Catarrhex'ia  ( Therap.)  Catar-
rhex'is,  xaraqq^ig;  same etymon  as
Catarrhectica:  the  action of Catar-
rhectica.  Also, effusion, evacuation.
In Hippocrates;—the alvine evacua-
tions.
  Catarrikecus (Path.) xaxaqooixog,
from  xaxuqqeco,' I flow from.'  An epi-
thet for  disease, produced by a discharge
of phlegm.
  Catar'rhopa Phy'mata (Path.) xa-
xaqqona ipvuaxa.  Tubercles  tending
downwards, or with their apices down-
wards.
  Catarrho'pia (Path.)  xaxaqqoitia,
Catar'rhysis,  xaxanqvaig,  from  xaxa,
( downwards,' and qontj, ' inclination.'
An afflux of fluids towards the inferior
parts, and especially  towards the vis-
cera of the abdomen*  The Greek word
avafjfjo7ria, expresses  an opposite phe-
nomenon, or a  tendency  towards the
upper parts.
  Catartis'mus (Surg.)  xaxaqxiouog,
from  xaraqxttiiv, ' to repair,' ' replace.'
The coaptation of a luxated or fractured
bone.             4
   Catasei'sis (Path.) xaxaosiaig, from
otteo,' I shake.'  A shock, extension or
distension.  Hippocr.
   Catas'tasis  (Path.)  xaxaaxaaig,
from  xa9iorrtui,' I establish.' The con-
stitution,  state, condition, &c of any
thing.  Hippocr.  Also, the  reduction
ofa bone.
   Catat'asis  (Path.) xaxaraatg, from
xaxaxuvoi, ' I extend.'  The extension
and reduction of a fractured limb. Hip-
pocr.
   Cat'echtj (Mat. Med.)  The extract
of various parts of the Mimo'sa Cat'-
echu, Cat'chu.   An Oriental tree. The
 drug is also  called  Ter'ra  Japon'ica,
 Extrac'tum  Cat'echu,  Japan'   Earth,
 Fau'fel, Cas'cheu,  Cadt'chu, Cas'how,
 Cait'chu, Cast'joe, Cachu, Cate, Kaath,
 Cutt, Cutch, Coira, Suc'cus Japon'icus.
 It is  a  powerful astringent,  and is used
 in diarrhoea, intestinal hemorrhage, &c.
 Dose, gr. xv to 3SS m powder.
   (F)  Cachou.   (G) Cachougum-
 mi,  Katechusaft.
   Writers.  E.  Haoendorn,  Jenae,
 1679 (L).   Ch.  H.  Wertmueller,
 Gotting.  1779 (L).
   Cateiad'ion (Surg.) xaxnaSiov,from
 xaxa, and na, ' a blade of grass.'   A
long instrument,  thrust into  the nos-
trils to excite hemorrhage in head-ache.
Aret^us.
  Cateone'sis or Catjeone'sis (The-
rap.)  xaxaiovr]Oig,  from xaxaiovcw, ' I
sprinkle.'  Ablution.  An embrocation,
the part being, afterwards, covered with
a cloth.   Gorrjeus.
  Cath^'resis  (Path.)   xa9aiqtaig.
Subtraction, diminution.  Extenuation
or exhaustion, owing to forced exercise.
Hippocr.
  Cathar'ma (Path.) xa&aqua, Pur-
gamen'tum.   Matters  evacuated by a
purgative, or by spontaneous purging.
  Cathar'mus (Path.) Same etymon;
a purgation. Hippocr.  Also, the cure
of a disease by magic, &c
  Cathar'sis  (Therap.)   xa9aqoig,
from xa9aiqtiv, ' to purge.'  Purga'tio,
ipaqiiaxna, Apocathur'sis, a7ioxa9uqoig,
Copropho'ria.   A natural  or artificial
purgation by any passage; — mouth,
anus, vagina, &c. ■
  Cathar'tic  (Mat. Med.) Cathar'ti-
cus,  xa$aqxixog,  Dejecto'rium Reme'-
dium, Eccathar'ticus, Hypac'ticus, Hy-
pel'atos,  Lapac'ticus,  Apocathar'ticus,
u.xoxad-aqxtxog.  Same etymon.  A medi-
cine,  which, when taken  internally,
increases the number of alvine' evacua-
tions.  Some substances act upon  the
upper part of the intestinal  canal, as
calomel and colocynth;  others, on  the
lower part, as aloes; and some on  the
whole extent, as the- saline purgatives.
Hence a choice  may  be necessary.
Cathartics are divided into Purgatives
and  Laxatives (q. v.)
   (F) Cathartique.   (G)Reinigen-
desmittel,  Ab f iihrungsmit-
tel.
   Catheret'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Catha-
rct'icus,  xadaiqtxixog, Ectylot'icus, tx-
xvlomxog, Sarcoph'agus,  oaqxoipayog,
from xa&aiqeiv,' to eat,' ' destroy.' Sub-
stances  applied  to  warts,  exuberant
  franulations, &c, to eat them down.
  'hey are mild caustics.
   Cath'eter  (Surg.)  xad-txijq, from
 xa9irlftt, ' I explore/  JEne'a,Al'galie.
 A hollow tube, introduced by surgeons
 into the  urinary bladder, for  the pur-
 pose of drawing off the urine.  Cathe-
 ters are made of silver  or elastic gum.
 (See Bougie.)  The  French generally
 use  the  word catheter for  the  solid
 sound or staff, and  algalie and sonde
 for the hollow instrument.
   (G) Hamleiter,  Blasenrbr-
 c hen.
   Catheteris'mus  (Surg.)   xa&tri}-
' qiopog,  same etymon.  The  introduc- 
^ *     CATHDIRYSIS          166
CAUMA
 tion  of a catheter into  the bladder.
 P. ^Egineta.
   Cathid'rysis (Surg.) xufriSqvoig, from
 xa&idqvw,  ' I place together.'  Reduc-
 tion of a part to its natural situation.
   Cathol'ceus (Surg.) xudoXxevg.  A
 long fillet, applied around the bandage
 of the dead — Periscepastrum — to se-
 cure it.  Galen.
   CATH'OLIC HU'MORS, (F) Humeurs
 catholiques, are the fluids  spread over
 the. whole  body.
   Cathol'icon or Cathol'icum (Phar.)
 & Phys.)   xadoXixog, from  xaxa, and
 oXixog, ' universal.'  A remedy,  be-
 lieved to be capable  of curing all dis-
 eases — a panacea.
    CATHOL'ICON  DU'PLEX,  an  an-
 cient, purging electuary, chiefly com-
 posed of  cassia,  tamarinds, rhubarb,
 senna, &c.
   Ca'tias (Surg.) xaxtag.   A scalpel
 for making an incision into the womb,
 to extract  a dead foetus, or for opening
 an abscess of the uterus.
   Catil'lia  (Pharm.)  A  weight  of
 nine ounces.
   Ca'to, xaxta,' below.'  This word, in
 the writings of Hippocrates, is often
 used for the abdomen, especially  the
 intestines.  When he advises a remedy
 — xaxia, he  means a purgative; when
 avw, above or upwards, an emetic.
»  Catocathar'tic (Mat. Med.)  Cato-
 cathar'ticus, xaxu>xaSaqxixog, from xa-
 T«o,  ' downwards,'  and  xadaiqcta,  ' I
 purge.'   A medicine,  which  purges
 downwards.  One  that produces alvine
 evacuations.  The antithesis to Ana-
 cathartic.
    Cat'oche or Cat'ocheis (Path.) xa-
 xoxi, from xaxtyoi, ' I retain,' ' I hold
 fast.' This word has,  by some, been
 used synonymously  with  Catalepsy:
 by others, with Coma vigil; by others,
 with Tetanus.
    Catomis'mos  (Surg.)  xaxo^uauog,
 from xaxoj,' beneath,' and wfiog,' shouh
 der.' Subhumera'tio ; mode of reducing
 luxation of the  humerus with the  an-
 cients, by raising the body by the arm.
 Paulus of iEgina.
    Catop'tromaNcy,  from  xaxqonxqov,
 1 a mirror,'  and  fiavxsia, l divination.'
 A kind of  divination by  means of a
 mirror.
    Catorchi'tes (Pharm.)  xaxoqxtrtjg.
 A kind of  sour wine, prepared  with
 the orchis and black grape or dried figs.
 It was formerly employed  as a diuretic
 andemmenagogue. Dioscorid. Called,
 also, Syci'tes, ovxixtjg.  Galen.
    Catot'ica (Nosol.) frorn xarcw} ' be-
neath.' Diseases infecting internal surfa-
ces. Pravityof the fluids or emunctories,
that  open on the internal  surfaces of
organs.   The second order in the class
Eccritica of Good.
  Catulot'icus  (Mat. Med.)  xaxov-
Xoxtxog, from  xaxovX.otiv, ' to cicatrize.'
A remedy for removing cicatrices.  Ga-
len.  A medicine, proper for producing
cicatrization.
  Cau'da Equi'na (Anat.)  The spinal
marrow,  at its  termination, about  the
2d lumbar  vertebra,  gives  off a con-
siderable number  of nerves, which,
when unravelled,  resemble a horse's
tail, — hence the name.
  (F) Queue de Cheval, Q. de la Mo-
elle Epiniere.  (G) Pferdeschweif.
  Cauda'tio (Path.) An extraordinary
elongation of the clitoris. Blasius.
  Caudiez,  Mineral  Waters   of
(Mat. Med.) Caudiez is a small town,
nine  leagues from  Perpignan, where
there  is a thermal spring, containing a
little sulphate of soda and iron.
  Caul (Anat.)  The English name for
the omentum; also, when a child is born,
with the  membranes over the face, it is
said to have been " born with a Caul.''
In the catalogue of superstitions, this is
one of the favorable omens.  The caul
itself is,  likewise, supposed to confer
privileges upon the possessor; hence
the membranes  are  dried, and some-
times sold for a high price.  (L) Pi'lus,
Pile'olus, Ga'lea, Vit'ta.  (F)  Coeffe,
Coiffe — (Etre ne coeffe — " to be born
with a caul.")
  Caule'don (Path.) xuvXyoov, Sicye'-
don,  otxvijdov, from  xuvXog,  ' a stalk.'
Galen calls thus, a transverse fracture
with separation of the fragments.
  CAULIAC,CHAULIAC,or C1IAU-
LIEU, Guy de  (Biogr.) A celebrated
French anatomist and  writer; born at
Gevaudan, on   the  frontiers  of  Au-
vergne,  in the commencement of the
14th  century.  He  was physician to
Popes Clement  VI. and  Urban  V.
Works.  Chirurgia  tractatus  septem
cum antidotariis. Venet. 1490.  Trans-
lated into most modern languages; and
much valued and commented upon.
  Cau'liflower excres'cence (Path.)
Excrescen'tia Syphilit'ica.  A syphilitic
excrescence, which  appears about the
origin of  the  mucous membranes;
chiefly about the anus and vulva,  and
which resembles, in  appearance, the
head of the cauliflower.
     (F)  Choufleur.
   Cau'ma (Path.) xavfia.  Great heat
of the body or atmosphere, 
CAUSE
167
CAUSTIC
  Cause (Path.) Cau'sa, atria, amor.
An act, which precedes another, and
seems to be a necessary condition for
the  occurrence  of  the  latter.   The
causes of  disease  are  generally  ex-
tremely obscure; although they, some-
times, are  evident enough.  The pre-
disponent  and  occasional causes  are
the only two, on which  any stress can
be  laid  ; but as  authors  have divided
them differently, a short  explanation is
necessary.
     (G) Ur s ach e.
   CAUSES, ACCESSORY, (F)  Causes
-Accessories, axe  those, which have only
a secondary influence, in the produc-
tion of disease.
   ACCIDENTAL CAUSES, or COMMON
CAUSES, (F) Causes accidentelles, are
those, which act only in certain given
conditions; and which  do not always
produce the same disease.  Cold, e. g.,
may be the accidental cause of pneu-
monia,  rheumatism, &c
   The  PROXIMATE CAUSE,   Cau'sa
prox'ima vel con'tinens vel  conjunc'ta,
■{F) Cause continente ou prochaine, is
the disease itself.  Superabundance of
blood, e. g., is the  proximate  cause of
 plethora.
   EXTERNAL  CAUSES,  (F)  Causes
 externes,  are such  as act external  to
 the individual;  as air, cold, &c
    CAUSES FORMELLES (F)  are such
  as determine the form or kind of the dis-
  ease.   They differ  from , the  Causes
  materielles, which are common  to a, set
  of diseases; as, to the neuroses, phleg-
  masiae, &c
    INTERNAL  CAUSES, (F)  Causes
  internes,  are those, which  arise with-
  in  the  body ; — as  mental emotions,
  &c
    MECHANICAL CAUSES,  (F) Causes
  mecaniques, are those,  which act  me-
  chanically, such as pressure  upon the
  windpipe in inducing suffocation.
    NEGATIVE  CAUSES,  (F)  Causes
  negatives, comprise all those  things,
  the privation of which may  derange
  the functions; — as abstinence too long
  continued.  They are opposed to posi-
  tive causes, which,  of  themselves, di-
  rectly induce disease ; — as the use of
  indigestible food,  of spirituous drinks,
  &c
    OCCASIONAL  or EXCITING CAU-
  SES, (F) Causes occasionelles, nqoipaaag,
  are those which immediately  produce
  the disease.
    OCCULT or HIDDEN, or OBSCURE
  CAUSES,  (F)  Causes  occultes ou ca-
  chees  ou obscures.   Any  cause with
which  we  are  unacquainted; — also,
certain inappreciable characters of th«
atmosphere, which give rise to  epidem-
ics.
   PHYSIOL 0 GICAL  CA USES,   ( F )
Causes  Physiologiques,  those, which
act only on  living  matter; — narcot-
ics, e. g.
  PHYSICAL  CAUSES,  (F) Causes
Physiques, — those, which act by virtue
of their physical  properties; as form,
hardness, &c  All vulnerating bodies
belong to this class.
   PREDISPONENT or REMOTE CAU-
SES, Cau'sa proegu'mena, Cau'sa aV-
dita, (F) Causespredisponantes, Causes
eloignees,  Cau'sa  remo'ta  ; — those,
which render the body  liable to  dis-
ease.  These may be general, affecting a h
number of people,  or they  may  be
particular, affecting only one.
   PRINCIPAL  CAUSES, (F)  Causes
principales; —> those  which exert the
chief influence on the  production of
disease, as distinguished from the ac-
cessory causes.
   PRO CAT ARC'TIC CAUSES,  Cau'sa
procatarc'tica,  Cau'sa praincipien'tes,
from  nqoxaxaqxxixog ; — the origin or
beginning of a thing, from xuxaqxo),
'I begin,' and nqo, 'before.'  These
 words have been used, in different sig-
 nifications.  Some have employed them
 synonymously with  predisponent or  »
 remote causes ; others, with occasional
 or exciting causes.
    SPECIFIC  CAUSES,  ESSENTIAL
 CAUSES, &c.  (F) Causes  specifiques,
 C. essentielles, Causes determinantes ;
 those, which always produce a determi-
 nate  disease; contagion, for example.
   Caus'tic  (Mat. Med.)   Caus'ticus,
 Cauteret'icus, Diaret'icus,  Ero'dens,
 Pyrot'icus,  xavaxixog, from  xaiia, ' 1
 burn.'  Bodies, which have the prop-
 erty  of causticity; and  which, conse-
 quently,  burn  or disorganize  animal
 substances.   The word is  also  used
 substantively.   The  most active are
 called  Escharotics.  Caustics are also
 called  corrosives.
    (F)  Caustiques.  (G)  Atzendes-
 raitt el.
    Writers. H.  van Sanden, Regiom.
 1697 (L).  F.  M. Remond,  Paris, 1808
 (F)-
    Caustic"ity (Mat. Med.) Caustic"%-
 tas, from xavtsxixog,' that which burns.'
 The impression, which caustic bodies
 make on the organ of taste ; or, more
 commonly,  the  property which distin-
 guishes those bodies.
      (G) Atzkraft. 
CAUSUS
168          CAVERNOUS
   The   CAUS'TICUM  COMMU'NE,
(Pharm.) Poten'tial Cau'tery, Common
Caustic, Caute'rium potentia'le, La'pis
sep'ticus.  Caus'ticum  Commu'ne mil1-
ius,  consists of quicklime and  black
soap, aa. equal parts.
  Cau'sus (Path.)  from xaiw,' I burn.'
A highly ardent fever, xavoog, Deii 'rens.
Pinel regards it as a  complication of
bilious and inflammatory fever ; Brous-
sais, as an intense gastritis, accompanied
with bilious symptoms.  See Synocha.
  Writers.  J.  Werner, Basil, 1611
(L).  Th. Schenk, Jena, 1664 (L).
  Caute'rium  (Mat.   Med.,  Surg.)
Cau'tery, xavxi;qtov, Inusto'rium, Rup-
to'rium, from xaiw, ' 1 burn.'  A sub-
stance,  used  for burning or disorgan-
izing the parts to which it is  applied.
Cauteries were divided, by the ancients,
into actual and potential.  The word
is now restricted to the  red-hot iron  ; or
to positive burning. It was, formerly,
much used for preventing hemorrhage
from divided arteries; and also, with
the  same views,  as a blister.  The
term, Potential Cautery, (F) Feu  po-
tentiel,  was  generally   applied to  the
eausticum commune, but is now used
synonymously with Caustic  in gen-
eral.
  (F) Cautere, Feu actuel.
  (G) Brennmittel.
   Cautere also means an issue.
  Writers.   J. Crasso,  Utin. 1594
(L).' Th. Fienus, Lovan.  1598 (L).
Ch. Schorer, Augsburg,  1664 (F).
J. (Josteo, Ven. 1595 (L).   M. de Vil-
lena, 1646 (L).   Fr. Chauvin, Mons.
1778 (L).   J. B. Croll,  Lugd. Bat.
1777 (L).    R. Restaurand, Lugd.
1681 (L).  E. G. Bose (in rheumatism
and gout), Lips. 1771 (L).  J. Ressig,
Vienn.  1777  (L).    J.  Cn. Spiritus,
Gotting. 1784 (L).  A. Riboli, Mi-
lan, 1807 (I).   P. F. Percy,  Metz.
an. iii.  8vb.  Aulagnier,  Paris, 1805
(F).  A. B.  Imbert-Delonnes,  Paris,
1812 (F)r  Morel, Paris,  1813 (F).
L. Valentin, Nancy, 1815 (F).
  Cauterets,  Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.) C is a bourg seven leagues
from  Bareges  ( Hautes - Pyrini.es ),
France.  The waters are hydrosulphu-
rous and thermal.  They are used in
the same cases as the Bareges water.
   Cauteriza'tion (Surg.) Cauterisa'-
tio, Exus'tio, Inus'tio,  Caus'tica adus'-
tio. The effect of a cautery.
   The French, amongst whom cauter-
ization  is much  used,  distinguish  five
kinds :   1.  Cauterisation  inhirente,
which consists in  applying the  actual
cautery freely,  and with a certain de-
gree of force, so  as  to  disorganize
deeply. 2. Cauterisation transcw rente,
which  consists  in passing the edge of
the Cautere  cultellaire, or the  point of
the Cautere  conique lightly, so as not
to disorganize deeply. 3. Cauterisation
par poinies,  which consists in applying
on the skin here  and there  the hot
point of the conical cautery with suf-
ficient  force to cauterize  the whole
thickness of the skin.  4. Cauterisation
\ente, slow cauterization, by means of
the moxa.   5.  Cauterisation objective,
which  consists in holding the cautery at
some distance from the part to be acted
upon by it.
   To CAU'TERIZE (Surg.)  Caus'tico
adu'rere.  To apply the cautery.  To
burn with a  cautery.
    (F) Cauteriser.
   Ca'va, Ve'na (Anat.)  The hollow
or deep-seated vein.  A name given to
the two great veins of the body, which
meet at the  right  auricle of the heart.
The ve'na ca'va supe'rior or Thorac'Hca
or descen'dens,  is formed by the union
of the  subclavians; and receives, suc-
cessively, before its termination at the
upper  part  of  the right auricle, the
inferior thyroid, right  internal mam-
mary, superior  diaphragmatic, azygos,
&c  The ve'na ca'va infe'rior, abdomi-
na'lis  or  ascen'dens, arises from the
union of the two primary iliacs, oppo-
site the fourth or fifth lumbar vertebra,
receives the middle sacral,  the lumbar,
right spermatic, hepatic, and  inferior
diaphragmatics, and opens at  the pos-
terior  and inferior part of the  right
auricle.
   (F)  Veine cave.   (G) H o h 1 a d e r.
   Caver'na (Anat.) arxqov, An'trum.
A Cavern.   This  term has been  used
for the female organs of generation.
•  Cav'ernous  (Anat.)  Caverno'sus.
Filled  with  small  cavities  or  caverns,
as a sponge.
    (F) Caverneux.
   CAV'ERNOUS TEX'TURE  or  TIS'-
SUE, (F) Tissu caverneux. The spongy
substance,  which  forms  the  greater
part of the penis and clitoris.   It seems
to consist of a very complicated  lace-
work of arteries and veins; and,  prob-
ably, of nervous filaments, with small
fibrous plates,  which  form, by  their
decussation, numerous cells, communi-
cating with  each other.  This spongy
texture produces erection, by dilating
and swelling on  the  influx of blood;
and probably, also, by  virtue of  some
property inherent in it. 
CAVIARE
169           CELLULAR
   COR'PORA   CAVERNO'SA  of  the
Penis, Cor'pora nervo'sa, C. Ner'veo-
spongio'sa Pe'nis, (F) Corps caverneux.
The corpus cavernosum is a kind of
cylindrical sac, separated,  through its
whole extent, by a vertical, incomplete
septum ;  and forming nearly two thirds
of the Penis.  The corpus cavernosum,
on each side, arises from the ascending
portion of the  ischium, and terminates
obtusely behind the glans.  The arte-
ries  of  the  corpora cavernosa come
fr6m the internal pudic  Nerves are
found on the surface of the  outer mem-
brane, but they do not appear to pene-
trate into the substance.
  The COR'PORA CAVERNO'SA CLI-
TOR'IDIS, are  two hollow crura, form-
ing the clitoris.
  The COR'PUS CAVERNO'SUM  VA-
GI'NJE, Plex'us retifor'mis, is  a sub-
stance, composed of blood-vessels  and
cells, similar to those of the penis  and
clitoris,  which  covers the  outer  ex-
tremity of the  vagina, on  each  side.
It serves to contract the entrance to
the vagina, during coition.
  sPnus caverno'sus,  Si'nus  po-
lymor'phus, seu Receptac'ulum,  ( F)
Sinus caverneux.  The Cav'ernous Si'-
nuses are venous cavities of the  dura
mater, filled with a multitude of reddish,
soft  filaments, intersecting each other ;
and, as  it  were, reticulated.   They
commence behind the inner part of the
sphenoidal fissure, pass backwards, on
the  sides of the fossa  pituitaria;  and
terminate by opening  into  a  cavity,
common to the superior  and inferior
petrosal  sinuses.  They receive some
meningeal veins, the ophthalmic veins,
&c
  Caviare  (Mat.  Alim.)  Kav'iac.  A
culinary  preparation,  much used by
certain people,  and made, on the shores
of the Black  and Caspian  Sea, from
the  roe  of the  sturgeon, mixed  with
salt and other condiments.
  Cavic'ula or Cavil'la (Anat.) from
ca'vus, ' hollow.'  The Ancle, or space
between  the   malleoli.   Some have
given this name to the os cuneiforme.
  Cav'itas  Ellip'tica  (Anat.)  Am-
pul'la.   A dilatation at one  end of the
semicircular canals of the ear.
  Cav'ity (Anat.)  Cav'itas, Ca'vum,
xoiXoxi;g, xou.ov.  Every thing hollow,
as the cranium, mouth, nasal fossae,

  (F) Cavite.      (G) H 0 h 1 u n g,
II6 hie.
  The SPLANCHNIC CAVITIES,  (F)
Cavites splanchniques, are those, which
 contain  the  viscera.  They  are  three
 in number; — the cranium, chest, and
 abdomen.  The cavities of bones, con-
 nected with joints  or otherwise,  are
 described under their particular  deno-
 minations.
   Ce'bi Galli'n^e  (Mat. Med.)  The
 liver of the fowl, bruised. Castelli.
   Cebip'ara  (Mat. Med.) A large Bra-
 zilian tree, whose bitter and astringent
 bark is used  in  making antirheumatic
 baths and fomentations.
   Ced'ma (Path.)  xt8ua, from xsdaw,
 ' I  disperse'  A fluxion or rheumatic
 affection of the joints, especially of  the
 hips.  A form of gout or rheumatism.
   Cedrele'um  (Mat. Med.) xtSqtXaiov.
 The oil of the cedar.  Pliny.
   Ce'dria (Mat. Med.) Ce'drium,  Ce-
 dri'num,  Ce'dri  lach'ryma,  Alkitran,
 xeSqia, xtSqiov,  xtdqivov.  The oil   Or
 resin, which  flows from the  Cedar of
 Lebanon.  It was supposed to possess
 great virtues.  Hippocr., Foesius,  Scri-
 eonius Largus, Dioscorides.
   Cedri'num Vi'num  (Pharm.) Ce'dar
 Wine. A wine, prepared, by steeping
 half a pound of bruised cedar berries
 in six French pints of sweet wine.   It
 is diuretic and subastringent.
   Cedri'tes  (Pharm.) from xtdqog,
 ' the cedar.'   A wine, prepared from
 the  resin of cedar and sweet wine.   It
 was formerly employed as a vermifuge,
 &c
   Celas'trus (Mat. Med.)  Celas'tus,
 Ceano'thus Am'erica'nus, New Jersey
 Tea.  Used  by the American Indians,
 in the same manner as the Lobelia, for
 the  cure of syphilis.
   (G)Amerikanische  Seckel-
 blume.
   CELA'TION (Leg. Med.) (F).  Con-
 cealment.  A word used, by  French
 Medico-legal  writers,  for cases where
"there  has  been concealment  of  preg-
 nancy or delivery.
  Ce'le (Path.) xrtXr], a Tumor, Pro-
 lusion or Rupture; hence Hydrocele,
 Bubonocele, &c.
  Cel'ery (Mat. Alim.) The English
 name for a variety of the Apium grave-
 alens (q. v.)
     (F)  Celeri.   (G) Seleri.
  Ce'lis  (Path.) y.ijXig.  A macula or
 spot on the skin.
  Cel'lular (Anat.)  Cellula'ris; —
 composed of cells or cellules, from cel'-
 la or cel'lula,' a cell.'
     (F)  Cellulaire.
  The  CEL'LULAR  TIS'SUE,   Te'la
 cellula'ris,  T. cellulo'sa; reticula'ted,
 lamina'ted,  crib'riform, porous,  are'- 
CELLULE
170          CENTAUREA
olar, and mucous Tissue,  Relic'ular or
cellular substance,  Contex'tus cellulo'-
sus, is the most common  of all the or-
ganic tissues.  Anatomists do not agree,
regarding  its  intimate  structure. It
seems to  contain cellules or irregular
areolae between the fibres and plates;
as well as serum,  fat, and the adipous
tissue.  The cellular tissue or texture
unites every part  of the body ; — the
shape of which it determines : and, by
its  elasticity and contractility, and by
the fluid,  which it contains in its cells,
facilitates the motions of parts on each
other.
  (F)  Tissue  cellulaire,  riticuli, lami-
neux, cribleux, poreux, areolaire, mu-
queux, &c
  (G) Zellengewebe,  Zellge-
webe, Schleimgewebe, Zell-
stoff, Sc hlei nip toff.
  The  CEL'LULAR SYS'TEM,  is  the
whole of the cellular tissue of the  hu-
man body.
 The CEL'L ULAR MEM'BRANE, Mem-
bra'na  cellulo'sa, M. Cellula'ris,  Pan-
nic'ulus adipo'sus, — M.  adipo'sa, pin-
guedino'sa,  of some, — is  membrane
formed  of cellular tissue.  Generally it
is used  for the tissue itself.    '
  (F) Membrane cellulaire.
  (G) Z e 11 en ha ut.
  Writers.  C. A. Bergen, Francof.
ad  Viadi. 17:52 (L).  D.  Chr.  Scho-
binger, Gotting. 1748 (L).  Th.  Bor-
deu, Paris, 1767 and 1791 (F).
  Cel'lule (Anat.)  Cel'lula,  dimi-
nutive of eel'la,  ' a cavity.'   A  small
cavity.  Cellules are the small cavities
between the laminae of  the cellular
tissue, corpora cavernosa,  &c.
  The term BRON'CHIC  CELLS, Cel'-
lula Bron'chica, has been given to  the
air cells of the lungs, — the vesic'ula
pulmona'les.
  (F) Cellule.   (G) Zelle, Fac h.
  Celoto'mTa  (Surg.) Keloto'mia,  x>t-
Xoxouia, from  *>,/>,, ' a  tumor,'  and
Tfiofo-, ' to cut.'   An operation, for-
merly employed for the radical cure of
inguinal hernia; and which consisted,
principally, in passing a ligature round
the hernial  sac and spermatic vessels.
It necessarily occasioned atrophy and
loss of the testicle ; and did not secure
the patient against the  return of  the
disease.   The intestines were of course
not included in the ligature.
     (G) Bruchschnitt.
   Celsa  (Path.)   A term,  used by
Paracelsus for a cutaneous disease,
dependant, according to him, on a false
or  heterogeneous spirit or vapor, con-
cealed under the integuments, and en-
deavoring to escape.  Perhaps the dish
ease was the Urticaria.
  CEL'SUS, Aurelia'nus Corne'lius
(Biogr.)  An  ancient and elegant medi-
cal writer, who  flourished in the first
century, under  Augustus and  Tibe-
rius.  Works. De medicind libr. viii.
Florent. 1475. fol.  Numerous editions
of this excellent work have  appeared.
It was translated into English by James
Greive, M. D. Lond. 1756. 8vo.: into
trench,  by M. M. FouquiKR and Ra-
tier. Paris.  1S24.  An edition of the
original Latin, with Lexicon, by C F.
Collier, M. D.  Lond. 1-29 (L).
  Ceneangi'a (Path.) xenuyytta, from
xsvog, ' empty,'  and uyyog,  ' a vessel.'
Inanition.   Empty  state  of vessels.
Galen.
  Ceniote'mium (Pharm.) A cathartic
medecine,  formerly given in syphilis :
supposed to have been mercurial.
  Ceniplam  (Surg.)  Cenigdum,  Ce-
nigotam, Cenipolam.   The  name  of
an instrument, anciently used for open-
ing the head in epilepsy.   Paracf.l.
  Ceno'sis (Path.)  xtwaie,  from xt-
vog,' empty.' Ine'sis, Ine'thmos, urpig,
n»,5oog.  Evacuation.  It is sometimes
employed synonymously with inanition,
and opposed to repletion.  ExinanV'tio.
  Cenot'ic  (Mat. Med.)  Cenot'icus,
y.ivoYiixog, same etymon;  synonyme of
Drastic
  Cenot'ica  (Nosol?) xuomxa,  from
xewaig,' evacuation.'   Diseases affect-
ing the fluids.  Morbid discharges  or
excess,  deficiency  or  irregularity  of
such as are natural.  The first order,
class Genetica, of Good.
  Centau'rea  Be'hen  (Mat. Med.)
Beh'men ab'iad, Be'hen al'bum or white
Behen.  Astringent.
    (G)  Weisser Behen.
  CENTAU'REA  BENEDIC'TA  (Mat.
Med.) Car'duus benedic'tus, Cni'cus syl-
ves'tris, Cni'cus benedic'tus, Cardiobot'-
anum,  xaqSiofioxuiov, Blessed or Holy
Thistle.   A  strong decoction of the
herb is emetic; — a  strong infusion,
diphoretic (?) ; a light infusion, tonic
and stomachic.  Dose, gr. xv to  3j °f
powder.
  (F) Chardon Unit.   (G)  Karde-
benedikten kraut,  Spinnen-
dis tel.
  Writers.  G  Ch. Petri von Hart-
enfils, Jenae, 1669(L). G. Chr. Otto,
Argent. 1738(E).
  CENTAU'REA  CALCITRA'FA  (Mat.
Med.) Catcitra'pa, Calcatrep'pola, Car'-
duus  solstitia'tis,  Car'duus  stella'tus, 
CENTIGRAMME         171           CEPHALiEA
Ja'cea ramosis'sima, Cacotrib'ulus, Cal-
citrap'pa  stella'ta,   Stella'ta  rupi'na,
Centau'rea  stella'ta,  Common  Star-
Thistle, Star-Knapweed.   It is pos-
sessed  of tonic  properties,  and  has
been used  in  intermittents,  dyspep-
sia, &c.  It  is now not much used.
  (F)  Centaurie itoilee, Chardon 6toi-
le, Chausse-lrappe, Pignerole.
  (G) Ritterspornwurzel,
Sterndistel.
  CENTAU'REA  CENTAU1 RIUM (Mat.
Med.)  Rhapon'ticum vulga're,  Centau'-
rium mag'num, xtvxavqiov, vuqxi], Cen-
tau'rium  ma'jus, Greater  Cen'taury,
Centau'rium officina'le.   It is  a bitter;
and wsis formerly used as a tonic, es-
pecially the  root.
  (F)  Centauree grande.
  (G)  Grosses Tausendgulden-
krau t.
  CENTAU'REA  CY1 ANUS (Mat. Med.),
Cy'anus, Blue-bottle, Corn-flower. The
flowers were once much  used as cor-
dial, tonic,  &c.   They are now for-
gotten.
  (G)  Blaue  Kornbluinen.
  (F)  Blavelle, Blaveole, Blaverolle.
  CEN'TIGRAMME (F)  from  centum,
1 a  hundred,' and yqainia,  ' gramme.'
' Centigram'ma.   The hundredth part of
a gramme.  A centigramme is equal to
about the 5th part of a grain (F).
  Cen'tilitre, Centili'trum, from cen-
tum,  ca hundred,' and Xtcou, 'litre,'
an  ancient  Greek measure for liquids :
— the  hundredth part of a litre — equal
to nearly ten grammes  or a spoonful,
Two and a half drachms. French.
  Centim'etre,  Centim'etrum.  The
hundredth pait of a metre — equal to
about four lines.
  Cen'tral Ar'tery of the  Ret'ina
(Anat.)  Arte'ria Centra'lis  Ret'ina.
Central Artery of Zinn.  This  artery
is given off from the arteria  ophthal-
mica, and penetrates the optic  nerve a
little behind the ball of the eye; run-
ning  in the axis of the  nerve,  and
spreading out into many small branches
upon the  inside of the  retina.  When
the nerve is cut across near the eye, the
orifice of the divided artery is  observa-
ble, which  was formerly called  Po'rus
op'ticus.
  Cen'tre  of  Ac'tion  (Phys.) The
viscus in  which the whole  or a great
part of any function is executed, and
to  which several other organs  contri-
bute.  Thus the vital activity  seems to
be  wholly   centred in  the  stomach,
during chymification;  in the duode-
num,  during chylification.   In  like
manner, the  uterus becomes a centre
of action during gestation.
  CEN'TRE  OF  FLUX'ION  (Path.)
The part towards which fluids are par-
ticularly  attracted.   An  irritated  or
inflamed organ is said to be a centre of
fluxion.
  CEN'TRE  OF  SYMPATHETIC IR-
RADIA'TIONS  (  Phys.)   Any organ,
which excites, sympathetically, the ac-
tion of other  organs, more or  less  dis-
tant from  it;  and with which it seems
to have no immediate communication.
Marjolin.
  (F)  Centre  d'irradiations  sympa-
thiques.
  CEN'TRE,   EPIGAS'TRIC  (Anat.,
Phys.)  The  ganglions  and  nervous
plexuses,  formed by the  great sympa-
thetic and  pneumogastric nerves, in the
epigastrium, around the cceliac artery;
where  the impressions  received  from
various parts of  the body  seem to be
centred.
  CEN'TRE,  NER'VOUS (Anat.)  or
Nervous Centres. The organs, whence
the nerves originate ; as the brain  and
spinal marrow.
    (F) Centres nerveux.
  CEN'TRE,  o'val (Anat.)  Cen'trum
ova'le, C. O. Vieusse'nii.   When  the
two hemispheres of the brain are sliced
away,  till on a  level with the corpus
callosum; the medullary part is of an
oval  shape :  hence  called   cen'trum
ova'le.  Vieussens  supposed all  the
medullary fibres to  issue  from   that
point, and that it was the great dispen-
satory of the  animal spirits.
  CEN'TRE.  PHREN'IC,  or  Ten'-
dinous  Cen'tre   of  the  Di'aphragm
(Anat.) Cen'trum Phren'icum, C. Ner'-
veum,  or  C.  Tendino'sum.   The cen-
tral aponeurosis of the diaphragm.
  (F)  Centre phrenique  ou  C. tendi-
neux du Diaphragme.
  Cen'trium (Pharm.)  xtvxqiov,  from
y.tvxtw, ' I prick.'  A plaster, used by
Galen in stitches, shoots, pains of the
side, &c
  Cephal^'a (Path.) xnpaXaia, Head-
ache.   Some  use  the  term  synony-
mously with Cephalalgia.  Others, for a
periodical  headache : — others, again,
for a  more  'violent  headache  than
Cephalalgia implies;  and others  for a
chronic headache.
  The Cephala'a spasmod'ica, Cephal-
algia  spasmod'ica or Sick - headache, is
characterized  by  partial,  spasmodic
pain ;  often shifting from  one part of
the head to another  : chiefly commenc-
ing in the morning, with sickness and 
CEPHALAGRAPHIA       172
CEPHALOTRIBE
faintness.  It is extremely apt to recur,
notwithstanding every care.
     (F)  Cephalee.
   Writers.   J. le  Prevot,  Paris,
1644 (L).  J.  Cordelle,  Paris,  1674
(L).  J.  Ph. Struve, Jenae, 1676 (L).
Fr. Hoffmann, Hal.  1735 (L).  M.
Hessler, Erford. 1743 (L).
   Cephalagra'phia  (Anat.) from xt-
(ru/.i;,' the head,' and yqaipi,,' a descrip-
tion.'  An  anatomical  description  of
the head.
   Cephalalgia  (Path.)  xnpaXaXyia,
 Cephalopo'nia, xnpaXonona,  Homono-
pa'gia, from  xttpuXi], '  the head,' and
aXyog, • pain.'  Pain in the head; head-
ache.  Every kind of headache, whether
symptomatic or idiopathic, is a cephal-
algia. It is ordinarily, however, symp-
tomatic, and has to be  treated accord-
ingly.
   (V) Cephalalgie, Mai a lete.
   (G) Kopf s chmerz,  llaupt-
 w eke.
   Writers.  S. Porzio, Neapol. 1538
 (L).  J. Fabricius, Rostoch, 1617 (L).
 S.  Schilling,  Lips. 1619 (L).   W.
 Rolfink, Jena;, 1671 (L).  J.  Masius,
 Regiom.  1610 (L).   H.  Meibomius,
 Helinst. 1672 (L).  J. G. Arend, Lugd.
 Bat. 1675  (L).  J. Bohn, Lips. 1680
 (L).  J. P. Bruno, Altdorf, 1682 (L).
 M. Mappus, Argent.  1691 (L).  Fr.
 Vaughan, Lugd. Bat. 16!2 (L). J. W.
 Pauli, Lips. 1697 (L).  Fr. Hoffmann,
 Halac, 1731 (L).  J. Junker, Hal. 1741
 (L).  E. A. Nicolai, Jenae, 1703 (L).
 W. G. Ploucquet, Tubing. 17c7 (L).
 W. Vaughan, Lond. 1^25.
   Cephalalo'gia  (Anat.)  from  xc-
 tpaXit, ' the head,'  and  X.oyog, ' a dis-
 course' An anatomical dissertation on
 the head.
    Cephai.ato'mia  (Anat.)  from  xi-
 tfa'/.i,, ' the head,  and xtuvtir,' to cut.'
 Anatomy  or  dissection or opening of
 the head.   Cephalo'tomia.
    Cmhal'ic (Anat.)  Cephal'icus, xi-
 tpaXixog, Capita'lis, from xtijaX.i;, 'the
 head.'  Relating to the head.
      (F) Cephalique.
    The CEPHAL'IC VEIN,  Ve'na  Ce-
 phal'ica,  Ve'na  Cap'itis,  (F)  Veine
 cephalique,  Veine radiale cutanee  of
 Chaussier.  (G) Haup tader.  The
 great superficial vein at the  outer part
 of the arm and forearm.  It begins  on
  on the back of the hand,  by a number
  of radicles, which unite into a single
" trunk, called the Cephalic of the Thumb,
  Cephal'ica Pol'licis,  (F) Veine cephal-
  ique du pouce.  It ascends along the
  anterior and outer part of the forearm,
where  it forms the superficial radial.
At the fold of the elbow it receives the
median  cephalic,  ascends  along the
outer edge of the biceps, and opens
into the axillary vein.
  The  name,  Cephalic, was given  to
it by the ancients, because they thought
it had some connexion with the  head,
and thatV.S. must be performed in this
vein, in head affections.
  Chaussier calls the internal jugular,
 Veine cephalique,  and the primary or
common carotid, Artere cephalique.
  CEPHAL'IC REM'EDIES (Mat.Med.)
 Cephal'ica vel Capita'lia  reme'dia, are
remedies capable of relieving affections
of the head,  especially  headache : —
 Cephalar'tica, xtipuXaqitxu qaquaxa.
  Cephali'ne (Anal.) xtituXivi;.  The
base or root of the  tongue. GorRjT.us.
  Cephalom'eter (Surg.) Cephalom'-
ettum, from  xtipah}, 'the head,' and
utiquv, 'measure'   An instrument for
measuring the different dimensions of
the foetal head, during the process of
 accouchement.  A kind of forceps.
     (G)  K o p fmesser.
  Cepiialon'osus  (Path.) from xnpa-
 Xi], ' the head,'  and rofjoe, ' disease.'
 This term has been applied to the Fe'-
 bris  Hungar'ica, (G) Hauptkrank-
 h e i t,  in which the head was much
 affected.  Others have so called, — any
 cerebral disease or fever.
  Ceph'alo-pharyngje'us (Anat.) from
 xtcfuXij, ' the head,'  and tpaqvyi, ' the
 pharynx': belonging to  the head and
 pharynx.  Winslow  has  given this
 name to the portion of the constrictor
 pharyngis superior, which is attached,
 above,  to the  inferior surface of the
 basilary  process  of the  Os  occipitis.
 The Ceph'alo-pharynge'al Aponeurosis
 is a thin, fibrous  membrane, which is
 attached to the basilary process, and
 gives  insertion  to fibres of the con-
 strictor superior pharyngis.
   Ceph'alo- spi'nal  (Anat.)   Ceph'-
 alo-spina'lis.  Belonging to  the head
 and spine.
   The  CEPH>AL O - SPPNAL  FL UID,
 is an exhaled fluid, which is found to
 exist between the encephalon and  pia*
 mater; and which  seems  to  have a
 protecting office, ond to keep up a cer-
 tain degree of pressure  on the organ,
 at least in the spinal canal.
   Cephalot'ribe (Obstet.) An instru-
 ment  invented  by Dr. Bacdelocque,
 the nephew, for crushing the  head of
 the foetus in utero ,  from xupaXt], '  the
 head,'  and  xqifiia, ' I bruise.'   It con-
 sists of a strong forceps, the blades of 
CERA FLAVA          173            CERATE
which are solid -. 16 lines  broad, and 3
thick.   The handles are perforated at
their extremity to receive  a screw with
three  threads,  the  direction of which
is  very  oblique, so as  to allow great
rapidity of rotation, and the screw is
moved by a winch 6 inches long, to in-
crease the force of the pressure.  The
bones of the head are  easily crushed
by it.
 Ce'ra  fla'va et Al'ba (Mat. Med.) xr\-
qog, Yellow and White Wax.  An animal
substance, prepared by the bee, and by
some  plants,  as the  Cerox'ylon  and
Myr'ica cerif'cra.  Its color is  yellow,
and smell like that of honey, but both
are lost by bleaching.  It is a  demul-
cent and emollient: is sometimes given,
in the form of emulsion,  in diarrhoea
and dysentery, but is  chiefly used in
cerates and ointments.
  (F) Cirejaune et blanche.
  (G) Wachs.
  Cer,e'.e (Anat.) from xsqag,1 a horn.'
xiqaiai.   The Cor'nua  of the  Uterus.
Rufus of Ephesus.
  Ceram'ice, Cerami'tis (Mat. Med.)
xeqauixij,  xinautxig.  A  sort  of earth,
used as a cataplasm in peripneumony.
Hippocr.
  Cerani'tes  (Pharm.)  xcqavixijg.  A
troch, of which Galen speaks.
  Cerasia'tum (Pharm.)  A purgative
compound, so called because it contain-
ed the juice of cherries: —from cerasus,
1 a cherry.'
  Cera'sios  (Pharm.)  Name of two
ointments referred to  by Mesue — the
great  and little  cerasios.
  Ceras'ma, xenaaua, from xeqavvcvfii,
' to mix.'  A mixture of hot and cold
water. Metaceras'ma.  GorrjEus.
  Ce'rate (Pharm.)  Cera'tum, xr]qm-
rov, xijquixt], from  xtjqog, ' wax.' Cere-
la'um, Cero'ma, Cero'nium,  Cero'tum,
Ceratomalag'ma,   xcqaxouaXayfia.   A
composition of  wax, oil  or  lard, with
or without other ingredients.
  (F) Cerat.  (G)  Wachssalbe.
  CE'RATE,  SIM>PLE CE'RATE,  Ce-
ra'tum,  Cera'tum sim'plex, P. L.  ( Yel-
low wax § iv, olive  oil  § iv.)  It is
applied  as an emollient to excoriations,
&c.
    (F)  Cerat simple.
   CE'RATE  OR  POMMA'TUM FOR
THE  LIPS, Cera'tum labia'le ru'brum,
Pomma'tum  ad  la'bia  demulcen'da.
Ph. P. (F)  Cirat ou pommade pour les
levies,'( Wax, 9 parts; oil, 16 parts; —
colored with alkanet.)
  CE'RATE  OF  CAL'AMINE,   Cera'-
tum  Calami'na. C. Carbona'tis zin'ci
                15*
impu'ri, Cera'tum lap'idis Calamina'ris,
Cera'tum epulot'icum,  Tur'ner's  Ce'-
rate,  Healing Salve.  (Olive oil  ft>i,
yellow wax Jtjss; melt, cool, and, when
it begins to  set, stir in of calamine
ftss.)
  (F)  Cirat de Pierre Calaminaire, C.
de Calamine.
  CE'RATE OF  CANTHAR'IDES,  Ce-
ra'tum Canthar'idis, Blister Ointment,
Ointment of  Spanish Flies,  Unguen'-
tum ad vesicato'ria,  Unguen'tum PuV-
veris   Mel'oes  vesicato'rii,  Ung.  epi-
spas'ticum for'tius,  Cera'tum  Lyt'ta.
(Spermaceti cerate 3 vj, canlharides, in
powder, 3j.  The cerate being softened
by heat, stir in the flies.)  It is used to
keep  open  blisters, issues, &c  See
Unguentum Lytt^e.
    (F)  Cerat de Cantharides.
  CERA'TUM  CETA'CEI,   Cera'tum
spermacet'i, Cera'tum  al'bum,  Cera'-
tum sim'plex, C.  Ceti,  Unguen'tum
adipoce'ra ceto'rum, Linimen'tum  al'-
bum,  Emplas'trum  Sperm'atis  Ce'ti,
Spermaceti Cerate.   (Spermaceti $iv,
white wax § ij, olive oil  § iv.) A good
emollient to ulcers, &c.
  (F)  Cerat de blanc de baleine.
  CERA'TUM GALE'NI, Cera'tum al'-
bum,   C. refrig"erans  Gale'ni,  Un-
guen'tum cera'tum,  U.  amygdali'num,
U. sim'plex, Emplas'trum ad fontic'u-
los, Oleo-ceratum aqud subactum, Cold
Cream.  (White  wax 4 parts,  oil of
sweet  almonds 16 parts;  add,  when
melted,  water or rose water 12 parts,
Ph. P.)  A  mild  application to  chaps,
&c.
  (F)  Cirat blanc ou de GALIEN.
  CERA'TUM CO'Nil, Cera'tum  Cicu'-
ta.  (Ung. conii  Jfoj,  cetacei  § ij, cera
alba § iij.)  A formula in  Bartholo-
mew's  Hospital:  occasionally applied
to cancerous, scrophulous sores, &c
  CE'RATE, KIRKLAND'S NEUTRAL.
(Diachyl. § viij, olive oil § iv, prepared
chalk   § iv:  when  nearly  cool,  add
Acet.dist. § iv, plumb, superacet. 3uj)
A cooling emollient.
  CE'RATE, MARSHALL'S. (Palm oil
3vi, calomel  §j, sugar of lead § ss,
ointment of nitrate of mercury §ij.)
  CERA'TUM  PLUM'S! SUPERACE-
TA'TIS,  Unguen'tum Cerus'sa Aceta'-
ta, Cerate of superacetate or  Sugar of
Lead,  Cera'tum Plum'bi Aceta'tis, Un-
guen'tum Aceta'tis Plum'bi.  (Acetate
of lead 3ij; white wax  §ij, olive oil
Jjjss.)  Cooling and astringent.
  (F)  Cerat de suracttale de Plomb.
  CERA'TUM   PLUM'BI   CQMPOSfh
TUM,  Cera'tum  Lithar'gyri  Aceta'H 
CERATOCELE           174          CEREALIA
 Compos'itum, Goulard's Ointment, Ce-
ra'tum subaceta'ti plum'bi medica'lum,
 Cera'tum  Satur'ni, Compound Lead
 Cerate.  (Liq. plumb, acet. § iiss, cera
flora  § iv,  ol. oliv.  § ix, camphora
 3 ss.)  Its virtues are the same as the
last.
   (F)  drat  de Goulard,  C. de plomb
compose1.
   CERA'TUM  RESPNJE,  C. Resi'na
fla'va, C. cit'rinum,  Unguen'tum ba-
sil'icon fla'vum, Ung. Resi'na fla'va,
 Ung.  Resino'sum,  Resin  Cerate  or
 Ointment. Yellow Basilicon.  (Resin.
flav., Cera flav.,  aa. Jfoj, ol. oliv. Jfjj.)
A stimulating application to old ulcers,
 &c.  Digestive.
   DR. SMEL'LOME'S Ointment for the
Eyes, consists of finely powdered ver-
digris  3SS, rubbed with  oil, and then
mixed with an ounce of ceratum resi-
na.
   CERA'TUM SABI'NJE, Unguent. Sa-
bi'na,  Sav'ine Ce'rate.  (Fresh Savine
 leaves, bruised, Jfoj, yellow wax  ftss,
 hog's  lard Hjij.)  Irritative, drawing.
 Used in the same cases as the Cerate of
 Cantharides.
     (F)  Cerat de Sabine.
   CE'RATUM  SAPO'NIS,   Soap  Ce'-
 rate.  (Hard soap § viij,  yellow wax
 §x, semivitreous  oxide  of lead  fjjj,
 olive oil  Jfoj, vinegar 1 gallon.  Boil
 together the  vinegar and oxide of lead,
 over a slow fire, stirring constantly, till
 they combine :  add the  soap and boil
 again, until  the water  be  evaporated:
 then mix in  the oil and wax previously
 melted.)   It is applied  in cases  of
 sprains or fractures.
     (F)  Cirat de Savon.
   Cer'atoce'le  (Path.)  from  xtqag,
 1 horn,' and  *>;/.»/, ' tumor.'  A protru-
 sion of the transparent cornea, or rather
 of the membrane of the aqueous hu-
 mor through an  opening in the  cor-
 nea.
   Ceratoglos'sus or Keratoglos'sus
 (Anat.)  xtquxoyX.wooog,  from  xtqag,
 ' horn,'  and yXotaaa, ' the  tongue.'   A
 muscle, extending from the great comu
 of the os hyoides to the  base of  the
 tongue.  It  is  a  part of the hyoglos-
 sus.
    Cer'ato-pharynge'us or Ker'ato-
 pharynge'us  (Anat.)  from xtqug,  ' a
 horri,' and ipaqvyl,' the pharynx.' The
 great and  small Cer'ato-pharynge'i,
 are small fleshy bundles, forming part
 of the Hyopharyngeus of Winslow.
    Cer'ato-staphyli'nus  or Ker'ato-
  staphyli'nus  (Anal. )  from  xtqag,
 ' horn,' and oxaipvXi],' the uvula.' Some
fleshy fibres of the Thyro-staphylinus
of Winslow.
  Cerato'nia  siL'iquA  (Mat. Med.)
The Carob Tree.   Cera'tium, Cera'tia,
Sil'iqua dul'cis, Caro'ba, Alnabati, the
Sweetpod.  Tliis — the fruit of the Ce-
ratonia  siliqua — is mucilaginous, and
employed where  mucilages are indi-
cated— in decoction.
  (F) Caroubier (Fruit, Carouge).
  (G)  J o han n i sb ro d ,  Bocks-
horn, Soodbrod.
  Ceratoto'mia  (Surg.)  from xtqag,
' horn,' ' cornea,' and xturtir, ' to cut.'
Section of the transparent cornea. This
incision is used in the operation for the
cataract; — to give exit to pus effus-
ed  in the eye, in case of hypopyon,
&c
  Ceratot'omus  ( Surg.) Keratol'o-
mus, Keral'omus, from  xtqag, ' cornea,'
and Tfinnv, ' to cut.'  A  name given
by  Wenzel  to his knife  for dividing
the  transparent cornea, in the operation
for  cataract.   Many modifications  of
the  instrument have been made since
Wenzel's time.
  Cerau'nion  (Therap.)  xtquwiov,
from xtnuwog,  ' thunder.'  Lu'pis ful-
mine'us.   A kind of stone, which was
believed to be formed during thunder ;
and to be  possessed of the power of in-
ducing sleep, and numerous other pro-
phylactic  virtues.  It  was rubbed  on
the  knee, breast, &c.  in swellings of
those parts.   A. Chiocci.
  Cerca'ria (Zool.) A genus of agas-
tric, infusory animalcules, one of the
most curious of which inhabits the tar-
tar  of the  teeth.
  Cer'chnos  (Path.)   xeqxvog,  from
xtq/ni, ' I make a hoarse  noise.'  Ga-
len describes,  under  this name,  the
wheezing and  hoarseness which pre-
cede  cough.  The words xtqxvuXtov,
xtqxvov,  xtqxvaopot, have nearly the
same meaning.
  Cer'cis  (Pharm.,  Anat.)  xtqxig,
Ra'dius.  A sort of pestle for reducing
sebstances to powder.  Also, the  ra-
dius or small bone of the arm.
  Cerco'sis  (Anat., Path.)  xtqxo>aig,
from xtqxog,' a tail.'  Men'tula mulk'-
bris, the Clil'oris.  Some authors have
employed  the word  as  synonymous
with Nymphomania and elongation  of
the clitoris, and with Polypus Uteri —
the Sarco'ma Cerco'sis of Sauvages.
  Cerea'lia  (Hyg.) from  Ce'res,
' goddess of corn.'  The cerealia are
gramineous plants,  the seed of which
serve for the nourishment of man ; —
as  wheat, barley, rye, &c. Sometimes 
CEREBELLA URINA       175
CEREBRUM
the same term is applied to some of the
leguminous plants.
  (F) Cereales (Plantes).
  (G)  Ge t reid epfl anzen.
  Cerebel'la  Uri'na.  Urine  of a
whitish appearance, of the color of the
brain, from which Paracelsus thought
he  could distinguish  diseases of that
organ.
  Cerebelli'tis  (Path.)  Inflamma-
tion of the cerebellum:  a variety  of
Phrenitis.
  Cerebel'lous (Anat. & Path.) Ce-
rcbello'sus, from cerebel'lum,' the little
brain.'  Chaussier has given this name
to the, vessels of the cerebellum. These
are three in number : two of which are
inferior:  the larger (Inferior Cerebelli),
which  arises  from the posterior cere-
bral or  vertebral;  and  the smaller,
whose existence is not constant, from
the meso cephalic or basiliary : — the
third, called  A. cerebelleuse superieure
(superior cerebelli), is also a branch of
the basilary.
   CEREBEL'LOUS  AP'OPLEXY,  is
apoplexy of the cerebellum.  It is often
accompanied with irritation of the gen-
ital organs, as erection, &c
     (F)  Cerebelleux.
   Cerebel'lum (Anat.) Diminutive of
 Ct'rebrum.  Cer'ebrum poste'rius, En-
 cran'ion, Encra'nis, tyxqavtov, tyxqang,
 Epencra'nis,  tntyxqavig,  Pareneeph'-
 alis, naotyxtipaXig,  the  Little Brain.
 A portion of the  medullary mass, con-
 tained in the cavity of the cranium.
 It fills the lower occipital fossae, below
 the tentorium, and  embraces the tuber
 annulare and medulla.  It is composed,
 like the brain, of cortical and medullary
 substance arranged  in laminae,  as it
 were ; so that, when a section is made
 of it, it has an arborescent appearance,
 called  Arbor vita.  The  cerebellum is
 divided into  two  lobes or hemispheres,
 or lateral masses, and each lobe is again
 subdivided into Monticuli or Lobules.
 In the crebellum are to be observed the
 Crura  cerebelli,  the  fourth ventricle,
 the valvula  magna cerebri, the proces-
 sus vermiculares, superior and inferior,
 &c
    (F)  Cervelet.  (G) Kleine  Ge-
 hirn.
    Writer.   V.  Malacarne,  Turin.
 1777(1).
    Cer'ebral (Anat.) Cerebra'lis, from
 cerebrum,  ' the  brain.'   Belonging to
 the brain, and similar to the  brain.
    The CER'EBRAL  AR'TERIES  are
 three on each side : the  anterior or ar-
 tery of the  corpus  callosum, and  the
middle, Arte'ria Sylvia'na, are furnish-
ed by the internal carotid : the posterior
or posterior and  inferior artery of the
brain, A. profunda cerebri, arises from
the vertebral.  Chaussier calls these
arteries lobaires,  because  they corres-
pond with the anterior,  middle,  and
posterior  lobes,  whilst he  calls   the
trunks, whence  they  originate, cere-
bral.
  The CEREBRAL NERVES are thosn
which arise within the cranium, all of
which, perhaps, with the  exception of
the  olfactory, arise from  the medulla
oblongata.
   In Pathology,  an  affection is called
cerebral,  which specially occupies  the
brain.  Fi&vre certbrale, Cerebral fever,
is a variety  of typhus, in whibh  the
head is much affected.  See Typhus.
     (F)  Ceribral.
   Cer'ebrum (Anat.)  The brain. This
term is sometimes applied to the whole
of  the  contents  of the cranium:  at
others, to the   upper  portion; — the
posterior and inferior being called cere-
bellum.   The brain, properly so called,
extends from the os frontis to the su-
perior occipital fossae.  Anteriorly, it
rests on the orbitar vaults ; behind  this
on the middle fossae of the base of the
cranium; and, behind, on the tento-
rium  cerebello  superextensum.   The
upper surface is divided by  a deep
 median   cleft  (Scissure  interlobaire,
 Ch.)  into  two  halves,  called hemi-
 spheres, which are united at the base
 by  the corpus callosum.   At its  sur-
 face  is  a  number of  convolutions.
 The inferior surface exhibits, from be-
 fore to behind, three lobes, distinguish-
 ed into anterior, middle, and posterior.
 The middle  is separated  from the an-
 terior, by the fissure of Sylvius ;  and
 from the posterior, by a shallow furrow
 which corresponds to the upper portion
 of  the pars petrosa.  Internally, the
 brain has,  on  the median  line, the
 corpus callosum, septum lucidum, for-
 nix, pineal  gland, and third ventricle:
 — and,  laterally, the lateral ventricles,
 in which are the corpora striata, optic
 thai ami,  &c.
   The brain  is  contained  in a triple
 envelope (See  Meninges).  Its  tex-
 ture is pulpy, and varies  according to
 age.  Two  substances may be distin-
   fuished  in  it — the  medullary,   (G)
   Iarksubstanz,  and  cortical or
 cineritious,  (G)  Rinden subs tanz.
 The former is white ;  and occupies all
 the interior  and  base of the brain.'  The
 latter is  grayish and softer.  It is  situ- 
CEREBRUM           176         CERNIN, SAINT
ated particularly at the  surface of the
organ.                            .
  The  brain  receives several  arterial
vessels, furnished by the internal  caro-
tid and vertebral.   Its veins end in the
sinuses.  It  is  the material organ of
thought: — of the mental  and moral
manifestations.
  According to  M. Gall, each part is
the special seat  of one  of those facul-
ties, and the brain and cerebellum,  in-
clusive, are called by him " the nervous
system of the mental faculties."
 ' The  following Table,  from Haller
and  Cuvier, exhibits  the  proportion
between the mass of the brain and that
of the body in man and in animals.

A child of 6 years (Haller) }  j 22
  ft,ij,28.idr.    .    .     5      "
Adult  (Haller)     .    .    . l-3i>.
  (From fo2, 3£ oz. to ft>3, 3| oz.
          Summering.)
Gibbon (Simla Lar.)   .    .  1-48.
Sapagous .    .  from 1-41 to 1-22.
Apes"  .    .     from 1-48 to 1-24.
Baboons  .    .  from 1-104 to 1-86.
Lemurs  .    .     from 1-84 to 1-61.
Bat (Vespert'dio Noctula)    .  1-96.
Mole.....1-36-
Bear.....1-205.
Hedgehog ....    1-168.
Fox     .    •     •     •    •  1-205.
 Wolf.....1-230.
 Beaver.....1-290.
 Hare.....1-228.
 Rabbit  .    .     .    1-140 to 1-152.
 Rat.....1-76-
 Mouse.....1-43.
 Wild Boar  ....    1-672.
 Domestic, Do.     .    1-512 to 1-412.
 Elephant (7 or  fold)    .    •  1-500.
 Stag.....I-**.
 Roebuck (young) .     .    •  1-94.
 Sheep   .    .    .  1-351 to 1-192.
 Ox         .     .    1-750 to 1-860.
 Calf  . '  .    •   •    •    1-219.
 Horse  .    .     •    1-700 to 1-400.
 Ass.....1-154-
 Dolphin  .   .  1-25,1-36,1-60,1-102.
 Eagle.....1-260.
 Goose     .     .   •   ••   1-360.
 Cock.....!-&>•
 Canary-bird     .   .    .   1-14.
 Humming-bird   .    .    .1-11.
 Turtle     ....   1-5688.
 Tortoise.....1-2240.
 Frog.....1-172-
 Shark  .   .    •    •    .  1-2496
 Pike  .    .                  1-1305
 Carp.....I"560-
    (F)  Cerveau,  Cervelle.   (G) Him
 Gehirn.
  Writers on the Anatomy and Phy-
siology of the Brain.  N. Steno, Leyd.
1671 (L).   Mayer, Berlin, 1779 (G).
S. T. Sommering (plates of the base of
the brain), Francf.  1799 (L).  T. Wil-
lis (pathology  of),  Amst. 1668 (L).
Vicq d'Azyr(plates), C.Bell's plates,
Lond. 1802.  T. J. Pettigrew, plates,
Lond. 1809.  J. D. Waldstoff, Got-
ting. 1751 (L).   J. G. Haasius, Lips.
1781 (L).  Fr. Gennari, Parma, 1782
(L).  Vicq, d'Azyr, Paris, 1786 (F).
Ch vussier, Paris, 1807 (F).  Vauque-
lin, Paris, 1812 (F).  H. Ridley, Lond
1695 (F).  M. Malpighi, Bonon. 1665
(L)   J.  H. Glaser, Basil, 1680 (L).
J. R. Zwinger,  Basil, 1714 (L).   M.
Arlet, Paris, 1746 (F).   Gall and
Spurzheim, Paris, 1809 (F).   F.  J.
Gall (functions of the Brain), Paris,
lt-2."> (F).   J- Abercrombie  (on dis-
eases of the brain), Edinb. 1828. Th.
Mills (morbid anatomy in  typhus),
Dubl. 1818.  T. Gordon (structure 8pc.
of), Edinb. 1817.  A. Monro, Edinb.
1797.  M.  Georget, Paris, 1^21 (F).
R. Hooper (morbid anatomy <f),Lond.
1826. F. Lallemand (morbid anatomy
of the),  Paris, 1824(F).   H.  Mayo,
(engravings of),   Lond. 1827.   Th.
Mills  (morbid  anatomy,  in  various
cerebral  disorders),  Dubl.  1626.   A.
Ramsay  (plates),  Edinb. 1812.  J. G.
Spurzheim (anatomy of), in Engl, by
R. Willis,  Lond.  1826.   A.  L.  J.
Bayle (diseases),  Paris, 1«26 (F).
  Cerevis'ia (Mat. Alim.) tv-dog, Li'quor
cer'eris,  Vinum  hordea'ceum,  Barley
 Wine, Bira, Bry'ton, (Iqvxov, from Ce'-
res, ' corn '; whence it is made.  Ale,
Beer, Porter.  These fluids  are drunk
by the inhabitants of many countries,
habitually. In Great Britain the great-
est  consumption   occurs.  They  are
nourishing, but not very easy of diges-
tion.  The old dispensatories, contain
numerous  medicated Ales,  which are
no longer in use.
   (F)  Biere, Cervoise.  (G) Bier.
   Writers.   J.  Brettschneider  or
 Placotomus, Regiom. 1549 (L.)  Th.
 von Hayck,  Francof.  1585 (L).   M.
 Schoock, Groning.  1661 (L).  J. H.
 Meibomius.  Helmst. 1668(E).  R. le
 Conte, Paris, 1695 (L). L. Fr. Jacobi,
 Erford,  1704 (L).   M. Alberti, Hal.
 1743 (L).   B. L.  de Laurembert,
 Paris, 1751 (L).   J.  C.  Stock, Jense,
 1756 (L).   J. C. Tode,  Hafn. 1775
 (L).
    Cernin, Saint, Waters of, (Mat.
 Med.) St. C. is a parish in the diocese
 of St. Flour, Upper Auvergne, France. 
CEROENE
177
CERVUS
      The water is a chalybeate.  It is called
      Eau du Cambon.
        Ceroe'ne, Cerou'ne, or Ciroue'ne
      (Pharm.) Ceroe'num, from xr/oos,' wax,'
      and oivog,l wine.'  A plaster, composed
      of yellow wax, mutton suet, pitch, Bur-
      gundy pitch, Bole Armeniac, thus, and
      wine.   It was used as  a strengthening
      plaster.  Sometimes it contained neither
      wax nor wine.
        Ceromanti'a,  from xrtqog,  ' wax,'
      and uavxtia, ' divination.'  The art of
      foretelling the future from the  figures,
      which   melted wax  assumes, when
      suffered  to  drop  on  the surface  of
      water.
        Ceropis'sus  (Pharm.)  from xyqog,
•     'wax,'  and ntaaa, ' pitch.'  A depila-
      tory  plaster,  composed of pitch  and
      wax : xijoortiooog.
        Ceru'men (Anat.) from cera,' wax.'
      Ceru'men Au'rium,  Ce'rea,  Au'rium
      Sor'des, Marmora'ta Au'rium, Cyp'selc,
      Ceru'minous  Hu'mor,  Cyp'selis, Fu'-
      giU, onog  qvnog,  xviptXig.  A name
      given to the unctuous humor, similar
      to wax in its physical properties, which
      is met with in the meatus auditorius
      externus.  It is secreted  by follicles,
      situated beneath the membrane lining
      the meatus.  It lubricates the meatus,
      preserves the  suppleness of the lining
      membrane, prevents the  introduction
      of bodies floating in  the atmosphere,
      and by its bitterness and unctuousness
      prevents insects from penetrating.
        (F) Cire des  Oreilles.  (G) Ohren-
      s c h m a 1 z.
        Writers.   N. Papin,  Salmur. 1648
      (L).  M. Mappus, Argent. 1548 (L).
        Ceru'minous (Anat.) Cerumino'sus.
      Relating to cerumen.
          (F)  Cerumineux.
        CERU'MINOUS GLANDS OR FOL'-
      LICLES, (F) Glandes cerumineuses ou
      Follicules  Cerumineuses.  Glands  or
«     follicles, which secrete the cerumen.
        Cerusia'na  (Pharm.)   xtoovaiavt].
      Name  of a medicine,  used by Galen
      in phthisis.
        Cerus'sea  Uri'na   (Path.)  Terms
      used, by Paracelsus, for  the urine,
      when of a dull color, like cerusse.
        Cervi'cal  (Anal.)  Cervica'lis,  from
      eer'vix,' the back of the neck.'  Trache'-
      lian.   Every thing, which concerns the
      neck, especially the back part.
        The  CERVPCAL  AR'TERIES   are
      three  in number:  1. The ascending,
      anterior, or superficial, a branch of the
      inferior thyroid, distributed to the  sca-
      leni muscles and integuments.  2.  The
      transverse (Cervico-scapulaire Ch.), a
branch of the axillary artery, or of the
subclavian :  distributed  to  the  levator
scapula,  trapezius, &c. 3. The pos-
terior  or profound,  A. transversa'lis
col'li (Trachelo-cervicale Ch.), a branch
of the subclavian, distributed  to the
deep-seated  muscles   on the anterior
and posterior parts of the neck.
  The CERVI'CAL VEINS  have near-
ly the same distribution as the  arte-
ries.
  The CERVPCAL NERVES are eight
in number, on each side; and form the
eight cervical pairs, which  are the first
given off from the spinal marrow.
  The CERVPCAL PLEX)'US, (Plexus
Trachelo-souscutane  Ch.).   The  ner-
vous net-work,  formed by the anterior
branches of the  three  first cervical
nerves, above  the posterior  scalenus
muscle, and at the outer  side  of the
pneumogastric  nerve,  carotid  artery,
and jugular vein.
   CERVI'CAL   GAN'GLIONS.    The
three ganglions of the great sympa-
thetic.  The  cervical  glands or  lym-
phatic glands of the neck are, also, so
called.
   CERVI'CAL   VER'TEBRJE.   The
seven first vertebrae of the spine.
   CERVI'CAL  LIG'AMENTS.  These
are two in  number.   1. The  anterior,
extending from the basilary process of
the occipital bone to  the anterior part
of the first  cervical vertebra.   2. The
posterior or supraspinous, Ligamen'-
tum Nu'cha, which  extends  from the
outer occipital protuberance to the spi-
nous process of the   seventh  cervical
vertebra.  In animals with  large heads
it is very strong.
   Cer'vix  (Anat.) The neck. A neck.
(G) Nakken,  Genick, Hals.
As: —
   CER'VIX U'TERI.  The  neck of the
uterus;  also the  vagina.  The  term
cervix is applied to other parts, as the
cervix of a bone,  or the part between
the  head and  body, &c.   See  Col-
lum.
   Cer'vus, Cer'va, tXatpog, (Mat. Med.)
The  horn  of the Cer'vus El'aphus,
called Cor'nu, Cer'vi El'aphi  Cor'nu,
Cor'nu Cervi'num, Hartshorn,  contain
27 parts of gelatine in the  100.  A
jelly made from the shavings is emol-
lient and nutritive.
     (F) Come de cerf.
   The STAG'S FIZZLE, Pria'pus Cer'-
vi, was  once  considered to be aphro-
disiac  Dose,  9j to 3j m  powder.
   CER'VUS AL'CES  (Mat. Med.)  The
 Elk.  The hoof of this animal  was an- 
CESTRITES           178        CHAM/ELAITES
ciently used as an anti-epileptic.  The
animal, it was asserted, was subject to
attacks of epilepsy, and always cured
them by putting its hoof into the ear.
The hoof was also worn as an amulet.
     (F) Elan.  (G) Elent.
  The  Cor'nu Us'tum or Burnt Harts-
horn has been used as an antacid, but
it consists  of 57 parts  of phosphate,
and  but one of carbonate, of lime.  It
is, therefore, useless.
  Cestri'tes (Pharm.)   A  wine  pre-
pared from betony (xeoxqov,' betony ').
  Ceta'ceum (Mat. Med.)  from xyrug,
1 a  whale.'    Al'bum Ce'ti, Adipoce'ra
ceto'sa, Spermaceti.   An inodorous, in-
sipid, white, crystallized, friable,  unc-
tuous  substance, obtained  from  the
brain of the  Physe'ter Macroceph'alus
or Spermaceti Whale, and other varie-
ties  of whale.  S.  g. 9.433: melts at
112°.  It is  demulcent and emollient;
has been given in  coughs  and  dysen-
tery, but is  mostly used in ointments.
Dose,  3SS  to  3iss rubbed up  with
sugar or egg.
  (F) Blanc de Baleine, Citine, Adipo-
cire de Baleine.
  (G)  Wallrath.
  Writers.  M.  Eltmuller, Lips.
1671 (L).  J. Vesti, Erford, 1701  (L).
J. S. Henninger, Argent. 1711  (L).
  ChjEROphyl'lum   (Mat. Med.)  xaim
qoipvXlov, from  xaiQbl> ' 1 rejoice,'  and
tpvXXov,' a leaf.'
  CHJEROPHYL'LUM SYLVES'TRE,
Cicuta'ria,  Charophyl'lum Tem'ulum,
Cerefo'lium   Sylves'tre,  Bastard Hem-
lock, Wild  Chervil or Cow-weed.  It is
a slightly fetid  aromatic;  but  is  not
used.
  (F) Cerfeuil sauvage,  Persil d'Ane.
  (G)  Wilder  K61  berkropf,
Waldkolberkropf.
   CHJEROPHYL'LUM  ODORA'TUM,
Scandix  Odora'ta,  Myr'rhis Odora'ta,
Cerefo'lium  Hispan'icum, Sweet Cic"-
ely, has  the smell  of aniseed,  and is
cultivated on account of its aromatic
properties.
  JF)  Cerfeuil Musqui ou d'Espagne.
 v<G)  Myrrhenkerbel.
   CHAROPHYL'LUM   SATI'VUM,
Scan'dix Cerefo'lium, Charophyl'lum,
Charefo'lium,  Cerefo'lium,  Garden
Chervil, Cher'vil.  The juice has  been
considered aperient and diuretic.  It is
used only as a pot herb.
   (F)  Cerfeuil, C. des Jardins,  C. cul-
tive.
   (G)  Kerbelkraut,  Garten-
korbel.
   Writer.  F. G. Narcissus, Gryphis-
wald, 1711 (L).
  Cha'fing  (Path.) Erythe'ma Inter-
trigo, Paratrim'ma, naquxqiuiia, from
echauffer, ' to heat.'   Fret, erosion of
the skin, Attri'ta.  The red excoria-
tions, which occur, in consequence of
the friction  of parts;  or between  the
folds of the skin,  especially in fat or
neglected children. Washing with cold
water and dusting with hair powder is
the best preventive.
    (F)  Echauffement, Ecorchure.
  Chalas'ticus (Mat. Med.)  xa?-aari~
xog, from ;fuAao>,  ' I relax.'  A medi-
cine proper for removing rigidity of the
fibres. Galen.   An emollient or relax-
ant (q. v.)
  Chala'za, Chala'zion,  Chalazo'-
sis  (Path.)  xa*u*a> jfaAuitor, /u/.ulu>-
atg, Grando, Hail.  Certain hard, round,
transparent tumors, developed  in  dif-
ferent parts  of  the   body,  more  es-
pecially in the substance of the eye-
lids.
    (F)  Grele, Gravelle.
  Chalic'raton, xa^t>!QarorJ fr°m  xa'
Xig,  or  ^waic, an  old word ibr wine.
A mixture of wine and water.  Vi'num
mis'tum.
  CHAL'MERS,  Li'onel (Biog.)   A
physician of Charleston, S. Carolina.
He was a native of Great Britain,  and
settled  in  Carolina  about  the com-
mencement of the eighteenth century.
Works. Essay on fevers Spc, and on
the crisis of disorders.  Lond. 1768. 8vo.
An account of the weather,  and  dis-
eases of South Carolina. Lond. 1776.
2 vols. 8vo.
  Chalyb'eate  (Mat. Med.)  Chalyb-
ea'tus,  Ferrugin'eus,  Ferrugino'sus,
Martia'lis, from chalybs,' iron or steel.'
Of, or belonging  to iron.  Any medi-
cine, into which  iron enters; as, a cha-
lybeate mixture, pills, waters, &c   See
Waters, Mineral.
  (F) Ferrugineux.  (G) Eisenhal-
tig.
  Chal'ybs (Mat.  Med.) from Chal'y-
bes ; a people of Pontus who dug iron
out of the earth.  A'cies, Steel.  The
Protocarburet of Iron.   As a medicine,
steel does not differ from iron.
     (F) Acier.   (G)  Stahl.
  Steel has, also, been  called Biladen,
Faulex.
  Cham^dryi'tes (Pharm.)  xafiat'
dqvixr,g (oivog).   A wine, in which  the
Teu'crium Chama'drys  has  been in-
fused.
  Cham.elai'tes  (Pharm.) xaPttllaim
xrtg (oivog).  A wine, impregnated with
the Chamm'lea or Daphne Alpina, 
CHAMjEPITUINUM  VINUM    179          CHARLATAN
  ChaM;Epitui'num Vi'num  (Pharm.)
Xafiuimxvivog (oivog). A wine, in which
the leaves of  the  Chama'pitys,  the
Teu'crium Chama'pitys, have been in-
fused.   '
  Cham^raph'anum (Mat. Med.)  /a-
Htaiga(pavov,from xauai,  'on the ground,'
and qaipavog,l the raddish.'  So Paulus
of Agina calls the upper part of the
root of the Apium.
  Chamber (Anat.) Cam'era, xapaqa.
This term is used in  speaking of the
eye;  in  which there  are two cham-
bers : — an  anterior and a posterior.
The anterior is the space between the
cornea and the  anterior  part  of  the
iris: —the posterior, the space between
the iris and anterior surface of the crys-
talline. They are filled with the aqueous
humor, and communicate by the open-
ing in the pupil.
   (F)  Chambre  (antirieure  et poste-
rieure).
   (G) Augenkam mem.
   CHAM'BERLAIN,  CHAM'BER-
LEN, or CHAM'BERLAYNE, Hugh,
M. D.  (Biog.) An eminent London ob-
stetrical   practitioner,  born  in 1664;
died in 1728. Works.  Midwife's prac-
tice.  Lond. 1665.  8vo.   Practice of
physic.  Lond.  1664.  12mo.  Manuale
 medicum, or a small treatise of the art
 of physick  in  general, and  of vomits
 and the  Jesuit's powder in particular.
 Lond. 1685. 12mo.
   CHAM'BERLAIN'S  RESTOR'ATIVE
 PILLS (Pharm.) This nostrum, recom-
 mended in scrophula, and all impurities
 of the blood, has been  analyzed by Dr.
 Paris, and found to consist of cinnabar,
 sulphur,  sulphate of lime, and a little
 vegetable matter. Each pill  weighs 3
 grains.
   CHAM'BERLAINE,  William (Bi-
 ogr.)   A Surgeon - Apothecary,  who
 practised in England,  towards the end
 of the last, and  commencement of the
 present, century.  Works. A practical
 treatise on the efficacy  of stizolobium or
 cowhage in  cases  of worms.  Lond.
 1784.  8vo.  Tirocinium medicum,  or a
 dissertation on the duties of youth ap-
 prenticed to   the  medical profession.
 Lond. 1812. 8vo.
   CHAMBRE,  Marin Cureau de la
 (Biog.)  An eminent French physician,
 who died in 1669.  Works.  Novvclles
 coniectvres sur la digestion. Paris. 1636.
 4to.  Novvelles observations et coniect-
 vres sur I'iris.  Paris. 1650. 12mo.
   CHANCRE (F) (Path.)  Ulcus  can-
 ero'sum, Ulcus'culum cancru'sum.   A
 sore, which arises from the  direct ap-
plication of the venereal virus ; hence it
is almost always seated, in men, on the
penis. The French use the word Chan-
cre, in popular language, for cancerous
ulcers,  the malignant aphthae  of chil-
dren,  &c.  Formerly,  the  terms Ca-
ro'li and  Ca'ries  Pudendo'rum  were
used for venereal pustules or sores on
the parts of generation.
  Writer.  Meckel, Hal. 1790 (L).
  CHANCREUSE (F) (Path.) Cancro'-
sus, Carcino'des.  Having the nature
of chancre or cancer.
  BOUTON  CHANCREUX  is a small
tumor  of  a  cancerous nature, which
makes  its appearance  on the  counte-
nance, most  frequently on the upper
lip — No'li me tan'gere.
 Chaomanti'a. The Alchymists meant,
by this word, the art of predicting  the
future from observation of the air.  The
word Chaos was used by Paracelsus
for the air.
  CHAP'MAN, Ed'mund (Biogr.)  A
Surgeon-Accoucheur in London, about
the commencement of the last century.
Works. Treatise on the improvement
of midwifery, chiefly  with  regard to
the operations,  to which  ere added 57
cases, &c Lond. 1733. 8vo.  Reply to
Douglas's short account of the  state of
midwifery in  London.  Lond.  1737.
8vo.
   CHAPPETONADE (F) (Path.) Vom'-
itus rabio'sus.  Vomiting, accompanied
 with  furious delirium, which attacks
 strangers  in hot countries.
   Char'acter (Path.)  xanaxTriQ-  A
 mark or impression.  In Pathology,  it
 is  used synonymously with stamp or
 appeararce.  We  say, "A disease  is
of an unfavorable character"—" The
 prevailing epidemic has a bilious char-
acter,"  &c  In Mental  Philosophy  it
 means —  that which distinguishes  one
individual from another,  as regards his
 understanding and passions.
     (F) Caractere.
   Chara'drius  (Mat. Med.)   jElian
 thus calls a bird, which was reputed to
 cure jaundice.   The word  now means
 the plover: ^ana^oio?.
   CHARBONNEUX  (F)  (Path.)  An-
 thraco'des. Having the nature  of Char-
 bon or Anthrax.
   Char'latan,  Circula'tor,  Circum-
fora'neus,   Periodeu'tes,  Tteqiodtvx^g,
 Pseudomed'icus, Agyr'ta, ayvqirt;,  An-
 acyc'leon; avaxvx/.iw.  A  Quack,  an
 Empyrical Pretender, Empiric.  Prop-
 erly, one  who goes from place  to place
 to sell  any medicine,  to which he at-
 tributes  marvellous  properties.   By 
CHARLATANRY
180       CHATOUILLEMENT
extension — any individual, who en-
deavors to deceive  the  public by pass-
ing himself off as more skilful than he
really is.  According to Menage, the
word comes  from circulatanus,  a cor-
ruption of circulator.
  (G) Quacksalber,  Markt-
B c h r e i e r.
  Writers.  P. Talpa, Antwerp, 1653
  2,).  J. Wittich,  Eisleben, 1565 (L).
  .  von  Hornick,  Argent.  1631 (L).
J. Vesti, Erford,  1709 (L).   J. Ph.
Eysf.l, Erford, 1712 (L).  G. P. Juch,
Erford, 1747 (L).  A. Eyerel, Breslau,
1801 (G). H. Ch. M.  Fenner,  Gies-
sen, 1804 (G). L. Rostan,  Paris, 1812
(F).
  Char'latanry;  the  conduct or ac-
tion of a charlatan.  Quack'ery.
  (F)   Charlatanerie, Charlatanisme.
   (G) Marktschreierei.
  CHARLE'TON  or.  CHARL'TON,
Walter, M. D.  (Biogr.)  A  learned
physician, and voluminous writer. He
was physician to Charles II. during
his exile, and after  his restoration.
Born  in Somersetshire in  1619; died
in 1707.  Works. De lithiasi diatriba.
Lugd. Bat. 1650. 12mo.   The errors of
physicians  concerning  defluxions, de-
lir'amenta catarrhi.  Lond.  1650. 4to.
Natural history of nutrition,  life, and
voluntary motion,  containing all the
new  discoveries  of anatomists, &c
Lond. 1658. 4to.  Exercitationes Phy-
sico-anatomka de aconomid animali.
Lond.  1659. 8vo.   Exercitationes pa-
thologica, &c. Lond.  1660.  4to. Dt
morborum naturd, generatione et cau-
sis. 1661. 8vo. Dissertationes dua, de
anatome cerebri pueri dc  calo tacti,  et
altera de proprietatibus cerebri humani.
Lond.  1665.  4to.   De scorbuto liber
singularis. Lond. 1672. 8vo.  Inquisi-
tiones medico-physica  de causis cata-
meniorum  sive fluxus menstrui, &c.
Lond. 1685. 8vo.
  Charm,  Carmen,  Canta'tio,  Incan-
tamen'tum.  A sort of magic; or su-
perstitious practice, by which  it was
believed,  that individuals  might  be
struck  with  sickness or death, or^De
restored to health.
    (F) Charme.
  Char'me  or  Char'mis  (Therap.)
X«qph  and  /aquig.  An antidote  re-
ferred to by Galen.
   CHAS (F)  (Surg.)  A'cus fora'men.
The  eye of a needle.  Sometimes, this
openina is near the  point of the instru-
ment, as in the ligature needle.
   CHASSE (F)  (Surg.)  Manu'brium.
A  kind of handle,  composed pf two
movable laminae of horn, shell, or ivory,
united  only at the  extremity, which
holds the blade of the instrument, — as
in the common bleeding lancet.
   CHASSIE (F) (Physiol.) Le'ma, Lip'-
pa,  Gla'ma,  Gra'mia,  yXafia,  Xr^ir;,
yXtjfii;;  the gum of the eye.  A seba-
ceous humor,  secreted by the follicles
of Meibomius, which sometimes glues
the eyes together.
    (G) Aug en triefe.
   CHASSIEUX (F)  (Path.)  Lip'pus;
covered  with  Chassie — as Paupieres
chassieuses.
   Chateau - Landon,   Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)   A town, three  leagues
from Nemours, in France. The waters
contain alum and iron.
   Chateau - Salins ;  a  town in  the
department  of La  Meurthe,  France.
The waters contain carbonate of lime,
sulphates  of lime  and magnesia, and
muriates of magnesia and soda.
   Chatel-Guyon  Mineral Waters
of  (Mat. Med.) A village in France, in
the department of Puy-de-D6me, near
which there are five thermal and acidu-
lous springs. Temperature, 86° Fahren-
heit.
   CHATON (F)  (Anat.)  Husk.  The
Chaton de Vapophyse stylolde is a bony
lamina, turned upon itself, which em-
braces the base of the styloid  process
of the temporal bone.  See Vaginal
Process.
   In  Pathology, it  means a  fun'da,
or  cavity formed by the irregular or
hourglass contraction of the uterus, in
which the placenta  is often  retained
or enchatonnc  after  the  birth of  the
child.
   CALCUL CHATONNE(F)  Cal'culus
incaicera'tus, Encys'ted.Cal'cuius, Cal-
cul enkyste.  A urinary  calculus,  ad-
herent to the inner surface of the blad-
der, so that it is immovable, and cannot
pass to the different parts of that organ.
This  happens  when  calculi  form in
some  natural  or  accidental cavity of
the bladder; or when the organ, by
ulceration, gives rise to  fungi, which
surround  the calculus; or when it is
lodged  in the orifice of the ureter or
urethra.
   PLACENTA CHATONNE (F).  The
placenta when retained  as  above  de-
scribed.  See Chaton.
   CHATONNEMENT (F) (Obstet.)  In-
carcera'tio, Chaionnement du placenta,
Enkystement.  Hourglass contraction of
the uterus.  See Chaton.
   CHATOUILLEMENT (F)  (Phys.)
This  word sometimes means the action 
CHAUDEBOURG         181      CHELSEA PENSIONER
of tickling  or  titillation  (Titillatio),
and, at others,  the  sensation  which
gives rise  to  the  action  (Pruritus):
Itching.
  Chaudebourg,  Mineral  Waters
of (Mat. Med.)  C. is three quarters of
a league from  Thionville  in France.
The  waters contain iron,  sulphate of
lime, sulphate  of magnesia,  and car-
bonate of lime.
  Chaudes-Aigues,  Mineral  Wa-
ters of (Mat. Med.)  A  small town
in the  department of Cantal, France,
where  there are a  number  of  saline
springs.  Temp. 190° Fahren.
  CHAUFFOlR (F).  Lin'teum Calefac-
to'rium.  According to the Academie,
a. warmed  cloth, used either for the
purpose  of warming a patient, or to
apply to a female recently  delivered.
  CHAUSSE (F). Chausse d' Hippocrate
(Pharm.) Manche d'Hippocrate, Man'-
ica Hippodratis, Man'ica, Hippocrates'
Sleeve.  A conical bag, made of flan-
nel,  for straining certain liquids.
  Cheese  (Mat. Alim.) Ca'seus, xvqog.
An aliment, prepared from the caseous
and  oleaginous  parts of milk.  Fresh
cheeses differ but little in their medical
properties  from cream or the imme-
diate principle,  essentially cheesy, to
which the name ca'seum has been ap-
plied.  Those, which have been recently
salted,  are  digested with comparative
facility. The flavor of cheese is owing to
an ammoniacal caseate. On the whole,
cheese  itself is not  easy of  digestion,
although it may stimulate  the stomach
to greater  exertion,  and  thus  aid in
digestion,  /f
     (F) Fromage.   (G) Ka.se.
  Chee'sy (Mat. Alim. &c)  Casea'ri-
us ; — having the nature of cheese.
     (F)  Caseux or Caseeu.v.
   Cheiloc'ace  (Path.)  xil'KOy-aY-'\i
from /ttAos, ' a lip,' and xaxog, ' evil.'
Labrisul'cium.   A disease, character-
ized, it is said, by swelling, induration,
and  slight redness of the  lips without
inflammation, reputed, but without any
authority,  to be common in England
and  Scotland, amongst children.
  Cheiran'thus Chei'ri  (Mat.  Med.)
The systematic name  of the Common
Yellow Wallflower,  Vi'ola lu'tea, Leu-
coi'um lu'teum ; Keyri Chei'ri:  the
flowers have been  esteemed  nervine,
norcotic, and deobstruent.
  (F)  Geroflee ou  Violier jaune.
  (G)  Gelbe Veilchen,  Gold-
lack.
  Cheirap'sia (Path.)  xi'QaH"a- The
action  of rubbing  or scratching, from
                  16
Xttq,' the hand,' and aTrrw, ' I touch.
A. troublesome symptom in the itch.
  Cheiris'ma (Surg.) Cheiris'mus, /st-
fjiaaa or  x£tQiaP°S-  The act of touch-
ing ; — handling.  Any  manual opera-
tion.
  Cheirono'mia  (Hyg.)  xtlQovo!,lia>
Chironv'mia, from xilQovoPCU)j' 1 exer-
cise with the hands.'  An exercise, re-
ferred to by Hippocrates, which con-
sisted in  using the hands, as in our ex-
ercise of the dumb-bells.
  Che'la (Surg.  & Anat.) yX'-'V  Tnis
word has several significations.  Chela,
a  forked probe,  used   for  extracting
polypi from  the nose.   Chela — chaps
or cracks on the feet, organs of genera-
tion, &c Chela likewise means claws,
especially those of the crab.  See  Can-
crorum Chelae.
  Cheli'don (Anat. ^e.'.uW;  the hol-
low at the bend of the arm. Hirun'do.
  Chelido'nium  Ma'jus (Mat. Med.)
Papa'ver  Cornicula'tum,  Lu'teum,
Common Celandine,  ^sAtJoviov,   Tet-
terwort.  The  root and recent  plant
have been  considered  aperient   and
diuretic.  Externally,   the  juice has
been employed in some  cutaneous dis-
eases.
   (F) Chelidoine  grande, L'Eclaire.
   (G) Schellkraut,  Schwal-
benkraut.
   Writers.    Creuzbauer,  Argent.
1785 (L).   J.  A. Glumm,  Duisburg,
1786 (L). Th. A.  J.  de Schallern,
Erlang. 1790 (L).
   Ciillido'nius  La'pis  (Mat. Med.)
XtXidovtog Xidog.   A name given to
stones,  which, it was  pretended, ex-
isted in the stomach of young swallows.
They were  formerly believed capable
of curing epilepsy.
  Chelo'ne  (Surg.)  /*Ao>v»/,  ' a tor-
toise.'   An instrument for extending a
limb; so called because, in its  slow
motions, it resembled a tortoise.  Ori-
basius.
   Chelo'nion  (Anat.)  ^eAoiviov,  Che-
lo'nium,  from  ytXiovt],' a tortoise,' from
its  resembling in shape the  shell of
that animal.  The upper, gibbous part
of the back.  Gorrjeus.
  Cheloph'agi (Hyg.)  from  ^tAiuvr/,
' the'tortoise,'  and ipayoj, ' I eat.'   An
ancient name  for certain tribes,  who
dwelt on the  coasts of the Red  Sea,
and who lived only on tortoises. Pliny,
Diodorus of Sicily.
   Chel'sea Pen'sioner (Pharm.) An
empirical remedy for   rheumatism is
sold under this name.   (Gum guaiac,
 3j,  powdered  rhubarb  3ij, cream of 
CHELTENHAM          182           DU CHESNE
 tartar §j, flowers of sulphur  |j,  one
 nutmeg, finely powdered : made into
 an electuary with  a  pound of clarified
 honey.)  Dose, two spoonfuls.
   Cheltenham,  Mineral  Waters
 of (Mat.  Med.) C. is a town in Glou-
 cestershire,  England, nine  miles from
 Gloucester, and 94 W. of London.  Its
 water is  one  of  the most celebrated
 natural purgatives in England.  It is a
 saline,  acidulous  chalybeate,  and is
 much frequented.
   Writers.   D.  W.  Linden,  Lond.
 1751. 8vo.  A. Fothergill, Bath, 1785.
 John Barker, Birmingham, 1786.  " J.
 Smith, Lond. 1786.  8vo.   Thomas
 Jameson, Lond. 1803. 8vo.
   ARTIFICIAL  CHELTENHAM WA-
 TER may be  made  from Epsom salt,
 gr. xij, iron filings,  gr. j : Glauber's
 salt,  § iv, water,  4 gallons:  impreg-
 nated with the gas from marble pow-
 der and sulphuric acid, aa  S§ ij.
   CHELTENHAM  SALTS (Mat. Med.)
 These are sometimes  made from  the
 waters, at others, factitiously.  The
 following is a formula.  Soda muriat.,
 magnes. sulphat.,  soda sulph., aa. fly :
 dissolve, filter, evaporate  to  dryness,
 then add Ferri sulph.  3 ss.
   Chelys'cion (Path.) x*Xvaxiov, from
 ytXi c, ' the chest.'  A short, dry cough.
 Galen, Hippocr., Foesius.
   Che'me, Cha'ma,  Che'ramis, xWh
 Xi}ua,  y^qaiug.  An  ancient measure,
 equivalent  to  about  two  tea-spoon-
 fuls.
   Chemo'sis  (Path.) xriU("a'?> fr°ni
 Xiat],' an aperture.'  A name given to
 ophthalmia, when the conjunctiva, sur-
 rounding the cornea, forms a high ring,
 making the cornea seem as it were at
 the bottom of a hole.  By  some, it is
 used  synonymously  with ophthalmia
 membranarum.
  Chenay,   Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  C. is a  town in France,
 two leagues from Rheims.  The waters
 are chalybeate.
  Chenoc'oprus   (Mat. Med.)  from
 yi]\,  ' a goose,' and  xorxqog, ' dung.'
 The dung of the goose, xrivoxqo.7qog, is
so designated in some  old Pharmaco-
poeias.   It was formerly employed  as
a febrifuge and diuretic
  Chenopo'dium Ambrosioi'des (Mat.
Med.) from xv, ' a goose,'  and novg,
' a foot.'   Bo'trys  Mexico'na,  Cheno-
po'dium Mexica'num, Bo'trys Ambro-
sioi'des Mexica'na,  Bo'trys America'na,
Mexico  Tea,  Spanish Tea,  Artemis'ia
Bo'trys. The infusion was once drunk as
tea. It has been used in paralytic cases.
   (F) Ansirine, The du Mexique. Am-
 brosie du Mexique.
   CHENOPO'DIUM ANTHELMIN'TI-
 CUM, Chenopo'dium, Wormseed, Worm-
 goosefoot, Jerusalem Oak of America.
 This  plant grows  plentifully  in the
 United States.  It is much used  in
 cases of worms.   Dose of the powder,
 from a tea-spoonful  to a table-spoonful
 or more.   The oil, from 8 to 10 drops,
 is more frequently exhibited.  It  is as
 much used in America as the Se'men
 Santon'ici with the English.
   (F) Anserine anthelmintique, A. ver-
 mifuge.
   (G) Wurmtr eibender Ganse-
 f uss.
   CHENOPO'DIUM  BO'NUS HENRP-
 CUS.  Chrysolach'anum, Mercuria'lis,
 Bo'nus Henri'cus, To'ta bo'na, Lap'-
 athum   nnctuo'sum,  Chenopo'dium,
 English  Mercury,  Allgood, Angular-
 leaved goosefoot.  The leaves are emol-
 lient, and have been applied to  ulcers,
 &c  It  has also  been  considered re-
 frigerant and eccoprotic
   (F) Anserine  Bon Henri, Epinard
 sauvage.
   (G) Smerbel,  Domganse-
 fuss, guter Heinrich.
   CHENOPO'DIUM BO'TRYS, Bo'trys,
 Bo'trys vulga'ris, Ambro'sia, Artemis'ia
 Chenopo'dium, At'riplex  odora'ta, At'-
 riplex suave'olens; the Jerusalem Oak
 (Eng.).  It was once given in diseases
 of the chest, palsy, &c   It is useless.
'  (F) Anserine Botrys.
   (G) Traubenkraut.
   CHENOPO'DIUM  VULVA'RIA,  At'-
 riplex fat'ida, At'riplex ol'ida, Vulva'-
ria,  Garos'mum,   Ra'phex,  Chenopo'-
dium  Fat'idum,  Bli'tum  Fat'idum,
 Stinking  Orach  or  Goosefoot.    The
foetid smell has occasioned it to be used
as an antispasmodic and nervine.
  (F)  Vulvaire, Arroche  puant, Anse-
rine fctide.
 (G) Stinkendemelten, Hunds-
m e 11 e n.
  CHES'ELDEN, William, (Biogr.)
An eminent Surgeon and Anatomist in
London ; born in Leicestershire in 1688 ;
died in 1752.   Works.  Syllabus  of a
course of lectures  on anatomy,  &c
Lond.  1711. 4to.   Index  partium  cor-
poris humani anatomicus. Lond. 1711.
4to.   The anatomy of the human body.
Lond.  1713. 8vo.   Treatise on  the
high operation for stone, with 17  cop-
perplates.  Lond.  1723.  8vo.   Osteo-
graphia, or anatomy of the bones, with
plates. Lond. 1728. large fol.
  CHESNE,  Joseph du,  or Quer- 
CHEVALIER           183
CHILBLAIN
ceta'nus (Biogr.) An eminent French
physician  of  the  16th  century; —
died in 1609.   Works.  Sclopetarius,
sive de curandis vulneribus qua sclope-
torum et similium tormentorum ictibus
acciderunt liber, Sfc. Lugd. 1576. 8vo-.
  CHEVALIER, Thomas (Biog.) A
London Surgeon; born in     ; died
in 1823-4.  Works. Introduction to a
course of lectures on the operations of
surgery. Lond. 1801. 8vo.  A treutise
on gunshot wounds, which obtained the
premium given by the Royal College of
Surgeons in London for 1803. Lond.
1804. 12mo. Observations in defence of
erecting the corporation of surgeons of
London into a college.- with  a history
of surgery in  England.  Lond. 1797.
Lectures on the general structure of
the human body, and  on the  anatomy
and functions of the skin. Lond. 1823.
   CHEVAUCHEMENT(F) (Surg.)  Os'-
sium superposi'Hio, vel equita'tio,  Pa-
rallax'is, Parallag'ma, 7iaqaX.7.a%ig, na-
qaX.Xayfta.  The riding of one bone over
another after  fracture; giving rise to
shortening of the limb.
   Chevestre  or Chevf.tre  (Surg.)
Capis'trum, from caput,' the head.' A
bandage,  applied round  the  head in
cases  of  fracture or  luxation of  the
lower jaw.  According to the mode in
which  it is made, it is  called simple,
double, oblique, &c.
   CHEYNE, George (Biog.) A  phy-
sician of great celebrity, and a singular
character: born  in Scotland  in 1671;
died in 1743.   Works. A new theory
of acute  and  slow continued fevers,
&.c.  Lond.  1702.  8vo.   Observations
concerning the nature  and true method
of treating  the gout;  with an account
of the nature and qualities of the Bath
waters,  &c  Lond.  1720. 8vo.   De
naturd fibra  ejusque  laxa sive  reso-
luta morbis tractatus.  Lond. 1725. 8vo.
Essay on health and  long life, Lond.
1725.  8vo.  The same in Latin. Lond.
 1726.  8vo.  An essay on  sickness and
health. Lond. 1725. 8vo.  The English
malady, or a  treatise of nervous  dis-
eases,t&c. Lond. 1733.Sxo.   An essay
 on regimen,  &c.  Lond.  1739.   8vo.
 The  natural method of curing the dis-
 eases of the body and the disorders of
 the  mind,  depending on the  body.
 Lond.  1742. 8vo.
   Chezanan'ce  (Pharm.) /«Lavay*j?,
from xe±w> ' I g° to stool,' and avayxij,
' necessity.'   An ointment, composed
 of honey  and alum,  and rubbed on
 the anus to occasion evacuations. Pau-
 lus of iEgina.
  Chi'a (Mat. Med.)  Chi'a terra, Xia
yt], from Xiog,  an island where  it was
found.  A kind of white earth, formerly
used in burns.  Galen.
  Chia'cum Collyr'ium (Pharm.) Xta-
xov xoXX.ovqiov.  A collyrium consisting
of several drugs and Chian wine. Pau-
lus of ;Egina.
  Chias'mos (Anat)  Chias'ma, from
yiato); to form  like the letter y.  The
crucial union of parts, as the decussa-
tion  of the optic  nerves.
  Chias'tos (Surg.)  Same etymon.
A bandage, so called because it resem-
bles  the letter /.  Oribasius.
  Chi'ca (Mat."Alim.)  A  drink made
in Peru with Indian meal, dried in the
sun, and fermented  with water.  Its
taste is that of bad cider.
  CHICOYNEAU, Francis  (Biogr.)
Physician to the King of France ; born
at Montpellier in 1672;  died  at Ver-
sailles in 1752.  Works.  Observations
et reflexions  touchant la nature, les
evenements et la traitement de la peste
de Marseilles.  Paris. 1721. l2mo.: in
this  he contends that the  plague is not
contagious.  The practice  of salivation
shown to be of no  use or efficacy in
the  cure of the venereal disease,  but
greatly prejudicial  thereto; illustrated
with notes, by C. Willoughby, M. D.
 Lond. 1723.  4to.   Traitt des causes
 $c.  de la peste. Paris. 1744.  4to.
   CHIFFLET, John James  (Biogr.)
 A  physician  and  politician;  born at
 Besancon  in  France in 1588; died in
 1660.  Works. Singulares tarn ex cu-
 rationibus  quam cadaverum sectionibus
 observationes.  Paris.  1612. 8vo. Ada
 Cornelii  Celsi  propria  significationi
 restituta.   Antwerp.   1633.  4to.   He
 thinks the Acia to be a thread.   Pulvis
febrifugus  orbis Amcricani ventilatus.
 Paris  et  Lovan.  1653.  4to. and 8vo.
 He  condemns  the  cinchona in inter-
 mittents.
   Chil'blain   (Path.)  Per'nio,  Bu-
gan'tia,  Erythe'ma Per'nio,  Erythe'-
 ma  a Frig'ore, yuu-dXov, xf','li&?-0'';
 Cheimeth'lon.   An erythematous  in-
 flammation of  the  feet,  hands, &c,
 occasioned by cold.  It is very common
 in  youth,  not so in  the adult or ad-
 vanced age.  It is apt to degenerate
 into painful, indolent ulcerations, call-
 ed Kibes.   Chilblains are prevented by-
 accustoming the parts to exposure ; and
 are  treated by stimulant, terebinthinate
 washes and ointments!
   (F) Engelure.   (G) Frostbeule.
   Writers. C. C. Mylius, Lugd. Bat.
 1671 (L.)   J.  Chr.  Mayer,  Altdorf, 
CHILI              184           CHISHOLM
1680 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1(>80
(L).  J. J. Waldschmidt,  Marburg,
1687 (L).  L. Roberg, Upsal. 1722 (L).
,f.  Junckkr,  Hal.  1745 (L).   M.  A.
Poisson,  Parjs, 1786 (L).  J. Berrut,
Paris, 1786 (L).
  Chil'i,  Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  The  most  celebrated mineral
springs  of Chili, in  South  America,
iire those of Peldehues and Cauquenes.
The former are not far from St. Jago.
They consist of two springs, one thermal,
the other cold. The hot spring is clear,
inodorous, and contains soda and car-
bonic acid.  The cold spring contains
iron and sulphate of soda.  Cauquenes
is much resorted'to by invalids during
the summer.   Mineral waters are very
common in Chili.
  Chi'lon (Path.)  Chi li1 lis, from yti-
Xog,' a lip.'  Inflammation of the lips.
VOGEL.
  Chinese,  Medicine of the, Medi-
ci'na Sin'ica.  Medicine has been long,
but  most  imperfectly, practised by the
Chinese.  From  their therapeutics we
have obtained the  old  operations  of
Acupuncture and Moxibustion.
  Writers.  A. Clever, Francf. 1682
(L).  Fr. A. Lepage, Paris,  1813(F).
J.  P. A.  Remusat  (Glossosemeiolice,
especially amongst the Chinese),  Paris.
1803(F).  The works of Te:: Rhyne
and K/empfer.
   CHIQ.UE  (F).   Pu'lcx  pen'etrans,
 Tick.  A small insect in America, which
gets under the  epidermis, and excites
great irritation.
   CHIRAC, Peter  (Biog.)  An emi-
nent French physician, born in Langue-
doc in 1650; died in 1732.   Works.
Lettre sur  la structure des cheveux.
 Montpellier. 1688.  12mo.   De molu
 cordis adversaria  analytica.  Monsp.
 1698.  12mo.  Quastio  de vulneribus.
 Mons. 1711. 8vo.    Trait&s  de fievres
 malignes avec des  consultations  sur
plusieurs maladies. Paris. 1742.  12mo.
 Dissertations et consultations medici-
 nales de M. M. Chirac et Silva. Paris.
 1744. 2 vols. 12ino.
   Chikagra  (Path.) ytiqayqa,_ from
 Xttq,  ' hand,' and  uyqa, ' a  seizure'
 Gout in the hand.   (G) Handgicht.
    Chi'romancy,  Chiromanti'a,  xf"J"m
 pavxtiu,  from  ytiq, ' the hand,' and
 uuvxna,' divination.'  Art of divining
 by inspection of the hand.
    (F) Chiromancie.      (G) Hand-
  wahrsagerei.
    Writers.  B. Coclitis, Bonon. 1515
  (L).  J. Taisnierii Hannonii,  Colon.
  Affripp.  1563 (L).    A.  Daldianus,
Paris, 1603 (L).  R. Goclerius, Franc
1621 (L).   J.  de Indagine, Argent
1630 (L).  R. Fludd, Franc 1631 (L).
J.  PrjETorius,  Jente,  1661  (L).   J,
Frenzel.  Witleinberg. 1663 (L).   Ph.
May, La Hayc, 1665 (F).  M. C. de la
Chambre, Paris,  1666.  4to. (F).   N.
Pompeius, Venet.  16f2 (L).   G. S.
Schulze,  Regiom. 1691 (L).
  Chiro'nia (from Chiron, Xewon; the
Centaur, who is said to have discovered
its use.)   A genus of plants.
 CHIRO'NIA ANGULA'RIS (Mat. Med.)
American  Centaury, Sabba'tia Angula'-
ris.  Every part of this plant is a pure
and  strong  bitter, which property is
communicated alike  to alcohol and to
water.  It is used as a tonic and sto-
machic.
  CHIRO'NIA  CHILEN'SIS,  Gentia'na
Cachen-lahuen, Cachen-laguen. A very
bitter plant,  indigenous  in  Chili.  It
possesses the virtues of the Chironea.
  CHIRO'NIA  CENTAU'RIUM (Mat.
Med.)  Centau'rium  mi'nus vulga're,
Centau'rium par'vum, Gentia'na  cen-
tau'rium,   Centau'rium  mi'nus,  Ery-
thra'a Centau'rium, Smaller Centaury,
Lesser Centaury,  xtvxurqie.  The tops
of the Lesser Centaury, Centaur ii  Ca-
cu'mina,  are aromatic  and tonic,  and
are sometimes employed as such.
   (F) Centauree petite.
   (G)Tausend  Guldenkraut.
   Writers.   S. Ledel: Francof. 161*4
(L).   G.  W. Wedel, Jenae, 1713 (L).
J. A. Slevogt, Jena?, 1713 (L).
   Chironi'um  (Surg.)  from xt'Qwri
' bad, malignant': ytiqontiov. An ulcer
difficult of cure : —of a swollen, hard,
and  callous nature. Galen.   Some
have supposed the word to come from
Chiron, the Centaur; who, it is said,
first cured such ulcers.
  Chirop'odist (Surg.)  One who treats
diseases of the hands and feet, or rather
whose profession  it  is to remove corns
and bunions; from xe,n>'tne hand,' and
7roi;c,' the foot.'
   (F) Pidicure.  (G) Fuss-arzt.
   Chirotri'bia  (Med.)  xtlQoXQl?nl>
 from yuq,  ' the  hand,'  and rni{Sio, ' I
 rub.' Friction with the hand.  Accord-
 ing to others, dexterity in an art. Hip-
 pocr., Galen.
   CHISHOLM, Colin, M.D. F.R.S.
 (Biog.)  A physician  at Bristol,  pre-
 viously a surgeon  in  Grenada : born
 in     ;  died in     .   Works.  An es-
 say on the malignant pestilential fever,
 introduced into the  West India islands
\from Boulam  on the coast of Guinea,
| as it appeared in 1793 and  1794. Lond. 
CHIST              185           CHOCOLATE
1795. 8vo.  Letter  to  Dr.  Haygarth,
exhibiting further  evidence of the in-
fectious nature of the pestilential fever
in  Grenada during 1793,  1794, 1795,
and 1796, and in  America from 1793
to 1805, &c Lond.  1809. 8vo.  Diseases
Spc. of tropical climates. Lond. 1822.
   Chist ; an Arabic word,  which sig-
nifies the 6th part.   The sixth part of
the Congius or gallon.
   Chi'um Vi'num (Pharm.) from Xiog,
the  island  where   it was  produced:
yiog oivog, Chi'an  wine, used by  the
physicians of antiquity in cases of de-
fluxions and ophthalmiae.  Scribonius
 Largus.
   Chli'aros  (Path.)  x*taQ°s ' tepid.'
 A name given to slight fevers, in which
 the heat is not great.  Galen.
   Chlias'ma  (Therap.) x*-iaalla> same
 etymon.  A  tepid  and moist  fomenta-
 tion.  Hippocr.
   Chlo'rine  (Mat. Med.) from x^eoqog,
' green.'  Chlora,  Oxymuriat'ic  Acid
 Gas, Oxygena'ted  Muriatic Acid Gas,
 Dephlogis'ticated Marine Acid,  Halo'-
 gene, Mu'rigene, Chlo'rum.   So far as
 we  know, this  is  an  elementary  sub-
 stance.  It  is a  greenish, yellow gas,
 of a strong  suffocating smell, and  dis-
 agreeable taste :  incapable of maintain-
 ing combustion  and  respiration,   and
 very soluble  in water.   One  of its
 characteristics is,  that of  destroying,
 almost immediately, all  vegetable  and
 animal colors.  It is employed in fumi-
 gations,  as a  powerful  disinfecting
 agent.   A  very  dilute solution   has
 been administered internally, in certain
 cases of diarrhoea  and chronic dysen-
 tery.   Immersion  of the  hands   and
 arms in it has often removed itch  and
 other cutaneous affections.   It has also
 been inhaled  in  a  dilute state  in  the
 early stage of phthisis.   (G) C h 1 o r.
   Chloro'sis  (Path.)  from  y'/.wqog,
 ' green.'   Pal'lidus  Mor'bus, Faz'dus
 Vir'ginum co'lor, Pal'lidus co'lor  vir-
 gin'eus, Icteri"tia al'ba, Ic'terus al'bus,
 Mor'bus virgin'eus, Dyspep'sia chloro'-
 sis,  Icteri"tia al'ba,  Cachex'ia vir'gi-
 num, Fe'bris al'ba, Anepithym'ia chlo-
 ro'sis,   Green - sickness,   Chloras'ma,
 yi.wqaoiia, Citto'sis.  A disease, which
 affects  young females, more particular-
 ly,  who  have not  menstruated.  It is
 characterized by a pale,   lurid com-
 plexion, languor, listlessness, depraved
 appetite and digestion, palpitation, &c
 The disease generally goes off on the
 occurrence of the  menstrual  flux: but
 sometimes it is  long before this is es-
 tablished.  Tonics are usually required
                   16*
in the  treatment:  it most commonly
occurs in  those in whom there is con-
siderable torpor of the system.
  (F) Chlorose, Pdles-couleurs.
  (G)  Bleichsucht.
  Writers.  J. H. Hubner,  Franc.
1688 (L).  Scheffelius, Gryphiswald,
1747 (L).   Fr.  Hoffmann,  Genev.
1753 (L).  Hermann, Argent. 1767 (L).
J. J. Ballard, Paris, 1803 (F).  Certz,
Franc. 1804 (L).  Pichon- Vendeuil,
Paris, 1808 (F). J. A. Stupanus, Basil,
1619 (L).   W. Rolfink,  Jenae,  1665
(L).   G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1681 (L).
J. Fr. de  Pre, Erford, 1727 (L).   J. P.
C^gnion, Paris, 1809(F).   E.J.Lucas,
Paris, 1811 (L).  D. C. Vallee, Paris,
1811 (F).
  Chlorot'ic   (Path.)   Chlorot'icus.
Affected with  chlorosis, or pertaining
to chlorosis; — as a  chlor otic female,
chlorot'ic symptoms,  &q.         ,
  (F)  Chlorotique.    (G) B 1 e  i c h -
s iichtig.
  Choa'cum   Emplas'trum  Ni'grum
(Pharm.)  yoaxov.  A black  plaster,
mentioned by  Celsus, and composed
of equal parts of litharge and  resin.
The  litharge was first  boiled in oil.
  Choc'olate  (Mat. Alim.) Cocola'fa,
Succola'ta.  Dr. Alston says, that this
word is compounded of  two  Indian
words ; — choco,  ' sound,'  and  atle,
'  water,' because of  the noise made in
its preparation. Chocola'tum.  An ali-
mentary paste  prepared from the ker-
nels  of the Theobro'ma ca'cao or  Cacao
with sugar, and often aromatics. (See
Cacao.)  The  chocolate,  thus simply
prepared,—as it is  met  with, indeed,
in commerce, — is  called  in  France,
Chocolat de santi. It is not very easy of
digestion.
  The Chocolat a la vanille contains  3
ounces  of vanilla and 2  of cinnamon
to 20  pounds  of common  chocolate.
The  addition of the aromatics renders
it somewhat more digestible.  Choco-
lates may  likewise be  medicated.
     (G) Schokolade.
  Writers. J. de Cardenas, Mexico,
1609 (S).   A.  COLMENERO DE LeDES-
ma, 4to. Madrid,  1631 (S).: translated
into various languages.   M. Dupont,
Paris, 1661 (L).  H. Stubbe,  Lond.
1662.   F. M.  Brancaccio, Rom. 1664
(L).  S. Bachot, Paris,, 1684 (L).  J.
Ph.  Eysel, Erford,  1694 (L). M. Map-
pus, Argent. 1695 (L).   J. B. Felice,
Florence,  1710 (I).   J.  G.  Kuhne,
Niirnberg, 1719 (G).  Y. J. Stahl,
Erford, 1736 (L).  Th. H.  Baron, Paris,
1739 (L).   J.  F.  Cartheuser, Franc. 
CHCENIX             186           CHOLOSIS
ad Viadr. 1763 (L).  Ch. von Lin.ne,
Upsal. 1765 (L).
  Chcsnix, yoivi'i.  A  measure of the
Greeks,  equivalent to  three cotylce or
heminae, or to one sectarius and a half.
(A pint and a half.)
  Chol'agogue  (Mat. Med.)  Chola-
go'gus,  yoXayoryoc, Chole'gon, yoXi,yov,
from yoXt], ' bile,'  and ayw, ' I expel.'
The ancients gave this name to cathar-
tics, which were reputed  to cause the
flow of bile.  Galen.
  Cho'las (Anat.) yoXu:. The cavity
of the hypocondres. Chola'go.  It would
seem to have been occasionally used
for the intestines.  Homer.
   Cholecysti'tis (Path.) from  yoXi],
' the  bile,' and  xvaxig, ' bladder.'  In-
flammation of the gall-bladder.
   Chol'edoch  (Anat.)  Chole'dochus,
yuXi]Soyog, from yoXtj, ' bile,' and doyog,
containing or receiving.'  The Duc'tus
chole'dochus,  Duc'tus  commu'nis chol-
e'dochus, is  the  duct, formed by the
union of the hepatic and  cystic  ducts;
 and which pours the hepatic and cystic
 bile into the duodenum.
   (F) Conduit ou Canal Choledoque.
   (G) Gemeinschaftliche Gal-
 lengang.
   Writer.   A. Vater, Wittemb. 1720
 (L).
   Choi.edog'raphy  (Phys.)  Cholcd-
 ogra'phia, from  yoXi], ' bile,'  and yqa-
 iptn, ' to describe.'   A "description of
 what relates to the bile.
   Choledol'ogy  (Phys.)  Choledolo'-
 gia,  from yoXi], ' bile,'  and  Xoyoc, ' a
 discourse.'   A treatise on the bile.
   Chol'era and  Chol'era- mor'bus
 (Path.) Chvlerrha'gia, Fellif'lua pas'-
 sio,  Hol'era, yoX.tua, from xo?-'h ' bile,'
 and  qeui,' I flow.' According to others,
 from xoX.aStg, ' intestines.'  A disease,
 characterized by anxiety,  gripings,
 spasms in the legs and  arms,  and by
 vomiting  and purging  (generally bil-
 ious) ;  vomiting  and  purging  are,
 however, the essential symptoms. The
 disease is most common in hot climates
  and  in temperate climates, during sum-
  mer.  In India the spasmod'ic chol'era,
  (F)  Mart de Chien, is frightful in the
  rapidity of  its progress, the  patient
  sometimes  dying  in  a few hours from
  the  first onset.  In temperate climates,
  it is not usually a disease of much con-
  sequence.   It requires that the stomach
  and bowels  should  be  cleared, and
  afterwards the irritation be allayed by
  full doses of opium.  In the spasmodic
  cholera of India, bleeding at the outset,
  without regard to the signs of apparent
depression, and large doses of calomel,
with opiates, form the great reliance of
the practitioner.
  (F) Cholera, Trousse-galant.
  (G) Gallenkrankheit,  Gal-
lensucht,  G alien r uh r.
  Writers.   J. Bohn, Lips. 1666 (L).
Ch. M.  Adolphi,  Lips. 1710 (L).  G.
E. Stahl, Erf. 1733(E)-  J. S. Sf.n-
gensse, Paris,  1&63 (F).   M.   E*me-
nard, .Paris,  1808(F).   J. J.  Bory,
Paris, 1808 (L). Tn. Browne (Cholera
of India), Edinb. 1824. A. T.  Chris-
tie (Do.), Edinb. 1828.   R. II. Ken-
nedy (Do.), Calcutta, 1827.  Ainslie
(Do.),  Lond. 1825.  James Annesley
(Do.) Lond. 1825.  Ch. Searle (Do.),
Lond. 1830.
  Chol'era Infan'tum (Path.)  The
Cholera of Children.   A  disease,  so
termed  by  American  physicians.  It
occurs generally in the middle states of
the Union, in June  or  July, and con-
tinues   during  the hot  weather. The
chief symptoms are vomiting, purging
of  green  or yellow matter,  slime, or
blood,   attended with  pain or  uneasi-
ness :   swelling of the abdomen with
some pyrexia, generally.   The heat of
the weather seems to be the predispos-  «
inar, if  not the exciting, cause.  It is  a
fatal disease  in towns; differing little,
if at all,  from what is vulgarly called
 the Watery Gripes in England. Clear-
 ing, gently, the alimentary canal, so as
 to remove  the offending matter, and
 then  exhibiting  chalk  mixture  and
 laudanum ; — is  the most satisfactory
 plan of treatment.
  Chol'eric(Path.)Choler'icus. Belong-
 ing to cholera morbus or to the bile. The
 French use the term Fiivre chollrique
 for the fever accompanying cholera.
    Choleric  Temperament  is  the same
 as Bilious Temperament.
    Choles'terine,     Cholosteri'n v
 (Anim. Chym.) from  yoXi\, ' bile,' and
 axtqtog,' solid.'  An inodorous, insipid
 substance,  in white, shining  scales;
 fusible  and  crystallizing in  radiated
 fibres,  on cooling.  Soluble in alcohol.
 It forms  the crystalline part of certain
 biliary calculi.
    Chol'icele (Path.) from/o/.i;,'bile,'
 and xijXi],' tumor.'  A swelling, formed
 by the bile  morbidly accumulated  in
 the gall-bladder.
    Cholo'ma  (Path.) ywXwou,  from yai-
 log, '  lame, maimed.'  Distortion of a
 limb : incapacity of moving it. Also,
  the act of limping.
    Cholo'sis (Path.) yodtaoig,  from yw-
 | ;-.0g,  ' lame.'  Claudication.   Hippoc- 
CHOMEL             187             CHOREA
rates employs this word particularly
for the deformity of the  hand, which
renders a person one-handed or man-
ehot(F).     (G) Einh'andig.
  CHOLO'SIS  (Nosol.)  from  xohU
' bile.' M.  Alibert includes,  under
this head, every morbid affection of the
liver and spleen.
  CHOMEL, James Francis (Biog.)
A French physician ;  born at Paris
about  the  end  of the 17th century.
Works.   Universa medicina  theorica
pars prima,  seu physiologia ad usum
schola accommodata.  Monspel. 1709.
12mo. Traitt des eaux minerales bains
et douches de Vichi. 1734. 12mo.
   CHOMEL,  John  Baptist  Lewis
(Biogr.)   Physician  to  the king  of
France; born at Paris;  died in 1765.
Works. Dissertation historique sur to
mal de gorge gangreneux, qui a regne
parmi les  enfans en 1748.  Translated
into English. Lond. 1753. 8vo.  Essai
historique  sur la medecine  en France.
1762. 12mo.
   Chondroglos'sus (Anat.) from x01"
Sqog, ' a  cartilage,' and yX.wooa, ' the
tongue.'   A fasciculus of fleshy fibres,
 passing  from the  lesser  comu  of the
os hyoides  to the  tongue.  It forms
 part of the Hyoglossus.
   Chondrog'raphy (Anat.) Chondro-
 ma'phia, from xorSnog, ' cartilage,' and
 yqatpt],' description.'  A description of
 cartilages.
   (G) Knorpelbeschreibung.
   Chondrol'ogy (Anat.)  Chondrolo'-
 gia, from xovd"0?> ' a cartilage,'  and
 l.oyog,' a discourse.'  A treatise on car-
 tilages.   (G) Knorpellehre.
   (Thon'dro-phaiiynge'us (Anat.) from
 Xovdqog, <  a cartilage ' and qiaqvy'i, ' the
 pharynx.'  Fibres of the  muscular coat
 of the pharynx, which; arise from the
 lesser cornea of the os hyoides, and
 form part of the Constrictor medius.
   Chon'dros (Anat.)  /ov<5<?o?, ' a car-
 tilage.'   The Xiphoid cartilage, in par-
 ticular.
   Chondrosyndes'mus   (Anat.)   xov\
 SqoawStapog, from yovSqog,' a cartilage,'
 and owdtOfiog, ' a ligament.'  Union of
 bones, by means of fibro-cartilage.  Gal.
    Chondrot'omy (Anat.)  Chondroto'-
 mia, from  /ovfyos, ' a cartilage,' and
  xtuvtiv, ' to out.'  Dissection  of  carti-
  Chop'ine, Chopi'no, Cheopi'na.  A
measure, which contains 16 ounces. A
pint measure.                   t
  Cho'ra (Anat.)  x<»Q»,' region, (xa-
len uses the term for any void space.
Also, for the orbit of the eye.
  Chor'da or Cor'da (Anat. & Path.)
yoqSi].  A string of an instrument.  (G)
Saite. It has several meanings. A ten-
don;— the intestines (Chorda). Para-
celsus calls the genital organs, chor'da.
Chor'da or Funiculus  Tym'pani;  a
branch of the 7th pair of nerves, which
passes  through the tympanum,  Nerf
Tympanique (Ch.), Corde du Tambour,
ou du Tympan.  Chorda Willis'ii; the
small fibres, which cross the sinuses of
the dura mater: so called from their first
describer, Willis.   Chor'da Tendin'-
ea; the  tendinous  and cord-like sub-
stances, which connect the columna cor-
nea of the ventricles to the valves, &c
   Chord ap'sus  (Path.)   x°dSa^°?7
from yoqSt], '  intestine,' and anxtiv,' to
tie.'  "Constriction  or  twisting of the
intestines. Celsus.  The Col'ica Ileus.
  Writers.  A. Schmedes, Duisburg,
1797(L).  A.  Vater, Wittem. 1738 (L).
J. E. Hebenstreit, Lips. 1757 (L).
  Chordee' or Cordee' (Path.) Chorda,
 Chorda'ta  Gonorrha'a.   A  painful af-
fection of the penis,  attending  gonor-
rhoea : and happening chiefly at night.  It
occurs when  the violence of the inflam-
 mation is such, that the urethra cannot
 expand as much as the corpora caver-
 nosa, during erection, and consequently
 the glans seems painfully drawn down-
 wards.  Application of cold water topi-
 cally and opium internally palliate it.
   (G) Bogentripper,  Spann-
 tripper.
   Chore'a  (Path.)   Chore'a  Sanc'ti
  Vi'ti, from  yoqtia, ' a dance.'  Some-
 times called Scelotyr'be,  Vi'ti  sal'tus,
 Salta'tio  SANC'TI VPTI,  Ballis'mus,
 Convul'sio habitua'lis, Siph'ita pra'va,
 Syn'clonus  Chore'a,  Myotyr'be, and
 Choreoma'nia, because the  movements
 resemble dancing.   The characteristics
 are;.— irregular and  involuntary mo-
 tions of one or more limbs, and of the
 face and trunk.   It is a disease, which
 usually occurs  before puberty; and is
 generally connected with torpor of the
 system, and of the digestive system in
 particular.  Its duration is  long, but it
 is devoid of danger; although frequently
 but little under the control of medicine.
 The spasms do  not  continue during
  sleep.  The  indications  of treatment
  are:— to strengthen the general sys-
  tem, and stimulate the intestinal canal.
  Purgatives,  once  or twice a week, and
  chalybeates, — with appropriate  regi-
  men — will fulfil these.
    (F) Choree, Danse de SAINT-WITT,
  Danse de St. GUY.
    (G) St.  Veitsta'nz. 
CHOREGIA
188
CHRONIC
  Writers. J. H. Furstenau, Rintel.
1750 (L).  Detharding, Rostoch, 1760
(L).   Beer, Vienna, 1769 (L).  J. Ew-
art,  Edinb. 1786 (L).   Engelhart.
Lunda,  1798 (L).   Ketterling, Erf.
1803(L).   E. M.  Bouteille, Paris,
1810 (F).
  Chore'gia, x°QVYia> from #opo?,' a
troop of dancers and singers,' and ayw,
' I lead.'  Hippocrates uses this term
for the whole of the apparatus, neces-
sary for a physician  or surgeon.
  Cho'rion (Anat.) x°Qiorr or XWDl0Vt
from  /mQtn; ' to contain,' ' include.'
Camis'ia Fa'tus, the  chemise,  or shirt
of the foetus in  utero.  A  thin, trans-
parent membrane, which surrounds the
foetus in utero on every side.  It  is ex-
terior to the amnion.
    (G) Lederhaut.
  Chorion  also  means the true  skin.
See Cutis.
  Cho'roid (Anat.) Choroide'us, Cho-
roX'des, xoqosidr,g,   from  x°Ql0y>  ' the
chorion,' and  udog, ' shape,'  ' resem-
blance.'  Several parts are so called,
which resemble  the  chorion, in the
multitude of their vessels.
  MEMBRA'NA or TU'NICA CHOROI-
DE'A, or simply the Choroid.  A thin
membrane, of a very dark color, which
lines the^sclerotica, internally: the part,
behind the  iris,  is called Uvea.  It is
situated  between  the sclerotica and
retina, has  an opening, posteriorly, for
the passage of  the optic  nerve; and
terminates,  anteriorly, at the  great
circumference of the  iris,  where it is
continuous with the ciliary processes.
The internal surface of the membrane
is covered with a dark pigment, called
Pigmen'tum ni'grum, JE'thiops an'-
imal, (F) Enduit chorotdien.   Its use
seems to be, to absorb the rays of light
after they have traversed the retina.
   (F) Membrane choroide, Choroide.
   (G) Braune Augenhaut.
   PLEX'US  CHOROPDES,   Plex'us
choroide'us, Cho'roid  Plex'us.  Two
membranous and vascular duplicatures
of the pia mater, situated in the lateral
ventricles.   They are fixed to the Te'la
chorolde'a  by one edge, and are loose
and floating at the other.
     (G) Adergewebe.
   TE'LA  CHOROIDE'A.   A  kind  of
 vasculo-membranous   prolongation  of
 the pia mater, which  lines the  lower
 surface of the fornix,  united with  the
 corpus callosum. It is stretched above
 the third ventricle, and covers  the pos-
 terior commissure and corpora quadri-
 gemina.  Anteriorly the tela choroidea
is continuous with the plexus choroides.
    (F) Toile choroidienne.
  VE'NJE GALE'NI, or  Ve'na chorol-
de'a'.   Two  veins, which creep  along
the tela choroidea, and into which al-
most all those of the lateral ventricles,
of the  upper part of the  cerebellum, of
the pineal gland, and the corpora  quad-
rigemina open.  The Venae Galeni open
into the sinus quartus  or fourth sinus.
    (F) Veines choroldiennes.
  Chri'sis (Therap.) j^iojc, from^giw,
' I anoint.'  The action of anointing.
  Chris'ti Ma'nus (Pharm.)  Troches,
prepared from refined sugar  boiled in
rose-water, with  or without prepared
pearls.
  Chris'tos (Therap.)  xQtaT0$> ?Iom
xqiw,   ' I  anoint.'  Any  medicine  ap-
plied  under the  form of liniment or
ointment.
  Chron'ic  (Path.) Chron'icus, Chro'-
nius, Poly chr o'nius, ^•fjovuto?, xQ0vl0$i
noXvxqoviog, from  /jjovoc, ' time.'  Of
long duration.     (G)  C h r o n i s c h.
  CHRON'IC DISEA'SES, Mor'bi chron'-
ici, are those, whose duration is long,
and whose symptoms  proceed slowly.
The antithesis  to chronic is Acute
(q. v.)
    (F) Maladies Chroniques.
  Writers.  P. Legier, Paris, 1664
(L).  Ph. Hecquet,  Paris,  1695 (L).
P.  Lalouette,  1751  (L).   Schmidt,
Helmst. 1718 (L).  M. Lister, Amstel.
1698 (L).  De Buchner, Hal. 1753 (L).
A.  J. B. M.  Guenet,  Paris, 1765 (L).
C.  J.  L.  Coquereau, 1770 (L).  A.
Storck, Vindob.  1766 (L).  J. Qua-
rin, Vienna?,  1771 (L). : — translated
into French by  Et.  Sainte-Marie,
Paris, 1807 (F).  Fr. de Bordeu,  Paris,
1775 (F).  Eus.  Valli,Pavia, 1792 (I).
H.  Boerhaave, by A. J. N. Corvisart,
Paris,  1802 (L).   G. F. Bacher, Paris,
1772 (F).  M. Stoll,  Vienn.  1788 (L).
J. F. Martinet,Paris, 1803(F).   H. M.
Hounau,  Montpellier, 1807 (F).   Ch.
L.  Dumas, Paris, 1812 (F).: — by Rou-
zet,  Berard,  &c,  Paris, 1824  (F).
Th. Chr. Crugius, M. Catt.  1766  (L).
John Pechey, Lond.  1692.  P. V.  Du-
bois, Paris,  1725 - 33 (F). Supplement
thereto,  Paris,  1731(F). John  Win-
ter,   1725.    Wm. Cadogan,   Lond.
1764.   John  Morland, Lond. 1774.
W. Fr. Dreyssig,  Leipz.  1796 (G).
Saladin, Francof. ad Viadr. 1804  (L).
J.  Ch. Hackee, Vienna,  1807 (G).
 G. Poilroux,  Paris,  1812(F).   J. G.
Neuburg, Francf. 1814(G).  Fr. Jaiin,
Erfurt, 1815(G).  L. V. J.  Berlioz,
 Paris, 1816(F).   W.  Lambe (regimen 
CHRYSANTHEMUM       189        CHYLOSTAGMA
in), Lond.  1815.   John  Armstrong,
Lond. 1818.  Jas. Clark (influence of
climate in), Lond. 1830.
   Chrysan'themum  Leucan'thkmum
(Mat. Med.) yqvoav9tuov, from yovaog,
' gold,' and avdog,' a flower.' The Ox-
eye-daisy, Maud'lin- Wort, Bel'lis ma'-
jor, Buphthal'mum ma'jus, Leucan'the-
mum vulga're, Bellidiol'des, Consol'ida
me'dia, Oc'ulus Bo'vis.   The flowers
and herb are slightly acrid; and were
once used in pulmonary diseases.
  (F) Chrysantheme, Chrysene, Grande
Marguerite des pres.
  (G) Grosse Wucherblume.
  Chry'se (Pharm.)  yqvai;, from yov-
aog, ' gold.'  The  name  of  a yellow
plaster, described by Paulus of JEgina,
and composed of thus, alum, lead, col-
ophany, resin, oil, and orpiment, boiled
in vinegar.
  Chrysol'ithus (Therap.) yqvao).i9og,
Chrys'olite, from xQva°s>  ' g°l°V  an^
).i9og, ' stone.'   A precious stone, of a
golden color, regarded, by the ancients,
as cardiac, cephalic, &c
  Chrysophyl'lum   Cai'nito  (Mat.
Alim.) l'u:'nito, Siderox'ylon,  Broad-
leaved Star-apple.   A  tree of the  An-
tilles, which  produces one of the best
fruits of the country.  There  are sev-
eral varieties of  it.
  Chrysun (Pharm.)  ynvasv, Au'reum.
The name of a collyrium, and also of a
pessary, so called probably on account
of their color   Aetius.
  Chu, Choa, or Chus,  yug,  Cho'cus.
A liquid measure amongst the Greeks,
answering  to  the  Congius of the  Ro-
mans, and containing six sextarii, or
12 Attic cotylae,  or nine pints.  Galen.
  Chyle   (Physiol.)   Chy'lus, yv%og.
The word, in Hppocrates, means Ti-
sane or Decoction of Barley, Chyla'rion,
yvX.aqiov. Galen first used it in its pres-
ent sense; — i. e. for a nutritive fluid,
extracted  from  the food  by  intestinal
absorption ; after the food has been sub-
jected to  the action  of  the  digestive
organs.  It is of a whitish appearance;
— is separated, from the chyme in the
duodenum, and the rest  of the small
intestine : and is absorbed by the chy-
liferous vessels, which   arise  at the
mucous surface  of the intestine.  Along
these it passes,  through the mesenteric
glands, to the  thoracic  duct, and  is
finally poured into the left subclavian.
It  is  composed, like  the blood, of a
coagulable part and of serum.
  (F) Chyle.    (G) Milchsaft,
Nahrungssaft,  Speisesaft.
  Writers.   Fr   Hoffmann,  Halse,
 1704 (L).  Ph. L. Bruckmann, Argent.
 1720 (L).  J. G. Brendelitjs, Gotting.
 1738 (L).   G. Ch. Hahn, Lips. 1740
 (L).   P. Macquer,  Paris,  1743 (L).
 Chr.  E. Lossius, Erford,  1745 (L).
 Vogt, Witteb.  1804 (L).  J. Pecquet,
 Paris,  1651 (L). :  translated into Eng-
 lish, Lond. 1653.   Fischer,  Erfurt,
 1728 (L).   Fr. Cartheuser,  Franc.
 1753 (L).  N. Henshaw, Dublin, 1664.
   Chylif'erous vessels (Anat.) Va'sa
 chylf'era, Ve'na lac'tea, Va'sa lae'lea.
 The Lac'teals.  Vessels, which convey
 the  chyle from the intestines to  the
 thoracic duct.
   (F)  Vaisseaux chylifires, V. lactes.
   Writers.  G. Aselli, Mediol. 1627
 (L).   P.  Gassendi, Lugd.  1649 (L).
 T. Bartholin, Hafn.   1652, 4to. &c
 J.  Riolan, Paris,  1653 (L).   C.  le
 Noble,  Rothomag. 1654 (L).   J.  A.
 Munierus, Genuae, 1654, 8vo. (L).  P.
 Guiffart, Rouen, 1638 (F).   J. Mar-
 tet, Paris, 1664(F).  Sauvages, Paris,
 1683 (F).  J. J. Harder, Basil, 1650
 (L). J. Gottschf.d. Regiom. 1702 (L).
 E. P. Wium, Hafn. 1717 (L).  A. Va-
 ter, 1722 (L).   P. J. Biumi, Milan,
 1727,  8vo. (I).  J. C.  Dohlius, Re-
 giom.  1741 (L). J. B. Bianchi,Turin,
 1743 (L).   II.  P.  Juch,  Erfurt,  1744
 (L).   C. F. Kaltschmidt, Jenae, 1752
 (L).   B. S. Albinus,  Leid.  1757, fol.
 plates, (L).  John  Sheldon,  Lond.
 1785,  4to.  Regolo-Lippo,  Florence,
 1825 (I).
   Chylifica'tion  (Physiol.)  Chylifi-
 ca'tio,   Chylo'sis,  Chylopoie'sis, from
 chylus, ' chyle,' and faccre, ' to make.'
 Formation of  chyle by the  digestive
 processes.
   (G)  Milchsaftbereitung.
   Chylog'raphy  (Anat.) from yvXog,
 ' chyle,' and yquipt], ' a description.'  A
 description of the  anatomy &c  of the
 chyliferous vessels, &c
   Chylopoet'ic  (Anat.)  Chylopoiet'-
 icus, from yvXog,  ' chyle,' and 7totto>,
 ' I make'  Any thing, connected with
 the formation of chyle.   Chiefly applied
 to the organs  immediately concerned
 in it;  as the stomach, intestines, omen-
 ta, and mesentery. Assistant Chylo-
 poietic : — those viscera, which aid in
 the formation of chyle, as the liver and
 pancreas.
   Chylostag'ma   Diaphoret'icim
 Mindere'ri (Pharm.)  A compound,
I prepared by distilling  the theriaca of
 Andromaciius, the mithridate of Da-
 mocrates,  and  other  alexipharmics,
 &c   It is nearly the same preparation
 as the A'qua Theriaca'lis Bezoar'dica. 
CHYLOUS
190          CHYMISTRY
  Chy'lous  or Chy'lar (Phys.) Chy-
lo'sus or  Chyla'ris.   Relating  to the
chyle ; or having some analogy with
that fluid.   (F) Chyleux, Chylaire.
  Chyma'tion (Pharm.) yvuaxiov.   A
penetrating  remedy,  referred  to  by
Marcellus Empiricus.
  Chyme  (Physiol.)  Chy'mus,  from
xvuog, ' juice.'  A kind of grayish  or
homogeneous pulp, formed by the food,
after it has been, for some  time, in the
stomach.  It continues in the state  of
chyme as far as the biliary and pan-
creatic  ducts, which open  into the
duodenum;  where the conversion into
chyle occurs, which is absorbed  by the
chyliferous  vessels : — the  excremen-
titious portion of the food traversing
the large intestine to be  evacuated per
anum.   Castelli asserts, that Chyme
and  Chyle were  used in an inverse
sense, by the ancients,  from that ac-
cepted at present.
  (F) Chyme.  (G) Speisebrei.
  Chymia'ter or  Chimia'ter,  from
Xy^ia, '  chymistry,' and iaxqog,' a phy-
sician.'  latro - chymicus.  A  chemical
physician.
   Chymiatri'a or Chimiatri'a, Iatro-
chym'ia, Ars Chymiat'rica, from xvfuu>
' chymistry,' and taxqtia,' cure.'  The
art of curing by chemical means.
  Chym'ical (Mat. Med.) A medicine,
formed  by  the aid of  chymistry,  in
contradistinction to Galenical.
  Chymifica'tion (Phys.) Chymifica'-
tio, from xvll°s>' juice>' ana facere,' to
make.' Formation of chyme. Chymo'sis.
  Chym'ist   or Chem'ist,  Chymico-
phan'ta, ChymHcus.  One  acquainted
with chymistry.  In Great Britain  it
has, also, the signification of " one who
sells chemicals. '
  (F) Chimiste or Chymiste.
  (G) Scheid ekii ns tier, Chem-
iker.
  Chym'istry or Chem'istry, Chymia,
Chimia, Spagyr'ia, Pyrotech'nia, Pyro-
so'phia,Arshermet'ica,Archima'gia,Ars
mago'rum, Ars separato'ria, Ars spha-
gir'ica;from xvpog,' juice,' or from Arab.
chema, 'asecret.' A branch of the natural
sciences, whose object is to investigate
the principles of bodies; — to examine
the properties, enjoyed by the different
compounds,  produced by the union  of
those principles; and to study the force
or power, by virtue of  which every
combination is effected.  It investigates
the action between  the  integrant mo-
lecules  or atoms of bodies.
   (F) Chimie or Chymie.
   (G)  Scheidekunst,  Chymik.
   AN'IMAL   CHYM'ISTRY  is  the
chymistry substances,  afforded by the
dead  or living  animal  body.  This
branch  of chymistry has been  farther
subdivided  into physiological, when it
considers the  changes produced in ani-
mal  substances by the action  of life :
—pathological, when it regards those
produced by  organic or other diseases.
Anthropochymy is the chymistry of the
human body.
  Chymistry  is called THERAPEU'TI-
CAL or PHARMACEUTICAL,  when it
is  engaged in the analysis  of simple
medicines ; in improving the prescrib-
ing  and preparing  of chemical  and
galenical medicines; in the means  of
preparing them, and detecting adultera-
tions, &c  HYGIEN'IC CHYM'ISTRY
is that, which is  applied to the means
of rendering  habitations  healthy,  of
analyzing the air we breathe, prevent-
ing the occurrence of disease, pointing
out healthy aliments, and appreciating
the influence of professions &c on the
health of man.   All  these different
subdivisions, with vegetable chymistry,
are, at times,  included under the head
of MED'ICAL CHYM'ISTRY: at others,
the term comprehends only the Animal,
Vegetable,  and Pharmaceutical subdi-
visions.
  A  knowledge of chymistry is  of great
importance to the physician. Many of
the functions  are of a chemical  nature :
many diseases require a chemical mode
of treatment:  and without an acquaint-
ance with it, two or more substances
might be given in combination,  which,
by forming a chemical union, might
give  rise to other compounds,  possess-
ing  very  different  virtues  from  the
components taken singly, and thus the
prescriber be  disappointed in  the re-
sults.
   Writers   on  Animal  Chymistry.
W. B. Johnson, Lond. 1803,   3 vols.
Bf.rzehus,   Stockholm,   1812 (Sw.)
Thomas Young, in  his  Introduction
to  Medical  Literature, a  translation
from  Berzelius,  Lond. 1812, 1823.
Another translation by  G. Brunnmark,
Lond. 1813.
  Writers on Medical Chymistry.  J.
A. Stisser,  Helmst.  1700 (L).  Ch.
Helvig, Griphiswald, 1713 (L).  H.
A.  Mynsicht, Lubec, 1662 (L).   B.
Lavagnoli,  Patav.  1732 (L).   F. W.
D. Muzel,   Hal.  1772 (L).   A. van
Stipriaan  Luiscius,  Delft. 1791(D).
Hartwig, Lips. 1781 (L).  J. Ch. Reil,
Hal.  1790 (L).  S.  F. Hermbstvedt,
Berlin.  1792(G).   A. F.  Fourcroy, 
CHYTLEN            191           CICINDELA
Paris, 1797(F).   J.  B. Th.  Baumes,]
Nismes, 1798; Montpellier, 1801-2 (F).
Fr. Blanchet,  N. York, 1800.  Nay,
Heidelb. 1807 (L).   G. Ch. F. Kapp,
Hof. 1805 (G).  L. F. Trolliet, Paris,
1806 (F).  W. Ruff, Mogunt, 1806 (F.)
A.  J. F. de Lens,  Paris,  1811  (F).
Thomas Mcffett,  Franc.  1584  (L).
M.  Untzer, Hal. 1614 (L).   P. Pel-
letan, Paris, 1812 (F).  J. D. Mylius,
Francf.  1618, 4to. (L).   E.  Maynwa-
ring, Lond. 1645 (L).   A. Sala, Vi-
centius Chemicus,  Francf.  1647 (L).
F.  Muller,  Francf.  1661  (L).   J.
Schroderus, English translation,Lond.
1669.  H. N.  Grim, Batav. 1679 (L).
J.  Hartmann, Francf. 1690 (L).   L.
Hellwig,  Francf. 1711 (L).  A. Dei-
dier, Montp. 1697 (L) : another work,
Lyons,  1715 (F).  P. J. Maloun, Paris,
1775 (F).  Donald Monro, Lond. 1788.
F. Penrose, Lond. 1794.  M. P. Orfi-
la, Paris, 1817 (F).  J. A. Paris, Lond.
1825, and Philad. 1826.
  Chyt'len,  Ra'dix  (Mat. Med.)  A
cylindrical root, bitter  and  inodorous,
brought from China.  It is held by the
Chinese to be stomachic.  Murray.
  Chyt'lon (Therap.)  ^utAov,  from
 /ecu, ' I pour out.'  A fomentation of
 oil and water.  Erotian.
    Ciba'rius   Pa'nis   (Mat. Alim.)
 Coarse Bread.  Bread, made of second
 flour.  Celsus.
   Ciba'tio (Phys.)  The taking of food,
 xqoiptj.   In  Pharmacy, it is the same as
 Incorporation.
   Cicatric'ula (Surg.) Diminutive of
 Cicatrix.  A small cicatrix.   The term
 is, also, applied  to a small white spot,
 called the tread, observable at the sur-
 face of a fecundated egg.
   Cicatrisan'tIa (Mat. Med.) inovXw-
 xtxa, Epulot'ica, Apulot'ica. Remedies,
 formerly considered to be capable of
 producing cicatrization.
  (F)  Cicatrisans. (G)Vernarbende
 Mitt  el.
    Cica'trix  (Path.)  Caca'trix,  uXt],
 from cacare, '  to conceal,' because it
 conceals the wound.  The union  of
 parts,  which have  been divided. , A
 scar or formation,  of a reddish color,
 afterwards whitish, and more or less
 thick; which takes  place at the surface
 of wounds or ulcers  after  their cure.
 A cicatrix may vary  much in shape,
 consistence, and thickness.   The  cica-
 trix  of a  bone is called Callus.  A
 vic"ious cica'trix, (F) Cicatrice vicieuse,
 is  one, which interferes with the action
 of the parts on  which it occurs.
    The succession of phenomena, in the
formation of a cicatrix, by suppuration,
is as follows.
  1. Afflux of blood and inflammation.
  2. Formation of cellular and vascular
      shoots  or granulations.
  3. Suppuration.
  4. Subsidence, union, and desiccation
      of the shoots.
  In  wounds, which  cicatrize by  the
first intention, as it  is  called,  there
are: —
  1. Inflammation.
  2. Effusion of coagulable lymph from
       the lips of the wound.
  3. Cellular organization of the lymph.
  4. Inosculation of the vessels of the '
       lips of the wound.
  The scars, which occur after small-
pox, are  called Pits or Pockmarks,  (F)
Coutures par la petite verole.
  (F) Cicatrice. (G) Narbe, Maser.
  Writer.   H. J. Meibomius, Jenae,
1739 (L).  A. Bellemain, Paris, an.
xii(F).
  Cicatriza'tion (Path.) Cicatriza'tio.
The  process  by which  a cicatrix is
formed.  Every tissue, except the nails,
epidermis, hair, and enamel, is, proba-
bly, capable  of cicatrization.
     (G) Vernarbung.
   Ci'cer Arieti'num (Mat. Med &c)
 The Ci'cer  plant.  Erebin'thus.  The
 seeds are ground into flour, and used as
 bread in some countries.
   (F) Cicerole, Pois Chiche.
   (G) Kicke rerbse n.
   Ci'cera Tar'tari  (Pharm.)  Small
 pills of turpentine and cream  of tartar
 — of the size of a vetch .or cicer.
   Cicho'rium Endiv'ia  (Mat. Alim.)
 The systematic name of the  End'ive.
 Endiv'ia, Endi'va, otqig xrtntvxr],  In'-
 tubum,  In'tybum  (Antiq.)  Scar'iola,
 In'tybus horten'sis.  It  is a  common
 potherb, and is eaten  as salad.
   (F) Chicorie des Jardins, Scariole.
   Writer.  R. J. Camerarius, Tubing.
 1690 (L).   Another  dissertation,  Tu-
 bing. 1691 (L).
   Cicho'rium In'tybus  (Mat. Med. &
 Alim.) ctqig, Ser'is, xixoqsiov\In'tubum
 errat'icum.  The  systematic  name of
 the  Wild   Suc'cory,  Wild  Cich'ory,
 Cich'ory,  Wild  En'dive,  Ambulei'a,
 Heliotro'pion, Catanan'cS,  Cichore'um.
 It is bitter, and was once used  as a
 tonic.   The root, roasted  and ground,
 is  often used instead of, or mixed with,
 coffee.
    (F) Chicoree sauvage.  (G) Weg-
 w a r t,  H i n d-1 a u f t e,  Z i c h o r i e n-
 wurzel.
    Cicinde'la ( Therap.)  Lampy'ris, 
CICONGIUS           192
CILIARY
iaunvqig, Noctilu'ca,  Nited'ula.  The
Glow-worm.   This  insect was  once
thought anodyne and  lithontriptic.
  (F) Ver luisant.  (G)Johannis-
w u rm.
  Cicon'gius ; an ancient Greek meas-
ure, containing 12  pints.
  Cicu'ta Aquat'ica (Mat. Med.) Ci-
cu'ta viro'sa, Cicuta'ri aaquat'ica, Water
Hem'lock, Cow'bane.   A violent poi-
son,  often • eaten by  mistake for the
Wild  Smallage,  Apium Graveolens,
when  it  produces  tremors,  vertigo,
burning  at  the stomach, and all the
symptoms occasioned  by the Narcotico-
Acrid class of poisons.
  (F) Ciguc aquatique ou vireuse.
  (G) Wasserschierling, Wli-
the rich.
  Writers.    J.  J.  Wepfer,  Basil,
1679 (L).  Edited  by Th.  Zwinger,
Lugd. Bat. 1733 (L).
  Ci'der  (Mat. Alim.)  Poma'ceum.
This  word is said  to  have been, for-
merly, written sidre ;  and to have come
from oixtqa, which signifies any kind
of fermented liquor,  other than wine.
It is made from  the  juice of apples,
and when good, is a wholesome drink.
   (F) Cidre.   '    (G)  O b s t m o s t,
Ae pfel w ein.
   Writer.  Chr  F. Reuss, Tubing.
 1781  (G).
   Cig'nus ; an ancient measure, which
contained about two drachms.
   Cil'iary (Anat.) Cilia'ris.  Relating
to  the  eyelashes.   This epithet has,
also, been  applied to  different  parts,
 which enter into  the structure of the
eye ; — from the resemblance between
some of them  (the  ciliary processes)
 and the eyelashes.
     (F)  Ciliaire.
   COR'PUS  CILIA'RE,  Cil'iary Body.
 A ring, surrounding the crystalline,  in
 the manner of a crown ; placed behind
 the  iris  and the ciliary circle.  It re-
 sembles  the  disk of a radiated flower,
 and is formed by the union of the cil-
 iary processes.
     (F) Corps ciliaire.
   CIL'IARY PROCESSES, Processus
 cilia'res,  (Rayons  sous-iriens  (Ch).)
 Triangular  folds,  sixty or  eighty  in
 number,  placed at  the side of each
 other, and radiating, so as to resemble
 the disk of a radiated flower.  They are
 lodged in depressions  in  the anterior
 part of the vitreous humor.  The uses
 of these processes are not known.
      (G) Strahlenfasern.
      (F) Procis ciliaires.
   CIL'IARY LIG'AMENT, or  C. Circle,
Com'missure  of the Uve'a, (Commit*
sure de la Choroide, (Ch.)  A  specie*
of grayish ring, of a pulpy consistence,
situated between the choroid, iris,  and
sclerotica.  It seems to be nothing more
than cellular tissue.
 (F) Ligament ou Cercle ciliaire, Cercle
de  la Choroide,  Ceinture blanche de la
Choroide.  (G) Strahlenband.
  Writers.   J. G.  Platner. Lips.
1738 (L).   J.  G. Zinn, Gotting. 1753
(L).
   CIL'IARY AR'TERIES, Arte'ria cil-
ia'res.  These  are furnished  by  the
ophthalmic artery.  They are  distin-
guished into, 1. Short or posterior (Art.
uviales, Chauss.), 30 or 40 in number,
which are distributed  to  the   ciliary
processes.  2. Long (Art.  Iriennes of
Chauss.),  two in  number, which, by
the anastomoses  of their branches, form
two arterial circles at the anterior  sur-
face of the iris: and, 3. The anteriort
Arte'ria cilia'res anterio'res of Haller,
the number of which is variable. These
pierce the sclerotic a few lines from
its  union  with  the cornea; and are
principally distributed to the iris.
    (F) Arteres ciliaires.
    (G) H aarschlagade rn.
   The CIL'IARY STRI'^Z  are  numer-
ous, pale,  radiated striae,  in the  pos-
terior portion of the Corpus ciliare, but
so covered by the  Pigmentum nigrum,
as  not to be distinctly seen  till the
paint is removed.   The ciliary process-
es are formed by these striae.
   ZO'NULA CILIA'RIS vel Membran'-
ula Coro'na  Cilia'ris.   Under the cor-
pus ciliare, the capsule  of the vitreous
humor sends  off  an  external  lamina,
which accompanies the retina, and  is
inserted,  with it,  into  the  forepart of
the capsule of the  lens, a little before
its anterior edge.  This is the  Zonula
ciliaris.   It is of a  striated appearance
and circular form,  and assists in fixing
the lens to the vitreous humor.
   The CIL'IARY VEINS follow nearly
the  same  course  as  the  arteries.  In
the choroid they  are so tortuous, that
they  have received  the name  Va'sa
vortico'sa. They  open  into the  oph-
thalmic vein.
     (F) Veines ciliaires.
   CIL'IARY  NERVES (Nerfs Iriens,
Chauss.)  These  are 12 or 16  in num-
ber.  They|arise from the  nasal nerve.
and particularly from the anterior part of
the ophthalmic ganglion.   They unite
in two fasciculi, which pass around the
 optic nerve,  and pierce the sclerotica,
 near the entrance  of that nerve into the 
CILIA
193            CINCHONA
eye.  They are lost in the ciliary liga-
ment.         (F)  Nerfs ciliaires.
  CIL'IARY or TAR'SAL MARGIN  of
the eyelids; — the edge in which the
cilia or eyelashes are situated.
    (F) Bord ciliaire.
  CIL'IARY MUS'CLE, Mus'culus cili-
a'tis.  The part of the orbicularis pal-
pebrarum in the vicinity of .the ciliary
margin.
  Cil'ia  (Anat.) pXeipaqiieg. The eye-
lashes. The hairs on each eyelid. Their
use seems to be, to prevent the entrance
into- the eye  of light  bodies flying in
the  atmosphere ;  and to  diminish, in
certain cases, the intensity  of light.
Also, the tarsi, raqaot.
   (F)  Cils.  (G) A ugen wimpern.
   Cil'lo (Path.)  A  name  given  by
some authors to  those,  whose upper
eyelid is  perpetually  tremulous.   A
trembling, which  in some cases is call-
ed Life's blood.  " To have life's blood
in the eye," in other words, is  to have
this affection. Vogel calls itCiLLo'sis.
   Ci'mex (Mat. Med.) xoqig, Ci'mex lec-
tula'rius. The Wall or House or Bed bug,
or Chintz.  Six or seven of these, given
internally, are said  to  have prevented
ague! There is scarcely any thing, which
is sufficiently disgusting,  that has not
been exhibited for this purpose,and with
more or less success.   The bug has also
been esteemed emmenagogue.
   (F) Punaise.  (G) Haus-Wanze.
   Cimo'lia purpures'cens (Mat. Med.)
Fullers' Earth.  A compact, bolar earth,
employed in  the  arts.  Used  at times
as a cooling application to  inflamed
breasts, legs, &c.  Ter'ra Sapona'ria,
 Ter'ra Fullo'nica.
   Cimo'lia Ter'ra (Mat. Med.) Cimo'-
lia al'ba, Smec'tis,  Smec'lris,  a^xxig,
auiyxxqig,  xuioiXia,  from  Kifio)Xog,  an
island in the Cretan  Sea, where it is
 procured.  It was formerly used as an
 astringent, &c.   Scribonius  Largus,
 Pliny.  Probably  the same as the last.
   Cincho'na  (Mat.'Med.)  So  called
 from the Spanish Viceroy's  Lady,  the
 Countess de Cinchon, who was cured
 of fever by  it at Lima, about  1638.
 Called also Cor'tex or Pul'vis Jesuit'icus,
 Jesuit's Bark or  Powder, Cor'tex Pa'-
 trum, because  it was introduced  into
 Europe by them; and also Pul'vis  Co-
 mitissa or the Countess's Powder, and
 also Car'dinal del  Lu'go's  Powder,
 Cor'tex Cardina'lis de Lu'go, because
 he  introduced  it at Rome.  It is  the
 pharmacopoeial name of several kinds of
 barks.   Called, also,  Cor'tex, Bark,  Pe-
 ruvian Bark, English Remedy, Cor'-
tex  Chi'na,  Cor'tex  Chi'na Re'gius,
Chi'na,  Chinchi'na,  Pa'los  de calen-
tu'ra, Ki'na  Ki'na (Bark of Barks),
Kinki'na, Ci'na Ci'na, Qui'na Qui'na,
Quinqui'na, Mag'num De'i do'num.
  (F) Quinquina. (G) Fieberrinde.
  CINCHO'NM LANCIFO'LIJE  COR'-
TEX,   Cor'tex  Peruvia'nus,  Cor'tex
pal'lidus,  Cincho'na officinalis cor'tex
commu'nis,  Cincho'na pal'lida. — Pale
Bark.   Its  odor  is  aromatic ;  taste
pleasant,  bitter, and  astringent.  The
pieces are rolled  in  double or  single
quills. Epidermis brown, cracked; frac-
ture resinous.  Internally of a cinna-
mon color.   Its active principle is the
Cinchonine.
  (F)  Quinquina gris de Loxa, Quin-
quina orangi.
  CINCHO'NM  CORDIFO'LIJE COR'-
TEX,  Cor'tex fla'vus, Cincho'na offici-
na'lis  cor'tex fla'vus,  Yellow  Bark.
Odor aromatic ; taste strong, bitter, as-
tringent.  Not rolled; often without the
epidermis,  which  is very thick and
inert:  light, friable; fracture fibrous.
Active principle Quinine.
  (F)  Quinquina jaune orjaune royal,
Calasaya.
  CINCHO'NM OBLONGIFO'LIM COR'-
TEX,  Cor'tex ru'ber, Cincho'na offici-
na'lis  Cor'tex ru'ber.  Red Bark. Odor
and taste the  same  as the pale,  but
more intense : in large flat pieces, solid,
heavy, dry: fracture short and smooth;
of  a deep brownish-red color.  Active
principles,  Cinchonine and  Quinine.
     (F)  Quinquina rouge.
    CINCHO'NM   CARIBBM'M   COR'-
 TEX. Exoste'ma  Cariba'a  (C).  Saint
 Lu'cia Bark,  Chinchi'na Cariba'a, C.
Jamaicen'sis.  A  useful  substitute for
 the cinchona  of Peru.  It grows in
 Jamaica, and is  there  called the Sea-
side Beech.
   (F) Quinquina des Antilles,  Ecorce
 de  Saint-Lucie,  Quinquina de la Ja-
 maique.
   All these barks are bitter; astringent,
 tonic, and eminently  febrifuge.  The
 yellow bark is, at least, equal to  any
 of the others, although  the red contains
 more active principle.  The discovery
 of their active principles is one of the
 most important gifts of modern chym-
 istry.  Still, in pernicious intermittents,
 the bark,  in  substance, is often  de-
 manded.  It is employed in every dis-
 ease in which  there  is deficient tone :
 but,  in  cases  where the  stomach is
 much debilitated, the powder had bet-
 ter be avoided, in consequence of the
 woody fibre, which might  disagree. 
CINCHONA           194           CINGULUM
Externally, it is used in enemata, gar-
ales, &c,  and in gangrenous  ulcera-
tions.  When it excites nausea,  an
aromatic may be added to it:  if purg-
ing,  opium;  if  costiveness, rhubarb,
&c  Dose, 3ssto 5j-
  The  ESSENTIAL  SALT OF BARK,
as it is called, is an extract, prepared
by macerating the bruised substance of
bark in cold water, and submitting the
infusion to a very slow evaporation.
  Writers.  Barba,  Hispal. 1642 (L).
Chiflet, Paris  et  Lovan. 1653 (L).
Amtimus  Conygius,  Rom. 1655 (L).
R.  Sturm, Hag. Comit. 1681 (L).  P.
Ammann,  Lips.  1663 (L).   S. Badi,
Genu8e,1668(L). N. de Blegny, Paris,
1682(F).   Fr. M.  Nigrisoli, Ferrar.
1687-1700 (L).   Gideon Harvey,
Lond.  1606.   Horbius,  Alt. 1693 (L).
Fr. Hoffmann, Hal. 1694 (L). Another
dissertation, Hal. 1728 (L).  Translated
by  Brahier,  Paris, 1746(F),  M. B.
Valentini, Giess. 1695 (L).  Prisson,
Paris,  1696 (L). H.  Heinrici, Hal.
1713 (L).   J. C. Spies, Helmst. 1721
(L).   Douglas, Lond. 1722.  A. O.
Golicke,  Franc, ad  Viadr. 1729 (L).
J.  A.  Klock,  Lugd. Bat.  1727 (L).
P. van Baalen, Tubing. 1730 ; Lugd.
Bat. 1735 (L).  A. Camerarius, Tu-
bing.  1730 (L).  A. Vatfr, Wittemb.
1735 (L).   V.  Kreuyfeldt, Duisb.
1738 (L).  J. B. Nebel,  Steidelberg,
1740 (L).  Ev. Rosen, Lund. 1744 (L).
J. A. Scrincius, Prag. 1750 (L). Buch-
wald, Hafn.  1751 (L).  Ph. S. Luer-
senius, Lugd. Bat. 1751 (L).  J. G.
Gmelin, Tubing. 1754 (L).  J. Junck-
er,  Hal.  1756 (L).   J. G. Krugek,
Helmst- 1757 (L).   C. Linn^us, Upsal.
1758 (L).  A. G.  Frktzf.l,  Altdorf.
1761 (L).   Martini, Buceph. 1763 (L).
Toracea,  Rom. 1765 (L).   Capi ll,
Vienn. 1766 (L).   A.  E.  Buchner,
Hal.  1766 (L).  Another  work, Hal.
1768 (L).   E. G.  Baldinger, Jenae,
1769(E).   Fr.  A.  Ackermann, CEn.
1769(L). Ciir.G. KRAZENSTEiN,Hafn.
1773 (L).   Wm.  Wright,  (Cinch,  ca-
ribbaa), Lond. 1778.  P. J. Vaslaponi,
August. Taurin, 1779  (L).   G. F. Sig-
wart, Tubing.  1782  (L).   D. G. J.
Uhland, Tubing.  1782 (L).   A. J.
Orlow (Cinch, rubr.), Regiom. 1783
 (L).   A. H. Van Nahuys,  Lugd.  Bat.
 1784 (L).  Ad.  M. Birkholz,  Lips.
 1785 (L).  Tij.  Skeete,  Lond. 1786.
 Asti  (a  Cinchona  from  Santa Fe),
 Mantua, 1786(1).  M. Vahl, Copenh.
 1790 (Dan.)   J- A.  C. Gravenhorst,
 G6tting. 1791 (L).  H.  Ruiz,  Madrid,
 1792 (S).  Comparetti, Padua,  1794
(I).   Meckel,  Hal.  1795 (L).   M.
O'Ryan (Yellow Bark),  Lond. 1794.
A.B. Lambert,Lond. 1797. Fr. Mara-
belli, Venice,  1799  (I).   Trehet,
Paris, 1804 (F).   Dufau,  Paris,  1805
(F).   H.  van  der Smissen,  Kilon.
1813 (L).   Torti,  Moden.  1715 (L).
Pultenky, Edinb. 1764.  Wm. Saun-
ders (Cinch.rubr.), Lond. 1781. Kent-
ish  (Cine, carib.), Lond. 1784.  Rce-
mer, Alt.  1792 (G).   W.  Vaughan,
(Cinch, flav.),  Lond. 1795.   J. Relph
(Do.), Lond. 1794, 8vo.
  Cinch'onine  (Mat. Med.) Cinchoni'-
na,  Cinch'onin, Cincho'nia.   The ac-
tive  principle  of the Cincho'na lanci-
fo'lia.  An organic, crystalline alkali;
of a white color, and  bitter,  slightly
astringent taste : very soluble in alco-
hol and ether, but almost insoluble in
water.
  The sulphate of Cinchonine, which
is formed directly from  the cinchonine,
is soluble  in water and alcohol.  The
action of the sulphate of cinchonine is
similar to that  of the sulphate of qui-
nine ; but it is less energetic, and con-
sequently  requires to   be  given  in a
stronger dose.
  Cinc'lisis (Path.)  xiyxXioig, agita-
tion  ; Cinclis'mus,  xiyxXiapog; limited
and  frequent motion.   The movement
of the thorax  in  dyspnoea.  Hippocr.
It has been used, also, synonymously
with Nictation (q. v.)
   Cineri"tious (Anat.) Ciner'eus, from
ci'neres, 'ashes'; of the color of ashes.
The cortical substance of the brain has,
by some, been so called.
     (F) Cendre.
  Cineth'mics  (Physiol.)  from xinw,
'  I move.'   The science of movements
in general.
  Cinet'ica (Nosol.)  from xivtia, ' I
move.'  Diseases affecting the muscles,
and  characterized by irregular action
of the  muscles  or  muscular fibres;
commonly  denominated Spasm.  The
3d  order  in  the' class Neurotica of
Good.
  Cin'gui.um (Anat. Mat. Med.)  torn?,
from cin'go,' I  bind.'   The part of  the
body, situated  below the ribs, to which
a girdle is applied.  The waist.
    (F) Ceinture.  (G) Giirtel.
   CIN'GULUM HILDA'NI, Zo'nula Hil-
da'ni. A leathern girdle, formerly used
for the reduction of luxations and frac-
tures of the extremities.
     (F) Ceinture de Hildane.
   CIN'GULUM MERCURIA'LE, C  Sa-
pien'tia, C. StulW'tia.  A woollen gir-
dle, containing mercurial ointment.   It 
CIONIS
195         CIRCUMCISION
was used  as antisyphilitic, and in dis-
eases of the skin.
    (F) Ceinture de vif argent.
  Ci'onis  (Anat. & Path.) The Uvula,
xiovig.   Also,  tumefaction, or elonga-
tion of the uvula.
  Circk'a Lutetia'na  (Mat. Med.)
Enchant'er's Night'shade.  This plant,
common in  the vicinity of Paris, was
formerly considered to be resolvent and
vulnerary.  It  was also supposed  to
possess wonderful magical  and  en-
chanting  properties.
  (F)  Herbe de Saint-Etienne, Herbe
aux Sorciers.
  Circu'itus  (Path.)  Cir'cuit.  In Pa-
thological  language,  this  generally
means period,  course.
  Cir'cular (Anat. & Surg.) Circula'-
ris, from cir'culus,  ' a  circle.'  Having
the form or figure of a circle.  As Cir-
cular Amputation,  &c.
    (F) Circulaire.
  The French  use the expression " Une
circulaire," for a  turn of a bandage
around any part.
  Circulation (Phys.)  Circula'tio,
from  cir'culus, ' a circle';  or  rather,
from  circum,  ' around,' and ferre, la-
tum, ' to carry.'  Physiologists give this
name to the motion of the blood through
the different vessels of the body : — to
that function, by which the blood, set-
ting out from  the  left ventricle of the
heart,  is distributed to every part of the
body by the arteries ; — proceeds into
the veins, returns  to the heart, enters
the right auricle,  and passes into the
corresponding  ventricle, which sends
it into the pulmonary artery to  be dis-
tributed to the lungs, whence it issues
by  the pulmonary veins,  and passes
into the left auricle.   From this it is
sent into the left ventricle, and is again
distributed by  means of the arteries.
  The PULMONIC or LES'SER  CIR-
CULATION, is the circle from the  right
to the left  side of the heart,  by the
lungs.—The  GREAT'ER  or  SYSTE-
MATIC, that  through the rest of the
'system.
  The  CAP'LLARY  CIRCULATION,
C.  des Parenchymes,  is that, which
takes  place  in the capillary vessels;
and which is,  in some measure, inde-
pendent of the action of the heart.  It
is in this capillary  circulation, that the
various secretions are  operated;  and
that animal  heat is evolved.  It is the
seat of nutrition.
  (F)  Circulation. (G) Kreislauf.
  Writers.    Wm. Harvey,  Francf.
1628 (L),  J.  Riolan, Paris, 1652 (L).
J. Primerose, Lond. 1630 (L).  J. Wa-
lrus, Lugd. Bat. 1641 (L).  E. Leich-
rerus, Arstad. 1643 (L).  F.  Liceti,
Utin. 1647 (L).  P. Gassendi, Lugd.
1649 (L).  P.  M. Slegel, Hamburg,
1650, 4to. (L).  N. Highmore,  Hagae,
1651 (L).   A.  Deusingius,  Groning.
1651 (L).  W. Rolfink, Norimb. 1656
(L).  Cl. Bimet, Lyons (F).  J. Chail-
lou, Paris, 1664(F).   F. Folli, Flor.
1665  (L).   R. Descartes,  Roterod.
1665 (L).  H. Meibomius, Helms. 1666
(L).  R. Lower, Lond.  1669 (L).   J.
Bohmius, Lips. 1671 (L).  S. Blan-
card, Amstel. 1676 (L).  J. C. Lan-
gius, Lips. 1680 (L). R. Grove, Lond.
1685 (L).  H.  Piso, Pavia,  1726 (L).
A.  Pitcairn, Leid. 1693 (L).  G.  E.
Stahl, Hal. 1695 (L).   G. W. Wede-
lius, Jen. 1699 (L).  J. G. de Bergen,
Franc, ad Viadr. 1709 (L).  G. A. Or-
lovius, Regiom. 1718 (L).  J.G.Neu-
mann, Dresd. 1728. (G).  J. E. Wree-
DEN,Hanov.  1729(G).  C. P. Glassius,
Hal. 1736 (L).  A. von Haller, Got-
ting. 1754 (L).  P.  Gerike,  Helmst.
1739 (L).   F. B. de  Sauvages, 1742
(L).  J.  Barberes, 1742 (L)   G.  A.
Langguth,  Witteb. 1743 (L).   J.  A.
Kulmus, Gedan.  1744 (L).  J. A. Bu-
tini, Monspel. 1747 (L).  J. Kirchofer,
Lugd. Bat. 1751 (L).   H. Haguenot,
Avenion, 1753 (L).  Guy Patin, Paris,
1670 (L).  P. Chirac, Monspel. 1698
(L). R.Mauban,Paris, 1803(F). Pro-
chaska, Vienn.  1778 (L).  Spallan-
zani, translated by  Hall, Lond. 1801.
C.  Bell, Lond.  1819.   J.  Bourdon,
Paris, 1820 (F).  G. Kerr,  1816.   A.
Ewing, Lond. 1817.    James  Black
(Capillary C), Lond. 1825. D. Barry,
(Influence of atmospheric pressure on),
Lond. 1826.   H, Searle (Analysis of
D.  Barry's memoir), Lond. 1827.
  Cir'culus  (Aaat.) A circle or ring;
y.vxX.og, xinxog.  Any part of the body
which is round or annular, as Cir'culus
Oc'uli — the globe, bulb, or orb of the
eye.  Hippocr., Galen.  It  is, also,
applied to objects, which, by no means,
form a circle, as to  the  Circle of Wil-
lis, an Anastomotic circle at the base
of the brain, forme.d by the carotid and
basilary arteries.
  (F)  Cercle.   (G)  Kreis,  Zirkel.
  CIR'CULUS ARTERIO'SUS  PRIDIS.
The artery,  which runs round the iris,
and forms a circle.
  CIR'CULUS q,UAD'RUPLEX; a kind
of bandage used by  the ancients.
    Circumcis'ion   (Surg.)    Circum-
cis'io, Pracis'io, Circumcisu'ra,  CtV-
cumsec'tio,   n*qirour\,  from  circum, 
CIRCUMFLEXUS         196          CISSYBIUM   .
' around,'  and  cadere,  ' to  cut.'  An
ancient operation, performed by some
nations as a religious  ceremony.  It
consists in removing, circularly, a por-
tion  of the  prepuce of  infants : — a
custom, which was probably suggested,
with a view  to cleanliness.   In cases
of extraordinary length  of prepuce, or
when affected with  cancer, the opera-
tion is, sometimes, undertaken by sur-
geons. A similar operation is performed
on the female, by removing a portion
of the nymphs,  amongst the  iEgyp-
tians, Arabians, and Persians.
  (F) Circoncision.   (G) B e s c h n e i-
d u n g.
  Writers.  Antonius,  Lips. 1682 (L).
Grapius,  Rostoch, 1699 (L).   J. Fr.
Bavez, Lips. 1739 (L).  R. A. Vogel,
Gotting. 1763 (L).
  Circumflex'us (Anat.) from circum,
' around,'  and flex'us, ' bent.'  Curved
circularly.  A name given to several
organs.
    (F) Circonflexe.
 CIRCUMFLEX'US MUS'CULUS, Ten'-
sor Pala'ti, Peristaphyli'nus exter'nus
vel infe'rior, Circumflex'us Pala'ti Mol'-
lis, Sphe'no-salpin'go-staphyli'nus seu
staphyli'nus exter'nus, Mus'culus tu'ba
no'va, Pala'to-satpinge'us,  Pter'ygo-
staphyli'nus, Pe'tro - salpin'go - staphy-
linus,  Spheno-pter'ygo-palati'nus.  A
muscle, which arises from the spinous
process of the  sphenoid bone, and is
inserted into  the  velum  pendulum pa-
lati.   Its use is to stretch the velum.
    (F) Palato-salpingien.
  The  CIR'CUMFLEX or ARTIC'ULAR
AR'TERIES of the arm are distinguish-
ed into;—anterior and posterior. They
arise from the axillary, and are distrib-
uted around the shoulder.
  The CIR'CUMFLEX AR'TERIES OF
THE   THIGH  are  distinguished into
external and internal (A. Sous-Tro-
chanteriennes Ch.)  They are  given
off from the Profunda,  and surround
the head of the thigh bone.
  The  CIR'CUMFLEX  VEINS follow
the arteries.
   Circumfu'sa (Hyg.)  M. Halle has
thus designated  the first class of sub-
jects, that belong to Hygiene — as the
atmosphere,  climate, residence, &c;
in short, every thing, which  acts con-
stantly on  man  externally and gen-
erally.
   Circumli"tio  (Pharm.) ntqixqiatg,
ntqiyqiaxov.  A term formerly used for
liniments, but  especially  for those to
be applied  to  the  eyelids; from Crr-
cum'lino,' I  anoint all over.'
  Cir'cumscribed  ( Path.)   Circum-
scrip'tus. A term, applied, in Pathology,
to tumors,  which are distinct at their
base from the surrounding parts.
     (F)  Circonscrit.
  CIRIL'LO, Dom'inick (Biogr.)  A
Neapolitan physician and  botanist of
eminence; born at Naples  in  1730;
died in 1799.  Works. Nosologia me-
thodica rudimenta.  Neap.  1780.  Os-
servazioni  pratiche  intorno   alia lue
venerea.  lb. 1783. 8vo.:  in French, by
Auber, Paris. 1803. 8vo.
   Cir'sium  Arven'se   (Mat. Med.)
Car'duus hemorrholda'lis, Ceano'thos,
A common plant in France, used in the
form of cataplasm in hemorrhoids, and
worn as an amulet.
     (F) Chardon hemorrhoidal.
  Cir'soce'le (Path.) Cir'coce'le, xiqao-
xi]X>;, from  xiqaog,  ' varix,'  and  x>iX>],
' hernia.'   Va'rieose Her'nia.   The
greater part  of  authors  have  em-
ployed  the  term  synonymously with
Varicocele.   Pott  gives it   a  differ-
ent signification.  Varicocele, he calls
the   tumor formed by the veins  of the
scrotum; — Circocele, the varicose dila-
tation  of  the spermatic veins.  The
scrotum feels as if it contained earth-
worms.  It is commonly  an affection of
no consequence.
  (G)  Saamenad e r gesh wulst,
Krampfaderbruch.
  Writers. A. Chr. Waitz, Gotting.
1779 (L). A. Murray, Upsal. 1784 (L).
Chr. G. B. Most, Hal. 1796 (L).
  Cirsoi'des (Anat.) xiqaotiiyg, from
xiqaog,' varix,' and tiSog,' resemblance.
Varicose, or  resembling a varix.  Ru-
fus  of Ephesus, according  to James,
calls thus, the upper part of the brain,
as well as the spermatic vessels. (?)
  Cirsom'phalus (Path.) fxomxiqaog,
' varix,' and ouipuXog,' navel.'  Varicose
dilatation of the  veins, surrounding the
navel.   The  term has,  likewise, been
applied to the aneurismal dilatation  of
the arteries of that region, called also
 Varicomphalus  and Hargne  anivrys-
male, or Aneurismal Hernia.
  Cirsophthal'mia  (Path.)  from xiq-
aog, ' varix,' and  oip&aXfiog,' eye.' Var'-
icose ophthaVmia.   A high  degree  of
ophthalmia, in which the vessels of the
conjunctiva are  considerably injected.
  Cissi'num  (Pharm.) xiaaivov. Name
of  a plaster, used in wounds  of the
nerves or tendons.  Paulus of JSgina :
— from xioaog,' ivy.'
   Cissyb'ium (Hyg.) xioovpiov, from
xtaaog,' ivy.'  A cup made  of ivy,  or
bound with ivy.  Cato,  Macrobics. 
CISTERNA            197             CIVETTA
  Cister'na (Anat.)  from  xioxr\, ' a
reservoir '; ' a chest.'  This  term has
been  applied to various parts  of the
body, which serve  as reservoirs for
different fluids.  The fourth  ventricle
of the brain has, also, been  so called.
Arantius.
  The LUM>BAR CIS'TERN,  Cister'na
lumba'ris, or Res'ervoir of  Pec'quet,
consists of a dilatation, which the tho-
racic duct presents in the lumbar region,
See Receptaculum Chyli.
    (F)  Citerne.
  Cis'tus Cret'icus (Mat. Med.) Cis'-
tus Ladanifera, Cis'thorus,  Cis'sarus,
Dorycin'ium, Gum Cis'tus, xioxog, r.io-
&og, xiadaxog. The systematic name of
the  plant,  whence  the  Lad'anum is
obtained — Gum'mi  Lab'danum, Xada-
vov.   The Ladanum is a gum-resinous
substance, of a  very agreeable  smell,
found in the shops in great  masses. Its
color  is blackish-green ; taste warm and
bitter. It is but little used now. Former-
ly it was a component of warm plasters,
and was prescribed internally as a sto-
machic.
   CITE'SIUS  or  CITOIS, Francis
(Biogr.)  Of Poitiers   in  France,  a
physician of celebrity;  died in 1652.
Works. De novo  ac  populari, apud
Pictones, dolors calico  bilioso diatriba.
1616.  Advis sur la nature de la peste
et sur les moyens de se'n preserver et
guerir.  Paris. 1623. 8vo.
   Cit'ric A"cid  (Mat. Med.) Ac'H-
dum  cit'ricum.   The Acid  of Lemons,
Ac'Hdum Limono'rum.  This  acid is
found in the lemon, orange, &c.  It
is in rhomboidal prisms, which" slightly
efflorescence on exposure  to the air.
It dissolves  in  a twelfth  part of its
weight  of boiling  water, and has  an
extremely acid  but agreeable  taste.  It
is employed in  medicine as an antisep-
tic, refrigerant,  and  diuretic.  Rubbed
up with sugar and with a  little of the
essence  of  lemon,  it-  forms the dry
Lemonade, (F) Limonade shche.
   (F) Acide Citrique. (G) C i t r o n e n-
saure.
   Ci'trus   Auran/tium (Mat.  Med.)
The  systematic name of the Orange
Tree.  Auran'tium,  A.  Hispalen'se,
Ma'lus  Auran'tia Major,  Ma'lus  Au-
ran'tia,  Auran'tium vulga're,  Ma'lus
Auran'tia   vulga'ris,  Ma'la  Au'rea,
Chrysome'lia, Neran'tia, Martia'num
Po'mum, Po'ma Auran'tia,  Auran'tia
Curassavica,  Oranges,  Po'ma  Chi-
nen'sia.  The Flowers of  the Orange,
Flo'res Na'pha, are highly  odoriferous,
and used as a perfume.  On distillation,
                 17*
they yield a small quantity of essential
oil — the Oleum or Essen'tia Nero'li.
They were  once used  in  convulsive
and epileptic cases.  The leaves, Fo'lia
Auran'tii, have  a  bitterish taste, and
furnish  an essential oil.  They have
been used for the same purposes as the
flowers.  The yellow rind of the fruit,
Cor'tex  Auran'tii,  Orange  Peel, is an
aromatic bitter, and is used in dyspep-
sia, and where that class of remedies
is required. The Juice, Suc'cus Auran'-
tii, Orange juice, is a grateful acid, and
used as  a beverage in  febrile and scor-i
butic affections.
  (F) Orange,  (G) Pomeranze.
   CPTRUS MED'ICA (Mat. Med.) The
systematic name of the Lemon Tree.
  The  Lem'on,  Limo'nium  ma'lum,
Limo'num Bac'ca, Ma'lus Med'ica, Ma'-
lus Limo'nia Ac'Hda,  Limon,  Cil'rea
Ma'lus,  Ci'trus, M>]Xov  Mijdtxov, has  a
fragrant odor, depending on the essen^
tial oil,  O'leum Limo'nis, of the rind.
The juice, Suc'cus Limo'nis, is sharp
but gratefully acid, the acidity depend-.
ing upon the citric acid it  contains.
The  outer  rind,  Cortex  Limo'num,
Lemon  Peel, Zest, Flave'do Cor'ticum
Ci'tri, is used in the same cases as the
Cor'tex  Auran'tii.   The juice  is  used
as a refrigerant beverage, in febrile af-
fections. Alone or combined with wine,
it  is given in scurvy, putrid sore throat,
&.c Its general properties are refriger-
ant  and  antiseptic.  Sweetened  and
diluted  it forms the Lemonade.
    (F)  Ci'ron.  (G) Zitrone.
   Writers.  J. J. Pontanus, Florence,
1514(E).  G. Grube, Hafn.  1668 (L),
G. Frank, Heidelberg, 1686 (L).  J.
Lanzoni, Ferrar. 1690 (L).  Fr. Hoff-
mann, Hal. 1715 (L).
   The   CIT'RON  TREE is  likewise
considered to belong to  the same spe-
cies — the Ci'trus Med'ica.  Its fruit is
called cedrome'la.  It is larger and less
succulent than the lemon. Citron juice,
when sweetened with sugar, is called,
by the Italians, Agro di  Cedro.
   The  CI'TRUS MEL'LA RQlSA  of
Lamarck, another  variety of the Ci-
trus Medica, affords the Bergamote,
(which  see.)
   Citta'ra,   Mineral  Waters of
(Mat. Med.)  These springs are in the
Isle of Ischia, near the sea.  They con-
tain carbonate and sulphate  of lime,
and muriate  of soda.   Their  tempera-
ture is 100° Fahrenheit.
   Civet'ta  (Mat.  Med.)  Zib'ethum%
Civet.   An  unctuous  perfume, of  a.
very  penetrating odor,  obtained  frorn. 
CLADONIA RANGIFERRINA  198   CLAVARIA  CORALLOIDES
different  mammalia  of  the  Viver'ra
kind; — Catoblee'ta anima'lia;— parti-
cularly from the Viver'ra civet'ta.  It is
contained in a fold of the skin, situated
between  the anus and  the organs of
generation.
     (F)  Civette.
   Clado'nia  Rangiferri'na  (Mat.
Med.) The ancients regarded this Eu-
ropean plant as pectoral and stomachic
It enters into the composition of the
Poudre de  Chypre.     %
   CLAPIER (F)  (Path.)  A clapper.
Latib'ulum.  A  purulent focus of dis-
ease : concealed in the  flesh or under
the skin — from xXtnxnv,l to conceal.'
See Sinus.
     (G) Ei tersack.
   Clar'et  (Mat.  Med)  Clare'tum.
 Vin de Bordeaux.  A pleasant  French
wine, which may be used,  whenever
wine is required. Also, a wine impreg-
nated with spices and sugar, called like-
wise Vi'num Hippocrat'icum, or Po'tus
Hippocrat'icus, Hip'pocras, Hyp'pocras,
aaxxiag.   Schroder speaks  of a Cla-
re'tum al'terans and a C. pur'gans.
     (F)  Clairet.
   Clarification (Pharm.)  Clarifica'-
tio, Depura'iion, from cla'rus,  ' clear,'
and fa'cio,' I make.'  A pharmaceuti-
cal  operation, which consists in  sepa-
rating from a liquid  every insoluble
substance held in suspension by it, and
which affects its transparency.   De-
canting  and filtering  are  the  opera-
 tions necessary for this purpose.
     (G) Abklarung.
   CLARK, John, M. D. (Biog.) An
 eminent physician,  born in Scotland.
 After making two voyages to England,
 he settled at Newcastle, where he died
 in 1805.  Works. Observations on the
 diseases in long voyages to hot  coun-
 tries, particularly on those which pre-
 vail in the East  Indies; and on the
 same diseases as they appear in  Great
 Britain. Lond.   1773.  8vo.   Observa-
 tions on fevers,  especially those  of the
 continued type :  on  scarlet fever, with
 ulcerated sore throat, as it appeared in
 1778, &c.  Lond. 1780.  8vo.  Letter on
 the influenza, as it appeared in  New-
 castle upon  Tyne.  Lond.  1783.  8vo.
 A collection of papers, intended to pro-
 mote an institution for the cure and
 prevention of infectious fevers in New-
 castle and other populous towns, &c
 Part I. and II. Newcast. 1802. 12mo.
   CLARKE, John, M. D. (Biog.) An
 eminent obstetrical practitioner in Lon-
 don ; born in    ; died in 181-.  Works.
 An  essay on the epidemic diseases of
lying-in women.  Lond.  1788.  4to.
Practical Essays on  the  management
of pregnancy  and labor, and on  they
inflammatory  and febrile diseases  o
lying-in  women.  Lond.. 1793. 8vo-
Commentaries on some of the most im-
portant diseases  of  children.  Part  I.
1815. 8vo.
  Class (Nosol.) Clas'sis, from  xlatw,
'  I call together.'   An  assemblage of a
certain number of objects.  In Natural
History and in Medicine, a class is a
a groupe of objects or  individuals hav-
ing  one or more  common characters.
The classes are divided into orders, the
orders  into genera, the  genera into
species, and these last into varieties.
     (F) Classe.  (G)  Klasse.
  Classification, Classifica'tio, from
clas'sis, ' a class,' and facio, ' I  make.'
The formation of classes.  A methodi-
cal distribution of beings,  or any ob-
jects whatever  into  classes,  orders,
genera,  species,  and  varieties.  See
Nosography and Nosology.
  Classy, Mineral  Waters of (Mat.
Med.) Classy is near Laon in Picardy,
France.  The waters are chalybeate.
  Claudi'acon (Pharm.) A collyrium
used of old : — xX.avStaxov.  Paulus  of
iEgina.
  Claudication  (Path.) Claudica'tio,
from claudica're,  ' to  be lame.' The
action  of  halting or limping.   Lame-
ness.  Clau'ditas, Cholo'sis, Cholei'a,
 Cholo'ma, /wJiuffi;,  xm^tia>  x°'*wfta-
This condition is not any particular dis-
ease, but is produced by different causes
or affections.  It may be the effect of the
shortening or  elongation of one of the
lower limbs, of anchylosis of the joints,
palsy of the muscles, pain, &c
   (F) Claudication,  Boitement.
   (G)  Hinken.
   Writers.   P.  Camper (lameness of
 infants), 1782 (D).  D. Dylius, Lugd.
 Bat. 1798  (L).  W. A. Ficker  (lame-
 ness of infants), Vienna, 1807 (G).   A.
 G. F. Krause, Lips. 1809 (L).
   Clausu'ra (Path.)  from clau'dere,
 ' to  shut.'  An  imperforation   of any
 canal or cavity.
   CLAUSU'RA  U'TERI is  a  preter-
 natural imperforation of the uterus.
    Clava'ria  Coralloi'des   (Mat.
 Med.)  Coralloi'des  Fun'gus,  Coral-
 wort.  Said to be corroborant  and as-
 tringent.  A  kind  of clavaria, called
 Digital blanc, Digital humain, Cham-
 pignon de   Vappareil  des  fractures,
  formed of digitations, grouped together,
  and two or three inches in length, is
  said to have been often found, formerly 
CLAVICLE            199
CLEVES
at the Hotel Dieu of Paris, on the splints
of white wood used in the treatment of
fractures, in autumn.  H. Cloquet.
  Clav'icle (Anat.)  Clavic'ula,  Cla'-
vis, Clavic'ulus, Lig'ula, Fur'cula, Os
Jug'uli, xXtig, Cleis, Clei'dion, xXtiSiov,
from clavis,' a key.'   The collar-bone.
The clavicle is shaped like the letter S,
and is  placed transversely at the upper
part of the thorax.   It is articulated,
at one extremity, with the sternum, at
the other,  with the  acromion process
of the scapula.   It gives  attachment,
above, to the Sterno-cleido-mastoideus;
below, to the Subclavius;  before, to the
Pectoralis  Major and Deltoides; and,
behind, to the Trapezius.   It serves as
a point of support for the muscles of
the arm, and protects the vessels and
nerves passing to that extremity.
  (F)  Clavicule.   (G)  Schliissel-
be in.
  The fibres, connecting the lamellae
or plates of bones, have, also, been called
Clavic'uli or Nails.
  Cla'vus  (Path.) A  nail, jj/o?,yo;i(fos.
This word is employed in Medicine in
various senses. 1. It means corns, from
their resemblance to the head of a nail.
2. Certain condylomatous excrescences
of  the uterus.   3. A  callous tumor,
which forms on the white of the eye,
and resembles a nail.   The Cla'vus
 Oc'uli, (F) Clou de  Vail, is, by some,
considered  to be synonymous  with
staphyloma; by others, with staphyloma
of the cornea.
     (F)  Clou.
   CLA'VUS HYSTERICUS,  Monopa'-
gia ; — an acute pain,  confined  to  a
small  point of the head, and which the
sick describe as resembling that which
would be produced  by a nail, driven
into the head.  It has been particularly
noticed in  hysterical females, hence its
name.  It is called O'vum hyster'icum,
when the  pain occupies  a greater ex-
tent.    (F)  Clou hysterique.
   CLEG'HORN,   George,  M. D.
 (Biog.) A  physician of  eminence, born
 near Edinburgh  in  1716; served  in
 the army,  and then setttled in Dublin:
 he died in 1789.  Works.   Observa-
 tions  on  the epidemical diseases  of
 Minorca from 1744 to 1749: containing
 a short  account  of the climate  8rc.  of
 Minorca. Lond.  1757.  With Notes by
 Benjamin  Rush, M. D. Philad. 1809.
 Bibliographical notice of, by J. C. Lett-
 som. Lond.  1786.
   Clei'dion (Pharm.)  xXtiSiov, Clid'-
ion.   An ancient troch of an  astrin-
 gent  nature, used in  dysentery, hae-
moptysis, &c.   Also, an epithem of the
same  character.  Paulus  of  .flSgina,
Aetius, &c.
  Clei'do-mastoide'us (Anat.) Albi-
nus thus designates the posterior por-
tion  of the sterno-cleido-mastoideus,
which he considers a separate  muscle.
It has been corrupted  into clino-mas-
toideus.
   Cleisagra  I Path.)   from  xXttg,
' the clavicle,' and  ayqa, ' a seizure.' —
xXtioayqa.  Gout in  the clavicle.   A.
Pare.
  Clem'atis   recta   (Mat.  Med.)
Flam'mula  Jo'vis,  Upright  Virgin's
Bower.  The leaves contain  an acrid
principle.  They have  been esteemed
anti-venereal; and in the form of pow-
der, have been used as  an escharotic.
  (F) Clematite droite.  (G) Brenn-
kraut,  Waldrebe.
  Writer.  A. StOrck, Vindob. 1769
(L).
  Clem'atis Vital'ba,  Vital'ba, Vi-
or'na, Atrag"eni, the Traveller's Joy,
Common Virgin's  Bower.  It has been
used in the  same cases as  the former.
In infusion it has been  applied in cases
of itch.  The leaves of the Clem'alis
cris'pa have similar properties.
  (F) Clematite, Herbe  aux gueux, Aube
vigne.
  Writer.  J. A.  Muller, Erlang.
1786 (L).
  Cleo'nis Collyr'ium  (Pharm.)  A
collyrium, described by Celsus, and
composed  of  equal  parts  of  Samian
earth, myrrh,  and thus, mixed with
white of egg.
   CLEO'NIS GLU'TEN; an astringent
formula of myrrh, frankincense,  and
white of egg.
   Clep'sydra  (Mat. Med.) from xXtn-
tw, ' I conceal,' and vStaq,' water.'  An
instrument, contrived  by Paracelsus,
to  convey fumigations to the uterus,
xXsxpvSqa.
   CLERC, Daniel le, or Cler'icds
(Biog.)  A  physician  and  Greek Pro-
fessor at Geneva : born in 1652; died
in  1728.   Works. Historia naturalis
et  medica latorum lumbricorum intra
hominem et animalia nascentium. Ge-
nev. 1715 : in  Eng. Lond. 1721. 8vo.
 Histoire de la  midecine, &c   Genev.
 1696. 12mo. Translated  into English
by  Drs.  Drake  and  Baden.  Lond.
 1699. 8vo.  La  chirurgie complette,
par demandes  et par  reponses. Paris.
 1695.  Bibliotheca anatomica.  Genev.
 1685. 2 vols. &c.
   Cleves, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
 Med.)  This spring  is a quarter of a 
CLEYER             200            CLIMATE
league from Cleves in Westphalia.   It
contains carbonate and sulphate of iron.
  CLEY'ER, An'drew  (Biog.)  Born
in the beginning of the 17th century
at Hesse  Cassel.   Works.  Specimen
medicina  Sinica, &c. Francof.  1682.
4to.
  CLIF'TON, Francis,  M. D. (Biog.)
An English physician, who flourished
about 1730.  Works. Tabular  obser-
vations for the improvement of physic.
Lond. 1731. 8vo.  State  of physic, an-
cient and  modern, with a plan for the
improvement  of it.  Lond.  1732. 8vo.
The ancient  and modern state of phy-
sic briefly  considered.  Lond. 1732. 8vo.
Translation  of  Hippocrates  on  air,
water, fyc, and  Thucydides' account
of the plague at  Athens. Lond. 1734.
8vo.
  Climacter'ic (Path.) Climacter'icus,
or Climater'icus,  xXtuaxxyqixog, from
y.Xuiai,  l scale,'  ' degree.'    A  word,
which properly  signifies, by  degrees.
It has been applied to certain periods
of life, which were  regarded  to  be
critical.      (G) Stubig.
  AN'NI CLIMATER'ICI, Climacter'ic
Years, are, according to some, all those
in the life of man, which are multiples
of the number 7.   Others have applied
the term to years,  resulting from the
multiplication of 7 by an odd  number.
Some have admitted only three climac-
terics ;  others, again, have  extended
them to multiples of 9. Most, however,
have  considered  the  63d year  as the
Grand  Climacteric ; — 63   being  the
product of the multiplication of 7 by 9 ;
and all have thought that the period of
three, seven, or nine, which they  adopt-
ed, was  necessary to the entire renewal
of the body ;  so that there was, at these
times, no longer,  in the economy, any
of the parts of which  it had  previously
consisted.   The climacteric years have
also  been  called, hebdomad'ici, scala'-
res,  grada'rii, scan'siles, genethli'aci,
natali'Uii,  fata'les,  crit'ici, decreto'rii,
hero'ici, &c  The whole  of the notions
on the subject are essentially  allied to
the doctrine  of numbers of Pythago-
ras.
-  At  present, the word  Climacteric is
chiefly  applied to certain  periods of
life, at which  great changes occur, inde-
pendently of  any numerical estimate of
years.   Such are the period of puberty,
in both  sexes, that of the cessation of
the menses in women, &c
  (F) Climacterique ou Climaterique.
  Writers.   B.  Codronchi,  Bonon.
1620 (L).   Brendelius, Alsted. 1650
(L).  R. Patin,  Paris, 1657 (L).'  De
Filisco, Francf.  1665 (L).   Cl. Sal-
masius,  Leyd.  1678  (L).    Ziegra,
Viteb. 1682 (L).  Fr. Hoffmann, Hal.
1704 (L).   Hilscher, Jena, 1743 (L).
J. Barbeu Dubourg,  Paris, 1747 (L).
Langguth, Viteb.  1770 (L).   C.  G.
Gruner, Jenae, 1792 (L).
  Cli'mate (Hyg.)  Cli'ma, xXi^ta.  In
Geography, the word climate is given
to a space of the terrestrial globe, com-
prised between two circles  parallel to
the equator, and arbitrarily  measured
according to the length of the days.  In
a Hygienic point of view,  we under-
stand by climate, since Hippocrates,
a country or region, which  may differ
from another in respect to season, quali-
ties  of the soil, heat of atmosphere,
&c   Climate, indeed, embraces, in a
general manner,  all the physical cir-
cumstances belonging  to each district:
circumstances, which exert  considera-
ble  influence  on living  beings.  The
dark tint,  e. g.  of  the torrid  zone is
easily distinguishable from the paleness
of the frigid : so are the diseases. There
is scarcely  an affection but exhibits it-
self  differently,  according  as  it may
appear in the hot regions or in the more
frigid.   Hot climates predispose to ab-
dominal complications  in febrile affec-
tions, cold  climates to thoracic, &c
  One of the  most important consider-
ations with regard to climates, is  their
comparative fitness  for the  residence
of persons  liable to, or  laboring under,
catarrhal or consumptive affections.
  The following Table exhibits a com-
parison of  several with this view.  It
is a well known fact, that consumption
is almost unknown  in  the torrid zone,
and  consequently  a  climate  which,
cateris paribus, more nearly resembles
that  of the torrid zone will be better
adapted for the  invalid,  than others
which resemble it less.
  The estimates have been made chief-
ly from the excellent  Paper of Hum-
boldt  on  Isothermal Lines;  the
" Meteorological Register for the years
1822, 1823,1824, and  1825, from  Ob-
servations made by the Surgeons of the
Army at the Military Posts of the United
States," prepared under the direction
of Dr. Joseph Lovell, Surgeon-Gen-
eral ; and from the " Essay on Climate,"
by the late  Dr. Young, published in his
Treatise on Consumption. 
Table of the Climates of America, Europe, Africa, and Asia.
AMERICA.
Names of Places.	Position.		O n c £ d >. s -	Heat in different seasons.				Maximum and Minimum.				a <s .5 s a	Difference be-tween M. T. of the warmest & coldest month.	
	a a	a 3 fa 33		^5 ii a°	iff Kg.	C =	hi	i°	g'S6 a	qJ,.	m c £ 3 &			
Nain, Labrador, Quebec, Port Brady, Mich. Fort Howard, do. Port Crawford ) on the Mississ. $ Port Sneliing, Cambridge, Mass. Philadelphia, Pa. New York, N. Y. Cincinnati, Ohio. Council Bluffs, ) Missouri, C N. Harmony, Ind. St. Louis, Missou. Newport, R. I. Eastport, Maine, Monticello, Va. ) near Un. of Va. \ Baltimore, Md. Washington, D.C.	o -57 09 46 47 46 39 44 40 43 03 44 53 42 25 39 56* 40 40 39 06 41 25 38 11 38 46 41 30 44 44 37 58 39 18 38 63	595 600 580 780 30 30 800 340 350 500	o 26.42 41.74 41.37 44.50 45.52 45.00 50.36 53.42 53.78 53.78 50.82 51.02 42.44 55.40 56.56	o —0.60 14.18 14.09 20.82 23.76 17.96 33 98 32.19 29.84 32.90 27.38 33.82 23.44 37.67 36.80	o 23.90 38.84 37.69 41.40 43.09 40.64 47.66 51.44 51.26 54.14 46.38 46.87 38.59 54.67 53.83	o 48.38 68.00 61.83 68.70 69.78 69.85 70.70 73.94 79.16 72.86 72.84 68.70 60.54 73.33 75.90	o 33.44 46.04 43.94 45.18 46.74 44.30 49.82 56.48 54.50 54.86 48.60 53.83 45.43 56.50 56.59	o 51.80 73.40 62 87 73.67 71.34 73.03 72.86 77.00 80.78 74.30 75.92 71.46 63.52 75.00 79.13	o -11.20 13.81 12.65 17.95 20.14 14.20 29.84 32.72 25.34 30.20 27.19 32.14 20.91 36.00 34.66	O 90 100 96 96 93 104 98 108 96 88 94 98 95	o --33 —38 —28 —29 — 2 -- 3 --18 —21 -- 5 —19 — 1 — 6 10	o 123 138 124 125 100 107 116 129 101 107 95 104 85	o 63.00 59.59 50.22 55.12 51.20 58.83 43.02 44.28 55.00 4410 48.73 39.32 42.61 39.00 44.47	Mean Temp.; of Oct. about 32°.72; Nov. 26°.68. Springmill on the Schuylkill, Lat. 40" 50'; Mean Temp. 53°.42. Williamsburg, 58M M. Temp.; Richmond, 56°.,10
 
Names of Places.	Position. |		p. ™ a g o 2 a g	Heat in different seasons.				Maximum and Minimum.									M		Difference be-tween M. T. of ti:e warmest &. coldest month.	
	a -1	a '3 Em		e s a *j 1°	o. E bo o c a =	n C 3 cSOi S o	hi a =	Mean Temp. of warmest month. Mean Temp. of coldest month.		1 u. SI..			si,. ■s.s 1							
Annapolis, Md. Smiihville, N. C. Charleston, S. C. St. Augustine, Fa. Tampa Bay, do. Pensacola, do. New Orleans, La. Baton Rouge, Natchez, Miss. Sabine, La. Vera Cruz, Havannah, Cumana,	O -38 69 34 00 32 42 29 50 27 57 30 24 30 00 30 26 31 2S 31 30 19 11 23 10 10 27	120 180 150 *	o 58.88 60.18 72.23 72.37 68.77 68.07 64.76 68.31 77.72 78.08 81.86	o 53.44 51.09 59.49 61.24 55.13 49.56 71.96 71.24 80.24	o 64.76 66.73 71.47 72.93 69.67 65.48 77.90 78.98 83.66	0 80.46 80.89 82.73 80.14 82.57 79.16 81.50 83.30 82.04	o 63.15 67.55 75.15 75.28 69.05 66.02 78.62 78.98 80.24	o 82.91 82.81 83.94 80.72 83.55 79.70 91.96 83.84 84 39	o 50.69 49.43 56.60 58.70 53-80 46.94 71.06 69.98 79.16	o 92 92 92 94 92 95 94 99 97			o 8 26 19 42 40 11 18			o 84 66 .73 52 52 84 81 90			o 32.24 33.38 27.34 22.02 29.75 32.76 10.80 23.96 5.22	Jamaica, Coast, M. T. 80°.6. Pondicherry, 85°. 1 ; Madras, 80°.42; Manilla, 78°.08 ; Isle of Franco, Coast, 80°.42.
EUROPE,																				
Finontekies, Lapl. North Cape, Uleo, Finland, Umeo, W. Bothn. St. Petersburg, St. Gothard, Alps, Drontheim, Moscow, Abo,	68 30 71 00 65 03 63 50 59 36 46 30 63 24 55 45 60 27	1356 6390 970	26.96 ! 32.00 ; 35.09 33.26 38.84 30.38 39.92 40.10 i 40.28	+0.68 23.72 11.84 12.92 17.06 18.32 23.72 10.78 20.94	24 98 29.66 27.14 33.80 38.12 26.42 35.24 44.06 38.30	54 86 43.34 57.74 54.86 62.06 44.96 61.24 67.10 61.88	27.32 32.08 35.96 33.44 38.66 31.82 40.10 38.30 40.64	59.54 46.58 61.52 62.60 65.66 46.22 64.94 70.52	—0.58 22.10 7.70 11.48 8 60 15.06 19.59 6.08										60 12 24.48 53.82 51.12 57.06 31.14 45.36 64.44	Specimen of the climate of the islands and coasts of North of Europe at Alten, Lat. 70°; Mean Temp, of July 63°.5. Col de Geant, 10,598 ft.; M. T. of July 36°.5. Climate of the West Coast of Europe. Winter colder and summer warmer than at St. Petersburg.
 
Upsal,	59 51	, .
Stockholm,	69 20	
Christiania,	59 55	
Convent of }		
Peyssenberg, >	47 47	3066
Bavarian Alps, )		
Copenhagen, Kendal, England,	55 41	
	54 17	. ■
Prague,	50 05	
Goettingen,	51 32	456
Zurich,	47 22	1350
Edinburgh,	55 57	
Warsaw,	52 14	. ,
Coire, Grisons.	46 50	1876
Dublin,	53 21	
Berne,	46 05	1650
Geneva,	46 12	1080
Manheim,	49 29	432
Vienna,	48 12	420
Clermont, France,	45 46	1260
Buda,	47 29	494
Paris,	48 50	222
Cheltenham,		
London,	51 30	
Penzance,	50 11	
Dunkirk,	51 20	
Isle of Wight,	50 40	
Amsterdam,	52 22	
Brussels,	50 50	
Franeker,	52 36	
St. Malo,	48 39	
Winters more severe than at Stockholm.
Keswick, Lat. 54° 33'; Mean Temp. 48°.02.
Climate of the continent of Europe.
Specimen of the climate of the Islands.
Berlin, Lat. 52° 31' : M. T. 46".4  to 47°.3.  Rat-
  isbon, Lat. 49°; Height, 1,104 ft. : M. T. 47°.66.
  Munich, Lat. 48" 8'; Height, 1,605 ft.; M. T.
  50°.74.
Montmorency, M. T. 50°.74 ; Height, 498 ft. Stras-
  burg, M. T. 49'.28 , Height, 480 ft.

Ipswich, Lat. 42° 38'; Mean Temp. 50".


Mean Temp.  Lisle, 48°.38 ; Rouen, 51°.44 ; Cam-
  bray, 51°.98 ; Soissons, 53°.42 :  Rethel, 53°.24 ;
  Metz, 52c,88 ;  Nancy, 51°.98; Brest, 54M4.
Dijon, Height 810 ft.^ Lat. 47° 19';  Mean Temp.
  50°,9.  Besancon, Height 804 ft.; Mean Temp.
  51°.26.                                      I 
Names of Places.	Position.		D. 2 e g. a »	Heat	n different seasons.			Maximum and Minimun				i. >>	M		Difference be-tween M. T. of the warmest & coldest month.	1
	-a 3 •3	c ■H&5		o. . S S «i a°	E M	M si C 3 am a's	£ i hi a °	S S . SS| ,- * c a °	a. ^ cog a	Highest Ue-gree in four years. Lowest De-gree in four			52 c g — a but-. B			
Nantes,	O ' 47 [3		o 54.68	o 40.46	0 54.60	0 69.64	o 65.58	o 70.52	o 39.02	, #					o 31.60	Rochclle, Mean Temp. 53°.06; Foictiers, 52°.7.
Milan,	45 28	390	55.76	36.32	56.12	73.04	56.84	74.66	36.14						38.52	
Bourdeaux,	44 50	• •	56.48	42.08	56.48	70.88	56.30	73.04	41.00	• •					32.04	Lyons, H. 528ft., M. T. 55°.7G; Mafra, near Lis-bon, Lat. 38° 52', II. 600 ft., M. T. 56°.3 (?)
Marseilles, Nice,	43 17 43 42	• •	59.00 59.48	45.50 47.82	57.56 56.23	72.50 72.26	60.08 61.63	74.66	44.42						30.24	Nismes, 60°.26; Perpignan, 59°.54 ; Tarascon, 59°.9 ; Aries, 59°.
Montpellier, Rome, Pisa, Toulon,	43 36 41 53 43 43 43 07	• •	59.36 60.44 60.60 62.06	44.06 45.86 46.03 48.38	56.66 57.74 57.26 60.90	75.74 75.20 75.15 75.02	60.98 62.78 62.80 64.40	78.08 77.00 77.00	42.08 42.26 46.40						26.00 34.74 30.60	Montauban, 55°.58; Dax, 54°.14; Aix, 56°.66. Calandrelli, 60°.08 ; Naples, 67M ; Florence, 61°.52 ; Lucca, 60°,54 ; Genoa, 60°.26 ; Bologna, 56°,3: Verona, 55°.76; Venice, 56°.48; Padua, 56°.3.
Cadiz,	36 32		62.88	52.90	59.53	70.43	65.35								• •	
ASIA.																
Pekin, Nangasacki,	39 54 32 45	• •	54.86 60.80	26.42 39.38	56.30 57.56	82.58 82.94	54.32 64.22	84.38 86.90	24.62 37.40				• •		59.76 49.50	Summer like that of Naples. Bagdad, Lat. 33° 19' ; Mean Temp. 73°.76. Bassora on the Persian Gulph, Mean Temp. 77°.9.
AFRICA.																
Algiers,	36 48	. .	69.98	61.52	65.66	80.24	72.50	82.76	60.08	. .	. .		. .		22.68	
Cairo,	30 02	. ,	72.32	58.46	73.5S	85.10	71,42	85.82	56.12	. .	. .		. .		29.70	
Santa Cruz (Ca- ) nary Isles), ) Funchal, Madeira,	28 28 32 37		70.94 68.54	64.65 64.40	68.87 65.94	76.68 72 50	74.17 72.32	75.56	64.04						11.52	St. Croix, Teneriffe, 71°.42 ; Teneriffe in the plains, 69°.26
 
CLIMATE             205            CLIMATE
  During the summer months, there
are few, if any, diseases, which require
a milder climate than that of the United
States, or of the milder districts of Eu-
rope.   The temperature  of the winter
months is, consequently,  the  most im-
portant object of attention.

TABLE OF MKAN TEMPERATURE OF  DIF-
  FERENT  PLACES  IN  EUROPE,   &C,
  FROM OCTOBER TO MARCH, INCLUSIVE.

            Great Britain.
                                 o
London, Royal Society, 1790 - 4  43.5
Edinburgh     ....   40.4
Sidmouth (Devon.)  mean of }
   extremes  of  each month  >  42.9
   (London 41°.8)  .    .     )
Penzance, Cornwall, 1807 - 20  \  ..
   at  8 (London 41°)    .     )
France.
Paris
Nice .
Marseilles
41.2
54.7
49
Pisa .
Rome
Lisbon
Malta
Italy.
United States.
51.13
51.54
55.5
63
do.
do.
do.
do.
Fort Brady, Michigan  (1823-4)
Fort Howard,  do.       do.
Fort Snelling,         (1824-5)
Fort Sullivan,  Eastport, Maine
                      (1823-4)
Council Bluffs, Missouri,   do.
Fort Columbus, N. Y.
Fort Wolcott, Newport,
Fort Mifflin, near Philad.
Washington, D. C.
F. Moultrie, Chariest., S. C. do.
F. Johnson,Smithville,N.C. do.
Canton. Clinch, near Pensa. do.
Canton. Jessup, 23 miles
   from Natchitoches,       do.
St. Augustine,  Florida     (1825)
C. Brooke, Tampa Bay, Fl.   do.

Madeira.....
Bermudas    ....
Jamaica  .....
                               24.94
                               27.23
                               28.56

                               29.77
                               34.61
                               38.14
                               38.57
                               40.32
                               40.49
                               56.21
                               56.58
                               59.36

                               60.47
                               65.55
                               66.41

                               63
                               68
                               74.5

  According to the above tables, Pen-
zance is the only place north of Mar-
seilles, which is possessed of any ma-
terial advantage  over London.   The
other places,  to the  south, are much
milder.   In the United States the cli-
mates of St. Augustine and of Tampa
Bay, Florida, possess a decided superi-
ority over the others in the list.
   J              18
  Equability  of temperature  is also a
matter of importance in our estimate
of the advantages of a climate for those
laboring under pulmonary disease.  In
the whole continent of North America
the changes are very sudden  and ex-
tensive.  It is not uncommon for the
range to be 40° between two successive
days.  The first table will sufficiently
indicate  the  comparative  mutability;
for where the range is  small, and the
difference between the  mean tempera-
ture of the warmest and coldest month
insignificant, it will  be a presumption
that the variation between the tempe-
ture of successive days will be trivial
also.
   The  following  Table,  with  some
modifications, is given by Dr. Thomas
Young,  in his Treatise on Consump-
tion.

MEAN OF THE GREATEST VARIATIONS OF
   SUCCESSIVE  DAYS IN  EACH MONTH,'
   FOR THE WINTER MONTHS.
                                 o
London, 1790 - 4 (six months)   11.5
   Do.   1794 (greatest of all 15°) 10.7
Knightsbridge, 1790-1 (gr. 23°) 16.3
Dawlish (Devon.)  1794 (gr. 13^°) 10.7
Lisbon. 1788 (greatest 11°)       8.7
Bermudas, 1790 (greatest 13°)     9.0
Montreal, Canada, 1778         40.0
Penzance, 1808 - 9, Nov. to March,
    (greatest 10°)    .     .    .9.2
Penzance, Nov. to April        10.5
Torquay, 1813, Nov. to February,
    (greatest 17°)    .     .    . 12.7
Sidmouth, 1800, Jan.  to March,
    (greatest 16°)    .     .     10.9
Gravesend, 1787, January      13.0
Ashover, Derbyshire, 1805, Jan.  13.5
Minehead, 1782, January       16.0
Clifton, 1803, Feb. 9°, March 13°,
    Mean.....11.0
Penzance, 1814, January        13.0

MEAN VARIATION OF  SUCCESSIVE DAYS,
       FOR THE WINTER MONTHS.
                                  O
London, 1790-4 (6 months)       3.62
  Do.   1794.....3.51
Knightsbridge, 1790-1 .    .     5.45
Dawlish, 1794   ....   3.68
Lisbon, 1788  ....     2.70
Bermudas, 1790, about    .    .   3.00
Montreal, 1778     .    .    .   13.2
Penzance, 1808-9, Nov. to March  2.80
   Do.     Nov. to April  .    .   3.37
Torquay, 1813, Nov. to February   3.50
Sidmouth, 1800. Jan. to March     3.32
Clifton, 1808, Feb. and March     3.55
Penzance, 1814, Jan. .    .   .  4.30
Gravesend, 1787, Jan.     ,   .  4.15 
CLIMATE            20G            CLIMATE
Ashover, 1805, Jan.   .    .    .  3.33
Minehead, 1762, Jan..    .    .  4.00

MEAN DIURNAL RANGE FOR  THE WIN-
            TER MONTHS.
London, 1790-4,  (6 months)    13.0
Torquay, 1813, Nov. to Feb.       9 2
Sidmouth, 1800, Jan. to March   10.0
Clifton, 1808, Feb. and March
  (Lond. 16.2) ....  11.4
Penzance, 1814, Jan. at  8 and
  2 o'clock    .                 5.6
Penzance, Nov. to April, 7 and
  2 o'clock    ....  11.0
Sidmouth, 1814,  (6 months) at
  9 and 2 o'clock    .    .     .   8.7

MEAN'  MONTHLY  VARIATION  FOR THE
          WINTER MONTHS.

              Europe.
London, 1793 - G  (6 months)   ' 25.9
Madeira, 1793-6    do.         12.6
Sidmouth, 1811, Jan. to March  34.0
Clifton, 1803,  Feb. and March
  (Lond. 36°)  .     .    .    .31.0
Sidmouth, 1 cr14 (6 months)      28.7
Penzance, Nov. to April, at 7
  and 2 o'clock     .    .    .  23.0
              America.
Fort Brady, Michigan,  1824-5 46.50
Fort Snelling,            do.  50.00
Fort Sullivan, Maine,     do.  39 33
Fort Howard, Michigan,   do.  48.66
Fort Wolcott, R.  Island,   do.   32.5
Council Bluffs, Missouri,  do.   61.83
Fort Columbus, N. Y. Harb. do.   38.00
Fort Mifflin, n. Philad.  1823-4  39.06
 Washington, D. C.     1824-5  36.00
 Fort Johnson, Smithville,
     N. C.                do.   30.16
 Fort Moultrie,  Charles-
     ton, S. C.          lr23-4  37.50
 Cantonment Jessup,    1824-5 42.66
 Cant. Clinch, Florida,   1823-4  39.66
 St.  Augustine,  do.     1825     26.66

   In all these tables Lisbon  and  Ma-
 deira exhibit decided advantages over
 any part of  Great  Britain;  and  St.
 Augustine,  cateris paribus, over other
 parts of the United States.
   Of the empirical evidence, regarding
 the comparative  salubrity  of different
 climates, one of the  most authentic is
 that afforded by well regulated bills of
 mortality.   See Mortality.
   (F) Climat.     (G) Erdstrich,
 Klima, Iiimmelstrich.
   Writers.  Cruger, Witteb.  1660
 (L).  Werter,  Duisburg, 1704 (L).
 Burgrav, Lugd. Bat. 1724 (L).  Hart-
 mann, Regiom.  1729 (L).  Fr. Hoff-
mann, Hal. 1734 (L).   Krugek (Eu-
ropean Climate), Hal. 1744 (L).   De
Buchner, Hal.  1746 (L).  Dazille
(Hot Climate), Paris, 1785(F).  Bar-
boza, Edinburgh,  1799 (L).   A.  J.
M.  Gouiffes, Paris, 1804 (F).   Jas.
Gregory (influence of, in curing dis-
ease), translated from the Latin, by W.
P. C. Barton, Philad.  1^15.   N.  C.
Pitta (influence of C. on the human
species),  Lond. 1812.  A. Wilson (ef-
fects of), Lond.  1780   Hippocrates
on Air, by Coray, Paris, 1800.   J. Ar-
buthnot, Lond. 17'J5.   Mosca, Nap.
1746(1).  J.HuxHAM,Londl752. ZiicK-
ert, Berlin, 1770 (G).  W. Falconer,
Lond. 1781.   Johnson, Lond.  1818.
J. Clark, Lond.  1820 (France and
.Italy.)  Forbes (Penzance), Penz. 1821.
J. Clark, Lond.  1829. — Climate of
Great Britain.  Bisset,  Lond. 1762.
Williams, Lond. 1807.  Reyger (Dan-
zig), Danz. 1770 (G).  Forme y (Berlin,)
Berl. 1796 (G).  Lancisi (Rome), Rom.
1711.  Thouvenel (Italy), (F).  Pugh
(Naples, Rome, and Nice), London,
1784. W.  Domeier (Malta), Lond.
1810. Adams (Madeira), Lond. 1801.
Gourlay (Madeira), Lond. lbll. Pit-
ta (Madeira), Lond. 1812.  Sir II ins
Sloane  (Jamaica).    G. Cleghorn
(Minorca), Lond. 1751, with Notes  by
B. Rush, Philad. 1809.  J. Lind, (hot
climates), Lond. 1768. Hillary (Bar-
badoes), Lond.  1759.  L.  Chalmers
(S.  Carolina), Lond.  1776.   Rollo
(St. Lucia), Lond. 1781.  B. Moseley
(Tropical C), Lond. 1787.  Fontana,
(hot C), Stend. 1790 (G).  R. Thomas
(warm C), Lond. 1790.  Wade (Ben-
gal), Lond  1793.   Rodschied  (Rio
Esequibo), Frankf. 1796.  W. Clrrie
(America), Philad. 1811.   T. Clark
(E. and W. Indies), Lond. 1801. Cam-
pet (hotC), Paris,  1802(F).  T.  M.
Winterbottom  (hot climates),  Lond.
1802. R. Willan (diseases*,*, of Lon-
don), Lond.  1801.  H.  Williamson
(of America), N. York, 1811.  G. Har-
grove  (of Walcheren, &c), Dublin,
1812.  Pinckard  (IV.  Indies),  Lond,
1807.   C.  Curtis (India), 1807.   J.
Johnson (Trop. C), Lond. Irl3.   Ir-
 vine, (Sicily), Lond.  1810.  Tuomey
(Dublin),  Dubl. 1810.  Williamson
 (W. Indies),Edinb. 1817. Ballingall
 (India), Edinb. 1818.  Douglas (Can-
 ada), Lond. 1819.  T. Bateman (Cli-
 mate and  diseases of London), Lond.
 1819.    C. Chisholm  (Tropical  C),
 Lond.  1822.    J.  Annesley  (India),
 Lond. 1825 and 1828.   P. S. Townsend
 (Bahamas), N. York, 1826. 
CLINCH             207             CLOWES
  CLINCH,  William, M. D. (Biog.)
A physician  of respectability at  the
commencement of  the  last century.
Works. History of the rise  and pro-
 fress  of the  small pox.  Lond.  1724.
 vo.   He published an edition of some
productions  of Rufus  of  Ephesus.
Lond. 1726. 4to.   Observationes medi-
ca. Lond. 1733. 8vo.   Historia medica.
Lond. 1733. 8vo.   De tuendd valctu-
dine.  Lond. 1738.  4to.
  Cline'res   (Path.)  xXniiq^g.   One
who  remains  in  bed.  Clinop'etes,
xXivo.ctT^g, has the same  meaning.
  Clin'ical  (Path.)   Clin'kus,  from
xX.ivi,, ' a bed.'  Relating to a bed :  xli-
rixog.
   CLIN'ICAL LECTURE, (F) Leqon
clinique.  One given at the bedside, or
on a particular case or cases.
   CLINICAL  MED'ICINE,  (F) Mede-
cine clinique, that  which  is occupied
with the management of diseases, taken
at the bedside or individually.
   Clinique, in  French, is^ occasionally
used, substantively, for Ecole clinique,
or Clinical School; — a school in which
Medicine is taught, by examining dis-
eases on the patients themselves.  Thus,
the French say, — La Clinique de  la
Charite ;  " The Clinical School of the
Hospital, La Charite."
    (F) Clinique.   (G)  Clinik.
   Writers on Clinical  Medicine, &c.
H. Boerhaave, Lugd.  Bat. 1740 (L).
Titius, Viteb. 1795 (L).   M. Cerveau
(of barracks), Pari,;, 1803 (F). H. Fou-
quet, Montpell.  1803(F).   S.  G. G.
Brute, Paris, 1803(F).  W. Cullen,
(clinical  lectures), Lond. 1797.   W.
Nesbit  (clinical guide),  Lond.  1800.
T. R. Bischoff,  from the German by
J.  Cope, Lond. 1827.  T.  Delpech
 (C.  surgery),  Paris  and  Montpellier,
 1823 (F). ' A. Duncan, Jun.  Edinb.
 1818.   T. Haygarth (a clinical history
 of diseases), Bath,  1805.    Fr. Home
 (clinical experiments, histories, and dis-
 sections), Lond. 1783.  P. T. Pelletan
 (C. surgery),  Paris, 1810  (F).   Ph.
 Pinel,  Paris, 1804  (F).   W.  Stark
 (clinical and anatomical observations),
 by J. C.  Smyth, Lond.  1787.   Baron
 D. J. Larrey (clinical surgery),  Paris,
 1830(F). M.Martinet,Paris, 1826(F).
   Cli'noid  (Anat.) Clinot'des, xXivon-
 Si]g,  from  xXivt], ' a bed,'  and  tiSog,
 form.'   Resembling a bed.
   The  CLPNOID  PROCESSES,  (F)
 Apophyses clinoides, are four processes
 at the upper  surface of the sphenoid
 bone,  which  have  been  compared to
  the  posts  of a  bed.  On them the
pituitary gland rests. They are divided
into  anterior and posterior.  Each of
the anterior terminates in a point called
Transverse Spinous Process.
    (G) Sattelfortsatze.
  Clinopo'dium vulga're (Mat. Med.)
Wild Basil.   A European plant, which
was formerly considered to be an anti-
dote  to the bites of venomous animals :
to facilitate  labor,  relieve  strangury,
stop  diarrhoea, &c.
     (F) Grand Basilic sauvage.
  Cliskom'eter  (Surg.)   Cliseom'e-
trum,  from   xXioig,  'inclination,'  and
uexqov,' measure.'   An instrument, in-
tended  to measure  the degree of incli-
nation of the pelvis,  and to determine
the  relation  between the axis of the
pelvis and that  of the body.  Osiander
and  Stein.
  Clit'oris  (Anat.)  x/.uxoqig, from
xXtirooiltiv,' to tickle.' Dulce'do Amo'-
ris,  Mqr'ton, uvqxov, Ws'trum, Pe'nis
mull'ebris, Meh'lula muh'ebris,  Cerco'-
sis, xsoxuotg.  A  small,  round, organ,
situated at the  upper part of the vulva,
and  separated  by a smaU space from
the  anterior commissure of the labia.
Its base is surrounded by a slight  fold,
similar to the  prepuce ; and it is, in-
ternally, of the same structure as the
corpora cavernosa  penis.  The artery
of the Clitoris, (F) A. Clitorienne, is a
branch of the internal pudic.  The vein
communicates with the internal pudic ;
 and the nerve with the pudic.
   (G) Kitzler, S  c hamzungle in.
   Writer.  Th. Tronchin, Lugd. Bat.
 1736 (L).
   Clit'orism ; a word, invented to ex-
 press the abuse  made  of the  clitoris,
 when unusually large.
   CLOCHE (F) (Path.)  A  popular ex-
 pression in  France  for a blister or other
 vesicle.
   Clon'ic (Path.)  Clon'icus, from xlo-
 vog,  ' agitation,' '  motion.'   Irregular
 convulsive  motions.  Convulsion  with
 alternate relaxation: in  contradistinc-
 tion to tonic, which signifies a  constant
 rigidity.  Clo'nus, Clon'ici partia'les.
   °(F)  Clonique.    (G) Klonisch.
   Clo'nism  (Path.)  Clonis'mus;  same
 etymon.  Clonic spasm.  Baumes.
   Clono'des  (Path.)  xXovutdtjg,  Con-
 vulsive.  Galen applies this  term to
 the pulse, when convulsive, as it were,
 and unequal.  He compares the sensa-
 tion it communicates to the finger to
 that produced by a bundle  of sticks or
 rods in vibration.
   CLOWES, William  (Biog.)  An
  eminent surgeon in London, who flour- 
CLUNESIA            208           COAGULUM
 ished in the time of Queen Elizabeth,
 but of whose  personal history little is
 known.   Works. A  short profitable
 treatise, touching the  cure of the disease
 called morbus gallicus, by unctions, &c.
 Lond. 1575. 12mo.   Of this there were
 many improved editions.  A right fruit-
ful and profitable treatise  on struma,
 or the king's evil. Lond. 1602. 4to.
  Clune'sia  (Path.)  from  Clu'nes,
 ' the  nates.'  Proctal'gia.  An inflam-
 mation of the buttocks. Vogel.
  Ci.u'pea Thrys'sa (Toxicol.)   The
 Yelloiv-billed Sprat;  a very poisonous
 fish of the West Indies.
  CLU'SIUS, Charles, or Charles
 de  l'Ecllse (Biog.) An eminent phy-
 sician at Arras, and keeper of the Bo-
 tanical Garden to Maximilian II. and
 Rodolph II.;  died in 1609.  Works.
Antidotarium,  sive de exactd componen-
 dorum misccndorumque medicamento-
rum  ratione,  &c. Antw.  1561.  8vo.
 He translated the  works of D. Garcia,
N. Monarde,  and Chr. A.  Costa, re-
lating to the aromatics &c. of India.
  Clys'sls  (Pharm.)  x'/.vaoog,  from
xXr^siv,  ' to, wash ';  or from  xX.vdmv,
' fluctuation.'  A  word, used  by the
ancient chymists, to  designate a medi-
cine obtained  by the detonation  of
nitre, the vapors from which were con-
centrated.  These concentrated vapors
they regarded as a sort of Quintessence,
to which  powerful virtues  were  at-
tributed.
  Clys'ter  (Pharm.)  Clyste'rium,
 Clys'ma, Enclys'ma, Clys'mus,  Ene'-
ma, xXvat^n, xXvaxtjniov, from xXv^ttv,
' to wash.'  A  liquid, thrown  into the
large  intestine by means  of a syringe
or bladder and  pipe, properly prepared :
the nozzle of the syringe or pipe being
introduced into the anus. See Enema.
  (F) Clystere, Lavement.
  (G) K'lystier.
  Writers.  G. Mcebius, Jena?, 1649
 (L).  R. de Graaf,  Hague, 1668 (L).
J. D. Major,  Kilon, 1670 (L).  E. R.
 Camerarius,  Tubing. 1688 (L).   J.
 Lanzoni, Ferrar. 1691 (L).  J. G. Al-
 brecht,  Lugd. Bat.  1698 (L).   J.  J.
Fick, Jenae, 1718 (L). J. G. Schwarz,
 Hamburg,  1723(G).    G. Ch. Deth-
 arding, Rostoch, 1737 (L).  J. Ludolf,
 Erford,  1748  (L).   D. G. Triller,
 Vittemb. 1750 (L). S. Th. Queli.malz,
 Lips. 1751  (L).    G.  A.  Langguth,
 Vittemb.  1756 (L).  A. E. Buchner,
 Hal. 1757 (L).  J. G. Kruger, Helmst.
 1757 (L).   J.  Th. Scheiffer (tobacco
 ch), Ratisb. 1757 (G).  J. J. Girard,
 Argent. 1762 (L).  J. E. Pfaff, Jence,
 1780 (L).  J. M. Saphkani, Hal. 1781
 (L).  H. Loddeweyckx, Lovan. 1782
 (L).   E. A. Nicolai, Jenee,  1783 (L).
 J. C. Meyer,  Gotting. 1786J(L).  G.
 R. Bohmer, Vittemb. 1788 (L).  Scha-
 den, Leipz. 1789 (G).
   Cne'orum Tricoc'cum (Mat. Med.)
 Almeze'rion, Acnes'tos,  axvtoxog,  Cha-
 ma'lea,  Widow-wail,  Spurge- Olive.
 This plant, a  native of Southern Eu-
 rope, contains  a very irritating, acrid
 principle.  The ancients employed its
 leaves as a powerful purgative.   It is
 now sometimes used for deterging ul-
 cers.
     (F)  Camelee.
   Cne'sis  (Path.)   xvrfiig,  Cnes'mos,
 xrrfiiiog,  xvtjOfia.   A painful itching.
 Galen.
   Cnicel^'um  (Mat. Med.)  xvixtXuiov,
 from xvixog, ' carthamus,'  and  tXatov,
 'oil.' Oil of Carthamus. Dioscorides.
   Cnidel.e'on  (Mat. Med.)  Cnidela'-
 um,  xndeXaiov,  from xnStig,  ' cnidia,'
 and  tXatov, ' oil.'   Oil made  from the
 Grana  Cnidia  or  Mezereon  Berries.
 Dioscorides.
   Cnid'ia Gra'na (Mat. Med.) Cnid'ii
 Coc'ci, xoxxog, Coc'cognid'ia, JEto'lion,
 aixoiXtov, Coc'cum.  The berries of the
 Daphne Cnidium.  Foesius.
   C.nido'sis (Path.)  xviSwaig.  A  pun-
 gent itching,  compared to  that  pro-
 duced by the Urlica urens or Nettle.
 (xnSt].)   Hippocr.
   Cnip'otes (Path.) xvmoxrfi, Pruri'-
 ius.  Itching with  dryness.  Galen.
 The   dry  ophthalmia,  g'rlqoi},9aXiua.
 Erotian.
  Cnissoreg'mia  (Path.) xvtoooqtyiaa.
A  nidorous eructation.
  Cnym'a  (Path.)  xirua.   A  slight
itching.  Also,  a  puncture  or vellica-
tion.  Galen.
  Coag'ulants (Mat. Med.)  Coagu-
lan'tia.  Remedies or poisons, supposed
to  possess the power of coagulating the
blood, or to give consistency to animal
fluids.  The word and the  absurd no-
tions, connected with  it,  are equally
abandoned.
   Coagula'tion,   Coagula'tio.    The
 conversion  of a liquid into  a more or
 less  soft and tremulous mass.  Many
 animal and vegetable fluids are capable
 of coagulation
     (G)  Gerinnbarkeit.
   Coag'ulum (Phys.) Gru'mus,  tnva,
 xaiuaog.  A soft  mass, formed  in a
 coagulable  liquid.  The Clot of the
 Blood  is particularly so called—the
 Cru'or, ln'sula,  Placen'ta, He'par San'-
 guinis, Crassamen'tum:—the red mass, 
CONCASSER          221
CONCHA
femoral artery, invented by M. Dupuy--|
tren  of Paris.  It is  constructed  on
the same principles as  the tourniquet
of J. L. Petit, from which it only dif-
fers  in this  respect; — that, instead
of being maintained in its place by a
strap, which  always compresses more
or less the circumference of  the limb,
the two pads are  placed  at the ex-
tremities of a semicircle of steel, which,
by passing from one to  the other with-
out touching  the parts, limits the pres-
sure to two opposite points of the thigh,
and  permits  the collateral circulation
to go on.
   (F)  Compresseur de JDUPUYTREN.
   COMPRESSOR  OR  CONSTRICTOR
OF NUCK (Surg.)  An instrument for
compressing  the urethra, to obviate
incontinence  of urine.  It consists of a
girdle of  iron,  which  surrounds the
pelvis, to which is fixed a plate of the
same metal, that compresses the urethra
in Perinao.
   COMPRES'SOR NA'RIS (Anat.) Ri-
na'us,  JYasa'lis, Transversa'lis Na'si,
Myrtifor'mis, Dilato'res ala'rum na'si,
Maxil'lo-nari'nal,   Constric'tor Na'si,
C. Na'rium, C. Na'ris, Triangularis
Na'si,  Sus-maxillo-nasal (Ch.).  A
muscle, situated at  the  sides of  the
nose  ;  flat and triangular.  It arises
from the inner part of the fossa canina.
and passes to the  dorsum of the nose ;
where it is confounded  with that of the
opposite side.
   (F) Compresseur du nez,  Transver-
sal du nez.
   COMPRES'SOR PROS'TATM (Anal.)
Prostat'kus  supe'rior,  Pu'bio-prostaV-
icus,  Sab-pu'bio-prostat'icus.  A mus-
cle, admitted by  Albinus,  which is
formed of the  anterior fibres of  the
Levator ani,  that embrace the prostate.
It is the Prostat'icus supe'rior of Wins-
low.
   (F) Compresseur de la Prostate.
   (G)Zusammendrucker  des
Vorstehers.
   CONCASSER (F) (Pharm.) from con-
quassa're, ' to break  to  pieces';  ' to
comminute.'  To reduce  roots, woods,
&c. into small fragments, in  order that
their  active  principles may be  more
readily separated from them.
   Concau'sa or Concaus'sa (Path.)
awairiov,  Syna'tion.   A  cause, which
cooperates, with another, in the pro-
duction of disease.
   Concentran'tia (Mat. Med.)  from
concentra're,' to concentrate.' A name
once  o-iven to acids and absorbents.
   Concentration (Path.) Concentra'-
                 19*
tio, from  cum, l with,' cen'trum, ' a
centre,' and ac'tio,  ' action.'  A word
sometimes  used,  in  medical  theories,
to express  an afflux  of fluids, or an
accumulation of sensibility or of vital
force towards an  organ.  It is applied,
also, to the pulsation of arteries,  when
not easily felt under the finger.
  POULS  CONCENTRE (F) is a term
applied, by the French, to a pulse of
this character.
  Conception (PJiysol.)  Concep'tio,
xvijoU,  from  concip'io, ' I conceive.'
The impregnation of the ovum in the
ovarium, by the positive contact of the
male  sperm,  whence  results a new
being.  In order  that  conception may
take place,  it is  necessary, that there
should be a uterus, and that the female
should menstruate in a healthy manner.
There is reason, also, to believe, that,
occasionally, the male sperm  is  not
fecundating; but of this we know little.
The whole  subject of conception is a
most  mysterious one.   It seems  to
occur  as follows. . During the  sexual
union, the male sperm passes along the
uterus and fallopian tubes : the fimbri-
ated extremities of the latter seize hold
of  the  ovarium:  the  sperm, in  this
manner, comes in contact with an ovum,
and impregnates it.  This stays  some
time  in the ovarium; but, at length,
bursts its covering,  is laid hold of by
the fimbriated extremity  of  the  fallo-
pian  tube, and  passes along the tube
into the cavity of the  uterus, where it
remains the full period of utero-gesta-
tion.
     (G) Empfangniss.
   Writers.  L. Bonaccioli, Argent.
1538 (L).  J. Rueff, Tigur.  1554 (L).
J.  Boschius,  Ingolst. 1576 (L).   J
Costeo,  Bonon.  1596 (L).   P. Th.
Schacher, Lips. 1728 (L).  M. Schu-
rig (medico-legal),  Dresd.  1731 (L).
J.  S.  Som.mer,  Jense,  1786 (L).   S.
Merriman. Edinb. 1753(L). (On extra-
uterine C), Lond. 1810.
   FALSE  CONCEP'TION,  FaVsua con-
cep'tus, Spu'riumger'men. An irregu-
lar, preternatural conception, the result
of which is a mole or some similar pro-
duction, instead of a properly organized
foetus.  See Mole.
   (F) Fausse conception, Faux germe.
   Concep'tus (Physiol.) xo xijviia. The
first rudiments of the  foetus,  after con^
ception.
   Con'cha  (Anat. &c.)  xoyxv-   A
liquid measure, amongst the Athenians,
equal to  half an ounce.  Anatomists
apply this term to several  hollow parts 
CONCHARUM ANTIFEBRILE  222          CONDLMENT
 of the body; — as  the  Con'cha of the
 Ear, (F)Conque,—Con'cha Au'ris ; the
 hollow part of the cartilage of  the  ex-
 ternal ear.  It has, also, been  applied
 to the genital organs of the female ; to
 the patella, &c.
     (G) Muschel.
   Concha'rum antifebri'le (Pharm.)
 A febrifuge and  sudorific preparation,
 in  Bates's  Pharmacopaia.   It  was
 composed  of  vinegar,  mussel  shells,
 and  water  of  the  Carduus  benedic-
 tus.
   Con'cho-He'lix  (Anat.)  A small,
 fleshy fasciculus, attached to the concha
' of the ear and helix.   It is also called,
 the small muscle of the helix.
   Con'chus (Anat.) xoyxog.  The cra-
 nium. The orbitar cavities.  Castelli.
   Concil'ium  (Mat.  Med.)  A milky
 plant, referred to, by Pliny, as aphro-
 disiac  and  antiphthisical.    Adanson
 considers it to be  a  Campanida.
   Concom'itant (Path.) Concom'itans.
 That which accompanies.  A symptom,
 that accompanies others.
    Concre'tion   (Path.)   Concre'tio,
 from concres'cere, ' to condense, thick-
 en, become  solid':  nijgig,  ovuntjing.
 The  act  of becoming  thick or solid.
 It was once used synonymously with
 adhesion  or growing  together, — as
 " concretion of the toes."   (G)  V e r-
 wachsung.  Most commonly,  it
 is applied to extraneous and  inorganic
 bodies, of a solid character,  met with
 in  different textures,  after  certain
 chronic inflammations; or which make
 their appearance in  the joints or in the
 reservoirs  for  excrementitial   fluids.
 Concretion is, therefore, frequently sy-
 nonymous with Calculus, and  is then
 rendered, in Latin, by the  word con-
 crementum. But Concretion has a more
 extensive signification than Calculus ;
 thus accidental ossifications or deposits
 of phosphate of lime, in certain  organs,
 and especially in  the liver  and lungs,
 are properly called osseous concretions.
 They could not well be called  osseous
 calculi.
   Concur'sus (Path.) from concur'rere,
 'to meet together';  ovvSqout]. The con-
 geries or collection of symptoms, which
 constitute and distinguish a particular
 disease.
   Concus'sion or Commo'tion  (Surg.)
 from concu'tio,' I shake together.' Cau-
 cus'sio,  Thlas'ma Concus'sio.  In Sur-
 grey, it is used for the agitation often
 communicated to an  organ by a  fall
 upon  another organ;  as to the brain
 from a fall on the breech, &c.
   (F) Commotion.   (G) Ersch ut-
 ter ung.
  CONCUS'SION OF THE BRAIN some-
 times gives rise to alarming symptoms,
 e,ven to abolition of the functions of
 the brain, yet without any sensible or-
 ganic disease.   Slight  concussion  of
 the brain,  called  stunning,  consists in
 vertigo, tinnitus  aurium, loss  of mem-
 ory, and stupefaction; — all these being
 temporary.  When  more severe, there
 is instant loss of sensation and volition,
 vomiting, the patient is as if in a sound
 sleep, but there is no stertorous breath-
 ing.  Pulse  variable,  generally more
 rapid and feeble than in compression;
 extremities cold.  Little can be done
 here, till  reaction has occurred; after
 this, the case must be treated according
 to general principles, — by V. S.,  blis-
 ters applied to the  head,  &c.  After
 severe concussion, a patient, although
 apparently well,  is not safe  till some
 time after the accident.
   (F) Commotion du Cerveau.
   (G) Gehirnerschiitterung.
   CONDAMINE,  Charles  Marie
 de la, F. R. S., &c. (Biogr.)  A cele-
 brated traveller;  born at Paris in 1701;
 died in 1773.  Works.  On the  inocu-
 lation of the small-pox, translated  into
 English. 1754. 12mo.  Translation of
 his discourses  on inoculation, read be-
fore the Royal Academy of Sciences of
 Paris, in  Latin. Paris. 1764.  8vo.:
 Lond. 1755. 8vo.  A second paper on
 the inoculation of the small-pox. Genev.
 1759. 12mo.
   Condensan'tia (Mat.  Med.) nvxvm-
 Tixa  ipaqpaxa.   Medicines,  once  es-
 teemed proper for inspissating the hu-
 mors.
   Condensation  (Phys.)  Condensa'-
 tio, inspissa'tio, nvxvasoig.  Increase in
 density of  the  blood and other liquids,
 or of the solids,  which enter into  the
 composition of the human body.
    (G) Verdichtung.
   Con'diment  (Hyg.) Condimen'tum,
 Ar'tyma, aqxvua, i,ovaua,  Conditu'ra,
 from con'dire,  ' to season.'   Some  sub-
 stances  are called, at times, aliments,
 and,  al others, condiments, according
 as they  may constitute the basis or the
 accessary to any dish ; such are  cream,
 butter, mushrooms, olives, &c.  Others
 are  always  condiments, as  they  are
 only  used to  improve  the savour of
 food, and  contain but little nutritive
 matter.   Such are pepper, salt,  cinna-
 mon, &c.   Almost all condiments  are
 possessed of stimulant properties. 
CONDITUM            223          CONFECTION
The following are the chief.
1. Exotic
    or
 Tropical.
'Cinnamon.
 Ginger.
 Cloves.

 Peppers,
) white,
) black,
( Cayenne.
             Nutmeg.
             Mace.
             Pimento.
            (.Sugar.J
            'Common Salt.
             Vinegar.
             Various Pickles.
             Verjuice.
             Lemon.
             Caper.
             Orange.
             Cumin.
             Aniseed.
             Carraway,
             Coriander.
2. Indigenous.  4, Fennel.
             Bay leaves.
             Thyme.
             Sage.
             Mustard.
             Horseradish.
             Garlic.
             Onion.
             Butter.
             Cream.
             Olive Oil.
            . Honey.
  (F)  Condiment, Assaisonnement.
  (G)  das  Wiirzen.
  Condi'tum (Pharm.) xovSixov, same
etymon.   A pharmaceutical compound
of wine, honey, and some  aromatics,
especially pepper.   Also, a confection.
  Con'dom  (Hyg.) Ar'mour.  The in-
testina cajca of sheep, soaked for some
hours  in water,  turned inside  out,
macerated again in weak, alkaline ley,
changed   every twelve  hours, — and
scraped carefully to abstract the mucous
membrane, leaving the peritoneal  and
muscular coats, then exposed to the
vapor of  burning brimstone, and after-
wards  washed with  soap  and water.
They are then  blown up, dried, cut to
the length of 7 or 8 inches, and border-
ed at the open end  with  a  riband.
They are drawn over the penis prior
to coition to prevent venereal infection
and pregnancy.
   (F) Baudruches,  Redingotes  An-
glaises, Gants des Dames.
  Conduc'tor ( Surg.)   That which
conducts.  The Conductor was an in-
strument, formerly used, in the high
operation of the  stone,  for directing
the forceps into the bladder.
  (F) Conducteur.  (G) Wegweiser.
  Con'dyle (Anat.) Con'dylus, Capit'u-
lum, xovSvXog.  A knot, eminence.  An
articular eminence, round in one direc-
tion, flat in the other. A kind of pro-
cess, met with, more particularly, in the
 finglymoid joints; — such are the con-
 yles of the  occipital, inferior  maxil-
lary bone, &c.  Some Anatomists have
applied the term,however, to eminences,
that are not articular; as to the lateral,
tuberosities at the inferior extremity of
the os humeri, and even to certain de-
pressions ; as to the concave, articular
surfaces or faces at the upper extremity
of the tibia.   M. Chaussier calls the
transverse  root of the zygomatic pro-
cess,  Condyle of the  Temporal Bone.
  (F) Condyle.   (G) K o p f,  K n o r-
ren, &c.
  Con'dyloid (Anat.) Condyloida'us, •
from  xovSvXog, : a condyle,' and  siSog,
' shape.'  Having the shape of a condyle.
  FORAM'INA CONDYLOIDS'A,  (F)
Trous condyloidiens.   (G) Knop-
flocher.   These  are  distinguished
into  anterior and posterior.  They are
four  in number, seated in the occipital
bone; two anterior, and two posterior,
to the condyles or condyloid processes
of the same  bone:  and to depressions,
which are  called   Fos'sa   Condyloi-
da'a.   (F)  Fosses  condylotdiennes.
(G)  Knopfgruben.
  The word  condyloldien  meaning —
" that which has the shape  of a con-
dyle," it has been judiciously proposed,
by some  French Anatomists, that con-
dylien should be used in  preference,
in the case of the foramina and  fossae.
  Condylo'ma (Path.) xovdvXwfta, from
xov3vX.og, ' a knot,'  * an eminence.'  A
soft, fleshy excrescence, of an indolent
character, which  appears near  the ori-
fice of the genital organs and  rectum,
and occasionally on the fingers and toes.
It is  the consequence of the syphilitic
virus.      (F) Condylome.
  Confec'tion (Pharm.) from confi"cio,
' I make up.' Alig'ulus.  In general, it
means any thing made up or preserved
with  sugar.  In the late London Phar-
macopoeias it includes the articles be-
fore  called electuaries and conserves.
Confec'tio  or  Confec'tum, also, means
Confec'tionary.
  (F) Confiture,  Condit.    (G) Lat-
werge.
    CONFEC'TIO   AMYGDALA'RUM,
Al'mond Confec'tion, Al'mond Paste,
Pas'ta re'gia, P. Amygdali'na, Pas'ta
Emulsi'va,  Buty'rum Amygdalalrum
Dul'cium.   (Sweet almonds §j, gum
acacia 5j> white sugar  51V-  Blanch
the almonds, and beat into a paste.) A
good mode of keeping  almonds in  a
state fit for making emulsions.
     (F)  Confection d'Amandes. 
CONFECTION          224          CONFECTION
  CONFEC'TIO ARCHIG"ENI, C.PaU-
li'na.  (Castor, long pepper, black pep-
per, storax, galbanum, costus, opium,
of each § ss, saffron  3 ij, syrup of
wormwood  3ij-)   I*  was  much re-
commended as a stimulant in nervous
affections.
  CONFEC'TIO  ARO'MAT'ICA,  Elec-
tua'rium Aromat'icum, C.  Cardi'aca,
C. Raleigha'na,  Aromat'ic Confec'tion,
Sir Walter Ral'eigh's  Cor'dial.  The
following is the London formula. (Cin-
namon, nutmeg, of each  § ij, cloves
§ j, cardamom seed § ss, saffron  §ij,
prepared shells  § xvi,  rectified sugar
fljij, water faj.)   Rub  the  dry sub-
stances to a powder, adding the water
gradually till the  whole be  incorpo-
rated.   Dose, 9j to 5j.
  CONFEC'TIO AURANTIO'RUM, Con-
ser'va Cor'ticum  Aurantio'rum, C. Cor'-
ticis Exterio'ris Auran'tii Hispalen'sis,
C. Flaved'inis Cor'ticum Aurantio'rum
Hispalen'sium, Conser'va Auran'tii, C.
Ci'tri  Auran'tii,  Confection   of  the
Orange,  Conserve of Orange Peel.
(Yellow part of the peel of the orange
fljj, rectified  sugar ftiij,  beat  into a
conserve.)   It is  stomachic,  and  an
agreeable vehicle, corrigent, and adju-
vant for other remedies.  Dose,  § ss.
  CONFEC'TIO  CAS'SIM, Electua'ri-
um Cas'sia Fis'tula, E. Cas'sia, E. e
Cas'sid, E. laxati'vum, Conser'va Cas'-
sia, Electua'rium Cas'sia tamarinda'-
tum seu leniti'vum, Electa'rium e Cas'-
sid, Diacas'sia  cum  Man'nd,  Cas'sia
Confec'tion.  (Cassiapulp Jfoss, manna
 gij, tamarind pulp §j, syrup of roses
Jfoss.  Bruise the manna,  dissolve by
neat, mix the pulp, and evaporate.)  It
is gently laxative. Dose, § ss.
  CONFEC'TIO  HAMEC; — so called
from an Arabian physician; was com-
posed of the bark of the yellow myro-
oalans, black myrobalans, violets, pulp
of colocynth,the polypodium of the oak,
leaves   of wormwood,  thyme, aniseed,
fennel, red roses, pulps of prunes, rai-
sins, sugar, honey, senna, rhubarb, &c.
It was used  as  a  purgative  in glys-
ters.
  CONFEC'TIO HYACIN'THI,Hy'acinth
 Confec'tion, Electua'rium seu Confec'-
lio  de  Cro'co  emenda'ta, o'lim dic'ta de
hyacin'this (P.)   A tonic and slightly
astringent confection, composed, accord-
ing to  Baume, of rerra sigillata, crab's
stones, cinnamon, leaves of the dittany
of Crete, myrrh, saffron, syrup of lem-
on,  camphor, Narbonne honey, oil of
lemon, &c.; and formerly the Hyacinth
was added, whence its name.
   CONFEC'TIO  O'PII,  Electua'rium
 Opia'tum,  Confec'tio  Opia'ta,  Philo'-
 nium Londinen'se, Theri'aca Edinen'-
 sis; Philo'nium  Roma'num,   O'pium
 Confec'tion, Electua'rium Theba'icum.
 (Hard opium  5vj, long pepper  §j,
 ginger root § ij, carraway seeds  § iij,
 syrup jfoj:  one grain of opium in 36
 Ph. L.)  It is narcotic and stimulant.
 Dose, gr. x to 9j.
    CONFEC'TIO  PIP'ERIS   NI'GRI,
 Ward's  Paste for  Fistula.   (Black
 pepper, elecampane root, each fly, fen-
 nel seed Jpiij, white sugar fljij.) Dose,
 size of a nutmeg three or four  times a
 day.
   CONFEC'TIO RO'SM CANPNM(L).
 Conser'va  Ro'sa Cani'na,  Conser'va
 Cynos'bati,  C.  Cynorrho'di,  Confec'-
 tion or Con'serve of Dog Rose.  (Pulp
 of dog rose  fly, sugar §xx.  Incorpo-
 rate.)  It is chiefly  used as  a vehicle
 for other remedies.
  CONFEC'TIO RO'SM GAL'LICM(L).
 Conser'va  Ro'sa  Gal'lica, Conser'va
 Ro'sa, C. Flo'rum  Rosa'rum Rubra'-
 rum,  C. Flo'ium Ro'sa Ru'bra, Rho-
 dosae'eharum, C. Ro'sa  Ru'bra,  Con-
fec'tion of the  Red Rose.  (Petals  fly,
 sugar fljiij-) It is astringent, but chiefly
 used as a vehicle for other remedies.
   CONFEC'TIO  RU'TM,  Confec'tion
 of Rue.  (Rue leaves, dried, carraway
 seeds, bay berries, of each § iss, saga-
 penum  -5'iv, black pepper 3'j> honey
 § xvj.  Mix.)   It is given in clysters,
 as an antispasmodic and carminative.
   CONFEC'TIO DE SAN'TALIS, Con-
fec'tion  of the  Saun'ders.   (Sandal
 wood, red coral, bole armeniac,  terra
 sigillata, kermes berries, tormentil root,
 dittany, saffron, myrtle, red roses, cal-
 cined  hartshorn, cloves.)   It was for-
 merly used as an astringent.
    (F)  Confection de Sandaux.
   CONFEC'TIO SCAMMO'NIM, Elec-
 tua'rium  Scammo'nii, Electu'arium e
 Scammo'nio,  Caryocosti'num,  Confec'-
 tion of Scam'mony.   (Powdered scam-
 mony § iss, bruised  cloves, powdered
 ginger, aa 3vj,  oil of carraway 3ss,
 syrup of roses, q.  s.)  A stimulating
 cathartic.  Dose, 3ssto 3j-
   CONFEC'TIO  SEN'NM,  Electua'ri-
 um Cas'sia  Sen'na,  E. Sen'na  cum
 Pul'pis. E. Sen'na compos'itum, Bene-
 dic'tum Laxati'vum, Electua'rium ape'-
 riens, E.  cathol'icum commu'ni,  E.
 diapru'num,  E.  eccoprot'icum, Elect.
 Sen'na, E.  e Sen'nd,  E. leniti'vyni,
 Confec'tion of Sen'na.  &c.   (Senna
 leaves § viij,  figs fly, tamarind pulp,
 cassia pulp,  pulp  of French  prunes, 
COITER            213               COLE
which furnish the same indications; or
which confirm  the  indication  afforded
by another sign : —ovvtrdtixwueva.
  COIT'ER, Vol'cher (Biogr.)  Born
at Groningen in 1534 ; died in 1600, at
Niirnberg.  Works. De cartilaginibus
tabula quinque.  Bonon. 1566. fol.  Ex-
temarum et  internarum principalium
humani corporis partium  tabula  atque
anatomica exercitationes.  Norim. 1573.
fol. Ossium infantis historia. Groning.
1659. 12mo.
  Coi"tion (Phys.) Co'itus, from coco,
' to go together.'  Copula'tio,  Copula'-
tion.  Cop'ula  carna'lis,  Aphrodis'ia,
Aphrodisiasm'us,  Acces'sus,  Xayvna,
Gvvovoiaauog, ovvSvaauog, ovvovoia, Ba-
sia'tio,  Amplexa'tio, Complex'io, Con-
ju'gium,  Ven'ery,  Sexual  intercourse.
The carnal union of the sexes.
  (F) Coit, Approche.      (G)  Bei-
s c h 1 a f.
  Colato'rium  (Anat.) A  strainer of
any kind.  A term, by which the an-
cient physicians described  every canal
or conduit,  through which  the  excre-
mentitious humors  of  the body are
evacuated. Ulcers, fistulse, setons, caus-
tics, Si.c. have been called  artificial or
accidental Calatoria, because they were
considered to be passages by which the
animal  economy is freed from  some
morbific matter.
    (F)  Couloir.
  Colatu'ra  (Pharm.)  from  cola're,
' to strain.' A filtered or strained liquor.
It likewise means, straining a liquid.
    (F)  Colature.
  COLBATCH, John  (Biog.) A prac-
titioner in London, in the 17th century;
first as surgeon-apothecary, afterwards
as physician.  Works.  A new light of
chirurgcry.  Lond.   1695.  8vo.    The
new light of surgery vindicated from
the many  unjust aspersions, &c.  Lond.
1696. 8vo.   A  physico-medical  essay
concerning alkali and acid.  Lond. 1696.
8vo.  A  treatise  on the  gout.  Lond.
1697. 8vo.   The  doctrine of acids in
the cure  of diseases further asserted,
&c. Lond. 1698. 8vo.
  Col'chester, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.) A'qua  Culcestren'sis.  The
waters of Colchester are  of the  bitter
purging kind,  similar to that of Ep-
som.
  Coi.'chicum Autumna'le (Mat. Med.)
xoX-xixov.   The Meadow Saffron.  CoV-
chicum,   Co'um.    The bulb  or  root
(Bul'bus vel Rad'ix), and  the seeds are
the parts used in medicine. The taste
is acrid,  excoriating the mouth; but
the acrimony is  lost by drying.  It is
narcotic, diuretic,  and cathartic: and
has been given  in  dropsy, gout, and
rheumatism.  Dose, from gr. j to vj of
the fresh bulb.  It  is supposed  to  be
the active ingredient of the Eau medi-
cinale d'Husson.  The active principle
is  called Veratrine.   The Colchicum,
in  an over  dose, is  an  acro-narcotic
poison.
  DR.   WILSON'S  TINCTURE  FOR
THE GOUT is merely an infusion of
Colchicum.  Paris.
  (F) Colchique, Tue-chien, Mort aux
chiens,  Safran des pres, Safran  bd-
tard.    (G) Zeitloze,  Wiesen-
safran, Herbstblume.
  Writers.   G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1718 (L).   Ch. L.  Wilhelm (in the
plague), Leipz. 1721 (G).  A. Storck,
Vindob. 1763 (L).   J. Chr. Ehrmann,
Basil, 1772  (L).  G. Kerr, Lond. 1818.
C T. Haden (to supersede bleeding),
Lond. 1820.  Sir  C. Scudamore  (in
gout), Lond. 1825.
  Col'cothar  (Pharm.) Col'cothar
Vitri'oli,  Henri'cus  ru'bens,  Azegi,
Asagi,  Azuric, Chalci'tis,  Brown red,
Rouge,  Cro'cus,  Ox'idum Fer'ri ru'-
brum, Tritox'ydum  Fer'ri, (F) Safran
de  Mars  astringent, Sul'phas Fer'ri
calcina'tum, Fer'rum vitriola'lum us'-
tum,  Ter'ra vitri'oli  dul'cis,  Cro'cus
mar'tis  vitriola'tus  seu  adstrin'gens.
The red oxide of iron, obtained by cal-
cining sulphate of iron to redness, with
or without  the contact of air.  It pos-
sesses  the  general  properties of  the
preparations of iron, and has been ap-
plied to staunch blood, &c.
  Cold (Mat. Med. &c.)  Fri'gus, xpv-
Xog. The  sensation produced by  the
abstraction  of caloric  from our organs.
See Heat.
  Three degrees of cold are generally
distinguished in disease.  1.  The sim-
ple feeling  of cold (Algor),  chilliness
(horror), and shivering (Rigor).  Cold
is employed in medicine,  chiefly, as a
refrigerant  and sedative.
     (F) Froid.  (G)  Kalte.
  Writers   A. Peccana   (on  cold
drinks), Verona, 1627(1).  J.  Firck,
Hafn.  1649 (L).  R.  W.  Crause  (on
cold drinks), Jenae, 1697 (L).  W.  U.
Waldschmidt, Kilon, 1712 (L).  J. J.
Fick (on cold drinks), Jenae, 1718 (L).
Fr. Hoffmann  (Do.), Hal.  1729 (L).
G. Neigefind,  Erford, 1740 (L).   R.
Jackson (on cold drinks), Edinb. 1808.
Beaupre, by  Glendinning,  London,
1826.
  COLE, William, M. D. (Biog.) A
physician of Oxford, graduated in 1666, 
COLIC
214
COLICA
and practised at Bristol.  Works.  De
secrctione animali cogitata. Oxon. 1674.
8vo.  A physico-medical essay concern-
ing the late  frequence of apoplexies,
with a general method of their preven-
tion and cure. Lond.  1689.  8vo.  De
mechanicd ratione peristaltici intestino-
rum molus.  Lond.  1693.  8vo.   Nova
hypotheseos ad explicanda febrium in-
termittentium symptomata, &c.  Lond.
1693.
  Col'ic  (Anat.)  Col'icus,  xo>Xixog,
from xoiX.ov, ' the colon.'  Relating to
the colon.        (F)  Colique.
  COL'IC AR'TERIES, Arte'ria col'ica,
(F) Arteres coliques,   (G) Grimm-
darmpulsadern,  are  six in  num-
ber, three of which, given  off by  the
superior mesenteric, are  called Col'ica
dex'tra; and three,  proceeding from
the inferior mesenteric, Col'ica  sinis'-
tra.  All  proceed towards  the  colon,
passing between the two laminae of the
peritoneum, which form the meso-colon,
where they ramify and anastomose with
each other.  The first Col'ica dex'tra,
Ra'mus col'ica dex'ter, is called C. dex'-
tra supe'rior  (M6so-colique, Ch.)  The
second, C.  dex'tra me'dia, Col'ica me'-
dia, Ra'mus  col'icus me'dius, Arte'ria
me'dia anastomot'ica,  (C. droite,  Ch.),
and the third, C. dex'tra infe'rior, or
Il'eo-col'ica (A. cacale, Ch.)  Of  the
three Col'ica  sinis'tra, the first  or  su-
perior is called by  Chaussier Col'ica
mag'na sinis'tra ; the second or me'dia
is not distinguished from the preceding,
as  they  often arise from a common
trunk; and the third is called by Chaus-
sier, Col'ica  par'va sinis'tra. To these
arteries  as  many  veins  correspond,
which open  into the  great  and little
mesenteric.
  The COL'IC LOBE  of  the liver is
the great lobe of that organ.
  Col'ica  (Path.) xwXixov aXyr^ia,  xo>-
lixt] dia&totg,  Col'ica Pas'sio,  Col'ic,
Belly-ache, Col'ice.   In its  etymologi-
cal acceptation, this word signifies an
affection or pain  in the colon.   But it
is employed in a more extensive  signi-
fication.  It includes  every acute pain
of the abdomen, aggravated at  inter-
vals.   The word has, however, epithets
affixed to it, which render  it more or
less precise.
  (F)  Colique. (G) Kolik, Grim-
men.
  COL'ICA  BILIO'SA, Bil'ious  Col'ic,
Colic, occasioned by  an accumulation
of bile in  the intestines or in its own
passages.   The treatment required re-
sembles that proper for the next variety.
   (F) Colique bilieuse.   (G) Ga 11 en
 Kolik.
   COL'ICA  CONVULSPVA,  C. spas-
 mod'ica,  C. pituito'sa,  C. nervo'sa,  C.
 idiopath'ica.   Colic, not the symptom
 of any other affection.  It is character-
 ized  by griping pain  in  the  bowels,
 chiefly about the navel, with vomiting
 and costiveness,— the  pain increasing
 at  intervals.  The indications  are  to
 clear the  intestines,  and allay  spasm.
 Calomel  and opium — castor oil and
 opium — emollient  and cathartic ene-
 mata, with fomentations, wet or dry, to
 the abdomen usually succeed.
     (G) Krampfkolik.
   COL'ICA CRAPULQjSA,  C. acciden-
 ta'lis, Surfeit,  Colique d'lndigestion,
 A colic, arising from eating indigestible
 aliments, or  digestible  aliments  in too
 great abundance.   The remedy is ob-
 vious.
   COL'ICA CALLO'SA.  Colic,  attend-
 ed with sense of stricture in some part
 of the intestinal canal: often of flatu-
 lency and pain : the  flatulency gradu-
 ally passing off by the stricture : the
 bowels tardy:  at  length  discharging
 small, liquid stools.
   COL'ICA FLATULEN'TA,  Infla'tio,
 Gastrodyn'ia flatulen'ta,  (F)  Colique
flatulente, C. flatueuse,  C. venteuse,
 (G) Wi n dgrimmen.  Colic, arising
 from an accumulation of air in  the  in-
 testines.  It is very common in infants,
 and may be  relieved by aromatics,  es-
 pecially when combined with antacids
 — e. g. oil of aniseed with magnesia.
   COL'ICA HEMORRHOID A'LIS, He-
 morrhoi'dal  Col'ic.  A kind of colic,
 supposed to precede haemorrhoids or to
 supervene on their  suppression.
     (F)  Colique hemorrhoidal.
   COL'ICA HEPAT'ICA,  Hepat'ic col'-
 ic.  Pain  in the region  of the liver,
 chiefly about the  gall-bladder,  occa-
 sioned by the passing of a biliary cal-
 culus through the cystic and choledoch
 ducts.     (G) Leberkolik.
  COL'ICA INFLAMMATO'RIA, C.phlo-
 gis'tica,   C.  plethor'ica,  C. febrico'sa,
 C.pulsat'ilis, Inflam'matory col'ic. The
 same as enteritis (q. v.)
   COL'IC OF MADRID', Madrid' Col'ic.
 A species of colic, endemic in  several
 provinces of Spain, whose nature is not
 clear.  Its symptoms  resemble  those
 occasioned by lead.
   COL'ICA MENSTRUA'LIS, Men'strual
 Col'ic.  Colic, which  precedes  or ac-
 companies the  menstrual  evacuation,
 or which is owing to the suppression of
| that evacuation. 
COLICA              215           COLLAPSUS
    (F) Colique menstruelle.
  COL'IC  METAL'LIC, Paint'er's Col'-
ic, Col'ica Pic'tonum, Col'ic of Poi'tou,
Col'ic of Surinam', Bel'lon, Devonshire
Col'ic,  Dry  Belly-ache,   Sat'urnine
Col'ic, Lead,  Col'ic, Plumb'er's  Col'ic,
Rachial'gia  Pic'tonum, Col'ica Rachi-
al'gia, Rachial'gia, Col'ica Damnonio'-
rum,   C.  Plumbario'rum,  Paralysis
rachial'gia,  Col'ica  nervo'sa,  Col'ica
Picto'rum, Pal'mus plumba'rius, (F)
Colique de Poitou, Colique vigctale (?)
Colique des peintres,  (G) M a. h 1 e r -
grimmen, Bleikolik. There is
not much to distinguish this variety of
colic  from others.  The  same violent
pain  about  the navel is present, with
retraction of the abdomen towards  the
spine.  It is apt also to occasion palsy.
The  only difference  of  treatment  is,
the necessity of employing more opium
along with the purgative.  The para-
lytic sequelae must be treated by change
of air, rubbing  the spine, exercise, &c.
Treating the disease upon general prin-
ciples is infinitely more philosophical,
and more successful than the empirical
management at the Hopital de la Cha-
riti of  Paris, which it is unnecessary
to detail.
     (F) Colique de Plomb.
   COL'ICA  NEPHRET'ICA, Nephret'ic
 Col'ic.  Acute  pains, which accompany
nephritis, and  especially calculous ne-
phritis, or the passing of a calculus into
the ureters.
   (F) Colique nephritique.  (G) Stein
Kolik.
   COL'ICA   STERCO'REA,  Stercora'-
ceous Col'ic, Col'ica Stipa'ta.  A spe-
cies of colic, ascribed to  the retention
of faecal matters in the intestines.  The
retention  is  itself, however, an effect,
that may be caused in the  same man-
ner as the colic pains themselves.
     (F) Colique stercorale,
   COL'ICA  UTERPNA, Uterine Col'ic.
Pain seated  in the  uterus, sometimes
called Hysteral'gia.
     (F) Colique uterine.
     (G) Mutterschmerz.
   COL'ICA  VERMINO'SA,  Worm CoV-
ic.   Abdominal pain, occasioned by the
presence of worms in the intestines.
     (F) Colique vermineuse.
     (G) Wurmkolik.

         Writers on  Colic

   On Colic  in  general.  II. Alberti,
Erf.  1691 (L).   A.  Eyselius, Erford,
1716 (L).  A. Vater, Witteb. 1726(L).
S. C. Walch, Hal.  1735 (L).   T. G.
Strelin, Jeme, 1739 (L).  H. G. La-
nius,  Jenas,  1740 (L).  J. Juncker,
Hal. 1749 (L).  Hernandez, Madrit.
1750 (S).  A. H. Dahlhausen, Lugd.
Bat. 1750 (L).   G.  A. Langguth,
Viteb. 1762 (L).  G. R. Bohmer, Hal.
1762 (L).   L. Th.  Luther,  Erfurt,
1787 (L).  Otto, Franc.  1800 (L).  J.
Markowski, Paris, 1805(F).
  1. Colica  Convulsiva.   J.  Zeller,
Tubing. 1680 (L).  A. Chr. Diderich,
Lugd. Bat. 1703 (L).  P. Ch. Laiten-
berger, Tub. 1720 (L)   Fr. M. Trox-
el, Altorf, 17.36 (L). J. J. Moronski,
Erford, 1741  (L).  C.Fr. Heiuenreich,
Argent. 1742 (L).   Neuhans, Argent.
1769 (L).   Harsleben, Franc.  1798
(L).  P. J. Barthez, Paris, 1800 (F).
  2. Colica  Flatulenta.  Sylvius  de
B6e (Fr. Dubois),  Leyd.  1668 (L).
T.  Lohr, Erford,  1726 (L).   Rosen,
Lond. 1771 (L).
  3. Colica Hamorrhoidalis.  M. Al-
berti, Hal. 1718 and 1739 (L.)   J. A.
Nezel, Altdorf, 1765 (L).
  4. Colica Inflammatoria.  J.E. Kind-
ler, Rostoch, 1729  (L). L..Walter,
Alsted, 1756 (L).  Chr. G. Bo.nz, Ar-
gent. 1737 (L).
  5. Colica  Pictonum.   Fr.  Citesius,
Paris,  1639 (L).   C. A. Brand, Hal.
1748 (L).  J. W.  Ilsemann,  Gotting.
1752 (L). J. B. Dubois,  Paris," 1752
(L).  J. Grashuis,  Amstel.  1755 (L).
J.  B. F. de la  Riviere,  Paris, 1756
(L).  T. Tronchin, Genev. 17.37 (L),
Combalusier,  Paris, 1761 (F).   Sir
Geo. Baker, Lond. 1767. Cl. Kemme,
Hal. 1768 (L). J. P. Fourage, Herbip.
1771 (L). A. de Haen, Paris, 1771 (L).
James Hardy, Lond. 1778.  T. Brug-
gen, Luo-d.  Bat.  1784 (L).   Barche-
witz,  Franc. 1796 (L).  Ign. M. R.
Luzuriaga  (Colic of Madrid), Madrid,
1796 (Sj. Ch. G. Ludwig, Lips. 1800
(L).  J. B. Baudry (Colique vegetate),
Paris,  1805  (F).   J.  R. I.  Chabaud
(Do.), Paris, 1809(F).  B. B. Libron
(C.-lic of Madrid), Paris, 1809 (1).  F.
V.  Merat,  Paris, 1812(F).
  Coliph'ium (Mat. Alim.)  A sort of
coarse  bread, which  wrestlers  used,
formerly, to make them strong and firm
in  flesh : — so called  from xwXov, ' a
limb,'  and iipi, ' strongly'; or, accord-
ing to some, from xoX7.il,' a cake,' men-
tioned by Athen.eus. Plautus,  Mar-
tial, Juvenal.
   Collap'sus (Path.)   Collapse', Con-
ciden'tia.   A  sudden  and  complete
prostration  of strength, either at  the
commencement or in the progress of a
disease. 
COLLATENNA          216
COLLUM
  Collaten'na (Pharm.)  A specific,
mentioned by Paracelsus as a vulne-
rary.
  Collat'eral (Anat.)  Collatera'lis,
from  cum, ' with,'  and  la'tus, ' side.'
That, which accompanies  or proceeds
by the side of another.
  ARTE'RIM COLLATERA'LES BRA'-
CHII, Collat'eral Ar'teries of the Arm,
(F) Arteres collatirales du bras. They
are given  off by the brachial.  They
are distinguished into,  1. The collat'-
eral,— supe'rior or  external  (Grande
musculaire du bras,  Ch.)  They arise
from the inner part of" the brachial, and
extend as far as the inferior and exter-
nal part of the arm.  2.  The collat'eral,
— infe'rior or inter'nal (Collaterals du
coude, Ch.)  They arise from the  bra-
chial near the elbow-joint, and descend
towards the upper part of the fore-arm.
  (G) Verbindungsschlagader.
  The vessels, which pass to the fingers
and toes, are also called collat'eral.
  Speaking generally, collateral bran-
ches are those, which follow nearly the
same  course as the vessel, whence they
emanate.
  Collection (Path.)  Collec'tio, from
colligere,  ' to collect.'  This  word is
often united to the  epithet purulent,
serous, &c, to express  a gathering of
pus, serum, &c.
  Colli"cle  (Surg.) Drains, to collect
and convey away water, oxtxoi, idqooi.
Union of the ducts passing from the
puncta lachrymalia.
  COLLIER (F) (Path.) A collar.  A
name given to certain eruptions, which
surround the neck like a collar.
  COLLIGNON,  Charles,   M.  D.
(Biog.)  Professor  of Anatomy in the
University  of Cambridge,  England;
died  in  1785.   Works.  Compendium
anatomico - medicum  eorum  qua  in
scholis  apud   Cantabrigiensis  mense
Mortis, quotannis explicant, &c. 1756.
4to.   Inquiry into the structure of the
human body, relative to its  influence
on the morals of mankind. Camb. 1794.
8vo.  Medicina politico,  or reflections
on the art of physic, as inseparably
connected  with the  prosperity of the
state.  Lond.  1765.  8vo.  Moral  and
medical dialogues.  Lond. 1769. 8vo.
  COL'LINS, Sam'uel, M. D. (Biog.)
Born in the early part of the 17th cen-
tury.   He was for some time physician
to the Russian Court.  Works. A sys-
tem  of anatomy, treating  of the  body
of man,  beasts, birds, fishes,  insects,
and plants, with 74 copperplates. Lond.
1685.  2 vols. fol.
   Colliquamen'tum  (Physiol.)  from
 colli'queo,' I melt.' The first rudiments
 of an embryo.  Harvey.
   Collio.ua'tion (Path.) Colliqua'tio,
 Eliquu'tio, Syntex'iSfOvvn/gig, Ectex'is,
 txxi^itg, Solu'tion, Dissolution.   The
 ancients  meant, by this term, the pro-
 gressive diminution of the solid parts,
 with copious excretion  of  liquids by
 one or  more passages. They thought,
 that all the solids melted; and that the
 liquids, and particularly the  blood, lost
 a portion of their density.
   Colliq/uative (Path.)  Colliquati'-
 vus, Colliques'cens,  from  colliques'cere,
 • to grow liquid.'  An epithet, given to
 various discharges, which produce rapid
j exhaustion.  Hence we  say, Colliqua-
I live sweats, Colliquative diarrhaa, &c.
     (F) Colliquatif.
   Collobo'ma (Path.) xoXoHonia, from
 xoXXaoi,l I glue together.'  The growing
 together of the eyelids.  Also, mutila-
 tion.
   Col'lum (Anat.) Cer'vix, avxi'1, Tra-
 che'los, Au'chen, xqax^Xog, 8iiqi\.  The
 part of the body  situated between the
 head and  chest.  Also, a part of an or-
 gan resembling the neck; as in the
 following cases.
     (F)  Col, Cou.   (G) Hals. •
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX ASTRAG'A-
 LI. Neck  of the Astragalus.  A depres-
 sion, which separates  the anterior ex-
 tremity of the astragalus from its body.
     (F)  Col de Vastragale.
   COL'LUM or CER'VIX  COSTA'RUM.
 Neck of the Ribs.  The  narrow part
 of the ribs, between the  head  and tu-
 bercle.
     (F)  Col des Cdtes.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX DEN'TIUM.
 Keck of the  Teeth.  The  part of the
 teeth between the corona and fang, and
 which is embraced by the gum.
     (F)  Col ou  Collet  des Dents.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX FEM'ORIS.
 Neck  of the  Thighbone.   The long,
 narrow, and  oblique portion of the os
 femoris, which separates the head from
 the two trochanters.
     (F)  Col du Femur.
   COL'LUM or CER'VIX  OS'SIS MAG'-
 NI vel CAPITA'TI.  Neck  of  the Os
 Mag'num.  A  circular depression be-
 neath the head of this bone of the car-
 pus.       (F)  Col du grand Os.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX  HU'MERI.
 Neck  of the Hu'merus.  A circular,
 depressed portion, which separates the
 head of  the  os humeri  from its two
 tuberosities.  Some surgeons place the
I neck below the tuberosities, no precise 
COLLUVIES           217           COLOSTRUM
line of demarcation  indicating its ex-
tent.
   COL'LUM  or  CER'VIX   U'TERI.
Neck  of the Uterus.  A narrow, cy-
lindrical, and flattened portion of the
uterus, which terminates it inferiorly,
and opens into  the  vagina by the Os
Uteri or Os Tinea.  This neck is  per-
ceptible  on examination per vaginam,
until near the end  of utero-gestation.
As the  uterus  enlarges, however,  it
becomes shorter and wider,  so that a
manifest difference  exists between its
condition at 7 and 9 months.
     (F) Col de  la Matrice.
  COL'LUM or CER'VIX MANDIB'ULM
or MAXIL'LM INFERIO'RIS. Neck of
the  lower jaw.   A  depression observ-
able  on each side  of the lower  jaw,
immediately below the condyles.
   (F)  Col de I'os maxillaire inferieure.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX SCAP'ULM,
Neck  of the Scapula.  A narrow por-
tion,  observable  below the  glenoid
cavity of the  scapula, which  seems  to
separate it,  as it were, from the rest  of
the bone.
     (F)  Col de  V Omoplate.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX  FIB'ULM.
Neck  of the Fibula.   A slight narrow-
ness, seated below  the head  or upper
extremity of the fibula.
     (F) Col du Perone.
   COL'LUM RA'DII, or  CER'VIX  RA'-
DII.  Neck of the Radius.   A narrow
portion of the radius, which supports
the head of the bone.
     (F)  Col du Radius.
   COL'LUM or  CER'VIX   VESPCM.
Neck  of the Bladder.  The  anterior
part of the base of the bladder, which
resembles the neck  of a bottle, and is
continuous with the  urethra.
     (F)  Col de la Vessie.
   Collu'vies (Path.) from  colluo, ' I
cleanse.'  Filth, excrement.  Discharge
from an old ulcer.
   Collyr'ium   (Pharm.)  Collu'rium,
xoXXiqiov,  xoX.X.ovqiov,  from xu)Xvm, 'I
check,' and qeoi,' I flow,'  or from xoX.X.a,
'  glue,' and ovqa,' tail.'  The ancients
designated, by this  term, a solid medi-
cine,  of a  long,  cylindrical shape;
proper to be introduced into vagina, the
anus, ears, or nostrils.  They are said to
have given  it this name because it was
shaped like a Rat's  Tail, and because
there  entered,  into its  composition,
powders and glutinous matters.  Cel-
sus, Oribasius, Scrip-on'ii s  Largus.
At the present  day, Collyrium means
an application to the  eye.   Some are
pulverulent  and dry, but the greatest
part are  liquid;  when  they receive
different  epithets, as astringent, emol-
lient, &c.  The use of the term is now
little  more  than   synonymous  with
Eyewater.   Collyria are  generally ex-
temporaneous formulae. See Coloboma.
    (F)  Colly re.
  Colobo'ma  (Surg.)  xoXo^umu.  Mu-
tilation.  Galen.
  Co'lon (Anat.) xvw.or.  That portion,
of the  large  intestines, which extends
from the caecum to the rectum.  It  is
said to have been so called from xoiXor,
1 hollow,' or from xo>Xv«>,  ' I arrest,' be-
cause the  excrements are arrested, for
a considerable time, in its  folds.  The
Colon  is  usually  divided  into four
portions.   1. The right lumbar or as-
cending, Co'lon dex'trum, situated  in
the right lumbar region, and commenc-
ing at the caecum.  2. Transverse colon,
Co'lon transver'sum, or transverse arch
of the colon,  the  portion of the colon,
which crosses from the right to the left
side, at the upper part of the  abdomen.
3. The left  lumbar or descending, Co'lon
sinis'trum, extending from the left part
of  the   transverse  arch, opposite the
outer portion  of the left  kidney, to the
corresponding iliac fossa.  4. The Iliac
colon or Sigmoid flexure of the colon,
(F) Colon  iliaque ou  £. du colon, the
portion  of the intestine, which makes
a double curvature  in the left iliac fos-
sa, and ends in the rectum.
    (G) Grimmdarm.
   Writers on the Anatomy and Phys-
iology of the Colon.   C. M.  Adolphi,
Lips. 1718  (L).  J. Ch. Legner, Jenae,
1733 (L).  T. J. Heasi.vu, Giess. 1745
(L).   Pathology — F. Roth,  Erlang,
1805(L).
   Colopho'nia  (Mat.Med.) xoXoipoma,
so called from Colophon, a city of'Ionia;
Phryc'te, ipqvxri;, Fric'ta, Ramigri, Ber-
rio'nis, Pix Graca,Resi'nani'gra,Black
Rosin, Pitch, Brown Rosin. The black
resin, which remains in the retort, after
the distillation,  by means of a strong
fire, of the common turpentine.  It is
used like  the turpentines in general,
and  in some pharmaceutical prepara-
tions.
  (F) Colophone, Colophane, Arcanson,
Brai sec.  (G) Gei ge nharz.
  Colostra'tion  (Path.) Colostra'tio.
The diseases of new-born children, at-
tributable to the  colostrum.
  Colos'trum (Phy.) xnoipaXig, rrquxo-
yaXa,  Protog'ala, (Biestings or Beast-
ings in  the cow, &c.)  The first milk
after accouchement. It contains more
serum  and butter,  and less  caseum 
COLOT
218          COMBUSTION
than common milk ;  and? seems to pos-
sess an evacuant property, which ren-
ders it fit to aid in the expulsion of the
meconium.  Colostrum formerly meant
an emulsion prepared of turpentine and
yolk of egg.  (F)  Colostrum, Beton.
  Writers.  E. de  Castro,  Venice,
1642(1).   J. J. Gockel, Altdorf,  1758
(L).   Schmidt, Gotting. 1800 (L).
 CO'LOT,Ger'main (Biog.) A French
surgeon of the 15th  century, who ap-
pears to have  been the first of the pro-
fession that practised Lithotomy.  He
died in 14^3.
  CO'LOT. Fran'cis (Biog.)  A cele-
brated Lithotomist of Paris, a relation
of Germain.   He was in great esteem
towards the end of  the 17th century.
Works.  Traite'  de  Voperation  de  la
taille, avec des observations sur la for-
mation de la pierre, et les suppressions
d'urine. Paris. 1727.  12mo.
  Colotoi'des (Path.)   xoiX.ortotiortg,
from xo)).osxy]g,' a lizard,' and tidog, ' re-
semblance.'  An epithet, applied to the
excrements, when variegated  like the
skin of a lizard.  Hifpocr.
  Colpopto'sis  (Path.)  from xoX.iog,
' the vagina,'  and  .irwoig,  ' fall.'   Pro-
lapsus of the vagina.
    (G)  Scheidenvorfall.
  Colporrha'gia (Path.)  from xoXrrog,
' vagina,'  and qyywtu, ' I  break forth.'
Discharge of blood from the vagina.
  Colpo'sis  (Path.)  Inflammation of
the vagina.  Synonymous with Ely-
tra,'tis.
  Colpostegno'sis (Path.)  from xoX-
rrog, ' vagina,' and oxeyvooi, '  I close.'
Atresia or obliteration of the vagina.
  Col'uber Be'rus   (Toxicol.)  The
systematic name of the viper.  Vi'pera.
A poisonous reptile — the poison lying
in small sacs near its teeth.  The flesh
is innocent, and has  been often  taken
in scrophula,  and in  cutaneous  dis-
orders in  general; but  it  is  ineffica-
cious.    (F)  Couleuvre, Viptrc.
  Writers.  IS. A. Abbatius  (virtues
of),  Ragusa,  15e7.   1591 (L).   M.  A.
Severinus. Patav. 1651 (L). Fr.  Redi,
Firenze, 1664 (I).  M. Charas,  Paris.
1669 and 1672 (F),  Bourdelot, Paris,
1670(F).   P. J. Michon, Paris,  1670
(F). J.Towgood, Lugd. Bat. 1718(L).
J. H. Schulze, Altdorf, 1727 (L).  A.
Vater, Vittemb. 1736 (L).  J. E. Ber-
 iiN.Paris, 1749 (L).  F.Fontana, Flor.
1781  (F).   H. Stibbe, Lond. 1671.
   Colum'na  (Anat.)  Col'umn.  Anat-
omists use this word for  parts,  which
resemble a column or pillar.
    (F)  Colonne.  (G)  Saule.
   COLUM'NM  CAR'NEM,  Colum'na
 Cor'dis.  Small, fleshy columns, which
 project, more or  less,  into the auricles
 and ventricles of the heart.
   (F)  Colonnes charnues du caur.
   COLUM'NM NA'SI,  (Anat.) The car-
 tilaginous part  of the septum of the
 nostrils.
   Coll'tea arbores'cens (Mat.Med.)
 Blad'dcr Sen'na. The leaves are slight-
 ly purgative, and are often mixed with
 those of the cassia senna.
   (F)  Baguenaudier,  Faux Sine.
   (G) Blasenstrauch.
   Colym'bades  (Mat. Med.) tioXvupa-
 Stg, Pickled Olives.  These, when bruis-
 ed and  applied to a burnt  part, were
 supposed to be able to prevent blister-
 ing.   Dioscorides.
   Co'ma  (Path.)  xwua.  A profound
 state of sleep, from which it is extreme-
 ly difficult to-rouse the individual.  It is
 a  symptom, which occurs in many dis-
 eases.  Two varieties are distinguished,
 1. The  Co'ma vig'Hl, Co'ma agrypno'-
 des, (Arab.) Sabeth Sahara, Agrypnoco'-
 ma, Ca'rus lethar'gus  vig'Hl, Typoma'-
 nia (q. v.), which is accompanied with
 delirium.  The patient has his eyes clos-
 ed, but opens them, when called ; and
 closes them again immediately.  This
 state  is accompanied with considerable
 restlessness.  2. Co'ma.Somnolen'tum,
 C. Comato'des; — in which $he patient
 speaks when roused, but remains silent
 and immovable in the intervals. Coma
 is a deeper  sleep than sopor, but less
 so than lethargy and carus.
    (G) Schlafsucht.
   Co'mata  (Nosol.) from xonia.  A  di-
 minution of the powers of voluntary
 motion, with sleep or  impaired state of
 the senses.  Cullen.
   Com'atose (Path.)  Comato'des. Re-
 lating to or resembling coma. As coma-
 tose  sleep, comatose j ever, &c.
  (F) Comateux.  (G) Sc hlaf such tig.
,  Combus'tion,  Hu'man, or Sponta'-
 neous Combus'tion (Path.) Catacau'-
 sis, Incen'dium sponta'neum, Catacau'-
 sis ebrio'sa.  These  terms  have been
 applied to the extraordinary phenome-
 non of a rapid destruction of the human
 body  (being reduced  to  ashes), either
 spontaneously or by the  contact of an
 ignited substance.  It is said to have
 always occurred in the aged, and in
 those that were fat  and hard drinkers.
 In such, Dr. Trail has found a con-
 siderable quantity of  oil  in  the serum
 of the blood.   Vico. d'Azyr, Lair,
 and Dupuytren think it necessary, that
 the body should be placed  in contact 
COMESTIBLE          219          COMPLEXION
with  an ignited  substance.   Lecat,
Kopp, and  Marc are of opinion, that
this is not necessary.
  (F) Combustion humaine, C. Spon-
tanee.
  Writers.  Dupont, Lugd. Bat. 1736
(L).   P. A. Lair,  Paris,  1800 (F).  J.
H. Kopp, Jenae, 1800 (L).  J.  D.  Kds-
ter,  Jenae, 1804  (L).    D. Chirac,
Paris, 1805 (F).   J. II. Kopp, Francf.
1811 (G).
  COMESTIBLE (F)  (Mat. Alim.) E-
du'lis, from comedere,' to eat.' Eatable.
When this word is used  substantively,
in French as in English,  it means solid
food.'
    (G) Lebensmittel.
  Comez  (Pharm.) Half a drop.  Ru-
land.
 Commage'num or Comage'num (Phar.)
xofiuuyrjvov. An ointment from Com-
magene in Syria.   It was also called,
Unguen'tum Syri'acum.  Galen.
  Commem'orative (Path.)  Commem-
orati'vus, from commemora're,' to cause
to remember.'  That  which recalls, or
rather which is recalled.
  COMMEM1ORATIVE SIGNS are those,
deduced from circumstances, which
have  gone before •.  or rather, according
to others, those which point out the pre-
ceding condition of the patient.  They
are also called Anamnes'tic signs.
    (F) Signes commemoratifs.
  Comminu'ted (Path.)  Comminu'tus,
from comminu'ere,' to break to pieces.'
A comminuted fracture is one in which
the bone is broken  into a number of
pieces.     (F)  Comminutif.
  Comminu'tion (Path.)  Comminu'tio,
S-qvi/ng, Xtimatg.  Fracture of a  bone
into a number  of pieces.
    (G) Zerkleinung.
  Com'missure (Anat.)  Commissu'ra,
Compa'ges, Compagina'tio, ovmpvoig,
aviipoX.i],  from commit'to, ' I join to-
gether.'  A point of  union between
two parts :  thus, the commissures of the
eyelids, lips, &c, are the  angles, which
they form at the place of union.
  (G) Band, Verbindung.
  COM'MISSURE, ANTE'RIOR OF THE
BRAIN, Commissu'ra ante'rior cer'ebri.
A small medullary fasciculus,  situated
transversely at the anterior part of the
third  ventricle, and  uniting the two
hemispheres.
  (F)  Commissure anUrieure du cer-
veau.
   COM'MISSURE,  POSTE'RIOR OF
THE  BRAIN.   A similar  medullary
band, situated  at the  posterior  part of
the third or middle ventricle.
  The GREAT COM'MISSURE OF THE
BRAIN, Commissu'ra Mag'na Cer'ebri,
which  unites the two hemispheres for
some extent, is the Corpus callo'sum.
  (F) Grande commissure du cerveau.
  Commo'sis  (Med.)  xoiiuoioig.  The
art  of  concealing natural deformities.
  Commo'tice  (Hyg.)  xouuo)vixi},  in
the  older writers, meant  the art of com
municating factitious  beauty to a per-
son. — Painting, Comoporia.
  Commu'nicans (Anat) Conjun'gens.
That which communicates or establish-
es  a communication.   Commu'nicant.
There  are two  Arte'ria  Communican'-
te.s ; both within the cranium; the one
anterior, very  short,  and  extending
transversely from one anterior cerebral
artery to the other ; — the  other, pos-
terior, called also Commu'nicans WIL-
LIS'II,  which passes from the internal
carotid to the posterior cerebral  artery.
It is a branch of the basilary.
  Compact' (Anat.) Compac'tus. Solid,
close.  The  term Compact  Tissue  is
given to the hardest and closest parts
of bone.
    (F)  Compacte.  (G) Dicht.
  COMPARETTI,  Andrew- (Biog.)
A  celebrated  Italian  physician  and
naturalist; born at Friuli in 1746;  died
in 1801.  Works.  Observationes ana-
tomica  de  aure internd  comparatd.
Patav.  1789. 4to.  Saggio delta  scuola
clinica nello  spedale di Padova.  Patav.
1795. 8vo.  Riscontro clinico nel nuovo
spedale.  Regolamenti medico-pratichi.
1795. 8vo.   Observationes dioptrica et
anotomica comparata  de coloribus ap-
parentibus, visu, et oculo. Patav. 1798.
4to. Dinamica animale degli  insetti.
Patav.  1800. 8vo.
  Comper'nis  (Path.)   One who  has
his  knees turned inwards.   A  case of
distortion of the legs.
  Com'plex (Anat.) Complex'us.  Em-
bracing several distinct things.  Chaus-
sier uses this term in  his anatomical
descriptions  for complicated.
  Complex'ion  (Anat.)   Complex'io.
This is often employed,  in English, for
the color of the face : as, " He has a
good complex'ion," — a  " sallow com-
plexion," &c.   It formerly had  a more
extensive signification, and  still  has in
France.  It  signified  the aggregate of
physical characters, presented by any
individual; considered with respect to
his  external  arrangement or condition.
It  means more than  constitution, for
which  it is used  synonymously  in
many cases, and  differs from tempera-
ment, swhich is less the  external  con- 
COMPLEXUS           220          COMPRESSOR
dition  of  the  body than  the state or
disposition of the organs in health.  H.
Cloquet.
  COMPLEX'US (Anat.) Complicated,
complex,  from complec'tor,  ' to  com-
prise,' ' embrace.'
  COMPLEX'US MUS'CULUS, Bivcn'-
ter Cervi'vis, Complex'us Major, Dorso-
trachelon - occipital,  Tracheto - occipital
(Ch.)  A  muscle, situated at the hind
part of the neck, where it extends from
the interval,  that  separates the  two
prominent ridges on the posterior sur-
face of the os occipitis, to the transverse
and articular processes  of the six last
cervical vertebrae, as well as to those
of the  five  first dorsal.  It  serves to
straighten, incline, and turn the head.
 (F) Muscle grand complexus.
 (G) Durchflochtener Muskel.
  COMPLEX'US MP NOR,  Mastoide'us
latera'lis,  Trachilo - mastoidien,  Tro-
che'lo-mastoide'us.  It  arises from the
transverse processes of the  four last
cervical vertebras, and  is inserted  into
the mastoid process.
    (F) Muscle petit Complexus.
  Complication (Path.) Complica'tio.
In Medicine it means  the presence of
several  diseases, or of several adven-
titious  circumstances,  foreign to the
primary disease.
  Composition (Pharm.) Composi'Hio,
from compo'nere, '  to place together.'
Syn'thesis, ow&totg.  The act of com-
posing or  compounding.    Also, the
Compound, Compos1itum, or thing com-
pounded.  Likewise, a combination.
    (G) Zusammensetzung.
  To Compound' (Pharm.)  Same ety-
mology ; to mix medicines.  To mingle
different ingredients  into  one whole.
Used adjectively, it signifies the result
of the union of several medicinal agents,
as " a compound medicine."'
  Com'press (Surg.) Compres'sa, Sple'-
nium,  Pla'gula, a.iX.i]viov, Penicil'lum,
Penic'ulum, from comprim'ere,' to press
together.'  Folded pieces of lint or rag,
so contrived as, by the aid of a bandage,
to make due  pressure upon any part.
According to their shape, direction, and
use, compresses have been called long
((F)  longuettes),  square  (carrces),
triangular, prismatic,  graduated (gra-
du6es), split (fendues), fenetrees, crib-
lets, Croix de Malte.  oblique, circular,
dividing (divisives) .uniting (unisantes),
»fec.
   (F)  Compresse.    (G)  Bausc li-
chen, Bauschlein, Kompresse.
   Compres'sion  (Surg.)  Compres'sio,
\}XnfJig,&Xaoig,Enereisis,tvtqtiotg. Same
etymology. Pressure. This is an agent,
frequently had recourse to in Surgery.
We compress a limb, affected with adema,
varices, hydrops articuli, callous ulcer,
&c.   The abdomen is compressed after
delivery, after paracentesis abdominis,
&.c.   This compression is produced by
means of the roller,  laced stocking, Ac.
according to the part and to the partic-
ular case.  Moderate pressure aids the
contractility of parts, and excites the
action of the  absorbents;  So that large
tumors will sometimes disappear  after
it  has been for some  time used.  A
greater degree of pressure  occasions,
still more,  the emaciation of the  part,
but it is apt to impede the circulation.
Pressure is often  used to  stop or mod-
erate  the  flow of blood  in  cases of
aneurism  or  wounds of  arteries  and
veins.  In such cases the  compression
may be immediate, when applied upon
the artery itself, or it may be mediate,
when applied through the  integuments
and soft  parts.  The  French  use the
term — Compression immediate laterale
— for  that which is exerted  perpen-
dicularly to the axis of a vessel, so as
to  flatten its sides.  It is practised with
the finger, forceps, tourniquet, com-
presses, &c.
  (G)  Zusammendruckung.
  Writers.  J.  H.  Kniphof, Erford,
1754 (L).   C. A. Lombard,  Strasburg,
1786 (F).   J. L. M.  Tiiore,  Paris, an.
xi. (F).  P. J. Olvrard,  Paris,  1807
(F).   G. Kellie  (medical effects of C
by the tourniquet), Edinb. 1797.  J.
Jadioux, Paris,  1810(F).   S.  Young
(in cancer), Lond.  1805.   Minutes of
cases  by S. Young, lr-16.  Farther re-
ports of cases, Lond. 1818.
   COMPRES'SION  OF   THE  BRAIN
(Path.)  This may  arise  either  from
coagula of blood, a soft tumor, a bony
excrescence, a depressed portion of the
skull, or the presence of some foreign
body.  The effects  vary,  according as
the compression  takes place suddenly
or gradually.  When  suddenly,  the
symptoms  are of the comatose or apo-
plectic  character.   When  gradually,
mania, convulsions, &c. are more likely
to occur.  Compression,  arising from
a  depressed portion of skull,  requires
the use of the trephine.
   Compressive  (Surg.)  CompressV-
vus.   That which compresses.  A com-
pressive bandage  is one  that  com-
presses the  parts to which it is ap-
plied.
   Compressor of  Dupuytrf.n(Sittg.)
An  instrument  for compressing  the 
CONCASSER          221
CONCHA
femoral artery, invented by M. Dupuy- I
tren of Paris.  It is  constructed on
the same principles as the tourniquet
of J. L. Petit, from which it only dif-
fers  in this  respect; — that, instead
of being maintained in its place  by  a
strap, which  always compresses more
or less the circumference of  the limb,
the two pads are  placed  at the ex-
tremities of a semicircle of steel, which,
by passing, from one to the other with-
out touching  the parts, limits the  pres-
sure to two opposite points of  the thigh,
and permits  the collateral circulation
to go on.
   (F)  Compresseur de  D UP UYTREN.
   COMFRES'SOR  OR  CONSTRICTOR
OF NUCIC (Surg.)  An instrument for
compressing  the urethra, to obviate
incontinence  of urine.   It consists of a
girdle of ^ron,  which  surrounds the
pelvis, to which is fixed a plate of the
same metal, that compresses the urethra
in Perinao.
   COMPRES'SOR NA'RIS (Anat.)  Ri-
na'us, Nasa'lis, Transversa'lis Na'si,
Myrtifor'mis, Dilato'res ala'rum na'si,
Maxil'lo-nari'nal,   Constric'tor Na'si,
C. Na'r'tum, C. Na'ris, Triangula'ris
Na'si,  Sus - maxillo - nasal (Ch.).   A
muscle,  situated at the  sides of the
nose ;  flat and triangular.  It arises
from the inner part of the fossa canina,
and passes to the  dorsum of  the nose ;
where it is confounded with that of the
opposite side.
   (F) Compresseur du nez,  Transver-
sal du nez.
   COMPRES'SOR PROS'TATM (Anat.)
Prostat'icus  supe'rior, Pu'bio-prostat'-
icus, Sub-pu'bio-prostat'icus.   A  mus-
cle, admitted by  Albinus,  which  is
formed of the  anterior fibres of the
Levator ani,  that embrace the prostate.
It is the Prostat'icus supe'rior of Wins-
low.
   (F) Compresseur de la Prostate.
   (G) Zusammendrucker des
Vorstehers.
   CONCASSER (F) (Pharm.) from con-
quassa're, ' to break  to  pieces'; ' to
comminute.'   To reduce  roots, woods,
&c. into small fragments, in  order that
their  active  principles may be  more
readily separated from them.
   Concau'sa or Concaus'sa (Path.)
owaixtov, Syna'tion.   A  cause, which
cooperates, with another, in the pro-
duction of disease.
   Concentran'tia (Mat. Med.)  from
concentra're,' to concentrate.' A name
once given to acids and absorbents.
   Concentration (Path.) Concentra'-
                 19*
tio, from  cum, ' with,' cen'trum, ' a
centre,' and ac'tio,  ' action.'  A word
sometimes  used,  in  medical  theories,
to express  an afflux  of fluids, or an
accumulation of sensibility or of vital
force towards an  organ.  It is applied,
also, to the pulsation of  arteries,  when
not easily felt under the finger.
  POULS  CONCENTRE (F) is a term
applied, by the French, to a pulse of
this character.
  Conception (Physol.)  Concep'tio,
xvijaig,  from  concip'io, ' I conceive.'
The impregnation of the ovum in the
ovarium, by the positive contact of the
male  sperm,  whence  results a new
being.  In order  that conception may
take place,  it is  necessary, that there
should be a uterus, and that the female
should menstruate in a healthy manner.
There is reason, also, to belieye, that,
occasionally, the male sperm  is  not
fecundating; but of this we know little.
The whole  subject  of conception is  a
most  mysterious  one.   It  seems  to
occur  as follows.   During the sexual
union, the male sperm passes  along the
uterus and fallopian tubes : the fimbri-
ated extremities of the latter seize hold
of  the ovarium:  the sperm, in  this
manner, comes in contact with an ovum,
and impregnates  it.  This stays  some
time  in the ovarium; but, at length,
bursts its covering,  is laid hold of by
the fimbriated extremity  of  the  fallo-
pian  tube,  and  passes  along the tube
into the cavity of the uterus, where  it
remains, the full period of utero-gesta-
tion.
     (G) Empfangniss.
   Writers.  L.  Bonaccioli, Argent.
1538 (L).   J. Rueff, Tigur.  1554 (L).
J.  Boschils,  Ingolst.  1576 (L).   J.
Costeo,  Bonon.  1596 (L).    P. Th.
Schacher, Lips. 1728 (L).  M. Schu-
rig (medico-legal),  Dresd.  1731 (L).
J.  S. Sommer,  Jena?,  1786 (L).  S.
Merriman, Edinb. 1753(L). (On extra-
uterine C), Lond. 1810.
   FALSE  CONCEP'TION, Fal'sus COU-
cep'tus, Spu'rium ger'men. An irregu-
lar, preternatural conception, the result
of which is a mole or some similar pro-
duction, instead of a properly organized
foetus.  See Mole.
   (F) Fausse conception, Faux germe.
   Concep'tus (Physiol.) xo x>;viia. The
first rudiments of the foetus,  after con-
ception.
   Con'cha  (Anat. &c.)  xoyxv-   A
 liquid measure, amongst the Athenians,
 equal to  half an ounce.  Anatomists
apply this term to several  hollow parts 
CONCHARUM ANTIFEBRILE  222           CONDIMENT
of the body; — as the Con'cha  of the
Ear, (F) Conque,—Con'cha Au'ris; the
hollow part of the cartilage of the ex-
ternal ear.  It has, also, been applied
to the genital organs of the female; to
the patella, &c.
    (G) Muschel.
  Concha'rum antifebri'le (Pharm.)
A febrifuge and  sudorific preparation,
in  Bates's  Pharmacopoeia.  It  was
composed  of vinegar,  mussel  shells,
and  water of  the   Carduus  benedic'-
tus.
  Con'cho-Hk'liv  (Anrt.)  A  small,
fleshy fasciculus, attached to the concha
of the ear  and helix.   It is also called,
the small muscle of the helix.
  Con'chus (Anat.)  xoyyog.  The cra-
nium. The orbitar cavities.  Castelli.
  Concii.'ium   (Mat.  Med.)  A  milky
plant, referred to, by Pliny, as aphro-
disiac  and  antiphthisical.    Adanson
considers it to be a Campanula.
  Concom'itant (Path.) Concom'ilans.
That  which accompanies.  A symptom,
that accompanies others.
   Concre'tion   (Path.)   Concre'tio,
from concres'cere, ' to condense,  thick-
en, become  solid':   :xi]i.ig,  ovitni/zig.,
The   act of becoming thick or solid.
It was once used synonymously with
adhesion  or  growing  together, — as
" concretion of  the toes."   (G)  Ver-
wachsung.  Most commonly,  it
is applied to extraneous and inorganic
bodies,  of a solid character, met with
in  different  textures,  after certain
chronic inflammations ; or which make
their appearance in the joints or  in the
reservoirs  for   excrementitial  fluids.
Concretion is, therefore, frequently sy-
nonymous  with Calculus, and is then
rendered, in  Latin,  by the  word  con-
crementum. But Concretion has a more
extensive signification than Calculus ;
thus accidental  ossifications or deposits
of phosphate of lime, in certain organs,
and especially in the liver  and  lungs,
are properly called osseous concretions.
They could not well  be called osseous
calculi.
  Concur'si s (Path.) from concur'rere,
'  to meet together'; owSuouij. The  con-
geries of collection of symptoms, which
constitute  and distinguish a particular
disease.
  Concus'sion or Commo'tion (Surg.)
from concu'tio,11 shake together.'  Con-
cus'sio, Thlas'ma Concus'sio.  in Sur-
grey, it is used for the agitation often
communicated to an  organ by  a fall
upon  another organ; as to the brain
from a fall  on the breech, &c.         |
   (F) Commotion.   (G) Erschiit-
 terung.
  CONCUS'SION OF THE BRAIN some-
 times gives rise to alarming symptoms,
 even to abolition of the functions of
 the brain, yet without any sensible or-
 ganic  disease.   Slight  concussion  of
 the brain,  called  stunning,  consists in
 vertigo, tinnitus  aurium, loss of mem-
 ory, and stupefaction; — all these being
 temporary.  Wheli more severe, there
 is instant loss of sensation and volition,
 vomiting, the patient is as if in a sound
 sleep, but there is no  stertorous breath-
 ing.  Pulse  variable,  generally more
 rapid and feeble than  in compression ;
 extremities cold.   Little can be done
 here, till  reaction has occurred; after
 this, the case must be treated according
 to general principles, — by V. S.,  blis-
 ters applied to the head,  &c. After
 severe concussion, a patient, although
 apparently well,  is not safe till some
 time after the accident.
   (F) Commotion xiutCerveau.
   (G) Gehimerschutterung.
   CONDAMINE, Charles  Marii;
 de la, F. R. S., &c. (Biogr.)   A cele-
 brated traveller ;  born at Paris in 1701;
 died in  1773.  Works.  On  the inocu-
 lation of the small-pox,  translated  into  t-
 English. 1754. 12mo.   Translation of
 his discourses on inoculation, read be-
fore the Royal Academy of Sciences of
 Paris,  in  Latin. Paris. 1764. 8vo.:
 Lond. 1755. 8vo.  A  second paper on
 the inoculation of the small-pox. Genev.
 1759. 12mo.
   Conmjnsan'tia (Mat. Med.)  tvxvoi-
 xixa  ipaquuxa.   Medicines, once  es-
 teemed proper for inspissating  the hu-
 mors.
   Condensation*  (Phys.)   Condensa'-
 tio, inspissa'tio, ■nvxwiaig.  Increase in
 density of  the  blood and other liquids,
 or of the solids,  which enter into  the
 composition of the human body. '
     (G) V er di c h tu ng.
   CoN'niMENT  (Hyg.)  Condimen'tum,
 Ar'tyma, uqxvua; i,flvaiiu,   Conditu'ra,
 from con'dire, ' to season.'   Some sub-
 stances are called, at  times, aliments,
 and,  at others, condiments, according
 as they may constitute the basis or the
 accessary to any  dish ; such are cream,
 butter, mushrooms, olives, &c.  Others
 are  always  condiments, as they  are
 only  used  to  improve  the  savour of
 food, and  contain but little  nutritive
 matter.  Such are pepper, salt, cinna-
 mon, &c.   Almost all condiments  are
 possessed of stimulant properties, 
CONDITUM
223          CONFECTION
The following are the chief.
I. Exotic,
    or
 Tropical,
'Cinnamon.
 Ginger.
 Cloves.

 Peppers,  .
I long,
\ white,
) black,
' Cayenne.
              Nutmeg.
              Mace.
              Pimento.
             ( Sugar.
             'Common Salt.
              Vinegar.
              Various Pickles.
              Verjuice.
              Lemon,
              Caper.
              Orange.
              Cumin.
              Aniseed.            ^ '■'
              Carraway.           *
              Coriander.
 2. Indigenous. ■( Fennel.
              Bay leaves.
              Thyme.
              Sage.
              Mustard.
              Horseradish.
              Garlic.
              Onion.
              Butter.
              Cream.
              Olive Oil.
             . Honey.
   (F) Condiment, Assaisonnement.
   (G) das Wiirzen.
   Condi'tum (Pharm.) xovSixov; same
 etymon.  A pharmaceutical compound
'of wine,  honey, and some aromatics,
 especially pepper.  Also, a confection.
   Con'dom (Hyg.)  Ar'mour.   The in-
 testina caeca of sheep, soaked for some
 hours in  water,  turned  inside  out,
 macerated again in weak, alkaline ley,
 changed  every  twelve hours,—and
 scraped carefully to abstract the mucous
 membrane, leaving the peritoneal and
 muscular  coats,  then exposed  to  the
 vapor of burning brimstone, and after-
 wards washed with soap  and water.
 They are then blown up, dried, cut to
 the length of 7 or 8 inches, and border-
 ed at the open end with  a  riband.
 They are drawn over the penis  prior
 to coition to prevent venereal infection
 and pregnancy.
   (F) Baudruches,   Redingotes  An-
glaises, Gants des Dames.
   Co.vduc'tor  (Surg.)  That which
 conducts.  The Conductor was an in-
 strument, formerly  used, in the high
operation  of  the  stone, for directing
the forceps into the bladder.
  (F) Conducteur. (G) Wegweiser.
  Con'dyle (Anat.) Con'dylus,  Capit'u-
lum, xovdvXog.  A knot, eminence.   An
articular eminence, round in one direc-
tion,  flat in the other.  A kind of pro.
cess, met with, more particularly, in the
ginglymoid joints; — such are the con-
dyles of the  occipital, inferior maxil-
lary bone, &c.  Some Anatomists have
applied the term,however, to eminences,
that are not articular; as to the lateral
tuberosities at the inferior extremity of
the os humeri, and even to certain de-
pressions ; as to the concave, articular
surfaces or faces at the upper  extremity
of the tibia.  M. Chaussier calls the
transverse  root of the zygomatic  pro-
cess,  Condyle of the  Temporal Bone.
  (F) Condyle.   (G) K o p f,  Knor-
re n, &c.
  Con'dyloid (Anat.) Condyloida'us,
from  xovSvX.og,  : a condyle,' and  tidog,
'  shape.'  Having the shape of a condyle.
  FORAM'INA  CONDYLOIDM'A,  (F)
Trous condyloidiens.   (G)  Knop-
flocher.   These  are  distinguished
into anterior and posterior.  They are
four in number, seated in  the  occipital
bone; two anterior, and two  posterior,
to the condyles  or condyloid  processes
of the same  bone :  and to depressions,
which are  called  Fos'sa   Condyloi-
da'a.   (F)  Fosses  condyloidiennes.
(G) Knopfgrub e n.
  The word  condylotdien  meaning —
'■' that which has the shape  of a  con-
dyle," it has been judiciously  proposed,
by some French Anatomists,  that  con-
dylien,should be  used in  preference,
in the case of the foramina and fossae.
  Condylo'ma (Path.) xov8vXv^ia,from
xovdvXog, ' a knot,' ' an eminence.'   A
soft, fleshy excrescence, of an indolent
character, which appears near the ori-
fice of the genital organs  and rectum,
and occasionally on the fingers and toes.
It is  the consequence of the syphilitic
virus.      (F) Condylome.
  Confec'tion (Pharm.) from confi"cio,
' I make up.'  Alig'ulus. • In general, it
means any thing made up or preserved
with sugar.   In the late London Phar-
macopoeias it includes the articles be-
fore called electuaries and conserves.
Confec'tio or Confec'tum, also, means
Confec'tionary,
  (F) Confiture,  Condit.   (G) Lat-
w e r ge.
    CONFEC'TIO  AMYGDALA'RUM,
Al'mond  Confec'tion,  Al'mond Paste,
Pas'ta re'gia, P. Amygdali'na, Pas'ta
Emulsi'va,  Buty'rum Amygdala'rum
Dul'cium.  (Sweet almonds  §j,  gum
acacia 3jj white  sugar  $iv.  Blanch
the  almonds, and beat into a paste.) A
good  mode of keeping  almonds  in a
state fit for making emulsions.
    (F) Confection d'Amandes. 
CONFECTION          224          CONFECTION
  CONFEC'TIO ARCHIG"ENI, C.Pau-
li'na.  (Castor, long pepper, black pep-
per, storax, galbanum, costus, opium,
of each  § ss, saffron  $1}?'syrup  of
wormwood  S'JO   ^ was much  re-
commended as a stimulant in nervous
affections.
  CONFEC'TIO  AROMAT'ICA,  Elec-
tua'rium Aromat'icum,  C. Cardi'aca,
C. Raleigha'na,  Aromat'ic Confec'tion,
Sir Walter  Ral'eigh's  Cor'dial.   The
following is the London formula. (Cin-
namon,  nutmeg, of each  § ij,  cloves
§j, cardamom seed § ss, saffron § ij,
prepared shells  § xvi, rectified  sugar
Jjjij,  water fly.)   Rub the  dry sub-
stances to a powder, adding the  water
gradually till the  whole  be incorpo-
rated. Dose, 9j to 3j.
  CONFEC'TIO AURANTIO'RUM, Con-
ser'va Cor'ticum Aurantio'rum, C. Cor<-
ticis Exterio'ris Auran'tii Hispalen'sis,
C. Flaved'inis Cor'ticum Aurantio'rum
Hispalen'sium, Conser'va Auran'tii, C.
Ci'tri Auran'tii,  Confection  of  the
 Orange,  Conserve of  Orange  Peel.
(Yellow  pdrt of the peel of the  orange
fly, rectified  sugar Jbiij,  beat  into a
conserve.)   It is  stomachic,  and  an
agreeable vehicle, corrigent, and adju-
vant for  other remedies.  Dose,  § ss.
   CONFEC'TIO CAS'SIM, Electua'ri-
um Cas'sia Fis'tula, E.  Cas'sia, E. e
 Cas'sid,  E. laxati'vum, Conser'va Cas'-
sia,  Electua'rium Cas'sia tamarinda'-
tum  seu leniti'vum, Electa'rium  e Cas'-
sid,  Diacas'sia  cum  Man'nd,  Cas'sia
 Confec'tion. (Cassia pulp fljss, manna
 §ij? tamarind pulp §j, syrup of roses
 Jfoss.  Bruise the  manna, dissolve by
heat, mix the pulp, and evaporate.)  It
 is gently laxative. Dose, § ss.
   CONFEC'TIO  HAMEC; — so called
 from an  Arabian physician ; was com-
 posed of the bark of the  yellow myro-
 balans,  black myrobalans, violets, pulp
 of colocynth, the polypodium of the oak,
 leaves of wormwood,  thyme, aniseed,
fennel, red  roses,  pulps of prunes, rai-
 sins, sugar, honey, senna, rhubarb, &c.
 It  was  used  as a purgative  in glys-
 ters.
  CONFEC'TIO HYACIN'THI,Hy'acinth
 Confec'tion, Electua'rium seu Confec'-
 lio de Cro'co emenda'ta, o'lim dic'ta de
 hyacin'this (P.)  A tonic  and slightly
 astringent confection, composed, accord-
 ing to Baume, of terra sigillata, crab's
 stones, cinnamon,  leaves of the dittany
 of Crete, myrrh, saffron, syrup of  lem-
 on,  camphor, Narbonne  honey, oil of
 lemon, &c.; and formerly the Hyacinth
 was added, whence its name.
  CONFEC'TIO  O'PII,  Electua'rium
Opia'tum,  Confec'tio  Opia'ta, Philo'-
nium Lpndinen'se, Theri'aca Edinen'-
sis,  Philo'nium  Roma'num,  O'pium
Confec'tion, Electua'rium  Theba'ieum.
(Hard  opium 5vj>  ^onS  pepper §j,
ginger root § ij, carraway seeds  § iij,
syrup  fly :  one grain of opium  in 36
Ph. L.)  It is narcotic  and  stimulant.
Dose, gr. x to £)j.
   CONFEC'TIO  PIP'ERIS  NI'GRI,
Ward's  Paste for  Fistula.  (Black
pepper, elecampane root, each fly, fen-
nel seed flyij, white sugar  flyj.)  Dose,
size of a nutmeg three or four times  a
day.
  CONFEC'TIO RO'SM CANl'NM(h).'
Conser'va  Ro'sa  Cani'na,  Conser'va
Cynos'bati,  C. Cynorrho'di, Confec'-
tion or Con'serve of Dog Rose.   (Pulp
°f dog rose  fly, sugar § xx.  Incorpo-
rate.)  It  is  chiefly used  as a vehicle
for  other remedies.
  CONFEC'TIO RO'SM GAL'LICM(L).
Conser'va  Ro'sa  Gal'lica,  Co,user'va
Ro'sa, C  Fle'rum Rosa'rum Rubra'-
rum, C. Flo'ium Ro'sa Ru'bra, Rho-
dosae'eharum, C. Ro'sa Ru'bra, Con-
fec'tion of the Red  Rose.  (Petals fly,
sugar fljiij.) It is astringent, but chiefly
used as a vehicle for other remedies.
  CONFEC'TIO  ru'tm, Confec'tion'
of Rue.  (Rue leaves, dried, carraway
seeds,  bay  berries,  of each § iss, saga-
penum $iv, black pepper 5ij>  honey
 j§ xvj.  Mix.) It is given in clysters,
as an antispasmodic and carminative.
   CONFEC'TIO  DE SAN'TALIS, Con-
fec'tion of the  Saun'ders.   (Sandal
wood,  red coral, bole armeniac, terra
sigillata, kermes berries, tormentil root,
dittany, saffron, myrtle, red roses, cal-
cined  hartshorn,  cloves.)  It was  for-
merly  used as an astringent.
     (F) Confection de Sandaux.
   CONFEC'TIO SCAMMO'NIM,  Elec-
tua'rium  Scammo'nii,  Electu'arium e
 Scammo'nio, Caryocosti'num,  Confec'-
 tion of Scam'mony.  (Powdered scam-
mony  § iss, bruised  cloves, powdered
ginger, aa. 3VJ> °M °f carraway 3ss>
 syrup  of roses, q. s.)  A stimulating
 cathartic.   Dose,  3SS to 3j-
   CONFEC'TIO  SEN'NM,.Electua'ri-
 um Cas'sia Sen'na, E. Sen'na  cum
 Pul'pis, E. Sen'na compos'itum, Bene-
 dic'tum Laxati'vum, Electua'rium ape'-
 riens, E. cathol'icum  commu'nl,  E-
 diapru'num,  E. eccoprot'icum,  Elect.
 Sen'na, E. e Sen'nd,  E.  leniti'vum,
 Confec'tion  of  Sen'na.  &c.  (Senna
 leaves § viij, figs  fly,  tamarind pulp,
 cassia pulp, pulp of French prunes, 
CONFERVA RIVALIS      225         CONGESTION
each fljss, coriander seed § iv, liquorice
root § iij, sugar flyiss.)   It is a laxa-
tive, and is used in  habitual constipa-
tion, and in constipation during preg-
nancy.  Dose,  3ssto § ss-
  CONFECTIO DE  THU'RE, Frank'-
incense  Confec'tion.   A compound of
the  coriander  seeds, nutmeg,  thus,
liquorice,  mastich,  cubebs,  prepared
hartshorn, conserve of red  roses, sugar,
&c.
    (F) Confection d'Encens.
  Confer'va   Hiva'lis  (Mat. Med.)
This species of River'Weed has been
recommended  in  cases  of spasmodic
asthma, phthisis, &c.
  Con'fluent  (Path.) Con'fluens, from
flu'ere, ' to flow,'  and cum, ' together.'
An epithet for  certain exanthematous
affections, in which  the pimples, pus-
tules, &r. run  together.   It is particu-
larly applied to small-pox, under such
circumstances.   Some  authors have
called  Scarlatina or  Scarlet Fever —
Confluent Measles, Morbil'li Confluen'-
tes.
  Confluen'tia  (Path.)  Confadera'-
tio ; same etymon.   A term, employed
by  Paracelsus to  express  the  con-
cordance  between a disease and  its
remedies.
  Conflux'io  (Phys.)  A Latin term,
adopted to convey the meaning of the
word gvoqoia; — used by Hippocrates
to  designate the  concurrence of the
fluids in  the general consent of parts
necessary for the maintenance of life.
  Conformation  (Anat.) Conforma'-
tio,  $ianX.uaig,  from  conforma're, ' to
arrange,'  ' dispose.'   The natural  dis-
position  or arrangement  of the body.
Faulty conformation, (F) Vice de con-
formation, is deformity  in original for-
mation ; — of course, from  birth.  In
French Surgery, Conformation is used
synonymously  with  Coaptation.
   (G) Bildung, Leibesgestalt.
   CONFORTER(F) (Therap.) Confir-
ma're,  Conforta're,  Corroborate.   To
make  stronger, to  give  energy, e. g.
 Conforter ^estomac, ' To  strengthen
the stomach.'
     (G)  St ark en.
   Confrica'tion  (Pharm.)  Confrica'-
tio, froro^ confrica're, to  rub against.'
The  ao$on of reducing  a friable  sub-
stance to'powder, by rubbing it between
the fingers;  and of expressing the juice
of a plant with the hand.
     (G)  Zerreibung.
   Confu'sjE fe'bres (Path.) Intermit-
tents, whose  paroxysms  are irregular
and confused.  Bellini.
  Confu'sio  (Path.)  from  confundol
' I mix together '; avyxvoig.  A disease1
of the eye, which consists in the mix-
ture  of the humors. Galen.  It has,
also, been  used  synonymously with
Complexio.
  Congela'tion  (Path.)  Congela'tio,
ni\%ig,  Conglacia'tion,  Gela'tio,  from
con'gelo, ' I congeal,' ' I freeze.'   The
action of congealing, of passing to the
solid state  by the abstraction of heat;
as congelation of water, mercury, &c.
  The term had,  once, other accepta-
tions.   1.  It was  synonymous with
concretion.  2.  With coagulation,  in
which sense it is still occasionally em-
ployed.  3.  The ancients called all dis-
eases,  produced by cold,  congelations,
and all those in which there was a kind
of stupor or torpor — particularly cata-
lepsy.
  Congelati'va Medicamen'ta (Mat.
Med.)   Conglutinan'lia,  Congelan'tia,
Conglu'tinans.   Medicines, considered
capable of  uniting, or  consolidating
wounds, &c.
  Con'gener (Anat.)  Congen'erous,
from cum,  ' with,' and ge'nus, ' kind.'
Of the same kind or species.  Resem-
bling  each  other,  in some manner.
When applied  to  muscles,  it means,
that they concur in the  same action :
in opposition to the word antagonist, or
that which acts in an opposite direction.
   (F) Congenere.  (G) Zusammen-
wirkend.
   In  France Conginhres  is  applied to
those, who join in the dissection of the
same subject.
   Congen'ital,  Con'genite  (Path.)
Congenia'lis, Congen'itus,   ovyyett]g,
from gen'itus,  ' begotten,'  and  cum,
' with.   Diseases, which  infants have
at birth.  Hence, congenital affections
are  those, that depend on  faulty con-
formation ;  as  congenital hernia, con-
genital cataract, &c.
     (F) Congenial ou  Congenital.
   Congestion (Path.) Conges'tio, from
 conge'rere, ' to amass,'  ' accumulate,'
 &c. Symphore'ma, oxiupoqa, ovtttpoqi]oig.
 Accumulation  of blood or  other fluid
 in an organ.  It is an  important symp-
 tom in febrile and  other disorders.  It
 may arise, — either  from an extraordi-
| nary flow of blood -by the  arteries, or
1 from a difficulty in the return of blood
 to the  heart.  More often,  perhaps, it
 is  owing  to the latter  cause,  and is
 termed venous congestion, or stagna-
 tion : — being  not  unusually attended
 with symptoms of oppression and  col-
I lapse.     (G)  A n h a  u f u n g. 
CONGIUS            226            CONNATE
  Writers.  J. Juncker (in catarrh
and rheumatism), Hal. 1748 (L).  J. F.
Isenflamm, Erlang, 1749 (L).  A.  E.
Buchner, Hal. 1749 (L).  E. A. Nico-
lai, Jenae, 1761 (L). J. F. Th. Gold-
hagen, Hal. 1784 (L).
  Con'gius (Pharm.) The gallon: con-
taining 8 pints."  See Chu.
    (F) Conge.
  Conglo'bate  (Anat.) Congloba'tus,
from congloba're,' to collect,'  ' to gather
into a ball.'
    (F) Conglobe.
  CONGLO'BATE GLAND,  Glan'dula
congloba'la, Glan'dula Muco'sa, Con-
glo'bate gland, Glo'bate gland,  Lym-
phat'ic gan'glion.  A  round  body,
formed of lymphatic vessels,  connected
together by cellular structure, but hav-
ing neither a cavity nor excretory duct.
The mesenteric, inguinal and  axillary
glands are of this class.
  (F)  Glandes conglobees,  Ganglions
lymphatiques.
  Conglomerate (Anat.)  Conglome-
ra'tus, Glom'erate, Glomera'tus. Heap-
ed together.
    (F) Conglomere.
  CONGLOMJERATE GLANDS, Glan'-
dula  conglomera'ta, Glandula vascu-
lo'sa,  are  those, whose  lobules  are
united under the  same  membrane; as
the liver, kidney, testicle, &c.
  CONGRES(F) (Leg.Med.)  Con'gress,
Congres'sus. This term, which has often
been  used synonymously with Coition,
means, also, the ocular proof, formerly
ordered by  the  Judicial Authority, in
the presence of surgeons and matrons,
to test the impotence or capabilities of
the  parties ; — a  most  unsatisfactory
and indecent  exhibition.  It was  for-
bidden by  the  Parliament of  Paris in
the year 1667.
  Co'ni  vasculo'si (Anat.)  Conical
bundles, formed by the  vasa efferentia
of the testis: having their base towards
the epididymis.
  Con'ia  (Pharm.)- xovia.   A  wine,
prepared by fermenting the  must of
the grape on tar previously  washed in
sea water.   Orfila.
  Coni'um  Macula'tum  (Mat. Med.)
xiovtiov, Coni'um, Cicu'ta, Cicu'ta ma'-
jor,Abio'tos, Cicu'ta terres'tris, Cicu'ta
major fal'ida,  C. vulga'ris, Common
Hemlock, Hemlock. The leaves  and
seeds are narcotic and poisonous in an
over-dose.   Light destroys  the virtues
of the leaves; and, therefore, the pow-
der should  be  kept in  opaque bottles,
well  corked.   It  has been  used as a
palliative in cancer, and other painful
affections, but is  not equal  to opium.
Externally, it has been applied, in fo-
mentation, to cancerous and scrophu-
lous ulcers.  Dose, gr. ij to xx.
  (F) Cigue ordinaire, C. grande.
  (G) Schierling, Gefleckter
Schierling.
  DA'VIDSON'S REMEDY FOR CAN-
CER is said to consist of  powdered
hemlock and arsenious acid.
  Writers.  A. Storck, Vindob. 1760
(L).   J. Quarin, Vindob. 1761 (L).: in
English, Edinb. 1762. C.  G. Ortega,
Madrid, 1761 (L).  F. Leber, Vienna,
1762 (G).   Ch. L. Hofmann, Munster,
1762(G).   J. Salomon, Hal. 1763 (L).
Pr. J. Erhart,  Argent.  1763 (L).  J.
H. Lange, Helmst.  1764 (L).  A. de
Haen,  Vienna, 1765 (L).  J. Vivenzi,
Neapol. 1767 (L).  P. E.  Hartmann,
Utrecht, 1772 (L).  M. Schindler, Ul-
ma3,  1791 (L).   W.  Butter,  Lond.
1773.
  Conjugation (Anat.)   Conjuga'tio.
Assemblage, union,  Conju'gium, oviv-
yta.
    (F) Conjugaison.
  FORAM'INA  CONJUGATIO'NIS, (F)
Trous de conjugaison.  The apertures
at the sides of the spine, formed by the
union of the notches  of the vertebrae.
They give passage  to the  nerves  of
the spinal marrow, and to the vessels,
which enter,"or issue from,  the vertebral
canal.
  Conjunc'ti Mor'bi (Path.) Diseases
joined  together.   Authors have distin-
guished two kinds of these : — one, in
which the diseases go on simultaneous-
ly — mor'bi  connex'i .• — the  other,  in
which they succeed each other— mor'bi
consequen'tes.
  Conjunctiva Membra'na  (Anat.)
Circumcaula'lis, Epipeph'ycos,  txint-
ipvxog,  Tu'nica agna'ta,  Tu'nica ad-
na'ta, T. conjunctiva. A mucous mem-
brane, so  called because  it  unites the
globe of the eye with the eyelids.  It
covers the anterior surface of the eye,
the inner surface of the  eyelids, and
the caruncula lachrymalis. It possesses
great general sensibility, communicated
to it by the fifth pair.
  (F) Conjonctive, Membrane adnee.
  (G)  Vereinigungshaut.
  Con'nate (Path.)  from cum nas'ci,
'to be born  with.'  CON'NATE  DIS-
EA'SES, (F) Maladies Connies, Mor'bi
conna'ti, are  such as an  individual is
born with: — Connate having the same
signification  as congenital.   A differ-
ence has been made by some, however,
between  those diseases or  conditions, 
CONNECTICUT
227
CONSERVE
which are  dependant  upon  original
conformation — these being called con-
genital ; — whilst the diseases or affec-
tions, that may have supervened during
gestation or delivery have been termed
connate.
  Connecticut, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.) There is a mineral spring
at Stafford in this state, 24 miles from
Hartford, which   has  obtained more
celebrity than any one in New England
Its principal ingredients are iron  and
carbonic  acid.   It,  consequently,  be-
longs to the class of acidulous  chalyb-
eates. There are other springs in the
state, of which, however, little that is
accurate, is known.
  CON'NOR, Ber'nard, M.D. (Biog.)
A native of Ireland, physician to John
Sobiesky,  king  of Poland;  and  af-
terwards  a practitioner and  lecturer
in  London : supposed  to  have been
born  in 1666; died in  1698.  Works.
Evangelium medici, seu de  suspensis
natura  legibus sive  de  miraculis reli-
quisque tv xoig Bi(iXioig memoratis,  qua
medica indagini subjici possunt. Lond.
1697. 8vo.  A compendious plan of the
body of physic. Oxon. 1697.  De secre-
tione animaii. Lond. 1697. 8vo.
    Connutri'tuS   (Path.)  avvxqoipog,
from cum, ' with,' and nu'trior, ' I am
nourished.' A disease  is  so  called,
which has  grown up, as it were, with
an individual, or has been connate with
him.  Hippocr.,  Galen.
   Co'noid (Anat.) Conotde'us, Conol'-
des, xwvottdijg, from xmvog,' a cone,' and
udog,' shape.'  Resembling a cone.
   (F) Conoide.   (G) Konisch.
   CO'NOID LIG'AMENT.   A ligament,
passing from  the coracoid  process to
the scapula, and  forming  part of the
coraco-clavicular ligament of some anat-
omists.
   CONQ.UASSANT (F)   (Path.) Con-
quassans, from cum,' with,'' together';
and quassa're, '  to  shake.'  Douleurs
conquassantes are the pains of partu-
rition, at the time of their  greatest in-
tensity, when the head is engaged in
the pelvis.
   Conquassa'tion (Pharm.) Same  ety-
mon.   A  pharmaceutical  operation,
which consists in dividing, with a  pes-
tle, fresh vegetables, fruits, &c.   See
CONFRICATION.
     (G) Zerreibung.
   CONRIN'GIUS,*Her'mann  (Biog.)
A  celebrated  physician, and  man of
universal erudition; who held several
appointments, successively, in the Uni-
versity  of  Helmstadt;  was born at
Norden,  in  East Friesland, in 1606;
died, at Helmstadt, in 168L  Works.
De calido innato, sive igne animaii, liber
unus. Helmst. 1647. 4to.  De Germani-
corum corporum habitus antiqui et novi
causis.  1645, 1666. 4 to.   lntroductio
in universam  artem medicam.   K354.
4to.  Exercitationes academica, physi-
ca,  medica, politica, &.c.  Helmst.  2
vols.
  Consec'utive  (Path.)  Consecuti'vus,
from cum, ' with,' and se'qui, ' to fol-
low.'
  CONSEC'UTIVE  PHENOMENA  or
SYMP'TOMS, (F) Phenomenes ou acci-
dens  conse'cutifs, are such as appear
after the cessation of a disease, or,  ac-
cording to others, during its decline;
but without having any direct connec-
tion with it.
  Consent' of Parts  (Phys.)  Con-
sensus, CSnsen'sus par'tium, ov^na-
Stia,  ouiiipiavia,  ouoXoyia,  from  cum,
' with,'  and senti're,'  ' to feel.'  That
relation of different parts of the body
with each other,  which is  more  Com-
monly denominated sympathy (q. v.)
  (F) Consentement des Parties.
 (G)Mitleidenschaft der Theile.
  Conservation (Pharm.) Conserva1-
tio, ipvX.a^ig, from conserva're, ' to pre-
serve.'  The art of preserving any ob-
ject of pharmacy; any remedial  agent
&c. from decay.
  (F) Conservation des  Drogues, As-
servation.
  Con'serve (Pharm.) Conser'va, from
conserva're, ' to preserve.'  A pharma-
ceutical  preparation,  composed of a
vegetable substance  and  a sufficient
quantity of sugar.  The  London and
American  pharmacopoeias  prefer  the
term Confection, (q. v.)
  CONSER'VA ABSIN'THII, C.Absin'-
thii marit'imi, Conserve  of  Wormwood.
(Leaves fly, sugar fljiij.)   It has been
employed as a tonic, stomachic, and
vermifuge.
  CONSER'VA  DE ANGEL1 ICA (P),
Conserve d Angelique, C. of Angel'ica.
(Pulp  of root 250 parts; white sugar,
boiled in  a decoction of the root, and
reduced  to  the  consistence of a solid
electuary, 1000  parts.)  It is a  tonic,
aromatic, and stomachic.
  CONSER'VA DE  A'PIO  GRAVEO-
LEN'TE(P)'Conserve d'Ache, Conserve
of Smallage.  Prepared  like  the pre-
ceding.  Reputed to  have the  same
properties.
  CONSER'VA A'RI, Conserve of A'rum.
(Fresh root fljss, sugar fljiss.) Esteem-
ed diuretic and stimulant. 
CONSIDENT1A          228        CONSTITUTION
   CONSER'VA  COCHLEA'RIM  HOR-
 TEN'SIS,  Conserve  of Lemon Scurvy
 Grass.  (Leaves fly, sugar flyij.)  Re-
 puted to  be  stimulant and  antiscor-
 butic.
   CONSER'VA  LU'JULM,   C. Folio'-
 rum lu'jula,  Conserve of Woodsorrel.
 (Leaves fly,  sugar  flyij.)  Gratefully
 acid and refrigerant.
   CONSER'VA  MEN>THM,  C.Men'tha
 folio'rum,  C. MenJtha sati'va,  Con-
 serve  of Mint.  (Leaves fly,  sugar
 flyij.) Stomachic in nausea and vomit-
 ing.
   CONSER'VA PRU'NI SYLVES'TRIS,
 Pul'pa pruno'rum sylves'trium condi'-
 ta,  C. Pru'na sylves'tris, Conserve  of
 Sloes.  (Pulp, 1 part,  sugar, 3 parts.)
 Possessed of astringent properties.
   CONSER'VA SCIL'LM, Conserve  of
 Squill.  (Fresh squills  §j, sugar § x.)
 Possesses the  diuretic and o'ther virtues
 of the squill.
   Considen'tia (Path.) This word has
 two acceptations.  1. It is synonymous
 with Apocatastasis ;  and, 2. It signi-
 fies "contraction of any cavity or canal:
 — ovvityaig.
   Consisten'tia (Path.) A Latin term,
 employed in two senses. 1. When join-
 ed to  the  word Mor'bi or AZta'tis,  it
 expresses the  acme of a disease, or the
 age  at which  the  constitution has ac-
 quired its full  strength.   1. By Consis-
 ten'tia humo'ris is meant the density
 of a humor.
   Consoi.idan'tia  (Mat. Med.)  Con-
 solidati'va  Medicamen'ta. Substances,
 formerly given for the  purpose of con-
 solidating  wounds,  or  strengthening
 cicatrices.
   CONSOMME  (Mat. Alim.)  Consum-
 ma'tum, ii«iiog. Soup, strongly charged
 with gelatine, and consequently  very
 nutritious, although not proportionably
 easy.of digestion.
     (G)  Kraftbriihe.
  Constei.la'tum Unguen'tum (Phar.)
 An  ointment, composed of cleansed
 earth  worms ! dried and pulverized;
 and of the fat  of the bear or wild boar.
 It was formerly employed  in tooth-
 ache, and to hasten the cicatrization of
 wounds
   CONSTANTI'NUS,  Africa'nus
 (Biog.) Born at  Carthage, and flourish-
 ed in the middle and latter part of the
 11th century.  He lived a considerable
 time at Babylon, and was a  celebrated
 Oriental scholar.  He went afterwards
to Carthage and to Salernum, and be-
came a monk of the Order of St. Bene-
dict, in the Monastery of St. Agatha
 of Aversa,  where he  made his compi-
 lations.  He is supposed to have given
 occasion to the patronage bestowed, by
 Duke Robert, on the  School of Sa-
 lernum. His works were first collected
 at Basil, in 1536, in folio.  This collec-
 tion contained various essays on differ-
 ent diseases.  A supplementary collec-
 tion appeared  at Basil, in l.">39, in fol.,
 under the  title — Opera  reliqua, in
 quibus omnes loci communes,  qui  pro-
 pria theorices  sunt, ita  explicantur et
 tractantur, ut medicum futurum optimi
 formare et perficere possint.
   Constipa'tion (Path.) Constipa'tio,
 from constipa're, ' to cram close.'   Ob-
 stipa'tio, Adstric'tio, Obstipa'tio alvi'na,
 Ischocoi'lia, Al'vus adstric'ta, Styp'sis,
 Constipa'tio  al'vi, Copros'tasis, orviiug.
 Costiveness.  A state of the bowels, in
 which the evacuations do not take place
 as frequently  as  usual;  or are inordi-
 nately hard, and expelled with difficul-
 ty.  It may be owing,  either to dimin-
 ished action of the muscular coat of
 the intestines, or to diminished secretion
 from the mucous membrane, or to both.
 Cathartics will usually  remove it; after
 which its  exciting and predisponent
 causes must be inquired into and obvi-
 ated, to render the cure permanent.
  (F) Constipation, Echauffement, Ven-
 tre rcsserrc.  (G) Verstopfung.
  Writers.    M. Sebizius,  Argent.
 1664 (L).  J. S. Muller, Tubing. 1678
 (L).  C. A.  Prixtz,  Jenae, 1710  (L).
 H. G. Krisch, Lips. 1731 (L).  J. F. E.
 Schmzzer, Erlang.  1755 (L).  Chr.
 G. Ludwig, Lips. 1770 (L).
  Constitution (Physiol.) Conslitu'tio,
 xaxaaxaaig,  Sta'tus, from cum, ' with,"
 and sta're,' to stand.'   A collection of
 several  parts,  forming  a  whole.  In
 Medicine, Constitution means the state
 of all the  organs of the  human body,
considered in regard to their particular
and respective  arrangement,  order, or
activity.  A good constitution is one in
 which every organ is well developed,
and endowed with due energy, so that
all perform their functions with equal
facility.   Any want of equilibrium in
their developement and  energy, forms
a difference in the constitution.  We
say that a man  is of a good or robust,
a delicate or weak constitution, when
he is commonly healthy,  or commonly
laboring under, or unusually susceptible
of, disease.
  Writer  on the human Constitution.
Th. Beddoes, Bristol,  1798.
  CONSTITUTION OF  THE  AT'MO-
 SPHERE,  Constilu'tio A'eris,  (F) Con- 
CONSTITUTIONAL        229         CONSULTATION
 stitution Atmospherique.  The different
 conditions of the atmosphere, as regards
 dryness and  humidity,  temperature,
 heaviness, direction of the winds, &c,
 considered as  respects their influence
 on the animal economy.
    EPIDEM'IC  CONSTITUTION  or
 MED'ICAL CONSTITUTION, (F) Con-
 stitution medicale, C. epidemique.  The
 aggregate  of meteorological conditions,
 so far as they are appreciable,  during
 which diseases prevail epidemically.
   Writers.   Retz  (la metiorologie
 appliquie  a la medecine),  Bruxelles,
 1776 (F).
   Co.nstitu'tional (Path.) Belonging
 to the constitution of an individual; to
 his manner of being;  as, constitutional
 phthisis, C. gout,  &c.  By some, this
 epithet has been given to diseases, pro-
 duced by the constitution of the atmo-
 sphere, but this acceptation is not com-
 mon.
     (F) Constitutionnel.
   Writer.   W.  Lambe (on constitu-
 tional diseases), Lond. 1805.
   Constric'tor (Anat.) from constrin'-
 gere,' to bind.'  That which binds  in
 a circular direction.  Different muscles
 are so called.
   (F) Constricteur.  (G) Schliess-
 m us kel.
    CONSTRICTO'RES   LARYN'GIS.
 Lieutaud describes  under the name,
 Grand constricteur  du  larynx,  the
 muscle  Cri'co-arytenoide'us latera'lis
 with the Thy'ro-arytenoide'us.
   CONSTRIC'TOR CESOPH'AGI, Con-
 stric'tor of the  CEsoph'agus.  A fasci-
 culus of fleshy, circular  fibres,  at the
 upper part of the oesophagus.
   (F) Constricteur de VUZsophage, Mus-
 cle asophagien.
    CONSTRICTO'RES  PHARYN'GIS,
 Constric'tors of the Pha'rynx, Sphinc'-
 ter Gu'la.  Muscular expansions, which
 assist in forming  the parietes of the
 pharynx.   Three of these  are generally
 admitted.  1.  The  Constric'tor  Pha-
 ryn'gis infe'rior, Cri'co-pharynge'us and
 Thy'ro-pharynge'us, Crico - thyro -pha-
 ryngien.   It  is broad, very thin, quad-
 rilateral, and seated  superficially, ex-
 tending from the  thyroid and  cricoid
 cartilages  as far as the middle  of the
 pharynx, and uniting, on the median
 line,  with  that of the opposite side.
 2. The Constric'tor Pharyn'gis  Me'-.
 dius,  Hy'o-pharynge'us and Chon'dro-
pharynge'us, Syndes'mo-pharynge'us,
 Hyo-glosso-basi-pharyngien, occupies
 the middle part of the  pharynx.  It
 is triangular, and  attached, anteriorly,
 to the great  and little comu of the os
 hyoides; to  the stylo-hyoid  ligament;
 and terminates,  posteriorly, by joining
 its fellow of the opposite side.  3. The
 Constric'tor Pharyn'gis supe'rior, Ceph'-
I alo-pharynge'us, Glos'so -pharynge'us,
 My'lo -pharynge'us, Pter'ygo -pharyn-
 ge'us,  Pterigo - syndesnio - staph ili-pha-
 ryngien, is quadrilateral, and  extends
 from the internal ala of the  pterygoid
 process, from the inter-maxillary liga-
 ment, from the internal oblique line of
 the jaw,  and  from  the  base of  the
 tongue to the posterior part of the pha-
 rynx.
   The  constrictors of the pharynx con-
 tract it.  They  can  likewise approxi-
 mate the ends to each other.  Chaus-
 sier considers  those  and the  stylo-
 pharyngeus  as but one  muscle,  and
 includes all under this last name.
   CONSTRIC TORES CUN'NI, Clitor'-
 idis inferio'res  la'ti et pla'ni mus'culi,
 Sphinc'ier  Vagi'na.   Small  muscles,
 which  originate beneath  the  clitoris,
 descend along the  sides of the vagina
 and terminate by becoming confounded"
 with the transversus perinai  and ex-
 ternal sphincter ani muscles.  Their use
 is to contract the  entrance of the va-
 gina.
   (F) Constricteurs du  Vagin, C. de la
 Vulve.
   Consulta'tion (Med.) Consulta'tio,
 Delibera'tio,   Canolo'gia,   xoivoXoyia,
 Conten'tio, oviipovXtvaig.  This  word
 has several  acceptations.  In English,
 it means, almost always, the meeting
 of two or more practitioners, to delibe-
 rate on any  particular case of disease.
 In France, it signifies the written result
 of such deliberations, as well as  the
 opinion of a  physician, given to  a pa-
 tient, who  consults him,  either  per-
 sonally or by writing.
    (G) Berathschlagung.
   Writers or. consultations or medical
 opinions.  J. M. Ferrari, Papiae, 1501
 (L). J. Argentieri, Florent. 1551 (L).
 B. Vittori or Victorius, Venet. 1551
 (L).  J. B. Montano,  Basil, 1557 (L).
 M. Cornace, Basil, 1564 (L).  A. M.
 Venusti, Venet. 1571 (L).  J. Mercu-
 riali, Venet. 1620 (L).  J. Fernelius,
 Paris,  1582 (L).   G. Bertini,  Basil,
 1586 (L).  L. Scholz, Francof.  1598
 (L).  A. Massaria, Venet.  1613 (L).
 J. Lautenbach, Francof. 1605 (L).  J.
 C. Claudini, Venet. 1606 (L).  Lelio
 dal Fonte,  Venet. 1608 (L).  J. Ph.
 Brendel, Francof. 1615 (L).   R. de
 Fonseca, Venet. 1618 (L).  W. Bail-
 lou or Ballonius, Paris, 1635; second 
CONSULTING PHYSICIAN   230          CONTAGIOUS
 book,  1635; third and  last,  1649. (L).
 B. Silvatico, Patav. 1656 (L).   R. J.
 Fortis, Tom. 1, Patav.  1669 (L). Tom.
 alter. 1678.  M. Ettmuller, translated
 into French,  Lyons, 1688.   M.  Mal-
 pighi, Patav. 1713 (L).  F. Hofmann
 (medico-legal opinions),  12  vols. 4to.
 Hal. 1721 - 39.  Another work, 2 vols.
 4to.  Hal. 1734.   N. Cirillo, Neapol.
 1738 (I).  H. Boerhaave, Hagse, 1743
 (L).   H. F. le Dran (surgical), from
 the  French by A.  Reid, Lond.  1766.
 Th. Thompson,  Lond. 1773.    J. B.
 Beccari, Bologna, 1777 (I).   A. Coc-
 chi,  Bergamo,  1791 (I).  A.  Pasta,
 Bergamo, 1791 (I).   P. J.  Barthez,
 Paris, 1810 (F).   Ch. L. Dumas, Paris,
 1824 (F) , by Rouzet, Berard, &c.
   Consult'ing   Physician   or   Sur'-
 geon (Med )  One, who consults with
 the  attending practitioner, regarding
 any case of  disease.  Some physicians,
 surgeons,  and  accoucheurs  confine
 themselves to consulting practice.
   Consump'tion  (Path.)  from consu'-
 mere,  ' to waste away.'  Consump'tio,
 ovvxi]::i;.  . Progressive ^emaciation  or
 wasting  away.   This  condition pre-
 cedes  death,  in  the greater part of
 chronic diseases, and  particularly  in
phthisis pulmonalis : —  on this account
 it is,  that  phthisis  has  received the
 name  consumption.   See  Phthisis.
Fiivre de Consomption, Consumptive
fever, is the  same as Hectic fever (q. v.)
   (F)  Consomption.  (G) Ausze h-
 ru n g.
   Consumpti'va  (Mat.  Med.)   Same
etymology.   Caustics,  used  for  the
destruction of fungi; as burnt  alum,
lunar  caustic, &c,  were fomerly  so
called.
   Contabescen'tia  (Path.) from con-
 tabes'cere, ' to grow  lean.'  Consump-
tion, marasmus, atrophy, &c.
   Con'tact  (Path.) Contac'tus, ipavoig.
The state of two bodies that touch each
other.  In  the theory  of contagious
diseases, we distinguish immediate  or
direct contact, as when we touch a pa-
tient laboring under one of those dis-
eases,  and mediate or indirect contact,
when we touch, not the patient himself,
but objects that have touched, or  ema-
nated from him.  The air is, most com-
monly, the medium by which this last
kind of contact is effected.
    (G)  Beriihrung.
   Conta'gion (Path.) Conta'gio,  Con-
 ta'ges  Conta'gium, p.xoqqoia, anoxqioig,
 from  contin'gere, ' to meet or touch.'
 The transmission of a  disease   from
 one  person  to another, by direct  or
 indirect contact.   The term has, also,
 been  applied, by some,  to the  ac-
 tion  of miasmata arising  from  dead
 animal or vegetable matter, bogs, fens,
 &c.; but in this sense it is now aban-
 doned.  Contagious diseases are  pro-
 duced, either  by a virus, capable  of
 causing them by inoculation,  as  in
 small-pox,  cow-pox,   hydrophobia,
 syphilis,  &c, or  by  miasmata,  pro-
 ceeding from a  sick  individual',  as
 in plague,  typhus  gravior, and  in
 measles and  scarlatina.    Scrophula,
 phthisis pulmonalis, and  cancer have,
 by some,  been esteemed contagious,
 but  apparently   without  foundation.
 Physicians  are, indeed,  by  no  means
 unanimous  in deciding  what diseases
 are  contagious, and  what not.   The
 contagion  of the  plague and typhus,
 especially  of the  latter,  is denied by
 many.  It seems  probable, that a dis-
 ease may be contagious  under certain
 circumstances, and not  under others.
 A case of common fever,  arising from
 common causes, as from cold, may, if
 the patient be kept in a close, foul con-
 dition, be converted into a disease, ca-
 pable of producing emanations, which
 will excite  a similar disease in those
 exposed to them.
   Contagion and infection are generally
 esteemed  synonymous.    Frequently,
 however, the former is applied to  dis-
 eases, not produced  by  contact ;  as
 measles, scarlet fever, &c, whilst in-
fection is used for those  that require
 positive contact; as itch, syphilis, &c,
 and vice versd.
   Diseases, which  cannot be produced
 in .any other  way than by contagion,
 are said to have their origin in specific
 contagion;  as small-pox, cow-pox,
 measles,  hydrophobia,  syphilis,  &c.
 Those,  which are produced  by conta-
 gion,  and  yet are sometimes owing to
 other  causes, are  said  to arise from
 common contagion;  as   typhus,  cy-
 nanche parotidsea,  &.c.
    (G) Ansteckung.
  Conta'gious (Path.)  Contagio'sus.
 Capable of being  transmitted by me-
 diate  or immediate contact; as a con-
 tagious disease, contagious fever, con-
 tagious effluvia, &c.
 Writers on contagion and contagious
 diseases.  J.  le Paulmier or Palma-
 rius,  Paris,  1578  (L).   J. Peri.ints
 (denies the  existence  of  contagion),
 Hanov. 1613 (L).   M. Sebizius, Ar-
 gent.  1650 (L). G. Lothus, Regiom.
 1650 (L).  M. Hofmann,  Altdorf, 1668
 (L).  J. W.  Dimel, Lugd. Bat. 1685 
CONTEMPLATIF         231          CONTORSION
 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jenoe,  1689 (L).
 E. Camerarius,  Tubing.  1712 (G).
 R. W.  Crause, Jenae,  1712 (L).   R.
 Mead,  Lond. 1722.  J. G. Furstenau,
 Rintel,  1742 (L).   A.  E.  Buchner,
 Hal. 1768 (L).  J. Junker,  Hal. 1758
 (L).  L.  F. F. Crell,  Helmst. 1768
 (L).   T. Lind,  Lond.  1763.   N.  G.
 Clerc,  Petersburg, 1771 (L).   J.  F.
 Ackermann, Kilon. 1773 (L).   J.  A.
 Unzer, Leipz. 1778(G). Another work,
 Leipz.  1782 (G).   Ch. A.  Kortum,
 Wesel and  Leipzig, 1779(G).   J.  G.
 Gebler (Hist, of C. diseases), Gotting.
 1780 (L).  E. G.  Bose, Lips. 1786 (L).
 J.F. Ch. Pichler, Strasburg. 1786(F).
 S. C. Titius,  Vitemb.  17b8 (L).   J.
 Alderson,  Lond. 1788.  J. C.  Smyth
 (effect of nitrous vapor in), Lond. 1796 -
 99.  W. Blackburn, Lond. 1803.   A.
 Perez de Escovar, Madrid, 1800 (S).
 J. Bressy, Paris,  1802(F).   B. Lau-
 bender, Vol. I., Leipz. 1803(G). A.  H.
 F. Gutfeld, Posen, 1804 (G).  F. Ch.
 Bach, Hall. 1804 (L). Another work  on
 C. diseases, with a  preface  by  Kurt
 Sprengei,,  Halle, 1810(G).  G. Jou-
 ard,  Paris,  1806 (F). J. Barzelotti,
 Sienna, 1806 (I).  T. Bateman  (conta-
 gion and contagious fever of England),
 Lond. 1818.  N. Potter (C. of yellow
fever), Baltimore, 1818.   V. L. Brera,
 Padua, 1819 (I).  Th. Hancock,Lond.
 1821.  D. Hosack (on febrile C), New
 York, 1820.   R. Jackson  (on  conta-
 gious fever), Lond.  1819.   Ch. Mac-
 lean (on contagious  diseases, &c),
 Lond. 1817 and 1818 : (non-existence of
 pestilential contagion), Lond. 1824.  J.
 J. Sachs (epidem. and  C. diseases),
 Rerl.  1831 (G).
   CONTEMPLATIF (F)   (Path.) Con-
 templati'vus.  Appertaining to contem-
 plation.   The predominant idea of the
 melancholic — of the monomaniac — is,
 sometimes, called contemplative.
   Contex'ture (Anat.)  Contextu'ra,
 Contex'tus, from cum,'with,' and  tex'ere,
 ' to weave,' ' to  make a web.'  Arrange-
 ment of  parts ; — texture.   A  name
 given, metaphorically, to the  structure
 of organized bodies; as the contexture
 of muscles, fibres, &c. See Tissue and
 Texture.
    (G) Gewebe.
   Con'tinence (Hyg.)  Continen'tia,
 contine're, 'to contain  oneself; 'to
 restrain.'  Abstinence from  the pleas-
 ures of  physical love.
    (G) Enthaltsamkeit.
   Con'tinent (Path.) Con'tinens. This
 word  is  synonymous with Continued.
    (G) Anhaltend.
   CON'TINENT cause,  Cau'sa  con-
junc'ta, is a cause, real or presumed,
 which, having given  rise  to a disease,
 continues to  act during  the whole
 of  its  duration.   It may  be -con-
 sidered synonymous  with  proximate
 cause. A continent fever, Fe'bris con'-
 tinens, is one, which preserves, during^
 its>whqle course,  the same degree of
 intensity, without  any remission  or
 sensible exacerbation. A disease, which
 continues uninterruptedly, has  been,
 also,  called  JEipathei'a or Aeipathei'a,
 atiTia9tia.
   Contin'ued Fe'ver (Path.)  Fe'bris
 contin'ua, F. con'tinens, F. anabat'ica,
 avaiaxi xog  nvqtxog,  F. assid'ua.   A
 fever, which presents no  interruption
 in its course.  Continued  fevers form
 a  division  in  the class  Pyrexia of
 Cullen, and include  three genera,—
 Synocha, Synochus, Typhus.
  (F) Continu.  (G) A nhaltend e s
 Fie b e r.
  Continuity (Anat. Path.) Continu'"
 itas. An adhesion of two things between
 each other, so that they cannot be sepa-
 rated  without fracture or laceration.
  DIARTHRO'SES OF CONTINUITY,
 (F) Diarthroses  de  Continuite,   are
 movable  joints,  in which  the bones
 are continuous, but do not touch  im-
 mediately :  there being, between them,
 a ligamentous substance, whose flex-
 ibility permits motion.   The  verte-
 bral articulations are examples of this.
 DIARTHRO'SES  OF   CONTIGU'ITY,
 Diarthroses de Contiguiti, on  the other
 hand,  are  movable   articulations,  in
 which the bones  are  not  continuous,
 but touch by surfaces covered  with a
 cartilaginous  layer, which is always
 moistened by synovia.
  SOLU'TION  OF  CONTINU'ITY  is
 any division of parts, previously con-
 tinuous.  Wounds and fractures are so-
 lutions of continuity.
  (G) Trennung des  Ganzen.
  The word Continuity is  opposed to
 Contiguity;  the  latter meaning  the
 condition of two things, which are near
 each  other, or touch  without uniting.
 There is contiguity between  the head
 of the humerus and the glenoid cavity
 of the scapula, but not continuity.
  CONTONDANS (F).  Contun'dens,
 from contun'dere, 'to  contuse,  bruise,
 crush.' Contun'ding, contu'sing.  That
 which makes  contusions.   A  name,
 given to round, blunt, vulnerating pro-
 jectiles, which bruise or lacerate parts,
 without cutting or puncturing them.
  Contqr'siqn (Path,) Contor'sia, from 
CONTRA-APERTURA      232      CONTRO-STIMULANT
 contor'queo,  ' I twist about.'   Violent
 movement of a part, accompanied with
 a kind of torsion ; as contortion of the
face.     (G) Verzerrung.
   Con'tra-apertu'ra  (Surg.)  from
 con'tra,' against,' and aper'io,' I open.'
 A counter-opening.  Con'tra-incis'io,
 Incis'io prio'ri oppos'ita.  An incision,
 made  in  the most depending  part of
 a  wound or  abscess, when  the  first
 opening is  not situated in a  manner
 favorable for  the   discharge  of  the
 pus.
   (F)  Contre-ouverture.  (G) Gegen-
 6" ffnu ng.
   Contrac'tile  (Phys.) Contrac'tUis,
 from  contra'here, ' to draw together.''
 Capable of contracting.   The  fibre of
 muscles is contractile.
   Contractil'ity  (Phys.) Contractil'-
 itas; same  etymon.  That  vital prop-
 erty, which gives, to certain parts,  the
 power  of contracting.  The  sensible
 or apparent contractility of Bichat,
 is  the  same  as  Myotil'ity or Mus-
 cular  Contractil'ity.  The   insensible
 contractility, of the same writer, cor-
 responds to the  Tonicity  of several
 physiologists.  The muscles  of loco-
 motion are endowed with a power of
 voluntary contractility, or one  depend-
 ent immediately on the  action of the
 brain :  the  muscles of the  viscera of
 digestion,  and other internal organs,
 enjoy an involuntary contractility. Con-
 tractility and irritability are now gen-
 erally used synonymously.
   (F)  Contractilite.   (G)  Z u s a m-
 menziehbarkeit,  Zusammen-
 ziehungskraft, Spannkraft.
   Contrac'tion  (Phys.) Same etymon.
 Action of contracting.  When we speak
 of the contraction of a muscle, we mean
 the phenomena it  exhibits  during  the
 time it is in action : —avoxo).\.
    (G) Zusammenziehung.
   Contractu'ra  (Path.)  Same ety-
 mon.  Acamp'sia, Enta'sia articula'ris,
 Mus'cular Stiff-joint.  A state of per-
 manent rigidity and progressive atrophy
 of the  flexor muscles, which prevents
 the motions  of  extension,  beyond  a
 certain  limit.   The affected  muscles
 form hard cords beneath the skin.  On
 dissection,  they  are found  convert-
 ed into  tendinous fibres,  the fleshy
 fibres  having almost disappeared, when
 the disease  has  been of any duration.
 It succeeds, frequently, other diseases,
 particularly  rheumatism,  neuralgia?,
 convulsions,  syphilis, colica pictonum,
 &c. The warm bath, vapor bath or ther-
 mal waters, oleaginous embrocations,
mechanical extension of the limbs; &c,
are the chief means of treatment.
  (F) Contracture.  (G)  Contractur
der Gelenke.
  Writers.  L. Schacht, Lugd. Bat.
1661 (L).  R. W. Ki;aise, Jente, HW
(L).  Ch.  Vater, Witteb. 1696 (L).
C. J. Schwab, Lugd. Bat. 1701 (L).
  Con'tra-fissu'ra (Path.) from con'-
tra, ' against,'  and fin'do, ' 1 cleave ':
ani]xrlf<a,   Repercus'sio,   Reson'itus,
Catag'ma,  Fissu'ra contrajacens,  A-
peche'ma.  A  fracture,   contusion,  or
injury,  produced by a  blow in a part
distant from that which is struck. Five
species of contra-fissura or conire-coups
may occur in the skull.   1.  When the
internal  table   yields   and fractures.
2. When the bone breaks in any other
part than the one  struck.  3.  When a
bone, which has been struck, remains
uninjured, and its  neighbour is fractur-
ed.  4.  When a bone is fractured in a
place diametrically opposite  to that
.struck,  as in  fractures  at the base  of
the cranium, from a fall on the vertex :
and, lastly, when the  violence  of the
blow produces a separation of the neigh-
bouring or distant sutures.  These frac-
tures of the skull  are also called Frac-
tures par resonnance.
   (F) Contrecoup, Contre-fnte, Con-
tre-fracture.  (G)  Gegenspalt.
   Writers.    Fr. Saltereau, Paris,
1762 (L).  Alefed, Giess.  1769 (L).
Dupre  de Lisle, Paris, 1770(F).  Fr.
Chopart, Paris, 1750 (L).  Mehee de
la Tocche,  Paris, 1773 (F).  J.  C.
Desessartz, Paris, 1811 (F).
   Con'tra-luna'ris  (Physiol.)  from
con'tra,' against,' and lu'na,' the moon.'
An epithet for a woman, who conceives
during the menstrual discharge.  Diet-
erich.
   co.ntrexeville. mlneral  waters
of  (Mat. Med.) C. is a town in France,
in the department Vosges, four leagues
from Neufchateau. The waters contain
carbonate of iron,  muriate and carbo-
nate of lime,  a bituminous substance,
and free carbonic  acid.   They are fre-
quented by those. laboring under cu-
taneous,  scrophulous,  and  calculous
affections.
   Co.\tiu"tio  (Pharm.) from con'tero,
1 I bruise or make  small': — ciwxqiiiua,
oi-vxqipij, ov> iqui ig,  Tritura'tion, Com-
minu'tion,  Tiitu'ra, Tri'tus, TrV'tio,
iqi$r\, xqifiuog.
   Con'tro-stim'ulant (Med.)  Con'tra-
stim'ulans, from con'tra,' against,' and
stim'ulus,' that which excites.' A sub-
stance,  that possesses a particular, de- 
CONTRO-STIMULUS       233         CONVALLARIA
bilitating property, acting upon the ex-
citability in a manner opposite to stimu-
lus.   A name, given to therapeutical
agents, which, according to the Italian
theory of the Contro-stimulus, are en-
dowed with the property of diminishing
excitement by a specific action.  These
agents are, by no  means, clearly de-
fined.
  Con'tro-stim'ulus  (Med.)  Same
etymon.   The  name, given by J. Ra-
sori, about  30 years  ago,  to a new
medical doctrine of which he was the
originator — La nuova Dottrina Medica
Italiana.   It is founded on the contro-
stimulant property, attributed to a cer-
tain number of medicines.   In  this
doctrine, as in that of  Brown, under
the  name, excitability, a fundamental
principle  of physiology  is  admitted,
by  virtue  of which living beings are
endowed  with an aptitude for feeling
the action of external agents or exciting
influences,  and of reacting  on these
same influences.   When this excita-
bility is  too great, there is  excess of
stimulus or  Hypersthe'nia: when too
little, there is deficiency  or Hyposthe'-
nia.  Diseases, general  and  local, are
divided into three great classes, or into,
1. Hypersthenic;  2. Hyposthenic; 3.
Irritative.  The contro-stimulant phy-
sicians admit only two classes of medi-
cines, — stimulants and contro-stimu-
lant s.
  Writers.   E.  L. Sobrero, Turin,
1808 (L).   P. Dellavalle, Asti, 1809
(I).  F. Lvvagna, Genoa, 1809(1).  J.
A. Amoretti, Turin, 1810 (I).  J. A.
F. Ozanam,  Milan, 1812 (I).   Gero-
M1NI,  MlLANO,  1-24(1).  G.  TOMMAS-
sini, Bologna, 1821 - 1826 (I).
  Contu'sed (Path. Swg.)  from con-
tun'dere, ' to bruise, break.'  Affected
with  contusion.   Thu3,  we  say — a
contused wound.
  (F) Contus.  (G) Gequetscht.
  Contu'sion (Surg. Path.) Coniu'sio.
A Bruise;  &Xaotg, ■dX.arr^ia,  Collis'io,
Phlas'ma, ipXuoua, Thla'sis,  Thlas'ma,
Th.  Contu'sio.   Same  etymon.   An
injury  or  lesion — arising  from  the
shock of a body with a large surface,—
which  presents no loss  of substance,
and  no  apparent wound. If the skin
be divided, the injury takes the name
of contused wound. The differences of
contusion, as to extent,  are of course
infinite.  When slight, the blood stag-
nates in the capillaries of the  skin, or
is effused into the subcutaneous cellular
tissue.  Time and cold applications re-
move it.  When the texture  of  the
                 20*
parts has been lacerated, there is effu-
sion of blood, with more or less torpor
in  the part.   Cooling applications,
general or   topical  V. S.,  emollients,
poultices,  compression, &c,  are  here
necessary, according to circumstances.
In the severest kinds  of contusion,  all
the soft and solid parts, except the skin,
are bruised,  and, at  times, reduced to
a kind of pap.   When the disorganiza-
tion is to this extent,  there is no hope
except in amputation. A deep  con-
tusion of the  soft parts has been called
Sarcothla'sis, oaqxodXaoig, and Sarco-
thlas'ma, auqxodXaauu.
   (F)  Contusion, Meurtrissure.
   (G) Quetschung.
   Writers.   E. Chr. Lober, Jenae,
1726 (L).   J. B. Loustaunau, Paris,
1753 (L).  H. Ganz, Frankf.  1792 (G).
   Convales'cence (Path.)  Convales-
cen'tia, from conv ales'cere,   ' to  grow
well.'  Exanas'trophe, tguvaoxqoipi]. Re-
covery of health,  after disease.  The
time, which elapses between the termi-
nation of a disease, and complete resto-
ration of strength.
   (G)  Genesung, Wiedergene-
s ung.
  Writers.   G. E. Stahl,   Hal. 1696
(L).  Depre (Diet of C), Erfurt, 1724
(L).   Fr. Hofmann,  Hal.   1734 (L).
L. de Santeul, Paris, 1737 (L).   J. B.
de Diest, Paris, 1741 (L). Ch. G.  Lud-
wig, Lips. 1771 (L).   Delius, Erlang,
1773 (L).  S. T. Soemmering, Mogunt.
1786 (L).  Schaeffer (after  acute dis-
eases), Francf.  1795  (L).    Letocha
(regimen of C),  Francof. 1797  (L).
J. A. B. Fourcade,  Paris,  1802 (F).
L. Caillot  (C. after fevers),  Strasb.
1802 (F).  V. A. Farre, Paris,  1807
(F).  J.C. Desessarts, Paris,  1811 (F),
J. J. B. Bernard. Paris, 1812  (F). Fr,
E. Fernault, Paris,  1812 (F).  P. L,
Guerrier, Paris, 1813 (F).
  Convalla'ria Maia'lis (Mat. Med.)
Lil'ium Conval'lium, Convalla'ria,  Mai-
an'lhemum,  Lily of  the  Valley,  May
Lily.  The recent  flowers are reputed
to be aromatic,  cephalic,  errhine, ca-
thartic.  They are not  used.
  (F) Muguet, Muguet de Mai.
  (G)  Mayblumen.
  Writers.    J. Ch. Senckenberg,
Gotting.  1737 (L).   Mossdorf,  Hal,
1742 (L).
  Convalla'ria Polygona'tum.  The
systematic  name of Solomon's  Seal.
Sigil'lum  Salamo'nis,  Polygona'tum.
The root was once used as an  astrin-
gent and tonic.  It is,  also, a reputed
cosmetic. 
CONVERSION         234          CONVULSION
  Conver'sion  (Path.)   Conver'sio.
Change from one state into another.
  CONVER'SION OF  DISE'ASES,  (F)
Conversion   des   maladies,  is — the
change or transformation of one disease
into another.
  Convolution (Anat.)  Convolu'tio,
from convol'vere,' to entwine.  Gy'rus.
  The  INTES'TINAL  CONVOLUTI-
ONS are the turns, made  by the intes-
tines in the abdomen.
  The CER'EBRAL CONVOLU'TIONS
are the round, undulating, tortuous pro-
jections, observed at the surface of the
brain.  In them   Gall's  organs,  of
course, terminate.
  (F) Circonvolution.  (G) Windung.
   Convol'vulus  Bata'tas  (Mat.
Alim.) The Sweet Pota'toe, Span'ish
Pota'toe.   This is the  only esculent
root, of the  genus convolvulus.  It is
much eaten in the  United States.
 CONVOL'VULUS  CANTAB'RICA (Mat.
Med.)  Cantab'rica,   Lavender - leaved
Bindweed.  It has been considered an-
thelmintic and actively cathartic.
  CONVOL'VULUS JALA'PA. The sys-
tematic name of the  Jalap plant.  Ja-
la'pium, Mechoacan'na ni'gra, Jalap'pa,
Jala'pa, Jal'ap Root,  Gialap'pa, Xa-
lap'pa, Bryo'nia Mechoachan'na nigri-
cans,  Bryo'nia Peruvia'na,  Chela'pa,
Rhabar'barum  Ni'grum,  Gelap'pium,
is  procured  from   South  America.
Its  odor  is  slightly  nauseous; taste
sweetish  and slightly pungent.  It is
solid, hard, heavy, brittle; — fracture
resinous; internally, light gray;  ex-
ternally, covered with a deep  brown,
wrinkled bark. Its operation is cathar-
tic — the  resinous  part griping violent-
ly.  Dose, 10  gr. to   3SS-  A. drop or
two of any essential oil will prevent it
from griping.
  (F) Jalap.   (G) Jalapwurzel,
Jalappe.
  Writers.  Chr. F. Paullini, Franc.
1700 (L).  Schaller,  Argent. 1761 (L).
G. W. Wedel,       (L).  C. L. F.
Cadet  de  Gassicourt,  Paris,  1817
(F).
   CONVOL' VUL US  MECHOACHAN,
Mechoacan'na Ra'dix, Jalap'pa al'ba,
Rhabar'barum al'bum, Mechoacan.  A
Mexican convolvulus, the root of which
possesses aperient properties, and was
once extensively used instead of jalap.
  (F) Mechoacan, Rhabarbe blanche.
   Writer.   Marcellus  Donatus,
Mant. 1768 (L).
   CONVOL' VUL US   PAND URA' TUS,
 Wild Pota'toe, Mech'ameek, WildRhu'-
barb, Wild Pota'toe- Vine,  Kassauder,
Kassader. In Virginia, and some other
parts  of the United States, the root of
this plant has been much recommended
in cases of gravel.  It is  used, either
in powder or decoction.
   CONVOL'VULUS   PES  CA'PRIM,
Bargada.  A  plant  used  in India in
cataplasm, in arthritic cases.
  CONVOL'VULUS SCAMMO'NIA. The
systematic   name of  the  Scam'mony
Plant. Scammo'nia,  axauuiavia, Scam-
mo'nia  Gum'mi-Resi'na, Convol'vulus
Syri'acus,  Scammo'nium   Syri'acum,
Diagryd'ium, Dacryd'ion,  Scammony,
Mahmou'dy.  A Syrian and Mexican
plant; the  concrete  gummi-resinous
juice of which comes to us in blackish-
gray fragments, becoming  whitish yel-
low when touched with  wet fingers.
It is a drastic, hydrogogue cathartic.
Dose, gr. iij  to gr. xv, triturated with
sugar.
  (F) Scammonee d'Alep.   (G) S k a-
moni e n.
  CONVOL'VULUS SE'PIUM, ConvoV-
vulus  major al'bus.  Great Bindweed.
The  juice  of this plant  is  violently
purgative, and is given in dropsical af-
fections.
  (F) Liseron des Haies, Grand Lise-
ran.   (G) Zaunwinde.
   Writer.   Loiseleur-Deslong-
champs, Paris, 1818 (F).
   CONVOL'VULUS  SOLDANEL'LA.
The systematic name  of the  Sea Con-
vol'vulus.  Bras'sica Mari'na, Calyste'-
gia Soldanel'la, Sea Bindweed,  xqap-
(iv SaXaoaia, Convol'vulus Marit'imus,
Soldanel'la.   The leaves of this plant
are said to  be  drastic cathartic;  but
they are not much, if at all, used.
  (F) Soldanelle, Chou Marin.
  (G)Meerkohl,  Seekohl,
Meerwinde.
   CONVOL'VULUS   TURPE'THUM,
Turpe'thum. The systematic name of
the Tur'bith plant.  The cortical part of
the root of this species of convolvulus
is brought from the  East Indies.  It is
a cathartic, but not used.
    (F) Racine de Turbith.
  Convul'sion (Path.) anaauog, Con-
vul'sio, from convel'lere,  ' to pull to-
gether.'  Conduc'tio, Hieran'osox, Dis-
ten'tio nervo'rum, Clon'ic Spasm, Con-
vul'sio clon'ica, Eclamp'sia.  This word
has  several acceptations.   It  means
any violent  perversion of the  animal
movements.    The word  Convul'sions
generally, however, signifies alternate
contractions, violent and  involuntary,
of muscles,  which habitually contract
only under  the influence  of the will. 
CONVULSIONNAIRE       235         COPRAGOGUM
 This alternate contraction, when slight,
 is called Tremor ; when strong and per-
 manent, tetanus, trismus, &c.  Spasm,
 Cramp, Risus  Sardonicus, St. Vitus's
 Dance are convulsions.
  (F)  Convulsion.  (G) Zuckung.
  Writers.   J.  Th.  Schenk, Jenae,
 1670 (L).   M. B. Valentini, 1680 (L).
 Fr.  Hofmann, Hal.  1733 (L).  J. B.
 Th. Baumes  (C. in  children), Paris,
 1789 (F).   A. Miguel (C. of pregnant
 and parturient females), Paris, 1824(F).
 M. Chaussier (C. of pregnant women),
 Paris, 1824 (F). T. Leake (Do.), Lond.
 1774.  T. North (C. of infants), Lond.
 1826.
   CONVUL'SIO   CEREA'LIS  (Path.)
 Convul'sio ab Ustilag'Hne, Ce'real Con-
 vul'sion.  A  singular disorder, of the
 convulsive kind, attended with a pecu-
 liar tingling and formication in the arms
 and  legs.   It is said  to be endemic in
 some parts of Germany, and to  arise
 often from the use of spoiled corn.
  (F)  Convulsion cireale, Ergotisme
 eonvulsif, Convulsion  de Sologne.
  CONVULSIONNAIRE (F).   A name
 given, during  the last century, to in-
 dividuals, who had, or affected to have,
 convulsions,   produced  by  religious
 ideas.
  Convdl'sive  (Path.)  Convulsi'vus,
 ortaa^wStjg, Agitato'rius.   That which
 is accompanied by, or  is  analogous to,
 convulsions; as convulsive cough, con-
 vulsive disease.    (F) Convulsif
  Cony'za-  squarro'sa  (Mat. Med.)
 xowta,  Brephoc'tonon,   (iqtipoxxovov,
 Great Fleabane or Spikenard.  A Eu-
 ropean plant,  whose  strong  and  dis-
 agreeable odor was formerly considered
 to be  destructive to   flies, fleas,  &c.
 Its infusion in wine was  once used as
 an emmenagogue and anti-icteric: in
 vinegar as an anti-epileptic.
  (F)  Herbe aux Mouches.  (G) Ge-
 meine Durrwurz.
  Coos'trum (Anat.)  The middle part
 of the  diaphragm.  Ruland.
  Copa'iba (Mat. Med.) The resinous
juice of the Copaifera officina'lis.  It
 is the  Copaifera officina'lis  Resi'na,
 Bal'samum Copa'iba, B. Brazilien'se,
 B. de Copa'iba, B. Capi'vi.  The BaV-
 sam of Copa'iba or Copa'iva. Its odor is
peculiar, but not unpleasant. Taste pun-
gent, bitter|; consistence, syrupy; color
yellowish, and transparent.  It is solu-
ble in alcohol, ether, and the expressed
oils.   S. g.  0.950.  Its properties are
stimulant  and  diuretic; in large doses
it is  purgative.  It acts on the lining
membrane of the  urethra,  and on mu-
cous  membranes, in  general.  It is
given in gonorrhoea, gleet, leucorrhoea,
&c.:  in the dose  of gtt x to 3 j, twice
or thrice a day.   Should symptoms of
urticaria or diarrhoea arise, the dose is
too large, and must be diminished.
  (F)  Copahu, Baume  de Copahu, B.
du  Bresil, Terebmthe de Copahu.
  Writer.   F.  W. Hoppe,  Altdorf,
1710(L).
  Copal' or Copale (Mat. Med.)  Re-
si'na Copal'.  The resin, which  flows,
spontaneously,  from the Elaocar'pus
Copalif'era, a Guinea plant.   It is  a
stimulant, like all the resins; and, dis-
solved in rectified spirit of wine, has
been used in cases of spongy gums and
looseness  of the  teeth; but it  is now
only employed in varnish.
    (G) Kopal.
  Copho'sis  (Path.)  xwipwoig,  Sur'di-
tas, Epicopho'sis, triixoipwoig, Paracu-
sis. Dysasthe'sia  audito'ria, from xm-
(pog, ' deaf.'   Diminution  or loss of
hearing.  Cullen uses the word sy-
nymously with  Dysecaa, and Pinel
with Paracou'sia  or Parac'oe, naqaxorj.
According  to Sauvages, Cophosis dif-
fers from both: from Dysecaa, because,
in  it  the  sonorous rays cannot reach
the labyrinth:  and from Paracousia,
which consists  in a confused  state of
hearing.
  Cophosis seems, usually, to be syno-
nymous  with deafness; — Paracu'sis
Sur'ditas.
    (F) Surdite.  (G) T a u b h e i t.
  Writer on Deafness.  J. Steven-
son, Lond. 1828.
  Copis'cus (Mat. Med.) xomoxog.  A
name  given, by  Dioscorides,  to  a
species of  frankincense  of  inferior
quality.
.  Co'pos  (Path.) xonog, Lassitu'do,
Fatiga'tio, Lassitude, Fatigue. A state
of the body, in which the greater part of
the animal  functions  are exerted with
less promptitude  and vigor than com-
mon.
  The  ancients  admitted three  spe-
cies:   1. That  arising  from plethora,
Lassitu'do  tensi'va, xoviadijg:  2. From
plethora and increased heat combined,
Lassitu'do phlegmono'sa, astuo'sa, ipXty-
fiovwdtjg: and, 3.  Owing to  a morbid
condition  of the humors,  Lassitu'do
ulcero'sa, tXxoiStig.
  (F) Lassitude.  (G) Miidigkeit.
  Writers. Schenck, Jenae, 1664 (L).
Herellcs, Altdorf, 1706 (L).  Baier,
Altdorf, 1706 (L).   Fischer, Erf. 1718
(L).
  Coprago'gcm (Pharm.) xonqayuyov, 
COPRIEMETOS          236
CORAL
from xonqog,' faeces,' and ayw,' I bring
away.'  Stercus e primis viis educens.
The name of a laxative electuary, men-
tioned by Rul-andus.
  Coprie'metos (Path.) Coproe'metos,
xonqnjiuxog, from xovtqog,' excrement,'
and tiitui, ' I vomit.'   One who vomits
faeces. Hippocr.
  Coprocrit'icus  (Mat. Med.)  from
xonqog,' excrement,' and xqivio,' I sep-
arate.'  A  mild cathartic; — an ecco-
protic.
  Coprosclero'sis (Path.)  from xo-
nqog,  * excrement,' and oxXtjoow,' I har-
den.'  Induration of faecal matters.
  Copta'rion (Pharm.) xonxaqiov, from
xonxij,' a small cake.'  A medicine, in
the form of a small cake, formerly em-
ployed in  diseases of the  lungs and
windpipe.  Galen.
  Cop'te or Cop'ton  (Pharm.) xonxt],
xonxov, from xonxui, ' I beat or pound.'
A sort of cake, composed of vegetable
substances, which the ancients admin-
istered internally, and applied to the
epigastric  region in  the  form of cata-
plasm.
  Cop'tis  (Mat. Med.) Gold Thread,
Cop'tis  Trifo'lia, Mgel'la.    The root
of this is much used in Massachusetts,
in aphthous and other ulcerations of the
mouth,  as  a local application.  It is a
pure bitter, and can be used,  wherever
such  is indicated.
   (G) Kleine  dreyblatte r ige
Nieswurzel.
  Coquen'tia  Medicamen'ta  (Mat.
Med.) from co'quere,' to digest.' Medi-
cines, which were formerly believed to
be proper  for favoring the coction or
digestion of food.
  Coraci'ne (Pharm.) Sphra'gis, xo-
qaxivij, oi/qayig.  The name of a troch
or lozenge;  quoted by  Galen  from
Asclepiades.
  Cor'aco-bra'chial (Anat.) Cor'aco-
brachia'lis. Belonging both to the cora-
coid process and arm.
  The COR'ACO-BRACHIA'LIS (Mus-
cle),  Cor'aco-humiral (Ch.),  Perfora'-
tus   CASSE'RII,  Pcrfora'tus,  Coraco-
brachia'us, is  situated at the  inner and
upper part of the  arm.  It arises from
the  coracoid  process  of the scapula,
and  is  inserted at the middle part of
the inner side of the humerus.  It car-
ries   the arm  forwards  and  inwards,
raising  the humerus a little.  It can,
also,  by acting inversely,  depress the
shoulder.
   Cor'aco-clavic'clar (Anat.) Cor'-
aco-clavicula'ris.   Belonging  to the
coracoid process and clavicle.
  The COR'ACO-CLAVIC'ULAR LIG'-
AMENT;  called also O'mo-clavic'ular,
serves to unite the clavicle to the cora-
coid process.  It is very irregular,  and
formed  of two  fasciculi, which  the
greater  part of  anatomists  have de-
scribed  as particular  ligaments, under
the names Conoid  and Trapezoid.
  Cor'acoid  (Anat.)  Coracolde'us,
Coracol'des,C.Proces'sus,Cornicula'ris
Proces'sus,  Crow's-beak-like  Process,
Proces'sus  anchora'lis,   rostriformis,
ancyrotdes, xoqaxotiSr,g, from  xoqa%, ' a
crow,' and tidog,  ' resemblance.'  Re-
sembling the beak of a crow.   A name
given by  Galen,  (and still retained),
to the short, thick process, situated at
the anterior part of"  the upper margin
of the scapula;  and  which has some
resemblance  to  the  beak of a crow.
This process gives attachment to the
Co'raco-clavic'ular and Cor'aco - acro'-
mial  ligaments, and to  the  Cor'aco-
brachia'lis, Pectora'lis mi'nor, and  Bi'-
ceps muscles.
  (F) CoracoXde.  (G) Rabensch-
n abel.
  The COR'ACOID LIG'AMENT, Lig-
amen'tum coracoide'um.   This name is
given to the small  fibrous fasciculus,
which converts the notch, at the supe-
rior margin of the  scapula, into a fora-
men.
  (F) L. Coracoidien.
  Cor'acum  Emplas'trum (Pharm.)
A plaster,  described  by  Paulus of
^gina,  and especially recommended in
phagedenic ulcers  of the parts of gene-
ration.
  Cor'al (Mat. Med.) Coral'Hum, Co-
ral'lus, y.uquXXtov, Ar'bor Ma'ris, Azur,
Bdle'sis, Helnesed, Almargen,  Armal-
gor, from xoqtm,  ' I  adorn,'  and  aXg,
'  the  sea.'   One  of  the  most beau-
tiful productions  of  the  deep.  It is
fixed to submarine rocks,  in  the form
of a shrub ; and is of a bright red color.
It is  the  habitation  of a  multitude of
animals, of the Zoophyta  order, and is
formed  of a calcareous substance, se-
creted by these  animals  themselves.
It is  in very hard, concentric layers;
covered, externally,  by  a species of
porous bark, full  of cellules,  each of
which contains  one   of these  animals.
Li.nn.sus calls the red coral, I'sis nob'-
His, and M. Lamarck, Coral'lium ru'-
brum.   It is much  fished for, on the
coasts of Barbary and Sicily.  Coral
was formerly esteemed tonic, absorbent,
astringent, &c, but analysis has shown,
that it contains  only carbonate of lime
and a little  gelatine.  Dioscorides, 
CORALLINA          -237           CORETOMIA
Pliny,  Oribasius, — the  Geoponica,
&c.  The Coral'lium al'bum is a hard,
white, calcareous, brittle substance, the
nidus of the Madrep'ora ocula'ta.  It has
been exhibited as an absorbent.
    (F) Corail.    (G) Koralle.
  Writers.  J. L. Gansius,  Francof.
1630 (L).   M. Ettmuller,  Lips. 1665
(L).   Th.  de  Garencieres,  Lond.
1676.  Chr. Vater,  Vitteb. 1720 (L).
Ch. D. Meltzer, Regiom. 1728 (L).
G.  F. Teichmeyer, Jenae, 1734 (L).
  Coralli'na (Mat. Med.)  Diminutive
of  Coral'lium;  Mus'cus  marit'imus,
Coralli'na  officina'lis, Bri'on,  Coralli'-
na  al'ba, Sea Cor'alline, White Worm-
weed.  The production of an animal,
which belongs  to the genus  Pol'ypi,
and which is found in  all the seas of
Europe ; —particularly in the Mediter-
ranean.  It has the appearance  of  a
plant, is homogenous, an inch or two
in height, of a white, reddish, or green-
ish  color, salt taste, and marine  smell.
It contains gelatine, albumen, muriate
of soda, phosphate, carbonate  and sul-
phate of lime,  carbonate of magnesia,
silica, oxide of iron, and a  coloring
principle.  It was once much used as a
vermifuge : but is not now employed.
Dose, 3SS to 3j m powder.
  (F) Coralline. (G) Korallenmoos.
  CORALLPNA CORSICA'NA, Helmin-
tho-cor'ton, Elemintho-cor'ton,  Mus'-
cus helmintho-cor'tos, Melitho-cor'ton,
Mus'cus coralli'nus, M. Mari'nus, Con-
fer'va  Helmintho - cor'tos,  Coralli'na
ru'bra, Coralli'na mel'ito-cor'ton, Lem'-
itho-cor'ton, Fu'cus Helmintho-cor'ton,
Corsican Wormweed.  It is a mixture
of several marine plants and zoophytes,
of the fucus, ceramium, ulva, coralline,
conferva, &c, and has gained great rep-
utation, for destroying all kinds of intes-
tinal worms : but it cannot be depended
upon.  The Geneva Pharmacopoeia di-
rects  an officinal syrup — the  Strop de
Coralline.
  (F)  Coralline de Corse, Mousse de
Corse.
  Cord  (Anat.)  Fu'nis,  Funiculus,
Xoivog, xoiviov; from the Latin  Chor'da,
which is itself derived from x°Q^1t' m"
testine '; and,  afterwards, was applied
to musical cords or strings, which are
made of the intestines of animals. See
Chorda.
  Cords,  Vocal  (Anat.) Cords  of
Ferrein, Chor'da voca'les, Ch.Ferre'nii.
A name, given  to the ligaments of the
glottis,  which  Ferrein  compared  to
stretched cords, and to which he attrib-
uted the production of voice.
  Cor'dial  (Mat. Med.)  Cordia'lis,
Cardi'acus,  xaqdtaxog,  from cor, l the
heart.'   Tonic or excitant  medicines,
which were  judged proper for exciting
the heart.
  (G) Herzst'arkendes Mittel.
  Writers.  J. Laub, Lugd. Bat. 1707
(L).  L. Heister,  Helmst. 1729  (L).
J. F. Fasel, Jenae, 1765 (L).
  Cordine'ma (Path.) from xaqa,' the
head,' and divtia,  ' I move about':  xoq-
divtjfta.  Headache,  accompanied with
vertigo.
  CORDON (F).  (Anat.)  Funic'ulus ;
diminutive of fu'nis,' a cord.'  A term
applied  to many parts, which resemble
a small  cord.
  CORDON NERVEUX;  Ra'mus  ner-
vo'sus.   A principal division of a nerve
or the nervous trunk itself.
  COR'DUS,  Euri''cius  (Biogr.)  A
physician and poet: native of Simmer-
shuys in Hesse :  died in 1538.  Works.
A treatise  on the  English sweating
sickness. Tubing. 1529. 4to.: and Fri-
burg.  Nicandri theriaca et alexiphar-
maca in Latinos  versus redacta. Franc.
1538. 8vo.   De  abusu uroscopia  con-
clusiones, earumdemque  enarrationes
advcrsus  mendacissimos   medicastros,
qui  imperitam plebeculam, vand sud
uroscopid et medicatione, &c. Francf.
1546. 8vo.   Judicium de herbis et medi-
camentis simplicibus. Francf. 1549. fol,
A treatise on the stone and plague  in
German. Francf. 1572. 8vo.
  COR'DUS,  Vale'rius  (Biog.)  Son
of the  preceding :  born in  Hesse-Cas-
sel,  in  1515;  died in  1544.   He was
more celebrated as a botanist, than as a
physician.   Works.  Dispensatorium
pharmacorum  omnium. Norimb.  1592.
fol.  Authorized by the Medical  Col-
lege at Niirnberg.  It went  through
numerous editions.
  Core'mata  (Mat. Med.) from xoqt^ia,
' a brush  or broom,' and  xoqtot, l I
cleanse.'  Remedies, proper for cleans-
ing the  skin.  Paulus of iEgina.
 Coreon'cion  (Surg.) Coron'cion, from
xoqi],' the pupil,' and oyxivov,'  a hook.'
An instrument,  used in the formation
of artificial  pupil by Langenbeck.  It
is hooked at its extremity.  A double
hooked  forceps,  used by  Graefe, is
similarly named.
  Coreto'mia (Surg.) from xoqt],' the
pupil,'  and  xtfivttv, ' to cut.'  Coroto'-
mia, Coretoto'mia, Iridoto'mia, Corec-
to'mia,  Coretonecto'mia,  Irideclo'mia,
Coredial'ysis,  Corodial'ysis, Coretodi-
al'ysis,  Iridodial'ysis.   Various opera-
tions, for  the formation  of artificial 
CORIANDRUM SATIVUM    238
CORNEA
 pupil are  so  termed.  The three last
 signify the separation or tearing asun-
 der of the iris  from  the ciliary lig-
 ament;  the three preceding the  in-
 cision of the iris, with loss of substance ;
 and the  remainder signify a simple  in-
 cision of the iris, without loss of sub-
 stance.
   Corian'drum Sati'vum (Mat. Med.)
 Corian'der, xoqtavSqov, xoqtov, xoqiavvov.
 The systematic name of the Corian'drum
 of the pharmacopoeias. Cas'sibor, Coria'-
 non. The seeds  of the coriander have
 an aromatic odor, and grateful, pungent
 taste.  They are  carminative; but are
 chiefly used to cover the  taste  of other
 medicines.
   (F)  Coriandre.  (G) Koriander-
 saanien, Wanzendille.
  Co'rium  (Anat.) Co'rion,xoqiov,from
 caro, ' flesh.'  The skin  of several
 animals is so called, especially  when
 tanned.  The cutis vera or the  thickest
 part of the  human skin.
     (F)  Cuir.  (G)  Haut.
   CO'RIUM PHLOGIS'TICUM, Crus'ta
 pleuret'ica. Inflammatory Crust or Buff.
 The grayish crust or buff, varying in
 thickness, observed in blood drawn from
 a vein during the existence of violent
 inflammation, and during pregnancy.
 It is particularly  manifest in pleurisy;
 and  hence one  of  its  names.   The
 reason of it is by no  means  easy of
 appreciation. When the blood presents
 this  appearance, it is said to be buffy.
   (F) Couenne, C. Pleuritique,  C. in-
flammatoire.
   (G) En tzundungsfell, Speck-
 haut  des Bluts.
   Writers.  Gattenhof, Heidel. 1766
 (L).   H.  P.  Leveling, Aug. Vindel.
 1772 (L).    Kraus, Prag.  1773 (L).
 Baerts, Harderov.  1682 (L).  Hart-
 mann,  Traject. ad Viadr.  1787  (L).
 Dethardisc,  Jenae, 1788 (L).  Bret-
 schneider, Jenae, 1788  (L).   C. G.
 Gruner, Jenae, 1788 (L).
  Corn (Hyg.) (G) Korn. In England,
 this  word means the  Cerealia, or those
 seeds, which grow in ears, not in pods.
 In the U.  States,  Corn always means
 Indian Corn.  Its English sense cor-
 responds to the French Ble, or Bled.
   CORN (Path.)  Cla'vus, Cla'vus Pe>-
 dis,  Ecphy'ma Cla'vus,  Gemur'sa.  A
 small,  hard, corneous  tumor,  which
 forms upon the foot, generally on the
 toes; and which is commonly produced
 on  the  most projecting  parts, by  the
 pressure of too tight shoes.  A part of
the corn is  raised  above  the skin, and
forms a round tumor, like  the head of a
 nail: the other  portion, which serves
 as its base, is buried more or less deep-
 ly in the integuments, and occasionally
 extends  as far as the tendons and peri-
 osteum.   Corns   may,  sometimes,  be
 removed, by  immersing  the  feet  in
 warm water, but commonly they return.
 They  can, likewise,  be destroyed  by
 the knife or caustics; but these opera-
 tions are  not as  simple as they  seem.
 In  the way of palliation, — they must
 be constantly pared; and any soft plas-
 ter, spread upon linen  or  leather, may
 be applied with a hole in the centre, to
 receive the corn ; and layer after layer
 of plaster be added, until they  attain
 the level of the corn, — for the purpose
 of preventing  pressure.  When very
 irritable, the lunar caustic, merely rub-
 bed  over the surface, will generally
 diminish  irritability in  a surprising
 manner,  and in one not easy of expla-
 nation.
  (F) Cor, Ognon.    (G) Hiihner-
 auge.
  Writers.   G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
 1686 (L).  E.  Camerarius, Tubing.
 1722 (L).  Rousselot, La Haye, 1762
 (F).  H. Lion, Lond. 1802, 8vo.
  CORNA'RIUS, Janus or John Ha-
 guenbot (Biog.)  A celebrated German
 physician; born  at  Zwickaw,  in  Sax-
 ony, inl500; died  in  1558.  Works.
 In  HIPPOCRATIS laudem prafatio,
 ante ejusdem Prognostica. Basil. 1528.
 4to.    Universa  rei medica tjiiyqaqiij,
 seu  enumeratio  compendio  tractata.
 Basil. 1529.4to. Hippocrates sive doctor
 verus.  Basil. 1543.  4to.  De convivio-
 rum veterum  Gracorum et hoc tempore
 Germanorum ritibus, moribus, fyc. item
de amoris prastantid, &c.  Basil.  1548.
 12mo.  He also edited several  ancient
clcLSSlCS
  CORNA'RO, Lew'is (Biog.)  A Ve-
netian  of noble  extraction;  born  in
1467; died in 1566,  at an  extreme old
age.  Works. Pevitasobriacommodis.
Padua. 1558. 4to.  Translated into Eng-
lish and  into' most modern languages.
The best English translation is said to
be that of 1779.
 Cor'nea (Anat.) Cor'nea transpa'rens,
 C.pellu'cida, C.lu'cida, Sclerot'ica cera-
tol'des, Ceratoi'des, xtqaxotiStjg, Mem-
bra'na cor'nea. The transparent cornea.
One of the coats of the eye, so called, be-
cause it has some resemblance to horn.
 It is termed transparent, to distinguish
 it  from the opaque — Cor'nea opa'ca
or Sclerotic.   It is convex, anteriorly;
concave,  posteriorly; forming nearly
one fifth of the anterior part ofthe eye, 
CORNELIAN           239
CORNU
and representing a segment of a sphere
about seven lines and  a half, or in.
0.625 in diameter.  It seems to be con-
stituted of laminae in superposition, but
of the  precise number anatomists are
not agreed.
   (F)  Comic  (G) Hornhaut.
  Writers.  B. Duddell (diseases of
C), Lond. 1729.  J. G. Beer (diseases
o/C), Vienna, 1791 (G). M. Geiger
(fistula ofC), Tub. 1742 (L).  C.  F.
Gifftheil  (ulcers),  Tub. 1744  (L).
J. W.  Boury  (spots), Tub.  1743 (L).
G. H. Volger  (spots), Gotting.  1778
(L)    M. J.  Chelius  (Physiol, and
Path, of C), Carlsruhe,  1818(G).  A.
Clemens (Do.), Gotting. 1816 (L).
   Corne'lian (Mat. Med.) Carne'lian,
 Chalcedo'nius, Carne'olus, La'pis Car-
ne'olus,  Corne'lus, Corne'olus, La'pis
Sar'dius.   A precious,  semi-transpa-
rent stone,  found  in  Sardinia.  The
ancients ascribed to it a number of ab-
surd properties.
   (F)  Cornaline.  (G) Karneol.
   Cor'neous (Anat.) Cor'neus.   Hav-
ing the nature or appearance of horn.
   The COR'NEOUS  TIS'SUE  is  that,
which forms the nails.  The  cor'neous
mem'brane is the cornea.
   (F)  Cornd.     (G) Hornartig.
   CORNES  DE LIMACON (F) (Anat.)
 Snail's  Horns.  A name  given,  by
Anel,  to the  lachrymal puncta and
ducts.
   CORNET  (F)  (Anat.)  Cucul'lus,
 Con'cha.  The French give  this  name
to  small, bony plates,  reflected  upon
themselves  in  the shape of trumpets,
and which are found in the nasal fossae.
See Spongiosa Ossa.
   (F)  Coquilles du Nez.   (G) Mus-
che In.
   Cornic'ula  (Surg.)   A species  of
cupping instrument,  shaped like  a
trumpet, having a hole  at the top  for
sucking the air  out, to  diminish the
pressure in its  interior.  Scultetus,
Hildanus.
   CORNIC'ULUM LARYN'GIS (Anat.)
A  small, very  movable, cartilaginous
tubercle, found on the arytenoid car-
tilages.
   Cor'nu  (Anat.)  xtqag,  Horn.  A
conical,  hard, epidermeous projection,
which grows  on the heads of certain
animals, serving them as a weapon of
offence and  defence.  Anatomists have
given this name to parts of the human
body,  which  have  nearly  the  same
shape as the horns of animals.
     (F)  Come.   (G) Horn.
   COR'NU  (Path.)  A Horny excres-
cence.  A Corneous Wart, which occa-
sionally forms on the skin, and requires
the use ofthe knife.
    (F) Come de la Peau.
  COR'NU  ANTE'RIUS VENTRIC'ULI
LATERA'LIS; An'terior Cor'nu ofthe
Lat'eral  Ven'tricle.   The  portion  of
the lateral ventricle ofthe brain, which
is lodged in the middle lobe, and forms
the commencement of that cavity.
  COR'NU  AMMON'IS, Cor'nu Ari'etis,
Hippo-Cam'pus  major,  Protuberan'-
tia cylin'drica,  Ver'mis Bombyc'Hnus,
Proces'sus  cer'ebri lalera'lis.  A broad,
considerable eminence,  curved on  it-
self, and situated at the posterior part
ofthe lateral ventricle.  It surface pre-
sents two or three tubercles separated
from each other by shallow  grooves.
  (F) Come d'Ammon, Come de Belier,
Grande Hippocampe,  Pied de cheval
marin, Protuberance cylindroide (Ch.),
Bourrelet route.
  (G) Ammonshorn.
  The Accesso'rius Pe'dis  Hippocam'-
pi, (F) Accessoire du  pied  d'hippo-
campe, is a prominence,  usually formed
by  the base of the inferior comu of the
lateral  ventricle  of the  brain.  It is
merely  a fold of the  hemisphere, and
was by Malacarne called  Cuissart ou
Armure des Jambes.
  COR'NU  CER'Vl (Mat. Med.) Cor'nu,
Hartshorn, Cor'nu Cervi'num, Cer'vi
El'aphi Cor'nu.  The horns of various
species of the stag. They contain about
27  per cent, of gelatine.  The shavings,
Raspatu'ra seu Rasu'ra Cor'nu Cer'vi,
C.  C. raspa'tum,  (G)  Geraspeltes
Hirschhorn, boiled in water, have,
consequently,  been used as emollient
and nutritive.
  (F) Come de cerf.   (G)  Hirsch-
horn.
  When burnt,  they  constitute  the
Cor'nu cer'vi  calcina'tum  or  Cor'nu
us'tum, Phos'phas  Cal'cis,  Calca'ria
phosphor'ica, which   consists  of  57.5
per cent, of phosphate of lime.  It has
been used as  an antacid, but is wholly
inert, as its composition would indicate.
It contains only 1 per cent, of carbonate
of lime.
    F)  Come de cerf calcinee.
    lartshorn was once suppo'sed to pos-
sess a bezoardic power.   J.  Vesti.
  COR'NU  DESCEN'DENS  VENTRIC'-
 ULI  LATERA'LIS (Anat.)  Dig'Htal
Cav'ity, Descending or inferior comu
of  the lateral ventricle.   The termina-
tion of  the lateral ventricle  in the mid-
dle lobe of the brain, behind  the Fissure
of SYLVIUS. 
CORNUS
240
CORONE
   COR'NU  RUPICA'PRM  (Pharm.)
The horn of the Chamois.  It has the
same properties as the Comu Cervi.
     (F)  Come de  Chamois.
   COR'NUA  CARTILAG"INIS  THY-
ROIDE'M.  Eminences on the thyroid
cartilage, distinguished into great or
superior;—which are articulated with
the great cornua  of the os hyoides ; —
and  into small or inferior, united with
the cricoid cartilage.
   COR'NUA COCCYGE'A,  Cor'nua of
the  Coc'cyx.  Two  small, tubercular
eminences at  the  base of the coccyx,
which are articulated with those of the
sacrum.
   COR'NUA HYOIDE'I OSSIS, Cor'nua
ofthe Hy'oid Bone.  Four  fragments
of the os hyoides, situated  above the
body of  the bone, and distinguished
into  the small or superior, and the great
or lateral.
   COR'NUA U'TERI,  Cor'nua  of the
U'terus,  Cera'a,  xtqaiai,  Plec'tana.
The angles of the uterus, where the
fallopian  tubes arise.   Sometimes ap-
plied to the fallopian tubes themselves.
     (F)  Comes de la Matrice.
   COR'NU POSTE'RIUS VENTRIC'U-
LI LATERA'LIS,  Poste'rior  Cor'nu of
the Lat'eral Ven'tricle.  The triangular
prolongation of the lateral ventricle of
the brain into the substance of the oc-
cipital lobe.'
   COR'NUA  SACRA'LIA,  Cor'nua of
the Sa'crum.  Two tubercles, situated
at the posterior  and inferior surface
of the sacrum, which  are sometimes
united.
   Cor'nu s Flor'ida  (Mat. Med.) Dog'-
wood, Box'wood (New England). The
bark of this  beautiful tree, which grows
every where in the United States, has
been long employed as a substitute for
the cinchona.  Dose, from  3ssto 3j-
Its active principle has been  separated
from it,  and received  the  name  Cor-
nine.
 (F) Cornouiller, Cornier, C. a grandes
fleurs.
   COR'NUS SERI"CEA  (Mat. Med.)
Swamp Dog'wood, Red Wil'low, Rose
Wil'low.   The bark, it is said, has been
found little inferior  to the  Cincho'na
pal'lida in intermittents.  Barton.
     (F)  Cornouiller soyeux.
   Writer.  J. M. Walker  (on Cornus
Florida and C. Sericeu), Philad. 1803.
   COR'NUS CIRCINA'TA  (Mat. Med.)
Round-leaved  Dogwood. The bark of
this  variety  has been used for  similar
purposes.
   (F) Cornouiller afeuilles arrondies.
  Coro'nal (Anat.)  Corona'lis,  Coro-
na'rius.  Relating to the crown ;  from
coro'na,' a crown.'  A name, formerly
given to the frontal bone, because  on it
partly reposes the crown of kings, &c.
  The COR'ONAL SU'TURE,  Sutu'ra
corona'lis,  S. Fron'to-parieta'lis, Pup'-
pis  Sutu'ra, S. Arcua'lis.  The suture
of the  head, which extends from one
temporal bone  to  the  other,  over the
crown of the head, and unites the pa-
rietal bones with the frontal.  The SU-
TURE CORONALE, of French Anatom-
ists, is the suture, which unites the two
halves of the os frontis at the  early
period of life.  It  is a prolongation of
the sagittal.
  (G) Kronennaht, Kranznaht.
 Cokonale, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.) These waters are found near Luc-
ca in Italy.  They received their name
from an erroneous notion, that they are
particularly adapted for curing diseases
of the  os  frontis.  Their  temperature
is 95° Fahrenheit.  They contain free
carbonic  acid,  sulphates of lime and
magnesia, muriates of soda and mag-
nesia, &c, and some iron.
   Cor'onary  (Anat.)  Corona'rius,
from coro'na, ' a crown.'  Resembling
a crown.
 (F) Coronaire. (G)  Kranz (in  com-
position).
  The ARTE'RIA  CORONA'RIA VEN-
TRIC'ULI, Gas'trica supe'rior, (F) Ar-
tere coronaire stomachique, A. Stomo-
gastrique (Ch.), is one  of the branches
of  the  cceliac, which  passes  towards
the superior orifice of the stomach, ex-
tends along its lesser  curvature, and
terminates  by  anastomosing  with the
pyloric  branch of the hepatic.   This
artery furnishes branches to the inferior
part of the oesophagus, the cardiac ori-,
fice, the great cul-de-sac,  the  middle
part of the stomach, the lesser omen-
tum ; and anastomoses with the other
arteries of those organs.
  The  VE'NA  CORONA'RIA  VEN-
TRIC'ULI accompanies the artery, and
terminates in the vena porta.  Summer-
ing and some other anatomists call  all
the four arteries of the stomach Coro-
naria stomachica.
  The  COR'ONARY  LIG'AMENT  of
the liver is a reflection of the perito-
neum, which surrounds the  posterior
margin  of the  liver.  The same  term
is likewise applied to ligaments, which
unite the radius and ulna.
  Coro'ne (Anat.)  from  xoqoivt],  'a
crow.'  The  coronoid  process of the
lower jaw. 
CORONOID           241
CORPUS
  Cor'onoid (Anat.) Coronol'des, from I
ctoqwvi], ' a crow,' and  eutos,  ' shape,'
* resemblance.'   Resembling the  beak
of a crow.   This name has been given
to two processes.   One, situated at the
anterior and superior part of the ramus
ofthe  os maxillare inferius, and afford-
ing attachment to the temporal muscle :
the1  other,  called, also, sharp process,
situated  at the  superior part of the
 ulna, anterior to the great sigmoid  fossa,
and forming a part of the hinge of the
 elbow-joint.
   Cor'pora fimbria'ta (Anat.)  Ta'-
 nia  HIPPOCAM'PI. Fimbriated or frin-
ged bodies.  The thin,  flattened, and
 very delicate band,  situated along the
 concave edge  of the comu  ammonis,
 and which is a continuation of the pos-
 terior  crura ofthe fornix.
   (F)  Corps franges, C. Bordes,  Ban-
 delettes des Comes d'Ammon, Bande-
 lette de VHippocampe.
   COR'PORA   GENICULA'TA  (Anat.)
 Two tubercles,  situated at the  lower
and outer part  of the  optic thalami,
 which furnish several filaments to the
optic nerves.
     (F)  Corps geniculcs.
   COR'PORA   OLIVA'RIA  (Anat.),  C.
 ova'ta, Eminen'tia  Oliva'res,  (Emi-
 nences laterales Ch.)  Oblong, whitish
 eminences, situated  at the  occipital
 surface of the  medulla  oblongata, ex-
 terior  to the corpora pyramidalia.
   COR'PORA  PYRAMIDA'LIA (Anat.)
 Eminen'tia pyramida'les,  (F)  Corps
pyramidaux,   Pyramides  antirieures
(Gall), Eminencespyramidales (Ch.)
Two small, medullary eminences, pla-
ced  alongside each other, at the occipi-
tal surface  of  the medulla oblongata,
between the corpora olivaria.
  These bodies have also  been called
 Cor'pora  Pyramida'lia anti'ca, to dis-
tinguish them  from the  C.  olivaria,
which have been called  Cor'pora Pyra-
mida'lia latera'lia.
   COR'PORA  RESTIFOR'MIA (Anat.)
 Cru'ra medul'la oblonga'ta, Pedun'culi
medul'la oblonga'ta, Cor'pora pyrami-
da'lia  posterio'ra :  Ped'uncles of the
medul'la oblonga'ta.  Two medullary
projections, oblong,  and of a whitish
appearance, which  proceed from each
side of the upper extremity of the me-
dulla oblongata,  and contribute to the
formation ofthe cerebellum.
  (F)  Corps restiformes,  Cuisses pos-
terieures,   Pyramides posterieures du
eervelet, Racines, Bras  ou Jambes du
eervelet — Petites branches de la mo-
                 21                 I
elle allongee, Pedoncules du eervelet.
  COR'PORA stria'TA (Anat.) Grand
ganglion superieur du cerveau (Gall),
Couches  des  nerfs ethmoXdaux,  Corps
canneles,   Eminen'tia  Lenticula'resy
(Ch.), Collic'uli Ner'vi Ethmoida'lis,
Ap'ices  Cru'rum medul'la  oblonga'ta,
(F) Corps stries.  Pyriform eminences,
of a slightly brownish-gray color, which
form  part of the  floor of the  lateral
ventricles  of the brain.  When  cut, a
mixture  of gray  and white substance
is seen, arranged alternately, to  which
they  owe  their name.  All the white
bands are continuous with the primary
fasciculi ofthe corpora olivaria. Willis
considered the soul resided here.
   CORPS  DENTELE  (Anat.)  Corps
festonne, Cor'pus  denta'tum vel den-
ticula'tum, C. Cilia're.   A central, oval
nucleus, of cineritious  substance, met
with  in  the  cerebellum; the circum-
ference of which exhibits a number  of
indentations, surrounded by medullary
substance. Vicq, d'Azyr.   It  is seen
by dividing  the cerebellum  vertically
into two equal parts.  Vieussens gave
to the same body the  name Corps cen-
dri ou Rhomboide, Cor'pus Cine'reum,
C.  Rhombolde'um, Ganglion du eer-
velet; Noyau central des  Pedoncules
du eervelet.
   CORPS FIBREUX  (Anat.) Cor'pora
fibro'sa.   BAYLE-has  given this name
to adventitious, fibrous  productions,  of
a round form, — more or less adherent,
and  sometimes having  a  pedicle,—
which form  in certain parts  of the
body, particularly in  the substance  of
the uterus.
   Corpulen'tia  (Path.)  naxog, na-
yoauog, tvaaqxta, naxvxr^g; Cor'pultnce,
from  corpus, ' the  body,'  and   lentus,
'  thick,'  is synonymous with  Obesity
and Polysarcia.
  (F) Corpulence. (G) Dickleibig-
keit.
  Writers. G. M. Wiedemann, Jenae,
1681 (L).  Ch. L. Wucherer, Jenae,
1716 (L).  M. Flemyng, Lond. 1760.
  Cor'pus (Anat.)  ao^ia, xQ<"?-   A
Body.  Any  object, which  strikes one
or more of our senses.   Gases,  liquids,
metals, vegetables, animals, are so many
bodies.   Natural bodies have been di-
vided into animal, vegetable, and min-
eral;  or into inorganic, including the
mineral kingdom; — and organized, in-
cluding the animal and vegetable.

  The following Tables exhibit the chief
characteristics of those bodies. 
CORPUS             242            CORPUS
TABULAR  VIEW  OF  THE  CHIEF  DIF-(
  FERENCES BETWEEN ORGANIZED AND
  INORGANIC  BODIES.
Inorganic.	Organized.
1. Each part has an 1. Each part is de-	
independent ex- i prudent on the	
istencc. other.	
2. Internally, the ■ 2. Internally, there is	
i'.^rts are at rest.	no rc.-it.
3. Have no external	3. Hare an external
covering to de-	covering.
fend them.	
1. Increase by ac-	4. Increase by parti-
cretion.	cles, deposited in-
	ternally.
5. Do not lequire	5. Do require nutri-
nutrition or a	tion and a suitable
suitable temper-	temperature.
ature.	
6. Do not possess a ! 6. Do possess a cir-	
circulatory sys-	culatory system.
tem.	
7. Have not the pow-	7. Have the power of
er of reproduction.	reproduction.
8. Their existence	8. Terminate by a
is terminated by j cessation of the	
chemical or me- | vital principle.	
chanical force.	
  In  other words, Organic or Organ-
ized  Bodies have  an origin by gene-
ration, growth by nutrition, and termi-
nation by death.  Inorganic — a for-
tuitous origin, external growth, and a
termination by chemical or mechanical
force.

TABULAR  VIEW   OF  THE  CHIEF DIF-
  FERENCES BETWEEN VEGETABLE AND
  ANIMAL BODIES.
Vegetables.	Animals.
1. Have carben, ox-	1. Besides these, con-
ygen, and hydro-	tain azote in con-
gen as chief con-	siderable propor-
stituents.	tion.
2. After death tend	2. Tend to become al-
to become acid.	kaline.
3. Have no sensation	3. Are possessed of
or voluntary mo-	sensation and vol-
tion.	untary motion.
4. Have numerous	4. Have one alimen-
alimentary tubes	tary tube, and in
and no stomach.	this a stomach.
5. Have their ab-	5. Have their absorb-
sorbing vessels of	ing ressels of nu-
nutrition exter-	trition within the
nally.	body.
6. Throw off their	6. Throw off the su-
superfluous por-	perfluous part of
tion of nutriment	their food as ez-
in gazeous or a-	erement.
queous exhala-	
tions.	
	7. When burnt, have
	a characteristic
	odor.
  Many parts of the frame have, also,
been  distinguished by  this name,  as
Corpus  Callosum,  C. Mucosum, &c
See Body.
   COR'PUS CALLO'SUM (Anal.) tuAoi-
Sr,g xoic,  Commissu'ra Mag'na cer'ebri,
(F) Corps  calleux,  Voute medullaire,
Plafond  des ventricules  du cerveau,
Mesolobe  (Ch,),  Tra'bes  Medulla'ris,
Trabcc'ula, (G) Mittelstuck des
Gehirns, Gehirkern.  A  white,
medullary band, perceived on separat-
ing the two hemispheres of the brain,
which it  connects with  each   other.
La Peyronie regarded it as the seat of
the soul.
  COR'PUS GLANDULO'SUM MULI'E-,
RUM (Anat.) Gland'ula Pros'tata Mu-
li'erum.  A vascular, spongy eminence,
which surrounds the orifice of the ure-
thra, and projects at its under part.
   COR'PUS HIGHMO'RI (Anat.) Mea'-
tus semina'rius,  (F) Corps d'Hygmore
ou  d'-Highmore, Sinus des vaisseaux
siminifhes, (Ch.)   An  oblong  emi-
nence, along the superior edge of the
testicle, which  seems formed of a re-
flection ofthe tunica albuginea, through
which the principal trunks of the semi-
niferous vessels pass before they reach
the epididymis.
  COR'PUS LU'TEUM, (F) Corps jaune.
A small, yellowish body, perceived in
the ovarium, owing  to  the rupture of
one of the  vesicles.  It was, for a long
time, considered an evidence  of pre-
vious impregnation : but it is now satis-
factorily  shown, that Corpora hi tea are
met with in unquestionable virgins.
   COR'PUS MUCO'SUM (Anat.) C.re-
ticula're~, Ret'e muco'sum, Mu'cus Mal-
pig'hii, Re'te Malpig'hii.  The  second
layer of the skin  has  been  so  called.
It is  situated between  the cutis vera
and cuticle, and gives color to the body.
In the white varieties of our species it
is colorless; in the Negro, black.
    (F) Corps muqueux.
   COR'PUS PAMPINIFOR'ME  (Anat.)
C. varico'sum, from pam'pinus,  ' a ten-
dril.'  Cor'pus pyramida'le. Hedera'ceus
plex'us.  The plexus  or  retiform ar-
rangement ofthe spermatic arteries and
veins, in  the cavity of the abdomen,
anterior to  the psoas muscle.
   (F) Corps pampiniforme,  C. vari-
queux.  (G) Traubenartige  Ge-
flec h te.
   COR'PUS PAPILLA'RE.   The ner-
vous and vascular papilla?, situated be-
neath the epidermis.
   COR'PUS  SPONGIO'SUM  URE>-
THRM,  Substan'tia spongio'sa ure'-
thra.  This substance arises before the
prostate gland,  surrounds the urethra,
and forms the bulb.  It then  proceeds
to the end  of the corpora cavernosa, 
CORRE
243
CORSET
and terminates in the glans penis, which
it forms.
   COR'PUS VIT'REUM, Hu'mor Vil'-
reus, Glacia'lis  hu'mor, Vit'reous hu'-
mor.  The transparent mass, of a gelat-
inous consistence, which fills the eye,
behind the crystalline.  It is contained
in cells; formed by the  tunica hyaloi-
dea.
   (F) Corps vilre, C. hyaloide, Humeur
hyaloide.
   Cor'ue, Cor'se (Anat.) xoqni], xoqai],
from xtiqi-i, ' I shave.'  The  temples (?)
or the part of the jaws, which it is usual
to shave.  Gorr.ecs.
   Correc'tion  (Pharm.)  Correc'tio,
from corrigere,  ' to correct.'  The ac-
tion of  correcting medicines; that  is,
of diminishing their energy or obviating
unpleasant effects, by  mixing  them
with substances, which mitigate their
operation.
     (G) Milderung.
   Cor'rigent  (Pharm.)   Cor'rigens,
Correcto'rius,  Casti'gans, Infrin'gens,
Emen'dans; same etymon. That which
corrects.  A corrigent, in a pharmaceu-
tical formula, is a  substance  added  to
a medicine to mollify or modify its ac-
tion.   In  the following  formula, the
aloes,  if  not corrected,  might  induce
tormina.   The Oleum Mentha is added
as a corrigent.

   R
       Aloes,           3j
       Oleum Mentha,  gtt-v
       Syrup, q. s. utflant  Pilula xvj.

   (F)  Correctif.  (G) M i 1 d e r u n gs-
mi tte I.
   Corri"gia (Anal.) fuu:,  Lo'rum.  A
leathern strap.   By extension, the term
has been applied  to the tendons and
ligaments.
   Corrob'orant (Mat. Med.) Corrob'-
orans, qvooxixog, Rob'orans: Bra'cing,
from corroborate,' to strengthen.' Any
substance, which strengthens, and gives
tone. Wine, e. g., is a corroborant. See
Tonic.
   (F)  Corroborant, Corroboratif, Forti-
fiant.  (G) Starkungsmittel.
   Writers. W. Meurer,  Lips. 1555
(L).    H.  Henrici,  Hal.  1711  (L).
Ch. E. Scheffel, Gryphiswald, 1745
(L).  Ch. Th. Ludwig, Lips. 1758 (L).
A. E. Buchner, Hal.  1768 (L).  J.  F.
Cartheuser, Francf. ad Viadr. 1770
(L).  F. J. W.  Schr(EDER, Marburg,
1771 (L).   Ph. A. Bohmer,  Hal.  1772
(L).  J. F. Jungker, Hal. 1796 (L).
   Corro'sion (Therap. Path.) Cprro'-
eio, Siafiowoig, ara^Qwaig, Ero'sio, Ana-
bro'sis.  The action or effect of corro-
sive substances.
    (G) Zernagung.
  Corro'sive (Mat. Med.)  Corro'dens,
Diabrot'icus, biapqwxixog, Corrosi'vus,
fromcorro'dere,' to eat away'; same ety-
mon.  Corrosives are substances, which,
when placed in contact with living parts,
gradually  disorganize  them.  Caustic
alkalies, Mineial acids, Corrosive sub-
limate, are corrosives.  They act either
directly, by  chymically  destroying the
part, or indirectly, by  causing inflam-
mation and gangrene.
   (F) Corrosif, Corrodant.   (G) Atz-
mi 11 e 1.
   Writers.  G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1698 (L).   J. W. Werner, Regiom.
1740 (L).
   Corruga'tion  (Phys. Path.)  Cor-
ruga'tio;  qtxvotcu.   Frouming,  (F)
Froncement. The  contraction of the
Corrugato'res Supercil'ii muscles.  Cor-
rugation of the skin is often owing to
the application  of styptic medicines,
which is rendered by them unequal and
rugous.
    (G)  Runzeln.
 CoRRUGA'ToRSui>ERciL'ir(.4na/.)from
or ruga're, ' to wrinkle'; same etymon.
Mu,'cuius superc'd'ii,Supercilia'ris, Mus'-
culus  front a'lis ve'rus seu  Corruga'tor
Coite'rii;— Cutaneo-sourcilier,  Muscle
Suurcilier ou Surcilier, M. Fronto-sour-
cilier.  A muscle, situated in the eye-
brows.  It is attached, by its  inner ex-
tremity, to the  superciliary  ridge, and
is  confounded,  externally,  with the
occipito-frontalis and orbicularis pal-
pebrarum.   It carries the eyebrow in-
wards, and  wrinkles  the skin  of the
forehead.
 (G)  Auge nbraunmuskel, Stirn-
r un z e le r.
  Corrup'tion   (Path.  &c.) Corrup'-
lio, ifdooa, Staipduqa.   Act of corrupt-
ing.   State  of  being corrupted.  Re-
action of  the particles of a body  upon
each other.  It is probable, that some-
thing like  corruption may take place
even in the living body.
   (G) Verderbniss,  I'erstO-
r u n g.
  Cor'set (Hyg. Surg.) Tu'nica  Tho-
ra'cis, Tho'ra.v.   An  article  of dress,
which closely embraces the trunk, and
is  much used by females in civilized
countries.  When corsets or  stays are
worn  very tight, many serious evils re-
sult from the unnatural compression.
  Different bandages, more or less  com-
plicated, which embrace the greater part
ofthe trunk, are likewise so called. 
CORTEX
244
COSMOS
   (G) Schniirleibchen,  Mie-
der.
  CORSET DE BRASDOR.  The name
of a bandage,  invented by  one Bras-
dor, to keep in situ the fragments of a
fractured clavicle.
  Writers. J. Z. Platner, Lips. 1735
(L). Th. CElsner, (evils arising from
the use of corsets and busks), Breslau,
1754(G).  ,Bonnaud (against  the use
of whalebone), Paris, 1770(F).  J. F.
Theoph. Goldhagf.n (eflects of C),
Hal. 1787 (L).  S.  Th. Sommering,
Leipzig, 17tsr',  and Berlin, 1793 (G.)
  Cor'tex (Mat. Med.)  ip?.oiog, q>).oog,
tf).ovg, Bark. This word has often been
applied, exclusively, to Cinchona; thus
we say  Bark — the  cortex or bark,
xax' t;oxr]V.  It means, also, any bark.-
    (F) Ecorce.  (G) Rinde.
  Cor'tical (Anat.) Cortica'lis, from
cortex,' bark.'   Belonging to bark.
  COR'TEX CER'EBRI,  (G) Rind en
Substanz, the Cortical substance of
the Brain.  The gray portion observed
at  the  exterior  of  the  cerebrum and
cerebellum; so called, because it forms
a kind of bark to the medullary  sub-
stance.  Gall considers, that this sub-
stance  forms the nerves; and, there-
fore,  calls it, Substance  matrice des
nerfs.
  The name cortical is likewise given
to the external substance ofthe kidney,
because it is of a deeper color than the
inner part of the  organ, and forms  a
kind of envelope to it.
   Co'ru  (Mat. Med.) An Indian  tree,
the bark  of  whose root  furnishes  a
milky juice, which is employed in di-
arrhoea and dysentery.  It is also called
 Co'ru Canar'icd.
   Coryban'tiasm  (Path.)   Corybanti-
as'mus, from Koqvfiag, one ofthe Cory-
bantes.   A name, formerly given to a
kind of phrensy, in which the  sick
were tormented  by fantastic visions,
and perpetual  want of sleep.
   Cor'ylus Avella'na  (Mat. Alim.)
Bundurh,  Cor'ylus.  The Hazel-nut
 Tree,  xaqva  novxi/r,  (F)  Coudrier,
 Noisetier.  The nut of this tree is much
 eaten in many countries.  Like all nuts,
 it is by no means easy of digestion.  Is
 is  the — Nux avella'na,  xuqvov novxi-
 y.ov, of the ancients.
    (F) (the nut) Aveline, Noisette.
    (G) Hazelnuss.
    Cory'za (Path.) xoqvia, Grave'do,
  Catastag'mos,  xaraaxuyuog,  Catasta-
  lag'mos, Stillicid'ium Na'rium, Phleg-
  matorrha'gia, Desiilla'tio,  Catar'rhus
  ad Na'res. Vulgarly,' Running at the
nose,' ' A cold in the head.'  In French,
Rhume  de cerveau,  Enchifrenement:
in old English, Pose  or Mur; whence
Mur'ren and Mur'rain.  BlennonhinHa.
Inflammation (attended with increased
discharge) of the  schneiderian mem-
brane lining the nose, and the sinuses
communicating with  it.  The  affection
generally subsides without any medical
treatment.
  (G) Kopf-schnupfen,  Stock-
s c h n u p f e n.  (F) Catarrhe nasal.
  Writers.  A.  M.  Dormer,  Jenae,
1673 (L).  E. R. Camerarius, Tubing.
1688-9 (L).   Berger,  Vitteb. 1695
(L).  Schaper, Rostoch, 1711 (L).  Ch.
Lemonnier, Paris, 1803(F).
  Cos (Mat. Med.) axon;.  A kind of
stone, natural or factitious, to which
the ancients attributed wonderful  vir-
tues.  Cos med'ica.  Galen.
  Cosmet'ics  (Hyg.)  Ars cosmei'ica,
from xonutiv,' to adorn,' ' to embellish.'
The art of preserving the beauty.
  Cosmetic, Stilbo'ma, oxu.^oniu, is, also,
used for the different means employed
for that  purpose;  as the compounds
into  which  enter  the  oxides of lead,
bismuth, mercury,  arsenic, &c.  All of
these,  however,  injure the  skin,  and
often give rise to unpleasant cutaneous
affecuons.
   Frequent ablution with cold water
and  bathing are  the  best cosmetics.
Essences, soaps, and all the prepara-
tions intended for the  toilet, fall, also,
der this head.
   (F) Cosmftique.  (G) Schonheits-
mittel,  Schm i nkmi tt e 1.
   Writers on the art of beautifying
the face, &c.  G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1695 (L).   D. W. Triller (C. of the
ancients),  Vitteb. 1751  (L).   A!   le
Camus, Paris, 1754 - 1756 (F).   Ch. A.
de Bergen, Franc, ad Viadr. 1755 (L).
Chr. T. E. Reinhard,  Glogau, 1756
(G).  Ph. H. Bender,  Argent. 1764
(L).  P. E. Hartmann (bad effects of
 C. on the nerves),  Francf. ad Viadr.
 1787 (L).   G. E. Kletten  (on   the
 mode  of preserving  and augmenting
 beauty), Gotha, 1792 (G). M. A. Weik-
 ard, Hamburg, 1797(G). J.B.Tromms-
 dorff (art ofthe toilet), Erfurt,  1804
 (G).  Ch. G. Flittner, Berlin,   1806
 (G).
   Cos'mos  (Path.) from  xoauog,   ' the
 world,' ' order,' &c.   The order, which
 was  supposed to  preside over critical
 days.  Hippocrates and others have
 so termed bracelets, employed not  only
 as ornaments (xoautiv, ' to adorn'), but
 as therapeutical agents. 
COSSUM              245              COTIS
  Cos'sum (Path.)  A malignant ulcer
of the nose, often of a syphilitic char-
acter.  Paracelsus.
  Cos'sus or Cos'sis (Mat. Alim. Path.)
A sort of  white, short, thick worm  or
larve, found in trees, logs of wood, &c,
and  used by  the Romans as  a great
article of gourmandise.  They  were,
also, applied to ulcers.  Pliny.
  The term has,  likewise,  been  given
to those  small, vermiform pimples on
the face, arising from inflammation  of
the sebaceous follicles.
  Cos'ta (Anal.)  A Rib, from custodi'-
re,' to guard,' ' defend ': :0.tvqa, nltv-
qov.   The ribs are 24 in number; — 12
on each side.  They are irregular, long,
bony  curves; slightly flattened, and
situated obliquely,  at the sides of tjie
chest.  The intervals, between  them,
are called Intercos'tal spa'ces, (F) Es-
paces intercostaux, and they are num-
bered first, second, third, &c, reckon-
ing from above to below.
  They have  been distinguished into,
1. Cos'ta  ve'ra,  True ribs, (F) Vraies
Cotes, Cdtes slernales, Cotes vertebro-
sternal (Ch.) ; and into Cos'ta spu'ria,
Mendo'sa  Cos'ta, False ribs, Cdtes as-
ternales,  (Cn.)   Fausses Cotes.  The
true or sternal ribs, as  they have also
been called, are the first 7; which are
articulated, at one extremity,  to the
spine, and  at the  other,  by means  of
their cartilages, to the sternum.  The
false ribs are the  remaining 5: the
uppermost three being united, by means
of" their  cartilages, to the  cartilage  of
the  last true  rib.  The others are free
at their sternal extremity,  and, hence,
have been  called Floating ribs, Coles
flottantes.   The vertebral extremity  of
each rib  is slightly  expanded.  It is
called the head of the rib— Capit'uhtm
Cos'ta: the space between this and the
tubercle  is the collum or neck.   Ante-
rior  to the  tubercle is the angle.  The
angle  is  the  part where  the bone
bends to form the lateral part  ofthe
thorax.
     (F)  Cote.  (G) Rippe.
  COSTE, John  Francis (Biog.) An
eminent French Army Physician; born
at Villebois, in Ain, in 1741 ; died at
Paris in 1819. Works. Essai botanique,
chimique, et pharmaceutique sur la sub-
stitution des substances indigenes aux
exotiques. Nanc. 1775, 8vo.   Compen-
dium pharm.  milit. Gallorum nosoco-
miis in orbe novo  boreali  adscriptum.
Newport. 1780. 12mo.  Notices sur  les
officiers  de  Sante morts  a  Varmie.
Augsburg. 1806. 12mo.  He translated
the works of Mead into French.
  Costo-clavic'ilar  (Anal.)  Cos'to-
clavicula'ris.  Belonging to the ribs and
clavicle.
  The COS'TO CLAVICULAR LIG'A-
MENT,  Ctei'do-cos'tal  L., is a fibrous,
flattened  fascia,  which  extends, ob-
liquely, from the cartilage of the  first
rib to the  inferior surface of the clavi-
cle.
  COS'TO-STER'NAL  (Anat.)  Cos'to-
slerna'lis.  Relating to  the  ribs  and
sternum.  The articulation of the ster-
num with the anterior extremity of the
seven first ribs.
  COS'TO- TRACHELIA'NUS  (Anal.)
Relating to the ribs and to the trache-
lian or transverse processes ofthe neck.
Under  the  name  Cos'to - trache'lian,
Chaussier designates  the anterior and
posterior scaJeni.
  COS'TO-TRANSVERSA'RIUS (Anat.)
Relating to the ribs and to the trans-
verse  processes.   Bichat  gave  this
name to the articulation of the tuberosi-
ties of the ribs with the transverse pro-
cesses ofthe spine.
  COS'TO-VER'TEBRAL  (Anat.) Cos'-
to-vertcbra'li*.  Belonging to the ribs
and vertebrae.   Bichat gave this name
to the articulation  of  the head  of the
ribs with the vertebrae, and to the liga-
ments connected with  it.
  COS'TO-XY'PHOID  (Anat.)  Cos'tJ-
xyph')ide'us.  The name of a ligament,
which unites  the cartilage of the sev-
enth  rib to the xyphoid or  ensiform
cartilage.'
  Cos'rus (Mat. Med.)  The/ ancients
seem to have given this name to several
plants.  One has borne the appellation,
since the time of Dioscorides, the Cos'-
tus Arab'icus, Cos'tus In'dicus, C. ama'-
rus, dulcis, orienta'lis, Tsia'na,  Cannc
Congo, Canne de  Rivihre, the root  of
which is aromatic,  and has been  con-
sidered  tonic, carminative,  diuretic,
eminenagogue, &c.   The  virtues  of
the ancient costus are  highly extolled.
Theophrastus, Dioscorides,  Pliny,
Galen.
  Cotaro'nium ; an obscure term, used
by  Paracelsus,  for  a  universal sol-
vent :  such a thing as does not exist.
  Cotig'nac (Pharm.) A kind of con-
serve or preserve, prepared from quin-
ces, not entirely ripe, and sugar.  It is
esteemed stomachic and astringent.
  Cot'is  (Anat,) xoxig.  The back part
of the head, according to some; with
others, the nape of the neck.
21* 
COTTON             246        COUP DE SOLEIL
  COT'TON, Nathan'iel, M. D. (Bi-
og.)  A  physician and  poet; born in
1707; died in  1788.   Works. Obser-
vations on a particular kind of scarlet
fever that lately prevailed in and  about
St. Albans. Lond. 1749. 8vo.
  Cottjn'nius,   Liq'uor  of  (Anat.)
Liq'uor  Cotun'nii, L. of Cotug'no.  A
transparent, slightly viscid fluid, which
fills all the cavities of the internal ear,
and of which Cotugno made mention.
It is also called Aqua Labyrinthi.
   (F)  Lymphe de Cotugno.
   (G) Gehorwasser.
   Cot'yle  (Anat.)  xoxvkrt,  Cot'yla,
 Cos'tyle  ; the same as Acetab'ulum.  A
hollow or cavity in a bone, which re-
 ceives the head of another bone, and
particularly the cotyloid cavity.   Koxv-
JLtj,  signified a drinking cup, and, in-
deed, any thing hollow, as  the hollow
 of the hand. Athenjeus.
   Cotyl'edons  (Anat.) KoxvXrfiwv,' a
 cavity.'  Cotyle'don.  The lobes which,
 by their union, form the  placenta, are
 so called.
     (G) Mutterdriisen.
   Cot'yloid (Anat.) Cotyloi'des, xoxv-
 Ai>8i]g, from xoxvXrj, ' a drinking cup,'
 and ttdog,' form.'  Resembling the an-
 cient  xoxvlt].  The name  of  a  hemi-
 spherical cavity, situated in the  os in-
 nominatum, which receives the head of
 the os femoris.  Fos'sa cotylo'lde'a, Si'-
 nus Cox'a, Acetab'ulum, Pyx'is.
   The COT'YLOID LIG'AMENT, Lig-
 amen'tum Cotyloide'um, (F) Ligament
 cotylo'idien, is  a very thick, fibro-carti-
 laginous ring,  surrounding the cotyloid
 cavity, the depth of which it increases.
   COUCHE or COUCHES (F) (Obstet.)
 from coucher,' to lie down.'  This word
 is used,  1. For accouchement or delivery
 (puerpe'rium, parturi"tio) :  hence une
 rouche heureuse, ' A happy delivery ';
 une fausse couche, ' A  premature de-
 livery ': and,  2.  For  the time during
 which a female remains in  bed on ac-
 count of delivery. Tempus Puerpe'rii,
 the childbed state.  The  Lochia have
 been termed Suites de couches.
   COUENNE(F) (Path.)  Cu'tis suil'la.
 A term given to various parts  of the
 human  skin,   which  are  prominent,
 hard, brownish;  and  often  covered
 with rough hairs, so as to form patches
 not very unlike  the  skin  of the hog.
 It is a malformation, occurring probably
 at  the  moment of conception, and  re-
 maining for life.   See,  also, Corium
 Phlogisticum.
    COULISSE (F)  (Anat.)  Anatomists
 designate,  by this name,  every deep
groove or channel in a bone, in which
a tendon plays.  Such  as  the Coulisse
Bicipitale  or Bicipital Groove  of the
Humerus.
  Coun'ter-exten'sion (Surg.) Con'-
tra-exten'sio, Anlil'asis, atrixuotg, from
con'tra-exten'dere, ' to extend in a con-
trary direction.' It consists in retaining
firmly and immovably the upper part
of a limb, whilst  extension is practised
on the  lower, in cases of fracture or
luxation.
  (F) Contre-extension. (G) Gegen-
ausdehnung.
  Coun'ter-indica'tion (Path.) Con'-
tra-Indica'lio, Antendeix'is, avxtvitiiig.
An indication contrary to another. Any
circumstance, which acts as an obstacle
to the employment of such  therapeu-
tical means as seem to  be  indicated by
other circumstances.
  (F) Contre-indication. (G) Gegen-
anzeige.
  Writer.   J. M.  Triller, Altdorf,
1689 (L).
   Coun'ter-irrita'tion   (Therap.)
Con'tra-irrita'tio.  An  irritation,  ex-
cited  in a part  of the body, with the
view  of relieving one existing in an-
other part.  The  remedies used for this
purpose are called Coun'ter-ir'ritants.
   COUP  DE MAITRE or TOUR DE
MAITRE  (Surg.) A masterly stroke or
performance. A mode of introducing
the sound or catheter  into the bladder,
which consists in first passing it with its
convexity towards the  abdomen of the
patient, and  afterwards giving it a half
turn towards the  right groin, when its
extremity has reached the root of the
penis  under the  symphysis  pubis.
There is no advantage  in this mode of
introduction.
    (G) Meisters'tr eich.
   COUP DE SANG (F) (Path.)  A com-
mon term, used  by some physicians in
France, to designate the loss of sensa-
tion and motion,  which result from he-
morrhage in the  brain, or from simple
congestion in the vessels  of the brain.
 Some authors have comprehended, un-
der  the  same denomination, different
 hemorrhages, which occur in the cel-
lular texture of the face, lungs, skin,
 &c.   See Apoplexy.
   COUP  DE SOLEIL  (F)  (Path.) Ic'-
 tus so'lis, Ic'tus sola'ris, Insola'tion'; —
 a stroke ofthe sun.  Any  affection pro-
 duced by the action of the sun on some
 reo-ion of  the  body; —  head, hands,
 arms, &c.
   A  very common effect of exposing
 the naked head to the  sun is inflamma- 
COURAP
247        COXO-FEMORAL
tion  of the brain or  meninges, which
Sauvages calls Ca'rus ab Insola'tione.
    (G)  Sonnenstich.
  Courap  (Path.)  A distemper, very
common  in  India, in which there is a
perpetual itching of the surface, and
eruption.  It is  of an herpetic charac-
ter, and  appears chiefly on the axilla,
groins, breast, and face.
  COURBATURE (F) (Path.) Acer'ba
lassitu'do.   Violent lassitude,  fatigue.
An  indisposition, characterized  by a
sensation, as if the limbs were bruised;
general  feeling  of  debility,  extreme
lassitude; and, sometimes, slight fever.
It appears immediately after severe  ex-
ercise, but  sometimes not till the next
day.  Rest  removes it.
  Cour'mi  or Cur'mi  (Hyg.)  xovqui,
xvqiu.  A fermented liquor, made from
barley.   A  kind of ale or beer.  Dios-
corides.
  Couron'di  (Mat. Med.)   Couron'do.
An  evergreen tree of India, the juice
of which, mixed with warm  whey, is
said to cure the dysentery.   Ray.
  Couronne  Rayonnante (Anat.)   A
term given  by Reil to  the fan-shaped
terminations of the crura cerebri in  the
 brain.
   COURONNEMENT (F) (Obstet.)  Co-
 ro'na. A vulgar expression, sometimes
 used to designate the circular  ring,
 which the  os uteri forms  around  the
 head of  the child at a certain period of
 accouchement: — the head seeming to
 be surrounded,  as it were, by a crown.
 The head is then said to be au couronne-
 ment.
   Courou-Moei.li   (Mat. Med.)   An
 Indian tree, the bark of which is said
 to be anti-venomous.
   Coutou'bea al'ba (Mat. Med.) Ex'-
 acum spica'tum,  Pic'rium spica'tum.
 A plant of Guiana, which is very  bit-
 ter, and is considered, in  the country,
 to be emmenagogue, anthelmintic,  and
 anti-dyspeptic.
   COUVRECHEF (F) (Surg.)  Cucul'-
 lus, Fascia'tio cucullata.   A  bandage,
 applied  to the head for retaining cer-
 tain dressings &c. in situ.  The French
 surgeons distinguish two kinds. 1. The
 Grand Couvrechef, or Serviette en carri.
 (Cucul'lus major), which  is formed of
 a napkin  or large  square compress:
 and, 2.  The  Petit Couvrechef, or Mou-
 choir en triangle  (Cucul'lus mi'nor),
 formed  of  a napkin or   other  square
 compress, folded from one  angle to the
 other diagonally opposite to it.
   Covolam  (Mat. Med )  Cratava
 Marmelos.   The  bark  of  this  tree is
tonic:  the  unripe fruit  is astringent;
but, when ripe, is delicious.
  COWARD, William, M. D.(Biog.)
A writer on medicine and metaphysics,
born at Winchester,. England, in 1656
or 1657; died  about 1725.  He prac-
tised at Northampton,  aud afterwards
in London.  Works. De fermento vo-
latili nutritio conjectura rationis, qud
ostenditur spiritum  volatilem oleosum,
e sanguine suffusum,  esse verum  ac
genuinum  concoctionis  ac nutritionis
instrumentum.  Lond. 1695. 8vo. Re-
mediorum medicinalium tabula genera-
lis tarn compositorum quam simplicium.
Lond.   1704.  12mo.   Ophthalmiatria.
Lond.   1706.  8vo.:  being a general
treatise on the  eye, its different parts,
diseases, &c.
  COW'PER, William, F. R. S. (Biog.)
An eminent Surgeon and Anatomist in.
London ; born  in Hampshire in 1666;
died in 1709.   Works.  Myotomia  re-
formata, or a new administration of all
the muscles ofthe human body. Lond.
1694.  8vo.  The anatomy  of'  human
bodies, illustrated with 114 copperplates,
&c. Oxford. 1698. fol.  Descriptio glan-
dularum  ductuumque  earum  excreto-
riorum; cum figuris. Lond. 1702. 4to.
   COW'PER'S GLANDS  (Anat.) Ac-
cessory  glands.    Two  small  ovoid
groupes of mucous, reddish follicles,
situated behind the  bulb of the urethra,
before the prostate ; the excretory ducts
of which open into  the bulbous  portion
 ofthe urethra.
   (F)  Glandes accessoires, G. de COW-
 PER,  Prostates infirieures ou petites
prostates.
   They are also called Glan'dula ante-
pros'tata, and  G. pros'tata inferio'res.
   Coxal'gia (Path.) A word of hybrid
origin, from  coxa, ' hip,' and uXyog,
' pain.'  Pain  in the  hip.  A  sign of
rheumatic or other  inflammation, or of
 some disease about  the hip-joint.
     (G) Huftweh.
   Coxa'rum or Coxen'dicus or Coxa'-
 rius  (Morbus)  (Path.)  Hip  disease.
 A  scrophulous and spontaneous luxa-
 tion and disease of the  os femoris is
 generally understood by this term.
   Coxen'dix   (Anat.)   This  word  has
 been used synonymously with ischium.
 Anatomists, too, have  called the  ilia,
 Ossa Coxendicis.
   Cox'o-fem'oral  (Anat.)  Cox'o-fem-
 ora'lis.  Belonging to the coxal bone
 or ilium, and to the os femoris.  Il'io-
fem'oral has the same signification.
   The  COX'O-FEM'ORAL  or IL'IO-
 FEM!ORAL  ARTICULA'TION,  is  the 
CRAB
248
CRANIOLOGY
Hip-joint.  The head of the femur and
articular cavity are  covered by a diar-
throdial cartilage and synovial capsule;
and by a very  strong  capsular  or ar-
ticular ligament  attached  to  the cir-
cumference of  the cotyloid cavity, and
to the neck of the  femur.  There is,
also,  a   round  or interarticular  liga-
ment, passing from the inferior notch
of the cotyloid cavity to the rough de-
pression  at the  top of the caput femo-
ris ;  and a  cotyloid  ligament, — a sort
of thick, cartilaginous ring, situated on
the edge of the  cotyloid cavity, and
converting  the inferior  notch  into  a
foramen.  These  are the great means
of union  in this extensive articulation.
   (F) Articulation de la Hanche.
  Crab  (Diet.  & Mat.  Med.) As'tacus
fluviat'ilis, Can'cer, Gam'marus, Cam'-
marus.   A  shell-fish  much used as
an article  of diet.   Like other shell-
fish,  it is apt  to disagree, and  excite
urticaria, &c.
 r (F) Crabbe,  Ecrevisse,  Esaevisse,
Ecrevice.
     (G) Krabbe,  Krebs.
  Writers.   A.  Libavius,  Coburg,
1610  (L).   Ph. J. Sacks, Lips. 1655
(L).   Ch. G. Gruner (urticaria from
C),  Jena;, 1774 (L).
  Crab'louse ; a species of Pcdic'ulus,
P. Pu'bis, which infests the pudendum
and  axilla.   It is  easily destroyed by
the white precipitate of mercury, or by
mercurial ointment.
  (F) Morpion.  (G) Filzlaus.
  Crab'yaws (Path.)  A name,  in the
West Indies, for a kind of ulcer on the
soles of  the  feet, with edges so  hard,
that  they are difficult to cut.
     (F)  Crabe.
  Cra'dle  (Surg.) Ar'culus,  So'len,
aoihtv.  A semicircle of thin wood, or
strips of wood,  used  for preventing the
contact  of the  bed-clothes in wounds,
&c.   An ordinance of the Grand Duke
of Tuscany forbade mothers and nurses
to sleep with a child  near them, un-
less  it was placed under  a solid cra-
dle of this kind, in order that no acci-
dent might arise from overlaying.
  (F) Arceau ou Archet.  (G) Schutz-
boge n.
  Cr.ep'ale (Path.)  from  xqama'/.t],
Crap'ula, Drunk'enness, Sui'feit.  A
derangement of  the functions of the
brain, &c.,  produced  by wine or any
other fermented liquor.   Galen.
   Cra'ma  (Pharm.)  xqaua, from xe-
Qavvvin,  ' I  mix.'  A  mixture of any
kind.  Dilute wine.
  Cram'bion (Pharm.) xqaufiior, from
xqapfitj,' cabbage.' A decoction of cab-
bage.  Hippocr.
  Cramp (Path.) from (G) k r a m p -
f e n,' to contract,' Cram'pus, Enta'sia
systrem'ma, Tet'anus  dolorif'icus.  A
sudden,  involuntary, and highly pain-
ful contraction of a  muscle or muscles.
It is most frequently experienced in the
lower  extremities,  and  is a common
symptom of certain affections ; — as of
Colica Pictonum  and Cholera Morbus.
Friction  and compression of the limb
by means of a ligature, applied round
it ahove  the muscles affected, will usu-
ally remove the spasm.
    .(G)  Krampf.
  CRAMP OF THE STOMACH (Path.)
A  sudden, violent,  and most  painful
affection of the stomach, with sense of
constriction  in  the epigastrium.  It
seems to be the effect of the spasmodic
contraction of the muscular coat of the
stomach, and requires the use of the
most  powerful  stimulants and  anti-
spasmodics, of which opium is the best
    (F) firampe  de VEstomac.
  Cramol'ogy or Cranios'copy (Phy-
siol.)  Craniolo'gia,  Phrenolo'gia, Cra-
niosco'pia.  Words, introduced by Gall
into medical language.  The two first
terms are derived from  xqaviov, ' cra-
nium,' and loyog,' a discourse,'  or oxo-
Titiv,  ' to examine.'  They signify the
description, or,  simply,  the examina-
tion of' the different parts of the exter-
nal surface of the cranium, in order to
deduce  from thence  a knowledge of
the  different  intellectual  and  moral
dispositions.  Strictly speaking,  it is by
Cranioscopy that we acquire a  knowl-
edge of  Craniology or of Organology
or  Cranology, as it has,  also,  been
termed.  These  words are generally,
however, used  in   the  same   sense.
The cranium being exactly moulded to
the brain, there are as many prominen-
ces on the bone as there are projections
at the surface of the brain.  According
to  Gall, each  projection, which  he
calls an organ, is the seat of a particu-
lar  intellectual or moral faculty, and all
persons endowed with the same faculty,
have, at the same part of the brain, a
prominence, which is indicated, exter-
nally, by a bump or projection  in the
bony case.
  The  System is generally  made  to
comprise 27 prominences, which answer
to 27 faculties. The following Table ex-
hibits those supposed organs and their
seat. 
CRANIOLOGY
   249

TABLE.
CRANIOLOGY
Organs of
Seat.
1.  Generative Faculty.
2.  Paternal or Mater- )
      nal Love.       5
3.  Docility and Mem- )
     ory of Facts.     5

4.  Memory of Places. <

5.  Memory of Persons.
6.  Knowledge of Col- )
          ors.         )
7.  Music
8.  Mathematics and   (
      Chronology.     (
9.  Knowledge orMem- (
      ory of Words.   (
10. Study of Lan-     (
        guages.        I

11. Industry.   .     .  <


12. Friendship.  .   .  5

13. Combativeness.  .  <


 14. Cruelty.  .    .  <


 15. Cunning.        .   <

 16. Robbery.  .    .   <

 17. Pride.          .   $
 18. Ambition and Van- C
           ity.          \
 19. Circumspection.
 20. Comparative Sa-   £
         gacity.        \

 21. Metaphysical Pen-J
         etration.


 22.  Wit.            .   $

 23.  Observation.       <


 24.  Mildness and Be-  S
         nevolence.     j

 25.  Imitation.  .    .  <

 26.  Theosophy.     .  <

 27.  Perseverance.  .  \
Cerebellum at the nape of the neck.

External occipital protuberance.
Root of the nose.  Between the two eyebrows,
  and a little above them.
Frontal sinuses.  Internal edge of the eyebrows,
  near the root ofthe nose, and outside the organ
  of docility.
Internal angle ofthe orbit.

Middle part ofthe eyebrows.
A little above, and on one side ofthe last.
On the external side of that of the knowledge  of
  colors, below that of music.
Frontal portion of the base of the orbit, so as  to
  make the eye prominent.
Above the  orbit, between the preceding and that
  ofthe knowledge of colors.
A round protuberance, at the lateral part of the
  frontal bone, towards the temple, behind the
  organs of music and mathematics.
Towards the middle of the posterior margin of the
  parietal bone ; before that of paternal love.
A little above the  ears, anterior to the preced-
  ing, towards the mastoid angle of the parietal
  bone.
The superior and posterior part of the squamous
  portion of the temporal bone, above the mastoid
  process.
 Above the meatus auditorius externus, on the
  sphenoidal angle ofthe parietal bones.
 Before that of cunning, of which it seems to be a
   prolongation, and above that of industry.
 Behind the top of the head, at  the extremity of
  the  sagittal suture,  on the parietal bones.
 At  the side of the preceding, near the posterior
  and internal angle ofthe parietal bone.
 Parietal protuberances.
 At the middle anterior part of the frontal bone,
  above that of docility.
 Confounded, partly, with the preceding.  It is at
  the  outer side of the preceding, and is indicated
  by two protuberances, which give to the fore-
   head a particular hemispherical form.
 At the lateral, external part of the  last.  It gives
   more width to the frontal protuberances.
 Behind the preceding, to which it gives a superior
   and lateral developement; elevating and widen-
   ing the frontal protuberances.
 Indicated by an oblong projection above the organ
   of sagacity, near the extremity of the frontal
   suture.
 At the external side of the  organ of benevo-
   lence.
 Top of the os frontis, and the superior angles of
   the parietal bones.
 Top of the head, at the anterior and most elevated
   part of the parietal bones.____________________ 
CRANIUM            250       CRATAEGUS ARIA
  A fundamental principle, with the
Craniologists or  Phrenologists, is, —
that the brain does  not act as a single
organ, but that it consists of a plurality
of organs — in which they are perhaps
correct.
  It is probable, however, that  the as-
signment of the seat of different facul-
ties, is, in many of the cases contained
in the foregoing Table, premature.
    (G) Schadellehre
  Writers.  L. F.  Froriep, Weimar,
1801 (G).   J. A. Walther. Zurich,
1802(G).   J. D. Metzger, Koenigs-
berg, 1803 (G).  F. H. Martens, Leipz.
1803(G).   J. A. Bergk, Leipz.  1803
(G). J.Th. Walter, Berlin, 1805 (G).
Ch. II. E. Bischoff, Berlin, 1805 (G).
A. E. Kessler, Jenae, 18u5  (G).  J. B.
Demangeon, Paris, 1806 (F).   J. F.
Ackermann, Heidelberg,  1806 (G).
A. Moreschi, Bologna, 1807 (1).  J. B.
Nacquart,  Paris,  1808  (F).   J.  G.
Spurzheim   (System of Gall  and
Spurzheim), Lond.  1815:  Paris, 1818
(F):  Lond. 1825. (Phrenology in con-
nexion with physiognomy), Lond.1826
(Outlines of Phren.), Lond. 1829.   G.
Combe, Edinb. 1819 and 1825 :  Philad.
1826.  Sir G. S. Mackenzie, Edinb.
1820.  T. Stone, Edinb. 1828.
  Cra'num (Anat.) Cra'nion,  Calva'-
ria, Sca'phion,  axaquor, Con'chus,xoy-
Xog, Cal'va, xqaviov, from xqarog,' a hel-
met,' or from xnavov,' head.'  The col-
lection of bones, which form the case
for lodging  the brain and its membranes,
as well as their vessels, and some of the
nerves.  These bones are eight in num-
ber — the frontal, occipital, two parie-
tal, two temporal,  the sphenoid, and
ethmoid.  Besides  these, there  might
be considered, as belonging to the cra-
nium, the cornua sphenoidalia, the bones
of the ear, and the ossa wormiana.
  (F) Crane.    (G) Hirnschale,
Schadel,  Sc h e del.
  Writers on  lesions c\c. of the Cra-
nium.   Berenger di Carpi (fracture
of C), Bonon. 1518  (L).  C.  V. Schnei-
der (Do.),  Vittemb. 1673 (L).  J. H.
Meibomius  (lesions of C), Helmst.
1674 (L).   L. H. L. Hilchen (wounds
of C), Giess. 1748 (L).  J. U. Bilguer
(injuries of C),  Berlin,  1771(G).  A.
Th. Richter (fracture),  Gotting. 1780
(L).  Blumenbach (collection of crania
of various  nations), Gotting. 1790-
1808 (L).   L. Oken (use and impor-
tance ofC), Jen. 1807 (G). C. H. E.
Bishoff, with remarks by C. W. Hufe-
land, in French by G. Barbeq,uiere,
Berlin, 1806 (F).
  CRA'NIUM HUMA'NUM (Mat. Med.)
Human Cra'nium. This was, ancient-
ly, much used in prescriptions, and was
considered anti-epileptic, alexipharmic,
antiloimic, &c.
    (F) Crane  humain.
  Cra'nomancy (Phys.)  from xqavov,
' the head,'  and fiarxtta, ' divination.'
The art of divining — from the inspec-
tion of the  head or  cranium, — the
moral dispositions and inclinations  of
individuals.
    (F) Cranomancie.
  Cranssac, Mineral Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  C. is a village  in  the de-
partment of Aveyron, six leagues from
Rhodez,  which  possesses   acidulous
chalybeate  springs,  that  have  been
known for a long  time.
  Cran'ter  (Anat.)  xqan^q,  from
xnaivtiv, 'to  finish,'  'render perfect.'
The Den'tes  Sapien'tia have been  so
called.
  Cra'sis  (Phys. Path.) xnaotg, from
xtqawvtu,  ' I mix.'  A mixture of the
constituents of a fluid; — as, the crasis
ofthe blood, ofthe humors, &c.  The
word has,  also, been  employed in a
more extensive signification, as synony-
mous with Constitution, Temperament,
&c.
  Cras'pedon  (Path.) xqaantSov,  a
pendent  membrane, from  xqtiiaw, ' I
hang down,' and  ntdov, ' the ground.'
Dyspha'gia  uvulo'sa,  Hypostaph'yle,
Prolap'sus  Uvula,  (Ede'ma  Uvula,
Produc'tio Uvula a pitui'td.   Relaxa-
tion of the uvula, which,  either from
inflammation or infiltration, hangs upon
the base of the  tongue, and  occasions
unpleasant   sensations,  nausea,  &c,
and, at times, violent irritative cough.
    (F) Chute de  la luette.
  Crassamen'tum (Phys.) from cras'-
sus, ' thick.'  The thick part or deposit
of any  fluid.  It is particularly applied
to the clot of the blood.
  CRASSE (F).  Dirt or impurity.   A
sort of layer or enduit, which covers
the skin, where cleanliness is not at-
tended to;  and which is, sometimes,
the result of the cutaneous exhalation,
at others, of extraneous matter adhering
to the surface of the body,
    (G) Schmutz.
  Crasse'na (Path.) A term, by which
Paracelsus designated the saline, pu-
trescent, and corrosive principles, which,
he thought, gave rise to ulcers and tu-
mors of different kinds.
  Cras'sis Pil'sus  (Path.)  A full,
large pulse.
  Cratje'gus A'ria (Mat. Med.) Mesr- 
CRATON             251      CRESCENTIA  CUJETE
pilus, A'ria, seu Sor'bus.   White Beam I
 Tree.  The fruit, which is of the size
of a small  pear, is  slightly astringent,
and  somewhat agreeable  to  the  taste.
It has been employed in diarrhoea.
   (F) Alisier  blanc; Alouche,  Alou-
chier.
   CRA'TON, John,  or Craff'theim,
John (Biog.) A voluminous writer, and
 physician  to  Ferdinand  I.: born  at
 Breslau in 1519 ;  died in 1585. Works.
 Methodus  Stqa^tvxixi;,   ex  scntentid
 Galeni et  Joannis Baptista Montani.
 His accessit idaa  Hippocratica de gen-
 eratione pituita, methodus de huinore
 ?nelancholico, de  viclus ralione; eodem
 auctore.  Basil.  1555. 8vo.  Ad  artem
 medicam  isagoge.  Ven.  1560.  8vo.
 Perioche  methodica  in   Galeni  libros
 methodi therapeutices xiv libros.  Basil.
 1563.  8vo. De morbo Gallico commen-
 tarius.  Francf.  1594.  8vo.   De verd
 pracavendi et curandi febrem contagi-
 osam pestilentem ratione. 1594.   Con-
 siliorum  et epistolarum  medicinalium
 lib. vii.  Francf. 1593. 8vo.
   Craute, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
 Med.)   C. is a village,  five leagues
 from  Autun,  in France; where are
 mineral  springs containing hydrosul-
 phate of  magnesia,  muriate of soda,
 muriate of lime, sulphate of lime, and
 carbonate of magnesia.
   CRAWFORD, Ad air', M. D. F. R. S.
 (Biog.)  Professor of Chemistry at the
 academy  of Woolwich;  died in 1795.
 Works. Experiments and observations
 on animal heat, &c.  Lond. 1779 and
 1788.  An experimental  inquiry  into
 the effects of tonics fyc. on  the animal
 fibre. Lond.  1816.
    Cream  (Mat. Alim.)   Cre'mor.   A
 thick, unctuous  matter, of a yellowish
 white color, and sweet, agreeable taste,
 which rises  to  the  surface  of milk, if
 kept at rest.   It is composed of butter,
 serum, and caseum.
    Creme is a name given in France to
  bouillies  prepared  with  farina of dif-
  ferent  kinds; as the Cream of Rice,
  Creme de Riz, C. d'orge  (C. of Barley),

    (F) Creme.  (G) Rahm, Milch-
  rahm.
    Cremas'ter  (Anat.) xqtuaoxtjq, Sus-
 pendic'ulum. That which  suspends;
  from xqtuaio,  ' I suspend.' The Greeks
  designated, by this term, the spermatic
  chord,  or all the parts  by which the
  testicle is, as it were,  suspended; but,
  since Vesalius,  it has received  its
  present limited meaning.   The Cre-
  master is a very thin, muscular fascia,—
sometimes hardly perceptible, —which
detaches itself from the internal oblique
muscle; passes through the abdominal
ring,  and vanishes around the tunica
vaginalis : serving to draw up the  tes-
ticle, and  to  move  it slightly.  It has
been, also, called Erythrol'des and Sus-
penso'rium Testis.
    (G) Hodenmuskel.
  Cre'mer (Path.) The common name
for a disease frequent in Hungary, and
which is produced  by excess in eating
and drinking.  Chomel.
   Crem'nos  (Anat. Path.)  xqijuvog,
means, 1. The lips of an ulcer.  2.  The
La'bia Puden'di.  Hippocr., Foesius.
   Cre'na  (Anat.)  Crenalu'ra, Dcntic'-
ulus.  In the plural, the small teeth or
projections  in the bones of the  cra-
nium, by means of which an accurate
junction is formed  at the  sutures.
     (F) Crinelure.
   Crinelure has  also been used,  in
 Surgery, for the gutter  or  groove in
 certain instruments^ which is generally
 intended to secure the passage of cut-
 ting  instruments :  the groove, for ex-
 ample, of a director.
   Crepa'tio (Pharm.) Crepatu'ra, ka-
 xig, A.axiOfta.  The  action  of bursting
 any  seed  by  ebullition. — Co'que  ad
 crepatu'ram, ' Boil till it bursts.'
   Crepita'tion (Surg. &c.) Crep'itus,
 from crepita're,' to make a noise.' Crack-
 ling.  Crepitation or crepitus,  (F) Cli-
 quetis,  (G) Knirs.chen, has  been
 used, in Surgery, to designate the noise
 occasioned by the friction of fractured
 bones, when the  surgeon moves them
 in certain directions.  When it cannot
 be heard  at a  distance,  it may be de-
 tected by the immediate  application of
 the ear, or by the use of the stethoscope.
    Crepitus  or  crackling  is, likewise,
 met with in cases of gangrene, — when
 air is  effused into the cellular mem-
 brane. — provided the part be carefully
 examined with the fingers.  The  same
 term is used for the cracking ofthe joints
 in health or disease.
    Crep'itus, tpvaa, cpvaij,  7itq9i]aig, noq-
 8rj, Fla'tus, also means a discharge of
 wind  per  anum:  ifvaai oiymSttg,  are
 those passed without noise.  See Fart.
    By  rdle crepitant, Laennec means
 the crepitant rattle, heard, during respi-
 ration, in severe' pneumonia and in-
 oedema of the  lung; so termed, on
 account of the analogy between  the
 sound and that occasioned by pressing
 a healthy lung between the  fingers.
    Crescen'tia  Cuje'te (Mat.  Med.)
  Cujete, Narrow-leaved Calabash Tree. 
CRETA
252       CRICO-ARYTENOID
 The  pulp of  the  fruit of this  West
 India plant is acidulous.  It is  used in
 diarrhoea and headache; and, in syrup,
 for diseases of the chest.
   Cre'ta (Mat. Med.)  Car'bonas Cal'-
 cis, Car'bonas calca'reus,  Glisomargo,
 Me'lia  Ter'ra,  Chalk,  Carbonate  of
 Lime.     (F) Craie.
   (G) Kalkerde,  Kreide.
   CRE'TA  PREP ARA'TA,  Car'bonas
 Cal'cis prapara'tus, Tes'ta prapara'ta,
 Prepared Chalk.   Used, externally, as
 an absorbent; internally, as an antacid.
 Dose, gr. x to 3 j or more.
   Cretin  (Path.)  One affected with
 cretinism.   The word is said to  come
 from. Chretien, Christian,  because  the
 Cretin,  being  in  a state of idiocy, is
 incapable of committing any sin.
   Cret'inism  or  Cret'inage  (Path.)
 Cyrto'sis  Cretinis'mus,  Cretinis'mus.
 An endemic affection in the low, deep,
 narrow situations' of the Valais; in the
 valley of  Aost, Maurienne,  a  part of
 Switzerland, the Pyrenees, Tyrol, &c.
 It is a state of idiocy, commonly accom-
 panied  by an enormous goitre, and is
 often  hereditary.   The  unfortunate
 Cretin is little better  than  the  animals
 around  him.   He rarely attains an  ad-
 vanced   age.  Like idiocy,  cretinism
 has been divided into complete and in-
 complete.
  (G) Kretin, Kreidling, Weiss-
 ling.
   Writers. J. F. Ackermann, Gotha,
 1790 (G).  F. E. Fodere, Turin. 1792
 (F):  and Paris, an. viii.  J. and Ch.
 Wenzel, Vienna, 1802 (G).
   Creuzot,  Mineral Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  C. is a mountain, to  the
 northeast of Mount Cenis.  Near it is
 a saline chalybeate spring.
   CREVASSE (F)  (Path.) Ri'ma, from
 crever,  ' to break or crack.'  A Crack,
 a Cleft.   The words crevasse, gercure,
fissure,   and rhagade are often used
 synonymously, for small longitudinal
 cracks or chaps of  a more or less  pain-
 ful character.  Sometimes, crevasse is
 employed to designate the  solutions  of
 continuity or ruptures,  which super-
 vene in distended parts, in the  urinary
 passages, uterus, &c.; when it is  sy-
 nonymous with rupture.
   CRIBLE (F)  (Anat.) Cribra'tus, from
 cri'brum,' a sieve.'  Having holes like
 a  sieve.   Lame  criblee,  Crib'riform
 plate,— is the horizontal lamina of the
 ethmoid bone, so  called because it is
 perforated  like a sieve.  Through the
 perforations the olfactory nerves pass.
   Cribra'tion (Pharm.)  Cribra'tio,
 Sift'ing, xooxiviapog. A pharmaceutical
 operation, which consists in separating
 the  finest  parts  of  drugs  from  the
 coarser.  Sieves are used for this pur-
 pose.   These   were   formerly  called
 Cri'bra;  xoaxnot.  A  sieve, for sepa-
 rating the bran from meal, was termed
 Cres'era, xqijOtqa, xqijotqij, a.Xtvqoxrtoig,
 Cri'brum Pollina'rium.
     (G)  Sieben.
   Crib'riform   (Anat.)  Cribrifor'me,
 from cri'brum,  ' a  sieve,' and form'a,
 ' form.'   The ethmoid bone  was  for-
 merly so  called: — Os cribrifor'me.
   Cri'co-Aryt'enoid   (Anat.)  Cri'co-
 arytenoida'us.  Relating to the cricoid
 and arytenoid cartilages.
   CRPCO-ARYT'ENOID MUSCLE, Cri'-
 co-arytenoida'us latera'lis, Crico-lateri-
 arithenoidien.  A muscle, which pro-
 ceeds from the lateral part of the supe-
 rior edge  of the  cricoid cartilage to the
 outer and anterior part of the base ot
 the arytenoid cartilage.  It carries the
 arytenoid cartilage outward,s and for-
 wards.
  CRPCO-ARYT1 ENOID, POSTE'RIOR,
 Cri'co-arytedoida'us posti'cus,  Crico-
 creti-arithinoidien,  Dilatateur  posti-
 rieur du Larynx.  A small, triangular
 muscle, seated at the back part  of the
 larynx.  It extends from the prominent
 line, at the middle  of  the  posterior
 surface of the cricoid  cartilage, to the
 outer and posterior part of the base of
 the arytenoid cartilage.
   The CRP CO-ARYTENOID JE' US, SU-
 PE'RIOR, of Winslow, forms part ofthe
 Arytenoida'us of modern anatomists.
   CRI'CO-PHARYNGE'AL(Anat.) Cri'-
 co-pharynga'us.   Belonging to the cri-
 coid cartilage and pharynx.  The  CRP-
 CO-PHARYNGJE'US Muscle  of Wins-
 low is a fleshy bundle,  which  forms
 part of the Constrictor Pharyngis infe-
 rior.  He calls the  other  part Thy'ro-
pharynga'us, and proposes to call  the
 whole  Thy'ro-cri'co-pharynga'us.
   CRPCO-THYROIDE'AN (Anat.) Be-
 longing to the cricoid and thyroid car-
 tilages.
 The CRPCO-THY>ROID MEM'BRANE
 is of a fibrous nature; and extends from
 the upper edge of the cricoid cartilage
 to the inferior edge ofthe thyroid.
 The CRP CO-THYROID MUSCLE, Cri'-
 co- Thyroida'us,  Dilatateur antirieur du
 larynx, is a small, fleshy bundle, of a tri-
 angular shape, at the anterior and infe-
 rior part ofthe larynx.  It  extends from
 the outer surface of the  cricoid carti-
 lage to the lateral parts of the inferior
 margin of the thyroid cartilage; and its 
CRICOID             253
CRISIS
use is, to approximate, anteriorly,  the
corresponding margins of the cricoid
and  thyroid  cartilages; and thus  to
stretch the  ligaments  of  the glottis,
which it contracts by separating  the
thyroid cartilage from the arytenoid.
  Cri'coid  (Anat.) Cricotde'us,  Cri-
coi'des, Annula'ris, Cymbala'ris, Car-
tila'go innomina'ta,  xqixottdqg,  from
xqixog,  ' a  ring,'   and tiSog,  ' form.'
Having the  form of a ring.  A  name
given to one of the cartilages of the
larynx, which is situated  at its  lower
part,  between the thyroid and first ring
ofthe trachea.  It  is much higher be-
hind  than before.
   (G) Ring knorpel.   (F) Carti-
lage anonyme.
   Crina'le (Surg-.) from crinis,' hair.'
An instrument, formerly used to com-
 fress, in cases of  fistula  lachrymalis.
 t  has  its  name  from  the  circum-
stance of  its having  at  one  end  a
small cushion stuffed with hair. Scul-
TETUS.
   Crina'tum  (Pharm.) xqnaxov.   A
species of fumigation, used by Paulus
of ^Egina.   The roots of lilies entered
into  the  process; — hence  its name,
from  xqivov,' the lily.'
   Crinom'yron  (Pharm.)  xqivopvqov,
from  xoivov,' the lily,'  and pvqov,' oint-
ment.'   Unguen'tum  lilia'ceum,  U.
JEgyp'tium al'bum, U. Susi'num.  An
ointment, composed of lilies and some
aromatic plants.  Gorrsus.
  Criog"enes (Pharm.) xqioytvtjg. Cer-
tain troches, mentioned by Paulus of
iEgina, which he  believed capable of
cleansing sordid ulcers.
   Criomyx'os (Path.) xqio^iv^og. One,
who has  much mucus in his nasal fos-
  Cri'sis  (Path.)  xoiaig,  Diac'risis,
iiaxqiaig, Judgment,  from xqivo>, ' I
judge.'   This word has been  used in
various acceptations.  Some have called
it  the  crisis  of a  disease, when it
augments  or  diminishes  considera-
bly, becomes transformed into another,
or  ceases  entirely.   Some  have  used
the word to  signify only the favorable
changes, which supervene in disease;
others,  for the change going on in the
acme or violence ofthe disease.  Others,
again, have given this  name only to a
rapid and favorable change; joined to
some copious evacuation or eruption :
whilst others have applied the  term to
the  symptoms, that accompany  such
change, and not to the change itself; —
thus including, under the same denom-
ination, the critical phenomena and the
crisis.
     G)  Krise.
   Several kinds  of  crises  have  been
admitted.  1.  The  Salutary, or those
which lead to the cure.  2. The Mor-
tal, or those which prove fatal.   Crises,
properly so called,  mean such as are
rapid: — Lyses, those that are slow, and
not preceded by  any  exacerbation of
the symptoms : — Regular, are those
announced by precursory symptoms,
happening on foreseen days,  and ac-
companied with critical phenomena: —
Irregular, those which want those con-
ditions.  They are complete or incom-
plete, according as they entirely remove
the disease,   or  leave  the  case  still
doubtful.  Many  of the  old  notions.
with regard  to crises, — especially the
doctrine  of  critical  days, — are  now
abandoned.
   Crises have  been  considered to be
produced in the following modes.
Table  of Crises.
1. From  the  Mucous
    Membranes.
By sanguineous
   exhalation.
{1. From the nose.
2. From the bronchi.
3. From the stomach.
4. From the intestines.
5. From the uterus.
6. From the urinary passages.
il. From menstrual.
2. From hemorrhoidal.
Flux.
               1. Discharge of mucous from the nose.
By augmented ex- J 2. Expectoration.
    cretion.    \ 3. Vomiting.
               4. Diarrhoea.
2. From the Dermoid  Transpiration.
     System.        j Acute and chronic eruptions.
                     !Flow of urine.
                     Salivation.
                     Mumps.
                     Bubo.
22 
         CRISPATION           254            CRITICAL

                    ("Swelling of different parts ofthe body.
4. From thb Cellular] &*«■,„,.
      System.      ^ Gangrene.
                    ( Abscess.
   Writers   H.  Taqjst, Paris,  1597
 (L).   Cl. Levasseur,  Paris, 1639 (L).
 N. Cappon, Paris, 1666 (L).  J.  Bus-
 son,  Paris,  1741 (L).  J. E.  Heben-
 streit, Lips. 1749 (L).   G. W. Fever-
 sein, Gotting. 1754 (L). P. J. Morisot-
 Deslandes, Paris, 1756 (L).   A. de
 1-1 a en, Paris, 1771 (L).  E. F. M. Bos-
 quillon, Paris, 1772 (L).  J. Ch. Reil,
 Hal.   1792 (L).   E. G.  Baldinger,
 Marburg,  1796 (L).   W.  Liebsch,
 Gottino-. 1803 (L).  N. L. Lerminier,
 Paris, 18.05 (F).  J. Desaux, Paris, 1808
 (F).  J. M. Lavalette, Paris, 1810 (F).
 C. Destrez, Paris,  1811(F).  A.  P.
 Landre-Beauvais, Paris, 1809,  1813
 (F).
   Crispa'tiqn (Path.)  Crispatu'ra, ov-
 XonoiTjmg, from  crispa're,  ' to wrinkle.'
 A  contraction  or spasmodic constric-
 tion,  which supervenes in certain parts,
 either spontaneously or by the influence
 of some morbific cause or therapeuti-
 cal agent.  The capillary vessels of a
 wound are,  by the  French, termed
 crispes; when, immediately after an
 operation, the blood does not  flow from
 them.  The  skin is said to be crispie,
 when contracted, and the  bulbs of the
 hair become  more  prominent.  Crispa-
 tion ofthe nerves is a slight convulsive
 motion of external  or internal parts,
 much  less than that which  occurs in
 convulsion.
   CRIS'PUS,  An'thony  (Biog.)  A
 physician and  divine;  born  in Sicily
 in 1600; died in 1688.  Works. In le-
 thargum febri pervenientem acuta com-
 mentarii duo. Panorm.  1668. 4to.  De
 sputo sanguinis h partibus  corporis in-
fimis  supervenientis  cum  tussi,  &c.
 1682.  4to.
  Cris'ta  (Anat., Path., &c.) A crest.
 loifog.   A name given to several bony
 projections.
    (F) Crete.    (G)  Kamm.
   CRIS'TA GAL'LI; two  Latin words,
 signifying  the comb of a cock.  A  flat,
 triangular  process,  rising above  the
 cribriform  plate of the  ethmoid bone,
 and resembling a cock's comb. It gives
 attachment to the anterior part of the
 falx cerebri.
    (G) Hahnenkamm.
   (F)  Crete de Vethmoide, C. de Coq.
   The  CRIS'TA OF  THE IL'IUM is
 the superior margin ofthe ilium : — the
 Cris'ta of the Tib'ia, the anterior edge,
 the shin.  Winslow calls the nymphffl,
 Cris'ta  of the Clii'oris; and  Chaus-
 sier, the  verumontanum, Crista  Ure-
 thra'lis.
   The  word  CRETES (F) is used,  in
 France,  for  fimbriated  excrescences,
 which form  at the anus, and near the
 genital organs;  and are commonly ow-
 ing to the  syphilitic virus.
   CRETES DE  COQ, are syphilitic ex-
 crescences, resembling,  in  form, the
 crest ofthe cock.
   Crith'mum Marit'imum (Mat. Alim.,
 &c.)  Crith'mum, Sam'phire.  A plant,
 which grows on the sea-coasts, has
 a spicy, aromatic flavor, and is  used,
 pickled,  as a condiment.
   (G) Meerfenchel.   (F) Passe-
 pierre, Perce-pierre, Fenouil marin.
   The. Caaponga of Brazil, is a kind  of
 Crithmum.
   Crit'ical (Path.) Crii'icus, xqiotiiog,
 xqixtxog.  Belonging to a crisis.
   CRIT'ICAL DA YS, Di'es judicato'rii,
 D. Decreto'rii, D. Prin'cipes, D. Radi-
 ca'les, are  those  on which a crisis,  it
 was imagined, would be  likely to hap-
 pen.  According  to  Hippocrates and
 Galen,  the  greatest number of fevers
 terminate,  favorably, on the 7th  day,
 and many on the 14th ; — these  two
 days being the most propitious.   Next
 to these  come, in order  of efficiency,
 the 9th,  11th, 20th or 21st, 17th,  5th,
 4th, 3d,  18th, 27th,  and 28th.  The
 sixth  day was called, by Galen, the
 Tyrant,  xvqavvog,  because the  crises,
 that happened then, were  generally
 unfavorable.  After this, the  most un-
favorable were the 8th, 10th, 12th, 16th,
and 19th.  The  13th  was a sort of
neutral day, the crises, which happened
on it, being neither favorable nor un-
favorable.
  Days  were, also,  divided  into In-
tercal'ary,  in  which the  crises  hap-
pened  less frequently, and were  less
complete than on the critical or indic-
atory ; — and  into va'cant  and  non-
decre'tory, in which a crisis hardly ever
occurred.

  According to this division, they were
enumerated as follows.
 Critical days,     7th, 14th, 20th, 27th,
                 34th, 40th, 60th, &c.
Indicatory days,  4th, 11th, 17th, 24th,
                  &c. 
CROCIDE CONFECTIO
255
Intercalary days, 3d, 5th, 6th, 9th, &c.
Non-decretory days, 2d, 8th, 10th, 12th
                    13th, &c.
  Fortunate crises were considered to
be indicated by favorable signs appear-
ing three days before.
  (G)  Kritischen Tage.
  (F) Jours critiques.
  Writers  G. Collimitius, Argent.
1531 (L).  J. Defroictdeval,  Paris,
1549 (L).  Th. Boderius,  Paris, 1555
L.  Duret, Paris, 1584 (L).   Mares-
cot, Paris, 1597 (L).  L. Eickstadt,
Stettin, 1609 (L).  O. Bcstticher, Ba-
sil, 1613 (L).  A.  Niphus, Marpurg,
1624 (L).  Pelshofer, Vittemb. 1632
(L).  A. Argoli,  Patav. 1639 (L).   P.
Castellus,  Rom.  1642 (L).   G.  W.
Wedel, Jena?, 1678(L).  G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1702 (L). Aymen, Dijon, 1752(F).
J. A. Magini,  Brix, 1757 (L).   H. J.
Baget,  Paris, 1771 (L).   Vischer,
Tubinc. 1775 (L).   Pockh, Buda3,1781
(L).  1 Desaux, Paris, 1808 (F).
  Croc'ide Confec'tio  (Pharm.)  A
name  given  to a  confection,  used by
Nicholas  Myrepsus, in colic.
  Crocidis'mus (Path.)  from xooxiSi-
L'to, ' I remove the wool.'  Crocidix'is.
A variety of carphologia.   Picking the
bed-clothes.
   Croc"inum (Pharm.) ^xqoxivov, from
xqoxog, ' saffron.'   Oil of saffron : also,
a mixture of saffron with aromatics.
   Croco'des  (Pharm.) xqoxmS>]g. Cer-
tain trochs into which saffron entered
as an ingredient.   Paulus of jEgina.
   Crocodi'lea (Mat. Med.) Cordy'lea,
Ster'cus Lacer'ta.  The excrements of
the crocodile, which the  Arabists ex-
tolled  as a remedy for cutaneous  dis-
eases,  and which was long used as a
cosmetic.
   Crocomag'ma (Pharm.)  xqoxouayua.
A kind of troch,  composed of saffron
and spices.  Galen, Dioscorides, Pau-
lus of iEgina, Scribonius Largus.
   Cro'cus (Mat. Med.) C. sati'vjis, C.
austri'acus,  Medici'na  TrisW'tia,  Pa-
nace'a vegetab'ilis,  Zaf'fran, An'ima
Pulmo'num, xqoxog, xqoxov, C.  Orien-
ta'lis.  Saffron.  The stigmata are the
parts  used  in medicine.  They are
brought from  the  East.  The odor is
aromatic, and the  taste aromatic, pun-
gent,  and bitter: — the  color deep
orange red.  Its virtues are yielded  to
alcohol, wine, vinegar, and water.   Its
operation  has been considered  stimu-
lant, exhilarating, and diaphoretic.  It
is not  much used.
   There is a Cake  Saffron sometimes
met with.  It consists of one part of
CROTON CASCARILLA
saffron and nine of marigold, made into
a cake with oil; and pressed.
    (F) Safran.   (G) Krokus.
  Writers.  J. F. Hertodt,  Jena?,
1671 (L).  J. B. A.  Rauch, Vienn.
1764 (L).r
  CROISE (F)  (Path.)  Crossed.   An
epithet  given to paralysis,  when  it
attacks  the arm of one side, and the
leg of another.
  Crommyoxyreg'mia (Path.) xqouuv-
ogvqiyiua, from  xqouuvov, ' an onion,'
o£u?, 'acid,' and qi]yviiu,' to breakout.'
Sour, fetid eructations, exhaling a smell
similar to that of onions.
  CROONE, CROUNE,  or  CRONE,
William, M. D.  (Biog.)  An eminent
London  physician,  and  benefactor of
science j, founder of the Croonian Lec-
tures, delivered before the Royal Col-
lege  of  Physicians  of London.  He
was born in London, where he died in
1684.  Works. De ratione motus  mus-
culorum. Lond. 1664. 4to.
  Crot'alus  hor'ridus,  Crotaloph'-
orus  (Toxicol.)  The  Rattlesnake, Co-
bra de Capello.  A venemous reptile of
North America.   Its poison is virulent.
It is so called from  its rattle  in the
tail.  (Kooxu'/.ov,  ' a  rattle,'  ' a  small
bell.')
   (F)  Crotale.
   (G) Klapperschlange.
   Crot'aphe or  Crota'phium (Path.)
from xqoxaipog, ' temple.'  Cephalalgia
Pulsat'ilis,  Cephala'a  Pulsat'ilis.  A
pulsatory pain, chiefly at  the temples,
with drumming in the ears.
   Crotch'et (Obst. Surg.)  Ha'mus.
A small hook or crook.  An obstetrical
instrument,  whose name indicates its
shape; and  which  is used in the ex-
traction of the foetus, when it becomes
necessary to  destroy it to  expedite de-
livery.   Crotchets are differently form-
ed ; some are sharp, others blunt; some
contained in  a sheath, others naked, ,
     (F) Crochet.  (G)  Haken.
   Cro'ton cvscaril'la  (Mat.  Med.)
 Cor'tex Eleuthe'ria, Cro'ton  Elruthe'-
ria, Thus Judao'rum, Chacaril'la cor'-
tex, Cascaril'la, Elute'ria, Gascaril'la.
 The  bark of the Croton Cascarilla of
 the Bahamas,  Cor'tex  Thu'ris,  has a
 slightly aromatic  odor,  and bitterish,
 aromatic taste.   The smoke has the
 odor of musk.  The active  parts are
 an essential oil and  bitter extractive.
 They are completely  extracted by proof
 spirit.  It is tonic and stomachic. Dose,
 gr. xv to 3 s9 or more in powder.
   (F) Quinquina aromatiqve,  Casca%
 rille,  (G) Cascarille-rind, 
CROTONE
256
CRUDITY
  Writer.  Ph. A. Bohmer, Hal. 1738
(L).
  CRO'TON RACEMO'SUM (Mat. Med.)
Beenel.   A  small Malabar tree, whose
aromatic root, boiled  in oil  of sesame,
is  employed, by  the Orientals, as a
liniment in head-ache  and  rheuma-
tism.
  CRO'TON  TIG'LIUM  (Mat.  Med.)
Cadel-Avanacu.  A  Ceylonese  plant,
every part of which  is endowed with
medicinal power.   The root is a drastic
cathartic: the wood, (Lig'num Pava'na)
Pavana wood, and the seeds, have like
virtues.   The  seeds  have  been long
known under the  names, Gra'na Mo-
luc'ca, Til'ii Gra'na,  and Gra'na Tig'-
lii.  From these seeds  the Croton Oil,
O'leum T^g'lii is expressed.  It  is of a
pale,  brownish-yellow color,  and hot,
biting taste; and  is  a most powerful
drastic  cathartic.  Dose, from  half a
drop to three drops, made into pills with
crumb of bread.
 (G)  Purgierbaum,  Granatill-
baum.
  Writer.  M. J. Short (on  the oil
of croton), Lond.  1830.
  Croto'ne (Path.)  xqoxurvt], yoyyqog,
rgtuvov.   A fungus,  which grows  on
trees.  By extension, applied to a fun-
gous  tumor developed on  the  perios-
teum.
  CROUPION(F) (Anat.) Uropyg'ium.
the Rump, ovoonvyiov.  The region of
the coccyx.  The crupper.
    (G) Kreuz.
  Crown (Anat. &c.)  Coro'na, oxttra-
trj, axttpavog, In Anatomy, this name
is  given  to parts of a  circular form,
which surmount other portions  of  the
same body. Thus, the  Crown of a Tooth,
Coro'na Den'tis,  (F)  Couronne  du
Dent, is the portion of the tooth, which
projects above the gum.
    (G) Krone.
  CROWN OF  THE  GLANS, Coro'na
glan'dis,  (F) Couronne du gland, is
the round, almost circular, ring, which
circumscribes the base of the glans.
   The  CROWN   OF  THE  TREPAN
(Surg.)  Modiolus,  (F)  Couronne de
Trdpan, is a species  of saw, in form of
a crown, or rather  of a portion of a
cylinder, having grooves on its external
surface; and teeth at its lower extremi-
ty : the other being fitted to the handle
ofthe trepan.
   CROWN OF VENUS (Path.) Coro'na
 Ven'eris, Gut'ta Rosa'cea Syphylit'ica,
(F)  Couronne de  Venus.   Red, rosy
  Eustules, dry  or moist,  on the face;
  ut  particularly  on  the forehead  and
temples, owing to constitutional syphi-
lis.
  CROW'THER, Bry'an (Biog.)  A
Surgeon in  London ; — djed in 1815.
Works. Practical observations on the
diseases ofthe joints, commonly called
white swelling: with some remarks on
scrophulous abscesses. Lond. 1797. 8vo.
Observations on white swellings  in the
joints, with remarks on caries and ne-
crosis, in which a new and successful
method of treating  those diseases is
pointed  out.  Lond.  1808.   Practical
remarks on insanity ; to which is added,
a commentary on the dissection  of the
brains of maniacs, with some account
of diseases incident to the insane. Lond.
1811.
  Cru'cial (Surg.) Crucia'lis. Having
the shape of a cross.
  A CRU'CIAL IN CIS'ION,  (F) Inci-
sion cruciale. An incision, made in the
form of a cross.  Often employed  for
exposing the  cranium, for  the purpose
of applying the trepan.
   CRU'CIAL  LIG'AMENTS,  (F) Liga-
ments  croise's,  L. crucifoimes.   Two
strong ligaments within the knee-joint.
The anterior passes  obliquely, from a
depression anterior to the spine  of the
tibia to the posterior and inner  part of
the external  condyle  of the femur : —
the other, the posterior, extends from
the  posterior part of the  spine  of the
tibia to the anterior  and outer part of
the internal condyle.
     (G) Kreuzbander.
   Cru'cible  (Pharm.)  Crucib'ulum,
Cati'nus  fuso'rius,  Tigil'lum,  Albot,
Cemente'rium.   A vessel of earth, sil-
ver, platina, gold, black-lead, &c,  for
receiving substances, which have to be
exposed to a strong  heat.  It is some-
times  covered  with  a top or lid, (F)
Couvercle.
     (F) Creuset.  (G) Tie gel.
   Cru'ciform  (Anat.)  Crucifor'mis,
Cross-shaped.  A name  given  to the
ligaments, which close the articulations
of the phalanges; and likewise to the
crucial ligaments.
   CRU'CIUS,  Vin'cent  Alsa'rius
(Biog.)  An  Italian physician  of  the
17th century.   Works.  De epilepsid
seu comitiali morbo.  Ven.  1603. 4to.
 Consilium de catarrho curando. Raven.
1611.  4to. De morbis capitis frequen-
tioribus. Rom. 1617. 4to.  Providenza
metodica per  presevarsi dall'  immi-
nente peste. Rom. 1630. 4to.  De has-
 moptysi,  hoc  est, de sanguinis sputo,
 Rom. 1633. 4to.
   Cru'dity  (Path.) Cru'ditas, wpoxifc, 
CRUIKSHANK          257
CRURAL
from  cru'dus, ' crude,' ' unprepared.'
Rawness, crudeness.   This word has
received several  acceptations.   1. It
expresses the quality  of certain ali-
ments, which have not experienced the
action of fire.  2. The  condition of
matters in the digestive tube, which
have   not  undergone  the  digestive
changes : and, 3. In  the language of
the Humorists, it means  the condition
of the morbific matter in a sick  indi-
vidual, when it has not yet been  pre-
pared  or concocted by the reaction of
the organs.
  (F)  erudite's.      (G) Krudita-
t e n.
  Writers.  M. Flacids,  Rostoch,
1594 (L).   Muhlhausen, Lugd.  Bat.
1740 (L).
  The word is used in the plural, Cru-
dities, synonymously with crude  mat-
ters.   It is applied to those, when con-
tained in the stomach and intestines.
  Writer.    Ph. A.  Bohmer,  Hal.
1776 (L).
  CRUIK'SHANK, William  (Biog.)
An eminent Surgeon and Anatomist;
born  in Edinburgh in 1745; died in
1800.  Works.  Remarks on the ab-
sorption of calomel from the internal
surface ofthe mouth. Lond.  1779.  8vo.
Experiments on the insensible perspira-
tion of the  human body, showing its
affinity to respiration.  Lond.  1779.
8vo.: 1785.  8vo.   The anatomy of the
absorbent vessels  of the human body.
Lond. 1786.  4to.:  1790, much enlarged.
The  result  of the  trial  of various
acids,  and some  other substances in
the  treatment  of  lues  venerea.  Lond.
1797.  8vo.
  Cru'nion  (Pharm.)  xnovniar,  from
xqowoc,  ' a torrent.'   A  compound
diuretic  medicine, used  of  old.  Ae-
tius.
  Cru'or (Anat.) The signification of
this word is very, vague.  It has  been
used  to  designate  blood  in  general,
venous blood, extravasated  or  coagu-
lated blood, and the coloring matter.
  Cru'ra (Anat.) The plural of crus,
' a leg.'  Applied  to some parts of the
body, from their resemblance to a leg
or root; as the Crura cerebri, Crura
cerebelli, &c,
  (F)  Cuisse.  (G) Schenkel.
  Cru'ral  (Anat. &c.) Crura'lis, from
crus,' the thigh and  the lower limb.'
What  belongs  to the thigh or lower
limb.
  (G)  Schenkel, (in composition.)
  CRlPRAL  or  WGUINAL   ARCH,
(F) Arcade crurale, A. inguinale, (Ch.)
POlpPART'S Lig'ament, L. of Fallo'-
pius.  This arch  is formed by the in-
ternal portion of, the inferior edge of
the aponeurosis of the obliquus exter-
nus muscle, which is attached, at  one
end, to the pubis; at the other, to the
anterior and superior spinous  process
of the  ilium.  At its posterior and in-
ner part, the aponeurosis, forming the
arch,  sends off a falciform reflexion,
which is attached along the crest of the
pubis, and is known under the name of
GIMBERNAT'S  Ligament.   Beneath
this arch the vessels, nerves, and mus-
cles make their exit from the  pelvis to
the thigh.
  Writer.  Robt. Liston (formation
and connections of the), Edinb.  1819.
  CR&RAL or FEM'ORAL CANAL Or
RING.   M. Jules Cloquet  has  de-
scribed this canal with minuteness;  and
given it the name, Anneau crural, An-
neau femoral.  It is nearly an inch
long, is triangular, more spacious above
than below, and shorter and broader in
the female  than in the  male.   Its  up-
per orifice is  bounded, anteriorly,  by
the crural  arch, posteriorly,  by  the
crista of the pubis;  on the outer side
by the psoas and iliacus muscles, cov-
ered by the iliac aponeurosis;  and, at
the inner,  by Gimbernat's ligament.
This orifice is  covered by the perito-
neum, and,  according to M. Cloq,uet,
is closed by a more or less  resisting
septum, which he has  named, Septum
crurale.  In its course, the crural canal
has its  anterior  paries  formed by the
superficial expansion of the fascia lata;
the posterior by the pectineus, covered
by  the  deep-seated  expansion of the
fascia; and more externally by the psoa9
and iliacus muscles, covered by an ex-
pansion of the fascia iliaca.  Its  inferior
orifice is formed by the foramen of the
fascia lata, which gives passage to the
vena saphrena.  It is at the upper  ori-
fice of  this  canal,  that Fem'oral or
Cru'ral Her'nia, fhe  Hemie inguinale
of Chaussier, occurs; which would be
more common, were it not for the fibro-
cellular septum there situated.
  The CRU'RAL  or FEM'ORAL AR'-
TERY,  (F) Artere crurale, A.  Pelvi-
crurale  (Ch.),  is  the  continuation of
the external iliac.  It extends from the
crural arch to the aperture in the tri-
ceps, or to the ham.  Chaussier applies
the name Artere crurale to the trunk,
which  extends from the  primitive or
common iliac to the tibial arteries;  em-
22* 
CRURALIS           258             CRYPTA
bracing, of  course, the external iliac,
femoral, and popliteal.
  The FEM'ORAL or CRU'RAL  VEIN
has the same  arrangement as the ar-
tery. It receives only one great branch,
the saphsena.
   The  CRU'RAL  NERVE  proceeds
from the lumbar plexus, and is situated
at the  outer side  of the psoas muscle
and crural artery.  After it has passed
under  the crural  arch,  it divides into
cutaneous and muscular branches. One
of the branches,  which is larger than
the rest, is called  the Sapha'na nerve.
It gives off filaments to the integuments
of the knee, to the inner part of the
leg, and to the  dorsal  surface of the
foot.  The remainder of the  branches
of the crural are distributed to the an-
terior and inner part of the thigh.
  ACCESSORY  OF  THE  CRU'RAL
NERVE, is a term given to the 4th and
5th pair of lumbar nerves.
  The CRU'RAL  PLEX'US of Chaus-
sier,  is  the  union  of the  anterior
branches of the four last pairs of lum-
bar nerves, and the four first sacral; —
forming the lumbar and  social plexuses
of most Anatomists.
   Crura'lis or Crurje'us.  A part of
the Triceps crural of the French, or of
the Trifemoro-rotulien  of Chaussier.
The Cruralis is situated  at the anterior,
outer, and inner part of the thigh.  It
arises, fleshy,  from between  the two
trochanters, adheres firmly to most of
the fore part  of the os femoris;  and
is inserted, tendinous,  into the upper
part of the  patella, behind the rectus.
Its use is to assist the vasti and rectus
in  the extension of the leg.   Under
Muscle Triceps Crural,  the French de-
scribe the cruralis and the two vasti.
Some small muscular slips, sometimes
found under the cruraeus muscle, and
inserted into  the capsular ligament of
the knee-joint, have been called Sub-
cruroii.
   Crus'ta  (Path.) noXva^iov.  A crust
 or scab.    An  assemblage  of  small
 flakes, formed by  the  drying up of  a
 fluid secreted by the skin.
   (F) Croute. (G)Rinde,  Borke.
   The lining  membrane of the stomach
 and intestines has  been called Crus'ta
 villo'sa.
  CRUSTACE(F) (Path.) Alibert has
substituted this word, in his Nosology,
for croiiteux, ' crusty.'  Haying crusts
or scabs; as Dartre crustacee.
  Crus'tula (Path.) A small shell or
scab.   An ecchymosis of the conjunc-
tiva.
  Crustumina'tum (Pharm.) xqvaxov-
iinuxov.   A  rob,  prepared  from  the
Py'ra  Crustumi'na  or  Crustumeri'na
(so  called  from Crustumi'num, a town
in Italy, where they  grew), boiled with
honey  or in rain water.  Aetius.
  Crux Cer'vi  (Mat. Med.)  An an-
cient  appellation for the  bone in the
heart  of the  stag.   It was  once  con-
sidered useful in diseases ofthe heart.
  Cry (Physiol.) Clamor.  The sound
of the  unar'ticulated voice.  The native
voice, which the idiot and deaf possess
equally with  the  man  of genius  and
hearing.   The cry of the  new-born
child has been called Vagi'tus, (F)  Va-
gissement. We say, ' A cry of joy, of
pleasure,  of pain,' &c, according to
the  expression, which it may convey to
the  hearer.
  (F) Cri.  (G) Schrei, Geschreu
  Crymo'des  (Path.)  xqvfiwSrig,  from
xnvuog, xovog, ' cold.'  A continued fe-
ver, in which the internal  parts feel
hot, and the external cold ; and which
was attributed to  an erysipelatous in-
flammation ofthe lungs.  Aetius, Gor-
rmvs.
  Crymodin'ia (Nosol.) from xqvpog-,
' cold,' and  oSwi],  ' pain.'   Chronic
rheumatism,  and all its  modifications.
Baumes.
  Crymo'sis   (Nosol.)  from  xqvuog,
' cold.' Diseases caused by the action
of cold.  Baumes.
  Crypsor'chis (Path.) from xqvnxw,
< I  conceal,'   and  oqx'S,  ' a testicle.'
 Criptor'chis, Testicondus.   That state,
in which the testes have not descended
into the scrotum-  Vogel.
  Cryp'ta (Anat.) from xqvnxog,1 con-
cealed.'   Follic'ulose gland, Lacu'na
follic'ulus. A crypt or follicle is a small,
 roundish,  hollow body, situated in the
 substance of the skin or mucous  mem-
 branes,  and  constantly  pouring  the
 fluid,  which it secretes,  on their sur-
 faces.  M, Chaussier distinguishes the
 cryptae or follicles as follows, 
CRYPTOPHYIC          259
CUBITAL
S Mucous,
Sebaceous,
9. According to their situation, into
3. According to their par-
 ticular arrangement, into
Simple.
J Unctuous,
' Ceruminous
 'Cutaneous,
 Ciliary,
 Auricular,
 Labial,
 Palatal,
 Bronchial,
- (Esophageal
 Gastric,
 Intestinal,
 Vesical,
 Urethral,
 Vaginal,
 Uterine.
("Those ofthe skin, and many of those ofthe mucous
j  membranes.
Agglomerate- I -Arytenoid crypta;, those of the palate and caruncula
^'0       " |  lachrymalis.
Compound.
Prostate, tonsils, lacunar of the rectum, of the ure-
  thra, and of the foramen ctecum of the tongue.
   The use  of the cryptal or follicular
secretion, is to keep the parts, on which
it is  poured, supple and moist, and  to
preserve them from the action of irri-
tating bodies, with which they have  to
come in contact.
   (F) Crypte,  Follitule.  (G) H o h 1 -
d r ii se.
   The little rounded appearances at the
ends  of the small arteries, in the corti-
cal substance  of the  kidney,  are  also
called Cryp'ta.
   Cryptopy'ic  ( Path.)   Cryptophy'-
icus,  from  xqvnxio,  ' I conceal,'  and
nvov, ' pus.'  A state of disease, kept
up by an occult abscess.
   Crystal'li  (Path.)  Vesicles, filled
with  a watery fluid.  They  are  also
called crystal'lina.  Probably the pem-
phigus of modern writers.
   Crys'talline (Anat.)  Crystal'linus.
Having the appearance of crystal.
   The  CRYSTALLINE,   Crys'talline
hu'mor,  C.  Lens, Crys'talline body  —
Crys'tallinus, Lens crystal'lina, Lens
crystalloi'des  or  Cor'pus  crystal'li-
num, diaxottSrjg, tpaxotidrjg, Discoi'des,
Crystalloi'des,  Phacoi'des. A lentic-
ular,  transparent  body, situated  be-
tween the  vitreous  and aqueous hu-
mors of the eye, at the union  of the
anterior  third  with the two posterior
thirds of ^is organ.   It is composed of
a  soft, exterior substance; and  an in-
terior, forming a solid nucleus, in which
a  number  of elliptical layers  are  per-
ceptible.  It is contained in a capsule,
called Tu'nica ara'nea vel  crystal'lina,
and receives, at its posterior surface, a
small branch of the central artery  of
the retina, which is always readily dis-
tinguishable in  the foetus, prior  to the
7th month of utero-gestation.
   The use of the crystalline is  to re-
fract the rays of light, and to serve as an
achromatic glass :  for which its laminae
or layers,  composed of substances of
different refractive powers, admirably
adapt it.
  (F) Cristallin ou Crystallin, Humeur
crystalline,  Corps  crystallin,  Lentille
crystalline.    (G) Kristalllinse,
Kristallfeuchtigkeit.
  Writers.  (Physiol.)  J. N. de  la
Hire, Paris, 1708 (L).   A. F.  Wal-
ther, Lips. 1712 (L).— (General Pa-
thology of C.)  J.  Descemet,   Paris,
1758 (L).  J. Taylor, Lond. 1736.
  Crystal'lina (Path.) from xqvoraX-
Xog,' crystal.'   A vesicle or phlyctaenar
filled with  serum,  and appearing  on
the prepuce  or in the vicinity of the
anus, surrounded by a reddish extrava-
sated aureola.   It  may be syphilitic or
not.   See Crystalli.
  Crys'talloid (Anat.) Crystalloi'des,
from  xqvoxaV.og,  ' crystal,' and tiSog,
' form,'   ' resemblance.'   Resembling
crystal or the crystalline.  The capsule
or membrane of the crystalline; also,
the crystalline itself.
  Ctesiphon'tis Malag'ma (Pharm.)
A plaster, employed and described  by
Celsus.
  Cu'bital (Anat.)  Cubita'lis.  Con-
nected with, or relating to the  cubitus,
or with the inner and posterior part of
the fore-arm.
  The  CU'BITAL AR'TERY,  Arte'ria
cubita'lis, A. ulna'ris, arises from the
humeral a little  below the bend of the
elbow;  proceeds along the anterior and
inner part of the fore-arm; passes an-
terior to  the ligamentum annulare of
the carpus, and  goes to form, in the
palm ofthe hand, the superficial palmar
arch.  Besides  the numerous muscular
branches, which  it  gives  off in  its 
CUBITUS
260
CUCUPHA
 course,  it sends, posteriorly, the  com-
 mon trunk of the interosseous arteries,
 and  internally,  the two cubital recur-
 rents, anterior and posterior, — articular
 branches, which anastomose on the in-
 side of the elbow with the divisions of
 the humeral artery.
   (G) Ellbogenschlagader.
  The DEEP-SEATED  CUBITAL VEINS
 and the  recurrent cubital veins accom-
 pany the corresponding arteries.
  The SUPERFICIAL CUBITAL VEINS
 belong to the basilic.  Chaussier calls
 them cuta'neous cu'bital.
   The  CU'BITAL  MUS'CLES are two
 in number.   1. The Cubita'lis ante'rior,
 C.[inter'nus, Flex'or car'pi ulna'ris, Ul-
 naris  inter'nus,  Epitrochli-cubito-car-
 pien,  Cubito-carpien (Ch.),  is  a long
 muscle,  situated at the anterior  and
 inner part of the fore-arm.   It arises
 from the inner  condyle of the  os hu-
 meri, at the inner side ofthe olecranon,
 and from the posterior edge ofthe ulna,
 and is inserted,  by a tendon, into the
 os pisiforme.  Its use is to  bend the
 hand on the  fore-arm by  directing it
 slightly inwards.  2. The cubita'lis pos-
 te'rior or exter'nus, Exten'sor Car'pi
 ulna'ris, Ulna'ris exter'nus,  Cubite'us
 exter'nus,Cubito-sus-metacarpien(Cn.),
 is situated at the posterior part of the
 fore-arm.  It arises  from the externa]
 condyle  of the os humeri, and is in-
 serted into the  superior extremity of
 the fifth  bone of the metacarpus.  Its
 use is to  extend the  hand,  inclining it
a little inwards.
   The   CU'BITAL  NERVE,  Ul'nar
 nerve, Cubito-digital (Ch.), is furnish-
ed by the two or three last nerves of
the brachial plexus,  and  is distributed
to the inner and anterior  side  of the
fore-arm; to the inner part of the palm
and of the back ofthe hand, and to the
two or three last fingers.
 CU'BITO-SU'PRA-PALMA'RIS (Anat.)
Belonging  to the cubitus  and to  the
supra-palmar  or dorsal surface of the
hand.  Chaussier  gives this  name,
1.  To a small artery, which is given off
by the cubital or  ulnar, a little above
the wrist.  2. To a vein, which accom-
panies this artery.
   Cu'bitus (Anat.)  xvfitxov,  Cy'biton.
The Elbow.   Also, one of the bones of
the fore-arm.   See Ulna, and the fore-
arm itself.
   CU'BITUS;  the ancient  name of a
measure 18 inches long: — nijxvg
    (F) Coude.e.
  Cu'boid  (Anat.)   Cubot'des,  Cubi-
for'mis, Cyboi'des, Cyrto'i'des, Grandi-
  no'sum Os,  Tes'sara, Tessera os, Os
  va'rium, xv(totidt]g, from xvpog, ' a cube,'
  and tiSog,' form.'  Having the form of
  a cube.  This name was given, by Ga-
  len, to one of the bones of the tarsus,
  and is still  retained.  It is  situated at
  the anterior and outer part  of the tar-
  sus ; tand is articulated,  behind, with
  the  calcaneum; before,  with  the two
  last metatarsal bones, and within, with
  the  third  os  cuneiforme,  and  some-
  times with the scaphoides.   Its inferior
  surface has  an  oblique  groove for the
  tendon of the peroneus longus.
     (G) Wiirfelbei n.
   Cocu'balus Be'hen (Mat. Med.) Be'-
 hen officina'rum.  This plant was once
 sidered alexipharmic and cordial.  It is
 the Spat'ling Pop'py.
   Cucula'tum  Ma'jus  (Pharm.)  A
 barbarous  term,  used by  Ruland for
 brandy and spirit of wine.
   Cu'cumis  Colocyn'this (Mat. Med.)
 The  official name of the  Col'ocynlh or
 Bitter Apple.  Colocyn'this, Alhan'dula,
 Coloquin'tida, xoXoxw&ig, Handal, Al-
 an'dahal, Bitter Gourd, Bitter  Cucum-
 ber.  A Turkey and  Cape  of Good
 Hope plant.  The spongy part or me-
 dulla of the fruit,  Colocyn'thidis Pul'-
 pa,  Cucu'meris  Colocyn'thidis  Pul'pa,
 has a bitter, nauseous, and acrimonious
 taste ; and is a strong  cathartic, acting
 chiefly on the upper part of  the intes-
 tines.  It is scarcely ever used, except
 in combination.
   (F) Coloquinte.  (G) K o 1 o q  u i n t e.
   Writers.   J. Valerio, Caesar-Au-
 gusts, 1611 (L).  J. Thomasseau, Paris,
 1676 (L).   J. H. Schulze, Hal.  1734
 (L).  J. Cl. Tode, Hafn. 1790 (L).
   CU'CUMIS ME'LO (Mat. Alim.) The
 systematic name of the Mel'on Plant.
 Me'to.  Common Melon.   The  fruit is
 an  agreeable article of  diet, but not
 very digestible, unless  when ripe. The
 seeds possess mucilaginous properties.
  (F) Melon.  (G) M elone, Pfebe.
  CU'CUMIS SATI'VUS  (Mat. Alim.)
 The systematic name of the Cu'cumber
plant. Cu'cumis, Angou'rion,  uyyovqiov,
 Citre'olus,  aixvg, Cu'cumer.  The cu-
 cumber is used,  when  young, as  a
 pickle, when  it is called  a  Gherkin.
 (F)  Cornichon.  (G)Gurke.  It  is
 not a fruit easy of digestion.  The seeds
 are mucilaginous.
  (F) Concombre ordinaire.
  (G) K uk umer.
  Cu'cupha  (Mat. Med.)  Cu'cullus,
 Pi'leus, Saccu'lus  cephal'icus.  A sort
 of coif or cap, with a double bottom,
 between which  is inclosed a mixture 
CUCURBITA C1TRULLUS    261           CULPEPER
 of aromatic powders, having cotton for
 an excipient.  It was formerly used as
 a powerful cephalic.
   Cucur'bita Citrul'lus (Mat. Alim.)
 The systematic name ofthe Water-melon
 plant. Citrul'lus, Angu'ria,  Tetrangu'-
 ria, Sicilian Citrul, Water-melon.   The
 juice of  this fruit  is very abundant,
 whence  its name.   The  Water-melon
 is extremely refreshing and agreeable,
 when made very cool,  and is eaten like
 the common melon. It is very much
 used  in the United States.
   (F) Melon d'eau, Pasttque.
   (G) Wassermelone.
   CUCUR'BITA  PE'PO   (Mat. Med.)
 The  systematic name  of the Common
 Pompion.  Cucur'bita.   The seeds of
 this plant, as well as those of the  Cu-
 cur'bita lagena'ria or Bottle-gourd, con-
 tain a large proportion of oil, capable of
 forming  emulsions: but they are not
 used.
   Both the fruit of the Cucur'bita la-
 gena'ria,  ((F) Calcbasses), and that of
 the  Cucur'bita  Pe'po,  ((F) Potiron,
 Courge), are eaten. — German name of
 the Gourd, K u r b i s.
   Cucurbiti'nus  (Helminth.)   This
 name was formerly given to  the Tania
 solium,  because composed  of  rings
 which resemble  the seeds of the gourd,
 eucurbita.
   The ancients believed that the rings,
 which are sometimes discharged, were
 so many separate worms. See Tenia.
   (F) Cucnrbitain.    (G) Kurbis-
 wu r m.
   CUISSON (F)   (Path.)  Urens dolo'-
 ris sen'sus. A smarting, burning pain.
   CUIVREUX (F)   (Path.)   Copper-
 colored.   Teint  cuivreux.   A copper-
colored complexion, such as is observed
 in cancerous  affections.  Syphilitic ul-
cers ofthe throat &c. are often copper-
 colored.
   Culbic'io  (Path.)  A Latin word,
 employed by old writers, as synonymous
 with ardor urinse and gonorrhoea.
   CULBUTE (F)  (Obstet.)  A move-
 ment, which  tire foetus has  been  sup-
posed to execute, at the end  of the 7th
 month of utero-gestation; and by means
of which,  it was  presumed, the head
presented  towards  the  orifice of  the
 uterus. — A change of situation, which
is impracticable  in  ordinary  circum-
stances.
  Cu'leus ; a measure, containing 20
barrels or 40 urns, equal to 180 gallons,
xovXtog.  Pliny,  Gorr.*:us.
  Cu'lex (Entomol.)  A genus of in-
sects, unhappily,  too well  known in
almost every part of the world, on ac*
count of their bites, which give rise to
painful, local inflammation. The gnats
and musquitoes, belong to this genus.
  (F) Cousin.  (G)  Schnake.
  Cu'linary  Art  (Med.)   Cookery.
Res  culina'ria, Res  coqua'ria, Ars cu-
lina'ria, A. coquina'ria, fiayeiqixr].  The
art of preparing meats for the table.
In judging of the properties of various
kinds of aliment, the culinary process
to which it has been subjected will al-
ways have to be considered.  Many of
the writers  on the  culinary  art have
been physicians.
    (G) Kochkunst.
  CUL'LEN, William, M. D. (Biog.)
One  of the most distinguished phy-
sicians  of the last  century;  born in
Lanarkshire, Scotland, in  1712;  died
Professor of Medicine  in the  Univer-
sity  of Edinburgh in  1790.   Works.
Synopsis  nosologia  methodica,  &c.
Edinb.  1769.  8vo.  The  4th  edition,
with the author's last corrections. Edin.
1785. 2 vols. 8vo. A translation was
published, Edinb.  1800. 8vo.   Institu-
tions of medicine and physiology for the
use of students in  the University  of
Edinburgh.  1772.  12mo.  Lecture's on
the materia medica,  &c. Lond. 1772.
4to.:  printed  without Dr. Cullen's
consent.   Reprinted  with  large   ad-
ditions and  corrections, and  with the
author's permission.  Lond. 1773. 4to.
An enlarged and  corrected edition by
Dr. C. Edinb. 1789.  2 vols. 4to.  Let-
ter to Lord Cathcart concerning the
recovery of persons drowned and seem-
ingly dead.  Edinb.  1775.  8vo.  First
lines ofthe  practice  of physic, for the
use of students in  the University of
Edinburgh.  Edinb.  1776 - 83.  4 vols.
8vo.   Various editions of this have ap-
peared.  With notes, by Dr. Rotheram,
Dr. P. Read, Dr. Caldwell of the
United  States, Dr. James  Gregory,
&c.   Clinical  lectures, delivered in the
years 1765-6, by Wm. Cullen, M. D.,
taken in short hand by a gentleman
who  attended. Lond. 1797. 8vo.   By
John Thomson, Edinb. 1814.  8vo.
   CUL'PEPER   or  CUL'PEPPER,
Nich'olas (Biog.} Gent, and  Student
(as  he calls himself) in Physic  and
Astrology; was born in London in 1616.
He was a declared enemy of the Royal
College of  Physicians,  and   accused
them of keeping the people ignorant,
that  they might the more  effectually
profit by their craft.  He died  in 1654.
Works. Physical directory, or  a trans-
lation  of the  London Dispensatory, 
CULTELLAIRE         262           CUNEIFORM
 made by the College of Physicians of
 London. Lond.  1649. 4to.  This work
 went through many editions. Semeiotica
 uranica, or an astronomical judgment
 of diseases, from  the nomenclature oj
 the sick. Lond. 1651. 8vo.  A directory
for midwives, or a guide to women in
 their conception, bearing, and suckling
 their children.  Lond.  1651.   Galen's
 art of physic. Lond. 1652. 12mo.  Idea
 universalis medico-practica.- an edition
 of this  was printed at Amsterdam, in
 1652. 8vo.  The same work was printed
 in  English, 1669. fol.  The  English
physician enlarged, with 369 medicines
 made of English herbs. Lond. 1653.
 4to.  Edited  by Dr. Parkins. Lond.
 1809. 12mo.   Anatomy. Lond. 1653.
 fol.  A  new  method of physic. Lond.
 1654. 8vo.   Physical  and  chymicall
 way of curing diseases. Lond. 1656.
 8vo.  Medicaments for the poor. Lond.
 1656. 8vo.   Health for the  rich  and
poor, by dyet without physic. Lond.
 1656. 6vo.  The expert doctor's dispen-
 satory. Lond. 1657. 8vo. CULPEPER'S
 school of physic. Lond. 1659. 8vo. Art's
 master-piece, or the beautifying part of
physic.  Lond. 1660. 12ino.   Two trea-
 tises, one on the  venereal pocks, the
 other on the gout.  Lond. 1660. fol.  The
 rationall physician's library, by A. COLE
 and N. CULPEPER.  London.  1661.
 8vo.  Two treatises : the 1st  of blood-
 letting,  the 2d of cupping and scarify-
 ing. Lond.  1663.  12mo.   The chirur-
 geon's guide. Lond. 1677. 8vo.  Physi-
 call receipts.  Lond. 1690. 8vo.
  Culpepf.r's works were very popular
 with those, who were not of the medi-
 cal  profession particularly;  and some
 of them are still circulating, with more
 or less  modification,  amongst  the vul-
 gar.
   CULTELLAIRE (F)  (Surg.) from
 Cultel'lus,  a ' little knife.'   Le cautere
 cultellaire, known also under the name
 Coutead de feu, Fire-knife, is used for
 what the French term the Cautere trans-
 currente.  (See Cauterization.)  It is
 shaped like a small hatchet.
  Cul'ter  (Surg. Anat.)  Cultel'lus,
 from co'lo,  ' I cultivate.'  A coulter,
 a knife, uuxatqa,  fiaxatqiov,  ftaxaiqig.
 The third lobe of the liver,  so called,
 from some fancied resemblance.  The-
 ophilus Protospatarius.
   Cultriv'orous, Cultrivorus, paxai-
 qioipayog,  from cul'ter,  ' a knife, and
 vora're,' to devour.'  Individuals, who
 have appeared to  swallow knives with
 impunity, have been so called —Knife-
 Eaters.
   Writers.   J. Jessensk  or  Jesse-
 nius (case  of a Bohemian knife-eater),
 Frag. 1607 (L).  G. Loth (knife swal-
 lowed and extracted), Dantz. 1635 (G).
 R. Hemsing  (versus Loth), Elbing,
 1635(G).  D. Beckher (same,  case),
 Regiom. 1636 (L).   L.  Kepler (case
 of two cultrivorous  peasants), Passau,
 1638 (G).  W. C. Wesener (case of a
 C. at Halle), Hall.  1692 (G).   H.  B.
 Hubner (case of a C. female in Erm-
 land), Konigsberg, 1720(G).  Ch.  A.
 C. Gruner, Jena?, 1803 and 1805 (L).
   Cumi'num   Cymi'num  (Mat.  Med.)
 The systematic  name of the Cummin
 plant.   Cumi'num, Carnaba'dium, xaq-
 vapaSior, xovuivov.   The seeds of the
 Cummin, which is  a native of Egypt,
 have  a  warm,  bitterish, disagreeable
 taste.  Water extracts their odor, and
 spirit takes  up  both odor and  taste.
 They are not used, except in a plaster,
 which bears their name.
   When drunk  in wine, the ancients
 believed they produced paleness ;  hence
 Horace calls the Cummin, exsangue;
 and  Juvenal, pollens.   Dioscorides,
 Pliny.
   (F) Cumin, Anis aigre.
   (G) Romischer Kummel,
 Kronkummel, Kummel.
   Cunea'lis   Sutu'ra  \(Anat.)  The
 suture, formed between the great and
 little aloe of the sphenoid bone and the
 os frontis.  Bi.asius.
   CUNEEN (F)  (Anat.)  Cuneanus.
 Relating to the cuneiform bones.
   ARTICULATIONS CUNEENNES; —
 the joints between the cuneiform bones
 as well  as between  them and  other
 parts.
   LIGAMENTS  CUNEENS; the liga-
 ments, which hold the cuneiform bones
 together.
   Cu'neiform   (Anat.)  Cuneifor'mis,
 aiprjvotiSi]g, from cu'neus,' a wedge,' and
for'ma,' shape.'  Wedge-shaped. This
 name has been given to  several bones.
 (G) Keilbeine.  1. To the sphenoid.
 2. To a bone  ofthe carpus, situated be-
 tween the os lunare  and os orbiculare.
 It is, also, called Os PyramidaU, Os Tri-
 quetrum, and Os CubitaU.  3. To the
 basilary process of the occipital  bone :
 and,  4. To three of the bones  of the
 tarsus, which are distinguished, accord-
 ing to situation, reckoning from within
 outwards,  into first, second, and third,
 or internal, middle,  and external; and
 according  to size,  reckoning  in  the
 same order, into great, small, and mid-
 dle-sized. The posterior surface of these
 bones is united to the anterior  of the 
CUNEO-CUBOID          263        CUPRI SULPHAS
Bcaphoides; the anterior  surface with
the  corresponding  metatarsal  bones;
and, in addition, the external surface of
the  third is articulated, behind, with
the  cuboides.  They are  also  called
Chalchoide'a or Calcoide'a ossic'ula.
  Cu'neo-cu'boid  (Anat.)  Cu'neo-cu-
boide'us.  Belonging to the cuneiform
bones and cuboides.
  The CU'NEO-CU'BOID ARTICULA-
TION  is formed by the third cuneiform
bone and  cuboides'.   It  is  furnished
with a synovial capsule, and two cu'neo-
cu'boid lig'aments, — a dor'sal  and a
plan'tar.
  Cu'neo-Sca'phoid  (Anat.) Cu'neo-
scaphoide'us.  Belonging to the cunei-
form bones  and scaphoid.
  The CU'NEO-SCA'PHOID ARTICU-
LA'TION, is formed  by the posterior
surfaces of the three  ossa cuneiformia,
and the anterior surface of the scaphoid.
It is furnished  with a synovial capsule
and ligaments; some  of which are dor-
sal, others plantar.
  Cup (Surg.) Scutel'la,  Catil'lus,Pa-
tel'la, Excip'ula.  A small vessel, of a
determinate size, for receiving the blood
during venisection.  It generally con-
tains about four ounces.  A bleeding of
two cups is, consequently, one of eight
ounces.
  (F)  Palette,  Poelette, Poilette, Vase
d saigner.
  Cup'ping  (Surg.) A species of blood-
letting, performed by  a scarificator and
glass,  called a cupping-glass ;  Cucur-
bit'ula, Cucur'bita, oixva, Sic'ua, (F)
Ventouse, (G)Schrbpfkopf. The
lancets are placed in such  a manner, in
the scarificator, that, when it is applied
upon the affected part,  the whole are,
by means of a spring, pushed suddenly
into it. After scarification,  the cupping-
 flass, which has been  previously ex-
 austed by heat, or by  an exhausting
syringe,  is  applied.  The pressure of
the air within the glass being thus  di-
minished,  the necessary  quantity of
blood may be drawn.  See Bdellom-
eter.
  Dry cupping, Cucurbit'ula sic'ca, is
the application of the glasses, without
previous  scarification,  (F) Ventouses
skches,  (G) Trockene Schrop-
k 5 p f e.   It is used to prevent the  ac-
tivity of absorption from any wounded
part; occasionally, to excite suppuration
in indolent  abscesses; and  to remove
the pus  when an  abscess is opened.
Cupping, — taken without any epithet,
means the abstraction of blood by means
of the scarificator and  cups;—(F) Ven-
touses scarifii.es,  (G) B 1 u t i g e
Schropkopfe, (L) Cucurbit'ula  cru-
en'ta,  C. cum Fer'ro.  The verb ' to
cup,' signifies  to  draw blood by cup-
ping.
  Writers.   G. Valla, Argent. 1529
(L).  A. Seyz, Argent. 1529 (G).   H.
Antonelli, Paris, 1541 (L).   G. W.
Wedel  (on dry cupping),  Jena?, 1691
(L).  E. A. Nicolai, Jena?, 1771 (L).
Th. Mapleson, Lond. 1805.  A. Dos-
mond, Strasbourg, 1821 (F).
  Cupres'sus  sempervi'rens   (Mat.
Med.)  The  systematic name  of the
Cupres'sus,  xvnaqiaaog,  Cyparis'sus,
Cy'press.  The  berries,  leaves,  and
wood have been  considered astringent
and useful in intermittents. The whole
plant abounds with a bitter,  aromatic,
and terebinthinate fluid.
    (F) Cyprus.  (G)Zipresse.
  CU'PRI SUBACE'TAS,A2ru'go, Ver'-
digris, Hispan'icum vir'ide,  Jos,  Ios,
Prasi'num  vir'ide,  Cu'pri  Rubi'go,
Crys'tals  of  Ve'nus,  Vir'ide  JE'ris,
Yomo, Yos, Yn, Zaidir, Zeniar, Zimex,
Zymar,  Zynar,  Mruca, Afragar, Al-
mizadir,  Asamar, Asagar, Asingar, Az-
ragar, Calcithos. Subacetate of Copper.
This, as usually met with, is in masses,
difficult  to break; not deliquescent;
foliaceous; of a fine bluish-green color,
and salt  taste.  It is tonic, emetic,  es-
charotic,  and detergent,  but  scarcely
ever employed internally.  Chiefly used
in  detergent ointments.   Dose,  as a
tonic, under £ gr.: emetic, from gr. j to
ST-  ij>
  (F) Sous-acetate de Cuivre,  Vert-de-
gris, Crystaux de Venus, Verdet.
  (G)Kupfergriin,  Griinspan,
S panischgr u n.
  Writer.   C. R. Drouard (poison-
ing by), Paris, an. x. (F).
  CU'PRI SUL'PHAS,  Vitri'olum Cu'-
pri, Vitri'olum  Ven'eris,  V.  Cyp'ri-
um, V. Cyp'rinum,' V. Caru'leum,  V.
Roma'num, Cu'prum Vitriola'tum, De-
hener, La'pis  Caru'leus,  Sulphate of
Copper, Blue Stone, Blue  Vit'riol, Ro'-
man  Vit'riol, Mor'tooth,  is  in rhom-
boidal,   rich  blue,   semitransparent,
efflorescing crystals.  The taste is harsh,
styptic, and corrosive.  It is soluble in
4 parts of water  at 60°,  and is tonic,
emetic, astringent, and escharotic.   As
a tonic, it has been  used  in  epilepsy,
intermittents, &c.
  Dose,  as a  tonic,  gr. |  to gr. ij in
pill; — as an emetic, gr. ij to x in water.
A very weak solution is sometimes used
in ophthalmia and in gleet; and it forms
the basis of Bates's A'qua camphora'ta, 
CUPRUM
264       CURCUMA  LONGA
 which has [been  recommended in the
 purulent ophthalmia of children, diluted
 with 16 parts of water.
   (F) Sulfate de Cuivre.  (G) B1 a u e r
 Galitzenstein, blauer Kupfer
 vitriol, Schwefelsaiires Kup-
 fer.
   Cu'prum  (Mat. Med.) ;raAxoc, ChaV-
 cos, AEs, Ve'nus  of the  Alchymists:
 Copper.  Halimar, Melibocum, Micha,
 Michah,  Noas, Nochat,  Nuhar,  Ras-
 tol, Rasoes, Silipit, Affrodina, Alcone,
 Almatatica, Almechasite, Aracon, Bra-
 cium, Corbatum, Cyprium.   Its odor is
 peculiar  and sensible, when rubbed:
 taste disagreeable and metallic; color
 red-yellow.  S. g. 7.87:  ductile,  very
 malleable:  less hard than iron: easily
 oxidized.  In its  metallic state, it ex-
 erts no action on  the system.  When
 swallowed, it undergoes no deleterious
 change.  Copper  cannot be dissolved,
 whilst tin is in the mixture,  and hence
 the  utility  of tinning copper vessels.
 Copper culinary vessels are  harmless,
 under  ordinary  cleanliness,  provided
 the substances be not suffered to remain
 in them till cold.   The salts  of copper
 are very  deleterious.
     (F) Cwtore.   (G) Kupfer.
   Writers.  Jasche (origin and use
 o/C), Giess. 1715 (L).  J.H.Schulze
 (Mors in olid, dangers from C. culinary
 vessels), Altorf, 1722 (L).   F. Thiery
 (on the same subject),- Paris, 1767 (L).
 S. T. Quellmalz (Do.), Lips. 1753 (L).
 W. Falconer (on the poison of cop-
per), Lond. 1774.  Sir W.  Blizard
 (danger  of copper and bell-metal  in
pharmaceutical  and chemical prepara-
 tions), Lond. 1786.   Ch. F. W. Busch
 (dangers ofC. culinary vessels), Gotting.
 1790 (L).
   The FILINGS OF COPPER, Cu'pri
 Limatu'ra,   (F) Limailles  de Cuivre,
have been used in hydrophobia. It has
been remarked  under  Cuprum,  that
they are inert.
   CU'PRUM AMMONIA'TUM,  C.  Am-
moniaca'li, C. Ammoni'acum, C. Am-
moni'aco - sulphu'ricum,  Ammonia'ted
 Cop'per,  Ammoni'acal  Sul'phate  of
 Cop'per,' Ammoniure'tum Cu'pri, Sal
anti epilep'ticus of Weissman, Sulfas
 Cu'pri ammoniaca'lis,  S. ammoni'aea
cupra'tus,  Sub-sulfas Ammo'nio-cu'■
pricus, Sulfas  Cu'pri  et  Ammo'nia,
 Deu'to - Sulfas  Cu'pri et  Ammo'nia.
A crystalline powder, of a rich violet
color, and hot,  styptic taste.  By ex-
posure to air,  it becomes partly con-
verted into  carbonate of copper.  It is
tonic and astringent;  and  has been
 chiefly employed in epilepsy, and othe*
 obstinate  spasmodic  diseases.  Dose,
 gr. ^ gradually  increased to gr. iv, in
 pill.
   (F)  Sulfate de cuivre et  d'ammo-
 niaque.
   CUPULAIRE  (F)  (Surg.)  Cupula'-
 ris,  from cu'pula, ' a small cup.'
  The ClTPULAR CAU'TERY, Cautbre
 cupulaire, is an iron in the shape of a
 cupula, formerly used to cauterize  the
 skin  of the cranium in certain  dis-
 eases, as epilepsy, chronic  head-ache,
 &c.
   Cu'ra, Cura'tio  (Med.)  Attention
 to, or  treatment or cure of,  a disease.
 R. Keuchen defines Cura,' medicine,'
 and  Curator,' the physician.'  Curatio,
 also, sometimes  means purification; —
 as, Adeps suillus curatus.  Scribonius
 Largus.
 '  CU'RA AVENA'CEA (Pharm.) A de-
 coction of oats  and succory  roots, in
 which a little nitre and  sugar are dis-
 solved.  Used as a refrigerant.
   Cu'rable (Med.)  Sanab'ilis,  Aces'-
 tos, axtaxog.  That which is susceptible
 of cure.  An  epithet applied to both
 patients and diseases.
   (F)  Guerissable.  (G)Heilbar.
   Cura're  (Toxicol.) A very energet-
 ic, vegetable poison,  employed by  the
 South American Indians to poison their
 arrows.  It  is obtained from the bark
 of a species of convolvulus, called Ve-
juco de Mavacure.
   Cu'rative (Therap.)  San'ative. Re-
 lating  to the cure  of a disease.  Cura-
 tive  Indications are those, which point
 out  the  treatment  to  be  employed.
 Curative Treatment, that  employed in
 the cure of the disease in opposition to
preservative  or prophylactic  treatment.
 We say, also, Curative Process ;  Cura-
 tive Means, &c.
  CURATION (F)  (Therap.)  Cura'tio,
 Sana'tio, Ad'esis,  axtaig, Althex'is, aX-
 &t%tg,Althax'is, Therapei'a, Ia'sis, laoig,
 uXdug'tg,  dtqantia, &c.   The aggre-
 gate  of means  employed for  the cure
 of diseases.  See  Therapeutics.
  Cur'cuma Lon'ga (Mat. Med.) Cur'-
 cuma,  Alhe'na, Borri, Bor'riborri, Bo-
 ber'ri (Hindusthan), Cro'cus  In'dicus,
 Ter'ra Mer'ita,   Cannac'orus  radi'ce
 cro'ceo, Mayel'la, Ku'a Ka'ha, Tur'-
 meric.  Turmeric root is  brought from
the East Indies, but is possessed of very
little, if any, medicinal efficacy.   It is
 one  of the  ingredients  in the Curry
 Powder.
  (G)  Gelbwurz.   (F) Racine  de
 Safran, Safran des hides. 
CURDS              265          CUTANEOUS
  Curds (Mat. Alim.)  Curds of Milk.
Milk, decomposed by some agent.
  (F) Caillebotte, Lait caille.
  (G) Kasequark.
  Cure (Med.)  from cu'ra, ' care.' —
Cura'tio fe'lix, Sana'tio, San'itas.  A
restoration to  health.  Also, a remedy.
A restorative.
  (F) Guerison. (G) Kur,  Heilung.
  CURE-LANGUE (F) (Surg.) Lin'gua
scal'pium. A Tongue-scraper.  An in-
strument  of ivory,  tortoise-shell, &c,
shjped like a knife or rasp, for removing
the mucous  coating, which covers the
tongue after sleep, &c.
     (G) Zungenraumer.
  CUR'RIE,  James, M. D. (Biogr.)
An  eminent  physician of  Liverpool,
bom in Dumfriesshire, in Scotland, in
1756; died at Bath in 1805.  Works.
Medical reports on  the effects of water,
warm and cold, as a remedy in fever
and febrile  diseases, whether  applied
to the surface  of the body or used as a
drink, &c. Liverpool, 1797. 8vo. Fifth
edition, 1814.  2 vols. 8vo.
  CUR'RY, James, M. D.  (Biog.)  A
physician of some eminence in London,
born in     ;  died  in 1820.   Works.
Popular observations on apparent death
from drowning, suffocation, fyc, with
an account ofthe means to be employed
for  recovery.  Lond.  1792. 8vo.  Ex-
amination of  the prejudices commonly
entertained  against mercury as bene-
ficially  applicable to the greater number
of liver complaints, and to various other
forms of diseases  as well  as syphilis.
Lond. 1810. 8vo.
   CUR'RY or CUR'RIE   POWDER
(Mat. Alim.)   A condiment, formed of
various spices; and eaten with rice,
particularly in  India.  The  following
is one of  the forms for its  preparation.
Sem. coriand.  § xviii, pip. nigr.  § ij,
cayen.  §j. rad. curcuma, sem.  cumini,
aa. § iij, sem.fenugr. 3iv,  mix.
   Curva'tor Coccy'gis (Anat.)  Sum-
mering gives  this name to a small bun-
dle  of fleshy fibres, which descends on
the  middle  of the  coccyx,  uniting on
each side with the  ischio - coccygei
muscles.  It is a part of those muscles.
   Cur'vature  (Anat.)  Curvatu'ra,
 Curva'men, from  cur'vus,  ' crooked ':
xvqroifiu,  vfSoniu.  The  condition of a
line or  surface, which approximates
more or less  to the form of an arc: —
as the curvatures of the spine, duode-
num, stomach, &c.  Accidental curva-
tures of bones are  the effect of rickets
or Mollities ossium. The Greeks called
the  curvature of the spine, iipog, oxoXi-
                    23
oc, or XoqSog, according as the devia-
tion  was backwards, laterally, or for-
wards.      (F) Courbure.
    (G)  Krummung.
  Cur'ved Lines (Anat.) Two crooked
lines  or  projections on  the  posterior
surface  of the occipital bone.  They
are distinguished into superior and in-
ferior.  Some lines on  the os innomi-
natum are also so called.
     (F)  Courbes Lignes.
  Cuscu'ta Epith'ymum  (Mat. Med.)
The systematic name of the Dodder of
 Thyme.  Epith'ymum Cuscu'ta.  It is
a parasitical plant, possessed of a strong,
disagreeable smell ;  and  a  pungent
taste, very  durable in the mouth.  It
was once used as a cathartic in melan-
cholia.    (G) Flachsseide.
  The  CUSCU'TA  EUROPE'A   was
conceived  to possess  similar  proper-
ties.
  Cuspa'ria febrif'uga (Mat. Med.)
Bonplandia trifoliata, Angustura. The
South) American tree, which furnishes
the Cuspa'ria or Angustu'ra Bark.  Its
odor is peculiar ;  taste intensely bitter,
and slightly aromatic ; pieces thin; ex-
ternally, gray and wrinkled ; internally,
yellowish-faun :  fracture,  short  and
 resinous.  It yields its virtues to water
 and proof spirit.  It is tonic, stimulant,
 and  aromatic.  Dose, gr. v to xx or
 more in powder.
  (F) Angusture vraie, Quinquina faux
 de  Virginie.
   Writers. F. A. A. Meyer, Gotting.
 1790 (L).   F. E. Filter, Jena?, 1791
 (L).   A. E. Brande, Lond.  1791.  F.
 A. Bornitz, Traject.  ad Viadr. 1804
 (L).
   Cus'pis (Anat. &c.) A spear: aix.un,
 axqov.  This  name  has  been given to
 the glans penis.  Rolfink.  It was, also,
 a kind of bandage.   Galen.
   Cut (Path.)  from  (F) couteau, ' a
 knife,'  or from West Gothic kota, ' to
 cut'; or from xonxia,' I cut.'  Casu'ra,
 Incis'io, Vul'nus simplex, Tre'sis vul'-
 nus sim'plex.  A common expression
 for the division or solution of continu-
 ity,  made by a sharp instrument.
    (F) Coupure.   (G)Schnitt.
   Cutam'bulus  (Med.)  from cu'tis,
 ' skin,' and  am'bulo, ' I walk.'  Walk-
 ing in the skin.  An epithet  given to
 certain parasitical animals, which creep
 under the  skin;  such as the Guinea-
 worm ; and to certain pains  felt, as it
 were, between the skin and flesh.
   Cuta'neous (Anat., Path., &c.) Cu-
 ta'neus, from cu'tis, ' the skin.'   Be-
 longing to the skin. 
CUTANEOUS
266
CUTIS
    The CUTA'NEOUS or  CUTA'NEAL
  NERVES, so called, are two in number,
  and  belong to  the  upper  extremity.
  They are given off from the- brachial
  plexus.   The inter'nal cuta'neous, Cu-
  bito-cutane (Ch.), descends along the
  inner part of  the  arm,  and divides,
  above the  elbow,  into two branches;
  the outermost  of which follows the
  outer edge of the  biceps, and spreads
  over the anterior and inner part of the
  fore-arm; and  the innermost accom-
  panies the basilic vein;  passing to the
  corresponding  side of the  hand and
i  little finger.  The exter'nal cuta'neous,
  Radio-cutane (Ch.), Mus'culo-Cuta'ne-
  us, Per'forans  CASSE'RII, passes out-
  wards, perforates the coraco-brachialis;
  descends along the anterior and  outer
  part  of the arm; passes  as  far as the
  middle of the fold of the elbow,  under
  the  median  cephalic;  and  descends
  along the anterior  and  outer edge of
  the fore-arm.   At some distance  above
  the wrist, it divides into  two branches,
  an outer,  which is distributed on the
  back ofthe hand, the thumb, and index
  finger; and an inner, which descends
  on the muscles of the thumb,  into the
  palm  of  the  hand,  and  divides into
  fine filaments, which may be traced to
  the fingers.
    Chaussier  calls  the  cephalic and
  basilic veins,  the Radial and Cubital
  Cutaneous.
    The NER'VUS CUTA'NEUS MI'NOR
  of Wrisberg, also takes its origin from
  the axillary piexus, but is more particu-
  larly connected with the  ulnar nerve.
  It soon separates from the ulnar nerve;
  running afterwards between it and the
  inner side of the arm.  A little below
  the axilla it divides into  two branches,
  which are distributed to the arm.
     CUTA'NEOUS EXHALA'TION  AND
  ABSORP'TION, are those, which take
  place from the skin.
     CUTA'NEOUS  DISE'ASES, Erup'-
  tions, Epiphym'ata, are  the numerous
  affections of a  morbid  character,  to
  which the skin is liable.
     Writers on Cutaneous  Diseases.
  Ch.  B. von  Sanden,  Hall. 1740 (L).
  J. G.Leidenfrost, Duisburg, 1771 (L).
  Danl. Turner, 2d edition, Lond. 1736.
  A. C. Lorry,  Paris,  1777 (L).   J. J.
  Plenck,Vindob. 1783(L). E.L.W.Ne-
  bel, Giess. 1795 (L).  S. H. Jackson,
  Lond. 1792.  R. Willan, Lond. 1798
  (plates).  J. A. Alibert, Paris, 1806
  (plates), fol. (F).   Another  work, 11
  vols. 8vo., Paris, 1810 - 19 (F).  T. M.
  Kelson (hints on), Seven-Oaks, 1814.
T. Bateman,Lond. 1814, and Phil. 1824.
A Synopsis, 8vo.:  also, Delineations of
C. diseases (plates), Lond. 4to. 1817. A.
Cazenave, and H. E. Sciiedkl, trans-
lated from the  French by R. E. Grif-
fith, Philad. 1829.   W. C. Dendy (of
children),Lond. It27. P.Rayer, Paris,
1826 (F).  J. Wilson, Lond. 1815.   S.
Plumbe, Lond. 1824.
  Cu'tis (Anat.) Pel'lis, Co'rium, dtqua,
De'ris,  Anthro'pe, Anthro'pen,  uv-dqtu-
nr{, avSqwmv,  Skin.  A dense, resisting
membrane : of a flexible and extensible
nature,  which  forms the general  en-
velope of the body;  and is continuous
with the mucous membranes, through
the  different  natural  apertures.  It is
formed  of three distinct layers — the
epidermis, rete mucosum, and chorium.
Some Anatomists, however, separate it
into several  others.   Its outer surface
is covered  by a number of small emi-
nences, called papilla?, which are gen-
erally regarded as  eminently nervous
and  vascular.
  The skin is our medium of communi-
cation with external bodies.  It protects
the subjacent parts; is the seat of touch,
and, through it, are exhaled the watery
parts of the blood, which are not needed -
in the nutrition ofthe body.
  The state ofthe skin, as regards heat
and dryness,  affords us useful informa-
tion  in our pathological investigations.
Its  color, too,  requires attention : the
paleness of disease is as characteristic
as the rosy complexion of health.  The
color ofthe skin varies according to the
age, sex, &c.  As  a general principle,
it is finer in the female and child than
in the male and adult.  In old  age it
becomes light-colored, thin, and dry.
It likewise varies according to the races,
&c.

tabular view of the chief varie-
  ties  IN  THE color of  the  skin,
  according to the races, &c.
           ("All the Europeans (and their
           I  descendants), except tho Lap-
 1. White.  \  landers.  The Western Asi-
             atics and the Northern Afri-
           (  cans.
 2. Yellow or | The Mongolian tribes.  Most of
     Olive.  (  the natives of Upper Asia.
 3. Redox cop- I Chiefly confined to the Ameri-
  per-color.  \  can continent.
 4 Brown or ( ^a'ays ana tne inhabitants of
             most of the islands of the Pa-
             cific.
            The inhabitants of Africa except
             the Northern and Southern —
             those  of New Holland, Van
             Dieman's land, New Guinea,
             Now Hebrides, &«. Mingled in
             Brazil, California, India, &c.
Tawny.
5. Black.
See Man, 
CUTUBUTH           267           CYLLOSIS
  (F) Peau. (G) Haut, Lederhaut.
  Writers.  G. A.  Gaultier, Paris,
1811 (F). (Anatomy):   E. J.  Carlier
(Anat. & Physiol), Paris, 1812 -(F).  J.
B. Wilbrand (Anat., Phys., & Path.),
Giessen, 1813 (G).    P.  N.  Chaals-
Desetangs, Pans, 1816 (F).  (Anat. &
Phys.).   T. Chevalier, London, 1823.
  Cutubuth   (Path.)   The  Arabian
physicians  have given this name to a
species  of melancholy,  accompanied
with  so  much  agitation,  that the pa-
tients cannot remain  tranquil, for the
space of an hour.
  Cyanop'athy  (Path.)  Cyanopathi'a,
Cyano'sis, Mor'bus caru'leus, from xva-
rog, ' blue,' and .ra&og,  ' affection.'  A
disease, in which the whole of the sur-
face of  the body is colored blue.  It is
always symptomatic and commonly de-
pends on a direct communication be-
tween the cavities of the right and left
side  of the heart.  Such  communica-
tion does not, however, always occasion
the blue disease, but  it  is generally
thought  that  the disease  never exists
without this state of  parts; or without
gome  obstacle to the circulation in the
right  side of the heart.
  (G) Blausucht.
  (F) Maladie bleue, Ictere bleu.
  Writer.   J. J. Kammerer,  Hal.
1811  (L).
   Cy'anus   Seg"etum  (Mat.  Med.)
Bluebottle.  The flowers of this Euro-
pean  plant, when distilled with water,
have  been used in ophthalmia.
  (F) Bluet  des Moissons,  Barbeau,
Aubifoin, Casse-Lunettes.
  (G) Blaue Kornblume.
  Cy'ar (Anat.) xvaq.  The eye of a
needle.  The Mea'tus  Audito'rius  in-
ternus.
  Cyathis'cus (Surg.) xva&ioxog. The
concave part of a Sound, made like a
small spoon,  as in the  case of the ear-
pick.
  Cy'athcs (Pharm.) xvu&og. ' A meas-
ure,  both of  the liquid and dry kind,
equal to about an ounce, or to the  12th
part  of  a  pint.   According  to Pliny
and Galen, about 10 drachms.
  Cyc'eon (Pharm.) xvxtow.  The  an-
cient name of a medicine of the con-
sistence of  pap, composed  of wine,
water, honey, flour, barley meal, and
cheese.  Hippocr.
  Cyc'lamen Europa'um (Mat. Med.)
Arthani'ta Cyc'lamen, Cyclami'nus, Cys-
san'themon, Cyssophyl'lon, Pa'nis por-
ei'nus,   Cas'amum,  xaauuov,  chyli'ne,
XvXivi], ' sow-bread.'   The fresh root is
said  to  be acrid, bitter, drastic, and
anthelmintic.  Dose, 3j. For external
use, see Arthanita.
  (F)  Pain de pour ceau.  (G)  Sau-
brod,   Schweinbrod,   Erds-
cheibwurz.
  Cy'cle (Med.) Cy'clus, from  xvxXog,
' a circle.'  A period or revolution of a
certain number of years.  The  metho-
dists gave this name to an aggregate of
curative  means,  continued  during  a
certain number of days.  Nine was the
usual number.
  Cyclis'mos  (Pharm. &  Surg.)   A
troch.  The name  was  also given to a
circular kind of rasp;   as, well as Cyc-
lis'cus.  They have the same etymon
as cycle.
  Cyclopho'ria (Phys.) from  xvxXog,
' a circle,' and tptqw, ' I bear.'  The cir-
culation of the blood or other  fluids.
  Cy'clops (Path.) xvxlwip,  from  xv-
xXog, ' an  orb or circle,' and  u>u>, ' an
eye.'  Monoc'ulus, Mo'nops,  MonopthaV-
mus,  Monom'matos, povtoxp, yovoipdaX-1
hoc, uovoiiuaxog, Unioc'ulus, Unoc'ulus
A monster  having but one eye and that
placed in the- middle of the  forehead,
like the fabulous Cyclops.
  Cyc'lotomb   (Surg.)   Cyclot'omus,
from xv/.log,' a circle,'  and  rf.</mr,  ' to
cut.'  An instrument,  composed of a
ring of gold and a cutting blade,  by
means of which the ball of  the eye can
be fixed, whilst the cornea is cut.  It
was  invented  by a surgeon of Bor-
deaux, named Guerin, for extracting
the cataract.  It is not  used.
  Cydonia'tum, Cydo'natum  (Pharm.)
xvdunuxor,  Diacydoni'les.  A  composi-
tion of the Cydonia mala  or quinces,
with  the addition  of spices.   Paulus
of iEgina.
  Cye'ma (Phys.) xvtjiia, from xvw,  ' I
conceive.'   Conception.  Likewise  the
fatus.
  Cygna'rion (Pharm.) xvxvaqiov, from
xvxvug,' the swan.'  A collyrium of a
white color, like  that of the swan.
Galen, Paulus.
  Cyg'nls Regi'ntE (Pharm.)  .A  col-
lyrium employed  formerly, of  which
Aetius speaks.
  Cylich'ne  (Pharm.) Cylich'nis,  xv-
li/vig, xvXixrv, xvXixig, xvy/ng. A pill
box  or  earthen-ware   pot.    Galen,
Foesius.
   Cyl'indroid  (Anat.)  Cylindroi'des,
from xvXivtiquc, 'cylinder,' and nSog,
' form.' Having the form of a cylinder.
 Chaussier calls the Comu Ammonis,—
Protuberance cylindroide.
   Cyllo'sis, xvXXoioig,_  (Path.)   Lame-
ness, mutilation, or vicious  conforma* 
CYMATODES           268
CYNANCHE
tion.  Hippocr., Galen.   See Kyllo-
sis.
  Cymato'des (Path.)  xvuaxo^g, Un-
do'sus.   The  vacillating  character  of
the pulse in weak individuals.
  Cynan'che  (Path.) Angi'na, from xv-
tav,' a dog,' and ayyw,' I suffocate.'  Sore
Throat, xvvayyrk, naqaxvvay xv, avvay/i;,
Paristh'mia, naqio^uia, Synan'che, ;ra-
quavvayx>\, Prunel'la, Squinati'thia, Em-
pres'ma Paristhmi'tis,  Cau'ma Paristh-
mi'tis. Inflammation of  the mucous
membrane of the supradiaphragmatic
portion of the alimentary canal, and  of
the lining membrane of the upper part
ofthe air passages.   (F) Angine, Es-
quinancie, Mai de Gorge, Synancic, Squi-
nancie, Kinancie.  It comprises the fol-
lowing chief varieties.
  (G) Braune.
   CYNAN'CHE MALIG'NA,  C. gangra-
no'sa, Angi'na ulccro'sa, Fe'bris epidem'-
ica cum Angi'nd, Empres'ma Paristhmi'-
tis Tonsilla'ris malig'na, Cynan'che epi-
dem'ica,  C. pur'pvro-parotidaa,  Cynan'-
che ulcero'sa,  Garrotil'lo,  Carbun'culus
angino'sus, C. Ulcusculo'sa, Angi'na epi-
dem'ica,A. gangrano'sa, A. malig'na, Ma-
lig'nant,  Pu'trid, Ul'cerous Sore Throat.
It is characterized by crimson redness of
the mucous membrane of the fauces and
tonsils;  ulcerations, covered with mu-
cous, and spreading, sloughs, of an ash
or whitish  hue ;   the accompanying
fever typhus.  It is often epidemic, and
generally contagious; and is frequently
found accompanying scarlet fever, giv-
ing rise  to the variety, Scarlatina ma-
ligna.
  The general treatment is the same  as
in typhus; and stimulant antiseptic gar-
gles must  be  used, consisting, for ex-
ample, ofthe decoction of bark and mu-
riatic acid.
   (F)  Angine  gangreneuse, A. Malignc.
  Writers.   Rabours, 1714  (L).  J.
Fothergill, London, 1751.   T. Hux-
ham, London.  W. Withering, Edin.
1766 (L).  S.  Bard, New  York,  1771.
J. Johnstone, Worcester,  1779.  W.
Rowley, Lond. 1788.
  CYNAN'CHE PAROTIDAZ'A, Empres'-
ma Paroti'tis,  Paroti'tis, Cynan'che Pa-
rot'ides, Angi'na Maxilla'ris, Gis'sa, An'-
gina externa, Catar'rhus Bellinsula'nus,
Branks (Scotch), Mumps.   The charac-
teristic symptoms are : — a  painful tu-
mor of the parotid gland, not ofthe sup-
purative  kind; and frequently extend-
ing to the maxillary gland.   It is very
conspicuous externally, and is often ac-
companied with swelling  of the testes
in the male, and of the mamma? in the
female ; the testes being sometimes ab-
sorbed afterwards.  It is epidemic, and
apparently contagious.   The treatment
is very simple ; the adoption merely of
the antiphlogistic plan, under  which
it usually soon disappears.  When in-
flammation ofthe mammse or testes su-
pervenes, it must be treated as if idio-
pathic.
   Writers.   Jacobi,  Gotting.  1796
(L). Hopff, Gotting. 1799(L).  Bren-
neke, Helmst. 1801 (L).
   CYNAN'CHE  PHARYNGE'A,  Em-
pres'ma Paristhmi'tis Pharynge'a,  Pa-
rasynan'che, Angi'na inflummatoria, Sp.
iv. (Boerhaave).
   This  disease can hardly  be said to
differ, in pathology or treatment, from
the Cynanche tonsillaris.   The  same
may be  remarked of  the  Cynan'che
(Esophuge'a.
   (F) Angine Pharyngi'e, Catarrhe pha-
ryngien.
   CYNAN'CHE  TONSILLA'RIS,  Em-
prisma.  Paristhmi'tis, Tonsilla'ris, Sy-
nanlche, Cynan'che fau'cium, Amygdali-
tis,  Tonsilli't'is,   Cynan'che.  Prunel'la,
Anti'ades, avxiaStg, Angina inflammuto-
ria,  Common Squin'ancy,  Squin'sy or
Quin'sy.   The characteristic symptoms
of this affection are, swelling and florid
redness of the mucous membrane of the
fauces, and especially of the  tonsils;
painful and  impeded deglutition, ac-
companied  with   inflammatory  fever.
It is generally ascribed  to cold,  and is
one of the most  common affections of
sold and  temperate  climates.  It usu-
ally goes off by resolution, but frequent-
ly ends in suppuration.
   Common  sore  throat is an affection
of no consequence.  It requires merely
rest, and  the  observance of the anti-
phlogistic regimen.  When more vio-
lent, in addition to those ; — purgatives,
inhalation of the steam  of warm  water,
acid, or emollient gargles.  Rubefacients
externally,  or sinapisms  or  blisters.
When suppuration must inevitably oc-
cur, the  continued  use of  the. inhaler
must be  advised, and  an opening be
made into the abscess as soon as it shall
have formed.  If the patient is likely to
be suffocated by the tumefaction, bron-
chotomy  may be  necessary.
   (F) Amygdalite, Angine tonsillaire, Es-
quinancie, Squinancie, Catarrhe guttural,
Angine gutturale.
   Writers.  J.  Bierdumphel, Basil,
1598 (L). J. A. de Fonseca, Complut.
1611 (L).  C. F.  Eisner, Regiom, 1792
(L).  Wedel, Jen.  1716 (L).   Hux-
ham  (on fevers and sore throat),  Lond. 
CYNANCHE           269         CYNOGLOSSUM
gs-
1757.  Math^ei et Elsner,   Koni
berg, 1788 (L).
   CYNAN'CHE TRACHEA'LIS; the Cy-
nan'che laryngc'a of some.   Suffoca'tio
strid'ula, Angi'na  pernicio'sa, Asth'ma
Infan'tum,  Cynan'che stri'dula, Catar'-
rhus suffocati'ous Barbaden'sis, Angi'na
polypo'sa si've  membrana'cea sive pul-
po'sa,- Empres'ma  Bronchitis, Angi'na
inflammato'ria, A. suffocato'ria, A. Tra-
chea'lis, Mor'bus Strangulato'rius, Tra-
cfii'tis, Tracheitis,  Expectora'tio Sol'ida,
Cau'ma  Bronchi'tis,  Angi'na  cani'na,
Croup, Hives.  A disease characterized
by sonorous and suffocative breathing ;
harsh voice ; cough, ringing or like the
barking of a dog :  fever, highly inflam-
matory.  It is apt to be speedily attend-
ed with the formation of a false mem-
brane, which lines the trachea beneath
the glottis  and occasions violent dysp-
noea°and suffocation, but is sometimes
expectorated.  The  dyspnoea, as in all
other affections of the air passages, has
evident excerbations.  It differs in its
character in different situations ; being
infinitely more  inflammatory in  some
places than in  others ;  and hence the
success obtained by different modes of
treatment.  It chiefly affects children,
and is apt to recur, but the subsequent
attacks are usually less and less severe.
   As  a  general principle,  it requires
the most active treatment;  V. S. from
the arm or neck, so as to in  duce pale-
ness.   Leaches applied to  the  neck,
&c. according  to the age,—the warm
bath,  blisters  to  the  neck or chest,
and  purgatives.   Formidable as #the
disease may  be,  if  this plan be  fol-
lowed early, it will  generally be suc-
cessful.    Many  specifics have been
recommended for  it, but the  search has
been idle and fruitless.
   Writers.   Fr. Home, Edinb. 1765.
 B. Rush, Lond. 1770.   T. Crawford,
 Edinb. 1771  (L).   Bard Johnstone,
 Worcester, 1779.  Ch. F. Michaelis,
 Argent. 1778  (L).   Lotichius, Leid.
 1792  (L).   A. Disney, Huddersfield,
 1794.  J. Archer, Philadelphia, 1798.
 C. J. A. Schwilgue, Paris, 1802  (F).
 L. Macartan, Paris, 1803 (F).    G.
 Vieusseux, Paris, 1806, and  Geneva,
 1812 (F).   Recueil des observations ct
 desfaits ralatifs au croup, redigd par la
 Fuculte de Midccine  de Paris, d'apres
 les ordres de S. Etc. le Ministre de Vln-
 tericur, pour le concours au prix fonde
 par S. M. in 8vo.  Paris, 1808.  Portal,
 Paris, 1808 (F).  A. Durat-Lassalle,
 Paris, 1808  (F).  J. Ch.  Fel. Caron,
 Paris, 1810  (F).  F. J. Double, Pans,
1611 (F).  F. Ruette, Paris, 1811 (F).
J.  M.  Caillau, Bordeaux, 1812 (F).
Bonnafox de Malet,  Paris, 1812 (F).
Louis Valentin, Paris, 1812 (F).  Fr.
Voisenet, Paris, 1812 (F).  L. Abadie,
Montpellier, 1812 (F).  Rapport sur le
Croup, 4--C. Paris, 1812 (F).  A. Albers,
Leipz.' 1816 (L).  C. Hastings, Lond.
1820.  H.M.J. Desruelles, Paris, 1824
(F).
  Cynan'chica (Mat. Med.). Medicines
used in cases of quinsy were formerly
so called.
  Cynan'chum (Mat. Med). Same ety-
mon.  A genus of plants, of which the
following are used in medicine.
  CYNAN'CHUM VOMITO'RIUM, Ipe-
cacuan'ha of the Isle of France.  As  its
name imports, this plant resembles the
ipecacuanha in properties.  It is emetic,
in the dose of from 12 to 24 grains in
powder.
   CYNAN'CHUM   MONSPELI'ACUM,
Scam'monij of Montpellier.   The plant
furnishes a blackish kind of gum resin,
which is purgative,  and but little used.
  (G) Rundblatteriger Hunds-
w ii r g e r.
  Cynanthro'pia (Path.) xvvavdqvmia,
from xvoiv,  'dog,'  and  arSqoviog,  'a
man.'   A variety  of melancholia, in
which the  patient believes himself
changed into a dog;  and  imitates the
voice and habits of that animal.
   Cyn'ara or Cin'ara Scol'ymus (Mat.
Alim.  & Med.)  The systematic name of
the Ar'tichoke, Alcoc'alum,  Articoc'alus,
Artiscoc'cus  Uc'vis,   Cos'tus ni'gra,
 Car'duus sati'vus non spino'sus, Cin'ara
hortcn'sis,  Scol'ymus sati'vus, Car'duus
domes'ticus  cap'ite  majo're,  Car'duus
al'tilis.  Indigenous in  the  Southern
 parts of Europe ; much used as an agree-
 able  article of diet.  The  juice of the
 leaves, mixed with  white  wine,  has
 been given in dropsies.
   (F) Artichaut.  (G) Artischoke.
   Cynch'nis, xvyxng.  A  box  for the
 preservation of medicines.  Hippocra-
tes.
   Cyn'icus (Path.) xvnxog,  from xvoiv,
 ' a dog.' Cyn'ic. Relating to, or resemb-
 ling, a dog.   Cyn'ic spasm is a convul-
 sive contraction of the muscles of  one
 side of the face, draging the eye, cheek,
 mouth, nose, &c. to one side.
   Cynodec'tos(Path.) xvvoSi]xxog. One,
 who has  been bitten  by a dog.  Dios-
 corides,
    Cynoglos'sum (Mat. Med.) from xvwv,
 ' a dog,'  and yXwoaa,  ' a tongue.'   Cy-
 noglos'sum officinale, Lin'gua cani'na,
  Hound's tongue, Caballa'tion. It is aro- 
CYNOMORIUM          270         CYSTIRRHGEA
 matic and mucilaginous, and has been
 supposed to be possessed of narcotic
 properties.
   (F)  Cynoglosse,  Langue  de chien.
 (Gj Hundszungenwurzel.
   Writer.  Ch.  J.  Schneck, Altorf,
 1753 (L).
   Cynomo'rium   Coccin'eum   (Mat.
 Med.) from  xviav,  ' a dog,' and uuiqior,
 ' the penis.' Improperly called Fun'gus
 Meliten'sis, or the  Fun'gus of Mal'ta, as
 it is not a fungus.  The  powder has
 been given as an  astringent in hemor-
 rhage, dysenteries, &c
   (F) Champignon de Malte.  (G) Mal-
 theserchwamm.
   Cyon  (Anat.) xvuv.  This word,  ac-
 cording to James, sometimes signifies
 the  inferior part of the prepuce ; at oth-
 ers, the penis.
   Cy'perus Lon'gus  (Mat. Med.)  from
 xvrcaqog,  ' a round  vessel,'  which its
 roots  have  been said  to  resemble,
 Galangale.   It possesses aromatic and
 bitter properties, but is not used.
   (F) Spuchet odor ant.  (G) C y p e r n-
 wurzel, Langes  Cy pern gras.
   CYP'ERUS ROTUN'DUS; the Round
 Cy'perus.  It is a  more gratefully aro-
 matic bitter than the  C. longus.
   (F)  Souchet  rond.   (G)  Runde
 Cypernwurzel.
   Cy'phi (Pharm.) xvipt.  The name of
 a medicine, composed of honey, wine,
 raisins,   cyperus,  resin,  myrrh,  &c.
 Trochis'ci cy'phi were, at one time, pre-
 pared, in which the pulp of the grape,
 turpentine,  cinnamon,  cassia  wood,
 aloes, bdellium, saffron, &c. entered.
 Galen,  Suidas.
   Cypho'ma  (Path.)  xvepo-ua, Cyphos,
 Cypho'sis, xuipoc,  xvipoioig,   Cyrto'ma,
 Cyrto'sis.  xvqxwua,  Opisthocypho'sis,
 o-ito&oxvipuioig, xvqxwatg.  Gibbosity of
 the spine. See Vertebral Column, &c.
 Cyrto'sis forms a  genus in  the order
 Dysthet'ica  and   class  Hamat'ica  of
 Good, and  is defined :   ' head  bulky,
especially anteriorly ; stature short and
incurvated ;  flesh flabby, tabid, and
wrinkled.'   It includes Cretinism and
Rickets.
  Cyp'rinum  o'leum  (Pharm.)  Oil of
Cy'press; prepared of  olive oil,  cy-
press flowers, calamus, myrrh, carda-
mom, inula, bitumen ol Juda?a, &c.  It
was formerly employed  in certain dis-
eases ofthe uterus, pleurisies, &c. and
was  regarded  both as stimulant and
emollient.
  Cypta'rion  (Pharm.)   The name of
an antidote described by Myrepsus.
  Cysso'tis  (Path.) from xvaog, < the
 anus.'  Inflammation of the lower part
 of the rectum : tenesmus.
   Cystal'gia (Path.) from xvoxig,' the
 bladder,'  and aXyug, ' pain.'   Pain in
 the bladder.   (G) Blasenschmerz.
   Cysteol'ithos  (Path.)  /.vaxtoXidag,
 from xvoxig, ' the bladder,' and Xt&og,
 ' a stone.'  Stone in the bladder.  Also,
 a medicine,  employed to dissolve or
 break them.
   Cysthepat'icus (Anat.) xvodirxuxi-
 xog, from  xvoxig, ' the bladder;'  and
 iriuq, 'the liver.'  Belonging to  the
 gall-bladder and liver.  This name was
 given, formerly, to imaginary excretory
 ducts for the bile, which were suppos-
 ed to pass directly from the liver to the
 gall-bladder.
   Cysthepatolithi'asis (Path.)  from
 xvaxig, ' the bladder,' itnaq, ' the liver,'
 and  Xtdtuaig,  ' pain, caused by a cal-
 culus.'  It has been proposed to  call
 thus, the symptoms caused by the pre-
 sence of biliary calculi.
   Cys'tic  (Anat.)  Cys'ticns,  xvaxtxog,
 from  xvoxig, ' a  bladder.'  Belonging
 to the gall-bladder.
   (G) Gall en blase (incomp.)
   CYS'TIC BILE.    Bile contained in
 the gall-bladder.
   ARTE'RIA  CYS'TICA;  the Cystic
 Artery  is  given  oft' from the  right
 branch ofthe  hepatic, and  divides into
 two  branches, which  proceed to the
 gall-bladder.  It is accompanied by two
 cystic veins, which open into the vena
 porta abdominalis.
   CYS'TIC CAL'CULI.  Calculi, form-
 ed in the gall-bladder.
   CYS'TIC DUCT,  Duc'tus  cys'ticus,
 Mea'tus cys'ticus, the  duct  proceeding
 from  the  gall-bladder, which, by  its
 union with the hepatic, forms the duc-
 tus communis cholcdochus.
   (G) Gallenblasengang.
   CYS'TIC  SARCO'MA  of  AB'ERNE-
 THY, Emphy'ma  Sarco'ma ccllulo'sum.
 Tumor, cellulose or cystose; cells oval,
 currant-sized or grape-sized,  contain-
 ing serous  fluid:  sometimes  caseous.
 Found in the thyroid gland  (forming
 bronchocele), testis, ovarium, &c.
   CYS'TICA  (Mat. Med.) Cys'tic Rem-
 edies, xvaxixa tpaquaxa.  Such medi-
cines  as were formerly believed proper
for combating diseases of the bladder.
  Cystirrha'gia (Path.) from xvnxig,
' the  bladder,' and qrjywto. '  I break
forth.  Hem'orrhage  from the blad'der.
 By some used synonymously with Cys-
tirrhaa.  (G) Hamblasenblutung.
  (F) Hemorrhagic de la Vessie.
  Cystirrho:'a  (Path.)  from xvaxig, 
CYSTITIS
271          CYSTOTOME
' the bladder,' and qtoi,  ' I flow.'  Pa-
ru'ria StillatV'tia  Muco'sa, Blennu'ria,
Dysu'ria Muco'sa,  Pyu'ria Muco'sa, P.
vis'cida,   Morbus  cystophlegmat'icus,
Catar'rhus vesi'ca.   A  copious  dis-
charge  of mucus from  the  bladder,
passing out  with  the urine, and gen-
erally  attended with dysuria.   It  is
commonly  dependent  upon   an  in-
flammatory or  subinflammatory condi-
tion of  the  lining  membrane.   The
treatment  must  be  regulated by the
cause.  If it be not produced by an ex-
traneous body : the antiphlogistic  plan
of treatment, exhibition of warm dilu-
ents, and keeping the surface in a per-
spirable  state,  by  wearing  flannels.
Some ofthe  turpentines may,  at times,
be given with advantage ; and astrin-
gent or other appropriate  injections be
thrown into the bladder.
  (F) Flux muqueux  de la vessie.  Ca-
tarrhe vesical.
  (G)  Harnblasenschleimfluss.
  Cysti'tis  (Path.)  from xvaxig, ' the
bladder.'  Inflamma'tio  Vesi'ca, Cysti-
phlo'gia,  Cystophlo'gia, Injlamma'tion
of the  blad'der; characterized by pain
and swelling in the hypogastric region;
discharge of  urine, painful or  obstruct-
ed, and tenesmus. It may affect one or
all of the membranes ;  but commonly
it is confined to the  mucous coat.  In
the chronic condition, it appears in the
form of cystirrhcea.  It must be treated
upon the  same  energetic  principles,
that are  required  in  other  cases of
internal  inflammation.  V. S.  general
and  local, the  warm  bath, and warm
fomentations, warm, soothing enemata,
diluents  &c.  Cantharides  must be
avoided,  even in the way of blisters, as
the disease is often occasioned  by them.
  (F) Inflammation de  la vessie.  (G)
Harnblasenentziindung.
  Writers.  J. Muralt, Lugd.  Bat.
1668 (L).  Muller,  Altorf.  1703 (L).
G. Sommerer, Vindob. 1781 (L). Pohl,
Leip. 1777 (L).  Ploucquet, Tubing.
1790 (L).
  Cys'titome (Surg.) Cystit'omus, Ki-
bis'titome, from xvoxig,  '  the  bladder,'
and xtuvtiv, ' to cut.'  An instrument,
invented by Lafaye, for  dividing the
anterior part  of the capsule of the crys-
talline in the operation of  extracting
the cataract.  It was formed  like the
Pharyngotome.
  Cys'to-Bu'bovoce'le (Path.)  from
xvaxig,  'the bladder,'   (iovfitar, 'the
groin,' and xi]Xr;,' a tumor.'  Hernia of
the bladder through the abdominal ring.
  Cystoce'le (Surg. Path.) Cystoce'lia,
from xvaxig,' the bladder,' and xrjXr],' a
tumor.'   Her'nia of the Blad'der.  It is
not common. It occurs, most frequent-
ly, at the abdominal ring, less so at the
crural arch, perinaeum, vagina, and  fo-
ramen thyroideum.  It may exist alone,
or be accompanied by a sac, containing
some abdominal viscus.  The  tumor is
soft, fluctuating; disappears on  pres-
sure, and increases  in size, when the
urine is retained.  It must be  reduced
and kept in position  by a truss.  The
Vaginal  cystocele is  kept in place by a
pessary.   (G) Blasenbruch.
  (F) Hernie de la Vessie.
  BIL'IARY CYS'TOCE'LE, is an imag-
inary hernia of the gall-bladder.
  Cystody'nia   (Path.)  from  xvoxig,
' the bladder,' and oSvvt], ' pain.'   Pain
of the bladder ;   particularly rheumatic
pain.
  Cys'to-lith'ic (Path.)  Cystolith'icus,
from xvaxig, 'the bladder,' and  Xi&og,
' a  stone.'   Relating to  stone in the
bladder.
  Cys'to-meroce'le   (Path.   Surg.)
from xvoxig, ' the bladder,' iitooc, ' the
thigh,' and xi]Xrj,  ' hernia.'   Femoral
hernia,  formed  by  the bladder's pro-
truding beneath the crura] arch.
  Cysto-phlegmat'ic (Path.)  Cysto-
phlegmat'icus;  from  xvaxig, ' the blad-
der,'  and  ipXtyiia,  ' mucus,  phlegm.'
Belonging to the vesical mucus.  Mor'-
bus cystophlegmat'icus, the Cystirrhaa.
  Cystopleg"ic (Path.) Cystopleg'Hcus.
Belonging  to paralysis of the  bladder,
from xvaxig,' the bladder,' and nXr\oom,
' I strike.'
  Cystoplex'ia (Path.) same etymon.
Paralysis ofthe bladder.
  Cystopto'sis  (Path.)  from  xvaxig,
'the bladder,' and  nmxtiv,  'to  fall.'
Relaxation of the inner membrane of
the  bladder, which  projects  into the
canal of the urethra.
  Cystopy'ic (Path.) Cystopy'icus, from
xvaxig,' the bladder,' and nvov, ' pus.'
Relating to suppuration of the bladder.
  Cystospas'tic (Path.) Cystospas'ticus,
from xvaxig, ' the bladder,' and orcaai,
' I contract.'  Relating to spasm of the
bladder, and particularly of its sphinc-
ter.
  Cystothrom'boid   (Path.)  Cysto-
thromboi'des, from xvaxig, ' the  blad-
der,' and dqopfiog, • a clot.'  Relating
to the presence of clots in the bladder.
  Cys'totome   (Surg.)   Cystot'omus,
from xvoxig,' the bladder,'  and xtpvtiv,
' to  cut.'  An instrument, intended  for
cutting  the bladder.  Instruments of
this kind have  been  more frequently, 
CYSTOTOMIA         272           DACTYLOS
although very improperly, called Litho-
tomies.
  Cystoto'mia  (Surg.) same etymon.
Incision  of the  bladder.   Cystotomia
means cutting into the bladder for any
purpose.   Commonly, it is  applied to
the puncturing of the bladder,  for the
purpose of removing the urine;  whilst
Lithotomy has been employed for the
incisions, made  with the view of ex-
tracting calculi from the bladder.
  (F) Incision de la Vessie.
  (G)  Blasenschnitt.
  Cyth'ion (Pharm.) xvdiov.  The name
of a collyrium described by Celsus.
  Cyt'inus (Mat. Med.) Cyt'inus Hypo-
cys'tus, Hypocys'tus.  A small, parasit-
ical plant, which grows in the South of
France and in Greece, on the roots of
the woody cistus.  The  juice  of its
fruit is acid and very astringent.  It is
extracted, by expression, and convert-
ed into an extract, which was called
Suc'cus  Hypocis'ti, and  was  formerly
much used in hemorrhages, diarrhoea,
&c.
  Cytisi'na (Mat. Med.)  Cyt'isine.  An
immediate vegetable  principle, discov-
ered by Chevalier and  Lassaigne, in
the seeds  of the  Cyt'isus Labur'num
or Bean-Trefoil tree. Cytisine has anal-
ogous properties to emetine.  In  the
dose of one or two grains, it produces
vomiting and purging ; and, in a strong-
er dose, acts as an acrid poison.   The
seeds  of the Cy'tisus Labur'num,   (F)
Aubours, have been long known to pro-
duce vomiting and purging.
  Cyzice'nus (Pharm.) xiuxqtuc.  The
name  of a plaster once employed  in
the treatment of obstinate ulcers and in
wounds of nervous parts.
D
  The figure of the Greek A, accord-
ing to Galen,  was the  sign  for the
quartan fever.
  Dacne'ron (Pharm.) Saxvi/jov, from
oaxvtiv, ' to  bite.'  An ancient name
for a tonic collyrium, composed of ox-
ide of copper, pepper, cadmia, myrrh,
saffron, gum arabic, and opium.
  Dacryadenal'gia  (Path.) Dacryoa-
denal'gia, from daxqvoy,  ' I weep,' udijv,
' a gland,' and aXyog, ' pain.'   Disease
or pain in the lachrymal gland.
 (G) Thranendrusenschmerz.
  Dackyadeni'tis  (Path.)  Dacryoade-
ni'tis ;  from Saxqvoi,' I weep,'  aSi]v,' a
gland,' and ids.  Inflammation of the
lachrymal gland.
  (G) Thranendrusenentziin-
dung.
  Dacrygelo'sis (Path.)  from daxqvoi,
' I weep,' and  ytXum, ' I  laugh.'   A
kind of insanity, in which the patient
weeps and laughs at the same time.
 . Dacryoblennorrihe'a (Path.) from
Saxqvo), 'I weep,' (IXtwa,' mucus,' and
quo,' I flow.' Discharge of tears mix-
ed with mucus.
  (G)  Thranenschleimfluss.
  Dacryocystal'gia  (Path.) from du-
zqvo),  ' I weep,' xvoxig,  ' a sac,' and
aXyog,' pain.'  Disease or pain in  the
lachrymal sac.
  (G)  Thranensacschmerz.
  Dacryocystitis  (Path.)  from  Sa-
xqvov,  ' a tear,'  and xvang,  bladder.'
Inflammation ofthe lachrymal sac.
  Dacryo'des (Path.)  daxqvoi$i,g, la-
chrymo'sus, from Saxqvo), ' I weep.'  A
sanious ulcer, a weeping sore.
  Dacryo'ma (Path.)  same  etymon.
The effusion of tears, occasioned by an
occlusion  of the puncta lachrymalia.
Vogel.
  Dacryopoj;'cs  (Mat.  Med.)  oaxqvo-
Tioiog, fromdaxqvo), ' 1 weep,' and 7coitu>,
' I make.'   A substance, which  excites
the  secretion of tears, as the onion,
horseradish, garlic, &c.
  Dactyle'thrai,    Dactyli'thrai
(Pharm.)   OaxxvXrftqai,   duxxiXidqai,
from  duxxvXog,  ' a  finger.'   A name
given, by  the  ancients,  to  different
topical  applications, having the  form
of a finger ; and proper for being intro-
duced into the throat to  excite vomit-
ing.
  Dactyl'ion (Surg.) Dactyl'ium, from
[JaxTi'P.o?,' a finger.'  The union ofthe
fingers  with each other.   This affec-
tion is generally  congenital.   But it
may  be owing  to burns,  ulcerations,
inflammation ofthe fingers, &c.
  Dactyl'ios (Pharm.) from SaxxvXog,
' a  finger,' a troch  or lozenge, when
 shaped: like a finger.
  Dac'tylos ; daxrvXog.  The smallest 
DACTYLOTHEKE       273
DAPHNE
measure of the Greeks, the sixth part
of a foot.
  Dactylothe'ke (Surg.) oaxxvXo9vxt].
An instrument for keeping  the fingers
extended, when  wounded.   Ambrose
Pare.
  DAIGNAN, William, (Biogr.)  A
French physician; born  at Lille/, in
1732;  died in 1812.   Works.  Tableau
des varietcs de la vie humaine.  Paris.
1786. 2 vols. 8vo.  Gymnastique des en-
fans.  1787.    Gymnastique  Militaire,
Besanqon, 1790.   Centuries Medicates
du 19e  siecle.  Paris.  1807. 1808.2 vols.
 8vo.   He translated the works of Ba-
■glivi into French.
   Dal'by's Carmin'ative (Pharm.) A
celebrated empirical remedy,much used
as a carminative for children.  The
following is a form for its preparation.
 (Magnesia alb. j^ij, ol. mentha piper.
gtt. j, ol. nuc. moschat. gtt. iij, ol. anisi,
gtt. iij, tinet. castor, gtt.  xxx,  tinct. as-
safatid. gtt.  xv,  tinct.  opii, gtt. v, sp.
pvlegii, g»t. xv, tinct. cardam.c. gtt. xxx,
aqua mentha pip. § ij. Ml-)
   DALE,  Sam'uel,  M.  D. (Biogr.)
 Born 1659; died  1739.  Works. Phar-
macologia, seu manuductio ad matcriam
medicam, London. 1693.  8vo.   The
iwork went  through several editions,
although the account of the powers of
medicines is very brief.  Dr. Dale was
 celebrated, also, as an antiquary and
rintnnist.
    DALECHAMP,  James   (Biogr.)
 A learned French physician and bot-
 anist.  He was born at  Caen, in 1513 ;
 died in 1588-   Works.  De peste li-
 bri tres, Lugd. 1553.  12mo. Chirurgie
 Franqoise, avec  plusieurs  figures des
 instrument. 1569. 8vo.   He published
 editions of  Dioscorides,  Athen^us,
 Cjelius Aurelianus, Pliny, &c.
   Danc"ing  (Hyg.)  Salta'tio.  A kind
 of exercise and  amusement, composed
 of a succession  of motions, gestures,
 and  attitudes, executed  by measured
 steps to  the sound of the voice or mu-
 sical  instrument.  It is a healthy exer-
half from Upsal,  in Sweden.    The
water contains  carbonic acid, holding
in solution carbonate of iron, sulphate
of iron, sulphate of soda and lime, mu-
riate of soda and silica. It is frequently
employed in medicine.
  Danich ; an Arabic word, signifying
the weight of 8  grains.
   DANIEL,  Christian  Frederick
(Biogr.) An eminent physician of Halle
in Germany and Medico-legal writer;
born   at  Sondershausen  in  1714.
Works.  Beitrdge zur medicin. Gelehr-
samkeit.  3 Th.  Halle. 1748 - 1754. 4to.
Sammlung   Medicin.   Gutachten und
Zeugnisse, welche fiber  Besichtigvngen
und ErOffnungen todter  Korper A/C.  an
verschiedene  Gerichte ertheilt worden:
herauso-eo-.  von dessen  Sohne,  C.  F.
Daniel. Mit. Kupf.  Leipz.  1776. 8vo.
Anhang. 1777.  8vo.
  The son, of the same name, was born
at Halle in 1753; died in 1798. Works.
Institutionum medicina publ.  edenda-
rum adumbratio, Lips. 1778. 4to.  Sys-
tcma agritudinum, 2 P.  Lips. 1781, in
German, with notes and  appendix,
2 vols. Weissenfels. 1794. 8vo.  Bibli-
othek der Staatsarzneikunde, lb.  1784.
8vo.
   Daph'ne  Alpi'na  (Mat. Med.) Cha-
male'a,  Chamala'a,  Wid'ow-wail.  A
 sort of dwarf-olive.   An acrid, volatile,
 alkaline principle has been  separated
 from the b^k Qf t^° i*"" *y M- Vao-
 huelin, to  which  he  has  given the
 name Daphnine.  The  plants of this
 genus owe their vesicating property to
 this principle.
  DAPH'NE GNID'WM, Thymela'a, Cne-
 o'ron, Spurge Flax, xvtwqov, 9vutXaiaf
 Flaxlcaved Daphne.   The plant  which
 furnishes the Garou bark.  It is chiefly
 used, when used at all, for  exciting
 irritation on  the skin.  The   Gra'na
  Gnid'ia, xoxxoi  xviStoi  (see  Cnid'ia
 gra'na)  are acrid poisons like all  the
 plants  of this  genus, when taken in
 quantity.   According  to others  the
 garou  bark and grana gnidia  are  ob-
 tained from the daphne laureola.
    Writers  on the   Garou Bark.   J.
  A. Leroy, Paris, 1767 (F).  J. A. Ross.
  Lugd. Bat.  1778 (L). Ch. H. Haschke,
  Francf. ad Viadr. 1780  (L).
    (F) Daphne Garou, Sain-bois.
    DAPH'NE LAURE'OLA.   The sys-
  tematic name of  the  Spurge  Laurel,
  Laure/ola.  The bark of this plant has
  similar properties to the last.
    DAPH'NE  MEZE'REUM,  the syste-
  matic  name of the  Meze'reon, Meze're-
  um, Spurge olive.   The bark of the me-
cise.
  (F) Danse.
  (G)  Tanz.
  Writers.  J. Mf.ursius (D. of the
ancients) Lugd.  Bat. 1618 (L).  L. de
Cahusac, (ancient and modern D.), La
Haie, 1754 (F)   J. L.  Dorer, Argent.
1762 (L).  J. Lipawsky, Praga?,  1792
(G).  G. W. Sponitzer, Berlin, 1795
(G)   J. E. Wetzler, Landshut, 1801
(G).  J- Wendt, Breslau, 1804 (G).
  Danf.vert, Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat, Med.)  A spring, a league and a 
DAPHNEL.EON         274           DAUBENTON
lereon possesses analogous properties
to the other varieties of Daphne.  It is
considered stimulant and diaphoretic ;
and, in large doses, is emetic.  It has
been employed in syphilitic cases, but
its efficacy is doubtful.  Soaked in vin-
egar, like the other varieties of Daphne,
it has  been  employed  to  irritate the
skin, and especially for keeping  open
issues.
  (F) Daphni. Bois-gentil, Daphne Me-
zereon.   (G)Kellerhals, Seidel-
bastrinde, Bergpfeffer.
  Writer.  Ch. W.  Justi, Marburg,
4798 (L).
  Daphnel^'on (Mat. Med.) SaipvtX.ai-
ov, O'leum Lauri'num, from daipvt],' the
laurel or  bay tree,' and  tXaiov,  ' oil.'
Oil of Bay.
  DAQUIN, Joseph (Biog.) A French
physician; born at Chamberry in 1757;
died in 1815.  Works.  Analyse des
eaux thermales d'Aix en Savoie. Cham.
1773. 8vo.  La philosophic de  la folie.
lb.  1791. 8vo.   He translated the trea-
tise on  vaccination of L. Sacco  from
the Italian. lb. 1812.  8vo.
  DARAN, James (Biogr.) Surgeon  in
Ordinary to the King of France; born
in  Gascony in  1701 ;  died in  1784,
Works.  Riponse a la  brochure  de
BAYET sur la defense  et la conserva-
tion des parties les plus essentielles  de
Vhomme.  1750.  12mo.  Recueil d'ob-
servations chirurgicales sw les mala-
dies de  Vurelhre. 1745. Reprinted  in
England.  1750.    His treatise  on the
gonorrhaa virulenta, was likewise trans-
lated into English. Lond. 1766. 8vo.
  Dar'sis  (Anat.)  daqatg, from  Stow,
'  I  excoriate,' ' I skin.'   The Greek
physicians seem to have used this word
to designate the anatomical preparation,
which consists in removing the  skin for
exposing the organs covered by it.
  Dartos (Anat.)  Same derivation;
daqxog.  A name, given to the second
covering of the testicle, which  the an-
cient Anatomists  conceived to be mus-
cular,  but which  is merely  cellular.
Its external surface is towards the scro-
tum : the internal, towards the tunica
vaginalis.  Frederick Lobstein and
Breschet consider, that it proceeds
from an expansion of the  cellular cord,
known  by the  name,  Gubernaculum
Testis.
   DARTREUX  (F)  (Path.)  Participa-
ting in the characters of Dartre or Her-
pes.  Also, one affected  with dartre.
SftG Hf RPES
   DAR'WIN, Eras'mus, M. D. F. R. S.
(Biog.)  An eminent  physician, and
tolerable poet; born near Newark in
Nottinghamshire, England,  in 1731:
practised first at Lichfield, and after-
wards at Derby,  where he died in 1802.
Works. Zoonomia, or the  laws of or-
ganic life. Lond. 1794-6. 2 vols.  4to.
Several editions  of this have been pub-
lished ;  one  in Philadelphia  by  Ch.
Caldwell. 1797. 2 vols.  Memoirs of,
by Anna Seward.  Philad. 1804.  His
Botanic Garden is well known as a
poem.
  DASYM'MAt (Path.)  Saaviiua, from
Saavg,' rough.'  A disease ofthe eye —
the same as Trachoma, but less in  de-
gree.   Aetius, Gorr-*us.
  Das'ytes (Path.) $aavxt]g.  Rough-
ness,  particularly of the  tongue and
voice.
    (G) Rauhigkeit.
  Date (Mat. Med.)  Pal'mula, Dac'-
tylus, SaxxvXog,  (iaXavog tpoivixog :  the
fruit of the Pha'nix Dactylifera. The
unripe date is astringent.  When ripe,
it resembles the fig.   The juice of  the
tree is refrigerant.
    (F) Datte.   (G) Dattel.
  Datu'ra Stramo'nium (Mat. Med.)
Stramo'nium,  Dutray, Barycoc'calon,
Sola'num  mani'acum,  Strdmmo'nium
spino'sum, Sola'num fat'idum, Stram-
mo'nium ma'jus al'bum, Thorn Apple,
James-town Weed,Jimston Weed. The
herbaceous part of the plant  and  the
seeds are  the parts used in medicine.
They are  narcotic  and poisonous; —
are given  internally as narcotics and
antispasmodics, and applied  externally
as  sedatives, in  the form  of fomenta-
tion.  The seeds are  smoked  like to-
bacco, in  asthma.  The dose of  the
powder is gr. j to gr. viii.
  (F)  Stramoine, Pomme epineuse.
  (G)  Stechapfelkraut, Stech-
apfel.
  Writers. Storck, Vindob. 1763(L).
Wedenberg, Upsal. 1772 (L).
  Da'turine (Pharm.) Daturi'na, Da-
tu'ria, Datu'rium. The active principle   *
of the Datura Stramonium, separated
by  Brandes, a German chemist.  It
has not been  rendered available  in
medicine.
 DAUBENTON, Louis Marie (Biog.)
Born in Burgundy,  in France, in 1716.
He was more celebrated for  his labors
in comparative Anatomy than in Medi-
cine.   Works.  A translation of an es-
say by him on  indigestion  (in which
he recommends the use of ipecacuanha),
and its connected train of complaints,
previous to the decline of life, was pub-
lished in London. 1806. 8vo. 
DAUCITES  VINUM        275        DEBRIDEMENT
  Dauci'tes  Vi'num (Pharm.)  Wine,
of which  the Daucus or Wild Carrot
was  an ingredient.  The seeds were
steeped in must.  It was formerly used
in coughs, convulsions, hypochondria-
sis, diseases ofthe uterus, &c.
  Dau'cus Caro'ta  (Mat. Med. and
Alim.)  The  systematic  name  of  the
Carrot Plant—Dau'cus,  Dau'cus syl-
ves'tris, Pastina'ca  sylves'tris ttnuifo'-
lia officina'rum, Ado'rion, adoqiov.  The
root and seed have  been  used in medi-
cine.  The root is sweet and mucilagin-
ous; and the seeds have an aromatic odor,
and moderately  warm, pungent taste.
The root has been used, as an emollient,
to fetid and ill-conditioned sores.  The
seeds  have been regarded  as stomachic,
carminative,  and diuretic.   But they
have little efficacy.   The seeds of the
wild plant are, by  some, preferred to
those  of the garden.
  (F)  Carotte.  (G) Mohre, Gelbe
Rube.
  Dax, Mineral  Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  Dax is a city, two  leagues from
Bordeaux, where there are four springs,
that are almost  purely thermal: con-
taining only  a very  small quantity of
muriate and  sulphate of lime.   Temp.
158° Fahrenheit.
  DAZILLE,  John  Bartholomew
(Biog.) A French physician, who prac-
tised  chiefly  in  the  French colonies:
born  in 1732; died  at Paris in 1812.
Works. Observations sur les maladies
des negres.   Paris.  1792.  2 vols. 8vo.
Observations  generates sur les maladies
des climats chauds.  Paris.  1785. 8vo.
Observations sur le tetanos, sur la sant6
des femmes enceintes et sur les hdpi-
taux d'entre les tropiques. Paris. 1788.
8vo.
  Daz'zling   (Path.)  Caliga'tio.   A
momentary disturbance of sight, occa-
sioned either  by the  sudden  impression
of too powerful a light, or by some in-
ternal cause ; as plethora.
 (F) Eblouissement  (G) Blendung.
  Deaf'ness (Path.) from Anglo-Sax-
on beap — Sur'ditas, Copho'sis, xonpm-
oig,  Dysecoi'a,  Dyseca'a   organ'ica,
Baryecoia, Hardness of hearing, Hy-
pocopho'sis, Subsur'ditos.  Considerable
diminution or total loss of hearing.   It
may be the effect of acute  or  chronic
inflammation of the internal ear, para-
lysis of the auditory nerve or its pulpy
extremity, or of some  mechanical  ob-
struction to the sonorous rays.  In most
cases, however, the  cause of the deaf-
ness is not appreciable, and the treat-
ment  has to  be purely empirical.   Sy-
ringing the  ear, dropping in slightly
stimulating oils, fumigations, &c., are
the most likely means to afford relief.
  (F) Surdite, Dureti de I'ouie.
  (G)  Taubheit.
  Writers.  G. Nymmann, Vittemb.
1594 (L).  Zeidlern, Lips.  1630 (L).
Steudner, Lugd. Bat. 1669 (L).   Ryc-
kewaert, Lugd. Bat. 1677 (L).   J. C.
Bachin, Basil, 1687 (L).   Fr.  Hof-
mann, Hal. 1703 (L).  Ph. W. Schrce-
ter, Hal. 1741  (L).  Schulze, Hal.
1741 (L).   C. Ch. Haase, Lips. 1782
(L).  A. E. Buchner,  Hal.  ]7,.7(L).
Another work, Hal. 1767 (L).  Trnka
de  Krzowitz  (Wenceslaus), Vindob.
1778 (L).  J. Arnemann (perforating
the mastoid process in cases of D.),
Gotting. 1792 (G).   E.  A. Eschke,
Berlin, 1803 (G). M. E. N. P. Gaudi-
cho.v, Paris, 1804 (F).  Kritter, Got-
ting. 1793 (L).
  Debil'itants  (Mat. Med.)  Debili-
tan'tia, from  debilita're, 'to weaken.'
Remedies exhibited for  the purpose of
reducing excitement.   Antiphlogistics
are, hence, debilitants.
  Debil'ity (Path.) Debil'itas, aadtvtia.
Weakness. A condition, which may be
induced by a number of causes.  It must
Also, the operation of lancing the gums.
not be confounded with fatigue, which
is temporary,'whilst debility is generally
more permanent.
  Debility may  be real, or it may be
apparent; and, in the management of
disease, it is important to attend to this.
At the commencement of fever, for ex-
ample,there is often a degree of apparent
debility, which prevents the use of ap-
propriate means, and is the cause of
much evil.  Excitement is more dan-
gerous than debility.
  (F) Faiblesse.  (G) Schwa die.
  Writers.  F. Hofmann, Lugd. Bat.
1737 (L).   A. E.  Buchner,  Hal.
1749 (L).  Ch. G. Ludwig, Lips. 1772
(L).  Beireis,  Helmst. 1780 (L). M.
E. Haase, Lips. 1792 (L).   Kallmey-
er, Erfurt, 1778 (L).  W. G.  Plouc-
o.uet, Tubing.  1798, 1799 (L).   A.  A-
Germain, Paris, 1807 (L). P. Gruber,
Wurzburg, 1807 (L).  W. Shearman
(chronic D.), Lond. 1824.
  DEBORDEMENT  (F)  (Path.)  from
deborder, ' to overflow.'   Effu'sio.  A
popular term  for one or more  sudden
and copious evacuations from the bow-
els.  It is chiefly  applied  to  bilious
evacuations  of  this  kind—Deborde-
ment de Bile.
  DEBRIDEMENT (F)  (Surg.)  Fra-
no'rum solu'tio, from (F) debrider, ' to 
DEBUS
276
DECLAMATION
unbridle.'   The removal  of filaments
&c. in a wound or abscess, which pre-
vent the discharge of pus.  In a more
general acceptation, it means the cut-
ting of a soft, membranous or aponeu-
rotic part,  which interferes with  the
exercise of any organ whatever : thus,
in paraphymosis,  debridement of the
prepuce is practised to put an end to
the inflammation ofthe glans :  in stran-
 fulated hernia, debridement of the ab-
 ominal ring  is had  recourse to,  to
remove the structure of the intestine,
&c.     (G) Abzaumung.
  De'bus  (Pharm.)  A  name given,
by Paracelsus, to a remedy against
anger.
  Dec'agramme,  from Stxa,' ten,' and
yqappa,  ' a gramme.'  The weight of
10 grammes.   See Pondera.
   Decam'yron (Pharm.)  Stxapvqov,
from Stxa,' ten,' and pvqov,' ointment.'
A cataplasm, composed of malabathrum,
mastich,  euphorbium, spikenard, sty-
rax calamita,  carbonate of lime, com-
mon pepper, unguentum nardi, opobal-
samum, and wax.
  Decanta'tion  (Pharm.)  Decanta'-
tio, Defu'sio,  Elutria'tio, ntxayytouog,
xaxaxvoig. A  pharmaceutical  opera-
tion,  which  consists  in  pouring off,
gently,  by inclining  the vessel,  any
fluid, which has left a deposit.
   Decatortho'ma  (Pharm.)  otxaxoq-
&vyfia. The name of a medicine, com-
posed of ten simple ingredients.  Cas-
telli.
   DECHAUSSEMENT (F) (Path.)  The
state, in which the gums have fallen
away from the teeth, as in those af-
fected by  mercury, in old persons, &c.
Also, the operation of lancing the gums.
   Decid'ua Membra'na  (Anat.)  De-
cid'ua.  The outermost  membrane  of
the fostus  in utero.  Chaussier calls it
Epicho'rion :  by  others,  it has been
called Cho'rion spongiosum, C. tomen-
to'sum,  fungo'sum,  reticula'tum,  &c.
bivolu'crum membrana'ceum, Tu'nica
filamento'sa,  Shaggy Cho'rion, Spongy
Cho'rion,  &c. Great diversity has pre-
vailed, regarding this membrane and
its reflected portion. Dr. Wm. Hunter,
who first  described it, conceived, that
it existed  before  the germ arrived  in
the uterus, — as it had been  met with in
tubal and ovarial pregnancies; and that
it was occasioned by a new action, as-
sumed by the uterine vessels  at the
moment of conception. He conceived,
farther, that there were three apertures
in it, corresponding to the os uteri and
orifices ofthe fallopian tubes.   Chaus-
sier,  Lobstein, Gardien and others
consideT  the decidua to be a sac, com-
pletely lining the uterus, and without
apertures, and  that  when  the ovum
descends through the tube, it pushes
the decidua before it, and becomes en-
veloped in it, except in the part destin-
ed to  form the placenta.  That portion
of the membrane, which covers the
ovum, forms the Membra'na decid'ua
reflex'a, according to them; — the part
lining  the uterus being the Decid'ua
Uteri.  Towards the end of the fourth
month, these laminae are considered to
unite  and to form but one.
  The decidua  becomes thinner and
thinner, until the end of gestation.  Its
use seems to be, to fix the ovum to the
uterus, and  to  fulfil  some  important
purposes  in the nutrition of the foetus.
  (F) Membrane caduque et M. caduque
reflechie.   (G) Flockige Haut.
  Writer.  F. J. Moreau, Paris, 1814
(F).
  Dec"igramme (Pharm. &c.)  Deci-
gram'ma, from  ded'imus, ' the  tenth
part,'   and yquuua,  ' gramme.'  The
tenth  part of the. gramme  in weight:
equal to  a little less  than two grains,
French.  See Pondera.
  Decima'na  Fe'bris  (Path.)  from
de'cem,'  ten.'   An intermittent, whose
paroxysms return  every 10th  day or
every 9 days.   It is supposititious.
  Declama'tion (Phys.) Declama'tio.
The art  of  depicting the sentiments,
by  inflections of the voice, accompa-
nied  with gestures,  which render  the
meaning of the speaker more  evident,
and infuse into  the minds of the audi-
tors the  emotions with which he is im-
pressed.
  Declamation may become the cause
of disease: the modification, produced
in the pulmonary circulation,— accom-
panied with the great excitement, some-
times  experienced, — is  the  cause  of
many morbid affections: particularly of
pneumonia, haemoptysis, and apoplexy.
In moderation, it gives a healthy excite-
ment to the  frame.
  Writers  on the  diseases produced
by declamation.  G. ,W.  Wedel, Jenae,
1707 (L). J. H. Panring (on the diet
of public speakers), Regiom. 1707 (L).
M. Alberti, Hal. 1733 (L).  Another
work, Hal.  1739 (L).  J. E.  Heben-
streit (as a part of ancient gymnas-
tics),  Lips.  1752 (L).  E. H.  Wedel
(diseases of preachers), Frankf. and
Leipz. 1758 (G).  J. G. F. Franz (on
the regimen,  that  preachers  should
adopt), Leipz.  1769(G).  Fr. W. Ch. 
DECLINE
277
DECOCTION
Hcnnius (medical directions for actors
and singers),  Weimar, 1798(G).  G.
F. Ballhorn  (D. considered medically
and dietetically),  Hanover, 1802 (G).
  Decli'ne (Path.) Declina'tio, Incli-
na'tio, Decremen'tum, Remis'sio, naqa-
xui].. That period of a disorder or parox-
ysm,  at which the symptoms begin to
abate in violence. We speak, also, ofthe
decline of  life,  (F) Declin de  Vage,
L'age de diclin, when the physical and
moral faculties lose a little of their ac-
tivity and energy.
   (F) Diclin.  (G) Abnehmung.
   DECLIVE (F)  (Surg.) Decli'vis, from
de,' from,' and clivus,' declivity.'  In-
clining downwards.   This  epithet is
applied to the most depending part  of a
tumor or abscess.
   Dkcoc'tion (Pharm.) Decoc'tio, from
decoquere,  ' to boil': kiprpig,  atptxpig,
itua, Zema, Aphepse'ma, aiptxpijua, Ap'-
ozem, a.xoLtua, Epse'ma, iipijtu.  The
operation of boiling certain ingredients
in  a  fluid, for the purpose of  extract-
ing the parts  soluble  at that tempera-
ture.
   Decoction,  likewise, means  the pro-
duct of this  operation, to  which the
term decoclum has been applied accord-
ing to ancient custom, in order to avoid
any  confusion between the operation
and  its  product; — as  praparatio is
 used for  the  act of preparing; prapa-
ratum, for the thing prepared.
   Writer. N. Rosen von  Rosenstein,
 Upsal. 1746 (L).
  DECOC'TUM AL'OES COMPOS'ITUM,
 Bal'sam of Life, Com'pound Decoc'tion
of Al'oes. (Ext.glyc. $iv, potass, sub-
c«r&.9ij,aloes spicat. ext.: myrrha con-
trit.:  croci stigmat.  aa. 3j> aqua Jtjj.
Boil to § xij :  strain, and add tinct. card.
c.  § iv. Pharm. L.)  The  gum and ex-
tractive are dissolved in this  prepara-
tion.  The alkali is added  to take up a
 little of the resin.  The tincture pre-
 vents it  from spoiling.  It is  gently
 cathartic.   Dose, § ss to § ij.
   DE'COCTUM ALTHJE'AZ, D.Altha'a
 officina'lis;  Decoction  of Marsh-mal-
 lows.  (Rad.  althaa  sice. § iv, uvar.
passar.  § ij,  aqua fovij.  Boil to ifov.
 Pour off  the clear liquor.  Pharm. E.)
 It is used as a demulcent.
     (F) Decoction de Guimauve.
   DECOC'TUM AMA'RUM;  Bitter  De-
 coction.  (Rad. gent.  3j,  aqua ft>ijss ;
boil  for a  quarter of an hour:  add
species amara  3ij.  Infuse  for  two
hours and  filter, without expressing.
 Pharm. P.)  It is tonic.  Dose, § ss to
  DECOC'TUM ANTHEM1 IDIS NOB'-
ILIS,  D.  Chamame'li; Decoc'tion oj
Chum'omile.   (Flor.  anthemid.  nobil.
§j, sem.  carui  ^'\w,aqua fljv.  Boil
for  15 minutes,  and  strain.  Pharm.
E.)   It contains bitter extractive  and
essential oil, dissolved in water.  It is
used,  occasionally, as a vehicle for tonic
powders, pills, &c, and in fomentations
and glysters; but, for the last purpose,
warm water is equally efficacious.  The
Dublin College has a compound decoc-
tion.
  DECOC'TUM ARA'LIAZ  NUDICAU'-
LIS;  Decoc'tion of False Sarsaparil'la.
(Aralianudicaul. § vj, aqua ifoviij.  Di-
gest for four hours,  and then boil to 4
pints  : press out, and strain the  decoc-
tion.  Pharm. U. S.)  It is  used  as a
stomachic, but is an unnecessary and
laborious  preparation.
  DECOC'TUM  CAS'SIJE; Decoc'tion
of Cas'sia.  (Cassia  pulp.  § ij,  aqua
Jtjij.  Boil for a few minutes, filter
without expression, and add syrup, vio-
lar. §j,or manna pur. § ij. Pharm. P.)
It is a laxative, in the dose of § vj.
   DECOC'TUM  CINCHO'NJE,  Decoc'-
tum  Cincho'na lancifo'lia, D. Cor'ticis
 Cincho'na ; Decoction of Cincho'na, D.
of Bark.  Decoct um Kina Kina. (Cin-
chon. lancifol. cort. contus.  §j, aqua
 jjjj.  Boil for ten minutes, in a slightly
covered vessel, and  strain,  while hot.
 Pharm. L.)  It contains cinchonine and
resinous extractive, dissolved in water.
 Long coction  oxygenates  and precipi-
tates  the  extractive.  It can be given,
 where the powder does not sit easy, &c.
Dose, §j to § iv.  The Parisian Codex
has a
   DECOC'TUM  KPNJE  KFNJE  COM-
POS'ITUM ET LAX'ANS, Decoction de
quinquina composee et laxative ; Com'-
pound lax'utive decoc'tion nf Cincho'na.
 (Cort. cinchon. § j,aqua Jfcij.  Boil for
 a quarter of an hour, remove it from the
fire ;  then infuse in it for half an hour,
fol. senna, soda sulph. aa. 3 ij i  add
syrup, de senna § j.)  Its title indicates
its properties.
   DECOC'TUM COLOMBJE  COMPOS'-
ITUM;  Com'pound Decoc'tion  of Co-
lom'bo.   (Colomb. contus.  quassia,  aa,
 3ij,  cort. aurant.  3j, pulv.rhej.  £)j,
potassa   carbonat.   3 ss>  aqua  § xx.
 Boil  to  a pint,  and add tinct. lavand.
 § ss.  Pharm. U. S.)   Given as a tonic,
but not worthy of an officinal station.
   DECOC'TUM CYDO'NIJE,  Mucila'go
 Sem'inis  Cydo'nii Ma'li, M.  Sem'inum
 Cydonio'rum; Decoc'tion or  Mu'cilage
of Quince Seeds.  (Cydonia sem.  3ij, 
DECOCTION           278           DECOCTION
aqua Jbj.   Boil  for ten minutes, over
a gentle fire, and strain.   Pharm. L.)
It is merely a solution of mucilage in
water, and is used as a demulcent.
  DECOC'TUM DAPH'NES MEZE'REI,
Decoc'tum Meze'rei; Decoc'tion of Me-
ze'reon.  (Cort.  raid, daphn. mezerei,
§ ij, rad. glycyrrh. cont. § ss, aqua Jtjiij-
Boil over  a gentle fire to ftij,  and
strain.)  The acrimony of the mezereon
and  the saccharine mucilage  of the
liquorice root are imparted to the water.
It is somewhat stimulant, and has been
used in secondary syphilis, but is de-
Void of  power.   Dose, j§ iij to § vi.
  DECOC'TUM  DIGITA'LIS; Decoc'-
tion of Fox'glove.   (Fol.  digit,  succ.
3j, aqua  q. s. ut colentur  § viij.  Let
the liquor begin  to boil over a slow fire,
and  then  remove it.   Digest  for  15
minutes, and strain.  Pharm. D.)  It
possesses  the properties of the  plant.
Dose, 3ij to 3iij.
  DECOC'TUM  DULCAMA'RJE;  De-
coc'tion  of Woody Night'shade.  (Dul-
camara caul, concis. §j, aqua tjjiss.
Boil to Jfoj, and  strain.  L.)  This de-
coction  has been considered diuretic
and diaphoretic, and has been adminis-
tered extensively in skin  diseases.  It
is probably devoid of efficacy.
  DECOC'TUM  GEOFFRA?.'A?  INER'-
MIS; Decoc'tion of Cab'bage-Tree Bark.
(Cort.  geoffr.  inermis,  in pulv.  §j,
aqua Joij.   Boil over a  slow fire to a
pint, and  strain.  Pharm. E.)   It is
possessed  of anthelmintic,  purgative,
and narcotic properties, and has been
chiefly used for  the first of these pur-
poses.   Dose,  to children,  3 ij — *0
adults, § ss to § ij.
  DECOC'TUM  GUA'IACI COMPOS'I-
TUM, D.  Gua'iaci officina'lis compos'i-
tum, Decoc'tum Ligno'rum, D. de Guy-
a'co compos'ilum, D. sudorif'icum, D.
diaphoret'icum;  Com'pound Decoc'tion
of Gua'iacum, Decoc'tion of the Woods.
(Lign. guaiac. rasur. § iij, fruct. sice.
vitis vinifer. 5§ ij,  rad. lauri sassafr.
concis., rad. glycyrrh.  aa. §j, aqua
Jfcx.  Boil  the  guaiacum  and raisins
over a  slow fire to Jfov;  adding the
roots towards   the  end, then  strain.
Pharm. E.)  It is possessed of stimu-
lant properties,  and has been given in
syphilitic, cutaneous, and rheumatic
affections.  The resin of the guaiacum
is, however, insoluble in water, so that
the Guaiac wood in it cannot be  sup-
posed to  possess much, if any, effect.
The Parisian Codex has a  ,
   DECOC'TUM  DE GUYA'CO  COM-
 PQS'ITUM ET  PUR'GANS, (F) Decoc-
tion de Gayac Composee et purgative ;
Com'pound pur'e,ative  Decoc'tion  of
Gua'iacum.  (Lign. guaiac. rasp., rad.
sarsap. aa, §$, potass, carbonat. gr. xxv.
Macerate tor 12 hours, agitating occa-
sionally, in aqua  Jbiv, until  there re-
main jbiij. Then  infuse in it J'ol. sen-
na  3ij, rhaj.  5j> lign.  sassafr., gly-
cyrrh. rad. aa  3'ji sem- eoriandr. 3j-
Strain  gently, suffer  it to settle, and
pour oft" the clear  supernatant liquor.)
The title sufficiently indicates the prop-
erties ofthe composition.
  DECOC'TUM HOR'DEI, Decoc'tum
Hor'dei Dis'tichi, Tipsa'ria or Tapsa'-
ria, A'qua  Hordea'ta, Bar'ley Water,
Decoc'tion of Bar'ley.   (Hord. semin.
§ ii, aqua  Jtjivss.  Wash the barley
well, boil  for a few  minutes in aqua
Jfoss: strain this,  and throw it away,
and add the remainder,  boiling.  Boil
to Jtjij, and strain.   Pharm.  L.)   It is
nutritive and demulcent, and  is chiefly
used as a common  drink and  in glys-
ters.
     (F) Dicoction  d' Orge.
  DECOC'TUM HOR'DEI  COMPOS'I-
TUM,  Decoc'tum  pectora'li,  Ptisa'na
commu'nis ; Com'pound  Decoc'tion of
Barley.   (Decoct,  hord.  Itjij, carica
fruct. concis. § ij, glycyrrh. rad. concis.
et contus. § ss, uvarum  pass, demptis
acinis § ij, aqua Jfoj.  Boil to Jforj, and
strain.  Pharm. L.)   It  has  similar
properties to the last.
    (F) Decoction d' Orge composee.
   DECOC'TUM LICHE'NIS, Decoc'tum
Liche'nis Islan'dici; Decoc'tion of Liv'-
erwort. (Lichen §j,  aqua lt>iss.  Boil
to  a pint, and strain. Pharm. L.)  It
consists of  bitter extractive and fecula,
dissolved in water,  and its operation is
tonic  and  demulcent.   Dose,  5j  to
§ iv.  It  is also nutrient, but hardly
worthy ofthe  rank of an officinal pre-
paration.
  DECOC'TUM MAL'VAZ  COMPOS'I-
TUM,  Decoc'tum pro Enem'ate, De-
coc'tum commu'ne pro clyste're ;  Com'-
pound Decoc'tion of Mai'low.  (Malta
exsicc.  §j,  anthemid. flor. exsicc. §ss,
aqua  Jjjy.  Boil  for 15  minutes, and
strain.)  It consists of bitter extractive,
and mucilage  in water,  and is chiefly
used for clysters and fomentations.  It
is  unworthy  a place in  the  pharma-
copoeia.
   (F) Decoction de Mauve composee.
   DECOC'TUM PAPA0ERIS, Decoc'-
 tum pro  Fomen'to,  Fo'tus  commu'-
 Inis;  Decoc'tion  of Pop'py.   (Papav.
 somnif. capsul. concis. § iv, aqua ftiv.
 Boil for 15 minutes, and  strain. Pharm. 
DECOCTION            279           DECUBITUS
L.)  It contains the narcotic principle .
of the poppy, and mucilage in water :
is anodyne and emollient, and employ-
ed, as such, in fomentation, in painful
swellings, ulcers, &c.
  DECOC'TUM q,UER'CUS, D. Quer'-
cus Ro'boris ; Decoction of Oak Bark.
(Quercus cort. §j, aqua Jfeij.   Boil to
a pint,  and  strain.  Pharm. L.)  It is
astringent, and used as such, in injec-
tions,  in  leucorrhoea,  uterine hemor-
rhage, &c, as well as  in  the  form of
fomentation to unhealthy ulcers.
   DECOC'TUM SARSAPARIL'LM,  D.
Smil'acis  Sarsaparil'la; Decoc'tion of
Sarsaparil'la. (Sarsaparill. rad. concis.
5 iv, aq.  fervent  jtjiv.  Macerate  for
four hours,  near the fire, in  a lightly
covered vessel: then bruise the root;
macerate  again for  two hours; then
boil to ftjij, and strain.  Pharm. L.)   It
contains bitter extractive, and mucilage
in water;  is  demulcent, and has been
used, although it is doubtful with what
efficacy, in  the  sequela?  of  syphilis.
Dose, § iv to ttjss-
 DECOC'TUM SARSAFARIL'LJE COM-
POS'ITUM;  Com'pound Decoc'tion of
Sarsaparil'la.  (Decoct,  sarsap. fervent.
Hjiv, sassafras rad. concis.;  guaiac.
ign.ras.; glycyrrh. rad.  cont.  aa  §j,
mezerei rad.  3 iij-  Boil  15  minutes,
and  strain.   Pharm. L.)   This  is con-
sidered  to be  possessed of analogous
properties with the  celebrated  Lisbon
Diet-Drink,  Decoc'tum Lusitan'icum,
which it resembles in comopsition.
   (F) Dicoction de Salsapareille Com-
posee.
   Writers.  T. Leake (on the Lisbon
Diet Drink in the cure of syphilis, &c),
Lond. 1767.
  DECOC'TUM SCIL'LJE; Decoc'tion
of Squill.   (Scilla 3 iij, juniper § iv,
senega  snake  root  §iij,  water jtjiv.
Boil till one half the liquor is consumed,
strain, and  add spirit of nitrous ether
5iv.  Pharm. A.)   Dose, 3ss.
   DECOC'TUM SEN'EGA!, D. Polyg'-
ala  sen'ega;  Decoction  of  Sen'ega.
(Rad.  seneg. § i, aqua Ifeij-   Boil to
ftjj,  and strain.  Pharm. L.)  It is re-
puted  to  be  diuretic,  purgative,   and
stimulant, and has been given in drop-
sy, rheumatism, &c.)
   DECOC'TUM UL'MI,  D. Ul'mi Cam-
pes'tris; Decoc'tion  of Elm Bark. (UI-
mi cort. recent, cont. § iv, aqua ftiv.
Boil to tbij, and strain.  Pharm.  L.)
It is reputed to be diuretic;  and  has
been used in lepra and herpes;   but,
probably,  has no efficacy.  Dose,  § iv
to foss.
  DECOCTUM VERA'TRI, Decoc'tum
Helleb'ori al'bi;  Decoc'tion of White
Helleb'ore.    ( Veratri  rad.  cont.  X),
aqua  ftij, Spir.  red.  Jij.    Boil the
watery decoction  to  Jfej, and, when it
is cold, add the spirit.  Pharm. L.)   It
is stimulant,  acrid, and cathartic; but
is used only externally.  It  is a useful
wash in tinea capitis,psora, &c. Should
it excite intense pain, on being applied,
it must be diluted.
  DECOLLEMENT (F)  (Path., Surg.,
Obstet.)  Deglutina'tio, Reglutina'tio.
The state of an organ, that is separated
from  the surrounding  parts, owing  to
destruction of the cellular membrane,
which united them : the skin is decolUe,
i. e. separated from the subjacent parts
by a burn, subcutaneous abscess, &c.
  DECOLLEMENT DU PLACENTA is
the separation or detachment of the
whole or a  part  of the placenta from
the inner surface of the  uterus.  D6-
collement, from de,' from,' and collum,
' the neck,' obtruncatio, also, means the
separation of the head of the fetus from
the trunk, the latter remaining in the
uterus.
  Dkcolora'tion (Path.) Decolora'tio,
Discolora'tio, from de,' from,' and colo-
ra're, ' to color.'   Loss of the natural
color.
  DECOMPOSEE (F)  (Path.)  from de,
' from,' and compon'ere, ' to compose."
Decompo'sed, Dissolu'tus. An epithet,
applied to the face,  when extensively
changed  in  its expression and color;
as in the moribund.
  Decortication (Pharm.) from dey
' from,' and cor'tex,' bark.'  An opera-
tion, which consists  in separating the
bark from roots, stalks, &c.
    (G) Abrindung.
  Decos'tis (Path.) anXtvoog,  from dey
priv.,  and costa,'  a rib.' One who has
no ribs.
  Decrep'itude  (Phys.) Decrepitu'do,
JE'tas decrep'ita, Ul'tima  senec'tus,
from decrep'itus,  ' very old.'  The last
period of old age, and of human life j
which ordinarily occurs about  the 80th
year.   It may, however, be accelerated
or protracted.  Its character consists in
the progressive  series of phenomena,
which announce  the approaching ex-
tinction of life.
    (G) Abgelebtheit.
  Writer.  J. P. Delseriez (sur Vor-
ganisme des  viellards),  Paris,  an.  x«

    ecu'bitus (Phys.) from decum'bere,
' to lie down.'  Lying  down.   Assum-
ing the horizontal posture.  Ho'rA de- 
DECURTATUS         280         DEGENERATION
cu'bitus, ' at bed time.'   The French
say — Decubitus horizontal,  sur  le dos,
sur le coti, for, lying m  the horizontal
posture, on  the back or side.
    (F)  Coucher.
  Decurta'tus (Path.) usiovqog or uti-
ovqitwv, shortened, curtailed.   When
applied  to the pulse, it signifies,  a pro-
gressive diminution in the  strength of
the arterial  pulsations, which, at last,
cease.   If the pulsations  return and
gradually acquire all  their  strength, it
is called — Pulsus decurta'tus rccip'ro-
cus, fitiovoog TTuXivdqouviv.  Galen.
  Decussation  (Anat.)   Dccussa'tio,
Xiuouog, from decu'tio, ' 1 divide,' union
in the shape of an X or cross.  Anat-
omists use this term chiefly  in the case
of the nerves, — as for the decussa'tion
of the optic nerves, which' cross each oth-
er within the cranium.
    (G) Kreuzung.
  Writer.   S. T. Sommering  (D.  of
the optic nerves), Mainz, 1786, 8vo.
  Decusso'rium (Surg.)  from decu'tio,
' I depress.'  An instrument used, by
the ancients, for  depressing  the dura
mater, and facilitating the exit of sub-
stances, effused on that membrane.  It
is described by Scultetus, Pare, &c.
  Dedola'tion (Surg.) from dedola're,
1 to cut and hew with an  axe.'   This
word has  been  used by surgeons, to
express the action, by which a cutting
instrument divides, obliquely, any part
of the body and produces a wound with
loss of  substance.  It is commonly on
 the head,  that wounds  by dedolation
 are observed.   When there is a com-
plete separation of a portion of the bone
ofthe  cranium,  the  ancients called it
 Aposccparnis'mos.
  DEE'RINGorDAE'RING,CHARLES,
 MD. (Biogr.) A native of Saxony. He
practised some time in London, and af-
terwards at Nottingham; where he died
in great poverty in 1749.  Works. An
account of an improved method of treating
the small pox: in a letter to  Sir J. Par-
■kins, Bart.  Lond. 1737.  8vo.
  Defeca'tion (Phys.) Defeca'tio,hom
deandfa'ces, 'excrements.'  The  act,
by  which  the excrement is  extruded
from the body. Caca'tio.  In Pharmacy,
it means,  the  separation of any sub-
stance from a liquid in which it may be
suspended.   See Clarification.
  Defensi'vum (Therap.)  from defen'-
dere,' to defend.'  A preservative or de-
fence.   The  old surgeons gave this
name  to different local applications,
made to diseased parts, for the purpose
of guarding them from the impression j
 of extraneous bodies,  and particularly
 frcm the contact of air.
   Def'erf.ns (Anat.)  from def'cro,  ' I
 bear away,' ' I transport.'
   The  VAS  DEF'ERENS or  duc'tus
 deferens,    (F)  Conduit  spermatiquc,
 Conduit d.'frciit, is the excretory canal
 of the  sperm, which  arises from  the
 epididymis, describes numerous convo-
 lutions and with the vessels and nerves
 ofthe testicle concurs in the formation
 ofthe spermatic chord,  enters  the ab-
 dominal ring  and  terminates  in  the
 ejaculatory duct.
   (G) Ausfiihrende Gang.
   Df.flora'tion (Leg. Med.) Dcflora'-
 tio, Derirgina'tio, from deflorts'cere,' to
 shed its flowers.' The act of depriving
 a female of her  virginity.  Inspection
 of the  parts is the chief criterion of
 defloration  having been  forcibly ac-
 complished ; yet inquiry must be made
 whether the injury  may not have been
 caused by another  body than the male
 organ.   Recent  defloration is,  conse-
 quently, infinitely more  easy of detec-
 tion than where some time has elapsed.
   (G) E ntjungf er ung.
   Deflux'ion   (Path.)  Deflux'io,  De-
 jlux'us, xutaqqvoig, xaxaqqog, qtvuuxi-
 aiioc.  A falling down of humors from a
 superior to an inferior part. It is some-
 times used synonymously  with inflam-
 mation.
   Deforma'tion (Path.)  Dejormu'tio,
 Deform'itas, a disfigura'tion, deform'ity.
 Morbid alteration in  the form of some
 part of the body, as of the  head, pelvis,
 spine, &c.   A  deformity  may  be nat-
 ural or accidental.
   (F) DifformM. (G) U n  f 6 r m 1 i c h-
 keit,  U ngestaltheit.
   Writer.   T. Lafond, Paris,  1829
 (F).  L. I. Beale, Lond. 1830.
   Defru'tum (Pharm.)  tx^ijfta,  oiqaiov,
 vin  cuit, from defruta're, ' to boil new
 wine.'   Grape  must, boiled  down to
 one half  and used  as a sweetmeat.
 Plin. Coi.umf.ll.  Isidor.
   Degenera'tion  (Path.)  roStvnig, 10-
 dtia, from deg"ener,  'unlike one's .an-
 cestors.'  Degen'cracy, a change for the
 worse  in  the  intimate  composition of
 the  solids  or  fluids  of the body.  In
 Pathological   Anatomy,   degeneration
 means the  change  which  occurs in the
 structure of an organ, when transform-
 ed  into a matter,  essentially morbid;
 as a cancerous,  or tubercular, degenera-
 tion.
   Deginerescence is, by the French pa-
 thologists,employed synonymously with
| Degeneration, 
DEGLUTITION          281            DELIRIOUS
    (G)  Ausartung.
  Degluti'tion (Physiol.) Degluti'tio,
xaxa/ioaig, catap'osis,  from  degluti're,
' to swallow.'  The act, by which sub-
stances are passed  from  the  mouth
into the stomach, through the pharynx
and oesophagus.  It is one of a compli-
cated character, and requires the aid of
a considerable number of muscles.
  (G) Versehlucken,   Schlin-
gen.
  Writers.   J. Bocler, Argent. 1705
(L).   J. Ch. Spies, Helmst. 1727 (L).
A. F. Walther, Lips.  1737 (L).  Ch.
B. Albinus, Lugd. Bat. 1740 (L).  P. J.
Sandifort, Lugd. Bat. 1805 (L).
  Deg'mos (Path.) d>,yuog, Mor'sus; —
a bite in general,  from Saxvot, ' I bite.'
A gnawing sensation about the upper
orifice  of the  stomach,  which was
once attributed to the acrimony of the
liquids, contained in that viscus.
  Degree' (Mat. Med. Path.)  from De-
gri,  originally from  gra'dus,  xa'gig.
Galen used this expression to indicate
the  qualities  of  certain drugs.  Both
he and his school admitted cold,  icarm,
moist, and dry medicines, and four dif-
ferent degrees of each of those quali-
fies.  Thus, apium  was warm in the
first degree, agrimony in the  second,
roche alum in  the  third,  and  garlic
in  the fourth.  Bedegar was cold in
the first, the flower of the  pomegran-
ate in the second, the  sempcrcivum in
the  third, opium in the fourth,  &c.
The French use the term degri. to in-
dicate 1.  The intensity of an affection :
as  a burn  of the first, second, third
degrees, &c.  2. The particular stage of
arfincurable disease, as the third degree
of phthisis, cancer of the stomach, &c.
  Degusta'tion  (Phys.)  Degusta'tio,
from gusta're, ' to taste.'  The appreci-
ation of sapid qualities by the gustatory
organs.
   DEI'DIER, An'thony, M. P.  (Bi.
oor.)  Professor of medicine at Mont-
pellier, and a voluminous writer on al-
most every branch of medicine.  He
died at  Marseilles in 1746.    Works.
 Quastiones medico-chymico-pract'ica du-
odtcim.  Monspel.  1697.  Chymie rai-
sonnee, oh Von tdche de decoucrir la na-
ture  et  la maniere d'agir  des remtdes
chymiques les plus en usage en medecine
et  en chirurgie.  Lyons. 1715.  12mo.
Lcttrc  sur  la muladie  de  Marseille.
 Montp.   1721, 12mo.,  translated  into
 English. London. 1722. 8vo. Physiolo-
  fia tribus dissertationibus comprehensa.
  lonspel. 1708. 4to.  Dissertatio de mor-
 bis intcmis capitis ct tlwracis.  Mon-
spel.  1710.  8vo.  Diss,  de tumoribus,
Ibid.  1714.  8vo.  Institutiones medica
theoretical physiologiam et pathologiam
complectentes.  Monspel.  1716.  12mo.
Experiences  sur  la  bile  et les cadavres
des pestiferes.   Zurich.   1722.   4to.
Dissertatio   de  morbis  vencreis, A/c.
Monspel.  1723.  8vo.  Theoria morbo-
rum  internorum capitis, thoracis,  et
abdominis,   fyc.  Monspel.  1723.  8vo.
Dissert, de arthritide. Ibid.  1726. 8vo.
Lamatihremidicale. Paris. 1738. 12ino.
Anatomic  raisonn:e du  corps humain.
Paris.  1742.  8vo.   Consultations  ct
observations  midicinales.  Paris.   1754.
12mo.
  Dejec'tion (Phys.)  Dejec'tio,  Sub-
duc'tia, vnaytaytj, v.xoxo>q',oig.  The ex-
pulsion of  the  fieces.   Also, a fiscal
discharge: — generally, however, with
alvine prefixed,  as  an alvine Dejection,
Dejectio alvi'na.
  (G) Stuhlgang.
  Delete'rious (Hyg.)  Pernicio'sus,
dt]'/.r]Xiiqiog,  Mortiferus,  from 8i]Xsu>,  ' I
injure."  That, which destroys life im-
mediately, or produces disorder  in the
exercise and harmony of the functions.
  (G) Schadlich, Todt.
  Deliga'tion (Surg.)  Deliga'tio, deli-
gatu'ra,  Vul'ncrum  deliga'tio, Fascia'-
rum  Applicu'tio, Plaga'rum Vinctu'ra,
Fascia'tio, 1.1 iSnaig, from de and ligo, 'I
tie.'  The  deligation of  wounds form-
erly embraced the application of appa-
ratus, dressings, &c. — the denomina-
tion Deliga'tor Plaga'rum being  synon-
ymous with Midicus Vulnera'rius, and
in  derivation, with  the Wundarzt
or surgeon, of the  Germans.  Deliga-
tion  is hardly  ever used  now  as  an
English word.   In France it is  confin-
ed to the regular and methodical appli-
cation of bandages.   (G) V e r b a n d.
  Deliques'cent (Chem. Pharm.) from
de  and liquescere,  ' to melt,' ' to dis-
solve.' Any salt, which becomes liquid
by attracting moisture from the  air.
  The deliquescent salts require  to be
kept in bottles, well stopped.  The mu-
riate of lime, the acetate of potass, and
subcarbonate of potass are instances of
such salts.  The ancient chemists ex-
pressed the condition of a body, which
had  become liquid in this  manner, by
the  word Deliquium.
   (G) Ze if lies send.
   Delir'ious (Path.) Deli'rans,  Excer-
 ebra'tus,  Allochoos, aXXoxoog, alie'nus,
 raving.  One who is in a state of delir-
 ium.  That which is attended  by de-
 lirium.
I   The French use the term Fievreper- 
DELIRIUM            282            DELTOID
nicieuse dilira.nte for a  febrile intermit-
tent, in which delirium is the predom-
inant symptom.
  (F) Delirant.
  Delir'ium (Path.) from  de,  ' from,'
and H'ra, '  a ridge between two  fur-
rows';  nuqaipqoovvi], naqaxont], ipqtvi-
xtg,Desipien'tia, Para.phros'yne,Emo'tio,
Leros, Xrtqog. Straying from the rules of
reason,  wandering of the mind ;  naqa-
voia,  Paranaa,  Alloph'asis.  Hippoc-
rates  used the  word fiavia, mania,
for the  delirium  sine  febre,  and  the
Greek  words given above  for the de-
lirium cum febre.   In different authors,
also, we find the words naqaipoqa, na-
qa<poqoxi]g,  TtaqaipqerijOig,  naqatpqtvta,
ipqevijOtg,  ipqtvtxiaaig, &c,  expressing
different kinds of delirium.  Delirium
is usually symptomatic.
  (F) Delire, Egarement d'esprit,  &ic.
Transport.  (G) Irrwahn.
  Writers. H.  Teichmeyer,  Jena?,
1733  (L).   A.  E. Buchner,  (various
Essays  on D.), Hal. 1756 to 1765  (L).
Doering, Marburg 1790 (L).
  DELIR'IUM  TRE'MENS (Path.) Ma'-
nia e Potu. A state of delirium and agi-
tation,  peculiar to those addicted to
spirituous liquors.  It  is preceded by
indisposition, lassitude, watchfulness,
headache, and  anorexia, the delirium
and tremors most commonly recurring
in paroxysms, with redness and heat of
the face. These are the most characteris-
tic symptoms.   It frequently yields to a
treatment, which is adapted to allay
the  irritability of  the nervous system  ;
but to  the  inveterate  drunkard com-
monly proves fatal.
  Writers.  T.  Sutton, Lond. 8vo.
1813.  P. Bayer, Paris, 1819 (F).   J.
G.  Lind, Hafn.  1822  (L).    B.  H.
Coates, Philad.  1827.   John Ware,
Boston,  1830.
  DELIVRANCE   (F.)   (Obstet.)   An
expression,  which, in  common  lan-
guage, signifies the action of  deliver-
ing, libera'tio, but, in the practice of ob-
stetrics,  means the  extrusion of the
secundines,  either spontaneously or by
the  efforts of art.   This completion of
delivery —par'tus  secunda'rius, secun-
dina'rum expul'sio vel  extrac'tio, is pro-
duced by the same  laws as the expul-
sion of  the foetus.   Sometimes,  the
after-birth follows  the  child immedi-
diately; at others, it is  retained;  and
requires manual interference to remove
it.  The following  are the chief cases
in  which   this  becomes  necessary.
1. Intimate  adhesion between  the  pla-
centa  and  parietes of the  uterus.
 2. Spasmodic contraction of the orifice
 ofthe uterus. 3. Hour-glass contraction.
 4. Torpor or hemorrhage  after the ex-
 pulsion  of the child, and,  5. Inser-
 tion of the placenta at the orifice of the
 uterus.
   Writers on the Retention  and Ex-
 traction  of the Placenta, fyc.   J. H.
 Pauli, Hafn.  1657 (L).  J. A. Fride-
 rici, Jena?, 1671 (L).  M.  Hurte, Al-
 torf.  1672 (L).   M.  E.  Ettmuller,
 Lips. 1710 (L). Ch. P. LEpoRiN,Qued-
 linbourg  (G).   J. V. Hartkrampft,
 Lips.  1735 (L).  M.  Alberti,  Hal.
 1743 (L).  A.  E.  Buchner,  Hal.  1757
 (L).  J.  Ch.  Gehler, Lips.  1765-7
 (L).  J. Ch. Sommer,  Brunswick, 1768
 (G).   J.  Chr. Brand (Placenta over
 os uteri), Lugd. Bat. 1770 (L).   J. M.
 jEpli, Zurich, 1776  (G).   J.  Ch. A.
 Mayer, Francf.  ad Viadr. 1786  (L).
 P. E.  Koch,  Bruxelles, 1796 (F).  J.
 Van der Haar, Amsterdam 1797  (D).
 J. H. Oberteuffer,  Jenae,  1798 (L).
 J. Fr. Randhan, Leucopetr. 1800 (L).
 J. H.  Wigand,  Hamburg, 1801  (G).
 Another work 1803 (G).   J. G. Lan-
 germann, Hof, 1803 (G).
  Delphin'ium Consol'ida (Mat. Med.)
 Calcitrap'pa,  Consol'ida  Rega'lis, the
 branch'ing Lark'spur.   It has been  em-
 ployed as  a  vermifuge.  The  flowers
 have been used in ophthalmia,  and the
 seeds have the same property as those
 ofthe Stavesacre.
  (F) Pied d'alouette des champs.
  (G) Rittersporn.
  DELPHIN'IUM STAPHISA'GRIA.  The
 systematic name of the Utaves'acre, Sta-
phisa'gria, Phtheiroc'tonum,  Phthei'ri-
 iiiii, Sta'phis, Pcdicula'ria, oxaipic ayqta,
 dtXiftviui, Ai'Lirras.  The seeds  have a
 disagreeable smell; a  nauseous, bitter-
 ish, hot taste ; and are cathartic, emetic,
 and  vermifuge;  owing, however, to
 the violence of their  operation,  they
 are seldom given internally,  and are
 chiefly  used in  powder,  mixed  with
 hair powder, to destroy lice.
  (F)  Staphisaigre,  Hrrbc  aux Poux,
 Duuphinclle.    (G) Lausesaamen-
 kraut,  S tephanskrau t.
  The active principle of this plant has
 been separated and received the name,
 Delphinine.  It is extremely acrid and
 not converted to any useful purpose.
  Del'toid (Anat.)  Dcltoi'dcs, Delti-
form'is, from the  Greek capital A, St?.-
 xa, and tiSog, resemblance.  Sous-aero-
 mio-clavi-humcral of Dumas — sus-acro-
 mio-hume'ral of Chaussier.  A trian-
 gular muscle,  forming the fleshy  part
 of  the  shoulder,  and covering  the 
DEM EL MUCA
283          DEMULCENTS
 ■houlder joint.  It extends  from the
 outer  third of the clavicle, from the
 acromion and spine of the scapula, to
 near the middle  and outer part of the
 os  humeri,  where  it is inserted  by
 means of a strong tendon.  This mus-
 cle raises  the  arm  directly  upwards,
 when the shoulder is  fixed, and carries
 it anteriorly or posteriorly,  according
 to the  direction ofthe fibres,  which are
 thrown into action.   If the arm is ren-
 dered  immovable  the deltoid acts  in-
 versely and depresses the shoulder.
  Dem el  Muca (Path.)  A name given
 by  Prosper Alpinus  to  a cerebral dis-
 ease, which he says is proper to Egypt.
 He considers it to be inflammation of
 the brain ; but others describe it as a
 pernicious  intermittent.
  Demen'tia  (Path.) Amen'tia, Fatu'-
 itas, Paranoia, avota, Ttaqavoia,  from
 de, ' from,' or  ' out of,'  and mens,
 ' mind,' or  ' reason.'  In  common par-
 lance,  and even  in legal   language,
 this word is synonymous with insanity.
 Physicians, however, have  applied it
 to those cases of unsound mind, which
 are characteiized by a total loss of the
 faculty of thought, or by  such an imbe-
 cility of intellect, that the ideas are ex-
 tremely incoherent; there being at the
 same time, a total loss of the power of
 reasoning.  Mania and melancholia are
 apt to  end  in this, if possible, more de-
 plorable state.  Dotage is the Dementia
 of  the  aged — Mo'ria demens  lere'ma,
 Lere'ma, X.r,qrlua, Anil'itas.
  (F) Dimence, Betisc. (G)Aberwitz.
  Writers.  E. Camerarius, Tubing,
 1730 (L)   Ch. Thomasius, Hal. 1732.
  Demonoma'nia  (Path.) Damonoma'-
 nia, Suiuovouaviu, from Satfitov,' demon,'
 a spirit of good  or  evil,  and uavta,
 1 madness.'  A  variety of madness, in
 which  the  person conceives  himself
 possessed of devils, and  is in  contin-
 ual dread of malignant spirits, the pains
 of hell, &c.
  Writers.  The works on this sub-
ject are, beyond  measure,  numerous
 and marvellous;  and the exorcisms,
 incantations, &.c. used for the purpose
 of expelling them, are too degrading to
 the human intellect to bear reflection.
 The following  are some of  the chief
 writers.
  J. Wier.  (He  was imprisoned  by
 the inquisition for asserting that many
of  these cases  were  hypochondriasis,
 &c.) Basil, 1556  (L).   J. M. Dura-
 stante, Venet. 1567 (L).  A. Cssal-
pini, Florent. 1580  (L).  J.  Bodin,
Paris,  1580 (F).   J. Mengo,  Bonon.
1584 (L).   J. Pistor, Laving. 1601
(L).   P. Thyree, Lugdun. 1626 (L).
J. Dorsch, Vittemb. 1688 (L).   E. F.
Henckel,  Francf. et Lips. 1689 (L).
G.  Ch. Schelhammer,  Kilon.  1704
(L). J. G. Westphal, Lips. 1707 (L).
G.  Detharding, Rostoch. 1724 (L).
M. Alberti, Hal. 1725.  J. M. Witt,
Erford. 1739  (L).   Ch.  L. Richard,
Paris, 1746 (F).  J. F. Ruebf.l, Niirn-
berg,  1751-53 (G).    Another work,
1758.   F. W. Dresde,  Lips. 1763 (L).
E.  A.  Papius, Wurzburg, 1769 (L).
Ch. G. Gruner, Jenae, 1774 (L).   D.
Claparede, Genev. 1777 (L).   E. G.
Baldinger, Gotting. 1778 (L).  J. E.
Pohl, Lips. 1788 (L).
  Dem'onstrator (Med.) from demon-
strate, ' to show '; ' exhibit.' One who
exhibits.
  DEM'ONSTRATOR OF ANAT'OMY,
one who  exhibits the parts of the hu-
man body.  A teacher of practical anat-
omy.
  Demoti'vus Lap'sus (Path.) Repen-
ti'na mors, from demove're,' to move off,'
' remove,'  and lap'sus,  ' a fall.'  Sud-
den death.
 DEMOURS, Peter (Biog.) AFrench
physician,  of some  eminence ;  the
translator   of several  useful  English
works into his own  tongue ; was born
in 1702,  and died in 1795.  The only
original essay, which  he published, so
far  as  we know, is entitled — ' Lettre
a M. Petit,  en reponse  a  sa critique
d'un rapport  sur  une  maladie de Vail
survenue apres I 'inoculation de la petite
verole,  contcnant de nouvelles  observa-
tions sur la structure de Vail ct quelques
remarques generaJ.es de pratique, rela-
tives aux maladies de  cet organe. Paris,
1767. 8vo.
  Demul'cents (Mat. Med.)  Demulcen'-
lia, from demulce're,' to soothe,' ' to as-
suage.'  Medicines, supposed to be ca-
pable of correcting certain acrid condi-
tions  imagined  to exist in  the hu-
mors.  Substances  of a  mucilaginous
or  saccharine  nature  belong to this
class.  Demulcents may act directly on
the parts with which they come in con-
tact ; but, in cases of catarrh, their ef-
fect is produced by contiguous sympa-
thy ; — the  top or  the larynx being
soothed by them first,  and indirectly
the inflamed portion of the air passa-
ges. In diseases of the urinary organs
they have no advantage over simple
diluents.   See Diluents.
  (F) Adoucissant.   (G) Lindern-
des-Mittel,  Besanftigungs-
mi ttel. 
DEMUSCULATUS        284
DENTAL
   Writers.    G.  W.  Wedel,  Jen.
 1694  (L).   J. A.  Murray,  Gotting.
 1779 (L).
   Demuscula'tus (Path.) auvov.  Ema-
 ciated, devoid of flesh.
    g") Dicharne.
    ena'rius ; a Roman coin, equal  in
 value to about 10 cents or  8 pence
 English.  It was marked  with the let-
 ter X to signify 10 asses.  Also the 7th
 part ofthe Roman ounce.
   Deng'ue  (Path.)  Dingec,  Danga,
 Dandy,  Bouquet and Bucket Fever.  A
 disease, which appeared,  in  the  years
 1827 and l^s, in the West Indies and
 in the Southern States of North Amer-
 ica.  It  was  extremely  violent in its
 symptoms, but not often fatal.  It usu-
 ally commenced with great  languor,
 chilliness, and pain in the tendons about
 the smaller joints.   To these symptoms
 succeeded burning heat and redness of
 the skin, pains  in the muscles of the
 limbs or in the forehead, with vomiting
 or  nausea. s The  fever continued for
 one, two, or three days and usually ter-
 minated by copious perspiration.   In
 different places, it put on  different ap-
 pearances ; i>ut seems in all to have
 been a singular variety  of rheumatic
 fever.   The usual  antiphlogistic treat-
 ment was adopted and successfully.
    Deniach,   Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  D. is a village in Swabia,
 at  the entrance of  the Black Forest.
 The waters contain carbonic acid, car-
 bonate of iron, carbonate of lime, sul-
 phate of magnesia,  and  subcarbonate
 of soda.
   Denigra'tio (Path.) from denigra're,
 ' to become black.'  The act of becom-
 ing black, as in cases of  sphacelus,
 sugillation, &c.
  (G) das  Schwarzwerden.
  DEN'MAN, Thomas, M.D. (Biogr.)
 A  celebrated  obstetrical  practitioner
 and writer; born at Bakewell, in Der-
 byshire, in  1733 ; died in 1815. Works.
 Essays  on  the puerperal fever  and on
puerperal convulsions.  London. 1768.
 8vo.  Aphorisms on the application and
 use of the forceps in preternatural labors
 and in labors attended with hemorrhage,
 Londl 17p6. 8vo. and 12mo.  An  essay
 on  uterine  hemorrhages, depending on
 pregnancy  and  parturition.   London.
 1786. 8vo.   An essay on preternatural
 labors. 1786. 8vo.  An essay on natural
 labors. Lond. 1786.  8vo.  Introduction
 to  the practice of midwifery.  Part. 1.
 Lond. 1787.  8vo.  Vol. i.  Lond. 1789.
 8vo.  Vol. ii.  1795.  8vo.  Collection of
 engravings, tending  to  illustrate  the
generation and parturition of  animals
and of the human species.  Lond.  1787.
fol.   Two plates oj a ruptured and in-
verted uterus.  Lond.  1788.  4to.  En-
gravings  of two uterine polypi.  1801.
fol.   Observations on the rupture of tlie
uterus, on the snuffles in infants, and on
mania lactea.  Lond. 1809. 8v.   Obser-
vations  on  the cure of cancer.  Lond.
1810.  8vo.
  Den'tagra (Surg.)  Den'ticeps, Den-
tar'paga, Dentidu'cum, Denta'lis for'fex,
For'fex  denta'ria, oSovxayqa,  odovxayw-
yov, from  dens, ' a tooth,'  and ayqu, ' a
seizure.'  A tooth-forceps, chiefly used
for  the extraction of the canine and in-
cisor  teeth  and  small  molares, when
loose.
  (F) Davier.  (G) Zahnzange.
  Den'tal  (Anat.)  Denta'lis,  Denta'-
rius, from dens, ' a tooth.'  That, which
concerns the teeth.
  (G) Zahn  (in composition.)
  The DEN'TAL  AR'TERIES are those
arteries, which nourish the teeth. They
proceed from several  sources.  The
teeth  of the upper jaw, e. g.,  receive
their arteries from the infru-orbitar and
superior alveolar,— themselves branches
of the internal maxillary.  The  teeth of
the  lower jaw receive  their  branches
from the inferior dental or  inferior max-
illary, which is given off  by  the inter-
nal  maxillary and runs  through the
dental canal,  issuing  at  the  mental
foramen, after having given numerous
ramifications to the teeth and jaw.
  The DEN'TAL  VEINS have a similar
distribution  with the arteries.
  The PEN'TAL  ARCH'ES.  (F) Arca-
des  dcntaires are the arches, formed by
the  range of alveoli in each jaw.
  DEN'TAL CAV'ITY.  (F) Cavite den-
taire,  a cavity in the interior of the
teeth, in which is situated the dental pulp.
  DEN'TAL  CANALS'. (F)  Conduits
dentaircs, Max'illary canals.  The bony
canals, through which the vessels and
nerves pass  to the interior ofthe teeth.
  DEN'TAL  CAR'TILAGE,  Cartila'go
denta'lis.  The cartilaginous  elevation,
divided by slight fissures,  on  the biting
margins ofthe gums in infants, prior to
dentition.   It is a substitute  for the
teeth.
  DEN'TAL FOL'LICLE.   (F) Folli-
cule dentaire.  A  membranous  follicle,
formed  of a double lamina  in which
the teeth  are contained before they
issue  from the alveoli, and which, con-
sequently, aids in the  formation of the
alveolo-dental periosteum, and of the
m"nbrane    at envelopes the pulp of 
DENTALIUM          285            DENTITION
 the  teeth.   The  dental  follicles  are
 lodged in the substance ofthe jaws.
  DEN'TAL  GAN'GRENE (Path.) Gan'-
 grene or car'ies  of the teeth.   See
 Caries.
   DEN'TAL NERVES.  (F) Nerfs den-
 taires. Nerves which pass to the teeth.
 Those of the upper incisors and canine
 are furnished by the infra-orbitar nerve,
 a branch ofthe superior maxillary ; and
 those of the molares by the trunk of the
 same nerve.  The teeth of the lower
 jaw receive their nerves  from the in-
 ferior maxillary, which, as well  as the
 superior maxillary,  arises from the 5th
 pair.
   DEN'TAL PULP. (F)  Pulpe dentaire.
 A pultaceous substance,  of a reddish
 gray color, very  soft  and  sensible,
 which fills the  cavity of the teeth.   It
 is well supplied with capillary vessels.
   Denta'lium  (Mat. Med.) from dens,
 ' a tooth,' the dog-like tooth shell.   A
 genus of shells in the shape of a tooth.
 They  formerly  entered  into several
 pharmaceutical preparations, but were
 useless ingredients ;  consisting — like
 shells in general — of carbonate of lime
 and gelatine.
  Denticula'tum (Ligamen'tum) (Anat-
 omy) diminutive  of dens, ' a tooth.'
 A slender  cord, situated between  the
 anterior  and posterior fasciculi of the
 spinal nerves,  and between the tunica
 arachnoidea and pia mater.  It is at-
 tached to  the  dura mater, where that
 membrane  issues  from  the  cranium,
 and accompanies the spinal marrow to
 its inferior extremity.   It sends  off,
 From its  outer edge, about 20 slender
 processes, in the form of denticuli, each
 of which is fixed by minute fibres to the
 dura mater in the interstices of the fas-
 ciculi.
   DENTIER (F) (Surg.) from dens,' a
 tooth.'  A set or row of teeth, mounted
 on metal or ivory, to be adjusted to the
 alveolar  margin.   Dentiers  are simple
 or double.   To the latter the name Rd-
 teliers is given, i. e. to the full set.
     (G)  Zahnreihe.
   Den'tiform (Anat.)    Dcntiform'is,
 from dens,  ' a tooth,'  and  for'ma,
 ' form.'   Resembling a tooth in shape.
  Den'tikrice (Pharm.) Dcntifri"cium,
 tooth powder, odontotrim'ma, odovxoxqip-
pa, from dens,' a tooth,' and/ro'ca're,' to
rub '; odovxoauijyua, a  name,  given to
different powders and pastes proper for
cleansing the enamel of the teeth, and
removing the tartar, covering them.
Powdered  bark, and charcoal,  united
to any acidulous salt — as cream of tar-
tar — forms one of the most common
dentifrices.
   The POUDRE  DENTIFRICE of the
Parisian Codex is composed of Bole Ar-
meniac, red coral [prepared], and cuttle-
fish bones, aa, 5yj, dragon's blood  3 iij,
cochineal 3j, cream of tartar $ix, cin-
namon f)ij,  cloves, gr.  xii, well mixed.
   The Electuaire ou Opiat  Denti-
frice, of the Codex, consists of  coral
 3 iv, cuttle-fish  bones and cinnamon aa
 3 ij, cochineal  3ss, honey 3x, alum,
gr. iv or v.                      .
   Charcoal, finely powdered and mixed
with chalk, forms as good a dentifrice
as any.
   (G)  Zahnmittel, Zahnpulver.
   Dentiscal'pium  (Surg.)  from  dens,
' a tooth,' andscal'pere,' to scrape,' odov-
xoyXvtpov, odontogly'phum.  This  word
has been applied to the  instrument used
for'scaling the  teeth, as well as to the
tooth-pick,  (F)  Cure-dent,  (G)Zahn-
s t o c h e r ; and to the gum lancet — the
dechaussoir of the French.
   Dent'ist (Surg.)  Denta'rius,  taxqog
oSovxixog (Galen.)  One, who devotes
himself to the study of the  diseases of
the teeth, and their treatment.
    (G)  Zahnarzt.
   Den'tistry (Surg.)  Dcn'tal Sur'gery,
Odontotech'ny.  The art of the dentist.
   Writers on dental surgery (See also
Teeth.)  A. Bodenstein, Francf. 1576
(G).   Fleurimon,  Paris,  1682  (F).
P. Fauchard, Paris, 1728 (F).  J. La-
vani, Florence, 1740 (I).  A. A. Brun-
ner, Vienna, 1766 (G).  J.  G.  Pasch,
Vienna,  1767 (G).  H. G. Courtois,
Paris,  1775 (F).  Campani, Florence,
1789 (I).  Mahon, Paris, An. vi.  Tous-
salnt  Martet, Paris, An. xi.  (F).
Jourdan  et  Maggiolo, Nancy, 1807
(F).  Audibran-Chambly, Paris, 1808
(F).    L.  Laforgue,  Paris, 1810 (F).
Lemaire, Paris, 1811 (F).  Serre, Ber-
lin, 1813 (G).   L.  S.  Parmly, Lond.
1818.  C. F. Delabarre,  Paris, 1816
(F).    S. H.  Fitch,  N.  Tfork,  1829.
L. Kocker, Lond. 1826.
   Denti'tion  (Physiol.)   DentV'tio,
Odontophu'ia,   oSovxoipvia,   teeth'ing,
odonti'asis, from  denti're,  ' to  breed
teeth.'  The exit ofthe teeth from the
alveoli and gums ; or rather, the phe-
nomena which  characterize  the differ-
ent  periods of their  existence.  The
germs  of the first teeth, den'tes lac'tei or
milkteeth, (F) dents delait,&re visible in
the foetus about the end of the  second
month;  and they  begin to  be ossified
from the end ofthe third to that of the
sixth month.  At birth, the  corona of 
DENTITION           286          DEPILATORY
 the incisors is  formed,  but that of the
 canine is not completed; and the tuber-
 cles of the molares are not yet all unit-
 ed.   Gradually,  the  fang becomes de-
 veloped ; and  at atput 6 or 8 months
 begins,  what is  commonly called, the
 first denti'tion,  Odon'tia dentitio'nis lac-
 tan'tium.  The two middle incisors of
 the lower jaw  commonly appear first;
 and, some time afterwards, those ofthe
 upper jaw ; afterwards, the two lateral
 incisors of the lower jaw; and  then,
 those of the upper :  the canine  or eye
 teeth, at first,  those of the lower  and,
 afterwards, those ofthe upper jaw next
 appear ;  and, subsequently and succes-
 sively, the 8  first molares —4 above
 and 4 below,  2  on  each  side.   The
 whole number of the  pri'mary, tem'-
porary, decid'uous (den'tes tempora'rii),
 shed'ding,  or  milk teeth, (F) Dents de
 lait, (G) Mi 1 c h z ;i h n e, is now 20.
  The sec'ond denti"tion or shed'ding of
 the teeth,  odon'tia dentitio'nis pueri'lis,
 begins about the  age of 6 or 7.  The
 germs  or  membranous   follicles  of
 these second teeth — to the number of
 32 — as well as  the  rudiments of  the
 teeth themselves, are visible, even in
 the foetus, with the exception of those
 ofthe small molares, which do not ap-
 pear till after birth.  They are contain-
6u in alveoli of the same shape as those
 of the first dentition.   Their ossifica-
 tion commences  at from 3 to 6 months
after  birth, in the incisors  and first
great molares;  at 8 or nine months in
the canine ; about 3 years, in the small
molares ;  3£ in the second great mola-
ris, and about 10 years in the last.   As
the alveolus of a new  tooth becomes
gradually augmented, the septum be-
tween it and that of the corresponding
milk tooth is absorbed, and disappears.
The root of the milk  tooth is likewise
absorbed  ; its corona becomes loose and
falls out, and  all the first teeth  are
gradually replaced by  the permanent
teeth,  Den'tes  serot'ini.    This second
dentition  becomes necessary in conse-
quence of the  increased size  of the
jaws.   The new teeth have neither the
same direction nor the  same shape as
the old;  and they are more numerous;
amounting, till  the age of 25 (sooner
or later), to  28.   About this period, a
small molaris appears at the extremity
 of each jaw, which is called the Dens
sapien'tia or wisdom tooth, Dens serot'i-
nus  (F)  Arrie're-dent, Dent de sagesse.
 (G) Weisheitszahn, making the
whole number of permanent teeth  32.
During the period of  dentition, i. e. of
 the first dentition, the infant is espe-
 cially liable to disease.  The irritation,
 produced by the pressure of the  tooth
 on the superincumbent gum, sometimes
 occasioning pyrexia, convulsions, diar-
 rhoea, &c, which symptoms are often
 strikingly relieved by a free division
 of the distended gum.  This disordered
 condition  is  called teething,  Odon'tia
 dentitio'nis, Odonti'asis, Odontalgia den-
 titio'nis, Odaxis'mus, Zi'ras.
     (G) Zahnen.
   Writers.  J. A. Ungebaur, (second
 D.) Lips.  1738 (L).     Hebenstreit
 (do.)  Lips. 1738 (L).   Joseph Hur-
 lock, Lond. 1742.  J. Juncker (diffi-
 cult D.) Hal.  1745 (L).   S. Aurivil-
 lius (do.) Upsal, 1757 (L).   Jourdain,
 Paris, 1766 (F).   A. Brun (diseases of
 D.)  Paris,  1767 (L).    J.  Ch. Pohl,
 (difficult D.)  Lips.  1776 (L).   J. S. T.
 Gehler  (third  D.)  Lips.   1786  (L).
 Kulenkamp (difficult  D.) Harderovic.
 1788 (L).   J. H. Andree,  ) ips.  1790
 (L).   C.  B.   Wagner  (difficult D.)
 Jenae, 1798 (L).   Ch. F.  Ludwig,
 Lips.  1800  (L).   Rubicki, Regiom.
 1803 (L).  J. Grousset (first D.) Paris,
 1803 (F). ^ M.  A.  Rosset,  1804 (F).
 Fr.  Caigne, Paris, 1805 (F).   Baumes,
 Paris,  1805(F).  A. Auvity, Paris, 1812
 (F).   L.  Laforgue, Paris,  1809 (F).
 C. J.  Delabarre (second D.), Paris,
 1819 and 1826 (F).
   DENTURE (F) (Phys.) A set of teeth.
 Belle, bonne, mauvaise, artificielle dent'
 ure ; a beautiful, good, bad, artificial set
 of teeth.
   Denuda'tion  (Surg.)  Dermda'tia,
 yv/j.vwaig, from denuda're,' to lay bare.'
 Condition of a part, deprived of its nat-
 ural coverings, whether by wounds,
 gangrene, or abscess. It is particularly
 applied to  the bones,  when  deprived
 of their periosteum.
     (G) Entblossung.
   Deob'struents (Mat.  Med.)   Deob-
struen'tia,  Dephrac'tica,  Deoppilan'tia,
 Deoppilati'va, from de and  obstru'ere,' to
 obstruct.'   Medicines,  given with the
 view of removing any obstruction.  The
 word corresponds to aperient, in its gen-
 eral, not in its particular, sense.
   (F)  Desobstruant, Desobstructif, De-
 sopilatif, D6sopilant.
   Depila'tion (Hyg. Therap.) Depila'-
 tio, Dropacis'mus,(iaSiaig, ua8rtoig, xpiXa-
 oig, from de and pi'lus,' hair.'  Loss of
 hair, either spontaneously or by art.
     (G) Enthaarung.
   Depil'atory  (Mat. Med.)  Depilato'-
 rium,  Dro'pax,  dqonai,  Psilo'thron,
 Ectillot'icus, txxiXXonixog, EpiUUo'riumt 
DEPLUMATIO          287           DERIVATION
\fuXo>&Qov. Any thing, which causes the
loss ofthe hair.  Depilatories are, usu-
ally, caustic  applications,  in  which
quicklime, or some other alkaline sub-
stance, sulphuret of iron, &c, enters.
COLLEY'S  DEPILATORY  seems  to
consist of quicklime and  a  portion of
sulphuret of potass.  A pitch plaster is
sometimes used as a depilatory.  It, of
course, pulls the hair out by the roots.
  (F) Dipilatoire, Depilatif.
  (G) Enthaarungsmittel.
  Depluma'tio  (Path.) nxiXwaig, from
deplu'mis,  ' without feathers.'   A dis-
ease of the  eyelids,  in which  they are
swollen, and the eyelashes fall out.
  Deprava'tion (Path.)  Deprava'tio,
from pra'vus, ' bad.'  Perversion, cor-
ruption ; as the depravation ofthe taste,
&c.
  (G)  Verderbth e i t,  Zerriit-
tung.
  Depression (Anat.  & Surg.)  De-
pres'sio, from depri'mere, ' to depress';
tatpXaotg.  In  Anatomy, it  means  an
excavation, hollow, or fossa. In Surgery,
it is applied to a  fracture of the cra-
nium, in which the portions of fractured
bone  are  forced  inwards;  (F) Sub-
grondation, Entablement; called, also,
Camp'sis Depres'sio,  Thla'sis Depres'-
sio.  Depression also means Couching.
See Cataract.
  Depres'sor (Anat.)  Same etymon.
Several muscles have been so termed,
because they depress the parts on which
they act.
  (F) Abaisseur.   (G) Niederziefa-
musk el.
  DEPRES'SOR A'LJE  NA'SI, D. la'bii
superio'ris  a'laque na'si,   Incisi'vus
me'dius,  Myrtifor'mis, Depres'sor La'-
bii superio'ris pro'prius, Constricto'res
ala'rum na'si ac depresso'res la'bii [su-
perio'ris— Maxillo-alveoli-nasal, — part
of the labialis, (Ch.)  It arises from the
superior maxillary bone, immediately
above  the junction of the  gums with
the two  incisor and canine  teeth; and
passes upwards to be inserted into the
upper lip and root ofthe ala nasi, which
it pulls downwards.
     (F)  Abaisseur de Vaile du nez.
   DEPRES'SOR AN*GULI O'RIS,  Tri-
angula'ris,  Depres'sor labio'rum com-
mu'nis,  Depres'sor labio'rum, — Sous-
maxillo-labial, Maxillo-labial, (Ch.)   A
muscle,  situated at the lower  part of
the face.   Its form  is triangular.  It
arises  from the outer,  oblique line on
the  lower  jaw-bone, and  terminates
in  a point at the commissure  of  the
lips, which it pulls downwards.
  (F) Abaisseur de Vangle des Uvres,
ou Muscle Triangulaire.
  DEPRES'SOR LA'BII INFERIO'RIS;
Quadra'tus,  Quadra'tus  men'ti, De-
pres'sor la'bii inferio'ris pro'prius,—
Mentonier-labial,  Mento-labial,  (Cn.)
A small, thin, and quadrilateral muscle,
which arises from  the external oblique
line of the lower jaw, and ascends to
the lower lip, where it becomes con-
founded with the orbicularis  oris.  It
pulls the lower lip downwards  and out-
wards.
  (F) Carre du  Menton, Houppe  du
Menton, Abaisseur de la levre infi-
rieure.
  DEPRES'SOR   PAL'PEBRJE INFE-
RIO'RIS.  A fleshy bundle, which forms
part of the palpebralis muscle. Heister
describes it separately, but it is not ad-
mitted now.
  Depuran'tia  (Mat. Med.)  from de-
pura're, '  to  purify.'  Medicines were
formerly so  called,  which  were sup-
posed to possess  the property of remov-
ing, from the mass of blood or humors,
those principles, which disturbed their
purity ; and  of directing them towards
some one  of the natural emunctories.
The juices of what were called  anti-
scorbutic  herbs,  sulphur,  and  many
other medicines  were  ranked  under
this class.
  (F) Depuratif.   (G) Blutreini-
gungsmittel.
  Writer.   I. Vehr, Francf. ad Viadr.
1692 (L).
  Depura'tion (Path. & Pharm.) Same
etymon. — Kadaqiauog, Munda'tio.  In
Pathology, depuration has  been used
for the process by which nature purifies
the  animal  economy,  either by  the
agency of some  eruptive disease, or
some spontaneous evacuation,  or  by
the assistance of medicine.
  Depu'ratory  (Path.  &  Therap.)
Same etymon.   Depurato'rius.   That
which causes depuration.  Applied to
diseases,  which have been  considered
capable of modifying the constitution
advantageously, by acting on the com-
position of the fluids — such as certain
eruptions, intermittents, &c.  The word
is, also, appropriated  to medicines and
diet, by which the same effect  is sought
to be induced.
   Deriva'tion  (Therap.)  Deriva'tio,
 Deflec'tio, naqoxtxtvoig,  tnox^rtvaig.
 When  the  blood or any irritation is
attracted towards a part, for the purpose
of  abstracting it from some  other part,
 where its presence might be  dangerous,
a derivation is operated.  The substan- 
DERIVATIVE           288          DESCRIPTIVE
 ces, producing this  action, are  called
 derivatives.   See, also, Revulsion.
  Deriv'ative (Mat, Med.) Deflec'tens,
 from deriva're,' to drain off.' Antispas'-
 tic.  Same etymon.   A  remedy,  which
 excites an irritation  in a part different
 from that in which  it seemed to be at
 first situated.  Counter-irritant is now
 more frequently used  to  express  the
 same idea. Blisters, sinapisms, &c are
 derivatives.
  (F)  Derivatif.   (G)Ableitungs-
 mi ttel.
  Der'matoid (Anat.) Dermatoi'des,
 dtquaxiudijg, from dtqfia,' the skin,' and
 tidog,' form.'  That which is similar to
 the skin.  This name is given to dif-
 ferent  tissues, which resemble the skin.
 The dura mater has been  so called by
 some.
  Dermatol'ogy (Anat.)  from  Stqua,
 ' the skin,' and Xoyog,' a discourse.'  A
 discourse or treatise of the skin.
  Dermog'raphy  (Anat.) Dermogra'-
 phia, from Stqua,' the skin,' and yqaipoi,
 11 describe.' An anatomical description
 ofthe  skin.
  Der'moid  (Anat.) from Stqua, ' the
 skin,'  and tiSog, ' form.'  Resembling,
 in consistence, texture,  and configura-
 tion, the  skin: — as dermoid  texture,
 applied to the mucous membranes, &c.
  Dermot'omy (Anat.)  Dermoto'mia;
 from Stqiia,' the skin,' and xtuvtiv,' to
 cut.' The part of anatomy, which treats
 ofthe  structure ofthe skin.
  Der'tron (Anat.) Stqxqov. This word,
 which  is used by Hippocrates,  signi-
 fied, according to some, the omentum
 or peritoneum; but, according to others,
 the small  intestine.
  DISARTICULATION(F) (Surg.) from
 de,and artic'ulus,' a joint.'  A word used
 to express the part of the operation, in
 amputation at an  articulation, which
 consists in dividing the ligaments, and
 separating the articular surfaces.   The
 word has, also, been used for that kind
 of anatomical preparation, the object of
 which  is, to separate the different bones
 ofthe skeleton, and especially those  of
 the head.
  DESAULT, Peter (Biog.) A French
 physician; born  at  Arzac, in  France,
 in 1675;  died at  Bourdeaux in  1737.
 Works. Nouvelles decouvertes concer-
 nant la sant'' et  les  maladies les plus
frequentes. Paris. 1727. 12mo.  Disser-
 tation sur les maux veniriens contcnant
 une mithode de les guerir sans flux de
 bouche, sans risque, et sans depense.
 Bordeaux. 1733. 3 vols. 8vo.  Disser-
 tation  sur la goutte, avec une disserta-
tion sur les maladies d6pendantes du
defaut de  transpiration.  Paris. 1735.
12mo.  Dissertation  sur  la pierre des
reins et de la  vessie, &c.  Paris. 1736.
12mo.
  DESAULT, Peter Joseph (Biog.)
A celebrated French Surgeon; Surgeon
to the Hdtel  Dieu of Paris; born  in
1744; died in 1795.  Works.  Des mal-
adies chirurgicales, et des operations qui
leur conviennent.  Paris. 1780.  2 vols.
8vo.  Translated into English by Mr.
Turnbull. — QZuvres   chirurgicales.
Paris. 1813. 3 torn. 8vo.
  Descalorineses (Nosol.)  A name,
given by Baumes to  diseases, which
are characterized  by diminished heat:
from de, ' from,' and color, ' heat.'
   DESCHAMPS,  Joseph  Francis
Louis (Biog.)   A  French Surgeon of
eminence; born at Chartres in  1740;
died at Paris in 1824.   Works.  Traite
historique et dogmatique de Voperatian
de  la taille.  Paris.  1796-7.  4  vols.
8vo.: — par L. J. Begin, avec un sup-
plement. Paris. 1825.  Eloges de Des-
champs, par M. le Baron Percy, et par
M.  Roux.
 Descrip'tive (Anat.) from descri'bere,
' to describe.'  That which exposes the
attributes or qualities of any thing.
  DESCRIP'TIVE  ANAT'OMY.  That
part of  anatomy,  whose  object  is to
make known  the  position,  direction,
forms, connections, &c. of organs : —
General Anatomy, treating of the struc-
ture of the elementary textures, and of
the different tissues or systems, which,
when united, form organs.
  Writers on descriptive and practi-
cal  anatomy.    Vesalius, Basil,  1542,
fol.  (L).: and  Basil, 1555 (L).  Level-
ing's (illustration of Vesalius), Ingolst.
1786, fol. (G).   Fallopius, Ven. 1561,
8vo. (L).  A. Lalrentius, Francf. 1599
(L).  Eustachius, Ven. 1564,4to. (L).
His  posthumous  anatomical   plates,
Rom. 1711 (L).: with the commentary
of Albini s, Leyd. 1761 (L).  Colum-
bus, Frankf. lo90(L).  Th. Bartho-
lin, Lugd. Bat. 1673 (L).  Varolius,
Francf. 1591 (L).   Bidloo, Amst. 1685
(L).  J. van Diemerbroeck, Ultraject.
1672 (L).  Morgagni, Bologn.  1706-
17 (L).  L. Heister, Vienn. 1770 (L).
Cheseloen, Lond. 1713.   Winslow,
Paris, 1732 (F). A. Haller, Lausann.
1757. h vols. 4to. (L). Lieutaud,  Paris,
1776(F).  Walter, Berlin, 1775 (L).
Sabatier, Paris, 1781, 3 vols. 8vo. (F).
Mayer (plates), Berl. 1783-94, 6 vols.
4to. (G). Loder, Jen. 17S8 (G).  Hil-
debrandt, Brunsw. 1789-92, 4 vols. 
DESESSARTS
289
DESUDATIO
9vo. (G).  Loder (plates), Weim. 1794
(L).  A. Bell,  by A.  Fyfe, Edinb.
1798.  Sommering, Francf. 1791,5 vols.
8vo. (G).  Another work, Francf. 1794,
8vo. (L).  Wiedemann's, Brunswick,
1796(G).  John and  Charles Bill,
Edinb. 1797, 1804, 4 vols. 8vo. Hoop-
er, Lond. 8vo.  X. Bichat, Paris, 1801
5 vols.  8vo. (F).   Hooper  (plates),
Lond. 1803, 12mo.  Fyfe, Edinb. 1806
and 1812. F. Caldani, Patav. 1803 (L).
C  Wistar, Philad.  1811 ; by W.% E.
Horner, Phil. 1825.   A. Boyer, Paris,
1810(F).  Marjolin, Paris,  1815(F).
E. Stanley, Lond. 1818.  J. C. Rosen-
muller, Leip. 1815(G). P. Mascagni,
Pisa,  1822, &c. (I).   J. H.  Cloquet,
Paris, 1H16 (F).  Another work, Paris,
1823, &c.:  H. Cloquet (F), translated
by  R. Knox, Edinb. 1828.   J. D. God-
man, Philad. 1824.  A. C. Bock. Meiss.
1822(G).  Jonas Quain, Lond. 1828.
W. E. Horner, Philad. 1823.  Another
work  (on special and general anatomy),
Phil. 1826.   J. Lizars (plates), 1822-
1826.   A. Monro, Edinb. 1825.   An-
tomarchi (plates, &c), Paris, 1824,
&c.   John Shaw, Lond. 1822. B. B.
Cooper, Lond.  1829.  M. J. Weber,
Bonn, 1831 (G).
  DESESSARTS or DES ESSARTS,
John  Charles  (Biogr.)  Dean of the
Faculty of Medicine  of Paris : born at
Bragelogne  in  Champagne,  in 1729;
died in 1811.   Works. Traill de Vedu-
cation corporelle des  enfants. 1760.
12mo. Dissertatio de hydrope. 1768.4to.
He published an edition of the Funda-
menta materia medica of Cartheuser.
Paris. 1769.  4  vols. 12mo.
  Desiccati'va (Mat. Med.) Siccan'tia,
Exsiccati'va, from desicca're, ' to dry
up.'   Remedies,  which, when applied
externally, dry up the humors or mois-
ture from a wound.
    (F) Dessiccatifs.
  Desmochauno'sis  (Path.)  from St-
auog,' ligament,' and xuvviooig, ' relax-
ation.' Relaxation of an articular liga-
ment.
  Desmog'raphy (Anat.) Desmogra'-
phia,  from dtauoc, ' a ligament,'  and
yqaipt], ' a description.'  An anatomical
description of the ligaments.
  (G) Banderbeschreibung.
  Des'moid  Tis'sue (Anat.) Ligamen-
tous Tis'sue,  Tex'tus desmo'sus.  This
tissue is very generally diffused over the
human body ; has a very close connex-
ion with the cellular tissue, and is con-
tinuous with it,  in divers  places.  It
constitutes the ligaments, aponeuroses,
  Desmol'ogy ' (Anat.)  Desmolo'gia,
from Siouog,' a ligament,' and Xoyog,' a
discourse,' ' treatise.'    That  part  of
anatomy,  which  describes the  liga-
ments.
  Desmoph'i.ogy (Path.) Desmophlo'-
gia; from Stouog,'  a ligament,' and
ipXoyeog, ' inflamed.'  Inflammation of
the ligaments.
  Desmorrhex'is (Path.) from Stouog,
' a ligament,' and qijitg,' rupture.'  Rup-
ture of an articular ligament.
   (G) G e 1 e nk b a n d e r z e rr e i s-
sung.
  Desmot'omy  (Anat.)  Desmoto'mia;
from dta/nog, ' a  ligament,' and xtuvttv,
' to cut.'   The part of anatomy, which
teaches the mode of dissecting the liga-
ments.
  (G) Banderzerlegung.
  Desoxygeneses (Nosol.) M. Baumes
includes, under this title, an order of
diseases, which  he considers dependent
upon a diminution in the quantity of
the oxygen  necessary for the Animal
Economy.
 DESPORTES, John Baptist (Biog.)
Physician  to the King of France : born
in  Bretagne  in 1704;  died in  1748.
Work. Histoire des maladies de Saint
Dominique. Paris. 1770. 3 torn. 8vo.
  DESPOTAT (F)  (Military Surgery.)
Mil'ites despotali.   Infirm soldiers, for-
merly charged with the office of remov-
ing the wounded from the field  of bat-
tle : perhaps  from desporta'tor,  ' one
who bears away.'  The class of Despo-
tats was introduced by Leo VI., at the
commencement ofthe 9th century.
  Despuma'tion (Pharm.) Despuma'-
tio,  arcaipqiafiog or  iTiaipqinuog,  from
despuma're,' to skim,' ' to  remove the
froth.'  The separation of the froth and
other impurities, which rise,  by the
action of  fire,  to the surface  of any
fluid.
    (G)  Abschaumung.
  Desquamation (Path.) Desquama'-
tio, a/toavqfia ;  from  desquama're, ' to
scale off'  Exfoliation or separation of
the epidermis, in the form of scales, of
a greater or less size.   This affection
is a common consequence of exanthem-
atous diseases.
    (G) Abschuppung.
  Desuda'tio   (Path.)  ttptSquiaig, su-
dam'ina,  vSqoia.  Desudation  means
a profuse and inordinate sweating; but,
most commonly, the term is applied to
an  eruption  of  small pimples, similar
to  millet seed, which appear chiefly on
children,  and are owing to want  of
cleanliness. 
DETERGENTS         290           DEVENTER
    (G)  Schweissbl'atterchen.
   Determents (Mat. Med.) from  de-
 ter'gere, ' to cleanse.'    Detergen'tia,
 Abstergen'tia,  Emundan'tia, Mundifi-
 cati'va, Rhyp'tica, qvnxixa.  Medicines,
 which possess the power to deterge or
 cleanse  wounds, ulcers &c.  They  be-
 long to the  class of stimulants, or to
 that of emollients.
    (F) Ditersif, Mondificatif.
  Detri'tus  (Path.) horn deter'ere,
 ' to bruise or wear out.' The inorganic
 residuum, occupying the place of the
 organic  texture  of  parts  which have
 undergone disorganization.
  Detrunca'tion (Obstet.) Detrunca'-
 tio.  Separation  of the trunk from  the
 head of the foetus, the latter remaining
 in the uterus.
    (F)  Detroncation.
  Detru'sor URi'NiE (Anat.) from de-
 tru'dere, ' to thrust  out.'   The muscu-
 lar  coat of  the  urinary  bladder was
 formerly so called. It was, also, named,
 Constric'tor  Vesi'ca  Urina'ria.
  DETUMES'CENCE (F)   (Path.)  De-
 tumescen'tia, from detu'mere,' to cease
 to swell.'  A  diminution  of swelling.
 This word has nearly the  same signifi-
 cation as the French word Desenflure.
 The latter, is, however, more particu-
 larly applied to the diminution of oedema
 or anasarca:  the other, to the resolution
 of a tumor, properly so called.
  Deunx ; the ancient name of a weight
 of 11 ounces, supposing the pound to
 consist of 12.
  DEUSIN'GIUS,  An'thony  (Biog.)
 A learned Dutch physician, and volu-
 minous writer on Medicine and Natural
 Philosophy:  born in  1612; died in 1666.
 Works. Synopsis medecina universa-
 lis, &c.   Groning.  1649.  16mo.  Ana-
 tome parvorum naturalium seu exerci-
 tationes  anatomica  et physiologica de
partibus  humani corporis,  conservati-
 oni specierum inservientibus. Groning.
 1651.  4to.  Dissertationes  dua, prior
 de motu cordis et sanguinis, altera de
 lacte ac  nutrimento fatus in  utero.
 Groning.  1651.  4to. Genesis  micro-
 cosmi,  seu de generatione fatus, &c.
 Groning.  1653.  16mo.   Idea  doctrina
 defebribus,&c.  Groning.  1655. 16mo.
 Disquisitio gemina de peste. Groning.
 1656.  16mo.   Dissertatio  de  morbo
 Mansclacht,  ejusque curatione. 1656.
 Disquisitio medica  de morborum quo-
 rumdam superstitiosd origine et cura-
 tione,  speciatim  de  morbo  vulgo dicto
 Marschlacht, ejusque curatione,  &c.
 Groning. 1658.  16mo.   Tractatus de
 peste, in quo de pestis naturd, causis,
 signis, Src. agitur. Ibid. 1658.16mo. He
 wrote  numerous other essays, medical
 and metaphysical — on the mandragora,
 bezoar, manna, sugar, &.c, and on the
 origin ofthe human mind.
   Deuteri'a  (Nosol.) from Stvxtqog,
 ' the  second.'   Vogel has used  this
 term for  the  symptoms produced  by
 retention of  the  secundines.   This
 word was also applied, by the Greeks,
 to a second or inferior wine : — dtvxtqia,
 dtvxtqtiu, Deuteri'as,  Stvxtqiag, Deute-
 ri'nar, Stvxtqivuq, Lo'ra.
   Deuteropathi'a (Path.)  Stvxtqona-
 dtta, from  Stvxtqog, ' the second,'  and
 Tiadog,' disease.' A secondary disease.
 One produced by another, and of which
 it is only,  in some measure, sympto-
 matic, or the sympathetic effect.
   DEVAUX, John  (Biog.)  An emi-
 nent Parisian Surgeon, in  which city
 he was born in 1649; died in 1729.
 Works. Le mcdecin  de soi mime, ou
 l'art de conserver la sante par Vinstinct.
 Leyden.  1682.  12mo.  L'art  de faire
 des rapports tn  chirurgie. Paris. 1703.
 12mo.   Index funereus  chirurgorum
 Parisiensium, ab anno 1315  ad  annum
 1714.  Trivolt. 1714.  12mo.   He trans-
 lated  and  edited  several  works  on
 medicine  and  surgery, particularly
 Allen's  Synopsis medicina practica,
 Harris de morbis  infantum;  Wm.
 Cockburn  on  gonorrhaa,  Freind's
 Emmenologia, the  Anatomy of Heis-
 ter, &c.
   Devel'opement  (Phys. Path.) from
 (F) developer, ' to unfold.'   In Physol-
 ogy, it means growth  or increase ;  and
 in Pathology, its signification is similar.
 By developement of the pulse,  e. g.  is
 understood  an increase in its strength
 and fulness.
    (G) Entwickelung.
   DEVENTER, Henry (Biogr.)   A
 celebrated Dutch obstetrical  practition-
 er ; born at Deventer, in the province
 of Over-Yssel, towards the  end of the
 17th century; died about 1730. Works.
 Novum lumen obstetricantium, quo os-
 lenditur qud ratione infantes in utero
 tarn obliquo  quam recti pravd siti extra-
 hantur.  Lugd; Bat. 1701.  4to.  Ulte-
 rius examen partuum difficilium,  &c.
 Ibid.  1725.  4to.   Operationum chirur-
 gicarum, novum lumen exhibentium ob-
 stetricantibus, P. ii.  Lugd.  Bat. 1733.
 4to.  It was  translated into  several
 languages.  After his death, a work on
 Rickets was  published in  his  own
 tongue, under the  title, Van de ziek-
 tens  der beenderen, insonderheit  van
I de rachitis.  Leyd. 1739. 4to. 
DEVIATION
291         DIACASTORIUM
  Devia'tion (Path.)  Devia'tio, from
de,' from,' and  vi'a, l the  way.'  Out
of the way.  By this word  is meant —
a vicious curvature ofthe spine or other
bones ; — faulty direction of the teeth
or other 'part: — the passage of blood,
bile, urine, milk, &c.  into°vessels not
natural to them, &c.
  Dex'tans.   A weight of 10 ounces,
supposing the pound to consist of 12.
  Diabac'anu (Pharm.)   A composi-
tion,  formerly used in diseases  of the
liver.  Alexander of Tralles.
  Diabe'tes  (Path.)  Sia^^xtjg, from
Sia,  ' through,'  and  flatvo),  ' I  pass.'
 Uri'na projlu'vium,  Phthisu'ris, Poly-
gyria, .xo?.iyoi'qta, Ply'drops ad mat'-
ulam, II. Matel'la,  Dip'sacos,  Diar-
rha'a ill Ul'i'nd,rStqog,  tig ovqa Staqqota,
Sixpaxog.   A  disease, characterized by
great augmentation and manifest alter-
ation in  the  secretion  of urine; with
excessive thirst, and progressive emaci-
ation.  Cullen  has described two  spe-
cies;— Diabe'tes  insip'idus and  D.
Melli'lus, (F) DiabUefaux ou insipide, et
Diabete; the former being, simply, a su-
perabundant discharge  of limpid  urine,
of its usual, urinary taste : the latter —
the D. Melli'lus, called, also, Paru'ria
Melli'ta, Diabe'tes An'glicus, Apoceno'-
sis  Diabe'tes Melli'tus, Nufas — falls
under the definition given above.  The
quantity  of urine, discharged in  the 24
hours, is sometimes excessive, amount-
ing to 30 pints and upwards: and each
pint containing sometimes 2^  oz. of
saccharine matter.  The saccharine mat-
ter replaces  the urea; which   is  not
found  in the urine  of those laboring
under diabetes.  Where the disease is
situated  is not clear.  The whole  sys-
tem of nutrition, however,  seems to be
morbidly  implicated.  A part  of the
urine must be formed at the expense of
the system,  as  the  egesta  frequently
far exceed the solid and liquid ingesta.
On dissection, no morbid appearance is
met with, sufficient to enable us  to fix
on the seat of this distressing affection.
  All the remedies, that have been tried,
have usually  been found insufficient in
the D.  Mellitus.  The D.  insip'idus,
Hyperure'sis  aquo'sa, which occurs in
hysterical habits, and has, hence, been
called, D. hystericus,  is of compara-
tively  trifling moment.  Animal diet,
and attention  to the state of the cuta-
neous transpiration, which  have  some-
times produced good effects in D. Mel-
litus, have" most commonly  failed.
  (G)  Harnfluss,  Harnruhr,
  (F) Flux d'Urine.
  Writers.  S. Pissini, Mediol. 1654
(L).  J. D. Eckolt, Argent.  1663 (L).
J. Loss, Vittemb.  1666 (L).   A. Q.
Rivinus,  Helmst.  1676 (L).    G. B.
Metzger,  Tubing.  1679 (L).   J. G.
Winter, Rintel, 1685 (L).   B.  Albi-
nus, Francf. ad Viadr. 1689 (L).  R. G.
Crause, Jena?,  1692 (L).   J.  G. F.
Kufner, Altdorf, 1703 (L).  A. J. Bot-
ticher,  Helmst. 1704 (L).  L.  F. Ja-
cobi, Erford, 1709 (L).  J. A. Wedel,
Jenae, 1717 (L).  J. F. de Pre, Erford,
1723 (L).  Y. J. Stahl, Erford, 1739
(L).  Ch.  Th.  Kratzenstein,  Hal.
1746 (L).   B. Hecklf.y, Lond. 1745.
J. M. Jeitteles, Hal. 1755 (L). Trnka
de  Krzowitz  (Wenceslas),   Vindob.
1778. Fr. Place,  Gotting. 17-;4 (L).
J. F. Th. Goldhagen,  Hal.  1786 (L).
Fr.  Marabelli, Pavia, 1792(1). J.
Tommasini, Parma, 1794 (I).   Girdle-
stome, Yarmouth, 1794.  S. C. Titius,
Vittemb. 1795 (L).   J. Rollo,  Lond.
1797, 2 vols. 8vo.  This was translated
into several languages. J. V. Muller,
Francf. 1800 (G). P. F. Nicolas, Paris,
1805  (F).   R.  Watt, Paisley,  1808.
T.Latham, Lond.  1811.  W. Prout,
Lond. 1821: by  S. Colhoun, Philad.
1826.. R. Venables, Lond. 1825.
  Diabot'anum  (Pharm.) Stufloxavtav,
from  Siu  and floxavr], ' an herb.' A
medicine, prepared with herbs.  Galen.
  Diabrot'icus  (Mat. Med.)  Stafiqwxi-
xog, from  Sia, ' through,' and  pqwoxiu,
' I eat or corrode.'   A substance, capa-
ble  of causing  erosion of the part to
which it is applied. It ordinarily means
a medicine, whose activity places it be-
tween escharotics and caustics.
  Diacad'mias  (Pharm.)  SiaxaSiuag,
from Stu and xaSuia,' cadmia.'  A plas-
ter,  of  which cadmia was the  basis.
Scribonius Largus, Galen.
  Diacalamin'thes\(Pharm.) SiaxaXa-
uirf}),;, from Sia  and xaXatuvdi],  ' cala-
mine'   An  antidote, whose  chief in-
gredient was calamint.  Myrepsus.
  Diacar'cinon (Pharm.) Siaxaqxivtav
An antidote, used against the bites of
rabid animals, and  prepared  from the
crab : — from Sia and xaqxivog,' a crab.'
Galen,
  Diacar'yon   (Pharm.)  Siuxuqvoiv,
from Sia and xaqvov, ' a nut.'   Rob nu'-
cum.  The rob of nuts  or of walnuts
Galen.
  Diacas'sia (Pharm.) Diacas'sis, from
Sia and  xaaoia,' cassia.'  An electuary
of cassia.
  Diacasto'rium  (Pharm.)  An anti-
dote, whose base was castor.   Myrep-
sus, 
DIACATHOLICON        292
DIACROCU
  Diacathol'icon  (Pharm.) Diaca'-
thol'icum,  from  Sia  and  xa9oXixog,
' universal.'  The name of a purge, so
called from  its general usefulness.  It
was an electuary, and composed of the
pulp of cassia, tamarinds,  leaves  of
senna, root of polypody, flowers of the
violet,  rhubarb root,  aniseed,  sugar,
liquorice, and fennel.
  Diacau'sis (Path.) from Siaxavw,' I
burn.'  Excessive heat.  Overheating.
  Diacaus'tic  (Mat. Med.)  Same ety-
mon.   Diacaus'ticus.   That  which is
caustic by refraction; as a double, con-
vex lens, which  has been  sometimes
used for cauterizing an ulcer by direct-
ing the sun's rays upon it.
  Diaceltates'son (Therap.) A term,
used by Paracelsus, either for a pre-
paration  of mercury,  with which  he
excited vomiting; or for vomiting, pro-
duced by this substance, of whose com-
position nothing is known.
  Diacen'teton  (Pharm.)  from Sia
and xtvxtoi,  ' I prick.'  The name of a
stimulating collyrium.  Aetius.
  Diacer'aton (Pharm.) from Sia and
xtqag,' horn.'   A Greek word, used by
Celsus for a collyrium, in which harts-
horn was the chief ingredient.
  Diachala'sis (Pharm.)  SiaxaXaaig,
from Siax.aXativ,' to be open or relaxed.'
Hippocrates  uses this word for  frac-
ture of the  bones of the skull; or for
relaxation and separation at the sutures,
in consequence of a wound of the head.
Hippocr.
  Diachalcit'eos  (Pharm.) from Sia
and ^-o/ziTts, ' chalcitis or  colcothar.'
A  plaster,  whose composition is the
same  as that of the diapalma, except
that, in place of the sulphate of zinc, a
mixture  of oil  and  colcothar is substi-
tuted.
  Diacheiris'mos (Pharm.) Staxaqi-
apog,  Tracta'tio manua'ria; from Sia
and xc'Q>' the hand.'  The preparation,
administration, and dispensing of medi-
cines.   Hippocr.
  Diachelido'nium  (Pharm.) Siax.tXi-
Smviov, from Sia and ;KfiioW, •' a  swal-
low.'   A preparation of broiled  swal-
lows, saffron, lavender, &c.
  Diachore'ma (Physiol.)  Siax<»qvita,
Diachore'sis, Siaxo>qi,oig;  from Siu/vi-
qio), i I  separate from.'  Every kind of
excreted  matter  and excretion; but
more particularly the fa?ces and alvine
excretion.   Foesius, Gorrjeus.
  Diachrista (Mat. Med.)   Siaxqiora,
from Sta and xQll"i ' I anoint.'  Medi-
cines, applied as abstergents to the ve-
lum palati, the palate itself, the tongue,
&c.  Probably  gargles.   Paulus of
jEgina.
  Diachry'su (Surg.) Siaxqraov, from
Sia and  ^oimoc, ' gold.'  A plaster for
fractured limbs, so called from its  yel-
low color, or from its  efficacy.
  Diacii'ylon orDiACH'YLUM (Pharm.)
SiaxvXow, from Sia  and /uAoc,'juice ';
i. e. composed of juices.  The  plaster
of  this name  was  formerly made of
certain juices.  The term is  now con-
fined  to  the Emplastrum Plumbi or
Lead  Plaster.
  Diachyt'ica (Mat. Med.) from Sia
and xvv'i  ' I  Pour  out-'  Medicines,
which discuss tumors.
  Diacine'ma  (Surg.) Siaxivrhua, from
Sia  and xtvtoi, ' I move.'  A slight  dis-
location.  Celsus, Galen.  A subluxa-
tion.
  Diaco'dium   (Pharm.)   SiaxotSvon,
Confec'tio  ex  Capit'ibus  Papav'eris;
from  Sia and  xuiSia,  ' a poppy-head.'
The ancients  had various  forms  for
preparing it.  The Syrup of Poppies —
Syru'pus Papav'eris — is, now,  substi-
tuted  for  it.
  (F)  Diacode.  (G)  Mohnsirop.
  Diacolocyn'thidos (Pharm.)  Siaxo-
XoxwSiSutv,  from  Sia and xoXoxvidi],
' colocynth.'  An electuary,  of which
colocynth was  the basis;  and  which
contained, moreover, aloes, scammony,
bdellium, black hellebore, gum arabic,
euphorbium, nitrate of potass, and  lax-
ative syrup of roses.  It was a cathar-
tic.
  Diac'ones (Pharm.)  Siaxovr,g, from
Sia  and axon], ' a whetstone.'  A plas-
ter, invented by Crito, and composed
of whetstone.
  Diac'ope (Surg.) Staxom;, En'cope,
tyxoun], from Sia and  xonxtiv,' to cut.'
A cut, incision, fissure, or longitudinal
fracture.  When used, since Galen, it
generally signifies  an oblique incision,
made  in the cranium by a sharp instru-
ment, without the piece being removed.
It is not now employed.
  Diacopr.e'gia  (Pharm.)  from  Sia,
xu.xqog,'  excrement,' and ai;, aiyog,' a
goat.'  A name, given  in Blancard,
to a medicine, composed of goats' dung,
which the ancients praised in diseases
ofthe spleen, parotids, &c.
  Diacoronopo'dium (Pharm.)  An an-
tidote, of which the coronopus was the
base.   Alexander of Tralles.
  Diac'orum  (Pharm.) Siaxoqov, from
Sia and  axoqog, ' acorus.'   A cephalic
remedy,  into which the Acorus Cala-
mus entered.  Mesue, Zwolfer.
  Diac'rocu  (Pharm.)  Siaxqoxov, 6V 
DIACURCUMA         293            DIALTH^EA
axooxuv, from Sia and xqoxog, ' saffron.'
A dry collyrium, in which was  saffron,
Paulus, Gorr^us.
  Diacur'cuma  (Pharm.) from Sia and
xvqxovaa.  An ^ancient name for medi-
cines, into which turmeric entered.
  Diacydoni'tis (Pharm.)  from Sia
and xvSoiviov,' a quince.'   A medicine,
into which the quince entered.
  Diacydo'nium  (Pharm.)  Same ety-
mon.   An ancient purgative electuary,
of which the quince formed the base.
  Diadaph'nidon (Pharm.)  SiaSuipn-
Suiv, from Sia and Saipvi], ' the  laurel.'
A suppurative  plaster,  described  by
Celsus,'of  which the  laurel  or bay
berries formed the base.
   Diade'ma (Surg.)  Fas'cia cap'itis,
Redimic'ulum, SiaSijua, from SiaStw, '1
surround."   A sort of bandage :—ad-
vised in headache, in which relaxation
of the sutures was apprehended.  Fo-
restus.
   Diadex'is  (Path.)  SiaStk'ig, Diad'-
oche, SiaSoxi], from StaStxoiiat,' I trans-
fer,' ' I succeed  to.'  A transformation
of a disease into another, differing from
the former both  in its nature and seat.
   Diad'osis (Phys. k. Path.)  SiaSooig,
from SiaStdvnii,' to distribute.'  In some
authors, it  means the  distribution  of
nutritive matter  over the whole body ;
in other words, nutrition;  whilst,  in
others, it is synonymous with  the  re-
mission or cessation of a  disease.
   Di.e'resis (Surg.) Siatqtrug, from <5i-
aiqtw,' I divide,' ' I  separate.'   A di-
vision  or  solution of continuity.   A
surgical operation, which consists  in
dividing any part of the body.
   DijETe'ma  (Hyg.)  Siaixi,uu.   It has
the  same  signification  as Diet, with
most authors.  Galen gives it a more
extensive meaning ; comprising, under
it, what constitutes Hygiene.
   Diaglau'cium  (Pharm.)  Diaglau'-
ciu, SiayXavxioi,.  A collyrium, recom-
 mended by  Scribonius Largus,  of
 which the  juice of the glaucium was
 the basis.
   Diagno'sis (Path.)  Stayvwoig, Dig-
110'tio, Deprehen'sio,  from dta and yt-
vooxto,' I know.' Discrimination. That
 part of Medicine, whose object  is  the
 discrimination of disease — the knowl-
 edge  of the pathognomonic  signs  of
 each.  It is one of the most important
branches of general Pathology.
   (F) Diagnose, Diagnostic.
   (G)  Unterscheidungslehre.
   Writers. J.  B. Pellegrini, Bonon.
 1563 (L).  J. Siglicius, Lips. 1605 (L).
 J. Varande, Monspel.  1620 (L). Fr.
                  25*
Hofmann, Hal. 1718 (L).  L. Strauss.
Giss. 1675 (L).   J. A. Slevogt,  Jenae,
1721 (L).  Fr. Ziegler, Rintel. 1745
(L).  J. Junker, Hal. 1756 (L).  He-
lian, Paris,  1771  (F).   P.  P.  Price,
Lond. 1792. J. E. Wichmann, Hanovr.
1794 - 1797 (G).  Ch. F. Ludwig, Lips.
1797 (L).   W.  F.  Dreyssig, Erfort,
1801 - 3 (G).  Ch. G. Schmalz, Dres-
den, 1808(G).  J. J. Y. L. Miriel,
Paris, 1H10 (F).   M. Hall, Lond. 1817.
L. Rostan, Paris,T825- 1827(F).
  Diagnos'tic  {Path.)  Siayvworixog,
Discreti'vus,  Diagnos'ticus;  same ety-
mon.  A symptom,  which  is charac-
teristic of any disease.
  Diagryd'ium Cydonia'tum (Pharm.)
from  diagryd'ium,  ' scammony,' and
cydonium, ' quince.' A pharmaceutical
preparation,  obtained   by inspissating
and drying, by means of heat, two parts
of scammony and one of quince  juice.
It was formerly  used as an energetic
purgative.
   DIAGRYD'IUM   GLYCYRRHIZA'-
TUM.  An analogous  preparation, con-
taining extract of liquorice in place of
quince juice.
   DIAGRYD'IUM  SULPHURA'TUM.
Scammony, which has been  exposed to
the vapor of  burning  sulphur.   These
diagrydia are not now used.
  Diahermodactyl'ium (Pharm.) Dia-
ller modac'tylu,  Si  iquoSaxrvXov.   The
name of an ancient preparation, made
particularly from the hermodactyl.
  Diai'on (Pharm.) from Sia and iov,
'  the  violet.'  A  pastille or troch, of
which the violet is the base.
  Diai'reos  (Pharm.)  from Sia  and
iqig.  An antidote, into the composition
of which the  iris entered.
  Dialac'ca (Pharm.)  from rjia and
?.axxa,' lac'  An antidote, into  which
lac entered.
  Dial'agou (Pharm.)  from Sia and
Xayvog, ' the  hare.'  A  medicine, into
which the dung of the hare entered»
It was esteemed deobstruent.
  Dialep'sis  (Surg.)  Sta/.^xptg,  Inter-
cep'lio, Diar'ocha, Siaqoxai   from Sia-
Xauftavia, ' I intercept.'   Hippocrates
employs this word for the  interstices
or intervals, left between the turns of a
bandage.
  Dialib'anon (Pharm.) from Sia and
Xipuvov,' frankincense.'  A name given
to different medicines, of which  frank-
incense formed the base.
  Dial'oes  (Pharm) Si' aXoyg.  MedU
cines, having aloes for their  base.
  Dialth^e'a (Pharm.) SiaX&aia, from
Sia and aX&ata.,' the mallow.' An oint- 
DIALYSIS
294
DIAPHC3NIC0N
ment,  mentioned  by  Myrepscs,  ofl
which althaa was the base.
  Dial'ysis  (Path.) SiaXvaig,  Dissolu'-
tio.  A dissolution or loss of  strength. I
Weakness of the limbs.  Also, a solu-
tion of continuity.
  Diamakena'tum (Pharm.)  A name,
given by the ancients, to a liquid  con-
fection, prepared of sour cherries, sugar,
and an aromatic.   Castelli.
  Diamargari'ton (Pharm.)  from Sia
and fiaqyaqixijg,' pearl.'  An  antidote.
mentioned   by  Myrepsus,  of which
pearls were  the base.
   Diam'brje Spe'cies (Pharm.)  A
name given, by the ancients,  to pow-
ders, one of which bore the  name —
Spe'cies  diam'bra si'ne odora'tis: the
other, that of— Spe'cies diam'bra  cum
odora'tis.  The former was composed
of cinnamon,  angelica  root,  cloves,
mace, nutmeg, galanga, cardamom, and
numerous other substances; the latter,
besides,  had  ambergris  and musk.
These  powders were used as  tonics, in
cases of debility of the  stomach, and
in certain nervous affections.
  Diame'lon (Pharm.)  from Sia and
fnjkov,' a quince.'  The ancients desig-
nated thus,  two  medicines  into which
the quince entered.
  Diamis'yos (Pharm.) from Sia and
fiiov,' misy.' A composition, in which
misy is an ingredient.
  Di'amond (Therap.)  Ad'amas,  aSa-
uag, from a privative, and Sauaw,  ' I
conquer.'  Invincible — so called from
its hardness. It is the most  precious
of all  stones, and was formerly  con-
ceived to possess extraordinary cordial
virtues.
    (F) Diamant.
  Diamo'rum (Pharm.) Siaiiwqo>v; Rob
e.v mo'ris, from Sia and pwoov, ' a mul-
berry.'   An ancient  syrup,  prepared
with honey  and  mulberry juice.   It
was employed as a  gargle  in sore-
throat.  Galen.
   Diamos'chu (Pharm.) from Sia and
fiooxog,' musk.'  An antidote, in which
inusk was a chief ingredient.
   DiamotO'sis   (Surg.)  Stauoxwaig,
from uoxog,  ' charpie,'  ' lint.'   The in-
troduction   of lint into an  ulcer  or
wound.
   Dianacar'dium (Pharm.)  Diana-
car'dion.  An antidote, into which the
anacardium entered.
   Dianancas'mos (Surg.) Dianancas'-
mus, Coac'tio,  Siavayxuofiog;  from Sia
 and avayxatw,  ' I force.'  Coaptation,
 reduction of a  fractured  or luxated
 limb.
  Dian'tiium or Dian'thon (Pharm.)
Si' av&uv.   The name of a powder, de-
scribed by Myrepsus, and which  the
ancients esteemed an antidote.  It was
composed   of  rosemary flowers,  red
roses,  liquorice,  spikenard, walnut,
galanga, cinnamon, ginger,  zedoary,
mace, wood of aloes, cardamom, dill,
and aniseed.
   Dian'thus  Caryophyl'lus  (Mat.
Med.) from Aig,' Jove,' av&og, ' flow-
er,' and  caryophyl'lum,  ' the  clove.'
Clove Pink. Also called Caryophyl'lum
ru'brum, Tu'nica,   Tu'nica horten'sis,
T.  ru'bra,   Caryophyl'lus  hortensis,
Clove July flower,  Gilliflower.  The
flowers  were, once, much used;  but
are now only employed in syrup, as  a
useful  and pleasant vehicle for other
medicines.
  (F) CEillet giroflee.   (G)  Gras-
blumen, Nelkenblumen, Gar-
tennelken.
  Dianu'cum  (Pharm.)  from Sia and
nux,' a nut.'  A rob, formerly prepared
of nuts.
  Diapal'ma   (Pharm.)   Phanic'ium
Emplas'trum, [ipoivixov.~\   A  plaster,
composed of equal parts of'litharge, olive
oil, axunge, water,  a certain quantity
of sulphate of zinc disssolved in water,
and white  wax. It is classed amongst
the topical, desiccative, emollient, re-
solvent, detersive, and cicatrizing medi-
cines.  Mixed  with a quarter  of its
weight of olive oil, it acquires the con-
sistence of an ointment, and forms the
Cerate of Diapalma.
  Diapas'ma (Pharm.) Sianunua, from
Stanaaativ, ' to sprinkle.'   A medicine,
reduced to powder, and sprinkled* over
the body or some part of it.
  Writer. Ch. Fr. Reuss, Tubing.
1771 (L).
  Diapede'sis (Path.) SiarirtSrtaig, Tran-
svda'tio,  Persuda'tio, from  Siani]Sao>,
'  I leap through.'  Exhalation of blood,
in the form of dew, at  the surface of
the skin, or of any membrane.   Sweat-
ing of blood.
    (F) Sueur de Sang.
  Writer.  G. Fr. Frank de Fran-
renau, Hafnise, 1716(L).
  Diapen'tes or Diapen'te (Pharm.)
from Sia and ntvxi],' five.' A medicine,
composed of five ingredients.  See Dia-
tessaron.
   Diapepe'reon  (Pharm.)  Ancient
name of a medicine, regarded by My-
repsus as an antidote.
   Diapjioe'nicon  (Pharm.) Diaphm'-
nix,  SWyoivixov,  Medicamen'tum  ex
Pal'mulis, from 9ia and ipoivi^,' a date.' 
DIAPHORESIS          295        DIAPHRAGMATIC
A drastic electuary, of which the  date
was the chief excipient.
  Diaphore'sis   (Path.)  Sta<poq*]Otg,
from Siatpoqtw,' I dissipate.'  A greater
degree of perspiration than natural, but
less than in sweating.   Every kind of
cutaneous evacuation.
  Diaphoret'ic   (Mat.  Med.) Same
etymon ;  Siatpoqrjxixog,  Diapno'icus,
Diaphoret'icus.  Medicines, which ex-
cite  diaphoresis.   They are very un-
certain, as a class.
  Writers.  W. Rolfink, Jenae, 1650
(L).  Chr. Vater, Vittemb. 1683 (L).
M.Alberti,  Hal. 1723 (L).  J. Chr.
Lischwitz, Kiliae, 1734 (L).  J. Chr.
Henneus, Gotting. 1738 (L).  M. B.
Wolffsheimer, Hal. 1742 (L).  A. E.
Buchner, Erford, 1743 (L).  Another,
Hal.  1752 (L).  G.  P.  Juch, Erford,
1746 (L).  Ph. A. Levy, Hal. 1749 (L).
J. Reusch, Marburg, 1752 (L). G. Ch.
Th.  Wedekind,  Gotting.  1780  (L).
H. G. Pedell, Hal. 1797 (L).
  The  epithet Diaphoretic has,  also,
been  given, by some, to continued fe-
ver, accompanied with constant perspi-
ration.
   Di'aphraom (Anat.)  Diaphrag'ma,
Siaipqayua,  Discreto'rium,   Phre'nes,
Sep'turn transver'sum, Discri'men  Tho-
racis et Ven'tris, Discep'tum, Cine'tus,
Diazo'ma, Sia.uma,  Dissep'tum,  Pra-
cor'dia ; the Mid'riff Succin'gens mem-
bra'na vel  Mus'cuius;  from Sia, ' be-
tween,' and ipqaoaoy,' I close.' A large,
azygous muscle;  stretched, transverse-
ly, between the thoracic and abdominal
cavities, which it separates from each
other: tendinous in the centre;  thin,
almost circular, and unequally convex,
upwards.  It is fleshy at its circumfer-
ence, which is attached to the cartilago
ensiformis, to the  six last  ribs, to  the
aponeurosis stretched from the last rib
to  the transverse process  of the first
lumbar vertebra; and,  lastly, to  the
bodies of the  three or four first lumbar
vertebra?.  When it contracts, its fibres
become straight; the chest is enlarged,
and  the  abdomen diminished.   It is
then an  inspiratory muscle.  It  may,
also, diminish the capacity ofthe chest;
and  be an expiratory  muscle.   This
muscle plays an important part in sigh-
ing,   yawning,  coughing,  sneezing,
laughing, sobbing, crying, hiccoughing,
singing, vomiting, the excretion of the
fasces and urine,  the expulsion  of the
foetus, &c.
     (G)  Zwerchfell.
   Writers.  J. Th. Schenck (nature
and  diseases of D.), Jena?, 1671 (L).
G. Bartholin (structure of D.), Paris,
1676 (L).  M. E. Ettmuller (wounds
»/£>.), Lips.'1730(L). A. Haller (anat.
Sec.ofD.),Bern. 1733(L).  J. Chr.Lo-
der  (hernia of D.), Jente, 1784 (L).
  Diaphragmat'ic  (Anat.) Diaphrag-
mal'icus. Belonging to the diaphragm.
A name given to several vessels and
nerves.
   DIAPHRAGMAT'IC  or  PHREN'IC
AR'TERIES.   These are distinguished
into  superior  and inferior.  The former,
called,  also,  supradiaphragmatic,  are
two  in number, one on each side.  They
arise from the internal mammary, and
descend along the phrenic nerve, to be
distributed on the upper surface of the
diaphragm.   The latter,   or infradia-
phragmatic, are, also, two in number.
They arise from the upper part of the
abdominal aorta or from the  coeliac ar-
tery, and divide  into  two  principal
branches, which are distributed on  the
lower surface of the diaphragm and in
its substance.
  The  superior diaphragmatic  veins
follow the same course as the arteries;
and  empty themselves — the right, into
the vena cava superior; —the left, into
the corresponding subclavian vein. The
two  inferior diaphragmatic veins open
into the vena cava inferior.
   The DIAPHRAGMAT'IC or PHREN'-
IC NERVES  are two in  number;  one
on the left side, the other on the  right.
They arise from the second and third
nerves  of  the cervical plexus,  about
the middle of the neck.  They receive
two or three filaments from the brachial
plexus, after which they  descend into
the  chest at  the  sides of the pericar-
dium, and are distributed on the  dia-
phragm.
   Writer.    A. Wrisberg, Gotting.
1763 (L).
   The DIAPHRAGMAT'IC PLEX1 USES
are two in number; one right, and the
other left.  They arise from the upper
part of the  solar plexus, by a small
number of  branches, which are  dis-
tributed to   the diaphragm, following
exactly  the  branches of the inferior
diaphragmatic arteries.
   DIAPHRAGMAT'IC HER'NIA (Path.)
 Phren'ic Her'nia.   The abdominal vis-
cera are occasionally protruded through
the  diaphragm, either through some of
the  natural apertures in the muscle, or
 through deficiencies, or wounds, or lace-
 rations in it.
   The  DIAPHRAGMAT'IC RING,  (F)
Anneau diaphragmatique of Chaus-
' sier, is a name given to the irregularly 
DIAPHRAGMITIS        296           DIARRHOEA
quadrilateral aperture,  by which the
vena  cava inferior passes through the
diaphragm.
  Diaphragmi'tis  (Path.)  from  Sia-
tpqayfia, ' the  diaphragm.'  Diaphrag-
mati'tis,   Paraphreni'tis,  Empres'ma
Pleuri'tis  Diaphragmat'ica, Paraphre-
ne'sis Diaphragmat'ica.  Inflamma'tion
ofthe Di'aphragm.  The terms, Para-
phreni'tis and Paraphrene'sis have been
obtained  from the Peripatetic  Philoso-
phy, which supposed the seat of the (pqtjv
or soul to be the pra?cordia.   The es-
sential symptoms of diaphragmitis are ;
— painful constriction around the pra?-
cordia, with small,   quick,  laborious
breathing.   It is a rare disease.
  Writers. Chr. Wolf, Argent. 1661
(L).  C. V. Schneider, Vittemb. 1665
(L).  J. Ph. Eysel,  Erford, 1710 (L).
J. H.  Schulze, Hal. 1742 (L).   J. A.
Segner, Gotting. 1747 (L). Zwinger,
Basil, 1731 (L).
  Diaph'thora (Path.) SiaipSoqa, from
tpStiqtir, ' to corrupt.'  Corruption in
general; more  especially corruption of
the foetus in  utero.  Hippocr.  Also,
corruption of the blood in the stomach.
Galen.
  Diaph'ysis  (Anat.)  Siaipvotg,  from
iiaipvm,' I rise between.' Intersti'Hum,
Discrimina'tio ; an interstice, interval,
division.   Any thing which separates
two bodies.  Also, the  middle part or
body of a long bone.  One of the liga-
ments of the knee.  Hippocr., Pare.
  Dia'pia (Path.) Some lexicographers
use this word  synonymously with Di-
apyesis,  or Suppuration ; others have
employed it, in opposition to Myopia.
  DiapisseLje'on  (Pharm.)  from Sia
and moatXaiov, ' the oil of  pitch or
liquid pitch.' A composition, into which
liquid  pitch enters.   Marcellus Em-
piricus.
    DlAPORE'MA   (Path.)  Siu.xoqr^ia.
Anxiety, jactitation;  from Stanoqtoi,' I
doubt.'
   Diapra'sicm  (Pharm.)  Sianqaoiov,
from rJio and nqaaiov,' horehound.'  A
compound medicine,  of which hore-
hound is an ingredient.
  Diapru'num  (Pharm.) Diacoccyme'-
lon, iiaxoxxvfit]Xorv.  A  purgative elec-
tuary, of which the pulp of prunes and
rhubarb form the base.   By adding to
the diaprunum simplex  a 24th  part of
powdered scammony,  the Diapru'num
resoluti'vum or eompos'itum is formed.
It is more active than the former.
  Diapter'bes (Pharm.) from nxtqva,
' the heel.'  A medicine, prepared from
the heels of animals and cheese.
  Diapye'tica (Mat. Med.)  Dyapye'-
mata,  from Sianvrjua, Sianvtjotg, ' sup-
puration.'  Medicines, which promote
suppuration.
  Diar'och.« (Surg.) Siaqoxai-  The
spaces between the  turns  of a ban-
dage.
  Diaromat'icum  (Pharm.)  A medi-
cine, composed of aromatics.
  Diar'rhage (Surg.)  Siaqqayi], Dis-
ruptio, from  Siaqqtiyvviu, ' to  break
asunder.'   A  fracture: — of  the  tem-
poral bones, particularly.
  Diarrhodom'eli (Pharm.) from Siu,
qoSov,  ' a rose,' and fttXi,  ' honey.'  A
medicine, composed of juice of roses,
scammony, pepper, agaric, and honey.
Alexander of Tralles.
  Diar'rhodon (Pharm.)  from Sia and
qodov, ' a rose ';  SiaqqoSov, Euelpid'ion,
tvtX/riSiov.   A  tonic  and  astringent
powder,  composed  of a  considerable
number of  substances,  and  of which
roses were  the basis.  Galen, Gor-
RjEUS.
  Diarrhce'a (Path.)  Siaqqoia, from
Sia,' through,' and qto>,' I flow.'  Al'vi
proflu'vium,  Cacato'ria,  Coprorrha'a,
Catar'rhus intestina'lis, Al'vi flux'us,
Deflux'io, Lax, Looseness.  A disease,
characterized  by .frequent,  liquid,  al-
vine evacuations, and which  is gener-
ally  owing to inflammation or irritation
of the  mucous membrane  of  the intes-
tines.  It is commonly caused by errors
in regimen, the use  of food, noxious
by its quality or quantity,  &c.  It may
be acute or chronic.   Many varieties
have been made by some Nosologists —
e. g. mucous,  bilious,  serous ; depend-
ant upon the matters evacuated.
  Diarrhoea requires   different  treat-
ment, according to its nature. If caused,
as it often is, by improper matters in
the  intestinal  canal,  these  must  be
evacuated; and  the astringent plan of
treatment must not be adopted, unless
the discharges seem kept up by irrita-
bility ofthe intestines, or unless they are
colliquative.  The indiscriminate use of
astringents is to be deprecated.
  A very fatal diarrhoea prevails amongst
the native inhabitants of India, to which
Mr.  J. Tytler has  given  the name
Diarrhce'a hec'tica, because, like hectic
fever, it seems to obtain  habitual pos-
session of the constitution, to operate
upon it with scarcely any perceptible
intermission, and,  in  general, to defy
the most powerful remedies.
  (F)  Diarrhie, Devoiement, Catarrhe
intestinal, Flux de Ventre, Courante.
  (G)  Durchfall,  Durchlauf. 
DIARTHRODIAL         297         DIASTOMOTRIS
   Writers.  J. Ravelly, Paris," 1677
 (F).  Coschwiz (bilious D.), Hal. 1729
 (L).  Fr.  Hofmann,  Hal.  1700 (L).
 Ch.  G.  Ludwig,   Lips.  1754  (L).
 Lambsma, Amsterd. 1756 (L).   Juch,
 Erfurt, 1756 ,'L.)  A. E. de Buchner,
 Hal. 1765 (Lj.   Mangor,  Hafn. 1786
 (L).  H.  Dewar (D.  in  the  British
 army  during the campaign in  Egypt)
 Lond. 1803.  J.  C. Colson, Paris. 1808
 (F).   S. Poitevin  (mucous D.) Paris,
 1810 (F).
   Diarthro'dial (Anat.) Diarthrodia'■
 lis.   Relating to diarthroses  or mova-
 ble articulations, as  diathro'dial articu-
 lation.   Diarthro'dial cartilage or  in-
 crusting cartilage. The cartilage which
 invests  the articular extremity of a
 bone.
   Diarthro'sis  (Anat.)  Staqdqototg,
 from Siaq&qoot, ' I articulate.'  Deartic-
 ula'tio,  Prosarthro'sis,  nqoaaq9qwaig,
 Aparthro'sis, anandqioaig, Abarticula'tio,
 Coarticula'tio.    A  movable  articula-
 tion.  One  which  permits the bones
 to move freely on each other  in every
 direction, as in the case ofthe shoulder-
 joint.
     (F)  Emboiture.
   Diasapo'nium  (Pharm.)   An oint-
 ment in which soup  is the chief ingre-
 dient.
   Diasatyri'on  (Pharm.)  from  Sia,
 and  aarvqtov, ' the or'chis mas'cula,' ' an
 electuary,' of which  this plant formed
 the  base.   Myrepsus.   The  ancients
 attributed to it the faculty  of exciting
 the organs of generation.
   Diascil'lion (Pharm.) from Sia and
 exiXXa,  'squill.'    The   vinegar  and
 oxymel of squill.
   Diascor'dium (Pharm.) from rWand
 axoqSiov, ' the water  germander.'   An
 electuary, so called because this plant
 enters into its composition.  The Pa-
 risian Codex has a formula  for its pre-
 paration, under the title, ' Electua'rium
 opia'tum astrin'geus  vel  diascor'dium.'
 (R.fol. scord. § iss. rosar. rubr.; bistort.
 rad., gentiana, tormentilla, sem. berber.
 aa § ss. zingib., piper-long, aa 3ij- cas-
sia lignea, cinnamom., dictamn.cretens.,
 styrac.  calamit.,  galban., gum.  acacia
 aa § ss,  bol. oriental, prapar.  § ij, ex-
 tract, vinos opii 3ij>  mA. rosat. prop.
 fjjij, vin. hispan. Ybssifiat electuarium.)
 In place  of the styrax  calamita,  the
 balsam  of tolu  or  Benjamin  may  be
 used.  The opium  is, in this prepara-
tion,  in  the proportion of 1 to  184.
The  diascordium is  employed in diar-
rhoea and dysentery,  as a tonic, stoma-
chic,  and  astringent.   The  common
 dose is from a scruple to a drachm and
 a half.
   Diasebes'te (Pharm.) from Sia and
 sebesten, ' a sort of  prune.'  Ancient
 name of an electuary, chiefly composed
 of sebesten.  It was purgative.
   Diase'na (Pharm.) from Sia and sen-
 na.  A purgative medicine, of which
 senna was the basis.
   Diase'ricos  (Pharm.) from  Sia and
 or,qixog,' silk.'   A medicine, in which
 silk is an  ingredient.  Alexander of
 Tralles.
  Diasmyr'non or Diasmyr'nes (Pharm.)
 Siaoiivqvov, Siaa^ivqvtjg, Euelpid'ion, tvtX-
 mSiov.   A collyrium  into the composi-
 tion of which myrrh entered. Galen.
  Diasper'maton (Pharm.)  Sia  arctq-
 uaxwv.   The ancient  name of two cat-
 aplasms,  composed of seeds.  Galen,
 Paulus.
  Dias'tasis (Surg.) Siaaxaoig.  Sepa-
 ration. Diaste'ma, Siaaxi^ia, Dissiden'-
 tia,  distance.  A separation of  bones
 from each other, and particularly of the
 bones  of the cranium;  of the radius
 from the ulna, and  the  fibula from the
 tibia.  The ancients used this word  to
 designate the three dimensions of the
 body, — length, breadth, and thickness;
 for the interval  separating the patient
 from the physician;   the  swelling  of
 varicose  veins; the time at which some
 change occurred in disease, &c.
  Diaste'aton (Pharm.) from Sia and
 axtaq,' fat.'  An ointment made of the
 fat  of animals.   Marcellus Empiri-
 cus.
  Dias'tole (Phys.)  SiaoxoXtj,  from
 SiaoxtXXw, ' I dilate,' ' 1 open.'  Dilata-
 tion of the heart and arteries, when the
 blood enters their  cavities.  It is the
 opposite movement to systole, in which
 the heart  and arteries contract to send
 forth the blood.  Diastole and systole
 are,  consequently,  successive  move-
 ments.  Diastole occurs simultaneously
 in the  two ventricles; and during the
 systole ofthe auricles.  The almost inap-
 preciable time, which elapses between
 the diastole and systole has been called
perisystole.  When we  speak  of the
 contraction or systole  of the heart, we
 mean that of the ventricles, as  well  as
 when we speak of its diastole or  dila-
 tation.
  (G)  Erschlaffung  Erweite-
 rung.
  Diastomo'tris (Surg.) Staaxouoirqig,
 from Siaoxofiooi,' I dilate.'  Dilating in-
 struments, such  as  the different  kinds
 of specula for the mouth, anus, vagina,
 &c. 
DIASULPHURIS         298
diecbolion
   Diasul'phuris  (Pharm.) A plaster,
 composed of equal parts  of sublimed
 sulphur,  and  Venice  turpentine, to
 which were added wax,  myrrh, and
 camphor.
  Diatam'aron or Diatam'oron (Phar.)
 The name of an old antidote, of which
 we know nothing farther. Myrepsus.
   Diat'asis  (Surg.) Siaxaoig, Disten'-
 sio,  from  Siaxuvio, ' I  distend.'   The
 reduction of a fracture, by extension
 and  counter-extension.
  Diates'saron (Pharm.) Siaxtaoaqwr,
 from Sia and  rtaaaqtg, ' four.'  An elec-
 tuary, into  the  composition of which
 entered four medicines; viz. the roots
 of gentian and aristolochia rotunda,
 and  bay berries, each § ij, honey ftjij.
 The whole was incorporated with ex-
 tract  of juniper.   The diapentes is
 nothing more than this electuary, mix-
 ed with two ounces of ivory shavings.
 The diatessaron is tonic,  and it  was,
 formerly employed in cases of stings
 and bites of venomous animals.  It was
 regarded as emmenagogUe, alexiterial,
 and  alexipharmacal.
  Diatet't-igon (Pharm.) Staxtxxiywv,
 from  xtxxu,  ' a grasshopper.'  An an-
 tidote, in which grasshoppers were an
 ingredient. Paulus.  It was used as a
 nephritic.
  Diathecol'ithos (Pharm.)   Siari;-
 xoXi&ov, from Sia and xyxoXi&og, ' the
 Jew's stone.'   An antidote, which con-
 tains the Lapis Judaicus.
  Diath'esis (Path.)   Siad-eotg, from
 Staxi9);ui,' I dispose.'  Disposition, con-
 stitution, affection  of the  body : pre-
 disposition  to certain diseases  rather
 than to others. The principal diatheses,
 mentioned by authors, are,  the cancer-
 ous, scrophulous, scorbutic, rheumatic,
gouty, and calculous.
  (G) Leibesbe schaffenhe i t.
  Diatragacan'thus (Pharm.) A pow-
 der, composed of gum tragacanth. § ij,
gum arabic §j and 5ij> starch  § ss,
 liquorice 3iij; as much  of the  seed of
 the melon and white poppy ; seeds of
 the water-melon, cucumber, and gourd,
 and sugar candy § iij.   It was used as
 a demulcent.
  Diatri'on  or  Diatri'um (Pharm.)
 from Sia and  xqtig, ' three.' A  medi-
 cine,  composed  of three ingredients.
 There were formerly two kinds.  The
 first  was called Diatri'um  Pipe'reon
 species, and was  formed of black and
 long pepper, aniseed,  thyme, and gin-
 ger.   It was  highly stimulating.  The
 second species was known under the
 name, Diatrinsan'talon, Diatri'um San-
 talo'rum pulvis, or Powder ofthe three
 Saunders.  They were considered di-
 aphoretic.
   Diatrita'rii  (Med.)   The  sect  of
 Methodists  were  so  called,  who pre-
 tended to cure all diseases by subjecting
 the patients for  three days to a rigid
 diet.
   Diat'ritos  (Med.) Siaxqixog. Diet
 of three days.  The means used by the
 Methodists to cure disease.
   Diaxylal'oes   (Pharm.)  from  Sia
 and %vXa).oi],  ' the lignum aloes'   A
 medicine, in which the lignum aloes is
 the chief ingredient.
   Diazos'ter (Anat.) Siato>oTrtq, from
 Siatwvwfii, ' I surround.'  The twelfth
 vertebra of the back, because  it cor-
 responds to the girdle, iworrtq.
   Dicente'ton  (Pharm.) Sixtvxrjxov,
 from Sia and xtvrtur,'  I prick.'  A pun-
 gent, stimulating collyrium. Pal lis.
   Dichal'con,  SixaXxov.   A weight,
 equal to a third part of an  obolus.
  Dichophy'ia (Path.) from di^a,' dou-
 ble,' and (pvco,  ' I grow.'   A disease of
 the hairs, in which they split and grow
 forked.
   Dic'rotus  (Path.)  Sixqoxog,  Bisfe-
 riens, from Sig,  ' twice,' and xqovio,' 1
 strike.'  An epithet, given to the pulse,
 when it seems to beat twice as fast as
 usual.  It is synonymous with the term,
 rebounding pulse,—the artery rebound-
 ing after striking, so  as to convey the
 sensation of a double pulsation.  It has
 been considered, ■ and with truth,  to
 frequently foretell hemorrhage. In bad
 cases of typhus, it certainly announces
 such a tendency.
  Dictamni'tes  (Pharm.) from Sixxa-
pvog, ' dittany.'  A medicated  wine of
dittany.  It  was employed as  an em-
menagogue.
  Dictam'nus al'bus (Mat. Med.) from
Dictamnus,  a town in Crete.  White
Fraxinel'la or Bas'tard Dit'tany, Frax-
inel'la.  The fresh root has been con-
sidered nervine, anthelmintic, and em-
 menagogue.  It is not used.
  (F) Dictame, Fraxinelle.
  (G) Weisserdiptam.
  Writers.  J. D. Geier, Francof. et
 Lips. 1687 (L).  H. Ca. Bertuch, Er-
ford, 1742 (L).
  DiDYMie'A  (Pharm.)  StSvfiaia, from
 StSvfiog, ' double.'  A  cataplasm, used
 in  rheumatism and  other affections.
 Galen.
   Didymal'gia  (Path.) from SiSvnot,
 ' the testicles,' and aXyog,' pain.' Pain
 in the testicles.                 ,
  Diecbol'ion  (Mat.  Med.) from Sia 
DIELECTRON
299
DIET
and  txftaXXta, ' I  cast  out': SitxfioX.iov.
A name given, by  the ancients, to a
remedy, which they believed capable
of producing abortion.
  Dielec'tron (Pharm.) Sir,Xtxxqov. A
troch, of which amber (Electrum) was
the basis.  Marcellus Empiricus.
 DIEMERBROECK, Isbrand (Biog.)
A celebrated Dutch  physician; born at
Montfort, near  Utrecht, in 1609; died
in 1674.   Works.  De peste  libr. iv.
Arenac. 1644.  4to.   Oratio  de redu-
cendd ad medicinam ehirurgid. Ultra-
ject. 1649. fol.  Disputalionum practi-
carurh pars prima et secunda, de mor-
bis capitis et thoracis. Traject. ad Rhen.
1664. 12mo. Anatome corporis humani.
Ibid. 1672,  4to.  His works were col-
lected and  published  by  his  son, and
translated  into  English by William
Salmon. Lond. 1689.
  Dierenbach, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.) D. is a city in Bavaria, two
leagues from which  is  a  sulphurous
spring.
  Dies (Path.) i,utqa. A  Day.  The
day  is, properly, the  period,  during
which the  solar  light illumines our
horizon: but commonly, also, we desig-
nate by the word day, the  period of 24
hours, or Nycthe'meron, which is fre-
quently divided into  four parts — morn-
ing, mid-day,  evening, and midnight.
In antiquity, great importance was at-
tached  to  the  observation  of  days  in
disease.  The  Medical day is usually
reckoned  at 24 hours; universally, in
estimating the duration of a disease.
In parts of the United States, it com-
prises only the  time when the sun is
above the  horizon, as regards the  ad-
ministration of medicine. If a medicine
be ordered to be taken four times a day,
it is  understood to mean during the  12
hours of day.   (F) Jour.   (G) T a g.
  Diet  (Hyg. Med.)  Dia'ta,  Ra'tio
vic'tus, Siatxa.   Originally, this word
signified nearly the same thing as Hy-
giene and Regimen, i. e. Diet was the
employment of every thing, necessary
for the preservation of health and life.
At the present day,  it signifies a par-
ticular kind of food,  and,  at  times, a
privation of food  and  drink : — ab-
stinence.  To put  any one upon  diet,
(F) Mettre quelqu'un  a la diete,  means
to 'deprive him of his usual nourishment:
— milk diet, means a  diet of milk, &c.
     (G)  L e b e n s w e i s e.
  Writers.   J.  P. Merenda  (D. in
disease), Basil, 1556 (L).  J. B.  Cham-
pier,  Lugd. 1560 (L).  M. Zuccari
(Do.), Neapol.  1602 (L).   J. Querce-
tanus (Duchesne), Paris, 1606 (L).  J.
Sporisch(Do.), Lips  1607  (L).  Rudi-
ger (diet of literary men),  Leipz. 1728
(L). M.  Alberti (Do.), Hal. 1739(L).
J. E. Hebenstreit (prophylactic D.),
Lips. 1748 (L).   Kruger, Hal.  1763
(G).  D. W. Nebel  (regimen  of the
sick), Heidelb. 1789 (L).   J. G. Rey-
her  (D. in disease),  Schwerin and
Weimar, 1790  (G).   W.  Falconer
(Do.), Lond. 1790.  J. A.  J. Varnha-
gen, Hamburg, 1794 (G).   W. Nesbit,
Lond. 1801.  A. F. M. Willich, Lon-
don.  T. Roberton, Edinb. 1809.  Ch.
T.Thackrah,Lond. 1824.  J.A.Paris,
Lond. 1826.
  See Aliment,  Dietetics, Hygiene,
and  Regimen.
  DIET, HOSPITAL.   Every well reg-
ulate'd Hospital  has   certain  dietetic
regulations.  The following Table  of
Dietary was collected and arranged,  at
considerable  trouble  and expense, by
Dr. J. Murray of Edinburgh.  It shows
the particular regimen selected for the
sick, in the different hospitals of Great
Britain and Ireland.
A  Comparative  View of the  Diet- Tables of the different Hospitals of Great
                           Britain and  Ireland.
HOSPITALS.
ORDINARY DIET.
LOW DIET.
NOTTING-
  HAM.
Breakfast. — A pint of milk porridge for the men,
  and a pint of tea, with half an oz. of butter, for
  the women, every morning.  For the men, 16
  oz. of bread; for the women, 14 oz.; for all un-
  der 12 years of age, 12 oz. — per day.
Dinner. — (1, 5*) — 8 oz. of roasted or stewed
  meat, and 12 oz. of vegetables, a pint and  a half
  of beer to each man, and a pint to each woman.
  ----(2, 4, 6) — A pint of rice milk, or  12 oz. of
  rice  or flour  pudding, with sauce, and 6 oz. of
  vegetables.----(3,7) — A  pint of broth, 4 oz.
  of boiled meat, and 12 oz. of vegetables.
Breakfast. — The  same as
  ordinary  diet,  excepting
  Monday and Friday, when
  a pint of gruel is substi-
  tuted.
Diriner. — Sunday, Tues-
  day, Wednesday, Thurs-
  day, and Saturday, a pint
  of  rice  milk,  hasty or
  bread pudding.  Monday
  and  Friday,  baked  rice,
  or  bread  puddings  with
  vegetables.  __________
* The figures in parenthesis denote the days of the week. 
DIET            300           DIET
HOSPITALS. | ORDINARY DIET. | LOW DIET.		
NOTTINGHAM continued.	Supper. — A pint of tea and half oz. of butter, for the women ; one pint of broth or milk porridge for the men; and and 2 oz. of cheese, or one oz of butter, when milk cannot conveniently be served out. FULL DIET— Is formed from the ordinary diet at the discretion of the physicians and sur geons.	Supper. — A pint of milk porridge, or2 oz. of cheese, a pint of milk, with 2 pints of water for common bev-erage, bread at discretion. The beer to be of the strength of 13 gallons to the bushel of malt.
LIVERPOOL.	Breakfast. — A pint of milk porridge, breaded every morning. Dinner. — (1, 5, 7) — Boiled beef and vegetables ----(2) — Rice milk and bread. ->— (3) — Stew-ed beef and potatoes. —r- (4) — Pease soup and bread.----(6) — Ale, gruel, and bread. Supper. — A pint of broth and bread on Sunday ant Thursday. A pint of milk and bread on the other days. FULL DIET — The same as the ordinary diet.	Consists throughout the day of milk porridge, common batter, or rice pudding. The ale and beer are bought.
NORWICH. i	Breakfast. — Sunday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Sat-urday, two oz. of cheese, and one oz. of butter; Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, milk porridge or gruel, bread and beer sufficient for the day, without waste. Dinner. — (1, 3, 5, 7) —6 oz. of meat, with veget-ables. ----(2, 4, 6) — 12 oz. of baked flour pud-ding, with half an oz. of butter, or rice milk, or pudding. Supper. — Broth on Sunday, Tuesday, and Thurs-day ; one oz. of butter, or two oz. of cheese on the other days. FULL DIET — Is formed at discretion.	Is formed at discretion. The beer is bought, — nei-ther ale nor porter is al-lowed.
SHEFFIELD.	Breakfast. — A pint of milk porridge, or milk or ale, or onion gruel, every morning. Dinner. — (1, 5) — Meat and vegetables, from 4 to 8 oz.----(2, 6) — Broth and pudding.----(3, 7) — Meat pie.----(4) — Pudding with cheese. Supper. — 3 oz. of cheese, or 2 oz. of butter, on Sundays and Fridays, — as breakfast on the other days. FULL DIET — Dinner, 8 oz. of meat every day. Supper, the same as ordinary diet, excepting Sunday and Friday, when 3 oz. of cheese is substituted, or 2 oz. of butter; ale and porter at discretion.	Breakfast. — A pint of weak tea or water gruel, with dry toast or biscuit. Dinner. — Six oz. of hasty pudding or panada. Supper. - The same as break-fast : strength of the ale 1 quarter of malt to 90 gals, of ale ; of the beer, 1 sack of malt to 70 gals. of beer.
LEEDS.	Breakfast. — Every day a pint of milk porridge, bread as much as is wished for, provided there be no waste. Dinner. — (1) — Si* oz. of beef or mutton, 8 oz. of roots, and 4 oz. of bread. The quantity of beer is regulated according to the age of the patient. ----(2) — One pint of soup, with bread.----(3) — One pint of broth, 8 oz. of roots, and 4 oz. of beef or mutton.----(4) — Bread sufficient, 4 oz. of beef or cheese, one and a half oz. of butter. ----(5) — Mutton pie.----(6) — Baked pudding. ----(7) — One pint of broth, 4 oz. of beef or mutton, 8 oz. of roots. Supper. — A pint of milk porridge every evening excepting Monday and Friday, when 3 oz. of cheese, or one and a half oz. of butter, and half a pint of beer is served out. FULL DIET —Is formed at discretion.	Breakfast. — The same as ordinary diet. Dinner. — Pudding broth, or milk, with broth. No. beer is allowed. Supper. — The strength of the beer is, five and a half gallons from every strice of malt ; wine, brandy, and bottled porter, are also ordered in unlimited quantities.
NORTHAMP-TON.	Breakfast. — Milk porridge and broth every morn-ing ; 14 oz. bread daily. Dinner. — (1,5) — Six oz. of meat, with vegeta-bles ; one pint of beer daily.----(2, 3, 6, 7) — Four oz. of meat, with vegetables.----(4) — Boiled rice, or half a calf's foot, or 2 oz. of meat, if preferred. Supper. — No supper on Sunday, Tuesday, and Thursday ; milk porridge on Monday and Friday ; 2 oz. of cheese, or 1 of butter, on Wednesday and Saturday. FULL DIET —Is formed from the ordinary diet.	Breakfast. — The same as the ordinary diet each morning. Dinner.— Sunday & Thurs-day four ounces of meat, with vegetables; Monday, Tuesday, Friday, and Sat-urday, 2 ounces of meat; Wednesday, boiled rice. Supper. — Sunday, Tuesday, and Thursday no suppers; Monday and Friday milk porridge; Wednesday and Saturday 2 oz. of cheese, or 1 oz. of butter.
 
DIET                  301                  DIET
HOSPITALS.  |
ORDINARY DIET.
WORCESTER.
Breakfast. — Sunday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Fri-
  day, and  Saturday, a pint of milk  porridge ;
  Thursday and Monday, a pint of broth; 18 oz.
  of bread daily.
Dinner. — (1, 3,5) — Four oz. of meat, baked with
  rice or potatoes.----(2, 6) —Eight oz. of baked
  nee pudding.----(4)— 12 oz.'of baked bread or
  rice pudding.----(7) — Meat soup, with rice or
  barley.
Supper. — A pint of milk porridge daily.

FULL DIET.—Breakfast the same as the ordi-
  nary diet. Dinner, 6 oz. of meat instead of 4 oz.;
  half a pint of beer.
LOW DIET.
Breakfast. — Milk  porridge
  or gruel.

Dinner. — Rice milk,  milk
  porridge, panada,  bread,
  or rice pudding, varied ac-
  cording to circumstances.

The small  beer is brewed
  with 4 bushels of malt to
  the  hogshead; the ale is
  double the above strength.
BRISTOL.
Breakfast. — On Sunday, Tuesday, Thursday, d.ni\\Breakfast. — A wine  quart
  Saturday, milk  porridge ; Monday, Wednesday,
  and Friday, meat broth ; 12 oz. of bread on meat
  days ; 14 oz. on the other days.
Dinner. — (1, 3, 5) — Three fourths of a pound of
  meat, witli vegetables; two pints of beer daily.
  ----2, 4, 6, 7) — A pint of gruel or pap.

Supper. — A wine pint of gruel of meal broth, on
  Sunday ; 2 oz. of cheese for the men, one fourth
  of an oz. of butter for the women, on Monday,
  Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday.

FULL DIET.—The patients have  meat eveiy
  day.
  of milk porridge or milk.
Dinner. — A wine quart of
  weak broth
Supper.—The same as break-
  fast, 14  oz. of bread,  and
  barley water  for common
  drink.
Twenty bushels of malt, 15
  pounds of hops, to 14 gals.
  of strong ale ; 21 bushels
  of malt, and 12 pounds of
  hops,  to 360 gals, of ale ;
  11 bushels of malt, 7 lbs
  of hops,  to 360  gals,  of
  small beer.
GLOUCESTER.
Breakfast. — A pint of milk porridge or rice gruel
  with 3 oz. of bread every morning.
Dinner. — (1,3, 5, 7) — Four oz. of meat, 4 oz
  vegetables, 6 oz. of bread, half a pint of beer,
  one pint of broth, with 2 oz.  of bread.----(2, 6)
  — A pint  of rice milk, 6 oz. of bread, one  pint
  of beer.----(4) — 12 oz. of  rice pudding,  6 oz
  of bread, one pint of beer.
Supper. — 4  oz. of bread, one pint of beer, 1 oz. of
  chee.se, on Sunday;  the same, but without the
  cheese, on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and
  Saturday.  Six oz. of bread, and one pint of beer,
  on Monday and Friday.
FULL DIET. — At discretion.
  Breakfast---Milk  porridge
    or rice gruel.
of Dinner. — Two oz. of meat,
    4 oz. of bread,  4  oz. of
    vegetables, and half a pint
    of beer, excepting Monday
    and Wednesday, when rib
    bread is allowed.
  Supper.—Same as breakfast;
    on Wednesday an  ounce
    of cheese is ordered.
  Ale, 8 bushels of malt, 6 lbs.
    of hops, to  85  gallons of
    small beer.
 Breakfast. — Milk porridge every morning ;  14 oz.
  of bread daily.
 Dinner. — (1,3,5) — A pint of broth, 8 oz. of meat,
  half a pound of vegetables, one pint of beer. -
  (2)— Rice pudding, a pint of beer.----(4) A pint
  of soup or flour-meat, with bread ; 14 oz. of rice
  pudding.----(6) — Eight oz. of  hashed meat,
  half a pound of vegetables, one pint of beer. -
  (7) — One  pint  of  drink-meat,  with  a proper
  quantity of bread.
Supper. — A pint of good broth on Saturday, Tues-
  day, and  Thursday;  a pint of milk  porridge on
  Monday ; 2 oz. of cheese, and half a pint of beer
  on Wednesday ;  a pint of milk on Friday :  Sat-
  urday as Wednesday.
FULL DIET. —At discretion.
Breakfast. — At discretion.
About seven gals, of ale are
  brewed  from a bushel of
  malt: small  beer  from 18
  to  20 gallons ;  sugar and
  treacle  are  occasionally
  used  with malt  for the
  latter.
NEWCASTLE-
UPON-TYNE.
Breakfast. — Sunday, Tuesday, Friday, and Satur
  day, from one pint to a pint  and a half of milk
  porridge, or one pint of hasty-pudding, with milk ;
  Monday and Wednesday, from one pint to a pint
  and a half of rice gruel, or rice milk.
Dinner. — (1,3) — One pint of broth, with 8 oz. of
  boiled meat.----(2,6) — Twelve oz. of rice or
  bread pudding.----(4) Four oz. of boiled meat
  with 8 oz. of flour pudding.----(5) — Six oz. of
  baked meat,  with potatoes  oi vegetables.----
  (7)—Four oz. of boiled meat,  with a pint of
  broth.
Supper. — A pint of broth and vegetables,  or a pint
  of milk porridge, or hasty-pudding, or gruel.

FULL DIET. — At discretion.
At discretion.
26 
DIET            302            DIET
HOSPITALS. 1 ORDINARY DIET. | LOW DIET.		
MANCHES-TER.	Breakfast. — A pint of milk, or drink porridge. Dinner. — (1,3,5) — Ei^ht oz. of boiled mutton, beef, or veal, with broth, pudding, and roots.---- 2, 4, 6, 7) — Twelve oz, of rice or flour pudding, with roots. Supper. — As the breakfast, with the addition of an ounce of butter, or 3 oz. of cheese occasion-ally. FULL DIET. — At discretion.	At discretion.
BIRMINGHAM.	Breakfast.— Milk porridge with bread cut into it, every morning daily ; allowance of bread besides, three-fourths of a pound. Dinner.— (Daily) — 8 oz. of meat, with vegeta-bles, and a pint of beer. Supper. — A pint of broth every day. FULL DIET. — Breakfast and dinner the same as the ordinary diet, half a pint of beer, or half a pint of ale. Supper, ale and2oz. of cheese, with the addition of one-fourth of a pound of bread.	Tea night and morning, mut-ton broth, podding, and barley tea. Twenty bushels of malt to to the hogshead of ale ; 4 bushels of malt to the hogshead of beer.
BIRMINGHAM, Revised 1819.	Breakfast.— To each man a pint and a half of milk porridge, with 4 oz. of bread added to it. To each woman or child, one pint of milk porridge, without bread. To each patient 2 oz. of bread daily. Dinner. — 1,3, 5) — To each- man 8 oz. of baked or boiled meat; to each woman or child, 6 oz. To each patient, 6 oz. of vegetables, and one pint of beer daily.----(2)—To each man, a quart of rice or barley broth, m&de with a variety of vegetables ; to each woman or child, one pint and a half.----(4) — Twelve ounces of boiled rice or bread pudding.----(6) —Four oz. of boiled or baked meat, a pint of rice or barley broth, made with a variety of vegetables.---- (7) — Six oz. of baked rice or bread pudding, or a pint of rice or barley broth, made with a variety of vegetables. Supper. — A pint of broth, milk porridge, or gruel. FULL DIET. — Breakfast the same as in ordinary diet. Dinner, 6 oz. of boiled or baked meat, 6 oz. of vegetables, 6 oz. of baked rice or bread pud-ding. Supper the same as ordinary diet.	Breakfast. —The same as or-dinary diet. Dinner. — A pint of broth or rice milk, 6 oz. of baked rice or bread pudding, to each patient every day. Supper. — The same as ordi-nary diet.
EDINBURGH.	Breakfast. — One mutchkin of porridge, three gills of milk or beer ; or five and one-fourth ounces of fine bread, milk or beer. Dinner. — (1,4) — One choppin of broth, 8 oz. of butcher's meat boiled in the broth, or beef-steak ; five and one-fourth ounces of bread.---- (2, 5, 7) — A choppin of broth made of beef and bones, barley, groats, potatoes, and vegetables ; five and a half ounces of bread.----(3,6) — Po-tato soup, with beef and veal, or bones; bread as above. Supper. — As the breakfast each day. FULL DIET.—At discretion.	At discretion.
GLASGOW.	Breakfast. — Milk porridge, quantity not limited, with half a mutchkin of sweet milk, or one mutch-kin of buttermilk or beer. Dinner. — (1) — Broth made of barley, vegetables, and the dripping of the meat roasted during the week, with a quartern loaf to a man, and half to a woman.----(2, 4) — Beef boiled; 8 oz. to the men, and 6 oz. to the women ; a quartern loaf to a man, and half to a woman, or vegetables.---- (3,6) — Broth, made with beef, barley, and vegetables ; a quartern loaf to men, and half to women.----(5) — Potato soup, with cow heads, bones, &c.----(7) — Six oz. of cheese to men, 4 oz. to women ; bread as above. Supper. — As the breakfast each day. FULL DIET. — At discretion.	At discretion.
 
DIET            303            DIET
HOSPITALS I ORDINARY DIET. | LOW DIET.		
GLASGOW LU-NATIC ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — Porridge from 7 oz. of oatmeal, one wine pint of milk. is regulated, in some meas-Dinner. — Six oz. of beef, 2 oz. of barley, 20 oz. of ure, according to their potatoes. Varied as directed. former modes of life and Supper. — One-eighth of a loaf of bread, one wine ability to pay, with refer-pmtofmilk. ence to their state of N. B. — In this Asylum, as well as at Edinburgh, health. insane lodgers are received for weekly payment; and their dietary, tea, ale, wine, &c. varied.	
DUBLIN HOUSE OF IN DUSTRY.	Breakfast. — One quart of stirabout, one-third of a quart of new milk. Dinner. — (1, 2, 3, 4, 5) — One quart of soup three pounds of potatoes.----(6, 7) — Three pounds of potatoes, and one pint of buttermilk. Supper. — Six oz. of brown bread, with half a pint of beer, or a quart of gruel.	
5 HOSPITALS of House of Industry.	Per Diem — Sixteen oz. of white bread, one quart of new milk, and ono quart of buttermilk for whey. FULL DIET. — Two oz. of bread per diem, one quart of broth, one quart of new milk.	One pint of flummery per diem, one quart of new milk, and one quart of buttermilk for whey.
STEPHEN'S HOSPITAL.	Breakfast. — Half a pound of bread, one pint of milk. Dinner. — (1, 2, 3, 5, 7) — One quart of soup, half a pound of bread, or two pounds of potatoes; one pint of milk or beer.----(4, 6) — Twelve oz. of bread, one quart of sweetened gruel.	Daily, half a pound of bread, two quarts of new milk, and one quart of butter-milk.
ROYAL HOSPITAL, Phoenix Park.	Breakfast. — One pint of oatmeal or rice gruel. Dinner. — Half a pound of meat, three-fourths of a pound of bread; one pound of potatoes. Su/tper. — One pint of oatmeal or rice gruel. FULL DIET. — Three-fourths of a pdund of meat, one pound of bread, half a pound of potatoes, one quart of beer.	Breakfast. — Tea. Dinner. — Half a pound of bread made into panada or pudding.
RICHMOND HOSPITAL.	Breakfast. — One quart of stirabout, one pint of] new milk. Breakfast. — Flummery, one Dinner. — Bread, 8 oz.; soup, one quart. pint; new milk, one pint. Supper. — Bread, 4 oz. ; new milk, one pint. FULL DIET. — Breakfast, bread, 8 oz.; new milk, \Supper. — Half a pound of one pint. — Dinner, bread, 8 oz. ; mutton or beef,l bread, one pint of milk. 8 oz. — Supper, bread, 4 oz.; new milk, one pint.|	
RICHMOND LUNATIC ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — A quart of stirabout, made of 7 oz. of oatmeal, a pint of new milk. Dinner. — (1, 3, 5) — Twelve oz. of beef, raw, sup-posed to produce, when boiled, halt it pound, two pounds of potatoes, and a pint of small beer.---- (2, 4) — A quart of soup or broth, with vegeta-bles ; 3 lbs. of potatoes.----(6, 7) —3 lbs. of po-tatoes, a pint of new milk. Supper. — Half a pound of bread, and a pint of small beer.	The medical attendants are empowered to make any alteration or substitution in the diet, which indi-vidual cases shall appear to require.
BELFAST HOSPITAL.	Breakfast. — One pint of stirabout, one pint of new milk. Dinner. — Half a ponnd of bread, one pint of new milk. v Supper. — One pint of flummery, one pint of new milk. FULL DIET. — Breakfast, one quart of stirabout, one pint of new milk. — Dinner, 2 lbs. of potatoes, one pint of milk. — Supper, one pint of flummery, one pint of new milk.	Per diem. Quarter of a pound of bread, 1 quart of gruel, 3 pints of new milk, half a pint of flnmmery. Barley. water at occasions.
BELFAST LU-NATIC ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — One quart of stirabout, one quart of new milk. Dinner. — (1,3,5)—Three and a half pounds of potatoes, one pint of soup.----(2, 4, 6, 7) — Three and a half pounds of potatoes, and one pint of new milk. Supper. — Eight ounces of bread, or a pint of flum-mery, one third of a quart of new milk. FULL DIET. — Half a pound of beef three days in the week.	Breakfast. — As ordered. Dinner. — As directed.
CORK FEVER HOSPITAL.	Breakfast.—One halt quartern loaf for every four,I and one pint of new milk each. Under 12 years, half a quartern loaf for every eight.	Breakfast. — One-fourth of a pound of bread, with milk and water sweetened.
 
DIET
304
DIET
HOSPITALS. | ORDINARY DIET. , LOW DIET.		
CORK FEVER HOSPITAL continued.	Dinner. — (1, 3, 5) — Une pound of beef, and two pounds of potatoes. Under 12 years, half a pound of beef, and one pound of potatoes.---- (2, 4, 6, 7) —Potatoes and milk. Supper. — One pint of milk and one of stirabout, tor adults ; half do. for children.	Dinner.-Gruel, broth, wine, and porter, as ordered by the physicians.
FOUNDLING HOSPITAL.	Breakfast. — Four and a half ounces of meal in stirabout, and half a pint of new milk for each child. Dinner. — On week days, 21 lbs. of potatoes to eight children, and one pint of milk each. On Sundays, half a pound of meat each ; broth and vegetables allowed.	
HOUSE OF IN-DUSTRY.	Breakfast. — Six oz. of oatmeal in stirabout, one pint of boiling milk. Dinner.— On week days, two and a half pounds ol potatoes, and a quart of vegetable porridge. On Sundays, 4 beef heads boiled in the porridge.	
MENDICITY ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — Six oz. of meal in stirabout, one pintl of boiling milk. Dinner. — On week days, two and a half pounds of potatoes, and a quart of vegetable porridge. On Sundays, 4 beef heads boiled in the ponidge.l	
LUNATIC ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — Eight ounces of oatmeal in stirabout, one imperial pint of boiling milk. Dinner.—r (1,3, 5) — Three pounds of potatoes, and a quart of broth.----(-2, 4, 6, 7) — Three pounds of potatoes, and a pint und a half of boil-ing milk.	
LIMERICK HOUSE OF INDUSTRY.	Breakfast. — Seven ounces of ontmeal, one pint of new milk for adults ; 4 oz, of meal in stirabout, and half a pint of milk for children. Dinner. — One stone of potatoes for six adults, or seven children ; one pint of milk to the former, and half a pint to the latter. Meat occasionally on Sundays. FULL DIET. —Nourishment to the sick, as the physicians may direct; tea, mutton broth, fowl, wine, spirits, &c. for patients, when ordered by the physician. Other diet, as physicians direct.	
COUNTY IN-FIRMARY.	Breakfast.—A quart of stirabout, and a dobbin of new milk. Dinner. — (1, 5) — Four pounds of potatoes, one quart of soup, one-fourth of a pound of boiled beef.----(2,3, 4, 6, 7) — Four pounds of pota-toes, and one pint of new milk.	
LUNATIC ASYLUM.	Breakfast. — Six to seven ounces of cutlingsin stir-about, one pint of new milk. Dinner. — (1,3, 5) — For those who work, 6 oz. to 8 oz. of beef or mutton, with vegetables and po-tatoes; the broth and potatoes for the others.--- (2, 4, 6, 7) — Four pounds of potatoes, and a pint of new milk. Supper.—Six ounces of wheaten bread, one pint of new milk. FULL DIET. — Bread with milk; gruel and broth at discretion.	Supper. — One pint of gruel. 1
FEVER HOS-PITAL.	Breakfast. — Four oz. of bread, one pint of milk Dinner, — Four oz. of bread, one pint of gruel. Supper. — Four oz. of bread, one pint of milk. FULL DIET.— Meat, 12 oz. ; bread, 16oz. ; po-tatoes, 8 oz.; oatmeal, 3 oz.; barley, 3-fourths of an oz.; sugar, 1 oz.; salt; beer, 1 quart.	Breakfast. — Four ounces of bread, half a pint of milk.
LYINGJN-HOSPITAL.	Breakfast. — Two pence worth, or 12 oz. of bread, and one pint of milk. Dinner. — Four and a half ounces of cutlings, made into gruel, and half a pint of new milk for each person. Supper. — The same food and quantity as for din-ner ; besides every eight persons get as drink, meal tea in the course of the day — 8 oz. of cut-lings, and one pint of new milk made into meal tea for every eight persons; besides wines, broths, &c., when directed by the physicians. No diet is allowed to be given from their families.	
 
DIET-DRINK
305
DIGESTION
HOSPITALS.
ORDINARY DIET.
 MILITARY
HOSPITALS.
Daily — 8 oz. of meat,  12 oz. of bread, 16 oz, of
  potatoes, 3 oz. of oatmeal, barley, salt, &c, one
  oz. of sugar, 2 oz. of new milk for tea.
      LOW DIET.
Daily — Four oz. of meat, 8
  oz. of bread, 8 oz. of po-
  tatoes, one and a half oz.
  of oatmeal; sugar and milk
  for tea.
COUNTY
 GAOL.
Breakfast. — Eight oz. of cutlings made into stira-
  about, with one pint of new milk for each person.
  When bread is given, which is seldom, (say at
  Assize time,) each person gets, in  place of the
  stirabout, half a pound of bread, or a 3d. loaf.
Dinner.— Four pounds of boiled  potatoes,  with
i  one pint of sour milk to each person.
  Diet-drink (Pharm.)  A decoction
or potion, variously composed, and used
in considerable quantity,  for the pur-
pose of purifying the blood.  The De-
coctum Lusitanicum  or Lisbon  Diet-
drink, is one  of the  most celebrated.
See  Decoctum  Sarsaparilla  Com-
positum.
  Dietet'ics, Diatet'ice, Diatet'-
ica, Medici'na Diatet'ica;  same ety-
mon. A branch of Medicine, comprising
the rules  to be followed for preventing,
relieving, or  curing diseases  by diet.
Dietetics  is diet, administered  accord-
ing  to principle.  It  is  an  important
part of Hygiene,  which  see.  A well
regulated system  of  diet  has  great
power in checking disease, and like-
wise in preventing it.  A proper know-
ledge of  dietetics is, indeed, as impor-
tant  as   that  of the  Materia   Medica,
strictly so called.
   Dietetics is used, also, synonymously
with Hygihie.    (F) Dietetique.
   Writers.   Fr. Hofmann (D. ofthe
Scriptures),  Hal. 1716 (L).   Ch. M.
Burchard,  Rostoch,  1726  (L).   P.
Gekicke, Helmst. 1750 (L).  J. E. He-
benstreit, Lips. 1751 (L).  See Dikt.
   Dietet'ists (Med.) Diatetis'ta. Phy-
sicians,  who  apply  only the   rules of
dietetics  to their treatment of disease.
   Dieu-le-filt,  Mineral Waters
of (Mat. Med.)  The  waters of Dieu-
le-filt, in France,  are  chalybeate, and
much sought after.
   Diex'odos (Phys.) SuioSog,  from Sia
and t:ui)ug,' an exit or way out.'  Di'o-
dos. Any opening, by which an excre-
tion takes place.
   Diffu'sible  (Mat.  Med.)  from  dif-
fu'sus,' spread abroad.'  Those stimu-
lating medicines, which  augment the
action of the vascular  and nervous sys-
tems in  an acute but transitory man-
ner.
  Digas'tricus (Anat.) from Sig,1 twice,'
and yuoniq, 'a belly': Siyaoxqixog, Bi-
ven'ter,  B*. Maxill'a,  Dep'rimens Max-
illa Biven'ter, Bigaster, Mastotdo-hyo-
einien,  Masto'ido-genien, (Ch.)  The
6             26*
name, Digastricus, was formerly given
to several muscles. It is now restricted
to one of the muscles of the superior
hyoid region.  The digastricus is thick
and fleshy at its extremities; thin and
tendinous at its  middle.   It is attached
to the mastoid groove of the temporal
bone, and to a  fossette  at the  side of
the symphysis menti.  Its tendon passes
through  an aponeurotic ring, which  is
attached to the os hyoides.
  The use of the digastricus is, to de-
press the lower  jaw, or  to raise the
os hyoides, and  to carry it forwards or
backwards, as in deglutition.
  (F)  Digastrique, Abaisseur de la ma-
choire inferieure.
  (G) Z weibauchig.
  Diges'tible  (Mat. Alim.) Concoc'-
tus haVilis. Capable of being digested.
All food is  not equally digestible, and
some of the most nourishing is the least
so: — the fat  of meat,  for example.
Certain  substances again are  entirely
rebellious.
  Digestion (Physiol.) Digestio, from
diger'ere,' to dissolve.' Coc'tio,  Pep'sis,
Tttipig, Chylo'sis.  Digestion is  a func-
tion, exclusively belonging to  the ani-
mal kingdom; by means of which ali-
mentary  substances,  when  introduced
into the  digestive canal, undergo dif-
ferent alterations.  The  object of this
is to convert them into two parts : the
one, a reparatory juice, destined to re-
new the  perpetual waste occurring  in
the  economy : the other, deprived  of
its nutritious properties, being rejected
from the body.   This function  is com-
posed  of a series of organic  actions,
differing according to the particular or-
ganization ofthe animal.  In man these
actions are eight in number, viz.
            1. Prehension of food,
            2. Mastication.
            3. Insalivation.
Digestive Ac-[ 4. Deglutition.
   tions.    | 5. Action of the stomach.
            6. Action of the small intestine,
            7. Action of the large intestine.
            .8. Expulsion ofthe faeces,
     (G)  Verdauung. 
DIGESTIVES
306
DIGITIUS
  l^o™fRS\ E. Hollingius, Ingolst.
  1592 (L)   M. C. DE  LA  Chambre,
  WAo'n^W'  M. Sebisch, Argent!
  1642 (L).  T. Andre,  Frankof. 1675
  > \r   ^athbau,  Paris,  1677 (F).
  J- Viridet, Genev. 1691 (L).  A. Pit-
  carne  Leyd. 1693 (L).   J. Astruc,
  Montpellier, 1711 (F).  Another work,
  Toulouse, 1714 (F).  P. Hec^uet, 1712
  (*).  A. F. le Dran, Paris, 1714 (L).
  G.  Detharding, Rostoch,  1717 (L).
  J. A.  Wedel, Jenae, 1719 (L).  G. R.
  Bohmer, Lips. 1750 (L).  R. Reaumur
 (in  Mem. de I'Acad. des  Sciences),
 1725.  Em. M. Duverney, Paris, 1725
 (L).   L.  M. Pousse, Paris,  1732 (L).
 J- F. Turrel,  Monspel. 1733  (L).
 Saussine, Monspel.  1746 (L).  E. G.
 Rose, Lips. 1748 (L). R. V. van Zill,
 Leid.  1748 (L).  A. C Dorigny, Paris,
 1750 (L).  J. A. Segner, Gotting. 1752
 (L).   E.  Barry,, Lond.  1759.   Ste-
 vens,  Edinb. 1777 (L).  Spallanzani,
 Genev. 1783 (F).  G. Fordyce, Lond.
 1791.  T. Hare, Lond. 1821.  Nathan
 R. Smith, New York, 1«25.  Ch.  T.
 Thackrah, Lond.  1824.   F. Tiede-
 mann  and L. [Gmelin (G), in French
 by A.  J.  L. Jourdan, 1823 (F).
   Digestion is  also a pharmaceutical
 operation, which consists  in  the solu-
 tion of certain solid substances in water,
 alcohol, or other menstruum, at a slight-
 ly elevated temperature ;  for  example,
 in a sand-bath, or by leaving them ex-
 posed  for some time to the sun.
   Diges'tives (Mat. Med.) Digesli'va,
 Digeren'tia;  'same etymon.   A term
 given, by Surgeons, to those substances,
 which, when  applied to a wound  or
 ulcer,  promote  suppuration; such  as
 the Ceratum resina, warm cataplasms,
fomentations, &c.
  Dr. Paris uses the term Digestive
 Tex'ture,  for  the particular  organic
condition of substances, which affects
their digestibility.
    (F) Digestifs.
  Dig"ital (Anat.)   Digita'lis; from
dig'Htus,' a finger.'  Having the shape
pf a finger; digitated, or  belonging  to
the fingers.
  The  Appen'dix vermifor'mis ca'ci is
sometimes called, Dig'Htal appen'dix.
  The  Digital arteries, veins, and nerves
are those distributed to the ringers.
  Digital  impressions are the slight
impressions  observable on the inner
surface of  the bones  of the cranium,
which  correspond to  the cerebral con-
volutions.
  Digita'lis (Mat. Med.)  from dig'H-
tus, 'a ringer'; because  its flower re-
 presents a finger.   The Digita'lis pur-
 purea., Fox'glove, (laxxaqi:, (iaxxaqie,
 Bac'charis, Bacchar, Baccar.(?)  The
 leaves of this plant, which are indigen-
 ous in Great Britain, are powerfully
 sedative  (diminishing the velocity, but
 not, correspondently, the force of the
 pulse), diuretic, and  sorbefacient.  In
 overdoses, D. causes vomiting, purging,
 dimness  of  sight, vertigo, delirium,
 hiccough, convulsions, ana death: — all
 the symptoms, in short, which charac-
 terize the Acro-r.arcotic class of poisons.
 Its active  principle has  been  called
 Dig'Htaline.
   The Digitalis has been administered
 in inflammatory diseases, phthisis, ac-
 tive hemorrhage, dropsy, &c.; and al-
 though it is a powerful remedy, it has
 not been as much employed, as it prob-
 ably  would  have  been,  in particular
 cases, owing to  the overstrained eulo-
 giums, which many have passed upon
 it in almost all diseases.
   The dose is from one to three grains,
 in the  form of pill, which may be re-
 peated every 6 or 8 hours.
   (F)  Digitate, Gants de notre dame.
   (G)  Fingerhut, Fingerkraut,
 Sic.
   Writers.   Wm. Withering,  Bir-
 mingham, 17o5.  Ch. Chr. Schiemann,
 Gotting. 1786 (L).  J. J. Merz, Jena;,
 1790 (L).  J. Ferriar, Lond. and Man-
 chester, 1799.  Robt. Kinglakk, Lond.
 1801.   F. T.  BlDAULT DE  VlLLIERS,
 Paris,an. xii. (F). Th. Beddoes, Lond.
 1801.   Cn. W. Quin, Lond. 1790.  A.
 J. G. Geyser, Kilon, 1804 (L).  James
 Sanders,  Edinb. 1808.  P. G. Vassal,
 Paris, 1809 (F).  W. Hamilton, Lond.
 1807.   Villiers, Paris, 1812 (F).
  Digita'tion (Anat.) Digita'tio, from
 dig'Htus, '  a finger.'  A division, in the
 form of a finger.  Several muscles, as
 the serrati, exhibit  digitations, similar
 to those which the fingers form, when
 held separate.              ,
  Digi"tium (Path.) from dig'Htus, < a
 finger.'  Desiccation or atrophy of the
 fingers. Linnaeus.  Sauvages calls the
 same   affection,  Paronych'ia  Digi"-
 tium.
  Dig"itus  (Anat.) Dac'tylos,  Saxxv-
Xog; a. Finger.  A name, given  to  the
prolongations, which form  the extremi-
ty ofthe hand.  There are five on each
 hand : the first, or the thumb, Anticheir,
 uvxixtiq, Pol'lex, (F) Pouce; the second,
the index or  indicator, Xixavog; the
 third, the me'dius, /moog, (F) Doigt du
milieu, middle finger  or long finger ;
the ring finger, annula'ris, naqap.taog, 
DIHiEMATON           307           DIMSDALE
Param'esos,  (F)  Annulaire;  and the
little finger,  Oti'tes,  wxixt]g,Dig"ilus,
auricula'ris (F) Auriculaire,petit doigt.
All of these have three phalanges, ex-
cept the first, which has only two.
    (F) Doigt.    (G)  Finger.
  DIG"ITUS PE'DIS (Anat?)  A Toe.
The toes are  five in number,  and dis-
tinguished numerically, reckoning from
within  to without.  The  first is, also,
called great  toe,  (F) gros  orteil; the
fifth, the  little toe, petit  orteil.   They
have nearly  the  same organization  as
the fingers.
     (F) Orteil.    (G) Zehe.
  Dihje'maton (Pharm.)  Sia xwv aifia-
xu>v.  Ancient name of  an  antidote,
prepared from the blood of several ani-
mals.  Galen, Paulus of iEgina.
  Dihalon   (Pharm.)  Sia  u/.wr,  from
u/.£,' salt.'  A plaster, prepared chiefly
of common salt and nitre.  Paulus of
JEgma.
  Dii'petes  (Path.) Snn.txrtg or  Sio.it-
t»/?, from Ztvg,' Jupiter,' and m.iroi,
'I fall'; falling  like rain.  An epithet
applied, by  Hippocrates,  to semen,
when discharged suddenly.
  Dilata'tion (Physiol.  &, Surg.) Di-
lata'tio, from  dilata're,  ' to enlarge ':
svqvouog, uvtvqvouog, Sitvqvauog.  Aug-
mentation of the bulk of  a body, occa-
sioned  by a  separation of  some of its
molecules.  Caloric has the property of
dilating all  bodies.   In  Surgery,   it
means  the accidental or  preternatural
augmentation  of a  canal or  opening;
as  in aneurisms, varices, &c,  or the
process of enlarging any aperture  or
canal, where such may have been con-
tracted : — this surgical acceptation has
received,  also, the name Dioptrismos.
  Dila'ting  Agents (Surg.)  Dilatan'-
tia.   Certain  substances  used in Sur-
gery,  either  to  keep parts  separate,
which  have  a tendency  to unite — as
after opening an  abscess, to prevent the
edges of the incision from  uniting ; —
or  to increase and  dilate openings or
canals, either when natural,  or form-
ed  accidentally or artificially.   These
agents differ from each other :  the chief
are;—prepared  sponge tents, gentian
root, bougies, sounds, dried  peas  for
issues, &c,
  (F) Dilatants.  (G)Erweiternde
Mitt el.
  Dila'tor (Anat.) Dilato'nus. A mus-
cle  whose office  it is to  dilate certain
parts ; such as the inspiratory muscles,
which dilate the  chest.
  (F) Dilatateur, or Dilatatoire.
  DtLATOR   (Surg.)  Dilatato'rium,
Spec'ulum,  Diop'lra,  Diop'tron.  An
instrument,  used for dilating a wound,
excretory  canal, or other natural or
artificial opening.   There  are several
instruments of this kind,  each taking
its name from the  part to which it is
applied; as the Speculum  Oris, S. Na-
si, S.  Uteri, &c.
 (F) Dilatateur. (G) Quellmeissel.
  DILA'TOR,  ARN'OTT'S (Surg.)  A
modification  of the  old   dilators  for
strictures of the urethra.   It consists of
a tube of oiled silk; lined  with the thin
gut of some small  animal to make it
air tight:  and fixed on the extremity of
a small canula, by which it is distended
with air or water, from a bag or syringe
at the outer end, whilst a  stop cock or
valve  serves to keep' the air or water
in, when received.  As soon as the bag
is passed within the stricture  or  stric-
tures, as much air is to be injected into
it as the patient can easily bear.   The
instrument  is  not  much  used.   See
Arnott on  Strictures, Lond. 1819.
   Diluen'tia  (Mat. Med.) from di'luo,
11 wash away.' Medicines, which h^ve
been  conceived proper for augmenting
the fluidity of the blood and other ani-
mal liquids.  All aqueous  drinks  are
diluents.  They are administered, with
great  advantage, in various  diseases.
In fever,  water, which is the most fa-
miliar diluent, may be freely allowed;
the only  precaution being to  give it
hot in the cold stage, cold in the hot,
and tepid in the sweating. In diseases,
where it is considered necessary to ab-
stract blood  largely,  diluents should
not be given too freely.  The abstrac-
tion of blood  occasions activity of ab-
sorption, and  the mass is speedily re-
stored. In  cases of  inflammation of
the mammas, in nurses, it is also obvious,
that diluents  should not  be freely al-
lowed, as  they increase the secretion of
milk, and add to the irritation.   When
demulcents  are exhibited in  cases of
urinary disease, they  act  simply as
diluents, for their mucilaginous portion
is digested  in the  stomach and  small
intestine:  the  watery portion   alone
being separated by the kidney.
   (F)  Delayants.     (G) Verdun-
nungsmittel.
   Writers.  S. P. Hilscher,  Jena?,
1744 (L).    Thomas  Jameson,  Lond.
17H*.
  DIMSDALE, Thomas,  Baron,M.D.
(Biog.) A celebrated inoculator for the
small-pox; born in Essex in 1712; died
in 1800.   Works. The present method
of inoculating  for  the small-pox, &c. 
DINANT
308    DIOSPYROS VIRGINIANA
Lond. 1767. 8vo.  Thoughts on general
and partial inoculations.  Lond. 1776.
8vo.  Tracts on  inoculation: written
and published at St. Petersburgh in the
year 1768, by command of her Imperial
Majesty, &c. Lond.  1781.  8vo.
  Dinant, Mineral  Waters of (Mat.
Med.)   D. is a small  town, six leagues
from St. Malo, in France, where are
mineral waters, containing carbonate
of iron, muriate of soda, &c.  They are
much esteemed.
  Dih'ica  (Mat. Med.) from  Strtut, ' I
turn round.'  Medicines, which relieve
vertigo.
  Dienan'thes (Pharm.) Sia oivav&>,c.
The name  of an  epithem,  used in
cholera morbus. Alexander of Tralles.
  Dionco'sis  (Path.)  Sioyxoatg, from
Sia and oyxog,' a tumor.'  The Method-
ists applied this name to a sort of tume-
faction  or  plethora,  occurring,  either
directly from  too great a  quantity of
fluid circulating in the system, or  ow-
ing to  the retention  of  substances,
which ought to be excreted.  It  is the
antithesis to sympto'sis.
  DIONIS, Peter (Biog.) An eminent
French surgeon and writer; surgeon
to the queen and other branches of the
royal family :  died  in 1718 in  Paris.
Works. Anatomie de Vhomme suivant
la circulation du sang, el les nouvelles
decouvertes. Paris. 1690. 8vo.   Cours
d'operations  de chirurgie  demontrees
au Jardin Royal. Paris. 1707. 8vo. Dis-
sertation sur la mort subite, avec Vhis-
toire  d'une fille  cataleptique.  Paris.
1709.  8Vo„   Traite  gineral  des  ac-
couchemens, qui instruit de  tout ce qu'il
faut faire pour itre  habile  accoucheur.
Paris. 1718. 8vo.  Translated into Eng-
lish. Lond.  1719.
  Dio'nis Collyr'ium (Pharm.)  A col-
lyrium, invented by one Dion.  Ori-
basils.
  Dionys'ia (Pharm.)  Siowoia, Dyo-
nisia'num  Emplas'trum.   A  plaster,
composed of rancid oil, water, thus,
wax, turpentine, &c. Paulus, Aetius,
Gorrjeus.
   Dionysis'cus (Path.)  Dionysia'nus,
Sioivaiaxog, from Aiovvaog,  ' Bacchus,'
who is represented by some poets with
horns.  Those, who have horny excres-
cences  at the sides ofthe forehead, are
so called.
   Diony'sos (Pharm.)  Siowadg.  An
ancient collyrium, prepared with myrrh,
Chio wine, &c.
   Diopo'ron  (Pharm.)  from Sia  and
oTTuiqa,' autumnal fruits.'  A medicine,
composed of ripe fruits, for  quinsy.
  Dior'obon (Pharm.)  from Stu and
oQojiog,' a vetch.'  A medicine, into the
composition of which vetches enter.
  Diorrhe'sis  (Path.) SioqqtjOtg, Dior-
rho'sis, Sioqqiooig,  from Sia, ' through,'
and  oqqog, ' serum.'  A  conversion of
the constituents of the body into urine.
  Diortho'sis  (Surg.) Sioqitwotg, from
Sioq$tu>,'  I make  straight.'  The reduc-
tion of a fractured or luxated lhnb.
  DIOSCOR'IDES, Peda'cius or Pe-
da'.mus (Biogr.)  A celebrated Greek
Physician and Botanist, of Anazarba in
Cilicia,  supposed  to have lived in the
reign of Nero.  His works have  been
frequently published. Those referring
to Medicine are the following. Diosco-
rid. libr. ix.; quibus accesserunt Nican-
dri theriaca et alexipharmaca.  Venet.
apud  Aid. 1495.  fol. (Greek.)   Idem,
cum nonnullis additionibus Petri Padu-
anensis, &c.  Lugd. 1512.  fol. (Latin.)
Lib. viii. scilicet de  medicinali materid.
Lib. v. de  animal, venenat. &c. Paris.
1516.  fol.   Lib. vi. de materid medicd.
Venet. 1518. (Greek.)  Idem, Latinl,
interprete  Marcello  Vergilio, &c.  Flo-
rent.  1518.  fol.  Interprete Ruellio,
cum Barbari aliorumque annotationi-
bus.  Argent. 1529. fol.  Good editions
were, likewise, published, by J. Cor-
narius, John Goupylius,  J. A. Sara-
cenus, &c.
  Dios'ma Crina'ta (Mat. Med.)   Bu-
chu Leaves, Buckho.  A South African
plant, the powder of whose  leaves is
used by the Hottentots to perfume their
bodies. It  has been employed in chronic
affections  of the  bladder and urinary
organs in  general.
  Diospolit'icon  (Pharm.) SioanoXixi-
xov. Name of a compound carminative,
referred to by Galen.
  Diospy'ros Lo'tus (Mat. Med.)  Fa'-
ba Gra'ca.  The  Indian  Date Plum.
This tree grows in some of the southern
parts  of Europe.   Its fruit is very as-
tringent, and has been recommended
in dysentery and hemorrhages.
    (F)  Plaqueminier d'Europe.
  Diospy'ros Virginia'na (Mat. Med.)
Dios'pyros,  Ph. U. S.  Lo'tus  Virgi-
nia'na, Persim'mon.  A  common  tree
in the  middle parts of the United
States.  The fruit,  which is  only eat-
able  after frost (when  it  is  tolerably
agreeable), is,  sometimes, made   into
cakes with bran.   These,  being dried
in an oven,  are  kept to  make beer.
When bruised  in water, fermentation
takes place.  The unripe  fruit is  dis-
tressingly acerb and astringent.  The
inner bark of the  tree is extremely bit- 
D10TA
309
DISD1ER
  ter; and may be used where bitters are
  indicated.
    Dio'ta or  Dyo'ta;  a wooden cup,
  lined with a composition of resin, cin-
  namon, cloves, and ginger, to giye more
  flavor to beer.   It was, formerly, much
  used in the North of Europe.
    Dioxel^'um  (Pharm.) from Sia and
  o£i;?, ' acid,' and tXaiov,' oil.'   A  gout
  cataplasm, in which were oil and vine-
  gar.
    Diox'us (Pharm.)  from Sia and o$vg,
  ' acid.'  A collyrium, in which vinegar
  was an  ingredient.  Marcellus Em-
  piricis.
    Diph'rygf.s (Pharm.) Stq>qvytg. The
  pxide  of copper, more or  less  pure.
  The ancients reckoned three  kinds  of
  diphryges, which they used as astrin-
  gents.
    Dip'loe (Anat.) from StnXoto, ' I dou-
  ble,' SmXoi],Diplosis,Meditul'Hum. The
  cellular structure, which separates the
  two tables of the skull from each other.
  The ancients applied the term, also,
  to  the  proper coat of the  uterus. (?)
  Rolfink, in Castelli.
    It has the same  use as the cellular
  structure of bones in general. See Can-
  celli.
    Diplo'ma (Med.)  SircXwua.  A letter
  or writing, conferring some privilege.
  Usually applied to the document, certi-
  fying that  a person has  obtained the
  title of Doctor.   It was so  called be-
 cause formerly, written on waxed tables,
 folded  together.  It  is  also used  in
  Pharmacy for sand-bath.
     (F) Diplome.   (G) Diplom.
   Diplo'pia  (Path.)  from  SinXoog,
 4 double,' and onxo^iat,' I see.'   Vi'sus
 duplica'tus,  Double  Vision.  An affec-
 tion of the sight, in  which two distinct
 sensations are produced by the same ob-
 ject, which consequently seems double.
 Sometimes, more than two  are seen;
 but still the disease is termed Diplo'pia
 and Suffu'sio Multip'licans.
   This affection arises from some  de-
 rangement in the visual axes;  in con-
 sequence of which, the images  are not
 impressed on corresponding parts of the
 retina of each eye.
   (F) Diplopie, Bevue. (G) D o p p e 11-
 s eh e n.
   Writers. A. Vater, Wittemb. 1723
 (L). J. J. Klauhold, Argent. 1746(L).
 Buchneb, Argent. 1753 (L).  Klinke,
 Gotting. 1774 (L).
  Dipnoos (Surg.)  StTivoog,  Bispi'rus.
An  epithet, applied  to wounds,  which
pass through any part, and admit the
air at both ends.  Galen.
    Dip'sacus Sylves'tris (Mat. Med.)
  Siipag, Stxpaxog, Cultivated Teasel. The
  roots of this European plant are diuretic
  and sudorfic. The  water, which  col-
  lects at  the base of  the  leaves,  has
  been recommended as an eye-water.
    (F) Cardere.  (G)Bubendistel.
    Dipset'icos (Mat. Med.)  SixpijXixog,
  from Siipa,  ' thirst.'   A remedy,  be-
  lieved capable of exciting thirst.
    Dipso'sis   (Nosol.)  Morbid  Thirst;
  same etymon.  The  desire, for drink-
  ing, excessive or impaired.  A genus
  in the class  Caliaca,  order Enterica, of
  Good.
    Dipyre'non (Surg.)  Stnvqrivov, from
  Sig,' twice,' and nvqijv, ' a kernel.'   A
  specil'lum or probe with two buttons.
    Direc'tor (Surg.)  Itinera'rium,from
  dirig"ere,' to direct.' A Conductor. A
  grooved sound for guiding a knife, in
  dividing any part.
   (F) Sonde cannilie.
   (G) Leitungsinstrument.
   Discharge' (Path.)  Ec'roe, ixqoj],
 Flux'us,  Proflu'vium.  In  Pathology,
 an increased discharge  from any part,
 that naturally secretes a fluid.
   (F) Ecoulement.  (G)  A  b f 1 u s s.
   Writers.  Ch. M. Clarke (diseases
 of females attended with D's.),  Lond.
 1814 and  1821; and Philad.  1824.
   Discreet' (Path.) Discre'tus,-Inter-
 tinc'tus,  Separated.   This  epithet is
 given to certain exanthemata, in which
 the spots  or pustules are separated from
 each other.   It is opposed to confluent.
   (F) Discret.  (G) Getrennt.
  Discre'ta  purga'tio (Therap.Path.)
 The  purgation or expulsion of some
 particular matter.
   Discri'men (Surg.) Separation, Di-
 vision.  A bandage,  used in bleeding
 from   the frontal  vein; so called, be-
 cause, in passing along the sagittal su-
 ture, it divides the head  into two equal
 parts.      (G) Unterscheid.
   DISCRI'MEN NA'SI;  a bandage,  in
 the form  of  the letter X, intended to
 support the nose, in transverse wounds
 ofthe organ.
   Discu'tients  (Mat. Med.) Discu-
 tien'tia, Resolvcn'tia, Siaipoqrrrixa, Dis-
 cusso'ria, from discu'tere, ' to dissolve,'
' dissipate.'   Substances,  which  pos-
 sess the power of repelling or resolving
tumors.    (F) Discussifs.
   (G)  Auflb'sende Mittel.
   Writers.   Bohn,  Lips.  1717 (L).
Delius, Erlang, 1757 (L).
  DISDIER,  Henry  Francis  Mi-
chael (Biog.)  A  French Surgeon  of
eminence; born at Grenoble in 1708; 
DISEASE            310         DISPENSATORY
died in 1781.  Works.  Histoire exacte
des os. Lyon. 1738; Paris. 1767. 12mo.
fig. (abridgul from  the Ostiologie of
Winslow).   Tableaux anatomiques.
Paris. 1758.  fol.   Traite des bandages.
Ibid. 1741-1754. 12mo.   Sarcologie,
ou traiti des parties molles. Ibid. 1751.
2 vols. 12mo.
  Disease'  (Path.)  from old French
desaise,  dis  and  ease: vooog, voar^ia,
na&og, na9rtua, Mor'bus.   An opposite
state to that  of health,  and which con-
sists in a change, either in the position
and structure of parts,  or in the exer-
cise of one or more of their functions.
  (F) Maladie.   (G) Krankheit.
  Writers.   Polybus,  Basil, 1544
(L).  P. Montanus, Argent.  1564 (L).
Scheibius,  Lips. 1583 (L).  Marcus
de Oddis, Patav. 1589 (L).  D. Ami-
cus (on common D.), Venet.  1596 (L).
J. N.  Stupanus,  Basil, 1601  (L).  G.
Horstius, Vittemb. 1606 (L).  Doer-
ing, Giess.  1609 (L).  J. A. Ampsing,
Rostoch,  1616 (L).   Heintzius, Lips.
1620 (L). D. Becker, Regiom. 1646
(L).  Hoppics, Lips. 1650 (L).  J. B.
Morgagni (seats and causes of), Neap.
1762 (L).: in Eng. by  B. Alexander,
Lond. 1769:  abridged &.c. by W.Cooke,
Lond. 1824.  Birckholz, Lips. 1801
(L).  C. Wolfart,  Francf. 1801 (G).
W. Heberden, Sen. (history of), Lond.
1806.   W.  Heberden, Jun. (on the
increase and decrease of different dis-
eases in London), Lond. 1801.
  Disgorgement (Path.)  (F) Disgorge-
ment, from de and gorge,  ' the throat.'
An opposite condition to that  of En-
gorgement.   The discharge or abstrac-
tion of a certain quantity of fluid, which
had previously collected in a part; as
Disgorgement of bile.  It  also,  means,
particularly, a vomit.
     (G)  E rgiessurtg.
   Disgust'   (Path.)  from de, ' from,
 and gusta're, ' to taste.'   Ci'bi fastid'-
 ium, Aposi'Hia, Abomina'tio, Loathing.
 An aversion for food.  Disgust is not
 the same as Anorexia.  The latter is
 only a  want of appetite; the former
 consists in real repugnance for food,
      (F) Dtgout.    (G)Ekel.
    Disinfection (Hyg.)  from  dis and
 infect.   The act of destroying mias-
 mata, with which the air, clothing, &c.
 may be infected.  Various means have
 been proposed for this  purpose. Those,
 most commonly employed,are ■.—chlo-
 rine, sulphurous  and muriatic  acid
 gases,  vapors   of vinegar,  nitrous
 acid ; and, what is, perhaps, the most
 manageable of any, and the  most effi-
cacious, — the chloride of lime, or any
of the  chlorides of the alkalies.  It is
probable, that a true  chemical  action
occurs  between these agents and the
miasmata; whence results a compound,
which is harmless.
  The  NtTROUS FUMIGA'TION may
be formed by placing nitrate of potass
3 iv, and sulphuric acid 3 ij, in a saucer
on hot sand.
  The  CHLO'RINE  or OXYMURIAT'-
IC FUMIGA'TION is made by adding
common  salt § iij,  to black oxide of
manganese % j, sulphuric acid § j, and
water § ij. This may be carried through
an apartment, or be shut up in it.
  Writers.  Duhamel du  Monceau
(D. of ships and hospitals), Paris, 1759
(F)  Thomas Day, Lond.  1787. Guil-
bert,  Paris, 1791 (L).   J.  C. Smyth
(nitrous acid), Lond.  1796.  Don Jo-
seph  Queralto,  Seville, 1800 (S).
Ch.  Th. Hopf,  Tubing.  1802  (G).
Haygarth, Lond. 1801.  John John-
stone  (mineral  acid  vapors),  Lond.
1803.   Guyton-Morveau, Paris, 1805,
third edit. (F).  A.  G.  Labarrao.de,
by Jas. Scott, Lond. 1826:—by D.
Porter, New Haven, 1829.  Th. Al-
cock, Lond. 1827.
  Disjunc'ti Mor'bi (Path.) Disjoined
diseases.  Fernelius has thus denom-
inated diseases, which occupy different
organs, and are not produced by each
other.
  Disorganization (Path.) Organo'-
rum deslruc'tio.  A complete morbid
change in  the  structure of  an  organ;
or even total destruction of its texture.
In sphacelus and sloughy  ulcers we
have examples of this change.
    (F) Disorganisation.
  Dispen'sary (Pharm.)  Dispensa'-
rium, from dispen'dere, ' to distribute.'
The shop or place, in which  medicines
are prepared. Also, an institution in
which the poor are  furnished with ad-
vice and necessary medicines.  (F) Dis-
pensaire.  This word is also  used by
the French  synonymously  with  Dis-
pensatory.
   Dispensation  (Pharm.)  Dispensa-
tio,  Stoix^aig.  The composition and
distribution of medicines, according to
prescription.  In  France, it  is  more
commonly  applied  to  the weighing,
measuring, and arranging the articles,
 which  have to  enter into  a  formula,
 prior to combining them.
   Dispen'satory (Pharm.) Dispensa-
 to'rium; same etymon.  Antidota'rium.
 A book, which treats of the composition
 of medicines.  A Dispensatory  differs 
DISPOSITION          311         DISTILLATION
from a Pharmacopoeia, in containing the
physical and medical  history of the va-
rious substances, whilst the Pharmaco-
poeia is  restricted to  the  mode of pre-
paring them, &c. The Pharmacopoeia,
too, is published under the  authority
of, and by, the members of'a college
or association:  whilst  a  Dispensatory
contains the whole ofthe Pharmacopoeia
or Pharmacopoeias, with additions by the
author, under  whose authority, alone,
it usually appears.  The Pharmacopoeia,
in other words, is official; the Dispen-
satory, generally,private. Formerly, the
words were used indiscriminately.
    (F)  Dispensaire.
  Writers on Dispensatories, strictly
so called. Val. Cordus, Norimb. 1535
(L).  G. Sturziada, Turin, 1614 (L).
J. Renod^us,   Paris,  1623  (L).  P.
Uffenbach, Hanov. 1631 (L).   Dis-
pensatorium  Hafniense,  Hafn.   1658
(L).  J. Kalde (Dispens.  Hambnr-
gense), Hamburg, 1716 (L). Culpeper
(London D.), Lond. 1718. John Quin-
cy  (English D.),  Lond. 1718.  Edin-
burgh Dispensatory),  Lond.  1721-2.
Dr.  Radcliffe's, by E. Strother,
Lond. 1721. Dispens. Austriaco-Vien-
nense, Vienna, 1729,  1765, 1770.  J.
H. Schulzids  (Lectures on the Bran-
denburg  D.) Norimb. 1735 (L).   Dis-
pensatorium Pragense, Prag. 1740 (L).
Pool (D.  of St.  Thomas's  Hospital,
London), Lond. 1741. D. W. Triller,
Francf.   1764 (L).   New Edinburgh
Dispensatory (subsequently by  Dr. A.
Duncan, Jun., 8th edit  1810), Lond.
1765. J. Ball, Lond 1769.  T. Rutty
(remarks on the Lond. and Edinb. D's.),
Lond. 1776.  C. Bagard, Paris,  1771
(L).  Dispensat. Brunsvicense, Bruns-
wick, 1777 (L).  J. G. Mikan (D. pau-
perum,  &c),  Prag.  1783 (L).   Chr.
Fr. Reuss, Argent.  1786-7-9 (L).
W. Lewis, Edinb. 1786.  Dispensato-
rium D.ppicum, &c, Lemgov. 1792 (L).
Chr. Mayr, Vienn.  et Lips. 1797 (L).
J. Thacher (American D.),  Boston,
1810.  John Thomson (Edinb. New
D.),  Edinb.  1813.   Anthony TdDD
Thomson,  London,  1814:  numerous
editions.  Dr. T. Cox (New Lond. D.).
Lond. 1824.    John  Redman  Coxe
(American D.), 8th edit., Philad. 1830.
Eclectic  and   General  Dispensatory,
Philad. 1827.  Caspar and Hartmann
(Homapathic D.), Lips. 1829.
  See Formulary and Pharmacopeia.
  Disposition (Path.) Disposi"ti<>. A
particular condition ofthe body, which
renders it susceptible of altering, sud-
denly, to a state of health or disease; —
of improving, or becoming changed for
the worse.  The disposition to phthisis
pulmonalis is sometimes so strong, ow-
ing  to original conformation, that the
disease will  make its appearance not-
withstanding every care. See Diathe-
sis.    (G) Krankheitsanlage.
  Disrup'tio (Surg. Path.) from dis-
rum'pere,  ' to break off'   A puncture,
which interests the deep-seated parts.
  Dissec'tion (Anat.) Dissec'tio, from
disseca're, ' to  cut  open'; Siaxont].
Practical Anatomy.  An operation, by
which the different parts of the dead
body  are exposed,  for  the  purpose
of  studying their  arrangement and
structure. Dissection has received va-
rious  names, according to the organ
concerned ; — as  Osteotomy,  Syndes-
motomy, Myotomy,  Angiotomyj Nev-
rotomy,  Desmotomy, &c.
    (G) Zergliederung.
  Writers.  Fischer, Leipz. 1801 (G).
London Dissector, Lond. 1816. C. Bell,
Lond. 1800.  J. Green, Lond. 1820. W.
E. Horner,Phil. 1823, &c.  Ph. Rose
(medico-legal D.), from  the German
by G.  C. H. Marc, Paris, 1808 (F).
A. M. Mayer, Wien, 1822 (G).  M. J.
Weber, Bonn, 1830 (G).
  See Descriptive Anatomy.
  Dissec'tor (Anat.) Prosec'tor; same
etymon.   A  practical Anatomist.  One,
who prepares the parts for the Anatom-
ical Lecture.
  (F) Prosecteur.   (G) Vorzerle-
ger,  Vorzergliederer.
  Dissolution (Path.) Dissolu'tio, St-
aXvatg, Denoda'tio, from dissol'vere,' to
loosen,'  ' to melt.'  This word is in fre-
quent use, in the  writings of the Hu-
morists.   It  is employed, particularly,
in speaking  of the blood; — to desig-
nate,  not its entire decomposition or
putrefaction, — but a diminution in its
consistence.
  Dissolven'tia (Mat. Med.) Solvents.
Medicines, believed to be  capable of
dissolving swellings, concretions, &c.
  (F) Dissolvants. (G) Auflosungs-
mi t tel.
  Distichi'asis (Path.)  Distich'ia, Si-
axixiuaig, Districhi'asis, Smxtx'",  from
Sig,' double,' and axixog,' a row.'  An
increased number of eyelashes ; some
turned towards the eye, and irritating
the organ ; whilst others preserve their
natural  direction.  Gai.fn,  Paulus of
iEgina.   See ENTROPION.
  Distilla'tion  (Pharm.) from dis-
tilla're,  ' to drop, little by little.' Cata-
stalag'mos.  An operation, by which —
by the aid of heat and in close vessels 
DISTOMA HEPATICUM     312            DIVISION
— the volatile are separated from the
fixed parts of bodies, with the view of
collecting the former, when condensed,
in appropriate receivers.  The ancients
distinguished distillation per la'tus, per
ascen'sum, and per descen'sum, accord-
ing to the direction, which the volatil-
ized matters were made to take.
  Dis'toma Hepat'icum (Helminth. &
Path.)  Fasci'ola hepat'ica,  Plana'ria
latius'cula, Fasci'ola huma'na, F. lan-
ceola'ta,  the  Gourd-worm  or Fluke.
An obovate,  flat worm, an inch  in
length, and nearly an inch broad; some-
times found in the gall-bladder of man,
whence it occasionally passes'1 into the
intestinal canal.   It is  one of the most
common varieties of worms,  infesting
the livers of the sheep, goat, ox, stag,
fallow-deer, horse, ass, hog, hare, &c.
The treatment is like that required for
other worms.     (F) Douve.
  Distortion (Path.) Distor'sio, from
distorque're,' to wrest  aside':  Siuaxqtu-
ua, Siaarqoipti, Ligys'ma, Xiyvoua. Usu-
ally applied to the preternatural curva-
ture  of a bone; as  distortion of the
spine, limbs, &c.  It  signifies,  also, a
convulsive state  of the muscles of the
eye, constituting squinting or strabis-
mus.
  (F) Distorsion.  (G)  Verdrehung.
   Writer. J. Shaw,  Lond. 1824, with
engravings.
   Dls'trix (Path.)  from Sig,' double,
and $qi±,' the hair.'  Tricho'sis  distrix,
Fissu'ra capillo'rum. Hairs of the scalp,
weak, slender,  and splitting at  their
extremities.                       .-
  Ditrachyc"eros (Helminth, ex Path.)
from Sic. 'two,' rqaXvi,  rough,' and
xtqug, 'horn.'   A genus of intestinal
worms ; called,  also, Bicorne rude.   It
wa,s first observed in the evacuations of
a female  by M.  Sulzer of Strasburg.
It is  of a fawn color,  from  3 to 5 lines
in length, with an oval head, flattened
and terminating  in a point posteriorly ;
contained in a  membranous sac, and
furnished, anteriorly,  with a bifurcated
rugous, horn.   M. Laennec  considers
it a vesicular worm or hydatid.
   Diure'sis (Path.) Sioiqrtoig, fromJia,
' through  or  by,' and ovqtw,  ' I pass
 the urine.'   An abundant excretion of
 urine.
     (G)  Harnabgang.
   Diuret'ic  (Mat. Med.) Diurei'icus,
 same  etymon;  Siovqt,xixog,   Uret'icus,
 ovqyxixog.  A medicine, which  has  the
 property of increasing the secretion of
 urine.   They may  be divided as  fol-
 lows.
the kidney,incrcas-
ing its secretion.
                Nitrate of potass, acctat*
                  of  potass, and the neu-
               i   tral salts in general, in
1. Diuretics, which   <imal, broken UOSOg.
  act immediately on \ Q.{ q{ luIpenune and juni-
  th* Jnrt.np.il. tnerrns- l
                  per.
                Cantharidcs.
                Squill.
                Copaiba, 4tc,
2. Diuretics, which r Diluents in general.
  act by increasing } Diminished  temperature,
  the mass of blood. (  &c.
  To the first class, the term, Diuretics,
more properly belongs.
  Diuretics  act by  producing  a dis-
charge of the  watery and other parts
of the  blood; and, by such discharge,
indirectly promote  absorption over the
whole system.  Hence they are employ-
ed in dropsy.
  (G) Harntreibende mittel.
  Writers.   G.  W. Wedel, Jena?,
1667 (L).    G. E. Emmere/.  (D. in
dropsy), Paris, 1681 (L).   J. Garbers,
Lugd.  Bat.  1693 (L).  F. A. Ledran,
1713 (L).   J. Ch. Coschwitz, Kilon,
1730 (L).  Another on the cautions in
using  D's.,  Kilon, 1739 (L).   A. E.
Buchner, Hal. 1745 (L). Another work,
Hal. 174!) (L).  Another work on the
improper  use of D's.  as a causeof ne-
phritic affections, Hal. 1752 (L).  J. E.
Hebenstrf.it, Lips.  1749  (L).  J. J.
Kniphof, Erford,  1751  (L).   J.  Lu-
dolf (on critical D.), Erford, 1756 (L).
J. van Heusden,  Lugd. Bat. 1774 (L).
P. H. Korber, Altdorf,  17!)7 (L).
   Diverticulum (Path.) 'Aturning';
from diver'tere,' to turn  aside.'  A mal-
formation or diseased appearance of a
part, in which it goes out of its regular
course.  It is sometimes applied to such
a  condition  of the alimentary canal.
Also, a hole  to get out  at.  A by-pas-
sage.
   DIVERTICULUM  NUC'KII  is  the
opening through which the round liga-
ments of the uterus pass. Parr.
   Diti'ding (Surg.)  Div'idens.  That,
which divides or  separates.
     (G) Zertheilend.
   DIVI'DING ban'DAGE, Fas'cia div'-
idens,  (F)  Bandage divisif, is a ban-
dage,  employed  for  the  purpose of
keeping  parts  separated  from  each
other.  It is used  particularly  to  pre-
vent improper union-;  as in cases of
burns of the neck or  other parts.
   Divis'ion  (Surg.)  Divis'io, aiuiqtoig,
 Diar'esis.  The  accidental  separation
of parts, naturally  united;  in other
 words, a wound or solution of continu-
ity.  Most  frequently,  however, it
means an operation, which consists, in
cutting certain parts, with  the view of 
DIVULSIO URINjE        313          DODONjEUS
fulfilling  some  therapeutical  indica-
tion.
   Divul'sio Uri'n.*: (Path.) from di-
vel'lere,' to pull asunder.'  Cloudiness
of urine.  See En^orema.
  DIVUL'SIO, Siaonaaig, Dias'pasis,has,
also, been used in  Surgery, to express
the rupture or laceration of organs by
external violence.
  DOBSON, Matthew, M.D., F.R.S.
(Biog.) A physician  of Liverpool, and
afterwards  of Bath :  died in  1784.
Works.  A medical  commentary on
fixed air.  Lond.  1779.  8vo.  Second
edition, with an appendix on the use of
the solution of fixed alkaline salts, sat-
urated with fixable air, in the stone and
gravel, by  W.  Falconer, M. D.,  of
Bath.  Lond.  1785. 8vo.
   Doccione,  Mineral  Waters of
  Mat. Med.) This spring is at Lucca in
  taly.  It is a thermal saline.
   Doch'me, Soxfiv.   A measure of the
Greeks,  equal  to  about  four  fingers'
breadth.  Dactylodoch'm€.
   Docima'sia  Pulmo'num (Leg. Med.)
Docimas'tice,  from Soxiuatw, ' I  try.'
Different proofs, to which the organs of
respiration,  of a new-born child, are
subjected, for the purpose of detecting
whether it has or has not  respired, after
birth; in other words,  whether it was
born alive  or dead.  These  consist,
chiefly;  1. In testing them  with water,
for the purpose of seeing whether the
lungs are specifically heavier or lighter
than that fluid.  This  is  called the
Docima'sia  Pulmo'num  hydrostat'ica.
If lighter, it  would be  an evidence
that the foetus has respired : 2. In com-
paring the weight  of the  lungs  with
that of the whole body; the weight
being nearly twice as great  of lungs in
which respiration  has  taken place.—
This is  the  Docima'sia Pulmo'num
Stat'ica,  or  Ploucquet's  Test:  and,
3. By measuring the circumference  of
the  thorax and lungs ; and comparing
their dimensions with those of an in-
fant, which  has not respired.   This  is
Daniel's Test.  These  tests,  singly,
afford  only probable evidence;  but,
when  united,  the  deductions may be
more conclusive.
     (G)  Lungenprobe.
   Writers  on the proofs drawn from
the lungs.  J. Zeller,  Tubing.  1691
(L).   L.  Heister,  Helmst. 1722 (L).
Another  work, 1732 (L).   J. Zeller,
Hal.  1725 (L).  J.  J. Geelhausen,
Prag. 1728 (L).   M. Alberti,  Hal.
1728  (L).  A. O.  Golicke, Francof.
1730  (L).   J. J. Schopfer, Rostoch,
 1733 (L).  C. F. Kaltschmied, Jena
 1751 (L).  C. C. Schmiedel, Erlang.
 1763 (L).  D.  Konig,  Hal.  1772 (L).
 Ch. F. Daniel, Hal, 1780 (L).   J. Ch.
 Loder, Jenee, 1779 (L).  G. A. De-
 manche, Remis. 1779 (L).  C. F. Ja-
 GER,Ulm.l780(L). W.G.Ploucquet,
 Tubing.  1782 (L).   J. C. A. Mayer,
 Francof. 1782 (L).  Scholl, Stuttgard,
 1786 (L).   J.  D. Metzger, Regiom.
 1783 (L).  Another work, Regiom. 1787
 (L).  Kieffer,  Jenae,  1788 (L).   A.
 N. Aasheim, Hafn.  1791 (L).   Fr.
 Olberg, Hal. 1791 (L).  J. F. Meckel,
 Hal. 1802 (L).  Homann, Helmst. 1807
 (L).  J. P. Devolder, Paris, 1812(F).
   Doc'na Su'ra,  Mineral Waters
 of (Mat. Med.)  This spring is in the
 Krapach mountains.  The water con-
 tains  sulphate of soda,  carbonate and
 muriate of soda, carbonate of lime, sili-
 ca, and iron.
   Doc'tor (Med.) Med'icus, SiSaaxaX.og,
 from  doc'tus, ' learned '; " un homme
 qui devrait itre  docte."   A Physician.
 Frequently,  applied  to  any one who
 practises Medicine : although, properly,
 confined to  him who has  received his
 degree of Doctor of Medicine.
  -Doc'trine, Med'ical (Med.)  Doctri'-
 na, SiSaaxaXia,naiStia. The principles or
 positions of any medical sect or master.
 Medicine has been too full of doctrines.
 One ofthe first was that of Herodicus
 of Selivraea, who recommended gym-
 nastic exercises in disease. The chief
 founders of doctrines have been Hip-
 pocrates, Serapion of  Alexandria,
 Philinus of Cos, Herophilus, Ascle-
 piades, Themison  of Laodicea, Thes-
 salus of Tralles,  Soranus  of Ephe-
 sus,Leonides of Alexandria, Athen^us
 of  Attalia, Archigenes of Apamsea,
 Agathinus of Sparta, Galenus, Para-
 celsus, John Baptist Van Helmont,
 Sylvius de le Boe,  Keil,  Hamber-
 GER, PlTCARNE, H. BoERHAAVE, J. E.
 Stahl, Frederick Hofmann, George
 Baglivi,  Cullen,   Darwin,  John
 Brown, Beddoes, Girtanner, Reil,
 Rush, Rasori, and Broussais.
  Dodecaphar'macum (Pharm.) from
 SojStxa,  ' twelve,'  and  ipuquaxov,  ' a
 medicine.'  An ancient name,  given
 to all medicines, which consisted of-12
 ingredients.
  Dodecath'eon (Pharm.) SwStxa&tov,
 from SoiStxa, ' twelve,' and xi&ijiu,  ' I
 put.'  An antidote, consisting of twelve
 simple substances.  Paulus of JEg'ma..
  DODONiE'US, Rembertus, or Do'-
doens (Biog.)  A learned, Dutch phy-
sician and botanist; born at Mechlin 
DODRA
314            DOMESTIC
in 1517;  died in 1585.  Works. Medi-
cinalium observationum exempla rara.
Harderov.  1521.  8vo.   Purgantium
aliorumque  ed  facientium,   tum  et
radicum  convolvulorum  ac deleteria-
rum herbarunij  historia  libr. iv. Ant-
werp.  1574.  4to.  Historia vitis vini-
que et stirpium nonnullaium aliarum .-
item medicinalium observationum ex-
empla  coll. apud M. Cholinum. 1580.
8vo.  Physiologices, medicina partis,
tabula expedita.  Colon.  1581. 12mo.
Stirpium  historia  pemplades sex, sive
lib. xxx.  Antv.  1583.  fol.  Translated
into English, by  Henry  Lyle,  Esq.
Lond.  1578.  Consilia  medica. Francf.
1598. fol. Praxis medica ; in  eamdem
scholia.  Amstel. 1616. 12mo.
  Do'dra; a  kind of drink  amongst
the  Romans,  made  of nine  different
ingredients.  Ausonius, Mindererus.
  Do'drans,  onidam].   Three parts
out  of  four  by weight  or  measure.
Scribonius Largus.
  Dogdays.   During these days, com-
prised between  the  24th of July and
the 23d of August, the temperature of
the  air,  in  Europe, is generally high
and oppressive.  They have  received
this name from  the dogstar, Canic'ula,
fZitqiog,  Sir'ius, — a  very brilliant star
in the constellation of the great dog,
which rises and sets, at this time, with
the sun.  It was formerly believed to be
a period particularly  unpropitious  to
health; that it was dangerous to purge
during it; and  other  phantasies  were
indulged.
  (F) Jours caniculaires.  (G) H u n d s-
tage.
   Dogmat'ic  (Med.)  from the Greek
Dog'ma, from Soxtm, ' 1 think.'  Dog-
mat'icus.  The  name  of  an  ancient,
medical  sect,  so called, because  its
members endeavoured, by reasoning, to
discover  the  essence  of diseases and
 their occult  causes;  whilst the Em-
pirics, their rivals, confined themselves
strictly to experience,  — i. e. to the  ob-
 servation of facts.  The union of  the
 two modes of investigation makes  the
 rational physician.  These  sectarians
 are likewise  called Dog'matists,  and
 their doctrine Dog'matism. The foun-
 ders of this  sect were  Hippocrates,
 Thessalus, Draco, and Polybus ; and
 the most celebrated  of  its supporters
 were Diocles of Carysta, Praxagoras
 of Cos, Chrysippus of Soli, Herophi-
 lus, Eristratus, &c.
   DOL^l'US, John (Biog.) Physician
  to  the  Landgrave of Hesse-Cassel; a
  great compiler; died  in the year 1707,
Works. Encyclopadia medicina theo-
retico-practica, qud tarn veterum quam
recentiorum de causis  et curationibus
morborum sententia exhibentur. Franc.
ad M. 1684.  Encyclopadia chirurgica
rationalis.  Francf. 1689. 8vo.  Opera
omnia. Francf. 1703. 2 vols. fol.
  Dol'ichos  (Mat. Med.) from SoXi-
Xog,' long.'  A genus  of plants of the
leguminous family.  It includes a num-
ber of species, generally indigenous in
India or America.  The Dol'ichos Lab'-
lab,  or  Lab'lab,  is found  in Egypt.
(Prospf.ro Alpini.)  Its fruit is eaten,
there, like the Haricot with us.  The
Dol'ichos Sinen'sis is  eaten  in  China,
and is stored  up as a provision for long
voyages.   The Dol'ichos  Tubero'sus,
(F) Pois palate, of Martinique, has tu-
berous roots,  of the size of both fists,
and  has  the  consistence and  taste of
the turnip.   The Dol'ichos Bulbo'sus,
of the West Indies, resembles the tur-
nip; and from the Dol'ichos So'ja, the
Japanese prepare the well known sauce,
Soy, which they term Sooja.  The most
important, in medicine, is the
  DOL'ICHOS PRU'RIENS, Dol'ichos,
Stizolo'bium, Cowhage, Cowitch,  Ad-
saria Pala.  The stiff hairs of the Dol-
ichos Pods, called Dol'ichi Pu'bes, D.
prurien'tis pu'bes, Dol'ichi  Se'ta^ Le-
gu'minum,  Lanu'go   Sil'iqua  hirsu'-
ta, are the  parts used  in  medicine.
They  excite an  intolerable, prurient
sensation,  when  applied to the skin;
but  do  not irritate the mucous mem-
brane over which they pass, when ad-
ministered internally.   The  Dolichos
is a mechanical anthelmintic, and  is
useful  in the  ascarides lumbiicoides,
and oxyures vermiculares.  Dose, gr.
v to x ofthe  Pubes, in  molasses.
   (F) Pois a gratter.     (G) K u h -
kratz e.
   Writer. William  Chamberlaine,
Lond. 1784.
   DOLOIRE  (F) (Surg.) As'cia, Dola'-
bra, ' a carpenter's axe.'  A Bandage
en doloire is  one, in  which the turns
are so placed, that each one covers two
thirds of  that which is  immediately
beneath it.   It has received  the  name
 Doloire from its representing  the ob-
 liquity of the edge  of the instrument
 whose name it bears.
     (G)  Hobelbinde,
   Domes'tic (Medicine)  Domes'ticus,
 from do'mus,' a house.'  This term has
 been given,  as well as Pop'ular Med'i-
 cine, to treatises, written for the purpose
 of enabling those, who are not ofthe
 profession, to treat the diseases, which 
DOMINARUM AQUA      315
DOSE
may occur in their  families, without
the necessity of calling in the  physi-
cian.  The term, likewise, signifies —
Medicine, when  thus practised.  It is
probable, that such works have been |
attended with more mischievous, than
advantageous, results.
  Writers.  Tissot  (avis au peuple),
Lyons,  1764, 2  vols. 12mo.  (F):  by
Kirkpatrick, Lond. 1768.  W. Bu-
chan,  by  A. Buchan,  Lond. 1807:
adapted to  the United States by S. P.
Griffiths, M.  D.  Philad.  Lange,
Lauenb. 1777 (G). Metzger, Konigs.
17o4(G).  STRuvE,Bresl. 1787-8(G).
Parkinson,  Lond. 1804.   R. Rf.ece,
Lond.  1811.  A. Thomson, N. York,
1802.  Ewell, Washington.
  Domina'rcm A'iiua (Pharm.) A med-
icine, described  by Myrepsus, which
he considered emmenagogue.
  DON'UE or DON'DUS, or De Don'-
dis, James  (Biog.) A famous physician
of Padua,  surnamed Aggrega'tor, in
consequence ofthe number of remedies
he  recommended in  disease ;  died in
1350.  Works.   Promptuarium medi-
cina ; in quo non solum facilitates sim-
plicium et  compositorum  medicamen-
torum  declarantur, verum  etiam qua
quibuscis mprbis medicamenta sint ac-
commodata, ex veteribus medicis copio-
sissime et  miro   ordine  monstrantur.
Venet.  1481. fol.  Herbolajo volgare,
nel  quale  si dimostra a  conoscer  le
herbe e le sue virtu.  Venet. 1536 .8vo.
In  company with John  de Don dis,
his son, he wrote  De fontibus  cali-
dis Patavini agri; in a treatise de Bal-
neis. Ven.  1553. fol.  (L).
  Doron'icum-Pardalian'ches (Mat.
Med.)  D.  Roma'num, Ro'man  Leon-
ard's Bane.  The root  of this  plant
resembles the Arnica Montana, in its
properties.
  (F)  Doronic, Mort  aux Panthcres.
  (G) Schwindelkraut,  Gem-
s en wur z.
  Dor'sal  (Anat.)   Dorsa'lis; from
dor'sum,' the back'; vmxiaiog. Relating
to the  back of the body, or of one of
its parts; as the Dorsal vertebra, nerves,
&c. ; Dorsal artery of the  tongue, pe-
nis, &,c.;  Dorsal region  of the foot,
hand, <Scc.;  Dorsal consumption, &c
  DOR'SEY, John Syng, M.D. (Biog.)
Professor of Anatomy in the University
of  Pennsylvania; born  in 1783; died
in 1818. Works. Elements of Surgery.
Philad. 1813.
  Dorste'nia  Contrayer'va  (Mat.
Med.)   Contrayer'va, Drake'na,  Cyp'-
erus lon'gus, o'dorus, perua'nus,  Be-
zoar'dica Ra'dix, Dorste'nia Housto'nii,
Lis'bon Contrayer'va. A plant of South
America, whose root is aromatic, bitter,
and astringent.  Ii has been given as a
tonic, stimulant and sudorific.  Dose,
gr. xij to 3 ss.
  (F) Racine de Chords, R. de Dracke,
Racine des Philippines.
  (G) Giftwurzel, Peruanische
Wu rzel,  Dr ak ische Wurzel.
  Writer.   G.  W.  Wedel,  Jence,
1712 (L).
  Dor'sum  (Anal.) rcoTo;, voixov.  The
back. Metaph'renon, utxaipqtvov.  The
posterior part of the trunk, extending
from the inferior and  posterior  region
of the  neck as far as the loins.   The
back ofthe foot, Dor'sum pe'dis, is the
upper part  of that organ, opposite the
sole: the back  of the hand, Dor'sum
ma'nus, the part opposed to the palm.
In the same sense we say Dor'sum pe'-
nis, Dor'sum na'si, for the upper  part
of those organs.
    (F) Dos.    (G) Riicken.
  Dose (Pharm.)  Dosis,  Prabium, So-
oig.  The  quantity of  any substance,
which  ought to form part of a com-
pound  medicine,  or  ought to be ex-
hibited  singly, to produce  a  desired
effect.   Many circumstances influence
the doses of medicine.  Women require
smaller doses, as a general  principle,
than men.   Habit  has  a great effect,
as well  as  climate, age, idiosyncrasy :
all these, and other circumstances, must
be taken into account; and every gen-
eral rule, on the subject, will be found
to have numerous exceptions.  Some
of the  mechanical physicians  laid it
down as a rule, that the doses of medi-
cines must  always  be as the squares of
the constitution! A matter not  easy ot
calculation.  (See  Appendix to Cock-
burn on Fluxes.)
  The  following Tables will exhibit an
approximation to the proper doses (ac-
cording to age) of most substances.

table of  doses  according to age,
1	1 drachm.
2-3ds-	2 scruples.
half	1-2 drachm
l-3d.	1 scruple.
l-4th.	15 grains.
l-6th.	10 grains.
l-8th.	8 grains.
l-12th.	5 grains.
  The table of doses, recommended by
Dr. Thomas Young,  according to age,
differs in some respects from the above.
Either  is a sufficient general approxi-
mation.  His rule is, that 
DOSITHEI PASTILLUS     316
DOUGLAS
  For children, under 12 years of age,
the doses  of most  medicines  must be
diminished in the proportion of the age
to the age increased by 12:

thus, at 2 years, to ^th, i. e. A =oXiq'
At 21, the  full dose being given.
  Writers.  Wm. Rondelet, Patav.
1555 (L).  Opuscula illustrium medico-
rum de  dosibus, seu de justd  quanti-
tate et proportione medicamentorum.
Patav. 1556 (L).   (This  work contains
essays by Rondelet, Gentilis Fui.gi-
natis, Thomas de Garbo, Barthol.
Montagnana, Math. Curtius or Cor-
ti, and Benedict. Vittori.)  M. Ru-
land, Argent. 1564 (L).  G. Etschen-
r'euter, Argent. 1569 (L).  J. de To-
VAR,Hispal. 1572(L).  Th. Balthasar,
Erlang.  1709 (L).   P. A.  Parenti,
Bonon. 1745 (L).  Another work, 1751
(L).   The  same by  Gaubius,  Lugd.
Bat. 1751 (L).
  Dosithei  Pastillus  (Pharm.)  A
troch, mentioned by Aetius and My-
repsus.
  Dothinenteri'tis   (Path.)  from So-
&ti]v,  ' a pustule,'  and tvxtqov, ' intes-
tine.'   An inflammation of the  glands
or follicles  of Peyer and  Brunner,
which Bretonneau  considers to be
the essence of a large class of fevers :
particularly,  of  those of the  typhoid
character.
   Double-Hearing  (Path.) Paracu'sis
duplica'ta, P. imperfecta.  The action
of the one ear inaccordant with that of
the other: sounds heard doubly, and in
different tones or keys.
   DOUBLET,  Francis (Biogr.)  A
French physician ; born at Chartres in
1751 ; died  at Paris  in 1795.   Works.
Memoires  sur les symptdmes et le traite-
ment de  la malaalie  vencrienne, chez
les enfans  nouveau-nis.  Paris. 1791.
 Observations faites  dans le  departe-
ment des hdpitaux civils.  Paris. 1785,
86, 87,  and 88. 4 vols. 8vo.  Nouvelles
recherches sur Iafi6vrepuerp6rale. 1791.
8vo.
   DOUCHE (F)  (Mat. Med.)  In Ital-
ian,  doccia; modern  Latin,   ducia.
 Cataclys'mus.   This term  is  applied
to the shock of a column  of fluid,  of
a determinate nature and temperature,
let fall upon the body.  Pumping  is
a variety  of the Douche.   In using
this kind of bath, the  fluid is direct-
 ed upon  the part on  which  we are
 desirous of acting.  The douches des-
 cendantes are those, in which the fluid
falls  from a height; — the douches as-
cendantes,  those administered in dis-
eases  of the  uterus ; — douches hori-
zontals, where  the fluid is impelled
horizontally, &c.  They  may  be  cold
or warm, according to circumstances.
The  apparatus consists  of a reservoir
of water having a pipe  or plug, by
means of which  the water can be di-
rected as the practitioner may desire.
  The Douche communicates a consid-
erable and  peculiar shock to the  ner-
vous system; and  is one  of the most
successful means for taming the furious
maniac.  It is, also, useful in  chronic
rheumatism, stiff joints, &c.
    (G) Tropfbad.
  DOUG'LAS, James, M. D., F. R. S.
(Biog.) A distinguished obstetrical prac-
titioner  and anatomist; born in Scot-
land in 1675;  practised in London, and
died  in 1742.  Works. De  aure hu-
mano tractatus. Bonon. 1704. 4to.  My-
ographies comparata specimen. Lond.
1707.   12mo.    Descriptio comparata
musculorum corporis humani et quad-
rupedis. Lugd. Bat. 1729. 8vo.   Biblio-
graphia anatomica specimen, seu cala-
logus pene omnium auctorum qui ab
Hippocrate  ad  Harveium  rem  ana-
tomicam illustrarunt.. Lond. 1715.  8vo.
with  improvements, Leyd. 1734.  8vo.
Index materia  medica.  Lond. 1724.
4to.   History  of the lateral operation
for extracting the  stone, &c. Lond.
1726. 8vo.  Appendix  to  this. Lond.
1731. 8vo.  A description  of the perito-
neum, of that part of the membrana
cellularis which lies on its  outside, with
an account of the true situation of all
the abdominal viscera. Lond. 1730. 4to.
Nine anatomical figures, representing
the external parts, muscles, and bones
of the human body. Lond. 1748. fol.
  DOUG'LAS,  John, F.R.S. (Biog.)
Surgeon in London, and brother to the
preceding.   Works. Syllabus  'of what
is to be preferred in a course of lectures
on anatomy.  Lond.  1719. 4to.  New
method of making the  high operation
for  stone.  Lond. 1720.  4to.  Lithoto-
mus castratus, or Cheselden's treatise
on the high operation for  the  stone ex-
amined. Lond. 1723. 8vo.  An account
of mortifications, and ofthe surprising
 effects of bark in putting a stop to their
progress.  Lond. 1729. "8vo.   Remarks
 on that pompous  book, entitled,  Oste-
 ographia,  or the anatomy of the bones,
 by Mr. Cheselden.  Lond. 1735. 8vo.
 A short account  of the  state of mid-
 wifenj in London and  Westminster.
 Lond'.  1736. 8vo.  A dissertation  on
 the  venereal disease. Lond. 1737. 8vo.
 A short dissertation on the gout.  Lond. 
DRACHM
317
DRAPEAU
1741.  8vo.   Treatise on the hydrocele,
Lond.  1755. 8vo.
  Drachm   (Pharm.)  Drach'ma, Sqa-
Xur\.  The ancient name of a piece of
money; weighing the  8th part  of  an
ounce.  At the present day it is used
for this weight.
    (F)  Gros.
  Dracoceph'alum Canarien'se (Mat.
Med.)  D. Moldav'icum, Melis'sa Tur'-
cica, Tur'key  Bal'sam, Cana'ry Bal'-
sam,  Balm of  Gil'ead Tree,  Alpi'ni
Bal'samum.  It is a Turkish and Sibe-
rian plant, and has an aromatic taste,
joined with an agreeable flavor.   It has
been used as a tonic.
    (F) M6lisse de Moldavie.
  Duacon'tium fo2t'idum  (Mat. Med.)
Dracon'tium,  Icto'des  fat'idus, Sym-
plocar'pus  fat'idus,  Po'thos fat'ida,
Skunk Cab'bage.  This plant, as some
of its names import, is  extremely fetid.
The property, on  which  its medical
virtues are dependent, resides in a vola-
tile principle, which is impaired by long
keeping, especially in  powder.   Dose,
10 to 2D grains.  It resembles assafcet-
ida and other fetid gums in  its proper-
ties : -in  other words,  belongs  to  the
class of antispasmodics.
  Dracun'culus (Helminth. & Path.)
 Ve'na Medi'na A'rabum, Gor'dius Me-
dinen'sis, Vermic'ulus Capilla'ris, Dra-
cun'culus Gor'dius, Fila'ria Medinen'-
sis, Ma'lis dracun'culus, Ma'lis Gor'dii,
Mus'cular Hair'worm,  Bich'ios, Bi'cho.
The Guinea Worm. A  genus of worms,
frequently  met  with  in  Indian  and
African  climes.   They are  character-
ized by a filiform body, and are  smooth
and nearly of equal thickness through-
out.  The Guinea worm,  when small,
insinuates itself through the cutaneous
pores, and  penetrates into the cellular
membrane,  and between the muscles ;
especially, between those  of the lower
limbs, where it  occasions a tumor like
a boil, which  subsequently suppurates,
and the head of the worm appears and
emerges gradually.  The head  must
then be seized, and the worm be cau-
tiously rolled  round a small cylinder of
linen  or other substance.   Care must
be  taken not to break  it, as great pain
 and obstinate  suppuration would be  the
 consequence.
   Considerable  obscurity rests  on this
subjeot.  Some,  even, deny that  the
cases  of Dracunculus, on record,  are
really those of worms.
   (F) Dragonneau, Verde Guinee.
  Writers.  G. Cunelius, Basil, 1589
(D   G. J. Velsch,  August-Vindel,
^ ''             27*
1674 (L).  G. F. Ch.  Fuchs, Jenae,
1781 (L).
  DRAGEES (F)  (Pharm.)   Almonds
or dried preserves, covered with white
sugar.   Sugar plums.
    (G) Zuckerkorner.
  DRAGEES  DE KEYSER ; a pharma-
ceutical  preparation,  formerly much
celebrated in  syphilis.  It was com-
posed of acetate  of mercury,  manna,
starch, mucilage, and gum tragacanth.
  DRAGON(F) (Path.) Dragon. Some
authors have given this name to opaque
spots on the cornea, and to cataract.
  Drain'ing  (Hyg.)  Desicca'tio.  The
act  of  drawing  off the  water from
marshes, for the purpose of destroying
the  unhealthy emanations, which  pro-
ceed from them.   It is a  well known
fact, that from marshes arise certain
emanations or miasmata, with the na-
ture of which we  are,  however, totally
unacquainted ; but which are the fertile
source  of intermittents and other dis-
eases.                          ,
 Draining the soil and converting it into
arable land changes its character, and
the  malaria ceases to  be given off.  It
has  frequently,  however, happened,
that although, in such  situations, the
intermittents   have been  got rid of,
consumption has taken their place.
  (F) Dessechement.  (G)Austrock-
nung.
  DRAKE, James, M. D. (Biog.)  A
celebrated political writer, physician,
and anatomist; born  at  Cambridge,
England,  in 1667;   died  in  1707.
Works. Anthropologia nova:  or a new
system of anatomy, describing the ani-
mal economy, and a short rationale of
many distempers  incident  to human
bodies.  Lond. 1707.  2 vols. 8vo.  Dr.
D. added notes to the English transla-
tion of Leclerc's history of physic.
Lond. 1669. 8vo.
  DRAN, Henry Francis le (Biog.)
A distinguished French Surgeon;  born
at Paris in 1685; died in 1770.  Works.
Parallele  des differentes  manieres  de
tirer la pierre de la vessie. Paris. 1730.
8vo.  In English. Lond.  1738.  8vo.
Observations de chirurgie, &c. Paris.
1731. 2 vols.  12mo.  In English. 1739.
8vo.  Traitf,  des.  operations' de chirur-
gie. Paris.  1731. 8vo.  In English,  by
Gataker. Lond. 1749. 8vo.   Reflex-
ions sur les plaies d'armes a feu. Paris.
1737. 12mo.   Consultations sur la plu*
part des maladies qui sont du ressort
de la chirurgie. Parish 1765. 8vo.
  DRABEAU(Y)   (Surg.)  Vexil'lum
from drop, '  cloth,'  A  bandage,  used 
DRASTIC             318              DRUG
in wounds &c. ofthe nose, to keep the
dressings in situ.  It is composed of a
small triangular compress, having two
openings at its inferior part, correspond-
ing to those of the nostrils.  It is fixed
by means of a bandage,  passing from
its superior angle over the head: and
another passing round the head, under
the orbits, so  as to join the first at the
nape of the  neck.
   Dras'tic  (Mat.  Med.)  Dras'ticus,
 Sqaoxixog,  Cenol'ic,  xtvwxixog,  from
Sqaoi,' I operate strongly.  An epithet,
 given to  purgatives,  which  operate
 powerfully; as elaterium, oil of croton,
 &c.
   DREL'lNCOURT,  Charles (Biog.)
 acquired considerable celebrity by his
 Anatomical writings.   He was born at
 Paris in 1633; died in 1697.   Works.
 Apologia medica,  qud depellitur  ilia
 calumnia, medicos sexcentis annis Ro-
 md exuldsse.  Lugd. Bat. 1672. 12mo.
 Praludium  anatomicum. Lugd.  Bat.
 1680. 12mo.   Experimenta anatomica
 ex  vivorum sectionibus petita. Lugd.
 Bat. 1681.  12mo.   Felix  puerpera, seu
 observationes medica. Lugd. Bat. 1684.
 12mo.   His works have been collected.
 The best edition  is that published at
 the Hague in 1727. 4to.
    Dress'er  (Med.) from  (F) dresser,
 ' to  put right.'  An hospital assistant,
 whose office it is, to dress the wounds,
 ulcers,  &c.   He corresponds  in func-
 tion to  the Eleve exteme of the French
 hospitals.
    Dress'ing  (Surg.)  Cu'ra,  Cura'tio.
 The  methodical  application  of  any
 remedy or  apparatus  to a  diseased
  part.  Also, the  remedy or apparatus
.  itself.     (F) Pansement.
    Writers.  C. A. Lombard (on the
  art  of D.),  Strasburg, an. v, (F).  P.
  N. Gerdy, Paris,  1826 )F).
    Drimypha'gia  (Path.) Sqiuvipayta,
  from Sntpvg, ' acrid,' ' aromatic,'  and
  ipayw, ' I eat.' An aromatic and exci-
  ting diet.
    Drink (Hyg.)  from Saix.  bpencan,
  Po'tus. Every liquid, introduced into
  the alimentary canal for the purpose of
  repairing the loss of the fluid parts of
  the body.  The necessity for its use is
  indicated  by the  sensation  of thirst.
  Fluid,  taken during a meal, aids in the
  digestion ofthe food.  Some drinks are
  exciting and tonic, as the different va-
  rieties  of beer, wine, and spirit, which
  we use at  table.  In a therapeutical
  point of view, drinks are used to ap-
  pease the thirst, which prevails in febrile
  affections, or to act as diluents in those
  and other cases.
table of ordinary drinks, according
   to their chemical composition.
                  C Spring water,
. Water......\ River water,
                  ( Well water, Sec.
                  !Lemon juice,
                   Currant juico,
                   Whey,
                   Tea,
                   Coffee,
                   Mattee, &c.
                   f Wines,
                   Ale,
                   Beer,
                   Cider,
                   Perry.
                   Brandy,
                   Alcohol,
                   Ether,
                   Kirschwasser,
                   , Rum,
                   1 Arrac,
                   Gin,
                   Whiskey,
                   Rata ties,
                   Cordials, &c.
3. Fermented Liquors.
4. Spirituous Liquors.
  (F) Boisson.   (G) Getrank.
  Writers   W.  Grataroli,   Basil,
1565 (L).  J. Costeo,  Pap. 1604 (L).
P. P. Fuscone, Genoa,  1605 (I).  J.
Castalio, Rom. 1607 (L).  Fr. Scac-
chi, Rom. 1622 (L).  V. Butius, Rom.
1653 (L).  L. Fr. Jacobi, Erford. 1713
(L).  F. E. Bruckmann,  Helmst. 1722
(L).  C. G. Stentzel, Wittemb. 1738
(L).  A. Westphal, Gryphisw. 1745
(L).  A. E.  Buchner, Hal. 1749 (L).
Ph. A. Schnorbusch, Erford, 1750 (L).
S.  Th. Quelmalz,  Lips. 1751 (L).
Th. A.  Schlegel, Helmst.  1751 (L).
Ph. A. Bohmer, Hal." 1774  (L).  E. B.
G.  Hebenstreit, Lips.  1778 (L).  J.
D. Metzger, Regiom. 1787 (L).   J. C.
Gehler, Lips.  1793 (L).  O. Staab,
Francf. 1807(G).
  Droguier (Pharm.)  Same etymon
as  Drug.   A  collection of  different
simple medicinal substances.
  Dros'era Rotundifo'lia (Mat. Med.)
The systematic name of the  Sun'dew.
Ros so'lis,  Sqoatofioxavov, Drosiobot'a-
non, Dro'sium, Rorel'la.  This  plant
has a bitter, acrid, and caustic taste.
It has been  used as a rubefacient, and
to destroy warts and corns.  It has, also,
been regarded as a pectoral.
  (F) Rossolis.  (G) Sonnenthau.
  Drug (Pharm.) Medicamen'tum.  A
name,  ordinarily   applied  to   simple
medicines, but  by extension, to every
substance employed in the  cure  of dis-
ease.  Menage derives it from dro'ga ;
and this from the Persian droa,' odor';
because many drugs have a 6trong odor.
It  is from the Teutonic trocken, Sax.
bjiizan,' to dry.' 
DRUGGIST           319            DUNCAN
   (F) Drogue.  (G) Ar znei waare.
   Writers.   Lemery (dictionary of
 drugs), Paris, 1733 (F).  J. J. Berlc,
 Lond. 1724.  Ch. Acosta,Lyons, 1582
 (F).  N. Monard (drugs of America),
 Lyons,  1519(F).'  P. Pomet (history
 of drugs), Paris, 1694 (F).   S. More-
 lot (dictionary of drugs),  Paris, 1807
 (F). Guibourt, Paris, 1826 (F). Che-
 valier and  Richard (dictionary of
 drugs), Paris, 1827(F).
   Drug'gist, Drug'ger,  Drug'ster
 (Pharm.)   Same  etymon.  Pharmaco-
 po'la,  Materialis'ta.   One  who  sells
 drugs.
     (F) Droguiste.
   Dry'ing (Pharm.) Desicca'tion, Sic-
 ca'tio, i^qavoig, Desicca'tio, Exsicca'tio;
 same etymon as Drug. Evaporation or
 removal of the superfluous humidity in
 a body.
   DESICCATION OF PLANTS.  Those,
 which are very succulent,  should  be
 dried quickly.  They must  be  spread
 upon lattice-work,  and  covered  from
 the light,  and be exposed to the  heat of
 the sun or to that of a stove, not exceed-
 ing  110°  Fahrenheit.  The drying of
 less succulent plants can be operated at
 a lower temperature.  Flowers must
 be  dried very carefully, excluding the
 light.  Seeds are dried in a place, where
 there is a free current of air.  Pulpy
fruits may be  exposed to a gentle heat
 in  a  stove, which may  be gradually
 elevated.   Roots may, also, be dried in
 the stove: the tuberous  require to  be
 cut in slices.
   (F) Desiccation.  (G)  Austrock-
 n u n g.
  Duamer (Mat. Med.)  A  species  of
 serpent, which entered into the com-
 position ofthe theriac.  Ruland.
  Dubelcoleph (Phar.)  A compound
 of coral and amber.   Ruland.
  Du'belech (Surg. Path.)  The cav-
 ity of an  abscess, with  a  solution  of
 continuity.  Ruland.
   Dubletus   (Path.) According  to
 James,  this word is  derived  from the
 Arabic.  It means an  abscess, and an
 encysted tumor.
  DUCAMP, Theodore (Biog.) An
 eminent surgical writer of Paris;  born
 at  Bordeaux  in  1792; died  in 1823.
 Works. Traite des retentions d'urine
 occasionnees  par le retrdcissement du
 canal de  Vurltre, &c.  1822. 8vo. He ,
 translated Bree on disordered respira-
 tion into French.  Eloge historique par
 M. Vassal. Paris. 1823.  8vo.
  Duc'tus Bartholinia'nus (Anat.)
 BAR'THOLINE'8 Duct.  The excretory
 duct of the sublingual gland.
    (F)  Canal de BARTHOLIN.
   DUCTUS- SALIVA'LIS INFE'RIOR
 (Anat.)  Duc'tus Warthonia'nus.  The
 excretory  duct  of  the  submaxillary
 gland.
    (F)  Canal de WARTHON.
   DUCTUS  SALIVA'LIS SUPE'RIOR
 (Anat.)  Duc'tus Stenonia'nus,  ste'-
 NO'S Duct.   The excretory duct ofthe
 parotid gland, which opens  into  the
 mouth opposite the second upper molar
 tooth.
    (F)  Canal de STENON.
   Duel'la.  The ancient name of a
 weight, which was equivalent to eight
 scruples.
   Du'lech  or Dtj'elech (Path.)   A
 term,  employed  by  Paracelsus and
 Van Helmont, to designate a pretend-
 ed tartarized substance, which forms in
 the human  body, and produces acute'
 pain,  accompanied with great danger.
   DUMAS, Charles Louis  (Biogr.)
 An eminent French  physician, Profes-
 sor at Montpellier; born in 1765 ; died
 in 1814.  Works. Principes de physi-
 ologic, ou introduction a  la science  ex-
perimentale, philosophique et  medicate
 de Vhomme vivant. Paris. 1800.  4 vols.
 8vo.  Doctrine generate  des  maladies
 chroniques, pour servir  de fondement
 a la connoissance thiorique et pratique
 de ces maladies.  Montpel.  1812. 8vo.
 Second edition by L. Rouzet.  Paris.
 1824.  2  vols. 8vo.  Consultations et
 observations  de  medecine, publiees et
 accompagnees des notes, par  L. Rou-
 zet. Paris. 1823. 8vo.
  DUN'CAN, An'drew, M. D. F. R. S.
Ed. (Biog.)  Professor in the University
of Edinburgh; born in  ; died in 182 .
Works.  Observations on the  use and
operations of mercury in the  venereal
disease. Edinb. 1772.12mo.  Elements
of therapeutics.   Edinb. 1770.  8vo.
Heads of lectures on the theory and
practice  of medicine.   Edinb.   1776.
12mo.  Fourth edition. 1788. 8vo.  De
laudibus  Gulielmi   Harveii   Oratio.
Edinb. 1777.  8vo.  Medical cases,  se-
lected from the  records  of the  public
dispensary  at Edinburgh; with  re-
marks and observations.  Edinb.  1778.
8vo.   Account of the life  and writings
of the late Alex. Monro, Sen.,  M. D.
Edinb. 1780.  8vo.  Heads of lectures
on medical jurisprudence. Edinb.  1792.
8vo.   Annals of medicine (annually).
1794-1804. 9 vols. 8vo.   Observations
on the distinguishing symptoms of three 
DUNCAN
320        DYNAMOMETER
different species  of pulmonary  con-
sumption, the catarrhal, apostematous,
and tuberculous, &yc, to which is added
an appendix on  the preparation and
use  of lactucarium or lettuce  opium.
Edinb.  1818. 8vo.
   DUN'CAN  Dan'iel (Biogr.)   An
eminent physician; born at Montauban,
in Languedoc, in 1649; died in Lon-
don  in  1735.   Works.  Explication
nouvelle et mithodique  des actions ani-
mates. Paris. 1678.  La chymie natu-
relle; ou explication chymique  et me-
chanique de la nourriture de  Vanimal.
Paris.   1681.  8vo.  Avis  salutaire  a
tout  le monde contre Vabus des liqueurs
chaudes, et particulierement  du caffe,
du chocolat et du the". Rotterd. 1705.
English. Lond. 1706.  8vo.
   Duode'num  (Anat.)   Ventric'ulus
succenturia'tus,   exipvotg,  Ec'physis,
Portona'rium, SwdtxaSaxxvXov, Dodeca-
dac'tylon,  from SioStxa, ' twelve,' and
Saxxv/.oc,  ' a finger.'  The duodenum
is the first part of the intestinal canal,
commencing at  the pyloric orifice  of
the stomach, and terminating  in the
jejunum.   Its  length  is about 12 fin-
gers' breadth, and as it is only partially
covered by the peritoneum, it  is sus-
ceptible  of  considerable  dilatation:
hence its  name,  Ventriculus succentu-
riatus.  In the duodenum, chylificalion
takes place by the admixture  of the
biliary and pancreatic  fluids  with the
chyme.   Inflammation of the  duode-
num is termed Duodeni'tis.
    (G) Z wo lffi ngerdarm.
   Writers.  Fr. Hofmann (D. as the
seat  of many diseases), Hal. 1708 (L).
C. Cu.  Sjchmeidel, Erlang, 1757 (L).
E. Sandifort (plates of the D.), Lugd.
Bat. 17,-0 (L).
  Di'o-ster'nal  (Anat.)  Beclard
thus names the second osseous portion
of the sternum, which corresponds  to
the second intercostal space.
  Du'plicature  (Anat.) Duplicatu'ra,
Reflec'tion,  from du'plex,  ' double,' ■
1  two-fold.'  The  folding or  reflection i
of a membrane upon itself;  as  Dupli- '
cature or reflection ofthe pleura, peri-
toneum, »fec.
  Dupon'dium  (Pharm.)  Smowxtov.
A weight of four drachms. Galen.
  Du'ra Ma'ter (Anat.)  Cras'sa me'-
ninx, Du'ra  me'ninx,  Me'ninx exte'-
rior,  Me'ninx  scle'ra,  Pachei'a   of
Galen.  Du'ra membra'na cer'ebrum
am'biens, Cuticula'ris membra'na, Der-
mato'des, Mininge, (Cn.).  It has been
called  dura, because  of  its great  re-
sistance;  and, mater, because it was
believed to give  rise  to every  mem-
brane  of  the body.  It is  a fibrous,
semitransparent membrane, of a pearly-
white  color, thick, and very resisting;
lines the  cavity  of  the cranium, and
contains the  spinal  marrow;  protects
the brain  and marrow; and  by its va-
rious expansions,  the falx cerebri, ten-
torium, &c. supports the different parts
ofthe cerebral mass.  The largest artery
of the dura mater is the A. meninga'a
me'dia.
  (F) Dure mire, Dure-Taye (Pare.)
  (G)Dicke Hirnhaut; harte
H i r n h a u t.
  Writer. J. F. Fleischmann, Altorf,
1738 (L).
  DUSSAUSSOY,  Andrew Claude
(Biog.) Surgeon of the Hotel Dieu of
Lyon; born  in 1755; died   in  1820.
Works. Dissert, sur la gangrene des
hopitaux,  avec  les moyens de la pre-
venir et de la combattre.  Genev. and
Lyon".  1787.  8vo.  Cure  radicale  de
Vhydrocele par le caustique. 1787. 8vo.
In German. Leipz. 1790. 8vo.
  Dynamom'eter, from Svva/iiig,' force,'
and fitxqor, ' measure.'  An instrument,
contrived  by M. Regnier, for measur-
ing the comparative muscular strength
of man and animals.   It consists of a
spring,  which, when  pressed  upon,
causes a needle to  move upon a portion
of a circle, furnished with a scale  of
kilogrammes and-one of myriagrammes.
To measure the strength of the hands,
the two branches of  the spring are
firmly  grasped, and  brought as near
together as the force can  carry them.
This effort makes  the needle  traverse,
and  indicates,  on the scale  of kilo-
grammes,  the strength of  the experi-
menter's hands.  A man, 25 or 30 years
of age, exerts a force commonly  equal
to 50 kilogrammes, or 100 pounds.
  The  strength of the loins of a  man,
about 30 years of  age, as indicated  by
this  instrument, is  usually  about  13
myriagrammes, or 265 pounds, which
shows  the weight he is capable of rais-
ing.
  From experiments made by Peron,
in his voyage, on  12 individuals  of
Van Dieman's Land, 17 of New Hol-
land, 56  of the Island of Timor,  17
Frenchmen  belonging  to the  expe-
dition, and 14 Englishmen in the colony
of New South  Wales, he found their
comparative strength, indicated by the
dynamometer, to be as follows ; 
DYSESTHESIA         321           DYSENTERY
Table.
natives of	Strength			
	ofthe arms.		ofthe loins.	
	KUog.	lbs.	Myriag.	lis.
1. Van Dieman's Land . . . 2. New Holland 3. Timor . . 4. Franco . . 5. England . .	50.6 50.8 58.7 69.2 71.4	101.2 101.6 117.4 138.4 142.4	10.2 11.6 15.2 15.2	208.08 238.64 310.08 332.52
    (G) Kraf tmess er.
  DYNAMOMETER  or. DYNAMETER,
Medicinal  (Pharm.) An instrument,
invented by  Dr. Paris, for the purpose
of  showing  the  quantity  of  active
matter contained in a  given weight
or measure of any officinal compound;
and the dose of any preparation, which
will  be equivalent,  in  strength, to a
given quantity of any other of the same
class.  The instrument is more ingeni-
ous than useful.
  Dys.esthe'sia  (Path.) Svaaio&tjOia,
from Svg,l with difficulty,' and aw9avo-
pai,' I feel.'  Obscure,  diminished, or
even abolished sensation.
  DYSJESTHE'SIA VISUA'LIS, Parop'-
sis.  Sense of sight vitiated or lost.
  Dysanago'gos (Path.) Svoavuywyog,
from Svg,' with difficulty,'  and «iayo>,
' I bring up.'  That which is expectorated
with difficulty.  An epithet given, by
the Greek writers, to the sputa, when
expectorated with difficulty on account
of their viscidity.
  Dyscatapo'tia   (Path.)  from  Svg
and  xaja.rtvoj, 11 drink.'  Difficulty of
swallowing  liquids.  This term  is re-
commended by Dr. Mead as a substi-
tute for hydrophobia,  which  means
dread of liquids.  The  dread seems to
be  partly caused  by the difficulty of
deglutition.
  Dyscine'sia (Path.) Svoxivrjaia, from
Svg, ' with  difficulty,'  and  xivtw,  ' I
move.'   Difficulty or utter incapability
of moving.   Galen.
  Dyscopho'sis (Path.)  from Svg,{with
difficulty,' and xoqow, '  I am deaf.'  A
defect in the sense of  hearing.  Hip-
pocrates.
  Dyscra'sia (Path.)  Svaxqaoia, from
Svg and xqaoig,' temperament.'   A bad
habit of body.
   Dys'critos (Path.)   Svaxqixog, from
Svg,' with difficulty,' and xqiotg, 'judg-
ment.'  That, which it is  difficult to
judge of.  Hippocr.
  Dys'elcia  (Path.)  SvotXxid,  Dyse-
pulo'tus, SvatnovXurrog,  from Svg,' with
difficulty,'  and tXxog, l an  ulcer.'  An
ulcer, difficult to heal.  Hippocrates,
Foesius.
  Dys'entery (Path.) Svatvxtqia, Diffi-
cul'tas intestino'rum, from  Svg  and
tvxtqov,  ' an intestine.'   Dissolu'tus
mor'bus, Diarrha'a camo'sa, Coli'tis,
Deflux'us Dysenter'icus, Fe'bris Dysen-
ter'ica, Zahir, Tor'mina, Blennente'ria.
The  Bloody Flux ; the Flux.  Inflam-
mation of the mucous membrane of the
large intestine;  the chief symptoms of
which are; — fever,  more or less in-
flammatory, with frequent mucous or
bloody evacuations;  violent tormina
and  tenesmus.  When the evacuations
do not contain blood,  it has been called
Dysenter'ia al'ba or simple Dysentery.
The  seat  of the disease is, generally,
in the colon and rectum.  It occurs,
particularly, during  the  summer and
autumnal months, and in hot climates
more than in cold: frequently, also, in
camps and prisons, in consequence of
impure air, and  imperfect nourishment:
and  is often epidemic.  Sporadic  cases
of  dysentery  are,   generally,  easily
managed; but when  the disease occurs
epidemically, it often  exhibits  great
malignancy.  Generally, it  yields to
mild laxatives,  as castor oil,  combined
with diaphoretic narcotics, such as the
pulvis ipecacuanha compositus.- but, at
times, the  inflammation runs  on so
speedily to  ulceration, that, unless  a
new action be rapidly  excited,  death
will be the consequence.  In such cases
mercury must  be rapidly  introduced
into the system, and  the narcotics may
be combined with it.  The whole man-
agement must, of course, be strictly
antiphlogistic.
   (F) Dysenteric, Flux  dysentirique,
Flux de sang.
  (G) Ruhr,  Rotheruhr.
  Writers. W.  Fabricius  Hilda-
nus, Bonon. 1552 (L).  Ch. Lepois
or Carolus Piso, Pont-a-Mousson, 1623
(F).  J. J. Waldschmidt (malignant
D.), Marburg, 1730 (L).  A.  Soterius,
Hal. 1734  (L).  Ch.  J. Hempelics
(malignant D.), Erfurt,  1739 (L).  J.
Th. Laurich (D. of India),  Hal. 1752
(L).  J.  F. Cartheuser, Francf. ad
Viadr. 1760 (L).  M. Akenside, Lond.
1762 (L).  A. E. Buchner, Hal. 1764
(L). R. A. Vogel,  Gotting. 1765 (L).
Ph. G. Schroder, Gotting. 1768 (L).
J. G. Zimmermann, Zurich, (G): trans-
lated into English by Hopson,  Lond.
1772.  A. Wilson, Lond. 1777.  Ma-
ret, Dijon, 1779(F).  C. F. Elsner,
 Konigsb. 1781 (L).   Mursinna, Berlin,
 1780 (G).   B.  Moseley (D. of West 
DYSHiEMORRHOZA       322          DYSPEPSIA
Indies), Lond. 1781.   F. F. Walther,
Hal. 1785 (L).  J. Rollo, Lond. 1786.
Fr. H. Birnstiel, Manheim, 1786 (L).
A.  Gruciani, Vienn. 1788 (L).  Du-
rondeac,  Bruxelles, 1789 (F).  Lei-
denfrost,  Erfurt, 1795 (L). M. Stoll,
Bonn.  1796 (F).  Lambsma, Francf.
1792 (L).   W.  Bay, N.  York,  1797.
F.  W.  C.  Hunnius, Jena,  1797(G).
J. Fr. Engelhart,  Winterthur, 1797
■(G).   Matthai, Hanov.  1797 (G).
Vogler, Giess. 1797 (G).  Paul As-
salini,  Paris, 1801 (F).   H.  Dewar
(D.  of Es,ypt),  Lond. 1802.   J. A.
Fleury, Paris, 1803 (F).   P. Poumier,
Paris,  1804 (F).   W. Harty, Lond.
1805.  C. L. Couad, Paris,  1806(F).
A. M. Grellet, Paris, 1807 (F).  H.
J. Taillefer (D- of warm countries),
Paris, 1807 (F).  L. Deplace  (Do.),
Paris, 1808(F).  L. Hugonmenc, Paris,
1808(F).   P. E. Wauters, Gandav.
1800 (L).   E. Lapouge,  Strasb. 1806
(F).  Ch. R. Delavenaye, Paris, 1812
(F).  A. Desjardins, Paris, 1813 (F).
R. W. Bampfield (tropical D.), Lond.
1819.  G. Ballingall (D.  of India),
Lond. 1823.
  Dysh.emorrh<e'a   (Path.) from Svg,
* with difficulty,' and aiuoqqsoi, ' I pass
blood.'  Diminution  or suppression of
the hemorrhoidal flux.  Also, symp-
toms  occasioned by  its diminution or
suppression.  Sagar.
  Dysia'tos (Path.)  Svoiaxog, Cura'tu
diffi"cilis.  Difficult of cure.  Hippocr.
  Dyslociiia  (Path.) from  Svg  and
Xoxiog;  relating to parturition.  Dimi-
nution or  suppression of the lochial
discharge.
  Dysmenorrhea  (Path.)  Parame'-
nia diffi"cilis, Menorrhagia stillati"tia,
Amenorrha'a diffi"cilis, Men'ses dolo-
rif'ica, Menorrha'gia  diffi"cilis, Labo'-
rious Menstrua'Hon.   Catamenia passed
with great local pain, especially in the
loins : — sometimes  there  is  a mem-
branous  discharge,   mixed  with the
catamenia.   D. is very difficult of re-
moval, and prevents conception. In the
married female,  if she should be able
to pass  one period  without  pain, and
subsequently become  pregnant,   the
morbid action will be broken in upon,
by gestation, and a  perfect cure often
obtained.   Change  of air, soon after
marriage, will sometimes give occasion
to this desirable  result.  The affection
generally depends upon a subinflamma-
tion ofthe interior ofthe uterus, called
into action at each  catamenial period.
The violence of the pain  requires  the
liberal use  of narcotics.
  Writers  J. J. Baier, Altdorf, 1709
(L). Konig, Altdorf, 1709 (L).  Beer-
stecher, Duisburg, 1784 (L).
  Dyso'dia  (Path.) from SoooiSia,' fe-
tor,' Svg, 'badly,' and otto, 'I  smell.'
Sauvages has given this generic name
to all diseases, characterized by  fetid
emanations, from whatever part pro-
ceeding;— from  the mouth, nasal fos-
sae, bronchi, stomach, axillae,  groins,
&c. Also, a stench or stink.
  (F) Puanteur.   (G) Gestank.
 . Writers.   J.  Willich (D.  oris),
Lovan.  1675.  (L).  I. Vehr  (Do.),
Francf.  ad Viadr. 1679 (L).   G. W.
Wedel (D. preternatural), Jenae. 1696
(L).
  Dysonei'ros (Path.) Svoovnqog, from
Svg, ' with  difficulty,'  and oniqog, ' a
dream.'   Insomnia, with restlessness.
  Dyso'pia  (Path.)  from  Six, ' with
difficulty,' and onxouai, ' I see.'   Diffi-
culty of seeing: obscurity of vision.
  DYSO'PIA  LATERA'LIS,  Parop'sis
latera'lis,  Skue-sight,   Sight  askew.
Vision, only accurate when the object
is placed obliquely.  This state  is gen-
erally caused  by  some opacity of the
cornea.
  Dvsorex'ia  (Path.)  Svaoqt'ita,  from
Svg,' with difficulty,' and ooti-ic,' appe-
tite.'  Diminution of appetite.
  Dysos'mia (Path.)  from Svg, ' with
difficulty,'  and oo,i<>;,  ' smell.'   Dimi-
nution of smell.
  Dyspep'sia  (Path.)  Svantxpia,  from
Svg, ' with  difficulty,'  and  ntrixo),  ' I
concoct.'  Lima'sis Dyspep'sia, Ano-
rex'ia, Apep'sia, Indiges'tion, Difficulty
of Digestion. (G)  Schwerverdau-
1 i c h k e i t. A state  of  the stomach,
in which its functions are  disturbed,
without the presence of other diseases,
or when, if other  diseases be present,
they are of but minor importance.  The
symptoms of dyspepsia are  very  vari-
ous. Those affecting the stomach  it-
self are : — loss of appetite; nausea;
pain in  the epigastrium  or hypochon-
drium; heart-burn; sense  of  fulness,
or weight in the stomach; acid  or fetid
eructations; pyrosis, and sense  of flut-
tering  or sinking  at  the  pit  of the
stomach.  The sympathetic affections
are  of the  most  diversified character.
Dyspepsia, being generally of a func-
tional  nature, is devoid of  danger.
When   arising from   disease   of the
stomach itself, it  is,  of  course, more
serious.
  It is  usually dependent on  irregu-
larity of living; either in the quantity or
quality of the food taken: and the moet 
DYSPERMASIA          323           DYSTOCIA.
successful  treatment  is,  to  put the
patient  on a diet easy of digestion;
to combat the causes, where  such are
apparent; and, by proper remedies and
regimen, to strengthen the system in
every practicable  manner.
  Writers.  J. A. Friderici, Jenae,
1672 (L).   H. Ph. Klettwich, Jenae,
1672 (L).  Fr.  Hoffman, Hal. 1696
(L).  A.  Q.  Rivinus, Lips. 1679 (L).
H. Meibomius, Helmst. 1682 (L).  G.
Bartholin, Hafn. 1685 (L).  J. Vesti,
Erford.  1689 (L)   G. Ch. Schelham-
mer, Jenae, 1695 (L).   J.  G. Zimmer-
mamn, (G), in Engl, by G. R. Hopson,
Lond. 1771.  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1703
(L).  James Rymer, Lond. 1785.  L. J.
M.Daubenton, Paris, 17rt5(F).inEngl.
Lond.  1809.   J. Woodforde,  Sher-
borne, 1820.    Stone, London,  1806.
A.  P.  Wilson Philip, London, 1821.
(Protracted cases of)  London,  lt>27.
W. Law, Edinb. 1821.  Kitchener,
(Peptic  precepts) London, 1821.   J.
Howship, London, 1825.  J. Thomas,
Cheltenham, 1820.  S. W. Avery, N.
York, 1830.
  Dysperma'sia  (Path.) Dyspermatis'-
mus, from Svg, ' with difficulty,' and
cjttqua,  ' sperm.'   Difficulty, some-
times incapacity of voiding the sperm.
  Dyspha'gia (Path.) Dyscatabro'sis,
Dyscatap'osis;  from  Svg,  ' with diffi-
culty,'  and ipayta, ' I eat.'  Difficulty
of deglutition.    Dysphagia is almost
always symptomatic ;  either of inflam-
mation or of other disease ofthe organs
of deglutition, or of incomplete obstruc-
tion of the oesophagus, by  some obsta-
cle within it, or by a neighbouring
tumour.   At times,  it is produced by
spasm  or paralysis of the oesophagus.
The prognosis and treatment vary ac-
cording to the cause.
  Writers.  J. C Spies, Helmstad.
1727 (L).  Fr. A. I. Zinckernagel,
Viteb. 1750 (L).   A. De Hak.n, Hagse
Batav.  1750  (L).  C.  Chr.  Haase,
Goett. 1781 (L).  W. G.  Ploucquet,
Tubing.  1797  (L).    Kistemacher,
Groning, 1807 (L).   Stoker, Duisb.
1807 (L).
  Dyspho'nia (Path.) Svotpoivia, from
Svg, and ipoivij,  ' the voice.'  Difficulty
of producing  and articulating sounds;
voice imperfect or depraved.  Apho'nia
(of some).
  Dysphor'ia (Path.) Svaipoqia, Inquie-
tu'do, Asta'sia, Restlessness, Suffering.
    (G)  Unleidigkeit.
  Dyspnce'a (Path.) from Svg and m*o>,
' I breathe,' Svanvoia, Dyspnoon, Pseu'-
do-asth'ma, Anhela'tion, short breath,
Brachypna'a, ftqaxvnvoia.  Difficulty of
breathing.  Dyspnoea may be idiopathic
or symptomatic;   the latter  accom-
panies  almost  all  thoracic  diseases.
Urgent Dyspnoea  has been called am-
phipneu'ma, auipmvtvua, Hippocr.
  (G)  Schwerathmen.
  (F)  Courte haleine.
  Writers.   Mich.  Triscov, Basil.
1606 (L).   O.  Heurnius, Lugd. Bat.
1613  (L).   J.  R. Salzmann, Argent.
1631  (L).   F. Bartoletti,  Bonon.
1633  (L).   H.  Conring,  Helmstad.
1639  (L).   I.  Wallich,  Luo-d. Bat.
1675  (L).   J.  G.  Berger,  Vittemb.
1700 (L).   J. P.  Bruno, Altorf, 1709
(L).    M.  Alberti,  Hal.  1726 (L),.
Chr. Sendel, Erford. 1743 (L).   Fr..
B. de Sauvages, Monspel. 1757 (L).
W. G. Ploucquet,  Tubing.  1797 (L).
Robt.  Bree, Birmingham, 1797.
  Dysrachi'tis (Pharm.)  Suaqaxtxr]g.
The  name of a plaster, described  by
Galen, and employed in fistula, sinus-
es, &c.
  Dysthan'atos,  (Path.)  Svo&avaxog,
from  Svg and Savaxog, ' death.'  That
which causes a slow and painful death.
One who  experiences  this  kind  of
death. Hippocr. Galen.
  Dystherapeu'tos  (Path.)  Svo&tqa-
rctvxog, difficil'iter cura'bilis ;  from Svg
and &avaxog. ' death.'  That  which is
difficult of cure.
  Dysthe'sia  (Path.)  Sva&tair], bad
humor.  Impatience in disease.  Ero-
tian.
  Dysthet'ica   (Nosol.)    Cachex'ies,
from Svg,  ' badly,' and xi$i\uai, ' I am
situated.'   A morbid  condition of the
blood or blood-vessels; alone or con-
nected  with  a  morbid state  of other
fluids, producing a diseased habit. The
4th order  in the class  Hamatica  of
Good,  including  Plethora, Hemorrka-
gia, &c.
  Dysthym'ia, (Path.) Svadi.aia, from
Svg and -d-vpog,  ' mind.'   Depression,
Despondency.  A bad sign in acute dis-
eases.   (G) Schwermuth.
  Dysto'cia  (Obstet.) Svoroxta,  from
Svg and xoxog, ' accouchement.'  A la-
borious accouchement, Parody'nia, mor'-
bid la'bor, difficult la'bor.  Par'tus diffi"-
cilis.   See  Laborious.
  Writers.   J.  V. Fisler, Argent.
1649  (L).   J. A.  Friderici,  Jenoe,
1665 (L).   P. Van Cameryck, Ultraj.
1677  (L).   J.  E. Papelier, Argent.
1684 (L).  A. Freer, Lugd. Bat. 1685.
(L).    A.  P. Conradi,  Helmst. 1685
(L).    J.  Vesti,  Erford.  1693  (L).
B. Albinus, Francf.  ad Viadr. 1696 
EAR               324         EAR-TRUMPET
(L).   C  Van  Ackersdyck, Lugd.
Bat. 1697 (L).   Fr. Ch.  Zieger, Ar-
gent. 1720 (L). Robert Nesbit, Lugd.
Bat.  1721 (L).   Ch. M.  Burchard,
Rostoch, 1726 (L).   J.  A.  Wedel,
Jenae,  1730 (L).   A.  O.  Golicke,
Francf.  ad Viadr. 1732 (L).   S. Th.
Schreiber, Francof.  ad Viadr.  1736
(L).    Ch. O. Spranke, Harderovic.
1739 (L).  C. E. Rupert, Lugd.  Bat.
1743 (L).   A.  Levret, Pans,  1747
(F).   Supplement, Paris,   1751  (F).
C. Van Niel, Lugd. Bat. 1748  (L).
J. Fr.  Henkel,  Berlin,  1751   (G).
G. Watts, Lon. 1755.  J. G. Roede-
rer, Gotting. 1756 (L).   J. Ch. Som-
mer, Gotting. 1765 (L).  J. T. Ph. H.
Duparc, Monsp.  1773  (L).  J.  D.
Lindenberg, Giss. 1781 (L).  T. Den-
man, Lond. 1793.  Herbiniacx, Brus-
sels, 1782 (F). W. OsBORN,Lond. 1783.
A.  Blake,  Lond. 1819.    S. Merri-
man,  Lond. 1814;  by T.  C  James,
Philad. 1816.
  Ear, (Anat.) Au'ris, ovg, Saxon eare.
The organ of audition.  It is composed
of a series of more  or less  irregular
cavities,  in  which the sonorous  rays
are successively received and reflected,
until they agitate those nerves which
are destined to convey  the impression
to the brain.   The  ear is contained
partly in  the substance of the temporal
bones; and a part projects externally,
behind the joint of the lower jaw.  It
may be divided into three portions ; —
the outer or external ear, formed  by
the auricle and meatus auditorius;  the
middle ear, comprising the cavity of the
tympanum and  its dependencies; and
the internal ear,  comprehending  the
three  semicircular canals, the cochlea
and the  vestibule;  which,  together,
constitute the labyrinth.
  (F)  Oreille.  (G) Ohr.
  Writers. (Anat. & Phys. fy-c. ofthe E.)
J. G. Duverney, Paris, 1683(F). Engl.
Lond. 1737.  A. M. Valsalva, Bonon.
1704 (L).  Cassebohm (on the internal
E.)   Ch. E. Wunsch,  Lips. 1777 (L).
S. T.  Summering,  (Pathology of  the
E.) Frankf.  1806 (L).  H. Mercuria-
lis, Venet.  1590   (L).   Th.  Gram-
kmvs, Venet.  1601 (L).   J. Wolff,
Helmst.  1619 (L).   Accidalius, Vit-
  Dyst(echi'asis (Path.)  Svoxotxiaetf,
Hispid'itas, from Svg,' bad' and otoi^os,
( order.'  Irregular position of the  eye
lashes.  Forestus.
  Dysu'ria  (Path.)  Svaovqta,  Uri'ncs
diffi"cilis excre'tio, from Svg,' with diffi-
culty,' and ovqov, ' urine.' Stran'gury
(of some).   Difficulty of passing  the
urine.   In  this affection  the mine is
voided  with  pain,   and  sensation of
heat in some part of the urethra.  Dys-
uria is the first degree of retention of
urine.   It differs  from strangury in
which the urine can  only be passed in
drops and with great straining.
  (G) Harnzwang, Harnstrenge.
  Writers.   G. W. Wedel,  Jen®,
1704 (L).  M. Alberti (D. ofoldpeo-
ple) Hal. 1728 (L).   Pohl, Lips. 1749
(L).  J. F. Cartheuser, Francf. ad
Viadr. 1750 (L). Stovin (D. mucosa)
Lugd. Bat. 1783 (L). Van der Belek,
Lovan, 1787 (L).   Albertus,  Giess.
1788 (L).
tenberg. 1640 (L).  M. Banzf.r, Vit-
tenberg. 1640 (L).  Brotbeck (Inflam'
motion of the E.)  Tubing. 1667 (L).
Screta a Zavorziz, Basil. 1671 (L).
J. Bauhin, Basil 1687 (L).  Meisner,
Prag. 1690 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1705 (I.).  Tschudi, Argent. 1715 (L).
Th. Zwinger, Basil, 1715 (L).  A.  Q.
Rivinus, Lips. 1717  (L).   M. Alber-
ti, Hal. 1752 (L).   C. A. A. Bergen,
Francof.  1754  (L).   Frize, Francof.
ad Viadr. 1789 (L).  A. Monro, Edin.
1797.   Horlacher, Gotting.  1792
(L).   J. C. Saunders,  Lond. 1806.
T. Buchanan (Plate of ^c.) Hull, 1823.
T. H. Curtis (Physiol.  4/ Diseases)
Lond.  1817, and Lond.   1822.   W.
Wright (Anat.  Sy  Diseases)  Brist.
1817.  J. A. Sajssy (Diseases of inter-
nal E.) Paris, 1827 (F).   K. J. Beck,
Heidelb. 1827 (G).
  Ear-Pick (Surg. 8y Hyg.) onoyXvipig.
Auriscal'pium. A species of small scoop,
used for extracting hardened cerumen
from the meatus auditorius externus ;
or to remove foreign  bodies from the
ear.   If carelessly used, it is apt to ex-
cite inflammation ofthe tube.
   (F) Cure-oreille.    (G)  Ohrlbf-
fel.
  Ear-Trumpet (Surg.)  Tub'usacus'-
E 
EARLE
325          ECCOPROTIC
titus, Acus'ticum Cor'nu.   An instru-
ment for collecting sound and increas-
ing  its intensity,  used by those who
are hard of hearing. It is, commonly, a
kind  of cone, formed  of silver, tin, or
elastic gum; the base  of which is turn-
ed towards the  person, who  is speak-
ing ; and the apex towards the entrance
of the meatus auditorius externus.
  (F)  Cornet acoustique.   (G)  Hiir-
r o hr.
  EARLE,  Sir James, Knt. F. R. S.
(Biogr.)  Surgeon  Extraordinary to
Geo.  III. of England, and Surgeon to
Bartholomew's hospital.
   Works.   The  Chirurgical works of
Percival  Pott with a life of the author,
a method of  curing  the hydrocele by in-
jections and occasional notes. London.
1790.  3 vols.  8vo.   A treatise  on the
hydrocele containing an examination of
all the usual  methods of obtaining relief
in that disease ;  the radical cure by in-
jection particularly  described  and illus-
trated with  cases.  Lond.  1791.  8vo.
Appendix, 1793. 8vo.  Practical obser-
vations on the operation  for  the stone.
Lond.  1793. 8vo.  Observations on the
cure  of the  curved  spine, in  which the
effect of mechanical assistance  is consid-
ered ; also  an  essay  on  the  means of
lessening the effects of fire on the human
body.  Lond. 1799. 8vo.  An  account of
a new method of  operation for  the re-
moval of the opacity in the  eye, called
cataract. Lond. 1801.  8vo  Letter con-
taining some observations on fractures of
the lower limbs;  to which is added an
account of a contrivance  to administer
cleanliness and comforts to  the  bedrid-
den,  or persons confined  to bed by age,
accident, sickness, or any other  infirm-
ity.   Plates. Lond. 1807. 8vo.   Obser-
vations, of  Hamorrhoidal excrescences.
Lond. 1807. 8vo.
   Evu de Javelle (Pharm.)  Bleach-
ing liquid, Aqua alkali'na  oxijmuriat'ica,
(Common salt tfoij, black  oxide of man-
ganese ifoj,  icater  jjjij.  Put  into a re-
tort, and  add, gradually, oil  of vitriol
[foij.   Pas.i the  vapor  through a solu-
tion  of subcarbonate of potass  § iij in
water  § xxix,  applying  heat towards
the last.  S.G.I.087). It is stimulant,
detergent, and antiseptic, — applied ex-
ternally.
   EJbeaupin, Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)   An acidulous chalybeate,
in the  department of Loire  Inferieure,
near Nantes.
   Ebet (Path.)  Excessive sensibility
ofthe teeth; .cold, hot, or hard bodies

                    28
exciting in them a  painful impression.
Stephanus in Avicen.
  Ebrieca'sum (Med.) A term employ-
ed by Paracelsus to denote a disturb-
ance ofthe reason,  similar to what oc-
curs in drunkenness.
  Ebulli"tion  (Pharm.)    Ebullitio,
avattotg, JEstua.'tio, xavaig,  from ebul-
lire,  'to  bubble  up.'  Boiling.  The
motion  of a liquid, by which it gives
off bubbles of vapor, by  heat  or fer-
mentation.  The boiling point of liquids
varies,  according  to the  pressure  to
which they  are  subjected.   For  the
point of ebullition of different substan-
ces, see Heat.
   (F) Bouillonnement.  (G)Wallung.
  EBULLF'TION is used in France, in a
vague manner, for  every kind of tran-
sient eruption on  the skin, occurring
without  fever  or  with  a slight febrile
attack.
  Ecbol'ica   (Mat.  Med.)   txfio/.ixa,
medicines, esteemed capable of hasten-
ing  delivery in difficult labors ; or of
producing abortion.
  Ecbras'mata  (Path.)  expquauaxa,
from expqauo, ' lam ver}' hot.' Ecchym'-
ata.    Hippocrates  uses this word
for certain burning eruptions.
  Ecbyrso'ma (Surg. Path.) tx^vom-ma,
from tx,' out of,' and fivqaa, ' the skin.'
Prominence of the bones  beneath the
skin at the joints.
  Ecchymo'ma (Path.)  txyvuiaiia,  Ec-
chymo'sis, txyiiioatc, from  tx, ' out of,'
and  yvaog, 'juice,'  'humor.'  Effu'sio,
Exsucca'tio.  A livid, black, or yellow
spot, produced by blood  effused  into
the  cellular tissue  from a  contusion.
Those spontaneous effusions, occurring
as the result of disease  or after death,
are called sugillations.  It is important,
at times,  in  a medico-legal point of
view, to distinguish between ccchijmo-
sis, produced during life,  and sugilla-
tion, occurring after death.
  Writers, &c.  De  ccchymosi ct su-
gillatione accuratius distinguendis:   [in
Collection des Theses de l'Ecole  Royale
de Chirurgie. 4to.  1786.]  J. J. Rieux.
Paris.  1814.  (F).
   Ec'cope (Surg.)  txxonv, from tx and
xoaxtiv,' to cut.' A perpendicular divi-
sion of  the cranium, by a cutting in-
strument.
   Ecco'peus  (Surg.)  Same etymon.
txxorrtvg.   An ancient  instrument —
the raspatory — used in trepanning.
   Eccoprot'ic (Mat. Med.)  Eccoprot'-
icus, Ectoprot'ic, from t'g. ' out of,' and
xonqog,' excrement.'  Mild  purgatives
or laxatives, whose operation is confin- 
ECCORTHATICUS       326
ECLECTOS
ed to simply clearing out the intestinal
canal.
  Eccorthat'icus  (Mat. Med.)  from
tx,  ' out of,' and  xoq&ata, ' I collect.'
An ancient epithet,  for  remedies to
which  was attributed the  property of
evacuating collections of humors.
  Eccrinol'ogy (Phys.)  Eccrinolo'gia,
from txxnivto, 'I separate,' and Xoyog,
' a discourse.'   A treatise on the secre-
tions.
  Ec'crisis (Phys.) txxqtoig,  from tx
and /.nivoi,' I separate.' Excre'tio.  The
excretion or egestion,  either of an ex-
crementitious, or morbific, matter, by
any ofthe outlets.
  Eccrit'ica (Nosol.)  txxqtxixa,  from
txxqnu), ' I  secern.'  Diseases of the
excernent function.   The  6th class in
Good's Nosology.
  Ec'dora (Path.) txSoqa, Excoria'tio,
Excoriation in general, but more espe-
cially of the urethra.
  Echalotte  (Hyg.)  Eschalotte, AV-
lium Ascalon'icum,  Cepa  Ascalonica.
The shallot'. A species of allium,  em-
ployed in culinary  preparations.
  (G)  Schalotte.
  Echancrure  (Anat.)    Emargina'-
tio, emarginatu'ra.   A  French word,
formed from the  preposition  e,  and
margo,' edge.'   It has been employed
by anatomists to designate depressions
and notches of various shapes, observ-
ed on the  surface or edges of bones.
  The   ECHANCRURE  NASALE  be-
longs to the os frontis and is articulat-
ed with the bones ofthe nose.
  The   E.  ethmoidale is  on the same
bone,  and unites it with  the ethmoid
bone.
  The  E. parotidienne is a triangular
space,  comprised between the paroti-
dean   edge  of  the inferior maxillary
bone and the mastoid process, so called
because it lodges the parotid gland.
  ECHAUBOULURES (F)  (Path.) Su-
dam'ina, hydro'a. A word whose mean-
ing is  not fixed.  It is applied to  any
eruption on  the surface  of the body,
accompanied with  pricking and other
uneasy sensations.
  E CHA UFFEMENT (F) (Path.)  Cale-
fac'tio, Ej rule fad tio, from echauffer, cal-
efacere, ' to make warm.'  Augmenta-
tion of heat in the  animal economy;
the  symptoms  of which are  a  more
than ordinary sensation of heat, dispo-
sition  to perspirations, great thirst, gen-
eral indisposition,  flushed countenance,
 &c.
   It goes off by the use of antiphlogis-
 tics and abstinence.   In the vulgar
language it is often used synonymously
with  constipation and  sometimes  for
simple gonorrhea.
  (G)  Erhitzung.
  Echecol'lon  (Mat. Med.) txtxoXXov,
from «j^oj, ' I have,'  and xoXXa, ' glue.'
Echecol'lum.   Any topical, glutinous
remedy.   Gorr^eus, Galen.
  Echinophthal'mia   (Path.)   from
txivog, 'a hedgehog,' and oipSaXuta,
' inflammation of the eye.'  Ophthal-
mia of the eyelids in which the cilia
project out, like the quills ofthe hedge-
hog.
  Echi'nops  (Mat. Med.) from txivog,
' hedgehog,' and oxp, ' the appearance.'
Crocodil'ion,  Acanthalzu'ca,  Scabio'sa
carduifo'lia, Spharoccph'ala  elatior, E-
chin'opus,  Echi'nops  Spharoceph'alus.
The globe thistle.  The root and seeds
are  reputed  to  be  moderately  diu-
retic.
  ECKOLDT, John Gottlob (Biog.)
an eminent surgeon of Leipzig ;  born
at  Leisnig  in   1746;  died in  1809.
Works.   Uebcr  das ausziehen  fremder
Korper aus dem  Speisekanale  und der
Luftrohre.  Leipz.   1799-1809.   4to.
Kupf.
   Eclactis'ma   (Path.)   txXaxxtOfta,
Eclamp'sis, Eclamp'sia,  txXauyjig, from
ixXuii.na,  'I  shine.'   tniXuiirpig,  Epi-
lamp'sis,  Effulgcscen'tia.   Epilepsy  is
often accompanied  with flashings of
light;  and  hence  Hippocrates  has
used  the  word  for  epilepsy.   It has
also been  applied to the convulsions of
children.
  Writer.  J. Ch. Gehler (E. puer-
perarum)  Lips, 1776-7 (L).
  Eclec'tic (Physicians) (Med.)  Ec-
ler'tiri Med'ici.  A sect  of  physicians,
who professed to choose,  from other
sects, all the  opinions which appeared
to them best founded.  Agathinvs of
Sparta, master of Archigenes of Apa-
maea in Syria, was its reputed founder;
and Archigenes, and  Aret^us, its
greatest ornaments.
  Eclec'tos (Pharm.)  txXtxxog,  Ec-
lig'ma, Elig'ma, Elix'is,  Lambiti'vum,
Linc'tus, Linctua'rium, from txXtixoi,' I
lick.'  A medicine, of a thick, syrupy
consistence, chiefly used to allay cough;
and consisting  of  pectoral  remedies.
It was formerly  sucked  from the end
of a liquorice stick, made into  a kind of
pencil;  hence its name Linctus, from
lingcre,  ' to lick.'  Although  the linc-
 tus is  usually  exhibited  in  Thoracic
 affections it may  have tonic virtues
 combined with it.
   (F) Looch (q. v.) 
ECLYSIS
327
ECTROPION
  Ec'lysis (Path.)  txX.voig,  exsolutio.
Resolution, prostration of strength.
  Econ'omy (Phys.) GZcono'mia, otxovo-
fiia,  from oizia,  'a house,'  'family,'
and vtiiui, ' I rule.'   By the term ani-
mal econ'omy is understood, the aggre-
gate ofthe laws,  which govern the or-
ganization of animals.  The word econ-
omy is, also, used for the aggregate of
parts,  which  constitute  man or  ani-
mals.
  Ecphrax'is (Therap.)  txipqahg,from
txipqaoao,' I remove obstruction.'  The
action of deobstruent remedies.
  Ecphyse'sis (Phys.) tx^vartaig, from
txipvaao), ' I breathe through,' Exsuffla'-
tio. A quick and forced expulsion of air
from the lungs.
  Ecpies'ma  (Surg.)  tx.xitoua,  from
txxittw, ' I   compress.'    Effractu'ra,
Impac'tion.  A fracture of the cranium,
with depression of the  fragments and
compression of the brain.
  Ecpies'mos   (Surg.)  tx.ntaf.iog, Ex-
pressio, Ex'itus, Ecpics'mon.   Celsus
uses these words to signify the exit of
the eye from  the orbitar cavity,  with
apparent but not real augmentation of
the organ.
  Ecplero'ma (Surg.) txnX.^quiua, from
nXrtqooj,' I fill.'   Cushions, pads.  Hip-
pocrates means, by this term,  small
pads or balls  of  leather  or other sub-
stance intended to fill the hollow of the
arm-pit;   used  probably in reducing
luxations ofthe shoulder.
  Ecpto'ma (Surg.) tx.xxaiua, Ecpto'sis,
txrtxiaaig, Exciden'tia, from tx.xtTixw,
' I fall out.'   This word has been used
in various senses.   1. Synonymously
with luxation.   2. For the separation of
gangrenous parts.   3. For the expul-
sion of  the secundines.   4.  For the
prolapsus of the womb :  and 5. For in-
testinal or omental hernia, &c.
  Ecrex'is  (Path.)  txqi,iig, Ruptura,
from txqt]yvvui,  ' to break.'  Rupture,
laceration.    Rupture of  the womb.
Hippocrates.
  Ecrhyth'mos  (Path.) txqv&uog, from
tx and qv&ftog, ' rhythm.'  A  term ap-
plied to the  pulse particularly,  when
irregular.   Galen.
  Ec'rysis (Path.) txqvoig, from  txqtw,
' I run from,'  ' a discharge.' According
to Hippocrates, the discharge of the
sperm from the uterus, which, in con-
sequence of not having remained suffi-
ciently long in that organ, has not as-
sumed the shape of a foetus.
   Ecsarco'ma (Path.) txaaqxwpa, from
tx and oao$,'  flesh.'  Fleshy excrescen-
ces of various kinds.
  Ec'stasis*(Path.) from t'iioxauaif'l
am beside myself.'  An ec'stasy or trance.
Ca'rus ec'stasis, Cat'ochus.   A state in
which certain  ideas so completely abi
sorb the mind, that the external sensa-
tions  are  suspended, the  voluntary
movements arrested, and even the vital
action retarded.  In catalepsy  there is
in addition complete suspension of the
intellectual faculties.  This last condi-
tion is in general described as trance.
  (F) Extasc.    (G)  Entziickung.
  Writers.   J. Gerdes, Griphiswald.
1692 (L).  G.  W. Wedel, Jenae,  1704
(L).   J.  Z. Platner, Lipz. 1732 (L).
G. F. CEsfeld, Hal. 1757 (L).  G. Ch.
Handtwig, Rostoch,  1758 (L).
  Ectelyn'sis (Path.) txxi{Xwotg, soft-
ness.   This word was formerly used to
denote softness and laxity  of the skin
or relaxation of a bandage.
  Ectiilim'ma,  (Path.)   Exulcera'tio,
txS/.niua, from txdXiJv),  ' I express.'
Chafings or excoriations,  produced by
external  violence.   Hippocr.
  Ecthv'ma (Path.)  txdviiu, from tx-
Svtv, ' to break  out.'   A  cutaneous
eruption, making  its  appearance sud-
denly.   Under the Ecthymata, Vogel
has designated certain  hard, unequal
tumors,  which appear  transitorily  on
the skin.
   Ectopocys'ticus (Path.) from' txxo-
Tiog, ' out of  place, and xvaxig,' blad-
der.   Diseases, dependent  upon  dis-
placement of the bladder.
   Ectrim'ma  (Path.)  txxqiaua,  from
txrqiiio,' I rub off.'  Ulceration of the
skiii';  and, particularly,  that which
arises from the pressure of the  bed  on
different parts of the'body, after a pro-
tracted confinement.  Hippocr.
   Ec'trope (Path.) txxqo.xn.  Divertic-
ulum, from txrqi.iw,  ' 1 turn off,' ' di-
vert.'  Any duct by which the  pec-
cant or  morbific  matter is  drawn off.
Hippocr.
   Ectro'pion  (Path.) txxqomor, same
etymon.   Ectro'pium, Ever'sio pal'pe-
bra, Blepharopto'sis Ectro'pium, Diva-
rica'tio.  Ever'sion of the eye'lids, so
that they do not completely cover the
globe  of the  eye.   It happens  more
commonly to the lower  than to the up-
per eyelid.  It may be owing to the re-
traction  of the skin,  after  the cure of
an ulcer, wound, or  burn of the eye-
lid ; or it may depend on tumefaction
or relaxation  of  the  conjunctiva.  In
the majority of cases, removal of a por-
tion of the conjunctiva will operate  a
cure ;  but there are  many which defy
the efforts of art.  The  ancients called 
ECZEMA
328
EFFORT
Ectropion of the upper eyelid,  lagoph-
thalmia.
  (F) Eraillement des Paupieres, Ren-
vcrscment des Paupieres.
  Writers.   G.  C. Keck,  Tubing.
1733 (G).  J. W. Harder, Jenae, 17s5
(L).   J.  C. Kuntzel,  Hal. 171.2 (L).
Sir W. Adams, Lond. 1812.
  Ec'zema (Path.) from txttw, ' I boil
out'—txltua. 'Eczes'ma, Pus'tula «?'-
dens.  A hot, painful eruption of small
vesicles  on various  parts of the skin,
usually set close or crowded together ;
with little  or  no  inflammation around
their bases and unattended by  fever.
  EC'ZEMA  MERCURIA'LE,  Ec'zema
ru'brum, Erytht'ma merctfria'te, Hydrar-
gyria, Mor'bus mercuria'lis, Mercu'rial
le.'pra.  A variety of eczema, arising
from  the irritation  of mercury. The
treatment  is  chiefly palliative,  con-
sisting in ablution with mucilaginous
infusions or decoctions ; mild dressings,
where the cuticle has exfoliated; avoid-
ing all irritation ;  keeping the bowels
open, and the use ofthe  sulphuric acid
with cinchona.
  Writers.  Sciireiber, Erford, 1792
(L).   Alley  (on hydrargyria)  Lond.
1810.  A.'Mathias, Lond. 1810. Mo-
ri arty (on mercurial lepra)  Dublin.
   Eden'tulus (Path.)  uvoSovg, vuiSog,
Ca'rens den'tibus.  One  without teeth.
This  defect c:m  only be remedied by
artificial means.
   (F). Edentc.
   Edessenum (Pharm.)  A collyrium
first prepared at  Edessa, and believed
to be capable of operating a cure in
one  day.   It was composed of gum
tragacanth, gum arabic, starch, sarco-
colla, opium,  cerusse,  cadmia,  and
water.
   Edulcora'tion (Pharm.) ylvxavaig,
 Edulcora'tio, from edulcora're,' to sweet-
 en,' ' to render mild.' An operation, the
 object ol which is to deprive a substance
 of its acrid and disagreeable taste, or, at
 least, to disguise it.   Also, the addition
 of a saccharine substance to a medicine,
 whose  taste  it  is desirable to modify
 agreeably.  (G)  Versiissung.
   EDWARDS,  George,  M.  D. (Bi-
 ogr.) A voluminous writer but chiefly
 on political subjects. He wrote towards
 the close of the last and the commence-
 ment of the present century.   Works.
 The  descriptions and characters of the
 different diseases of the human body ; to
 which is added  an  arrangement of the
 medicines and proportions in the London
 Pharmacopmia,  according  to  their re-
 spective virtues, being the first volume of
the Franklinian improvement  of medi-
cine.  London.  1791.   4tb.
  Ef'ferf.nt  (Anat.)   efferens, from
ef'fero,  ' I carry,'' transport.'   I'a'sn
rffercn'tia are those  lymphatics,  which
issue from the lymphatic glands to con-
vey their lymph to the thoracic duct;
so called to distinguish them from those
which pass to  those glands, and  which
have been termed va'sa deferen'tia.
  Efferves'cence (Pharm. &  Path.)
Effervescen'tia, Ztotg, txttoig, from effer-
ves'cere,  ' to grow  hot.'   That agita-
tion, which  is produced by the escape
of gas through a liquid, independently
of the heat  of the mixture ;  such  as
e. g. results from  the  mixture  of the
acetic acid and carbonate of potass. ■
  In pathology it has a similar signifi-
cation.  It expresses, in the language
ofthe humorists, a  sort of ebullition  in
the fluids of the living body ; produced
either by elevation of temperature  or
by  the  reaction on each other  of the
principles contained in the fluids  in
circulation.
  Effica'cious (Therap.) efficax, from
cjji'cere, ' to accomplish.'   That which
produces a great effect, as an efficacious
remedy.
  Medici'na effi'cax, La medecine rjjicace,
is a term,  sometimes  applied to  sur-
gery.
   Efflores'cence (Pharm.)  Ejjlora'-
tio, Efjlorescen'tia, from cfflorcs'ccrc,' to
blow as a flower.'  Stribili'go, Ecthy'ma,
txdi.ua.   The  conversion of a solid
substance into  a pulverulent state  by
exposure  to the air.  In  salts  this  is
generally owing to the loss of a  part of
their water  of crystallization.
   In pathology, efflorescence has  the
same meaning as exanthema ; and, in
the nosology of Sauvages, the name is
given to that order of diseases.  Some-
times,  it is confined to the  cutaneous
blush, the exanthe'sis of Good.
   Effort  (Phys. & Path.) JS'isus,   Co-
natus,  ntiqa.  A muscular contraction
of greater  or less strength, the object
of which is, either  to resist an external
 force  or  to  accomplish  a  function,
 which  has  become naturally laborious ;
 such are,  the act of  pushing away or
 of drawing a body towards us,  and  the
 more or less painful efforts used by  the
 mother to  cause the  expulsion of  the
 foetus.   In France, the word  effort is
 often used synonymously  with  hernia;
 and signifies, likewise,  the  painful
  twitches of muscles, occasioned by over
  exertion,  or by the  rupture of some
  of their   fleshy  fibres.    Sauvages 
EFFRACTURA          329            ELCOSIS
calls Efforts  des  reins, — Lumbago  a
nisu, the pain in  the  loins occasioned
by bearing too heavy a burthen.
  Effractu'ra  (Surg. Path.)  Frac-
ture of the cranium,  with  depression.
Pare.
  Effu'sion  (Path.)  Effu'sio,  from
effun'dere,' to pour out.' The pouring
out of blood or of any other fluid into
the cellular membrane, or into the cavi-
ties ofthe body. The effusion of serum
or of coagulable  lymph, e. g. is a com-
mon result of inflammation of serous
membranes.
   (F) Epanchement (Infiltration is the
term  generally employed  for effusion
into the cellular membrane).
   (G) Ergiessung.
   Egophony (Path.) JEgopho'nia, from
aii, ' a goat,'  and  ipoivt],' voice.' Goats'
Voice, Pectoriloquie chevrotante. Laen-
nec has  designated,  by   this name,
the kind of  resonance of the voice
through  the  stethoscope, when we ex-
amine the chest of one laboring under
moderate effusion into one of the pleurae.
The voice, which strikes the ear through
the cylinder, is more  sharp and harsh
than usual, and tremulous  and broken
like that of the goat.  The  patient him-
self is called  Egophone.
   Egregor'sis (Path.) from tyqtyonto},
' I watch.'   Eyqijyoqaic,  VigilHa.   A
watchfulness. A morbid want of sleep.
 Galen.
   Eile'ma   (Path.)   turua,  tiXvua,
from  eiXto;, ileus,' a convolution.'  Vo-
gel has  given  this  name to a fixed
pain, occupying   some portion of the
intestinal canal, and which the patient
compares to the sensation, that  would
be produced  by a nail driven into the
part.
   Ejaculation  (Phys.) The emission
of sperm. The act, by which that fluid
is darted out through the urethra.
   Ejacula'tor (Anat.) Same etymon.
 Ejac'ulans, from jaculare,' to dart,' ' to
 lance.'
   The   EJAC'ULATORY  DUCTS   or
 CAN'ALS are formed  by the  union of
 the vasa deferentia with  the  ducts of
 the vesiculae seminales.  They open at
 the lateral and  anterior  parts of  the
 verumontanum,  and  convey  into  the
 urethra  the  sperm which is discharged
 from the vesiculae, as well as that which
 comes directly from the testicle by the
 vas deferens.
   (F)  Conduits   ou  Canaux ijacula-
 teurs.
   (G)Auswurfsgange.

                  28*
  Ejec'tion  (Phys.)  Ejec'tio, from
ejicere, ' to throw out or  reject.'  The
excretion of  the  faeces,  urine, sputa,
&c.
  Elaboration  (Phys.) Elabora'tio,
from labora're,' to work.'  This word is
used, by physiologists, to signify the va-
rious changes, which substances, sus-
ceptible of assimilation, undergo through
the action of  living organs, before they
are  capable  of  serving  for nutrition.
The  food is said to be elaborated in the
stomach during the formation of chyme;
the  chyme is elaborated in the small
intestine before it is chyle, &c.
     (G)  Bereitung,
  Eljeom'eli  (Mat. Med.)  tXatoutXt,
from tXuiov, ' oil,' and fttXi, ' honey.'
Dioscorides means, by  this,  an  oil
thicker than honey,  and of a  sweet
taste,  which flows  from  the  trunk
of a tree  in Syria.  It is acrid and
purgative;  and  sonaelimes occasions
serious symptoms,  according to that
author.  Gorr^us.
  Eljeoph'anes  (Path.) from tXaiov,
' oil,' and ipatvouai, ' I appear.'  That
which  has the  appearance of oil; as
Uri'na elaoph'anes.
  El.e'0-sac'charum  (Pharm.)  from
tXaiov,' oil,' and aaxxaq,' sugar.'  O'leo-
Sac'charum,  Bal'samo-Saccharum.  A
medicine,  composed  of  essential  oil
and  sugar.   It was  made by pouring
upon an ounce of sugar,  reduced to an
impalpable powder,  3ss  or  3j OI* an
essential oil; the mixture being tritu-
rated  until the two  substances were
perfectly united.  Rolfink.
  Elas'ma (Therap.) from  tXavvia, ' I
throw  out.'  EXaoua.  A  Clyster Pipe.
Linden.
  El'bow  (Anat.)   Cu'bitus,  Ancon,
ayxwv, Pe'chys,  nj/vg.  This word,  ab-
stractedly,  means the angle, formed by
the union of  two straight bodies.  It is
particularly applied to the articulation
of the arm with the fore-arm, and  es-
pecially  to the  projection,  formed  by
the  olecranon process at the posterior
part of the joint.
     (F)  Coude.  (G) Elbogen.
   Elco'sis or Helco'sis (Path.)  El-
co'ma  or Helco'ma, from iXxog, ' an  ul-
cer ':  iXxoratg.  Ulceration,  in general.
A deep ulceration  of  the  cornea, in
conseqnence ■ of a blow  or of violent
 inflammation.  Galen,  Pare.
   Sauvages applies the term to a state
 of the body,  in which there  are numer->
 ous  ulcerations, of an obstinate charac-<
 ter, complicated with  caries, putres-.
 cency, low fever, &c. 
ELECTRICITY          330        ELEPHANTIASIS
  Electric"ity (Mat. Med.) Electric"-
itas, from r]Xtxxqov, 'amber'; the sub-
stance  in which it  was first noticed,
Electricity is  used,  medically, as an
excitant.  It has been occasionally em-
ployed with success  in paralysis, rheu-
matism, accidental deafness, amaurosis,
amenorrhoea,  &c, but it is uncertain,
and not much used: and the cases are
by  no  means  clear  in which it could
be of service.  It  may be communi-
cated by means of the electric bath —
Bain ilectrique, as  it has been call-
ed ;  which consists  in placing  the pa-
tient upon an  isolated  stool, and con-
necting him with the prime conductor,
of which he thus becomes a part.   The
fluid may be communicated by points,
sparks, or by shocks, according to the
required intensity.
  Writers.   Louis,  Paris, 1747 (F).
G. F. Pivati, Ven. 1749 (I). Sauvages
(E. in  rheumatism),  Montpellier,
1749(F).  J.  S. Deshais  (hemiplegia
cured  by E.), Monsp.  1749(E)-   F.
Bianchini, Paris, 1750 (F).  J. B. Bo-
hadsch, Prag. 1751 (L). S. Th. Quel-
malz,  Lips.  1753 (L).   C. Linnaeus
and P. Zetzell, Upsal, 1745 (L).   J.
W.  Baumer,   Erfurt,  1755 (L).   R.
Lovett,  Lond. 1760.   Ricue'tl  sur
Velectricite medicate,  &c. Paris, 1763
(F).  A.  B. Kirchvogl,  Vienn. 1767
(L). Gardane, Paris, 1768 (F). Abbe
Sans (paralysis cured by  E.), Paris,
1772.  J. Ki'es, Tubing. 1775 (L).  T.
Cavallo, Lond. 1781.   Mazars de
Cazelles, Paris, 1780(F).  Nicolas,
Nancy,  1782  (F).   J.  B. Bonnefoy,
Lvons, 1782(F). A. Wilkins-on, Edinb.
1783 (L).  Ledra,  Paris,  1783(F).
Marat,  Paris, 1784 (F).  Mauduyt,
Paris,  1784 (F).  Ch. G. Feller, Lips.
17o5 (L).  Ch. G.  Kuhn, Leip. 1784
(G).  J. H.   van  Swinden, Lahaye,
17*5 (F).  Abbe Bertholon, Paris,
1780(F).  W. Haliday, Lond. 1786
(L). Fr. Lowndes, Lond. 17p7 (L).
Fr. C.  Kitz,  Gotting. 1787 (L.)   Van
Troostwyk and Krayenhoff. Amster.
1788(F).  J.  Birch, Lond. 1792.  J.
F. Domin, Pest.  1796 (L).  Leiner,
Hal. 1797 (L).  C.  H. Wilkinson  (in
paralytic affections), Lond. 1799.   W.
 Falconer, Genev.  1798.  Wohlrab,
 Lips. 1798 (L).  Sigaud  de la Fond,
 Paris, 1772(F). G. C. Morgan, Lond.
      .   Thillaye^Zs, Paris, 1803(F).
 Cuthbertson, Lond. 1806.  T. Gale,
 Troy, 1802.
   To Ei.ec'trify (Jlfar. Med.)  To pro-
 duce the electrical condition in a body,
 or to render it susceptible of producing
electrical phenomena.  It is often used
to signify the act of communicating the
electric fluid to man.
    (F) Electriser.
  Electro'des  (Path.)  i]Xtxxqo>Si]g;
same etymon.  An epithet for evacua-
tions, which shine like amber. Hippoc,
Foesius.
  Electua'rium  (Pharm.)  Electa'-
rium, Opia'tum; an Electuary, from
eligere,  ' to make choice'.   A phar-
maceutical  composition of a soft con-
sistence, somewhat thicker than honey,
and  formed of  powders, pulps,  ex-
tracts, syrup, honey, &c.  In  the Lon-
don  and  American  Pharmacopoeias,
electuaries  are  called  Confections,
which see.
  (F) Electuaire.   (G) Latwerge.
  Writers. A. M. Brassavola, Ven.
1548 (L).  Labarraque, Paris (F).
  Elephantiasis (Path)  Elephan'-
tia, Elephantias'mus, El'ephas, Laz'ari
mor'bus vel ma'lum, Phanic"eus mor'-
bus,  Phymato'sis  Elephanti'asis, from
tXtipug, ' an  elephant.'  Various affec-
tions have  been described under this
name, by adding an epithet.   It is ordi-
narily  and  generically  applied to  a
condition, in which the  skin  is thick,
livid, rugous, tuberculate, and insensi-
ble to feeling.
  In the E. ARAB'ICA, Maladie glandu-
laire, Ladrerie, Tyri'asis, xvqiaatg, El'-
ephas, Elephanti'asis, E. In'dica, Ele-
phan'tia Ar'abum, Le'pra Ar'abum (of
some).  The tubercles are chiefly on
the face and joints.  There  is  loss  of
hair, except on the scalp; voice hoarse
and nasal;  and the disease is said to be
contagious  and  hereditary.   It most
frequently attacks the feet; and gives
the lower extremity a fancied  resem-
blance  to  the  leg of  the  elephant,
whence its  name.  The seat ofthe dis-
ease seems to be in the lymphatic ves-
sels and glands, and in the subcutane-
ous  cellular tissue; the  inflammatory
condition of which is accompanied with
general, morbid  symptoms.  Medicine
has little or no effect on this loathsome
complaint.
  The E. OF  THE GREEKS, E. GrtB-
co'rum, is probably the same disease as
Lepra, which see.
   The  ELEPHANTI'ASIS OF  CAY-
ENNE, Mai rouge de Cayenne, seems
to be a variety of Lepra, characterized
by red and yellow spots, occupying
the  forehead,  ears, hands, loins,  &c,
afterwards  extending  and  becoming
scaly, with deformity of the parts where
they are seated,  particularly  of  the 
ELEPHANTINUM         331           ELIXATIO
face;  and ultimately producing cracks,
ulcers, caries, and sometimes death.
  The ELEPHANTI'ASIS  OF  JA'VA,
is likewise  a variety of lepra,  charac-
terized by large, white tumors on the
toes and fingers,  resembling scrophu-
lous  tumefactions.  These  tumors ul-
cerate, and the ulcerations spread from
the extremities  towards  the   trunk,
destroying  even the bones. Amputa-
tion can alone arrest its progress.  The
disease is often accompanied by  alope-
cia, and by an eruption of red spots.
  The ELEPHANTI'ASIS  OF IN'DIA,
is characterized by red, livid, or yellow-
ish spots, slightly prominent, to  which
succeed indolent  tumors, formed in the
cellular texture.  At a  more advanced
period the phalanges swell, and become
ulcerated:  the  bones of the nose ca-
rious, the lips thickened,  and emacia-
tion  gradually carries off  the  patient.
It belongs, likewise, to lepra.
  The BARBA'DOES LEG, Glandular
disease of Barbadoes, is the Elephanti-
asis  of many writers,  Bucne'mia.  It
is characterized by the  leg being enor-
mously  tumid  and  mis-shapen: skin
thickened,  livid, and  rugose;  often
scaly:  scrotum,  arms, or other parts
sometimes participating in the affection.
   (G)  Elephantenaussatz.
   Writers. Ch. Hoffmann (E. Gra-
cor.), Basil, 1607 (L).  J. Varandeus,
 Monsp.  1620 (L).  G. Arbault (ergo
 castratio solvit  elephantiasim),  Pans,
 1625 (L).   Fr.  Desfrancois  (on  the
 same subject.  The idea  is as  old as
 the   time  of Aetius,  that castration
 would cure elephantiasis), Paris, 1645
 (L).   W. Emmerson, Lugd. Bat. 1694
 (L).   J. H.  Kniphoff  and J. A. Fis-
 cher, Erfurt, 1727 (L).  Kannegieser
 (E. of India),  Kilon. 1752 (L).   Ray-
 mond,  Lausan. 1767 (F).   Tode (E.
 Norwegica), Hauniae, 1785 (L).  Rap-
 port   des Commissaires de la  Societe
 Royale  de Midecine sur  le mal rouge
 de Cayenne ou Elephantiasis,  Paris,
 1785 (F).  F. Ruktte,  Paris,  1802 (F).
 J. M. Roudet, Paris, 1806 (F).
  Elephant'inum Emplas'trum (Phar.)
 tXtcpavxivov.  An ancient plaster, com-
 posed of 30  parts of ceruss, 45 of wax,
 oil  Ibss> water ftj.  Castelli.  Ori-
 basils  and Celsus  both mention a
 plaster of this name, but by no means
 similar in composition.
   Eleva'tor  (Anat.) from eleva're,
 1 to lift up.'  A muscle, whose function
 it is  to raise the part  into which it is
 inserted. r See Levator.
     (F) Elivateur.
  ELEVA'TOR  (Surg.)  Elevato'rium,
Vec'tis elevato'rius.  A name given to
different surgical instruments, employ-
ed for raising portions  of bone, which
have been depressed, or for raising and
detaching the portion  of bone,  sepa-
rated by the crown of the trepan.
  (G)  Hebeisen, Aufheber.
  The COM'MON  ELEVA'TOR  is  a
mere lever; the end of which is some-
what bent and made  rough,  in  order
that it may less readily slip  away from
the  portion of bone  which  is to be
raised.  The  instrument is used, by
forming a fulcrum for it, either on the
hand which holds it, or upon  the fin-
gers of the other hand; or  by making
a fixed point for it  on  the edge of the
opening made with the trephine.
   The TRIP'LOID ELEVA'TOR, Vec'-
tis triplol'des, was  so  called  from its
consisting of three branches, uniting
above in one common  trunk.  The lat-
ter part was traversed by a long screw,
having below  a  kind  of  hook, and
above a handle for turning it.  By turn-
ing the screw the hook was drawn up,
and the bone thus elevated.
   The  ELEVA'TOR  OF PETIT con-
 sists of,a lever mounted on a handle,
 and  straight  throughout  its  whole
 length, except at  its  very  end, which
 is slightly curved, in order that it may
 be  more conveniently  put under the
 portion of bone, intended to  be elevated.
 The lever is  pierced at  various dis-
 tances from  its butt-end with several
 holes, intended for the reception of a
 movable screw-peg, fixed on the top of
 a kind of bridge.  This part  of the in-
 strument consists of an arch, the ends
 of which are long, and covered with
 small pads,  and on  its centre  is the
 screw-peg  already  mentioned.  By
 means of these holes the arm of the
 lever can be lengthened at pleasure.
   The ELEVA'TOR OF LOUIS differ-
 ed  from  the last only in the circum-
 stance of the  screw-peg being  united
 to the bridge by a kind of pivot instead
 of hinge, so  that greater extent of mo-
 tion is permitted.
   The simple lever is the only one now
  used, owing to the want of facility and
 advantages in the use  of the others.
   ELEVURES (F) (Path.)  Efflorescen'-
  tia.  A generic name, including all the
  exanthemata, in which there  is tume-
  faction ofthe tissue ofthe  skin.
   Elixa'tio  (Pharm.)  t\fjr,otg, from
  elix'us,  ' boiled,' ' sodden.'  This word
  has been used synonymously with De-
I  coction.  The act of boiling. 
ELIXIR              332             ELYOT
   Elix'ir (Pharm.) Isir,Ixir, Quel'les,
 Alex'ir.  The etymology  of thi,s word
 is not clear.  Lemery derives it from
 iXxo>,' I extract'; and also from aXt^m,
 ' I aid.'  Others  believe it to be from
 Arabic,  al-ecsir,  or  al-eksir, ' chymis-
 try.'  An elixir is a medicine, composed
 of various substances  held  in solution
 in alcohol.   The name has been used,
 however, for preparations, which con-
 tain no spirit of wine.
   ELIX'IR  ACIDUM  HALLERI, seu
 Dippe'lii, Elix'ir Antipodag'ricum, E.
 Antinephret'icum, E. Sulphu'rico-ac"-
 idum,  Gut'ta  ac'Hda  ton'ica,  A'qua
 Rabe'lii, Li'quor ac'Hdus  Halleri, Mis-
 tu'ra  sulphu'rico-ac'Hda,  JE'ther sul-
phu'ricus ac'Hdus, Ac'Hdum  sulphu'ri-
 cum alcoolisa'tum, A. vitriol'icum vino'-
 sum, Al'cohol Sulphurica'tum, A. Sul-
phu'ricum, is a mixture of concentrated
 sulphuric acid and  alcohol: — in the
 Eaude Rabelle, of one part ofthe former
 to three of the latter.  It  is  employed
 as an astringent in hemorrhages, &c.
   ELIX'IR,   ANTI-ASTHMAT'IC,  OF
 BOERHAAVE.   This elixir  is compo-
 sed of alcohol, aniseed, camphor, orris,
 asarabacca root,  calamus aromaticus,
 liquorice, and elecampane.  It is given
 in asthma,  in the  dose  of  20  or  30
 drops.
   ELIX'IR,  ANTISCROPH'ULOUS, OF
 PEYRILHE ; composed of Weak  alco-
 hol, subcarbonate of potass, and gentian
 root.   It is administered in scrophula.
   ELIX'IR  VfTAZ OF MATHI'OLUS;
 composed of alcohol and  22 aromatic
 and  stimulating  substances.  It was
 formerly employed in epilepsy.
 ■ EL'LIOTorEL'LIOTT,JoHN.M.D.
 (Biogr.) Died in 1786.  Works. Phi-
 losophical observations on the senses of
vision and hearing:  to which is added,
a treatise on harmonic sounds, and an
 essay on combustion and animal  heat.
Lond.  1780.  Svo.  Essays on physio-
logical subjects. Lond.  1780.  8vo.  An
account  of the nature and medicinal
virtues ofthe principal mineral waters
in Great Britain and Ireland, and those
most in repute on the  continent, &c.
Lond. 1781.  8vo.   The medical pocket-
book. Lond. 1781. 12mo.  A complete
collection ofthe medical and philosophi-
cal workso/John Fothergill, M.D.,
with an account  of his life and  occa-
sional,  notes.  Lond. 1781. 8vo.   Ele-
ments  of the  branches  of natural phi-
losophy connected with medicine, &c.
Lond.  1782. 8vo.
  Ellychnio'tos (Surg.)  iXXvxviorrog,
 from tXXvxnov, ' the wick  of a  lamp.'
 A sort of tent, used by the ancient sur-
 geons ; so called, because it was shaped
 like a wick, or because it was made of
 a similar material.
   Elo'des   (Path.) iXioSrjg, Marshy,
 Fe'bris  Elo'des, Helo'des.   A kind of
 fever, characterized by great moisture.
   Elonga'tio (Surg.)  naqa&qo<fia, Pa-
 rathro'ma, from elongare,' to lengthen,'
 ' extend.'  An incomplete luxation, in
 which  the ligaments of an  articulation
 are stretched and the limb lengthened,
 without total luxation.  The word has,
 also, been  used for the  extension re-
 quired in the reduction of fractures and
 luxations.
    ELOY,  Nich'olas  Fran'cis Jo'-
 seph (Biog.) A French physician and
 biographer;  born  at  Mons in  1714 ;
 died in 1788. Works. Reflexions sur
 Vusage du the. 1750.  Essai  du diction-
 naire historique de la medecine, anci-
 enne et  moderne.  1755. 2 vols.  8vo.
 Afterwards greatly enlarged, and pub-
 lished  under  the title,  Dictionnaire
 historique de la  medecine, ancienne  et
 moderne. 1773.  4 vols.  4to.   Cours
 elementaire  des accouchemens.   1755.
 Mimoire sur la marche, la  nature, les
 causes et le  traitement de la  dysenteric
 1780.   Question  medico-politique,  si
 Vusage  de cafe est avanlageux a  la
 sante, et s'il peut se concilier avec  le
 bien de  Vetat dans  les  Provinces Bel-
 giques.   1781.
   ELSE, Joseph  (Biog.) Surgeon to
 St. Thomas's Hospital towards the end
 of the last century.  Works. Essay on
 the cure ofthe hydrocele ofthe tunica
 vaginalis testis. Lond. 1770.  8vo.  His
 whole works,  with  an appendix  by
 George Vaux. Lond. 1782   8vo.
  EL'SHOLT or EL'SHOLTZ, John
 Sig'ismund  (Biog.)  An eminent Prus-
 sian Botanist; born at Francfort on the
 Oder in 1623; died  in 1688.  Works.
 Anthropometria, sive de mutud mem-
 brorum  proportione, &c.  Pat.   1654.
 4to.  Clysmata nova, seu  chirurgia in-
fusoria  hominibus  adhibiia. 1665. 4to.
 Diateticon.  Colon. 1682. 4to.
   Elu'vies (Path.) from eluo,' I wash
 out.'  An inordinate discharge of any
 fluid, and also the fluid itself.  In the
 works of some authors it is particularly
 applied to the mucus, which flows from
 the vagina in cases of leucorrhoea.
   EL'YOT,  Sir  Thomas (Biogr.)   A
 gentleman of considerable learning in
 the  reign of Henry VIII.; died in
 1546.  Although not a physician, he 
ELYTRQCELE          333            EMBRYO
 published a work, which was much ad-
 mired even by many of the  profession.
 It was entitled,  The castell of health,
 compiled  out of the  chief  authors of
 physick. Lond. 1534.  It passed through
 numerous editions.
   El'ytroce'le  (Surg.)  fromtXviqov,
 1 an envelope,'  and  xi\li],  ' a  tumor.'
 Vogel has given this name to  vaginal
 hernia. Colpoce'le.
     (G) Scheidenbruch.
   El'ytron (Anat.) from tXvot, ' I in-
 volve ': tXvrqov.  A sheath.  The mem-
 branes, which envelope the spinal mar-
 row are called elytra, tXvxqa.
   Elytropto'sis (Path.)  from  eXvxqov,
 ' a sheath,'  and .ixtooig, ' fall.'  Calli-
 sen gives this name to inversion ofthe
 vagina.
   Emacia'tio'n   (Path.)  Emacia'tio,
 from emacia're, ' to grow lean.'   Ex-
 tenua'tio, Ma'cies, Macritu'do, Ma'cror,
 Marco'res,  Pingued'inls  diminu'tio.
 That condition of the body or of a part
 of the  body in  which  it grows  lean.
 The state  of one who is  lean.   Lean-
 ness ;  Isch'notes, toxvoxijg.
   (F)  Amaigrissement, Maigreur.
   (G) M agerkeit, Hagerkeit.
   Emana'tion (.Wed.) Emana'tio,  Ef-
flu'vium,  from emana're,  ' to issue or
 flow  from.'  The term  is  applied to
 bodies, which proceed  or draw  their
 origin from other bodies; such as the
 light which emanates from the  sun;
 the  miasmata, which  arise   from the
 putrid decomposition of animal or ve-
 getable substances, &c.   See Miasm.
  Eman'sio  Men'sium  (Path.)  This
 term has been applied to  amenorrhea
 or obstruction  of the menses  before
 they  have  been established.   Some
 have  used it for the  retention which
 occurs even after they  have been es-
 tablished.  The  former  is the general
 acceptation.
  Emascula'tion ; Emascula'tio, from
 emascula're, ' to render impotent.' The
 act of removing or destroying the gene-
 rative organs of a male animal.
    (G) Entmannung.
  Embalm'ing   (Anat.)   Bahama'tio,
 auvqviouog, Pollinctu'ra, xt;Stia,  Condi-
tu'ra  Cadav'erum,  from  Bal'samum,
 Balsam.  An operation, which consists
in impregnating the  dead  body  with
substances  capable of  preventing it
from becoming putrid, and thus putting
it jn a condition to be preserved.
  (F) Embaumement, Imbalsamation.
  (G)  Balsamierung.
  Writers.  P. Bellonius, Paris, 1553
(L).  A. Santorelli, Neapol. 1629(L).
 M.  Sebiz,  Argent.  1629 (L).  A. Ri-
 vinus, Lips. 1655 (L).  G. Clauderus,
 Altenburg,  1679 (L).   T.  Andrew,
 Amstel. 1682 (L).  Blancard, Ham-
 burg, 1690 (G); another work, 1705 (G).
 J. Lanzoni, Ferrar. 1693 (L).   J. Ves-
 ti, Erf. 1695 (L).  L. Penicher, Paris,
 1699 (F).   C. A. Bergen, Francf. ad
 Viadr. 1712(L). XRATZENSTEiN,Havn.
 1772 (L).
   Embam'ma (Pharm.)  t^ipa/nia, from
 tfipu.-ixm,' I immerse in.' A medicated
 pickle to dip the  food in.  GorRjEUS.
   EMBARRAS  GASTRiq,UE (F)  (Pa-
 thology.) Gas'tric disorder or  impedi-
 ment.   Collu'vies  gas'trica.  Irritation
 of the stomach, in which there is loss
 of appetite, bitterness and  clamminess
 of mouth,  white  and yellow  tongue,
 feeling of  oppression in the  epigas-
 trium, and sometimes pain in that  re-
 gion, with nausea and bilious or bitter
 vomiting; this state being accompanied
 with headache, lassitude, and  pain in
 the  back and limbs.
   EMBARRAS  GASTRO-INTESTINAL
 (Path.)  Gas'tro-intes'tinal  disorder.
 Slight gastro-enteritis, according to the
 Broussaist, in  which the symptoms of
 the  embarras gastrique and E. intesti-
 tinal are united.
   EMBARRAS  INTESTINAL   (Path.)
 Intes'tinal disorder. The principal char-
 acters  assigned to this are ; — tension
 of  the  abdomen, colic,  borborygmi,
 discharge of flatus per anum, constipa-
 tion or diarrhoea,  &c
   Em'bole (Surg.) tu^oXi], from tupaX-
 Xw,  ' I put  in place.'  Reduction of a
 luxated bone.  Reposi"tio.
   EMBONPOINT (F)  (Phys. Hyg.)  In
 good point  or plight.  Bo'na cor'poris
 habitu'do.   The  state of  the  animal
 body when  in full health.  Excessive
 embonpoint  constitutes corpulence and
 obesity, and njay  become  a morbid con-
 dition.
     (G) Wohlbeleibtheit.
   Embroca'tion  (Ther.) Embroca'tio,
 Embreg'ma, Em'broche,  tufiqtyua, tu-
 pqox>i, Implu'vium, from tupotxM,  ' I
 sprinkle.'  A  fluid application  to  be
 rubbed on any part of the body.  It is
 often  used  synonymously with  lini-
 ment.   Originally, it was employed in
 the sense of Fomentation.
   Em'bryo (Phys.) Em'bryon, tuflqvov,
 from tv,' in,' and pqvo>,' 1 grow.'  The
 fecundated germ, at the early  stages of
 its developement in utero.  At a cer-
 tain  period  of its increase, the name
fa'tus is given to  it, but at what period
 is not determined.  Generally, the em- 
EMBRYOCTONY
334
EMISSARIA
 bryo state is considered to extend to the
 period of quickening.
   Writers.  S.T. Sommering (plates),
 Francf. 1799 (L).
    Embryoc'tony  (Obstetr.)  Fa'tus
 Trucida'tio, from tppqvor,' the embryo,'
 and xxovog, <■ destruction.'  The  act of
 destroying a foetus in utero, when in-
 surmountable  obstacles — as certain
 deformities of the pelvis — oppose de-
 livery.
   Embryog'raphy  (Anat.)  Embryo-
 gra'phia, from  tu^qvo'v, ' the embryo,'
 and yqaipt], < a description.'  The part of
 anatomy, which describes the embryo.
   Embryothlas'ta  (Obstet.)  Embry-
 othlas'tes,  Embryothlas'tum,  from tu-
 fiqvov,  ' the  embryo,'  and  dXuoi,  ' I
 break.'   An  instrument for dividing
 the foetus piecemeal, in order to effect
 delivery.
   Embryothlas'tes  (Surg.) tupqvo-
 9Xaox)tg, Em'bryotome, from tupqvov,
 1 the embryo,' and &Xao>,' I break.'  A
 crotchet  or other instrument used,  in
 certain cases of laborious parturition,
 to break the bones ofthe foetus, for the
 purpose of extracting them with greater
 facility.  Hippocr., Galen.
   Embryot'omy (Obstet.)  Embryoto'-
 mia, tuiqvoxouia,  from  tufiqvov, ' an
 embryo,' and xtfivtiv, ' to cut.'   A di-
 vision of the foetus into fragments,  to
 extract it by piecemeal, when the nar-
 rowness of the  pelvis  or other faulty
 conformation opposes delivery.
   Embryul'cia  (Obstet.) tu(iqvovXxia,
 tufinuotXxia,from tiilqvov,1 embryo, foe-
 tus,' and iXxio,'  I extract,' ' I draw.'  A
 surgical operation, by which the  foetus
is  extracted by  means  of appropriate
 instruments, when a faulty conforma-
tion or  other circumstance  prevents
delivery by thfi natural efforts.
  Writers.  C.  van  Solingen, La
Haye, 1673. (D). J. V. Simon, Tubing.
 1708 (L).  J.  A.  Slevogt, Jenae, 1709
 (L). P.  Amand, Paris, 1713(F).  J.
 D. Schlichting, Amsterd. 1747 (L).
Another work, Amsterd. 1747 (L).  A.
Ch. Langrein, Hal. 1754 (L).  Fr de
Paule Bedinelli, Veronae, 1758 (L).
 J.  Hall, Manchester, 1798.
  Embryul'cus  (Obstet. Surg.) tupqv-
ovXxog, Elcus'ter,  tXxvaxyq.  An iron
hook or  crotchet, described by Fabri-
 cius ab  Acquapendente,  which  was
 used to extract the foetus in some  cases
of laborious labor.
  Emet'ic  (Mat.  Med.)  Emet'icum,
 tptxixov, Vomito'rium. Every substance
 capable  of producing vomiting.   The
 tartarized antimony,  emetine, ipecacu-
 anha, and sulphate of zinc are the chief
 emetics.
   Emetics are valuable agents in dis-
 ease.  They may either  act primarily
 on the stomach, or secondarily on other
 parts of  the system : — the  sympathy
 between  the stomach  and other parts
 of the body being very extensive, and
 an important object of study
   (F) Emetique.  [This  term  is  also
 restricted by the French  to  tartarized
 antimony — the emetic, as it were, par
 excellence.]   Vomitif.
   (G) Brechmittel.
   Writers.  G. W.  Wedel, Jenae,
 1676 (L).   G. Detharding,  Rostoch,
 1713 (L).  J. Fr. de Pre, Erford, 1719
 (L).   Fr.  Hofmann,  Hal.  1725  (L).
 S.  P. Hilscher, Jenae,  1732 (L). "J.
 Fothergill, Edinb. 1736 (L).   J. E.
 Geisler, Lips. 1746 (L).  A. E. Buch-
 ner (in acute contagious diseases), Hal.
 1756 (L).  A. Westphal (in malignant
fever), Gryphis. 1775 (L).  J. J. Wolff
 (in fever), Gotting. 1780  (L).  C. W.
 Scipio, Jenae, 1782(L). C.Ch.Melart
 (in ague), Gotting. 1782 (L).   Ch. B.
 Schramme, Gotting. 1783 (L).  S. B.
 Pearson, Edinb. 1790 (L).
  Em'etine- (Pharm.) Emeti'na, Eme'-
 tia, from tutw,' I vomit.'  Vomitine. A
 vegetable alkali, discovered by M.Pel-
 letier  in ipecacuanha, and to which
 ipecacuanha owes its emetic power.  It
 is obtained from different ipecacuanhas,
 but chiefly from the psychotria emet-
 ica, callicocca ipecacuanha,  and viola
 emetica.   It is in transparent scales, of
 a reddish-brown color,  almost inodor-
 ous, of a bitter, slightly acrid taste ; is
unchangeable  in the  air, soluble  in
water and alcohol, and  insoluble  in
ether.
  Three grains of impure  emetine and
one grain of pure are  equal to 18 of
ipecacuanha.
  Em'eto-cathar'tic (Mat. Med.) Em'-
eto-cathar'ticus,  t^itxoxudaqxixog, from
tutxog,' vomiting,' and xu&aqrtxog, ' a
purgative.'  A  remedy, which at  the
same time excites vomiting  and purg-
ing.
  Emetol'ogy (Mat. Med. &, Therap.)
Emetolo'gia,  from tutxog, ' vomiting,'
and Xoyog,' a discourse.'   A treatise on
vomiting and on emetics.
  Em'inence (Anat.) Eminen'tia, tlo-
XV, t%av&rtua.  A projection at the sur-
face of a healthy or diseased  organ.
  Emissa'ria  Santori'ni  (Anat.)  A
 name given to some small veins, which
communicate with  the sinuses of the
 dura mater,by apertures in the cranium, 
EMISSION
335          EMPHYSEMA
Such are the parietal, posterior condy-
loid, mastoid veins, &c.
  Emis'sion  (Phys.)   Emis'sio,  from
emiftere,  ' to send out,'  ' drive out.'
The  act by  which any matter what-
ever is thrown from the body.  Thus,
we say  Emission of urine, Emission of
semen, &c
  Emmen'agogues (Mat. Med.) tpurtra-
ywya, from tufitjva, ' the menses,' and
ayio,' I drive.'  Men'agogues.  A name
given to  medicines, believed to  have
the power of favoring the discharge of
the  menses.  It  is  doubtful  whether
there is any substance, which  pos-
sesses this power directly.   According
to different conditions of the system,
the most  opposite remedies may act as
emmenagogues.   The black  hellebore,
savin, madder, polygala senega,  and
ergot (secale cornutum) are reputed
specific emmenagogues.
  Writers.   J.  Junker,  Hal.  1747
(L).   J. B. Firbas, Vienn. Aust.  1759
(L).
  Emmenagolo'gia  (Mat. Med.) from
tpptjvayuya, and Xoyog,  ' a discourse.'
A treatise of emmenagogues.
  Emmenolo'gia (Phys.) from  tuur\va,
1 menses,' and X.oyog, ' a discourse.' A
treatise on menstruation.
  Emol'lients (Mat. Med.)  Emollien'-
tia, paXdaxxixa, Epiceras'tica, t.nxtqa-
axixa, uaXaxrixa, malactica, from  emol-
lire, ' to  soften.'   Substances, which
relax and soften parts  that are inflam-
ed, or are too tense.   They are used
both  internally  and externally ;  the
former, however,  consisting of muci-
laginous  substances,  being  generally
reckoned as demulcents ; the latter or
proper emollients consisting  of oils,
cataplasms, fomentations, &c  Oleag-
inous bodies, rubbed on a part, act by
diminishing its cohesions. Fomentation,
in cases of internal inflammation,  act
probably  through  contiguous  sympa-
thy.
  (G) Erweichungsmittel.
  Writers.  G. E. Hamberger, Jenae,
1737 (L).  M. Alberti, Hal. 1743(L).
J. D. Grau,  Lemgo, 1765 (G).
  Empathe'ma (Path.) Ma'niaa pathe'-
mate, Manic sans dilire, ungov'ernable
passion, from tu or tv, ' in,' and Tia&og,
' suffering.'  Good.
  Em'phlysis (Nosol.)  from eu  or tv,
1 in,' and ipXvoig, ' a vesicular tumor or
eruption.'   Ich'orous Exan'them.   An
eruption of  vesicular pimples,  filled
progressively with an acrid  and color-
less  or  nearly colorless fluid;  termin-
ating in scurf or  laminated  scabs. A
genus in the order Exanthematica, class
Hamatica of Good.
   Emphrac'ticus  (Mat. Med.) tpwoa-
xxixog, from tpipquxxw,' I close,' ' I ob-
struct.'  Emplas'ticus, tun/.aaxixog, Em-
plattom'enos.   Any  substance, which
closes the pores.
   Emphrag'ma  (Obstetr.)  tutpqayfia,
same etymon.   Obturamen'tum, Impe-
dimen'tum.   Hippocrates  uses  this
term to designate  the  obstacles to de-
livery on the part of the foetus, when
the presentation is preternatural.
   Emphrax'is  (Path.) tuip.nahg,  Ob-
struc'tio, Obtura'tio,  Oppila'tio.  Same
etymon.  An Embarras or repletion of
canals or  cavities by any  substance,
which is either morbid  from quantity
or quality.  (G) Verstopfung.
   Writers on obstructions.   A.  Pla-
ner, Tubing.  1583  (L).   Schenck,
Jenae, 1665 (L).  Niewentydt, Ultraj.
1676 (L).  Schilling, Basil, 1678 (L).
Winter, Rintel,, 1685 (L).   Violet,
Paris, 1685 (F).  Gorter, Lugd. Bat.
1712 (L).  G. E. Stahl (ofthe Blood-
vessels) Hal. 1713  (L).  A. Eysel, Er-
ford, 1716 (L).   G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1729 (L).   Blair,  Edinb. 1738 (L).
Berckenhage.v, Hal. 1745  (L).   A.
E. Buchner, Hal. 1747  (L).  J. Fr.
Cartheuser,  Francf. ad Viadr.  1750
(L).  J. Kampf, Basal, 1751  (L).   G.
E. Hamberger, Jenae, 1753 (L). Mey-
er,  Gotting. 1767 (L).   J. Ch. Pohl,
Lips. 1768 (L).
   Emphyse'ma  (Path.) tptpvaijita, In-
fla'tio, Empneumato'sis, Sarci'tes ftatuo'-
sus, Emphyse'ma cellula're,  Emphyse'-
ma pneumatosis,  Tumor flutulentus,
from tuipvaaw,  ' I inflate.'  Pncumato'-
sis, Infta'tion, Wind'dropsy.  This term
is commonly  applied  to  any white,
crepitant,  shining,  elastic,  indolent,
tumor, caused,  by  the  introduction of
air into the  cellular  texture.   Injuries
of the larynx, trachea,  or  lungs;  frac-
tures of the ribs or wounds penetrating
the chest, are the most frequent causes
of this affection, which is owing to the
air escaping from the air  passages and
insinuating itself into the cellular tex-
ture  surrounding  the  wound. There
are some cases of emphysema, which are
owing to internal causes; and hence
a division has been made into the  acci-
dental and symptomatic and  spontane-
ous and idiopathic.
  EPHYSE'MA  OF THE  LUNGS.   E.
Pulmo'num.    A  considerable  pres-
sure or  contusion  of the  chest or any
violent   concussion of the lung  may
produce  a laceration  in  that viscus, 
EMPIRIC
336          EMPLASTRUM
without  injury  being  done  to  the
parietes of the thorax  and may give
place to the infiltration of air into the
cellular texture.  M. Laennec has de-
scribed another species of emphysema
of the lungs, consisting in excessive
dilatation  of  the  air  cells,  some of
which become as  large  as hempseed,
ultimately break, and give rise to irreg-
ular vesicles  at the surface of the lung,
some of which are as large as a hazel
nut.  The  signs  of this affection are
equivocal  and it has been often  mis-
taken for asthma.
  (G)  Windgeschwulst.
  Writers.   C. C. Paysch, Hal. 1733
(L).   H.  A.  Nies, Duisb. ad Rhen.
1751  (L).   Sir A. Halliday, Lond.
1807.  F. C.  Waitz, Lips. 1803 (L).
  Emp'iric  (Med.)  Empir'icus,  from
tuntiqa, ' experience.'  One who fol-
lows only experience.  A sect of phy-
sicians, who rejected all theory and took
for their guide experience alone.  It
was opposed  to the degmatic sect. The
Empiric sect prevailed till near the time
of Galen.   Amongst its most eminent
members, after Philinus  and Sera-
pion,  were  Apollonius,  Glaucias,
Bacchius  of Tanagra, and Zeuxis, —
both  disciples of  Herophilus,— He-
raclides of Tarentum, Cleophintus,
master of Asclepiades, Mf.nodotus of
Nicomedia, and Theudas of  Laodicea.
They   occupied  themselves,  chiefly,
with discovering the properties of drugs
and did important service, in this man-
ner, to medicine.
   At the present day,  the word Empi-
ric is only taken in a bad sense, being
employed in  nearly the same signifi-
cation, as charlatan or quack.
  .Empiricism; same  etymon.   Med-
icine,  founded on experience.  It gen-
erally,  at the present  day,  signifies
quackery.
   (F)  Empirisme.
   Emplas'trum (Pharm.)  tunXaaxqog,
from the Greek tunXaxxia, ' I spread
upon.'   A, solid  and  tenacious  com-
pound, adhesive  at the  ordinary heat
of the human body.    Some  of the
plasters owe  their consistence to wax
and resin ; and others  to the chemical
union, which takes place between the
semivitreous  oxide of lead  and oil.
Most of them become too consistent by
age.  When such is the case, they may
be re-melted by a gentle heat, and oil
be added to them.
   <F)  Empldtre.   (G)  Pf las ter.
   EMPLAS'TRUM AMMONI'ACI,  Am-
moni'acum Plaster, (Ammoniac, pur. § v,
acidi acetici fljss.   After dissolving the
ammoniacum, the plaster is  formed by
evaporating the mixture in an iron ves-
sel in a water bath, constantly stirring.
Ph.  L.)   It is used  as a discutient
plaster.
   EMPLAS'TRUM AMMONI'ACI  CUyi
HYDRAR'GYRO, Ammoni'acum plas'ter
withmer'cury (Ammoniaci,pur \h],hy-
drarg. pur.  § iij, old sulph. 5j-  Rub
the mercury  with the oil until the glob-
ules disappear, then add the ammoniac,
previously  melted, and mix.  Ph. L.)
   EMPLAS'TRUM AROMAT'ICUM, Ar-
omat'ic plas'ter.  (Thuris § iij, cerafla-
va %ss,pulv. cort.  Cinnam.  5vj?  ol.
ess. pimint., ol.  ess.  Limon da 3ij-
Melt the frankincense and wax together
and strain;  then add,  as it cools, the
cinnamon, previously rubbed  with the
oils, and form a  plaster.   Ph. Dubl.)
Used  as a stimulating plaster.
   EMPLAS' TR UM ASSAF02' TIDJE, As-
safae'tida plas'ter.   E.  antihystcricum,
(Empl. oxid.  ptumb.  semiintr., gum.  re-
sin. Ferjda assafat. sing, partes duos,
G. resin, bubonis  galban.,  Cera jlava
tel part.  Ph. Ed.)  Used  as an anti-
spasmodic and anodyne plaster.
   EMPLAS'TRUM   CALEFA'CIENS,
Calefa'cientplas'ter, Warmplaster. (Em-
plastr.  cantharid.  p. i.  Picis burgund.
p. vii.   Melt together  and  form into a
plaster.  Ph. Dubl.)  It is  rubefacient
and stimulant.
   (F)  Empldtre echauffant.
   EMPLAS'TRUM  CE'RJE,  E.  sim'-
plex, Wax plas'ter, E. at'trahens.  (Cera
jlava, Sevi prap.  5a  Jfeiij ? resina  flora
Ifoj.    Melt  them  together and strain.
Ph. L.)  It has been considered draw-
ing.  It is stimulating.
   EMPLAS'TRUM  CICU*TAZ,  E.  de
cicu'td, E.  conii macula'ti,  Unguentum
solidum de  cicutd.  Hemlock  plaster
(Resina abiet. 960 p. Cera flav. 640 p.
Picis alba, 443 p.  Ol. cicuta per decoct.
prapurat. 128  p.   Fol.  cicut. recent.
2000 p.  Melt the  resins, wax and oil;
add the cicuta leaves, and boil;  strain
and add, after having dissolved  it  in
vinegar of squills and cicuta juice, gum
ammoniac,  500 p..   Ph.  Par.)   It  is
used as a discutient, especially to scir-
rhous tumors.
   (F)  Empldtre de Cigue.
   EMPLAS'TRUM CUMPNI,  Cum'min
plas'ter. (Cumin, scmin.,  carui sem.,
lauri bacc. sing.  § iij, picis arida ftjiij,
cera jlava  § iij.   Melt the pitch and
wax together, then add the other ingre-
dients.  Ph.  L.)  It is  used as a warm,
discutient plaster. 
EMPLASTRUM           337
EMPLASTRUM
   EMPLAS'TRUM GAL'BANI,  Gal'ba-
num plaster. (Empl. litharg. Jjjij, gum.
galban.  Jfess.  cera jlava  § iv.   Melt
the galbanum  before adding the plas-
ter and  wax,  then melt all  together.
Ph. D )   A stimulant and discutient.
   EMPLAS'TRUM  GAL' BANI  COM-
POS'ITUM, E. lithar'gyri ComposHtum,
Diach'ylon mag'num cumgum'mi, Com'-
pound gal'banum plas'ter.  (Galb. gum
resin, pur.  § viij,  emp. plumbi fljiij,
tereb.  vul.g.  3x, abietis resin, contus.
 5 iij.  Melt the galbanum and turpen-
tine together,  then  mix in the  resin,
and afterwards  the plaster, previously
melted.   Ph. L.)  It is  stimulant and
discutient.
   EMPLAS'TRUM GUMMO'SUM, Gum
plas'ter,  Emplas'trum  lithar'gyri  cum
gum'mi,  Yellow diach'ylon, Gum diach'y-
lon, Diach'ylon cum gum'mi. (Emp.oxid.
plumbi scmiritr.  p.  viii, g. resin, am-
moniac, g.  resin, bubon.  galbani, Cera
jlaca, a.i, p. i.   Ph. E.)  Its properties
and uses like the last.
   EMPLAS'TRUM  CUM  GUM1 MI RE-
SfNIS, Empldtre de gomme rtsine, Dia-
chylon gomme, Plaster of gum resins.
(Emplastr. si.mpl. p. 1600, cera jlava,
p. 96, picis alba, p. 96, terebinth,  p. 96.
Melt by  a  gentle heat,  and add gum.
ammoniac,  p.  32, bdellium 32, galban.
32, and sagapenum, p. 32.  Dissolve in
a sufficient quantity of alcohol, evap-
orate  to the consistence of honey, and
mix  carefully all together.   Ph.  P.)
A discutient.
    EMPLAS'TRUM   HYDRAR'GYRI,
Mercu'rial  plas'ter,  Emplastr.  lithar'-
gyri cum hydrar'gyro. (Hydrarg. purif.
pond.  §  iij, ol. sulphurat. 3j, emplastr.
plumbi }|jj.  Rub  the  mercury with
the  oil  until  the globules disappear,
then  add the  plaster.   Ph. L.)  It is
stimulant,  resolvent and discutient.
Applied as a discutient to venereal and
other  tumors.
  EMP LAS' TR UM HYDRAR' G YRI COM-
POS'ITUM, E. de hydrar'gyro compos'i-
lum, E. de Vi'go cum mercu'rio emenda'-
tum,   Com'pound plas'ter of  mcr'cury.
(Empl. simpl.  p.  1250,  cera  jlava, p.
64, resinae, p. 64.  Melt, and  before it
congeals, add pulv. g. ammoniac, p. 20,
bdellium, p. 20. oliban, p. 20,  myrrh, p.
20, saffron,  p.  12. Mix carefully.  Take
of mercury, p. 380, pure turpentine,  p.
64, liquid and pure storax, p. 192. Trit-
urate in an  iron  mortar till the globules
disappear.  Now melt all together, and
before congealing, add essential oil  of
lavender, p.  8.   Pharm. P.)  The same
properties as the last.
                          29
   EMPLAS'TRUM LYT'TM,  E. can-
thar'idis,   E. canthar'idis  vesicato'rii,
Plas'ter of the Span'ish or blis'tering fly,
E.  mel'oe's  vesicato'rii,  E.  vesicato'-
rium,  E.  e  cantliarid'ibus  epispas'ti-
cum solid'ius et tena'cius haer'ens,  E.
ir'ritans,  E.  rubefians.   (Cantharides
in powder, Jfoj.  Emp. cera Jfjiss. Adi-
pis prop.  jfoj. ■ Melt the plaster  and
lard together, and as the mixture be-
comes thick in cooling, sprinkle in the
flies, and  mix. Pharm. L.)  This is the
common blistering plaster.  Too much
heat must not be  used  in its  prepara-
tion.   It  requires  to remain on 10 or
12 hours before its full effect is induced,
and acts   sufficiently  well,  provided
even  a piece of thin gauze  or tissue
paper  be  placed between  it  and  the
skin,  whilst absorption  of the  flies is
thus prevented.
  EMPLAS'TRUM  LYTTJE COMPOS'-
ITUM, E. canthar'idis vesicato'rii com-
pos'itum,  E.  mel'oes vesicato'rii  com-
pos'itum, Com'pound plas'ter ofcanthar'-
ides or Span'ish flies.  (Resin, liq. pini
laricis,p.  18, resina  concret. pini abie-
tis, mcloes vesicat. aa p.  12, cera jlava,
p. 4, subacet. cupri, p. ij, semin. sinapis
alb., fruct. pip. nigr. aa  p. j.  Melt the
pitch and wax, then add the  turpen-
tine, and as these cool, sprinkle in the
other substances in the form of powder,
so as to make a plaster.  Ph. E.)  The
same properties  as the  last, but more
energetic and speedy in its  action.
  EMPLAS'TRUM NORIMBERGEN'SE,
E.  ex  ox'ido plum'bi ru'bro camphora-
tum, Empldtre de Nuremberg, Nuremberg
plas'ter.   (Osid.  plumb,  rubr. rp. 300.
ol.  oliv.  p. 600,  aqua q. s.  Boil until
the oxide  is  dissolved,  and almost to
dryness.  Remove the vessel from the
fire and add,  yellow wax, p. 500.   Put
the vessel again on the fire,  and after
the wax is melted,  add,  before  it con-
  ?eals,  camplwr, p.  24,  mix.   Ph. P.)
 t is considered a desiccative, and has
been employed in gangrene.
  EMPLAS'TRUM OXIDI FER'RI RU>-
BRI,  E.  Fer'ri ru'bri,  E. Rob'orans,
Plas'ter of red ox'ide of iron, Strength-
ening  plas'ter.   (Empl. oxid.  plumb.
semiritr.  p.  xxiv, resina pin. p. vi,
cera flara. olei olea Europ. sin<r. p. iij,
oxidi ferri rubr.  p. viij.  Rub the red
oxide of iron with the oil, and add the
other ingredients melted.  Ph. E.)  It
is employed as a strengthening plaster.
  EMPLAS'TRUM O'PII, O'pium plas'-
ter. ( Opii duri contus. § ss, ab let. resin
cont. § iij, emplastr. plumbi Jfoj.  The
plaster and resin being melted together, 
EMPORIUM           338           EMPYOCELE
 add  the  opium.  Ph.  L.)  It  is  em-
 ployed as an anodyne, and to give sup-
 port.
   EMPLAS'TRUM  PPCIS COMPOS'I-
 TUM, E. pi'cis bargun'dica, E. cephal'i-
 cum, Cepha'lic plas'ter, Compound pitch
 plaster.   (Picis arid. Jfoij, abietis resina
 toij, resina Jlava, cera Jlava aa § iv,
 myrist. ol. § j.  To the pitch, resin, and
 wax,  melted  together,  add the other
 matters and mix. Ph. L.)  It is a stim-
 ulant and rubefacient. Sometimes used
 in headache (applied to  the  temples).
   EMPLAS'TRUM DE PfCE ET  RE-
 SfNIS GLU'TINANS,  E. An'drea de
 Cru'cc, Empldtre d'Andre de  la  Croix,
 E. collant de poix ct de resines.  Adhe-
 sive plaster oj  pitch and resins.  (Picis
 alba, p. 128, resin elemi p. 32, terebinth.
 pur.  p. 16, ol. laur. p. 16.  Melt with
 a gentle heat, and pass through linen.
 Ph. P.)  Used in contusions and frac-
 tures as a support.
   EMPLAS'TRUM PLUM'BI, E. lithar'-
 gyri,  E.  commu'ne, E. diach'ylum,  E.
 ox'idi plum'bi  irmivi'tr.  E. ex ox'ido
 plum'bi scmivi'treo, Diach'ylon sim'plex,
 White diach'ylon, Lead plas'ter, Diach'y-
 lon plas'ter.   (Plumbi oxid.  scmivitr.
 in pulv. Jfov,  olei oliv. congium, aqua
 ftjij.   Boil  together  over  a  slow fire,
 stirring  constantly  until  the  oil and
 oxide  of lead cohere.   Ph. L.)
   EMPLAS'TRUM RESPNJE,  E. adha-
 si'vum, E.  lithar'gyri cum resi'nd,   E.
 resino'sum, Res'in  plas'ter, Adhe'sive or
 stick'lng  plas'ter.    Emplas'trum com-
 mu'ne  cum resina,  E. polychres'tum, E.
 lithargyr'icum cvm resi'na pi'ni.  (Resin
flav. Jfoss, emp. plumb. Jfciij.  Melt  the
 plaster, with a gentle heat, add the resin,
 and mix.  Ph.L.) Employed in wounds
 and ulcers.
  EMPLAS'TRUM SAPO'NIS,  E. sapo-
 na'ceum, Soaj) plas'ter.   (Saponis duri
 concis.  Ifoss,   emplastr.  plumb,  Jfoiij.
 Mix the  soap with the melted plaster,
 and boil to a proper consistence.  Ph.
 L.)  It is a mild discutient.  Applied
 to tumors, corns, &c.
  EMPLAS'TRUM THU'RIS,  Frank'in-
 cense plaster.   (Emp. lithargyri. Jfoij,
 thuris, ftjss. oxid. ferri rubr. §iij.  Ph.
 Dubl.)  Use :— the same as the plaster
 of red  oxide of iron.
  Empo'rium (Phys.)  from tu.toqiov,' a
 market or depot.'   The  brain was  so
 called, of old,  because there, all the
 mental affairs are transacted.
  Empres'ma  (Path. & Nosol.) from
 tunqi,$o>,  ' I burn internally.'  Phleg-
 ma'tia membrano'sa et parenchymato'sa,
 Phlogis'tici,  Febres continua inflamma-
 to'ria, Inflamma'tio inter'na,  Cau'ma,
 Inter'nal injlumma'tion, a genus in the
 class hamiatica, order phlogoticaof'Good.
   Em'prion (Patji.) from tv and nqtoir,
 ' a saw,' tpnqion', ' serrated.'    Galen
 has given this name to the pulse, when
 the sensation, produced by the artery
 under the fingers is analogous  to that,
 which would be caused by the unequal
 teeth of a saw.
   Emprosthot'onos (Path.)  Enta'sia
 tet'anus  anti'cus,  Tetanus anticus, tit-
 nqoo-doxovog,  from  tfuiqooStv,   ' for-
 wards,'  and xttvoi, ' I stretch,' '  I ex-
 tend.'   A variety of tetanus,  in which
 the body is drawn forwards by the per-
 manent contraction ofthe muscles.
  Empsycho'sis (Phys.) tuipvx<"Oig, from
 tuif'vxooi, ' I  animate,''  I  vivify.'  A
 word, formerly used for the act of ani-
 mating, or the union of the soul  with
 the body.
  Emptoicus  (Path.)  from  tfinxvu.
 ' I spit.'  One who spits blood.
  Empye'ma  (Path.)  tpnvi,fta,  tttnvi]-
 aig,  tftnvi],  from  tv,  'in,'  and   ivovt
 ' pus.'  Aposte'ma empye'ma.    A  col-
 lection of blood or pus in some  cavity of
 the body and particularly in that of the
 pleura.   It is one of  the terminations!
 of inflammation ofthe  pleura.
  The  operation for empyema properly
 means the making of  an opening into
 the thorax, for the purpose of  giving
 issue to the matter collected in the cav-
 ity of the pleura, although it has  been
 used for the operation  required for the
 evacuation of  any fluid from the chest,
or synonymously  with Paracentesis tho-
racis.
  (G) Brustgeschwiir,  Eiter-
brust.
  V, riters.  H. Arnis^us, Helmstad.
 1620 (L).   J. Israel,  Heidelb.  1665
 (L).   D.  Kelner, Helmst. 1670 (L).
 Wedel, Jenae,  1686  (L).   Miller,
Altorf. 1725 (L).  Gerardus Lemaire,
Lugd.  Bat.  1735 (L).   G. D. Cosch-
 witz,  Altorf.  1725 (L).   Aldouard,
Paris,  1808  (F).    A. O.  Flaherty,
Mont.  1774 (L).
  Empye'sis  (Nosol.)  tfinvijaig,  sup-
puration.   An eruption  of phlegmo-
nous pimples,  gradually filling with a
purulent fluid, and terminating in thick
scabs, frequently leaving pits  or scabs.
Pus'tulous  Exun'them.  A  genus  in
the order Exunthematica, class Havmat-
ica of Good.
  Em'pyoce'le (Path.  Surg.)  timvo-
xt]Xrj,  from tv,  'in,' tivov,  'pus,' and
xi]).t],  ' tumor,' ' hernia.'   A  tumor,
formed by an  accumulation of pus in 
EMPYOMPHALUS
339
EMUNCTORY
 the  scrotum.  Different diseases have
 been described under this  name, such
 as suppuration ofthe testicle, empyema
 of the tunica vaginalis, accumulation
 of pus in the cavity  of a  hernial sac,
 abscesses of different kinds formed in
 the  cellular texture  of the scrotum,
 &c  (G) Eiterbruch.
  Empyom'phalus (Path.  Surg.) from
 tv, ' in,' iivov, • pus,  and otupuXog, ' the
 navel.'   This word has been used to
 designate a suppurating tumor  at the
 umbilicus;  or, at times, umbilical her-
 nia,  the  sac  of which  is filled with
 blood.'   (G) Eiternabel.
  Empyreu'ma  (Pharm.)  m rvqtviiu,
 from tu.xvotvw, ' I kindle.'  The  burnt
 smell and acrid taste,  which volatile
 products — gaseous and liquid — con-
 tract, when  animal  or  vegetable sub-
 stances are  decomposed with a strono-
 heat. The cause of this smell is seated
 in an oil, called einpyreumal'ic, which
 does not exist in the substance, subjected
 to the operation, but is the  result  of its
 decomposition.  When the  empyreuma
 occurs,  even if the organic substance
 is placed in a still with a  liquid, it is
 owing to the solid matter touching the
 bottom of the vessel to  which the fire
 is applied.
     (G)  das  Angebrannte.
  Empy'ros (Path.) tuxvqog, Febric'H-
 tans, from  nvq,  ' fire or fever'   One
 who has fever.  Hippocr.
  Ems,  Mineral  Waters of  (Mat.
 Med.) Celebrated springs on the  river
 Lahn, duchy of Nassau.   They are
 thermal  (from 70° to 118°  Fahr.), and
 carbonated salines ;  and are much used
 in  gastric  and   intestinal  affections,
 &c
  Writer.   Vogler, Coblentz,  1821
 (G).
  Emul'gent (Anat.)  Emul'gens, from
 emul'gere,' to milk out,' ' to draw out.'
 A name, given to the renal artery and
 vein, because the  ancients  inlagined
 they  milked,  as it  were, the   urine
 through the kidneys.
  Emul'sion (Pharm.) Emul'sio;  same
 etymon.   An emulsion is a  pharmaceu-
 tical  preparation, of a milky-white
 opaque appearance,  and which is com-
 posed of a fixed oil, divided  and held
 in suspension in  water by  means of
 mucilage.
  Emulsions have  been divided into
 the true and oily, and into  the false or
not oily ; the latter being composed of
resinous  substances, balsams, or  cam-
phor, rubbed  up with  dilute alcohol,
mucilage, or yolk of egg.
  EMUL'SIO AMYG'DALJE, Lac amyg'-
dala, Emul'sio sim'plex,  Amygdala'-
tum, Mistu'ra amyg'dala, Emul'sio si've
Lac Amygda'l um. Al'mond Emul'sion,
Al'mond Milk.  (Confect. amygdal. §j,
aqua distill.  Jkj.   Ph. L.)  It is used
as a diluent and demulcent.
    (F) Lait d'amandes.
   EMUL'SIO   AC A'CUE  ARAB'ICJE,
Emul'sio Arab'ica;  Gum  Ar'abic E-
mul'sion.   (Nuclear,  amygd.  comm.
§j, aqua  Jbijss, mucilag. acac. §ij.
sacch.  3lv-  While beating the decor-
ticated  almonds with  the sugar and
water, add the mucilage. Ph. E.)  Used
in the same cases as the last.
  EMUL'SIO  CAM'PHORJE, E. Cam-
phora'ta, Mistu'ra Cam'phora;  Cam'-
phor  Emul'sion.    (Camphora  ^l
amygd.  com. decortic, sacch. pur., aa
3iv,  aqua § vj.  Ph. E.)   A conve-
nient form  for giving camphor.
  EMUL'SIO O'LEI AMYGDALA'RUM;
Emul'sion  of Oil  of Al'monds.  (Ol.
amygd.  3J, gum acac.pulv. ^ij, syrup.
§j, aqua distill. § iv.  Mix.)  A good
pectoral or  cough mixture.
  EMUL'SIO  O'LEI RlC'INI; Cas'tor
Oil Emul'sion.   (Ol. ricini § ss, vitelli
ovi q. s., aqua  disiillat. §j. — ) An
aperient draught.
  EMUL'SIO O'LEI TEREBIN'THINAZ;
Emul'sion  of Oil of Tur'pentine.  (Ol.
tereb. red.  j^ij, sacch. alb. § ss, vitell.
ovi j, emuls. amygd. vel aqua distil-
lat. § vj.   Mix.)   In  rheumatic and
nephritic affections.   Dose, § iss.
  EMUL'SIO  PUR'GANS CUM JALA'-
PJE RESI'NA; Pur'ging Emul'sion
with Res'in of Jal'ap.   (Jalapa resin.
gr.  xij, sacch. alb. 3'j-  Triturate for
some time,  and  add gradually half the
yolk of  an  egg  : continue to triturate,
adding by  degrees  emuls. simpl. § v,
aq.flor. aurant. 3ij-  Ph. P.)
  EMUL'SIO  PUR'GANS CUM  SCAM-
MO'NIO ;   Pur'ging  Emul'sion with
Scam'mony.  It is prepared  like the
preceding, substituting only scammony
for the jalap.
  Emul'sive  (Mat. Med.) Emulsi'vus,
same  etymon.  An  epithet, given  to
seeds whence oil  may be extracted by
expression ; such  as almonds, apricots,
peaches, hemp,  rape, melons,  gourds;
those  of the  nut  kind and cucurbita-
ceous and  cruciferous plants  in gen-
eral.
    (G) olgeb end.
  Emunc'tory  (Physiol.) Emuncto'ri-
um, from emun'gere, ' to drain off,' ' to
cleanse.' Emissa'rium.  Any  organ,
whose office jt is to give issue  to mat- 
EN.EOREMA           340          ENCEPHALOID
ters, which ought to be excreted.  The
ancients believed that some organs were
more particularly destined to  serve as
emunctories to others.   The nasal fos-
sae, for example, they  believed to be
the emunctories ofthe brain.
  (F) Emonctoire, Emissaire.
  (G) Ausfuhrungswerkzeuge.
  E.NjEore'ma (Phys.) trawqijia, from
tv and aiviqtoi, ' I lift up.'   The ifiptXrt,
Wu'bes, Sublimamen'tum, Suspen'sum,
J\~ebec'ula or cloud, which is suspended
in the urine, as it cools.
  Enam'el  of  the Teeth   (Anat)
Den'tium jYi'tor, Cor'tex, Cortex stria'-
ta,  Substantia, vitrea.   The substance,
which covers the coronas  of the teeth,
and which  has, also, been called the
vitreous substance, Substance  vitree ou
emaillee.  The enamel  is  of a milky-
white color,  and  sufficiently  hard to
strike fire  with  steel.   Its surface is
very smooth and polished :  and it forms
a thicker layer towards  the part where
the teeth come in contact, and becomes
thinner towards the cervix  The fibres
ofthe enamel are perpendicular to  the
surface of  the  teeth  on  which they
seem, as it  were, planted. This gives
them a velvety appearance, when  ex-
amined by the microscope. The enamel
 has no blood-vessels, and is not renew-
ed when removed.   It is formed  of
phosphate of lime,  and a very  small
portion of animal matter.
  (F) Email des Dents. (G) S c h m e 1 z.
   Enante'sis  (Anat.)  tvavx^aig, from
 £»-,  ' in,' and avxaoi,  ' 1  meet.'  The
 meeting of ascending with descending
 vessels.  Galen.
   Enanthe'sis (JVosol.)  from tv, ' in,'
 and  ar&toi, ' I flourish.'   Rash exan'-
 them.  Eruption of red, level  or nearly
 level patches, variously figured : irregu-
 larly  diffused:  often  confluent:  and
 terminating  in cuticular exfoliations.
 A genus in the order Exanthematica,
 class Hamatica of Cullen, and includ-
 ing scarlet fever, measles, &c
   Enarthro'sis  (Anat.)  tvuqSqoioig,
  Inarticula'tio, Ball  and  Socket-Joint,
 from tv,' in,' and uqdqo)Oig,'  an articu-
  lation.'   A kind of diarthrodial articu-
  lation, in which the head of  a bone  is
  received into the  cavity of another,
  and can be  moved  in all  directions.
  The joint of the os femoris with the  os
  innominatum is one of this character.
    Encan'this  (Path.) tyxavSig, from
  tv,' in,' and xav-Sog, '  the angle of the
  eye.'  A tumor, formed by an increase
  in size, or  a degeneration of the carun-
  cula lachrymalis.
  The  Encan'this  benig'na, or simple
excrescence  of the caruncula,  com-
monly yields to astringent collyria.
  The Encan'this malig'na has often a
cancerous character, and requires ex-
tirpation before it has attained any con-
siderable size.
  Escau'ma (Path, tyxavyu, from  tv,
' in,' and xaioi,  ' I burn.'  Epicau'ma,
Epicav'sis, Encau'sis.  A  tumor, pro-
duced by a burn.  A  Burn.  Also, an
ulcer of the transparent cornea,  occa-
sioning the loss ofthe humors.  Aetius,
Gorrjeus.
  Encacsse,  Mineral  Waters  or
(Mat. Med.)  E. is a village in  the  de-
partment ofthe Haute-Garonne, which
possesses  several  saline,  acidulous
springs.
  Encephal'ic  (Anat.) Encephal'icus,
from sr,  'in,'  and xtipu/.i,, 'the head.'
That, which is situated in the  head.
A name given  to  several parts, which
relate to the  encephalon ; as the  en-
cephalic membranes, vessels, &c
  Encephali'tis  (Path.)  Same  ety-
mon. This term has been used, by some
Nosologists, synonymously with  Ceph-
ali'tis and Phreni'tis.  By others, it has
been appropriated  to  inflammation of
the brain, in contradistinction to that of
the membranes.
  Enceph'aloce'le (Path.) from tyxt-
tpuXuv,' the brain,' and x\Xi],' a tumor.'
Her'nia   Cer'ebri,  Fun'gus  Cer'ebri,
Her'nia  ofthe Brain.  This may be a
congenital or accidental affection. In the
former case, it is dependant upon tardy
ossification  of the fontanelles or some
faulty conformation.   In the  latter,  it
is owing to some considerable  loss of
substance  in  the  parietes of the cra-
nium, produced  by fractures, wounds
with a cutting  instrument, caries, the
application  ofthe  trepan, &c
   In slight congenital  encephalocele,
gentle pressure may be exerted upon the
protruded portion.  When the  disease
 is  of considerable extent, it  is fatal.
 In the accidental encephalocele, similar
means must be  used  for confining the
 tumor, and preserving it  from the  ac-
 tion of external bodies.
     (G) Hirnbruch.
   Enceph'aloid  (Path.)  EncephaloX'-
 des, from  tyxtituXov, '  the head,' and
 tiSog,  ' resemblance.'   Laennec  has
 given the  term Enceph'aloid or Cer'e-
 briform matter to one of the  morbific
 substances, commonly formed by scir-
 rhous or cancerous tumors.  It is either
 encysted or in  irregular masses, with-
 out cysts;  or infiltered into the texture 
ENCEPHALON          341              ENEMA
of the diseased organ.  This name was
given to it in consequence of its resem-
blance, when fully  developed, to  the
medullary substance  of the brain.
  Enceph'alon  (Anat.)  Enceph'alum,
from tv, ' in,' and  xtipaXi], ' the head.'
That  which  is  situated  in  the head.
This name  has  generally been given
to the brain, cerebellum, and the meso-
cephalon.  At times, it  includes like-
wise the medulla spinalis,  when it is
also called the Cerebrospinal axis.
   Encheire'sis, tyxtiqijaig,  Enchei'ria,
tyxtiqia.   Galen  uses this  term, as a
part of the  title to  one  of  his works,
which treats of dissection.  It means
the manual treatment of any subject.
   Enchymo'ma  (Path.)   Enchymo'sis,
lyxvuvuiu, tyxvuoiaig, from tv and xvuh
' I pour.'  By the ancients, this word
was used in designating the sudden effu-
sion of blood into the cutaneous  ves-
sels, which arises from  joy, anger, or
shame;  in the  last  instance constitut-
ing blushing.   It differs from ecchy-
mosis in there being, in the latter, ex-
travasation of blood into the  cellular
 texture, and its being produced by an
 external cause ; a contusion, for exam-
 ple.  Hippocr.
    Enclydas'tikos (Path.)  tyxXvSaaxi-
 xog, intus fluctuans. Applied to liquids,
 e. g. to  serum, pus, &c, contained in
 any cavity.
    Enccs'lia (Anat.) tyxoiXia,  from tv,
 ' in,' and xoi/.ia, ' the belly.'  The  ab-
 dominal viscera.  Linden.
    Encolpis'mos  (Surg.)  tyxuX.xiapog,
 from  tyxu/.nito},  ' I introduce into a
 cavity.'  An injection  made ' into the
 vao-ina or the cavity of the  uterus.
    En'cris (Mat. Alim.) tyxqig. A kind
 of cake made of meal, oil,  and honey.
  Gorr^us.
    Encys'ted  (Path.)  Cys'tide obdud-
  tus.   Inclosed in a kyst or cyst; from
  tv,' in,' and xvang,' bladder.'  An epi-
  thet given  to certain tumors, or solid
  or fluid collections inclosed in a partic-
  ular envelope or  kyst.  They  are mov-
  able, and often elastic to the touch.
      (F) Enkyste".
    Encys'tis (Path.) Tu'mor tunica'tus,
  T. cys'ticus, Emphy'ma encys'tis; same
  etymon. Lupia.  An encysted tumor.
    Writers.   Barsch  (of the  head),
  Lips.      (L).  Fitzgerald, Monsp.
  1733 (L).   Gourine, Monsp.  1732 (L).
  Klo.se, Duisb. 1790 (L).   Loder, Jen.
  1791 (L).  Parrot,  Paris, an. xii (F).
  Pohl, Lips. 1778 (L)-  Rester, Argent.
  1765 (L).  Rey,  Bruxelles,  1752 (F).
  W, Qgi.es, Lond. 1754.  B, H. Jacob-
                  29*
sen, Jen. 1792 (L).   C. G. Ludwig
(removal of), Lips. 1758 (L). J. Saltz:
mann, Argent. 1719(L). J. A. Slevogt,
Jenae, 1719 (L).
  Endem'ic (Path.) Endem'ical, Regio-
na'lis mor'bus, Endem'icus, from tv,' in-,
to,' and Sijpog,' the people.'  Encho'rios,
tvyuiqiog, Vernac'ulus mor'bus.  A dis-
ease's  said to  be endemical, when it
arises from some peculiarity in the situ-
ation or locality.  Thus ague is endemic
in marshy countries ; goitre at the base
of lofty mountains, &c  Some authors
use the terra in the same sense as epi-
demic.
   We know nothing accurately of the
emanations or  other  circumstances,
which give occasion to endemic affec
tions.   We know, that some emanation
from marshy lands  does produce inter-
mittent;  but we are  ignorant of the
nature  of such  emanation.
   En'desis  (Anat.)  tvdtaig,  from  tv,
' in,' and  Stw,  ' 1  bind.'  A  ligature,
bandage, connexion.  Hppocrates has
so termed the ankle-joint.
   Endosmo'sis  (Physiol.)   from  trSor,
 ' within,' and taouog,i impulse.'  A term,
 used by Dutrochet, to  express  the
 agent by virtue of which small, hollow
 organs are filled with a  fluid, which
 seems to enter their cavity with  force.
 The impulse from within to without he
 calls- Exosmosis.
    Writer.  M. H. Dutrochkt, Paris,
 1828 (F).
    En'dromis (Hyg.) tvSqoiug.  A spe-
 cies of garment covered  with hair or
 fur, made by the Gauls, and which the
 Romans used as a bathing robe.
    ENDUIT (F)  (Path.) from indu'ere,
 'to put upon,'  'to put  on': tvSvtiv.
 A Coat;  a  Fur.  This term  is often
 applied to a layer of matter, of greater
 or less thickness, which covers the  sur-
 face of certain organs, and particularly
 the tongue and  interior of the mouth.
 This  enduit is designated variously,
 according to its appearance, — enduit
 bilieux, jaune, blanc, &c— a. bilious,
 yellow, white  coat  or fur, &c  These
 coats are sometimes owing to the evap-
  oration of the watery portions of a se-
  cretion ; at others, to a morbid condition
  of the secretion:  generally, to both
  causes combined.
    En'ema (Pharm.) svtua, from tvtijiu,
  ' to inject.'  An Injection, Clyster.  A
  well known form  of conveying medi-
  cine  into  the  body,  under certain
  morbid circumstances.  See Clyster,
    (F)  Clystere, Lavement,
    (G) Klis.ti.er, 
ENEMA
342         ENGOUEMENT
  Writers.  G. Moebius, Jenae, 1649
(L). R. de Graaf, LaHaye, 1688(L).
J.D.Major, Kilon, 1670 (L).  E. R.
Camerarius,  Tubing. 1688 (L).  J.
Lanzoni,  Lausanne, 1738 (L).   J. G.
Albrecht, Lugd. Bat. 1698 (L).   J. J.
Fick  (nutritious and cold  clysters),
Jenae, 1718 (L).  J. G.Schwarz, Ham-
burg, 1723 (G).  G. Ch. Detharding,
Rostoch, 1737 (L).  J. Ludolf, Erford,
1748 (L).   D. W. Triller, Vittemb.
1750 (L).  S. Th. Quellmalz (cold C),
Lips. 1751 (L).  G. A. Langguth (C.
in the exanthemata), Vittemb. !756(L).
A. E. Buchner, Hal. 1757 (L).«  J. G.
Kruger (C. in acute fevers), Helmst.
1757 (L).  J. J. Girard,  Argent. 1762
(L).  J. E. Pfaff, Jenue,  1780 (L).
J. M. Saphrani, Hal. 1781 (L).  J. C.
Meyer, Gotting. 1786 (L)  G. R. Boh-
mer,  Vittemb. 1788 (L).  Schade*,
Leipz. 1789 (L).
  EN'EMA ANOD'YNUM, En'ema O'-
pii; An'odyne  Clys'ter, Starch  and
O'pium Clys'ter. (Gelat. amyli ftss,
tinct. opii  g" 40 vel 60.)  Exhibited in
cases of severe diarrhoea or dysentery.
   EN'EMA  COMMU'NE;  Com'mon
Clys'ter,  Domes'tic   Clys'ter.   (Water
gruel or molasses and water Jfjss or fjjj;
add a little oil  or lard, and a spoonful
of common salt.) Given as a cathartic
enema; and without the common salt, as
an emollient.
  EN'EMA CATHAR'TICUM;  Pur'ging
Clys'ter.  (Manna § j, decoct, chamam.
camp. § x, olei oliv. § j, sulph. magnes.
 § ss.  Ph. D.)
   EN'EMA  FOZT'IDUM,  Fcr.'tid  Clys'-
ter; Mistu'ra asafat'ida pro clys'mate,
Clys'ma ton'icum et antispasmod'icum
seu in'citans et se'dens.  (The last with
the addition o/3iJ  ofthe tincture of
assafatida.  Ph.D.)   Given as an anti-
spasmodic and  anodyne.
   (F) Lavement antispasmodique.
   EN'EMA  NICOTIA'NJE ;  Tobac'co
 Clys'ter.   This generally  consists  of
from half a pint to  a pint of the Infu-
sum Tabaci.  It is  employed in  cases
of strangulated hernia, but occasionally
acts as a fatal  poison when given in
this way.  The smoke of tobacco is
 sometimes  thrown  up the rectum to
 produce the same medicinal effects as
 the infusion.
   Writer  on the use of tobacco smoke
 administered in this mamner.  J. Th.
 Schvfff.r, Ratisbon, 1757 (G).
   EN'EMA  TEREBIN'THINJE;  Tur'-
 peniine Clys'ter. (Ol.tereb.  ^n\, gruel
 Jfoss, one yolk  of egg.  Incorporate the
 turpentine with the  yolk, then add the
gruel.)  To be  administered in ascari-
des (oxyures).
  En'ergy  (Physiol.)  tvtqyia,  from
tvtqytw,' I act.'  Action. Acting power.
Energi'a.  Also, vigor: as the muscu-
lar  energy; the brain acts with en-
ergy-
    (G) Thatkraft.
  Enerva'tion (Path.) Enerva'tio, from
e,' out of,' and ner'vi,' strength.'  The
act of weakening: — the state of being
weakened.
    (G) E n tkr'af tung.
  Engastrimy'tiios  (Physiol.)  tyya-
oxqifivdog,  Englot'togastor,  Gastril'o-
quist, from tv,' in,' yaoxi,q, ' the belly,'
and fiv&touai, ' I discourse.'   A  Ven-
triloquist.   Individuals have  been  so
denomjnated, who have possessed the
art of modifying their natural voice, so
that it seemed to come  from a greater
or less distance,  and from  different di-
rections.   It  was  formerly  believed,
that such  persons  spoke from  their
belly;  hence their name.  It is chiefly
an  imitative  art, and  is  called  Ven-
triloquism.
  (F) Ventriloque.  (G)Bauchred-
ner.
  Writers.  Lhscher, Lips. 1663(E).
Abbe  de la  Chapelle, Lond. 1772
(F).
  Enghien, or  Montmorency,  Min-
eral Waters of (Mat. Med.)  A hy-
drosulphurous water, four leagues from
Paris, near  Montmorency,  which  is
possessed of some celebrity.
  Engiso'ma (Path.)  tyyttoo-ua,  tyyi-
no'na, from tyyito', ' I approximate.'  A
species of fracture ofthe skull, in which
a splinter  passes  beneath the  sound
portion of the bone, and  compresses
the brain.  Galen.   Also, a kind of
instrument used in  fractures of the
clavicle.
    (F) Embarrure.
  ENGORGEMENT (F) (Path.)  from
en,' in,' and gorge, ' the throat.'  An
obstruction occurring in the vessels of
a part, and giving rise to augmentation
of volume.
   ENGOUEMENT (F)  (Path.)  Ob-
struc'tio,  Iner'tia,  from  an'gere, ' to
choke.'   Accumulation,  in  a hollow
organ, of the matters secreted by it or
carried to it.  There  is said  to be En-
gouement des bronches, when the mu-
cus accumulates there; and  Engoue-
ment des intestins, when  the matters,
 which ought to pass through them are
detained;  as in a case  of strangulated
 hernia.  Engouement des poumons, E.
 ofthe lungs, in Pathological Anatomy 
ENNEAPHARMACOS      343            ENTERICA
signifies that state of the lungs, which
permits a mixture of air and thin fluid
to escape from them when cut into.
   Enneaphar'macos  (Pharm.) twta-
qtaqfiaxog,  from  tvvta,  ' nine,'  and
ipaquaxov, ' a medicine.'   A  medicine,
composed of nine simple ingredients.
A pessary, so formed. Galen, Paulus.
An Antid'otus Heracli'dis, described by
Galen ; and some plasters by Aetius
and Celsus are,  likewise, termed En-
neapharmaca.  GorRjEus.
  Enor'mon  (Phys.)  tvoquov, from tv,
' in,' and onuaw,' I rouse,' ' excite.'  A
word,  used by Hippocrates  in  the
same sense as vital principle is by mod-
ern Physiologists.
   Enrhyth'mos (Path.) tvqv&uog, from
tv  and qvSuog,  ' number.'    Having
rhythm.  An epithet,  applied to  the
pulse when its  pulsations occur with
some degree of order.  It is opposed to
Arhyth'mos.  It differs from Eurhyth'-
mos, which signifies regular.
  Ens  (Med.) A Beiug.   Paracelsus
meant, by this term, the power exerted
by  certain beings  on our body.  He
speaks of the Ens Dei, the Ens Astro'-
rum, the Ens natura'le, the Ens virtu'-
tis, Ens morbo'rum, Ens de poten'tibus
spirit'ibus, &c.   These absurd denomi-
nations suggested,  to some of the an-
cient  Chymists, a  name  for  certain
chemical  preparations.   The muriate
of ammonia and iron  was called  Ens
martis; the muriate of  ammonia and
copper, Ens veneris; and Ens primum
was, with the Alchymists, the name of
a tincture, which they considered  pos-
sessed  of the  power  of transmuting
metals.
  En'sal  (Surg.)  A cautery  was  for-
merly so called, which was employed
for cauterizing the lips.
  En'siform (Anat.) Ensifor'mis, from
en'sis, ' a sword,' and for'ma, ' form*.'
Sword-like.
  The  EN'SIFORM APOPHYSES or
PROCESSES,  are the lesser alae ofthe
sphenoid bone.
  The  EN'SIFORM APPEN'DIX or
CAR'TILAGE, is the xiphoid appendix
ofthe sternum, &c  See Xiphoid.
   En'si-Ster'nal (Anat.) Relating to
the  ensiform process of the sternum.
Beclard  gave this name  to the  last
osseous portion of the sternum.  He,
also, called it I'os ultimi-sternal.
  Enstac'ton (Pharm.)  tvoxaxxov, In-
stillatV'tium. The name of a collyrium,
which  was  formerly dropped into the
eye.   Paulus of iEgina calls it axaxxi-
r.ov.
   Enstalax'is  (Pharm.)  tvaraXd^ig,
Instilla'tio,  Instil la'tion. The  act  of
pouring by drops.
  ENT or  EN'TIUS,  Sir  George
(Biogr.)  An accomplished physician,
born in Kent in 1604; died in 1689.
He was the intimate friend and com-
panion of Harvey.  Works. Apologia
pro circulatione sanguinis contra jEmi-
lium  Parisanum.   Lond.  1641.  8vo.
Animadversiones in Malachite Thrus-
toni, M. D., diafribam de respirationis
usu primario. Lond.  1679. 8vo.  His
whole works were published at Leyden,
1687. 8vo.
  ENTAILLE (F)  (Surg.)  from  en,
' in,' and tailler, ' to cut.' Excis'io, Ec'-
cope, Ec'toml, ixxonv, txxoftrj.  A deep
wound, made by  a  sharp  instrument
obliquely.   Entaille and Taillades are,
also, used  to designate  deep scarifica-
tions, used for the purpose of producing
a speedy degorgement of any tumefied
part; such, e.g., as are made in  the
tongue in certain cases of glossitis.
  Entat'icos  (Mat.  Med.)  tvxaxtxog,
Intensi'vus, from tvrtivo),' I strain.'  A
medicine,  which  excites the  venereal
appetite.
  Enterad'enes (Anat.)  tvxsqaStv^,
from tvxtqov, ' an intestine,' and aSr]v,
' a gland.'   The  mucous glands of the
intestines.
  Enteradenog'kaphy  (Anat.)  En-
teradenogra'phia, from  tvxtqov, ' intes-
tine,'  aSijv,  ' gland,'  and  yqaipij,  ' a
description.'  A description of the in-
testinal glands.
  ENTERADEN0L'0GY(.#7ia/.) from IVXt-
qov,' intestine,' aSijv,' gland,' and Xoyog,
' a  treatise.'  That part of Anatomy,
which treats ofthe intestinal glands.
  Enteral'gia  (Path.) from  tvxtqov,
' intestine,' and aXyog, ' pain.'   Pain in
the intestines.  Alibert, in his Nosol-
ogy, has a genus of diseases under this
name, in which he ranges the different
kinds of colic.  Enteral'gia spasmod'ica
is his term for the Ileus.
  Enterangiemphrax'is (Path.) from
tvxtqov, ' intestine,' ay^to, ' 1 strangle,'
and tiiq.quaoo), ' I obstruct.'   Obstruc-
tion of the intestines by strangulation
or otherwise.  Ploucquet.
  Enterele'sia (Path.)  Pain, caused
by invagination or strangulation of the
intestines.  Alibert.
  Enteren'chyta (Surg.) tvxtqtyXvrat
from tvxtqov,' an intestine,' and xtu>>l *
pour.'  Any  surgical instrument  for
administering injections.  Scultetus.
  Enter'ica  (Nosol.)  from  tirtoor,
' an intestine.'  Diseases affecting the 
ENTERITIS           344       ENTEROSARCOCELE
Blimentary canal.   Order  I., Class I.
(Caliaca), of Good.
  Enteri'tis (Path.) from tvxtqov,' an
intestine.'  Inflammation of the intes-
tines. Empres'ma Enteri'tis, Intestino'-
rum inflamma'tio, Chordap'sus, Cau'ma
Enteri'tis, Enterophlo'gia,  Sero-enteri-
tis.  The essential symptoms of this
disease  are ; — violent abdominal pain
increased on pressure; with  vomiting
and inflammatory fever.
  Enteritis may affect both the perito-
neal and the mucous coat of the intes-
tines ;  and,  in violent cases, all  the
coats may be implicated.  The struc-
ture of the mucous and peritoneal coats
is different,  so are their functions in
health and disease.  The inflammation
of the serous coat resembles that of the
cellular  membrane: the inflammation
of the mucous  coat that of  the skin.
The former is usually, therefore, of a
more active' character.  Inflammation
of the mucous coat is generally attend-
ed with diarrhoea,  and its  pathology is
identical with that of Dysentery, which
see.  Inflammation f>f the  peritonea]
coat is,  on the other hand,  generally
attended with constipation.
   Enteritis  of the  peritoneal coat, for
such is  the abstract use of the word, re-
quires the most active treatment. Bleed-
ing ad deliquium, followed up by a large
dose  of opitim, and  if the  symptoms
are not  decidedly ameliorated,  repeat-
ing the  bleeding  and opium,— warm
fomentations, and  blisters are the chief
agents  to be  relied upon   Purgatives
ought not to be exhibited until  the in-
flammation and spasm are  abated by
the use  of the bleeding  and  opium.
When the physician is called early, this
plan will usually succeed.  Sometimes,
it passes into a chronic state, requiring
much careful management.
   Broussais considers inflammation of
the mucous coat of the  intestines  and
gastritis as the proximate cause of the
.phenomena of fever.
     (G)  Darmentziindung.
   Writers.  C. A. Perroteau (chron-
ic E.), Paris, 1801  (F). L. Fr. Durand,
Paris, 1805 (F).
   En'teroce'le (Surg. Path.)  tvxtqo-
 xr]X>], Her'nia intestina'lis, from  tvxtqov,
 1 an intestine,'  and xt]).i],  '  a hernia,'
 1 tumor.'  Abdominal herniae  are  so
 called,  which contain  only a portion of
 intestine.
   En'terocys'toce'le (Surg.  Path.)
 from tvxtqov,' an intestine,'  xvoxig, ' a
 bladder,' and xr^r], ' a tumor.'  Hernia
formed by the bladder and a portiqn of
intestine.
  En'tero-ep'iloce'le  (Path.  Surg.)
from tvxtqov,' intestine,' tnmXoov,' the
omentum, and xitXi], ' tumor.'  Hernia,
formed by intestine and omentum.
 En'tero-epiplom'phalus (Sur.Path.)
from tvxtqov,' intestine,' i.u.iXoov, • the
omentum,'  and oiujukog,  • the  umbili-
cus.'  Umbilical hernia, containing in-
testine and  omentum.  Almost  all um-
bilical herniae are of this kind.
  Enterog'raphy  (Anat.) Enterogra'-
phia, from tvxtqov,' intestine,' and yqu-
</)»/,' description.' The part of Anatomy,
which describes the intestines.
  En'tero-hydroce'le (Surg. Path.)
from tvxtqov,' intestine,' v$wq, '  water,'
and xr,Xrh ' tumor.'  Intestinal  hernia
complicated with hydrocele.
   En'tero - hydro.m'phalls    (Surg.
Path.) from tixtqov, ' intestine,' r^.o,
' water,'  and uiupuXog,' the navel' Um-
bilical hernia,  in  which  the  sac con-
tains, along with a  portion of intestine,
a quantity of serum.
  En'tero-is'chioce'le (Path. Surg.)
from  tvxtqov, ' intestine,'  ioxiov, • is-
chium,'  and xr,X>;,  ' tumor.'   Ischiat'ic
her'nia, formed of intestine.
  Enterol'ogy  (Anat.)  Enterolo'gia,
from tvxtqov, ' intestine,'  and Xoyog, ' a
discourse.'  The part of Anatomy, which
treats ofthe intestines.
  En'tero-meroce'le  (Surg.  Path.)
from  tvxtqov, ' intestitie,'  fti;qog,  ' the
thigh,' and  xi]h], ' tumor.'  Crural her-
nia, formed of intestine.
  En'tero-mesenter'ic  (Path.)  Fe'-
bris en'tero-mesenter'ica. Messrs. Petit
and Serres have given this name to a
species of adynamic fever or typhus, in
which the intestines are ulcerated, with
enlargement of the corresponding me-
senteric  glands.
  •Enterom'phalls (Surg. Path.) tvxt-
qouqaXog, from tvxtqov,' intestine,' and
ofup.uXog,  ' umbilicus.'  Umbilical her-
nia, formed of intestine.
   En'teroperis'tole (Path.) from tv-
xtqov, ' intestine,'  and niqtoxtXXw, ' I
conceal,' ' I envelope.'  Constriction or
obstruction   of  the intestines  from a
cause, which acts either within  the  ab-
domen or without it, as in strangulated
hernia.
   Enterora'phia   or  Enterora'phje
 (Surg.)  from  tvxtqov,  ' intestine,' and
qaipi],' a suture.'   Suture of the intes-
tines, for the relief of injuries done to
them.
  En'terosarcoce'le. (Sur. Path.) from.
| evrtoov,  ' intestine,'  o«q$, ' flesh,' and 
ENTEROSCHEOCELE       345
ENURESIS
 xijXi], ' a  tumor.'    Intestinal  hernia,
 complicated  with fleshy excrescence,
 or rather sarcocele.
   Enteros'cheoce'le   (Surg. Path.)
 tvxtqooxtoxijXij,  from  tvxtqov, ' an  in-
 testine,' oaxsov,' the scrotum,' and xi\Xi],
 ' tumor.'   Scrotal hernia consisting of
 intestine.
   Entero'sis (Nosol.) fromtvrtoor, 'an
 intestine.' A class of diseases, compre-
 hending all those that are seated in the
 intestines.  Alibert.
   En'terotome (Surg.)  Etiterot'omus,
 from tvrtqov,  ' intestine,'  and  xtuvos,
 * I cut.'    A name  given by J.  Clo-
 Quet, of  Paris, to  an instrument  for
 promptly  opening the intestinal canal
 through its whole extent.  It consists
 of a pair of scissors, one blade of which
 is  much  longer than  the other  and
 rounded  at  its  extremity.    This is
 passed into the intestine.
   Enteroto'mia (Anat. & Surg.) from
 tvxtqov,' intestine,'  and xtuvo>, ' I cut.'
 In anatomy, it  signifies  dissection of
 the  intestines.  In  surgery,  it  means
 an operation,  little used, which con-
 sists in opening the  intestine, in order
 to evacuate the frecal  matters accumu-
 lated in it, e. g. in certain cases of her-
 nia, accompanied with contraction of
 the intestinal canal; in operations for
 an artificial  anus,  performed  on the
 newly born,  where  the rectum is im-
 perforate or not existing, &c.
   En'thesis (Nosol.) tv&taig, Insitit'H-
 um, a graft.  Irritation or obstruction
 of a natural  passage by the  introduc-
 tion of an  improper  material.   Obstruc-
 tio.
   Enth'lasis (Surg. Path.) tvSXaaig, or
 toipXaaig, from $Xaoi,' I break.'  A frac-
 ture of the cranium  with comminution,
 in which the bone is depressed  or has
 lost its level.
   En'trails  (Anat.)   Vis'cera,  from
 entera'lia, a word of bad Latin, coming
 from ti-rtoov,' an intestine.'   It is used
 for the viscera inclosed in the splanch-
 nic cavities, and especially for those in
 the abdomen. Bowels, Guts.  (F) En-
 trailles.  (G)  Eingeweide.
   Entricho'ma (Anat.) tvinixoma, from
 tv, ' in,' and toi/oiko, ' hair.'  The tar-
 sal cartilage  and the edge of the eye-
 lids, in which the cilia are implanted.
   Extro'pion (Path.) Inver'sio palpe-
 brarum,  Capilli"tium,  Trichi'asis, rqi-
 Xtamg, Introsuscep'tio  entro'pium, Ble-
pharopto'sis entro'pium,  Trichia, Tri-
 cho'sis,  from  tv,  ' in,'  and xqtrtia,  ' I
 turn.'  A name, given to the  inversion
 or turning inwards  of the eyelids,  so
that the eyelashes are directed towards
the globe of the eye ;  irritate  and in-
flame it and  give  rise to the affection
called  Trichiasis.  When the cilia are
not all turned  inwards,  and one row,
only, is affected, the  disease is called
Distichi'asis.   The contact of the  hair
with the surface of the  eye occasions
considerable  irritation  of the conjunc-
tiva, which is soon followed by chemo-
sis, ulceration  of  the  eye  and other
symptoms, such as fever, watchfulness,
&c.  If the  disease be  entropion, as
above defined, that is,  dependent upon
the inversion ofthe eyelids, it must be
remedied, either by dispersing the oede-
ma or swelling of the eyelids, or by
cutting out a portion of the skin. When
the disease is dependent upon a vicious
direction of  the cilia, they must be
plucked out and the bulbs cauterized.
  Writers.    Kohler,  Leipz.  1796
(G).  Crampton,  Lond.  1805.
  Enucleation (Surg.)  Enuclca'tio,
from enucleu'rc,  ' to take  out a kernel.'
This term  has been proposed  for the
operation  of  removing  tumors,  &c,
without cutting into them.  Percy.
  The word is used,  in Pharmacy, for
the operation of shelling  or  removing
the kernels of the almond  or of any
nut.
  Enu'lon (Anat.)  tvovXov, from tv,' in,'
and ovXov, ' the gum..  The inner  part
of the  gums.  The external part  was
called ovXov, and that between the teeth
aqpog.   Pollux.
  Enure'sis  (Path.) from tvovqtw, ' I
void the urine.'  Paru'ria incon'tinens,
Incontinen'tia uri'na, Perirrha'a, ntqiq-
qoia, Strangu'ria (Galen)  Hyperure'-
sis, Diam'nes, Involuntary discharge of
urine,  Incontinence  of  urine.    This
affection is most  common in advanc-
ed  life.  It may depend  on  too great
irritability  of the  bladder, or on  dis-
tension, or injury of  the  fibres about
its  neck, paralysis of  the organ,  the
presence of an irregularly shaped cal-
culus, impacted  in the  urethra near its
commencement;  rupture of the blad-
der and urethra; or on pressure exerted
on the bladder by the  distended womb
or by some tumor.  It often occurs after
difficult labor, but generally  yields, in
the course of a week or ten days; the
catheter being introduced twice a day
in the mean time.
  The  treatment must  of course vary,
according to the cause; and when the
affection,  on which it is dependent,
cannot be removed, the  discharge of
urine may be prevented  by exerting a 
EON               346            EPICGELIS
degree of compression on the urethra,
by means of appropriate  instruments;
or a urinal may be employed to receive
the urine as it passes off.
     (G) Harnf 1 uss.
    Winters.    A.  Volteras  (E.
from difficult parturition),  Hal. Mag-
deburg. 1724 (L.)  J. Swalmius, Lugd.
Bat.  1737  (L).    J. P.  Hirschfeld
(after difficult parturition, Argent. 1759
(L)
   E'on  (Anat.)  t/cov,  Gorr.eus,  after
Pollux, calls thus  the  circuit of the
eyes.
  Epacmas'ticos (Path.) trraxuaaxixog,
from tut and axuatoi,' I increase.'  An
epithet applied to  fevers, Fe'bres  cpac-
•mas'tica, whose symptoms go on aug-
menting in  violence, from the  com-
mencement to the termination.  Such
fevers are, also, called  Epanadidontes,
snavaSiSwvxtg.
   Epancylo'tos  (Surg)  tnayxvXoiXog,
from t.xi,' upon,' and uyxvXog,  ' crook-
ed.'  A bandage,  described by  Ori-
basics ;  so called from its mode of ap-
plication.
   EpafHjEr'esis  (Surg.) tnaipaiqtaig,
from t.iuipaiqtw, ' I take away.    Repe-
ti'ta subla't.io, vel evucua'tio.  A repeated
abstraction or evacuation.  It was for-
merly used synonymously with repeat-
ed  bloodletting;  Phleboto'mia  itera'ta,
Galen.
   Epheb.e'on (Anat.  Phys. & Hyg.)
ttprfiaiov, from E7ii,  'upon,' and  1,/fy,
' pubes.'   This word has various signif-
ications  It means, region ofthe pubes,
as well as the hair upon the pubes.  It
was, also, a part of the ancient  gymna-
sium in which the rhetoricians,  philos-
ophers, &c. disputed.
   Ephe'bia  (Phys.)  ttpijjita, Pubertas.
Same etymon.  The age of puberty.
   Ephe'bls  (Phys.)    Pu'er,  Pu'bes,
tiprjpog.   Those of both sexes, who are
about the age of puberty.
   Ephel'cis (Path.)  tiptXxtg, from t;ri,
'upon,' and iXxog,'  an  ulcer.'   The
crust of an ulcer.  Also a small drop of
blood thrown up  by coughing in hce-
moptysis.  Galen.
   Ephel'ides (Path.) fromt7rt,'upon,'
and  >,Xiog, ' the  sun.'    Epichro'sis,
Ephe'lis, and E, lentic'ula, Lentic'ula,
Lenti'go,   Ephe'lis Lenti'go,  Nemesh,
EpheUis d so'le, Nigre'do a so'U, Spilo'-
sisephe'lis, ipaxog,AZsta'tes,ttpi]Xig,Effila,
Freckles, Sunburn. This term includes,
not only the yellow  lentigines, which
appear on  persons of fair skin, and the
larger brown patches, which also arise
from exposure to the  direct rays of the
sun; but also those large dusky patches
which are very  similar in appearance
but occur on other parts of the surface,
that are constantly  covered.   They do
not  extend  farther  than  the  skin.
Many   cosmetics  have  been  recom-
mended  for  their  removal.   Simple
spirituous  lotions  or weak  mineral
acids, applied a few times  in  the day,
are as effectual as any other means.
  (F)  Taches de roussure, Hale.   (G)
Sonnenflecken, Sommerflec-
ken.
  Ephem'era (Path.) Diaria, from t.xi,
'during,'  and i,atqa, 'a  day.'   That
which continues a day.  This epithet
is given to diseases and particularly  to
fevers, which last only a day.  Fe'bris
dia'ria, F. Ephem'era. The term, pro-
longed ephem'era, is sometimes used for
fevers, which cease after two or three
days' duration.
  Ephidro'sis (Path.) tipiSquaig, from
tnt, ' upon,'  and [Sqoot, ' 1 sweat.'  A
copious sweat.    Ephidro'sis profu'sa,
E.  sponta'nea,  E.  idiopath'ica su'dor,
Hydropede'sis,  Exsuda'tio,  Eiuda'tio,
Hyper ephidro'sis, Suda'tio.  An exces-
sive sweating,  inducing debility and
emaciation.  A colliquative sweat.  Such
copious  perspirations  are generally
owing to debility of the exhalants, and
require  the use of tonics,  especially of
the mineral acids, opium, &c
    (F) Flux de Sueur.
  Eph'odos  (Anat.  &c.)  tipoSog, from
tm,' upon,' and  oSog, ' a way.'  Hip-
pocrates uses this word in three sen-
ses. 1. For the vessels or canals, which
give passage to the excrements of the
body.   2. To the  periodical attack  or
accession  of fever ;   and  3.  To the
approach of similar or dissimilar things
which may be useful or hurtful to the
body.   Castelli.
  Epi'alos  (Path.) Hepi'alos, rtTtia?.og,
from rjniwg,' gently,' and aXtaivtiv, ' to
make warm.  A name, given by the
ancients to  fever,  when the hot stage
was mingled with irregular chills.
  Epicar'pium   (Therap.)  tnixaqniov,
from  t.-ii,  'upon,'  and  xaqnog,  'the
wrist.'  Pericar'pium, ntqixaqmov, ap-
plications made to the wrist or to the
region of the pulse, were  formerly  so
called. These were plasters, ointments,
febrifuge cataplasms, &c.
  Epichro'sis (Nosol.) tmxqoxtig, from
t.n, and xqw^a,' color.'  Spilo'sis, sim-
ple  discoloration   of  the  surface.
Good.
  Epice'lis (Anat.) tmxoiXig, from tnt,
' upon,' and xotXog,(the eyelid.'  The 
EPICCEMASIS          347
EPIDERMIS
eyelashes have been so called by some.
By others, the upper eyelid.
  Epicgsm'asis (Path.) tn:ixoi^iaaig,from
tTrixoifiaouai,  ' I sleep.'  Decu'bitus ad
dormien'dum et  Dormi'tio.  The  posi-
tion of sleeping, as well as  sleeping
itself.
  Epicol'ic (Anat.) from s.ti, ' upon,'
and zouAov,  ' the  colon.'  The  epicolic
regions,  regio'nes  epicol'ica, are those
parts of the abdomen, which correspond
to the colon.
  Epicon'dyle (Anat.)  Epicon'dylus;
from tm,l upon,' and xovSvXog,' a con-
dyle.'   A name given, by Chaussier,
to an eminence at the  outer part ofthe
inferior extremity ofthe os humeri; so
called,  because  it is seated above the
condyle. The epicondyle gives attach-
ment to the outer lateral  ligament of
the elbow joint, and to a very strong
tendon to which several of the muscles
ofthe posterior part of the forearm are
attached.
  Epicra'nium (Anat.) from t.n,  ' up-
on,' and xqaviov,  ' the cranium.'   A
name given  to different parts seated on
the cranium.   The  skin, aponeurosis
between the occipital and frontal mus-
cles, and the whole  of the  scalp have
been so called.  Portal includes under
this name the occipito-frontalis muscle,
pyramidalis  nasi and superior and an-
terior auricular muscles.
  Epicra'sis  (Path.)  t.xixqaaig,  from
tTtixtqavwui,' I temper.'   Conlempcra'-
tio. A term used by the humorists for an
amelioration of the humors. They called
Cure by Epicrasis,  per epicrasin,  a
mode or treatment by  imagined altera-
tives, which  they  supposed to be pos-
sessed  of the  power  of gradually cor-
recting the vitiated humors.
  Ep'idemy  (Path.)    Epidem'ic,  Epi-
de'mia, Epide'mios, Epide'mos, tniSr,uiog,
tniSi]uog, Pancafnos, nayxoivog, Pande'-
mios, TravSrjuiog, Mor'bus pub'licus, Mor'-
bus  popula'ris.  A disease,  which at-
tacks,  at the same time, a  number of
individuals,  and  which  is  depending
upon some  particular constitutio a'eris,
or  condition of the  atmosphere,  with
which we are utterly ignorant.  It dif-
fers from  endemic,  the  latter  being
owing  to locality ;  but it  is obvious,
that should  a particular epidemic con-
stitution of  the air exist along with a
favorable endemic  condition ;  these
combined influences may act in the
causation  of  several  of  those seri-
ous and fatal  complaints,  which at
times  visit  a district and  are never
afterwards met  with,  or at  least not
until after the lapse of a considerable
period.
  Writers.  Berger, Hal.  1727 (L).
J. De  Gorter, (E. at Warsaw in 1699,
1701,1702) Lausann. and Genev. 1746
(L).   J.  J. Huber, Cassel, 1755 (L).
A. Nunn, Erfurt. 1758  (L).    S. A. D.
Tissot (E. bilious at Lausanne in 1755)
Lausanne, 1758 (L).    A. Augustini
(E.  of  1747-57)  Vienn.  1758  (L).
Boyer (Es. of Paris) Paris, 1762(F).
M.  Sarcone,  (E. of Naples) Naples,
1765  (I).   T.  Fasano, (E.  fever of
Naples in 1764)  Naples, 1765  (I).   A.
E. de  Buchner, Hal. 1768 (L).   L. J.
Van den Bosch (E. verminous at Over-.
ftacque  and   Godereede)  Lugd.  Bat.
1769 (L).  J.  Sims,  Lond. 1773.    E.
Rosenblad, Lond. 1775 (L).  Lepecq,
de   la  Cloture,  Paris,  1776  (F).
Another  work,  Rouen  and  Paris (F).
Saillant, (E. catarrhal from 1510 to
1780) Paris, 1780 (F).   G. Van Swie-
ten  (E.  at Leyden) Lips.  1782 (L).
Lebrun,  Paris,  1784 (F).   J. Lind,
(Putrid  remittent  of  Bengal,  1762)
Edinb. 1768  (L).    Raymond,  Paris,
1785  (F).   J.  Clarke  (of  Lying-in-
women) Lond. 1788.  T. Deveze (E. of
Philad.)  Phil. 1794.   A. F. Hecker,
Erfurt. 1791 (L). H. Ludolff, Erfurt.
1791  (L).   A. Careno (E. of 1789 in
the  hospital at  Vienna)  Vindob. 1794
(L).   Weise, Hal. 1797  (L).   Kra-
mer, Jenae, 1799 (L).    M. Des'mars,
Paris,  1798.   Ch.  Maclean, Philad.
1797.  J. N. Berthe (E. in Andalusia,
1800)  Paris and  Montpellier,  1802 (F).
Fr.  Schraud,  Pest. 1802  (L).   W.
Heberden (on the increase and decrease
of diseases) Lond. 1803  (F).   J.  F.
Boyer, Montpellier, 1803 (F).   J. P.
Chouffe, Paris, 1804 (L).  J. Manry,
(E. of 18u8 at  the Hdpital  Saint Louisy
Paris) Paris, 1810 (F).    Jos. Adams,.
Lond.  1809.   H.  Robertson (causes
of) Edin. 1808.  T. A. Gallup (Ejs. of
Vermont) Boston, 1815.  J. M. Smith,
New York, 1824.   E. Fodere,  Stras-
burg, 1823-1825.
  Epid'eris (Anat.) miStqig, Hypod'eris
or Hypodermis,viioStqig, inoStquig, from
em, ' upon,'  and  Stqag, 'the  skin.'
This word, with some, means the nym-
phaj;  with others, the clitoris ;  with
others, again, the prepuce ofthe clitoris.
  Epider'mis  (Anat.)t;iiStqaig, Cutic'u-
la,  from tm,  ' upon,'  and Stqua, ' the
true  skin.'   Scarf-skin,  Cu'ticle-  A
transparent, dry, thin membrane ; de-
void of nerves  and vessels, which covers 
EPIDERMIC            348           EPIGLOTTIS
all the surface ofthe body,  except the
parts that correspond to the nails.  It
appears to  be formed of minute scales,
placed one  above the other.   Chaus-
sier  considers it to  be formed and
reproduced  by an excretory action of
the true skin ; to act like a dry varnish,
which prevents the immediate contact
of bodies with the nervous papillae, and
consequently to deaden tactile impres-
sions, which,  without  its intervention
might be painful.
  (F)  Epiderme,  Surpeau, Cuticule.
  (G) Oberhaut.
  Epider'mic  (Anat.)  Same etymon.
Epidcr'meous.  The Epider'mic or Epi-
dermoid (as Bichat called it)  System
is a  portion  of  general anatomy and
comprises three parts.
        f 1. External Epidermis.
        |  2. Epidermis spread over the
Epidermic j      mucous membranes.
 System,  j  3. The Nails,  which  act as
              Epidermis to the parts
              beneath.
  Epides'mos (Surg.) tmStouog, from
*tii,  'upon,'  and  Stw,  'I bind.'   A
bandage or ligature, by which dress-
ings are secured.  HippoaR.
  Epidid'ymis (Anat.) tntSiSv/mg, from
t.zi,  'upon,' and  Si5v/.tog,  'a  testicle.'
Epidid'ymus,  Paras'tata,  Corps  vari-
queux ou ruriciforme.  Supergemina'lis,
that which is  placed  upon the testicle.
A small,  oblong,  vermiform,  grayish
body lying along  the superior margin
of the  testicle.  The Epididymis is  a
canal, formed by the union of all the
seminiferous  vessels,  folded  several
times  upon themselves, after having
traversed the  Corpus Highmorianum.
Its lower  portion or tail,  Cau'da vel
glo'bus mijjior, is curved upwards, and
is continuous with  the vas  deferens;
the  opposite  extremity is called  the
head,  glo'bus major.  The length  of
this canal,  folded as it is upon itself
and describing numerous curvatures, is
according to Monro, 32 feet.
     (G) Nebenhode.
   Epid'osis (Path.)  t.xiSoag, from s/ri-
tiSoifit, ' I  augment.'  Augmentation,
increase.   A word applied to  the nat-
ural increase  ofthe  body or to the in-
crease of a disease.
   Epid'rome  (Path.)  tTTtSqopri,  from
tmSqt^ito, ' I  run  upon.'   An afflux of
humors.  Galen.
   Epigastral'gia (Path.)  from tniyu-
cxqtov, ' the epigastrium,'  and aX.yog,
' pain.'  Pain at the epigastrium.
   Epigas'tric  (Anat.)  Epigas'tricus,
from tnt,   'upon,'   and  yaoxyq,  'the
stomach.'  This name has been given
to several parts.
  The EPIGAS'TRIC REGION'ib the su-
perior region of the abdomen, comprised
between the false ribs on each side, and
extending  from the lower  surface  of
the diaphragm to two fingers'  breadth
above the umbilicus.   It  is  divided
into three parts, one middle,  the epi-
gas'trium,  and two lateral, the hypo-
chon'dria.
  EPIGAS'TRIC  AR'TERY.   Arte'ria
epigas'trica, A. sus-pubienne (Ch.)  It
arises from the external iliac, on a level
with the crural arch ;  sometimes,  by a
trunk proper to it, at others by a trunk
common to it  and the Obturator artery.
It ascends upwards and inwards, be-
hind the spermatic chord, follows the
outer edge of  the rectus  abdominis
muscle, and anastomoses, towards the
umbilicus, with the internal mammary.
The epigastric artery anastomoses,  also,
with the obturator, spermatic, lumbar,
and intercostal vessels.
  The epigastric vein  follows  nearly
the same course.
  Epigas'trium  (Anat.) tniyaoxqiov,
from  tni,  'upon,'  and yaor>,q,  'the
stomach.  The belly, the epigastric re-
gion.  (G) Oberbauch.
  Epigas'troce'le  (Surg. Path.)  from
6,7i,' upon,' yaoxin, 'the stomach,' and
y.itX)], ' a tumor."  Hernia,  formed by
the stomach, Gas'troce'le.  This name
has been given more especially to her-
nias, which form towards the upper part
ofthe linea alba or  in the  epigastric,
region, whether  formed or  not by the
stomach.
   Epigen'esis (Phys. & Path.) t;nytvt-
oig, from t.xi,' upon,' and ynouut,' I am
begotten.'   A theory of conception ac-
cording  to which the new being is cre-
ated  entirely anew ; and receives  at
once from each  parent the  materials
necessary for its formation.
   Epigenesis  as well  as  Epigene'ma,
tmytvijiu is, also, applied to any symp-
tom occurring during  a disease,  with-
out changing its nature.  An accessary
symptom.  Epiginom'enos,  Superve'ni-
cns, tmyivoutvog,ha.s a similar accepta-
tion.
   Epiglot'tis, (Anat.)  tTityXorrxic, from
 tm,  ' upon,'  and yXwxric, ' the glottis.'
 Epiglot'tic car'tilage,  ^uperlig'ula.  A
 fibrocartilage,  situated at  the  upper
 part  of the larynx, behind the base of
 the  tongue.   Its form is oval; texture
 elastic ; thickness greater below than
 above;  and greater in  the middle than
 at the sides.   By its smaller extremity 
EPIGLOTTIC           349
EPILEPSY
which is  the  lower,  it is  attached  to
the thyroid cartilage ;  its two surfaces
are covered by the mucous membrane
of  the  pharynx   and larynx.    The
special  use  of the  epiglottis  would
seem to be to cover the glottis accu-
rately at  the moment of deglutition,
and,  thus, to assist  in opposing  the
passage of alimentary substances into
the air tubes.
   (G) Kehldeckel.
   Epiglot'tic (Anat.)   Epiglot'ticus,
same etymon. Relating to the epiglottis.
   EPIGLOT'TIC  GLAND, Periglot'tis,
 Ca'ro glandulo'sa.    A collection  of
small,  glandular  granula,  situated in
the adipose, cellular texture at the base
ofthe anterior surface of the  epiglot-
tis, in a triangular space bounded, an-
teriorly, by the thyro-hyoid membrane
and thyroid cartilage.  It pours out an
unctuous  and  mucous  fluid,  which
lubricates the epiglottis, keeps it sup-
ple and movable,  and prevents  the  la-
rynx from being  irritated  by the con-
stant passage of  the air,  in the act of
 respiration.
   Epiglot'tdm  (Surg.)   An  instru-
 ment,  mentioned by  Paracelsus,  for
 raising the eyelids.   It resembled  the
 epiglottis in shape.
   Epiglou'tis (Anat.) tniyXovxig, from
 t.xi,  ' upon,'  and y/.ovrog.  ' the but-
 tocks.'   The superior region  of  the
 nates.  Gorr.eus.
   Ep'ilepsy (Path.) t7iiXi]\pia,tniXrl^Jig,
 t.xiXi^npig, ttqt; vutaog, OtXijvuta vovOog,
 Epilep'sia, Epilep'sis, Epilemp'sis, Epi-
 ten'tia, Syspa'sia Epilep'sia, Catalen'tia,
 Morbus romV'tialis, M. cadu'cus, M. Her-
cu'leus, Heracle'us morbus, M. sa'cer, M.
pueri'lis,  Drprchcn'sio,  Clo'nos epilep'-
sia,  Hieran'osos,  Prchen'sio, Mor'bus
mag'nus,   M. major, M. interlu'nius,
 The fall'ing sick'ness.   The word is  de-
rived from tniXuupurvs,  ' I seize upon.'
It is  a disease of the brain, which may
either  be idiopathic  or symptomatic,
sponta'neous   or accidental, and  which
occurs in paroxysms, with uncertain
intervals  between.   These paroxysms
are characterized by loss of sensation
and  convulsive  motions of the  mus-
cles.  Frequently, the fit  attacks sud-
denly ; at other  times, it is preceded
by indisposition,  vertigo, and  stupor.
At times, before  the loss of conscious-
ness occurs,  a sensation of a  cold  va-
pour is felt, hence called au'ra  epilep'-
tica.   This appears to rise in some part
ofthe  body  and  proceed towards  the
head;  and,  as soon  as it has reached
the brain  the  patient  falls down.  The
                          30
ordinary duration of a fit is from 5 to
20 minutes.  Sometimes, it  goes off in
a few seconds ; at others, it  is protract-
ed for hours.  In all cases, there is loss of
sensation, sudden falling down, distor-
tion of the eyes and face ;  countenance
red, purple or violet color ; grinding of
the teeth ; foaming at the mouth ; con-
vulsions ofthe  limbs ; difficult respira-
tion, generally  stertorous ;  and some-
times involuntary discharge of fu ces and
urine. After the fit, the patient retains
not the least recollection of what  has
passed,  but  remains, for  some  time,
affected with  headache,  stupor, and
lassitude.
   The  disease is in  the  brain and is
generally organic ;  but it may be func-
tional and symptomatic of irritation in
other parts, as  in the stomach, bowels,
&c  The  prognosis, as to  ultimate  re-
covery,  is unfavorable.  It  does not,
however, frequently destroy life, but is
apt to lead to mental imbecility.  Dis-
section  has  not thrown  light on  its
pathology.
   In the treatment, the cause must be
sought after, and if  possible removed.
In the paroxysm, but little can be tit me;
but as the  tongue is liable to be injured
by the  teeth,  the  jaws may be kept
open by putting a cork  or  piec  of
wood between them.   If  the fit has
been brought on by  indigestible  fi.od,
the stomach must  be cleared,   it is
between the paroxysms that the irreat
effort must be made.   Generally, tiiere
is considerable  irritability anddehiity
about the brain, and hence  tonics have
been found the best remedies. Of tin se,
the most powerful, in epilepsy, is the
argenti nitras, given regularly and <  >n-
tinued for  months, if necessary.  Prep-
arations of iron, copper, and.zinc have,
also,  been  used, and  the  general class
of vegetable  tonics and antispasmodics.
Counter-irritants may be employed, if
necessary, along with this course, as
blisters, moxa, &c
   Unfortunately, in many cases, these
means  are found insufficient, and  all
that can be done is to palliate, remov-
ing carefully all exciting causes ; such
as the use  of 'spirituous  liquors, strong
emotions,  violent  exercise,  &c,  and
regulating the diet.
   (F) Mai caduc, Mai divin, Mai Saint-
Jean, Mai de Terre, Haut-mal.
     (G) Fallsucht.
   Writers.  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1732
(L).  J. G. Talck,  Gotting. 1753 (L).
P. Samson,  Helmst.  1756  (L).  Ack-
ermann, Gryphiae, 1765 (L).   H. Fr. 
EPILEPTIC           350           EPIPLOCELE
Delius (actual cautery in E.), Erlang.
1768 (L).  P.  A. Bolhmer, Hal.  1768
(L). .Tissot,  Paris, 1770  (F).   J. B.
Pasquallati, Vindob. 1766 (L).    D.
Lyons, Bath, 1783.  Hartmann, Fran-
cof. 1787 (L).    Rehfeld, Gryphisw.
1788 (L).  Feuerstein, Gotting.  1792
(L).   Breden,  Gotting. 1799 (L).  J.
G. F. Maisonneuve, Faris, 1803 (F).
A. L.  M.  Lullier, Paris, 1803 (F).
P. A. Painteaud La Vieuville, Paris,
1804 (F).   H.  Fraser,  Lond. 1806.
B. Richard, Paris,  1810 (F).   Bou-
chet and  Cazauveilh (E. as con-
nected  with mental alienation), Paris,
1825 (F).   M.  Portal, Paris, 1827 (F).
J. G. Mansford, Bath, 1829.
   Epilep'tic  (Path.)   Epilep'ticus;
same etymon.  One attacked with epi-
lepsy.  Any thing relating to epilepsy.
As an epilep'tic individual, an epilep'tic
symptom.  Some  authors, also, speak of
epileptic remedies.
  Epim'anes (Path.) tnutavijg, a name,
given to a maniac, when  in  a  pa-
roxysm.
  Epimele'tai (Path.)  tniiitXrjxai, a
name by which  the ancient Persians
called the  curers of wounds, who fol-
lowed their armies;  from tTitutXtofiai,
' 1 take care of.'
  Efimor'ios  (Path.) tnuoqiog, from
tm and utiqw,' I divide.'  An unequal
pulse.   Galen.
   Epineneu/cos (Path.) tTtivtvtvxoig,
An'nuens, from  tmvtvoi,  ' I nod or in-
cline.'   A pulse, that is unequal in dif-
ferent parts of the artery ;  if the four
fingers, e.  g., be  placed upon the ar-
tery, the strength will vary, apparently,
under each finger. This was, probably,
the meaning of  Galen when he  used
the term.   There is no such pulse.
  Epineph'elos, tmvtiptXog, Nubilosus.
Presenting a  cloud.   Applied  to the
urine.   Hippocr.
   Epinyc'tides   (Path.)  tmwxxiStg,
from tm,'  upon,' and vv%, ' the night.'
Eruptions,  which appear on the skin in
the night, and  disappear in the  day.
Pus'tula livens et noc'tibus  inquie'tans.
Pliny.
  Efiparoxys'mus  (Path.)  A  parox-
ysm, superadded  to  an ordinary pa-
roxysm.
  Epipe'chy  (Anat.)  tninrjxv.   The
upper part of the elbow.   Gorr^us.
  Epiphani'a (Path.)  t.xiipavtia, from
tm,' upon,' and ipaivai,' I exhibit. The
external appearance of the body.  Cas-
telli.
  Epiphenom'enon (Path.) tntipaivopt-
vov,  Post  appa'rens;   same  etymon.
I Any kind  of adventitious  symptom,
 which  occurs during  the  progress  of
 an affection ;  and which is  not as in-
 timately connected with the existence
 of the disease as the symptoms — prop-
 erly so called.
   Epiph'lebos (Anat.) tnupXtfiog, from
 tnt,' upon,' and  ipXtipg,  ' a vein.'  An
 epithet given to those whose  veins are
 very apparent.  Hippocr. Aretjeus.
   Epiphlogis'ma (Path.) t/iupXoyiOfta,
 from tm, 'upon,'  and ipXoyitui,  'I  in-
 flame.'   Violent inflammation or burn-
 ing heat in  any part.   Hippocr.
   Epiph'ora  (Path.) tmipoqa, Dacry-
 no'ma,  Lachryma'tio,  Ocu'lus  lach'ry-
 mans, from miiptqu),' I carry with force.'
 Weeping  The  watery eye; — an  in-
 voluntary and constant  now of tears,
 upon the cheek.   It is almost  always
 symptomatic of some disease of the la-
 chrymal passages, and occurs, when the
 tears cannot pass into the ductus ad na-
 sum. Occasionally,  it is owing to the
 tears being  secreted  in too great quan-
 tity ; as in certain cases of ophthalmia.
 The treatment must of  course  be  di-
 rected to the removal ofthe cause.
   (F) Larmoiemcnt.  (G) Thranen-
 auge,   Thranenfluss.'
   Epiph'ysis  (Pnat.) tmipvaig, Addi-
 tamen'tum, from tni, ' upon,'  and ipvia,
 ' I arise.'  Any portion of  a bone, sep-
 arated from the body of the bone, by a
 cartilaoe, which  becomes converted
 into bone by age.  The epiphysis ofthe
 foetus  becomes  the  apophysis  of the
 adult.
   Epipig'ma, (Surg.) Epipo'ma, tmnin-
 fia.   A wooden  instrument,  of the
 shape ofthe Greek II, used for reduc-
 ing luxations of the humerus.  Oriba-
 SIUS.
   Epiplasm (Pharm.) tmnXaafia, from
 E7T(, ' upon,'  and nXaoooi, ' I spread.'
 A cataplasm.   Galen  uses it  espe-
 cially  for  an application  of wheaten
 flour, boiled in hydrelaum  and applied
 to wounds.
   Epiplero'sis  (Path.) tnmXrjquioig,
 from tnt, ' augmentative,' and  nXrtqm-
 otg, ' repletion.'  Excessive  repletion,
 distension.
   Epip'loce'le (Surg. Path.)  tnmXo-
 x^Xi], from  tnmXoov,  'omentum,' and
 xt]Xti, ' tumor.'  Epip'loic her'nia, Zir-
 ba'lis her'nia, Omental hernia.   Omen-
 tal  hernia is  recognised, but at times
 with  difficulty,  by  a  soft,  unequal,
 pasty  tumor, in  which  no  gurgling
 sound is heard, on pressing or reducing
 it.  It is less  dangerous than hernia of
 the intestines. 
EPIPLO-ENTEROCELE      351
EPIPLOON
    (F) Hernie de Vepiploon.
    (G)  Netzbruch.
   Epip'lo-enteroce'le (Path. Surg.)
from tninXoov,' the omentum,' tvxtqov,
1 intestine,'  and xijXi], ' tumor.'   Her-
nia, formed by the epiploon 'and a por-
tion of the intestines.  It is more com-
monly called Entero-epiplocele.
  (G) Darm-und-ne tz-bruch.
  Epip'loic (Anat.) Epiplo'icus.  Re-
lating to the epiploon.
  EPIP'LOIC AR'TERIES;  Arte'ria
Epiplo'ica. The arterial branches, which
are distributed to the epiploon, and which
are given off by the gastro-epiploicae.
  EPIP'LOIC APPEN'DAGES; Appen-
dic'ula epiplo'ica,  A.  pinguedino'sa.
Prolongations of  the  peritoneum  be-
yond  the surface of the large intestine,
which are analagous,  in texture and
arrangement, to the epiploon.
  Epip'lo- is'chioce'le (Surg.  Path.)
from  tnmXoov, ' the epiploon,' ioxiov,
1 the  ischium,'  and xijXt], ' a tumor.'
Hernia, formed by the epiploon through
the ischiatic notch.
  Epiploi'tis (Path.)  Inflammation
of the Omen'tum.   A  case  of partial
peritonitis.  Qmenti'tis, Empresma per-
itoni'tis  omenta'lis,  Omen'ti inflam-
ma'tio,  Enteri'tis  epiploi'tis, Omente'-
sis.
    (G)  N etze ntz ii ndung.
  Writer.   Berends, Regiom. 1788
(L).
   Epip'lomeroce'le  (Surg. Path.)
from t.xinXoov, ' the omentum,'  pnqog,
' the thigh,' and xi]Xi], ' a tumor.'  Fem-
oral hernia, formed by the epiploon.
    (G) Schenkelnetzbruch.
  Epiplom'phalon (Surg. Path.) Epip-
loom'phalon, Her'nia umbilica'lis, tm-
nXoouipaXov, from tnnO.oov,' the omen-
tum,'  and  of.iq,a).og, ' the navel.'   Um-
bilical hernia, formed by the epiploon.
    (G) Nabelnetzbruch.
  Epiplom'phrasis  Path.)  from t7ri-
rtXoov, ' the epiploon,' and tfitpqaaow,' I
obstruct.'  Induration ofthe epiploon.
  Epiploocomis'tes (Path.)  tninXoo-
xouiovi]g, from tnmXoov, ' the epiploon,'
and xouttio,  ' 1 carry.'  One   who  has
the omentum morbidly large.  Also,
one laboring under epiplocele.
  Epip'loon  (Anat.)   tnmXoov,  tni-
nXow, yayyaaov, from tm,' above,' and
nXtoi,  ' I swim  or float.'  Omen'tum,
Re'te, Reticulum.  The Caul.  Gan'-
gamon,  Zir'bus,  Der'tron, Stqxqov.   A
prolongation of the peritoneum, which
floats above a portion ofthe  intestines;
and is formed of two membranous lay-
er^ with vessels  and fatty bands  dis-
tributed through it.  Anatomists  have
described several epiploons.
  1. The  GAS'TRO-HEPAT'IC EPIP'-
LOON  or   LESSER  EPIP'LOON  or
OMEN'TUM, Omen'tum hep'ato-gas'tri-
cum or Omen'tum mi'nus, Membra'na
macilen'tior, is a duplicature of the pe-
ritoneum, which extends, transversely,
from the right side of the cardia to the
corresponding extremity of the fissure
of the liver,  and downwards from this
fissure  to the lesser curvature of the
stomach, the  pylorus  and duodenum.
Below it,  exists  the foramen or hiatus
of Winslow ; and between  its laminae
are lodged the biliary and hepatic ves-
sels.   It contains but little fat.  If air
be blown  in at  the foramen of Wins-
low, the  cavity of the omentum will
be rendered perceptible.
  2. The  GAS'TRO-COL'IC or GREAT
EPIP'LOON  or   OMEN'TUM, Omen'-
tum gas'tro-col'icum,  Omen'tum  ma'-
jus, consists of  an  extensive duplica-
ture, which is free and floating on the
folds of the intestines.   It is quadrilat-
eral, and longer on  the  left side than
on  the right: — its  base being  fixed,
anteriorly,  to the great curvature of
the stomach; and,  posteriorly, to the
arch of the colon. It is formed of two
laminae, each consisting of two others.
In this epiploon  a number  of vessels
are distributed, and there is much fat.
  3. The  COL'IC EPIPLO'ON  or  O-
MEN'TUM,  O. col'icum, Third Epip'lo-
on or Omentum, is a duplicature ofthe
peritoneum, situated along the ascend-
ing portion  of the colon, as  far as  its
junction with the transverse portion.
It is behind the great epiploon; and fills
up  the angle, formed by the junction
of the ascending with the  transverse
colon.   Its two  laminae are  separated
by colic arteries  and veins.
  4. The  GAS'TRO-SPLEN'IC EPIPU
LOON  or   OMEN'TUM,   O.  Gas'trO'
splen'icum.   A reflection of the perito-
neum, which passes between the con-
cave  surface  of the  spleen and the
stomach, from the cardiac orifice to near
its  great curvature, and which lodges
the vasa brevia  and splenic vessels be-
tween its laminae.
  The  uses  of  the omentum are but
little known.  The chief one seems to
be, to  retain the viscera in situ, and to
give passage to vessels.
    (F) Coiffe.   (G)  Netz.
  Writers.  A. Q.  Rivinus,  Lips.
1717 (L).   J.  B. Mongin (petrifaction
of an  E.),  Paris, 1735  (F).  J. Ch.
Lischwiz,  Kilon,  1737 (L).   R. S. 
EPIPLOSARCOMPHALUS    352           EPISTAXIS
Henrici,  Hafn.  1748 (L).   F. Reb-
mann (E. sound and diseased), Argent.
1753  (L).   A.  Nunn (abscess  of E.
cured),  Erford, 1767 (L).   Halder
(diseases  of E.).  Gotting.  1786 (L).
J. N. Vallot (diseases of E.), Vesunt.
1792.
  Epiplosarcom'phalus (Surg. Path.)
from  tnmXoov,  'the  epiploon,'  oaq$,
' flesh,' and ouipaXog, '  the navel.' Um-
bilical hernia,  formed  of  indurated
omentum.
  Epiploscheoce'le   (Surg.  Path.)
tninXoaxtoxr{ki],  from  tnmXoov, ' the
epiploon,'  oaxtov,  ' the scrotum,' and
x\:.i],' tumor.'  Scrotal hernia, formed
by a displacement of the epiploon.
  Epiporo'ma (Path.) tntnwqwtia, from
tnmwqtw, '  I harden.'  A  tophaceous
concretion, which forms in the joints.
  Epir'rhoe (Path.) tntqqoi], from tm,
' upon,' and  qto>, ' I  flow.'  Afflux of
humors to a part.  Hippocr.
  Epis'chesis (Path.) tmoxtoig.  Re-
tention ; from tmoxtoi,' I restrain.'  A
suppression  of excretions.
  Episemas'ia (Path.) tmorjiaoia, from
tntoi^ianoi,  ' I afford  some  sign.'  Se-
mas'ia,  a^uaoia.  It  has  been used
synonymously with sign, and also with
the invasion of an  attaek of fever.
  Episionc'us  (Path.)  from epision
(modern)  '  the  labium pudendi,'  and
oyxog, ' a tumor.'   Tu'mor labio'rum.
A swelling  or  tumor of the labia pu-
dendi.
  (G) Schaamlefzengeschwulst.
  Epispa'dias   (Path.)  from tm,  ' a-
bove,' and onao>,'  I divide.'  Professors
Chaussier  and Dumeril of Paris have
used this word  in  an  opposite sense to
Hypospadias.  Epispadias  consists in
a preternatural opening of the urethra,
at the upper part of the penis, more or
less near to the arch of the pubis.
   Epispas'mos (Path.)  tmonaoiiog.
This word is used synonymously with
inspiration,  tiarcvor]; — and with inspi-
ration,  when more frequent than ordi-
nary.
  Epispas'tics  (Mat. Med.)  Epispas'-
tica, Helc'tica,  tmanaoxixa,  from  t7ii-
onao>, ' I draw out.'   An  epithet, for
every  medicinal   substance,  which,
when applied to the skin, excites pain,
heat, and more or  less redness, followed
by separation of the  epidermis, which
 is raised  up by effused serum.  Can-
tharides and mustard are  epispastics.
 See Blister.
    (G) Ziehendemittel, Zug-
 mi t tel.
   Writers.   John  Hickes, Edinb.
 1776 (L).  B.  Cardon, Lovan. 1781
 Th. Bradley,  Edinb. 1791 (L).   J. B.
 Carteron, Paris, an. xii (F).
   Episph.e'ria  (Anat.)  t.noipaiqra;
 from £7ri,'.upon,' and aipaiqa,1 a sphere.'
 Some  physiologists  have applied this
 expression to the different convolutions
 and sinuosities, presented by the ex-
 ternal surface ofthe  brain.
   Epis'tasis (Path.)  tmoxaatg, Insi-
 den'tia, from tni,' upon,' and axaoi,' I
 rest.' A substance, which swims at the
 surface  of urine.  It is  opposed  to the
 hypostasis or sediment.  Epistasis has
 also been employed synonymously with
 suppression.
   Epistax'is  (Path.)  tmaxa^ig, from
 t7ri, ' upon,' and axu^oi, ' I flow drop by
 drop.'   Hamorrha'gia acti'va  na'rium,
 Epistax'is  junio'rum, Epistax'is arte-
 rio'sa,   Hamorrhin'ia,   Hemorrhage
from the pituitary membrane, Bleeding
 al the nose.  This is one of the most
 common varieties of hemorrhage : the
 organization of the Schneiderian mem-
 brane being favorable to it, as the blood-
 vessels  are but slightly supported.  It
 does not generally now  from both nos-
 trils, and is very apt to recur.  Puberty
 is the period, at which  it is most com-
 mon.  Its exciting  causes  are : — any
 thing that will  excite local congestions,
 such as  running,  coughing, blowing
 the nose, &c,  provided there is a pre-
 disposition to  it.  A common case of
 epistaxis requires but little treatment,
 especially if in a young person.   Light
 diet and a dose or two  of the sulphate
 of  magnesia will  be  sufficient.   In
 more severe attacks, cold  and  astrin-
 genfwashes of alum, sulphate of zinc, or
 weak sulphuric acid may be used, and
 the nostrils be  plugged anteriorly ; but
 if the bleeding goes on posteriorly, the
 posterior nares must be plugged like-
 wise : — the patient being kept with
 the head raised.  To  prevent  the re-
 currence, strict  diet must be  incul-
 cated.
   (F) Hemorrhagic nasale,  Saignement
 du nez.  (G)  Nasenblutfluss.
   Writers.   D.  Coschwitz, Basil,
 1616 (L). M Sebiz, Argent. 1649(E).
 J. Ludf.r, Altdorf, 1663 (L).  J. Th.
 Schenk, Jenae, 1668 (L).  V.  II. Vo-
 gler, Helmst. 1673 (L).   G. W. We-
 del, Jenae, 1718 (L).   J. N.  Pechlin,
 Kilon,  1680 (L).   Ch. Ph. Lombard,
 Marburg, 1686 (L).  M. Alberti, Hal.
 1704 (L).  J. J. Jantke, Altdorf, 1751
 (L).  J. Fr. Probst (E. in old people),
 Hal. 1752 (L).  Ph. A. Bohmer, Hal.
 1774 (L).  M. Pru vs, Traject. ad Rhen, 
EPISTHOTONOS         353           EQUITATION
 1776 (L).  O. Acrel,  Upsal. 1799 (L).
 G. Heilmann, Wirceburg. 1801 (L).
   Episthot'onos (Path.) tnto&oxovog,
 from tnia&tv,' forwards,' and xtivw, ' I
 extend.'  A spasm of  the muscles,
 drawing the body forwards.  The word
 emprosthotonos is more commonly em-
 ployed.
   Episynan'che  (Path.)  tmawayxv,
 Episynangi'na. A Greek word, used
 by a modern writer for spasm of the
 pharynx, by which deglutition is pre-
 vented,  and the  solid and  liquid  food
 driven back towards the mouth or nasal
 fossae,
   Episynthet'ic (Med.) Episynthet'-
 icus, tmovv&txixog, from tmovvTt&r/iu,
 ' to  collect,  accumulate.'  The name
 of a medical sect, whose object it was
 to reconcile  the principles of the  Me-
 thodists  with  those of  the Empirics
 and Dogmatists.  Leonides of Alex-
 andria seems to have been  one  of the
 first partisans of this sect; of which we
 know little.
   Epit'asis  (Path.) tmxaoig, from tnt
 and xtivtiv,  '  to extend.'  The  com-
 mencement of  an attack or paroxysm.
 Sometimes it is used in the same sense
 as epistasis, suppression.
   Epithe'lium (Anat.) Epithe'lis, from
 tni,' upon,'  and $i]Xy, ' a nipple.' A
 name, given by Ruysch to the  thin
 layer of epidermis,  which covers parts
 deprived of dermis,  properly so called,
 as the lips.
   Ep'ithem  (Pharm.) Epith'ema, from
 tm, ' upon,'  and xi-&i]iu, ' 1 put.'  This
 term is applied to every topical appli-
 cation, which does not belong either to
 ointments  or plasters.   Three sorts of
 epithems have been  usually  distin-
 guished,— the liquid, dry,  and  soft,
 which  comprise  fomentations,  bags
filled with  dry substances, and  cata-
 plasms.
   Writers.  Sc Cassola, Parm. 1565
 (L).  P. Chr. Klett (cold E.), Erlang.
 1794 (L).
   Epith'esis  (Surg.)  tniS-toig,  from
 tni,' upon,' and xi&t][u,' I place.'  The
 rectification of crooked limbs by means
 of instruments.
  Epitroch'lea  (Anat.) tmxqoxaXia,
 from tni, ' upon,' and xqoxaXia,' a pul-
 ley.'  That, which is situated above a
 pulley.   Chaussier gives this name to
 the unequal, round protuberance, situ-
ated on the inside  of the inferior  ex-
tremity of the humerus above its ar-
ticular trochlea.  It is the part usually
called the inner condyle or lesser con-
dyle of the humerus. From it originate
                 30*
several muscles of  the  fore-arm,  to
which it has given part of their names,
according to  the  system  of  Chaus-
sier.
  Epizoo'tia ;  from tm, l upon,' and
twov, ' an animal.'  A disease, which
reigns amongst animals. It corresponds,
in the veterinary art, to Epidemy, in
Medicine.  (G)  Thierseuche.
  Ep'oche (Path.) tnoxv. Doubt, sus-
pension of judgment—Suspensa sen-
tentia.  Sometimes, it is employed in
the  same sense as epischesis or sup-
pression.
  Epo'mis (Anat.) tnoipig,  Su'per hu-
mera'le,  from tm,  ' upon,'  and eoiiog,
'  the shoulder.'  The upper part of the
shoulder.  Hippocr., Galen.
  Epompha'lion (Pharm.) tnopipaXiov,
tnofiipaXixov, from tni,  ' upon,' and oit-
ipaXog, ' the navel.' A medicine, which,
when placed upon the umbilicus, moves
the belly,  Paulus of iEgina.
  Ep'som, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)   Epsom is a  town  in  Surrey,
about  15 miles from  London.   The
water  is a simple saline ; — consisting
chiefly of sulphate of magnesia, which
has consequently received the name of
Epsom Salts, though  no  longer pre-
pared from the Epsom water.
  Writer.   Dale Ingram, London,
1768.
  Epu'lis  (Path.)  tnovXig, from tm,
'  upon,' and oi/xov,' the gum.' Odon'tia
excres'cens, Sarco'ma epu'lis.  An ex-
crescence on  the gum, sometimes end-
ing in cancer.
  (G) Zah n f le isch sch wamm .
  Writer.   G.  Ch.  Schelhammer,
Jenae, 1692 (L).
  E'qual (Path.)  JEqua'lis. An epi-
thet, applied  particularly to the pulse
and to respiration.'  The pulse and res-
piration are equal, when the pulsations
and  inspirations, which succeed  each
other, are alike in every respect.
  Equilibrium  (Phys.)  from a'quus,
'  equal,' and  libra're, ' to weigh.'   In
Medicine, this word is sometimes used
to designate that state of organs, fluids,
and forces, which constitutes health.
  Equita'tion (Hyg.) Equita'tio,  ln-
ntia, Innaaia, inntvoig, from e'quus,
'  a horse.' Horseback exercise.  A kind
of exercise, advisable in many diseases,
although improper in others — in ute-
rine affections, for instance.  It has been
much recommended in phthisis pulmona-
lis.  It is less fatiguing than walking, and
consequently  more available in disease.
But to prevent disease, where exercise
is required, the latter is preferable, 
EQUIVOCAL           354
ERGOT
  Writers.  G. E. Stahl (E. against
phthisis), Hal.  1699 (L).  J. J. Baier,
Alt. 1708 (L).  Ch. M. Adolphi, Hal.
1713 (L).  Fr. Bailly (E.  in chronic
diseases),  Paris,  1714 (L).  S.  Th.
Quellmalz, Lips.  1735 (L).   J. J.
Belleteste (as a prophylactic), Paris,
1737 (L).  N. Rosen,  Upsal. 1738 (L).
J. Ph. Erpel, Hal. 1749 (L).  Cl. Th.
W. Guilbert de  Preval, Paris, 1751
(L).  G.  G. Richter, Gotting. 1757
(L).  J. Benvencti,  Lucca,  1760 (I).
Fr. P. Desmarescaux, Monspel. 1776
(L).   Ph. Baldini,  Naples,  1780(1).
Ch. G. Eschenbach, Lips. 1802 (L).
A. J. Renoult, Paris, an. xi (F).
   Equiv'ocal   (Path.)  JEquiv'ocus,
from  a'quus,' equal,''and vox, ' voice.'
Those symptoms  are occasionally so
denominated, which belong to several
diseases.
   E'quus (Path.)  Innog, Hip'pos, JYic-
ta'tio.  A perpetual motion of nictation,
which some individuals have naturally,
and others from disease.
   Eradication (Path.)  Eradica'tio,
from  e, ' from,' and  ra'dix, ' a root.'
The act of rooting out, or completely
removing a disease.
   Erad'icative  (Mat. Med.)  Erad'i-
cans;  same etymon.   Any  thing pos-
sessed of the power of completely root-
ing out a disease.
   ERAS'TUS,  Thomas  (Biog.)  An
eminent German physician and divine,
founder of the sect called  Erastians;
born in 1523; died in 1583-4.  Wukks.
Disputationum  de  medicind novd Phi-
lippi  Paracelsi,  Part I;  Basil.  1572.
Part II;  Basil.  1572.   Part. Ill; Basil.
1572.  Part IV, and last; Basil. 1573.
Theses de contagio. Heidelb. 1574. 4to.
De occultis pharmacorum potestatibus.
Heidelb.   1574.  4to.   De pinguedinis
in animalibus generatione  et concre-
tione.  Heidelb.  1580. 4to.   Comitis
Montani Vicentini, novi medicorum cen-
soris, quinque librorum de morbis nuper
editorum  viva  anatome.   Basil.  1581.
4to.   Disputationes et epistola medici-
nales. Tig. 1595. 4to.  Varia opuscula
medica. Francf.  1590. fol.  Examen de
simplicibus qua ad compositionem The-
riaca Andromachi requiruntur.  Lugd.
1607. 8vo.
   Ekec'tile Tis'sue  (Anat.) from eri-
gere, ' to  erect,'  ' to become erect.'
Under this name,  M. M. Dupuytren
and Rullier designate a tissue, whose
principal character is : — to be suscepti-
ble of active dilatation, i. e. of tumes-
cence and increase of size.  It is formed
of a collection  of arteries and  veins,
intermixed  with nervous filaments ;
which form, by their numerous anas-
tomoses, a  spongy substance, whose
areolae communicate with each other.
This tissue exists in the corpora caver-
nosa  of the penis and  clitoris, at the
lower and inner surface of the vagina,
in the spongy part of the  urethra, the
lips, nipples, iris, &c. Sometimes, it is
developed accidentally, and constitutes
a kind of organic transformation.
   Erec'tion (Phys.)  Erec'tio; same
etymon.   The state of a part, in which,
from having been soft, it becomes stiff,
hard, and swollen by the accumulation
of blood in the  areolae of its tissue.
    (G) Aufrichtung.
   Writer.  G. Vieusseux, Lugd. Bat.
1766 (L).
   Er'ethism (Path.)  Erethis'mus, tqt-
9inuog, from tqt-Siiw, ' I irritate.'  Irri-
tation.  Augmentation ofthe vital phe-
nomena in an organ.  Or'gasm.  Under
this name,  Mr.  Pearson has  described
a  state  of the  constitution,  produced
by mercury  acting upon it as  a poison.
He calls it Mercu'rial Erethis'mus.  It
is  characterized by great depression of
strength ; anxiety about the proecordia;
irregular action of the heart;  frequent
sighing; tremors; small, quick, some-
times intermitting,  pulse  ;  occasional
vomiting ;   pale, contracted   counte-
nance, and  sense of coldness:  but the
tongue  is seldom furred,  nor  are the
vital and natural functions  much dis-
turbed.   In  this state any sudden exer-
tion may prove  fatal.
   ERGOT (F) (Mat. Med.) ' A Sjwr.'
The  Seca'le  cornu'tum, Cla'vus secali'-
nus, Cal'car, Seca'lis  ma'ter,  Seca'le
luxu'rians,  Ustila'go, Cla'vis silig'inis,
Spur1'ied or  Horn'ed Rye.   The Spur;
Horn'seed.   The ergot is the result of a
disease in rye, occurring most frequent-
ly, when a  hot summer  succeeds a
rainy spring.  It is  found  projecting
from among the leaves of  the  spike or
ear;  and is  a  long,  crooked  excres-
cence, resembling the spur of a cock;
pointed at  its extremities; of a dark-
brown color externally,   and white
within.
  This substance was first recommend-
ed by Dr. John Stearns,* of Saratoga
County, New York, for the purpose of
accelerating parturition ; and since that
period,  numerous  testimonials  have
been  offered  in its  favor.    Half a
drachm of the powder is gently boiled
in half a pint of water,  and  one third
part  given, every 20 minutes, until
proper pains begin.   It is  obvious, that 
ERGOTISM
355
ERRATIC
in many cases the natural efforts would
return in this period, so that several of
the cases, at least, of reputed efficacy,
may not have been dependent upon the
ergot.
  It is admitted into the secondary list
of the Pharmacopoeia  of the United
States.
  Bread, made of spurred rye, has been
attended with the effects  described un-
der Ergotism.
  (F) Ergot, Seigle ergote, Bl'e comu.
  (G) Mutterkorn.
  Writers.  R. Camerarius, Tubing.
1709 (L).  Read, Strasburg, 1771 (F).
Nebel  (E. and its noxious effects),
Giess. 1771 (L).  E. B. D. Beguillet,
Dyon, 1771 (F).  Th. A. Schleger,
Cassel, 1772 (L).  Boueix, Paris, 1771
(F).   Sangiorgio,  Milan,  1772(1).
The  above  works  are chiefly  on the
vegetable pathology of the Ergot.   A.
Neale, Lond. 1828.
  Er'gotism (Path.) Er'got or Mil'dew
Mortifica'tion.  An affection, produced
by  the  use of  the  spurred rye.   At
times, the  symptoms  are  limited to
vertigo, spasms, convulsions. See Con-
vulsio  cerealis.   Most commonly,
there is torpor  and numbness of the
hands and  feet,  which  waste  away ;
lose sensation  and the power  of mo-
tion, and separate  from  the body by
dry gangrene.  This is called — Ergo-
tisme gangreneux, JYecrosls ustilaginea,
 Gangrene   des  Solonois,  Convul'sio
Solonien'sis, Gangra'na ustilagin'ea.
  Writers.  W. fl. Waldsciimied and
Chr. S. Schf.ffel (E.  in  Lusatia),
Kiliae, 1717(E).   G. W. Wedel  and
J. Ch. Wolf (E. in Saxony, Lusatia,
&c), Jenae, 1717 (L).   C.  N. Lang
(E.  in Campania),  Lucern.  1717 (L).
J. M. Fr. Muller, Francf. ad Viadr.
1742 (L).   Vetillart, Paris, 1770 (F).
J. G. Leidenfrost, Duisb.  1771 (L).
Gruner, Jenae, 1792, 1793.
  Eri'ca vulga'ris (Mat. Med.) Com-
mon Heath.  This  has been regarded
as diuretic  and diaphoretic.
  (F) Bruyere vulgaire.   (G) H e ide-
kraut.
  It is,  also, called  Callu'na  vulga'-
ris.
  Erice'rum (Pharm.) Erice'ron, tqixij-
qov, from tqtixt;,' heath.'  A species of
collyrium, of which the erica or heath
is an ingredient.  Aetius.
  Erig'eron Philadel'phicum (Mat.
Med.) Sca'bious, Ske'visch,  Philadel'-
phia Flea-Bean.  The plant has been
used in decoction or infusion for gouty
and  gravelly complaints,  and it is  said
to operate powerfully as a diuretic and
sudorific.
   (F) Vergerette de Philadelphia
   The   ERIG'ERON   CANADEN'SEy
Can'ada Flea-Bean, is considered to be
allied in properties to the above.
  Erimoi'des  (Path.)   A word, used
by Paracelsus to designate, so far as
we can  judge,  the  sand or  deposit,
which forms in the urine.
  E'rix (Anat.)  toil-.   This word sig-
nifies, in Galen, the upper  part of the
liver.
  Ermes'ia  (Pharm.)  eq/neaia.  Accord-
ing to Gorr^eus, a  mixture of honey,
myrrh, saffron, and  palm wine, beaten
together, and taken with milk ; to which
the Magi attributed the virtue of oc-
casioning the procreation  of  healthy
and robust children.
  Ero'sion (Path.)  Ero'sio, StapqixOtg;
Diabro'sis, avufiqotoig,  Anabro'sis, from
ero'dere,' to eat  away.'   The action  of
a corrosive  substance, or the  gradual
destruction of a part by a substance of
that kind.  It is  often  employed in the
same sense as ulceration, sponta'neous
ero'sion.
  EROTIA'NUS (Biog.) Author of a
glossary containing an explanation of
the terms used by Hippocrates ; lived
in the reign  of Nero.  Works.  Lexi-
con in Hippocratem Gr., cum annota-
tionibus H. Stephani.  Ap. H. Stepha.
1564. 8vo.  Onomasticon, seu collectio
vocum  qua apud Hippocratem sunt,
cum annotat.  Bart. Eustaciiii medic.
el philosoph.; ejusdemque  Eustachii
libellus de multitudine. Ven. 1566. 4to.
Erotiani, Galeni, et Herodoti glos-
saria in Hippocratem,  Gr. et Lat.  a
Franzio. Lips.  1669.  8vo.   Erotian's
work is annexed to Foesius's edition of
Hippocrates.
  Erot'ic (Path.) Erot'icus, from tqwg,
'  love.'   That, which   is produced by
love ; — as Erotic melancholy, E. de-
lirium, &c
  Erotoma'nia   (Path.)  from  tqiog,
'  love,' and fiana, ' mania.'  A species
of mental alienation,  caused  by love.
Erotic melancholy is Love melancholy.
Some authors write it Erot'ico-ma'nia.
  Errat'ic (Path.)  Errat'icus, axaxxog,
axvnog, Atac'tos, At'ypos; from errare,
'  to err.'  Wandering,  irregular.  That,
which disappears and  recurs, at irregu-
lar intervals.  This name  is  given to
intermittents, which observe no type.
Most commonly, it  is  applied  to pains
or to any diseased manifestation, which
is not fixed;  but moves  from one part
to another, as in gout, rheumatism, &c. 
ERRHINE
356
ERYSIMUM
  Er'rhine (Mat.  Med.) Errhi'num,
Stemutato'rium, Ster'nutatory, Ptar'-
micum, tqqtvov, from tv, l into,' and
qiv,' the nose.'   A  remedy, whose ac-
tion is  exerted on  the  schneiderian
membrane; exciting sneezing and in-
creased discharge.
    (G) Niessmittel.  •
  Errhip'sis  (Path.)  tqqiiftig,  Pros-
tra'tio.  Great prostration of strength.
Eqqiyjtg oyuuxog, means great heaviness
of the eyes, when  the patient, in dis-
ease, can scarcely keep them open.
  Er'ror Lo'ci (Path.)  A  term, fre-
quently used by Boerhaave  to express
the deviation of fluids, when they enter
vessels not destined for them.  Boer-
haave  admitted several  orders of ca-
pillary vessels; the  diameters of which
went on decreasing.  The largest re-
ceived  red  blood:  those which came
next received only white : others only
lymph; whilst the last of all were des-
tined for yet more  subtle fluids — for
a kind of vapor. When the red globules
entered vessels destined  for the white,
or  the  white  those intended for  the
thinner fluids, there  was, according to
the theory  of  Boerhaave,  an error
loci: — the proximate cause  of inflam-
mation  and other mischiefs.
  (F) Erreur de Lieu.  (G) Irrthum
des Orts.
  Writer. J. E. Zeiher, Erford, 1750
(L)-
  Er'rhysis (Path.) from tv,' in,' and
qtw,' I  flow.'   With some, — a drain-
ing of blood.  A trifling hemorrhage.
  Er'rors, pop'ular (Med.)  The pop-
ular errors, relating to  medicine, are
numerous, and frequently detrimental
to the health.   They have been depict-
ed by many writers.
  Writers.  G. Bachot, Lyons, 1506
(F).  L. Joubert, Bordeaux, 1570 (F).
Translated into various languages, and
went through various editions, ten in
six months, A. Niger, Hamburg, 1590
(L).  J. Mercurii  (popular errors of
Italy),  Ven. 1603(1).  J. Primerose,
Amstelodam. 1639 (L).   Sir  Thomas
Brown, Lond. 1646.  J. Timm, Brem®,
1732 (L).    J.  H.  Schulze  (in med.
and surg.), Hal. 1742(L).  D'Iharce,
Paris, 1763 (F).  A. Richerand, Paris,
1810 (F).
  Eructa'tion  (Phys.)  Eructa'iio,
Ruc'lus, Ereux'is, tqvyrj, tqtvyfiog, Ruft
(JY. of England),  tqtv&g,  from eruc-
ta're,' to belch.' Belching.  A sonorous
emission, by the mouth,  of flatus pro-
ceeding from the stomach.
   (G) R ii 1 p s e n.   (F) Rot, Rapport.
  Ercp'tion  (Path.)  Erup'tio, from
erum'pere,«to issue with violence,' ' to
break out.'   Exq>]ciq, txqt]yfia, xaxaqqij-
£iS, tnavaaxaoig. This word has several
meanings.  1. The sudden and copious
evacuation of any fluid from a canal or
cavity; — of serum, blood,  pus, &c,
for  example.  2. The breaking out of
an exanthem:  and, 3. The  exanthem
itself; whether simply in the form of a
rash or of pustules, vesicles, &c  See
Cutaneous  Diseases.
    (G)  A u s c h 1 a g.
  Erup'tive (Path.) Eruptivus.  That
which is  accompanied by an eruption.
Thus  small-pox, measles, scarlet fever,
miliaria, &c. are eruptive fevtrs.  The
term eruptive disease, is nearly synony-
mous  with cutaneous disease.
  Er'vum ervil'ia   (Mat.  Med.  and
Alim.) Or'obus.  In times of scarcity,
the  seeds have  been made into bread,
but  it is said  not  to  be  wholesome.
The meal was, once, much used  in
poultices.  The meal was formerly call-
ed Or'obion, oqofitov.
    (F) Lentille Ers ou Orobe.
    (G) Erve.
  ER'VUM LENS,  Lens,  ipaxog;  the
Len'lil.   The seeds are  eaten in many
places like peas : they are flatulent and
difficult of digestion.
    (F) Lentille.     (G) Linse.
  Eryn'gium Aquat'icum (Mat. Med.)
 Water Eryn'go,  Button Snake Root.
This  root is  nearly allied to the con-
trayerva  of  the shops, and  acts more
especially as a sudorific.  It  is a secon-
dary article in the Pharm. U. S.
   ERYN'GIUM  MARIT'IMUM  (Mat.
Med.)  The   Sea  Holly  or Eryn'go,
JEthe'rea Her'ba.  The eryngo  root
has a  slightly aromatic odor, and sweet-
ish  and warm taste.  It is  considered
to be  diuretic and expectorant, but its
powers are so weak, that it is scarcely
ever used.
    (F) Panicaut Maritime.
    (G)  Meermannstreu.
  The ERYN'GIUM CAMPES'TRE, (F)
 Panicaut, Cen'tum cap'ita, Lyrin'gium,
Aster inquina'lis, Capit'ulum  Mar'tie,
A'cus  Ven'eris,  Chardon-Roland, is
sometimes used for the E. maritimum.
  (G) Brachdistel, Feldmann-
streu.
  Erys'imum (Mat. Med.)  Erys'imum
officinale,  Chama'plion,  xaliai7l*l0v>
the  Hedge-mustard.   This was,  for-
merly, much  used  for its expectorant
and diuretic qualities. The seeds great-
ly resemble  mustard.
 (F) Velar, Tortelle, Herbe aux ehantres. 
ERYSYPELAS           357
ESCULENT
  The ERYS'IMUM BARBA'REA, Bar-
ba'rea, (F) Herbe de Sainte Barbe, (G)
Winterkresse,    Senfkraut,
Barbenhederich, has been ranked
amongst the antiscorbutic plants.  See
Alliaria.
  Erysip'elas (Path.) tqvai,xtXag, from
tqvw,  'I draw  in,' and ntXag, 'near.'
Fe'bris  erysipelato'sa,  Fe'bris erysipe-
la'cea, Em'phlysis  Erisip'elas, St. An'-
thonysfire, Ig'nis sanc'ti Antonii,  Hie-
rop'ijrus, IcterV'tia ru'bra, Ig'nis  sa'cer,
Rose,  Ru'bea icteri"tia,  Vicinitra'ha, Vi-
cinitrac'tus, Bru'nus.   A disease, so
called because it  generally  extends,
 radually,  to the  neighbouring  parts.
 uperficial inflammation  of the skin,
with general fever, tension and swell-
ing of the part; pain and  heat more or
less acrid  and  redness by  no  means
circumscribed ;   disappearing   when
pressed upon by the finger, but return-
ing as soon as the pressure is removed.
Frequently, small vesicles appear upon
the inflamed part,  which dry up and
fall off, under the form of branny scales.
Erysipelas is,  generally,  an acute af-
fection ; its  medium  duration  being
from  10 to  14 days.
  Erysipelas yields, commonly, to gen-
eral  refrigerant  remedies.   Topical
applications are rarely  serviceable.  At
times, when the disease approaches the
phlegmonous character, copious bleed-
ing and other evacuants may be re-
quired, as in many cases of erysipelas
of the face ; but this is not commonly
necessary.  In particular  cases,  in-
deed, the  general  action  seems  defi-
cient  and it becomes necessary to give
tonics.
  (F) Erysipele, Feu St. Antoine, Feu
sacre, Mut  Saint-Anloine.  (G) Roth-
lauf.
  Writers.  C. G. Richter, Gotting.
1744  (L).   T.  Aurivil, Upsal,  1702
(L).  Th.  Dale, Edinb. 1775 (L).  G.
Hoffivger, Vienn. 1780 (L).   Ger-
gens, Mogunt,  1792 (L).   L. J. Ren-
auldin, Paris, 1602 (F).   J. E. Le-
court-Cantilly, Paris, 1804 (F).  L.
G. Legi-file, Paris,  1805 (F).  L.
Terriou  (E.  with adynamic fever),
Paris, 1807 (F).  S. V. Closier, Paris,
1809  (F).  B. M. B. Mariande,  Paris,
1811  (F).   J.  B. Sourisseau (E. bil-
ious), Paris, 1813 (F).   J. B. N. Brig-
andat, Paris, 1813 (F).   P. Reydel-
let, Paris, 1814 (F).   C. B. Rubbens,
Paris, 1814 (L).
  Erysipelatous (Path.) Erysipelato'-
sus, belonging to  erysipelas ;  as an
erysipel'atous affection.   Erysipcl'atous
inflammation is the character of inflam-
mation, which distinguishes erysipelas,
Erytke'ma erysipelato'sum.
  (F) Erysipelateux.
  Ekythe'ma  (Path.)  tqv$tiua,  from
tqv&qog,' red.' Erythre'ma. This name
is,  sometimes,  given  to  erysipelas,
especially when of a  local  character.
It is, also, applied  to  the morbid red-
ness on the  cheeks of  the hectic ; and
on the skin covering bubo, phlegmon,
&c   It forms the 6th genus of the  3d
order, Exanthemata of Bat k man's clas-
sification of cutaneous diseases; and is
defined, " a nearly continuous redness
of some portion *of the skin, attended
with disorder of the constitution, but
not contagious."
    (G)  Hautrothe.
  Erythro'nium America'num  (Mat.
Med.)  Common Erythronium.   This
plant is possessed of emetic properties,
but  is rarely, if ever, used.  It is a
secondary article in the Pharm. U. S.
  Es'aphe (Obstetr.) taaiptj, from taa-
ipaoi,  ' I touch with the fingers.'  The
introduction of a finger or fingers into
the vagina, for the purpose of examin-
ing the condition of the uterus.  It is
employed to verify  the  existence  or
non-existence of pregnancy and its dif-
ferent stages ;  and  to detect  certain
affections or faults of  conformation in
the genital organs and pelvis;  and it is
indispensable, during  the  process  of
accouchement, to  examine  into  the
progress of labor, &c
  (F) Le Toucher.
  Es'char (Path.) Es'chara, taxaqa,
Es'cara, Sir'za, a slough, a  crust or
scab.  The crust or disorganized por-
tion, arising from the mortification'of a
part and which is distinguishable from
the living parts by its color, consist-
ence, and other physical  properties.
The inflammation, which it excites in
the contiguous parts, gives occasion to
a secretion of pus between the  living
and dead parts, which  ultimately com-
pletely separates the latter.
  (F) Escarre, Escharre, Eschare.
  Escharot'ics (Mat. Med.)  Escha-
rot'ica,  toxaqomxa, from to/aqa, ' es-
char.'   Any  substance,  which,  when
applied upon a living part, gives rise to
an eschar, such as  caustic potass;  the
concentrated mineral acids, &c
  Eschellohe, Mineral Waters of,
(Mat. Med.)   This water rises at the
foot  of a mountain near the  convent
Etal in  Bavaria. It isasulphuro-saline.
  Escu'lent (Hyg.)  Esculen'tus, from
es'ca,' food.'  Such plants or such parta 
ESDRA
358
ETHRYGE
of plants or animals as may be eaten
for food.
  (F)  Comestible.  (G) Lebensmit-
tel.
  Es'dra  (Pliarm.) taSqa.   Ancient
name of an antidote, consisting of up-
wards of 50 simples; and  described by
Paulus  of JEg'ma, who calls it noXv-
Xqrflxov.
  Eso'che (Path.)  toa>xv.   A  tumor
within the anus; tgox»;, being applied
to one without.
  Es'phlasis  (Surg. Path.)  taipXaaig,
from ipXaw, ' I break,  bruise,' &c  A
fracture  of the skull by comminution,
the fragments being depressed.
  Essa'tum Vi'num (Pharm.)   Wine,
charged  with  the medicinal principles
of vegetables.   Ruland.
  Es'sence (Pharm.)   Essen'tia.  By
some  used synonymously  with volatile
oil;  by  others, with  simple  tincture.
The oil of peppermint is the oil, obtain-
ed by distillation ;  the essence, the oil
diluted with spirit.
  Essen'tial (Pharm. & Path.) Essen-
tia'lis.   The word essential has been
applied to the immediate or active prin-
ciples  of vegetables, which were  be-
lieved to be endowed with the properties
of the plants,  from  which they were
extracted.   Essential oil was so called
because  it was regarded  as  the only
immediate principle which  was essen-
tial.   This expression is retained.  Es-
sential salts are true salts or extracts,
which exist,  ready formed, in vegeta-
bles ;  and which are  obtained by dis-
tillation,  incineration, or  some other
process.
  An  essential disease is  synonymous
with  idiopathic  disease ;  or one  not
depending on any other ; — not symp-
tomatic.
  Es'sera, Es'sere, So'ra, or Saire
(Path.) Sa're~.   A species of cutaneous
eruption, consisting of small, reddish
tubercles over the  whole body, accom-
panied by  a troublesome  itching.  It
seems to be a variety of  lichen or of
urticaria.
  (F)  Ampoules, Porcelaine.
  Writers.  H. C. Alberti (E. scor-
butica),  Erford. 1692.   M.  F. Chem-
nitz  de  Stromberg  (E.  arabum),
Hafniae,  1703 (L).
  Esthiom'enus (Path.)   Estiom'enus,
ta&ioptvog, ex'edens.  That  which de-
vours or eats  away.  Certain ulcers
and eruptions are so called.
  Esti'val (Path. 4/e.)  AZsti'vus, hap-
pening in summer, belonging to sum-
mer.   This epithet is given to summer
 diseases, so called,  because they reign
 at  that  season and appear to depend
 on the  influence exerted  by it on the
 economy.   In the United  States the
 term, summer disease, means, disorder
 of the bowels, as diarrhaa, cholera mor-
 bus, c/C.
   Writers on summer diseases.  M.
 Alberti,  Hal.  1729  (L).   Another
 work, Hal.  1745  (L).   S.  Th. Quell-
 malz,  Lips.  17o0 (L).   B.  Rush,
 Philad. 1605.
   Eth'moid (Anat.)  ij&fiotiStjg, ijdpog.
 The ethmoid bone,  Os cthmoide'um, Os
 multiforme, Os spongio'sum, Os spon-
 gol'des, anoyyottSijg,  Os cribro'sum, Os
 cribrifor'me,  Os  foraminulen'tum,  Os
 coliforme, from ij&ftog,  ' a sieve,' and
 ttSog, ' form.'   One of the  8  bones,
 which compose the cranium ; so called,
 because its upper plate is  pierced by  a
 considerable number of holes.   The
 ethmoid bone  is situated  at  the  ante-
 rior, inferior,  and  middle  part of the
 base of the cranium.  It  seems to be
 composed of a multitude of thin, fragile,
 semi-transparent  laminae,  which form
 more or less spacious cells, called the
 Ethmoi'dal  lah'yrinth, or  cells,  distin-
  fuished  into  anterior  and  posterior.
  hese communicate with the  nose,
 and are lined by  a  prolongation ofthe
 pituitary membrane.
  The ethmoid bone is  constituted of
 compact tissue, and  is surrounded by
 the Ethmoid  suture.  It is articulated
 with the frontal and sphenoidal bones,
 the  cornua  sphenoldalia, the superior
 maxillary bones, the  palate bones, the
 ossa turbinata inferiora, the vomer, the
proper bones of the nose,  and the lachry-
 mal bones.
  (F) Os Cribleux.   (G)  Siebbein.
  Writer.  C. V.  Schneider (Anat.
 Phys. A> Path, of E. bone), Wittemb.
 1655 (L).
  Ethmoid'al (Anat.)   Ethmoida'lis.
 Belonging  to  the  ethmoid bone ;  as,
 Ethmoidal  cells, E. suture,  o/c.   The
 Ethmoi'dal apoph'ysis or process is the
 advanced part of the sphenoid bone,
 which articulates  with the  ethmoid.
 The ethmoidal arteries are two in num-
 ber, the anterior of which  arises from
 the ophthalmic artery.  The origin of
 the other varies.  The Echancrure eth-
 moidal of  the os frontis receives the
 ethmoid  bone.  The Ethmoidal veins
 correspond to  the arteries of the same
 name.
   ETHRYGE   or   ETHERIDGE,
 George (Biogr.).   An eminent physi-
 cian in Oxford ; a  scholar  and profes- 
ETIOLEMENT         359          EUPATORIUM
aor of the Greek language in the uni-
versity  of that  city, born  at Thame
in Oxfordshire.  The time of his death
is uncertain; but he flourished in the
reign of Queen Elizabeth.  Works.
Hypomneinuta quadam in aliquot libros
Pa.uli .^Eginet.*, seu observationes me-
dicamentorum qui hoc atate in usu sunt.
1588. 8vo.
  ETIOLEMENT(F). (Path.) Thatstate
of plants, which occurs in consequence
of privation  of  light,  when they be-
come pale and watery.  In pathology,
it is  sometimes used, by the French,
to  denote the paleness  produced in
those, who have been kept  long with-
out light; or a similar  paleness, the
result of chronic disease.
   ETMUL'LER  or ETTMUL'LER,
Mi'chael (Biogr.)   A German physi-
cian, who acquired  great reputation as
a teacher and author; born at Leipzig
in 1644 ; diedinl663. Works. Medicina
Hippocratis Chemica. Lugd. Bat. 1671.
]2mo.  Dissertatio medica de sinmdari-
hus. Leipz.  1673. 4to.   Examen  cora-
liorum  tinctura. Lips.  1679. 4to.  A
complete system of the theory and prac-
tice of physic. Lond.  1703  8vo.  Opera
omnia theoretica et practica. Lugd. 1680.
2 vols.  fol.   Several editions of his col-
lected works were published.
   ETMUL'LER,  Mi'chael Er'nest
(Biogr.)  A German  physician,  and
son. of the preceding ; born  at Leipzig,
1673;  died in 1732.  Works. Besides
publishing various works of his father,
he  wrote  several  excellent medical
treatises of his own.  De opii virtute dia-
pkoreticd.  Lips, et  Jenae.  1682.  4to.
De morsu vipera.  Lips. 1685. 4to.  De
singultu.  Lips. 1697. 4to.  De organis
kamatoseos.  Lips.  1697.  4to.  De spi-
rituum  animalium  secretione et naturd.
Lips. 1697.  4to.   De affectibus animi ut
et somno et vigilid.  Lipz.  1697. 4to.
  EujE'mia  (Path.)  tvaiuia, from tv,
1 well,'  and alpa, ' blood.'   Good con-
dition of the blood.   Fernelius.
  Eda'phion (Pharm.) tvaipiov.  The
name of a medicine for haemorrhoids,
referred to by Galen.
  Euchym'ia (Path.) tvxvpia, from tv,
'well,'  and  /ukoj,  'juice.'   A  good
state ofthe  humors.
  Eucra'sia (Physiol.)  tvxqaaia, from
tv,' well,' and xqaata, ' temperament.'
A good  temperament.
  Eddiapneus'tia  (Phys.) from tvSta-
nvtvorog,  ' one  who  breathes well.'
Easy respiration.
  Ecex'ia  (Phys.)  tvt^ia,  from tv,
' well,' and igig,< constitution.' A good
constitution.
   Euge'nia  Caryophylla'ta  (Mat.
Med.) Garrophyl'lus,  Caryophyl'lus a/ro-
mat'icus.   The  Indian  tree,  which
affords the clove.  The Clove or Cary-
ophyl'lus,  C.  aromat'icus is the  unex-
panded bud.  Its odor is strong, aro-
matic, and peculiar ;  taste pungent and
acrid.  Like all substances, whose vir-
tue depends  upon essential  oil, it is
stimulant  and carminative.  It is gen-
erally used as a corrigent to other rem-
edies ; and, in cases  where substances
containing the essential oils  are  de-
manded.  The oil (F) Huile de Girofle,
has the properties of the cloves.
  (F)  Girofles, Girofles,  Gyrophles.
  (G)  Gewurznelken,  Nage-
lein, Kr ei de nelken.
  Writers.  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1701
(L).  Thunberg, Upsal,  1788 (L).
  Eulo'gium  (Path.)  A word employed
by Rhazes for the major exanthemata.
Small pox, measles, &yc.
  Eu'nuch (Phys.)   Eunu'chus, tvvov-
Xog, from  tvvrj, ' the  bed,' and */u>,  ' I
keep.'  Castra'tus, Excastra'tus, Evira'-
tus, Emascula'tus, Spa'do, Exsec'tus, Ex-
testicula'tus, Extom'ius, Scm'ivir, Semi-
mascula'tus.   One,  whose  organs  of
generation have  been removed or  so
disorganized,  that he  is  rendered inca-
pable  of  reproducing his  species,  or
of exercising the act of  venery.  Eu-
nuchs were   common with  the an-
cient  Romans.   In Italy, this  horrible
mutilation still takes place to improve
the voice; and, in the East,  Eunuchs
have the surveillance of the seraglios.
  (G) Ve rs chni ttene.
  Writers.   Th. Raynaud,  Divion.
1655 (L).   Z. Pasqualigus (for pur-
poses of music), Divion. 1655 (L).   G.
Franci (castration of women), Heidelb.
1673  (L).   Slevogt (de spadonibus)
Jenae,  1690 (L).   Ewaldt, Regiom.
1707 (L).   Ancillon, under the name
Oli.incan, 1707  (F).     J.  Ph.  L.
Withof,  Lausann. 1762  (L).
  Eupathi'a  (Path.) tvnaStia, from
tv,' well,' and nadog, ' suffering.'  A
disposition for bearing pain easily.
   Ecpato'rium  Cannab'inum  (Mat.
Med.)Eupato'rium, E. Ara'bicum, Hemp
ag'rimony, Eupato'rium of Avicen'na,
Herb  of Saint Cu'negonde,  Trifo'lium
cervi'num, Orig'anum aquat'icum.  The
juice  of  this plant  proves  violently
emetic and purgative, if  taken in suffi-
cient quantity.   It  has been  consid-
ered diuretic, cathartic, and emetic.
  (F)  Eupatoire d'Avicenne. 
EUPEPSIA
360
EUSTACHIAN
  (G)  Wasserdost,  Kunigun-
denkraut, Wasserhanf.
   The  EUPATO'RIUM  PERFOLIA'-
TUM, Bone'set,  Thoroughwort, Thor'-
oughstem, Thor'oughicax, Vegetable an-
timony,  Cross'wort,  Indian  sage, is a
plant which grows in low,  wet mead-
ows throughout  the United States.  It
is considered to be stimulating, tonic,
emetic, purgative, diuretic,  and sudo-
rific.  Dose, gr. xv of the powder, as a
gentle purgative.
  The EUPATO'RIUM PURPU'REUM,
Mohawk  tas'sel, Purple-stalked Eupa-
to'rium,  Trum'pet weed; is  used  in
similar cases ; as well as  the
   EUPA'TORIUM   TEUCRIFO'LIUM,
Wild hore'hound, or Germander leav'ed,
hore'hound.
  Eupep'sia (Phys.) from  su, ' well,'
and 7ie7rro),' I digest.'   A good diges-
tion   The antithesis to dyspepsia.
  Euphlo'gia (Path.) from  tv, ' well,'
and ipXtyw,  ' I burn.'   Mild  inflamma-
tion.
  Eu'phony (Physiol.) Eupho'nia, from
tv, ' well,'  and  ipwvij,  ' voice.'    An
agreeable or regular voice.
  Euphor'bia  Capita'ta (Mat. Med.)
Caa-cica.   A Brazilian plant, which is
strongly astringent, and  not poisonous.
It is  considered to  be one of the best
remedies for the bites of serpents.   It
is, also, called Colubrina Lusitanica.
  EUPHOR'BIA  CYPARIS'SIAS (Mat.
Med.)   Es'ula mi'nor, Tithym'alus  Cy-
Paris'sia.   The  Cy'press  spurge. This,
like  most of the spurges, is very acri-
monious.   Amongst the  rustics it was
formerly  called, poor man's rhubarb,
and  was, consequently,  a laxative.   It
is not used.
  (F) Euphorbe cypres.  (G) Cypres-
s e n w o 1 f s milch.
  EU'PHORBIA IPECACU'ANHA,  Ipe-
cacuan'lui  spurge.   This   species  of
spurge is common in the Southern and
Middle  parts of the United States. The
root is a powerful emetic, in the dose
of from 5 to 15 grains ; 20 grains act as
a cathartic likewise.  In large doses it
acts as a narcotico-acrid.
  (F) Euphorbe vomitive.
  The EUPHOR'BIA  COROLLA'TA, or
Large flowering  spurge has similar
properties to the last.  The  dose of the
root is the same.
  EUPHOR'BIA LATH'YRIS.  The sys-
tematic name of the plant, which affords
the lesser catapu'tia seeds.    Catapu'tia
minor,  Ca'per spurge. Lath'yris,  Gar'-
den  spurge, Tithym'alus latifo'lius.  The
seeds possess cathartic properties.
  (G) Pargierkorner,  Spring-
ktirner,  Springkraut.
  EUPHOR'BIA  OFFICINA'RUM. The
systematic name of the plant,  which
affords  the  Euphorbium,  tvipon^iov,
Euphor'bia gum'mi resi'na, in greatest
abundance.  The euphorbium is an in-
odorous  gum-resin,  in yellow  tears,
which have the  appearance  of being
wormeaten.  It enters into the compo-
sition of some plasters and  has been
used as an errhine.
   EUPHOR'BIA   P ALUS'TRIS.    The
greater spurge. Es'ula major, Tithym'-
alus, Marsh spurge.   The juice is giv-
en, in Russia, as a common purge. It is
used, too, as an irritant in tinea, warts,
&c
  (F) Euphorbe des marais.
  (G) Sumpwolfsmilch.
  EUPHORBIA PARA'LIAS,  Tithym'a-
lus para'lias,  Sea  spurge.  This is vio-
lently cathartic  and irritating;  and  is
seldom used.
   [0=  All  the  spurges are   vesicant
and  rubefacient,  when applied  exter-
nally.
  Writers.   J. Wiman, (on the Eu-
phorbia), Upsal, 1752.   J. L.  A. Loise-
leur Deslongchamps (on the substitu-
tion  of several Euphorbia for ipecacu-
anha), Paris.
  Euphra'sia Officina'lis (Mat. Med.)
Ocula'ria, Euphra'gia,  Ophthalhnica,
Eye'bright.  It has been recommended
in diseases ofthe eye, but is  unworthy
of notice.
   (F) Eufraise, Casse-Lunette.
   (G) Augentrost.
   Writer.   J.  Frank, Francof.  et
Lips. 1717 (L).
   Eupnqs'a (Phijs.) tvnvoia,  from  tv,
'  well,' and nvtoi,' I respire.'   Freedom
or facility of respiration.
   Eirhyth'mia (Phys.) tvnv9pia, from
tv, ' well, and qv&fiog, * rhythm.'  Reg-
ularity ofthe pulse.
   Eu'ros (Path.)  tvooig, Si'tus, Mu'cor,
Ca'ries. Corruption of the humors.
   Eusemi'a (Path.) tvo^iitii], from  tv,
'  well,'  and ot^itiov,' a sign.'   A collec-
tion of good signs.
   Eustachian  Tube  (Anat.)  Tu'ba
Eustachia'na, Mea'tus cte'eus, Tu'ba Aris-
totel'ica, Duc'tus  au'ris palati'nus, I'ter
a Palato ad Au'rem, Trompe ou Conduit
d'Eustache, Conduit guttural de  Voreille
(Ch).  This tube was so called from its
discoverer, Eustachius.  It is  partly
bony and partly cartilaginous; extend-
ing from the  cavity ofthe  tympanum
to the upper part of the pharynx.   Its
length is about two  inches; the bony 
EUSTACHIAN VALVE     361          EVENTRATION
portion, which belongs to the temporal
bone, is  about i|ths  of  an inch long.
It is lined, internally, by a prolonga-
tion of the  lining membrane  of  the
pharynx.  Its nerves  are furnished by
the palatine  branches of the ganglion
of  Meckel;  and  it vessels  proceed
from those of the pharynx and velum
pendulum.
  The use of the tube  seems  to be, to
permit the renewal of air in the cavity
ofthe tympanum.
   (G) E us tachischen  Rohre.
  'Eustachian Valve  (Anat.) Valve
of Eustachius,  Valvule d'Eustaclii ou
d'Eustache.  A membranous, semilunar
fold, which  corresponds to the open-
ing of the vena cava inferior  into the
right auricle ofthe heart.
    EUSTA'CHIUS,   Bartholomew
(Biogr.)  A very distinguished Italian
anatomist of the 16th century ; died in
 1574.    Works. Libellus de  dentibus.
 Ven.  1563. 4to.  A series of anatomical
plates, engraved on  copper, published
by Lancisi.  Rome.   1714.  fol.  These
 have  been   frequently  republished.
 Erotiani Graci scripioris vetustissimi
 vocum qua apud Hippocratem sunt, col-
 lectio :  cum, annotationibus Eustachii,
 Ven.  1666. 4to.  Opuscula anatomica,
 nempe de rcnum structurd,  officio, et ad-
 minislrathone :  de auditus  organo : —
 ossium examen : de   motu capitis : — de
 vend qua azygos dicitur, et  de alia qua
 in Jlexu brachii communem profundam
 producit: — et de dentibus. Venet.  1563.
 Other editions were published by Al-
 binus, Boerhaave, &c
    Eusthe'nia (Phys.) tvodipia, Vigor,
 Exuberan'tia.   Flourishing,  exuberant
 health.   Hippocr,
    Eutax'ia (Path.)  from ft),' well,' and
 xunam,' I arrange,'  tvxaha, Euthe'sia.
 A well  ordered constitution,  in which
 every part has its proper relation.
    Euthana'sia (Path.) ty&avaaia, from
 tv, ' well,'  and davaxog, ' death.' An
 easy  death.  One without any painful
 agony.
    Eutiiym'ia  (Phys.)  tvdvina, An'imi
  tranquil'litas, from tv, ' well,' and -dv-
 ftog,  ' mind.'  Tranquillity  of  mind.
  A good state  of the  mental faculties.
    Eutro'phia (Physiol.) tvxqoipia.  A
  good state of nutrition.
    Evac'uants (Mat. Med.)  Evacuan'-
  tia,  from e  and  vacua're,  ' to empty.'
  Medicines  are so called, which  occa-
  sion  a  discharge by some emunctory ;
  such as purffatives, emetics, &c.
    (F) Evacuatifs, (G) Ausleerende-
  mitte 1.
                        31
  Writers.  Michael Segnitz (Ra-
tio operandi of E.), Hal. 1698 (L).  G.
E. Stahl, Hal. 1703, (L).   J- B. Quis-
torp (operation of E.), Rostoch. 1713
(L).  B. Meibom. Helmstad. 1723(L).
J. G. Rudolph,  Wittemb.  1734  (L).
Kehler, Londin. Goth. 1742 (L).  J.
O'Reilly, Prag. 1750  (L).   F. A.
Schultze, Gotting. 1754  (L).   (The
two last on  E. in acute diseases).  A.
E. Buchner (bad effects of strong E. in
dropsy), Hal.  1762 (L).  P. F. J. Cal-
lewaert, Lovan. 1765 (L).    G. Ch.
Radefeld, (E. in  acute fevers),  Got-
ting. 1767.  J. Wellens,  Lovan.  1770
(L).   F.  Lemaire (occasional evils of
E.), Lugd. Bat. 1771 (L).   M.  F. Rei-
temeier,  Gotting.  1778 (L).  C  A.
Lombard (use of E. in wounds), Stras-
burg, 1782 (F).  In the cure of  tumors,
wounds,  &c, Strasburg,  1783  (F).
Ch. G. Gruner (E. in acute fevers),
Jenae, 1784 (L).
   Evacua'tion (Phys. & Path.) Same
etymon.  The discharge, of any matter
whatever, by the natural passages or by
an artificial opening.
     (G) Ausleerung.
   Writers.  H. Scholz, Basil. 1612
 (L). J. A. Philippeaux, Lovan. 1662
 (L). J.  de  Beqjjoy, Lugd. Bat. 1692
 (L).   Ch.  A. F.  IIellfeld, Jenae,
 1764 (G).   J. Anderson (on natural
 and artificial E.), Lond. 1788.
    Evaporation (Pharm.   & Phys.)
 Evapora'tio, Vapora'tio, Exhala'tio, Sia-
 ipoqijoig.   Transformation of a liquid
 into vapor, in order to obtain the fixed
 matters contained  in it, dry and sepa-
 rate from the liquid.  When  the  va-
 por is  received in  a proper vessel and
 condensed, the process is called Dis-
 tillation, which  see.    Evaporation
 produces  cold, and this  is one of  the
 processes by  which'the body is cooled,
 through the evaporation of the perspi-
 ratory  fluid.
      (G)  Verdiinstung.
    Evaux, mineral waters of  (Mat.
  Med.)  E. is situated in Auvergne, in
  France.  The waters are hydrosulphu-
  rous, and thermal.
    Evelpis'ti Emplas'trum  (Pharm.)
  Plaster of  Evelpis'tus.    A plaster,
  with the composition of which we are
  unacquainted.
    Eventration (Surg.  Path.)  Even-
  tra'tio, Hypogastrorix'is,  from e, ' out
  of,' and venter, ' the belly.'  A tumor,
  formed by a general relaxation of the
  parietes  of the abdomen, and  contain-
  ing a great part  of the abdominal vis-
  cera.   Also, ventral hernia, or that, 
EVENTUS            362           EXANTHEM
which occurs in any other way, than
through  the natural  openings  of  the
abdominal parietes.   Lastly, any very
extensive wound of the abdominal pari-
etes, with issue of the greater part of
the intestines.
  Even'tus (Path.)  anofiaivov,  anopij-
aofitvov, txpi]O0fitvov,  Termina'tio mor'bi.
The event or issue of a disease, either
favorable or unfavorable.
  Everric'ulum (Surg.)   Specil'lum, a
sort of sound or scoop, used for extract-
ing sand or fragments of stone or clots
ofblood from the bladder, after or dur-
ing the operation of lithotomy.
  EVERS, Otto Justus (Biogr.)  An
eminent   German surgeon ;  born  at
Iber in  the diocese  of Eimbeck,  in
1728;  died in 1800.   Works.  Bemer-
kungen und  Erfahrungen zur Bereiclie-
rung der Wundarzneikunst  und Arznei-
gelahrtheit, mit 3 Kupf. Gotting.  1787.
8vo. Ueber die Infarclus. Stendal. 1794.
8vo.
  Evistiola (Path.)  A word, used by
Paracelsus for an  exanthem,  occur-
ring on the nape of the neck,  which
he  classes,  it is said, improperly, un-
der lepra.  Castelli.
  Evolu'tion,  spontaneous (Obstetr.)
A term,  applied, by Dr.  Denman,  to
what he considered to be a spontaneous
turning of the foetus in utero,  in an
arm presentation, in consequence  of
powerful  uterine contractions  forcing
out the breech and feet, whilst the arm
recedes.   It is  now considered  to be a
doubling of the foetus, so that the arm
changes  its position  but little,  whilst
the breech is forcibly expelled before
the upper extremity ; — the case becom-
ing similar to a breech presentation.
  Evul'sion (Surg.)  Avulsion,  Evul.'-
sio, fromevel'lere, ' to pluck out,' ano-
xiXpog, tx.xiXi.iog, xOuog.  The action of
plucking out, forcible extraction. This
word is  oftener used, by  the French,
than by the  English surgeons, for  the
act of extracting  certain  parts,  the
presence  of which  is injurious, — as
the teeth, &c
  (F)  Arrachement.   (G)   Auszie-
hung,  Ausreissung.
  E'WICH, John  (Biogr.)   A phy-
sician, who lived  towards the  end of
the  16th century.    Works. De  offi-
cio fidelis et prudentis magistrates tem-
pore pestilentia, rempub. a contagio pre-
servandi liberandique, libri duo.   Neap.
1582.  8vo.   Of the dutie of a faithfull
and wise mugistrate, in  preserving  and
delivering ofthe commonwealth from in-
fection, in the time of the plague or pes-
 tilence ; two bookes.   Written in Latine,
 newlie turned into English, by J. Stock-
 wood, a worke verie necessarie for our
 time and  countrie.  Lond.  1583.  8vo.
 De sagarum (quas vulgo vencficas ap-
 pellant)  natura,arte, viribus, et factis;
 item de notis, indiciisque quibus agnos-
 cantur;   et  pond  qua afficienda  sint.
 Bremse.  1584.  8vo.
   Exacerba'tion  (Path.)  Exacerba'-
 tio,  Exaspera'tio,  Excrescen'tia,  from
 exaccrba're, ' to provoke.'  An  increase
 in the symptoms of  a disorder. Often
 used synonymously with paroxysm.
   (F)  Redoublement.
   Exal'ma (Surg. Path.) tt-aXfia,  from
 tj, ' out of,' and UXXofiui, ' I leap.'  Ex-
 al'sis, t^aXoig.  Hippocrates calls thus
 the displacement ofthe vertebrae.
   Exalta'tion of the vital forces (Path.)
 Exalta'tio vir'ium.  This word has  been
 used, by  modern  pathologists, to de-
 signate a morbid increase in the action
 of organs, and partly that which occurs
 in an inflamed organ. Some use exalta-
 tion  of the vital forces, and inflammation
 synonymously.
   Exangi'a (Nosol.) from t%ayyiLw,  ' I
 evacuate  from a  vessel.   Exangeia.
 An enlargement or rupture of  a blood-
 vessel, without external opening.  A
 genus, in  the  order Dysthetica,  class
 Hamatica of Good.  It comprises aneu-
 rism and varix.
   Exan'guious (Path.)   Exa'mos, t\ai-
 uog,  Exsan'guis, from ex, ' out  of,' and
 sanguis,' blood.' One who seems blood-
 less'; as a  female,  who has  suffered
 largely under uterine hemorrhage.
   Examma'tion (Path.)  Exanima'tio,
 from ex,  ' out of,'  and aninia,  ' the
 spirit.'  This word  has two accepta-
 tions.  Sometimes, it means real death,
 corresponding with the Greek -davaxog,
 mors.  At others, it signifies, apparent
 death, corresponding with  the Greek
 axpvxia, txxpvx^a, txXvaig, An'imi  deli'-
 quium.
   Exan'them (Path.) Exanthe'ma, Ef-
■Jlorescen'tia,  Exanthis'ma,   Efflora'tio,
 tiavSijuu,  from t£«»#tu>, ' I  flourish.'
 A rash.   Under this term is compre-
 hended,  by some, every kind of erup-
 tion, of which the  skin  is the  seat.
 Others comprehend by it those erup-
 tions, that are accompanied with fever,
 Fe'brcsexanthemat'ica: including,under
 the head  of the Major Exanthe'mata,
 those which attack a person but once
 in his life and which are communicated
 by specific contagion ;  and, under the
 mi'nor exanthe'mata, those,  which are
 not  marked by  these characteristics. 
EXANTHEMATICA        363          EXCREMENT
Small pox, measles, cow pox, &c be-
long to the  major : — Chicken  pox,
herpes, lichen, &c.,,te the minor.
  (F) Exantheme, Elevures,  (G) Aus-
sc hlag.
  Writers.   Cl. Sellier (on evacua-
tions in E.), Paris, 1574 (L).   S. Baldi
(V. S. in E.), Genua;, 1663 (L).   G.
E. Stahl (retrocession of E.).   G. D.
Coschwhz  (Do.),   Hal.  1728  (L).
G.  E.  Hamberger, Jenae, 1749  (L).
E. G. Kurella (toprove that E.arenot
occasioned by worms), Berlin, 1750 (L).
J. C.  Nyvnder (E. are occasioned by
acari), Upsal, 1757 (L).   M. E. Block,
Francf. ad  Viadr. 1762  (L).   Ch. A.
Mancold, Erford. 1763 (L).   Ph. A.
Bohmer,   Hal.  1764   (L).    J.  Ch.
Pohl (warm and cold  regimen inE.),
Lips. 1768  (L).   J. Sidren (E. caused
by seasons), Upsal. 1768 (L).  A. Nunn
(causes of E.)  Erford.  1769 (L).   Fr.
G.  Schonmetzler  (laxatives  in  E.),
Heidelberg. 1769 (L).  Another work,
Heidelberg. 1769 (L).   E. G. Baldin-
ger (whether  E.  arise from worms),
Jenae,  1772 (L).   J.  L.  Champion
(should V.  S. be used  in E. ?), Nanc
1782 (L).  J. Welt, Gotting. 1784 (L).
G.  H. Tom Lie h (origin of  E.), Jenae,
1785 (L).   J.  J.  Vandertaalen (fe-
brile E.),  Lovan. 1790 (L).   Ch. F.
Elsner,  Regiom.  1793-4.    D. L.
Suasso, Amstelod. 1809 (L).
   Exanthemat'ica (Nosol.) Same ety-
 mon.  Eruptive fevers.  Cutaneous erup-
tions,  essentially accompanied   with
fever ; — the  third order in the  class
Hamat'ica of Good.
   E\ vrag'ma  (Surg. Path.) tgaqayua,
from tiaquaaui,' I tear away,' ' I break.'
Collision, violent fracture or friction.
   Exarciha'tf.r (Med.)  tzaqx^axqog,
chief of the archiatri;  or chief of the
 chief of physicians, a  title like that of
 Comes Archiatro'rum, given to the chief
 phys;eian of an emperor or king.
   Ewr'ma  (Surg. Path.) tlaqua,  from
 tiaiqouai,' I am raised.'  A prominent
 tumor.
   Exar'sio (Path.)  A burning heat.
   Excarna'tion  (Anat.)   Excarna'tio,
 from ex, and ca'ro, < flesh.'   A mode  of
 making anatomical preparations, which
 consists in separating injected vessels
 from the parts in which they are situ-
 ated.   This is done by means of corro-
 sion by an acid or by putrefaction.
    Excip'ient (Pharm.)    Excip'iens,
 from  excip'ere, ' to receive,'   A  sub-
 stance, which, in a medicinal prescrip-
 tion, gives form and consistence to  it
 and serves as a vehicle or  medium for
the exhibition  of the other ingredi-
ents.  (F) Intermede.
  Excis'ion (Surg.)  ExcisHo, from ex-
cid'ere,' to cut off.'  A surgical opera-
tion, by which parts of a  small size are
removed with  a cutting instrument,
txxofir], Ectome.
    (G)  Ausschneidung.
  Exci'tabil'ity (Physiol.)  Excitabil'-
itas.  The faculty, possessed by living
beings, of being  sensible to the action
of excitants.  The doctrine of excitabil-
ity forms an important part of the Bru-
nonian system.
  Excita'tion or Excite'ment  (Path.)
Same etymon., from excita're,  ' to ex-
cite,  Excita'tio.   Act of exciting or
state  of an organ or organs  excited.
Excitement is,  sometimes, used synon-
ymously with  arterial action.  The ef-
fect of the exciting powers acting on
the excitability,  according  to Brown,
constitutes excitement.  Cullen  used
the term to express the  restoration of
the  energy and action  of the brain,
which had been interrupted by sleep or
some debilitating cause,  a  state oppo"
site to that of collapse.
   Excoria'tion (Surg. Path.) Excoria'
tio, Am'yche, uavxn, from ex ana cor^-
um, ' skin.'  A  slight wound,  which
removes only the skin.
   (F) Ecorchure.  (G) Wundseyn.
   Waiter.  J. F. Isenflamm  (E.  ac-
companying disease) Erlang. 1765 (I).
   Excrea'tion (Path.) Excrea'tia, Ras-
ca'tio, nom screare,  ' to  spit.'    Act of
spitting.  See Exspuitio.
   (G) Rauspern.   (F)  Crachement,
Expuition.
   Ex'crement  (Physiol.)   Excremen'-
tum, Excre'tum,  Excre'tio,  ntoixxoma,
Siuxoqijfia, aph'odos,  aipoSog, Apocho'-
reon, anoxoiqtov, Ajwc'risis, unoxqioig,
Ar'das, Ar'dalos, aqSag,  aqSaXog, from
excer'nere,  ' to  separate,'  ' cleanse.'
 Every thing, which is evacuated from
 the body of an  animal as superfluous,
 by the natural emunctories :  such as
 the faecal matters, the urine, perspira-
 tion, nasal mucus,  &c.   Generally,
 however, the term is  restricted to the
 faecal evacuations ; — the Purgamenta,
 Hedra,  Sedes,  Faces (q.   v.)  Abessi,
 Rebis, xaxaqqij^ig, Catarrhexis, Copros,
 xonoog.
   (G).  Auswurf,   Stuhlgang,,
 Koth,  Unrath.
   Writers.   J. B. Montanus, Patav.
 et Venet. 1654  (L).  J.  M. Savona-
 rola, Lugd. 1560 (L).  I.  Spacchius,
 Argent.  1597  (L).    R. A. Fonseca,
 Pisis, 1613 (L).   H. Boerhaave  (use 
EXCREMENTITIOUS      364          EXFOLIATION
of inspecting the E. in disease), Lugd.
Bat. 1693 (L).   J. Juncker, Hal. 1756
(L).
  Excrementi"tious  (Phys.)   Excre-
menW'tius.  That, which is similar  to
excrement,  and forms part of it.  Ex-
crementitious humors or parts are those
destined to be evacuated, as incapable
of administering to the nutrition of the
body.
  (F) Excrdmenteux, Excrementitiel.
  E xc re m en't o - recrementi"tious
(Phys.)  Animal  fluids, intended  to
be partly absorbed and  partly  reject-
ed.
  Excres'cence (Surg. Path.) Excres-
cen'tia, Ecphy'ma, Phymato'sis, Hyper-
sarco'sis, vntqoaqxoiaig, aaqxoipvia, Ca'-
ro  Excres'cens, from  excres'cere, ' to
grow  outwards.'   A  tumor,   which
forms at the surface of organs, and es-
pecially  on the  skin, mucous  mem-
branes, or ulcerated surfaces.  Excres-
cences differ in size, shape, cause, &c,
and each requires  its own treatment.
Warts,  condylomata,  polypi,  hemor-
rhoids belong to this head.
     (F)  Excroissance.
     (G) A u s w u c h s.
  Excre'tion (Physiol.) Excre'tio, E-
vacua'lio, Ejec'tio, Expul'sio, Eges'tio,
Siaxoiqijoig,  from excernere,  ' to sepa-
rate.'  The separation or throwing off
of those matters from the body of an
animal,  which are  supposed  to be
useless, as  the  urine,  perspiration, and
faeces.
     (G) Aussonderung.
  Ex'cretory  (Anat.)  Excreto'rius;
same etymon.   An Excretory vessel  or
duct is one, which transmits the fluid,
secreted by a gland,  either externally
or  into the reservoirs in which  it has
to  be  deposited.  The existence of an
excretory duct is a distinctive character
ofthe glands properly so called.
  EX'CRETORY  ORGAN, means any
one charged with  the  office of excre-
ting :  thus  the skin  is  said to  be  an
excretory organ, because through it the
perspiration takes place.
  Excu'tia Ventric'uli (Surg) Stom'-
 ach Brush.  An instrument, composed
 of  iron or brass wire, at  one of the
 extremities of which  is  a pencil  of
bristles.  Some ancient authors propo-
 sed this to  extract foreign bodies from
 the oesophagus, as well as to  cleanse
 the stomach  of viscid  and tenacious
 matters adhering to it.
   Exelcys'mos  (Surg.  Path.)  tltXxv-
 (Tito?, from tS,  ' from,'  and iXxvw, ' 1
 draw.'  Depression of a bone.
  Exeram'a (Path.) tztqaua, from t%t-
qaia,' I vomit.'  Vomiting ; or the mat-
ter vomited.  Hippocr.
  Ex'ercise (Hyg.) Exercita'tio, Ex-
erci'Hium,  Asce'sis,  aoxrpig,  aoxitua,
yvuvaoior, from exerce're, ' to  work.'
Every motion ofthe body, arising from
the contraction of muscles, subjected
to the  will.  Also,  the  action  of any
organ whatever.   Exercise may be ac-
tive  or  passive.  The  passive  are  re-
ferred  to, under the head of Gesta-
tion. The chief active exercises are: —
walking,  running, dancing,  hunting,
fencing, playing at ball, cricket, racket,
quoits,  swimming, declamation, sing-
ing, &c
  Exercise is an  important prophylac-
tic, particularly in those  disposed to be
plethoric.  It improves the digestion;
augments  the secretions; and,  when
used in moderation, gives strength to
the body; but when carried to excess,
produces debility and disease.
     (F) Exercice.
     (G) Leibes-iibung.
  Writers.  F. Hofmann, Hal. 1701
(L).  J. G. Berger, Witteb. 1705(L).
G.  E. Stahl,  Hal. 1708 (L).   M. Al-
berti  (noxious use of E.J,  Hal. 1734
(L).  J. Juncker (E.  after  eating),
Hal. 1745 (L). P.M. Honore (E.as  a
prophylactic), Paris, an.  xii (F).  G. C.
F. Foure, Paris, 1808(F).
  Exer'esis (Surg.) from tc,'out of,'
and aiqiw,  ' I take away.'  A surgical
operation, which  consists in  drawing,
extracting, or removing,  from the  hu-
man body, every thing that is useless,
noxious, or extraneous.   It is a generic
term, which  includes extraction, evul-
sion,  evacuation,  excision,  ablation,
amputation, &c
  Exerrho'sis (Phys)  from t%, ' out
of,' and qto>, ' I flow.'  The discharge,
which  takes  place  by insensible per-
spiration.
   Exfolia'tion (Surg. Path.) Exfoha'-
tio, Desquama'tio, from ex and fo'lium,
' a leaf.'  By this is meant the separa-
tion of the dead portions of a bone,
tendon, aponeurosis, or cartilage, under
 the form of lamelloe  or  small  scales.
 Exfoliation is accomplished by the in-
 stinctive  action  of the  parts, and its
 object  is to  detach  the dead  portion
 from those  subjacent,  and  which are
 still alive.  For this purpose, ths latter
 throw  out  fleshy granulations; and a
 more or less  abundant suppuration oc-
 curs, which tends to separate the exfoli-
 ated part, — now become an extraneous
 body.  The ancients distinguished ex- 
EXFOLIATIVE         365            EXISCHIOS  -
foliation  into sensible  and insensible,
according  as  the  dead  portions  of
bone  were  detached  in fragments of
greater  or less size,  or in very thin
pieces, and in an almost  insensible
manner.  When the dead part embraces
all or almost all the  substance  of a
bone, it  takes   the   name  Seques-
trum.
    (G)  Abblatterung.
  Writer. P.  Boulay,  Paris,  1814
(F).
  Exfoliative   (Surg. & Mat. Med.)
Exfoliati'vus,  Desquarnato'rius.  That
which takes away by leaves or scales.
The term has been applied to certain
medicines,  which  were  regarded  as
proper to hasten exfoliation,  such as
alcohol,  oil of turpentine, tincture of
myrrh, &c
   The   EXFOLIATIVE  TREPAN is
an ancient raspatory  or instrument
for  scraping  exfoliating  portions of
bone.
   Exha'lant  (Anal.)  Exha'lans, from
exhala're, ' to exhale,' ' throw out.'
   The   EXHA'LANT   VES'SELS  are
very minute, and arise from the arterial
capillary system.  They are situated in
every tisssue of the body, and on  the
surfaces of the mucous and serous mem-
branes and skin ; on which each pours
its  particular  fluid,   Bichat  distin-
guished  three  sets,  1. The  external,
terminating on the mucous and dermoid
system,  where they pour the matter of
perspiration.  2.  The  internal, com-
prising  those ofthe  cellular and me-
dullary  tissues,  and   of  synovial sur-
faces : and, 3. The nutritive exhalants,
that  vary  in  each  organ  in which
they are found; and  preside over  the
phenomena of composition and increase
of every part of  the body.  The exha-
lants are the antagonists  of  the absor-
bents.   They  are imaginary  vessels,
inasmuch  as they cannot be  detect-
 ed*
   Exhala'tion  (Phys.) Exhala'tio ;
 same  etymon:  avadvinaaig.   A func-
 tion, by virtue of which certain fluids,
 obtained from the blood,  are spread, in
 the  form of dew, in the  areolae of the
 different textures, or at the  surface of
 membranes;  either  for  the  sake  of
 being thrown  out of the body, or to
 serve for certain purposes.   The sweat
 is a liquid, excrementitious exhalation ;
 the  serous fluid  of the pleura a liquid,
 recrementitious exhalation.
   The  chief exhalations, natural and
 morbid, are the following.

              3r
	Cutaneous,
	Mucous,
	Serous,
Natural Exhalations. •	Synovial, Ceiuminous,
	Adipous,
	Medullary,
	_ Nutritive.
	'Gazeous,
Preternatural	Sanguineous,
or	Purulent,
Morbid Exhalations.	Encysted,
	Morbific textures.
  Exhalation is, also,  applied to that
which  exhales  from any  body what-
ever,  organic  or inorganic,  dead  or
living.
  (F) Exhalaison.   (G)Ausdiins-
t ung.
  Writer.  M. Fodera, Paris,  1824
(F).
  Exhaus'tion (Path.) Vi'res exhaus'-
ta, from exhauri're,' to draw out.'  Loss
of strength, occasioned  by excessive
evacuations, great fatigue or privation
of food, or by disease,
  (F) Epuisement.   (G) E r s c h 6 p ■>
f ung.
  Writer,  M. Hall, Lond. 1825.
  Exhuma'tion ; Exhuma'tio,  from ex
and  hu'mus, ' the ground.'  The dis-
interment of a  corpse.  The  circum-
stances,  which render this necessary,
are: —1. Judicial investigations, rela-
tive to the body of the person inhumed,
2. The  removal of a  body from one
cemetry to another : and, 3. The  evac-
uation  of  cemeteries  or  sepulchral
vaults.  The operation is attended with
much unpleasant smell and annoyance,
and  requires  the  use of  disinfecting
agents, of which the most powerful is
the chloride of lime.  See Disinfec-
tion,  The  putrid effluvia from animal
substances are not,  however, found to
excite disease.
   (G) Wiederausgrabung.
  Writers.  P. R. Navier (dangers
 of  precipitate  E.J,  Dijon, 1773 (F).
 Recueil  de  pieces  concernant les  ex-
 humations faites  dans  Venceinte  de
 Veglise de Saint Eloy de  la  ville  de
 Dunkerque.  Imprimi  et  publii par
 ordre  du Gouvernement, , Paris, 8vo,
 1783 (F).   Thou ret  (Report on  the
 exhumations at the cemetery and church
 of Saint  Innocents, Paris), Paris, 1789
 (F).
  Exischiqs (Surg.) ttioxiog, from t£,
 ' out of,' and ioxiov, ' the ischium.'   A
 luxation of the os femoris.  Hence all
 those with large nates, and prominent
 hips were called t\iaxtoi and tityjyXav
 rot, Exischioi and Exechegluti, 
EXITURA             366           EXOSTOSIS
  Exitu'ra  (Surg. Path.)  According
to some, any abscess, which discharges.
Paracelsus calls thus every kind of
putrid excrement.
  Ex'ochas (Path.)   Ex'oche,  t^oxag,
t$oxi,  from t'iot,  ' without,' and tyoi,
' I have.'   A  soft tumor without the
anus.
  Exocys'te (Path.)  Exocys'tis, from
ec, < out of,' and  xvoxig,' the bladder.'
A prolapsus of the   bladder into the
urethra. Also called Prolap'sus  vesi'ca,
A3dopto'sis vesi'ca.
    (F) Renversement de la vessie.
   EXOCYS'TE  NOELIA'NA  is when
the inner  membrane  of the bladder is
protruded.  So called from  M.  Noel,
who first accurately described it.
 EXOCYS'TE SOLINGENIA'NA; when
the neck  of the  bladder is protruded.
Called after M. Solingen, who first
accurately described  it.
  Exoine or Exoene (LegalMed.) from
ex,' out of,' and ido'neus,' fit,' or rather
from  exonera're,  ' to exonerate.'  A
certificate of excuse, exemption, or dis-
pensation, given to those summoned to
appear before a  court of justice, and
who are unable to do so.
  Exom'phalus  (Surg. Path.)  t%outpa-
Xog,  Exumbilica'tio,  Exom'phaloce'le,
Oin'phaloce'le,  Her'nia  umbilica'lis,
Hernie  ombilicale,  (F)  H.  du nom-
bril,  (G) Nabelbruch,  Um-
bilical  Hernia, from  t'i,  ' out of,' and
ouipuXog, ' the navel.'  Hernia,  occur-
ring at the navel.  This  affection hap-
pens more frequently in infants, when it
takes place by the umbilical ring itself.
In adults, it occurs more commonly in
females than  in  males;  and, when it
does  so,,  the  sac passes  in  the  vi-
cinity  of  the  umbilicus.   The  organs,
found  in  this kind of hernia, are, par-
ticularly,— the epiploon, the  jejunum,
the arch  of the colon, and sometimes
the stomach. The tumor is, in general,
round, and presents  all the  characters
of hernia.  It is, commonly,  readily
reducible, and not subject to strangula-
tion.  It must be reduced, and retained
by an elastic bandage, made in the form
of a girdle, and furnished With a pad at
its  middle part.  When strangulated,
the stricture may be divided upwards
and towards the left  side.
  Writers.   H.  Gabon,  Paris, 1752
(L).   Fr. Pipelet, Paris, 1757 (L).
A. Joel,  Traject. ad Viadr.  1780 (L).
Ph. Mouton, Paris, an. x (F). F. Mou-
illet,  Paris, an. xi (F).   L.   Oken,
Landshut, 1810(G).   S. T.  Sommer-
ing, 1811  (G).
  Exonco'ma  (Path.)  tloyxvua, from
e|  and  oyxog,  ' a  tumor.'  A large,
prominent tumor.   Used,  by  Galen,
for the protuberant vertebrae after lux-
ation.
  Exophthal'mia (Surg. Path.) tzoip-
■daXfna, Ophthalmopto'sis, Pto'sis Bui'-
bi  Oc'uli,  Exorbitis'mus,  Ophthal'mo-
ce'le, Ophthalmopto'sis,  Oc'uli to'tius
prominen'lia,  from  t'i, ' out  of and
oip&uXtiog, ' eye.'  A protrusion of the
eye from its orbit, occasioned by an ab-
scess or  tumor in the  cellular texture
of the orbit, by exostosis of the parietes
ofthe orbit, &.c.
   In Exophthalmia, the eye is pressed
forwards;  the eyelids  are raised and
separated, 60  that they can no longer
cover the eye, and  defend it from the
action of extraneous bodies : it becomes
inflamed, and  the sight  is disturbed  or
destroyed.  The  treatment of-course
depends upon the cause.
     (F)  Procidence de Vail.
  Exosto'sis  (Surg. Path.) t^oaxuiaig,
Hyperostosis, Emphy'ma  Exosto'sis
os'tea,  Exossa'tio,  Os'sis  eminen'tia,
from ti,  ' out of,' and oaxtov, ' a bone.'
An osseous tumor, which forms .at the
surface of bones,  or in their cavities.
Various kinds have  been  enumerated.
The I'vory Exosto'sis, Exostose eburnee ;
— that  which has* the appearance and
consistence of ivory. Lam'inar  Exos-
to'sis,  E.  Lamince; — that  which  is
formed of laminae in superposition  or
of  distinct  filaments.  The  Spon'gy
Exosto'sis  is  that,  whose  structure  is
analogous  to   the  spongy  tissue  of
bones.
  Exostoses are sometimes distinguish-
ed into  the true, which seem  to be a
projection ofthe osseous substance, and
which have the same organization and
hardness as that  substance;  and the
false,  or  osteo - sarcoma.    Exostosis
may  depend  on  syphilis, scrophula,
rickets, gout,  &c   In  such cases, it is
important to get rid of the  primary dis-
ease.
  Those exostoses, which  occur within
bones, have, by some, been called enos-
toses.
     (G) Being eschwulst.
  Writers.   P. H. Mtehring (E.  in
the clavicle removed), Gedan. 1732 (L).
E.  Victorin,  Upsal. 1717 (L).  J. Th.
Ludwig, Hal. 1756 (L).   J.  Caspart
(E. of cranium), Argent. 1780  (L).  J.
R.  Fayolle,  Monsp. 1774 (L).  G.  F.
Allan, Paris, 1770 (L).  J. B. Delort,
Paris, 1774 (L).  G. F. Sigwart, Tu-
bing. 1781 (L).   D. Ramonet,  Paris, 
EXOTIC
367          EXPERIMENT
an. ix (F).   J. P. J. Milliere, Paris, i
1814 (F).
  Exot'ic (Mat. Med. & Bot.)  Exo'ti-
eus, tlmxixog, from t|u>,' without.' That,
which comes from abroad.  Plants or
drugs, which are procured from abroad,
are so called.  It is opposed to indigen-
ous.
  (F) Exotique. (G) Auslandisch.
  Writers. J. Strupp (E. Medicines,)
Francf. 1574 (L).  B. Th. Albrecht
(Preference of  indigenous  aromatics
over the exotic), Erford. 1740 (L).  G.
Th.  Detharding (on some exotics),
Butzov. 1765.
   Exoticade'nia (Path.)' Aversion for
exotic drugs.
   Exoticoma'nia  (Path.)  t'io>xtxoua-
viot.   The  opposite  to the preceding.
Fondness for exotic remedies.
   Writer. Ch. S.  Scheffel, Gry-
phiswald. 1733 (L).
   Expan'sion  (Anat.) Expansio, from
expan'dere, ' to spread out.'  A  pro-
longation,  or spreading out, presented
by certain organs. Thus, we say an
aponeurotic expansion, &c
     (G) Ausbreitung.
   Expec'tant ; Expec'tans, from  ex-
pecta're,' to wait.'  That which waits :
— as Expec'tant MedHcine, — La Me-
decine expectante. See Expectation.
   Expectation  (Med.)   Expecta'tio;
same etymon.   The   word expectation
has, in Medicine, been applied to that
method, which consists  in observing
the progress of diseases, and removing
deranging influences, without prescrib-
ing active medicines, unless such shall
be imperiously required.  It consists, in
fact,  in  leaving the disease, almost
wholly,  to  the  efforts of  nature; and
has been termed the art of curing dis-
eases by expectation  or waiting, — Ars
sanan'di cum expecta'tione.
   Writers.  Gideon Harvey, Lond.
1689.  G. E. Stahl, Offenbac 1730 (L).
D. Nebel, Marburg, 1695 (L).  G.
W. Wedel, Jenae, 1696 (L).  J. M.
Schiese,  Regiom. 1714 (L).  M. Al-
berti, Hal. Magdeb. 1718 (L).  Ch.
G. Schoenwald, Vittemb. 1746 (L).
F. L. Ch.  Schmidt, Gotting. 1759 (L).
I. V. Voullonne, Avignon, 1776 (F).
A. Willaume (E. in Surgery),  Paris,
an. xiii (F).
   Expec'torant (Mat. Med.)  Expec'-
torans, Anacathar'ticus, avax.a9aqxix.og,
from tJ,  ' out  of,' and  pec'tus,  ' the
breast.'  A medicine, capable of facili-
tating  or  provoking  expectoration.
There is probably no such  thing as a
direct expectorant. They all act through
the system, or by impressions made on
parts at a distance, which, through the
medium of general or contiguous sym-
pathy,  excite the secretory vessels of
the air-passages into action.
  (G) Brustreinigungsmittel,
Hustenmittel.
  Writers.  J. Ludolf, Erford, 1723
(L).  A. E. Buchner: Hal 1756 (L).
  Expectora'tion (Path.) Expectora'-
tio, Bex hu'mida, Anap'tysis, aranxv-
otg, Anacathar'sis,  avaxa&aqaig, Ana-
bexis,  ava^t]1ig; same  etymon.   The
act of expelling, from the chest, mat-
ters  or secretions there collected or
existing.  It is, likewise, used for the
expectorated matter.
    (G) Brustauswurf.
  Expe'rience  (Med.)  Experien'tia,
Empei'ria, ntiqa, tf.intiqia, from expe-
ri'ri, ' to  practise.'   A  knowledge of
things, acquired by practice.   In Medi-
cine, this  knowledge can  be  obtained
both by the  practitioner's own expe-
rience, and by that obtained from tra-
dition  and from books.  To  profit by
experience, requires a mind capable of
appreciating  the proper relations be-
tween cause and effect; and hence it
happens,  that false experience, Expe-
rien'tia fal'lax, is extremely common ;
and  that  a man had better,  in many
instances,  trust to  that which  he  has
learnt   from others, than to  his own
fallacious observation.
   The  union  of accurate observation
by the physician with  that, handed
down  by medical writers, constitutes
perfect experience,  so far as it is attain-
able in any individual case.
   (F) Experience.   (G)  E r f a h r u n g.
   Writers.   G. Trinckhaus,  Jenae,
1665 (L).   Fr.  Bayle, Paris, 1675 (F).
J. Bohn, Lips.  1(589 (L).   On false ex-
perience, Lips. 1710(L).  G.Emmerich,
Regiom. 1693 (L).  G. E. Stahl, Hal.
1699 (L).  Another work, Hal. 1704 (L).
Another, on false experience, Hal. 1706
(L). J.A.Hofstetter, Hal. 1705 (L).
Th. Berger,  Lips.  1717 (L).   H. Ch.
Gernhard, Jenae,  1721 (L).   P. Th.
Schacher, Lips.  1723 (L).   Ch. M.
Burchard, Rostoch, 1726 (L).   J. H.
Schulze, Hal. Magd.  1741 (L).  A.
Ridiger, Lips. 1749 (L).   J. G.  Zim-
mermann, Zurich,  1763-4(G).  This
work  was translated into several lan-
guages : into English by Hopson, Lond.
1782.   J.  Pratolongo, Genoa,  1777
(L).  E. Horn, Berlin, 1607 (G).
   Experiment (Med.) Experimen'tum;
same etymon.  A trial, made  on the
bodies of men or animals, for the pur- 
EXPERT             368         EXTENSIBILITY
pose of detecting the effect of a remedy,
or of becoming better acquainted with
their structure, functions,  or peculiari-
ties. In a more general sense, it means
any trial, instituted with the intent of
becoming better acquainted with any
thing.
  By experiments  on living animals,
we  have obtained  much  valuable in-
formation in the various  departments
of Medicine; but particularly in Phy-
siology and Toxicology.
  (F) Experiment,  Experience.
  (G) Versuch.
  EXPERT (F) (Leg.  Med.) Exper'tus.
Skilful, or of good experience.   A phy-
sician, charged with the duty of making
a report upon any case of legal medi-
cine.
  Expira'tion   (Physiol.)   Ec'pnoe,
txnvor], from exspira're,' to breathe out.'
The act  of  expelling, from the chest,
the air received in during inspiration.
  (G) Aushauchung,  Ausath-
m ung.
  Ex'piratory (Anat.)  Expiratio'ni
inser'viens.   The  expiratory muscles
are all those,  which  contribute to di-
minish the cavity of the chest,  for the
purpose of expelling the air contained
in the lungs,  or of producing  expira-
tion.  These muscles  are, chiefly, the
intercostals, triangularis sterni, quadra-
tic lumborum,  serratus posticus inje-
rior, the  oblique and  recti muscles of
the abdomen, the sacro-lumbalis, &c
  E\plora'tion  (Med.)  Explora'tio,
from explora're, ' to search into.'  The
act  of observing and attentively exam-
ining or investigating  every  thing con-
nected with a  case of  disease.  The
word is chiefly used, in  this sense, by
the French practitioners.
    (G)  Untersuchung.
  .Writers. A. Planer, Tubing. 1579
(L).   Major  (on interrogating  the
sick), Kilon. 1613 (L).  J. J. Scharan-
d/eus, Erford. 1749 (L).  R. Lentilius '
(tabula consultatoria), Ulm. 1690 (L).
J. II. Slevogt, Jenae,  1721 (L).  M.
Alberti, Hal. 1731 (L).  Rathberger,
Vindob.  1763 (L).  D. Michels, Ar-
gent. 1766 (L). F. Stahl, Wirceburg,
1792 (L).   J. Fr.  Gotthard,  Erfort,
1793 (G).  S. G. Vogel, Stendal, 1796
(G).  A. W.Smith, Vienna, 1796(G).
Chr. A. Struve  (tables for E.), Ha-
novre, 1800 (G).  Schmidt, Lips. 1803
(L).  C. Ch. Heuser,  Rinteln. 1806
(G).  J. V. Hildenbrand, Vienna,
1807 (L).
  Expression  (Pharm.  & Physiol.)
Expres'sio,  txmtauog, tx&Xi-ditg, from
 ex, ' out of,' and prem'ere, ' to press.'
 The act of compressing a substance,
 for the purpose  of separating from it
 the  fluids,  which  it  contains.  Also,
 the manner in which impressions, made
 upon us, are depicted ;  especially in
 the traits ofthe countenance.
   Writers. C.Bell (AnatomyofE.),
 Lond. 1806.  P. Camper, Utrecht, 1791
 (F) :  from the Dutch, by P. B. Q. Dis-
 jonval, Utrecht, 1792 (F).
   Sueur d'expression,  or Sweat of ex-
pression, is a term given to the passive
 perspiration, observable in very debili-
 tated individuals.
   Expul'sive  (Bandage) (Surg.) Ex-
pel'lens, Expulso'rius,  from expel'lere,
 ' to drive away.'   An  expulsive ban-
 dage,  (F)  Bandage expulsif,  is  one
 constructed with the view of compress-
 ing a part,  from which we are  desirous
 of expelling pus,  serum,  &c.
  Certain medicines  were, formerly,
called expul'sives, which  were  believed
to have  the power  of driving the hu-
mors  towards the skin ; — as  diapho-
retics and sudorifics.
  Exspui"tion (Phys.) Expui'Hio, ;irv-
ouu, Spui"tio, Sputa'tio, Ptys'ma, An-
 achremp'sis, ava/qtuxpig, Apochremp'-
 sis, a.xoxqtpipig, nrvotg,  Pty'sis. Re-
jection of the matters,  accumulated in
the pharynx and larynx ; Spit'ting.
  Exstro'phia (Path.)   from  tl, ' out
of,' and  oxqoipt],' turning.' Extrover'sio,
Extrovet'sion.  A term,  used  by M.
Chaussier, for certain  displacements
of organs, and especially  ofthe urinary
bladder.
  The EXSTRO'PHIA  OF THE BLAD-
DER, is  a faulty conformation, in which
the organ opens  above  the  pubes;  so
that  in  the hypogastric region there
is a  red, mucous surface, formed  by
the inner coat of  the bladder ;  and  on
which two prominences are distinguish-
able, corresponding  to the openings of
the ureters.
    (F) Renversemeht de Vessie.
  Exsuc'tio (Phys.) txuvtr^ig, Suc'tio,
from t-.,' out of,' and succus, < a juice.'
The action of sucking.
  Extempora'neous (Pharm.) Extem-
pora'neus,  Extempora'lis. The apoth-
ecary calls  those  remedies extempora-
neous, which  are made  on the spot,
and  composed according to the pre-
scription ofthe physician.
  Extensibility (Phys.)  Extensibil'-
itas.   A property, possessed by certain
bodies, of being able to be extended or
elongated.
 (G) Streckbarkeit, Dehnbarkeit. 
EXTENSION            369           EXTENSOR
   Exten'sion (Surg.) Exten'sio, xaaig,
txxaotc, xaxaxaoig, avaxaotg, Tasis, Ek'-
tasis, Catat'asis, Anat'asis, from exten'-
dere,' to stretch out.' It is, in Surgery,
an operation, by which we draw strong-
ly, either by the hands or by straps, a
fractured or luxated limb, to restoie it to
its natural position.  It  is the opposite
of Counter-extension.
   (G) Ausdehnun g, Ausstr eck-
u n g.
   Exten'sor  (Anat.)   Same  etymon.
A muscle, whose office it is to extend
certain parts.
   (F) Extenseur.  (G)  S tre ckmus-
kel.
   EXTEN'SOR  BRE'VIS DIGITO'RUM
PE'DIS,   Ped'icus,  Calcaneo -phalan-
ginien  commun of Dumas ;  Muscle
pedieux,  Muscle  petit  extenseur des
orteils,    Calcaneo - sus - phalangettien
commun (Ch.),  Carri du pied;  Short
Exten'sor  of the  Toes.   A  muscle,
situated  on the dorsal  region of the
foot.  It arises from the external sur-
face of the  calcaneum, and at the an-
terior edge of a  ligament, which  unites
that bone to the astragalus.  Anterior-
ly, each  of its divisions terminates  by
a small tendon,  which is fixed, succes-
sively, at the superior part  of the pos-
terior extremity of the first phalanx of
the great toe, and  to the  second and
last  phalanges  of the three next toes.
Its use is to extend the  four first toes,
and  to direct them  a little outwards.
  EXTEN'SOR DIGITO'RUM COMMU'-
NIS,  Exten'sor  digito'rum commu'nis
ma'nus,   cum extenso're pro'prio au-
ricula'ris, Digito'rum ten'sor;  Epicon-
dylo-sus-phalangettien commun (Ch.) ;
Common Exten'sor  of  the Fin'gers.
A long, flattened muscle  ; simple above,
and divided into four portions inferior-
ly.  It is situated at  the posterior part
of the fore-arm  ; arises from the  exter-
nal tuberosity ofthe humerus ; from the
aponeurosis ofthe fore-arm and from the
aponeurotic septa,  situated  between it
and  the  neighbouring muscles, and is
inserted  at the posterior  surface of the
second and third phalanges  of the four
last fingers.  This muscle extends the
phalanges of the four last fingers  upon
each  other, and upon the  metacarpal
bone.  It can, also, extend the hand on
the fore-arm.
   (F) Extenseur commun des Doigts.
   EXTEN'SOR  PRO'PRIUS  MIN'IMI
DIG"ITI, Epicondylo-sus-phalangettien
du petit  doigt, (Ch.)  Situated on the
inside of the Extensor communis digi-
torum.   It arises  from  the  external
condyle of the os humeri  and the apo-
neurotic septa seated  between  it,  the
extensor communis digitorum, and the
extensor carpi ulnaris; and is inserted
into the two last phalanges of the little
finger.  Its use is to extend the little
finger,  and even the  hand upon  the
fore-arm.
  (F) Extenseur propre du petit doigt.
  EXTEN'SOR  FOL'LICIS BRE'VIS,
Exten'sor  mi'nor pol'licis ma'nus, E.
pri'mi intemo'dii, E. pol'licis pri'mus,
E.  secun'di intemo'dii  (Douglas), E.
secun'di intemo'dii  os'sis pol'licis ;  Cu-
bito-sus-phalangien du pouce, Cubito-
sus-phalangien, (Ch.)   Seated  at  the
posterior and  inferior part of the fore-
arm.  It is thin, long,  and broader at
its middle  than at the extremities.  It
arises from the posterior  surface of the
ulna  and the interrosseous ligament,
and is inserted behind the superior ex-
tremity ofthe first phalanx ofthe thumb.
It extends  the thumb, and aids  in su-
pination.
    (F)  Court  extenseur du pouce.
  EXTEN'SOR LON'GUS POL'LICIS;
Exten'sor major pol'licis ma'nus, Ex-
ten'sor  secun'di intemo'dii, Exten'sor
pol'licis  secun'dus,   Exten'sor   ter'tii
intemo'dii  (Douglas),  Exten'sor  in-
temo'dii os'sis ^pol'licis,  Cubito-sus-
phalangettien du pouce,  (Ch.)  This
muscle is long, flat, and fusiform ;  and
is seated at  the  posterior  part  of the
fore-arm.   It arises from  the  posterior
surface of the ulna and the interrosse-
ous ligament, and  is inserted  at  the
posterior part of the superior extremity
of the first phalanx of the  thumb.   It
extends the last phalanx  of the  thumb
upon  the first.
 (F) Muscle long extenseur du pouce.t
  EXTEN'SOR PRO'PRIUS IN'DICIS;
E. pro'prius pri'mi dig"iti ma'nus, E,
In'dicis,  Indica'tor, Exten'sor secun'di
intemo'dii  in'dicis  pro'prius,  Cubito-
sus-phalangettien  de VIndex,   (Ch.)
This muscle is long and  thin; broader
in the middle  than  at the extremities;
and is situated at the posterior part of
the fore-arm.  It arises from  the pos-
terior surface of the ulna, and  is in-
serted at the posterior part of the  upper
extremity of the second and third pha-
lanx  of the index  finger.  It extends
the three phalanges ofthe index finger;
and has, besides, the same uses  as  the
other extensors ofthe fingers.
    (F) Extenseur propre de VIndex.
  EXTEN'SOR PRO'PRIUS POL'LICIS 
EXTERNAL DISEASES
370
EXTRACT
 PE'Dis;  E. pro'prius Hal'lucis,  E.
 lon'gus (Douglas), E. Pol'licis lon'gus,
 Peroneo - sus -phalangien  du  ponce,
 Peroneo - sus-phalangettien du pouce,
 (Ch.)  This muscle  is situated at the
 anterior part of the leg.   It is fleshy,
 broad, flat, above;  small and tendinous
 below.   It arises from the anterior part
 of the middle  third of the fibula; and
 is inserted into the  posterior  part of
 the superior extremity of the last  pha-
 lanx  of the great toe.  It extends the
 last phalanx  of the great toe upon the
 first; and the first upon the first meta-
 carpal bone.
   EXTEN'SOR  COMMU'NIS DIGITO'-
 RUM PE> DIS; E.  Longus Digito'rum
 Pe'dis, E. Digito'rum lon'gus, Peroneo-
 tibi-sus-phalangettien  commun, Cne'-
 modactyla'us,  xv^uoSaxxvXaiog, Pero-
 neo-sus-phalangettien commun.  This
 muscle is,  also, situated at the  anterior
 part of the leg.   It is long, thin,  flat-
 tened, simple, and fleshy above, and
 divided into four  tendons below.  It
 arises from the outer tuberosity of the
 tibia  and the anterior surface  of the
 fibula,  and  is inserted  into  the su-
 perior part of the  posterior extremity
 of the second and third  phalanges of
 the four last toes.   It extends the three
 phalanges of these toes.
   (F) Extenseur commun  des Orteils.
   EXTEN'SOR TAR'SI MAG'NUS; E.
 Tar1 si sura'lis.   A name  given, by
 some  Anatomists, to the gastrocnemius
 and soleus  combined.
   Exter'nal  Dise'ases  (Med.)  Ex-
 trin'sic  Dise'ases,  Mor'bi  extrin'seci.
 Those diseases, which occupy the  sur-
 face of the body, and  which form the
 object of Surgical Pathology, requiring,
 generally,  external means or surgical
 operations.
    (F)  Maladies externes.
   Extinc'tto Vo'cis  (Path.)   Extinc-
 tion de voix (F).  The French use this
 term for cases in which the voice is not
 wholly suppressed, but produces only
 feeble sounds.  Incomplete aphonia.
   Extinc'tion of Mer'cury (Pharm.)
Extinc'tio Mercu'rii, vel  Hydrargyri.
 Trituration of  mercury with  lard or
other  substance,  until  the  metallic
globules  disappear.  The   mercury  is
then so divided,  that it forms a black
powder,  generally  considered to be a
protoxide of mercury, but, Orfila says,
erroneously.
   Extirpa'tion   (Surg.)  Extirpa'tio,
Abla'tio,  atputqtaig,  from extirpa're,' to
root out.'  The complete  removal or
 destruction of any part, either  by cut-
 ting instruments or the action of caus-
 tics.  Thus,  we speak of the extirpa-
 tion of a  cancer,  polypus, encysted
 tumor, &c
   (G)  Ausschneidung.
   Ex'tract (Pharm.) Extrac'tum, from
 extrahere,  ' to  draw  out,'  ' separate,'
 onog, txxvXopa,   Chylis'ma,  xvXivua,
 Ecchylo'ma.  An  extract is prepared by
 evaporating vegetable solutions, till a
 tenacious  mass is  obtained.   When
 prepared from  an  infusion or  decoc-
 tion, it is called a watery ;  from  a tinc-
 ture,  a spirituous extract.   Both kinds
 contain all  the principles ofthe vegeta-
 ble, soluble in the menstrua with which
 they are prepared ;  but the volatile
 parts are dissipated and  some  of the
 fixed parts  are decomposed ; the  proper
 extractive is oxygenized, and the virtues
 ofthe vegetable substance consequently
 altered or destroyed. Extracts are hard
 or soft; the consistence of the soft be-
 ing such  as to  retain the pilular form
 without the addition of a powder.  A
 patent  was taken  out  some years ago
 by a Mr. Barry of London for prepar-
 ing them in vacuo.
   Extracts   have,   likewise, received
 different names according to their pre-
 dominant  principle.   Gummy or  mu-
 cous, or mucilaginous are those,  which
 are  particularly composed  of gum or
 mucilage.   Gum  tragacanth  may be
 considered  a pure  gummy extract.  Ge-
 la'tinous  extracts are those, composed
 especially  of gelatine.   Resinous ex-
 tracts, those of a resinous character, —
 extrac'to-resi'nous,   those  composed of
 extractive or coloring matter and resin.
 Gum-res'inous,  those containing  gum
 and  resin; and sapona'ceous or sapona'-
 ceous saline, those  containing a notable
 quantity of saline  substances  and  a
 resinous matter, so combined with mu-
 cous and other soluble substances, that
 it cannot be separated.
  (F) Extrait.  (G) Extrakt.
   EXTRAC'TUM  CACU'MINUM  AB-
 SYN'THII (Mat. Med.) Extract of worm-
 wood,  (A decoction, defecated and evap-
 orated).  The flavor is dissipated along
 with  the  essential oil.    It  is a bitter
 tonic.   Dose, gr. x to £)j in pill.
  EXTRAC'TUM ACONtTI, Extract of
 aconite.  Suc'cus spissa'tus  aconi'ti na-
 pelli  (the inspissated juice  without de-
fecation).   It is esteemed to be narcotic
 and diuretic ; and has been given in the
 cases  referred  to   under  aconitum.
 Dose, gr. j,  gradually increasing it.
  EXTRAC'TUM AL'OES PURIFICA'-
 TUM, Pu'rified ex'tract  of aloes.  (The 
EXTRACT             371             EXTRACT
gummy part extracted  by boiling water,
defecated and inspissated.)  Dose, gr. v
to gr. xv.
   EXTRAC'TUM  ANTHEM'IDIS,  E.
anthem'idis no'bilis, E.  chamame'li, E.
flo'rum chamame'li, Ex'tract of cham'o-
mile.  The volatile oil  is dissipated in
this preparation.   It is a pure, grateful
bitter,  and is  tonic and  stomachic.
Dose, gr. x to gr. xx, in pills.
  EXTRAC'TUM BELLADON'NJE, Suc'-
cus spissa'tus at'ropa belladon'na,  Ex'-
tract of Belladon'na, (an expressed juice,
inspissated.)   Properties, same as those
ofthe plant.   Dose, gr. \ gradually in-
creased to gr. v.   Dilates  the pupil,
when applied to the eye.
   EXTRAC'TUM  CATHOL'ICUM,  Ex-
trait catholique.  This epithet is given
to pills, composed of  aloes, black helle-
bore, and colocynth,  resin of jalap, and
scammony.
   EXTRAC'TUM CASCARIL'LJE RES-
INO'SUM, Res'inous extract of cascaril'la
(Cort. cascarilla in pulv. crass, ftjj,  Sp.
vini rect.  Jfeiv.  Digest for  four days,
then decant and strain ; boil the residu-
um in  10 pints of water to 2; filter and
evaporate the decoction and distil the
tincture in a retort, till both are thick-
ened ;  then mix and  evaporate to a pil-
ular consistence.)   Dose, gr. x to gr.
 xx, in  pills.
   EXTRAC'TUM  CINCHO'NA!, Extract
of Cincho'na, E. Cor'ticis Peruvia'ni, E.
 Cincho'na  Mol'le, E. of Bark.   (A de-
coction  evaporated).  The active prin-
ciples are  similar to  those of the bark
in substance ; but it is  not so effectual;
owing to the chymical  change induced
in the  drug, during the boiling.  When
reduced, by  drying, to a state fit for
being  powdered,  it  is called the Hard
 Extract, of Bark, Extrac'tum Cor'ticis
 Peruvia'ni du'rum,  E.  Cincho'na  du'-
 rum.   Dose, gr. x to 3SS-
   EXTRAC'TUM  CINCHO'NM  RESI-
 NO'SUM,   E.  Cincho'na lancifo'lia,  E.
 Cincho'na  ru'bra resino'sum, Res'inous
 Ex'tract of Bark, E.  Cincho'na Resi'na.
 The aqueo-spirituous  extract contains
 both  the extractive  and resin of the
 bark.   Dose, gr. x to xxx.
    EXTRAC'TUM  COLOCYN'THIDIS,
 Extract of Col'ocynth.  A cathartic, in
 the dose of from gr.  v to 5 ss-
    EXTRAC'TUM   COLOCYN'THIDIS
 COMPOS'ITUM,   Extractum  Cathar'ti-
 cum,   E.   Cathol'icum,   E.  Querceta'ni.
 Com'pound Ex'tract of  Col'ocynth  ( Col-
 ocynth. pulp,  concis.  3yj, Aloes spicat.
 ext. contrit. § iss,  Scammon.  Gum-Resin
cont. § ss., Cardamom,  sem. contrit. 3 jj
Sp. Vin. ten. ft>j.  Macerate the pulp in
the spirit, at a gentle heat, for four days;
strain ;  add the aloes  and scammony;
then distil off the spirit and mix in the
cardamom seeds.  Lond. Ph.)   It is a
powerful cathartic and is used in obsti-
nate visceral obstructions,  &c  Dose,
gr. vj to 3 ss-
   EXTRAC'TUM CONII,  E.   Cicu'ta,
Suc'cus  cicu'ta  spissa'tus,  Ex'tract of
Hem'lock, Suc'cus spissa'tus conii  ma-
cula'ti.  ( Unexpressed juice, inspissated,
without  defecation).   Employed nijthe
same cases as the Conium.   Dose,  gr.
iij. to £)j.
   EXTRAC'TUM ELATE'RII, Elate'ri-
um, Extract of Elaterium.   (The fecula
ofthe expressed juice).  It is violently
cathartic, hydragogue and  sometimes
emetic  Dose, gr. ss every hour till it
operates.
   EXTRAC'TUM CACU'MINUM  GEN-
IS'TJE,  Ex'tract of Broom Tops.  Diu-
retic  and  stomachic.   Dose,  3 s3 t0
 3j.
   EXTRAC'TUM GENTIA'NJE,   Ext.
 Gentia'na lu'tea, Ext. Radi'cis  Gentia'-
na,  Ex'tract of Gen'tian.  (The  evap-
orated  decoction.)  Properties like, the
 Gentian.   Dose, gr. x to 3ss.
  EXTRAC'TUMGLYCYRRHFZJE; Ex-
tract of Liquorice.  ( The  evaporated de-
 coction).  It is  demulcent.  Dose, ad
 libitum.
   REFIN'ED  LIQJUORICE, which is
 sold in the form of cylinders, is made
 by gently evaporating a solution of the
 pure extract of liquorice with half its
 weight of gum Arabic, rolling the mass
 and cutting it into lengths, and then
 polishing, by rolling  them  together in
 a box.
   EXTRAC'TUM HJEMATOX'YLI,  E.
 Hamatox'yli  Campechia'ni, E. Sco'bis
 Hamatox'yli, Extract of Log'wood. ( The
 evaporated decoction).   It is astringent.
 Dose, gr. x to  3j-
   EXTRAC'TUM RAD<DCIS HELLEB'-
 ORI  NI'GRI,   Ext. of Black Hcll'ebore
 root, E. Helleb'ori ni'gri.  (The evapor-
 ated decoction).  In large doses, this is
 cathartic;  in  smaller, diuretic,  resol-
 vent (?)  and enimenagogue (?)  Dose,
 as a cathartic, gr. x to 9j;  as an em-
 menagogue, &c gr. iij.to gr. x.
   EXTRAC'TUM HU'MULI, Ex'tract of
 hops,  the  evaporated  decoction.   It  is
 tonic,  anodyne (?)  diuretic (?)  Dose,
 gr. v to 3j.
   EXTRAC'TUM  HYOSCY'AMI,  Ex-
 tract of Hen'bane, Suc'cus spissa'tus Hy-
 oscy'ami ni'gri, Succ.  Spiss. Hyoscy'ami.
 (The expressed juice, inspissated without 
EXTRACT            372      EXTRANEOUS BODY
defecation).   Its  virtues are narcotic.
Dose, gr. v to 5 j-
  EXTRAC'TUM  JALA'PJE,  E. Con-
vol'vuli Jala'pa, E. Jala'pii, Ex'tract of
Jal'ap,  E. Jala'pi.  (A spirituous tinc-
ture, distilled; and an aqueous decoction
evaporated,; the remains being mixed to-
gether :  kept both soft and hard). It is
cathartic and  hydragogue.  Dose, gr.
x to 9j.
  EXTRAC'TUM  JALA'PJE. RESINO'-
8UM, Res'inous Extract of Jal'ap.  This
is cathartic.
  EXTRAC'TUMLACTU'CM, Extract of
Let'tuce, Suc'cus spissa'tus Lactu'ca  sa-
ti'va. (Leaves of fresh lettuce Jjjj ; beat
them in a stone  mortar,  sprinkling
them with water;  then  express  the
juice and  evaporate, without  allow-
ing  it  to  subside, until it  acquires a
proper  degree of consistence).   It is
said to  be narcotic  and  diaphoretic.
Dose, gr. iij. to gr. x.
  An extract is, sometimes, made from
the juice of the wild lettuce,  Lactu'ca
viro'sa, which is regarded as diuretic.
  EXTRAC'TUM  O'PII, E.  O'pii aquo'-
sum, E. Thcbu'icum, Ex'tract of O'pium,
E. O'pii gummo'sum, Lau'danum op'ia'-
tum seu sim'plex,  O'pium  cola'tum  seu
depura'tum. (A watery solution, defecat-
ed  and  evaporated).   Dose, gr. ss  to
gr.  v.
  EXTRAC'TUM  PAPAV'ERIS, E. Pa-
pav'eris somnif eri, E. Papaveris albi,
Extract of white poppy. (The decoction
evaporated).  It  possesses  nearly  the
same virtues as opium,  but is weaker.
Dose, gr. ij. to £)j.
  EXTRAC'TUM  PANCHYMAGO'GUM
A drastic medicine, composed  of col-
ocynth ,  bruised with  its seeds;  senna
bruised;  black hellebore root,  Agaric,
Scammony in powder,  Extract of Aloes
and powder of Diarrhodon.
  EXTRAC'TUM  COR'TICIS  Q.UER'-
CUS, Ex'tract of oak bark.   (The decoc-
tion, evaporated).  It is astringent and
tonic.
  EXTRAC'TUM  RHE'I,  Ex'tract   of
Rhu'barb.  Uses, like those of the pow-
dered root. Dose, gr. x to 3SS-
  EXTRAC'TUM  RU'DII,  Ex'tract  of
Ru'dius, (F) Extrait de Rudius.   Pills,
made of Colocynth, agaric, scammony,
Roots of black hellebore and jalap, soco-
trine aloes, cinnamon, mace, cloves, and
alcohol.
  EXTRAC'TUM RU>TM   GRAVE'0-
LENS,  E.folio'rum  Ru'ta,  Ex'tract of
Rue, Extrac'tum  Ru'ta.  (A decoction
evaporated).  Tonic,  stomachic.  The
volatile  oil being dissipated  in   the
 boiling ; this is not a good preparation.
 Dose, gr. x to £)j.
   EXTRAC'TUM FOLIO'RUM SABt-
 NM, Ex'tract of  Sa'vine.   (A decoction
 evaporated.) Tonic.  The same remarks
 may be made on this preparation as on
 the last.  Dose, gr. x to 3SS-
   EXTRAC'TUM   SARSAPARIL'LM,
 Ex'tract of  Sarsaparil'la.  (A strained
 decoction,  evaporated).    Virtues   the
 same  as  those  of the powdered  root.
 Dose, gr. x to 3 j-
   EXTRAC'TUM STRAMO'NII, Ex'tract
 of Stramo'nium.  (Seeds of stramonium,
 Yo), boiling water, one gallon.  Macerate
for four hours in a  vessel slightly cov-
 ered, near the fire ;  then  take them out
 and bruise them  in  a stone mortar and
 return  them again to  the fluid when
 they are bruised.   Boil the liquor down
 to 4 pints, and  strain  while  it  is hot.
 Finally,  evaporate  to  a proper thick-
 ness.  Ph. L.)  Used as  a narcotic in
 asthma and other spasmodic affections.
 Dose, gr. ij to gr. x.
   EXTRAC'TUM  TARAX'ACI,  Ext.
 Her'ba et Radi'cis  Tarax'asi,  Ex'tract
 of Dandeli'on.   (A strained  decoction,
 evaporated).   It has been considered
 deobstruent,  laxative,  and  diuretic.
 Dose, gr. x to 3j-
   EXTRAC'TUM  VALERIA'NM,  Ex'-
 tract of Vale'rian.  (An expressed decoc-
 tion, evaporated).  The virtues  of  the
 valerian being dependent  upon its es-
 sential  oil,  this is an  objectionable
 preparation.   Dose, gr. x  to 3j-
   There  are some other extracts in
 the  American and other Pharmacopoe-
 ias,  but they aie  prepared in the ordi-
 nary mode and possess merely the vir-
 tues of the plants.   They are, besides,
 generally of an unimportant character.
   Extrac'tion  (Surg.)  Extrac'tio,  «£-
 ay ory t],  tcoXxi],  lit'/.xvauog, txyvXoiaig,
 from extra'he re, ' to draw out  '  The
 act of removing an extraneous substance
 from  any part  of  the body,   Thus,
 a splinter is said to be extracted.  It is,
 also, applied  to the removal of  certain
 parts.  The cataract is  said  to be  ex-
 tracted :   A  tooth  is  extracted, when
 carious, &c.
     (G)  Ausziehung.
   Extrac'tive  (Pharm.)   Same ety-
 mon.   A peculiar,  immediate  princi-
 ple, which has been  admitted in ex-
 tracts.  Thus, bitter extractive is  the im-
 mediate principle of bitter vegetables,
 &c
   Extra'neous Body (Path.)   Cor'pus
 extra'neum,  C.  exter'num,  C. alie'num.
 Any solid, liquid, or gazeous substance, 
EXTRAVASATION
EYE
wTthoTrfZ?' P.l°Celed|ng fr0m  textures or some of the cavities, a place
without or formed  m the body ;  and -foreign to it.
which constitutes no part of the'body
but occupies, in  the substance of the
  They may be grouped  as in the fol-
lowing Table.
Inanimate
  Bodies.
Animated
 Bodies.
 1. Proceeding from <
     icithout.

I 2.  Formed in the <
I      body.

CI. Participating in'.
     the life of the
     individual.   ,
 2. Having a. separ-
*•    ate existence.
These are numberless.   They may be  intro-
  duced  by the natural  ways or by accidental
  openings.
Calculi.
Effusion of blood, pus, urine, or air, into parts not
  naturally containing them.

Cysts of  every kind developed in the different or-
  gans.
Parasitic animals, as worms, Sec.
     (F)  Corps etrangers.
   Extravasa'tion (Path.)  Extravasa'-
 tio, from  ex'tra,  ' out of,' and  va'sa,
 ' vessels.'  Escape of fluids  from the
 vessels containing them, and infiltra-
 tion or effusion of those fluids into the
 surrounding textures.
   (G) Austretung, Ergiessung.
   Extrem'ity (Anat.) Extrem'itas ; the
 end or termination  of a  thing.  The
 limbs  have  been so  called,— as  the
 upper  and lower  extremities.   It  has
 been,  also, used  to  express  the  last
 moments  of  life ;  as when we say,  a
 patient is in extremity,  (F)  le malade
 est a I'cxtremite, a toute extre'mite.
   Extrin'sic  (Anat. & Path.)  Extrin'-
 secus.   That  which  comes from with-
 out.  This term has been used for mus-
 cles, which  surround  certain organs
 and attach them  to  the neighbouring
 parts ;  in order  to  distinguish  them
 from other muscles,  which enter into
 the intimate  composition of  these or-
 gans,  and  which  have been named
 intrinsic.   Thus,  there  are  extrinsic
 and intrinsic  muscles of the  tongue,
 ear, &c
  Extus'sio (Path.) from ex and tus'sis, 'a
 cough.'  ' I cough with expectoration.'
   Exu7ber (Hyg.) from ex,  < out  of,'
 ' devoid of,' and u'bera, ' the breasts ';
 anoyaXuxxog,  a child, which  has been
 weaned.
    Eye   (Anat.)    Teuton.   Auge,
 O'culus.   wxp, ouua,  oipdahiog.   The
 eye is the immediate organ of vision.
 It is seated in the orbit, whilst its de-
 pendencies, called,  by Haller,  Tu-
 tam'ina Oc'uli, ocupy the circumference
 of the  cavity  and are composed of  the
 eyebrows,  t»e eyelids, cilia, glands of
 Meibomius, &c.   The Ball, Globe, or
 Bulb ofthe Eye,  is covered anteriorly
by  the  tunica conjunctiva; is moved
by  six muscles,  straight  and  oblique,
and is constituted of membranes as
the sclerotic,  cornea,  choroid, retina,
                      32
 iris,  hyaloid,  and  in  the  foetus,  the
 membrana pupillaris ; — and  of  fluids
 called Humors or Media, — the aqueous,
 crystalline, and  vitreous.  The vessels
 ofthe eye proceed from the ophthalmic
 artery.  The nerves, except the  optic,
 are chiefly furnished from the ophthal-
 mic ganglion.
   (F) (EH.   (G) Auge.
   Writers on the anatomy, of the Eye.
 Camper, Leyd.  1746  (L).    Walter
 (Arteries of the E.), Berlin, 1778 (G).
 Zinn, Gotting. 1780 (L).   A. Monro,
 Edinb. 1797.  Rosenmuller (External
 parts ofthe E.), Leipz. 1797 (L).   S. T.
 Sommering, Frankfort, 1804 (G).  Bau-
 det Dulary, Paris, 1814 (F).  Writers
 on the Diseases of the Eye.   J. Haly,
 Venet. 1499 (L).    Canamusalus, Ve-
 net.  1499  (L).   L.  Fuchs, Tubing.
 1538  (L).  G. Bartisch,  Dresd. 1583
 (L).   H.   Bokrhaave,  Lugd.  Bat.
 Gellius (Internal  diseases of the E )
 Bas. 1613 (L).   V. F.  Plempius, Lo-
 van.  1648 (L).    W. Coward, Lond.
 1706.    A. Maitre-Jan. Troyes, 1707
 (F).   C. St. Yves, Paris,  1712 (F).
 Kennedy, Lond.  1713.  Supplement,
 Lond. 1739.   J.  Taylor, Paris,  1735
 (F).   A. Haller,  Gotting.  1750 (L).
 A. Scarpa (I) French  by Leveille.
 Eng.  by J. Briggs.   S.  De Chevanne,
 Monsp. 1753  (L).   G. B. Cammani
 17o9 (I).   G.  Chandler, Lond.  1780.
 W. Rowley,  Lond.  1790.    Gukrin
 Lyons, 1769 (F).   Dachtler, Lu<»d'
 Bat. 1770 (L).   Gendron, Paris, 1771
 (F).  Janin, Lyons, 1772 (F).   Pel-
 lier de Quengsgy,  Montpellier,  1783
 (F).    S. T. Sommering, Francf. 1804
 (L).   Desmouceaux, Paris,  1806 (F).
 Wenzel, Paris,  1808  (F).    Gleize,
 Orleans, 1812  .(F).   Trnka,  Vienna,
 1771 (L).   Jung,  Marburg, 1791 (G).
 Kortum,  Lemg.  1791  (G).   Beer
 Vienna,  1791  (G).   Another work,
Vienna, 1792.   Himly,  Bremen,  1801
(G).   J.  Wardrop (Morbid anatomy 
EYESTONE            374            FABRICIUS
ofthe E.),  Edin. 1810.   J. C. Saund-
ers, by Farre, Lond. 1811.   B. Tra-
vers,  Lond. 1820.   J. Vetch, Lond.
1820.  G. Frick, Baltimore,  1823.  G.
J. Guthrie  (Operative surgery of the
E.), Lond. 1827.   T.  O'Halloran,
Lond.  1824.   C.  H. Weller, trans-
lated from the German by  G. C. Mon-
teith, Glasgow, 1821.  W. Cleobury
(Operations on the £.), Lond. 1826.  J.
Baratta  (I)  in German, by E.  W.
Guntz and H. Robbi, Leipz.  1822.  T.
W. G. Benedict, Leipz. 1822 (G).  G.
L. Helling, Berlin, 1822 (G)  F. Fa-
bini, Pesth, 1830 (G),  K. F. Luther-
itz,  Ilmenau, 1831 (G).
  Eyestone  (Therap.)   The shelly
opercula of small turbinideae.  Used at
Guernsey to get things out  ofthe eyes.
Being put into  the inner corner of the
eye,  under  the eyelid, it will work its |
  FA'BER, John Matthje'vs,(Biogr.)
A  German  physican of the 17th Cen-
tury.  Works.  Dc partibus infimi ven-
tris  generantibus.  Tubing.  1652. 8vo.
Strycknomania, explicans strychni man-
id antiquorum vel  solani furiosi recen-
tiorum, historia monumentum, indolis
nocumentum, antidoti  documentum, Au-
gust. Vind.  1677. 4to.   Vindicia astro-
logica. 1690. 4to.
  FA'BRA, ALOYs'io,or Lou'is, del'-
la  (Biogr.)    An  Italian  physician;
born at Ferrara in 1655 ;  died in  1723.
Works.  Dissertatio de animi affectatio-
nurn physicd causd ct  loco, ac de tabaci
usu. Ferrar.  1702. 4to.  Dissertationes
physico-medica. Ferrar. 1712.
  FA'BRE, Peter, (Biog.)   Professor
in the College  de  Chirurgie, of Paris.
Works.  Traite" d'observations  de chi-
rurgie, qui conduit un praticien, en cer-
tains cas par des moyens nouveaux dans
l'art d'opcrer et  de panser mf.thodiquc-
ment les plaics et les ulceres,  &c Paris.
177:'.  12mo.   JS'ouvelles observations
sur les maladies viniriennes, &c Paris.
1779.  8vo.   Recherches sur diffirens
points de physiologic, de pathologic et de
thirapeutique,  &c  Paris.  1770.  8vo.
Recherches  sur la  nature de  I'homme
consider^ dans Vetat de  sants et duns
     t de maladie. Paris. 1776. 8vo.
  FABRF'CIUS,   Guliel'mus   Hil-
da'kus (Biogr.)   An  eminent physi-
cian and surgeon ; born at  Hilden in
Switzerland in  1560;  died  in  1634.
 way  out  at the  outward corner, and
 bring out any strange substance with
 it.  Gray.
   EYSEL orEYSE'LIUS, John Phil-
 ip, (Biogr.)   A German physician and
 medical writer;   born  at Erfurt, 1652;
 died in 1717.  Works. Enchyridion de
 formulis prescribendis, secundum metho-
 dum  Gasparis Crameri. Erfurt. 1698.
 1710. 8vo.  Compendium anatomicum.
 Erfurt. 1698. 8vo. 1710. 4to.   Compen-
 dium physiologicum. Erfurt. 1699. 8vo.
 Compendium pathologicum. Erfurt. 1699.
 8vo.  Compendium semeiologicum. Er-
 furt. 1701. 8vo. Compendiumpracticum,
 modernorum  praxi  clinica  accommo-
 datum.  Erfurt.  1710.   8vo.   Compen-
 dium  chirurgicum, Erfurt.  1714. 8vo.
 His Opera medica et chirurgica, includ-
 ing all these, were published in 1718,
| fol.
Works.  Traite de  la gangrene et du
sphacele.  Apud J. Stoer.  1597.  8vo.
Lat.  Oppenheim. 1617.  8vo.   Selecta
observationes chirurgira  quinque et vi-
ginti,  item, de gangrand et sphaceld
tractatus  methodicus. 1598.  8vo.   Ob-
servationum et curationum  chirurgica-
rum, centuria (centuria prima).  Basil.
1606. 8vo.  Centuria secunda.  Genev.
1611. 8vo.  Centuria 3tia. Oppenheim.
1614.  8vo.  Cent.  4ta.   Accessit  ejus-
dem authoris epistolarum centuria prima.
Oppenh.  1619. 4to.  Centur. v.  Francf.
1627.  4to.  De dysenterid liber unus.
Oppenh.  1616. 8vo.   Lithotomia, or the
operations for the stone,  translated into
English.  Lond.  1640.  8vo.   Experi-
ments in chirurgery,  concerning combus-
tion or burnings.  Lond.  1643.  4to.
Originally published at  Basil.  1607.
8vo.  Opera observationum  et  curatio-
num medico-chirurgicarum qua extant
omnia.  Francf.  1646. fol.  A German
edition.  Stutgard.   1652.  fol.  After-
wards, published under the title, Opera
omnia.  Francf. 1682. fol.
  FABRF'CIUS,  James  (Biogr.)   An
eminent  German  physician; born  at
Rostoch,  1577 ; died in 1652.  Works.
Periculum  medicum, seu. juvenilium
faturapriores. Halae. 160*. 8vo.  Uro-
scopid, seu, de urinis tractatus. Rostoch.
1605.  4to.  De cephalalgid autumnali.
Ibid. 1617. 4to.  Insthtutio medici prac-
ticum aggredientis. Rostoch.  1619. 4to.
Oratio, renunciationi novi medicina doc-
F 
FABRICIUS           375              FACIAL
toris pramissa,  de  causis  cruentantis
cadaver is prasente homicidd. Rost. 1620.
Dissertatio de novo-antiquo capitis morbo
ac  dolore,  cum  aliis  disquisitjionibus
medicis de dijfic. nonnull. materiis prac-
ticis. Rostoch.  1640.
  FABRP'CIUS or FABRF'CIO, Jer'-
ome,  or Hierony'mus Fabri"cius ab
Acquapenden'te.   An eminent Italian
surgeon;  born in  the territory of Or-
vieto, in Italy, in 1537 ; died in 1619.
Works.    Pentateuchus   chirurgicus,
Francf. 1592.  (Containing five disser-
tations on  tumours,  wounds,  ulcers,
fractures,  and luxations).   De visione,
voce et  auditu.  Ven.  1600. fol.  Trac-
tatus de oculo, visusque organo.  Padua.
1601.   De venarum  ostiolis.  Padua.
1603.   De locutione et ejus instrumen-
tis. Pad. 1603.  De musculi artificio et
ossium de  articulationibus.   Vincent.
1614.   De  respiratione ct ejus instru-
mentis. lib. 2. Padua.  1615.   De motu
locali animalium secundum  totum.  Pa-
tav. 1618.  4to.   De  guld,  ventriculo,
intestinis tractatus.  Patav.  1618.  4to.
De integumentis corporum.   Pad. 1618.
De integumentis  animalium,  libellus.
Monte  Reg. 1642.  4to.   Tractatus de
respiratione, ventriculo, musculi  artifi-
cio, tfec Patav.  1625. 4to.   Medicina
practica.  Par.  1634.  4to.    Tractatus
quatuor. 1.    De  formato fatu   &c.
Francf.  1648.  fol.    Opera anatomica
qua continent de formato fatu, deforma-
tione ovi et pulli, de locutione et ejus in-
struments, de brutarum loqueld. Padua.
1604.  fol.    Opera  chirurgica, in duas
partes divisa.  Padua.  1667. fol. Opera
omnia physiologica ct anatomica. Leipz.
1687.   Another   edition   by  Siegf.
Albinus.  Lugd. Bat.  1738. fol.
  Face (Anat.)  Fa'cies, Vul'tus, nqoa-
omov.   The face is the anterior   part
of the head.  It is formed of 13 bones,
viz. the two superior maxillary, the two
malar,  the  two ossa nasi,  the two  ossa
unguis, the vomer,  the two ossa spon-
giosa inferiora, the two palate bones and
the inferior maxillary, without includ-
ing the frontal portion ofthe os frontis,
and the 32 teeth, which maybe consid-
ered to form part of it.  Its numerous
muscles are chiefly destined for  the
organs  of  sight,   hearing, taste,  and
smell.   Its  arteries proceed  from the
external carotid ;  its  veins end in the
jugular, and its nerves draw their ori-
gin immediately from  the brain.
  The face experiences alterations in
disease, which it is important to attend
to.  It is yellow in  jaundice, pale and
puffy in dropsy;  and  its  expression is
very different according to the seat of
irritation, so that, in infants, by an at-
tention to medical physiognomy, we can
often detect the disease.
  Hippocrates has well  depicted  the
change,  which it  experiences in one
exhausted  by long sickness, by great
evacuations, excessive hunger, watch-
fulness,  &c, threatening dissolution.
Hence this state  has been  called  the
Fa'cies Hippocr at'ica, or Fa'cies Cada-
ver'ica, F.  Tortua'lis.  In this, the nose
is pinched;  the  eyes are  sunk;  the
temples  hollowT ;  the ears  cold, and
retracted;   the  skin of the forehead
tense, and  dry ;  the complexion livid;
the lips pendent, relaxed, and cold, &c.
  The term Face (F) is likewise given
to one of  the  aspects of an  organ ;
thus, we say, the superior face of  the
stomach.   (G).  Gesicht.
  Writers on the face as  an index of
disease, &c.  G.  E. Stahl,  Hal. 1705
(L).  V. J. Grill  (the face  the mirror
ofthe mind), Wirceburg. 1738 (L).   S.
Th. Quelmalz, Lips. 1748 (L).   Ha-
thuani,  Basil,  1748  (L).   Ch. Lan-
gius (F. Hippocrat.), Lips. 1751 (L).
J. F. Wiedmann, Helmst.  1758 (L).
J. L. Hammes,  Jenae, 1763 (L).   Fr.
Cabuchet, Paris.  1801(F)    P. Bar-
roilhet, Paris,  1809 (F).   E. Leurs,
Paris, 1813 (F).   J. M. R. Delabigne-
Deschamps, Paris, 1813 (F).
  Facette'  (F.)  (Anat.)   Diminutive
offace.   A small  face : a small, circum-
scribed portion of the surface of a bone,
as the articular facette of a bone.
  Fa'cial  (Anat.) Facia'lis ; belonging
to, or connected with, the face.
  FA'CIAL NERVE,  Por'tio du'ra of
the 1th pair, Ra'mus du'rior sep'tima
conjuga'tionis,  Sympathet'icus  mi'nor,
lies'piratory nerve of the face, Par scp'-
timum si've facia'le, Commu'nicans fa-
cie'i ner'vus.  This nerve  arises from
the  inferior  and  lateral  part of  the
tuber annulare,   in the groove which
separates it  from  the medulla oblon-
gata ;  external  to the corpora  oliva-
ria,  and  by  the  side  of  the auditory
nerve.  It issues from the cranium by
the meatus auditorius internus; enters
the  aqueduct of  Fallopius, receives
a  branch of the  vidian nerve,  sends
off filaments to  the internal  muscles
of the malleus and stapes;  furnishes
that called  Corda Tympani;  makes
its exit at the foramen stylo-mastoide-
um, and divides into  two branches —
the temporo-facial, and cervicofacial.
  The FA'CIAL ARTERY,  La'bial ar'-
tery, An'gular ar'tery, or exter'nal max'- 
FACTITIOUS           37G           FALCIFORM
 Mary,  A. palato-labial (Ch.);  is  a
 branch of the  external carotid, which
 rises beneath  the  digastricus,  and is
 distributed to almost  every part of the
 face.  It furnishes the inferior palatal,
 submental, superior labial, inferior la-
 bial, and dorsalis nasi.
   The  FACIAL  VEIN, Pal'ato-la'bial
 (Ch.),  arises between the  skin  and
.frontalis muscle, and bears  the name
 V. Fronta'lis;  (F) Veine fronlale ou
 V. preparate.  It then descends verti-
 cally, towards the greater  angle  of the
 eye, where it is called Angula'ris ; and
 afterwards descends,  obliquely, on the
 face, to open into the internal jugular,
 after having received  branches,  which
 correspond with those of the  facial
 artery.  It is only in the latter part of
 its course, that it is called  Facial Vein.
 Chaussier calls the  external carotid
 artery, Facial Artery.
   Factitious  (Pharm.)   Facti'Hius.
 That which is made by art, in opposition
 to what is natural or found already ex-
 isting in nature. Thus, we say j'actitious
 mineral waters,  for  artificial mineral
 waters.
     (F) Factice.
   Fac'ulty (Phys.) Facul'tas, Power,
 Virtue.  Power of executing  any func-
 tion  or act.   The collection of the in-
 tellectual  faculties constitutes the un-
 derstanding.  We say, also, vital facul-
 ties for vital properties.    k
  F^'ces (Phys.) Plural of Wr; Cher'-
 sa, Dregs. The alvine evacuations are
 so  called ;   the  excrements.  Fa'cal
 mat'ter.   See Excrement.
     (F) Garde-robes.
   Faga'ra  Octan'dra  (Mat.  Med.)
 from fa'gus,  ' the beech,'  which it re-
 sembles.  The systematic  name of the
 plant,  which  affords Tacamahaca, a
 resinous substance, that  exudes from
 the  tree.   Tacamahaca,  which has a
 fragrant, delightful smell, was formerly
 in high estimation as  an ingredient in
 warm,  stimulating  plasters,  and  was
 given internally like  the balsams  gen-
 erally.  The ■ East  India  Pacamahac,
 Bal'samum  Vir'ide,   O'leum Ma'ria,
 Bal'samum Cal'aba, is yielded by the
 Calophyl'lum inophyl'lum.
   The  FAGA'RA PIPERITA, (F) Fa-
 garier poivre.  A native of Japan, pos-
 sesses  the qualities of pepper,  and is
 used, as such,  by the Japanese.  It is,
 also, employed as  a  rubefacient  cata-
 plasm.
   FAGON,  Guy Crescent (Biogr.)
 An  eminent  French physician ; born at
 Paris in 1638; died in  1718.  Works.
An arthritidi ct inveterato  rheumatis-
mo curandis solo  lacte vesci convenit.
Paris. 1663. 4to.  An senibus nocet meri
potio?  Paris. 1664.  4to.  An frequens
nicotiana usus vitam abbrevet? Paris.
1699. 4to.   Les qualites du quinquina.
Paris. 1703. 12mo.   Quastio medica an
medicus philosophus mechanico-chymi-
cus?  Paris. 1703. 4to.
  Fa'gis  casta'nea (Mat.Med.) The
systematic name of the Chesnut Tree.
Casta'nea, C. vulgaris, xuqvu xaoxavat-
xi],  Casta'nea  ves'ca,  Lopi'ma, Mota,
Glans Jo'vis Theophrasti, Ju'piter's
A'corn, Sardin'ian A'corn ; the  Com-
mon  Ches'nut.  The Chesnut, Casta'-
nea  nux,   xaaxavaixov  xuqvov,  fioxov,
A'o? fiuXavog,Xun utov, xuoruvov, afiwxov,
is farinaceous and  nutritious, but not
easy of digestion.
  (F)  Chataignicr commun.
  (G)  K as tan i e n baum.
  (The Fruit) (F) Chataigne, (G) Kas-
tanien, Marronen.
  FA'GUS CASTA'NEA  PU'MILA. The
Chin'capin,  Casta'nea   Pu'mila.  The
nut of  this  American  tree  is  eaten
like the chesnut.  The bark has been
used in intermittents.
    (F) Chataiguier nain.
  FA'GUS  SYLVAT'ICA. The  syste-
matic name ofthe Beech. Fa'gus,Ox'ya,
Balan'da,  o'iva, Valanida;  the Beech
Tree.  The Beech-nut  or Beech-mast
affords an oil, by expression, which  is
of a palatable character, and is eaten
in some places  instead  of butter.   It
lias been supposed to be a good vermi-
fuge, but it is no better than any mild
oil.
   (F)  Hetre.
   (G)  Buchbaum.
  The Beech-mast is called  in  French
Faine, (G) Bucheichel.
  FAHNER, John Christopher (Bi-
ogr.)  A German physician  of Hohen-
stein ; born at Buttstiidt in Weimar  in
1758; died in 1802.  Works. Magazin
fur  die  popular Arzneikunde.  Erfurt.
2 Bde.  1785.  8vo.  Frank's  System
der medicin.  Pulizey,  im  Ausz. mit
Zusatz. Berlin.  1792. 8vo.  System der
gerichtl. Arzneikunde.  Stendal.  3 Bde.
1795. 8vo.
  Fair'burn,  Mineral  Waters   of
(Mat. Med.) The mineral waters at this
place, which is in the  county of Ross,
in Scotland, are sulphureous and fre-
quented.
  Fal'ciform   (Anat.)  Falcifor'mis,
^qtnavottdijg, from falx,' a scythe,' and
for'ma, ' shape.'  Having the shape of
a scythe.   This term has been applied 
FALCONER            377           FALLOPIUS
to different parts.  See  Falx and Si-
nus.
  The FAL'CIFORM EXPAN'SION OF
THE  FAS'CIA  LAfTA  is the scythe-
shaped  reflection  of the fascia lata,
which forms, outwards and  upwards,
the  opening for the vena saphaena, and
is attached  to  the crural arch  by  its
superior extremity, forming the anterior
paries ofthe canal of the same name.
  FAL'CONER, Mag'nus {Biog.)  A
Surgeon and teacher of Anatomy; born
in 17—; died in     .    Works. Ex-
perimental  inquiries ;   containing  a
description  of  the red particles  oj  the
blood in  the human  subject and  in
other animals.   With an account ofthe
structure  and  offices of the  lymphatic
glands; ofthe thymus gland, and of
the spleen. Lond. 1770.  8vo.  Synopsis
of a course of lectures on anatomy and
surgery. Lond. 1779. 8vo.
  FAL'CONER,  Wil'liam, M.  D.,
F. R. S. (Biog.) Physician to the Gen-
eral Hospital at Bath,  England; born
in;   died in     .  Works. An essay
on the Bath waters, in four parts: with
a prefatory introduction to  the  study
 oj' mineral waters, in  general. Lond.
 1770.  12mo.   Vol.11:  On their exter-
 nal uses;  in  two  parts.  1775. 8vo.
 Observations on the gout. Lond. 1771.
 8vo.   Observations and  experiments
 on the poison of copper. Lond. 1774.
 12mo.  An essay on  the waters com-
 monly used in diet  at  Bath.   Lond.
 1776." 12mo.   Experiments  and obser-
 vations:  in three parts. Lond. 1777.
 8vo. — chiefly  with  regard to the effects
 of water impregnated with fixed air, as
 a solvent for stone, and as an antisep-
 tic.  Observations  on  some articles of
 diet and regimen usually recommended
 to valetudinarians. Lond. 1778. 12mo,
 Remarks on  the influence  of climate,
 situation, nature of country,population,
 nature of food,  and  way  of  life on
 the disposition  and  temper, manners
  and  behaviour,  intellects,  laws  and
  customs, forms of government, and re-
  ligion of mankind.  Lond,  1781.  4to,
  Account ofthe epidemic catarrhal fever,
  commonly called the influenza, as  it
  appeared at Bath in 1782,  Lond, 1782,
  8vo.   A dissertation upon the influence
  of the passions upon the  disorders of
  the body. Lond.  1788. 8vo.  An essay
  on the  preservation  of the health of
 persons  employed  in  agriculture, and
  on the cure of diseases incident to that
  way of life. Lond. 1789. 8vo.  A prac-
  tical dissertation on the medicinal ef-
 fects ofthe Bath waters.  Lond. 1790.
                  32*
8vo.  Observations regarding the pulse,
intended to point out with greater cer-
tainty the indications which it signifies,
especially in feverish complaints. Lond.
1796.  8vo.  An essay on  the plague;
also a sketch of a plan of internal po-
lice, proposed as  a means of preventing
the spreading of the plague, should it
be introduced into this country.  Bath.
1801.  8vo.  An account ofthe epidemic
catarrhal fever,  commonly called  the
influenza, as  it appeared at Bath  in
the winter and spring  of 1803.   Bath,
1803.   8vo.   An examination of Dr.
Heberden's  observations on  the in-
crease and decrease  of  different dis-
eases, and particularly of the plague,
Bath.  1802.  8vo.  A dissertation  on
ischias, or  the disease ofthe hip-jovit,
commonly called a hip case, and on the
use of Bath waters as a remedy in this
complaint.  Lond. 1805.
   FAL'CONET, Camil'le  (Biog.) A
French physician  and  miscellaneous
writer; born  in 1671;  died in  1762.
Works. An totum generationis opus
soils  mechaniccs legibus absolvatur.
Paris. 1709. 4to.  Utrum  ex mineralibus
et metallicis  chronicorum  morborum
certior curatio?  Par. 1710. 4to.  Anaer
qui temperatissimus  videtur, perinde
 omnibus suliibris ? Paris. 1710. -lto.
   Faldel'la  (Surg.)  xqt.ixoc uoxog,
 A pledget or tent of lint, used by Sur-
 geons,    i
   FALLO'PIUS, Ga'briel  (Biogr.)
 A celebrated Physician and Anatomist;
 born at Modena in 1523; died in 1563.
 Works. Observationes anatomica. Ven.
 1562.  12mo.  Operd et studio Joh.
 Sigfrid, cum prafat. J. Bokel. Med.
 Helmst. 1688. 8vo.  Libri duo: — alter
 de ulctribus; alter de tumoribus pra-
 ter naturam.  Ven.  1563. 4to,  De mor-
 bo gallico. Pat, 1564, 8vo.  De simpli-
 cibus m dicamentis purgantibus. Ven.
 1566. 4to. Opuscula; accedit Gulielmi
 Rondeletii  tractatus de fucis.  Item
 arcanorum  liber primus.  Edited  by
 P. Angllus  Agathus.  Pat, 1566.  4to.
  Opuscula  tria: de vulneribus.  Ven.
  1569, 4to.   Tractatus de compositione
 medicamentorum.  Ven.  1570.  4to.  In
  librum Galeni de ossibus; huic acces-
  serunt observationes anatomica ejus-
  dem auctoris. Ven.  1570. 4to.  Lectio-
  nes  anatomica. Norimb. 1575. fol.  De
  ulceribus.  Erf. 1577. 4to.   His works
  were published under the title— Opera
  genuiana  omnia,  tarn  practica quam
  theoretica, in tres.tomos distributa. Ven,
  1584, 1606.  Cum   operum appendice,
  Francf. 1600- 3 vols, fol 
FALLTRANCK         378       ,  FALSIFICATION
  Falltranck or Faltranck  (Mat.
Med.) (G)  literally, a drink against
falls.  A vulnerary.   It is a mixture of
several aromatic,  and slightly astrin-
gent plants, which grow chiefly in the
Swiss Alps, and  hence the  name —
 Vvlneraire Suisse — given to such dried
plants, cut  into-fragments.  They are
called, also, Esp&ces  vulnei'aires  and
 The Suisse.
    (G) Schweizerwundthee.
  The  infusion of  the  Falltranck is
aromatic, and slightly agreeable, but of
no  use in the  cases for which  it has
been particularly recommended.
  False (Anat., Path., &c.)  Fal'sus,
 Spu'rious, Bas'tard,  JVo'thus, Pseu'do.
This epithet has been frequently added
to peripneumony, pleurisy, &c ,  to de-
signate a disease similar to these, but
less severe.  Most commonly, a severe
catarrh or pleurodynia has received the
name. See Peripneumonia notha.
    (F) Faux.   (G)  Falsch.
  FALSE PAS'SAGE.  Fal'sa Vi'a.  An
accidental passage, made in surgical
operations, and  particularly in  intro-
ducing the catheter.  The catheter, is,
sometimes,  passed through into  the
rectum.
    (F) Fausse Route.
  We  say,  also,  False Ribs,  False
Rhubarb, &c
  FALSE WATER (Obstet.) False De-
liv'ery.  Water, which sometimes col-
lects between the amnion and chorion,
and is commonly discharged before the
birth of the child.
  Falsification (Pharm.) Adultera'-
tio, from fal'sus, ' false,' and fa'cere,
' to make.'  A fraudulent imitation or
alteration of an aliment or medicine by
different admixtures. It is synonymous
with adultei ation and sophistication.
    (G) Verfalschung.
TABLE OF COMMON FALSIFICATIONS OF  SOME  OF THE MOST  USEFUL
                             DRUGS, &C.
medicines.   | adulterations. |
MODE OF DETECTION.
Acacia Gummi.
AcETUM DISTIL-
     LATUM.
AETHER RECTIFI-
     CATUS.


Aqua Ammonia.

Ammonia Carbo-
      NAS.


Ammoniacum.
Antimonii Sul-
  phuretum.
 Gum Senegal.
 Sulphuric Acid.

 JYitric Acid.

 Copper,  .   .

 Lead. .  .   .
' Too dilute.  .
 Sulphuric Acid.
 Alcohol.  .   .

 Carbonic Acid.
Lead.
Arsenic.
■I
Manganese and )
     Iron.      )
G. S. is clammy and tenacious.
Acetate of barytes causes a white pre-
  cipitate.
By  evaporating it, the residuum defla^
  grates,  when  thrown  on   burning
  charcoal.
Supersaturate  with  ammonia—a blue
  color is produced.
Sulphuretted hydrogen causes  a  dark
  precipitate.
S. G. detects this.
By acetate of barytes. Precipitate white
With phosphorus a milky instead of lim-
  pid solution is formed.
A precipitation  occurs on adding a solu
  lution of muriate of lime.
It should be capable of complete volatil
  zation by heat.
The  Gutta Ammoniaci are white, clear,
  and dry.
The  lump Ammoniacum, Lapis Ammo-
  niaci, is often adulterated with com-
  mon resin.
It ought to  be  entirely volatilized by a
  red heat.
Imparts a foliated texture,  and is not
  vaporizable.
A smell of garlic is emitted when thrown
  on live coals,  &c.

Are not vaporizable. 
FALSIFICATION        379        FALSIFICATION
Argenti Nitras.-^ Copper.
medicines.   | adulterations. |
MODE OF DETECTION.
Arsenicum Al-
      bum.
Balsamum Peru-
    vianum.
Capsicum.
Cayenne Pepper.
 Chalk, Sulphate^
   of Lime, Sul
   phate  of Ba
   rytes.   .
' A  mixture  of\
   Resin 8f some
   Volatile Oil,
   with   Benzo-
The solution assumes a blue color, when
  supersaturated with ammonia. It may
  be suspected when  the  salt deliques-
  ces.


Not volatizable by heat.
Not easily detected.
Castoreum.

Castor.
Cera flava,

Yellow Wax.
Cera alba.
White Wax.

Cinchona.
Bark.
Coccus.
Cochineal.


Copaiba.
Balsam of Copai-
       ba.
Muriate of Soda.  This disposes it to deliquesce.
               C Digest in acetic acid, and add a solution
Red Lead.  .   \   of sulphuret of ammonia — a  dark
                   colored precipitate will be produced.
Crocus.
Saffron.
CUBEBA.
Cubebs.
 "A  mixture  of
    dried   blood,
    gum   ammo-
    niac,  and  a
    little real cas-
    tor,   stuffed
    into the scro-
    tum of a goat.
  Earth or Pease-
       meal.

  Resin.   .    .  <



  Tallow.  .   .  -I


 C White Lead.

 1 Tallow.  .   .  <

 \ This is various- S
 i  ly adulterated. J

 ( Pieces of doughs
    formed    in |
■i   moulds, and *>
    colored  with \
 [_   cochineal.     J

  Oil.  .   .   .  \

  Fibres of smoked
       Beef.
  Petals   of the'
   Calendula offi-
   cinalis  & Car-
   thamus  Tinc-
   torius.
 'Turkey Yellow'
   Berries, or the
   dried  fruit  of
   the Rhamnus
   Catharticus.
Smell and taste will generally detect the
  fraud.
May be  suspected  when the cake  is
  brittle and color grayish.
Put it  in cold alcohol, which will dis
  solve the resin, without acting  on the
  wax.
Is known by the greater softness and
  unctuosity and its smell when melted
  Turmeric  is generally  added in this
  case to obviate the paleness.
Melt the  wax, the oxide will subside.
The cake has not its ordinary translu
  •cency.
Can only be  detected by practice, and
  examining into the quantity of quinine
  or cinchonine it contains.


Throw it into water, the  adulteration
  will appear.


If it does not retain  its  spherical form
  when dropped into  water, its adulte-
  ration may be inferred.
Affords an unpleasant odor when thrown
  on live coals.


Infuse  the specimen in hot water, and
  the difference will be perceptible.
>■ Detected by attentive examination. 
FALSIFICATION         380        FALSIFICATION
MEDICINES.   |  ADULTERATIONS. |
Cusparia  Cor-
      tex.
Angustura Bark.

Guaiaci Resina.
Resin of Guaia-
      cum.

Hydrargyri Ni-
 TRICOrOxYDUM.
Red Precipitate.
Hydrargyri
 Submurias.

Calomel.
Hydrargyri Sul-
  phuretum   ru-
  BRUM.
Hydrargyri Sul-
  phuretum   ni-
  GRUM.

Jalapa Radix.
Jalap Root.
Magnesia.
Magnesia Sub-
   Carbonas,
Carbonate of Mag-
     nesia.
False Angustura
 sometimes  sold
 for it.
Common Resin. <
MODE OF DETECTION.
Manchineel
  Gum.
Red Lead.
Corrosive  Sub-
    limate.
Manna.
Moschus.

Musk.
Olea Distilla-
      TA.
Essential Oils.
[Red Lead.
[ Ivory black.  .


 Bryony Root.
Lime.  .

Sulphuret of
   Lime.
Chalk.
Gypsum.
Dried blood.  .

Asphaltum.
Fine particles
  of Lead.

Fixed Oils.   .
Alcohol.
   The  epidermis of the true Cusparia is
     characterized by being covered with a
     matter resembling the rust of iron.
   Detected  by  the  turpentine  emitted
     when thrown upon hot coals.
 f Add to the tincture a few drops of spirit
     of  nitre, and dilute  with  water : the
     guaiacum  is precipitated — the adul-
     teration  floats in white striae.
   Digest in acetic acid;  add sulphuret of
     ammonia, which will produce a dark-
     colored  precipitate.   It should be to-
     tally volatilized by  heat.
   A precipitation will be  produced by the
     carbonate of potass, from a solution made
     by boiling  the suspected sample with
J    a small portion of muriate of ammonia
     in distilled water.*1  When calomel  is
     rubbed with a fixed alkali it  ought to
     become  intensely black, and not ex-
     hibit any orange hue.
C  Digest in acetic acid,  and add sulphuret
<    of ammonia — a black precipitate will
£    be produced.

V  Throw a suspected portion on hot coals
J    — the residuum will detect the  fraud.
C  B. root is of a paler color and less com
<    pact texture, and does not easily burn
£    at the flame of a candle.        •
C  Detected by the solution in dilute sulphu
<    ric  acid, affording  a  precipitate with
(_    oxalate of ammonia.
<  Gives off, when moistened, the smell of
I    sulphuretted hydrogen.
f  Detected by adding dilute sulphuric acid
J    to the suspected  substance,  when,  if
]    chalk be present, there will be a white
(^    insoluble precipitate.
(  Boil in distilled water, and test the solu-
    tion by a barytic and oxalic reagent.
   A factitious article, consisting of°honey
    or sugar mixed with scammony, is
    sometimes sold  for  it; but the color,
     weight, transparency, and taste detect
     it.
   The bag must not appear  to  have been
    opened.
   This may be suspected, if it emits a fetid
     smoke when inflamed.
   Discovered by its melting and running
    before it  inflames.
   Rub with water.  The metallic particles
    will  subside.
   Touch writing paper with it, and hold
    it before the fire:  fixed oil  leaves a
    stain of grease.
   Add water.  A milkiness and  increase
    of temperature occurs. 
FALX
381
FAMIGERATISSIMUM
MEDICINES.   | ADULTERATIONS.
Opium.
Oleum  Ricini.
Castor Oil.

Zinci Oxydum.
Flowers of Zinc.
Extract of Li-^\
 quorice,  Bul-
 lets,and stones
 sometimes  in
 it: Extract of
 poppy, of the I
 Chelidonium
 majus, G. Ara-
 bic, G. Tiaga-
 canth, Linseed
 Oil,    Cow's
 Dung.

Olive or Almond S
 or Poppy Oil. J
Chalk.  .    .   .

White Lead.   . J
MODE OF DETECTION.
The  best opium is  covered with leaves
  and the reddish capsules  of a species
  of Rumex.  The  inferior kinds have
  no capsules adherent.  It is bad when
  soft and friable, when  intensely black
  or  mixed  with many  impurities, and
  when sweet. The quantity of morphine
  affords the best test.
Alcohol,  S. G. .820, will  mix with any
  proportion of castor oil, whilst it dis-
  solves very little ofthe others.
Sulphuric acid excites an effervescence.
Sulphuric acid forms an insoluble sul-
  phate of lead.
   Writers on Pharmaceutical Falsifi-
 cation.  L. Harmes, Regiom. 1723 (L).
 A. Th. Richter, Dresd. 1732 (L).  J.
 1. Mayer, Prag.  1740 (L).  J. B. van
 den Sande, Lahaye, 17c4 (F). G. Ch.
"Conradi, Hanover,  1793 (G).    J. E.
 Ch. Ebermaier, Brunswick, 1794 (G).
 Another work, in a tabular form, Leipz.
 1804 (G).  J. Schaub,  Cassel,  1797
 (G).  N. Deyeux, an. vii (F).  Ch. H.
 Th.  Schreger,  1804 (G).   G. W.
 Ruede, Cassel, 1606 (G). A. P. Favre,
 Paris, 1812 (F).
   Falx (Anat.) Anatomists have  given
 this name to several  membranous re-
 flections having the shape of a falx  or
 scythe, (G)  S i chel f ort s at z, as
   1. The FALX  CER'EBRI, (F)  Faux
 de  cerveau,   Sep'tum  Cer'ebri,  Falx
major, Ver'tical supe'rior longitu'dinal
proc"ess,  Mediasti'num cer'ebri,  Repli
longitudinal de la me"ninge, (Ch.)  The
greatest process of the dura mater.  It
extends from the  fore to the hind part
of the  skull, on  the  median line ;  is
broad behind and narrow before, and is
lodged in  the groove, which separates
the hemispheres from each other — the
interlobar fissure.  At its superior part
is seated the longitudinal sinus (supe-
rior), and at its lower, corresponding to
the edge ofthe scythe, the inferior lon-
gitudinal sinus.   Its anterior extremity
is attached to the crista galli; its pos-
terior is continuous with the tentorium
cerebelli, and  contains the straio-ht si-
nus.
  2.  The  FALX  CEREBEL'LI,  (F)
Faux du eervelet, Falx mi'nor, Sep'tum
Cerebel'li,  Septum median du eervelet
(Ch.),  is a triangular process of the
 dura mater opposite the internal occip-
 ital  protuberance.  Its base is attached
 to the middle of the tentorium, and its
 top  or apex bifurcates,  to  proceed  to
 the sides of the foramen  magnum.  Its
 convex surface is towards the cranium,
 and its concave in the fissure or groove,
 which separates  the  two lobes of the
 cerebellum.
  3. The GREAT FALX OF THE PE-
 RITONEUM, Falx  Peritone'i max'ima,
 (F) Grande faux  du piritoine, Faux
 de  la  Veine Ombilicale,  Falx of the
 umbil'ical  vein, is  a  reflection of the
 peritoneum,  which  ascends from the
 umbilicus to the anterior and inferior
 surface ofthe liver.
  The  LES'SER FAL'CES OF  THE
 PERITONE'UM,    Fal'ces  Peritone'i
 min'ima, (F) Petites faux du peritoine,
 are the lateral ligaments of the  liver
 and  the reflections, which the perito-
 neum forms, raised up by the umbilical
 arteries.
  Famel'ica Fe'bris (Path.) from fa'-
 mes, ' hunger.'   Fever,  accompanied
 with insatiable hunger.  Sylvius.
  Fa'mes  Lupi'na  (Path.) Lycorex'is,
 Xvxoqt'iig.  Authors have described, un-
 der this name, a kind of Bulimia, or
 depravation of the digestive functions,
 in which the patient  eats voraciously,
 and passes his food, almost immediately
 afterwards, per anum.
    (F) Faim de Loup.
    (G) Wolfshunger.
  Famigeratis'simum  Emplas'trum
 (Pharm.) from fa'ma, 'fame,' and ge'-
 ro, '  I  wear.'  A plaster, extolled in
ague, and made of aromatic, irritating
substances. It was applied to the wrist. 
FANON              362             FASCIA
   FANON(F) (Surg.) from (G) Fahne,
 ' a banner,'' ensign,' ' standard.'  Fer'-
 ula, Lec'tulus,  Thor'ulus  stramin'eus.
 A splint of a particular shape, employed
 in  fractures  of the  thigh and  leg  to
 keep the bones in contact.
   The Fanons  were  divided into true
 and false.  The true  consist of a cylin-
 der of straw, strongly surrounded with
 a  cord  or riband,   in  the  centre  of
 which a  stick is usually placed  to en-
sure its solidity.  The false consist  of
 a thick piece of linen, made flat, like a
 compress, and folded at the extremities.
 It was  placed between  the fractured
 limb and the true fanon.  The Drap-
 fanon is a large piece of common cloth
 placed beneath the fractured limb, and
 in which  the fanons or lateral  splints
 are rolled.
   Fan'tom or Phan'tom  (Path.  & Oh-
 sletr.)  from  ipuvxaoua,   ' a spectre.'
 This  word  has two acceptations.   It
 means the spectres and images,  which
 the imagination presents to the sick,
 when asleep or awake ;  and, also, the
 figure on  which surgeons  practise the
 application of bandages, or the  accou-
 cheur, the manual part of midwifery.
   (F) Fantome, Phantome, Mannequin.
   FANTONI, John, (Biogr.) A cele-
 brated physician, born at Turin in 1675,
 where he taught anatomy and medi-
 cine.   Works.  Dissertationes anatomi-
 ca xi.  Taurini. 1701. 8vo.   Anatomia
 corporis humani ad usum theatri mcdici
 accommodata. Taurin. 1711.    Disser-
 tations dua  de structurd. et  usu dura
 matris et lymphaticorum  vasorum, ad
 A.vtonium   Pacchionlm   conscripta.
 Rom.  1721.   De thcrmis Vahlerianis
 dissertationes dua.  Genev. 1725. 8vo.
  Opuscula medica ct  physiologica.  Ge-
 nev. 1738. 4to.  Dissertationes anatom-
 ica septan priores renovata  de  ubdom-
 inc. Taurin.  1745.   Commentariolum
 de  aquis Vinaoliensibus, Augustanis, ct
 Avfionensilms. Taurin. 1747.
   FANTONI, John Baptist (Biogr.)
 Father of the preceding, and professor
 of anatomy, and of the theory of med-
 icine, at Turin ;  died in 1692, aged 40.
 Works.   Observationes anatomico-medi-
 ca selectiores. Turin. 1699.
   Farctu'ra ( Pharm.) Fartu'ra, from
 farcire, ' to  stuff'   The  operation  of
 introducing medicinal substances into
 the cavities  of animals,  or ®f  fruits,
 which have  been previously emptied.
    Fari'na  (Hyg.)  alipixov, xquivov.
 Al'eton, aXtxov, Aleu'ron,  aXtvqov, Alc'-
 ma, alalia, from far, ' corn,'of which
 it is made. Meal ox flour.  The powder,
 obtained by  grinding the seeds of the
 gramineous, leguminous,  ano\ cucurbi-
 taceous  plants  in  particular.    It iti
 highly nutritious, and is much  used,
 dietetically as well as medicinally.
     (G) Me hi.
   FARI'NA  TRIT'ICI, wheaten flour;
 F. Seca'lis, Rye flour, or meal, F. Hor'-
 dei, Barley  meal,  F. Avena'cea,   Oat
 meal, &c
   FARfNAS RESOLVEN'TES.   This
 name was  formerly given to a mixture
 of the  farina of four different plants ;
 the Lupine, lupinus albus, the Ervum
 Ervilia,  the Vicia faba and the Barley,
 Hordeum distichum. They were recom-
 mended to form cataplasms.
   (F) Purines resolutives.    (G)  Au-
 flosbare  Me hie.
   Farina'ceous (Path. Hyg. &c.)  Fa-
 rina'ceous,  Farino'sus, Mealy.  Having
 the appearance or nature of farina.   A
 term given to all articles of food, which
 contain farina.   The term Farinacca,
 includes all those substances,  called
 cerealia, legumina, &c, which  contain
 farina, and are  employed as nutriment.
 In Pathology, the epithet farinaceous,
 (F) farineux, is applied to certain erup-
 tions, in which  the  epidermis exfoli-
 ates in small  particles  similar to fa-
 rina.
   FARR,  Samuel,  M.  D., F.  R. S.
 (Biogr.)   An eminent  English physi-
 cian ; born at  Taunton  in  1741; died
 in 1795.   Works. An essay on  the med-
 ical virtues of acids. Lond.  1769. 12mo.
 A philosophical inquiry into  the nature,
 origin, and extent of animal motion, de-
 duced from the principles of reason  and
 analogy. Lond.  1771. 8vo.  Apliorismi
 de marasmo ex  summis medicis collecti.
 1772. 12rno. Inquiry into the propriety
 of  bloodletting  in consumptions.  177o.
 8vo. (He is against the practice.)   The
 history of epidemics, by Hippocrates,
 in 7 books; translated into English from
 the Greek,  with notes and observations,
 &c.  A preliminary discourse on the
 nature and cure  of  infection.  Lond.
 1781. 4to.    Elements of medical juris-
 prudence. Lond.  1788. 8vo.
   Fart (Phys.)  Sax. pant, from Teut.
fahren,  'to go ' : —fahrt,  ' a voyage.'
 (G) Furz, (L) Bdel'lus,  pStZXog, Cre-
 pitus (q. v.)  A sonorous or other  dis-
 charge of  wind,  from behind.   A  low
 word, but of respectable parentage.
   (F). Pet.
   Writer.  R. Goclenius (physiology
 of a),  Francf. and  Lips.   1607 8vo.
   Fas'cia  (Surg. &  Anat.)  fromfas'-
 cis, ' a bundle.'   Liga'tio,  Ligatu'ra, 
FASCIA              383           FASCICULUS
Alligatu'ra,   anaqyavov,  tmStOfiog,   a
ban'dage,.fil'let,  rol'ler.  The aponeu-
rotic  expansions  of muscles,  which
bind  parts together  are, likewise, so
termed : — Aponeurosis.
    (G)  Binde.
  FAS'CIA ILTACA, Il'iac  aponeuro'-
sis.   An  aponeurosis, which proceeds
from  the tendon of the psoas  minor,
or which arises  from the anterior sur-
face  of  the  psoas magnus, when the
former  muscle  does not exist.    It  is
attached, externally, to  the  inner edge
of the crest  of  the ilium ;  helow, and
anteriorly —*- on one side, to the crural
arch, sending an  expansion to  the fas-
cia  transversalis ;  and on  the other,
continuous  with the deep  seated lam-
ina of the fascia lata, which forms the
posterior paries of  the crural canal.
Within and  behind, the fascia  iliaca is
attached to the  brim of the pelvis and
is continuous  with  the  aponeurosis,
 which  M.  Jules  Cloojjet has called
 Pelvian.  The  iliac aponeurosis covers
 the iliac  and psoas  muscles, which  it
 separates from  the peritoneum.
   FAS'CIA  LA'TA.  A name, given by
 anatomists to an  aponeurosis  and to a
 muscle.
   The  FAS'CIA LA'TA APONEURO'-
 SIS, Aponeurosis  Cru'ral  or Fem'oral,
 is the most  extensive in the body, and
 envelopes all the muscles of the thigh.
 Above, it is  attached to the outer edge
 ofthe  ilia; before,  it arises from the
 crural  arch by two distinct  laminae,
 separated by the  femoral vessels  and
 becoming confounded a little below the
 part, where the great vena  saphaena
 opens  into  the crural  vein.  Of these
 two laminae, the one is more  anterior
 and  thicker than the other, and may be
 considered  as  a  prolongation  of the
 aponeurosis ofthe external oblique.   It
 is intimately united to Poupart's liga-
 ment.   The other, which is thinner,  is
 behind,  and deeper seated ; and, after
 its union with  the former,  proceeds to
 be inserted into the pubis.  Inferiorly,
 the  fascia  lata becomes  confounded
 with the tendon of the triceps, and is
 attached to the  external tuberosity  of
 the  tibia.   The use  of the fascia lata
 is,  like  that of other  aponeuroses,  to
 strengthen  the action  of  the  muscles,
  &c.
    (G) Breite  Schenkelbinde.
    Writer. A. Murray,  Upsal, 1777

    The MUS'CLE FAS'CIA LA'TA, Ten'-
 sor vagi'na fern'oris, Fascia'Us, Membra-
 no'sus,  IW o-aponeuro'si-fem'oral, Mus'-
culus aponevro'sis vel fas'cia la'ta, Rio-
aponevroti-femoral (Ch.)   Tenseur de
V aponevrose femor ale.  A muscle, situ-
ated at the upper and outer part of the
thigh.   It arises, above, from the outer
part of the anterior and superior spine
of  the ilium; and is inserted, below,
between the  two  laminae of the fascia
lata,  which it   stretches  and  raises
when it contracts.
   FAS'CIA SUP ERF ICIA'LIS,  Super-
fi"cial aponeurosis of the abdo'men and
thigh.   (F) Aponivrose superficielle  de
Vabdomen  et de la cuisse.  A very thin
aponeurosis, which Covers the muscles
and aponeuroses of the  abdomen ;
passes before the crural arch, to which
it adheres with  some' degree of force ;
sends  a  membranous  sheath, which
surrounds the spermatic chord ;  and is
continuous with  the dartos,  which it
assists in forming.   The fascia super-
ficialis  presents, beneath  the  crural
arch, very distinct fibres, whose direc-
tion is  parallel  to the fold ofthe thigh.
It is applied over the fascia lata apo-
neurosis, and is attached, internally, to
the ascending  ramus of the  ischium,
 near the root  of the corpus  caverno-
 sum.   Before the descent of the testi-
 cle from the abdomen, the fascia super-
ficialis  is very  manifestly continuous
 with the Gubernaculum testis.
   FAS'CIA TRANSVERSA'LIS, an apo-
 neurosis, which separates the transver-
 salis muscle from  the  peritoneum in
 the inguinal region.  It arises about
 the posterior edge of the  crural arch,
 where  it seems  to be continuous with
 the aponeurosis of the greater oblique
 muscle.  Above, it is lost in the cellular
 tissue  at  the  internal  surfaae  of the
 transversalis abdominis.   Within, it is
 continuous with  the outer edge of  the
 tendon of the rectus muscle and Gim-
 bernat's ligament;  below, it is con-
 tinuous  with  the aponeurosis of  the
 greater oblique and receives an expan-
 sion from the Fascia, Iliaca.   Towards
 its middle and  a little above the crural
 arch,  the fascia transversalis  has  the
 wide orifice of a canal,  which is occu-
 pied, in the female,  by  the round liga-
 ment of the uterus; and  in man, fur-
 nishes an expansion, that serves as a
 sheath to the spermatic vessels.
    Fascic'ulus (Anat. & Pharm.) from
 fas'cis,  ' a bundle,'  Stauijdiov,  ' a small
 bundle.'  In anatomy,  it is employed
 in this sense ';  as a fasciculus of fibres.
 (F)  Petit  Faisceau,  Trousseau.   In
 Pharmacy, it  means manipulus,  /ti-
 qonhj&tig,' a handful.'  Musa Brassa- 
FASTING
384
FECULA
volcs, says, — as much as can be held
in two fingers.   (G) B u n d e 1.
  Fast'in-g (Path.) from Sax. paerfcan,
Limo'sis ex'pers  protrac'ta,  Anorex'ia
mirab'ilis, Ine'dia, Jeju'nium.  Loss or
want of appetite, without any other ap-
parent  affection of the stomach;  so
that the  system  can  sustain  almost
total abstinence  for a  long time with-
out faintness.  Some wonderful cases
of this kind are on record.
  Fat'ty (Anat.) Adipo'sus, Sax. paefc ;
past participle of peban, to feed, — ad-
ipous.   Relating to fat.  The  cellular
system has been called fatty or adipous ;
from an opinion that, in its areolae, the
fat is  deposited.  The  cellular mem-
brane,  however,  merely lodges,  be-
tween its  lamellae and  filaments^ the
vesicles in which the fat is contained.
  FAT'TY or  AD'IPOUS VES'ICLES.
Sac'culi adipo'si.    M. Beclard gave
this name to  small bursae or membra-
nous  vesicles,  which  inclose  the fat
and are found situated in the areolae of
the  cellular tissue.   These  vessels
vary  much in  size.  Generally,  they
are round and  globular; and,  in cer-
tain subjects, receive vessels  which are
very apparent.   These vesicles  form so
many small sacs, without apertures, in
the interior of which are filaments, ar-
ranged like septa.  In fatty subjects the
adipous vesicles  are very perceptible,
being  attached  to the  cellular tissue
and neighbouring  parts  by a vascular
pedicle.
  ADI'POUS or  FAT'TY LIG'AMENT.
This name has  been given to a reflec-
tion of the synovial membrane of the
knee joint, which  passes from the liga-
mentum  patella;  towards  the cavity
that  separates  the condyles  of  the
femur.
   FAT'TY or AD'IPOUS MEM>BRANE,
or ad'ipous tis'sue.  The subcutaneous
cellular tissue.
   FAT'TY or  AD'IPOSE  VES'SELS.
The vessels connected with  the fat.
Some anatomists have  called Ad'ipous
ca'nals, (F)  Conduits adipeux,  the ves-
sels to which they attribute  the secre-
tion of fat.
   Fatu'itas (Path.) uwqwoig vwSqorrtg,
StultV'tia, Stu'por  men'tis, moro'sis, i<u>-
qwaig,  Amen'tia;  from fat'uus, 'fool-
ish.'   Mental imbecility, Dementia.
   Fauno'rum Ludib'ria (Path.)   The
sports of the Fauni.  Some authors have
called  thus the incubus;  others, epi-
lepsy.
   FAUSSE COUCHE (Obstetr.) Va'num
partu'rium.  Some  authors  have  used
 this term  for  the  expulsion of  differ-
 ent  bodies, constituting  false, concep-
 tions ; such as moles, hydatids, clots of
 blood,  &c  The greater part  of  ac-
 coucheurs use the  term synonymously
 with abortion.
   FAUSSE POSITION, (F) (Path.) False
posi"tion.  The French use this term, in
 vulgar language, to indicate that torpor,
 and tingling, and  loss  of power over
 the motion, of a part, produced  by  too
 strong contraction  or painful compres-
 sion.
   Fausti'ni Pastil'li (Pharm.)  Faus-
 ti'nus's Loz'enges.  These were once
 celebrated.  They  were  composed  of
 burnt paper, quick lime, oxide of arsenic,
 sandarach, lentils, &c
   Favo'sus (Path.) Similar to a honey-
 comb, Faviform'is,  Favous, from favus,
 xijqiov,  ' a honey-comb.'  An  epithet
 given to a  species of porrigo.  Cerion,
 Favus,  (G) Wac hsgrind, means a
 state of ulceration, resembling a honey-
 comb.
     (F) Faveux.
   Febric"itans (Path.)  Febriens. One
 attacked with fever, from febricitare,
 ' to have a fever.'
     (G) Fieberkrank.
   Febric'ula  (Path.)   Diminutive of
febris, fever.  A term  employed  to  ex-
 press a  slight degree of fever.
   Feb'rifuge (Mat. Med.) 7.i]'imvqtxog,
 Lexipyrct'icus, Ptjret'icus, a?.i'ii/ivqtxog,
 Alexipyrel'icus, Antifebri'lis,  Antipyret'-
 ic, Febrifugus, from febris, ' a  fever,'
 and fuga're,' to drive away.' A medi-
 cine, which  possesses the  property of
 abating or driving away fever.
     (G) Fiebermittel.
   Writers.  G. Schmid, Erford. 1730
 (L). J. D. Geisel, Hal. 1730  (L).  J.
 L. Gaillard (on indigenous Fs. as sub-
 stitutes for the cinchona),  Paris, 1809
 (F).
   Fe'brile (Path.) febri'lis.  Relating
 to fever, as fe'brile move'ment, fe'brile
 pulse, &c
   Fec'ula or Fac'ula (Pharm.) rot-;,
 diminutive offax, < lie.'  An immediate
 principle  of  vegetables,  composed of
 hydrogen, oxygen,  and  carbon.   It
 exists in several plants, and has differ-
 ent names, according  to that  which
 furnishes  it.   When  extracted from
 wheat   or barley  it  is  called  starch.
 When   from the  Cy'cas  circina'lis,
 Sago; —from the Or'chis mo'rio, Salep.
 We say,  also, Fecula of the Potatoe,
 Bryony, Arum, Manioc, &c
   GREEN FEC'ULA.   This  name is
 given to a green, solid matter of varia-
i 
FECULENCE           385      FEIGNED DISEASES.
ble"eharacter,  which is believed to be
resinous, and  which  renders  turbid
several kinds of juices, extracted from
vegetables.  It is, also, called Chloro-
phylle.
  Fec'ulence  (Pharm.)   Faculen'tia,
Fecos'itas,  Fax,  Fa'ces, Lee, Deposit,
Dregs.  In  Pharmacy, feculent, albu-
minous,  or  other  substances,  which
are deposited from  turbid fluids, are so
termed.
     (G) Bo den sat z.
  Fec'ulent  (Pharm. Path.)  Facu-
len'tus, rqvywdijg, ' Foul, dreggy, excre-
mentitious'; as a. fec'ulent flu'id,fec'ulent
evacua'tions, &c.
  Fecunda'tion (Phys.)   Facunda'tio,
Impregnation,  Impragna'tio,   xvt\aig,
iyxvitnig, f/xvuooia.  The act by which,
in  organized beings,  the germ,  con-
tained in the generative organs of the
female, receives from  the  male organs
that which  is necessary for its devel-
opement.
   (F) Fecondation.   (G)  B e fr u c h -
 t u ng.
  Writers. J. Augier, Monspel. 1743
(L).   R. Cowper, Edinb. 1789.
  Fecun'dity   (Phys.)   Facun'ditas.
The faculty of reproduction, possessed
by organized bodies.
  It has been estimated that, through-
out a  country,  taking one  marriage
with another, not more than 4 children
are the result;  and in towns only 35
children to 10  marriages.
  (F)  Feconditi.   (G) Fruchtbar-
keit.
  Feign'ed  Disea'ses  (Leg.  Med.)
Sim'ulated diseases,  Pretend'ed diseases.
The tricks employed, by impostors, to
induce a belief,  that they are attacked
with diseases when they are not.
  These are generally assumed by beg-
gars, to obtain alms; — by criminals, to
escape punishment; and by soldiers, to
be exempt from duty.
   The following Table  exhibits  the
chief feigned diseases, with the means
of detection.
A TABLE OF FEIGNED, PRETENDED, SIMULATED, OR EXCITED DISEASES OR

                          DISQUALIFICATIONS.
DISEASES, &C |
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
1.  Abortion.

2.  Abstinence.
3.  Amaurotic
    Blindness.
4.  Apoplexy.
5.  Cachexia &J
    Debility.  \
6.  Excretion
   of Calculi.
7.  Cancerous  J
    Ulcer.    |
By  staining  the  clothes
  and body with borrowed
  blood.
                         C By constant  and minute atten-
                         \   tion.
                         f Amaurosis is characterized by
By applying the extract of j    dilated pupil.  Where these
  belladonna or the datura<j    substances have been applied,
  stramonium  to the eye.      the effects will go off in 10
                         [_   days or a fortnight.
                         f By  powerful stimulants ;   an
                             electric shock ; application of
                             hot  water, sternutatories, ac
By  falling  down as if de
  prived of sensation and^
  consciousness.          [   tual cautery, &c.
Using substances to make f-r,       ■  •    ,f .,     ,   ,
  th* ftn.P «nnMr n»l« *nd   BJ examining if the pulse be
                             strong, and the skin hot, and
                             whether there be  loss of ap-
                             petite or of strength, or swell-
                             ing of the limbs.

                           By the aid of chymistry.   We
                             are acquainted with the chym-
                             ical composition  of  urinary
                         (^  calculi.
By  gluing on a portion of a")
  spleen with the smooth |  By noticing whether there be
  side to the skin, leaving I    signs of  cachexia, and by at-
  on the outside  the  ap- j    tentive  examination of the
  pearance of an ulcerated |    part.
  surface.                J
  the face appear pale and
  livid.   Indulging freely
  in wine, and deprivation
  of sleep prior to examin-
  ation.

Putting sand, pebbles, &c
  into the urine.
33 
FEIGNED DISEASES
386
FEIGNED DISEASES.
DISEASES, &C  |
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
8.  C ATALEPSY. i
9.  Chorea.
10.  Contrac-
     tion OF
    Joints in
    general.
11.
Contrac-
 tion  of
 the Fin-
 gers.
12.  Convul-
     sions.
13.  Opaque
     Cornea.
By seeming to be suddenly
  motionless, the joints re-
  maining flexible  and ex-<
  ternal objects making no
  impression.
'By powerful stimulants as  re
   commended  under apoplexy.
   Letting fall a drop of boiling
   water on the back.  Propos-
   ing to use the actual cautery
   and seeing whether the pulse
   rise.
                         I
By  assuming  the convul- fBy examining the patient whilst
                       rt.
sive  motions of a  part .
which  characterize  cho-*>
14. Cutaneous
     Diseases.
15. Death.
16.  Deaf-
    Dumbness.
Produced by the applica-"
  tion of a strong acid, by
  acrid powders, as quick-
  lime, &c.

Some articles of diet will
  bring on urticaria or net-
  tle rash, in particular in-
  dividuals,  as shell-fish,
  bitter almonds, &c  By
  acrids,  acids, or any irri-
  tants applied to  the sur- f
  face. An ointment of tar-
  tarized  antimony causes a
  painful  pustular   erup-
  tion.   See  Porrigo, in
  this list.

Some persons possess the'
  power of suspending or ,
  moderating the action of '"
  the heart.
   he may imagine himself unob
   served, and seeing whether
   the convulsive motions go on
l_  then.
f Mode  of discrimination some-
I   times so  obscure  as  to de-
   ceive the most  practised and
   attentive.
'Introduce a cord between the
   fingers and  the palm of the
   hand, and gradually apply
   weights so as to expand the
   fingers.  Confine him so that
   he  cannot obtain  his  food
   without using his  clenched
   hand.
' When feigned, they do not pre
   sent the rigidity of muscles
   or  the  rapidity  of  action
   which characterize the  real.
   The mode of detection  must
   be the same as in epilepsy

 The existence of the opacity
   can be detected by attentive
   observation
                 It  may  be  assumed  or
                   excited   by  putting  a
                   pea  in  the ear,  or  by
                   inserting  irritants,  so
17.  Deafness,  y   as to induce inflamma-
By careful examination on the
  part of practitioner and nurse.
  If suspected, the plan, recom-
    mended under Apoplexy, will
    be found most efficacious.

 'The  really  deaf  and dumb
    acquire  an  expression  of
■I   countenance  and  gestures
    which  it is difficult to  as
Make a noise when not expect-
  ed,  and see  if  the  counte-
  nance varies or pulse rises.
  Put to  sleep  by opium,  and 
FEIGNED DISEASES.       387      FEIGNED DISEASES.
DISEASES, &c
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
18. Debility, see
     Cachexia.

19. Deformity. >
20. Delivery.
tion and  temporary loss
of function.
then fire a pistol close to the]
ear, when he may be thrown
off his guard.   Examine the
ear  to see  if any  trick has
been played there.
                          Examine the part and its artic-
                            ulation, naked, and compare
                            it with the opposite.
After enlargement produc-^ Can  only be  positively detect-
                            ed by examination per vagi-
21. Diarrhea. <
22.  Dropsy.
ed artificially, a  subsi
dence  of the tumefac-
tion ;   the parts being
moistened by borrowed
blood  and  the child  of
another  substituted   as
the female's own.
Said to have been caused
  by a mixture of vinegar
  and burnt cork. (?)  May
  be occasioned by the use
  of any of the  purgative
  roots, &c
23. Dysentery. <
24.  Epilepsy. <
May be feigned, like preg-"
  nancy, by wearing pads.
  The  anasarcous  condi-
  tion  of the lower limbs
  has been caused by  ap- y
  plying a ligature round
  them.  By  inflating  the
  cellular membrane ofthe
  abdomen.
May be feigned  like diar-
  rhoea, by adding a little
  blood to the evacuations,
  or by introducing a soap
  or some  more irritating
  suppository.
  nam.   Soon  after delivery,
  the vagina will be relaxed and
  the lochial discharge be flow
  ing — in greater  abundance
  the shorter the time, that may
  have elapsed since delivery.
When  diarrhoea is feigned  by
  the lower classes, inspect the
  linen;  if clean, the  bowels
  are probably not much out of
  order.  Let every individual
  have a close stool of his own ;
  and inspect the evacuations,
  taking care,  that one,  suffer-
  ing under the  disease does
  not lend  his evacuations  to
  another.
Can  be detected by attentive
 ' examination.   There will be
  a want  of that leucophleg-
  matic habit, which accompa-
  nies and characterizes dropsy.
Same rules
  RHffiA.
under  Diar-
25.  Fever.
The foaming of the mouth
  has been  produced  by
  keeping a piece of soap"*
  in it.

By  various stimulants, as
  wine, brandy,  pepper;
  swallowing a small quan-
  tity of tobacco, or intro-
  ducing it into the anus.^
  Flower or chalk used to^
  whiten the tongue. Red-
  ness of skin, caused by
  friction   with   a hard
  brush.
Sensation in E. is totally abol-
  ished.  If any remain, disease
  probably feigned.  Incontrac-
  tility of pupil, which occurs in
  epilepsy, cannot be feigned.
  Same means to be used as in
  feigned apoplexy.
The deceit is  generally devel
  oped  by a day or two's  ex
  amination.  Where flower or
  chalk has been used  to whit-
  en  the tongue,  the  line oi
  demarcation,  between   the
  whitened part and the clean.
  healthy margin o f the tongue,
  is too well marked to escape
  observation. 
FEIGNED DISEASES.       388      FEIGNED DISEASES
 DISEASES, &.C. |
               r
26.  Fistula inJ
     Ano.
27. Fractures.-<
how feigned.
HOW DETECTED.
>By careful examination.
28.  Hamatem- j
     ESIS.      ]
29.  Hamopty-
     SIS.
30.  HEMOR-
     RHOIDS.
31.  Hepatitis.
32.  Hernia.

33.  Hydro-
     cele.
34.Hydroceph-J
     4 MIS.     1
By making  an   incision
  near  the  verge of  the
  anus and introducing in-
  to it an  acrid tent, such ("*
  as the root of white hel- j
  lebore, &c              J
Generally  nothing,  here/
  but the man's own testi-
  mony.   He complains of
  pain in the part; if frac- ■  -n   tt  .-        ■   ,-
  i    rlL  i  nV  c •    t-By attentive examination.
  ture of the skull be feign- [   J
  ed,  he  states,  perhaps, I
  that he  becomes derang- |
  ed on tasting liquor.     J
By drinking  the  blood oF]
  some  animal  or  using I  By cutting off the supply of the
                            fluid, and careful examination.
Blood from the lungs is frothy
  and  light-colored.    Mouth
  and fauces must  be carefully
  inspected, and the individual
  be observed.
blowing in air.
35.  Hysteria. <
36.  Insanity.  •{
  some  colored liquid and
  then throwing it up.
By secretingbullocks' blood
  for the purpose of color-
  ing the saliva;  making
  small  incisions  in the y
  mouth; using bole arme-
  niac or paint of vermil-
  ion.
By introducing the bladders
  of rats or of small fish part-
  ly into the rectum.
                         " Unless  the person  be  a well
                            educated impostor, acute in-
                            flammation ofthe liver will be
                            detected; —by the absence of
                            marks of strong inflammatory
                            action.  Chronic liver disease
                            is,  frequently,  not  charac-
                            terized by well marked symp
                            toms, and hence, when assum-
                            ed, is difficult of detection
In the same manner as hy- )T,   , .   ..
  drocele.  By inflation/  J The detection ts easy.
By puncturing the skin  of ^
  the scrotum, and inflating >         Do.
  the cellular membrane.  )
By opening the  integu-i
  ments ofthe head, near I          ^
  the  vertex,  e.  g.  and f
J
(Does not easily resist the ap
   plication of strong  sternuta
   tories  to  the  nostrils.   At
   tentive examination  neces
   sary.
 The expression of countenance
   cannot easily  be  feigned.
   Nor can the affection be kept
   up so long as in  real mental
   alienation.   The individual
   cannot do so  long without
 [_  food, sleep, &c 
FEIGNED  DISEASES
389
FEIGNED  DISEASES
DISEASES, &C.
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
37.  Jaundice.  <
By col6ring the skin with"
  an infusion of turmeric
  or tincture of rhubarb.
  Clay-colored stools pro-
  duced  by taking  daily a
  small quantity of muriat-
  ic  acid.    High colored
  urine by  rhubarb  taken
  internally.
38.  Lameness.  <
39.  Menstrua-
      tion.
40. Myopia.
   Short-sight- <
     edness.
41.  Ophthal-
      mia.
The eyes cannot be colored, al-
  though smoke has  been used
  for this purpose.  The skin
  must  be  washed to remove
  the  coloring  matter, if  any
  exist, and the supply of acid
  and rhubarb be prevented.
By keeping the  limb in  a
  contracted  state,   and
  resisting  any   effort  to*
  move it.

By staining the  clothes'
  and body with borrowed
  blood.
'By two persons taking hold of
   the individual and  moving
   rapidly along  with him ;  and
   when they are tired,  having
   relays.   The  impostor  will
   generally give in.

 By cutting off the supply.

( Present an open book, and ap-
   ply  the  leaves  close  to the
   nose.  If it cannot  be read
   distinctly, when thus  placed,
   or when  glasses, proper for
   short-sightedness  are used
   the disease is  feigned.
When ophthalmia is  thus ex
  cited, its progress is, ordina
  rily, very rapid, arriving at its
  height within a few hours.
42.  OzjEna.  . <
43.  Palpita-
     tion.
Excited  by a  variety  of\
  acrid and  corrosive sub-
  stances applied  to  the
  eye ; as lime, &c
A portion of black muslin,
  spread over the cornea.
  The eyelashes are some-
  times   extracted,  and
  caustic applied to excite
  disease in the palpebrae. j
By  impregnating a  piece of
  sponge with some offensive
  juices  or  oils, mixed  with
  decayed  cheese,  and  put-
  ting the imbued sponge in-
  to the the nostrils.
White hellebore,  given in"
  the  dose  of 10  or  12
  grains, and repeated, will I ^, .a.,,      ,
  6    •'         i   -j-  > Cut off the supply
  occasion general  indis- [    _
  position, and undue ac-
  tion ofthe heart.
44.  Pains.   .   <j
'The detection is here often dif-
   ficult.  The non-existence of
   pain cannot  be  proved,  and
   great pain may  be  present
   without any  appearance  ex-
   ternally.
 The  imposition is more  fre-
   quently detected by incon-
   sistencies  and contradictions
   in the patient's history of the
   case, than in any other man
   ner.
33* 
FEIGNED DISEASES
390
FEIGNED DISEASES
DISEASES, &C |
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
45.  Shaking
     Palsy.
46.  Paralysis. «
47.  Phthisis
 pulmonalis.
48.  Polypus
     Nasi.
By attentive examination ofthe
  symptoms.
49.  Porrigo.  <
 Scalled Head
50. Pregnancy.«
51. Prolapsus
      Ani.

52. Prolapsus  }
     Uteri.    j
53. Chronic
 Rheumatism.
 See Pain.
54. Scrophula.
55.  Scurvy.
                          (" Suspicious, if the person  be in
                             an ordinary state of vigor
                         <   Try  violent  remedies  and
                             means, recommended under
                          (_   Chorea.
                          f Violent remedies are here re-
                         J   quired.   Cold  affusion,  ac-
                             tual cautery, electric shocks,
                             &c
Individuals with long necks
  and contracted shoulders
  have  simulated phthisis,
  by  covering the  chest
  with  blisters, cicatrices '
  of issues, &c.;  and by
  taking   drugs,   which
  cause paleness.
By introducing the testicle
  of a young cock or the kid-
  ney of a rabbit into the nos-
  tril, and retaining it there
  by means of a sponge, fast-
  ened to it.
By applying nitric acid to the
  head, after protecting  the
  face with fatty substances;
  but  the  chronic  state  is
  imitated by the  use  of  de-
  pilatories of different kinds
  applied sometimes in patch-
  es, so as  to  resemble  the
  Porrigo decalvans.
By wearing pads, and asO By the absence of the  areola,
  suming the longing after I   the presence of a pad ; and,
  particular articles of diet, |   if necessary, by examination
  &c.                    j
By a portion of the intestine
  ofthe ox, in which a sponge,
  filled  with  a mixture  of
  blood and milk, is placed.

By a similar fraud.
per vaginam.
By  exciting ulcers below
  the angles of the jaw.
56.  Stammer-
      ing.
                           By examining the general habit
                             and observing, whether the
                             ulcerations be  glandular, and
                             the  discharge  of a  scrophu
                             lous character.
By covering the teeth with f By examining the general habit;
  wax, and  then  applying!    whether debilitated,  cachec-
  acrid, corrosive substan-]    tic, and  possessing the  usual
  ces to the gums.        [   general signs of scorbutus.
                         " Simulators of this  defect  gen
                             erally state, that it is connate,
                             or  ascribe it to a fit of apo-
                             plexy or severe fever. Where
                             the  organs of speech  were
                             perfect,  and the  moral evi-
                         <    dence of the  previous exist- 
FEIGNED  DISEASES       391       FEIGNED DISEASES
DISEASES, &c
HOW FEIGNED.
HOW DETECTED.
  ence of the infirmity was not
  satisfactory, the  French au-
  thorities used to confine the
  soldiers, and not supply them
  with food,  until  they called
  for it without stammering.

By passing the bougie.
57.  Stricture
  of the Ure-
  thra.
58.  Swelling
 of the legs.
59.  Syncope.
60.  Tympany. <
Examine the limbs uncovered.
toms of syncope.
the naked arms.
face.
 Examine
Wash the
61.  Ulcer of
  the Ear.
62.  Ulcers of
 the legs,&c
63.  Bloody
    Urine.
64.  Inconti-
  nence of
  Urine.
65.  Varicose
     Veins.
 By  ligatures round the
   thighs.
Ligatures  are  sometimes^j By using sternutatories. By the
  used to prevent the pulse     absence of some of the symp
  being felt.  By applying >
  lotions to the face to make
  it pale.                J
Persons have possessed  the
  power of swallowing  air,
  so as  to distend  the stom-
  ach,  and  simulate  tym-
  pany.
By introducing a tent, im-""
  bued with blistering plas-
  ter, into the ear, and re-
  peating the application,
  until  the tube becomes
  ulcerated,  and  a  dis-
  charge of puriform mat-
  ter is established..  The
  fetid smell is imitated, by
  dropping into  the ear  a
  mixture of empyreumatic
  oil, assafcetida,  and  old
  cheese.  Also, by intro-
  ducing a little honey into
  the meatus.
By corrosives, or irritants.5)  A ,.~  ■ ,   ,
  Jc___A-___',__ _i___:__I  Artificial  ulcers have, usually,
By careful examination.
  Sometimes by abrasion,
  by rubbing sand on  the i
  shin-bone. Atothers,they }■
  are pretended, by gluing
  on a piece of a spleen or
  the skin of a frog.
The fruit of the Indian  Fig
  (Cactus opuntia) colors
  the urine as red as blood.
  Cantharides  will cause
  it.   Blood may  also be
  procured and mixed with
  the urine.
By a ligature, placed tightly
  round  the limb.   They
  may be excited in this-
  manner, or aggravated if
  already existing.
   a more distinct margin, and
   are more readily healed than
   others; the latter being gen
   erally indicative of  an im-
   paired constitution.

 By making the patient pass his
   urine in the presence  of the
   physician, and examining the
   vessel before and  after.   By
   cutting off the supply of any
   substance, which could cause
   the appearance.
'Difficult, at times, of detection
   Give the person a full dose
   of opium, and introduce the
   catheter, when  he  is asleep.
   If there be urine,  the  incon
   tinence is feigned.
By examining the limb. 
FEMALE
392        FERMENTATION
   (F) Maladies Dissimulees, M. Simu-
 Ues, M. Feintes, M. Suppos6es.
   Writers.  J. B. Sylvaticus, Ma-
 drit. 1595 (L).  R. A. Vogel,  Gotting.
 1769(L). Neumann,Wittemb. 1788(L).
 Schneider, Francf. ad Viadr. 1794 (L).
 L. Th. Luther, Erford. 1728 (L).   H.
 Marshall (in soldiers), Lond. 1828.
   Fe'male, (F) Femelle, Fem'ina.  In
 animals, the one  that  engenders and
 bears the young.   It is, also, used ad-
 jectively; — as, the female sex, &c.
    (G) Weibchen.
   Writers on female diseases, &c,
 Mauriceau,  Genev.  1693 (F).  Van
 Doeveren, by Schlegel, Leip. 178C
 (L).  A.  Hamilton,  Edinb. 1809.  J.
 Mercuriali, Basil, 1582 (L).  J. Cap-
 uron, Paris, 1817(F).  N. Chambon,
 Paris, 1799 (F).  W. Dease,  Dublin,
 1783.  W. P. Dewees, Philad. 1826.
 M. Hall (on some ofthe diseases of),
 Lond. 1827.   B. Laffecteur, Paris,
 1802 (F).  J. Leake (chronic  diseases
 of), Lond. 1787.  H. Manning, Lond.
 1775.  Roussel (physique and morale
 of woman), by Alibert, Paris, 1820
 (F).  D. Sennert,  Witteb. 16.32 (L).
 S. Walker (constitution and  diseases
 of),  Lond.  1803-  M. Nauche, Paris,
 1829 (F).  Marshall Hall (on some
 ofthe more important diseases), Lond.
 1827.  R. Gooch (Do.), Lond. 1829.
  Fem'oral  (Anat.)  Femora'lis. Be-
 longing  or relating  to the  thigh;—as
 Fem'oral ar'tery, Fem'oral her'nia, &c,
 from fe'mur, ' the thigh-bone.'
  Fem'oro-Tib'ial  (Anat.) Fem'oro-
 tibia'lis.  Belonging to the femur and
 tibia.  The Fem'oro-tib'ial articula'tion
 is the knee-joint.
  Fe'mur (Anat.)   Me'ros, ^rtnog, Os
fem'oris.   The  Thigh  Bone.   The
 strongest and longest of all the  bones
 of the body, extending from the pelvis
 to the tibia, and forming the solid part
 ofthe thigh.  The femur is cylindrical,
 slightly curved anteriorly, unsymmetri-
cal and  oblique downwards  and in-
wards.   The body of the bone is pris-
 matic, and  has, behind, a prominent
 ridge : — the Linea aspera.
	r Upper or I Head supported on a
	Pelvic \ collum or neck.
	Eztremi- \ Great trochanter.
	ty. ( Lesser trochanter.
Processes. •	
	Infsricrr t External condyle. or Tibial) Internal condyle.
	
	Eztremi- ) External tuberosity. ty. ' Internal tuberosity.
	
  The femur  ossifies from five points :
— one  on each process of the pelvic
 extremity;  one in the  body of  the
 bone; and two on the condyles.   It is
 articulated with the pelvis, tibia, and
 patella.
   (F) L'os de la cuisse.  (G) Schen-
 k e lbe i n.
   Writers.  B. Bell  (absorption of
 the neck), Edinb. 1824.   C. Bell (in-
 juries of), Lond. 1824.
   Fenes'tra   (Anat.)   A  Window:
 ■&vqig, oni].   Anatomists  have given
 this name to two apertures, situated on
 the inner paries of the  cavity of the
 tympanum.  The one of these is  the
 Fenes'tra ova'lis, F. vestibularis.   It is
 oval-shaped; situated at  the base  of
 the stapes, and corresponds with  the
 cavity of the vestibule.   The other is
 the Fenes'tra  rotun'da   or F.  Coch-
 lea'ris.   It is closed by a fine, trans-
 parent membrane,  called Membra'na
 Tym'pani secundaria, and corresponds
 to the inner scala ofthe cochlea.
    (F) Fenetre.  (G) F e n s t e r.
   Writer.  A.  Scarpa  (F.  rotunda
 &c),Mutin. 1772 (L).
   Fenes'tral   (Surg.)  Fenestra'tus,
 from fenes'tra, ' a window.' Bandages,
 compresses, or plasters with small  per-
 forations  or  openings,  are so called.
 The openings prevent the detention of
 the discharge.
     (F) Fenetre et Fenestri.
   FERDINANDUS, Epiphan'ius (Bi-
 ogr.) An eminent Italian  physician;
'born  in  Messagna  in l.">69;  died in
 1638.  Works.  Theoremata medica et
 philosophica. Venice.  1611. fol.  De
 vitd prorogandd, seu juventute conser-
 vandd et senectute retardandd. Naples.
 1612.  Centum  historia  seu  observa-
 tiones et casus medici. Ven. 1621. fol.,
 several  times reprinted  in Germany
 and Holland.  Aureus de peste libellus.
 Naples.' 1626. fol.
  Fe'rine (Path.) Feri'nus; 'savage,
 brutal'; SiiquoSr/g.  A term, applied to
 any malignant or noxious disease.   In
 France, it is used only when joined to
 Toux; as  Toux ferine; a dry, obstinate,
 and painful cough.
  Fer'ment (Path.) Fermen'tum, tvfit],
 Jumni'sum,  Jumni'zum,  Lev'en.  The
 Iatrochymists applied this  name  to
 imaginary substances, to  which they
 attributed the power of producing  dis-
 eases, by exciting a fermentation in the
 humors.
   (F) Levain.   (G) Gahrungs-
 s t o f f.
  Fermenta'tion (Path.) Fermenta'-
 tio, tvfxwoig,  JEstua'tio, xavoig, Bras'-
 mos, fiqaopog.  An intestine movement, 
FERNEL              39;
occurring  spontaneously, in a liquid;
whence result certain substances, that
did not previously exist in it.
  The chemical physicians attributed
all diseases to an imaginary fermenta-
tion ofthe humors.
     (G)  Gahrung.
  FERNEL' or  FERNE'LIUS,  John
Francis (Biogr.)  Physician to Henry
II. of France ;  born in Picardy, about
1500; died in 1558.   Works. De nat-
urali parte medicina.  lib.  vii.  Paris.
1532.  De vacuandi ratione liber.  Par.
1545. 12mo.  Medici ant. omn. qui Latinis
Uteris diversorum morborum genera  et
remedia persccuti sunt.  Venet.  1547.
fol.   Medicina ad Henricum II., 1554.
Therapeutices universalis liber vii. acce-
dunt Plantii scholia, in lib.  vii. Francf.
157.3. 8vo.  De  luis venerea  curatione
pcrfectissimd liber.  Antw. 1579. 12mo.
By  Gisselin, a physician  of  Bruges.
Consiliorum  medicinalium  lib.   Par.
1562.  Universa medicina. Lugd.  1586.
fol.   Univ. mcd. sice opera medica;  ac-
cedunt G. Plantii Cenomani scholia in
therapeutices.  lib.  vii.  Francf.  1592.
Univ. med. cum  notis et observationibus
et remediis secretis Johannis et Otho-
nis Heurnii. Traject. ad Rhen.  1656.
4to.  Pharmacia: cum Gulielm. Plantii
et Franc  Saguyeri, scholiis.  Hanov.
1605, 12mo,   Pnt/u/logia liber  qua/rtus,
defebribus.  Aphorismorum de  febribus
loquentium explicatio, adjecta a Rutge-
ro Loenio. Amst.  1664. 8vo.
  Ferramen'tum (Surg.) aiSijqiov,  In-
strumen'tum  fer'reum.   Any  surgical
instrument, made of iron.  By the vul-
gar, in France, the word ferrements
means the instruments used in difficult
labors.
  FER'REIN, Anthony (Biog)   An
eminent French anatomist and surgeon;
born in 1693 ;  died in 1769.   Works.
An  sanitas a solidorum et Jluidorum
aquilibrio ?  Paris.   1737.  4to.   An  a
simplici parcoque victu corpus sanum  et
animus expeditus ?   Par.  1737.  4to.
An pro distinctis a.gris, agriludines di-
ver sa. Paris. 1738. 4to.   Lectures on
medicine.  1783.  3 vols. 12mo.   Lectures
on the materia  medica.  1783.  3 vols.
12mo.
  FERREIN', CANAL' of (Anat.) Duc'-
tus Ferrei'ni.   A  triangular  channel,
which Ferrein  supposed to result from
the approximation of the free edges of
the eyelids applied  to the globe of the
eye ; and which he considered adapted
for   directing the  tears  towards  the
puncta lachrymalia, during sleep.  The
canal is, probably,  imaginary.
3             FERRUM

   The same  name is, likewise, given
to the cor'tical  canals, — the  first por-
tions of the  uriniferous ducts, whilst
still in the  cortical  substance of  the
kidney.
   FER'REIN, PYR'AMID  OF,  Pyr'a-
mis Ferrei'nii.   Each of the Papillae of
the  kidney,  according  to Ferrein,
consists  of,  at  least,  700 subordinate
cones  or  pyramids.   To these last the
name, Pyr'amids of Ferrein', has been
given.
   FERRE'RIUS  or  FERRIER, Au-
ge'rius (Biogr.)  A French physician
and writer;  born in  the  diocese  of
Toulouse  in 1513 ;    died  in  1588.
Works.   De diebus  decretoriis secun-
dum Pythagoricam doctrinam  et astron-
omicam  observationem.  Lugd.  1541.
16mo.  Liber de somniis.  Hippocratis
de insomniis liber.   Galeni liber de
insomniis; Synesii  liber  de  somniis,
Lugd.  1549. 16mo.   De pudendagrd,
lue  Hispanicd.  lib.  ii. Tolosae.  1553.
12mo.   De radicc china liber, quo pro-
batur  diversam  esse  ab  apio.  Tolos.
1554.  8vo.   Vera methodus  medendi,
<:uobus libris  comprehensa.  Castigatio-
nes  practica medicina.  Tolos.  1557.
8vo.
   rER'RIAR,  John, M. D.  (Biogr.)
Physician at Manchester, England ;
was a native  of Chester ; born in 1764 ;
died in 1815.   Works. Medical histories
and reflections.  Lond. 1792. 8vo.  Vol.
II:  Lond. 1795. 8vo.  Vol. Ill : 1798.
Svo.   A new  edition of  the whole.
Lond. 1810.  3 vols. 8vo. An essay on the
medicinal properties of the digitalis pur-
purea or foxglove. Manchester.  1799.
12mo.  An  essay  towards  a  theory of
apparitions.  Lond. 1813. 8vo.
   FERRO, Pascal Joseph (Biogr.) A
physician of Vienna;  born  in  1753;
died in 1809.  Works.   Vom gebrauch
der  kalten b/lder.  Wien.  1781.   8vo.
Von  der  ansteckung  der epidemischen
krankheiten  und  besonders der pest.
Leipz.  1782. Svo.   JVahere   untersu-
chung der pestansteckung. Wien.  1785.
8vo.   Ephemerides medica. lb.  1792.
8vo.  Versuche mit neuern arzneimitteln.
lb. i.  Th. 1793. 8vo.  Ueber die wirkun-
gen der lebensluft. lb. 1793. 8vo.
   Fer'rum  (Mat.  Med.)  Edic, Edich,
Hadid, Kasam, Mars,  Phanlec, Cordis,
Sarca, Sayrsa,  Sarra,  Sarfar,  Side'ros,
aidijoog,  Sorni,  Yris,  Aqua'rius, Edil,
Edir, Iron.   A  metal of a  bluish-gray
color;  fibrous  texture ;  brilliant  and
fine-grained  fracture.   Specific gravity
7.600 to 7.800 : hard, ductile, mallea-
ble, and magnetic. 
FERRUM             394              FEVER
   The  medicinal, virtues of iron are
 tonic, deobstruent,  and anthelmintic;
 producing fetid  eructations, when  it
 takes effect, owing to its meeting with
 acid in the stomach, which oxidizes it,
 and causes the evolution of hydrogen
 gas.  When given in the metallic state,
 the filings  are  chiefly used;  but the
 oxides  and salts are  most  commonly
 employed.
     (F) Fer.   (G) E i s e n.
   Writers  on  chalybeate remedies.
 B. Wepfer,  Heidelb. 1711 (L).    H.
 Gourraigne, Monsp. 1736 (L).  J. Ch.
 Findeisen, Hal. 1738 (L).  J. Dehn,
 Erford, 1742(E).  J.  J. Weber, Hal.
 1748 (L).  J  D. Lehmann, Hal.  1749
 (L).  Fr.  E. LSber  (in chronic dis-
 eases), Jense, 1751 (L).  P. L. Prat,
 Paris, 1803 (F).   R. Carmichael (in
 cancer), Dublin, 1809.
   FER'RI LIMATU'RA PURIFICA'TA,
 Pu'rified Iron Fi'lings : — purified, by
 means of the  magnet, for internal  use.
 The filings are, also, called Fer'ri Scobs,
 F. Ramen'ta et Pi'la,  Mar'tis Limatu'-
 ra, Spec'ulum In'dicum,  Fer'ri in puV-
 verem resolu'tio.  They are considered
 to  possess  the  general  properties  of
 iron:—the iron becoming oxidized.
   „ (F) Limaille de Fer.
   FER'RI SUBCAR'BONAS, F. Car'bo-
 nas^. praripita'tum, Chal'ybis Rubi'go
prapara'ta, Fer'ri Rubi'go.  (This last
 term, as well  as  Ferru'go, is applied to
 the subcarbonate or rust, formed by the
 action of moist  air on metallic iron.)
 A protoxide  of  iron,  oxidized  by the
 decomposition of water; the carbonic
 acid being attracted from the air. Dose,
 gr. v  to 5 ss-
   The Ferri Subcarbonas is precipitated
 from  sulphate of iron by subcarbonate
 of soda. Pharm.  L.
   It is, also, called  Ox'idum fer'ri fus'-
 cum,  Deu'to-car'bonas Fer'ri Jus'cus,
 Cro'cus mar'tis  ape'riens, (F) Safran
 de Mars aperitif.
   FER'RI  SUL'PHAS,   Sal  Mar'tis,
 Vitriolum  Mar'tis,  Vitriolum  Fer'ri,
 Fer'rum Vitriola'tum, Sulfas  or  Pro-
 to'sulfas   Fer'ri vir'idis,  Lonchotas,
Melante'ria, Sactim, xaXxav&ov, Calca-
di'num, Cal'cator,  Cal'cotar, Chalcan'-
thum, Calcite'a, Atramen'tum suto'rium,
 Vit'riol,  Vitriolum  vir'ide,  An'ima
 Hep'atis,  Sulphate  of Iron,  Green Vit-
riol, Copperas.  This salt is inodorous,
and  of a  strong, styptic taste.  The
crystals  are  light-green,  transparent,
rhomboidal; and soluble in two parts
of water.  It is tonic and anthelmintic.
Dose, gr. j to vj.
     (G) Griiner vitriol.
  FER'RUM AMMONIA'TUM,  Mu'rias
Ammo'nia et Fer'ri, Flo'res martia'les,
Flo'res  sa'lis  ammoni'aci  martia'les,
Ens  Mar'tis, Ens  Ven'eris  Boy'lei,
Sal  Mar'tis  muriat'icum sublima'tum,
Sal  ammoni'acum martia'le,  Ammo'-
nium  muriat'icum  martia'tum,  seu
martia'le, Ar'oph  Paracel'si, Calen'-
dula  minera'les,  Fer'rum  ammoni'-
acale, Ammonia'ted Iron.   A submu-
riate of  ammonia with red muriate of
iron.  Dose, gr. iij to gr. xv.
  (F) Muriate d'ammoniaque et de fer.
  FER'RUM TARTARIZA'TUM,  Tar'-
tras  Potas'sa  et Fer'ri,  Tar'tarum
Fer'ri,   Tar'tarus  chalybea'tus,   Mars
solu'bilis,  Tar'tras  Kal'ico-fer'ricus,
Cha'lybs tartariza'tus, Tar'tarus mar-
tia'lis, Tar'tras Potas'sa ferrugino'sus,
Fer'rum  potab'ile,  Glo'bus  martia'lis,
((F) Boule de Mars, Boule de Nancy,
B. de Molsheim,  B. d'Acier),  Glob'uli
Tar'tari martia'les seu martia'les solu'ti,
seu  martia'li,  seu tar'tratis  fer'ri et
lixiv'ia,  Bo'li Mar'tis, Py'ri martia'les,
Tar'tarized 1'ron, Tar'trate  of Pot'ass
and I'ron. (Ferri Jfoj, potass, supertart.
Jfoij, aqua  Jfej -   Rub  them  together,
and  expose  to  the air, in a flat glass
vessel, for 8 days: then dry, and re-
duce to a fine powder.  Add a pint of
water to the  powder,  and  put it aside
for 8 days: dry and pulverize.)  It is
one  of the mildest of  the salts of iron,
and  not unpalatable.   Dose, gr. x to
5ss.
  The TINCTU'RA MAR'TIS  APERI-
TfVA, Tine'hire  of LUD'WIG;  Al'co-
hol cum sulph'ate  Fer'ri tartarisa'tus ;
or Tinctu'ra  Mar'tis Glaubkri, is,
essentially, an aqueous solution of this
salt ; which is,  also, called  Eau  de
Boule, and is used in contusions.
  HELVETIUS'S STYP'TIC  was  com-
posed of the filings of iron and tartar,
mixed to a  proper consistence  with
French brandy.  It was called  in Eng-
land EATON'S  Styptic ; but this is now
formed of Sulphate of Iron.
  Fe'ver (Path.) Fe'bris, from fer'vor,
' heat,' or from feb'ruo,  ' I purify ': —
Tivqtxog.   One of  the most frequent
and dangerous affections, to which the
body is liable.
  A  person  has  an  attack  of  fever,
when he is affected with rigors, follow-
ed by increased heat  of  skin,  quick
pulse, languor, and lassitude.  Rigors,
increased heat  and frequency of pulse
have each been assumed as the essen-
tial character of fever.  It is not char-
acterized, however, by any one,  but 
FEVER
395
FEVER
depends upon the coexistence of many
symptoms.
  Fevers  have  been usually divided
into idiopathic or essential  and  into
symptomatic.   The  idiopathic  arise
without any obvious local cause.   The
symptomatic are dependent upon local
irritation.
  Idiopathic fevers may be flivided into
three classes :  1. Those attended with
distinct   paroxysms : — intermittents,
&c  2. Remittent  and continued fe-
vers : and, 3. Fevers, complicated with
eruptions, or exanthematous.
  These divisions admit of  great  va-
riety,  owing  to climate, season,  soil,
age, &c
  All  ages  and climates are  liable  to
fever; and its exciting causes are very
numerous.  These causes may be com-
mon ;  as* irritations in  the  intestines ;
external injuries; stimulants, &c;  or
they  may be  specific; as miasmata,
contagion. &c
  The greatest diversity has prevailed,
regarding the  theory of fever.  Its pri-
mary seat has been placed in the brain,
mucous membrane of the stomach and
intestines, skin, nerves, blood-vessels,
stomach,  liver, vena cava,  pancreas,
&c
  It  would seem,  however,  that  al-
though,  in  fever, the whole of  the
functions are  morbidly impressed, the
arguments  in  favor of the impression
being  first  made on the nervous and
capillary  system of vessels   are  the
strongest.  The exciting cause of fever,
whatever  it may be, produces an irreg-
ular action of  the  capillary system,
which is soon conveyed to  the rest of
the  system,  owing  to the  extensive
sympathy which exists between every
part of the  body; and it  is  probable,
that all those  local inflammations and
congestions are the consequence, rather
than the cause, of this  disordered  con-
dition  ofthe whole system.
  Many phenomena of fever are in-
fluenced by that periodicity, which we
notice in the execution of several ofthe
functions of the body, such  as menstru-
ation.   The types of intermittents are
strong  evidences of such  an influ-
ence.
  In  the  treatment of fever,  it is im-
portant,  1.  To  bear in mind its ten-
dency, particularly  in the  case of the
exanthemata,  to run a definite course,
and terminate in restoration to health.
2. The disposition to local  determina-
tions  or congestion : — the most fre-
quent cause  of the fatal terminations of
fever;  a circumstance requiring  the
vigilant  attention  of  the  physician.
3.  The symptoms  must be  attentive-
ly  studied, in order to deduce, from
them, the  indications  of  cure.  The
attention to symptoms is of great im-
portance.
  Lastly.  Attention must  be paid to
the  prevalent epidemics  There are
particular seasons, in which fever will
be very malignant; and others, in which
it will be mild.   This has,  necessarily,
an effect upon the treatment.
    (F) Fievre.  (G) Fieber.
  Writers on Fever. J. de Concore-
gio, Papiae, 1485 (L).  Ch.  de Barzi-
zns, Pap.  1494 (L).  Blasius Astia-
rius, Lugd. 1506 (L).  Marsilius de
Sancta  Sophia, Lugd. 1507 (L).  P.
A.  Rustici,  Pap.  1517 (L).   J. de
Tornamira, Venet.  1521 (L).   I. W.
Menapius, Basil, 1542 (L).   A. Fuma-
nelli, Basil, 1542 (L).  S. Gampegius,
Basil, 1547 (L).   P. Florembeni, Ven.
1550 (L).  R. Durand, Burdigal, 1554
(L).  J.  M. Savanarola,  Lugd. 1560
(L). Variorum Medicorum  Grwcorum,
Latinorum et Arabum de j'ebribus trac-
tatus, Venet. 1576. fol.  S. Simon, Lips.
1577 (L).  Ch. A. Vega (commentary
on  Galen, on fevers),  Coimbr. 1578
(L).  Ducretus,  Lausan.  1580  (L).
W. Giscaferius, Paris, 1581 (L).  W.
Rondelet, Lugd. 1585 (L).  D. Lid-
delius, Hamb. 1590 (L).  P. de Mer-
cado, Granat. 1592 (L).  J. Planerius,
Venet. 1596 (L).   J. Bravi, Salmant.
1596 (L).  P. P.  Galleo, Perus. 1597
(L). N. Boccangelini (malignant and
pestilential F.), Madrit. 1604 (L).   A.
Baroccius, Ferrar. 1606 (L).   Helido-
rius de Padua, Francf. 1607 (L). Chr.
Bruno. Lips. 1613 (L).  J.Schalling,
Erfurt, 1614 (L).  C. Peucer, Frankf.
1614 (L).  J.  Manelphls, Rom. 1625
(L). P.  Lottichius, Francf. 1627 (L).
Th. Grossi, Venet. 1627(E).  J. Syl-
vius, Genev. 1630 (L).   M. Bouthe-
roue, Paris, 1633 (L).  A. Aphrodi-
s,eus, Basil. 1542 (L).  P. Poterius,
Bonon. 1643 (L).  Fontanus, Amstel.
1644 (L).  Palladius, Paris, 1646 (L).
P.  Paschalis,  Lugd. Bat. 1647  (L).
L.  Riviere,  Paris, '1648(E).   J. H.
Pclverinus,  Lugd. 1649 (L).  H. Oc-
chi, Venet. 1657 (L).  W. Slatholme,
Lond. 1057 (L).  J. Primerosius, Rot-
erodam. 1658 (L). F. Arceus, Norimb.
1658 (L).   Rolfink,  Jenae,  1638  (L).
Another  work, Jenae, 1659 (L). • Ano-
ther, Jenae, 1666 (L).   C.  Hofmann,
Tubing.  1660 (L).   Thomas Willis,
Amstel. 1663 (L).  T. Serrier, Lond. 
FEVER
396
FEVER
1663 (L). J. Fernel, Amstel. 1664 (L).
W. Drages,  Lond. 1665 (L).   J.  L.
Guttjerez, Lugd.  1668 (L).  T.Syd-
enham, Lorid. 1666(E).  M. Tiling,
Francf. 1677 (L).  N. Falconet, Paris,
1678 (F). D. Sennert, Viteb. 1679 (L).
J.  F. Werdenberg, Basil.  1681 (L).
J. A. A. Gehema, Hag. 1683 (L). Fr.
Sanchez, Tolos. 1686 (L).  C. Patin,
Patav. 1687(1.)'  P  Sacchus, Genev.
1688 (L).   Minot, Paris,  1691 (F).
R. Morton (inflammatory F.),  Lond.
1692 - 4 (L).  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1696
(L).  Ch. Bezanvon, Paris, 1698 (F).
J.  de Peralta  Munoz,  Sevill. 1699
(S).  A. Pascoli,  Ven. 1701 (I).   G.
E. Stahl, Hal. 1701 (L).  He pub-
lished several treatises  on fever. Fr.
Santianelli,  Napol.  1705 (L).  M.
A. Andrioli, Ven. 1711 (L).  White
(V. S. in F.),  Lond. 1712.  E. Stroth-
er, Lond. 1716. .  L. Bellini,  Lond.
1720 (L).  Lommius, Rotterd. 1720 (L).
H.  Courraigne, Monspel.  1730 (L).
J.  Freind, Lugd.  Bat. 1734 (L). :  in
Engl, by Th. Dale, Lond. 1730.   Pal-
ladius, Leyd. 1745 (Gr.  L.)  Werl-
hof, Hanov. 1732 (L).   A. Fracassini,
Veron.  1750 (L).   J.  D. Santorini,
Ven. 1751 (I).   V. G. Salat, Valent.
1752 (L).   A. Fizes, Paris, 1757 (L).
Senac,  Paris,  1759 (L).    T.  Lind,
Lond.  1763.   Stevens,  Lond. 1760.
J.  Hawkridge, Lond. 1764.  De Ha-
en,  Vienn.  1760 (L).    J.  Huxham,
Lond. 1757. L. Chalmers, Lond. 1768.
J.  Gibson, Lond. 1769.  Glass, Jenae,
1771 (L).  W. Grant  (fevers of Lon-
don), Lond. 1771.  J. Quarin, Vindob.
1772 (L).  Another work, Vienn. 1781
(L).  J. Aitken, Lond. 1781.  D. Ly-
sons, Bath, 1783.  A. Thaer (action
of nervous system in F.), Gotting. 1774
(L).  A. Pi'quer, Madrid,  1779 (S).
W. Grant, Lond. 1779.  J. Roberts,
Lond.  1781.   J. Weiss,  Vienn. 1784
(L). A. M. Diehrich, Vienn. 1783 (G).
G. Hussey, Dublin, 17o4.   Fr. Bal-
four (influence  of the  moon on F.),
Edinb.  1785.   C  Dickinson, Edinb.
1785.   J. Cl. Tode, Copenhag. 1786
(G).   M. Stoll,  Vindob,  1786 (L).
M. Wall (opium in F.), Oxford, 17h0.
C.  Th. Selle,  Berol.  1786 (L).   K. |
Sprengel  (Galen's  doctrine of F.),\
Breslau, 1788(G)  C. Strack, Francof.
1789(L). F. Schraud, Vienn. 1791 (L).
R. Robertson, Lond. 1791.  J. Clark,
Lond.  1792.   R. Jackson  (F.  of Ja-
maica), Lond. 1791.  Grimaud, Mont-
pell. 1791 (F).  Ch. Kramp,  Heidelb.
1794 (G).  B. Rush  (proximate cause
of F.), Philad.  1796.  G.  Fordyce,
Lond. 1794.  R. Jackson, Lond. 1798.
E.  Horn  (nosology  of F.), Brunsw.
1800(G).   Haygarth  (prevention of
F.), Bath,  1801.  Cl.  Busmann, Hil-
desheim, 1800(G).   A. Ph. Wilson,
Lond. 1803.  J. Ch.  Reil,  Hall. 1805
(G).  C. Stanger (suppression of F),
Lond. 1802.  Desbordeaux, Paris, 1803
(F).  G. Ch.  Reich. Berlin, 1805-6
(G).  Palloni, Legh.'1804-5(1).  A.
Ph.  Wilson,  Worcester, 1807.  H.
Clutterbuck, Lond. 1807, and 1825.
Th. Beddoes; Lond.  1807.  Giannini,
in French by Heurteloup, Paris, 1808
(F).  G. Regoli, Milan, 1810(1).  D.
Uwins,  Lond. 1810.    J. F. Caffin,
Paris, 1811 (F). Th.Mills (V. S.inF.),
Dublin,  1813. W. Stoker, Lond. 1815.
Dickson (prevalence of  F.,  and on
houses of recovery), Bristol, 1819.  Ly-
man Spalding, N. York, 1817.  James
Black,  Lond. J826.    C. E.  Lucas,
Lond. 1822.  C. Meuth,  Mainz, 1822
(G).  G. Ballingall  (F.  of  India),
1823.  F. G. Boisseau,  Paris, 1826 (F),
W. F. Bow, Lond. 1829.  Southwood
Smith,  Lond. 1830.    A.  Tweedie,
Lond. 1830.
   FE' VER,  ADE'NO - MENINGEAL,
Fe'bris ade'no-meninge'a,  Fe'bris  me-
senler'ica (Baglivi-), Mor'bus muco'sus,
Fe'bris  muco'sa;  Pitu'itous  Fe'ver,
Catar'rhal  Fe'ver, Contin'ued Lym-
phat'ic Fe'ver, Phlegmap'ya, Gas'lro-
Bronchi'tis.  Fever, accompanied with
considerable  mucous  secretion ; es-
pecially  from the digestive tube.
  FE'VER, ANOM'ALOUS,  Fe'bris a-
nom'alus.   A  fever,  whose progress
and type are irregular.
  Writers.  Whitmome, Lond. 1659
(L).  J. Granger  (in  Holland in the
years 1746e< seq.), Altenburg, 1770 (L).
  FE'VER, APHON'IC,  Fe'bris  aphon'-
ica. A variety of intermittent, in which
the voice is lost during  the paroxysm.
  FEVER, APOPLEC'TIC, Fe'bris apo-
plec'tica,  Com'atose  Fe'ver,  Fe'bris
comato'des, F. Lethar'gica, F. soporo'-
sa. An intermittent or continued fever,
attended with apoplectic symptoms.
  FE'VER, ARTIFICIAL, Fe'bris ar-
tificia'lis, Fe'bris ar'te promo'ta. Fever,
produced designedly  by the internal or
external use of stimulants.
   FE'VER, ASTHEN'IC,  Fe'bris as-
(hen'ica.  Fever,  accompanied  with
debility. It may include  every variety
of fever under certain circumstances,
but is generally appropriated to typhus.
   FE'VER, ASTHMAT'IC, Fe'bris asth-
mat'ica. A pernicious intermittent, ac-
companied with symptoms of asthma. 
FEVER
397
FEVER
    FE'VER, ATAX'O-ADYNAM'IC; Fe'-
  bris  atax'o-adynam'ica.  Fever,  char-
  acterized by symptoms of adynamia and
  ataxia.
    FE'VER, CARDIAL'GIC; Fe'bris Car-
  dialfgica.  A variety  of  pernicious in-
, termittent,  accompanied  with violent
  cardialgia, during the paroxysm.
    FE'VER,   CEPHALAL'GIC; Fe'bris
   Cephalal'gica.   A pernicious intermit-
  tent, accompanied with intense pain of
  the  head.   Also, intermittent cephal-
   algia.
     FE'VER,  CER'EBRAL;  Brain Fe'-
   ver.  Fever,  generally  of  an  ataxic
   character, in which  the brain is con-
   siderably affected.
     FE'VER,  CHOL'ERIC;  Fe'bris cho-
   ler'ica.  A  variety of pernicious  inter-
   mittent, accompanied with  symptoms
   of cholera morbus.
     FE'VER, CHRON'IC;  Fe'bris chr on'-
   ica.  Some authors apply this  name to
   protracted fevers ;  others, to hectic fe-
   ver.
     FE'VER,  COLLIQUATIVE ; Fe'bris
   tab'ida, Fe'bris colliquati'va.   Fever,
   characterized by rapid emaciation,  co-
   pious evacuations, and rapid  prostration
   of strength.
     FE'VER,  CONVUL'SIVE ;  Fe'bris
   cohvulsi'va, A pernicious intermittent,
   accompanied by convulsions.
     FE'VER, DELIR'IOUS; Fe'bris cum
   delir'io,  (F) Fievre  delirante.  A  per-
   nicious intermittent, characterized by
   delirium in the paroxyms.
     FE'VER, DEPU'RATORY; Fe'bris
   depurato'ria.  A fever, to  which  was
   attributed the property of purifying the
   blood; or which indicated, that such a
   pretended depuration had occurred.
     FE'VER, DIAPHORET'IC; Fe'bris
   diaphoret'ica,   Fe'bris  sudalo'ria.   A
   pernicious  intermittent,  with excessive
   sweating during the fit.
     FE'VER, DIGES'TIVE (Phys.)  The
   chilliness,  followed  by  increased heat
   and quickness of pulse, which frequent-
   ly accompanies digestion.
     FE'VER, DOUBLE (Path.)  An in-
   termittent, which has two paroxyms, in
   a given time, instead of one.
        (F)  Fievre double ou double"e.
     FE'VER, DOUBLE-Q.UAR'TAN.  A
   fever, whose paroxysms occur two days
   in  succession,  and fail  the third day:
   the first paroxysm resembling the 4th;
   and the second the 5th.
      FE' VER,  D O UBLE - Q UO TID 'IAN.
   An intermittent, whose  paroxysms re-
   turn twice  every day at corresponding
   hours.
                    34
  FE'VER, DOUBLE-TER'TIAN.   An
intermittent,  whose paroxysms return
every day ; the first corresponding with
the 3d, the second with the 4th, and
so on.
  FE'VER, DUODEC"IMANE;  Fe'bris
duodecima'na.  A supposititious inter-
mittent, whose paroxysms recur on the
12th day or every 11  days.
  FE'VER, EPILEP'TIC; Fe'bris epi-
lep'tica.  A variety of pernicious inter-
mittent, accompanied with  attacks of
epilepsy.
   FE'VER, EROT'IC; Fe'bris erol'ica,
(F) Fievre d'amour.   A chronic fever,
occasioned by unpropitious love.
   FE'VER, ERRAT'IC; Fe'bris err at'-
ica.   An intermittent,  the  recurrence
of whose paroxysms is irregular.
   FE' VER,   GAN' GRENO US ;  Fe'bris
gangrano'des. Fever, accompanied by
gangrene of various  parts,  and  es-
pecially of  the  limbs  and  genitals.
Senac describes an intermittent of this
kind.
   FE'VER,  GAS'TRIC;  Fe'bris  gas'-
trica;  Stomach'ic Fe'ver,  Syn'ochus
Bilio'sa.  A name, given by some  to
the  bilious fever,  which has appeared
to them to  be dependent on an  affec-
tion of the stomach.  Menin'go-gas'trie
fe'ver ; Harvest fe'ver, (F) Fihvre de la
Moisson.
   FE' VER,  GAS' TR O-AD YNAM'IC ; —
 Fe'bris gas'tro - adynam'ica.   A  fever,
 in which the symptoms of bilious fever
are  joined with those of adynamic fe-
 ver.
   FE' VER,  GAS' TRO-ANGEIO TEN'IC.
 A fever, in which the symptoms  of the
 bilious are united with  those of the in-
 flammatory fever.
   FE'VER, GAS'TRO-ATAX'IC.  A fe-
 ver, in which the symptoms of bilious
 fever  are united with  those of  ataxic
 fever.
   FE'VER,  HEBDOMJADAL.  A sup-
 posititious fever, whose paroxysms re-
 turn weekly, and on the same day.
   FE' VER,  HJEMOP' TOIC ; — Fe'bris
 hamopto'ica.  A variety of masked in-
 termittent, in which periodical haemop-
 tysis is the chief symptom.
   FE'VER,  HEPAT'IC or HEPATAL'-
 GIC.   A pernicious intermittent, with
 violent pain in  the right  hypochon-
 drium.
   FE'VER,  HUN'GARY; Fe'bris Hun-
 gar'ica, Mor'bus  Ungar'icus, Cephalon'-
 osus, (F) Fi&vre Hongroise ou de Hon-
 grie.   An  endemic  typhus,  common
 amongst the soldiers  in barracks, in
 Hungary. 
FEVER              398              FEVER
  Writers. B. Conradini, Augsburg,
1574 (L).   M. Ruland,  Francf.  1600
(L).  J. Obendorffer,  Frankf.  1607
(G).   M.  Gichel,  Basil,  1609 (L).
Hollyng, Basil, 1611 (L).  H. Petrje-
us, Marb.  1618 (L).   J. J.  Federer,
Friburg,  1624 (L).  J. E. Burggrave,
Frankf. 1627 (G).   G.  Dankwerth,
Basil, 1633 (L). A. Mack, Rudolfstadt,
1665 (G).  Jaenisch, Heidelb. 1666 (L).
J. C Fausius, Heidelb.  1666 (L).  J.
A.  Friderici, Jenae,  1666 (L).   H.
Conring,  Helmst. 1668 (L).   P. Am-
man,  Lips.  1668(E).   Fasch, Jenae,
1682 (L).  J. Vesti,  Erford,  1687 (L).
Albinus,  Francf. ad Viadr.  1693 (L).
Orosky, Basil, 1771 (L).
  FE'VER,  HU'MORAL; Fe'bris  hu-
mora'lis.  Fever, in which an alteration
or deterioration of the  humors is sus-
pected.
  FE'VER,  HYDROPHOBIC; Fe'bris
hydrophob'ica. Pernicious intermittent,
with dread of liquids.
  FE'VER,  HYSTER'IC; Fe'bris  hy-
sterica.   Hysteria,  accompanied  by
fever.  Hysteria,  occurring with  each
paroxysm of an intermittent.
  FE'VER,  ICTER'IC;  Fe'bris icter'-
ica.  Fever, accompanied by  jaundice.
Some intermittents exhibit  this com-
plication at each paroxysm.
  FE'VER, INSID'IOUS. Fever, which,
at first, seems devoid  of danger, but
subsequently becomes of a more or less
malignant character.
  FE'VER, LO'CHIAL;  Fe'bris lochia'-
lis.  That acceleration of the circula-
tion, which sometimes  occurs, during
the discharge of the lochia.
  Writer.  Pohl, Lips. 1755 (L).
  FE'VER, MALIG'NANT; Fe'bris ma-
lig'na.  Fever, which  makes its  ap-
proaches insidiously,  and subsequently
becomes formidable.  Any fever, which
exhibits a very dangerous aspect.
  FE'VER,  MASK'ED  (Path.) Fe'bris
larva'ta.   An  anomalous  intermittent,
the paroxysms of which  have not the
regular stages.
    (F) Fidvre larvee.
  Writer.   Kemme, Hal. 1786 (L).
  FE'VER,   MESENTERIC ;  Fe'bris
mestnter'ica.  A  name  given, by Ba-
glivi, to a species of fever, which ap-
pears to have belonged, either to the
mucous or bilious-
   FE'VER,  MILK; Fe'bris lac'tea, (F)
Fievre de  lait ou laiteuse,  F.  lactee ;
Galactop'yra.  The fever, which  pre-
cedes or accompanies the secretion of
milk, in women recently delivered.  It
comes on,  generally, about  the  third
day after delivery ; and is characterized
by  quick pulse ;  increased heat; red'
ness of face ;  diminution or temporary
suppression of the lochial discharge;
tumefaction and tension of the breasts.
It commonly terminates in 24 hours,
and often with profuse perspiration.  It
requires the use of antiphlogistics.
  Writers.  Golicke, Franc ad Viad.
1738 (L).   Bohmer,  Hal.  1742 (L).
Muller, August.. Trevir. 1782 (L).
Schamberger, Francf. ad Viadr. 1805
(L).
  FE'VER, NEPHRIT'IC; Fe'bris ne-
phret'ica.  Intermittent fever, accom-
panied with nephritic pain during the
paroxysm.
  FE'VER,  NER'VOUS; Fe'bris ner-
vo'sa, Fe'bris len'ta nervo'sa. A variety
of typhus; the  Typhus miliar of Cul-
len.  By some, however, it is esteem-
ed a  distinct  disease.   See  Typhus
mitior.
  Writers   John Huxham (de  acre),
1773 (L).  Drechsler, Lips.  1782 (L).
Van Rossum, Lovan. 1784 (L).
  FE'VER, NON'ANE;  Fe'bris nona'-
na.   A  supposititious  fever,  whose
paroxysms recur every 9th day, or every
8 days.
  FE'VER, OCTANE; Fe'bris octa'na.
An intermittent, whose paroxysms re-
cur every 8th day.
  FE'VER, PERIOD'ICAL; Fe'bris pe-
riod'ica.   An intermittent or  remittent
fever.
   FE'VER,  PERNI"CIOUS; Fe'bris
pernicio'sa.  Intermittent fever,  when
attended with great danger, and which
destroys the majority of those affected
by it in the first four or five paroxysms;
sometimes in the very first.
  Writers.   J.  L  Alibert,   Paris,
1801 (F): in Engl, by Ch. Caldwell,
Philad. 1807.   F. Torti, by C. C. J.
Tombeur and O. Brixhe, Leod. 1821
(L).
  FE'VER,  PESTILEN'TIAL; Fe'bris
pestilentia'lis.  The Plague.-  Also, se-
vere cases of typhus.  The yellow fe-
ver and  sweating sickness have, like-
wise, been thus designated.
  FE'VER, PUER'FERAL; Fe'bris pu-
erpera'lis, Child'bed Fe'ver. This name
has been given to several  acute dis-
eases, supervening after  delivery.   It
means, generally, a malignant variety
of  peritonitis,  which  runs  its  course
very  rapidly,  and  passes into  a ty-
phoid  condition,  unless  met,  at the
very onset, by the most active depleting
measures.  By the generality of prac-
titioners, it is esteemed to be eminently 
FEVER
399
FEVER
contagious :  some, however, deny that
it is so.  See Peritonitis.
  Writers.  T. Denman, Lond.  1768.
Hulme,  Lond. 1772.  Kirkland (on
child-bed fevers), Lond.     .    But-
ter,  Lond. 1775.  Delaroche, Paris,
1783 (F).   Sachtleben, Leipz.  1793
(G).   Armstrong, Lond. 1814.   Hey,
Lond. 1815.
  FE'VER, PU'RULENT;  Fe'bris pu-
rulen'ta.  Fever,  which  accompanies
suppuration.
  FE'VER, Q,UIN'TAN; Fe'bris  quin-
ta'na.  A fever,  whose paroxysms re-
turn every fifth day.  It rarely, if ever,
occurs.
  FE'VER, Q,UOTID'IAN;  Fe'bris quo-
tidia'na.  A fever,  whose  paroxysms
recur daily.
  FE'VER, REG'ULAR; Fe'bris  regu-
la'ris.  An intermittent, whose parox-
ysms follow a determinate  type.  It is
opposed to atypic.  Sometimes opposed
to anomalous.
  FE'VER, SCORBU'TIC; Fe'bris scor-
butica.  The febrile movement, which
sometimes  accompanies scorbutus  or
scurvy.
   FE'VER,  SECONDARY.  A febrile
condition, which  recurs in certain af-
fections after  having ceased : — such
as  the secondary fever, which comes
on at the time  of the suppuration of
the variolous  pustules,  or  after  the
eruption  of scarlatina,  &c. has  disap-
 peared.
    FE'VER, SEP'TAN;  Fe'bris  sep-
ta'na.  An intermittent, whose parox-
ysms  recur  every six days, and conse-
quently on the 7th.
   FE'VER, SEX1 TAN; L'e'bris  sexta'-
na.  A fever, which recurs every five
days, and consequently on the 6th.
   FE'VER, SIM'PLE; Fe'bris sim'plex.
Simple fever, is that which has no pre-
dominant  character,—bilious, inflam-
matory, or nervous; and which is unac-
companied with any local determination,
congestion, or complication.  It may be
continued, remittent, or intermittent.
    FE'VER,  SIM'PLE CONTIN'UED.
This is the most favorable case of con-
 tinued fever,  and has a  tendency to
 wear  itself out,  provided only the la-
dentia are  avoided.  The  prognosis is
consequently favorable, and the  treat-
 ment simple ; consisting in perfect  re-
 pose of body and mind, abstinence, and
 relieving the thirst by cold acidulated
 drinks.
    FE'VER,  SINGUL'TOUS; Fe'bris
 singulto'sa.   Fever,  accompanied with
 singultus or hiccough.
   FE'VER,  STER'CORAL;  Fe'bris
stercora'lis.  Fever, produced by an
accumulation of  faeces  in the  intes-
tines.
   FE'VER,  SUBIN'TRANT;  Fe'bris
subin'trans. An intermittent, in which
one paroxysm is  scarcely finished be-
fore the other begins.
  FE'VER, SYN'COPAL; Fe'bris syn-
copa'lis, F.minu'ta.  A variety of per-
nicious intermittent, in which  the  dis-
ease has, in every paroxysm, one or
more faintings.
  FE'VER, SYPHILIT'IC; Ft'bris sy-
philit'ica. Fever,accompanying syphilis,
or supposed to be owing to a uyphilitic
taint.
  FE'VER, TER'TIAN; Fe'bris tertia'-
na.  A fever, whose paroxysm returns
on  the  third  day, and  consequently
every two days.
  FE'VER, TRAG"IC;  Fe'bris trag'H-
ca.  A low fever, in which the patient
declaims like an actor,  during the de-
lirium.
   FE'VER,  TRAUMAT'IC;   Fe'bris
traumat'ica.  The fever, which  super-
venes  on  wounds  or  great  surgical
operations.
  FE'VER, VER'MINOUS; Fe'bris ver-
mino'sa.  Fever,  produced by the pres-
ence of woims  in the digestive tube, or
accompanied by their expulsion.
  FE'VER, VER'NAL ;  Fe'bris verna'-
lis.  Intermittents, which occur  in the
spring.  They were formerly considered
salubrious.
         " An ague in the spring
           Is physic for a king."

  FE'VER, WALCH'EREN; Gall-sick-
ness.  The  remittents, to which the
British  troops were exposed, who were
attached to the expedition to Walch-
eren, in 1809.
  Writers.  G.  P. Dawson,  Ipswich,
1810.  Davis,  Lond. 1810.
  FE'VER, YEL'LOW;  Fe'bris  fla'va,
 Tu'phus ictero'des, F.contin'uapu'trida
ictero'des Caroliniensis, Elo'des ictero'-
des, Fe'bris malig'na bilio'sa America,
 Syn'ochus ictero'des, Fievre  matelote,
Fe'bris malig'na fla'va In'dia Occiden-
ta'lis ;  Ende'mial Cau'sus of the West
 In'dies, Cau'sus  trop'icus endem'kus,
 Bil'ious remit'ting yel'low fe'ver, Ma-
 lig'nant  pestilen'lial  fe'ver, — Fievre
jaune d'Amerique, Fievre gastro-ady-
 namique, Typhus miasmatique ataxique
putride jaune,  Vomito  prieto, Vomito
 negro, Mai de  Siam,  Fievre de la Bar-
 bade, Black vom'it, Fe'bris tox'ica, Fe'-
 bris trop'ica, Typhus d'Amerique, Bulam 
FIBRE
              FEVER              4

Fe'ver,  Gibral'tar Fe'ver,  Barcelo'na
Fe'ver.  A very  acute and dangerous,
febrile affection ; . so called, because
complicated, in its second stage, with
jaundice,  and  accompanied by  vom-
iting of black matter.   Sauvages, Cul-
LEN, and others regard it as a variety
of typhus;  and Pinel as a species of
gastro-adynamic,  or bilious putrid, fe-
ver.    It  occurs, endemically,  only
within the tropics ; but epidemically it
has been met with in the temperate
regions.   Broussais regards  the dis-
ease as gastro-enteritis, exasperated by
atmospheric heat;  so  that  it  runs
through its stages with much  greater
rapidity than the gastro-enteritis of our
climates.   The   yellow  color of the
skin, according to him, is  owing to the
inflammation of the small intestine, —
and especially ofthe duodenum, — aug-
menting the secretion of the liver, and
at the same time preventing its dis-
charge into the duodenum.
  The pathology  of this  affection, as
well   as  its   origin,  is  still  unset-
tled.    The  treatment  must  be of
the most active nature at  the onset;
and consists in bleeding  largely, and
exhibiting  calomel,  so as to excite a
new   action if possible ; — the  other
symptoms  being  combated according
to general principles.
  Writers.  Warren (in Barbadoes),
Lond. 1734.   Fr.  Reyes Sahagun
(Epidemic of  Seville  in 1741), Seville,
1741   (S).  Mitchell (of Virginia)
1741.   N. Fr. Rexano,  (Epidemic of
Malaga in 1741), Malaga, 1742 (S).
J. J.  de Gastelbondo  (of the  West
Indies), Madrid,  1755 (S).  Poisson-
nier-Desperrieres (Fever of  St. Do-
mingo), Paris, 1763 (F).   Adon  (New
York fever of 1791).   Mathew Carey
(Philadelphia fever o/1793), Lancaster
1794.   J. Holliday  (of South Amer-
ica),  Havana, 1794 (S).   Lond. 1795.
Bknjamin  Rush   (of  Philadelphia,
1793), Philadelphia,   1794  and  1799.
Isaac Cathrall  (Do.),  Philadelphia,
1794.   R. Bayley (New  York fever of
1795), N. York, 1796.  James Clarke
(Dominica  fever  of  1793-6), Lond.
1797.   James Bryce,  Lond. 1797.   J.
B.Davidge, Baltimore, 1798.  Robert
Jackson, Lond. 1799.  James Hardie
(of New  York in 1798), New  York,
1799.  Samuel Brown,  Boston,  1800.
Wm.  Currie (of  Philadelphia in 1799)
Philad. 1800.   C. F. Ameller (Cadiz
fever), Cadiz,  1800 (S).   Colin  Chis-
holm (Bulamfever) Lond. 1801.  P. M.
Gonzalez (Cadizfever 0/I8OO), Madrid
 1801 (S). J. N. Berthe (Andalusiafercr
 0/I8OO), Paris & Montpellier, 1802 (F).
 J. Cathrall and Wm. Currie  (F. of
 Philadelphia  in  1802)  Philad.  1802.
 N. P. Gilbert, (F. of St.  Domingo)
 Paris, 1803 (F).   T. Lafuf.nte, Alge-
 siras, 1803 (S).   Louis  Valentin  (of
 America), Paris, 1803 (F).   J. Deveze
 (Philadelphia  fever  of 1793), Paris,
 1804  (F):   B. Rush (not contagious)
 Philad.  1805.   T.  Rushton, Philad.
 1804.  V. Arditi  (of Spain and Italy),
 Lisbon, 1804 (P).   J.M.Salamanca
 (Malaga fever of 1804),  Malaga, 1804
 (S).    G.  Falloni  (Leghorn fever),
 Leghorn, 1804 (I).   J. V. Bower, N.
 York,  1805.    Dalmas,  Paris,  1805
 (F).    Le  Blond,   Paris, 1805  (F).
 L. Cailliot,   Paris, 1805  (F).   G.
 Tommasini,  (on the  fever  of Leghorn,
 Sfc. of 1804), Parma, 1805 (I).  A. La-
 coste  (Do.),   Leghorn,   1805   (F).
 Thiebaut de  Berneaud  (Do.), Spo-
 leto, 1804 (I).   G. Barzellotti (Do.),
 Florence, 1805 (1).   J. M. Arejula
 (Cadiz fever, fyc).  Madrid, 1S06 (S).
 S.  Henderson,  Birmingham,   1808.
 A. M  T. Savaresi,  Naples,  1809 (F).
 E. N.  Bancroft,  Lond.  1811.   C.
 Powell, Lond. 1814.  Victor Bally,
 Paris,  1814 (F).  William Pym (on
the Bulam  fever),  Lond.  1815.  W.
 Burnett (ofthe Mediterranean), Lond.
 1814.   Sir J. Fellowes (of Cadiz and
 Gibraltar)  Lond.  1815.   R.  Jackson
 (F. of Spain), Lond.  1821.    Pennell,
 N. York, 1821.  Doughty, Lond. 1816.
 Sir G. Blane  (on  the contagion of),
 Lond. 1819.   J. Veitch,  Lond.  1818.
 Nodes Dickinson,  Lond. 1819.   T.
 O'Halloran (of Spain),  Lond.  1823.
 J. L. E. W. Shecut, Charleston, 1819.
 L. Spalding (yellow  fever  periods), N.
 York, 1819.  John Wilson ( W, India),
 Lond.  1827.    Chervin,  Louis,  and
 Trousseau  (of  Gibraltar  in  1828),
 Paris,  1830  (F).   A. Heastie, Lond.
 1830.   G. Tommasini, Milan, 1826 (I).
  The chief  German writers on the
 yellow fever are Edmann, Eschenmay-
 er, Fiedler,   Girtanner,  Gutfeld,
 Harles, Ketterling, Knebel, Kopp,
 Eangermann, Wildberg, Wolfart.
   Fe'verish (Path.)  Fe'briens, Fcbri-
 co'sus.  That,  which causes fever,  as
feverish food,   feverish  diathesis, &c.
 Also the state of one laboring under
 fever.
    (F) Fievreux,
   Fi'bre (Anat.)  Fi'bra,  tg, xrydtov,
 Cte'don.   An  organic filament, of a
 solid consistence, and more or less ex-
 tensible, which enters into the compa- 
FIBRINE              401               FICUS
sition  of every animal and vegetable
texture.   The  simple  or  elcmen'tary
fi'bre of the ancients,  from  a partic-
ular assemblage and arrangement of
which every texture of the body  was
conceived to be constituted, seems en-
tirely ideal.
   The  moderns usually  admit,  with
Haller and Blumenbach, three ele-
mentary fibres.
   1. The  cei'luiar,  formed  chiefly of
thin plates, of  a whitish color and ex-
tensible, and which seem to consist of
concrete gelatine.
   2. The ner'covs, formed of a soft  sub-
stance, contained in a cellular sheath,
and consisting of albumen united to a
fatty matter.
   3. The mus'cular, composed of round
filaments, of a grayish or reddish color,
and formed of fibrine.
   Chaussier  has  added  to these the
albugineous fibre, but it seems to differ
from the  cellular fibre  only  in  the
greater  condensation of the molecules,
   A very  small fibre is called  a Fi'bril,
 FibriVla,  (G) Faserlein.
   (G)  Fiber,  Faser, Zaser.
   Fib'rine  (Phys.  Hyg.)    Fibri'nd.
 Fib'ra  san'gu:nis,   Matc'ria fibro'sa,
 Lym'pha plus'tica.   An immediate  ani-
 mal principle—solid, white, and ino-
 dorous ;  insipid ;  heavier than water ;
 without action on the vegetable blues :
 elastic, when  moist; hard and brittle
 when dry.  It enters into the composi-
 tion of  the  chyle  and the blood, and
 forms the chief  part of the muscles of
 red-blooded animals.  Fibrine is  very
 nutritious. In certain diseased actions,
 Fibrine or Codgulable lymph is separ-
 ated from the blood, and is  found in
 considerable quantity  on  the surfaces
 of membranes,  and in the cavities of
 the body. The name, Coagulable lymph,
 has also been given to that part of the
 serum,  which coagulates  when heated.
 and is of an albuminous nature.
     (G)  Fas erst off.
   Fib'rinous. Fibrino'sus. That which
 is composed of fibrine,  or has the ap-
 pearance of fibrine.
   Fi'bro-Car'tilage  (Anat.)  Fi'bro-
 cartila'go.  An  organic  tissue, partak-
 ing ofthe nature of the fibrous tissue,
 ant  if  that of cartilage.   It  is dense,
 resi  ing, elastic,  firm,  supple,  and
 flexi  le.
   Fil  o-cartilages  are   distinguished
 into
   1. JtJcm.bran'iform, or  those which
 serve as moulds to certain part3, as th»e
 alae nasi and eyelids.
                    34s*
  2. Vagin'iform or those which form
sheaths for the sliding of tendons.
  3. Internrtic'ular, those,  which  are
met with in the movable articulations.
  4. Unit'ing Fi'bro-carti'lages, (F) iV-
bro-cartilagcs  d'union,  which  form a
junction between  two bones,  as  at
the symphysis pubis.  Fibro-cartilages
are, sometimes, formed adventitiously,
as the result of a morbid process in dif-
ferent organs.
  Fi'bro-mu'cous  (Anat.)   Fi'bro-mu-
co'sus.   Fibrous membranes, intimately-
united with other membranes of a mu-
cous nature, as the pituitary membrane,
the membrane of the urethra.  Bichat.
  Fi'bro-se'rous (Aunt.)   Fi'bro-scro'-
sus. Possessing  the nature of  fibrous
and serous  membranes.  Membranes,
composed of a fibrous, and a  serous
sheet, intimately united : — as the Dura
Mater, Pericardium,  Tunica albuginea
testis, &c   Bichat.
  Fi'brous  (Aiuit.)  Fibro'sus.   Com-
posed  of fibres.  Certain  membranes,
as  the  dura  mater,  periosteum,  liga-
mentous capsules ofthe joints, &c are
fibrous.  The fi'brous sys'tem of Bichat
included the system of organs,  formed
by the albugineous jibre of Chaussier.
It  comprised,  particularly, the  perios-
teum and perichondrium;  the  articu-
lar capsules and ligaments;  the ten-
dons ;  the dura mater, pericardium, tu-
nica sclerotica, tunica albuginea testis-,
outer membrane ofthe spleen, &c
   Fib'ula  (Anat.)  Tctqortj,  Cru'ris ra'-
dius, Can'na mi'nor, Os per'one, Foe"He
mi'nus, Su'ra, a  Clasp.  The splin'ter
bone  of  the leg.   The   long, small
bone, situated at  the outer part of the
leg.   The  superior or  tibial extremity
of the  fibula is rounded and forms the
caput  or  head.  It is  articulated with
the tibia.  Its inferior or tarsal extrem-
ity is  broader than the superior.   It is
articulated  with  the tibia and, astraga-
lus, and  forms the malleolus  externus
or  outer ancle by means of its coronoid
process.  The body  of the bone has
three faces, having more or less prom-
inent   edges.   It is  separated  from
the tibia by the  interosseous  space ;
and is developed by three  points of os-
sification ;  one at  the body, and one at
each extremity.   It  prevents  the foot
from turning outwards.
   (F)  Perone.
   (G)  Schienbeinr6hre, Wa-.
 d e n b e i n.
   Fi'cus (Path.)   ovxoioig, avxoua, Fi.
 ca'tio, Fico'sus Tu'mor, Fico'sa eminen'-
 tia, Maris'ca,   A fleshy  excrescence^ 
FICUS CARICA         402            FIORAVENTI
often soft and reddish,  sometimes hard
and scirrhous, hanging by a peduncle,
or formed like a fig ; occurring on the
eyelids, chin, tongue, anus, or organs
of generation.   The fici, seated on the
last mentioned parts, are generally of a
syphilitic character.
   (F) Fie.  (G) Feigwarze.
   Fi'cus Car'ica (Mat. Med. & Hyg.)
The systematic name of the fig tree.
(F) Figuier,   (G)  Feigenbaum.
Car'ica, Fi'cus,  Fi'cus vulga'ris, Fi'cus
commu'nis, avxi;.  The fig is a pleasant
fruit when ripe; as well as when dried
in the  state in which  it is found  in
the shops. It is  used, at times, in place
of a  cataplasm ;  especially  in  gum
boils.
   (F) Figue.   (G) Feige.
   Writers.  J. Chr. Sturm (on  the
cure  of  Hezekiah's  disease by a fig),
Jenae, 1670  (L).  C. Hegardt. Upsal.
1744 (L).
   Fidg'ets (Path.)   Of doubtful  ety-
mology.   Dyspho'ria sim'plex,  D. ner-
vo'sa,  Erethis'mus sim'plex, Tituba'tio.
General restlessness and troublesome
uneasiness of the nerves and muscles;
with increased sensibility ;  and inabil-
ity of fixing the attention, accompani-
ed with a perpetual desire of changing
the position.
   (F) Fretillement.
   FIE'NUS or  FY'ENS,  John   (Bi-
ogr.)   Physician at Antwerp ;  died  at
Dort  in 1585.  Works.  Commentarii
deflatibus humanum  corpus  molestanti-
bus.  Antw.  1582.  In  English by W.
Rowland.  Lond. 1663. 8vo.  Physio-
graphia  de  flatibus morbisque  flatuosis
eorumque expedita curationis methodo ;
cum notis Henr. Lov. Fisciieri. Hamb.
1644. 12mo.
   FIE'NUS or FY'ENS, Thomas  (Bi-
ogr.)   Professor of medicine  at  Lou-
vain,  and son of the preceding; born
at  Antwerp in  1507; died in 1631.
Works.  De cauteriis  lib.  v.  Lovan.
1598.  8vo.  Libri chirurgici xii. de pra-
cipuis artis  chirurgica  controversiis.
Francf.   1602.  4to.  De viribus imagi-
nationis.  Lovan.  1608. 8vo.   De  vi
format rice fatus liber, in quo ostenditur
animam  rationalem ivfundi tertid  die.
Antw.  1620.  8vo.   He  wrote one  or
two other treatises to defend his views
against attacks  made upon them.  Se-
mc'oticc, sive  de signis medicis tracta-
tus. Lugd. 1664. 4to.  Opera post.hu-
ma chirurgica  edente Hermanno  Con-
ringio. Edit. 2da. Lond.  1723. 4to.
   FIGURE  (F)  (Surg.) A compressive
bandage,  applied over  the  head  after
bleeding from the frontal vein.  It has
also been called bandage royal.
  Fil'ament (Anat.) l'ilamen'tum, from
fi'lum, ' a thread.'   This word is used
synonymously  with fi'bril;  thus,  we
say,  a ner'vous  or cel'hdar fii'ament.
Also, the glairy, threadlike substance,
which forms in the urine,  in some dis-
eases, and which depends on a particu-
lar secretion from the mucous mem-
brane ofthe urinary passages.
     (G) Fiiserlein.
  Fil'iform (Anat.)   Filiform'is, from
fi'lum, ' a thread,' and for'ma,' form ' ;
having the shape of a thread; as the
fil'iform papil'la of the tongue.  See
Papill.e.
   Filtra'tion   (Pharm.)    Filtra'tio,
Percola'tio.   A  pharmaceutical opera-
tion,  which consists in passing  a fluid
through a filter or strainer, for the pur-
pose of clarifying it.  In ancient phys-
iology, it meant  the  action, by which
the different humors of the  body  are
separated from the mass of blood.
  (G) Durchseihung.
  Fil'trum  (Pharm.)  A  fil'ter, San-
guij'uca, Vil'trum.  Any porous, mate-
rial;  such as sand, some kinds of free-
stone,   powdered   charcoal,   pounded
glass, flannel,   unsized  paper,  &c
through which a  fluid is passed for  the
purpose of separating it from the mat-
ters, suspended in it.
  Fimbria (Surg.) A band ;  a fringe,
TTUqaqua.
    (G) Franze.
  Fi'mus (Mat. Med.)  Dung,  Ster'cus.
  The FI'MUS EQUfNUS,  Ster'cus equi
non   cuslra'ti, Stone-horse  dung,  was
once thought antipleuritic.
  FI'MUS VACCJE or Cow-dung was
employed as a cataplasm,  especially in
gout.
  STER'CUS AN'SERISov  Goose-dung,
was applied as a  poultice to the  feet in
malio-nant fever.   See Chenocoprus.
  FIORAVEN'TI or FIORAVAN'TI,
Leonard (Biog.)   A physician of Bo-
logna  of the 16th century.   He  was
much admired by his  contemporaries;
but seems to have  been a quack.   He
died in 1588. Works. Regimento delta
peste.  Venice.   1565.  8vo.   Capricci
medicinali;  lib.  quattro.   Ven. 1568.
Svo.  II tesoro della vita humana. Ven.
1570.  8vo.   Translated into  English
under the  title — A joyful jewel, con-
taining as  well  such  excellent orders,
preservatives, and precious practices for
the plague ;  as also, such  various med-
icines for divers maladies as hitherto
have not been published in the English 
fisarum             4o:
 tongue.  Translated out of the Italian,
 by J. H.  (Joh. Hester). Lond. 1579.
 4to.  Chirurgia.  Venice.  1582.  8vo.
 Translated  into  English by Hester.
 London.  1652. 4to.
   F'isarum  (Pharm.)  A confection of
 sal ammoniac was formerly  so called.
 Ruland.
   FISCH'ER, John An'drew  (Biog.)
 A  German physician, of some  note;
 born in 1667;. died in 1729.   Works.
 De morbis hereditariis. Erf.  1688.  4to.
 Consilia medica qua  in usum practicum
 et forensem pro  scopo curandi et renun-
 ciandi  adornata sunt.  Francf.  1704.
 3 vols.  8vo.   Ilias in nuce, seu medi-
 cina synoptica medicina conciliatrici sub-
 secutura pramissa.  Erfurt.  1716.  4to.
 Responsa practica. Lips.  1719. 8vo.
   Fissicula'tio  (Surg.) from fissicu-
 la're, ' to cut off,' ' open,' ' make  inci-
 sions ';  an old  word for an opening
 made with  a scalpel.
   Fis'sure (Anat.)    Fissu'ra,  from
fin'derc, ' to cleave ' ;  a  long and  nar-
 row cleft or opening in a bone — qaytj,
 Ceasma, xtaaua.
     (F) Fissure,  Fente.
     (G) Spalte.
   The  CEN'TRAL  FIS'SURE  (Anat.)
 is the aggregate of the cavities or ven-
 tricles  of the brain,  Meckel  consid-
 ers this but one cavity, in  the form of
 a cross, which he calls thus.
   The  GLE'NOID FIS'SURE or  Fis'-
 sure of Glase'rius.   (F)  Fissure ou
 scissure de  Glaser.  Fente glenoidale
 ou Felure de Glaser, divides the  gle-
 noid cavity of the temporal bone  into
 two  parts,  and gives passage  to the
 corda tympani,  &c
   FISSU'RA  VEL   FOS'SA  MAG'NA
 SYL'VII.  A deep, narrow  sulcus, which
 ascends obliquely  backwards from the
 temporal  ala of the  sphenoid bone to
 near the middle of the parietal bone  ;
 and which parts the  anterior and mid-
 dle  lobes of  the cerebrum  on  each
 side.           ,
  FIS'SURE (Surg.  & Path.)   Same
 etymon.   1. A fracture  in  which the
 bone is cracked,  not separated, as in
 fracture,—  Catag'ma  Fis'sura.   2. A
 narrow, long, and superficial solution
of  continuity,  around  the external
 openings  of the  mucous membranes
A sort of chap,  observed  on the hands,
particularly on  the  callous hands of
workmen in  certain  mechanical em-
ployments.  3.  Small, chapped ulcera-
tions,  sometimes   noticed  in  young
children,  owing to  the contact of the
faeces and urine with the fine, delicate
3            FISTULA

skin of the thighs,  nates, and genital
organs.   4. Clefts,  of a more  or less
deep nature, occurring on  the genital
organs, in the vicinity of the anus,  in
those laboring  under syphilis.  These
are usually called rhagades.
  Fis'tula (Path.) avqiy'i. Elig'Hi mor'-
bus. A solution of continuity, of great-
er  or  less depth, and sinuosity ;  the
opening of which is  narrow, and the
disease kept  up by  an  altered texture
of parts, so that it  is  not disposed  to
heal.
  A fistula is incomplete or blind,  when
it has  but one  opening;  and complete
when  there are two, the  one opening
into an internal cavity, the other exter-
nally.   It is lined, in its whole course,
by  a membrane,  which  seems analo-
gous to mucous membranes.
  Incomplete fis'tula may  be internal or
external.  The  former are those, which
open internally; the  latter, those which
open externally.
  Exter'nal incomplete  fis'tula are kept
up  by  caries  or necrosis of bones, by
extraneous bodies in any of the living
textures,  or by purulent cavities, the
walls of which have not  become unit-
ed.  Inter'nal in'complete fis'tula,  gen-
erally,  become  soon complete;  since
the  discharge, which  escapes  from
them  into the  cavities,  where  they
open, has a constant tendency to make
its  way outwardly and soon occasions
ulceration of the integuments.  Fistulae
have received  different names, accord-
ing to the discharge, which they afford,
and the organs in which they are seat-
ed, as lach'rymal, bil'iary, sal'ivary, sy-
no'vial, u'rinary, &,c
  The  great object of treatment,  in
fistulous sores,  is to bring on an altered
condition of the  parietes of the canal;
by astringent or stimulating injections,
caustics, the knife, pressure, &c Those
which  are  dependent   on  diseased
bone,  cartilage, tendon,  &c  do not
heal until after the exfoliation of the
diseased  part.   Fistulae  of  excretory
ducts are  produced, either by an injury
of the  duct itself, or by  the retention
and accumulation of the fluids to which
they have to give passage. Thus, Fis'-
tula lachryma'lis,  Emphrag'ma lachry-
ma'le,   Hy'drops  sac'ci  lachryma'lis,
Drop'sy ofthe lachrymal sac,  Mu'coce'le
of the  la'chrymal  sac, commonly  pro-
ceeds from the  obliteration of the nasal
duct, or from  atony of the lachrymal
sac ; which circumstances prevent the
tears  from passing  into  the nostrils.
   Fistula in  ano  generally occurs 
FIXED
404
FLEAM
from some mechanical pressure or im-
pediment. The principal indication, in
the treatment of these  fistulae of the
excretory canals, being, — to put a stop
to the constant discharge of  the secre-
tions, &c, through the preternatural
channel; the fistulous passage is at times
laid open, and a communication estab-
lished with the  natural excretory ca-
nal ; at others, strong  pressure is em-
ployed to procure its obliteration.
  (G)  Fistel,  Rolirgeschwiir.
  Writers on fistula  in general.  J.
Th. Schenckius,  Jenae, 1656 (L).  J.
M. Scultetus, Tubing. 1682 (L).  Fr.
Hofmann, Hal. 1697 (L).  G. W. We-
delius, Jenae, 1714 (L). Jacob Maull,
Duisburg, 1773 (L). — Fistulous ulcers.
Chr. Vater, Vitemb.  170u  (L).—
Fistula  of  the Cornea.  B.  D. Mau-
chvrt,  Tubing,  1742 (L).—Fistula
Lachrymalis.   N. J. Pallucci, Vindob.
1762 (L).  G. E. Stahl,  Hal. 1702
(L).  J. C Sciiolunger,  Basil, 1730
(L).  J. D. Metzger, Monaster, 1772
?L).  P. A. Lepy, Paris, 1738 (L).  A.
Bertrandi, Turin, 1713  (F) and one
or two other  works.   P. Pott, Lond.
1758. Sir Wm. Blizard, Lond. 1780.
J. Warf., Lond. 1792-5.  J. VVathen,
Lond. 1781.   Reil, Berol. 1812 (L). —
Salivary Fistula. P. F. Delhf.z, Paris,
1811 (F). — Dental Fistula.   J. R. Du-
val, Paris, 1812 (F). — Fistula in Ano.
L. Le Monnier, Paris,  1689(F).  J.
Astruc, Monspel, 1718 (L).  H. Bass,
Hal. 1718 (L).   J. B.  Boyer, Paris,
1734 (L).   J. B.  Th.  Martinenq,
Paris, 1744 (L).   P.  Arcelin, Paris,
1746 (L).   H. Capet, Paris, 1750 (L).
Coste,  Berlin,  1751  (F).    J.  Fr.
Bousquet, Stockholm,  1766  (F).  A.
Nunn, Erfurt, 1707 (E).   Fr.  Chopart,
Paris, 1772 (L).   Chr. G. Kratzsch,
Duisburg, 1783 (L). D. Blume, Got-
ting. 1792  (L).    Haschke,  Erlann-.
1797 (L).   J. V. Vallet,  Paris, 1803
(F).  J. Fiory, Paris,  1803 (F).  M.
Dalbine, Paris, 1803(F).  H.Desval-
lees, Paris, 1804  (L).   Th. Whate-
ley, Lond. 1805.   Berndorf,  Erlang.
1806 (L).   T. Luxmore, Lond. 1809.
A. Audibran, Paris,  1814 (F).   J. T.
Vetzmann, Jenae, 1812  (L).    Fr.
Reisinger, Augsb. 1816 (G).   Robt.
Bingham, Lond. 1820.
  Fix'ed (Pharm.) Fix'us.   A body,
not capable of being volatilized  by fire,
is said to be fixed.  Thus we say, fixed
oils, in contradistinction to volatile oils.
  Fixen, Mineral Waters  of (Mat.
Med.) This spring is four leagues from
Waldsassen,  in Bavaria.   It contains
carbonic  acid,  holding   in  solution
carbonates of lime and magnesia, mu-
riates of lime and magnesia, carbonate
of soda and silica.  In Bavaria, it re-
places the Seltzer water.
  Fix'i den'tes (Anat.)  The teeth of
the second dentition.
  Flabella'tion (Surg.)   Flabellu'tio,
from flabellu.'re, to agitate the air.  An
operation, recommended by Ambrose
Pare, which consists  in keeping frac-
tured limbs cool, as well  as the dress-
ings surrounding thein, by  the renewal
of the air around them, either by the
use of the fan or the repeated  change
of position ofthe parts affected.
    (G) L ii f tung.
  Flaccid'ity   (Path.)   Flaccid'itas,
from flac'cidus, * flabby,' '  soft.'   Soft-
ness of a part, so as as to offer little re-
sistance on pressure.
    (G)  Schlaffheit.
  Flanks (Anat.)  Ilia, layoit;, xtvtw-
vtg, Lap'ara, Xanaqa,  Ceneo'nrs.   The
regions of the body,  which extend on
the sides, from  the inferior margin of
the chest to the crista ilii.
  (F) Flancs, Les lies.   (G) W a m -
pe n.
  Flat'ulence  (Path.)   Flatulen'tia,
Fla'tus, Flatuos'ity,  Cly'don,  xJ.vdoiv,
Phy'sa,   Polyphy'sia,  Wind,  Limo'sis
Fla'tus, Ereux'is, tqtv%ig, Bom'bus, ipv^
aa,  ipvorj.  Emission of wind  by  the
mouth or anus;  or accumulation of
wind in the digestive tube.
    (F) Ventosite.
    (G) B 1 a h ung.
  Writers. J. Fienus, Antwerp, 1582
(L).  R. Goclenius, Francf. et  Lips.
1607  (L).   M. Mappi, Argent. 1675
(L).  G.  E. Stahl, Hal. 1708  (L).
Chr.  Schultz,   Regiom.   1737  (L).
Fr.  de P. Combalusier,  Paris, 1747
(L).  J.  A.  G.  Kielmann, Argent.
1749 (L).  E. H. Hausdorffer,  Lips.
1753 (L).  J. B. Careno, Mediol. 1757
(L).  M. D. Mohr, Erlang. 1758 (L).
G. E. Zeviani, Veron. 1761 (I).  Fr.
J. Schroder, Marburg, 1773 (L)  J.
G.  Leonhardi,  Viteberg.  1784   (L).
J. Chr. Jacob.  Hal.  1790  (L).   P. F.
Pamard,  Avignon, 1791   (F).    Th.
Magnus, Francf.  1796 (L).  Meckel,
Hal. 1800 (L).  J. Ch. G. Ackermann,
Altdorf. 1800 (G).
  Fla'vii  Clemen'tis  Medicamf.n'-
tum (Pharm.)   Ancient  name  of a
gout  remedy, which  is  described in
Actuarius.
  Fleam (Surg.) Flam'ma, Flam'mula,
Fosso'rium,  Phlebot'omus.   A surgical
instrument,  used  for the operation of 
FLEMEN
405
FLEXOR
phlebotomy.   It consists of a small me-
tallic box, containing a spear-pointed
cutting instrument, which,  by means
of a spring, can be forced into the  vein.
It is much used in Germany and  some
other European countries ; and is not
unfrequently employed in America; but
is scarcely ever seen in France or Great
Britain.
     (F) Flamme, Flammette.
     (G) Schnapper.
  Fle'men  (Path.)  Flegmen.  A tu-
mor about the ankles.  Also, chaps of
the feet and hands.
  FLEM'YNG  or FLEM'ING, Mal'-
colm (Biogr.)   A physician, who  prac-
tised at Brigg, in  England, about the
middle of the last  century.   Works.
Nervopathia, sive de morbis hypochon-
driacis ct hystericis, lib. 3. Pocma medi-
cum.  York.  1740. 8vo.   Proposal for
improving the practice of medicine ;  il-
lustrated by  an  example relating to the
small-pox.  Hull.  1742.  8vo.   The na-
ture of the nervous fluid or animal spir-
its  demonstrated.  Lond.  1752.  8vo.
Syllabus of the contents and order of a
course of lectures on  the animal  econ-
omy. Lond. 1752.  8vo.  De Francisci
Solani inventis circa arteriarum pul-
sum et prasagia inde haurienda, pro-
gramma :  in quo ea secundum  receptas
in aconomid animaii leges solvuntur et
explicantur.  Lond.  1753.   4to.  Dis-
course on the nature and cure  of corpu-
lency ; illustrated  by  remarkable  cases.
Lond. 1757. 8vo.  Introduction  to phys-
iology ; being a course of lectures  upon
the most important parts of  the animal
ceconomy, in  which the scat and nature
of many diseases are pointed out and ex-
plained,  their curative indications set-
tled, and the proper practice pointed out.
Lond. 1759. 8vo.  Dissertation on Dr.
James's fever  powder.  Lond.  1760.
8vo.
   Flesh  (Anat.)  Ca'ro, oaq$.   Every
soft part of an animal is so named ; but
more  particularly  the muscles, which
are called muscular flesh.
   (F) Chair.  (G) Fleisch.
   Flex'ion  (Phys.)   Flex'io, xaii:rrt,
from flec'tere, ' to bend.'  The state of
being bent.   The action  of a  flexor
muscle.
     (G)  Beugung.
   Flex'or (Anat.)  Same etymon.   A
muscle, whose  office  it is to bend cer-
tain parts,
     (F) Flechisseur.
   FLEX'OR  BRE'VIS  DIGITO'RUM
PE'DIS, Perfora'tus, Subli'mis, Flex'or
bre'vis, Flex'or  digito'rum  bre'vis si've
perfora'tus pe'dis — Perfora'tus seu flex'-
or secun'di intemo'dii digito'rum pe'dis,
Calcaneo-sous-phalangettien commun. —
Calcaneo-sous-phala.nginien    commun,
(Ch.)   A muscle, placed at the middle
part of the sole of the foot. It is narrow-
er and thicker behind than before, where
it is  divided into  four  portions.   It
arises from the posterior part of the in-
ferior surface of  the os calcis, and is
inserted at the inferior surface of the
second  phalanx of  the  four  last toes.
It bends the second phalanges of  the
toes on the first,  and the first on the
metatarsal bones ; in this manner aug-
menting the concavity of the vault of
the foot.
   (F) Muscle court Jl6chisseur commun
des orteils.
   FLEX'OR  BRE'VIS  MIN'IMI DIG"-
ITI PE'DIS.   Para'thenar mi'nor,  (F)
Court flechisseur du petit orteil, Turso-
sous-phalangien  du petit orteil  (Ch.)
A muscle, situated at the anterior and
outer part of the  sole of the foot.  It
arises from the  posterior extremity of
the fifth metatarsal bone, and is insert-
ed into the  posterior  part of the  first
phalanx of  the  little toe,   which it
bends.
   FLEX'OR  BRE'VIS POL'LICIS MA'-
NUS, Flex'or secun'di intemo'dii, The'-
nar, Flex'or pri'mi et secun'di os'sis pol'-
licis— Court flechisseur du pouce— Car-
pophalangien du pouce (Ch.)  Demi-in-
terosseux du pouce.  A muscle, situated
at the outer part of the palm of the
hand.   It is  divided into two portions
by the tendon of the Flexor longus P°1'
licis.   It  arises from the os  magnum,
the  anterior annular ligament of the
carpus and the third metacarpal bone;
and is inserted into the superior part of
the first phalanx ofthe thumb, and into
the two ossa sesamoidea at the articu-
lation ofthe  first phalanx with the first
metacarpal bone.   Its  use is to bend
the first phalanx of the thumb on the
first metacarpal  bone ;   and  the latter
upon the trapezium.
   FLEX'OR BRE'VIg POL'LICIS PE'-
DIS,  Flex'or bre'vis,  Flex'or hal'lucis,
vel bre'vis pol'licis, Tarso-phalangien du
pouce, Court flechisseur du gros orteil,
 Tarso-sous-phalangettien du premier or-
teil (Ch.)  It is situated at the anterior
and inner part of the sole of the foot;
is thin  and  narrow behind, thick and
divided  into two  portions before. It
arises from the inferior part  of the os
calcis and the two last cuneiform bones,
and is inserted at the inferior part of
the  base  of the  first  phalanx of  the 
FLEXOR              406           . FLORIDA
 great toe, and into  the two sesamoid
 bones of the corresponding metatarso-
 phalangian  articulation.  It bends the
 first phalanx  of the great toe on the
 first metacarpal bone.
    FLEX'OR  LON'GUS DIGITO'RUM
 PE'DIS PROFUNDUS  PER'FORANS;
 Per'forans seu Flex'or profun'dus, Pe-
 rodactyle'us, Flexor digito'rum lon'gus,
 si've Per'forans pe'dis,  Per'forans seu
 Flex'or ter'tii intemo'dii digito'rum pe'-
 dis ; Tibio-phalangettien (Ch.), Grand
 ou long flechisseur commun des orteils.
 A muscle, situate at the posterior and
 deep-seated part ofthe leg.  It is broader
 at its middle than extremities, the  infe-
 rior of which is divided into four por-
 tions.  It arises from the posterior sur-
 face of the  tibia; and  its  tendons are
 attached  to  the posterior  part of the
 lower surface of the three phalanges
 of the four last toes.  It  bends the three
 phalanges on each other, and the  toes
 on the metatarsus, and extends the foot
 on the leg.
    The   ACCESSO'RIUS  FLEXO'RIS
 LON'GI  DIGITO'RUM   PE'DIS,  Ca'ro
 quadra'ta  Sylvii,   Ca'ro  accesso'ria,
 Planta'ris ve'rus; Accessoire du  long
flechisseur commun des  orteils, Carree,
 is  a small muscle of the sole  of  the
 foot, which  passes obliquely from the
 os calcis to the outer edge of the flexor
 longus, whose force  it  augments, and
 corrects its obliquity.
  FLEX'OR  LON'GUS POL'LICIS MA'-
 NUS, Flex'or lon'gus pol'licis, Flex'or
 ter'tii intemo'dii, Flex'or ter'tii  inter-
 no'dii si've longis'simus pol'licis ;  Ra-
 dio - phalangcttien  du   pouce,  (Ch.)
 Situated  at the anterior and profound
 part  of  the  fore-arm.   It  arises from
 the upper three-quarters  of the anterior
 surface of the radius and interrosseous
 ligament, and is inserted, by a tendon,
into  the  anterior  surface of the  last
phalanx  of the thumb.   It bends  the
second  phalanx of the  thumb on  the
first; the first  on the  corresponding
metacarpal bone,  and  this  upon  the
radius.  It can, also, bend the hand on
 the fore-arm.
  FLEX'OR LON'GUS POL'LICIS PE'-
DIS,  Flex'or  Hal'lucis vel Pol'licis lon'-
gus, Peroneo-phalanginien du gros or-
teil, Long flechisseur du gros  orteil,
Peroneo - sous-phalangettien'du pouce,
(Ch.)  It is  situated at the posterior
and profound part of the  leg.  It arises
from the posterior surface of the fibula
and  the interosseous  ligament, and is
inserted,  by means of a long tendon,
into the inferior part of the first phalanx I
 of the great toe.   It  bends the third
 phalanx on the first: and this upon the
 corresponding metatarsal bone.  It aug-
 ments the concavity of the  sole of the
 foot, and extends the foot on the leg.
   FLEX'OR PAR'VUS  MIN'IMI DIG"-
 ITI,   Abduc'tor min'imi  dig'Hti,  Hy-
 poth'enar  Riola'ni,   Flex'or  bre'vis
 min'imi  dig'Hti ma'nus,  Hypoth'enar
 min'imi  dig'Hti, Carpo-phalangien du
 petit doigt (Ch.), Court flechisseur du
 petit doigt.  It arises from the anterior
 annular ligament of the carpus and the
 process of the  os unciforme, and is in-
 serted at the inner  side of the superior
 extremity of the first phalanx of the lit-
 tle finger.  It bends the first phalanx of
 the little finger.
   FLEX'OR  PROFUN'DUS  PER'FO-
 RANS, Profun'dus, Per'forans,  Per'-
 forans vul'go profun'dus, Flex'or ter'tii
 intemo'dii digito'rum ma'nus vel Per'-
 forans ma'nus;  Cubito -phalangettien
 commun (Ch.), Flechisseur profond des
 doigts. A thick, flat, long muscle, seat-
 ed beneath the  Flexor sublimis perfora-
 tus.  Its upper extremity is simple, and
 arises from the  anterior surface  of the
 ulna and from the  interrosseous liga-
 ment. Its inferior extremity terminates
 by four  tendons, which, after having
 passed through  the slits in the sublimis,
 are inserted into the anterior surface of
 the last phalanges of the four last fin-
 gers.  It  bends the third phalanges on
 the second;  and, in  other respects, has
 the same  uses as the following.
   FLEX'OR SUB LI1 MIS  PERFORA'-
 TUS,  Perfora'tus, Flechisseur sublime
 ou superficiel   des  doigts,  Epitroklo-
phalanginien commun,  (Ch.)   It is a
thick, flat muscle,  seated  at  the "ante-
rior  part  of the fore-arm.   Its  upper
extremity, which is simple, arises from
the internal condyle  of the os humeri;
— from the  coronoid process of the
ulna,  and  from the anterior edge of the
radius.   Its  lower -extremity divides
into four  tendons, which slide  under
the anterior annular  ligament of the
carpus, and are inserted into the second
phalanges of the four last fingers, after
having been slit to  allow the tendons
of the flexor profundus to pass through
them.  This  muscle  bends the second
phalanges on the first; these on the car-
pal bones, and the hand on the fore-arm.
  Flor'ida,  Waters of  (Mat.  Med.)
Near  Long Lake, in  Florida, U. States,
which communicates with St. John's
River  by  a small creek,  there is a vast
fountain  of  hot mineral water, issu-
ing from  a  bank of the river.   From 
FLOWERS
407
FLUID
its odor it would  seem to be sulphu-
reous.
   Flow'ers  (Pharm.)  Flo'res.   The
ancient chymists  gave  this name  to
different solid  and volatile substances,
obtained by sublimation.  The term is
not yet entirely banished from chymi-
cal and medical language, as Flowers of
Benjamin, Flowers oj Sulphur, &,c
     (F) Fleurs.  (G) Blum en.
   The  FOUR  COR'DIAL  FLOW'ERS
(Pharm.)  Quat'uor flo'res  cordia'les
were, formerly, borage, bugloss, roses,
and violets.
   The FOUR CARMIN'ATIVE FLOW'-
ERS,   Quat'uor  flo'res  carminati'vi,
were  camomile,  dill,  feverfew,  and
melilot.
   FLOY'ER, Sir John, M. D. (Biog.)
An  eminent English  physician;  born
in Staffordshire about  the year 1649;
died  in  1714.  Works. Pharmacoba-
sanos :  or the touchstone of medicines ;
discovering the virtues  of vegetables,
minerals,  and  animals by their tastes
and smells,  Lond. 1687.  2 vols.  8vo.
Preternatural  state  of animal bodies;
described  by their  sensible qualities,
which depend  on different degrees of
their fermentation;  with  two appen-
dixes :  L About the nature of fevers .-
:2. Concerning  the effervescence of the
several eucochymics, especially in the
gout and asthma.  Lond.  1696.  Svo.
An  enquiry  into the right use  of the
hot, cold, and temperate baths in Eng-
land.  Lond.  1697.  8vo.   The subject
was  more amply treated in another
edition,  under the title of History of
hot and cold  bathing, ancient and mod-
ern : with an appendix by Dr. Edward
Baynard. Lond. 1702, &c.  A  trea-
tise of the asthma.  Lond. 1698.   The
physician's pulse-watch, to explain the
art of feeling the pulse, and to compare
it with the help  of a pulse-watch.  Vol. I.
Lond. 1707.  Vol. II. 1710. 8vo.  Trac-
tatus de aquis  medicatis.  Amst. 1718.
Svo.  Medicina geronomica, or the Ga-
lenic art of preserving old men's health ;
with a tetter concerning the use of oil
and unction, and  a letter on the  regi-
men  of youth.  Lond.  1724.  8vo.  A
■comment on 42 histories described by
Hippocrates in the 1st and  3d books
of his epidemics ; from  which  the  gen-
eral  method of curing  an epidemical
fever is  deduced, &c  Lond. 1726.
8vo.
   Fluctuation  (Path.)  Fluctua'iio,
from Jluc'tus,  ' a wave.'  Undula'tio.
The  undulation  of  a fluid, collected
in  any  natural  or  artificial  cavity,
which is felt by pressure or by percus-
sion, properly practised.   In  ascites,
the fluctuation  is  felt  by one  of  the
hands being  applied  to one  side  of
the abdomen, whilst the other  side is
struck  with the other  hand.   In  ab-
scesses, fluctuation  is  perceived  by
pressing on the  tumor, with one or two
fingers alternately, on opposite points.
 (F) Ondulation. (G) Sch wanchen.
  FLUDD,  Robert,  M. D.,  or  De
Fluc'tibus, surnamed the Searcher,
from his numerous researches into phi-
losophy, medicine, mathematics, &cc.;
born in Kent, England, in 1574;  died
in 1637.  His Works are very mysteri-
ous. Analomia amphitheatrum ; ejfigie
triplici, more  et conditione varid desig-
natum.  Francf. 1623.  fol.  Medicina
Catholica. Francf. 1629.  2 vols.  fol.
Integrum morborum mysterium. Franc.
1631.   De  morborum signis.  Francf.
1631.   The two last form  part of his
Medicina Catholica.'
  Flu'id (Anat.) Flu'idus, from flu'ere,
' to flow.'  The human  body is chiefly
composed of  fluids.   If  a subject,
weighing  120 pounds, be  thoroughly
dried in an  oven,  the remains will  be
found not to weigh more than 12 or
13  pounds: so  that  the  proportion of
fluids to  liquids in the  body is about
9 or 10 to 1.
    (G)  Feuchtigkeit.

TABLE  of the fluids of the  human
               BODY.
1. Blood. 2. Lymph. 3. Perspiratory Fluids. 4. Follicular Fluids. 5. Glandular Fluids.	'Cutaneous transpiration; — transpiration ofthe mucous, serous, and synovial mem-branes; ofthe cellular mem-brane ; of the adipous cells ; of the medullary mem-branes; ofthe interior ofthe thyroid gland; the thymus ; eye; ear; vertebral canal, L &c. r Sebaceous humor of the skin ; cerumen ; gum of the eye ; mucus of the mucous glands and follicles; that ofthe ton-sils, of glands ofthe cardia, the environs of the anus; of the prostate, &c. 'Tears; saliva; pancreatic fluid; bile; urine; of the glands of Cowper ; sperm ; milk; fluid of the supra-renal capsules, and that of the testes and mammse of the new-born child.
  Writers.  T. Dyckman  (pathology
of the F's.), N.  York, 1814.   J.  j.
Plenck (chemico-physiological doctrine 
FLUX               408             F03TAL
 ofthe), in Engl, by R. Hooper, Lond.
 1797.
   Flux (Path.)  Flux'us, Proflu'vium,
 from flu'ere, ' to flow.'  A  discharge.
 Rhy'sis, qvaig.   In  JVosology, it com-
 prises a series of affections, the princi-
 pal symptom of which is the discharge
 of a fluid.  Generally, it is  employed
 for dysentery.
     (G) Fluss.
   FLUX, BIL'IOUS; Flux'us bilio'sus.
 A discharge  of bile, either by vomiting
 or by stool, or by both, as in cholera.
   Flux'ion (Path.) Flux'io, AJflux'us.
 A flow of blood or other humor towards
 any organ with greater force than natu-
 ral.   A determination.  Thus  we say,
 in those disposed to apoplexy, there is
 a fluxion or determination of blood to
 the head.
  FLUXION DE  POITRINE(F) (Path.)
 By this name, the French understand,
 the acute  pulmonary catarrh or pleu-
 risy,  but   most   commonly peripneu-
 mony.
   Foc"il£  (Anat.)  This name  was
 formerly given to the bones of the leg,
 as well as to  those of the fore-arm:  the
 tibia and ulna being each called Foc'Hle
 ma'jus ; the  fibula and radius, Foc"ile
 mi'nus.
   FOESIUS, Anu'tius  (Biogr.)   A
 celebrated physician and scholar ; born
 at Mentz in 1528 ; died in 1595.  Works.
 Hippocratis Coi  liber secundus de mor-
 bis vulgaribus, difficillimus et pulcher-
 rimus; olim a Galeno, commentariis
 illustratus, qui temporis injurid inter-
 ciderunt: nunc vero penc in integrum
 restitutus,  commentariis sex et Latini-
 tate donatus.  Basil. 1560. 8vo.  Pharma-
 copaia medicamentorum omnium, qua
 hodie ad publico  medentium munia in
 officinis. extant,   tractationem et usum
 ex antiquorum  medicorum prascriptis
 continens.  Basil. 1561. Svo.   QHcono-
 mia  Hippocratis alphabeti  serie dis-
 tincta, in qud dictionum apud Hippo-
 cratem omnium pr as ertim obscuriorum
 usus explicatur,  et velut ex amplissuno
penu  depromitur: ita  ut  lexicon Hip-
 pocraticum merito dici possit.  Francf.
 1588.   fol.   He   edited an  edition  of
 Hippocrates. Francf.  1593. fol.
  Fcetab'ulum (Path.)  An  encysted
 abscess.  Marcus Aurelius  Severi-
 NUS.
  Fffi'TAL  (Anat.)  Fata'lis.   Relating
 to the  foetus.  A name,  given to parts
 connected  with  the foetus.   Thus  we
 say — the  fatal surface  of the placenta,
 in contradistinction  to  the  uterine or
 maternal surface.
   The  diam'eters of the fa'tal head,
 at the full period, are as follows : —
   1. The  Bi-parie'tal  or trans'verse,
 extending from one parietal protuber-
 ance to the other, and measuring 3£
 inches.
   2. The Tem'poral,  from one  temple
 to another, 3 inches.
   3. The  Occip'ito-men'tal,  from  the
 occiput to the chin; the greatest of all,
 5 inches.
   4. The Occip'ito-fron'tal or an'tero-
 poste'rior, 4£ or 4.1 inches.
   5. The Cervi'co-brcgmat'ic, from the
 nape of the neck to  the centre of the
 anterior fontanelle.
   6. The  Fron'to-men'tal,  from  the
 forehead to the chin, about 31 inches.
  7. The  Trache'lo - bregmat'ic,  from
 the front of the  neck to the anterior
 fontanelle, 3£  inches.
  8. The Ver'tical diam'eter, from  the
 vertex to the base ofthe cranium.
  The  FCE'TAL CIRCULA'TION  dif-
 fers from that of the adult in several
 respects.   The  blood is  sent  by  the
 mother, in a state  fit for the nutrition
 of the foetus.  There is  no respiration,
 and no need  of it.  The  blood, from
 the foetal side  of the placenta, passes
 by  the  umbilical vein as  far  as  the
 liver, where a part of it is poured into
 the vena  porta;  the  other proceeds
 into the vena cava inferior : the latter,
 having received the suprahepatic veins,
 pours its  blood  into the right  auricle.
 When the auricle contracts,  a part of
 the blood  is sent into  the right ven-
 tricle ; the rest passes directly through
 into the left auricle, by  the  foramen
 ovale.   When the right ventricle con-
 tracts, the blood is sent into the pulmo-
nary artery;  but as the  function  of
respiration is  not going on, no more
blood passes to the lungs than is neces-
sary for their nutrition :  the remainder
goes directly through the ductus arte-
riosus, into the aorta.   The blood, re-
ceived by the left  auricle from  the
lungs,  as "well as that which  passed
through  the foramen ovale,  is trans-
mitted into the left ventricle, by  the
contraction of which it  is sent into the
aorta; and by means of the  umbilical
arteries,  which  arise from  the hypo-
gastric, it is returned, by the  umbilical
cord, to the placenta.
  Writers.    E. P. de  Beaumont,
 Lugd.  Bat. 1698 (L).   A.  van  der
 Hulst, Lugd. Bat.  1717 (L).   P.  S.
 Rouhault, Turin, 1723  (L).  J.  F.
 Lobstein, Paris, 1805 (F).  F. Tiede-
 mann (anat. of fatal brain), from  the 
FCETUS             409             FOETUS
German by A. J.  L.  Jourdan (F): in
Engl, by W. Bennett, Edinb. 1826.
  Fffi'Tis  (Anat.) xvrjta, Epicye'ma,
Epigo'nion, from  J'e'o, ' I bring forth.'
The unborn  child.   By  xvr^ia,  Hip-
pocrates  meant  the fecundated, but
still imperfect, germ.   It  corresponded
with the term embryo, as now used;
whilst  tupnvov, ' embryo,' signified the
foetus at a more advanced stage of utero-
gestation.
  The  majority of Anatomists apply to
the germ  the name  embryo, which it
retains until  the  third month of gesta-
tion, and with some until the period of
quickening ;  whilst fatus is  applied to
it in its latter stages.  The terms are,
however, often used indiscriminately.
   When the germ has been fecundated
in the  ovarium, it descends along  the
fallopian tube into the uterus, and con-
stitutes, with the membranes, surround-
ing it, the ovum.   It  soon becomes
connected with the mother, by means
of  the  umbilical cord, whose chief use
is to act as a medium of communication
for the vessels,  which partly compose
it.  When first seen, the  foetus has the
form of a gelatinous  flake, which some
have compared to an ant,  a grain of
barley, a won'* curved upon itself, &c
The foetal increment is  very rapid in
the first, third, fourth, and sixth months
of its formation ;  and at the end of nine
months, it has attained its full dimen-
sions.
   Generally, there is but one foetus in
utero; sometimes, there are two ; rarely
three.
   The foetus presents considerable dif-
ference in  its shape, weight, length,
situation in the womb, proportion of its
various parts to  eacli other, arrange-
ment and texture of its organs, state of
its functions at different periods of ges-
tation, &c  All  these differences are
important in an obstetrical and medico-
legal point of view.
   (G) Frucht,  Leibesfrttcht.
   Writers  on   the  Fatus  generally.
 A. Zeno,  Ven. 1491 (L).  J. C. Aranzi,
 Rom. 1564 (L)  F. Liceti. Patav. 1616
 (L).   J. Riolan. Paris, 1628 (L).   J.
 Barbati.  Patav.  iii76(L).  M. Schu-
 rig, Dresd.  et  Lips. 17.12 (L).  J. G.
 Rcederer,  Gotting. 1758 (L).   A. H.
 E. van Bauchf.m, Lugd. Bat. 1766(L).
 J.  H.  F.  Autenkieth.  Tub. 1797(E).
 J.Ch. Rost.nv.uli.er, Lips. 1803 (L). —
 Anatomy ofthe Fatus. C. Drf.lin court
 (membranes  of  F.), Lugd. Bat. 1585
 (L).   J. Fr. Cassebohm, Hal. 1730 (L).
 B. S. Albinus (bones of),  Lugd.  Bat.
              35
1737 (L).  J. G. Haase  (liver of F.),
Lips.  1764 (L).    H. A.  Wrisberg,
Gotting. 1764 (L).  A. Rosslein,  Ar-
gent. 1783 (L).  F. G. Danz, Francf.
et Leipz. 1792-3 (L) S. T. Sommer-
ing, Francof. 1799 (L).  Ch. F. Senff,
Hal. 1802 (L). — Physiology ofthe  Fa-
tus.  J.  de  Forli  (generation  of),
Ven. 1502  (L).   A.  JNovocampianus
(whether heart or liver first formed),
Cracov. 1552 (L).   J. Fabricius, ab
AquAPENDENTE (formation ofthe  F.),
Ven.  1600 (L).   Th.  Fyens (Do.),
Antwerp,  1620 (L).  A second book,
Lovan.  1624 (L).   J. C. Placentinus,
Ven.  1627 (L).  A.  Spigel,  Francof.
1631 (L).   V. Cardei.ini,  (Do.),  Vi-
cent. 1628 (L).   J.  Sperling (Do.),
Vitemb. 1641 (L).   Th. Kerckring,
Amstelod.  1641 (L).  W. Needham,
Lond. 1667 (L).  Th. M. Hobbes, Lo-
van. 1782 (L).  D. Hofmann, Francf.
1719 (L).   B.  Baralis (nutrition of
F.), Paris. 1615 (L).  Cl. la Courvee,
Gedan. 1655 (L).   G.  Seger, Basil.
1660 (L).   P. Stalpaart  van  der
 Wiel,  Lugd. Bat. 1686 (L).  G. Bar-
tholin, Hafn. 1687 (L).  D. Tauvry,
Paris, 1700(F).  A. Brendel, Vitemb*
1704(E).   C.  Falconet.  Paris,  1711
 (L).  Ch.  J. Trew, Altorf, 1715 (L).
 Fr. Bellinger,  Lond.  1717.   J. de
 Diest,  Paris, 1735 (L).  G. A. Lang-
 gi'th, Vitemb. 1751 (L).  J. Fr. Kes-
 sel, Jenae, 1751 (L)  F. M. Lemoine,
 Paris,  1767(E).   Ph. Petit-Radel,
 Paris,  1780 (L).    J. Fr. Lobstein,
 Strasburg, ah. x (F).   J.  H.  Vogel,
 Gotting. 1761 (L).  Th.  Fyens (ani-
 mation of P.), Lovan.  1629 (L).    G.
 Nymmann,  Vitemb.  1627  (L.)    Fr.
 Verde, Lugd. 1664 (L).   G. Posner,
 Jenae, 1676 (L).   M. Alberti,  Hal.
 1724 (L).   Ch. F. Walch, Jenae, 176d
— 17 = 1 (L).  J. D.  Herholdt, Hafn.
 1->02(L).   T. F. Lobstein  (nutrition),
 Strasburg, 1802 (F).  Ch. Lussault (de
functionibus fatus  officialibus), Paris,
 1648 (L).   Ch. Rayger (motion ofthe
fluids  of  P.), Altorf,  1695 (L).'  R.
 Restaurand   (de  principiis fatus),
 Arausion.  1657 (L).  J. Onymos  (on
 the natural  position of the  fatus in
 utero), Lugd. Bat. 1743 (L.) J. U. Th.
 SchjEfer (communication  by nerves
 between foetus and mother),' Erlang.
 1775 (L).   Fr.  M.  Stoy  (connexion
 between mother and fatus), Hal. 1786
 (L).   E. G. Bose (diagnosis ofthe life
 of the fatus  and  the new-born child),
 Lips.  1771 (L).   Respiration of do.,
 Lips.  1772(E).  Another, Lips.  1774
 (L).  On the death  of F. and its  diag- 
FOMENTATION         410          FONTICULUS
nosis,  Lips.  1785  (L).   J.  P. Pauls,
Argent. 1806 (L). Ch. F. Kaltschmied
(distinction between  dead and living
fcetus), Jenae, 1747 (L).—Diseases* of
the  Fatus.   J.  A. Friderici,  Jenae,
1658 (L).  P. J. Duettkl,  Hal. 1702
(L).  J. A. Socin (dropsy of P.), Basil,
1751 (L).  Th. Hogevlen, Lugd. 1784
(L).  J. Ch. Gehlek,  Lips.  17e7 (L).
Ch. Wildvogel (rights of F.J, Jence,
1693 (G).   G. II.  Mauchart, Frankf.
and Leipz. 1787 (G).
   Fomentation (Therap.)  Fomenta'-
ti.', Fo'tllS, nvqia, dtquaciiu, JEone'sis,
uionpic, Perfu'sio, Asper'sio, Fometi'-
tum, from fove're, ' to bathe.'  A sort
of partial bathing, by applying hot flan-
nels  to any  part, which have  been
previously dipped in  hot water or in
some medicated decoction.  They act,
chiefly, by virtue of their warmth and
moisture, except  in  the case of the
narcotic fomentations, where some ad-
ditional effect is obtained.
   A dry fomentation is  a warm, dry
application  to a part; — as a hot brick,
wrapped in flannel; — a bag half filled
with chamomile flowers, made hot, &c
   (G)  Feuchter Umshlag, B a h-
ung.
   FOMENTATION  HERBS  (Pharm.)
Her'ba pro fo'tu. The herbs, ordinarily
sold under this title by the English
apothecary,  are — southernwood,  tops
of sea  wormwood, chamomile flowers,
each two parts : bay leaves, one part:
 § iiiss of these to jfovj of water.
   To Foment' (Therap.) Fove're.  To
apply  a fomentation to a part.
     (F) Etvvsr.  (G)  Bahen.
   Fo.'mes Mor'bi  (Path.)  The fo'cvs
or seat of any disease.  Fu'mes ma'li.
     (F) Foyer.  (G)  Sitz.
   Fom'ites' (Path.) from fu'mes. Any
 thing  which retains  heat.   Evuici.a,
 Zumquv. A term, applied to substances
 which are supposed to retain contagious
 effluvia; as  woollen goods,  feathers.
 COtti/ll, i^C.
   Fo.\san;je, Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat.  Med.)  Fonsange is situated near
 Nismes in  France.   The water is sul-
 phuretted.
   FONSE'CA,  Roderi'cus  Lusita'-
 nus (Biog.)  A physician of Pisa ; lived
 in  the latter  end  of the  16th and
 commencement of the 17th  century.
 Works.  De  calculorum  remediis, qui
 in renibus  ct vesicd  gignuutur.  Rom.
 1586.  4to.  Comm. in  legem  Hippocr.
 Rom. 15i-:0. 4to.  Comm. in  vii. libros
 ophorismor. Hippocr.  Ven.  155 5. 4to.
 De febribus.  Flor. 1596.  4to.   In Hip-
pocr. prognostica comm. Patav. 1597.
4to.  De tuendd valetudine et  produ-
cendd vitd liber. Flor. 1602.  4to,  J)e
hominis  excrementis  libellus.   Pisis
1613. 4to.  Consultationes medica. Ven.
1628. 2 vols.  fol.
  FONTA'NA, Felix Abb.* (Biogr.)
A  distinguished physiologist of Flor-
ence;  bem  in 1729; died  in ltfOu.
Works. Osservazioni sopia la ruggine
del grano.  1767.   Osseivazioni svpra
il falsa  ergot e la tremella. 1775.  On
the venom ofthe viper, the  chirry lau-
rel, and some other regctable poisons :
translated  into  English  by  Joseph
Skinner. Lond. 17r7. 2 vols. 8vo.
  FONTA'NA, CANAL OF (Anat.)  A
canal,  of a  triangular shape,  at  the
inner side  of the  ciliary circle ;  and
partly formed by the groove at  the in-
ner edges ofthe cornea and sclerotica.
  Fontanel'la (Anat.)  A fontan'el;
diminutive of fons,' a fountain.' Eons
pulsat'ilis, Eons pul'sans,  Fans, Breg-
ma,  Fori tic'ulum,  Lacu'na,   Mould.
The opening of the  head.  A  name,
given to spaces occupied by a cartilagi-
nous membrane, in the foetus and new-
born child;  and situated at the union
of the  angles of the  bones of the  cra-
nium.
  There are six  fontanelles.   1. The
great or sincipital or  anterior, situated
at  the junction  of  the  sagittal  and
coronal sutures.  2. The small  or brcg-
matic or posterior, situated at the  part
where the posterior and superior angles
of  the  parietal bones unite  with  the
upper part  of the os occipitis.  3.  The
two sphenoidal, in the temporal fossa :
and, 4. The two mastoid, or of Cassk-
kius, at the  union of the  parietal, oc-
cipital, and temporal bones.
  Fontic'ulus  ('iurg.)   Fontanel'la:
an  Isfve, from faux,  ' a  founta'n.'  A
small ulcer  produced by art, either by
tke aid of caustics or  of cutting instru-
ments ; the  discharge from which is
kept up with a view  of fulfilling cer-
tain therapeutical  indications.   Tha
Pea issue, (F) Ponticule a pois, is  kept
up by  means of a  pea  placed in it.
This pea, (F) Pos a  cautere, is some-
times  formed of wax; at others, the
young, blasted fruit  of  the orange is
employed.   The  common garden pea
answers every purpose.  The  seton is
also an issue.
   (F)  Foutlcule, Cautere.   (G) Fon-
tanelle.
   Writers.  Melchior  de Villena,
1646 (L).   Fabricius ab Aquapes-
dente,  Pavia, 1647 (L).   J. Restau- 
FOOT               411            FORDYCE
  rant,  Lyon.  1681 (L).  Finckenau,
  1710 (L)   Hilsciier, Jenae, 1729 (L).
  B5hmer, Hal. 1781 (L).
    FOOT, Jesse  (Biog.)   Surgeon in
  London; born  in     ;  died in  181-.
  Works. A critical  inquiry intg  the an-
  cient and modern manner of treating
  diseases  of the urethra;  and  an im-
  proved method of cure. Lond.  1774.
  8vo.  Observations on the new opinions
  o/John  Hunter,  in his  late  treatise
  on the venereal disease.  In three parts.
  Lond. 1786 - 7. 8vo.   An  essay on the
  bite of a mad dog .-  with  observations
  on John Hunter's  treatment  of the
  case  of Mr. K.; and also  a recital of
  the successful  treatment of two cases.
  Lond. 1788. 8vo.  A complete treatise
  of the origin, theory, and  cure of the
  lues  venerea and  obstructions  in the
  urethra :  illustrated bq a great  variety
  of cases, &c Lond. J 792. "4 to.   A  plan
 for preventing the fatal effects from the
  bite  of a  mad dog, ivith cases. Lond.
  1792.  8vo.   Life  of John Hunter.
  Lond. 17:ji. Svo.  Cases  of the  suc-
  cessful praet-ce of the vesica lolura,  in
  the case  of diseased  bladders.  P.  I.
  Lond. 1798. 8vo.  P. II, with a plate of
  the apparatus, &c.  Lond. 1803.  8vo.
    Fora'men  (Anat.) iqi.uu, Au'los, uv-
  ?.og.   Any cavity, pierced through and
  through is so called.   Also, the orifice
  of a canal.
     (F)  Trou.  (G) Loch.
    FORA'MEN CENTRA LE ET LIM'-
  BUS LU'TEUS RET'INA^;  the central
 foramen and yellow spot if the retina;
 discovered by Sjmmering.   It  is  situ-
 ated about two lines to the outside  of
 the optic nerve.
     (F) Tache jaune.
   Force (Phys. &.  Path.) from for'tis,
 ' strong.'  Vis, Poten'tia,  Energ'i'a, Sw
 raiug, xqarog.  Any power, which  pro-
 duces an action.   Those powers, which
 are inherent to organization, are called
 vital forces.   We  say,  also, organic
forces, and muscular forces, to  desig-
 nate that of the  organs  in  general, or
 of the muscles in particular.  To  the
 latter, the  word  Swuing corresponds;
 and the absence of this force is termed
 adynamia.  The  vital forces  have to
 be studied carefully by "the pathologist.
 The doctrine  of diseases  is greatly
 dependent on their augmentation or
 diminution ;  freedom   or  oppression,
 &c    (G) Kraft.
   Force-Real, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.)  The name of a mountain,
situated  four  leagues  from  Perpignan
ia France.   The water is chalybeate,
   For'ceps (Obstet.) ' quasi fer'riceps,
  from fer'rum,  ' iron,' and  ca'pio, ' I
  take.'  Pin'cers, La'bis, ?.a(iig, Volsel'lee.
  An  instrument for  removing  bodies,
  which it would be inconvenient or im-
  practicable to seize wkh the fingers.
   There are various  kinds  of forceps.
  1. The  ordinary  kind,  contained in
  every  dressing-case, for  removing the
  lint &c  from wounds or ulcers.
      (F)  Pinces a, anneaux.
   2. The DISSECT'ING or LIG'ATURE
  or ARTE'RIAL FOR'CEPS,  (F) Pinces
  a dissection, P. a ligature, to lay hold
  of delicate parts.
   3. POL'YPUS  FOR'CEPS,  TOOTH
  FOR'CEPS,  FOR'CEPS OF 11USEUX,
  for laying hold of the tonsil; or other
  parts to be removed.
   The BUL'LET  FOR'CEPS.  Strom-
  bul'cus, (F) Tire-balle, &c.
   The LITHOT'OMY FOR'CEPS, Ten*
 ac'ula  Volsel'la, which resemble  the
 Craniotomy Forceps.
     (F)  Tenettes.
   Also, an  instrument used by obstet-
 rical practitioners to embrace the head,
 and  bring  it through the pelvis.  It
 consists of two branches, blades or le-
 vers; one of which, in the case of the
 short forceps, is passed over the ear of
 the child, and the other opposite to  the
.former,  so  that the blades may lock.
 When  the  head is securely included
 between  the blades, the operation of
 extraction can be commenced.
   (F) Pinces, Pincettes.  (G) Zange.
   Writers.  J.  Mulder  (use  of ob-
 stetrical P.), Leipz.  1798 (G).   Th.
 Denman  (Do.), Phil.  1803.  R. Raw-
 lins (obstetric P.), Lond. 1793.
  FORDYCE', George, M.D.,F.R.S.
 (Biogr.) A distinguished physician and
medical  teacher  of London; born at
Aberdeen  in  1736;  died  in  1802.
Works.  Elements of the practice of
physic,  Part If, containing the  history
and method of treating fevers and  in-
ternal >inflammations. Lond. 1767. 8vo,
Part I, containing the internal history of
the human body. Lond. 1770. Svo.  A
treatise on the digestion of food.  Lond.
1791.  Dissertation on simple fever, or
on fever consisting of one paroxysm
only.  Lond. 1794.  8vo.  Dissertation,
Part  I,  containing the history and
method of treatment of a regular tertian
intermittent.  Lond.  1795.  Svo.   Dis-
sertation,  Part Ij, containing the his.
tory  and method  of treatment  of a
regular continued fever, supposing it is
left  to  pursue  its  ordinary course.
Lond. 1798, 8vq.  Dissertation, Part ///, 
FORDYCE
412          FORMULARY
 containing an inquiry into the effects of
 the remedies  which have been employed
 to carry  off a regular continued fever,
 icithout leaving it to pursue its ordinary
 course. Lond. 1799.  8vo.  Dissertation,
 Part  IV, containing the history of rem-
 edies to be employed  in irregular  inter-
 mitting fevers. Lond. 1802.  8vo.  Dis-
 sertation, containing  the history of, and
 remedies to be  employed in irregular
 continued fevers ; together with  the gen-
 eral conclusion to the four preceding and
present dissertations.  Lond. 1803.  Svo.
 edited by W. C. Wells, M.  D.
  FORDYCE',  Sir William, M. D.,
 F. R. ff.   An eminent physician ;  born
 at Aberdeen  in  1724; served long in
 the army, and died in London in  1792.1
 Works.   A review of the venereal dis-
 ease and  its remedies.  Lond.  1767. Svo.
 A new inquiry into  the causes, symp-
 toms', and cure of putrid and inflamma-
 tory fevers;  with an appendix on the
 hectic fever, and on the ulcerated and
malignant sore  throat.   Lond.  1773.
Svo.  Fragmenta chirurgica  ct  medica.
 Lond. 1784. Svo.  Letter to Sir John
 Sinclair, on the virtues  of the muriatic
acid in putrid fevers. Lond.  1790. Svo.
 On cultivating and curing rhubarb in
Britain, for medicinal uses. Lond. 1792.
Svo.
  Fore'-arm  (Anat.)  Pars infe'rior
bra'chii, Cu'bitus.  The part of  the up-
per extremity, comprised between the
arm and hand.  It is composed of two
bones — radius and ulna — and 20 mus-
 cles.
  (F) Avant bras.  (G) Vorderarm.
  FORES'TUS,  Pi-.'trus (Biogr.)  or
 Peter van Foreest.   An eminent
Dutch physician ; born at Alcmaer, in
1522 ; died in 1597.   Works.  Obser-
vationum et curationum medicinalium,
sive medicina theorica et practica iibr.
xxviii. Francf. 1602. 2 vols. fol. — vol. 3.
Frankfort.  1604. — vol.4.   Frankfort.
 1607.— vol. 5.   Under  the  title,  Ob-
servationum  et  curationum chirurgica-
rum libr. v. 1610.   A  sixth and last
volume  under  the  title — Observatio-
 num et curiationum chirurgicarum lib,
 iv.  posteriores.  Franokf.  1611.   fol.
 His three books relative to the urine,
 published in 1583, under the title  of —
 The arrangement of urine — were trans-
 lated into English and published.  Lon-
 don. 1623. 4to.   Opera  omnia  medica.
 Francf, 1634.  fol.
  Forges, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
 Med.)  F. is situated four leagues from
 Gournay, in the department of Seine
 Inferieure, prance.   There  are  three
 springs, which are acidulous chalybe-
 ates.   They are called Royale, Rcinette,
 and Cardinal, in honor of Louis XIII.
 Queen Anne of Austria, and Cardinal
 Richelieu, who used them.
   Formi'ca (Mat. Med. & Path.) iivq-
 «?;t, the ant or pismire.  It contains an
 acid juice and gross  oil,  which were
 formerly extolled as aphrodisiacs.  The
 chrysalides  of the animal are  said to
 be diuretic and carminative ; and have
 been  used  in  dropsy.   2.  Also,  the
 name of a black wart with a broad base
 and cleft surface ; so called because the
 pain, attending it,  resembles the biting
 of an  ant. in quyxta myrmecia. — For-
 estus  3. A varicose tumor on the anus
 and glans penis.   4. Also, any  miliary
 herpes.
  (F) Four mi.  (G) A m e i s e.
  Form'icant  (Path.)   Myrme'cizon,
 uvqiuxiivn, Form i.'cans, from formi'ca,
' an ant.'   An epithet given  to  the
pulse when  extremely small, scarcely
perceptible, unequal, and communicat-
ing a sensation like that of the  motion
of an ant through a thin texture.
    (F) Fourmillant.
  Formica'tion   (Path.)  Formica'tio.
Same etymon, uvqu^xiutuiug, uvninjxt-
uaig.   A  pain, compared  with that,
which would be caused by a number of
ants creeping on a part.
  (F)  Fourmillenient.   (G) Kriebeln,
Amei se nlaufe n.
  For'mula (Mat. Med.) from for'ma,
' a form.'  The receipt for the  forma-
tion of a compound medicine; a pre-
scription.
  (F)  For mule, Ordonnance.
  For'mulary (Mat. Med.)  Formula'-
rium,  Co'dex medicamenta'rius.  A col-
lection of medical formulae or receipts.
    (G)  For melbuch.
  Writers.  B. Montagnana,  Venet.
 1497  (L).    Sylvius  Dubois, Paris,
1541 (L).   Another  work, 1542 (L).
J. Delfini  (mode of prescribing),  Ve-
net. 1557 (L).   P.  de Gorris, Lutet.
 1560 (L).   W. Rondelet, Antwerp,
 1576 (L).   S. Tovar, Antwerp, 1586
 (L),   P.  Tussignano,  Lugdun.  1587
 (L).  C. Schwenekfelt, Basil,  1587
 (L).  L. Esth, Hanov. 1604 (L).   J.
 Varande,  HanoV.  1617  (L).    G.
 Bauhin, Francf.  1619 (L).  M. Ban-
 zer, August.  Vindel. 1622 (L).   R.
 Mindererus,  August. Vind. 1621 (L).
 J.  Renod.eus,  Paris,  1623  (L).   P.
 Morelli,   Basil.   1630  (L).    Ch.
 Winckelmann, Vitemb. 1635 (L).   N.
 Myrepsus,  Norimb.   1658 (L).    J.
 PrjsvQT,  Patav.  1666  (L).    J, Th, 
FORNIX             413              FOSSA
  Schenck, Jenae et Lips. 1672 (L).  G.
  W. Wedel, Jenae,  1679 (L).   Ch.
  Helwig,  Francf. 1709 (G,.  W. U.
  Waldschmidt, Kilon,  17J0 (L).   J.
  Juncker,  Hal. 1723  (L).   N.  Rosen
  (errors in prescribing), Upsal, 1737 (L).
  J. D. Gaubuis,  Lugd.  Bat.  1739 (L).
  J.  Fr. Cartheuser, Hal.  1740 (L).
  J. H. Schulze, Hal. 1746 (L).  E. A.
  Nicolai, Hal. 1747(E). Another collec-
  tion of formulae,  Jen. 1780-94 (G).
  Ch. M. Adolphi,  Lips. 1749 (L).   J.
  Gorter, Harderovic, 1753 (L).  J. P.
  Eberhard,  Hal.  1754 (L).   Ch. Th.
  Ludwig,  1 ips.  1758  (L).   H. Th.
  Baron (military F.), Paris,  1758  (F)
  R. de Hautesierk (Do.), Paris, 1766
  (L).   J. J. Wallbaum, Lips. 1767 (L).
  S.  Schaarschmidt,  Hal.  1760 (G).
  D.  W.  Triller, Francf. 1764  (L).
  Ch. J. Mellin,  Kempten.  1771 (L).
  E.  G. Baldinger, Gotting. 1775  (L).
  Ch. G. Gruner, Hal.  1778 (L).  E.
  Fox (select Formula), Lond. 1777 (L).
  A. J. Delaye (Military F), Marseilles,
  1781 (F).  J. F. Ch. Pichler, Argent.
  1785 (L).  Ch. F.  Reubs, Argent. 1786
  (L).  Military Formulary, Paris, 1792
  (F).   J.  Cl.  Tode,  Copenhag. and
  Leipz. 1792-98 (G).   Hospital Formu-
  lary, Paris, 1794 (F).  Ch. F.  Bucholz,
  Erfurt, 1795  (G).  J. B. Trommsdorf,
  Erford, 1797 (G).  J. J. Plenk, Vienn.
  1799 (L).  Ch. B. Fleisch,  Marburg,
  1801 (G).    Ch. Wolfart, Frankf.
  1803 (G).  Military Formulary, Paris,
  1804 (F).   J. L. A. Vogel, Erfurt,
  1804  (G)..   J.  E.  Ch.  Ebermaier,
  Leipz.  1804  (G).   A. A. Parmektier
  (F.for civil hospitals, &c), Paris, 1811
  (F).   Cn. F.  Burdach, Leipz. 1807
  (G)  J. A. Schmidt, Vienn.  1808 (G).
  Ch. L.  Cadet de  Gassicourt,  by
  Pariset, Paris,  1614  (F). Magendie
  (F. for the preparation of several new
  medicines),  2d  edit.  Paris,  1822  (F).
  Translated into English,  by C. T. Ha-
  den, 2d edit, by Robl::y Dunglison,
  and Appendix, Lond.  1624.   F. S.
  Ratier (Formulary of the hospitals of
  Paris),  from the  French by  T. R. Al-
  cock,  Lond.  1828.   E.  Sainte-Marie,
,  Paris,  1820(F),  B.Ellis, Philad. 1826.
    F or'nix (Anat.)   Cam'era, For'nix
 trila^'erus, xuuaqa, xpalig, Testu'do, Ar'-
  cus medulla'ris,  Trigone  cerebral (Ch.)
  A  medullary body,  observed  in  the
 brain,  below the  corpus  callosum  and
  above the middle ventricle,on the median
  line.   This body, which is curved upon
  itself, terminates, anteriorly by a prolon-
  gation, which  constitutes its anterior
  pillar or crus,  (F) Pilier antirieur, and
r posteriorly  by  two similar  prolonga-
 tions, called posterior pillars or crura.
   (F) Voutc &  trois piliers,   Triangle
 Medullaire,  (G) Hirnbalken.
   Fos'sa (Anat.) from fo'dio,  ' I dig,'
 axafifia.   A cavity of greater  or  less
 depth, the entrance to which  is always
 larger than  the base.  The fossae  of
 bones have  been called simple, when
 they  belong to  one bone  only,  as the
parietal fossa ; and compound, (F) Fosse
 composee, when  several concur in their
 formation as the orbitar fossa,  tempo-
 ral fossa, &c
    (G)  Grube.
   FOS'SA AMYNTJE (Surg.)  A kind
 of bandage, used in fractures  of the
 nose ; so called  by Galen from Amyn-
 tas  of Rhodes, its inventor.   It con-
 sisted of a long band, applied round the
 head, the turns of which crossed at the
 root ofthe nose.
   FOS'SA  CEREBEL'LI (Anat.)  (F)
Fosse cerebelleuse.  The inferior occipi-
 tal fossa, which  lodges the correspond-
ing portion of the cerebellum.
   FOS'SJE CEREBRA'LES (Anat.)  Ce-
 re'bral fos'sa.  Fossae or excavations  at
 the base  of the cranium.  They are
 nine in number  ; three occupy the me-
 dian line, and three are placed at each
 side.  They are  distinguished into an-
 terior, middle, and posterior.
   FOS'SJE CORONA'LES (Anat.) The
 coro'nal or j'ron'tal fos'sa.  Depressions
 on the orbitar plates of the  frontal cr
 coronal bone, which support  the ante-
 rior lobes of the  brain.
   FOS'SA CORONOIDE'A  (Anat.) Cor'-
 onoid Fos'sa, a cavity before  the infe-
 rior extremity ofthe humerus, in which
 the coronoid process of the ulna is en-
gaged during flexion ofthe forearm.
  FOS'SA ETHMOIDA'LIS (Anat.) Eth'-
moid  Fos'sa. A shallow gutter on the
 upper surface of the cribriform plate  of
 the ethmoid bone, on  which is lodged
 the expanded portion of the  olfactory
 nerve.
   FOS'SA GUTTURA'LIS (Anat.) Gut'-
 tural Fos'sa.  The depression,  which
 forms the guttural region of the base  of
 the  cranium, between the  Foramen
 magnum and posterior nares.
   FOS'SJE OCCIPITA'LES (Anat.) Oc-
 cip'ital. F'os'sa.   These are four in num-
 ber ;  the supe'rior or cere'bral, and the
 infe'rior or  cerebel'lous.  They are sep-
 arated by a groove, which lodges the
 lateral sinus.
   FOS'SA POPLITE'A (Anat.)  Poplit-
 e'al   F'os'sa.   The  hollow of the ham
 or the popliteal  region, 
FOSSETTE            414          FRACASTOR
  FOSSETTE' (F) (Anat.)  Diminutive
of fos'sa.  Scrobic'ulus, (iodqiov.   Sev-
eral depressions are so called.  A dim'-
pled chin, Fossette du  menton,  consists
in a slight  depression, which certain
persons have on the chin.  2.  A dim'-
ple of the cheek.   (F) Fossette des joucs,
ytXaanog- a depression,  which occurs
on the cheeks of certain persons when
they  laugh.   (F) Fossette du  ceeur,
Scrobic'ulus  cor'dis, avrixaqSiov.   The
depression  observed  on  a  level  with
the xiphoid  cartilage  at the  anterior
and inferior  part of the  chest.  It is,
also, called pit of the stomach. (F) Creux
de Vestomac.
  FOSSETTE (Path.)  Fos'sulu, An'u-
lus, Both'rium,  is a small ulcer of the
transparent'cornea the centre of which
is deep.
    (G) Griibchen.
  FOTH'ERGILL,  An'thony M. D.,
F. R. S. (Biog.)  A physician of North-
ampton, England ;  born in
died in           . . Works.  An Ex-
perimental inquiry into the  nature  and
qualities of  the Cheltenham waters, &c.
Bath.  1785.  8vo.  Cautions to the heads
of families on the poison of lead and cop-
per ;  in three parts.  Bath.   1790. Svo.
A new inquiry  into the suspension of
vital action  in cases of drowning  and
suffocation,  &c   Lond.   1795.   Svo.
An essay on the abuse of  spirituous
liquors.  Bath. 1796. Svo.
  FOTH'ERGILL, John, M.  D. (Bi-
ogr.)   An  industrious physician  and
philanthropist;  born  in  Yorkshire in
1712 ;  died in 1780.   Works.   Anac-\
count of the sore throat attended with
ulcers. Lond. 174S. Svo.  Rules for the
preservation  of  health; containing all
that has  been recommended by the most
eminent physician^, toith the easiest pre-
scriptions for most diseases  incident to
mankind, being the result of many years'
practice. Lond. 1762.  Svo.   Some ac-
count ofthe late Dr. Collinson. Lon-
don.  1770.  4to.  His works, edited by
John  Elliot',  M.  D., with  an account
of his life and occasional notes.  Lond.
1781.   Svo.   By  Gilbert Thompson.
Lond.  1782.  Svo.  The same,  by Dr.
Lettsom. Lond.  1783. 2 vols.  Svo.
  FOUQUET,  Henry  (Biogr.)   A
celebrated medical professor of Mont-
pellier;  born there in 1727;  died in
1S06.   Works.  De fibra naturd, viri-
bus et morbis in corpore animaii. Monsp.
1759. 4to.   De corpore cribroso Hippo-
cratis, seu  de textu mucoso' Bordevic
lb.  1774. 4to.  Essai sur le  pouls con-
siders  par  rapport aux affections  des
principaux organes.  lb.  1767.  8vo.
De nonnullis morbis convulsiris  aso-
phagi. lb. 1778. 4to.   Discours sur la
clinique. lb. 1803. 4to.   Eloge de  Fou-
quet, par Dumas. 1806. Ato. par M. de
Beaumes. 1808. 4to.
   FOURCHE (F) (Path.) fromfourche,
'  cleft,' from furca, '• a fork.'  Aposte'ma
Phalan'gum.    A  French  provincial
term, for small abscesses, which  form
on the fingers and hands of working
people.  Also, an instrument, invented
by M. J. L. Petit  for  compressing the
ranine  artery, in  cases of hemorrhage
from that vessel.
   Fourchet'te (Surg. & Anat.)  Fur-
cil'la, a little fork,  Fur'cula.  A surgi-
cal instrument, used  for raising  and
supporting the tongue,  during  the op-
eration of dividing the fra?num.
   Pourchette,  in anatomy,  is,  1. The
posterior commissure of the labia ma-
jors, called also, Franum and Fur'cula.
2. The cartilago ensiformis ;  so called
from its being sometimes cleft like  a
fork.
    FOURCROY,   Anthony  Francis
(Biogr..)  An eminent French chemist;
born  at Paris in 1755 ;  died in 1809.
'iVorks. L'art de connoitre ct d'employer
les medicumens dans les maladies qui
attaquent le corps humain. 1785. 2  vols.
Svo.  Analyse' chimiqtte  de Vcau  sulphu-
reuse  d' Enghien pour servir a I'histoire
des eaux sutphurcuses in g'n< ral. 1788.
Svo.  La mddecine  eclairee par les scien-
ces physiques.  1791 - 1712. ! - vols.
   Fo'vea (Anat.) from fod'io,  ' I  dig,'
(io-d-qog.  A slight depression ;  the  pu-
dendum muliebre ;  also,  the fossa navi-
cularis.   A vapor  bath  for  the lower
extremities.  Claudin.
   FOWLER,  Thom'as M. D.  (Bi-
ogr.)   A  respectable physician ;  born
at York in 1736;   died  in  1801 in his
native city.   Works.   Medical reports
of the effects of tobacco, principal! i/  with
regard to its diuretic quality  in the case
of dropsies and dysenteries, with some
observations on the use of glystcrs of to-
bacco   in  the treatment  of the colic.
Lond,   17s5.  8vo.   Medical reports on
the effects of arsenic in the cure of agues,
remitting fevers, and periodic headaches.
Lond.  1786.   Svo.   Medical reports of
the effects of bloodletting, sudorifics, and
blistering in  the case of the acute and
chronic rheumatism. Lond.  1795  8vo.
   FRACAS'TOR,  Jer'ome (Biogr.)
An eminent Italian physician; born at
Verona, in 1483 ; died in 1553. Works.
Homocentrica.  Ejusdem  de causis criti-
corum  dierum  per ea  qua  nobis sunt. 
FRACTURE            415           FRAGARIA
Ven.   1538.  4to.   De  sympathid   et I
antipatJiid rerum liber  unus.  De con-
tao-ione et contagiosis morbis ct curati-
one. lib. iii.  Ven. 1546. 4to.  Syphilis,
sive morbus Gallicus. lib. iii. carmine.
Ven. 1566.  Opera  omnia. Ven.  1556.
4to. Lugd. 1591. 8vo.
  Frac'ture (Path. Surg.)  Fractu'ra,
from fran'gere, ' to break,' ' bruise,'
Catag'ma, xarayua,  Catug'mdFractu'ra,
Catax'is, xaxa\ig, Cla'sis, Clas'ma,Ag'-
mi,  x?.aai:, x/.aaua, ay in;, ayiia.   A
solution of continuity  in a bone.  A
simple fracture is, when the bone only
is divided.  A  compound  fracture is a
division of  the  bone with  a wound of
the  integuments communicating with
the  bone; — the bone, indeed,  gener-
ally protruding.  In a comminuted frac-
 ture, Alphite'don, alipinjbov, Carye'don
 Catag'ma, xaqvijSov  xarayua, the bone
 is broken into several pieces : and in a
 complicated F.  there is,  in addition to
 the  injury  done to the bone,  a lesion
 of some considerable vessel,  nervous
 trunk, &c.  Fractures  are  also termed
 transverse,  oblique,  &c  according  to
 their direction.
   The treatment of fractures consists,
 in general, in reducing  the fragments
 when  displaced ; — maintaining them
 when reduced ;  preventing the symp-
 toms,  which  may  be  likely to arise ;
 and combating them when they occur.
 The reduction of fractures must be op-
 erated by extension, counter-extension,
 and coaptation. (See  these worch?.)
   The parts are kept in apposition by
 position, rest, and  an appropriate appa-
 ratus. The position must vary, accord-
 ing to the kind of fracture. Common-
 ly,  the fractured  limb is  placed on a
 horizontal or slightly inclined plane, in
 a state of extension; or rather in a mid-
 dle state between extension and flex-
 ion, according to the case.
      (G) Bruch.
    Writers.  T.  Kirkland  (obs.  on
  Pott on fractures), Lond. 1770.  Appen-
  dix.  Lond. 1771.   W. Weldon (com-
 pound  F.).  Southampton. 1794.    X.
  Bichat,  translated from the  French,
  by Ch. Caldwell. Philad.  1805    J.
  Mudge (compound F.)  Lond. 1779.
  S.  L. Hammick.  Lond.  1830.   Ames-
  burV.  Lond.  1829. — Fractures  and
  Dislocations of the Joints.  Sir  Astley
  Cooper,  4th  edit. Lond. 1824 — F.
  of  the Vertebra.    S. T. Sommering.
  Berlin. 1793 (G).  F.  A. F. Cuenotte.
  Argent.  1761 (L). — F. of the Neck of
  the Thigh Bone.   J.  G. Haase, Lips.
  1798 (L).   C. G. Ludwig, Lips. 1755
(L).   Brunninghausen,  Wurzb. 1789
(G).   M. Hagedorn, Leipz. 1808 (G).
J.  N.  Sauter, Konstanz,  1812 (G).
Ch.  Bell,  Lond.  1824.   Amesbury,
Lond. 1829. — F. of the Patella.   D. H.
Meibomius,  Frank.  1697  (L).    P.
Camper, Hague, 1789 (L).  Sheldon,
Lond.  1789. — F. of the Leg.   Jona-
than Wathen, Lond. 1767 (L).   Sir
James Earle (on F. of the lower limbs)
Lond.1807.
  Frje'noi  (Anat.)  Fra'nulum, Fre'-
num, Filel'lum, Filamen'tum. A bridle,
a small bridle.  A name  given  to sev-     ,
eral  membranous  folds, which bridle
and  retain certain organs.
  Thus  the  FRJE'NUM or FRJEN'U-
LUM LINGUJE,  (F)  Filet de la  lan-
gue,  (G) Zungenband,  is a trian-
gular reflection, formed by the  mucous
membrane of  the mouth and  situated
between the inferior paries of that cav-
ity  and the  inferior surface  of the
tono-ue.   When the fraenum  extends
as far as the extremity of the tongue it
cramps its movements, interferes with
sucking, &c.  This  inconvenience  is
 remedied, by carefully snipping it with
 a pair of scissors. The French call this,
 Voperation du filet.
   The FRAVNUMPE'NIS, F. Prapu'tii,
 F. Glan'dis, Cynodes'mion,  xwoStauiov,
 (F) Filet or Frein de la verge, Kynodes'-
 mion,   (G)  Vorhautband,  is a
 membranous  reflection  which fixes
 the  prepuce to the  lower part of  the
 o-lans.  When too short, it prevents the
 prepuce from sliding over the glans.
   FRJE'NUM LABIO'RUM,  (F) Frein
 des  lecrcs.   There  are  two of these;
 one  for the  upper,  the other  for the
 lower lip.  They  unite  these  parts to
 the   maxillary bones, and are formed
 by  the  the mucous  membrane of the
 mouth.
    FRJE'NUM or  FRJEN'ULUM  CLI-
 TjOR'IDIS.   A slight duplicature, form-
 ed  by the union  of  the internal por-
 tions of the  upper extremity of the
 nymphae.                          ,.
   FRJE'NA OF THE VALVE OF BAU'-
 HIN.  A  name  given  by  Morgagni,
 to the projecting lines  formed by the
 junction of  the extremities of the two
 lips of the ileo-ccecal valve.  They are
 also called Frana and Retinacula MOR-
  GAGNII.
   Fraga'ria (Mat. Med.) from  fraj-
 gro,  ' I smell sweetly.'   The Straw'-
  berry,  Fraga'ria  ves'ca,  Chama'batos,
  yauaiflaro:.   The fruits are agreeable
  anil  wholesome,  and  the roots  have
  been used as tonic and slightly diuretic. 
FRAGILITAS
416
FRAXINUS.
The  fruit is the  Fra'gum,  ipqayovXi,
xofiaqov, ofthe ancients.
  (F)  Fraisier, (Fruit,  Fraise)   (G)
Erdbeerstaude   (Fruit,  Erd-
b e e r e).
  Writers.  S. F. Frenzel, Vitemb.
1662 (L).   A. N. Duchesne,  Paris,
1766 (F).  C. von Linne, Upsal, 1772
(L).
  Fragil'itas  Os'sium  (Path. Surg.)
Brit'tleness of the bones.  Friabil'ity  of
the bones,  Paros'tia frag'Hlis, Frag'Hle,
vit'reum.  Pathologists have given this
name to  the  extreme  facility  with
which bones  break in certain diseases
ofthe osseous texture.   It is owing to
a deficiency  ofthe animal matter.
  Frag'ment (Path. Surg.)  Fragmen'-
tum,  Frag'men,   Ramen'tum.    The
French use this term for the two por-
tions of a fractured bone;  thus, they
speak of the superior and inferior frag-
ment.
  Frag'ments, pre"cious.   A name,
formerly  given, in Pharmacy, to the
garnet,  hyacinth,  emerald, sapphire,
and topaz.  The  Arabs,  falsely, attrib-
uted to them  cordial  and  alixiterial
properties.
  Frambos'sia  (Path.) from Framboise,
(F) A rasp'berry, Syph'ilis In'dica, An-
thra'cia   ru'bula,   Le'pra  fungi'fer a.
The  yaws, Epian,  Plan.  A disease of
the Antilles  and of Africa;  character-
ized by  tumors, of a  contagious  char-
acter,  which  resemble strawberries,
raspberries, or  champignons  ; ulcerate
and are accompanied  with  emaciation.
  The Pian,  for so the Indians call  it,
differs somewhat in America and Africa.
  The  Pian of  Guin'ea,  Frambce'sia
Guincen'sis,  Anthra'cia  Ru'lrula  Gui-
neen'sis,  is  common  amongst the ne-
groes,   especially  in childhood  and
youth.  It begins  by small spots, which
appear on  different parts, and  especially
on the organs of generation and around
the anus;  these spots disappear, and are
transformed into an eschar, to which an
excrescence succeeds, that grows slow-
ly, and has the shape  above described.
  The Pian of Amer'ica,  Framba'sia
America'na, Anthra'cia  Ru'bula Ameri-
ca'na,  occurs  under similar circum-
stances, and seems to  be  transmitted
by  copulation.   The tumors  have a
similar  form, and  are greater  in pro-
portion to their paucity.  In some cases
they are mixed with ulcers.
  The treatment is nearly the same in
the  two  varieties.   The tumors will
yield to mercurial friction, when small.
When large, they must be  destroyed
by  caustic.  In  both cases,  mercury
must be given to prevent a recurrence.
  Writers.  E. Chopitre, Paris, 1804
(F).   P. M.  Mace, Paris,  An xii  (F).
B. Mosely, Lond. 1800.
  FRANK,  John Peter (Biogr.)   A
celebrated  German physician ; born at
Rotalben, Duchy of Deux-Ponts in 1745;
died in 1821.   Works.  System einer
vollstdndigen   medizinischen  Polizey.
Manheim.  1779-1817.  6  vols. 8vo.
De  curandis  hominum morbis epitome,
etc. Manheim et Viennae.  1792-1821.
In French  by Goudareau. 5 vols. Svo.
Interpretationes  clinica  observationum
selectarum. Tubing. 1811. 8vo.  Delec-
tus   opusculorum  medicorum.   Ticin.
1785-1793.  12 vols. 8vo.  He wrote
several other works of less importance.
   Frax'inus excel'sior (Mat. Met.)
The systematic name of the Ash tree.
Fiax'inus,  (iov/utXia, (SovittXiog, Or'nus,
seu  Frax'inus sylves'tris, Bumcl'lia, seu
Macedon'ica Frax'inus, Bumelia.  The
fresh bark has a  moderately strong,
bitterish taste.  It has been said to pos-
sess resolvent  and diuretic qualities,
and has been given in  intermittents.
The seeds,  called  Birds'tongues, Lin'-
gua a'vis,  Ornithoglos'sa,  have been
exhibited as diuretics, in the dose of a
drachm.    Its sap  has been  extolled
against deafness.
  (F) Frene.    (G) Esc he,  Esch-
b a  u m.
  Writers.  J. Ch. Schroer, Frank-
fort on the  Oder, 1700 (G).   B. N. G.
Schreger, Lips. 1791 (L).
  FRAX'INUS OR'NUS. The systematic
name ofthe tree whence man'na flows.
Frax'inus,  /ntXta.   This substance  is
also called Man'na Calabri'na, Ros Cala-
bri'nus, Aerom'eli, Alusar,  Drosom'eli,
Sqoao^itli, Drysom'eli, Nu'ba, Mel ae'ri-
um, fiavva, atqoutXi.   In  Sicily,  not
only the Fraxinus  ornus, but  also the
rotundifolia and excelsior are regularly
cultivated for the purpose of procuring
manna, which is their condensed juice.
Manna is inodorous, sweetish, with a
very slight degree of bitterness ;   in
friable  flakes, of a whitish or pale yel-
low color ;  opaque, and soluble in wa-
ter  and alcohol.   It is a laxative,  and
is used as a purgative for children, who
take it readily on account of its sweet-
ness.  More  generally, it is employed
as  an  adjunct  to other  purgatives.
Dose § ss to  § ij.   Its immediate prin-
ciple is called Mannite.
   Writers.   Deusingius,  Groning.
1659  (L).    Donatus  ab Altomari,
Lugd.  1562  (L).   Salmasius,  Paris, 
FREIND             417            FRICTION
 1664 (L).  Schrickelics, Gissae,
 Heister, Brelitz, 1725(E).   Fr. Hof-
 mann, 1740(E). Welleejis Hoyberg,
 Hafn. 1743(E).  Hieronvmus de Wil-
 helm,  Lugd. Bat. 1744 (L).   J. P0N-
 toppidan  (Manna  of the Israelites),
 Hafn. 1756 (L).                    J
   FREIND,  John, M. D.  (Biog.)  A
 learned and eminent physician of Lon-
 don; born in Northamptonshire in 1675;
 died in 1728.   Works. Emmenalogia :
 in qud fluxus  muliebris menstrui phe-
 nomena, peiiodi, vitia, cum medendi
 methodo, ad rationes  mechanicas  exi-
 guntur. Oxford. 1703. 8vo.  In English
 by  Thomas Dale, M. D.  1728. Svo.
 (He considers menstruation to be  owing
 to plethora.)   Hippocrates de morbis
 popularibus lib. i  et iii, cum  novem de
 febribus commentariis. Lond. 1716. Svo.
 Translated  into  English by  Dale.
 1730. Svo.   De purgantibus in secundd
 variolarum confluentium febre, epistola
 adRicARD. Mead,  M. D. Lond. 1719.
 4to.  Ad Ricardum Mead epistola de
 quibusdam variolarum  generibus. Lond.
 1723. 4to.   The history of physic from
 the time of Galen to  the beginning of
 the Kith century, chiefly with regard to
 practice: in a  discourse written to  Dr.
 Mead. P. I. Lond. 1725.  Svo.   P. II
 1726. Svo.
   Freinwalde,  Mineral Waters of
 (Mat. Med.) These springs are in Bran-
 denburg, 12 leagues from Berlin. They
 contain muriate  of soda, sulphate of
 magnesia,  muriate  of magnesia, sul-
 phate of lime, carbonates of lime and
 magnesia, iron, &c, and are used in as-
 thenic diseases.
   FREITAG,  John (Biogr.)  A learned
 Dutch physician ; born at Nieder We-
 sel  in  1581;   died  in  1641.  Works.
 JYoctes medica sive  de abusu medicina
 tractatus.  Frank. 1616.  4to.  Aurora
 medicorum Galeno-chymicorum, seu de
 recta purgandi methodo  e priscis  sa-
 piential decretis postliminio  in  lucem
 reducld. Frank. 1630.  4to.  Disputatio
 medica de morbis substantia et cogna-
 tis quastionibus contra hujus temporis
 novatores et paradoxologos.  Groning.
 1632. 12nio.   Disputatio medica  calidi
 innati essenliam juxta veteris medicina
 et philosophia  deer eta  explicans, oppo-
 sita neotericorum et novatorum  para-
 doxis. Ibid.  1632.  8vo.  De opii naturd
 et medicamentis opiatis liber singularis,
 cui de  novd pkthisim  curandi ratione
 consilium el diversa  consultationes me-
 dicinales sub finem accessire.  Groning.
 1632. 12mo.   Disputatio medico-philo-
tophica de formarum origine. Groning.
 1633. 8vo.  Oratio panegyrica de per-
 sond et officio pharmacopai et pharma-
 copolio rite recteque  mstruendo. Gro-
 ning.  1633.  4to.  Detectio et solida
 refutatio  nova secta Sennerto-Paracel-
 sica. Amstel.  1636. 12mo.
   FREMISSEMENT  GATAIRE  (F).
 (Path.)  M. Laennec  has given this
 name to the agitation, which is sensible
 to  the hand, when  applied  on the
 praecordial region,  and which he  con-
 siders a sign of ossification or other le-
 sion of the  auriculo-ventricular valves.
 This name was  chosen by him from
 the analogy of the sound to the purring
 of a cat.
  FRENCH,  John, M. D.  (Biog.) An
 English physician, who practised chief-
 ly in the army; born  in  Ox-fordshire
 in 1616;  died at Boulogne  in  1657.
 Works.  The  art of distillation, or a
 treatise of the choicest spagyrical pre-
 parations, experiments, and curiosities.
 Lond.  1641. 4to.   To which  is added
 the London distiller.  Lond. 1653. 4to.
 The Yorkshire spaw,  or a treatise of
four famous medicinal wells ; viz. the
 spaw or vitriolic well; the  stinking or
 sulphur well; the dropping  or petrify-
 ing well; and St. Magnus' well, near
 Knaresborough,in Yorkshire: together
 ivith the causes, virtues, and uses there-
 of Lond.  1652 and 1654. 12mo.
  FREW'EN, Thomas, M. D. (Biog.)
 A physician of Lewes, in Suffolk, Eng-
 land.  Works. Practice and theory of
 inoculation, with an account of its suc-
 cess.  Lond.  1749.  Svo.  Physwlogia,
 or the doctrine of nature comprehended
 in the  origin  and progression of the
 human  life, the vital and animal func-
 tions, diseases of the  body and mind,
 fyc,  remedies  prophylactic and  thera-
peutic. Lond.  1780. Svo.
  Fri'ce,  Fri'cum, Frico'nium (Phar.)
 Medicines,  which  the ancients  em-
 ployed  under  the  form  of  friction.
 They distinguished the  Fri'ce sic'cum
 and F. Mol'le.   Gaubius.
  Fric'tion  (Therap. Hyg.)  Fric'tio,
 Fr ica'tio, Anat'ribe, Anatrip' sis, rqixpig,
 uvurqni'ig, from fricare, ' to  rub.'  The
 action of rubbing a part of the surface
 of the  body with more or less  force;
 with the  hands,  a brush, flannel, &c,
 — constituting Xerotrib'ia,  z'lqorqipia,
 Fric'tio  sicca,  or  dry friction ; or with
 ointments, liniments,  tinctures,  &c,
 constituting moist friction.   It is a use-
ful  means for  exciting the activity of
 the vital properties of the skin.
  (G) Reibung, Einreibung.
  (F) Friction. 
FRIGIDITY
418
FRONTAL
   Writers.   Ch. M. Adolphi, Lips.
 1707(E).  Ph. E. Dillen,  Giss. 1714
 (L).  H. Wilckens,  Lugd. Bat. 1716
 (L),  D. Vasse, Paris, 1722 (L).  W.
 U. Waldschmid, Kilon, 1723 (L). Ch.
 F. Luther, Kilon, 1725 (L). H. Loel-
 hoj:fel, Lugd. Bat.  1732 (L).  Ch. F.
 Hundertmark, Lips. 1740 (L).  J. M.
 Assur, Hal. 1742 (L).  S. Th. Quell-
 maltz, Lips.  1749 (L).   S.  Kaim,
 Vienn. 1756 (L).  A. Westphal, Gry-
 phiswald, 1762 (L).   Ch. J.  Melun,
 Jenae, 1766 (L).   J. Ch. de Brotonne,
 Paris, 1722 (L).   J. Fr. Baudry. Stras-
 burg, 1805 (F). B. W. Seiler, Vitemb.
 1806 (L).   J. Bacot,  Lond. 1822.  W.
 Cleobury  (in   cases  of  contracted
joints), Oxford, 1825. M. Ward (opiate.
 F. in spasmodic  and febrile diseases),
 Manchester, 1809(F).
   Frigid'ity (Path.)  Frigid'itas, from
frig'Hdum, 'cold.'  A sensation of cold.
 Also, impotence, and sterility.   Frigid-
 ity ofthe stomach is a state of debility
 of that organ, imputed to excessive
 venery : — the  Anorexia exhaustorum
 of Saevages.
   ^ (G) Kalte.
   FRITZE, John Frederick (Biog.)
 A celebrated Berlin physician; born at
 Halle in 1735; died in 1807.   Works.
 Annalen des  klinischen  Instituts  zu
 Berlin.  Berlin. 4 Hfte. 1791-94. 8vo.
 Handbuch iiber die venerischen Krank-
 heiten. Ibid. 1790.  An edition  by his
 son   Frederick  William   Fritze,
 1797.   Svo.   His  son  died  in   1804.
 Both  were Professors of Therapeutics
 in the '• Medicinisch-chirurgischen Kol-
 legium " of Berlin.
  Front  (Anat.)  Frons, furvmov, Me-
 to'pon, Fore'head, Brow.  That part
 of the visage, which extends from one
 temple to the other, and is comprised,
 in a  vertical  direction, between the
 roots  of the hair and the superciliary
 ridges.
    (G)  Stirn.
  Fron'tal  (Anat.)  Fronta'lis.  Re-
 lating or belonging to  the front.   This
 name  has been given to several  parts.
 Winslow, S jmmering, and others call
the anterior part of the occipjto-fron-
talis — the frontal muscle or frontalis;
 Muscuh'sa Fron'tis   Cu'tem  mo'vens
 substan'tia Par (Vesalius).
  The FRON'TAL BONE, Os fron'tis,
 Os corona'le, Os inverecun'dum, Me-
to'pon,  Os Pup'pis,  Os Ratio'nis.  A
 double bone in the foetus, single  in the
adult; situated  at the base of the cra-
 nium, and at the superior part of the
 face.  It forms the vault of the orbits ;
 lodges the ethmoid bone in a notch at
 its middle part; and is articulated, be-
 sides, with the sphenoid, parietals, and
 nasal bones,  the  ossa  unguis, superior
 maxillary, and malar bones.
   (F)  Os frontal, Os du front, Os co-
 ronal.
   (G)  S tirn bei n.
   Writers.   A. Mizauld (judging of
 the  disposition  by inspection of  the
forehead), Paris, 1565 (F).  A. E. Buch-
 ner (forehead the index  of disease)
 Hal. 1755(1.).  C. V. Schneider  (de
 osse frontis), Vitemb. 1650 (L).
   The FRON'TAL AR'TERY,  A. su'-
 pra-orbita'lis, is given oft' by the oph-
 thalmic, which is itself a branch ofthe
 internal carotid.  It makes  its exit from
 the skull at  the inner and upper  part
 of the  base  of the orbit, and ascends
 the forehead between  the bone and  the
 orbicularis  palpebarum;  dividing  into
 three or four branches, which are dis-
 tributed to the neighbouring muscles.
   The FRON'TAL FUR'ROW extends
 upwards from the frontal spine,  and
 becomes gradually larger in its course,
 to lodge the upper part of the  superior
 longitudinal sinus, and to give attach-
 ment to the falx cerebri.
  The  FRON'TAL   NERVE,  Palpe-
 bro-frontal  (Ch), is  the  greatest  of
 the  three branches of the ophthaltnic
 nerve, — the first division of the  5th
 pair.  It proceeds along the  superior
 paries  of the  orbit,  and  divides  into
 two  branches : — the one,  internal,
 which makes its exit  from the orbitar
fossa, passing beneath the pulley ofthe
oblique  muscle : — the other, external,
issuing  from the same cavity, by  the
foramen orbitarium superius.
  The  FRON'TAL SI'NUSES  are  two
deep cavities  in  the  substance of  the
frontal bone, separated from each other
by a median septum, and opening,  be-
low, into the anterior cells of the eth-
moid bone.
  Writer.  I. L. Wei.ge (diseases of
F. S.), Gotting. 1786 (L).
  The  FRON'TAL SPINE, Cris'ta  in-
ter'na,  is situated in the middle of the
under part of the bone, and is formed
by the  coalescence of the  inner tables
for the attachment ofthe falx cerebri.
  Surgeons   have  given  the  name
FRONTA'LIS, to  a bandage or topical
application to the forehead. Such have,
also, been called nqoptromiSia and ava,.
xokZt^taTU.
     (F) Frontaux, 
FROTHY             41!
   Froth'y  (Path.)  Spumo'sus,  from
vipqog, ' foam.'  An epithet given  to
the  faeces  or  sputa, when mixed with
air.
   (F)  Spumeux, Ecumeux, Mousseux.
   (G) Schaumend.
   Frugiv'orous (Hyg.)  Frugiv'orus,
from fruc'tus, ' fruit,' and voro,' I eat.'
One that eats fruits.
  Fruit (Mat.Med. Hyg.) Fruc'tus,from
fru'i,' to enjoy '; xaqnog.  In a medical
sense, it  may be defined  to be ; — that
part of a plant,  which is taken as food.
The effects of fruits on the body, in a
medical as well as dietetical  point of
view, are  various.  They may be dis-
tinguished  into classes: for Whilst the
 Cerealia,  for  example,  afford fruits,
which are highly nutritious, the Sum-
mer  Fruits  (Fructus  Horai), which
include strawberries, cherries, currants,
mulberries,  raspberries,  figs, grapes,
&c, are refrigerant and  grateful,  but
afford little nourishment.
     (G) Frucht.
   Writers.  R.  Dodoens, Antwerp,
1552(E).   A.  Mizauld,  Lutet.  1564
(L).   J.  Vesti (de fructibus horais,
&c), Erford. 1704 (L).  J. H. Schulze
(Do.), Hal. 1737 (L).  J. B. Bohmer
(Do.), Lips. 1753 (L).  G. G. Richter
(Do.), Gotting. 1754  (L).   C.  Lin-
naeus (esculent F.), Upsal. 1763 (L).
 A.  E.  Buchner,  Hal. 1766  (L).  J.
 B. Misleus (summer F.), Vienn.  1770
(L).
   FRUSTRATOIRE (F)  (Mat. Med.)
Any liquor, taken  a short time  after
eating, for the  purpose of assisting  di-
gestion, when difficult.  Sugared water,
or water  with  the  addition of a little
brandy, or some aromatic substance is
commonly used for this purpose.
   FUCHS  or FUCH'SIUS, Leon'ard
 (Biog.) An able German physician and
botanist; born at Wembdingen, in Ba-
varia, in 1501;  died in 1566.   Works.
 Errata recentiorum medicorum  LX.
numero. Hagen. 1530.  4to.  Paradoxa
medicina. Basil. 1536. fol.  De meden-
dis  morbis. Tubing. 1539. 12mo.  De
 sanandis totius humani corporis malis.
 Paris.  1543.  12mo.  Appendix. Paris.
 1548.  12mo.  De  curandi ratione lib.
 viii.  Lugd.  1548. 8vo.   Methodus seu
ratio compendiaria cognoscendi  medi-
cinam: item  de componendorum  mis-
cendorumque medicamentorum ratione.
Paris. 1550. 8vo.   De humani corporis
fabricd epitome. Lugd.  1551. Svo.   In-
stitutiones medica.  Lugd.  1560.  8vo.
A regimen for  the plague.  Lond.
Svo.
9             FULLER

  Fu'cus  vesiculo'sus  (Mat. Med.)
 Quer'cus Mari'na, Fu'cus, Blad'der Fu'-
 cus,  Sea Oak, Sea Wrack, Yel'low
 Blad'der Wrack.  It has been said to
 be -a  useful assistant to sea-water, in
 the cure  of disorders of the  glands.
 When the  wrack, in fruit, is  dried,
 cleaned, exposed  to  a  red  heat in a
 crucible  with a perforated  lid, and is
 reduced to powder, it forms the ASthi-
 ops  vegetabilis — the Pulvis  Quercus
 Marina—ofthe Dublin Pharmacopoeia,
 which is used, like  the burnt sponge,
 in  bronchocele  and other scrophulous
 swellings.   Its efficacy depends on the
 iodine it contains.  Dose, gr. x to [)ij,
 mixed in molasses or honey.
   (F) Varec vesiculeux, Chene marin.
   (G) War'ec, Me ere ic he.
   Fuga'cious  (Path.)  Fu'gax,  from
 fu'gere,' to fly.'   An epithet  given to
 certain symptoms, which appear and
 disappear  almost   immediately  after-
 wards; as a fugacious redness, &c
   Fu'gile (Path.)  This term has sev-
 eral  acceptations.  It means,  1. The
 cerumen of, the, ear.  2. The nebulous
 suspension in, or  the deposition  from,
 the urine.   3. An abscess near the ear.
 Ruland and Johnson.  4. Abscess in
 general.  Forestus.
   Fulig"inous  (Path.) Fuligino'sus,
 from fuli'go, ' soot.' Lignyo'des,  Xiyvv-
 <ud)js.  Having the color  of soot. An
 epithet given  to  certain  parts, as the
 lips,  teeth,  or tongue,  when they as-
 sume a brownish  color, or  rather, are
 covered with a coat of that color.
   Fuli'go  (Mat.  Med.)  M'thale, ai-
 &aXi], ai&alog, Asuoli,  Soot, Xiyvvg,
 Acato, Assoper, (F) Suie, (G) Spie-
 gelruss,   Kaminruss, &c
 Wood soot,  Fuli'go Liefni,  consists of
 a volatile  alkaline  salt, empyreumat-
 ic oil, fixed alkali, &c.  A  tincture,
 Tinctu'ra Fulig'Hnis, prepared from it,
 has been recommended as  a  powerful
 antispasmodic in irysterical cases. (Fu-
 lig.  lign.  § ij,  potass, subcarb.  Jfoss,
 ammon. muriat. § j, aquafluviat. Jfoiij.
 Digest for  three days.)  This tincture
 bears  the  name Soot drops  and Fit
 drops.
   FULLER,  Thomas,  M. D.  (Biog.)
 An  English physician; born  in 1654 ;
 died  in 1734.   Works.  Pharmacopaia
 extemporanea, or a body of select medi-
 cines  answering  most intentions of
 cure, with  useful scholia, &c Lond.
 1701,  &c  8vo.  Pharmacopaia Bate-
 ana.  Lond.  1718.  12nio.  Pharmaco-
 paia  domestica.  Lond 1723. 8vo.  Ex-
 anthemalogia, or an attempt to give a 
FULLNESS            420            FUNCTION
 rational account  of eruptive fevers,
 especially  the  measles and  small-pox,
 with  an appendix  concerning inocula-
 tion.  Lond. 1730. 4to.  Family dispen-
 satory. Lond.  1738. Svo.
   Full'ness (Path.)  Reple'tio, Plen'-
 itude, Pletho'ra (q. v.)  Also, a feeling
 of weight or distension in the stomach
 or other part ofthe system.
   Fuma'ria  (Mat. Med.)  Fuma'ria
 officina'lis,  Fu'mus  ter'ra,  Cap'nos,
 xa.ivog,  Her'ba  melancholif'uga, Fu'-
 mitroy,  Com'mon   Fu'mitory, Fumi-
 ter'ra,  Sola'men Scabioso'rum.  The
 leaves  are  extremely  succulent,  and
 have  a bitter,  somewhat saline, taste.
 The infusion of the  dried leaves or the
 expressed juice of the fresh plant has
 been  extolled for its property of clear-
 ing the skin of many disorders of the I
 leprous kind.
   (F) Fumeterre.  (G)Erdrauch,
 Taubenknopf,  Taubenkraut.
   Writers. J. Ch. Rieck, 1718 (L).
 J. L.  Roussy, Argent. 1749 (L).
   Fuma'ria bulbo'sa,   Aristolochi'a
faba'cea, Capnor'chis.  The root of this
 plant  was formerly given as an emmen-
 agogue and  anthelmintic
   Fumiga'tion  (Therap.)  Fumiga'-
 tio,  from fu'mus, ' smoke.'  Suffi'tus.
 Suffimen'lum,   Apocapnis'mus,  dv^ua-
fia,  xarviottog,   anoxu.xviOftog,  vrco-
xarcviciuog,  Anathymi'asis.  An opera-
tion, the object of which is to fill a
circumscribed   space  with  a  gas or
vapor; with the intention either of pu-
rifying the air, of perfuming it, or of
charging it with a substance proper for
acting upon  a part of the surface ofthe
human body. Hence, fumigations have
been distinguished into aqueous,  aro-
matic,  sulphureous,  mercurial,  disin-
fecting, Guytonian,  &c.
  Benzoin  generally constitutes  the
chief  ingredient  in  the  Fumigating
Pastilles, to  which any variety of odo-
riferous substances may be added. The
following is one formula.
  Jfc.   Benzoin   5j>  cascarilla  3SS>
myrrh P)j, ol. nuc. moschat. ol. caryoph.
aa gt.  x, potassa  nitrat. 3 S9> carbon.
lign. 3 vj, mucil. gum. trag. q. s.
  (G) Raucherung, Berauche-
ru ng.
  Writers.   Br. Meibomius, Helmst.
1734 (L).  C.  Dionis  and N.  M.  de
Gevigland  (F.  in  syphilis),  Paris,
1741 (L).  E. R. Marteau and N. A.
J. B. Chesneau (Do.), Paris, 1745 (L).
J. D.  Chevalier (Do.),  Paris, 1752
(L).   D. Sonyrka (F. with cinnabar),
Argent. 1780 (L).   S. C.  Gales (F.
  sulphureous in skin diseases),  Paris,
  1816 (F).  W. Wallace (sulphureous
  F. in rheumatism  and diseases  of the
  skin), 1820.
   Func'tion (Physiol.) Func'tio, ivtq-
  ytia, from fun'gor, ' I  act,'  ' perform.'
  The  action of an  organ or system of
  organs.  Any  act,  necessary for ac-
  complishing any vital phenomenon. A
 function is an  action,  which fulfils  a
  special  office  in the animal, economy,
  and  which  has,  as  its  instrument, an
  organ or apparatus of  organs.   Thus,
  respiration is a function.  Its object is,
  — the conversion of venous into arte-
  rial  blood, and its  instrument is the
  lungs.  The ancient physiologists di-
 vided the functions into vital, animal,
\ and  natural.  They  called  vital func-
 tions, those which are essential to life,
 as circulation and respiration; animal
functions, those  which  belong to the
 encephalon; viz. the functions ofthe
 intellect, the affections  of  the mind,
 and the voluntary motions; and natural
functions, those  relating to  assimila-
 tion,  such as the actions of the abdom-
 inal viscera, the absorbent and exhalant
 vessels, &c Bichat divided the func-
 tions  into those, which relate to the
 preservation  of  the  individual; and
 those whose object is the preservation of
 the species.  The former he subdivided
 into  animal and organic.  The animal
functions are  those  of  the   intellect,
 sensation, locomotion, and voice.   The
 organic  functions  include  digestion,
 respiration, circulation,  exhalation, ab-
 sorption,  the  secretions, and  nutrition.
 The functions, whose object is the pre-
 servation of the species, are all  those
 that  relate to  generation ; — such as
conception,  gestation, accouchement,
&c.

   TABLE OF THE CHIEF FUNCTIONS.

  A. FuNCTioTiS of Relation, or those whichi
  connect the individual with surrounding bodies.'
   1. Sensation.
         a. Vision.
         b. Audition.
         c. Smell.
         d. Taste.
         e. Touch.
  2. Intellectual and  moral manifestations, in-
      stinct, &c.                        j
  3. Voice.                            !
  4. Muscular motion in general.

       B. Nutritive Functiokj.
  1. Digestion.                         !
  2. Absorption and course of the chyle.       \
  3. Absorption and course of the lymph.
  4. Circulation.
  5. Respiration. 
FUNDA
421         FURUNCULUS
   6. Secretion.
   7. Nutrition.
   8. Animal heat.

 C.  Generative Functions, or those whose
     object is the reproduction ofthe species.
   1. Generation.
   2. Gestation.
   3. Accouchement.
   4. Lactation.

   Each of the above  heads admits of
 numerous subdivisions,  in a complete
 course of Physiology ; — for so  the doc-
 trine of .the functions is called.
   (F) Fonction.  (G) V e rrirjhtung,
 Geschaft, Handlung.
   Writers.   A. P.  Wilson  Philip
 (laws of the  vital  functions), Lond.
 18J7.  Robt. Whytt  (on  the vital and
 other involuntary motions of animals),
 Edinb. 1751.
   Fun'da (Surg.)  oytvdovi},  Sphen'-
 done.   A bandage, composed of a fillet
 or long compress, cleft at its extremi-
 ties to within  about two inches  of its
 middle.   It  is used  in diseases of the
 nose and  chin, and  especially  in cases
 of fracture of the lower jaw.   In such
 case it has, also, been called Menton-
 niere, because  placed beneath the chin.
 ( (F) Menton,' the chin.')
   (F)  Fronde.   (G)  Schleuder-
 bi n d e.
   Fundamental (Anat. Phys.)  Some
 anatomists have called the sacrum, Os
 Fundamenta'le,  because  it  seems  to
 serve as a base to the vertebral  column.
 The sphenoid bone has, likewise, been
 so denominated, from its being  situated
 at the base ofthe cranium.
   Fung'oid   (Path.)  Fungm'des, from
fun'gus, ' a  mushroom,' and  ttSog,' re-
 semblance.'   That which has the shape
 of a fungus,  or which grows in  some
 measure like a mushroom
   Fungos'ity (Path.) Fungos'itas, Ca'-
 ro luxu'rians, Proud Flesh, Hypersar-
 co'sis.  The quality of that which is fun-
 gous : — a fungous  excrescence itself.
 The fungosities, which arise in  wounds
 or ulcers, are easily repressed by gentle
 compression, dry lint,  the  sulphas  cu-
 pri, or other gentle caustic.  At times,
 the more  powerful are necessary, and,
 sometimes, excision  is  required.
   (F)  Fongosite.
   (G) Schwammigtes  Fleisch.
   Fun'gus (Mat. Med. & Path.) uvxrjg,
My'ces.  The mushroom order of plants
in the Linnaean system.  In Pathology,
the  word is commonly  used synony-
mously with fungosity.  M. Breschet,
of Paris,  has  proposed to  reserve the
latter name  for the vegetations, which
                 36
 arise on denuded surfaces, and to apply
 the  term fungus to the tumors, which
 form in the substance of the textures,
 without any external ulceration.  Fici,
 warts, &c, e. g. would be fungi of the
 skin.
   (F)  Fongus, Champignon.
   (G)  Schwamm.
   Funic'ulus  umbilica'lis  (Anat.)
 Fu'nis  umbilica'lis,   Umbilical  cord,
 jX'a'vel string.  A cord-like substance,
 which extends from the placenta to the
 umbilicus  of the foetus, and conveys,
 to the  latter, materials  for its nutrition.
 It is composed of the chorion, amnion,
 a viscid serosity,  cellular  substance,
 an umbilical  vein, and two umbilical
 arteries. The  former conveys the blood
 from the  placenta  to  the foetus — the
 latter  return  it.  The usual length is
 from 16 to  22 inches.
   (F)  Cordon  ombilicale.  (G) Nab el
 Schnur, Nabelstrang.
   Furchmuhl, Mineral Waters of
 (Mat.  Med.)   These Bavarian  springs
 contain carbonic acid,  sulphuretted hy-
 drogen, carbonates of lime and soda;
 muriates of lime and magnesia;  oxides
 of iron and magnesia, &c
   Fur'fur (Mat. Med.) Bran, mrvqov,
 Ach'yron,  a/vqov,  Cantabru'no. The
 skin of the grain of the cerealia, when
 bruised and separated from the  farina.
 The decoction is, sometimes, employed
 as an emollient.
     (F) Son.   (G) Kleie.
   Furfura'ceous (Path.) from fur'fur,
 ' bran.' Scurfy, Canica'ceus, mdvqivog.
 Resembling bran.  A  name given to
 eruptions,  in  which the epidermis is
 detached  in  small  scales,  resembling
 bran.  Also,  a bran-like sediment ob-
 served at times in the urine.
   (G)  Kleienartig.
   FUR'STENAU, John Her'man (Bi-
 ogr.) An  eminent  German  physician;
 born  at Herforden  in Westphalia in
 1688;   died in  1756.   Works. Desi-
 derata  medica :  desiderata  anatomi-
 ca-phy si ologica : desiderata circa mor-
 bos et eorum signa: qua desiderantur
 in praxi medicd : desiderata chirurgica,
 Hal.  8vo.  De fatis medicorum oratio
 inauguralis. Rintel. 1720. 4to. Demor-
 bis jurisconsultorum epistola.  Francf.
 1721. 8vo.  De dysenteria alba in puer-
pera, dissertatio. Rintel. 1723. 4to.
  Furun'culus (Path.) from furia're,
 ' to  make  mad.'   Chi'adus,  Chi'oli,
 Doth'ien,   do&tijv ; — A  Fu'runcle, a
 Boil, a Bile.   A   small  phlegmon,
 which  appears under  the  form of a
conical,  hard, circumscribed  tumor, 
FUSEE PURULENTE      422           GALACTIA
having its seat in the dermoid texture.
At the  end of a few days  it becomes
pointed,  white or yellow, and  gives
exit to pus mixed with blood.  When
it breaks, a small, grayish, fibrous mass
sometimes  appears, which  consists of
dead cellular tissue.  This is called the
core, Ventric'ulus Furun'culi, (F) Bour-
billon, (G) Eiterbutzen.  The  ab-
scess does not heal until after its sepa-
ration.
  The indications of treatment are, —
to discuss it by the application of leeches
and warm  fomentations; — or, if this
cannot be done, to encourage suppura-
tion by warm,  emollient cataplasms.
When suppuration  is  entirely  estab-
lished, the part may be opened or suf-
fered  to  break,  according  to circum-
stances.
  (F)  Furoncle, Fronde, Clou.
  (G) B 1 u t s c h w ii r.
  FUSEE  PURULENTE  (F)  (Path.)
The long and sinuous  route, which
pus takes,  in certain  cases,  in making
its way to  the  surface. These FusAes
almost always form beneath the  skin,
between the muscles, or along aponeu-
roses, bones, tendons, &c.
     (G) Rbhrgeschwur.
  FYFE or FYFFE, Andrew (Biog.)
 A  celebrated practical  anatomist  of
 Edinburgh; born in 17—; died in 18—.
 Works. A  system  of anatomy  and
physiology, from the latest and  best
authors;  arranged,  as  nearly  as the
nature ofthe work would admit, in the
order of the  lectures delivered by  the
Professor of Anatomy in the University
of Edinburgh.  Second  edition. 1787.
3 vols.  8vo.   A compendium of the
anatomy ofthe human body: illustrated
by upwards of 160 tables, and nearly
700 figures ; copied from the most cele-
brated authors, and from nature. Edin.
1801. 3 vols.  4to. Anatomia Britan-
nida. Edinb. 1804. 3 vols. 12mo: pub-
lished in 1810, with the following  title
— A compendium ofthe anatomy ofthe
human body, with concise explanations,
selected for the use of students attend-
ing anatomy; with plates. A system of
the anatomy ofthe human body, illus-
trated by upwards of 200 tables, con-
taining  nearly  1000 figures. Fourth
edition.  1820. 3 vols. 4to.  Outlines of
comparative anatomy. 1823.  8vo.
G
  The  Greek G, T,  with the ancient
 Greek physicians, signified an  ounce.
 Rhod. ad Scribonium.
  GABELCHOVER, Oswald (Biog.)
 A physician of Tubingen, in Germany;
 and physician to four Dukes of Wirtem-
 berg in succession; died in 1616, aged
 78 years.  Works. The  book of phy-
 sicke.  Dort.  1559. fol.   Arzeney-
 buch. Tubing.  1596.   4to.   Again,
 entitled, —  The  boock  of physicke ;
 wherin, through commaundement ofthe
 most illustrious and  renounned duke
 and lorde, Lorde Lodewijcke  Duke
 OF  WlRTEMBERGHE,  and of  TECK,
 Earle of Mompelgert, &c.  Most of
 them  selected and approued remedyes
for all corporall diseases and sickness-
 es ;  which out of manye  highe  and
 common persons written physic-bookes
 are  compacted and  vnited  together.
 FaithfaUye  translated  out  of  High-
 Duche,  by the  right worshipfull  Mr.
 Doctour Char. Battus :  and now neu-
 lye translated out of Low-Duche  into
 English by A. M.   Dordt. 1599.  fol.
  Gabel'la  or  Glabel'la  (Anat.)
Some anatomists call  thus  the space
between  the  two eyebrows, which is
devoid of hair in the majority of per-
sons.
    (G)  Glatze.
  Gabir'ea  (Mat. Med.) yafliqta.  A
fatty  kind  of myrrh,  mentioned  by
Dioscorides.
  GAD'DESDEN, JOHN of (Biog.)
An English physician, who lived in the
early  part of  the  14th century.   He
was the first Englishman employed as
a physician at court, being appointed to
that office by  Edward  II.   Works.
Rosa  Anglica ; seu practica  medicina
a capite ad pedes. Papiee. 1492. fol.
  Galac'tia   (Path.)   Galactirrha'a,
from yaXa,' milk.'  Lac'tis redundan'-
tia, Galactacra'sia.  A redundant  flow
of milk, either in a female who is suck-
ling, or   in one  who is not. It may
occur  without being provoked by suck-
ing.   When to a great extent, it some-
times  causes wasting; — Ta'bes lac'lea,
T. nutri'cum.   Good uses  Galac'tia, 
          GALACTODES           4

in his Nosology, for " morbid flow or de-
ficiency of milk."  (G) Milchfluss.
   Galacto'des (Phys. Path.) yaXaxria-
Sijg, from yaXa,' milk.'  In Hippocra-
tes, the term signifies milkwarm,  and
likewise a milky color, as of the excre-
ments, &c
   Galactoph'agous   (Hyg.)   Galac-
toph'agus,  Lactiph'agus.   Sometimes
used substantively ; from yaXa, ' milk,'
and tpayo}, ' I eat.'  That  which feeds
on milk.   A  name,  given  to certain
people, with  whom  milk appears to
constitute the  chief nourishment.
   Galactoph'orous   (Anat.)' yala-
xroipoqog, Lactiferus, from yaXa,' milk,'
and (ptqvi, '  I carry.'   That which  car-
ries milk, Lactiferous.
   GALACTOPH'OROUS  or  LACTIF'-
EROUS DUCTS are those, which con-
vey the milk, secreted by the mammary
gland, towards the nipple, where their
external orifices are situated.  The Lac-
teals have also been so called.
   GALACTOPH1 ORUS (Surg.)  Some
accoucheuis have given this name to an
instrument,  intended  to facilitate suck-
ing,  when the faulty conformation of
the nipple (being too short), prevents
the child from laying hold of it.
   Galactopla'nia (Path.)  from yaXa,
'• milk ;' and nX.avi], ' wandering.'  Ex-
travasation  of milk  into the  cellular
membrane.
   Galactopoiet'ica  (Mat.  Med.) ya-
laxToTronjTixog,   Galactoph'ora;  from
ya?.a,  ' milk,'  and  noma,  ' I make.'
Substances, to which has been attrib-
uted  the property   of  favoring  the
secretion  of milk and augmenting its
quantity.
   Galactopo'sia  (Therap.)  yaXaxro-
noaia, from yaXa, ' milk,' and nooig,
1 drink.'   Treatment of a disease  by
means of milk.
   Galactop'otes (Hyg.) yalaxrono-
xt\g,  Galactop'otus, Lactipo'tor.  Same
etymon.   A drinker of milk. One, sub-
jected to a milk diet.
   Galacto'sis (Physiol.)  Galactopoie'-
sis, from yuXaxroouat, ' I am  changed
into  milk,'  and from  yaXa,' milk,' and
Troitw,' I make.'   The secretion or for-
mation of milk.
   Gal'beum  (Hyg.)  pi. Gal'bei, CaV-
bei, xoaiua, xoapoi.  A kind of bracelet,
worn by the Romans  as well for health
as ornament.  Sueton. in Vit. Galb.e.
   Gal'bulus   (Nosol.)  from gal'bus,
' yellow.'  A  kind of congenital jaun-
dice, in which the yellow color con-
tinues  through life.   It is rather a de-
fect in color than a disease. Vogel.
J3           GALENISM.

   GALE,  Thomas (Biogr.)  An Eng-
 lish surgeon; born in 1507, served in
 the armies of Henry VIII. and king
 Philip ; and afterwards  settled in the
 practice  of surgery,  at  London.  He
 was living in 1586.  Works. An excel-
 lent treatise of wounds made with gun-
 shot;  in which is confuted both  the
 gross error of Jerome of Brunswicke,
 John  Vigo, Alfonse, Ferrius,  and
 others, in  that they make  the  wound
 venomous,whiche cometh through the com-
 mon powder and sholte.   And also there
 is set  out a perfect and true methode of
 curinge those woundes.  Lond.  1563.
 Svo.   An  enchiridion of chirurgerie;
 conteyning the exacte and perfect cure of
 wounds,  fractures,  and  dislocations.
 Newly compiled and published.   Lond.
 1563 and 1586. 4to.   Certain works of
 Galen, called, methodus  medendi, with
 a brief declaration  of the  toorthy art of
 medicine, the office  of a chirurgeon and
 an epitome of the 3d book of Galen of
 natural faculties.  All done into  Eng-
 lish. Lond. 1586. 4to.
   Ga'lea  (Anat. & Path.)   A  helmet,
 from yu/.tj, ' a cat;' ofthe skin of which
 it was formerly made.   A name given
 to the amnios, and also, to the bandage
 of Galen.  In Pathology, it indicates a
 headache affecting the whole head.
   Galean'thropy  (Path.)    Galean-
 thro'pia, yaXtuv&qomia, from yalr\, ' a
 cat,'  and  avdqomog,' a man.'  A vari
 ety of melancholy in which the patient
 believes himself changed  into a cat.
 An affection similar to the  lycanthropy
 and cynanthropy.
     (G) Katzensucht.
   Gale'ga officina'lis (Mat. Med.)
 Gale'ga, Ru'ta capra'ria,  Goat's  rue.
 It is  slightly aromatic and  was once
 used  as a sudorific  and alexiterial, in
 malignant fevers,  &c
   (F)  Rue de chdvre.   (G)  G e i s s -
 raute, Pestilenzkraut.
   The GALE'GA  VIRGINIA'NA or Vir-
 ginia goat's rue or cat gut, is used in
 some parts of the  United  States as an
 anthelmintic.  The  decoction  of the
 roots is given.
   Galen'ic  or  Galen'ical (Pharm.)
 Galen'icus,  from  Gale'nus.    That
 which relates to the doctrine of Galen
 or to Galenism.
   Used, substantively, for  drugs that
 are not chymical.
   Gale'nion  (Pharm.)  yali]viov, the
 name of an anodyne cataplasm.  Pau-
 lus.
   Ga'lenism (Med.)  The doctrine of
 Galen,   Galen'ic med'icine. 
GALENIST           424             GALVANI
  Ga'lenist (Med.)  A follower ofthe
doctrines of Galen.
 GALE'NUS, Clau'dius, or GA'LEN,
Clau'dius,   (F) GALIEN,  Claude
(Biogr.)   The most distinguished of
Greek  physicians   after   Hippocra-
tes ;   born at Pergamus,  about A. D.
131, during  the reign of  the  emperor
Hadrian ;  died about the year  200.
The number of his writings  is enor-
mous ;  on physic  alone he is said to
have  composed  500 treatises.   His
treatise on  the  healing  art—rtyvr]
larqixr}, gives  the  best notion of his
system.  The best editions of his works
are— Opp. ed.  pr.  Lat. p.  Diom.  Bo-
nardum, Ven.  1490. 2. f.  Gr. (cura
A. Asulani, J.  B. Opizii,  et G. Agri-
colje),  Ven. by Aldus,  1525. 5 vol.
small fol. ;   (cur.  H. ; GEMusiEi,  L.
Fuchsu and  J. Camerarii), Basil, by
Oporin, 1538. 5 vols. fol.    Gr. Lat. c.
Hippocrate, ed. R. Charterius,  p.
1679,  13 vols. fol.   In Medicorum Gr.
Op. qua extant.   Ed. cur. C. G. Kuhn.
Leipz. 1821, &c.    Opuscula quadam
Gr. Lat. rec Thomas Goulston,  Lon-
don. 1640. 4to.  De opt. med. Gr.  Lat.
cur. C. Sprengel.  Hal. 1788. 4to.
  Galeop'sis  (Mat. Med.)   Galeob'do-
lon,  Galeop'dolon,  La'mium  ru'brum,
Urti'ca iners mag'na fatidis'sima, Sta'-
chysfmt'ida, Hedge  net'tle.
  This plant was formerly  reckoned a
vulnerary and anodyne.
  (F)  Ortic morte des bois.
  Ga'lia (Pharm.)   An  ancient  com-
position, in which galls were an ingre-
dient; the Galiapura. There was also
a Ga'lia aromat'ica, moscha'ta or mus-
ca'ta,  which  consisted of a  mixture of
several perfumes, such as musk.
  Ga'lium Apari'ne (Mat. Med.)  Apa-
ri'ne, a.raqivrj,  Lap'pa, Philanthro'pus,
Amp elo car'pus,  Omphalocar'pus, Ix'us,
Asphari'ne,   Asper'ula,   Goose'grass,
Clea'ver'sbees,  Clea'vers,  Goose-share,
Hay'riff.
  The expressed juice has  been given
as an aperient  and  diuretic, in incipi-
ent dropsies ; also,  in cancer.
  (F)  Gaillet accrochant,  G.  crochant,
 Gratteron.
  (G) Klebkraut.
   GA'LIUM  MOLLrfGO  (Mat. Med.)
 Ga'lium al'bum, Great'er la'dies  bed'-
straw.  Alys'sum PLIN'II.  The   herb
and flowers  have been used  medicin-
ally, in epilepsy.
   (F)  Caiile-lait blanc. • (G) W e i s s e s
Labkraut.
   GA'LIUM  VE'RUM (Mat.  Med.)  Ga'-
 lium,  G. lu'teum,  La'dies' bed'-straw
 Cheese ren'net.  The tops were long used
 in the cure of epilepsy. The leaves and
 flowers possess the property of curdling
 milk.
   (F) Gaillet jaune,  G.rrai,vrai Caillc-
 lait.    (G)  Waldstroh,  Betts-
 troh,   Meyerkraut,  gelbes
 Labkraut.
   GALL, F. J. (Biogr.)  An eminent
 physiologist and author of the cranio-
 logical system ; born  in 1758 ; died in
 182S.    Works.   Recherches  sur  le
 systeme ncrveux en general et sur celui
 du cerveau en particulier.  Paris. 1809.
 4to.   Anatomie et physiologic du sys-
 teme nerveux en general et  du  cerveau
 en particulier.  4  torn. 4to  Avec un
 grand atlas  de  100 fig. in folio. Paris.
 1810-17.  Anatomie et physi,ologie du
 systhme nerveux en general,  et du cer-
 veau  en particulier; avec des observa-
 tions  sur  la  possibilite de  reconnoitre
 plusieurs  dispositions  intellectuelles  et
 morales de Vhomrne et  des unimaux par
 la configuration de  leurs tetes.  Paris.
 1810-12. 2 vols. fol. in conjunction
 with Dr. Spurzheim.  Des dispositions
 innees de Vame et de \V esprit.  Paris.
 1811. 8vo.  Sur les fonctions  du cer-
 veau et sur chacune de ses parties. 6 vols.
 8vo. Paris.  1820-23.
   Gall'bladder  (Anat.)   Vesic'ula
fellis, Choi'ecyst, Follic'ulus fd!lis, Cys'-
 tis fel'lea.   A  membranous, pyriform
 reservoir, lodged  in a superficial de-
 pression at the inferior surface of the
 right lobe of the liver.  It  receives, by
 the hepatic and cystic  ducts, a portion
 ofthe bile secreted by the liver, when
 the stomach is empty,  which becomes
 in it  more acrid,  bitter, and thicker.
 It receives an  artery called the cystic,
 Its veins  empty  into  the  vena porta.
 Its nerves come from the hepatic plex-
 us, and its lymphatic vessels join those
 ofthe liver.
   (F) Vesicule duficl ou Vcsicule biliare,
 Reservoir de la  bile.
   (G) Gallenblase.
   Gallinag"inis Ca'put (Anat.) Gal'li
 gallina'cei   Ca'put,   Vcrumonta'num,
 Cris'ta urethra'lis, Crite ure'thrale (Ch.)
 from  Gallina'go,  ' a  woodcock.'   An
 oblong, rounded, projection, formed  by
 the mucous membrane in the spongy
 portion of the urethra, at the sides of
 which the ejaculatory  ducts open.
   Gal'lipot (Pharm.)  Perhaps  from
 ga'la, ' finery.'   A   pot  painted and
 glazed or merely glazed, and commonly
 used for medicines.
   GALVA'NI, Louis (Biogr,)   from 
GALVANISM
425           GANGRENE
 whose name the appellation of Galvan-
 ism was given to a supposed new prin-
 ciple  in nature ;  born at Bologna in
 1737; died in 1798.   Works. Aloysii
 Galvani de viribus electricitatis in motu
 musculari commentarius.  Bologn. 1791.
 He also published a number of curious
 observations on the urinary organs and
 on the organ of hearing in birds, in the
 memoirs of the Institute of Bologna.
   Gal'vanism  (Mat. Med. &c.)  Galva-
 nis'mus, Electric'Htas anima'lis, E. gal-
 van'ica vel metal'lica, Irritamen'tum me-
 tal'lorum  vel metal'licum.  A series of
 phenomena,  consisting   in   sensible
 movements, executed  by animal parts,
 which are still endowed with a rem-
 nant  of irritability,  when placed in
 connexion with two metallic plates of
 different nature, between which a com-
 munication is   established  by  direct
 contact or by means of a  metallic wire.
 Galvanism has  been employed medici-
 nally in the same cases  as electricity.
   Writers on  medical galvanism.
 A. Galvani, Bonon.  1791 (L).   E. J.
 Schmuck, Manheim,  1792 (G).   R.
 Fowler, Lond. 1793.  Muller, Stuttg.
 1793  (L).   Pfaff,  Stuttg.  1793 (L).
 Bell, Lond.  1793.    G. Carradori,
 Florence, 1793  (I).  E.  Valli, Lond.
 1794.   J. Aldini, Bologna, 1794 (L).
 A. Humboldt, Berlin, 1797 (G).   Rit-
 ter,  Weimar, 1798 (G).   Reinhold,
 Lips.  179S (L).  Ritter, 1800 (G).
 Fr. Pilger, Giess.  1801 (G).   Gra-
 pengiesser, Berlin, 1801  (G).    Bi-
 schoff, Jenae,  1801 (L).  F. L. Augus-
 tin,  Berlin, 1301 (G).   Van  Mons,
 Bruxelles, 1801   (F).    Kielmeyer,
 Tubing. 1802 (E).  V. Walther, Vi-
 enna, 1803 (G).   P. H. Nysten,  Paris,
 1S03JT).   Mongiardini, Genoa, 1803
 (I). Thillaye,Paris, 1803(F).  Kunze,
 Hamburg, 1804  (G).  Ch. Wies, Ar-
 gent.  1804 (L).   J. Isnard, Paris, 1804
 (F).  La Beaume, Lond. 1826.
   Gam'mata  Ferramen'ta   (Surg.)
 Cauteries, having  the shape of the
 Greek letter, T; and which were used
 for cauterizing hernias.
   Gammaut (Surg.)  The Italians, ac-
 cording to Scultetus, gave this name
 to a kind of crooked bistouri, used for
 opening abscesses.
   Gang'liform or Gang'lioform (A-
 nat.)  Ganglifor'mis.  Having the shape
of a ganglion. A name, generally given
 to a knot-like enlargement in the course
 of a nerve.
   Gang'lion (Anat.) yayyliov,' a knot.'
A name, given  to organs  differing con-
siderably from each other in size, color,
                      36*
texture,  functions,  &c.  They are di-
vided into Glandiform, lymphatic, and
nervous.
  1. GLAND'IFORM GAN'GLIONS are
organs of whose  functions  we are,
in general, ignorant;  and which have
the appearance of glands.   They  are
formed of agglomerated globules, per-
vaded by blood-vessels;  surrounded by
cellular membrane and contain a milky
or yellowish fluid. To this class belong
the thymus,  thyroid, and supra-renal
glands.
  2. LYMPHAT'IC GANG'LIONS. See
Conglobate.
  3. NER'VOUS GANG'LIONS.   En-
largements or knots in the course of a
nerve.   They  belong, in  general, to
the system of the great sympathetic.
Bichat regarded them as  so  many
small brains,  or centres  of nervous ac-
tion, independent of the encephalon,
and intended exclusively for organic
life.  Being formed  by the union of
the cerebral and spinal nerves, they
may send out  the  influence  of both
these nervous centres, to the parts to
which  the  nerves  proceeding from
them  are distributed.   We know not,
however, their precise uses.
    (G)  Nervenknoten.
  GAN'GLION (Surg.)   Same etymon.
Eiaphy'ma encys'tis gang'lion.  A glob-
ular, hard,  indolent  tumor,  without
change in the color of the skin ;  of a
size varying from that of a  pea to that
ofan egg, and always situated  on the
course  of a tendon.    The tumor  is
formed of a viscid, albuminous fluid,
contained in  a cyst of greater or less
thickness.   The  cyst  is  sometimes
loose ;  but in the majority of cases it
communicates, by a narrow  foot stalk,
with the  sheath of a tendon, or even
with the  synovial capsule of  a  neigh-
bouring articulation.  The  causes are
generally  unknown.   The  treatment
consists  in  compression,  percussion,
the  use of discutients, extirpation, or
incision.   (G) Ueberbein.
  GAN'GLION OF GASSE'RIUS (Anat.)
A semicircular knot  on the  5th pair of
nerves,  before its  division into three
branches.
  Ganglionic (Anat.)   Ganglion'icus.
Nerves, in the course of which gangli-
ons are met with ;  as the greater part
of the branches ofthe great sympathetic
or trisplanchnic.
  Gan'grene (Path.) Gangra'na, Can-
cre'na,  yayyqatva, from  yjjaeo,  ' I eat.'
Privation of life or partial death in an
organ.   Authors have generally dis- 
GANGRENE            426
tinguished  mortification  into  two
stages ;  naming the first, or incipient,
gangrene.  It  is attended with a sud-
den diminution of feeling  in the part
affected;   livid  discoloration;   de-
tachment ofthe cuticle, under which a
turbid fluid is effused ; with crepitation,
owing to the disengagement of air in
the cellular texture.
  When the  part  has become quite
black, and incapable of all feeling, cir-
culation, and  life, it constitutes the
second  stage  of mortification, and is
called sphacelus.  Gangrene,  however,
is frequently used synonymously with
mortification,—local asphyxia being the
term employed for that condition, in
which  the parts are  in a state of sus-
pended  animation, and,  consequently,
susceptible of resuscitation.
   When   the part   is  filled  with
fluid entering  into putrefaction,  the
affection is called humid gangrene ;  on
the other hand,  when it is  dry and
shrivelled, it  constitutes  dry  gan-
grene.   To this class belongs the gan-
grana senilis or spontaneous  gangrene
of old  people, which rarely admits of
cure.
  Whatever may  be the kind of gan-
grene, it may be caused by violent in-
flammation, by contusion, a burn, con-
gelation, •— the ligature of a large arte-
rial trunk, or by some internal cause in-
appreciable to us.
  The treatment, both of external and
internal gangrene,  varies according to
the  causes, which produce  it.   Gan-
grene,  from  excessive  inflammation,
is obviated by antiphlogistics ;   and
that from intense cold by  cautiously
restoring the  requisite caloric.  When
the  gangrene  has  become developed,
the separation  of the eschars must be
encouraged by emollient applications.
if there be considerable reaction ; or by
tonics and stimulants if the reaction be
insufficient.
     (G)  Heisse  Brand.
   Writers.   Fabius, Basil. 1632 (L).
Sennertus, Vitemb.  1632 (L).   Mi-
chaelis, Lips. 1636 (L).  Becker,  Ar-
gent. 1650  CL).   Bontekoe, Lugd.
Bat.  1667  (L).     Friderici,  1671
(L).    Jacobi,  Erford,  1712   (L).
Sanchez, Lugd. Bat. 1738  (L).   Ba-
gieu, Paris, 1751  (F).   M.  Quesnay,
Paris, 1749 (F).  Sarrau, Montpellier,
1752 (L).   Kirkland,  Nottingham,
1754.   O'Hallaran,  Dublin,  1765!
C. White (G. with spasms), Warring-
ton, 1790.  Neumann, Vienn. 1801 (G).
Himly, Gotting. 1800 (G).   D.  F.
>           GARENGEOT

Heffter,  Lips.  1807 (L).   C. L. G.
Liessehing. Gotting. 1811 (L). Hart-
mann,  Erford.  1788  (L).    Mager,
Philadelphia,  1797.   BlanDin, Paris,
1808  (F).   Fond am  (G. by congela-
tion), Montpellier,  1814 (F).  Simon
de Vaudeville, Paris, 1815 (F).
   GANTELET (F) (Surg.) Chirothe'ca,
Fas'cia digita'lis; from (F)^-«wi,aglove.
A sort of bandage, which envelopes the
hand and  fingers,  like a glove.   It is
made with a long roller, about  an inch
broad ; and applied so that  the fingers
are covered  to  their tips, when it  is
called, Gantclet entier on complet.   The
Demi-gantelet includes  only the  hand
and base of the fingers.  Both bandages
are  used   in  fractures and luxations
ofthe  fingers, burns ofthe hand; &c
    (G) Handschuh.
   GAR'BO, Thomas de (Biogr.)  An
Italian physician  of  some  eminence;
died in 1369.  Works.  De generatione
embryonis.  Ven. 1502. fol. Summa me-
dicinalis. Ven. 1506.  fol.  De differen-
tiis febrium  commentum.  Ven.  1521.
fol.  Consiglio contro alia peste.   Fir.
Giunt.  1523. Svo.  De reductione medi-
cinarum ad actum. Patav.  1564. Svo.
   GAR'BO, Di'nus de (Biogr.)   The
father  of the preceding ; died  at Flor-
ence  in  1327.    Works.  Chirurgia.
 Tractatus de ponder ibus et mensuris, nec-
non de emptastris et unguentis.  Ferrar.
1485.  Recollectiones  in Hippocratem
de naturd fatus.  Venet. 1502. fol.
   Garcin'ia Mangosta'na  (Mat. Med.
& Hyg.)   The systematic name of the
Mangos'tan or Mangous'tan  tree.  Man-
gosta'na.   The fruit is about the size of
an orange, and  grows  in great abun-
dance  in Java and the Molucca islands.
The fruit,  which is delicious, is eaten
in almost  every disorder.  The  dried
bark is used medicinally in dysenteries
and tenesmus ;  and a strong decoction
has been much  esteemed in ulcerated
sore throat.
   Writer.  Ellis.  Lond.  1775.
   GARENCIERES, Theoph'ilus de
(Biogr.) A native of Paris,  and physi-
cian,  first at  Caen and afterwards  in
London;   flourished  towards  the end
of the  17th century.   Works.  Flagel-
lum Anglia,  seu tabes anglica numeris
omnibus absoluta.  Lond. 1647. 4to.  A
discourse considering  the nature of the
plague. Lond.  1665. 4to.   The true
prophecies  or prognostics of Michael
Nostradamus, 1672. fol.  Ofthe virtues
and effects of the tincture of corals in
physic. Lond. 1676. 8vo.
   GARENGEOT, Rene James Crois- 
GARGALE            427             GASTRIC
sant de (Biogr.)  An eminent French
surgeon; born  in Bretagne in 1688;
died in 1759.   Works.   Traite" des op-
erations de chirurgie. Paris. 1720. 2 torn.
8vo.  translated into English.  Lond.
1723. 8vo.  Traite des instrurnens de chi-
rurgie. Paris.  1723.  2 vols. Svo.  Myo-
tomie  canine et humaine.  Paris. 1724.
2  vols.   12mo.   Splanchnologie; ou
traiti  d'anatomie concernant les visc&rcs.
Paris. 1728.  12mo.  L'operation de la
taille par I'appareil  lateral,  corrigie de
tous ses defauts. Paris. 1730, 12mo.
   Gar'gale (Path.)  Gar'galos,  Gar-
galis'mos, yaqyulrj,  yaqyixkog, yaqyaXi-
Oj.iog,  Titilla'tio, Irrita'tio, Pruri'tus. Ti-
tillation, irritation, itching.
   Gak'garism  (Pharm.)   Gargaris'-
mus,  Gargaris'ma, Anagargalic'ta, ava-
yaqyaXixra,  Gargaris'mum,  Colluto'ri-
um, Diaclys'ma, Anagargaris'ton, ava-
yaqyuqiorov,  yaqyaqioua,  yaqyaqiou oe,
SiaxXvoua, Anaconchylis'mos; avaxuyyv-
Xiouos,  from yaqyaqito),  ' I wash the
mouth.'  Any  liquid medicine, intend-
ed to be retained in the mouth, for a cer-
tain time, and to be thrown in contact
with the uvula, velum pendulum, ton-
sils, &c.  For  this  purpose, the liquid
is  agitated by the  air  issuing  from
the larynx,  the head  being  thrown
back.  Gargles are employed in cynan-
che tonsillaris  and other diseases of the
fauces;  and  are made  of stimulants,
sedatives, astringents, refrigerants, He.
according to circumstances.
   The term colluto'rium or colluto'rium
o'ris, is generally restricted to a wash
for the mouth.
    (G) Gurgelmittel.
   GAR'NETT or GAR'NET, Thomas,
M. D. (Biogr.) Some time  professor at
the Anderson's Institution,  Glasgow ;
born in Westmoreland in  1766;  died
in 1802.  Works. Experiments on Hur-
ley Green Spaw, near Halifax ;  to which
is  added a short account of two other
mineral waters in Yorkshire.  London.
1791.  8vo.   Experiments and  observa-
tions on the Crescent water of Harrow-
gate.  Leeds. 1791.  8vo.   A treatise on
the mineral tcaters of Harrowgate ; con-
taining the history of these waters, their
chemical analysis, medicinal properties,
and plain directions for their use.  Lond.
1793. 8vo.  Lecture on the preservation
of health. Liverpool. 1797. 8vo.  ZoO-
nomia or the laws of animal life ; ar-
ranged according to  the Brunonian the-
ory :  a posthumous publication.  Lond.
1804. 4to.
   GARROT (F) (Surg.)  from garrotter,
' to tie fast.'  A small cylinder of wood,
used for tightening the circular band, by
which the  arteries of a limb are com-
pressed, for the purpose of suspending
the flow of blood in cases of hemorr-
hage, aneurism, amputation, &c
  GARTH,  Sir Samuel (Biogr.)  A
celebrated poet and physician;  born in
Yorkshire ;  died in 1718 -19.  Dispen-
sary,  a poem. Lond.  1699.  4to and
Svo.  Works.  Dublin. 1769. 12mo.
  GARTH'SHORE,' Max'well, m.
D., F.  R.  S. (Biogr.)   An  eminent
physician and accoucheur in London ;
born at Kircudbright,  in Scotland, in
1732; died in 1812.  Works.  Disser-
tatio inauguralis de papaveris usu, tarn
noxio quam salutari in parturientibus ac
puerperis. Edinb. 1764.  Svo.
  Ga'rum  (Hyg.)  yaqov, and yaqog.
The ancient  Romans  gave this name
to a kind of pickle, made  by collecting
the liquor,  which flowed from salted
and half putrefied fish.  It was used as
a  condiment.  The Geoponics,  Hu-
MELBERG in ApiCIUM, MARTIAL, &C
    Gastein,  Mineral   Waters  of
(Mat.  Med.)  G. is in  Bavaria.  The
waters are saline.   Temp. 106" to 117°
Fahr.
   Gas'ter (Anat.)  yaortjq.  The  belly
in general.  Also, the stomach  in par-
ticular.
    Gasteranax   (Physiol.)  A name
given  by  Dol^us to a hypothetical
vital  principle,  corresponding to the
Archeus of Van Helmont, the seat of
which he placed in the lower belly.
   Gasterangiemphrax'is (Path.)  Ob-
struction  of the pylorus, from yaortjq,
' stomach,'  ayxoi, ' I strangle,' and 1/.1-
ipqaoao), ' I obstruct.'  Vogel.
  Gas'tric  (Anat.)  Gas'tricus,  from
yaortjq, ' the  stomach.'  Belonging or
relating to the stomach.
  The GAS'TRIC AR'TERIES are three
in  number.   Arte'ria gas'tro-epiplo'ica
dex'tra, gas'tro-epiplo'ica sinis'tra, and
A. corona'ria ventri'culi.
  The  GAS'TRIC  VEINS follow the
same distribution  as the arteries, and
open into the Vena porta abdominis.
   GAS'TRIC NERVES.  The two cords
by  which  the pneumo-gastric nerves
terminate and which descend  on the
two surfaces of the stomach;  as well
as  the  filaments of the  great  sympa-
thetic,  which accompany the gastric
vessels.
   GAS'TRIC  PLEX'US,  Plex'us  coro-
na'rius ventri'culi.   A  nervous  net-
work,  formed by the solar plexus.  It
accompanies the Arteria  coronaria ven-
triculi and passes along the lesser cur- 
GASTRICISM           428       GASTROEPIPLOIC
 vature of the stomach, to which it gives
 branches,
   GAS'TRIC JUICE, Succus gastricus.
 A  fluid, secreted  from the  mucous
 membrane of the stomach.   As met
 with,  it is a  mixture  of  the   fluids
 secreted by that organ  with those  of
 the supradiaphragmatic  portion of the
 alimentary canal.   Owing to such ad-
 mixture, the most  contrary  properties
 have been assigned to it. That such a
 fluid is secreted, which concurs power-
 fully in digestion, seems  evident from
 many considerations.
   The gastric fluid, in cases of sudden
 death, sometimes  corrodes  and perfo-
 rates  the   stomach ; giving  rise  to
 interesting questions in medical juris-
 prudence.
   (F)  Sue  Gastrique.   (G)  Magen-
 saft.
  Gas'tricism  (Med.)   Gastrins'mus,
 from yaarijq, ' the stomach.'  A name,
by which  is designated  the medical
 theory, that refers all, or almost all, dis-
 eases to an accumulation of saburrae in
 the digestive passages.
  Gastri'tis (Path.)  Ventric'uli inflam-
ma'tio,  Cau'ma gastri'tis, Inflamma'tio
gastri'tis. Cardial'gia inflammato'ria,
Inflammation of the stomach.  Empres'-
ma gastri'tis.  A disease, characterized
by pyrexia, great anxiety;   heat and
pain in  the  epigastrium, increased by
taking  any thing into the  stomach;
vomiting and hiccup.  Gastritis may
either be seated in  the  peritoneal or
mucous coat.  It is most frequent in the
latter, being  directly excited by acrid
ingesta.  It requires  the most active
treatment; — V. S., blistering, fomenta-
tions, diluents, &c
  A  less  degree of  inflammation  of
the mucous coat ofthe stomach is con-
sidered  to  be present  in almost all
fevers.
  (G) Magenentziindung.
  (F) Gastrite, Catarrhe gastrique.
  Writers.  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1706
(L).   Colin,  Argent. 1771  (L).   S.
Hayman, Edinburg, 1779 (L).   Bode,
Gotting. 1780 (L).  Krieger, Gronino-.
1787 (E).  Engelhart, Laudin.  1790
(L).    Johnston,  Edinb.  1790  (L).
Hagen,  Francf. ad   Viadr.  1799 (L).
B. Tauzin, Paris,  1809 (F).   C. H.
Quincieux,  Paris, 1811  (F).   A. de
Caignou and A. Quemont (Lectures of
 Broussais on), Paris, 1819 (F).
  Gastrobro'sis (Nosol.) Perforation
of the stomach.  Alibert.
  Gastroce'le  (Surg. Path.) from ya-
axtiq,   ( the stomach,' and  xijxij,  ' a
 tumor.'  Her'nia ofthe Stom'ach, Her'-
 nia ventric'uli.  Hernia, formed  by the
 stomach  through the upper part  of the
 linea  alba: — a disease, the  existence
 of which has been doubted by many.
   (F) Hernie de I'Estomac.
   (G) Magenbruch.
   Gastrocne'mii (Anat.)  from yaortjq,
 ' the belly,' and xvitfitj, ' the leg.'   The
 name  of  the  two fleshy masses,  which
 occupy  the  posterior  and  superficial
 part of the leg;  (F) Gastrocnemiens,
 Jumeaux de  la jambe,  Gemelli, Bife-
 moro-calcanien (Ch.) ; the two consti-
 tuting the  Gastrocnemius exter'nus of
 English  anatomists.   These  muscles
 are distinguished into internal and ex-
 ternal, which are distinct above,  but
 united at  their inferior extremity.  They
 are long, flat, and thick, and arise  — the
former, from the  posterior part of the
 outer  condyle of the  femur; — the  lat-
 ter, from the posterior part  of the  inner
 condyle of  the  same bone.  The apo-
 neurosis,  which unites these muscles
 below, joins  with  that of the Solaris,
 and forms,  with  it,  a large tendon;
 which, under the name Tendo Achillis,
 is inserted at the posterior part of  the
 calcaneum.   These muscles extend  the
 foot on the leg, and the leg on the foot.
 They can, also, bend  the  leg and  the
 thigh reciprocally on  each  other.   For
 the  Gastrocnemius internus,  see  So-
 LEUS.
     (G) Wadenmuskel.
   Gas'tro- enteri'tis  (Path.)  from
yaortjq, ' the stomach,' and tvrtqov, ' an
intestine.'  Inflammation of the  stom-
ach  and  small  intestine.  According
to Broussais, the  essential fevers of
authors are  gastro-enteritis, simple, or
complicated.
  Gastro-epip'loic  (Anat.)  Gas'tro-
epiplo'icus, from yaortjq, ' the stomach,'
and  tnmXoov,  ' the  epiploon.'   That
which  relates to the stomach and  epip-
loon.
  The   GAS'TRO-EPIP'LOIC AR'TE-
RIES or  Gas'tric inferior   are two  in
number,  and  distinguished into  right
and left.   The right, also, called  Gas'-
tro-hepat'ic,  Gas'trica  infe'rior dex'tra,
Gas'tro-epiplo'ica dex'tra, is furnished
by the  hepatic artery.   It descends  be-
hind the pylorus, and  passes from  right
to left, along the great curvature ofthe
stomach.  It gives branches to the pan-
creas,  duodenum, stomach, omentum
majus, and terminates by anastomosing
with  the  Gas'tro-epiplo'ica  sinis'tra,
 Gas'trica  sinis'tra, Gas'trica  infe'rior
sinis'tra.  This or the left  arises  from 
GASTRO-HEPATIC       429
GAZ
the splenic  artery.   It is of considera-
ble magnitude, and  passes from left to
right, along the great curvature of the
stomach, distributing its branches more
particularly to the stomach and omen-
tum majus.  It  terminates,  by joining
the right gastro-epiploic
  The  GAS' TRO - EPIP'LOIC  VEINS
are distinguished, like the arteries, into
right and left.  They empty themselves;
— the former  into the superior mesen-
teric ; — the  latter  into  the splenic
vein.
   GAS'TRO- EPIP'LOIC  GANG'LIONS
are the  lymphatic ganglions or glands,
situated towards the great curvature of
the stomach, between the two anterior
laminae ofthe omentum majus.
   Gas'tro - hepat'ic ' (Anat.)  Gas'tro-
hepat'icus or  Hep'ato-gas'tricus; from
yaortjq, ' the stomach,' and i,naq, ' the
liver.'  Relating to the stomach and
liver.  This  name has been  given to
several organs. See Epiploon, Gastro-
epiploic, &c
   Gas'tro- malax'ia  (Path.)   from
yaortjq,  ' the  stomach,' and uaXaaow,
' I soften.'   Softening ofthe stomach.
   Gas'tro-phren'ic (Anat.)  Gas'tro-
phren'icus.  Belonging to the stomach
and diaphragm.
   The   GAS'TRO-PHREN'IC  LIG'A-
MENT is a reflection of the peritoneum,
which descends from the inferior sur-
face of the diaphragm to the cardia.
   Gastror'aphy  (Surg.)  Gastrora'-
phia, from yaortjq,' the belly,' erndqaipv,
' a suture.'  The suture, used for uniting
wounds penetrating the abdomen, when
they  are  too  extensive or  too un-
equal to be kept in contact by position,
adhesive plaster, or appropriate ban-
dages.  The  interrupted  and  quilled
sutures are those chiefly employed.
     (G)  Bauchnaht.
   Gastro'sis  (.A'osol.) A generic name
for diseases,  which are  seated  in the
stomach.   Alibert.
   Gastrot'omy  (Surg.)  from yaarvq,
' the belly,' and roiitj,' incision.'  Sev-
eral different  operations  have been so
called.  1.  The  Cesarean  Section,
which see.  2. An  incision, made into
the abdomen for the purpose of remov-
ing some internal strangulation or vol-
vulus ; or to reduce  hernia : and, 3. The
opening made into the stomach, to re-
move a foreign body, which has passed
into it through the oesophagus.
   (G) Bauchschnitt,  Bauch-
of fnung.
   GAT'AKER, Thomas (Biog.)  Sur-
geon to  the Westminster Hospital;
died in 1769.   Works. Operations in
surgery : from the French ofL,E Dran.
Lond.  1749.  Observations on venereal
complaints, and on the methods recom-
mended for their cure.  Lond.  1754.
8vo.  Second Part:  1755.  8vo.   Ob-
servations on the internal use of the
solanum or nightshade.  Lond.  1757.
8vo.  A supplement. Lond. 1757. 8vo.
An account of the structure ofthe eye:
with occasional remarks  on some dis-
orders of that organ. Lond. 1761. 8vo.
Essays on medical subjects : originally
printed separately.   To which is now
prefixed an introduction, relating to the
use of hemlock and corrosive sublimate,
and to the  application of caustic medi-
cines   in  cancerous disorders. Lond.
1764.  8vo.
  GAU'BIUS, Jer'ome Da'vid (Biog.)
Professor of Medicine in  the Univer-
sity of Leyden ; born at Heidelberg in
1705;  died in 1780.  Works. Disser-
tatio  inauguralis de  solidis  humani
corporis partibus. Leyd. 1725.   Libel-
lus de methodo  concinnandi  formulas
medicamentorum.  Lugd.  Bat.   1739.
8vo.  De regimine mentis, quod medi-
corum est.  Leyd.  1747.   Dissertatio
altera.  Lugd.  Bat.   1769. 4to.  Ser-
mones ii. academici  de regimine  men-
tis, quod  medicorum est.  Accessit a
H.  Boerhaave  sermo  acad.  de  iis
qua virum medicum perficiunt et exor-
nant.  Edit. 3tia. 1777. 8vo.  Institu-
tiones pathologia medicinalis.  Leyd.
1758.  8vo.  It  was  translated into
English by Ch. Erskine. Lond.  1779,
8vo.
  Gaulthe'ria  (Mat. Med.) Moun'tain
Tea,  Par'tridge  Berry,  Ber'ried Tea,
Grouse'berry,  and  Deer'berry.   An
American  plant, which  is one of the
principal articles of the Materia Medica
of some Indian tribes. The infusion is
stimulant and anodyne, and  is said  to
have  been used, with advantage,  in
asthma.
   GAVARD, Hyacinth (Biogr.)   A
French physician and anatomist; born
at Montmelian  in 1753;  died  in  1802.
Works. Traite  d'osteologie, suivant la
methode de  Desault.  Paris.   1791;
2 vols. 8vo. — augments d'un traiti des
ligaments.  1795.  Traite de  myologie.
Ibid.  1802. 8vo.  Traiti.  de splanchno-
logie.  Ibid. 1802.
   Gaz (Phys.)  Air.  Van  Helmont
first  designated  by  this  name, — the
etymology of which  is unknown, —the
caibonic acid developed in vinous fer-
mentation.  Afterwards, the  term was
appropriated  to every  permanently 
GAZ
430
GELLY
 elastic  fluid; that  is, which preserves
 its aeriform state  at  all temperatures:
 and, ultimately, it was  extended to all
 aeriform  bodies, which were  divided
 into permanent and  non-permanent
 gazes.  The latter are generally termed
 vapors : — they return  to  the  liquid
 state, when a portion of their caloric is
 abstracted.
   The permanent gazes, or Gazes prop-
 erly so called,  are  numerous, and may
 be divided  into four sections with re-
 gard  to their  effects  on the animal
 economy.
   1. Res'pirable gaz'es : — as oxygen,
 which,  however,  cannot be  breathed
 long.
   2. JVonrespir'able  gaz'es : — azote,
 protoxide of azote, hydrogen, and car-
 buretted hydrogen, carbonic acid, and
 the gazeous oxide of carbon.
   3. Irrita'ting gaz'es : — phosphuret-
 ted hydrogen, ammonia, sulphuric, and
 nitrous  acid gazes;  chlorine,  chloric
 acid,  muriatic, fluoric,  fluoboric, and
 hydriodic, &c
   4. Delete'rious gaz'es: — as the deut-
 oxide of azote, sulphuretted hydrogen,
 arsenuretted hydrogen, &c
   It is proper to remark, that the term
 respirable has been very differently em-
 ployed by different writers. Sometimes
 it has  meant,  as above, the power of
 Supporting  life, when  applied  to  the
 blood in the lungs.  At others, all gazes
 have been esteemed irrespirable, which
 are incapable of being introduced into
 the lungs by voluntary efforts, — without
 any relation to their power of maintain-
 ing vitality; and this is perhaps the best
 sense.
   The gazes  were,  at  one  time,  em-
 ployed in Medicine, under great expec-
 tations, — especially by the enthusiastic
 B^ddoes; but they are now never had
 recourse to.  They differ, considerably,
 in their effects  on the animal  economy.
 Some, as  oxygen,  exciting; others, as
 nitrogen,  depressing; — whilst  others,
 again,  as the  Protoxide of azote  or
 laughing gaz, produce the most singu-
 lar effects.
   Writers  on gazes   as  medicinal
 agents,  &c  Th.  Beddoes  and Jas.
 Watt,  Bristol, 1796.   T.  Cavallo,
 Lond. j.798. R. Pearson, Birmingham,
 1795.                          6
   GAZ,  PUL'MONARY  (Phys.)  Gaz
 of the  Lungs.  A name given to the
 expired air; which contains, — besides
common air, with a portion of its oxy-
gen abstracted, — carbonic acid, water,
and some animal matter.
   GEACH, Fran'cis M. D., F. R. S.
 (Biog.) First a surgeon, afterwards phy-
 sician, at Plymouth,  England : died in
 1798.  Works. Medical and chirurgi-
 cal observations on inflammation ofthe
 eyes :  on the venereal disease : on ul-
 cers and gunshot wounds. Lond. 1766.
 Svo. Some observations on Dr. Baker's
 essay on the endemical colic of Devon-
 shire : to which are added some remarks
 on the same subject  by  the Rev. Mr.
 Alcock.  Lond.  1767. Svo.  Reply to
 Dr.  Lounder's pamphlet, relating to
 the dispute  concerning the Devonshire
 cyder. Lond. 1769. Svo.   Some obser-
 vations on the present epidemic dysen-
 tery. Lond. 1781. 8vo.
   Geis'mar,  Mineral  Waters   of
 (Mat. Med.)  The mineral waters  of
 Geismar, in Bavaria, are acidulous cha-
 lybeates.
   Gel'atine  (Chem. &c)  Gelati'na,
 yaXaxnvtj, from gelu, ' gelly or jelly.'
 An immediate  animal principle.  It is
 semitransparent, insipid, inodorous, in-
 soluble in  cold  water, very soluble  in
 hot, which it thickens, and transforms
 into gelly  on cooling.   Gelatine is a
 very nutritious substance; and, when
 dissolved in  a considerable quantity of
 water, forms an emollient fluid, much
 used in therapeutics, but not the most
 easy of digestion.
    (G)  Gallerte, Sulze.
   GEL'ATINE OF WHAR'TON (Anat.)
 Gelati'na Whartonia'na.  A soft, dense,
 fluid, gelatinous substance, which  en-
 velopes the umbilical  cord.
   Gel'ly or Jel'ly  (Mat. Alim.) Jus
gela'tum,  Gelu,  Jus  coagula'lum.   A
substance of a soft consistence, tremu-
lous, and transparent, which is obtain-
ed, by an appropriate treatment, from
vegetable  or  animal  matters :  hence
the distinction into animal and vegeta-
ble gelly   The former is  merely a con-
centrated  solution of gelatine, left  to
cool.
   Veg"etable  Gel'ly  is  found in the
juice of the  currant,  mulberry, and  of
almost all acid fruits,  when ripe.  It is
of itself colorless,  but almost always
retains a little coloring-matter  of the
fruit which has furnished it.  It has an
agreeable  taste: is scarcely soluble  in
cold water, but boiling water dissolves
it  readily :  the gelly is,  however, al-
most all deposited  on  cooling.  If this
aqueous solution  be boiled for a long
time,  it  becomes analogous to  muci-
lage, and  loses the property of being
gellied on cooling.
    (F) Gelee. 
GELSEMINUM NITIDUM    431         GENERATION
  Gelsemi'num  nit'idum  (Toxicol.)
Yel'low Jes'samine. The flowers, root,
&c of this shrub are narcotic, and the
effluvia from the former are said  some-
times to induce stupor.
  Gemel'lus  (Obst.)  Gem'inus, SiSv-
fiog,  ' a twin.'   One of two  children,
born at the same accouchement.
  (F) Jumeau, Jumelle,  Besson, Bes-
sonne.
  (G) Zwilling, (Zwillingsbru-
d e r, 'a twin-brother,' Z w i 11 i n g s -
schwester, ' a twin-sister.')
  GEMEL'LUS  MUS'CULUS  (Anat.)
Cowper applies  this name  to the long
portion of the triceps  brachialis  united
to the inner portion.
  GEM'MA, Corne'lius (Biogr.) Son
of Reinier,  afterwards  noticed,  and
Royal Professor of Medicine at Lou-
vain; died in 1577.   Works. De arte
cyclognomicd  Tom. iii,  philosophiam
Hippocratis,  Galeni,  Platonis  et
Aristotelis in imam  methodi sptciem
referentes. Antwerpiae. 1569. 4to.
  GEM'MA,  John Bap'tist  (Biogr.)
A native of Venice, and  a physician of
considerable  repute  about  the end  of
the  15th  century, was  physician  to
Sigismund III., King  of Poland.  He
wrote a Treatise  containing a history
of pestilential epidemics ; with a detail
ofthe effects of contagion, &c. Printed
in 1584.  De  ratione curandi bubones
et carbunculos pestilentiales. Lips. 1598.
4to.
  GEM'MA, Rei'nier (Biog.) A Dutch
physician, who practised at Louvain;
born in 1508 at  Dockum in Friesland,
whence he is sometimes called Gemma
Frisius :  died  in  1555.  He was par-
ticularly celebrated for his  mathemati-
cal works.
   Gemur'sa (Path.)  A name given by
the antients to a disease, seated between
the toes; — the  nature of which is un-
known to us.
   Ge'na   (Anat.)  The  Cheek,  ytwg,
Parei'a, rraqtia,  Gamphe'U. ya/.iiptj).t],
yva9og,  Mala.  The  cheeks form the
lateral parts ofthe mouth.  Externally,
they have no precise limits: they are
continuous, above, with  the lower eye-
lid : below, they descend as far  as the
base ofthe jaw : before, they terminate
at the alae nasi, and at the commissures
of the  lips;  and behind,  at the ear.
Their thickness varies, according to the
degree of fatness ofthe individual. They
are formed of three layers; — one der-
moid, another muscular, and the third
mucous.
     (F) Joue.    (G) Wange.
  Genei'as  (Anat. & Surg.)  yevtiag,
Lanu'go  pri'ma.   The  downy hairs,
which  first  cover  the  cheek.  Also,
a bandage which  passes  under  the
chin.
  Generation  (Phys.)  Genera'tio,
ytvtoig, Gen'esis, from yivouai,' I arise.'
Under this name, physiologists compre-
hend the aggregate of functions, which
concur, in organized beings, towards the
production of their  kind ; — viz. concep-
tion, gestation, accouchement; and,  in
the mammalia, lactation.  The act  of
generation means the union of the sex-
es.   See Coition.
  On the mode in  which generation'
is accomplished,  there  have been  a
number of systems.  According to the
doctrine  of Hippocrates  and of the
ancient philosophers, the ovaries of the
female furnish a prolific fluid, similar
to that of the male ;  and the  foetus re-
sults from the mixture ofthe two seeds in
copulation. STENoand others conceived,
that the  ovaries   contain ova, which
are not developed  until vivified by the
male sperm.  Bonet and Spallanzani
believed in the preexistence of germs,
created since  the  origin of the world,
but encased in each other; and becom-
ing developed  in  succession; whence
it would follow, that the ovary of the
first female must  have contained the
germs of all subsequent generations;
and that the  number  of these 'germs
would go on always  diminishing,  until
ultimately extinct.   Such is the system
ofthe  evolution of germs. According to
Leeuenhock, the ovaries do not con-
tain eggs,  but vesicles destined  to
receive animalcules; which,  according
to him, live in the sperm.  Thousands
of these animalcules are thrown into
the uterus during  copulation, and the
most expeditious and vigorous reaches
the ovary, after having scattered and
destroyed its  competitors. Buffon —
admitting the  hypothesis of the two
seeds — supposed  that they were form-
 ed of molecules proceeding from every
part of the body  of each parent; and
 that, by a kind of respective affinity,
 those  which  were  furnished by  the
 head,  the trunk, or  the extremities of
 the male parent could  only unite with
 those proceeding  from  the same  parts
 of the female.  Before him,  Mauper-
 tuis, admitting, with many of the  an-
 cient philosophers, the  system of Epi-
genesis; and adopting, as regarded  the
 composition of the  sperm,  a theory
 analogous to that  of Buffon, had sup-
 posed that  the molecules, capable of 
GENERATION           432           GENERATION
being organized, were attracted towards
a centre;  that the nose attracts the two
eyes;  the body, the arms;  the  arms,
the hands, &c, nearly as the particles
of a salt, dissolved  in a liquid, arrange
themselves in  regular  crystals around
the same nucleus.
  All these and various other systems
have  been successively  proposed and
rejected, and the mystery of generation
continues impenetrable.  There are, in
all organized bodies, three chief modes
of reproduction.  1.  The Vivip'arous.
2. The Ovip'arous: and, 3. Generation
by shoots, called  Gemmip'arous.  The
last is the most simple kind of genera-
tion, as it is nothing more than an exten-
sion ofthe immediate life ofthe maternal
stalk  in the new individual.
TABLE OF THE CHIEF MODES  OF REPRODUCTION.
Gemmiparous or engendering by Shoots.
("Some vermes.
I Zoophytes and polypi.
•( The greater part of the infusory ani-
   malcules.
( Plants not annual.
Oviparous.
{Several reptiles.
Cartilaginous fish and some others.
Some insects, conchylia, worms,
Viviparous plants.
                                           iBirds, reptiles, fish.

                                            0 worms*'  COnChylia'  inSeCt"'
                                            Echinode'rmatous zoophytes.
                                             Vegetables in general.

Truly Viviparous or Suckling Mammalia.  .    .   .  Man, quadrupeds, the cetacea.
and
TABLE OF  THE VARIETIES IN THE GENERATION OF ORGANIZED BEINGS.
Capable  of en-
  gendering
Without visible
    sexes.
Hermaphrodites ;
 — both sexes in
 each individual.
One sex only in
 each individual,
 — male or fe-
 male.
United.
Separate.
tncapable of en- j
 gendering  indi-
 vidually.
                i       Algae, Fungi, &c.
                    The greater pait ofthe zoophytes,
                     and imperfect  animals or infu-
                     sory animacules.

                       {Hermaphrodite Flowers.
                    Bivalve  and  multivalve shells,
                     worms, ascidia, &c.

                  S        Monoic Plants.
                  { Univalve shells, worms, &c.

                          (Dioic Plants.
                    Vertebrated animals.
                    Crustacea, insects, sepia?, &c.

'Sexes null, or incom- ( Bees, ants, and neutral termites.
     complete.      { Natural or artificial eunuchs.

 Sexes complete, but ( Extreme youth and old age in all
[      inactive.      {  beings ; diseases, &c.
    (G) Erzeugung.
  Writers.   A. M. Venusti, Venez.
1562 (I).  W. Harvey, Lond. 1651 (L).
M. Malpighi  (of the chick  in  ovo),
Lond.   1666   and  1673.    S. Aldes
(against  Harvey),  Amst.  1667 (L).
WT Needham,  Lond.  1667 (L).   Jus-
tus Schrader,  Amstel. 1674 (L).  C.
Falconet,  Paris,  1709 (L).   R.  J.
Camerarius, Tubing. 1715 (L).   G.
Bosius (G.in the frog), Lips. 1724 (L).
Ch. D. Delaunay,  Paris,  1726 (F).
C.  J. A. Otto,  Jense,  1736 (L).  F.
Imbert  Monsp.  1745  (L).   A. von
Haller (on the system of generation
of Buffon),  Genev.  1751 (F).   J.  A.
Millot, Paris,     (F).  W. Mallin-
krodt, Giess. 1758 (L).  H. A. Tessier,
Paris,  1775 (L).   P. Couteau,  Mont-
pellier, 1780 (F).  Haller, Paris, 1774
(F).   R. Couper, Edinb. 1789.  Spal-
lanzani, by J. Senebier, Genev. 1785
(F).   Luce,  Gotting.  1794  (G).   N.
Trastour, Paris, 1804 (F).  J. F. Blc-
menbach,  translated by A. Crichton,
Lond.  1792.  Th. Denman (engravings 
GENEROUS            433             GENITAL
illustrating G.), Lond. 1787.  T. Rob-
erton (on  the  generative  system),
Lond. 1810.
  Gen'erous   (Pharm.)  Genero'sus.
A name  given to wines, which contain
a great quantity of alcohol.
  Genetiii.iacus ; ytvt&Xiaxog. A name
given, by the  ancients, to  certain as-
trologers ; who, from the  state of the
heavens at the time  of the  birth of an
individual, predicted his future charac-
ter and the events of his life.
  Genet'ica   (Nosol.)  ytvinxa, from
ytvtatg,  ' origin,'  ' rise.'   Diseases of
the  sexual  functions: the 5th class in
Goon's  Nosology.
  Ge'man  (Anat.)  Genia'nus,  from
ytvtiov,' the chin.' The Ge'nian apoph'-
ysis  or  Prcc"ess,  (V)  Apophyse geni-
enne ou  geni, is  situated at the poste-
rior part  of the symphysis menti,  and
is formed of four small tubercles.
  GENIE(F)  (Path.) Ge'nius. The Fr.
sometimes apply this term, to diseases,
nearly synonymously with nature; as
Genie inflammatoire,   G. bilieux,  G.
adynamique.   Some use it in the same
sense as type ; as Genie intermittent.
  Gf.ni'o-glos'sus (Anat.)  Geni'o-hyo-
glos'sus, from ytvtiov, ' the chin,'  and
yXotaaa,  ' the  tongue.'   Mesoglos'sus,
JVo'nns lin'gua mus'culus.  The name
of a flat, triangular  muscle, which ex-
tends from the genian apophysis to the
inferior surface of the os hyoides  and
tongue,  which it carries forward.
  GENf O-HYOIDE US (Anat.) from yt-
vtiov, ' the chin,'  and  roub*i,g, ' the os
hyoides.'  A muscle, which arises from
the genian  apophysis, and is inserted
at the anterior part  of the body of the
os hyoides.  Its use is  tov raise the os
hyoides, and carry it forwards.  It may,
also,  contribute to  depress the  lower
jaw in contracting towards the os hy-
oides.
  GENI10-PHARYNGE'US (Anal.) from
ytrtior, ' the chin,'  and  qaqvyi, ' the
pharynx.'  A  name  given,  by  some
anatomists, to a bundle of fibres, which
pass from the lower jaw to the sides  of
the pharynx, and form part of the con-
strictor pharyngis superior.
   Genis'ta spino'sa  In'dig a   (Mat.
Med.) Bahel Schulli.  An Oriental tree,
a  decoction of the  roots of which  is
diuretic  The leaves, boiled in vinegar,
have the same effect.  Ray.
   Gen'ital (Anal.)  Genita'lis, ytvv^ri-
xog, from yivouai,' nascor.' That which
belongs to generation.
   The GEN'ITAL  OR'GANS,  Sex'ual
organs, Puden'da, JVatura'lia, ASda'a,
aiSoiu,  Gen'ital parts, J\"o'ble parts,
JSTat'ural parts,  Pri'vate  parts,  Priv'-
ities,  Priv'y parts, Priv'y  Mem'bers,
the Parts, Par'tes genita'les.  Pai'tes
generatio'ni  inservien'tes,  Genita'lia,
Or'gana generatio'ni inservien'tia, (F)
Organes genitaux,  Parties genitales,
P. honteuses, P. genitoires, P. nobles,
P. sexuelles, P. naturelles, les Parties,
(G) Zeugungstheile.  These parts
are inservient to the reproduction of the
species,  and are  very different in the
male  and female.  In Man, they are
numerous: some  secreting the sperm,
as the testicles  and  their  appendages;
others retaining   it,  as  the vesicules
seminales; and another for carrying it
into the organs of  the  female, — the
penis.  In the Female,  the  parts  of
generation form an apparatus, perhaps
more complicated than that of the male.
Some are inservient to copulation,  as
the vulva, vagina, »fcc.; others  to con-
ception  and the   preservation of the
product  for a determinate time ; — as
the uterus and its appendages ; whilst
others concur in the  alimentation  of
the infant after birth, viz. the  mam-
mae.
synoptical  table of  the genital organs.
1st Class. Oroass for pre-paring AND PR19ERVING the seminal fluids. ■ These consist,—	1. In the Male. . . ■	Of the testicles, scrotum, and other envelopes of those glands. Vas deferens. Vesicute seminales. Prostate gland. Glands of Cowper. Ejaculatory ducts.
.	2. In the Female. .	Ofthe ovaries and their proper merr-branes.
37 
GENITURA
434      GEOFFR.&A INERMIS
2d Class.  Organs of Copu-
  lation.  These are, —
1. In the Male.
2. In the female.
The penis -
l Glans,       I
5 Corpora cav-
1  ernosa, &c.
v Urethra.
3d Class.   Educating Or- (
  gans. These are proper! 1. Internal, as
  to  the   Female.   They |
  may be divided into,—   (2. External,
'The vulva or pudendum.
 Mons veneris.
 Labia majora.
 Nymphs.
 Clitoris.
 Vestibule.
 Meatus urinarius.
 Orifice ofthe vagina.
 Hymen.
 Caruncula myrtiformes.
 Fossa nuvicularis.
[ Vagina.

t The  uterus  and  its ligamentous
<   reflections.
( The fallopian tubes or oviducts.
 The mamma;.
  Writer.   James Wilson (structure
and functions of'), Lond. 1821.
  Genitu'ra (Anat.)  from yon;, or yo-
vog,' sperm,'' seed,'' race.'  That which
is fecundated or engendered in the ma-
ternal womb.  This word has been used
synonymously with embryo, fatus, and
infant.  Also, the sperm : the penis.
  Genneticon'osi (jYosoI.) from ytwij-
nxog,  ' genital,'  and vooog,  ' disease.'
Diseases ofthe genitals.
  Gentia'na Lu'tea (Mat. Med.) The
systematic name of the officinal  gen-
tian:  ytvriuvij,  Gentia'na  major, G.
vet'erum,  Gentia'na  ru'bra,   Yel'low
Gen'tian, Fel'wort, Gentia'na. This is a
plant common in the mountains of Eu-
rope.   The  root is  almost inodorous,
extremely bitter, and yields its virtues
to ether, alcohol, and water. It is tonic
and  stomachic;  and,  in  large  doses,
aperient.  Dose, gr.  x to  [)ij.  It is
most frequently,  however, used in in-
fusion or tincture.
  (F)  Gentiane jaune.   (G) R o t h e r
E n zian.
 GENTIA'NA CATESBM'I; Blue Gen'-
tian, U. S.  It is a pure  and simple
bitter,  and  the  root may  be  used
wherever  that  of the  Gentiana  lutea
is proper.
  Gentiani'na (Pharm.)   Gentiani'ne,
Gentianin,  Gen'tia.  An   alkali,  ob-
tained  from gentian,  and which  is its
active  principle.  It is intensely bitter.
Dose, gr. j to iv.
  Ge'nu (Anat.) yow.   The  articula-
tion  of the  leg with the thigh : — the
Femoro-tibial  joint.  It is  the  most
complicated in the body.   It is formed
by the inferior extremity of the femur,
the superior extremity of the tibia, and
the rotula.  The articular  surfaces of
the bones  are covered by layers of car-
tilage— more  or less  thick — and by
the synovial membrane of the articula-
tion.
  The soft parts of this joint are, — the
ligamentum  patella, two lateral liga-
ments, distinguished by  the n'ames in-
ternal and external: a  posterior liga-
ment ; two  crucial ligaments; — the
one  anterior, and the  other posterior;
two interarticular fibro-cartilages ; some
albugineous fibres, which form an  im-
perfect capsule, &c The knee receives
its arteries from the femoral and  pop-
liteal.  They bear the  name articular.
Its veins have the same distribution as
the arteries, and  discharge their blood
into the saphena and crural veins.  Its
nerves are  furnished  by  the  sciatic,
popliteal, and crural.   The joint is pro-
tected by the  tendons  and  muscles
which surround it.
  The French use the term Articulation
en genou for the joints,  in which  the
head of one bone is received into a bony
cavity, where it rolls and moves in all
directions.
    (F)  Genou.    (G)  K n i e.
  Writer.  Jas. Russel (diseases of
the knee-joint), Edinb. 1802.
  Gt.'nus (Classification.) A collection
or group  of species, analagous to each
other; and  which can  be united by
common  characters.  When a species
cannot be referred to a known  genus,
it constitutes a distinct one.
  (F) Genre.    (G) Geschlecht,
Gattung.
  Geoffr.e'a  iner'mis   (Mat.  Med.)
Gcoffra'a, Geoffroy'a,  Cab'bage  Tree,
Cab'bage-Bark  Tree, Geoffra'a Jamai-
cen'sis, Worm-Bark Tree.  The odor of
the bark  is very unpleasant.  It is  an-
thelmintic and cathartic.   Dose, of the
powder,  f)i to J)ij.
  (G) kohlbaumrinde, Jamai-
canischer W urmrindenbaum. 
GEOFFROY            435           GESENIUS
  The GEOFFRJE'A SURINAMEN'SIS
has similar properties.  Huttenschmid
has separated their active principles, to
which he has given the names  Jarnai-
cine and Surinamine.  They are alka-
line.
  GEOF'FROY or GEOF'FROI, Ste-
phen  Francis  (Biogr.)  A celebrated
physician  and  chymist; born  at Paris
in 1672; died in 1731.   Works. Trac-
tatus  de materid medicd, sive de medi-
camentorum  simplicium historid,  vir-
tute, delectu, et usu.  Paris. 1741. 3 vols.
8vo.   Arnault de  Nobleville  and
Salerxe, physicians of Orleans, pub-
lished a continuation of this work, un-
der  the   title, Histoire naturelle des
animaux.  Paris.  1756,  1757.   6  vols.
12mo.  Translated  into  English  by
Dr. G. Douglas.  Lond.  1786.  8vo.
Just before   his death, he completed
a  Pharmacopoeia,  entitled,  Le Code
Medicamentaire  de  la  Faculte   de
Paris.
   GEOFFROY, Stephen Louis  (Bi-
ogr.)   Son of  Stephen Francis.  A
French physician;  born at  Paris in
1725; died  in  1810.  Works.  Disser-
tation sur I'organe de Vouie de Vhomme,
des reptiles et des poissons. Amsterd.
and Paris. 1778. 8vo.  In German, with
notes. Leipz. 1780. 8vo.  Hygiene, sive
ars   sanitatem  conservandi,   poema.
Paris. 1771.  8vo.  In French prose by
Dr. Launay. Ibid. 1774. 8vo.   Manuel
de midecine pratique a Vusage  des chi-
rurgiens - et  des personnes choritables
qui s'adonnent au  service des mala-
des dans  les campagnes. Ibid. an. ix,
(1801) 2  vols. 8vo.
•  Geog'raphy, Med'ical (Med.)  Ge-
ogra'phia  Jvled'ica.   The description of
the surface of the globe as regards the
influence  of situation on the  health,
vital  functions, and  diseases of its  in-
habitants— vegetable and animal; but
principally on those of man.
   Writer.   Zimmermann, Paris, 1784
(*>
   GEORGET, N. (Biog.) An eminent
young physician of Paris ; born at Ver-
non (Indre-et-Loire)  in 1795;  died at
Paris  in  1828.  Works. De  la folie,
considerations sur cette maladie,  &c
Paris. 1820.  Svo.  De la physiologie
du sysieme  nerveux et specialement du
cerveau, &c  Ibid. 1821. 2 vols. 8vo.
Traite des nevroses, ou maladies  ner-
veuses. Paris. 1827.  1 vol. 8vo.
   Ger'anis  (Surg.) ytqavig,  from  yt-
qavog, ' a  crane,' which it resembled.
A bandage,  used  by the ancients in
cases  of fractured  clavicle,  Some au-
thors  attribute it to  Hippocrates ;
others, to Perigenes.
  Gera'nium  (Mat.  Med.)  ytoaviov;
same etymon.  The Crane's Bill.
   GERA'NIUM  fLOBERTIA'NUM ;—
Stmk'ing  Crane's  Bill, Herb Rob'ert.
This plant  was, at one time, used as
an antispasmodic and slight stimulant;
as well as  for an external application
in various painful sores and inflamma-
tions.
  (F) Herbe  a Robert, Bec de  Grue
Robertin.
  (G) Robertskraut, Ruperts-
kraut.
  Writer.  G. C. Hinderer,  Gissae,
1774 (L).
   GERA'NIUM MOSCHA'TUM;  Erod'-
ium  Moscha'tum.   A European  plant,
esteemed  to  be  excitant and diapho-
retic.
  (F) Bec-de-grue musqui.
  (G) Bisamstorchschnabel.
  Most of the species of geranium have
been used  as  astringents.  In some of
the Northwestern  parts of the  United
States, the root of the  Geran'ium mac-
ula'tum,  is called Racine a Becq.uet,
after  a person of  that  name.   It is
highly extolled by the Western Indians
as an antisyphilitic.
   Germ  (Physiol.) Ger'men, (jXaortjiia.
The rudiment of  a new being, not yet
developed, or which is still  adherent
to the mother.  Physiologists give the
name embryo to the fecundated germ.
     (G)  Keim.
   Geroco'mia  (Hyg.)  Gerocom'ice,
ytjqoxo^iixtj, ytjqoxo^iia, ytqovroxo^iixi],
Gerontocom'ica, from ytqwv, ' an aged
person,' and  xouttv, ' to take care of.1
The part of Medicine,  whose object is
the preservation  of the health of the
aged : — the hygiene of old people.
  Writers.  G. Zerbi, Rom.  1489 (L).
Gilbert Fuchs,  Colon. 1545 (E).  A.
Planer, Tubing. 1585  (L).  Aur. An-
selmi, Venet. 1606 (L). Fr. Ranchin,
Lyons, 1627 (L).  B. Stainer, Wirce-
burg, 1631 (L). J. E. Liebchen, Lugd.
Bat. 1711 (L).  Sir J.  Floyer,  Lond.
1725.  J. A. Millot, Paris, 1806 (F).
   Gerotox'on (Path.)  Gerontox'on,
Gerontotox'on, Ar'cus  seni'lis;   from
ytqwv, ' an old person,' and xoijov, ' a
bow.'  A bow-shaped obscurity at the
under margin of  the cornea, common
to old people.
  (G) Altersbogen,  Greisen-

  GESENIUS, William (Biog.)  A
German   physician  of  eminence  at
Nordhausen and Walkenried; born at 
GESNER              436            GIBLETS
 Schoningen in 1760;  died in  1801.
 Works.  Handbuch der prakt.  Heilmit-
 tellehre. Stendal.  1791, 1796. Svo.  Me-
 dicinisch-moralische Pathcmatologie. lb.
 1786.  8vo.   Tabellar  Verzeichniss der
 cinfachen Arzneimittel des Gewachsreichs.
 lb. 1790. Svo.
   GES'NER, Con'rad (Biogr.)  Sur-
 named, '• the German Pliny " ;  a cel-
 ebrated naturalist,  philosopher   and
 physician ;  born at Zurich in Switzer-
 land, in 1516 ;  died in 1565.   Works.
 Tabula  succedancorum  medicaminum.
 Basil,  apud Rob. Winter.  1540. Svo.
 Historia et  vires  plantarum c.c  Dios-
 coride, &c Panorm.  Basil, et Venet.
 1541.  !2mo. Lat. Gr. Germ, et Gall.
 Tigur.  1542. 8vo.  De Lacte.  Zurich.
 1541. 8vo.   Euonymi  Philiatri The-
 saurus de remediis secretis. Tig. 1544.
 8vo.  Translated  into English.   The
 newe jewell  of  health; wherein is con-
 tayned the most excellent secretes ofphis-
 icke and philosophic, deuided  into fowcr
 bookes.   In  the  whiche are  the best ap-
proued remedies for the diseases, as well
 inwarde as outwarde, of all the partes of
 man's  bodie: treating  rery  amplye of
 all the dystillations of  waters, of oyles,
 balmes, quintessences, with the extraction
 of artijiciall suites,  the vse and prepara-
 tion ofantimonie and potable gold.  Gath-
 ered out of the  beste and most approved
 authors, by that excellent Doctor Ges-
 Rerus.   Also the pictures  and maner to
 make the vessels, furnaces, and other in-
 struments therevnto  belonging.  Faith-
fully  corrected  and published in Evg-
 lishe, by George Baker,  Chirurgeon.
 Lond.  1576. 4to.   De  chirurgi t  scrip-
 tores optimi veteres ct recentiores. Tigur.
 1555. fol.   Enchiridion rei medica trip-
 licis. Tig.   1555.  l2mo.  Epistola mc-
 dicinales, 3. libr. Tig.  1577.  4 to.  Liber
 4.  Wirteb.  3584. 4to.
   Ges'ta (Hyg.) xanoiotiieva. Things
 done ;   from ger'cre, ' to do,'  ' carry.'
 A Latin term, introduced  by  Halle
 into medical language, to  designate,
 among the  objects which  belong to
 hygiene, the functions which consist in
 the voluntary  movements of  muscles
 and organs,  In the class of Gcsta are
 found,  sleep, the  waking  state,  move-
 ments or locomotion, and rest.
   Gesta'tion (Physiol.) Gesta'tio, ipo-
 qa, from gesta're, ' to carry.  The time,
 during which a female, who has con-
 ceived, carries the embryo in  her ute-
 rus.  Gestation, likewise,  signifies the
 bearing or carrying of an individual; a
 kind  of exercise,  easier than that in
 which he moves by virtue of his own
 powers.  Thus we  speak of gestation
 on horseback, in a carriage, &c
   Gesticulation (Path.)   Gesticula-
 tio. The act of making many gestures,
 a symptom  in disease,  which always
 indicates very vivid sensations.  It is
 met with in numerous affections.
   Ge'c.m iuva'le (Mat. Med.)  G. pa-
 lus'tre, IVatera'vcns.  The root of  this
 plant is astringent.  It has been much
 extolled in  the cure of  intermittents,
 diarrhoeas, hemorrhages, &c.
   (F)  Benoite aquatique,  B. des Ruis-
 seaux.   (G) Wasserbenedi kten-
 wurzel, Sumpfmaerswurz, Wie-
 s e n g a r a f f e 1.
   GE' UM URBA'NUM (Mat. Med.)  Ca-
 ryoph ylla'ta,   Caryophyl'lus  vulga'ris,
 Sznamun'da,  Lagophthal'mus,   Cary-
 ophil'la, Janamun'du, Com'mon A'vcns,
 Herb Bcn'net,  Her'ba  benedicta.   The
 root of this  plant has  a smell,  not
 unlike that of cloves.  Taste bitterish,
 austere ;  virtues yielded to water and
 alcohol.   It  has  been used in inter-
 mittents, dysentery, chronic diarrhoea,
 debility, &c   Dose 5ss to 3j of the
 powder.
  (F) Benoite.   (G) Benedikten-
 wurzel,    Benediktenkraut,
 Nelkenwurzel.
  Writers.   Buchhave, 1781; anoth-
 er  work, Marp.  17S6 (L).    Weber
 and Koch, Kilon. 1784  (L).   Anjou
 (L).
  Gkusion'osi  (Nosol.)   from  ytvoig,
 ' taste,' and vooog,  ' disease.'   Geusio-
 nu'si.  Diseases of the  organ or sense
 of taste.
  (G) Geschmackskrankheiten.
  Gibar  (Pharm.)   Every  kind  of*
medicine, containing metallic substan-
ces.  Ruland and Johnso.v.
  Gibbos'itas  (Path.)    Gibberos'itas,
y.vtpvioig, from (F) Gibbeux.  (E) Gib'-
bus, (Hebrew) Gib, 2Z,something arch-
 ed  or  vaulted,  prominent.    Gibbos'-
ity,  Gib'bousness.    Curvature  of  the
spine,  Hybo'nia, vfSonia.   A symptom,
 which   occurs in  different  diseases;
 particularly in rickets and caries  of
 the vertebrae.
  (G) Hocker,   Buck el,  Ruck
 gratskrumme.
  Gib'lf.ts (Mat. Alim.)   According to
 Minsheu,  from  Gobbet,  Goblet;  but,
 according  to Junius, from (F) Gibier,
 ' game.'   The  word  seems  to be  the
 old  (F)  Gibclcz,  Gibelet,  Giblet, &c.
 i.  e. Gibier,  (L)  Cibarium, food.  It
 means, generally,  the parts which are
 cut off from a goose before it is roasted.
 Also, the extremities of fowls, such as 
GILBERT             437           GINGLYMOID
the  head,  wings, feet: to  which  are
sometimes  added,  the liver,  gizzard,
&c.
  Soup, made from  these, is nutritious
and agrees with weak stomachs.
     (F) Abattis.
  GILBERT,  Nicholas Peter  (Bi-
ogr.)   A  French  physician;  born at
Brest in 1751; died in 1814.  Works.
Plan d'un  cours  d institutions de mede-
cine pratique sur les  maladies  les  plus
friquentes  chez les gens de guerre, clas-
sics par families ; precede d'un discours
sur la medecine morale.  Paris. An. vi.
8vo.   Tableau hist,  des malad. internes
de  mauv. caract. qui ont ajflig'e la grande
armee  dans  la campagne de Prusse et
de Pologne (en 1806 and 1807) ; suivi de
reflexions sur les  divers modes de traite-
ment adopters par les medecins Franc, et
Allem. Berlin.  1808. Svo.  in German
by Dr. Bock, with a preface and notes
by Louis Formey,  Erfurt.  1808.  8vo.
 Hist, medic,  de 1'armi.e Franc, a St. Do-
 mingue en I'anx, ou memoire sur lafi&vre
jaune, avec un apercu de la topogr. medic.
 de cette colonic  Paris. An. xi (1803) in
 8vo. in German, with notes,  by  J. E.
 Aronson.  Berlin. 1806. 8vo.  Les the-
 ories medicates modemes comparedcen-
 tre elles et rapprochees de la medec. d ob-
 servation.  Paris. An. vii.
    GIE'CHRIST, Ebene'zer  (Biogr.)
 A physician at Dumfries, Scotland, of
 considerable eminence; born in 1707 ;
 died in 1774.   Works.  On the use of
 sea voyages in medicine. Lond.  1706.
 8vo.                ^         .„.  .
  GILIBERT, John  Emanuel (Biog.)
 A celebrated  French physician  and
 naturalist; born at Lyon m  1741; died
 at  Paris  in 1814.   Works.  Anarchie
 medicale, ou la medecine considere com-
 me nuisible a la  societe.  Neuchatel.
 1772.  3.vols.  12mo.  Adversaria medi-
 co-practica prima, seu annotaliones clin-
 ica,  &c  Lyons.  1791.  8vo. in Ger-
 man,   with  notes, by Professor E. B.
 G. Hebenstreit. Leipz. 1792. 8vo. fig.
 Le medecin  naturaliste, ou  observations
 de me'decine et d'histoire naturelle. Ly-
 on et Paris.  1800.   12mo.  fig. in Ger-
 man. Nuremberg. 1807. 8vo. fig. Eloge
 de M. Gilibert, par le Dr. E. Sainte-
 Marie. Lyon.  1814.
    Gille'nia Trifolia'ta  (Mat.  Med.)
 Spira'a trifolia'ta,  Com'mon  Gille'nia,
 In'dian Phys'ic, Beau'mont root.  The
 root of this shrub, which grows plenti-
 fully in the United States, is a safe and
 efficacious emetic, in the dose of about
 30 grains.  It resembles j in its proper-
 ties, the ipecacuanha.
     '             37*
  Gim'bernat's Ligament  (Anat.)  A
fibrous, triangular, expansion, which is
detached from  the  posterior and inner
part of the crural arch, and is inserted
into the crest of the  pubis.  This lig-
ament forms the inner part of the supe-
rior aperture of the crural canal.  It is
one of  the  most  frequent^ causes of
strangulation in crural hernia.
  Gin (Hyg.) Hoi'lands, Gcne'va.  This
spirit, which is distilled from corn and
juniper   berries or  from  some  sub-
stitute for  them,  is  largely used  in
Great Britain;  and is extremely det-
rimental to the lower  classes partic-
ularly.  It  possesses  the properties of
other  spirituous liquors ; but is, in pop-
ular medicine, moie  used than other
varieties, in cases of colic or intestinal
pain of any kind.
  Gingibra'chium  (Path.)   A name
given to the scurvy, because the gums
and arms are  chiefly affected by  it;
from gingiva, ' the gums  ' ;  and bra-
chium,  "the  arm.'    It has, also,  been
called Gingeipedium, because the lower
limbs are in  many cases  the  seat of
scorbutic spots.
  GiNGi'viE (Anat.) from gig'nere,  ' to
beget,'  because the  teeth are, as  it
were, born in them; the  gums,  ovXa.
carnicula.  The portion of  the  mucous
membrane of  the mouth, which covers
the maxillary bones to the level of  the
alveolar arches. The gums are formed
of a red tissue ; more or  less solid, and
of  a  fibro-mucous nature, which  ad-
heres strongly to the necks ofthe teeth,
and transmits, between their roots and
the alveoli a very  thin expansion ;  the
alveolo-dental  periosteum.   The  gums
fix the teeth  and contribute greatly to
their  solidity.  In  the  aged,  after the
loss of  the teeth, they  become fibrous
and very  solid and  are inservient to
mastication.
     (F) Gencives.
     (G) Zahnfleisch.
   Gin'glymus  (Anat.)  Cardinamen'-
 tum,   Car'do, ytyyXvfiog,  ' a  hinge.'
 (F)  Charniere,   (G) Wee h s e 1 g e-
 1 e n k.  A species of diarthrodial artic-
 ulation, which only admits of motion in
 two directions; like a hinge, — as the
 knee-joint or elbow-joint.
   (F) Articulation en charniere.
   Ging'lymoid (Anat.) Ginglymotdt1-
 us, from ytyyXvpos, ' a ginglymus,' and
 nSog, ' resemblance.'   Resembling  a
 ginglymus  or hinge.  An epithet ap-
 plied to joints, which resemble ahinge,
 as a ginglymoid joint.
   (G) Wecheelgelenkartig. 
GIRARDI             438           GLANDULAR
  GIRARDI, Michael  (Biogr.)   A
celebrated Italian physician ;   Profes-
sor at Padua and Parma; born at Lim-
one di Benaco, in  the Brescian terri-
tory in  1731;  died in 1797.  Works.
De uvd ursind.  Padov.  1764.  8vo.
fig.  Lettera sul ritorno delvajuolo dopo
Vinserto. Ibid.  1766.   Illustratio tabu-
larum  Joannis Dominici  Santorini.
Parma.  1775.   De origine nervi intcr-
costalis. Flor. 1791.   Prolusione sulle
cose anatomiche. Parm. 1781.
   Girl  (Phys.) This seems, formerly,
to have  been  an appellation, common to
both sexes;  and from the  Su. Goth.
Karl,  'a man,'  many  etymologists
deduce  the word.  It means a young
female,   (L)   Fil'ia,  from  ipiXtiv, ' to
love,' Vir'go.
   (F) Fille.  (G) Made hen.
   Writers.    Fr.  Hofmann   (De
diata virginum), Hal. 1729 (L).   P.
Nirded (on  the health of nubile girls),
London and Paris, 1776 (F).  Venel,
(Do.),  Yverdon,  1776 (F).   W.  A.
Crespin   (De regimine   virginum),
Monspel.  1780 (L).— Writers on,  the
diseases of young females.  Fr. Ran-
chin, Lugd.  1627  (L).  J  Ottmann,
Argent. 1770 (L).
   GIRTANNER,  Christopher  (Bi-
ogr.)  An eminent German physician ;
born  at St.  Gallen, in 1760;  died in
1800.   Works.  Abhandlung ilber die
venerisciim Krankheiten. 3 bde. Gotting.
1793. 8vq.
   Gladiolus  commu'nis  (Mat. Med.)
 G.  vulga'ris,   Victoria'lis rotun'dtt,
 Corn'flag,  Victoria'lis femine'a.   The
root of  this plant has been considered
aphrodisiac.  Applied in cataplasm, it
has been  extolled against  scrophulous
 tumors.
   (F)   Glayeul.   (G) Siegewurz,
 Siegmannswurz.
    Gland  (Anat.)   Glan'dula,  from
glans,  ' an  acorn,'  aSijv.   The   an-
cient anatomists gave this name to a
 number of  organs, of a  texture  gen-
 erally soft and a shape  more or less
 globular, but differing greatly in their
 nature  and  functions.  They applied
 it, for  ins-lance, 1.  To  those  organs,
 Which  separate  from  the blood any
 liquid  whatever.    When such  or-
 gans were  composed of several  lob-
 ules, united by  common vessels, they
 received the name, conglomerate glands,
 as the  parotid, pancreas,  &c  2. To
 the  reddish  and  spongy,  knot-like
 bodies,  which are  met  with  in the
 course of the lymphatics.   These they
 called  conglobate glands.   See"  Gan-
glion, lymphatic; and 3dly and lastly,
to various other organs, whose intimate
texture and  functions  are  still  un-
known, as the Pineal gland.  Pituitary
gland,  Glands  of Pucchioni, Thyroid
gland,   Thymus  gland,   Supra-renal
glands, &c
  Chaussier restricts the word gland
to those softish,  granular, lobated or-
gans, composed of vessels, nerves, and
a particular texture, of which there are
but 8 kinds in the human body, viz. the
lachrymal,salivary, and mammary glands
— the testicles — the ovaries, — the liver,
pancreas,  and kidneys.  These are ali
destined  to draw from the blood the
molecules necessary  for the  formation
of new fluids;  and  to  convey these
fluids  externally, by  means of one or
more excretory ducts.  Several glands,
besides their  excretory   ducts,  have
especial reservoirs, in  which the fluids,
secreted by them, collect; remain for a
greater or less space  of time, and un-
dergo slight modifications  before being
evacuated ; — such are, the gall-bladder
for  the liver, the urinary bladder for
the  kidneys, &c Each  gland has an
organization  peculiar to it,  but  we
know  not the intimate  nature of the
glandular texture. Malpighi believed
that  the  vessels terminate  in small,
solid masses, to which  he  gave the
name — glandular grains.  In these, he
considered, the excretory  ducts origin-
ate.  Ruysch thought, that the glands
are entirely vascular, and  that the ex-
cretory ducts are immediately continu-
ous  with  the vasa afferentia, Sec.
     (G) D rii se.
  Writers  on  the  anatomy  of  the
glands.    Warton,  Amst. 1669   (L)
NucK,Leyd. 1691 (L).
  The  term glande  (F)  is sometimes
appropriated to the  tumor,  formed by
inflammation   or engorgement  of a
lymphatic gano-lion.
   GLAN'DORP or GLANDOR'PIUS,
 Matthi'as (Biogr.)  A  German phy-
 sician ;  born at Cologne in 1595; died
 about 1640.  Works. Speculum chirur-
gorum. Bremen. 1619. Svo.   Tractatus
 de  polypo narium affectu gravissimo.
 1628.  Methodus medenda paronychia.
 Brem. 1623. 8vo.   Gazophylacium po-
 lyplusium  fonticulorum  et* setonum,
 reseratum. Brem.  1632.  4to.   Opera
 omnia  chirurgica, in quatuor partes di-
 visa. Lond. 1724-29. 4to.
   Glan'dular  (Anat.)  Glandularis,
 Glandulo'sus.  Having the appearance,
 form, or  texture of glands; as & glan-
 dular body, a glandular texture, &c. 
GLANDUEOSO-CARNEUS   439         GLISCHOCHOLOS
  (F)  Glandulaire, glanduleux.
  (G)  D r ii s i g.
   Glandulo'so-car'neus    (Anat.)
Ruysch  gives this  epithet  to fleshy
excrescences,  which he found  in  the
bladder.
  Glans  (Anat.)  Bal'anus, fiaXuvog,
xvTTuqoe,  Cus'pis.   The  extremity of
the penis and  of the  clitoris. The glans
penis is of  a  conical, slightly flatten-
ed shape.   It  is  continuous  with  the
urethra, which opens at its apex ;  and
is circumscribed  by  a projecting edge
called the  Corona glandis.  It is cov-
ered by a thin mucous  membrane ; is
furnished, at  its base,  with sebaceous
follicles,  called glan'dula  odorif'era.
TYSO'NI, the secretion from which is
termed Smcg'maprepu'tii ; and can, al-
most always, be covered by a reflection
ofthe skin, called prepuce.  Lastly, it
is formed of a spongy texture, suscepti-
ble of being thrown into erection.
  The GLANS CLITOR'IDIS is smaller.
It is imperforate, and likewise covered
with a sort of prepuce,  formed by  the
mucous membrane of the vulva.
  (F)  Gfhnd.   (G) Eichel.
  GLASS,  Thom'as,  M.  D. (Biogr.)
A physician at Exeter,  England, about
the middle of the last century. Works.
Commentarii xii. de febribus ad  Hippo-
cratis disciplinam accommodati.  Lond.
1742.  8vo.  An  account of the  ancient
baths  and their  use  in  physic.  Lond.
1752.  8vo.  A letter to Dr. Baker on
the means of procuring a distinct and
favorable kind of small pox, and on the
use of cold air and cold water in putrid
fevers. Lond.  1767.  Svo.  Second letter
to  Dr. Baker on  certain methods of
treating the  small pox, during the erup-
tive stage. Lond. 1768.  8vo.
   GLAU'BER,  John Ro'dolph (Bi-
ogr.)  A celebrated chymist of Amster-
dam,  and the discoverer of the salt,
which bears  his name ;  born in Ger-„
many at the commencement of the 16th
century.  Time of his death not known.
Works.    Pharmacopaia   spagyrica.
Amst. 1654. 8vo.  His works are chym-
ical.
   Glauco'ma (Path.)   from yXavxog,
'sea-green.' Glauco'sis, Ca'sius, Phthar'-
maglauco'ma, Parrop'sis glauco'sis, Apo-
glauco'sis, arroyXavxotaig. Amongst the
older pathologists, this  word was used
synonymously with cataract.  It is now
 ordinarily applied to opacity of the vit-
reous humor or of the tunica hyaloi-
 dea ; which manifests itself by a gray-
 ish or greenish spot, apparent through
the pupil.  The  diagnosis is generally
difficult;  and it is almost always in-
curable.
    (G) Gr ii ner  staar.
  Writer.  J. Taylor, Lond. 1736.
  Glechoni'tes (Pharm.)  yXij/oniTtjg.
Wine,  impregnated with the glechon,
yXtj/uv, mentha pulegium  or  penny-
royal.
  Gleco'ma Hedera'cea (Mat. Med.)
Hedcr'ula,   Chamacle'ma,  Calamin'ta
humil'ior,   Chamacis'sus,  Hcd'era ter-
res'tris, Ground  ivy,  Gill,  Gill-go-by-
ground.
  This plant has a strong smell, and a
bitterish, somewhat aromatic, taste.  It
has been  considered  expectorant and
tonic.
  (F) Lierre terrestre, Terrette.
  (G)  Gunderrebe,   Gunder-
mann,   Erdepheu   gunder-
mann,  Erdepheu.
  Writers.  Ch.  A.  Heder, Altorff,
1736. (L).   Ch. B. Bender, Erlang.
1787 (L).    ,
  Gle'ne (Anat.)   yX.tjvtj, the pupil of
the eye.   Gle'noid or  Glenoid'al, from
yXtjvtj,  ' the pupil,'  and tidog, 'resem-
blance.'  Any shallow, articular cavjty,
which  receives  the head  of a bone;
such as, 1. The gle'noid cavity or fos'sa
of the scapula.  Fos'sa glehoide'a, Omo-
cot'yle, wuoxorvXtj,  Entypo'sis, tvrvrros-
aic, is  situated at the  anterior angle
of the scapula ; and is articulated with
the head of the humerus.   2. The gle-
noid cavity or fossa of the temporal
bone.  It  is  seated  between the two
roots of the zygomatic  process and  re-
ceives the condyle  ofthe lower jaw.
  (F) Gl^noide or  GUnoidale.
  The GLE'NOID LIG'AMENT (F) Lig-
ament  Glen'oidien  is  a fibro-cartilag-
inous ring or bourrelet, which  seems
formed by the expansion of the tendon
of the long head of the biceps brachia-
lis, and surrounds the glenoid cavity of
the scapula, the depth of which it  in-
creases.
   Gleuci'num  (Pharm.)  yXtvxivov,
Mus'tcum,  from yXtvxog, ' must.'   An
ointment, in  the preparation of which
must was  used.  Galen.
  Gleus'is (Pharm.) yXtv^ig or yXv^ig,
from y/.vxvg, ' sweet.'  A sweet wine.
Linden.
  Glischras'ma  (Path.)  yXiOxqaoua,
yXiaxqortjg, from yXia/qatrto,' I become
glutinous.'  Lentor, viscidity.  Hippo-
crates.
  Glischroch'olos  (Path.)  yXtaxqo-
XoXog,  from yXte^qog, ' viscid,' and
XoXtj, l bile.'  Excrements, which are
glutinous and bilious. 
GLISSON              440             GLOBULE
   GLIS'SON,  Fran'cis  (Biogr.)   An
 eminent  physician  and  anatomist  of
 London ; born in Dorsetshire in 1597 ;
 died in  1677.   Works.  Tractatus de
 rachitide  seu morbo pucrili, rickets die-
 to, &c &c  Lond. 1650. Svo.   Trans-
 lated into English by Ph. Armin. 1651.
 8vo. by Culpeper.  Lond. 1668. 12mo.
 Anatomia hepatis ;  cui ad calcem operis
 subjiciuntur nonnulla de lympha ducti-
 bus nuper repcrtis.  Lond.  1654. Svo.
 De natura substantia energetica, sive de
 via vita,  natura ejusque  tribus primis
facultatibus perceptiva, appetetivd, et mo-
 tivd. Lond.  1672.  4to.   Tractatus de
 ventriculo et intestinis,  et de partibus
 continentibus in generc ;  in specie de iis
 abdominis.  Lond.  1676.  4to.   Opera
 medica anatomica.   Lugd.  Bat. 1691.
 3 torn.  12mo.
   Globula'ria Ai.'ypum  (Mat. Med.)
 Globula'ria,  Montpel'lier Tur'bith.  The
 leaves  of this  plant are  bitter ;  and
 have been used in intermittents and in
 constipation.
   (F)  Globulaire  purgative,   Turbith
 blanc, (G) Kiigelblume.
   Glob'ule (Phys.)  Glob'ulus, a small
 globe, nipaiqiov. ■
     (G).  Kiigelchen.
  The  GLOBULES  OF THE BLOOD
 (F) Globules du sung ;  Globuli, Vesicu-
 la, seu Folliculi sanguinis,  are small,
 spherical  bodies, which are particularly
 observable, when the transparent parts
 of  cold-blooded aniifials are examined
 by  the aid of  the microscope.  They
 were first seen  by Malpighi, and are
 met with  in the blood of all animals.
Table  of  the  Diameter  of  the
  Globules of  Human  Blood,  ac-
  cording TO  DIFFERENT OBSERVERS.
	Diameter ir	parts of an
		
	Inch.	Millimetre
JURIN,	l-3240th	L-llUth
According to fresh 1		
experiments revised 1 and approved by Lee- (	l-1940th	1-71th
WENHOCCI,		
Blumenbach, . .	l-3300th	
S~PRENGEL, . .	l-3000th	
Young, ....	l-60bdth	l-221th
Wollaston, . . .	l-5000th	1-184th
Bauer, ....	1 G700th	l-244th
Kater, ....	l-6000th	1-221th
Do.,.....	l-4000th	l-147th
  The globules of blood are circular in the
mammalia, and elliptical in birds and cold-blood-
ed animals.  They are, also, flat in all animals,
and composed of a central nucleus inclosed in a
membranous sac.  The following Tables exhibit
the Diameters ofthe circular and elliptical glob-
ules in the different animals, according to M. M.
Prevost and Dumas.

 Animals with Circular Globules.
Animal.	Diameter	
	in vulgar in decimal fractions. 1 fractions.	
Callitrichus or green ) ( Monkey of Africa, \ Man, the Dog, RabO bit, Hog, Hedge- 1 bog, Guinea-Pig, ( Dormouse, jThe Ass, . . \ . The Cat, gray and } white Mouse, Field 5 Mouse, ; Sheep, Bat, Horse, 1 Mule, Ox, j Chamois, Stag, . .	M. M. l-120th 1-150th l-167th l-171th l-200th 1-218th l-288th	M. M. 0.00833 0.00666 0.00617 0.00583 0.00500 0.00456 0.00386 |
Animals with Elliptical Globules.
Animal,
Osprey, Pigeon,     ....
Turkey, Duck,  ......
Common Fowl,......
Peacock,   .......
Goose, Goldfinch, Crow, Sparrow,  .
Titmouse,.......
Land Tortoise.......
Viper,......
Orvet,......'
Coluber or Couleuvre de Razomousky,  .
Gray Lizard,......
Salamandre ceinturee, Salamander, crested,
Common Frog, Common Toad, Frog with red
              temples,
Eelpout, Minnow,  Eel,   ....
Diameter	
in vulgar fractions.	
Long,	Short.
M. M.	M. M.
l-75th	l-150th
l-79th	
l-81th	
l-85th	
l-86th	
MOOth	
l-48th	]-77th
l-60th	1-lOOih
1-G6th	l-115th
1-51th	l-lOOth
l-66th	1-111th
l-35th	l-56th
M5th	l-75th
l-75th	l-125th
in decimal fractions.
          ShortT
          M. M.
          0.00666
 Long.
M. M.
0.01333
0.01266
0.O1223
0.01173
0.01156
0.01000
0.0205
0.0165
0.0150
0.0193
0.0151
0.0283
0.0228
0.0128
0.0100
0.0866
0.8100
0.0090
0.0176
0.0133
0.0813
              N. B.  A Millimetre is equal to In. 0.039.
(G)  Blutkiigelchen,  Blutblaschen. 
GLOBUS HYSTERICUS      441     GLOSSO-PHARYNGEUS
  Glo'bus Hyster'icus (Path.) A sen-
sation, experienced by hysterical per-
sons, as if a round body was rising from
the abdomen  towards the  larynx, and
producing a sense of suffocation.
  GLO'BUS UTERfNUS  (Obstet.)  A
term, applied by  accoucheurs to the
round tumor, formed by the uterus in
the lower part of the abdomen, immedi-
ately after delivery.
  Glossal'gia  (Path.)   Gloss'agra,
from yXwaaa, ' the tongue,' and aXyog,
' pain.'   Pain in the tongue.
    (G)  Zungenschmerz.
  Glossanthrax (Path.) from yX.oaaa,
' the tongue,' and uvilqa'z, ' a carbuncle.'
Carbuncle  of the tongue.   A  disease
more common in cattle than man.
  Glossi'tis  (Path.) from yXornaa, ' the
tongue'  Inflammation ofthe  Tongue.
When confined to  the, mucous mem-
brane, it  is of slight importance. That,
which affects the whole of  the tongue,
is  a serious  disease, and requires the
vigorous  use of antiphlogistics.  It is
rare.
   (G) Zungenentziindung.
  Writers.  Ch. Fr. Elsner, Regiom.
17*8 (L).  G.  Ch.  Beireis,  Helmst.
1791 (L).  E.  Bloedau,  Jense, 1795
(L).  Otto.  Francof.  1803 (L).  Aj-
cardi, Genua?, ldlO-(L).   P. A. Viol-
laud, Paris,  1815 (F). J. Pl. Marcoul,
Strasburg, 1 SI 5(F).
  Glos^ocat'ochus  (Surg.) yXotoaoxa-
royog, from yXoioaa,  ' the tongue,' and
y.art-/vi, ' I arrest'  Lin'gua Deten'tor,
Spec'ulum  O'ris,  (F)  Abaisseur de la
langue.  An instrument, the invention
of  which is  attributed to  Paulus of
JEgina,,  and  which  was employed to
depress  the  tongue,  in  order to ex-
amine diseases of the  fauces.  It  was
composed  of two  branches;  one of
which had, at its extremity, a plate for
depressing the tongue; whilst the other,
shapt'd  like a horse-shoe,  was applied
undei  the chin.   The finger, or the
handle of a spoon, or a spatula, is now
alone used in similar cases.
     (G) Zungenhalter.
   Gi.ossoce'le  (Path.)  from yXtaoaa,
1 the tongue,' and xtjXtj, ' hernia,'  ' tu-
mor.'  Hernia of the Tongue.  Projec-
tion of the tongue from the mouth.  It
depends, generally, on an inflammatory
swelling ofthe organ.  At times, how-
ever, a  chronic glossocele, or sort of
oedematous engorgement is met with ;
which proceeds to a great  length; and
deforms  the dental arches, the  lips,
&c
   The inflammatory glossocele must be
combated  by antiphlogistics.  In  the
oedematous kind, such as is sometimes
caused by excessive salivation, the  in-
filtrated fluid may be pressed  back by
the hand of the practitioner, to get the
tongue behind the teeth;  and it may
be kept there by a  piece of gauze  tied
over the mouth.
  The chronic, elongated  kind some-
times requires amputation of a portion
of the organ.
    (G) Zungenvorfall.
  Glossoc'omon (Surg.) Glossoc'omum,
Glossocomi'on, yXoioooxouov,  yXwoaoxo-
utov,  from yXwaaa, ' the tongue,'  and
xofitiv, ' to guard.'  The ancients gave
this name to a small case for holding the
tongues of their wind-instruments.   By
extension, it was applied to the  box or
cradle, in which fractured  limbs were
kept.  We find, in  the ancient writers,
a  Glossocomon  of Hippocrates, of
Nymphodorus, Galen, &c
    (G)  Beinlade.
   Glos'so-epiglot'ticus (Anat.) That
which belongs to the tongue and epi-
glottis.  Some anatomists  have so de-
nominated certain  fleshy fibres, which
pass from the base ofthe tongue towards
the epiglottis. These muscles are more
evident in some of the mammalia  than
in man;  and their  use seems to be,—to
raise the  epiglottis,  and to  lemove it
farther from the  glottis.   Santorini,
who described them after Eustachius,
calls them Retractores Epigloitidis.
   Glossog'raphy  (Anat.)  Glossogra'-
phia, from yXoinoa, ' the tongue,' and
yqaiptj,' a description.'  An anatomical
description ofthe tongue.
   (G) Zungenbeschreibung.
   Glossohy'al (Anat.) A name given,
by Geoffroy-Saint - Hilaire, to the
posterior cornua of the os hyoides.
   Glossol'ogy (Anat.)  Glossolo'gia,
from yXvtoou, ' the tongue,' and Xnyo;,
'  a treatise,' ' a discourse.'  A treatise
ofthe tongue.
     (G) Zungenlehre.
   Glossol'ysis  (Path.) Glossople'gia,
from yXotaaa, ' the tongue,' and Xvotg,
'  solution.'  Paralysis ofthe tongue.
     (G)  Zungenlahmung.
   Glosson'cus  (Path.) from yXwaaa,
'  the  tongue,'   and  oyxog,  ' tumor.'
Swelling of the tongue.
    (G) Zungengeschwulst.
   Glos'so-pharynge'us (Anat.)  from
yXoiaoa, ' the tongue,' and ipuqvyi,  ' the
pharynx.'  Belonging to the  tongue
and  the  pharynx.  Some anatomists
thus designate certain fleshy bundles,
which arise from the lateral parts ofthe 
GLOSSO-STAPHYLINUS     442             GLUTEN
base  of the  tongue,  and  are  inserted
into the parietes ofthe pharynx.  They
form part of the constrictor pharyngis
superior.
   Glos'so-staphyli'nus (Anat.)  from
yXmoaa,  <■ the  tongue,'  and  araipvXtj,
' the  uvula.'  Glos'so-palali'nus,  Con-
stric'tor Isth'mi  Fau'cium.   A small,
thin, narrow, and long muscle, which
arises from the base of the tongue, and
is  inserted at the inferior and lateral
part of the velum palati, in the ante-
rior pillar of  which it is situated.  Its
use is to contract the  isthmus faucium,
by depressing  the velum  palati, and
raising the base of the tongue.
   Glossot'omy (Anat. & Surg.)  Glos-
soto'mia,  from yXotaoa,  ' the tongue,'
and rttivtiv, ' to cut.'  Dissection of the
tongue.  Amputation ofthe tongue.
   (G) Zungenzergliederung.
   Glot'tis  (Anat.)   yXorrng,  Lig'ula.
A  small oblong  aperture, situated  at
the upper part of the  larynx.   This
aperture  is  comprised  between  the
chorda vocales. It is narrow, anteriorly;
wider, posteriorly; and  is capable  of
being modified by muscular contraction,
according as the voice  may  require.
It  is by  the chorda? vocales, that voice
is  produced.  The glottis is nearly an
inch long in the adult male : — less  in
the female and child.
   Glottis  is,  by  some,  used synony-
mously  with  ventricle of  the  larynx :
with others,  it includes the whole  oi
the larynx.
    (G) Stimmritze.
   Glute'al  (Anat.) Glou'tius, Gluta'-
US, yXovrutoc, from y'/.ovrog, ' the nates
or buttocks.'   That which belongs,  or
relates to, the  nates.  This  name has
been given to many parts, which coin-
pose the nates.
   (F)  Fessier, (G) Ges'ass  (in com-
position).
   The GLUTE'AL AR'TERY,  or Pos-
terior Il'iac Ar'tery, is one of the largest
branches of the hypogastric.  It makes
its exit from the pelvis at the upper
part of the superior sciatic foramen ;
gains  the posterior part  of the pelvis,
and divides into two branches; — the
one superficial, the other  deep-seated.
The last subdivides  into three secon-
dary branches, whose ramifications are
distributed particularly to  the  Glutai,
Longissimus Dorsi, Sacro-lumbalis,&A.
and anastomose  with the  sciatic  and
internal and external circumflex  arte-
ries.
    (F) Artere fessiire.
   The GLUTE'AL  VEIN follows the
| same march as the artery of the same
 name.
     (F) Veine fessiere.
   The  GLUTE'AL NERVE  is a large
 branch, furnished by  the  5th pair of
 lumbar nerves. It is chiefly  distributed
 to the glutaei muscles.
     (F) JVerffessier.
   Gluteus max'imus (Anat.) Gluta'-
 us  major, Max'imus et ex'timus glou'-
 tius,  G. mag'nus,  Ilio-sacro-fimoral;
 Sacro-femoral (Ch.), (F) Muscle grand
fessier.  This muscle is situated  at the
 posterior part of the pelvis, and at the
 upper and posterior part of the  thigh.
 It is large, thick, and quadrilateral; and
 is attached, above, to the posterior part
 ofthe crista ilii, to the part ofthe ilium
 comprised  between the crista and the
 upper curved line, to the posterior sur-
 face of the  sacrum, coccyx, and great
 sacro-sciatic  ligament;  and  below,  it
 terminates,  by a  broad aponeurosis,
 which is inserted  into the rugged sur-
 face, that descends from the  trochanter
 major to the linea aspera of the femur.
 This muscle extends the thigh on the
 pelvis, and rotates the thigh outwards.
 It is  powerfully concerned  in station
 and progression.
  GLUTJE'US  ME'DIUS (Anat.)  Glou'-
 tius secun'dus et  me'dius, Ilio-trochan-
 tirien ; Grand Hio-trochanterien  (Ch.),
 (F) Moyen  Fessier.  This  muscle is
 situated, in part,beneath the preceding:
 it is  broad, very thick,  radiated, and
 triangular; attached, above, to the crista
 ilii, and to the part of the outer surface
 of  that bone  comprised between the
 three  anterior  fourths  of its  crista,
 its  upper curved  line,  and its lower;
 and,  below, it ends by a tendon, in-
 serted at the  upper edge of the great
 trochanter.  It is an  abductor of the
 thigh ; but can turn the thigh outwards
 or inwards, according  as its posterior
 or inferior  fibres are thrown  separately
 into contraction.
  GLUTJE'US  MIN'IMUS (Anal.) Glu-
 ta'us mi'nor, Ilio-ischii-trochanterien,
 Ter'tius et In'timus Glou'tius, (F) Pe-
 tit  Fussier; — Petit Ilio-trochanU.rien,
 (Ch.)   This muscle, which  is situated
 beneath the preceding, is flat, triangu-
 lar,  and with  radiated fibres.   It  is
 attached, above, to the external surface
 ofthe os ilium, from the inferior curved
 line to  the acetabulum; and, below, is
 inserted into the  anterior part of the
 great trochanter.  It has the same uses
 as the preceding.
  Glu'ten ; xoXXa, Glu'tinum,  Glue,
 Len'tor.  An immediate principle  of 
GLUTINOUS           443      GODFREY'S  CORDIAL
vegetables.  It is  soft, of a  grayish-
white, viscid  consistence,  and  very
elastic.   Exposed to the air, it becomes
hard, brown, and fragile ; and, in moist
air, putrefies.  Water  and alcohol  do
not dissolve it.  It is  soluble in veg-
etable  and  in weak  mineral  acids,
at a  high  temperature.   The  Fari-
nae,  in  which it  is found, are those
preferred for the preparation of bread;
on account  of the property  it has of
making the  paste rise.
  (G) Klebestoff,  Leimstoff.
  Glu'tinous  (Pharm.)  Glutino'sus,
xoXXoiorfi, from glu'ten, ' glue.' An epi-
thet given  to substances  taken  from
the animal or  vegetable kingdom, and
endowed with unusual viscidity.  The
decoctions of marsh-mallows,  and figs,
and the jelly of hartshorn, are said to
be glutinous.
    (F)  Glutineux, Gluant.
    (G)  Kleberig.
  Glut'tony (Path.)  from glu'tio, '  I
swallow.'  Limo'sis Helluo'num.   Ex-
cessive  appetite, owing to habitual  in-
dulgence.
  (F)  Gourmandise.    (G) Gefras-
si gk e it.
  Glycas'ma  (Pharm.) yX.vxaaua, yXv-
xaa^iog, from yXvxvg,1 sweet.'   A sweet
wine, prepared from must.  Linden.
  Glycyrrhi'za   (Mat. Med.)  from
yXvxvg, ' sweet,'   and   qtta,  ' a root.'
Glycyrrhi'za   Gla'bra,   Liquori"lia,
Scyth'ici (Ra'dix), Glyceraton, Gly-
cyph'yton, Liq'uorice, Adip'sos, aSiipog,
Alca'cas,  Alimos.   The root  of  this
southern European plant is inodorous ;
has a sweet  taste;  is mucilaginous; and
leaves,  when  unpeeled,  a degree of
bitterness in the  mouth.  It is used as
a demulcent,  and chiefly in catarrh.
The extract, made from it and sold in
the shops, is  known  under the name
Spanish Liquorice or  Liquorice Juice,
(F),Jus de Re'glisse.
  (F) Rtglisse.  (G)  Siissholz, La-
kritzenholz.
  The PECTORAL BAL'SAM OF LI-
QUORICE, —  a quack preparation, — is
said, by Dr. Paris, to consist chiefly of
Paregoric Elixir, strongly impregnated
with  Oil of Aniseed.
  Glys'ter Herbs  (Pharm.)  Her'ba
pro  Enem'ate.  The  herbs, ordinarily
sold by the  English apothecary under
this title, are ; — mallow  leaves,  one
part;  chamomile  flowers, one  part;
5 iss to ftyj °f* water.
  GME'LIN, John George (Biog.) An
eminent German  physician and botan-
ist; born at Tubingen in 1709; died
in 1755.  Works.  Dissertatio rhabar-
barum officinarum, &c. Tubing. 1752.
4to.   Diss,  de coffed.  Tubing.  1752.
4to.
  Gnath'os (Anat.)  yva&og, from yva-
nxia,  ' I bend.' The cheek ; the  upper
jaw.   Also, the  part of the jaws in
which the teeth are fixed.   Hippocr.,
Foesius.
  Gob'let,  emet'ic  (Pharm.)   Poc'u-
lum emet'icum, Cal'ix  vomito'ria.  A
vessel, made  by  pouring melted anti-
mony into a mould.  By putting wine
into this, and allowing it to stand some
time, it acquires the property of pro-
ducing vomiting.  This kind of emetic
has  been  long rejected; as the prac-
titioner could never be certain  of the
dose he exhibited.
     (F)  Gobelet emetique.
  GOCLE'NIUS, Rodolph (Biogr.)
Professor  at  Marpurg  in  Germany;
born  in 1572; died  in 1021.  Works.
Physiologia crepitus  ventris et  risus.
Francf. et Lips. 1607. Svo.  De  peste,
febrisque  pestilentialis  causis,  Sec.
Marpurg.  1607. 8vo.  De  vitd proro-
gandd,, id est, animi  et corporis  vigore
conservando  el salubriter producendo.
Francf. et Mogunt. 1G08. Svo.  Urano-
scopia,  chiroscopia,   metoposcopia,
ophthalmoscopia.   Francf.  1G08.  12mo.
 Tractatus de  magneticd curatione vul-
nerum, citra ullum dolor em et remedii
applicationem. Marp. 1608. Svo. En-
chiridion remediorum facile parabilium.
Francf. 1610. Svo.  Loimographia et
quid,  in specie, in peste Marpurgensi
anni 1611 evenerit. Francf. 1613. Svo.
Assertio medicina universalis adversus
universalem vulgo jactatam, &c. Franc.
1620. 4to.   Tractatus physicus et  me-
dicus  de sanorum diata.  Ibid.  1621.
8vo.   Chyromantica et  physiognomica
specialis. Marp. 1621. Svo.  Mirabilium
natura liber,  sive defensio magnetica
curationis  vulnerum.   Francf.  1625.
8vo.
   GOD'DARD,  Jon'athan,   M. D.
(Biog.) A physician, chymist, botanist,
and original  promoter  of the  Royal
Society of London; born about  1617;
died  in 1674.   Works. A discourse,
setting forth the unhappy condition of
physic in London, and  offering means
to put it in a better. Lond. 1669. 4to.
After his death, his formula? — Arcana
 Goddardiana — were published  at the
end of the Pharmacopaia Bateana.
  Godfrey's  Cordial (Pharm.)  A
celebrated   nostrum, for  which  Dr.
Paris has given the following formula.
Infuse  §ix  of sassafras  and of the 
GODMAN             444           GOMPIIOSIS
 seeds of carraway, coriander, and anise,
 of each § j, in six pints of water. Sim-
 mer the mixture until reduced to J^iv :
 then add fljvj of treacle, and boil  the
 whole for a few minutes.  When cold,
 add § iij of tincture of opium.  It is
 anodyne.
   GODMAN, John D., M. D. (Biog.)
 An  eminent anatomical  lecturer  and
 writer of America: Professor in Rut-
 gers  Medical  College,  New  York ;
 born  at Annapolis, in  Maryland,  in
 1798; died in 1830.  Works.  Anatom-
 ical investigations,  comprising descrip-
 tions of various fascia  of the human
 body.  Philad. 1824.  At the  time  of
 his death he was engaged in a work on
 Myology.  His  medical  essays  were
 collected and published  in one volume.
 Philad.  1829.  Dr. Godman  was  an
 excellent natural  historian; and pub-
 lished some valuable works on natural
 science.
   GODRONNE (Canal) (Anat.) Cana'-
 lis Petitia'nus, Couronne ciliaire, Canal
 de PETIT,   Canal goudronne.  Petit
 gave this name  (from  (F) godron,  ' a
 plait or fold,') to the semicircular canal,
 formed by the tunica hyaloidea around
 the edge of  the  crystalline;  because
 it appears,  as it were,  plaited or fes-
 tooned.
  (G) der Petitsche Augeiiffang.
   GOELICKE, Andrew OrTo\Biog.)
 A  German  physician of note at the
 beginnng of  the  18th century,  and a
 great  supporter  of the doctrines  of
 Stahl.   He  was  Professor  at Halls,
 and likewise at Frankfort on the  Oder.
 Works.  Epistola  qud refutat praju-
 dicium medicos Romanos omnes servos
fuisse. Lips. 1708.  4to.  Historia ana-
 tomia nova aque ac antiqua. Hal. 1713.
 Svo.  Historia chirurgia antiqua. Hal.
 1713. Svo.  Historia chirurgia recen-
 tioris. Ibid.  1713.  8vo.   Historia  medi-
 cina universalis, qud. celebriorum  medi-
 corum, qui a  primis aitis natalibus ad
 nostra usque tempora inclaruerunt, vi-
 ta,  nomina,  dogmata  singularia 8fc.
 accurate pertractantur. Hal.  1717 - 20.
 3  vols. 8vo.   Historia litteraria  scrip-
 torum qui medicinam forensem  com-
 mentariis illustrdrunl. Francf. ad Viadr.
 1723.  4to.   Spiritus animalis h foro
 medico relegatus. Ibid. 1725. 4to.   (He
 denies the  existence  of the  nervous
 fluid.)  Medicina  practica  clinica  et
forensis. Lips. 1735. 4to. De meninge
 arachnelded  cerebri. Francf. ad Viadr.
 1734. 4to.  Institutiones  medica secun-
 dum principia organico-mechanica.  lb.
 1735.  4to.   Introductio   in  historiam
 litterariam anatomes, seu  conspectus
 plerorumque  qui operibus  suis  anoto-
 miam  illustrdrunt.  Francf.  ad  Viadr,
 1738. 4 to.
   Goiid  (Mat. Med)  Au'rum,  ^oi'o-of,
 Obryzum,  Obrizum,  Orogamo, Seb,
 Secur, Sol, Tricor, Zaras, Cab, Chiffir,
 Chifir, Chrysos,  Daib,  Deheb, Dehebeb.
 A solid, yellow,  very brilliant, hardish,
 very ductile,  malleable, tenacious, and
 heavy  metal; found in nature,  either
 in its native state, or combined with a
 little silver, copper, or iron. S. G. 19.25.
   The  MlfRIATE OF GOLD has been
 admitted into the Pharmacopoeia  of the
 United States, and into that of Paris,
 &c  The formulae,   however,  differ.
 That of the U. States is a muriate with
 two bases; and is prepared, according
 to the form of Dr. Chrestien, by dis-
 solving the gold  in a mixture of nitric
 and muriatic acids, and adding muriate
 of soda to the residuum after evapora-
 tion ; then redissolving and evaporating
 slowly  to dryness.  The  Parisian for-
 mula for the Muriate  d'or,  Mu'rias seu
 Chlorure'tum Au'ri, consists in simply
 dissolving the gold in the acids, and
 evaporating to dryness.  It has been
 recommended as  an  antisyphilitic  in
 old, rebellious, venereal affections, ex-
 ostoses, and  in venereal or cancerous
 glandular enlargements. Dose, gr. Jth
 to gr. ss, rubbed on the tongue or gums.
 Internally, one-sixteenth of a grain  in
 pill.
    (F)  Or.  . (G)  Gold.
  Writer. Niel (on Dr. Chrestien's
 preparations  of  gold), Paris,   1821,
 Svo.
  GOLD-BEATERS' SkIN (Surg.) The
intestina recta of the ox, which  have
been  beaten  quite  smooth,  for the
manufacture of gold  leaf.  .Used as a
defensive dressing for slight cuts, &c.
  GOLD LEAF, Au'rum folia'turn, Au'-
rum in  libellis.  Used to gild pills, and
to plug carious teeth.
  Gomphi'asis (Path.)  Gomphias'mus,
youipiaai:,  youtpiaOfiog,  from  yofiipog,
' a nail.'  A disease of the  teeth, and
particularly  of the molares :  looseness
ofthe teeth in their sockets.
  Gompho'sis   (Anat.)   Cardinamen'-
tum, Clava'tio, Gompho'ma,  Inclava'-
tio, youipoiatg,  from youipog, ' a  nail.1
Engompho'sis,  tyyouipototg.   An  im-
movable articulation,  in  which  one
bone is received  into another, like  a
nail or peg into its hole.  Gomphosis  is
only met with  in the articulation of the
teeth with the  alveoli.   It is, also, call-
ed Articulation par implantation. 
GONAGRA
445          GONORRHOEA
  Gona'gra  (Path.) yovayqa, from yo-
vv,  ' the knee,' and ayqa, ' a prey.'
That, which  attacks the knees.  Gout
in  the  knees.   Paracelsus  calls it
Genugra.
    (G) Knie gich t.
  Gonal'gia (Path.) from yovv,  ' the
knee,' and aXyog,' pain.'   Pain in the
Knee. Gonyal'gia,  ymiaXyia.  This is
almost  always produced by gout.  It
may, however, depend  on some other
disease, either ofthe knee or of another
part; — particularly ofthe hip-joint.
  Go'ne (Anat.) yovtj, yovog, Genitu'ra.
The semen;  — the  uterus. Hippocr.
  Gonio'sis (Path.) ywvivxtig.  Archige-
nes  gave this name  to an   incom-
pletely developed  kind of pulse; the
character of which  is not very intelli-
gible.  He conceived it to be merely
raised in height instead of possessing
the round  form proper  to  arterial pul-
sations. See Castelli.
   Gonoi'des (Path.) yovonStg,  from yo-
vtj, ' the seed,'  and tiSog,' appearance.'
 Genitu'ra sim'ilis.  Similar  to sperm.
 A  term appropriated to any substance,
 which  resembles sperm.
   Gonorrhoea  (Path.)  Erroneously
 called from yovtj, ' the sperm,'  and qto>,
 ' I flow,' because the older writers be-
 lieved  it to be a flux of semen.  Blen-
 norrha'gia,  Blennorrha'a, Blennure'-
 thria,  Phallorrha'a,  Catar'rhus  Go-
 norrhoe'a,   Urethri'tis,   Blennorrha'a
 urethra'lis, Catar'rhus  urethra'lis,, (F)
 Ecoulement.  An  inflammatory  dis-
 charge of mucus from the  membrane
 of the  urethra in both sexes ;  and from
 that of the  prepuce in man,  and tha
 vagina in woman.  It may be excited
 spontaneously, or  by irritants appJieJ
 directly to the membrane; but is, asu-
 ally, produced by impure connexion-
   Two great varieties  have been gen-
 erally reckoned: —
   1. The GONORRHOEA PU'RA  or
 BENIG'NA.    That which  does  not
 follow an impure  connexion; (F) E-
 chauffemcnt;  the  Blenorrhagia benig-
 na: — and
   2. The  GONORRHOS'A IMPU'RA,
 malig'na,  syphilit'ica, et virulen'ta;
 Flu'or al'bus malig'nus, Flux'us vene'-
 reus, Blennorrha'a luo'des, Clap, (F)
 Chaude-pisse,  (G) Tripper.  That
 which is the  result of impure  com-
 merce.  The French, also, distinguish
 the Chaude-pisse  skche, or that, unac-
 companied  with  discharge;  and the
 Chaude-pisse  cordee,  Gonorrha'a cor-
 da'ta, or that  accompanied with  chor-
dee, and which, of course, occurs only
in the male.
  The  GONORRHOS'A VIRULEN'TA;
the kind,  which  will most  frequently
engage  the attention of the  practi-
tioner, is characterized by mucous dis-
charge  from the  urethra  or  vagina^
intermixed  with  specific matter,  and
accompanied by burning pain on mic-
turition.  It is  produced  by  impure
coition ;  and  is  decidedly  infectious.
It is, however, a distinct disease from
syphilis, and  never  produces  it.   Its
duration is various, but the inflamma-
tory symptoms usually subside in four
or  five weeks; leaving behind  the go-
norrhoea mucosa or gleet.
   Gonorrhoea  virulenta; — indeed  go-
norrhoea of every kind, attended with
any inflammatory symptoms — is  best
treated by  the antiphlogistic regimen;
avoiding  every kind  of irritation, and
keeping the body cool by small doses
of salts;  and  the urine diluted by the
mildest  fluid?.   After  the  inflamma-
tory symptoms have  subsided,  the bal-
sam of copaiba, exhibited in the  dose
of a teas^oonful, three  times a  day,
 will be found effectual : indeed, during
the exisieace ofthe inflammatory symp-
toms k generally affords decided relief,
 Injec-ions are rarely required.
   Sometimes,  gonorrhoea  affects  the
 glass; when it is called GONORRHQZ'A
 SFU'RIA, G. Bal'ani, (F) Blennorrha-
  fe  du  gland,   Gonorrhee  batarde,
  'ausse Blennorrhagie. It requires only
cleanliness  and cooling  lotions.  Some
other varieties of gonorrhoea have been
enumerated, but  they are of little mo-
ment.
   The   G 0N0RRHQ2 'A  LAXO 'R UM,
libidino'sa,   Spermorrha'a  aton'ica,
consists of a  pellucid discharge from
the  urethra,  whilst awake,  without
erection of the  penis, but  with vene-
real thoughts: — and
   The GONRRHOS'A D'ORMIEN'TIUM,
 G. Oneirog'onos, is  that seminal  dis-
charge, which occurs during sleep, and
is occasioned by libidinous dreams.
   In consequence of repeated attacks
of gonorrhoea, or of the  debility in-
duced by a single  attack,  it  not un-
frequently  happens, that a constant,
small discharge occurs, or remains be-
hind,  after all danger of infection is
removed. The great difference between
it and gonorrhoea is, that it  is uninfec-
tious.  The discharge consists of globu-
lar  particles,  contained in  a  slimy
mucus, and generally  devoid of that
38 
GOOCH
446
GORGET
 yellow color,  which  characterizes the
 discharge of gonorrhoea  virulenta  It
 is unattended  with pain, scalding, &c
 To this state the  names  Gleet, Gonor-
 rhoea muco'sa, Blennorrha'a chr on1 ica,
 Blennorha'a, &c have been given.  It
 is commonly a disease of some duration,
 and demands  the use of the copaiba,
 astringent injections : and, if obstinate,
 the introduction of the bougie.
   Writers on Gonorrhaa.   Slevogt
 (G. virulenta), Jena?, 1704 (L).   J; F.
 Staei>el,   Argent.  1695 (L).   W.
 Cockburn, Lond. 1728.  J.  B. Mus-
 culus, Erford 1751'(L).  J. Allen.
 Lugd. Bat. 1751 (L).  J. Andree, Lond;
 1777.   J.  Nevill,  Lond. 1754.   W.
 Cribb  (uses of injections in  G. viru-
 lenta), Lond. 1772.   S.  F.. Simmons,
 Lond. 1780.  W. Thomas, Lond. 1780.
 Tode,  Copenhagen,  1790 (G).   W.
 Rowley (against  injections), Lond.
 1800.   Eckstein, Erford. 1801  (L).
 Reil,  Hal. 1802 (L).   Farber (on the
 use of injections in G.), Gottino-.  1MJ2
 (L). Bucholz, Hal. 1802'L).  W. But-
 ter, Lond. 1802.  B. Bell,Edinb. 1793.
 Robt. Barker, Lond. 1802.  Whate-
 ly, Lond. 1801.   F. J. P. li Wordier,
 Paris,  1803 (F).   F.  Charm, Paris
 1803 (F).  J. B. B. Larrieu, Pat'*;.  1807
 (F).   I. B. Pucheu, Paris,  lo«7 (F)
 F. Viricel, Paris, 1807 (F).   J. CM
 P. Ansiaux, Paris,  1807 (F).  C. H.
 Wilkinson, Lond. 1821.
  GOOCH,  Benjamin  (Biogr.) An
 English surgeon of  Shottisham  neai
 Norwich, about the  middle of the last
 century.  Works. Cases and practical
 remarks in surgery; with sketches of
 machines of simple  construction, easy
 application, and  approved use. Lond.
 1758. Svo. Practical treatise on wounds
 and other  chirurgical subjects: — to
 which  is prefixed a short historical ac-
 count of the rise  and progress of sur-
 gery and anatomy. Addressed to young
 surgeons. Norwich.  1767. 2 vols. 8vo.
 Medical and  chirurgical  observations,
 as an appendix to a former publication,
 Lond.  1773. Svo.
  GOOD, John Ma'son, M. D., F. R. S.
 (Biogr.) An  ingenious   and learned
 writer and  physician;  born   in 1704;
 died in 1826.  Works. Dissertation on
 the diseases of prisons and poor-houses :
 to which is added a singular case of
 preternatural  fatation.  Lond.  1795.
 12mo.   On  the history of medicine as
far as  it relates to the profession ofthe
 apothecary, from  the  earliest accounts
 to the present period.-  the origin of
 druggists, their general encroachments
 on compound  pharmacy, and the evils
 to which the public are thence exposed;
 as also from the unskilful practices of
 ignorant medicasters: and  the means
 which have  lately been devised ta rem-
 edy these growing abuses. Lond. 1795.
 12mo. An essay on medical technology.
 1^10. Svo.   A physiological system of
 nosology. Lond. 1817. Svo.   Study of
 medicine, comprising  its physiology,
pathology,  and practice. Lond.  1*25.
 5 vols. Svo.: by Saml. Cooper (1^2!')
 Memoirs of,  by Oi.inthus  Gregory,
 LL.D, Lond.
  GOR'DON, Ber'nard  (Biogr.)  A
 native of Scotland,  who practised at
 Montpellier.  He died early in the 14th
century.   He   appears  to  have beep
one of the  earliest medical  writers in
Britain whose works have  descended
to  us.   Works.  Lilium medicina de
morboruhi prope omnium   curatione,
cum aliquot aliis ejus libellis.  De phle-
botomid,  vita  humana  conservaiione,
et  floribus diatarum, per Bauldisium
editus. Leyd. 1474. Svo.  The original
was written in 1312.  De urinis et pul-
sibus.  Ferrar.  14SG.  fol.  Included in
the edition  Lilium  medicina.  Leyd.
1550.  Svo.  De febribus.  Ven. 1576.
  Gor'get  (Surg.)   from (F) gorge,
' the throat.'  Cana'lis, Duc'tor canalicu-
la'tus. An instrument, representing a
long gutter, in the  shape of a throat,
and which is  especially employed in
the operations  of lithotomy  and fistula
 in  ano.
  (F)  Gorgeret.
  (G) W eg w eiser.
  The LITHOT'OMY GOR'GET,  (F)
 Gorgeret Lilhotome, Cut'ling Gor'get,
 is the one used in the operation for the
 stone; for the purpose of dividing  the
 prostate and the neck of the bladder,
 so as to enable the surgeon to introduce
 the forceps, and extract the  stone.  At
 the end  of  this gorget  is a crest or
 beak, which fits the groove of the staff",
 and admits of the gorget's being passed
 along it into the bladder.
   Besides culting, there are also blunt,
 gorgets, intended to  be introduced into
 the wound;—their  concavity serving
 as a guide for  the forceps into the blad-
 der.
  The chief modifications in the gorget
 have been made by Andouillet, Bell,
 Blicke, Bromfield, Cline, Desault,
 Foubert, Hawkins,  Larrey,  Lefe-
 vre, Michaelis, Thomas, &c
  Writers. A. Scarpa (on the gorget
 o/"Hawkins),  in English  by  Wishart.
 Edinb. 1816. 
GORGONE1 FONTES       447              GOUT
  The GOR'GET FOR  FIS'TULA  IN
A'NO consists  of a  semi-cylindrical,
wooden staff; four inches long, without
including the  handle,, and furnished
with a wide groove.  This is introduced
into the rectum to prevent the point of
the bistoury from injuring the intestine;
when the internal orifice of the fistula
is deeply situated, and it is desirable to
perforin the operation by incision. This
instrument, invented by Mirchettis,
has been modified  by Percy, Runge,
&c.
  Desault invented an instrument, for
conducting the wire by the anus, in  the
operation for  fistula  by ligature.   He
called it  Gorgeret a repoussoir.
  Gorgo'nei  Fon'tes.  Fountains,  de-
scribed  by Libavius,  as containing
water, which  possessed  a petrifying
property: jjrobably,  water holding in
solution super-carbonate of lime.
  GOR'TER, Da'vid de (Biog.) Son
of the following, and Professor of Phy-
sic and Botany in the Dutch University
of Harderovick ; born ,:n 1717 ;  died in
1783.  Works.  Materia  medica, exhi-
bens  virium medicanuntorum  simpli-
cium  catalogos.  Amst. 1740. 4to.
  GOR'TER,  John  de  (Biogr.)  A
Dutch physician, father of the  preced-
ing;  born at Eickhuystn in 1689; died
in 1762.  Works. De perspirationc in-
sensibili.  Lugd.  Bat.  1725.  4to.   De
dirigendo  studio in  medicina  praxi,
seu,  de  tabulis  pro  disciplind  medicd
concinnandis.  Harderovic  1726.  4to.
De secretione  humorum e sanguine, ex
solidorum  fabricd pracipue  et  humo-
rum  indole, demonstratd.  Lugd. Bat.
1727. 4to.   Medicina compendium in
usum exercitationis domestica  diges-
tum.  Lugd. Bat.  Pars prima,  1731.
Pars  secunda,  1737.   Exercitationes
quatuor  medica. I.  De .motu  vitali.
II. De somno et vigilid.  III. Defame.
IV.  De siti.  Amst.  1737.  4to.  Medi-
cina Hippocratica exponens aphorismos
Hippocratis.  Amst.  Liber   primus,
1739:  II, 1740:  III  and IV, 1741:
V and VI, 1712 : VII, 1747. 4to. 1755.
Mediciha dogmatica, tres morbos par-
ticulares, delirium,  vertiginem, et tus-
sim,  exhibens.  Harderovic.  1741. 4to.
Chirurgia  repurgata. Leidse. 1742. 4to.
Praxis  medica  systema.  Harderov.
1749.  8vo.  Opuscula  varia  medico-
theoretica. Patav. 1751. 4to.  Formula
medicinales cum indice virium.  Amstel.
1755. 8vo.
  Gossyp'ium (Mat. Med.) Gossyp'ium
Herba'ceum ; — yoaamiov, Gossip'ion
Xy'lon,  Bom'bax, Cot'ton-  The seeds
of the Cotton Tree  (Gossip'Hum  arbo'-
reum, dtvSqov tqiotpoqov  (jYe'mus ca'-
nens mol'li la'nd)), have been adminis-
tered in coughs, on  account of  the
mucilage  they  contain.  The cotton
wool is used in medicine  for making
moxas, &c.
  (F) Coton.  (G)  Baumw.olle,
  GiiTTLING, John Frederick Au-
gustus  (Biog.)  A German physician :
Professor of Chemistry, Pharmacy, and
Technology at Jena ; born at Dwnburg
in Halberstadt in 1755; died  in 1809.
Works. Praktische vortheile und ver-
besserungen verschiedener pharmaceu-
tisch-chemischer  geratipncn fUr apoth-
eker. 2 Samml. Weimar.  1783.  Svo.
His chief works  were chemical.
  GOULARD, Thomas  (Biog.)  Sur-
geon-major  to the Royal  and Military
Hospital  of Montpellier, about  the
middle  of the  last century.   Works.
Sur  la preparation  fyc.  du plomb.
1760 (F).  Treatise on the effects  and
various  preparations of lead, particu-
larly ofthe extract offsaturn, &c:  trans-
lated by G. Arnaud, M. D.  Lond. 1775.
De lue  venered.  1774. 4to.  Remarks
and  practical  observations on venereal
complaints and disorders ofthe urethra;
with the composition of the bougies or
medicated candles for the cure of these
complaints.  Lond.  1772. 8vo.
 GOUL'STON,  GOUL'SON or GUL'-
SON, Thom'as  (Biogr.)   A native of
Northamptonshire,  England,  and  an
eminent London physician, founder of
the lectureship which bears his name ;
died  in 1632.   Works.   Versio, varia
lecliones,  et annotationes  critica in
opuscula varia Galeni. Lond. 1640.4to.
Edited by the Rev.  Thomas Gataker.
  Gout (Path.) Arthri'tis, Mor'bus ar-
ticula'ris,  Gut'ta, Arthro'sia Poda'gra,
Podal'gia, Poda'gra, ArthriVIcus ve'rus,
Arthri'tis  Poda'gra, Poda'gra arthri'-
tis, Flux'io  -arthrit'ica, Fe'bris arthrit'-
ica,  FVerecin,  Gas'tro-arthri'tis,  aqSqi-
ng,  Misopto'chos,  iiioonroiyog.    The
gout was formerly regarded  as a ca-
tarrh, and received its name from the
(F) goutte, (L)gutta, 'adrop'; because
it was  believed to be  produced by a
liquid, which distilled, goutte a goutte,
' drop  by  drop,' on the  diseased part,
This name, which seems to have been
first used«about  the year 1270, has been
admitted  into the  different languages
of Europe.
   Gout is an inflammation ofthe  fibrous
and  ligamentous parts ofthe joints. It aL
 most always attacks, first, the great toe;
 whence it passes to the smaller  joints, 
GOUT               448           GOUTTIERE
after having produced, or been attended
with, various sympathetic effects, par-
ticularly in the digestive organs; after
this, it may attack the greater articula-
tions.  It is  an  affection, which is ex-
tremely fugitive,  and variable in its re-
currence. It may be  acquired or hered-
itary.   Ln the former  case, it rarely
appears before  the age  of  35;   in the
latter, it is frequently observed  earlier.
It is often difficult to distinguish be-
tween  it and rheumatism.  A combina-
tion is  indeed  supposed to exist some-
times — hence  called Rheumatic gout.
During the  paroxysm or fit, a burning,
lancinating  paiii  is experienced in the
affected joint, attended with tumefac-
tion, tension,  and   redness.   One or
more joints  may be attacked, either at
the same  time  or in succession ;  and,
in either case, the attack terminates by
resolution in a few  days.   This is the
Arthri'tis acu'ta, inflammato'ria  vel reg-
ula'ris, Regular gout, Arthro'sia poda'-
gra regula'ris,  Goutte reguliere  chaude.
   Writers on regular gout.   Tode,
Hafniae, 1784  (L).   Graves, Edinb.
1803 (L).
   At other  times, .pains in  the joints
exist,  of a  more or less acute charac-
ter ; the swelling  being without red-
ness.   These  pains  persist, augment,
and diminish  irregularly, without ex-
hibiting intermission, and consequently
without having   distinct   paroxysms.
The disease is  then  called  aton'ic gout
or asthen'ic  gout, imperfect or irreg'ular
gout, Chronic G. Arthri'tis  aton'ica vel
asthen'ica, Arthro'sia Poda'gra larvu'ta.
It is, also, commonly called in  France,
 Goutte froide,  Goutte blanche.   It may
appear primarily or  succeed attacks^pf
regular gout.
   Writers  on atonic  gout.  Landre
Beauvais,  Paris, 1800 (F.)
   The gout does not  always  confine
itself to the joints.   It  may  attack the
internal organs ;  when  it is called Ar-
thri'tis  aber'rans, errat'ica, Po'dagra
aber'rans, Vare'ni,  (F) Goutte vague,
 and Wandering, misplaced, or anomalous
gout.
   Writers.  Vesti, Erford, 1700 (L).
 Leidenfrost, Duisb  1775 (L).   De
 Limbourg, Liege, 1763 (F).
   Rct'rograde gout, Arthri'tis rctrog'ra-
 da, Poda'gra retrog'rada, Arthro'sia Po-
 da'gra complica'ta, Rece'dent, mispla'ced
gout,  (F) Goutte remontee,  G.  malpla-
 cte,  G. rentric, is  when it leaves the
 joints  suddenly, and attacks some in-
 ternal organ, as the  stomach, intes-
 tines, lungs, brain, &c
  Writers.   Hilscher, Jense,  1747
(L).  R. J. Camerarius, Tubing, 1716
(L)-
   Gout  is also called,  according to
the part it may affect, Poda'gra,  Go-
na'gra,  Chira'gra, &.c.   Gout may be
acute or chronic and  may  give rise to
concretions,  which are  chiefly com-
posed of urate of soda.  See Calculus,
arthritic  It may, also, give occasion
to nodosities, when it  is called Arthritis
nodosa, (F) Goutte nouee.
  Writer.   Born, Leid. 1699 (L).
  The treatment of gout  is of the anti-
phlogistic kind, and the  local disorder
should be but little  interfered with.
The colchicum seems  to have great
power over the  disease.   It forms the
basis of the  Eau mcdicinale  d'Husson ;
a  celebrated   French  gout  remedy.
The bowels must  be  kept regular by
rhubarb and  magnesia ;  and a recur-
rence of  the disease  be prevented by
abstemious habits.
    (F)  Goutte.  (G)  Gicht.
  Writers on gout in general.  Deme-
trius Pepagomenus,  Paris, 155S  (L).
S.  Cornejo, Madrid  (S).   J. Aubry,
Paris, 1620  (F).  Bartholin,  Hafu.
1664.  O. Tachenii-s, Bren. 1668 (L).
Borrichius,  Hafu.   1679 (L).    H.
Busschoff, Sen. Lond. 1676.  J. Col-
batch, Lond. 1697.   G.  E. Stahl, &
Tieffenbach, W. Musgrave,  Oxon.
1726 (L).   G. Cheyne,  Lond. 1753.
P.  Desault, Paris,  1738 (F).  C. L.
Liger, Paris, 1753 (F).  N. Robinson,
Lond.  1756.    Loubet,  Paris,   1758
(F).   Coste,  Paris,  1764. (F).    Pon-
sart, Paris,  1770 (F).   S.  Wood,
Lond. 1775.  W. Cadogan, Lond. 1772.
J. G. Pietsch,  Halle, 1774 (G).    W.
Grant,  Lond.  1779.    W.  Rowley,
Lond.  1792.   Forbes,  Lond.  1793.
Thos. Dawson, Lond. 1781.   T. Gar-
diner, Edin. 1792. J. Latham, Lond.
1796.   G. Wallis,  Lond. 1798.  J.
Scott, Lond. 1780.   T. Parkinson,
 Lond.  1805.   P. J.  Barthez, Paris,
 1802 (F).   Tavarez  (Cinchona  in
gout),  Lisb.  1802 (L).   Kinc.i.ake,
 Lond.  1804.   R. Hamilton,  Lynn,
 1806.  Jones (Eau  medicinale in G.),
 Lond. 1810.  Ring, Lond. 1811. Scid-
 amore, Lond. 1816. J. Johnson, Lond.
 1*18.   P.  P.  P. Myddleton,  Bath,
 1827.
   GQUTTIERE  (F)  (Anat.)  Collic"ia.
 A groove in a bone,  like that used for
 carrying off rain.  Some of these  cayU
 ties are intended to  facilitate the slid-
 ing of tendons,  such  as the Gouttitre
 Bicip'itale or Bicip'italgroove.  Others,. 
GRAAF
449          GRAPHISCUS
   as the Gouttiire  sagittate or  Sagit'tal
   groove,  lodge bloodvessels  and  espe-
•  cially veins.  Others, again, are merely
   Intended for the support of certain  or-
   gans ;   as the  Gouttiire basilaire or
   Bas'ilary groove, which supports the
   medulla oblongata.
     GRAAF, Rjegnier de (Biogr.)  A
   celebrated  Dutch physician ;  born at
   Schoonhoven in  1641;  died  in  1673.
   Works.   De succo pancreatico.  Lugd.
   Bat. 1663.  12mo. Translated into Eng-
   lish  by  Christopher  Pack.  Lond.
   1676. 8vo.   De  virorum organis gen-
   erationi inservientibus,  de clysteribus, et
   de usu  siphonis  in  anatomid.  Lugd.
   Bat. 1668.  12mo.   Epistola de nonnul-
   lis circa partes genitales inventis novis.
   Lugd. Bat. 1668.    Tractatus de mulie-
   rum organis generationi inservientibus.
   Lugd. Bat. 1672. 12mo.   Tractatus de
   partibus  genitalibus defensio.  Lugd.
   Bat. 1673.  12mo.  His works, with his
   life prefixed, were published at Ley-
   den. 1677.  Svo.
     Grac"ilis  (Anat.)  Rec'tus inte'rior
   fem'oris, si've Grac"ilis inte'rior,  Sous-
   pubio-crcti-tibial,    Sous-pubio-pretibial
   (Ch.)   Droit  ou grele  interne  de la
   cuisse.  This muscle is  situated at the
   inside ofthe thigh.  It is thin  and very
   long; and  arises  from  the descending
   ramus of the pubis, to be  inserted at
   the  inner  and  inferior  part of the tu-
   berosity of the tibia.  It bends the leg
   and causes adduction ofthe thigh.
     Grain (Pharm.)  Gra'num;  the 60th
   part of a Troy, and the 72d part of an
   Avoidupois, drachm.
     GRAINDORGE, Andrew  (Biogr.)
   An  ingenious  French surgeon; born
   in 1616;  died in  1676.   Works. In
   futilem figuli exercitationem medicam de
   principiis fatus animadversioncs. Nar-
   bon. 1658. 8vo.
     GRAIN'GER,  James, M.  D.  (Bi-
   o<rr.)  A poet and physician ; born at
   Dunse in Scotland,  about 1723;  resid-
   ed chiefly  in the West Indies,  where
   he died in 1767.   Works. Historia fe-
   bris anomala Batava, annorum  1746,
   7, 8, &c. Edinb. 1753.  8vo.  An essay
   on the more common  West India diseases
   and the remedies which  that country
   itself produces ; to tchich are  added some
   hints on the management  of negroes.
   Lond. 1764.  8vo.
     Gra'men Cru'cis Cyperioi'dis (Mat.
   Med.) Gra'men  JEgyp'tiacum, Mgyp'-
   tian Cock's foot grass.   The  roots and
   plants possess the virtues of  the Triti-
   cum repens and have been recommend-
   ed in the earlier stages of dropsy. They
were, formerly, considered to possess
many other properties.
  Gram'me (Pharm.) yqa/Lifiij, an  an-
cient weight,  equivalent to  the 24th
part of an  ounce,  or to 24 grains,  or a
scruple, Avoirdupois.  At the present
day, the  gramme is equal in weight
to a cubed centimeter of water; or to
18 grains, Poid de Marc —15.444 grains,
Troy.'
  Grander'alje  (Anat.)   The  hair,
which grows in the arm pits.
  GRANT,  William (Biogr.)    An
English physician, who  lived towards
the end of the  last century.   Works.
An  inquiry into the  nature, rise, and
progress of the fevers most  common in
London,  as they have succeeded each
other in the different seasons for the last
twenty years ; with some observations on
the  best method of treating them.  Lond.
1771. 8vo.  Second edition under  the
title of— Observations on the nature and
cure of fevers. Lond. 1773. 2 vols. 8vo.
Essay on the pestilential fever of Syden-
ham, commonly called the  gaol, hospital,
ship, and camp fever.  Lond.  1775. Svo.
Short account of  the present  epidemic
cough and fever. Lond. 1776.  8vo.   A
short account of the fever and sore throat
which  began to appear  in  and  about
London, Sept. 1776.  Lond.  1777. 8vo.
Some observations on  the origin, pro-
gress, and  method of treating the atra-
bilious  temperament  and gout.  Lond.
1780. 8vo.  Observations on the late in-
fluenza febris catarrhalis epidemica of
Hippocrates,  as it appeared  in 1775
and '82. Lond. 1782.
  Granula'tion  (Path.)  Granula'tio,
from gra'num,  ' a  grain.'  Gem'ma.
Granulations are the reddish, conical,
fleshlike shoots, which form at the  sur-
face of suppurating wounds and ulcers.
They are the product of inflammatory
excitement, and may be produced in
indolent ulcers, by exciting  the parts
by  proper  stimulants. They  form the
basis of the cicatrix.
     (F) Bourgeons,  B. charnus.
   GRANULATION is, likewise, a name
given, by  the  modern  French physi-
cians, to an organic lesion, consisting
in  the formation of small,, round, firm,
 shining,  semi-transparent  tumors, of
 the size and shape of millet seed or of a
 pea; which are met with in  the lungs
 particularly, and  in considerable quan-
 tity ; often without materially interfer-
 ing with their  functions.
   Graphis'cu's (Surg.) yqaipioxog,  /§«-
 tpiaxog dioxXtog, Graphis'cus DTOCLIS.
 An instrument, invented  by Di'ocles 
           GRAPHITES            45

for extracting darts.   It is described in
Celsus.
  Graphi'tes (Mat. Med.)  Plumba'go,
Supercdrbure'tum Fer'ri,  Carburc'tum
Fer'ri,  Car'buret of  iron,  Black lead,
Wad.  This substance has  been  es-
teemed slightly astringent  and desic-
cative.   It has been advised by Wein-
hold in the cure of herpes.
  (F)  Crayon noir, Plombagine.
  (G)  Graphit, Reissblei.
  GRAS-FONDURE, (F) (Path.)  Diar-
rhaa adipo'sa,  literally mol'ten-grease.
A species of diarrhoea, referred to by
older writers ; accompanied with great
emaciation, and in which  the evacua-
tions contain fatlike  matter.   Accord-
ing  to  Sauvages,   the  Gras-fondure
differs from colliquative  diarrhoea  in
not being attended with hectic  fever.
  (G)  F e tt s c hm el ze n.
  GRASSEYEMENT (F) (Path.) So'nus
bla'sus,  Rottacis'mus, from  (F) gras,
'  thick,'  ' speaking thick.'   According
to Sauvages, a vicious pronunciation
ofthe letter r.  They who speak thick,
like the inhabitants of Newcastle  in
England or of  Havre in France, have
difficulty in pronouncing the r, and
they frequently substitute for it  the
letter, I; but this does not properly con-
stitute  Grasseyement.  It  consists  in
this : that in words in which the letter
r is joined to another consonant, a sort
of burrins; or guttural rolling is heard.
nearly like that produced by gargling.
   GRATAROLUS,  William   (Biog.)
An Italian physician, of learning; born
at Bergamo  in  1510; died, according
to some, in 1562;  according toothers,
in 1568.   Works.  De pradictione  mo-
rum  natararumque  hominum facili,  et
inspectiuue partium corporis, liber. Basil.
1554.  Svo.  Liber de memorid  reparan-
 dd,  avgendd,   conservandaque, ac  de
reminiscentid ;  tutiora omni  modo reme-
dia  et prarcptiones  optimas continens.
Tiguri.  1554.  Svo.   Translated into
English by  W.  Fulward, under the
title of  Castle of memorie,  wherein is
 contcyned the restoring, augmenting, and
conserving  of the memorye and remem-
 brance, with the safest remedies and best
precepts thereunto in any wise  appcr-
 tayning.  Lond.  1562  16mo.    Pestis
 descriptio.  Lugd.  1555.  8vo.  Artis
 alchymUe secretissima et certissima  de-
fensio. Basileae. 1561. fol.  De laudibus
 medicina, ejus origine, progressu, utili-
 tate, empiricis, et medicorum  laudibus.
 Argent. 1563.  8vo.   De vini naturd,
 artificio, et usu, deque omni re potabili.
 Basil. 1565. 8vo.
5       GRAVITY,  SPECIFIC

  Grati'ola officina'lis (Mat. Med.)
Digita'lis min'ima,  Gra'tia de'i, Grati'-
ola Ceittaurioides. Hedge hys'sop. Herb
of grqjce.  It is a native ofthe South of
Europe.  The plant is inodorous ; taste
strong, bitter, nauseous. It is possessed
of anthelmintic, purgative, emetic, and
diuretic properties.  Dose, 10 grains.
  (F)  Gratiole, Herbe aupauvrehomme.
  (G) Erdgalle,  Gnadenkraut.
  Writers.  J. J. Buer( kel, Argent.
1738 (L).   J.  Kostrzewski, Vienn.
1775 (L).  Zobel, Erlang. 1782 (L).
B. Sommer, Regiom. 1796 (L).  G. F.
Delavigne, Erlang. 1799 (L).
  Gravel  (Path.)   Lithia rena'lis are-
no'sa, Lithi'asis nephril'ica, L. rena'lis,
(F)  Gravelle,  (G)Gries.  A disease
occasioned  by small concretions, simi-
lar  to  sand or  gravel,  (F)  Gravier,
which form in the kidneys, pass along.
the uterus to the bladder, and are e xpel
led with the urine.   These concretions,
which are commonly composed of uric
acid and an animal  matter, are depos-
ited at the bottom of the vessel, imme-
diately after the excretion ofthe urine;
and by their hardness,  and  resistance
under  the  finger,  differ considerably
from the  ordinary  sediment of that
liquid.  A vegetable diet and alkaline
drinks  are the best prophylactics.  See
Calculi, urinary.
   Writers.    F.   Magendie,  Paris
1818 (F),  in  Engl. Lond.  1818.   Sir
C. Scudamore. Lond.  1823.
  GRAVES,  Robert, M. D., F. L. S.
(Biogr.)  A physician  at Sherborne in
 Dorsetshire.   Works.  An experimen-
tal inquiry into the constitutional princi-
ples of the sulphureous tenter at  Sot-
tingham, near Weymouth ; with observa-
tions relative  to its application in the
cure of diseases.  Lond.  1792.  Svo.   A
pocket  conspectus of the New London,
Edinburgh, and Dublinpharmacopaias :
wherein the virtues,  uses, und doses of
the  several articles  and  preparations
contained in those  works are  concisely
stated; their pronunciation, as to quan-
tity, is  strictly marked,  and a variety of
 other particulars respecting them giren,
 calculated  more especially far junior
practioners.  Lond.  1796.  12mo. 4th.
 edit. 1810.
   Grav'ity, specif'ic (Pharm.) Grav'-
itas specif ica.  The relation  between
 the  weight of a body  and  its  bulk:
 thus, supposing four bodies to be of the
 same  size, but which weigh,  one 4,
 another 3,  another 2, and the fourth
 1; the specific gravity of the  first will
 be four times greater than that of the 
GRAVITY,  SPECIFIC        451        GRAVITY,  SPECIFIC
last.   The specific gravities  of differ- I mercury  at the  common temperature,
ent bodies are therefore as the weights, | 13.58.   Whence, we conclude, mercury
bulk  for  bulk.   For  solids  and  liquids  is  between 13  and 14  times heavier
water is taken as the unit; atmospheric : than water.
air for the gases. Thus, water is 1.000; '

                         Table of Specific Gravities.

 Note.  D. £. L. and A. mean, the Dublin, Edinburgh, London, and American Pharmacopoeias.
Acid, Acetic,     .    .    .
---- Arsenic,  ....
---- Arsenious,   .    .
---- Benzoic,  ....
---- Citric,  ....
---- Muriatic, ....
---- Nitric,  ....
----------highly concentrated,
---- Phosphoric, liquid,
---- Sulphuric,
---- Tartaric,
Alcohol, absolute,
------- highly rectified,
        of commerce,
Aloes, Socotrine,
Alum,.....
Ambergris,  ....
Ammonia Gas (Air being 1.000),
        , liquid,
Ammoniacum,
Assafcetida,.....
Barytes, Carbonate of, from  4.100 to
Benzoin,  ......
Blood, human,     ....
----- Crassamentum of,  .
-----Serum of,   .
Borax,......
Camphor,         ....
Caoutchouc,   .....
Catechu,.....
Chalk, from 2.252 to .
Crystalline Lens,      .    .    .
Dragon's Blood,     ....
Elemi,......
Ether, Acetic,.....
----- Muriatic,   ....
-----Nitric,.....
----- Sulphuric, from 0.632 to
Euphorbium,.....
Fat of Beef,.....
------Hogs,.....
------Mutton,    ....
      Veal,.....
Galbanum,
Gamboge,  .         .    .
Guaiacum, G.     ....
Gum Arabic,.....
----Cherrytree,   ....
Honey,......
Isinglass,.....
Jalap, Resin of,.....
Labdanum,.....
Lard,     ...:..
Lime,......
Magnesia, Carbonate of, from 2.220 to
Mastic,......
Metals, Antimony,  ....
------ Arsenic,   ....
------ Copper,     ....
------ Gold, cast,     .    .    .
-----------hammered,
1.062a
3.391
3.728
0.667
1.034
1.2004
1.271
1.583c
1.556
1.850d
1.59G
0.797
0,S09e
0.835/
1.379
1.714
0.926
0.590
0875
1.217
1.327
4.600
1.092
1.053
1.245
1.030
1.714
0.988
0.933
1.457
2.657
1.100
1.204
1.068
0.866
0.729
0.908
0.775
1.124
0.923
0.936
0.923
0.934
1.212
1.222
1.228
1.452
1.481
1.450
1.111
 1.218
 1.186
0.947
2.390
2.612
 1.074
 6.702
 5.763
 8.900
 19.25
 19.35
Metals, Iron, cast,
-----------barhardened or not,
Lead,.
Mercury at 60° F.,
Platinum,  .
Potassium, 59° F.,
Silver,
Sodium at 59° F., ,
Steel, soft,     .
-----tempered,
----- hardened,
Tin,
Zinc, .    .    .
Milk,
Mineral  Pitch  or  Asphaltum,  from |
   0.905 to   .
Myrrh,
Naphtha, from 0.700 to .
Nitre,.....
Oils, essential, Amber, .
------------ Aniseed,
------------Curraway-seed,
------------Cinnamon, .
------------Cloves,  .    ,
------------Fennel,
------------Juniper, .
------------ Lavender,  .
------------Mint, common,
------------Nutmegs,  .
------------Pennyroyal,  .
------------Rosemary,
------------Turpentine,   .
------------Wormwood,
----expressed, Almonds, sweet,
-------------- Linseed,  .
-------------- Olives, .
              Whale,  .
Olibanum,
Opium,    .    .    .    .
Opoponax,
Peruvian Bark, .
Phosphorus,  .
Proof Spirit,
Sagapenum,  .
Scammony of Smyrna,
----------- Aleppo,  .
Spermaceti,
Sugar, white,
Sulphur, fused, .
Tallow, ....
Tragacanth gum,
Vinegar, from 1.013 to .
Water, distilled,     .    .
------  Sea,  .
Wax, Bees'
—— White, .
Wine, Bourdeaux,
----- Burgundy,  •
----- Port,
-----White Champagne,
a 1.070, D.          b 1.170, D. and E., 1.160, L. and A.
d 1.845, D. and B.       e .815, L. andD.       / .540, D.
 c 1.500, D. L. A. 1.520 £.
g ,930, D. and  L., .935, E.
(F)  Pesanteur sp&cifique,
(G) Specifische  Schwere. 
GREAVES
452
GROOVE
   GREAVES, Sir Ed'ward (Biogr.)
 Phys. in ordinary to Kiug Charles II.
 of England ;  born in Surry;  died in
 1680.    Works.  Morbus  epidemicus.
 Ann. 1643: or the new disease,  with
 causes, signs, remedies, &c. Oxf.  1643.
 4to.   Oratio  habita in adibus collegii
 medicorum  Londinensium,  25 Jul.  die
 Harveii memoria dicato.  Lond.  1667.
 4to.
  GREG'ORY, John, M. D.  (Biogr.)
 A learned professor of physic  in the
 university  of  Edinburgh;  born at Ab-
 erdeen, in 1724 ; died in 1773.  Works.
 Comparative view of the  state and fac-
 ulties of man with those of the animal
 world.   Lond.   1776. 12mo.   Observa-
 tions on the duties, offices, and qualifica-
 tions of a physician, and on the method
 of prosecuting inquiries into philosophy.
 Lond.   1770.  Svo.   Elements  of the
practice of physic for the use of students.
 Edinb. 1772. Svo.   Whole works, with
 life of the author. Edinb.  1788. 4 vols.
 12mo.
  GREGORY, James, M. D. (Biog.)
 Professor of the practice of physic in
 the university of Edinburgh, son ofthe
 preceding and not less distinguished;
 born in 1753;  died  in 1821.   Works.
 Dissertatio medica de morbis cali muta-
 tione medendis.   Edinb.  1774.   8vo.
 Conspectus medicina theoretica in usum
 academicum.  Edinb.  1780-2. 2 vols.
8vo.   Cullen's first lines of the prac-
tice of physic,  with notes.  7th edit.
2 vols. Svo.
  GRELE (F)  (Anat.)  Grac'Hlis, long
and thin.  This epithet is given by the
 French  to various parts, as the
  APOPHYSE GRELE DU MARTEAU,
the slen'dcr apoph'ysis or process of the
mafleus, a long process, situated at the
anterior part ofthe neck ofthe malleus
and which passes out by the fissure of
 Glaserius. It is also called the apoph-
ysis  of  Raw,  although it was already
known  to  Fabricius  ab  Acquapen-
 dente and to Cecilius Follius.
  GREN, Fred'k  Al'bert Charles,
 M. D.  (Biogr.) An eminent natural
philosopher  and professor of medicine
at Halle, in  Germany; born  in  1758;
 died  in  1790.   Works.   System der
 Pharmakologie. Hal. 1798. 3 vols. 8vo.
  GREVIN, James  (Biogr.) A French
 poet and physician;  born at Clermont,
in Beauvoises,  in 1538; died in 1573.
 Works. Deux livres des venins,oii il est
 discount des bestes  vinimeuses, theria-
 ques, poisons et contrepoisons ; ensemble
 les auvres de Nicandre.  Paris.  1567.
 8vo.   It was translated into  Latin  by
 Jerem. Martius. Partium corporis hu-
 mani, tarn simplicium tarn compositorum,
 breviselucidatio. Lutet. 1565. fol. Trans-
 lated into French. Paris. 1569.  fol.
   GREW, Nehemi'ah, M. D., F. R. S.
 (Biogr.)  A physician and eminent bo-
 tanical philosopher; born at  Coventry,
 Eng.; died in 1711.   Works. Museum
 Regalis Societatis ; or a catalogue of nat-
 ural  and artificial rarities belonging to
 the Royal Society  and preserved at Gres-
 ham's college.    To  which is added the
 comparative anatomy of the stomach and
 guts; with 31 plates.  Lond.  1681.  fol.
 Tractatus de  salis cathartici  amari,  in
 aquis Ebeshamensibus et hujusmodi aliis
 contenti, naturd  et  usu.  Lond.  1095.
 12mo.
   Griphom'enos   (Path.)  yqiipoutvog,
 from  yqupog, ' a  net,' because  it sur-
 rounds the  body like a net.   A  pain
 which surrounds  the  prcecordia.  Hip-
 pocrates.
   GRIPPE (F)  (Path.)  from gripper,
 ' to gripe ';  catch  hold of,'  a  vulgar
 name  for several catarrhal  diseases,
 which have reigned  epidemically ; as
 the Influenza, which see.
   Writers.   Marignie, Montauban,
 1776 (F).   Saillant, Paris, 1780 (F).
 Cabiran, Toulouse, 1806 (F).
   Groats (Hyg.) Sax. ynitfca, ^puc,
 Germ.  G r u t z e.  Ave'na excortica'ta
glu'mis exemp'ta, Gru'tum.   Oat'meal,
( Yorkshire).  Oats, hulled but unground
(Lancashire). Hulled oats, half ground.
Oats  that have  the  hulls taken  off,
 Grits.
  A decoction of  these is administered
as  a diluent and demulcent.
 GROENEVELT, or GREEN'FIELD,
John, M. D. (Biogr.)  A physician of
the 17th century ; born at Deventer in
Holland.   Works. Dissertatio litholog-
ica variis observationibus etfiguris illus-
trata.   Lond. 1684.  8vo.  Translated
into English. Lond. 1710. 8vo.  Prac-
tica qud   humani  morbi  describuntur.
Francf. 1688. Svo.   Arthritology,  or a
discourse of the gout. Lond. 1691.  8vo.
 Tractatus de tuto  cantharidum in medi-
cind usu  interno.  Lond. 1691.  12mo.
Translated by Martin, under the title
— Treatise on the safe  internal use of
cantharides. Lond. 1701. 8vo.   Funda-
menta medicina, &c. Lond. 1715.  8vo.
Translated into English.  Lond.  1753.
Svo.
   Groove  (Anat.  Surg.)  Icelandic,
grafa, Sax. 5papan,  to dig.  A chan-
nel or gutter, in a bone or surgical in-
strument.
    (F) Rainure. 
GROOVED            453             GUIDOT
  Groo'ved  (Anat.  & Surg.)  Same
etymon.   Sulca'tus,  Slria'lus,  Cana-
licula'tus.  Having a small  channel  or
gutter.
    (F) Cannele ou Canele.
  Growth (Phys.)  from Dutch gro-
e v e n, Crescen'tia.  The developement
of the body ;  particularly in the direc-
tion of its  height.   It is, also, applied
to any adventitious  tissue :  thus, we
speak of a. morbid growth or formation.
  (F) Croissance.
  (G)  Wachsthum.
  GRUBE, Her'man (Biog.)  A  Ger-
man physician; born  at  Lubeck  in
1637 ; died in 1698.   Works. Analysis
mali citrei compendiosa. Hafn. 1668.
8vo.  Commentarius de  modo  simpli-
cium medicamentorum facultates  cog-
noscendi.  Hafn. et Francof.  1669.  8vo.
De  arcanis  medicorum  non  arcanis
commentatio.  Hafn. 1673.  8vo.   De
transplantatione  morborum  analysis
nova. Amstel. et Hamburg.  1674.  8vo.
De ictu tarantula et vi musices in ejus
curatione. Francof.  1079. Svo.
  Gru'tum (Path.)  l Groats.' Gru'tum
Mil'ium, Mil'ium.  A hard, white tu-
bercle  of the skin,  resembling, in size
and  appearance,  a  millet-seed.  It is
confined to the face.
  Gryali Collyr'ium  (Pharm.) The
antient name of a detergent collyrium,
described by  Aetius.
  Gry'pa  (Pharm.) An ointment,  no
longer employed, described by  N. My-
repsus.
  Gryph'ius Pes  (Surg.)  The Grif-
fon's Foot, (F) \Pied de Griffon.  An
instrument of which  Ambrose Pare
speaks, and  which  was used  for ex-
tracting moles from the uterus.
  Grypo'sis  (Path.)  yqvjcwoig,  from
yqvTioui,' I incurvate.'  Incurva'tio.  It
is used particularly for crookedness or
incurvation  of the  nails.   Un'guium
adunca'tio.
  Gua'co  (Mat. Med.) The name of a
plant, described by Humboldt and Bon-
pland under the  name Mikania Guaco,
which.grows in the valleys of Mada-
lena, Rio-Cauca, &c. of South America.
The negroes  use  the juice  against the
bites of poisonous  reptiles; — both in
the way of prevention and cure.
  Gua'iacum (Mat. Med.) G.officina'U,
 G.  America'num,  Lig'num  vi'ta,  L.
sane'tum, L. benedic'tum, Pa'lus sanc'-
tus, Lig'num In'dicum,  Hagiox'ylum.
The resin and wood are both used in
medicine.  Their odor is slightly fra-
grant ; taste warm and bitter, ofthe resin
more so than of the wood.   The  resin
is  concrete, brittle ; color, externally,
 freenish;  internally, grayish.  Water
 issolves about one-tenth;  alcohol 95
parts. It is soluble,also,in liquor potassai
15 parts, liquor ammonia 38 parts. The
powder  is  whitish,  but changes  to
green in the  air.   The base  of the
guaiacum  is  a peculiar resin,  called
Guaiacine.
  The guaiacum is stimulant and  di-
aphoretic ; and, in large doses, purga-
tive.  It is administered  in chronic
rheumatism, gout,  cutaneous  diseases,
and the  sequela? of syphilis.   Dose, of
resin, gr. v to xx : — to purge,  gr. xx
to xl.
   (F) Gayac,  Gatac;  Gomme Guaiac.
   (G) Guajakholz, Franzosen-
holz,  Pockenholz,  Guajak-
guinmi, Guajakharz.
   Writers.  L. Schmaus  (G.  in  sy-
philis),  August.   Vindel.  1518 (L).
Ulrich von Hutten (Do.),  Mogunt.
1519 (L).  J. de Bethencourt  (Do.),
Paris, 1527 (L).  Fr. Delgado  (Do),
Venice, 1529 (I).   N. Poll  (Do.), Ve-
net.  1535 (L).  A. Ferri, Rom. 1537
(L).  A. Lecoq, Paris, 1540 (L).  R.
Fuchs (G.in syphilis), Paris, 1541 (L^.
M. A. Biondo (Do.),  Venet. 1542 (L).
L. Rettori  (Do.),  Bonon. 1594 (L).
J. Juncker,  Erford. 1624 (L).   J. A.
Friderici, Jenae, 1662 (L). Ph. Short,
Lugd. Bat.  1719 (L).  Chr. G, Gru-
ner (G. in gout). Jense, 1778 (L).   J.
Fr.  Ackermann  (Do.), Kilon. 1782
(L).
   Guas'sem  (Path.)  A name,  given
by the  Arabian physicians to certain
blackish spots on  the skin,  with  the
nature of which we are unacquainted.
Avicenna.
   Gubernac'ulum  Tes'tis  (Anat.)
Ligamen'tum   suspenso'rium  Tes'tis.
A triangular, fibro-cellular cord; which,
in the foetus, arises from the  ramus of
the ischium and the skin  of the scro-
tum, and proceeds to the posterior part
of the testicle, before this organ  issues
from the abdomen.  It is a continuation
of the fascia  superficialis, and, by con-
tracting to occasion the descent of the
testicle, it  lengthens the fibres of  the
lesser oblique muscle ; so as to produce
the cremaster, and is itself expanded to
constitute the  dartos.
     (F) Gouvernail du testicule.
   GUIDOT  or GUIDOTT, Thomas
(Biogr.) Born at Leamington in South-
ampton, England, in 1638.  Time  of
his  death  not known.   Works.  An
appendix concerning  the antiquity  of
Bath; and an account ofthe nature of 
GUILANDINA MORINGA     454             GUMMA
 the hot waters there.  Lond. 1669. 8vo.
 A  querie  concerning drinking  Bath
 waters resolved.  Lond.  1673.   Obser-
 vations  lately  made at  Bath.  Lond.
 1674. 4to.   Discourse ofthe  Bath and
 the  hot  waters  there: with  some  in-
 quiries into the nature ofthe  waters of
 St.  Vincent Rock near  Bristol, and
 that of Castle Cary.  To which is added
 a century of observations : with an ac-
 count ofthe lives and characters  ofthe
 physicians  of Bath.  Lond. 1676. Hvo.
 Liber de thermis  Britannicis ; accedunt
 observationes hydrostatica, chromatica,
 et  miscellanea   uniuscujusque  balnei
 apud Batoniam, naturam ornalius  ex-
 hibentes. Lond.  1681. 4to.   On Isling-
 ton  waters. Lond.  1684. 4to.   The
 register  of Bath, in 200 observations,
 containing an account of cures perform-
 ed and benefit received by the use ofthe
famous hot wells  of Bath.  Lond.  1694.
 8vo.  He published  two or three  other
 works on the Bath waters.  De  urinis
 prelegomena. Leyd.  1703. 8vo.
  Guilandi'na  Morin'ga (Mat. Med)
 A plant, which  affords the  Ben nut,
 and the Lignum nephriticum.   It  is
 also called Moringa Oleifera, M. Zey-
 lanica.---Ben,   Glans  unguenta'ria,
 Ben JVux,  Bal'anus  Myrcp'sica; the
 Oily A'corn or  Ben JYut,  (SaXavog Ai-
 yvTtria, ftaXavog Mnqtipixtj.  This  West
 India  nut  furnishes  an  oil, O'leum
 Balani'num, which  does  not become
 rancid by age,  and  is hence  used by
 perfumers.  It is  purgative.
  The wood of the guilandina is called
 Lignum JVephrit'icum,  and  has been
 used, in decoction, in affections of the
 urinary organs.
  GU1LLEMEAU, James (Biog.)  A
 very celebrated  medical  character of
 the Hith century : Surgeon to Charles
 IX.  and Henry  IV.  of France; born
 at  Orleans in  1550 ;  died  in  1612.
 Works.  A Latin  translation of the
 works a/Ambrose Pare. Paris.  1582.
 fol.  Tables anatomiques avec les por-
 traits  et  declaration d'iceux.   Paris.
 1586. fol.  Histoire de tous les muscles
 du  corps humain, oil leurs noms, nom-
 bre, situation, origine, insertion et action
 sont demontrees.  Traite1 de la genera-
 tion de I'homme, recueilli des  lecons de
 M.  Cocrtin, M.  D., de la Faculte de
 Paris.   L'heureux  accouchement des
femmes. Paris. 1609. Svo.   In English,
 Lond. 1612. 4to.  La chirurgie  Fran-
 eaise, recueillie  des  anciens  medecins
 et chirurgiens. Paris.  1594. fol. Trans-
 lated into  English  by A. M. Dort.
 1597.  fol.   Operations de chirurgie,
 recueillies des anciens medecins et chi-
 rurgiens.  Traite des maladies de Vail.
 Paris.  1585.  8vo.   Translated  into
 English by A. IE  Lond. 1586.  24mo.
 Traite  de la parfaite mithode d'em-
 baumer les corps.       .   QZuvres de
 chirurgie. Paris. 1598. et augmentees
 de plusieurs  traictez, pris des lecons de
 M. G. Courtin. Rouen.  1649.
   GUIN'THIER, or GUIN'THER, or
 GUIN'TIER,  or  GUINTE'RIUS, or
 GON'THIER, or WINT'HER,  John
 (Biogr.)  A  celebrated anatomist, and
 physician to Francis I.; born at An-
 dernach, in Germany, in 1487 ; died at
 Strasburg in 1574.   Works. Anatomi-
 carum institutionum, secundum Galeni
 stntentiam, libr. iv.  Basil.  1536.  Svo.
 Item cum Tiieophili Protospatarii
 de corpore humano  lib. v. Basil.  1539.
 4to.   Item cum opusculo G. Vall.s de
 partibus humani corporis. Venet.  1555.
 10mo.  Item  ab Andrea Vesaho auc-
 tiores redditi.  Patav.  1558.  Svo.  De
 victits et  medendi  ratione,  tiun  alio,
 tiun  pestilentia maxime  tempore ob-
 servandd.  Argent.   1542.  Svo.   Item
 cam  Marsilii  Ficini  de  vitd  libris
 duobus.  Paris.  1549.  8vo.  Item  cum
 thesauro sanitatis J. Liebaultii. Paris.
 1577.  16mo.  Avis, regime et ordon-
 nance pour  connoitre la peste,  &c.
 Strasburg. 1564. 4to.  De  pestilentid
 commentarius, in quatuor dialogos dis-
 tinctus. Argent. 1565. 8vo.   Commen-
 tarius de  balneis  et  aquis -medicatis.
 Argent.  1565.  8vo.    De  medicind
 veteri et novd  tum  cognoscendd,  tum
faciundd, commentarii   duo.   Basil.
 1571. 2 vols. fol.   Gynaciorum  com-
 mentarius de gravidarum,  parturien-
 tium, puerperarum, et infanlium curd,
 &c.  1606. Svo.  Syntaxis Graca nunc
 recens et nata et  edita.  Lutet. 1527.
 Svo.  He published,  likewise, several
 treatises of the older  writers, — Hip-
 pocrates, Plato,  Galen,  Paulus of
 iEgina, Alexander of Tralles, &c,
 with  commentaries.
   Gum-Lan'cet;   Den'tis  Scal'pium,
 oSovroyXvipov.  An instrument for sepa-
 rating the gum from the cervix of the
 tooth, prior to extraction.  It is formed
 much like a fleam.
     (F) Dechaussoir.
     (G) Zahnschaber.
   The operation itself is called Lancing
 the gums, Den'tium scalptu'ra, (F) De-
 chaussement.
   Gum'ma (Path.)  An elastic tumor,
 formed  in the  periosteum; occupying
 particularly the  cranium and sternum,
 and  produced by the  syphilitic virus, 
GUMMI             455           GYMNASIUM
when it has been long in the constitu-
tion.  It is so called, because, when
opened, it contains a matter like gum.
  Gum'mi (Mat. Med.)  xouui,  Gisisim.
An immediate principle of vegetables.
It is a solid, uncrystallizable, inodorous
substance,  of a  mawkish taste,  un-
changeable in the air, insoluble in al-
cohol, but soluble in  water, with which
it  forms a mucilage.   It  is obtained
from  various  species  of  the  mimosa
and prunus ; and, consequently, there
are many varieties of gum.  They are
used in  medicine  as demulcents, emol-
lients, and relaxants, particularly in
catarrh, intestinal irritations, &c.;  and
in Pharmacy, they are employed in the
formation of emulsions, pills, &c.
    (F) Gomme.
    (G) Gummi.
  GUM'MI-NOS'TRAS,  (F) Gomme du
Pays; Indig"enous Gum.   These gen-
eric names  are given to several species
of gum, which flow spontaneously from
certain European fruit trees, — such as
the almond, cherry, peach, apricot, &c.
The indigenous gums have nearly the
same properties as gum arabic, but they
are inferior to it.
  GUM'MI-RESI'NA  (Mat. Med.) Gum-
Res'in.   A  milky juice,  obtained by
making  incisions into the branches,
stalks, and roots  of certain vegetables.
Gum-resins are  compounds  of resin,
gum, essential oil, and different other
vegetable  matters.  They  are solid,
opaque, brittle, of a  strong odor,  acrid
taste, variable  color, and are  heavier
than water.  Water  dissolves a part of
them, and alcohol another :  hence proof
spirit is the proper menstruum.
  The generality of the gum-resins are
powerful stimulants  to the whole or to
parts of the Economy.
  The  chief are  assafatida, gum  am-
moniac, euphorbium, galbanum,  cam-
boge, myrrh, olibanum, opoponax, scam-
mony, aloes, &c.
  Gut'ta  (Pharm.)  A Drop,  arayua,
Alun'sel, Stil'la.  A  quantity of liquid,
generally valued, in Pharmacy, at the
weight  of a grain. It is clear, however,
that  the weight must vary according
to the  nature of the liquid: — a  drop
of ether, e. g.,  cannot weigh as much
as one  of  sulphuric  acid.   The form of
the mouth of the phial likewise alters
the size of the drop.  These and  other
circumstances have induced the  Lon-
don College  to  institute  the  minim,
which  is  the sixtieth part of a  fluid
drachm.
     (F) Goutte.  (G) Tropfen.
  GUT'TA RO'SEA (Path.) Gut'ta Ro-
sa'cea, Ion'thus  corymb'ifer, Ac'ne ro-
sa'cea, Bacchia,  Butiga, Carbun'cled
Face,  Ro'sy Drop,  Welk.  An erup-
tion  of small,  suppurating tubercles,
with shining redness, and an irregular
granular appearance of the skin of the
part of the face which is affected.  The
redness commonly appears first at the
end of the nose, and then spreads on
both sides.  It is  often  produced by
hard drinking.   Its cure  must be at-
tempted by regular  regimen, and  cool-
ing means internally :  weak spirituous
or saturnine lotions externally.  The
affection is usually very obstinate.
  (F)  Couperose, Goutte  Rose, Bour-
geons.
  (G)  Kupf e r h'an del.
  Writers.   Ch.  Harder,  Argent.
1648 (L).   J. E.  Kirchhof,  Altdorf,
1659 (L):  A. H. Fasch,  Jena?,  1669
(L). J.Braun, Argent. 1681 (L).  J.R.
Fuchs, Altdorf, 1688 (L). G. Thiesen,
Regiom.  1730 (L).  J. Juncker,  Hal.
1745 (L).
  Gut'tje ni'gr.e (Pharm.)  Common
Black Drop. (Opii §viij,aceri  distitlat.
Ifoij.  Infuse.)  It  is  milder than the
tincture of opium.   Gray.
  The celebrated BLACK DROP, Lan-
caster  or   Qua'ker's  Black Drop,  is
made as follows : — take half  a pound
of opium, sliced;  three pints  of good
verjuice (juice  of the  wild crab), and
one  and  a half ounce  of nutmegs,
and half an ounce of saffron.   Boil to
a proper thickness,  and add a quarter
of a pound of sugar, and two spoonfuls
of yeast.  Set  the  whole in  a warm
place,  near  the fire, for 6 or 8 weeks,
then place it in the  open air  until it
becomes  a syrup.   Lastly, decant, fil-
ter,  and   bottle  it up, adding a  little
sugar to each bottle.  One drop is equal
to 3 of laudanum :  and it  is nearly de-
void of all the  unpleasant   exciting
effects of the latter.
  Gut'tur (L)   (Anat.)   The  throat;
the larynx ; the trachea.
  Gut'tural (Anat.) Gul'luralis, from
gut'tur, '  the throat.'  Relating or be-
longing to the throat.
  The Superior Thyroideal Artery is
sometimes called Gut'tural Artery.
  A Gut'tural Cough is one occasion-
ed by  irritation of the larynx or to-
chea.                            *
  A Gut'tural  Sound is  one pronoun-
ced, as it  were, in the throat.
  Gymna'sium  (Hyg.) yvpvaaiov,  from
yvavog,' naked.' Palas'tra.  An estab-
lishment,  amongst the ancients, intend- 
GYMNAST            456             HABIT
ed  for bodily exercises,  as  wrestling,
running, &c.
  Gym'nast (Med.) Gymnas'tes, yvpva-
crvg,  Gymnas'ta; same etymon.  The
manager of a gymnasium.  One, whose
profession it was to prevent or cure dis-
eases  by gymnastics.
  Gymnas'tics  (Med. Hyg.)  Gymnas'-
tica,  Somacet'ics,  yvuvaonxtj;  same
etymon.  That part of Hygienic Medi-
cine, which treats of bodily exercises.
It  is  called   Med'ical  Gymnas'tics.
The ancients had, also, Athlet'ic Gym-
nas'tics,  and  Mil'itary  Gymnas'tics.
Herodiccs  of Selivreea first proposed
gymnastics for the cure of disease.
~(G) Gymnastik, Uebungskunst,
Turnkunst.
  Writers.    J. Mercuriali, 1569,
4to. (L).  M. Cagnatus, Rom. 1591,
4to. (L).  P. S. Faber, Lugd. 1592, 4to.
(L).  G. West  (translated  from  Lu-
cian), Lond. 1753, 8vo.  P.  Gerike,
Helmst. 1748(L).  Fr. Borner, Helmst.
1748 (L).  Cl. J. Tissot (medical  G.),
Paris, 1781 (F).  Gutsmuths, Schnep-
fenthal, 1793(G).  Cn. Londe (medi-
cal gymnastics), Paris, 1821 (F).
  Gyn^cei'a (Phys.) Gynaci'a, ywai-
xtia, from yvvtj,' a woman.'   The cata-
  Habe'na  (Surg.)  A  Bridle:  xtXa-
jwwr.  A bandage for uniting the lips of
wounds; and which, in many instances,
replaced the suture.  Galen.
  HAB'ICOT,  Nicho'las  (Biog.)  A
French  physician; born at Bonny  in
Gatinois.  He  died in 1624.  Works.
Problemes sur la nature, priservation
et cure de  la  maladie  pestilentielle.
Paris.   1607.   Semaine anatomique.
Paris.  1610.  4to.  Problemes  medici-
naux et chirurgicaux. Paris. 1617. 4to.
Paradoxe mythologiste,  par lequel est
demonstre que  le diaphragme n'est un
seul muscle.  Paris. 1610. Svo.   Gigan-
tosteologie.  Paris.  1613.  8vo.
   JLvbil'la  de  Carthage'na (Mat.
   d.)  Bejuio,  Carthage'na Bean.  A
kind of bean of South America, famed
as an  effectual antidote  for the poison
of all  serpents, if a small quantity be
eaten  immediately.
    (F)  Feve de Carthag&ne.
 menia; — also, the lochia.   Hippocr.,
 Galen, Foesius.
   Gynj;colo'gia (Anthrop.) from yvvy,
 ' a woman,' and Xoyog, ' a description.'
 The doctrine  of  the  nature, diseases,
 &c. of women.
   Writer.  C. G. Carus, Leipz. 1828
 (G).
   Gynjecoma'nia  (Path.) yvvaixouarta,
 from ywt;,' woman,' and uavtu,' mania,'
 ' rage.'  That species of insanity, which
 arises  from love  for women.   Some
 have used the word synonymously with
 nymphomania.
   Gyn^comas'tus  (Anat.)  ywaixofia-
 arog, from yvvtj, ' woman,' and fiaorog,
 ' a breast.'  A man, whose breasts  are
 as large as those of a woman.  Galen,
 Ingrassias.
  A considerable  enlargement of  the
breasts of a female was, formerly, called
 Gynacomas'ton, yvvaixofiaarov.
  GynjEcomys'tax  (Anat.)  ywaixouv-
oru'i, from yvvtj, ' woman,' and fivoraf,
' the beard.' The hair on the pubes of
women.  Rolfink.
  Gynanthro'pus (Med.) ywavdqomog.
A hermaphrodite,  who belongs  more
to the male than to the female sex.
  Hab'it (Med. & Path.)  Habilu'do,
Assuetu'do, Mos,  U'sus,  Consuetu'do,
t9og,  flig, tdtjioawtj.  Habit  is  the
aptitude  for repeating certain acts : —
or, a disposition, which results from the
frequent  repetition  of  the  same acts.
It is,  according to vulgar expression,
"a second nature."  Habit may pre-
dispose to certain  diseases, or it may
protect us against them.  It ought not
to be lost sight of, in attending to the
progress of disease, or its treatment.
    (F) Habitude, Accoutumance.
    (G)  Gewohnheit.
  Writers. L. Lemnius, Francf. 1596
(L).   E.  Bartholin, Hafn.  1674 (L).
J. P. Bruno, Altdorf, 1677 (L).  Mei-
bomius, Helmst. 1681 (L). Fr. Bayle,
Tolos. 1701 (L).   G. E.  Stahl, Hal.
1706 (L).  Schulze, Hal.  1734 (L).
Stenzel, Vittemb. 1737 (L). Kipping,
Helmst. 1750 (L).  Richter, Gotting.
1756 (L).  Wisner,  Vienn.  1777 (L).
H 
HADEN
457          HEMATITES
W. Cullen, Edinb. 1780 (L).  Seeger,
Stuttgard. 1786 (L).  Jordens, Harde-
rovic. 1793 (L).  Sch^ffer, Stuttg.
1794(L). Bouttemotte, Paris, 1812(F).
  HAB'IT  OF  BODY,   Constitu'tio,
HabHtus,  Hab'itus Cor'ports, xaxaaxa-
aig, i\ig.  The aggregate of the  phys-
ical qualities of the human body.
  (F) Habitude exterieurc, Habitude du
corps.
  (G) Leibesbechaffenheit.
  HA'DEN, Charles Thomas (Biog.)
An  intelligent  and  zealous medical
practitioner of Chelsea; born at Derby
in 1791.; died  in the  Mediterranean,
whither he had proceeded for his health,
in 1823.  Works.  Practical observa-
tions  on  the  colchicum autumnale in
inflammatory  diseases.  Lond.  1820.
8vo.  He was conductor  of a. Journal
of popular medicine, and for some time
editor of the Medical intelligencer.  He
published a translation ofthe Formulary
for the  preparation of new medicines
by  Magendie.  Lond.  1623.   12mo.
Some of the  essays,  contained  in his
popular  journal,  and  connected  with
childhood, were collected  by his  friend
Mr.  T.  Alcock, after his death,  and
accompanied by a biographical sketch.
  H^madon'osos (JVosol.) from alua,
' blood,'  and  vooog, ' a disease.'  Dis-
ease of  the blood-vessels.  Hamalan-
gion'osos.
   (G) Blutgefasskrankheit.
   H^emadosto'sis (Path.) from alua,
' blood,'  and ooriaoig,  ' a bony tumor.'
Ossification ofthe blood-vessels.
   (G)  Blutgef'assverknocke-
rung.
   Hemago'gus (Mat. Med.) from alpa,
' blood,' and  ayat,  ' I drive off.'   A
medicine, which  promotes the  men-
strual and hemorrhoidal discharges.
   Hjemalo'pia  (Path.)   Ham'alops,
aUtaXioip, from uiua,  ' blood,' and onp,
' the eye.'  An effusion of blood into
the eye.  Galen.  A  blood-shot eye.
   H.emaph'obus ; Hamoph'obus. One,
who has a dread of blood : — who can-
not look at it  without fainting; — from
aifia,' blood,'  and ipofiog,'  dread.'
   HiEMAPo'Ri'v (Path.) Oliga'ma, from
a'ua, ' blood,'  and anoqog,' poor.'  Pau-
city of blood.
    (G)  Bl utm angel.
  H^mastat'ice  (Med.)   from  at pa,
' blood,' and [artjui,' I remain,'' reside.'
A  science, which treats of the strength
of the blood-vessels.  Hymastat'ics.
  Writer.    Stephen Hales,  Lond.
1733.
  Hjematapor'ia  (Path.)  from  alfia,
                   39
' blood,' and arroqia,' want of.'   A dis-
ease, in which there is want of blood.
Synonymous with Anamia. Sagar.
  H^ematem'esis  (Path.) from alpa,
' blood,' and tfitw,' I vomit.'  Vom'itus
cruentus:  Hamorrha'gia  Hamatem'e-
sis, Vom'itvts San'guinis,  Vomiting  of
Blood.   Hasmatemesis   is  generally
preceded by a feeling of oppression ;
weight; and dull or pungent  pain  in
the epigastric, and in the hypochon-
driac  regions; by anxiety, and, occa-
sionally, by syncope.  Blood  is  then
passed by  vomiting,  and sometimes,
also, by stool: the blood being generally
of a grumous aspect.
  Haematemesis  may be active or pas-
sive ;  acute or  chronic.   The  blood
effused proceeds, almost always, from
a sanguineous exhalation at the surface
of the mucous membrane of the stom-
ach.  It is  often  observed in females;
whose menstrual secretion is irregularly
performed.
  On  dissection  of those, who  have
died  from  protracted  hsematemesis,—
for the acute kind is comparatively de-
void of danger,— the mucous membrane
of  the stomach  is  found red  and in-
flamed, or  black, and the vessels con-
siderably dilated. Complete abstinence
from food;  rest;  the horizontal posture ;
bleeding, if the  hemorrhage be active;
cold, acidulous  drinks, &c, constitute
the usual treatment.
     (F) Vomissement de sang.
     (G) Blutbrechen.
   Writers.  H.  Conring,  Helmst.
1636  (L).  Scheid. Argent. 1709 (L).
M. Alberti, Hal. 1718 (L). De Has-
selt, Argent. 1719  (L).  F. Hofmann,
Hal. 1729 (L).  Luther,  Erfurt. 1732
(L).  Edel, Argent.  1742 (L).  A. E.
Buchner,  Hal.  1752 (L).  Duncker,
Lips.  1776 (L).  Marcus, Francf.  ad
Viadr.  1790 (L).    Schmidt,  Helmst.
1792  (L).   Bednarczyk,  Francf.  ad
Viadr. 1793 (L).  Warburg, Ibid. 1803
(L).  P. S. I. Dalche, Paris, 1803(F).
C.  M. Simon, Paris, 1809 (F).   B. Le-
monnier, Paris, 18l2 (F).
  Hamat'ica  (JYosol.)  aiuaxixa, from
afiio,  ' blood.'   Diseases  of the san-
guineous function : — the third class in
the Nosology of Good.
  Hemati'tes  (Mat. Med.)  aluamtjg,
from alua,'  blood,' so called from its color
or from its fancied powers of stopping
blood.  La'pis Hamati'tes. A beautiful
ore of iron, called, also, Blood'stone.
When finely levigated, and freed from
the grosser parts, by frequent washings
with  water, it has been  long  recom-
i 
HiEMATITINOS         458       H^EMATOSTATICA
 mended  in hemorrhage, fluxes, uterine
 obstructions, &c, in doses of from one
 scruple to three or four.
    H^matit'inos  or  Hematit'inos
 (Pharm.) alfianrivog.  A collyrium, of
 Which the haematites was an ingredient.
 Galen.
   Hjematoce'le (Path.)  aiuaroxi^.tj,
 from ahia, * blood,'  and xtjXtj,  ' tumor.'
 A tumor, formed by blood.  By some,
 this term has  been  applied to a tumor,
 formed by blood effused into the cellular
 texture of the scrotum.   Others have
 used it for tumors, arising from the ef-
 fusion of blood into the tunica vagina-
 lis : — haematocele, according  to them,
 differing from hydrocele only in the char-
 acter of the effusion. Heister.  Others,
 again, have  applied it to effusions  of
 blood  into  the interior  of the  tunica
 albuginea itself. Richter. The first is
'the usual acceptation.  It is, most com-
 monly, caused  by  wounds or contu-
 sions ; and  requires the   use  of anti-
 phlogistics, discutients, &c. Sometimes
 it is necessary to evacuate the effused
 blood.    (G)  Blutbruch.
  HjEmato'des or H.«matoi'df.s (Path.)
 uiiiaroiStjg,  Sanguin'eus,  from  affia,
 ' blood,' and tidog, '  appearance.' That,
 which contains  blood, or ha3 the  color
 of blood.
   FUN'GUS HJEMATO'DES, Spon'goid
 inflamma'tion,  Pul'py  or Med'ullary
 Sarco'ma, Carcino'ma Hamalo'des,Car-
 cino'ma  spongiosum, Bleed'ing Fun'-
 gus, Soft Can'cer, (F) Carcinome san-
 glante,— Hematoncie fongoXde. An ex-
 tremely alarming, carcinomatous affec-
 tion, which was first  described, with
 accuracy, by Mr. John Burns  of Glas-
 gow.
   It consists  in the developement  of
 cancerous tumors, in which the inflam-
 mation is accompanied  with  violent
 heat and pain, and with  fungous and
 bleeding excrescences'.
   Even when  the diseased  part is ex-
 tirpated, at  a very early period, — and
 this is the only wise plan that can be
 adopted, — a recovery rarely  follows:
 other  organs   being  generally  impli-
 cated at the same time.   Fungus hae-
 matodes was the first  term applied  to
 the disease by Mr. Hey of Leeds.  Mr.
 J. Burns called it Spongoid inflam-
 mation, from  the spongy, elastic feel,
 which peculiarly characterizes it, and
 continues  even  after ulceration has
 taken  place.   The  disease has, most
 frequently, been  met with in  the eye-
 ball, the upper and lower extremities,
 testicle, and mamma: but it occurs  in
I the uterus, ovary,  liver, spleen, brain,
 lungs,  thyroid gland, and  in the  hip
 and shoulder-joints.
     (G) Blutschwamm.
   Some French surgeons designate, by
 this  name, those  tumors which were
 formerly termed anormales, cavemeu-
 ses, variqueuses, called Erectiles by Dv-
 puytren,  Hematoncies  by  Alibert,
 Telangiectasia by Grafe.
   Writers. J. Wardrop, Edinb. 1809.
 J. P. Maunoir,  Paris, 1820 (F).
   H.ematogra'phia (Anat.) from aiua,
 ' blood,' and yqatpt;,' a description.'   A
 description ofthe blood.
     (G) Blukbeschreibung.
   H.ematolo'gia (Physiol.) from alua,
 1 blood,' and Xoyog, < a discourse.'  That
 part  of Medicine,  which treats of the
 blood.      (G) Blutlehre.
   HjEMAtom'phaloce'le (Surg. Path.)
 Hamatom'phalum,  aipuToutpaXov, from
 aiua,' blood,' ouipaXog,' the navel," and
 xtj?.tj,' a tumor.'   Umbilical hernia,  the
 sac of which incloses a bloody serum ;
 or which has, at its surface, a number of
 varicose veins : —- constituting the Va-
 ricom'phalus.  (G) Blutnabelbruch.
   HjEmaton'cus  (JYosol.)  (F) H&ma-
 toncie,  from alua, ' blood,' and oyxog,
 ' a tumor.'  Alibert has  given  this
 name to the JVa'vi mater'ni or varicous
 tumors.  He admits three varieties: —
 the  H. fongoXde, H. framboisie,  and
 H. tubcreuse.
     (G) Blutgeschwulst.
   HjEMATOPHLfEBffis'TASIS (Path.)  «i-
 uuroipXoi^otaraaig.   Sudden suppression
 of a  hemorrhage; — from araoig afittt-
 rog ipXt(io)v, ' suppression of the blood
 ofthe veins.'  Galen.
   HjEm'atops (Path.) (F)  Himatopi-
 sie.   M. Ca purox, of Paris, has applied
 the  term  Hematopisie  uterine,  from
 analogy with Hydropisie  uterine,  to  a
 collection  of blood which  sometimes
 takes place in the uterus, when, owing
 to faulty conformation, the exit of the
 menstrual  flux is prevented.
   HjEmato'sis  (Phys.) aiuarortig, San-
 guificatio,   from  aiua,  ' blood.'   The
 transformation of the venous blood  and
 chyle into  arterial blood by respiration.
 Aeration,  Arterializa'tion ofthe blood.
 Formation  of blood in general.  San'-
 guification.  (G) Blutmachung.
   ELematostat'ica  (Doctrina) (Med.
 & Therap.)  from aiya, ' blood,'  and
 oranxtj, ' statics.'   Ischa'ma, Hama-
 stat'ica. The doctrine of the motion of
 the blood in living bodies.  Also, reme-
 dies for stopping blood.
   (G) Blutstillende Mittel. 
HiEMATOSTEON         45
  H^ematos'teon  (Path.)  from alpa,
' blood,' and oonov,' a bone.'  Effusion
of blood into the joints.
 Hjematox'ylon Campechia'num (Mat.
Med.)  Aca'cia Zeylon'ica, Log'wood.
The part of the tree, used in medicine,
is  the wood.   Hamatox'yli Lig'num,
Lig'num Campechen'se, L. Campechia'-
num, L. Campesca'num, L. In'dicum,
L. Sap'pan, L. Brasilia'num ru'brum,
L. caru'leum.   Logwood is almost in-
odorous ; of a sweetish, subastringent
taste ; and  deep red color.  Its virtues
are extracted both by water and  alco-
hol.   It is astringent and tonic, and is
used in the protracted stage of diarrhoea
and dysentery.  (F) Bois de CampSche.
  (G) Kampeschholz, Blauholz.
  Writer.  G. A. Weinrich, Erlang.
1781 (L).
  Hjematu'ria  (Path.)  from a'pa,
' blood,'  and  ovqtw, ' I  make  urine.'
Voiding  of  blood  by urine.   Hamor-
rha'gia  hamatu'ria, Mic'tio  cruen'ta,
Hamoure'sis  Mic'tus cruen'tus.  He-
morrhage from the  mucous membrane
of the urinary  passages.  Like other
hemorrhages,  it may be active  or pas-
sive.  It may proceed from the kidneys,
bladder,  or urethra.    The  essential
symptoms  are : — blood  evacuated  by
the urethra; preceded  by pain in the
region of the  bladder or kidneys, and
accompanied by faintness.  Wherever
it  proceeds from,  haematuria  always
takes place by exhalation.  Rupture
of vessels is by no  means common in
the mucous membranes.  Active hama-
turia  requires general or local blood-
letting ;  diluent and cooling drinks;
absolute rest,  and  the  horizontal pos-
ture.  The chronic kind is more trouble-
some.  It requires acidulated or alumi-
nous drinks;  chalybeates and tonics
in  general.  When  the haematuria is
excessive,cold injections maybe thrown
into  the  rectum or into the vagina of
women,  and  topical  applications  be
made to the perinaeum.
  (F) Pissement de sang.  (G) B1 u t-
harnen, Blutharn.
  Writers.   Ammann, Lips. 1673 (L).
J. Vesti, Erfurt, 1686 (L).  Gruvius,
Erfurt,  1692 (L).   Wilt, Lips.  1693
(L).   G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1693 (L).
Sachs,  Erfurt,  1698  (L).   Schaper,
Rostoch, 1715 (L).  M. Alberti,  Hal.
1719 (L).  Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1720 (L).
Khelle, Altdorf, 1721 (L).  Ruesser,
Marburg, 1721 (L).  Cotswitz, Hal.
1727 (L).   Such,  Erfurt, 1733  (L).
Jacwitz, Lugd. Bat. 1736 (L). Brunk,
Argent. 1740 (L),  Hasselmann, Leid.
J9          HEMOPTYSIS

 1768 (L).   Van der Belen, Lovan.
 1782 (L)-  H. Latoureffe, Paris, 1810
 (F).  Aran, Paris, 1811 (F).   J. B. La-
 roche, Paris, 1814 (F).
   H^mocerch'nos  (Path.)   alpoxtq/-
 vog.  This term has received two ac-
 ceptations, owing to the different sense
 in which xtq/yog is employed; which
 signifies, sometimes, hissing ;  at others,
 dry. Consequently, the Hellenists have
 translated the compound word, at times,
 by spitting of blood, with hissing in
 the throat; at others, by the evacuation
 of dry matters.
   Hemo'dia (Path.) aiuuiSia, from ai-
 piadtoi, ' I stupefy.'  Pain of the teeth,
 — and more  especially the Agacement
 (q. v.), or setting  on edge  of those
 bodies by acid or acerb substances.  It
 is also called Odon'tia  Stupo'ris, Odon-
 talgia hamo'dia, Do'lor den'tium a strh
 do're, Tooth'edge.
   HjEmop'tysis  (Path.)  from alpa,
 ' blood,'  and tctvoj, ' I spit.'   Spitting
 of blood. — Hamorrha'gia Hamop'ty-
 sis, Emp'toe, Hamorrha'gia Bron'chica,
 Pneumorrha'gia, Emp'tysis,  Hamop'-
 toe, Spu'tum cruen'tum.   Hemorrhage
 from the  mucous  membrane  of the
 lungs; characterized by the expectora-
 tion of more or less florid and frothy
 blood.  It is  generally preceded by
 cough; dyspnoea; sense of heat in the
 chest, &c.
   It  is important to  discriminate be-
 tween haemoptysis, produced  by some
 accidental cause acting irregularly or
 periodically  on the lungs;  and that
 which  is, as it  were, constitutional,
 and dependent on some organic affec-
 tion  of  the lungs,  or some faulty
 conformation  of the  chest.   These
 two varieties differ as much in  their
 prognosis and method  of treatment, as
 in their causes.   Constitutional haemop-
 tysis is a serious disease, almost always
 announcing phthisis pulmonalis.  The
 accidental variety is chiefly dangerous
 by  frequent  recurrence, or  too great
 loss of blood.  The general  causes of
 haemoptysis are the same as  those of
 other  kinds  of hemorrhage.  It has,
 besides, particular causes ; such as too
 great  exercise  of  the  lungs; — loud
 speaking, playing on wind instruments,
 breathing acrid vapors, &c.  It usually
 occurs between puberty and the age
 of 35.
  A sudden and terrific kind of Haemop-
 tysis is sometimes met with; consisting
 in a great afflux of blood into the lungs.
 This has been called Pul'monory Ap'o-
 plexy.   The  treatment of haemoptysis 
HEMORRHAGIA         460        HEMORRHAGIA
must be like that of internal hemorrhage
in general.  (F) Crachement de sang.
   (G)  Blutspeien, Bluthusten.
   Writers.  Pelshofer, Basil. 1624
(L).   Jac.  Fabricius, Rostoch, 1626
(L).  G. Hofmann, Altdorf. 1636 (L).
H. Conring, Helmst. 1676 (L).  Rivi-
nus, Lips. 1689 (L).  G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1699 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
1709 (L).  J. Ph. Eysfl,  Erfurt. 1711
(L).  H. Fr. Teichmeyer, Jenae, 1717
(L)  G. D. Coschwitz, Hal. 1720 (L).
M. Alberti, Hal. 1730 (L)   F. Hof-
mann, Hal. 1730 (L).  A. Vater, Vit-
temb. 1732 (L).  Michaelis, Do. 1732
(L),   Buchwald,  Havn.  1734  (L).
Wagner, Lips. 1742 (L).   J. G. Bren-
del, Gotting. 1747 (L).  Baumes, Hal.
1748 (L).  Kruger, Helmst. 1752 (L).
Ch. T. E. Reinhard, Glogau, 1762
(G).  A. E. Buchner,  Hal.  1762 (L).
Hal. 1765 (L).   C. Linnaeus,  Upsal,
1764 (L).   Schroeder, Gotting. 1760
(L).   Leidenfrost,  Duisburg, 1780
(L).   Sigwart,  Tubing.  1781  (L).
Van der Belen,  Lovan. 1781  (L).
Luther, Vittemb. 1783 (L).   Sleurs,
Lugd. Bat. 1788 (L).  Remer, Helmst.
1798 (L).   Pienitz, Vittemb. 1798 (L).
Gutberlet,  Wurceburg,  1798  (L).
L. F. Bigeon, Paris, An. vii. (F)  Baur.
Gotting. 1799 (L).  Engelhart, Lun-
dae,  1799 (L).   Berends, Francf. ad
Viadr.  1802  (L).   J.  J. P.  Guille-
maut,  Paris, 1802  (F) M. E. Poncet
de Dyon, Paris, 1803 (F).  S. Pig not,
Paris, 1803 (F). N.  Willemart, Paris,
1804 (F).  G. Rees, Lond. 1813.
   Hamorrha'gia  (Path.) aipoqqayta,
from alpa,  'blood,' and  qijywpi,  'I
break  forth-'   San'guinis proflu'vium
copio'sum, San'guiflux'us,  Hamatoch'y-
sis, Aimorrha'a, Hem'orrhage.   Loss of
blood.  Any discharge  of blood from
vessels destined to contain it; with or
without rupture of their coats. Hemor-
rhages may  be spontaneous  or trau-
matic; the first belong  to the domain
of medicine, the latter to that of  sur-
gery. They may, also, be internal or ex-
ternal ;general — as in scurvy,— or local.
  The hemorrhages by exhalation ; those
which  chiefly interest  the physician,
may be classed  with Pinel as  follows :
	(Epistaxis.
	j Haemoptysis.
1. Hemorrhage of the	J Haematcmesis,
Mucous Membranes.	1 Haemorrhoids.
	Hrematuria.
	(. Uterine Hemorrhage.
	f Cutaneous,
2. Hemorrhage of the	1 Cellular,
Tissues,	1 Sc-rous,
	I Synovial,
   Hemorrhages  have  generally been
 distinguished  into active and passive:
 in other words,  into those dependent
 upon augmentation of the organic ac-
 tion and those dependent upon debil-
 ity.  According to Broussais, no spon-
 taneous hemorrhage is  passive ; all are
 active,  that is, produced by increased
 action and excess of irritation of the
 blood vessels.  They may occur  with
 debility, but  not from debility.   He
 calls those only  passive hemorrhages,
 which are owing to an  external lesion
 of the  vessels.    Hemorrhages have
■been, by some, divided into constitu-
 tional, or those depending on original
 conformation : — accidental,   or  those
 produced by some adventitious  cause ;
 supplementary or  those which succeed
 others ;  symptomatic, critical, &c.
   ACTIVE HEMORRHAGES,  Hemor-
 rha'gia acti'va, II. arterio'sa, Cau'maha-
 morrkag'Hcum, Angeiorrha'gia, occurs
 chiefly  in the young  and  plethoric.
 Good living ;  the use  of fermented
 liquors;  excessive exercise or too sed-
 entary a life, may perhaps be ranked
 as  predisponent  causes.   They  are
 commonly preceded by heaviness and
 pulsation in  the part, — owing to the
 afflux of blood, — and by coldness of the
 extremities.  The blood, evacuated, is
 generally of  a florid red. In such ac-
 tive hemorrhages, the great indications
 of treatment  will be, to diminish ple-
 thora, where it exists, and to lessen the
 heart's  action.  Bleeding,  purgatives,
 cold, will be the chief agents.
   PASSIVE  HEMORRHAGE,  Hamor-
 rha'gia passi'va. H. veno'sa, Profu'siot
 P. hamorrkag'Hca, occurs in those  of a
 weak constitution;  or  who have been
 debilitated by protracted disease, poor
 diet, long watching, excessive evacua-
 tions, &c.
   The direct  causes may be : — a pre-
 vious active  hemorrhage ;  scorbutus,
 or any thing capable of inducing atony
 of the small vessels.  These hemorrha-
 ges are not preceded by excitement or by
 any sign of local determination.  They
 are usually accompanied by paleness of
 the countenance ;  feeble pulse ;  faint-
 ing, &c.  The indication of treatment
 will be : — to restore the action of the
 small vessels  and the  general tone of
 the system ; hence the  utility of styp-
 tics and cold  externally ; and, of tonics
 and astringents internally.
   (F) Hemorrhagic or  Hemorhagie,
 Pertc de sang,
   (G)  Blutfluss,   Blutstura,
 Bluten, 
HiEMORRHAGIA
  Writers.   P. Ammann, Lips. 1667
(L).  0. Borrichius, Havn. 1682 (L).
J. A,  Helvetius,  Paris, 1697 (F).
Fr. Hofmann, Hall. 1697(L). Another
work.  Hal. 1708 (L).  G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1704 (L).  Biermans, Leid. 1704
(L).   M.  Alberti, Hal.  1704 (L).
(Another on critical H.) Hal. 1710 (L).
Two other works,  Hal. 1735 and 1752
(L).  G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1718 (L).
J. Juncker, Hal. 1739 (E).  Goelicke,
Francf.  ad Viadr.  1741  (L).   A. E.
Buchner, Hal. 1750 (L).   On the signs
of foretelling  H., Hal. 1755 (L).   On
the  salubrity  of H. in delirium, Hal.
1756 (L).  Calvet, Avenion. 1761 (L).
Koch  (Sp. of wine for arresting H.),
Hal. 1762 (L).  Gmelin  (Sulphate of
iron in H.), Tubing. 1763 (L). Struve,
Kilon. 1766 (L).  H. A. Koster, Ley-
den,  J7G8 (G).   E.  G. Baldinger
(Cure ofH),  Jenae, 1772 (L).   Stei-
dele,  Vienna,  1776 (G).   Krause,
Lips. 1777 (E).  Another work, Leipz.
1783  (G).  Ritter,  Marburg,  1785
(L).   Engelhart,  Lundae, 1794 (L).
Fr.  Hufeland, Jenae, 1797 (L).  J.
Panzani. Venice,  1799  (I).    S.  G.
Vogel, Stendal, 1801 (G).  N. Puzos,
Paris,  1801 (F).   Fr.  Garnier, Paris,
1802 (F).  F. G. L.  Chretien  (Active
H.),  Paris, 1803 (F).  L. N. Jousse-
randot  (Active H. of the mucous sys-
tem), Paris,  1804 (F).   C. J. Meyer,
Vienna,  1804  (G).   B. Wollkopf,
Leipz. 1805 (G).  G. A. Spangenberg,
Brunswick, 1805  (G).    Dupuch-La-
pointe,  Paris,  1808 (F).   F.  M.  V.
Legouas, Paris, 1808 (F).   Lordat,
Paris, 1808 (F).   D. Latour, Orleans,
1815 (F) and Paris, 1828 (F).
  HEM'ORRHAGE (Surg.) In traumat'ic
hemorrhages,  or in those, which are
the consequence of wounds of arterial
or  venous trunks,  the blood is of a
florid red color and  issues by jets and
impulses, if it proceed from an artery :
whilst it is  of a  deeper red,  issues
slowly and by a continuous jet, if from
a vein.
  If the  capillary  vessels  are alone
divided,  the blood  is merely effused at
the surface of  the  wound.   Of the
means, used  for arresting these  trau-
matic hemorrhages, some act mechan-
ically,  as absorbents-,  ligature, and
compression ;    others chymically,  as
fire, caustics, astringents, &c.
  Writers.   Kaltschmid, (on arrest-
ing  H.), Jenae, 1756  Th. Kirkland
(Do.), Lond.   1763.   F.  F. D. Jones,
Lond.  1805.   J. Fr. Roux, Paris, 1807
31          H.EMORRHOIS

   H^MORRHffi'A ( Path.)  from  alpa,
 ' blood,'  and quo, ' I flow.'   Loss  of
 blood.  Some writers have proposed to
 give this name to passive hemorrhages.
   Hemorrhoidal or Hemorrhoidal
 (Anat. & Path.) Hamorrho'ida'lis, Ha-
 morrholde'us. Relating to hemorrhoids;
 as hemorrhoidal flux,  hemorrhoidal tu-
 mors, &c.
   HEMORRHOIDAL  VESSEL &,  Va'sa
 seda'lia,  are those. vessels which  are
 distributed on the rectum — the seat of
 hemorrhoids.                    *
   The HEMORRHOfDAL AR'TERIES,
 have been distinguished into superior,
 middle, and inferior.    1. The first is
 the termination of the inferior mesen-
 teric artery, which assumes  the name
 superior hemorrhoidal, when it reaches
 the upper and posterior part of the rec-
 tum.  2.   The  middle hemorrhoidal is
 furnished by the hypogastric or internal
 pudic.  It ramifies on the inferior and
 anterior part of the rectum.  3. The in-
 ferior hemorrhoidal arteries are branches
 of the internal  pudic, furnished to the
 inferior part of the rectum  and to the
 muscles ofthe anus.
   The HEMORRHOIDAL  VEINS fol-
 low the same  distribution, and gener-
 ally empty themselves into the lesser
 mesenteric.   Some  of  them  assist  in
 the  formation of the  hypogastric vein.
   HEMORRHOFDAL  NERVES.  These
 emanate from the  sciatic and hypogas^
 trie plexuses; and  cover the rectum
 with their numerous filaments.
   HjEMOr'rho'Is  (Path.)'  alpoqqoig,
 Aimor'rhois, from, alpa,  ' blood,'  and
 qtu>,  ' I  flow.'   Aimor'rois,  Proc'tica
 Maris'ca, Maris'ca, Proctalgia Hamor-
 rhoXda'lis, Piles.   The essential symp-
 toms,  of  this  affection are : — Livid
 and painful tubercles  or excrescences,
 (Hamorrhoid'al  Tu'mors), usually  at-
 tended with a discharge of mucus  or
 blood (Hemorrhoid'al Flux.)  The most
 common causes of piles  are-: — a sed-
 entary life, accumulation of faeces  in
 the  rectum ;  violent efforts at  stool;
 pregnancy, &c.  The precursory symp-
 toms are : — Pains in the loins ; stupor
 of the lower limbs ;   and uneasiness in
 the  abdomen and rectum.   To these
 follow, one or  more round, smooth,
 renitent, painful, pulsating, and erectile
 tumors, around the margin of the anus,
 or within the  anus ; some pouring out
 blood  occasionally.   After having re-
 mained, for some time, tense and painful,
 they gradually  shrink and  disappear.
 The chief symptoms, occasioned by he-
 morrhoidal tumors, when much injiara- 
HiEMORRHOIS          462         H^MORRHOIS
ed, are — constant pain ; liable, howev-
er, to exacerbations, obliging the patient
to preserve the horizontal posture, and
becoming augmented by the least pres-
sure, or by the passage ofthe faces.
  Haemorrhoids  have generally  been
distinguished into — H. Fluen'tes, Proc'-
tica Maris'ca cruen'ta, Bleeding or Open
Piles ; and into H. Nonflucn'tes,  Proc'-
ticaMaris'ca ca'ca, Hamorrhoi'des ca'ca,
Shut or blind piles.   They have, also,
been divided into internal or occult and
external, according to their situation ;
and into accidental or constitutional.
  HEMORRHOID'AL TU'MORS are ex-
tremely troublesome, by their disposi-
tionto frequent recurrence ;  and they
are apt to induce Fistula.   Otherwise,
they are devoid of danger.
  When anatomically  examined, they
are found not  to  consist in  a varicose
dilatation of Ijie veins of the rectum ;
but to be formed of a very close, spon-
gy, texture ; similar to that which sur-
rounds the  orifice of the  vagina ; and
erectile, like it.   They are surrounded
by a delicate  membrane, and have no
internal cavity.
  The treatment, in mild cases of hae-
morrhoidal tumors,  is  simple.   Rest;
the horizontal posture ;  the use of mild
laxatives, as sulphur, castor oil, and of
emollient glysters, will be sufficient.
  If they are  much inflamed, leeches
may  be applied ; and warm cataplasms
or cold lotions,  according  to circum-
stances ; with abstinence;  and cool-
ing  drinks.    Afterwards,  an   oint-
ment, composed of powdered galls and
opium,  will afford relief.   It is  in the
relaxed kind, that such  ointment, and
the internal use of Ward's  Paste, can
alone be expected to afford much ben-
efit.
  If, after repeated attacks, the tumors
remain hard and painful, and threaten
fistula, they may be removed.
  These remarks  apply  to hemorrhoi-
dal tumors.
  By HEMORRHOID'AL FLUX,  Flux'-
us hamorrhoida'lis, Proctorrha'gia,  is
meant  the hemorrhage,  which  takes
place from the rectum, owing  to he-
morrhoids.  It is a common affection.
The  quantity  of blood  discharged  is
various ; at times, it is very trifling ;
at others, sufficient to induce great de-
bility, and even death. It is announced
and  accompanied by the same symp-
toms, as precede and attend the hemor-
rhoidal tumors.  Like other hemorrha-
ges,  it may be active or passive; acci-
dental or constitutional.  The prognosis
 is rarely unfavorable. The affection may,
 almost always, be relieved by properly
 adapted means.  These resemble those,
 that are nece'ssary  in  hemorrhages  in
 general. Perfect quietude,—mental and
. corporeal, — light diet, cooling drinks ;
 Bleeding, if the symptoms indicate it;
 astringents,  (if the disease be protract-
 ed  and passive) such  as  the Tinctura
 Ferri  Muriatis ;   aspersions of cold
 water on the anus ; astringent injec-
 tions; plugging and compression.  Such
 will be the principal remedial agents.
  When the  hemorrhage has become
 habitual or  is vicarious,  some caution
 may be required in  checking  it;  and,
 if  inconvenience arise from a sudden
 suppression, its return may be solicited
 by  the semicupium  ; sitting over warm
 water; aloetic purgatives, glysters, irri-
 tating suppositories, &c. ;  or leeches
 may be applied to the anus.
  Some authors have described a spe-
 cies of LEUC0RRHQ2'a ANA'LIS;  or
 whitish discharge from the anus, which
 often  attends  ordinary haemorrhoids.
 This they have called, Proctica maris'ca
 muco'sa, Hamor'rhots al'ba, Hamorrha'-
 gia muco'sa, Leucor'rhois,  &c.  It re-
 quires no-especial mention.
  (F)  Hemorrhoidcs.
  (G) Goldader, Guide ne Ader.
  Writers  on  Hamorrhoids in  gen-
 eral.  Kellerthaler, Basil, 1582 (L).
 Puollamer, Bamb. 1590 (E).   Cu-
 nelius, Lips. 1591  (L).   Nymmann,
 Wytteb. 1594  (L).   Wagner, Basil,
 1615  (L).   Sulzberger, Lips.  1616
 (L).   Meibomius,  Helmst. 1670 (L).
 Francus, Heidelb.  1672  (L).  Fau-
 sius,  Leyd.  1675 (L).    J. C. From-
 mann,  Nurenb.  1677 (L).   Harlin,
 Tubing. 1677 (L).   Pincker, Lugd.
 Bat. 1091 (L).   Heckheler, Argent.
 1693  (L).   Angcisola,  Lautenbach,
 1695 (L).   Marcus, Lugd. Bat.  1697
 (L)    Spielmann,  Erford,  1702  (L).
 Gottsched, Regiom. 1703 (L).  W'ir-
 biz, Lugd. Bat. 1708 (L).   Kast, Ar-
 gent. 1710  (L).   M.  Alberti,  Hal.
 3719 (L).  R. J. Camerarius, Tubing,
 1721  (L).   Wedel, Jenae,  1727 (L).
 Pistor, Tubing. 1729 (L).   Wasser-
 mann, Erford.  1731  (L).   Kubler,
 Argent. 1742 (L).   Moebius, Jenae,
 1743 (L).  Hamberger, Jen. 1745 (L).
 A.  Dehaen, Vindob. 1759  (L). Trnka
 de  Krsowitz, Vindob.  1794-5 (L).
 J. B. De Larroque, Paris,  1812 (F).
 A.  Roussel, Paris, 1812 (F).   Sir
 James  Earle, Lond.  1807.   Schre-
 ger, Nurnberg, 1811 (G).   J. Kirby,
 Lond.  1817.   (Additional observations), 
H^MORRHOSCOPIA       463              HALES
Dubl. 1825.   Montegre, Paris,  1819 I
(F).  Geo.  Calvert, Lond.  1824.—
On the Hamorrhoidal Flux  or  open
Piles.   Schroeter,  Lips.  1612 (L).
Schilling,  Argent.  1652 (L).   Frid-
erich, Lips. 1658 (L).   De Berger,
Jen.  1700  (L).   Ruchler, Rivius,
Brandt, Carmann,  Fisch, Platten-
hardt,  Avenarius,  Fr.  Hofmann,
(Hal.  1730), Prjeger, Nicolai, &c.
(L). — On external and  internal  piles.
Stahl (external), Hal. 1722 (L) (inter-
nal)^ Hal. 1722 (L). — On Blind Piles.
Moebius,  Jenae,  1662  (L).   Bohn,
Lips. 1694 (L).  Crausius,  Jenae. 1710
(L).  Wedel, Jenae, 1732 (L). Kalt-
schmied, Jenae, 1760 (L). Langguth,
Wittemb. 1766 (L).   Funccius, Alt-
dorf. 1667  (L).   Hildebrandt, Er-
lang,  1795 (G).   On the Hamorrhois
Alba:  Alberti, Hal. 1717 (L).   Bau-
mer, Giess.  1776 (L).   Seligmann,
Gotting. 1782 (L).
   H^morrhosco'pia (Med.)  Hamor-
rho'isco'pia,   Hamat'ica,   from   alpa,
* blood,'  qtot, ' I flow,'  and axontw,'  I
view.'  The art of forming a judgment
ofthe state of the system  from blood
drawn.
   H.emosta'sia (Path.)  Hamos'tasis,
alpooraata, atpooraoig, Epid'esis, from
alpa,' blood,' and oraoig, ' stagnation.'
Stagnation  of the blood.   This  name
has, also, been given to any operation,
the object  of which  is to arrest the
flow of blood.
   Hjemostat'ica  (Mat.  Med.)   Same
 etymon.  Remedies, proper for arrest-
 ing hemorrhage.    See  Hematosta-
tica.
   HA'EN, Anthony de (Biogr.) Aulic
counsellor and physician  to  the Em-
press  Maria Theresa, and an able
medical  professor of Vienna; born at
Leyden in 1704 ; died in 1776.  Works,
De  colica pictonum  dissertatio.  Hagae
Comitis.  1745.  8vo.   De  deglutitionc
vel  deglutitorum  in  cavum ventriculi
 descensu  impedito.  Ibid.  1750. 8vo.
 Quastiones super methodo  inoculandi
 variolas.  Vindob.  1757.  8vo.  Tlieses
pathologica de hamorrkoldibus. Vienn.
 1759. Svo.   Ratio  medendi in nosoco-
 mio practica. Vindob.  1759. 8vo.  The-
 ses sistentes febrium divisiones. Vindob.
 1760. 8vo.   Difficultates  circa moderno-
 rum systema de sensibilitate  et irritabili-
 tate corporis humani.  Vienn. 1761. 8vo.
 Magia examen.  1774.   De  miraculis
 liber.  Francf. et Lips.    1776.  Svo.
 He  published  various  other  minor
 works.
   Hage'nia Abyssin'ica  (Mat. Med.)
An Abyssinian tree, which the natives
plant round  their habitations, as an
ornament.  The infusion of its flowers,
mixed with beer, is employed by them
as an anthelmintic.  It is called, there,
Cusso
  Hag'gard (Path.) (F) Hagard. The
French use  the term, Air hagard, QZil
hagard,  " Haggard air,"  " Haggard
Eye," for a physiognomy, in which
there is at once, an expression of mad-
ness and  terror.
  Hair (Phys.) Sax. haen, Cri'nes, Pi'-
lus,  &qi%.   A  conical, corneous sub-
stance ; issuing to a greater or less dis-
tance from  the skin,  to the tissue  of
which it adheres, by  a bulb seated in
the cellular membrane, — where, alone,
it is sensible. The hair receives various
names in different  parts — as  Beard,
Cilia, Eyebrows, Hair of the head  (Ca-
pilli), &c. (q. v.).
     (F)  Poll.    (G)  Haar.
  Hala'tion (Mat. Med.) aXanor, from
uXg,' salt.'  A cathartic medicine, con-
taining  salt, the  form of  which is
given by Paulus of .rEgina.
  Halche'.mia (Chym.)  The alchym-
ists  so called the art  of fusing salts;
from uXg,' salt,' and xt{°,' I pour out,'
nuqu xov UXa xtilr-  Libavius.
  Halel^on ( Pharm.)   Halela'um,
U7.t7.aiov,  from uXg, ' salt,' and tXaiov,
' oil,'  O'leum sa'li mix'tum.   A  mix-
ture of oil and salt, for removing swell-
ings of the joints.   Galen.
  HALES,  Stephen, D. D.,  F. R. S.
(Biogr.)   An eminent  English natural
philosopher ; particularly in the physi-
ology of plants ; born in Kent in 1677;
died in 1761.  Works.  Vegetable stat-
ics, containing  some statistical experi-
ments on  the sap  of vegetables ;  being
an  essay towards  a natural history of
vegetation ;   also, a specimen  of an  at-
tempt  to  analyze  the air,  &c.  Lond.
1727. 8vo.   Statical essays; containing
vegetable statics and hymastatics. Lond.
1733.  Hymastaticks ;  or an account of
some hydraulic and hydrostatical experi-
ments, made on the  blood and bloodves-
sels of animals;  tvith an account of
some experiments on stones in the kid-
neys and bladder. Lond.  1733. 8vo.   A
friendly  admonition to the drinkers of
gin, brandy, and other spirituous liquors.
 Lond. 1734. Svo.  Anon.   An account
 of some experiments and observations on
 Mrs. Stephens's medicines jor dissolv-
 ing the stone.  Lond.   1740.  Svo.   An
 account of some experiments and obser-
 vations on tar water :  to which is added
 a letter from Dr. Reid to Dr. Hales, 
HALINATRUM          464
HALLER
concerning the nature of  tar  and its
medical virtues. Lond. 1745.  two.
  Halina'trum (Med.) A name, given,
by  the ancients,  to subcarbonate  of
soda, containing  a little subcarbonate
of ammonia,  which is  found, ready
formed, on the plaster of damp walls, in
places inhabited  by man  or animals;
from  UXg,  ' salt,'  and natrum or na-
tron.
  HALITUEUX(F) (Path.) Halituo'sus,
from  hal'itus, ' vapor.'  The  skin  is
said to be  kalitueuse, when  covered
with  a gentle moisture.  The vapor,
exhaled in all the cavities of the body,
so long as the blood is warm, is called
Hal'itus.   The odorous  vapor  ((G)
Dun st),  exhaled by the blood itself
whilst warm, is  called Hal'itus San-
guinis.
  HALL,  John,  M. D.  (Biogr.)  An
English physician of the 16th century.
Works. A moste  excellent and learned
workc of chirurgerie,  called Chirurgia
parua Lanfranci. Lanfrankc  of Milanc,
his bricfe :  reduced from dyuers transla-
tions to our vulgar or uenall  frase, and
now firste published in  the Englishe
prynte, by John  Halle,  chirurgien:
who hath  thercrnto necessarily  annexed
a table, as well of the names of diseases
and simples, with their virtues, as also
of all other termes of the arte opened, &c.
Lond. 1565.  4to.
  HALLE, John Noel (Biogr.) A dis-
tinguished French physician; professor
of  medicine in the college of  France ;
born in Paris, in 1754 ;  died  in 1822.
Works.  Recherches sur la nature et les
effets du mephitismc des fosses d'aisance.
Paris.  1785.  Svo.   Rapport suivi  de
soixante-quatre experiences sur le reme'de
Pradier.   Ibid.   1811.   8vo.    He
published  the work  of Lorry, — De
pracipuis morborum  mutat. et connexio-
nibus, &c. 1784. l2mo. and  an edition
of  the  UHuvres completes  de  Tissot.
Paris. 1809 - 13.  11  vols.  8vo.  There
Was likewise  published,  from  his lec-
tures, Hygie'ne, ou VArt de conserver la
sante. Paris. 1816. 8vo.
  HALLER,  Albrecht von (Biogr.)
An eminent Swiss  physician,  anatom-
ist, and physiologist; and no less cele-
brated as a  poet and man of  general
science ;  born at Berne,  in Switzer-
land, in 1708 ; became prof, in  the uni-
versity of Gottingen ; and died in 1777.
Works.  Commentarii ad  Hermann.
 Boerhaav.   pralectiones  academicas,
&c. 1789-1744.   7 vols.  8 vo.  Hip-
pocratis opera genuina. 1740. 2  vols.
8vo.    Iconum  anatomicarum  quibus
pracipua partes  corporis humani delin-
eata continentur. Fascic. Gotting. 1743.
fol.   Enumeratio  mcthodica  stirpium
Helvetia indigenarum,  &c.   Gotting.
1768.  3 vols, in fol.  Translated into
English by Tissot.  Lond. 1755.  Svo.
Historia morborum,  qui  ann.   1699,
1700 et  1702,  Vratislavia grassati sunt.
Lausann.   1746.  4to.   Prima  linea
physiologia, in usum pralectionum aca-
demicarum.  1747.  Svo.   Disputationes
anatomica selecta.  Gotting.  1746-51.
8 vols.  4to.   Methodus studii modici.
Amst.  1751.  (An edition of  Boer-
haave's work  with,  numerous addi-
tions).  Opuscula anatomica de respira-
tione, de monstris, aliaque minora, qua
recensuit emendavit, auxit,  &c.   Got-
ting.  1751.  Svo.' Dissertation sur les
parties  sensibles et irritablcs  des ani-
maux.  Laus.  1752. 12mo.   In  Eng-
lish.  London.  1755.  8vo.   Mi'moires
sur  la  nature sensible  et  irritable des
parties  du corps animal.  Laus.  1756.
4  vols. 12mo.   Physiology,  being a
course of lectures upon the visceral anat-
omy and vital  aconomy  of  human  bod-
ies, including  the latest discoveries and
improvements ;  with a history of medi-
cine and a nosology or  doctrine of dis-
eases. Lond. 1753. 2 vols.  8vo.   Opus-
cula pathologica, quibus sectiones cadav-
erum morbosorum potissimiim continen-
tur.   Laus.  1755.  8vo.   Disputationes
chirurgica  selecta.  Laus.  1755-6. 5
vols.  4to.    Deux  mimoires sur  le
mouvement du sang ct sur les effets de
la saignee, &c. 1756.   Pathological ob-
servations, chiefly from the dissections
of morbid  bodies.  Lond.  1756.  8vo.
Disputationes medica ad morborum his-
toriam  et curationem, facientes.  Laus.
et Lugd. Bat.  1757.  7 torn. 4to.  Ele-
menta  physiologia  corporis  humani.
Lugd.  Bat. et  Lausannae.  1757-66.
8 vols.  4to.  Prima linea  physiologia.
Edinb.  1707.   Svo.   Translated into
English under  the  inspection of Dr.
William Cullen.  Other translations
have  appeared.    Dissertation  on the
motion of the blood and  on the effects of
bleeding, &c.    Translated by a physi-
cian.  Lond.  1757.  8vo.   A second dis-
sertation. Lond. 1757.  Svo.   Medical,
chirurgical,  and anatomical  cases and
experiments, communicated by him and
other eminent  physicians, to  the royal
academy of science, of Stockholm: trans-
lated from the  Swedish.  Lond.  1758.
Svo.  Opera anatomica  minora.   Laus.
1762-68. 3 vols. 4to.   La generation
ou exposition des phinomenes  relatifs a
cettefonction.  Paris. 1774. 2 vols. 8vo. 
HALLUCINATION         465           HAMILTON
Bibliotheca anatomica. Zurich. 1774 - 5.
2  vols. 4to.    Bibliotheca  chirurgica.
Bern.  1774.  2 vols. 4to.   Bibliotheca
medicina  practica.  Basil.   1776-88.
4 vols. 4to.   Anatomical description of
the arteries ofthe human body, illustrat-
ed by several colored engravings, selected
end reduced from the Icones of Haller,
exhibiting those parts as they appear on
dissection. 2d edit.  Lond.  1811.  8vo.
Memoirs  of,  by Thos.  Henry, War-
rington. 1783.
   Hallucina'tion  (Path.)   Halluci-
na'tio,  Alu'sia, Illu'sion, Allucina'tio,
TcaqoquGig,  from  allucina'ri,  ' to err ';
to be  deceived.  A morbid error, in
one  or more of the senses.  Perception
of objects, which do not in fact exert
any impression on the senses.  Hallu-
cination,  almost always, if not always,
depends on disorder of the brain.
   Halmyro'des  ( Path.)   aXpvqoidtjg,
Salsugino'sus, from UXpvqig,  l a  salt
liquor.'  An epithet given to any affec-
tion, in which the heat feels acrid under
the  finger  of the physician.   Hippo-
crates.
   Hamame'lis Virginia'na (Mat. Med.)
The witch hazel.  The bark of this tree,
which is  a native  of the United States,
is somewhat bitter and sensibly astrin-
gent ;  but it has  not been much used.
A cataplasm  of the inner rind of  the
bark is said to have been found effica-
cious  in  painful  inflammations of  the
eyes.
   HAMBERGER,  George Edward,
M. D. (Biogr.) "Professor  of chymis-
try and of the practice of medicine at
Jena,  where he was born in 1697; died
in 1755.   Works.  De respirationis
mechanismo et usu genuine). 1727.  Dis-
putatio de venasectione, quatenus motum
sanguinis mutat.  Jenae. 1729.  Disser-
tation sur la  mechanique des sicritions
dans le corps humain.  Bordeaux.  1746.
 Physiologia medica, seu de  actionibus
corporis  humani  sani  doctrina.  Jena?.
 1751.  4to.  Elementa physiologia medi-
 ca, &c. 1757.  Methodus medendi mor-
 bos, cum prafatione de prastantid theo-
 ria Hambergeri pra cateris.  Jenae.
 1763.  Published by professor Baldin-
 ger.
   HAM'ILTON, Alexander, M. D.,
 F. R. S., Edinb.  (Biogr.) Prof, of mid-
 wifery in the university  of  Edinburgh.
 Works.  Elements of the practice of mid-
 wifery. Lond. 1775. 8vo.  A treatise of
 midwifery,   comprehending the  whole
 management of female complaints  and
 the  treatment of  children in early in-
fancy. Edinb.  1780.  8vo.   Outlines of
the  theory  and practice of midwifery.
Edinb.  1784.  8vo.    Treatise  on  the
management of female complaints and
of children  in  early  infancy.  Edinb.
1792.  8vo.  5th edit,  revised and  en-
larged by Dr. James Hamilton.  1805.
8vo.  Letters to Dr. William Osborne
on  certain doctrines  contained  in  his
essays on  the practice of  midwifery.
Edinb.  1792, Svo.
 HAM'ILTON, Robert, M.D. (Biog.)
An able physician and surgeon; born
at Edinb. in 1721; practised at Lynn, in
Norfolk, England,  and died in 1793.
Wtorks. A description of the influenza,
&c.  Lond.  1782.  8vo.  Remarks on
the means of obviating the fatal effects of
the bite of a mad dog or other rabid  ani-
mals, with observations on the method of
cure when hydrophobia occurs  and the
opinions, relating to  the  worming of
dogs, refuted, &c. Ipswich.  1795. 8vo.
The duties of a regimental surgeon  con-
sidered; with observations on  his gen-
eral qualifications, and hints relative to
a more respectable practice  and better
regulations in that department.  Wherein
are interspersed many  medical anec-
dotes, Sec. Lond.  1788.  2 vols.  8vo.
 Practical hints on opium considered  as a
poison. Ipswich.  1791. 8vo.  Observa-
tions on scrophulous  affections,  with re-
marks on scirrhus, cancer, and rachitis.
Lond.  1791.  8vo.  Rules for recover-
ing persons recently  drowned.   Lond.
1795.  8vo.  Observations  on the marsh
remittent fever, more particularly in re-
gard to its appearance and return every
autumn, after the inundation from the
sea, on 1st January,  1795, and the five
succeeding years, at Lynn  and its envi-
rons ; also on the water canker,  or  can-
cer  aquaticus of Van Swieten,  with
remarks on  the leprosy.  Lond.  1801.
Svo.   Letters on the cause and treatment
of  the gout;  in which some digressive
remarks on  other medical subjects are
interspersed. Lynn.  1806. 8vo.
    HAM'ILTON,  William,  M.  D.
 (Biogr.)  Physician at Bury, St. Ed-
 munds, Engl.;  born  in 1772;  died in
 1808.    Works.  Observations  on  the
preparation, utility,   and  administra-
 tion  of the digitalis purpurea or  fox-
glove, in dropsy of the chest, consump-
 tion, hemorrhage, scarlet fever, measles,
 &c.;  including a sketch of the medical
 history of  this plant,  and an account of
 the opinions of those  authors, who have
 written  upon it during the  last thirty
 years. Illustrated by cases. Lond. 1807.
 8vo. 
HAMMA
466
HARRIS
     Ham'ma (Surg.)  uupa,  Nodus.  A
  knot, used  for retaining  bandages on
  any part.  Hippocr.
     Hamp'stead, Mineral Waters  of
* (Mat. Med.) These waters, situated in
  the neighbourhood of London, are a good
  chalybeate.
     Ham'ulus (Anat. &c.)  Diminutive
  of ha'mus,e a hook.'   A hook or crook :
  — ayxiorqov.  Also,rany hook-like pro-
  cess ; as the hamulus of the pterygoid
  process.
       (G) Hakchen.
    HAN'NEMANN, John Lou'is (Biog.)
  Professor at Kiell in Holstein; born in
  1640 ; died in 1724.  Works.  Prodro-
  mus lexici utriusque medicina practica,
  Hamburg.  1670. 12mo.   Ovum  Har-
  veianam generationis animantium cu-
  riosum.   Quo  demonstratur adversus
  materialistas, quod  generatio  anima-
  lium fiat ex nihilo.  Kilon. 1675. 4to.
  Exercitatio de  vero et genuino sangui-
  ficandi  organo.  Ibid.  1675. 4to.  JEti-
  ologia philosophico-medica curiosafac-
  ultatis   purgatricis.   Qud  ostenditur
  contra  Willisium et Willisianos, in
  resinosis particulis non esse collocan-
  dum catharsin.  Hamburg. 1677. 4to.
  Dissertatio pharmaceutico-therapeutica
  de usu et abusu inebriaminum. Norimb.
  1679. 4to.
     Haphon'osi   (Nosol.)  Haphonu'si;
  from uiptj, ' the touch.'  Morbi tactits.
  " Diseases of the sense of touch.
     Haploto'mia  (Surg.)  UnXoropia,
   Sim'plex sec'tio.  A simple incision.
     Hap'sus  (Surg.)  A  plug of  lint,
   wool, &c. used by surgeons.   Hilda-
   NUS.
     HARCHIES,  J. Mentensis (Biog.)
   A physician of Mons, in Germany, in
   the 16th century.  Works. De causis
   contempta medicina.  Leod. 1567.  8vo.
   Enchyridion medicum simplicium phar-
   macorum, qua  in usu sunt, nomencla-
  turam,  historiam, facultatem, et usum
   eleganti po&mate comprehendens. Basil.
   1573. 8vo.
     Hard (Anat.)  Sax.  heanb, Dutch
   hard,  Germ. hart.   Du'rus, axXtjqog.
   That,  which  offers  much  resistance.
   In Anatomy, the hard parts are  those
   which compose the osseous basis of the
   body:  in other words, the skeleton.
   See Pulse, hard.
       (F) Dur.
     Hare-lip (Surg. Path.) LagocheV-
   lus, Lagosto'ma, La'bium Lepori'num,
    Olopho'nia  La'bii  Loba'ta,  Lepori'na
   la'bia,  Lepori'num ros'trum. A fissure
   or  perpendicular division  of one  or
   both lips.  It  has been so called, in
consequence  of the upper  lip of the
hare being thus divided.
  The hare-lip is generally congenital;
at other times it is accidental, or pro-
duced by a wound, the edges of which
have  not been  brought  into contact,
and have  healed separately.   It is sim-
ple, when there is but one  division;
double, when there are two; and  com-
plicated,  when  there is,  at the same
time, a division or cleft of the superior
maxillary bone  and of the  palate; or
projection of the teeth into the separa-
tion of the lip.
  In  the  Hare-Lip Operation,  there
are  two  indications  to   be  fulfilled.
First,  To pare, with  the   knife  or
scissors,  the  edges of the cleft; and,
afterwards, to  preserve them in  con-
tact, in order to cause adhesion.   This
last object is accomplished by means of
pins, passed  through the  edges of the
division;  in other words, by the twisted
suture. The projecting teeth must, of
course, be  previously  removed.   If
there be separation ofthe  palate, it will
become less and less after the union of
the lip, or the operation  of staphylo-
raphy may be performed upon it.
  (F)  Bec de Litvre.  (G)  H a s e n -
scharte.
  Writers.  J. Ph. Hofmann, Heidelb.
1686 (L).  Ch. G. Schwai.be, Helmst.
1744  (L).  Reil,  Hal. 1798 (L).  F.
Cellier, Paris, 1802(F).  P. Robin,
Paris, 1803(F). P. N. Haguette, Paris,
1804 (F).
  Har'ma (Pharm.) Harma'tion, aqua,
uqpanov.  A collyrium,  described  by
Paulus of jEgina.
  Har'mony  (Anat.) Harmo'nia, uqpo-
via,  from aoto,' I adjust.'  Anatomists
have  called — Su'ture by  Har'mony
or simply Harmony, False or superficial
suture, — an immovable articulation, in
which the depressions and eminences,
presented by the bony surfaces, are but
slightly  marked;  so that it might be
presumed, that the junction of the bbnes
took  place by simple apposition of their
surfaces.  An instance of harmony oc-
curs in the union of the  superior max-
illary bones with each other.
  (G) Lini.ennaht, Harmonische
Knochennacht.
   HAR'RIS or HAR'RIES, Walter,
M. D. (Biogr.)  A  learned English
physician;   born   in  Gloucestershire
about the year 1651.  Works.  Obser-
vations on the art  of curing the  vene-
real  disease. Translated  from Blegny.
 Lond. 1676. 8vo.   Rational discourse
 of remedies.  Lond. 1683. 8vo.  Phar- 
HARROGATE           467             HARVEY
macologia anti-empirica; or a treatise
on  chymical  and Galenical remedies.
Lond.  1683.  8vo.   De morbis  acutis
infantum. Lond.  1689. 8vo.  To some
after editions were  added — Observa-
tiones  aliquot de  morbis  gravioribus,
und de luis venerea origine, natura, et
curatione.  Genev.  1696. 4to.  Trans-
lated into English by J. Martyn. Lond.
1742.  8vo.   Also  by  W.  Cockburn.
Lond.  1693.  12mo.   Observationes me-
dica.  Lond.  1720. 8vo.  Dissertatio de
peste, cui accessit descriptio inoculati-
onis variolarum. Lond. 1721. 8vo. De
inocnlatione  variolarum.   Lugd.  Bat.
1722.  8vo.   Dissertationes medica et
chirurgica habita in Amphitheatro  Col-
legii regalis medica. Lond.  1725. 8vo.
  Har'rogate, Mineral Waters of
(Mat. Med.)  The villages of High and
Low  Harrogate  are  situated  in  the
centre of the  county of York, Eng-
land,  and near Knaresborough.  Here
are four valuable sulphureous springs,
and one chalybeate.  For  the former,
it is celebrated and frequented.
  Writers.    Th. Garnett,   Leeds,
1791.  A. Hunter, Lond. 1830.
  ARTIFICIAL  HAR'ROGATE  WA-
TER  may be formed of common salt
 § v, water Jfeiij,  impregnated with the
gas from sulphuret of potass and sul-
phuric acid,  aa, § iv.
  HARTENKEIL, John Jacob (Biog.)
A eminent German physician, Profes-
sor of  Anatomy,  Surgery, and Mid-
wifery at Salzburg; born at Mainz in
1761;  died in 1808.   Works. Dissert.
inaug.   de   vesica  nrinaruB  calculo.
Bamb.  et Wiirceb.  1785.  4to.  His
literary  reputation   rests  principally
upon his "  Medicinisch • chirurgischen
Zeilung," which he commenced in
1790.  He also wrote a "  Hebammen-
Katechismus"; and, with Sommering,
published  an   improved  edition  of
" Schaarschmidt's  Anat.  Tabellen."
Frankf.  a M. 1803. 2 Bd. 8vo.
   Hartfell,  Mineral  Waters of
  Slat. Med.)  This mineral water is near
  offat in Scotland.   It is a chalybeate,
and is much  used.
   HART'LEY,  Da'vid  (Biog.)   An
ingenious physician and philosopher;
born   in Yorkshire  in 1705;   died at
Bath in 1757.   Works. View of the
present evidence for and against Mrs.
Stephens's  medicine as a solvent for
the stone, containing  155 cases, &c.
Lond. 1734.  8vo.   Supplement. Lond.
1735. 8vo.   Observations upon ten per-
sons, who have taken the  medicament
of Mrs. Stephens.  Lond. 1738.  8vo.
De lithontriptico A. J. Stephens, nu-
per  invento,  epistolar.   Lugd.  Bat-
1741.  It was chiefly owing to Dr. H's.
evidence,  that Mrs. S. obtained £5000
for her secret.  De sens&s, moius, et
idearum  generatione.  Bathon.  1746,
8vo.  Account of some experiments on
Mrs. Stephens's  medicine  for dis-
solving the stone. Lond. 1746, 8vo.
   HARTMANN, John (Biog.) Chym-
ical  Professor  at  Marpurg; born  at
Amberg,  in  Bavaria;  died  in  1631,
Works.   Philosophus,  sive  natura-
consultus  medicus,   oratio.  Accessit
programma  ad philosophia et vera me-
dicina studiosos, futura professionis
chymiatrica consilia et rationes indigi-
tans. Marpurg.  1609. Svo.  Disputa-
tiones chymico-medica, &c. Ibid. 1611.
4to.   Praxis chymiatrica.  Lips. 1633.
4to.   Diatribe de usu  medico microcos-
mi, id est, disquisitio quomodo et qualia
e corpore  humano vivente, ejusque ma-
nente integritate, medicamenta in usum
medicum  transferri   queunt.  Erfurt.
1635. fol.  Tractatus  physico-medicus
de opio.  Witteb.  1635.  8vo.   Opera
omnia medico-chymica. Francf.  1664.
fol.  Anthropologia physico-medico-ana-
tomica. Venet. 1696.  4to.
  HARTMANN, Philip James (Biog.)
Medical Professor at Kbnigsberg; born
at Stralsund  in 1648; died in 1707.
Works.   Succincta  succini Prussici
historia. Francf. 1677. 8vo. De origin-
ibus  anatomicis,  peritidque veterum
analomicd.   Dissertatio  de bile, san-
guinis ultimi alimenti excremento.  Re-
giom. 1700. 4to.
   HAR'VEY, Gid'eon, M. D.  (Biog.)
An English physician; born in Surrey :
practised in  London,  as Physician
to the Tower,  above 50  years.  His
medical works have never been in any
esteem.   He  was rude, sceptical, and
perpetually at war with his contempo-
raries.  He died in 1700. Works. A
discourse of the plague.  Lond.  1665,
4to.  Morbus Anglicus, or the anatomy
 of consumption, SfC, to which is added
 some  brief discourses  on melancholy
madness, and distraction occasioned by
 love, &c. Lond. 1666.  The great  Ve-
nus unmasked; or a perfect discovery
 of the French Pox,  &c. Lond.  1670.
 8vo. De febribus, — Tractatus theoret-
 icus et practicus. Lond.  1672. 8vo.: in
 English,  Lond.  1674. 8vo.   A  new
 treatise of the scorbutic pox ; a  second
 treatise of the mangy pox,  altered  of a
 heretic pox;  and an appendix of the
 venereal  gout. Lond.  1675. Svo.  Dis-
 ease of London, or  a new discovery of 
HARVEY
468
HEAD
 the  scurvy.  Lond.  1675.  8vo.    The
family physician, and house apothe-
 cary.  In four parts. Lond. 1678. 8vo,
 The conclave  of physicians : detecting
 their  intrigues,  frauds,  and   plots
 against their patients.  With a discourse
 on the Jesuit's bark.  Lond.  1683-86.
 8vo.  The art of curing the most dan-
 gerous wounds  by the first  intention.
 Lond. 1685.  12mo.   The French pox,
 with all its  kinds,  causes, signs, the
 running ofthe reins, schankers, bubo,
  fleets, and their cures, &c. Lond. 1685.
  vo.  Of the .small-pox and malignant
fevers ;  with the various methods of
 curing them; and  a discourse on the
 scurvy. Lond. 1685.  8vo.   Ars curandi
 morbos per expectationem.  Lond. 1694.
 l2mo.:  in English.  Lond.  1689. Svo.
 Treatise ofthe small-pox and measles.
 Lond. 1696. 8vo.  Particular discourse
 on opium, diacodium, and other sleep-
 ing  medicines. Lond. 1696. 8vo.  Dis-
 course on the vanities of philosophy and
physic. Lond. 1699.  8vo.
   HAR'VEY, William, M. D. (Biog.)
 A distinguished English physician, and
 the illustrious discoverer of the  circu-
 lation of the blood;  born at Folkstone,
 in Kent, in 1578; died in 1658. Works.
 Exercitatio anatomica  de  motu cordis
 et sanguinis circulatione. Francf. 1628.
4to.  It was published in various places
 with  and without commentary.  Ex-
 ercitationes  de   generatione  anima-
 lium: item  de partu, de membranis
 et humoribus uteri, et  de  conceptione.
 Lond. 1051. 4to.: — in English. Lond.
 1623. 8vo.   Opera omnia.  Lugd. Bat.
1737. 2 vols.  4to.   The  best edition
was published by the  London College of
 Physicians, with a life of the author in
 Latin, by Dr. Lawrence.  Lond. 1766,
2 vols. 4to.
   HAR'WOOD,  Sir Bu'sic, Knight,
F. R. and L. S. S. (Biogr.)  Some time
Professor of Anatomy in  the Univer-
sity of Cambridge; born at Newmarket;
died  in  1814.  Works.   A  synopsis
of a  course  of  lectures  on  anatomy
and  physiology.   Lond.   1787.   8vo.
A system of comparative anatomy and
physiology.  Fasciculus I.,  with  15
plates. Lond. 1796.  4to.
  HAS'SELQUIST, Frederick, M. D.
 (Biog.)  A  favorite pupil  of Linnjeus,
and distinguished by his illustrations of
the medicine and natural history of the
Levant; born in East  Gothland in 1722;
died in 1752.  Works.  Vires planta-
rum,  1747.  Rer Palastinum, eller Re-
sa til Heliga Landet, forrdttad ifran
ar 1749  til  1752, utgifven af C. Lin-
 NiEUS.  Stockholm.  1757. Svo.  Trans-
 lation from the Swedish of his voyages
 and travels in the Levant, in the  years
 1749, '50, '51, and '52 : containing ob-
 servations in natural history, physic,
 agriculture, and commerce : particular-
 ly on  the Holy Land and the natural
 history of the Scriptures.  The original
 edited  by C. Linnaeus, by order of the
 Queen, in 1757. Lond. 1766. Svo.
   Haunch (Anat.)   Cox'a, Coxen'dix,
 of the  Latins; uyxv, or iv/iov, of the
 Greeks.  An'cha.  The region of the
 trunk,  which is  formed   by the  lat-
 eral parts of the pelvis and the hip-
 joint,  including  the  soft  parts.  In
 women, on account ofthe greater  width
 of the  pelvis, the haunches are  more
 marked and prominent than in men.
     (F) Hanche.     (G) Hiifte.
   Haus'tus (Pharm.) A Draught. A
 liquid medicine, which can be taken at
 a draught.
   HAV'ERS, Clop'ton, M. D. (Bing.)
 An  eminent English anatomist,  who
 died at the commencement of the 18th
 century.   Works.  Osteologia nova;
 or some observations of the  bones and
 the parts  belonging  to them,  with the
 manner of their accretion and nutrition,
 and a discourse ofthe cartilages. Lond.
 1691. 8vo.  He was  also the editor of
 Anatomy of bodies of man and woman,
from M. Spacher and J. Remmelin.
 Lond.  1702. fol.
   HAWES,  William, M. I).  (Biog.)
 Physician  in London, and  founder of
 the Humane Society; born at Islington
 in  1736;  died in 1808.  Works. An
 account of the late  Dr.  Goldsmith's
 last illness, so far as relates to the ex-
 hibition of James's  powder.  Lond.
 1774. 4to.  Examination  of the  Rev.
 John Wesley's primitive physic, &c.
 Lond.  1776. Svo.   Address on prema-
 ture death and premature  interment.
 1777.  An address to the  legislature on
 the importance of a humane society.
 1781.  An address to the king and par-
 liament of Great Britain, on saving the
 lives of its inhabitants, &c. Lond.  1782.
 8vo.  Respecting  the recovery of per-
 sons, apparently dead from  drowning,
 &c. Addresses to the king and parlia-
 ment of Great Britain: with observa-
 tions on the general  bills of mortality.
 Lond.  1783. 8vo.
   Head (Anat.)  Sax. heapob, heapb,
 heaved; the past  participle of heapan,
 ' to  heave up.  Ca'put,  xttpaXtj.   The
 head forms the upper extremity of the
 body,  and tops the  skeleton.  It con-
 sists  of the  cranium and  face.   The 
HEADY              46!
first, which comprises  all the superior
and posterior part, has the encephalon
in its cavity : the latter forms only the
anterior  part;  and serves as  the  re-
ceptacle  for the greater part  of the or-
gans of sense.
    (F)  Tele.    (G) Kopf.
  Writers.  P. Julian (wounds), Ven.
1549 (L).  A. Pare (Do.), Paris, 1561
(F).   Jos.  Quercetanus,  Marp. 1617
(L).   H. Paschati, Lubec.  1618 (L).
O.  Heurnius, Lugd. Bat.  1623 (L).
R. Pernel (diseases), Lond. 1650 (L).
C. V. Schneider  (wounds), Vitemb.
1650 (L).  W. Rolfink,  Jenae, 1653
(L).   L. Botal, Lugd.  1665 (L).   J.
Batting,  Oxford,  1761.   J.  J. Wep.
fer   (internal  and   external  affec-
tions),   Scaph.  1727 (L).    J. Aber-
nethy  (injuries),  Lond.  1821.   A.
Burns (surgical anatomy of head  and
neck), second edition, Lond. 1824.
  Head'y  (Hyg.)  same etymon.  That
which inebriates readily.   An  epithet,
applied to  wines, which  contain much
alcohol.
    (F)  Capiteux.
  Heart (Anat.)  Sax. heopt, Germ.
H e r z ,  Cor,  xtaq,  xtjq,  xaqSia,  (F)
Caur.  An azygous muscle, of an ir-
regularly  pyramidal  shape; situated
obliquely, and a little to the left side, in
the chest;  — resting on the diaphragm
by one of its surfaces ;  suspended by its
base  from  the  great vessels; free and
movable in the rest of its  extent, and
surrounded by the pericardium.  The
right side of the body ofthe heart is thin
and sharp,  and is called Mar'go acu'tus:
the left  side is  thick  and round, and
termed Mar'go obtu'sus.  It  is hollow
within, and contains four cavities;  two
of which,  thinner and less fleshy,  re-
ceive the blood from the lungs  and the
rest of the body, and pour  it  into  two
others,  with  thick and very fleshy
parietes, which send it to the  lungs and
to every part of the body.   Of these
cavities, the former are called auricles,
the latter ventricles. The right auricle
and right ventricle  form  the  Pulmonic
or right or anterior heart, (F) Caur du
poumon, C. du sang noir,  C.  droit,  C.
anterieur:  and the  left auricle  and
ventricle the systematic, corporeal, left,
or aortic  heart,  (F) Caur du corps,
C. gauche, C. aortique  ou  C. rouge.
In the adult, these are totally distinct
from  each  other, being separated by a
partition; — the Sep'tum Cor'dis. Into
the right auricle, the venae  cavae, — su-
perior and  inferior, — and the coronary
vein,  open; — the pulmonary artery
9             HEART

arises  from the  right ventricle — the
four pulmonary veins open into the left
auricle, and the  aorta arises from the
left ventricle.
  The heart is covered, externally,  by
a very thin,  membranous  reflection
from the  pericardium.  The muscular
structure of which it is constituted, is
much  thicker in the  parietes of the
ventricles than  in that of the auricles.
Its cavities are lined by a very delicate
membrane, which is continuous with
the inner  membrane  of the arteries, as
regards the left cavities;  and with that
of the veins, as regards the right.  Its
arteries — the  coronary — arise from
the commencement of the  aorta.  Its
nerves proceed, chiefly, from the pneu-
mogastric and the cervical ganglions of
the great  sympathetic.
  The heart is  the  great agent in the
circulation.   By  its  contraction, the
blood is sent over every  part  of the
body.  The heart's  action  does not
seem to be directly owing  to nervous
influence, received from  the brain or,
spinal marrow or from  both.  The cir-
culation may, indeed,  be kept up,  for
some time, if  both brain  and spinal
marrow be  destroyed;  provided only,
that artificial respiration be maintain-
ed.
  The heart is subject to different  or-
ganic  diseases; the chief of which  are
aneurism, contraction ofthe apertures,
and rupture of its parietes.
  Writers on the Anatomy and Phys-
iology of  the Heart.  W. Harvey (on
the motion  of the  heart and blood),
Francf. 1628 (L).  J. de Back (on  the
heart), Rotterd. 1660 (L).  Lower  (of
the heart), Lond.  1669 (L).  P. Chirac
(motion of H.),  Mons. 1793 (L).  R.
Vieussens (Do.), Toulouse, 1715(F).
Another work (new  discoveries  on  the
heart), Paris, 1706 (F).  J.  M. Wolff
(use of H.,pericardium, Sec), Heidelb.
1749 (L).   Thebesius  (circulation in
the H),  Leyd.  1716 (L).   P.  Senac
(structure, action, and diseases of H.),
Paris,  1749 (F).  A. Haller (forma-
tion of H. in the chick), Lausanne, 1758
(F).  R. Percival (physiology of H.),
Edinb. 1780 (L).  T. L. F. Diez (annt.
ofH.), Giess. 1781 (L).  P. E. G. Au-
mont (influence  of  H. on  the  brain),
Paris,  1808 (F).   Le Gallois  (on  the
principle of life and ofthe motion ofH.),
Paris, 1812 (F).   J. L. Brachet (cause
of dilatation ofH.), Paris, 1813 (F).
  Writers on the diseases of the heart
A.  Albertini,  Cesen. 1648 (L).   J.
M. Lancisi (aneurism), Rom. 1728 (L). 
HEAT
470
HEAT
G. Ch. Bockmann, Hal. 1763 (L).  J.
Fr.  Spaventi,  Vienn. 1772 (L).   J.
Ch. Reil, Hal. 1790 (L).   P.  F. Gil-
bert (lesions of the heart and great
vessels  as  the cause of sudden death),
Paris,  1804(F).   I.  F.  M. Cabiran-
Cabannes, Paris, 1805(F). J. B. Al-
leweireldt (mechanical lesions ofthe
H.), Paris, 1807 (F).   F. C. A. le
Herisse, Paris, 1806(F).  J. Grassal
(on some organic affections ofthe  H.),
Paris,  1810 (F).   J. N.  Corvisart,
Paris,  1806(F).: translated by A.  J.
Testa, Halle,  1813 (G).  A.  Burns.
Edinb.  1809.   Jacob  Gates,  Philad.
1812.  T. R. Farre, Lond. 1814.   J.
Elliotson (diagnosis of diseases of),
Lond.  1830.  F. L. Kreysig,  Berlin,
1814-1816 (G).
  Heat  (Phys. & Physiol.) Sax. heac,
haet, Danish h e e t e : — past participle
of Sax. haetan, ' to make warm.'  Ca'-
lor, ■Stqptj.  The material cause, which
produces the sensation, — or the particu-
lar sensation itself produced by a body
of an elevated temperature, on  our or-
gans, especially on the organs of touch.
Modern chymists have given the name
Caloric to the principle, whatever may
 be its nature, which  is the  cause  of
 heat.  When we touch a body of  a
 temperature  superior  to our  own,  a
 portion of caloric passes from the body
 into the hand, and produces the sensa-
 tion of heat.  If, on the contrary,  we
 touch a body of a temperature inferior
 to our own, we  communicate a portion
 of our caloric to it, and experience the
 sensation of cold.
   Our own sensations are but imperfect
 indexes of the temperature.  If air be
 charged with moisture, the temperature
 seems more elevated  in summer than
 it really is.  Two men meeting at the
 middle of a mountain, — the one  as-
 cending, the other descending, — will
 experience  different sensations.  The
 one  ascending, passes from a warmer
 to a colder atmosphere ; — the one de-
 scending, from a colder to a warmer.
  The chief instrument for measuring
 heat used in Medicine,  is the thermom-
 eter.  Of this  there are three kinds ; —
that of Fahrenheit, of Reaumur, and
 of Celsius or the Centigrade.
  The following Table  exhibits the
 correspondence of these different ther-
 mometric scales.
Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum,	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.
o	o	0	o	o	o	o	o	o	o	o	o
2120	80 00	100.00	188	69.33	86.66	164	58.66	73.33	140	48.00	60.00
211	79.55	99.44	187	68.88	86.11	163	58.22	72.77	139	47.55	59.44
2106	79.11	98.88	186	68.44	85.55	162	57.77	72.22	138	47.11	58.88
209	78.66	98.33	185	68.00	85.00	161	57.33	71.66	137	46.66	58.33
203	78.22	97.77	184	67.55	84.44	160	56.88	71.11	136	46.22	57.77
207	77.77	97.22	183	67-11	83.88	159	56.44	70.55	135	45.77	57.22
206	77.33	96.66	182	66.66	83.33	158	56.60	70.00	134	45.33	56.66
205	76.88	96.11	181	66.22	82.77	157	55 55	69.44	133^	44.84	56.11
204	76.44	95.55	180	65.77	82.22	156	55.11	68.88	132	4445	55.55
203	76.00	95 00	179	66 33	SI.66	155	54.66	68.33	131	44.00	55.00
202	75.55	94.44	1780"	64.88	81.11	154	54.22	67.77	130	43.55	54.44
201	75.11	93.88	177	64.44	60.55	153	53.77	67.22	129	43.11	53.88
200	74.66	93.33	176	64.00	80.00	152	53.33	66.66	128	42.66	53.33 "
199	74.22	92.77	175	63.55	79.44	151	52.88	66.11	127	42.22	52.77
198	73.77	92.22	174e	63.11	78.88	150	52.44	65.55	126	41.77	52.22
#197	73.33	91.66	173	6266	78.33	149	52.00	65.00	125	41.33	51.66
196C	72.68	91.11	172	62.22	77.77	148	51.55	64.44	124	40.88	51.11
195	72.44	90.55	171	61.77	77.22	147	51.11	63.88	123	40.44	60.55
194	72.00	90.00	170	61.33	76 66	146	50.66	63.33	122	40 00	50.00
193	71.55	89.44	169	60.88	76.11	145	50.22	62.77	121	39.55	49.44
192	71.11	88.88	168	80.44	75.55	144	49.77	62.22	120	39.11	48.88
191	70.66	88.33	167/	60.00	75.00	143	49.33	61.66	119	38.66	48.33
190	70.22	8777	166	59.55	74.44	142g	48.88	61 11	118	38.22	47.77
189	69.77	87.22	165	59.11	73.88	141	4844	60.55	117	37.77	47.22
a Water boils (Barom. 30 inches).        b Heat of a stove, borne by Dr. Solander.
c Heat of a stove, borne for 10 minutes by Sir Joseph Banks and Dr. Solandcr. d Water simmers.
e Alcohol boils.   / Very pure ether distils.    g Bees' wax melts.    A Spermaceti melts. 
HEAT
471
HEAT
Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum.	Centig.	Fahr.	Reaum,	Centig*
o	o	o	0	o	o	0	0	0	0	0	0
116	37.33	46.66	76 h	19.55	24.44	36	1.77	2.22	- 3	-15.55	-19.44
115	36.68	46.11	75	19.11	23.86	35	! 1.33	1.66	-4	-1600	-20.00
114	36.44	45.55	74	18.66	23.33	34	0.88	1.11	- 5	-16.44	-20.55
113	36.00	45.00	73	18.22	22.77	33	0.44	0.55	- 6	-16.88	-21.11
112	35.55	44.44	72	17.77	22.22	32J	0.00	0.00	- tp	-17.33	-21.66
111	35.11	43.88	71	17.33	21.66	31	- 0.44	- 0.55	- 8	-17.77	-22.22
noa	34.66	43.33	70	16.88	21.11	zok	- 0.88	- 1.61	- 9	-18.22	-22.77
109	34.22	42.77	69	16.44	_ 20.55	29	- 1.33	- 1.66	-10	-18.66	-23.33
108	33.77	42.22	68	16.00	*2000	28 I	- 1.77	- 2.22	-110	-19.11	-23.88
107	33.33	41.66	67	15.55	19.44	27	- 2.22	- 2.77	-12	-19.55	-24.44
106&	32.83	41.11	66	15.11	18.83	26	- 2.66	- 3.33	-13	-20.00	-25.00
105	32.44	40.55	65	14.66	18.33	25	- 3.11	-3 88	-14	-20.44	-25.55
104C	32 00	40.00	64	14.22	17.77	24 n	- 3.55	- 4.44	-15	-20.88	-26.11
103	31.55	39.44	63	13.77	17.22	23	- 4.00	- 5.00	-16	-21.33	-26.66
102d	31.11	33-88	62	13.33	16.66	22	- 4.44	- 5.55	-17	-2177	-27.22
101	30.66	38.33	61	12.88	16.11	21	- 4.88	- 6.11	-18	—22-22	-27.77
100*	30.22	J7-77	60	12.44	15.55	29fft	- 5.33	- 6.66	-19	-22.66	-28.33
99	29.77	37.22	59	12.00	15.00	19	- 5.77	- 7.22	-20	-23.11	-28.88-
93/	29.33	36.66	58	11.55	14.44	18	- 6.22	- 7.77	-21	-23.55	-29.44
97	2S.S8	36.11	57	11.11	13.88	17	- 6.66	- 8.33	-22	-2400	-30.00
96	28 44	35.55	56	10.66	13.33	16	- 7.11	- .8.88	-23	-24.44	-30.55
95	28.00	35.00	55	10.22	12.77	15	- 7.55	- 9.44	-24	-24.88	-31.11
94	27.55	34.44	54	9.77	12.22	14	- 8.00	-10.00	-25	-25.33	-31.66
93	27.11	33.83	53	9.33	11.66	13	- 8.44	-10.55	-26	-25.77	-32.22
92	26.66	33.33	52	8.88	11.11	12	- 8.88	-11.11	-27	-26.22	-32.77
91	26 22	32.77	51	S.44	10.55	11	- 9.33	-11.66	-28	-26.66	-33.33
90	25.77	32.22	501	8.00	10.00	10	- 9.77	-12.22	-29	-27-11	-33.88
89	25.33	31.66	49	7.55	9.44	9	-10.22	-1277	-30	—27.55	-34.44
88	24.88	31.11	48	7.11	S.S8	8	-10.66	-13.33	-31	-28.44	-35.00
87	24.44	3055	47	6.66	8.33	in	-11.11	-13.88	-32	-28.00	-35.55
86	24.00	30.00	46	6.22	7.77	6	-11.55	-14.44	-33	-28.88	-36.11
85	23.55	29.44	45	5.77	7.22	5	-12.00	-15.00	-34	-29.33	-36.66
S4	23.11	28.88	44	5.33	6.66	4	-12.44	— 15,55	-35	-29.77	-37.22
83	22.66	23.33	43	4.88	6.11	3	-12.88	-16.11	-36	-30.22	-37.77
82	22.22	27.77	42	4.44	5.55	2	-13.33	-16.66	-37	-30.66	-38.33
81g	21.77	27.22	41	4 00	5.00	1	-13.77	-17.22	-33	-31.11	-38.88
80	21.33	26.66	40	3.55	4.44	0	-14.22	-17.77	-39 r	-31.55	-39.44
79	20.83	26.11	39	3.11	3.88	-1	-14.66	-18.33	-40	-32.00	-40.00
78	20.44	25.55	38	2.66	3.33	-2 0	-15.11	-18.88			
77	20.00	25.00	37	2.22	2.77						
a Temperature at which liquids are often drunk.     b Heat observed in scarlatina.
c Temperature of the common hen.     d Temperature of arterial blood. (?)               1
e Temperature of venous blood.   Phosphorus melts.        f JEther boils.
g Nitric ether boils.     h Muriatic ether boils.     i Medium temperature of the globe.
j Ice melts.     k Milk freezes.     I Vinegar freezes.     m Strong wine freezes.
n A mixture of one part of alcohol and three of water freezes.
0 Cold at the battle of Eylau, 1807.   p A mixture of equal parts of alcohol and water freezes,
q A mixture of two parts of alcohol and one of water freezes.  r Melting point of quicksilver.
  The  human body can bear a high
degree of heat diffused in the  atmo-
sphere.   There are  cases,  on record,
where air of 320° and upwards of Fah-
renheit's   scale,  has   been  breathed
with impunity for a short time.   It can
likewise  withstand very  severe cold.
In  the expedition of Capt.  Parry to
the North pole, the thermometer was
as low as —55° of F.
  Excessive heat disposes the body to
inflammatory diseases, and particularly
to  inflammation  and  enlargement  of
the liver ; hence, the frequency of such
affections within  the  torrid  zone.  A
less degree  of heat is  employed as  a 
HEAVY
472
HECQUET
 relaxant; — as in the case of the warm
 bath and warm fomentations, which act
 only by  virtue of  their heat and mois-
 ture.   Cold, on the contrary, acts  as a
 powerful sedative —inducing sleep, the
 tendency to which, after long exposure,
 becomes irresistible.  See Cold.
    (F)  Chaleur.
    (G)  War me,  Hi tze.
   Writers on heat as a remedial agent.
 Chortet,   Luxembourg,  1803   (F).
 Teinert, Francf.  1803  (L).    Born,
 Rostoch, 1804 (L).   Hofmann, Hal.
 1804 (L).   F. G. de la Roche, Paris,
 1806(F).
   In Pathology ; — Internal heat,  (F)
 Chaleur interne, is a sensation of heat,
 felt by the  patient but  not  sensible to
 the touch.   External heat, (F) Chaleur
 extirieure,  that which can  be felt by
 others.   Heat, Ar'dor, is  called moist,
 (F) halitueuse, when accompanied with
 moisture, like that felt  after bathing;
 dry, (F) seche, when  the skin  has  not
 its ordinary suppleness.  It is  called
 acrid  and pungent, (F) dcre et mordi-
 cante, when it conveys  a disagreeable
 tingling  to  the fingers.  The French
 employ the terms ner'vous heat  and
 errat'ic heat, Chaleur nerveuse and Cha-
 leur erratique,  for that which comes by
 flushes,  alternating  with  chills,  and
 which moves  rapidly  from one part to
 another.   M.  Double  has used  the
 term  septic  heat, (F) Chaleur septique,
 for that which produces  a piquante sen-
 sation on the  hand,  similar to that of
 the acrid heat, but  milder and more
 uniform, and  which is accompanied
 with feebleness and frequency of pulse,
 &c.
   Heav'y  (Path.)   Gra'vis,   Saxon
 heapiz, from  heapan, ' to heave,'  an
 epithet given to any  pain,  which con-
 sists in a sensation of weight or heav-
 iness or is accompanied  by such sensa-
 tion.  (F) Gravatif.
   He'be (Anat.) ?,/fy.  This word  has
 been  employed to designate,  1. The
 Hair which grows on the pubes.  2. The
 pubic region,  and 3. The age  of  pu-
 berty.
   HEB'ENSTREIT,  John Ern'est
 (Biogr.)  A celebrated  physician  and
 philosopher  of Leipzig; born at Neuen-
 hoff in the diocese  of Neustadt,  in
 1702; died in  1757.   Works.  De ver-
 mibus anatomicorum administris.  Lips.
 1741.  4to.   De homine  sano et agroto,
 carmen. Lips.  1753. 8vo.   Palaologia
 therapia. Hal. 1779.  Svo.   Pathologia
metrica, seu de morbis  carmen.  Lips.
 1740. 8vo.   Tentamcn philosophico-rne-..
 dicum super £lii Amydenii synopsim
 medicorum vcttrum, libris octo Grace et
 Latine.  Ibid. 1757. 4to.
   HEB'ERDEN,  William, M.  D.
 (Biogr.)  An eminent English physi-
 cian and scholar ;  born  in  London in
 1710; died in 1801.   Works. ANTI-
 0HPIAKA ;  an essay on Mithridatium
 and  Theriaca.  Lond. 1745. 8vo.  Com-
 mentarii de morborum historia et cura-
 tione. Lond. 1802. Svo.
 He'brews, Med'icine ofthe.— Medi-
 cine seems to have been  at a very low
 ebb  with the ancient Hebrews.    Of
 anatomy they knew  nothing.  Their
physiology  was  imperfect and  filled
 with superstitions, and their therapeutics
 unsatisfactory.  Hygiene seems to  have
 been most attended to; ofthe other de-
 partments of medicine we cannot judge
 of their  knowledge.
  Writers on Biblical Diseases.   Th.
 Bartholin,  Francf.  1612  (L).   V.
 Moles,  Madrit. 1643 (L).  M. Uberle,
 Saragoss. 1645 (L).  A. Calmet, Paris,
 1714  (L).   Ch.  Warliz,  Lips.  1714
 (L).   G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1720 (L).
 H. Ludolph, Erford. 1726 (L)  Hurle,
 Lond.  1729.    J.  J.  Scheuch/.er,
 Aug. Vind. 1734 (L).   M. Alberti,
 Hal. 1742 (L).  J. J. Schmidt, Zulli-
 chau, 1743 (G).  G. G. Richter,  Got-
 ting. 1743 (L).   R. Mkad, Lond. 1749
 (L).   Fr. Borner, Vitemb.  1755  (L).
 De Albertiz, Vienn. 1765 (L).   Ch.
 T. E. Reinhard, Leipz. 1767 (G).   J.
 Lindinger, Servest.  1774 (L).   Ch.
 E. Eschenbach, Rostoch.  1779  (L).
 Lautenschlager,  1786   (L).    K.
 Sprengel, Hal.  1798  (L).   Levin,
 Hal.  1798 (L).    D. Carcassonne,
 Montpel. 1815 (F).
  Hecatom'be (Pharm)  ixurop^tj.  A
 collyrium,  mentioned  by Paulus  of
 iEgina.
  Hecatondrach'ma  (Pharm.)  Ixa-
 rovdqa/pa.  The name of a green  plas-
 ter, mentioned by Galen.
   HECQUET,  Philip  (Biogr.)   A
 French  physician of great  celebrity  ;
 born at Abbeville,  in 1661;  died in
 1737.   Works. Explication physique et
 mechanique des effects de  la saignde et
 de la boisson dans la cure  des maladies.
 Paris.  1707.   L'indecence aux hommcs
 d'accoucher les femmes,  et Vobligation
 aux mi,res denourrir leurs enfans. Paris,
 1708.   De la digestion et des maladies
 de 1,'estomac, suivant  le  sysijjme de la
 trituration. Paris. 1712.  Depurgandd
 medicind  a curarum  sordibus.  Paris.
 1714.   Traite de  la peste, &c. Paris^
 1722-   JYovus  medicina  conspectus 
HECTEUS            473             HEISTER
  2 torn.  Paris.  1722.   Preuves  de la
  decadence de la midecine.  Paris.  1724.
  Observations sur la saignee  du pied et
  sur la purgation au commencement de la
 petite virole, des fievres malignes, &c.
 Paris.  1724.  Reflexions sur t'usage de
 Vopium, des^ caimans et  des narcotiques
 pour la guerison des maladies.  Paris.
 1726.  Remarques sur I'abus des purga-
 tifs et des  amers  au commencement et a
 la fin des maladies, et sur I'utilite de la
 saignie dans les maladies des yeux, dans
 celles des vieillards, des femmes ct des
 enfans.  Paris. 1729.
   Hec'teus (Pharm.) ixrtvs.  A Greek
 measure, containing about 72 chopines
  or pints.
    Hec'tic  Fe'ver  (Path.)   Fe'bris
 hec'tica,  Fe'bris  marasmo'des, Fihvre
 Hcctique, F. Etique, Febris tab'ida, Leu-
 cop yr'ia, Epan'etus hec'tica, Fe'bris len'-
 ta, F. amphemer'ina hec'tica, Dik, Fe'bris
 amato'ria,  Chloro'sis  amato'ria,  from
 fS-ic, ' habit of body ';  because, in  this
 disease, every part of the body is ema-
 ciated ;  or  perhaps from txrtjxw,  ' I
 consume,'  ' I am  exhausted.'   The
 name of a slow,  continued,  or remit-
 tent fever, which accompanies the end
 of organic affections, and which has
 been esteemed idiopathic, althoucrh.it
 is  probably always  symptomatic.  It
 is the fever  of irritability and debility ;
 and  is  characterized by progressive
 emaciation ; frequent pulse ; hot skin ;
 especially of the palms  of the hands
 and soles ofthe feet; and, towards the
 end, colliquative  sweats and diarrhoea.
   Being symptomatic, it  can only be
 removed by getting rid of the original
 affection.   This  is generally  difficult
 and  almost  hopeless  in  the  disease,
 which it most commonly accompanies,
 — consumption.
   (G)  Zehrfieber,   Schwind-
 fie be r.
   Writers.  O.  C;esar, Venet, 1557
 (L).   Montanus, Lugdun. 1560 (L).
 D. Loris,  Basil.  1617 (L).   J. Reh-
 feld, Erf.  1634 (L).    Hamberger,
 Tubing. 1586 (L).   G. E. Stahl, Hal.
 1699 (L).   Brendel,  Gotting.  1754
 (L).  C. Joanninius, Luccae, 1764 (L).
 Fr.  Curtius,   Dresdae,  1781   (E).
 Trnka de  Krzowitz,  Vindob.  1783
 (L).  F. J.  V.  Broussais, Paris,  1803

   Hec'tisis (Path.)   Same   etymon.
 The  state of those who  have hectic
 fever.
     (F)  jEtisie.
  Hec'togramme  (Pharm.)    Hecto-
gram'ma, from  sxarov,  ' a hundred,'
                   40*
 and yqaupa, a measure of 100 gram-
 mes, — 3 ounces, 2 drachms,  and 12
 grains, Avoirdupois'.
   Hectolitre (Pharm.)  A measure,
 containing 100 litres  or  26.42  wine
 pints.
   Hed'era He'lix (Mat. Med.) Hed'e-
 ra  arbo'rea,  Bac'chica,  xiooog, xirrog,
 Ed'era,  Corymbe'tra, Corym'bos.  The
 ivy.  The taste of ivy  leaves is bitter,
 styptic,  and  nauseous.  They are not
 used in medicine.  According  to Hal-
 ler, they were recommended  in Ger-
 many against  the atrophy of children;
 and  the  common  people  of England
 sometimes apply them to running sores
 and to keep issues  open.
   The berries were supposed,  by the
 ancients, to have an emetic and purga-
 tive quality;  and a watery extract was
 made  from them,  called by Querce-
 tanus — Extraction purgans. From the
 stalk of the  tree a resinous juice ex-
 udes, in warm climates,  called  Gummi
 Hedera,   Gomme de lierre,  Rcsine de
 lierre.   It is  possessed of tonic  and
 astringent properties but is not used.
     (F)  Lierre.
     (G)  Epheu, Eppich.
   He'dra (Surg. & Aunt.)  e$qa,  loqij,
 ' a vestige.'   A fracture of the bones
 ofthe cranium, in which  the  trace of
 the  fracturing  instrument is still  per-
 ceptible.   It was, also, used,  by  the
 ancients, for the anus,  the fasces, and
 for the bottom of an abscess.
   Hedych'roon (Pharm.)  i^dv/qoov. A
 troch, composed by Andromachus, and
 consisting of numerous aromatics.  Ga-
 len, Paulus.
   HEIS'TER,  Latj'rence (Biog.)  A
 very  celebrated  German  physician,
 surgeon, anatomist, and botanist; born
 at Frankfort  on the Maine, in 1683;
 became professor of anatomy and  sur-
 gery, first at Altdorf, in 1710, and after-
 wards at Helmstadt in 1720;   died in
 1758.  Works. De hypothesium medi-
 carum fallacid et  pernicie.   Altdorf.
 1710.  4to.   De difficultatc veritatis in-
 venienda in physicd et mediciwi.  Ibid.
 1710. 4to.  De cataracto, glaucomate, et
 amaurosi tractatio.  Ibid.  1713.  4to,
 De entero et gastroraphe.  Altdorf. 1713.
 4to.   Chirurgia nova adumbratio. Ibid.
 1714.  4to.   De novd methodo sanandi
fistulas lachrymales.  Ibid.  1716.  4to.
 Compendium anatomicum, vetcrum, re-
 centiorumque   observationes  brevissimb
 complectens.  Altdorf.  1717.  4to.  in
 English.  Lond.  1721. 8vo.' De valvu*
 Id coli dissertatio anatomica. Ibid. 1718.
 4to.    Oratio de increments  anatomus 
HELCYDRION
474     HELMINTHAGOGUES.
in  hoc saculo  xviii.    Wolfenbuttel.
1720.  8vo.  De superfluis et noxis qui-
busdam in  chirurgid.  Altdorf.  1719.
4to.  De optimd cancrum  mammarum
extirpandi ratione. Altdorf.  1720.  4to.
De anatomes  subtilioris  utilitate, pra-
sertim in chirurgid. Helmst. 1728. 4to.
De  medicamentis  Gcrmania indigenis
sujficientibus. Helmstad. 1730. 4to.  Ob-
servationes medica miscellanea. Helmst.
1730.  4to.   De  aquis mineralibus Pyr-
montanis, Ibid.  1732.  4to.  De chirur-
gid cum medicind necessario conjunct en-
dd. Ibid.  1732.  4to.   Compendium in-
stitutionum medicarum.  Helmst.  1736.
4to.  De anatomes majori in  chirurgid
quam in medicind  necessitate.  Helmst.
1737.  4to.   De  medicina mechanica
prastantid. Ibid. 1738. 4to.  Institutio-
nes chirurgica. Amstelod. 1739. 2 vols.
4to.  Compendium medicina practica.
Amst.  1743. 8vo.  Dc lithotomia Celsi-
ance prastantid  et usu.  Helmst. 1745.
8vo.
  Hflcyp'rion  (Path.)  Ilelcyd'rium,
tXxuSqiov, ulcus'culum,  a small ulcer.
Galen. Paulus. Foesius.
  Helcys'ma  (Mat.  Med.)  ilxvopa,
Sco'ria Argen'ti.   The  scoria of silver,
recommended  by Dioscorides  as  a
styptic and epispastic.
  Helcys'tkb. ( Obstetr.) sXxvOTtjo,fTom
sXxoi,  ' I draw.'   An iron hook or
crotchet for extracting the foetus.   See
Crotchet.
  Hkl'icis Ma'jor (Anat.)  A  muscle
of the the ear,  which originates from
the anterior,  acute part of the helix,
upon which it ascends  and is inserted
into the helix.  It  pulls the part, into
which it is inserted, a little downwards
and forwards.
  HEL'ICISMFNOR. This muscle orig-
inates from the under and fore  part of
the helix, and is inserted into  the he-
lix, near the fissure in the cartilage, op-
posite the concha.  Its use is,  to con-
tract the fissures.
  Helioc'aes (Pharm.) i,Xioxasg.  An
escharotic powder, referred to by Pau-
lus of iEgina.
  Heliotro'pium  Europa'um   (Mat.
Med.)  Verruca'ria.  The  Hc'liotrope.
This  plant  is considered  to   possess
aperient properties; and to be capable
of destroying cutaneous excrescences;
hence one of its names.
  (F)  Tournesol, Herbe aux vermes.
  (G) Sonnenwende.
  He'lix (Anat.) Uig, Capre'olus, from
ilXtiv,' to envelope,' ' surround.'  The
fold is thus called,  which forms the
outer circumference or ring of  the ex-
 ternal ear.   (G)  a us sere  Ohr en-
 ran d.
   HE'LIX POMA'TIA (Mat. Med.)  A
 large  kind of snail, transported from
 the South of Europe to England by Sir
 Kenelm Digby, for his lady, when in
 a decline.   It was considered highly
 restorative.
   Hellebojus'mus  or  Elleboris'mus
 (Therap.)  The method of treating dis-
 eases, amongst the  ancients,  by helle-
 bore.   This comprised, not  only the
 choice, preparation, and administration
 of the medicine; but, likewise,  the
 knowledge and employment of prelim-
 inary precautions and remedies, proper
 for aiding its action, and preventing
 the pernicious effects, which  it might
 occasion.
   Writers.   J.  H.  Schulze,  Hal.
 1717 (L).   H. Hahnemann, Lips. 1812
 (L).
   Helleb'orus Fcet'idus (Mat. Med.)
 Hclleboras'ter, Elleboras'ter,  Stink'ing
 Hel'lebore or  Bear's Foot. The  leaves
 of this plant are said to be anthelmin-
 tic.  The  smell of  the  fresh plant is
 extremely  fetid,  and the, taste bitter
 and acrid.  It usually acts as a cathar-
 tic.
  (F) Hellbiore ou ElUbore fetide, Pied
 de Griffon.
  (G)   Stinkende   Niesewur-
 zel.
  HELLEB'ORUS NI'GER (Mat. Med.)
 Melampo'dium,  t'/J.tfloqog, Ec'tomon,
 sxropov, Black Hel'lebore, Christ'mas
 Rose, Cemeleg,  Charbcchasued, Dau'ra.
 The root of this European plant has a
 disagreeable odor, and bitter, acrid taste.
 It is possessed of cathartic properties
and has been recommended as an em-
menagogue.  It has been given in ma-
nia,  melancholia,  dropsy,  suppressed
menses, &c.  Dose, gr. x to 9j,  as a
cathartic.
  (F) Hellebore noir.
  (G)  Schwarze  Niesewurzel.
  Writers.  R. J. Camerarius, Tu-
bing.  1687 (L).   L. Wolleb,  Basil.
1721 (L).   G.  Crt. Bachov,  Altdorf.
1733(E).   A. E. Buchner, Hal. 1758
(L).  Ph. A. Bohmer,  Hal.  1774 (L).
P.  E.  IIartmann, Francf.  ad  Viadr.
1787 (L).   G. Kerr, Lond. 1818.
  Hellespon'tia  (Pharm.) iXXrjanov-
na.  Two kinds of plasters are describ-
 ed, under this name, by Galen.
   Helmin'thagogues  (Mat.  Med.)
 Helminthago'ga, Helmin'thics,  from iX-
 pivg,  ' a worm,'  and  ayw, ' I expel.'
 Remedies,  used   against  intestinal
 worms; — Anthclmin'tics, Ver'mifuges. 
HELMINTHIA ERRATICA     475         HEMERALOPIA
   Helmin'thia  errat'ica  (Path.)
 Worms, introduced  by accident  and
 without finding a  proper habitation in
 the stomach or intestines;  producing
 spasmodic colic, with  severe tormina,
 and oecasionally vomiting or dejections
 of blood : — the 12th genus of the order
 Enterica, class Caliaca of Good.
   Helminthiasis  (Path.) from Upirg,
 ' a worm.' A generic name for diseases
 caused by  the presence  of intestinal
 worms.  It is, also, called Helmin'thia,
 Vermina'tio, Parasitis'mus intestina'lis,
 Medued,  Worms,  Invermination.   See
 Worms.
   (F)  Vers.   (G) Wurmsucht.
   HEL'MONT, Jonh  Bap'tist  van
 (Biogr.)   A  man  of great learning in
 physic and physics ;  born at Brussels
 in 1577 ; died in  1644.   Works. De
 magneticd vulnerum naturali et legitimd
 curatione,  contra   J. Robertum,   Soc.
 Jesu theologum. Paris. 1621. 8vo.   The
 ternary of paradoxes ;  the magnetic cure
 of wounds;  the nativity  of tartar in
 wine;  and the image of  God  in man.
 Translated  and  enlarged  by Walter
 Charleton, M. D.  1650. 4to.  Febri-
 um doctrinainaudita, Ant. 1642. 12mo.
 Opuscula medica inaudita :  1. De Li-
1 thiasi:  2. De febribus:  3. De humo-
 ribus  Galeni -•  4.  De peste.  Cologne.
 1644.  8vo.   Deliramenta catarrhi: or,
 the absurdities   of the vulgar  opinion
 of defluxions  : — into  English  ly  Dr.
 Charleton.  Lond. 1650. 4to.  Ortus
 medicina^id est, initio physica inaudita,
 progressus medicina novus in morborum
 ultionem ad vitam longam. Amst.  1648.
 4to.    In  English,  entitled —  Physick
 refined : the  common errors therein re-
 futed, and the whole reformed and recti-
 fied ; being a new  rise and progress of
 philosophy and medicine, for the destruc-
 tion of diseases and prolongation of life.
 Translated by J. C. Lond. 1662. fol.
   Helo'sis (Path.) tjXwoig,  from  tlXio,
 ' I turn.'   Inversion of the eyelids and
 convulsions ofthe  muscles of the  eye.
   HELVE'TIUS,  A'drian (Biogr.) In
 German, Schweitzer, son of  John
 Frederick, and celebrated in Paris for
 curing the dysentery ; born in 1656 ;
 died in  1725.   Works.   Traite des
 maladies les plus frequences, et des remk-
 des specifiques pour les guerir. Paris.
 1703.  2 vols. 8vo.  Remedes contre la
 peste. Paris.  1721.  8vo.
   HELVE'TIUS, John Claude A'dri-
 an (Biogr.)   Son  of John Adrian ;  a
 French physician  and  counsellor of
 state;  born  in  1685;  died in 1755.
 Works.  Idee generate,  de VEconomie
animale et observations sur la petite v6-
role. Paris.  1722. 12mo.   In English,
1723. 8vo.   Eclaircissemens concernant
la maniere  dont  Voir agit sur le sang
dans  les poumons. Paris.  1728.  4to.
Principia physico-medica,  in  tyronum
medicina gratiam conscripta,   Paris.
1752. 2 vols. 8vo.
   HELVE'TIUS, John  Fred'erick
(Biogr.) Born in the  principality  of
Anhalt, about 1625;  died  in 1709.  He
was a great pretender to  alchemy and
physiognomy.    Works.  Amphithea-
trum physiognomia medicum. Heidelb.
1660. 8vo.   Mors morborum.  Heidelb.
1661.  8vo.   Microscopium  physiogno-
mia medicum, &c.  Hag.  1664.  12mo.
Diribitorium medicum de  omnium mor-
borum,   accidentiumquc   in-et-exter no-
rum definitionibus ac  curationibus,  ex
saporibus, odoribus,  fatoribusque,  pro-
venientibus a fer mentor um, effervescenti-
arum,  aut putrefactionum salibus, sul-
phuribus, vel mercuriis,  qua malb inve-
niuntur in  succis  alibilibus  bene consti-
tutis omnium ventriculorum, glandula-
rum, vasorumque lymphaticorum totius
corporis. Amstel.  1670. 12mo.
   HELVE'TIUS, John A'drian  (Bi-
ogr.) Son of the last;  born about 1661
in  Holland;  died in 1727.  Works.
Reme'des contre le cours de ventre. Paris.
1688. I2mo.  Lettre  sur la nature ct la
guirison du cancer.  Paris. 1691. <4to.
Mithode pour guerir  toutes sortes  de
fievres, sans rien  prendre par la  bouche.
Paris.  1694. 12mo.   Traite des pertes
de sang avec leur remide  specifique, ac-
compagne d'une  lettre sur  la nature et
la guerison du cancer.    Paris.   1697.
12mo.  Dissertation  sur  les bons effets
de I'alun.  Paris.  1704.  12mo.   Me-
moir es  instructifs de  differ ens remedes
pour les armies du Roi.  Paris.  1705.
12mo.   Traite  des  maladies  les  plus
frequentes  et des remedes spicifiques
pour les guerir.  Paris.  1707.  12mo.
Methode pour traiter  la verole par  les
frictions et par  les  sueurs. La Haye.
1710. 12mo.  Recueil des methodes pour
guirir  diverses maladies.  La  Haye.
1710.  12mo.  Remedes contre la peste.
Paris. 1721. 12mo.
    Hemer'alops  (Path.)  t,ptqaXu\p,
Dorea.  One laboring under hemeralopia.
   Hemeralo'pia (Path.)  ^ptqaXwma,
from yptqa,' the  day,' and onropai,  11
see.'  Dyso'pia Tenebra'rum, Parop'sis
Noctifiuga,  Vi'sus diur'nus,  Nyctalo'pia
(of some.)  Amblyo'pia crepuscula'ris,
Shebkeret, Day'sight,  Day vis'ion,  Hen
blindness.   A disease,  in  which the
eyes enjoy the faculty of seeing, whilst 
HEMEROPATHIA         476
HEPAR
 the sun is above the horizon; but are
 incapable of seeing by the aid of arti-
 ficial light.   Its causes are not evident.
 The  eye, when  carefully examined,
 presents  no alteration,  either  in its
 membranes or humors.
   (G) Nachtblindheit.
   (F)  Vue  diurne,  Aveuglement de
 JVuit.
   Writers.   Bergen,  Francf.  1754
 (L).   J.  L. Valentin,  Nancy,  1787
 (L).  A Simpson, Glasgow, 1829.
   Hemeropathi'a (Path.) from ijueoti,
 'a day,' and na9og, ' an affection.'  A
 disease, which  continues  only a day;
 or which  is only observed  during the
 day.
   Hemicerau'nios  (Surg.)  [pixtqav-
 viog, from >tpiavg, ' half,' and  xttqvi, ' 1
 cut.'  A bandage, applied  to  the back
 and chest.  Galen.
   Hemicra'nia (Path.) Migra'na, Gra'-
 na, Hemipa'gia,  Heterocra'nia,  Mono-
pa'gia, Cephala'a Hemicra'nia, Shckykat,
 Me'grim,  [uixqavia, from ituiavg, ' half,'
 and xqaviov, ' cranium.'  Pain, confined
 to one  half the  head.    It is almost
 always of an intermittent character ; —
 at times,  continuing only  as long as
 the sun -is above the horizon; and hence
 sometimes called  Sun pain, — and is
 cured by  cinchona, arsenic,  and the
 remedies adapted for intermittents.
   (F) Migraine.
   (G) S e i te n-K opf w e h.
   Writers.  Sennert,  Viteb.  1662
(L).   Van der Linden,  Lugd.  Bat.
 1668  (L).   Beyer, Jena,  1674  (E).
 Schrader, Helmst. 1690 (L).  Bruck-
 ner, Lugd. Bat.T693 (L). J. Fordyce,
Lovan,  1766 (L).   Scobelt, Berol,
1776  (E).   Van der Belen, Lovan,
1787 (L).   J. Ch. Avon,  Jena.  178S
(L).  Reil, Hal.  1791 (L).
   Hemiec'ton,  Hemif.c'teon (Pharm.)
itpitxrov,  ijpitxrtov, Semisex'tum.   A
vessel, capable of containing 36 chopi-
nes or pints, and  in which fumigations
were made  in  diseases  of the uterus
and vagina.  Hippocr.
   Hemimojrion, (Pharm.)  {ptpoiqiov,
from  i^novg, and uoiqa, ' a part,' 'one
half.'  Foesius.   Also, half a  drachm.
Erotian.
  Hem'ina (Pharm.)  ijuira,  a Greek
measure, answering to the  Cotyle, xo-
rvXtj,  i. e. one half the sextarius, or
about half a pint, English.
   Hemiobo'lion    or  Hemiob'olon
(Pharm.)   tjpiofioXiov, ituioSoXov,  half
the obolus.   A weight of about  five
grains.  GorrjEUS.
   Hemio'lion  (Pharm.)  i;pioXiov, a
 weight of 12 drachms, or oz. I1.   Ga-
 len.
   Hemio^pia (Path.)  Hemiop'sis,  Vi'-
 susdimidia'tus, Marmor'yge Hippoc'ra-
 tis, from i,piovg, < one half,' and ottto-
 pai,' I see.' Depraved vision, in Which
 the person  sees only one  half of-an
 object.  (G) Halbsehen.
   Hemiplegia   (Path.)  Hemiplegia,
 Paral'ysis Hemiplegia, ipinXtjyiu,' i^u-
 nXtj^ia,  from itpiovg,  ' one  half,'  and
 n7.tjoaio, or nX.rj-rrio, ' I strike.'   Paraly-
 sis of one side of the body.   See  Pa-
 ralysis.  One, so palsied, is said to be
 hemipleg'ic, sem'i-sidera'tus.
     (G) Halbe  Schlag.
    Writers.   Ch.  Vater, Vittemb.
 1700 (L).   G. Detharding, Rostoch.
 1739 (L).  M. Alberti, Hal. 1744 (L).
   Hemisphere  (Anat.)  Hemisphe'ri-
 um; from i,piovg, ' one half,' and oipai-
 qa, ' a sphere.'  One half of a  sphere
 or of a body having a spheroidal shape.
 The hemispheres of the brain are  the
 upper spheroidal portions of the brain,
 separated from  each  other by the falx
 cerebri.
   Hemitrit.'e'a (Path.) Sem'i-tertia'na,
 ipirqiraiog, Fievre demi-tierce,  Fe'bris
 ses'quial'tera.  »A semi-tertian  fever,
 so called  because it seems to possess
 both the characters of the tertian and
 quotidian intermittent.  Galen, Spi-
 gelius.
     (F)  Semi-tierce.
  Hemiun'gion  (Pharm.)  itpiovyyiov,
 Scmuncia.  Half an ounce.   ,
  HENSLER, Philip  Gabriel (Bi-
 ogr.)   A  Danish physician; professor
 of medicine  at Kiel;  born  at Oldens-
 worthinl733; died in 1805.  Works.
 Tentaminum et observationum de morbo
varioloso,  &c.  Gotting.  1762. 4to.
History of the origin of the venereal dis-
ease in Europe, towards the  end of  the
Ibth century  (G).  Altona.  1783. 8vo.
 On the origin of the venereal disease in
the West Indies (G). Hamb.  1789. Svo.
 Of  the  leprosy which  reigned  in   the
 West, during the middle.ages (G). Ibid.
1790. 8vo.  De herpete, seu formicd ve-
terum labis venerea non prorsus experta.
Kiel. 1801. 8vo.
  He'par (Pharm. Chym.) i^naq, liver.
The ancient name for the liv'er of sul'-
phur, He'par sul'phuris ; which is some-
times a compound of sulphur and  po-
tassium ;  at others,  of sulphur  and
potassa.
  He'par antimonia'tum is a compound
of a sulphuret of antimony and an alkali.
  He'par martia'le, a compound of sul-
phuret of potass  and an  oxide of iron. 
HEPATALGIA          477          HEPATITIS
   Hepatal'gia  (Path.)   from  ?/7r«o,
 c liver,' and aXyog, ' pain.'  Pain in the
 liver.
   Hepatemphrax'is (Path.) from i,naq,
 ' liver,'  and  tptpqaoaw, ' I  obstruct.'
 Hepat'ic obstruction.  Ploucquet.
   Hepate'ros  (Path.)  ijrart,qog,  he-
 pat'icus, Jecora'rius.  A variety of diar-
 rhoea, Flux'us hepat'icus.  Gorrjeus.
   Hepat'ic (Anat.)  Hepat'icus,  Hepat-
 a'rius, Jecora'rius, i/nanxog, from >t7iaq,
 ' the liver.'  Belonging  or relating to
 the liver.
     (G) Leber (in comp.)
   HEPAT'IC  AR'TERY,  Arte'ria  He-
 pat'ica, one of the three branches given
 off  by the coeliac.   It passes towards
 the inferior surface of the liver; where
 it  divides into  two  branches, a right
 and left, which  proceed towards  the
 corresponding parts of that organ. The
 right branch gives off the cystic artery.
 Before  dividing,  the  hepatic  artery
 sends off  two  considerable  branches,
 the A. pylorica and A. Gastro-epiploica
 dextra.
   The HEPAT'IC  VEINS or Su'pra-
 hepat'ic veins do not  follow the course
 of the arteries of the same  name. They
 arise  in the  substance  of the liver;
 converge towards the posterior margin
 of that viscus and  open into the vena
 cava inferior.   They convey away the
 blood carried to the liver by the hepatic
 artery and vena porta.
   The HEPAT'IC DUCT, (F)  Canal
 hepatique,  (G) Lebergang.
   The duc'tus hepat'icus  is about three
 fingers'  breadth in length, and of the
 size  of  a  quill.  It is  formed by  the
 union of all the  biliary ducts, and joins
 the cystic duct at a very acute angle, to
 form  the ductus  choledochus.   Its
 function is to convey the bile from the
 liver towards the duodenum.
   The HEPAT'IC  PLEX'US, Plex'us
 hepat'icus, consists of nervous filaments,
 sent by the coeliac plexus  to the liver,
 which accompany  the  hepatic artery.
   Hepat'ica  (Mat.  Med.)   A  name
 formerly given  to  medicines,  which
 were believed capable of removing dis-
 eases ofthe liver.
   HEPAT'ICA  TRIL'OBA  (Mat. Med.)
 Trifo'lium au'reum,  Liv'erwort.   This
 plant  is a  gentle astringent, but  not
 possessed of much virtue.
   (F) Hepatique des jar dins.
   (G) Leberkraut.
   Hepatirrhos'a  (Path.)  Flux'us  he-
pat'icus,  from  iinaq,  l the liver,' and
qtw, ' 1  flow.'   A species of diarrhoea
in which the excreted matters seem to |
Qome from  the  liver;  or  are much
mixed with bile, &c.
    (F) Flux hepatique.
    (G)  Leberfluss.
  Hepati'tis  (Path.)  Empres'ma he-
pati'tis, iynanxig.  Inflammation of the
liver.  It may be seated  either in the
peritoneal covering or in the substance
of the liver  or  in both;  and may be
acute or chronic.  The peculiar symp-
toms  are; — Pain in the right hypo-
chondrium,  shooting to the back and
right  shoulder, and increased on  pres-
sure ; difficulty of  lying  on the left
side ; sometimes jaundice and cough :
— Synocha.
  Its  termination is generally  by  reso-
lution ;  in tropical climates  it  often
runs  on  to  suppuration;  the abscess
breaking either  externally, or forming
a communication  with  the intestines
or chest, or breaking into the cavity of
the abdomen.  The causes are those of
inflammation in  general.   Heat predis-
poses to it; hence its greater frequency
in hot climates.  On dissection of those,
who  have died  from it, the liver has
been found hard and enlarged ; color of
a deep purple ; or the membranes have
been more or  less vascular :  or adhe-
sions, or tubercles, or hydatids, or ab-
scesses, or  biliary calculi have  been
met with.   The treatment must  be
bold.   Bleeding,  general  and  local.
Fomentations, blisters, purgatives. The
antiphlogistic  regimen,  and, in hot
climates especially, a new action  must
be excited by mercury  as early as pos-
sible.
   CHRON'IC HEPATfTIS  or  Chron'ic
liver  disease,  is not as common  as is
believed.  It may be suspected  from
the symptoms, when existing as above
mentioned, but in a minor degree ; with
enlargement and constant dull pain in
the region of  the liver; sallow coun-
tenance ;   high  colored  urine ;  olay
colored faeces, &c.
  The great  object of treatment  is,
to  excite a new  action by mercury
and counter-irritants, and to keep the
liver free by cathartics.
  (F) Hepatite,  Inflammation  du  foie,
Pii.ce (Provincial.)
  (G) Leberentzuridung.
  Writers.   Lyser, Basil. 1597 (L).
H. Conring, Basil. 1597 (L).  Ludolph,
Erfurt. 1717 (L).   H.Fr.Teichmeyer,
Jenae, 1737 (L).  Kaltschmied, Jense,
1756 (L).  Brauneisen, Argent.  1763
(L).  Murray,  Gotting.  1779  (L).
Jager,  Tubing.  1780  (L).   Willan,
Edinb. 1780 (L).  Van Rossum, Lo- 
HEPATOCELE           478      HERMAPHRODEITY
 van.  1782 (L).   Macay, Edinb. 1785.
 (L).  Thomas Girdlestone (H. fyc.
 of India), Lond. 1787.   W. White,
 Bath, 1808.  Charles Griffiths, Lon-
 don, 1817.
   Hepatoce'le  (Path.)  from  itnaq,
 1 the liver,' and xtjXtj,' a tumor.'  Her'-
 nia of the Liv'er.  The liver has never
 been found entirely out of the abdomi-
 nal cavity.   Increase  of  its  bulk or
 injuries of the parietes of the abdomen
 have been the sole cause of the protru-
 sions, which  have been  occasionally
 met with, especially  in  infants, with
 whom the  upper  part  of  the  linea
 alba is very  weak, and indeed scarcely
 seems to  exist.   Sauvages has distin-
 guished two species of hepatocele ; —
 the ventral (in the linea alba) and the
 umbilical or hepatomphalum.
     (G) Leberbruch.
   Hep'ato-col'icum  (Anat.)  A  liga-
 ment ofthe liver, described, by Haller,
 as passing from  the  gall-bladder  and
 contiguous sinus portarum, across the
 duodenum  to  the  colon.    Another,
 termed  Hepato - renal, descends  from
 the root of the liver  to  the kidney.
 They are both peritoneal.
   Hepatography (Anat.) Hepatogra'-
 phia, from l^aq,' the liver,' and yqaiptj,
 ' a description.'  The part of Anatomy,
 which describes the liver.
    (G) Leberbeschreibung.
   Hepatol'ogy (Anat.) Hepatolo'gia;
 from  ',jraq,  ' the  liver,' and  Xoyog, ' a
 discourse,' '  treatise.' A treatise on the
 liver.
     (G) Leber lehre.
   Hep'ato-parec'tama (Path.)  from
 T^Trao, ' the liver,' and naotxrapa, ' con-
 siderable extension.'  Augmentation of
 the liver.
   Hepatot'omy  (Anat.)  from  i^nuq,
 1 the liver,'  and ripvvi,  ' I  cut.'  Dis-
' section of the liver.
    (G) Leberzergliederung.
   Heph.es'tias  (Pharm.)  ^tpaiortag.
 A detergent and desiccative plaster of
 burnt tiles.
   Heptaphar'macum (Pharm.)  inra-
 ipaqpaxov,  from  s/rra,  ' seven,'  and
 tpaqpaxov,  ' a remedy.'  A  medicine,
 composed  of seven substances; cerusse,
 litharge, pitch, wax, colophony, frankin-
 cense, and  bullock's  fat.   It was re-
 garded  as laxative,  suppurative,  and
 healing.
    Heracle'um   Spondyl'ium  (Mat.
 Med.)  Bran'ca  ursi'na  German'ica,
 Spondyl'ium,  Cow Par'snep,  All-heal.
 The  root of this plant has  a strong,
rank  smell; and a  pungent,  almost
caustic,  taste.   It has  been given as
a tonic,  stomachic,  and carminative;
both in powder and in decoction.  The
Russians, Lithuanians, and Poles obtain
from  its  seeds  and leaves, by fermen-
tation, a very  intoxicating spirituous
liquor,-which they call Parst.
  (F)  Berce,  Branc-ursine   bdtarde,
Fausse Acanthe.
  (G) Unachte B'arenklau.
  Writers. J. F. Cartheuser, Franc.
ad Viadr. 1761 (L).
  The HERACLE'UM  LANA'TUM or
Mas'ierwort, is in the secondary list of
the Pharmacopoeia ofthe U.  States.
  Herb  (Pharm.) Her'ba.
  The FIVE  EMOL'LIENT HERBS,
Quin'que her'ba emollicn'tes, were, an-
ciently;— beet, mallow, marsh-mallow,
French mercury, and  violet.
  The FIVE   CAPIL'LARY HERBS,
Quin'que herba capilla'res, were hart's
tongue, black, white, and golden maid-
en-hair, and spleenwort.
  Herbiv'orous  (Zool.) Herbiv'orus,
from her'ba, ' grass,' and vo'ro, ' I eat.'
An epithet, applied to  animals which
feed on herbs.
  Herboriza'tion  (Pharm!)  Herba'-
rum inquisi'Uio.   An  excursion,  made
with  the view  of collecting plants.
Such  excursions are directed by  the
Apothecaries' Company of London for
the use of their apprentices, ifcc.
  Her'borist (Med.) Herba'rius. One
who deals in useful plants.  A Her'bal-
ist or  Her'barist.
  Hered'itary  (Path.)  Heredita'rius,
Gentil'ius,  avpipvrog,  ovyytvijg.   An
epithet given  to  diseases,  communi-
cated  from progenitors.  Such diseases
may exist at birth ; or they may super-
vene at a more or less advanced period
of existence.     (G) E r b 1 i c h.
  Writers.  D. O'Meara or Dermi-
tius,  Dubl. 1019, 12mo. (L).  R.  Lio-
NEt, Paris,1647,4to.(L).  J. A. Fischer,
Erf. 1688, 4to. (L).  A.  Petit, Paris,
1817(F).  J. Adams,  Lond.  1815.  A.
Portal,  Paris, 1814 (F).
  He'reos (Path.) A word, employed
by Paracelsus for a sort of imaginary
love,  giving  rise  to  nocturnal pollu>-
tions.
  Hermaphrode'ity  (Physiol.) Her-
maphrodis'mus, Hermaph'rodism ; from
from 'Eqptjg, ' Mercury,' and Aipqodnij,
' Venus '  Appertaining  to Mercury
and Venus.   Union of the two sexes in
the same individual.
    (G)  Zwitterstand, 
HERMAPHRODITE        479
HERNIA
  Hermaph'rodite  (Physiol.)  Same
etymon.   Hermaphrodi'tus,  Gyni'da,
Androg'ynus, sqpaipqodirog.  One, who
possesses  the  attributes of male  and
female : who unites the same sexes. A
term, applied  to an animal or plant
which is, at the same  time, both male
and female. True hermaphrodites are
met with only in the lower degrees of
the animal scale,amongst the zoophytes,
molluscoe,  or gasteropodes.  The indi-
viduals, of the human species, regarded
as hermaphrodites, owe this appearance
to a vicious conformation of the genital
organs; a kind of monstrosity,  which
renders them  unfit  for generation, al-
though an  attentive examination  may
exhibit the true  sex.   Pretended  her-
maphrodites have,  likewise, been  de-
scribed ; who, instead  of uniting the at-
tributes of both sexes, cannot be  con-
sidered male  or female.   These have
been called neutral hermaphrodites.
     (G) Z witter.
   Writers.  G. Bauhin, Francf. 1629
<L).  Parson, Lond.  1741.  G.  Ar-
 naud de  Ronsil, Lond. and Paris, 1768
 (E. and L).
   Hermet'ica  Doctri'na.  The  doc-
 trine of Hermes, a celebrated Egyptian
 philosopher,  who  is  considered  the
 father of Alchemy.  That part of chym-
 istry, whose object  was the pretended
 transmutation of the metals.
      (F)  Hermetique.
   Hermodac'tylus (Mat. Med.)  Dac-
 tyle'tus, An'ima articulo'rum, sqpoSaxrv-
 Xog, from 'Eqpyg, ' Mercury,' and Saxrv-
 7.og,' a finger'; or rather from Hermus,
 a river  in Asia,  upon whose banks  it
 grows, and SaxrvXog,' a date,' or from
 'Equtjg,  ' Mercury,' and daxrv7.og,  ' a
 date.'  The root of  the  Hermodactyl
 was formerly used  as  a cathartic.  By
 some it is. supposed to be identical with
 the  Iris tuberosa.   The best testimony
 seems to be  in favor of its being a va-
 riety of the colchicum, — the Colchicum
 lllyricum.
   (F)  Hermodactyle,  Hermcdacte  ou
 Hermodate.
   (G) Hermodattel, Herzwurz.
   Hermola'os   (Pharm.)  iqpoXaog.
 Name of  a  collyrium,  mentioned by
 Aetius .
   Her'nia (Path.) Ra'mex, Ruptu'ra,
  Crepatu'ra, Ce'le,  xtjXt], Demm (Arab.)
 Rup'ture.  Any tumor,  formed by the
 displacement of a viscus or a portion of
 a viscus,  which has  escaped from  its
 natural  cavity  by  some  aperture and
 projects  externally.  They have been
 divided into, —
1. Hernia of the Brain. — Encephalo-
                             [ce'le.
2.       "       Thorax. —Pneumoce^-
                                [le.
3.       "       Abdomen.
  ABDOM'INAL HER'NIJE are remark-
able  for their frequency, variety, and
the dangers attending them.  They are
produced by the protrusion of the vis-
cera, contained in the abdomen, through
the natural or through accidental aper-
tures  in the parietes  of that  cavity.
The  organs, which  form them  most
frequently, are the intestines and the
epiploon.
  These hernias have been divided, ac-
cording to the aperture by which they
escape,into : —
  1.  In'guinal Her'nia or Sit'pra-Pu'-
bian.   These issue by thfi inguinal ca-
nal; they are called Bu'bonoce'le, when
small; — and Scro'tal  Her'nia  or Os'-
cheoce'le in man,  when they descend
into the scrotum; — Vul'var Her'nia
or Puden'dal  or  La'bial Her'nia, in
women, when they extend to the labia
majora.
   2.  Crural  or Fem'oral Her'nia, Me'-
roce'le, when they issue by the crural
canal.
   3. Infra-Pu'bian  Her'nia, (F) Her-
nies sous-pubiennes, where the viscera
escape through  the  opening, which
 gives  passage  to the infra-pubian ves-
 sels.
   4.  Ischiat'ic Hernia ; when they take
 place through the  sacro-sciatic notch.
   5.  Umbil'ical Hernia, Exom'phalos,
 Omphaloce'le ; which occur at  the um-
 bilicus or near it.
   6.  Epigas'tric  Hernia;—occurring
 through the linea alba, above  the um-
 bilicus.
   7.  Hypogas'tric or  In'fra-umbil'ical
 Her'nia; — which occur through  the
 linea  alba, below the umbilicus.
   8.  Perina'al Her'nia; — which takes
 place through  the levator ani,  and ap-
 pear at the perineum.
   9.   Vag"inal Her'nia ; — through the
 parietes of the vagina.
   10. Diaphrag'matic  Hernia;  which
 passes through the diaphragm.
   Hernia? are likewise distinguished,—
 according to the viscera forming them,
 — into  Enteroce'le,  Epiploce'le,
 En 'tero - epiploce 'le, Gastroce'le,
 Cystoce'le, Hysteroce'le, Hepato-
 ce'le, Splenoce'le, &c.
   The CONGENITAL HER'NIA, Her'-
 nia congen'ita, is a protrusion  of some
 of the  contents  of the abdomen  into
 the Tunica vaginalis  testis, owing to a 
HERNIA
480      HERNIARIA GLABRA
 want  of  adhesion  between its sides,
 after the descent of the testicle.
   When  a  hernia can be restored to
 its natural cavity, by the aid  of pres-
 sure &c. properly applied, it  is said
 to  be  redu'cible.  It is,  on  the con-
 trary, irredu'cible, when adhesion, bulk,
 &c. oppose its return.  When the aper-
 ture, which has given passage to the
 hernia, occasions  more  or less con-
 striction  on the  protruded   portion,
 the hernia is said to be incarcerated or
 strangula'ted: and, if the constriction
 be not removed, constipation, hiccough,
 vomiting, and all the  signs of violent
 inflammation,  followed by gangrene,
 supervene, with alteration of the tfea-
 tures, small pulse, cold extremities, and
 death.
  The therapeutical indications are,—
  1. As regards reducible hernia; — to
 replace the viscera in the  abdomen  by
 the taxis ; and to retain them there  by
 the use of a truss.
  2. As regards  irreducible hernia ; —
 to support the tumor by an appropriate
 suspensory bandage.
  3. As regards strangulated hernia; —
 to have  recourse to the  taxis; blood-
 letting ; warm bath; tobacco glysters;
 ice to  the tumor; and, if these should
 not succeed, to  perform an operation,
 which  consists  in  dividing the cover-
 ings of  the  hernia,  and  cutting  the
 aponeurotic  ring,  which  causes  the
 strangulation ; — reducing the displaced
 viscera, unless their diseased condition
 should  require them  to   be  retained
 without; — dressing the wound  appro-
 priately, restoring the course  of the
 faeces  by means of gentle glysters ; —
 preventing or  combating inflammation
 of the abdominal viscera; — conduct-
ing the wound  to cicatrization,  by ap-
propriate  means-; and  afterwards sup-
porting the cicatrix by a bandage:
  (F) Hernie, Hargne, Descente, Effort,
 Greveure, Rompeure.
  (G) Bruch.
  Writers.  P. Franco, Lyons, 1561
(F). M.  Geiger,  Monach.  1631 (L).
A. le  Quin, Paris,  1697(F).   Came-
rarius (incarcerated hernia),  Tubing.
1722 (L).   Vogel, Leipz. 1738 (G).
Pohl,  Lips. 1739 (L).  J. G. Gunzius,
Lips. 1744 (L).   A. Benevoli,  Firenz.
1747 (I).  Kaltschmid,  Jenae, 1762
(L).  A.  Haller, Gotting.  1755 (L).
P. Pott, Lond. 1765.  Ph. A. Bohmer
(incarcerated H.), Hal. 1761 (L).  W.
Blakey, Lond. 1764.  Leblanc, Paris,
1768 (F). B. Ph. Waefelaerts, Brux.
 1765 (L).   G.  Arnaud  de  Ronsil,
 Lond. and Paris,  1768.    Gautiiier
 (caustics for the radical cure of 11.),
 Paris, 1774(F).   Dreux, Lugd. Bat.
 1777 (L).   A. G. Richter, Gotting.
 1788 (G).   T. Keate,  Lond. 1788.
 Van Weerden,  Groning. 1781 (L).
 Sheldrake, Lond.  1784.  P. S. Kok,
 Roterod. 1782 (L).  B. Wilmer, Lond.
 1788.   W. G.  Ploucquet,  Tubing.
 1789 (L).  G. J. van Wy, Amsterdam,
 1798 (D).  Thos. Brand, Lond. 1785.
 P.  Camper, Francf. 1801 (L).: by S.
 T.  Sommering.   P.  L.  A.  Tuffet
 (strangulated H),  Paris, 1804 (F).   A.
 Monro, Jun.  Edinb. 1803.   Sir Ast-
 ley Cooper (inguinal and congenital
 H.), London, 1804,:  by  Ch.  Key,
 Lond.  1828.   C.  Schmidt,  Dessau,
 1806 (G).  J. F. Frebault, Paris, 1806
 (F).  P. Bouchard, Paris,  1807(F).
 J. M.  Benoit, Paris,  1807 (F).   M.
 Dorgain, Paris, 1808 (F).  E. Geog-
 hegan, Lond. 1810.  S. T. Sommering,
 Francf. 1811 (G). A. Scarpa, in French
 by Cayol, Paris, 1812: in English by
 J. H.  Wishart,  Edinb.   1814.   W.
Nicholl, Paris, 1815 (F).  J. Cloquet,
 Paris,  1815 (F).   Wm.  Lawrence,
 Lond.  1816.   J. H.  Cloquet, Paris,
 1817. (F).
  HER'NIA HUMORA'LIS  (Path.) Em-
 pres'ma Orchi'tis, Orchi'tis, Inflamma'-
 tio tes'tium, Inflamma'tion ofthe Tes'-
 ticle, Swell'ed Pes'tide,Her'nia ven'eris,
 Orchioce'le.  Swelling  and  inflamma-
 tion of the testicle is a common symp-
 tom of gonorrhoea;  but it  may arise
 from external injuries,  or  from  other
 causes.  It is  a  disease, which cannot
be mistaken, and  the treatment must
obviously  be  strongly  antiphlogistic,
supporting the testicle during the treat-
ment, and  for some time  afterwards.
The disease is, however, not generally
of a serious character: going  off  as
suddenly as it comes on.
  Writer.  T. Luxmore,  Lond. 1806.
  Her'nial (Anat.) Hernia'rius.  Be-
longing to, or concerning, hernias: —
as Hernial Bandage, Hernial Sac, &c.
    (F) Herniaire.
  The (F) Hernii is  applied to a part
enveloped in a hernial sac; Hernieux
means  one affected  with  hernia; and
 Chirurgien  herniairet  (G) Bruch-
arzt, one, who  devotes  himself  to
the  treatment of hernia.
  Hernia'ria gla'bra (Mat. Med.)
Milligra'na,  Em'petrum; — Rup'ture
 Wort.  This plant, which, as its name
imports, was formerly considered efn- 
HERNIOTOMY          481     HEUCHERA  CORTUSA
  cacious in the cure of  hernia, seems
  destitute of all virtues.
    (F) Hemiaire, Turquette, Her mole.
    (G) Bruch kraut.
    Herniqt'omy (Surg.)  Hemioto'mia,
  from her'nia and rtuvo>,' I cut.' The ope-
  ration for hernia. (G) Bruchschnitt.
    Her'pes (Path.) Er'pes, from t'o7ro),
  ' I creep'; because it creeps and spreads
  about  the skin.  Ec'phlysis Her'pes,
  Cqlis'ma Her'pes, Neshr (Arab.), TeV-
  ter,  (F) Dartre,  (G) Flechte.  A
  vesicular disease,  which, in most of
  its  forms, passes  through  a regular
  course of increase, maturation, decline,
, and termination in about 10 or 14 days.
  The vesicles arise in distinct, but irreg-
  ular clusters, which commonly appear
  in quick succession, and near together,
  on an inflamed base ; generally attend-
  ed  with heat, pain, and  considerable
  constitutional disorder. The term, like
  all others which refer to cutaneous dis-
  eases, has not been accurately defined.
  The ancients had three varieties; the
  mil'iary, xty/qia;, vesic'ular, ipXvxrai-
  vcodijg, and era'ding, to-dioutvog.  Bate-
  man has the  fallowing varieties.
    1.  HER'PES    PHLYCTJENO'DES,
  Her'pes milia'ris, Ec'phlysis  Her'pes
  Milia'ris,  (F)  Dartre  phlyctenotde, in
  which  the  vesicles are  millet  sized;
  pellucid;  clusters commencing on an
  uncertain part  of the body, and being
  progressively strewed over the rest of
  the surface; succeeded by fresh crops.
    2. HER'PES  ZOS'TER,  Zoster,  Zo'-
  na ig'nea, Ig'nis Per'sicus, tcnoTi/o,  Cin-
  zilla, Sa'cer ig'nis, Ec'phlysis Her'pes
  zos'ter, Her'pes peris'celis, Erysip'elas
  zos'ter,   Erysip'elas   phlyctano'l'des,
   Zo'na, (F) Ceinture, C. dartreuse, Feu
  Persique,  Erysiphle  pustuleux,  (G)
  Feuer g ii  r t e 1, Shin'gles  : in which
  the vesicles  are pearl-sized; the clus-
  ters spreading  round  the  body, like a
  girdle: at times confluent, and occasion-
  ally preceded by constitutional irritation.
     3. HER'PES  CIRCINA'TUS, Formi'-
  ca ambulato'ria, An'nulus re'pens, Her'-
  pes Serpi'go, Serpi'go, Ec'phlysis Her'-
  pes Circina'tus, Ring'worm, consisting
  of vesicles with a reddish base, uniting
  in rings : the area of the rings slightly
  discolored: often followed by fresh crops.
    4. HER'PES  LABIA'LIS, — 5. HER'-
  PES PRJEPUTIA'LIS, — appearing on
  the lips  or prepuce : — and
   ■ 6. HER'PES  I'RIS,  Iris,  Rain'bow-
  worm, — occurring in small  circular
  patches, each of which is  composed of
  concentric rings of different color.
    To these may be added the
                    41
  7.  HER'PES EX'EDENS,  Ec'phlysis
Her'pes ex'edens, Her'pes esthiom'enus,
H. depas'cens, A'gria,  H. estiom'enus,
Lu'pus   vo'rax,  Formi'ca  corrosi'va,
Pap'ula fe'ra, Ulcerative Ring'worm,
Nirles,   (F)  Dartre  rongeante, — in
which  the vesicles are hard; clusters
thronged; fluid dense, yellow or  red-
dish, hot, acrid, corroding the subjacent
skin, and spreading in serpentine trails.
  All the varieties  demand simply an
antiphlogistic treatment, when attended
with febrile irritation.  The herpes cir-
cinatus, alone,  requires  the use of as-
tringent  applications,  which have the
power of repressing the eruption.
  Writers. M. A. Montagnana, Ven.
1589 (L).  J. Nymmann, Witteb. 1594
(L).  Ch. E. Gockel,  Altorf. 1695 (L).
G.  W. Wedel,  Jence,  1703 (L).  H.
Fr. A. de Roussel, Cadom. 1779 (L).
Poupart, Paris, 17S2(F).  C  Ber-
trand Lagrezie, Paris, 1784 (F).  P.
C. Barrault,  Nanceii,  1783 (L).   J.
H. Gempt, Marburg, 1792 (L).   Ph. G.
Hensler, KilisB, 1801 (L). . W. Th.
Tilesius, Leipz.  1802 (G).  Ch. A.
Weinhold  (Plumbago  recommended
in H.), Leipz. 1808 (G).
  Herpet'ic (Path.) Herpet'icus.  Pos-
sessing the nature of herpes.
  (F) Dartreux.   (G) Herpetisch.
  Herpe'ton (Path.)  Iqnijiov, Iqnrji-
xov, from sqjrtiv, ' to creep.' A creep-
ing eruption or ulcer.  Hippocr.
  HERZ, Marcus  (Biogr.)  A cele-
brated German physician;  born at Ber-
lin in 1747;  died in  1803.  Works.
 Versuch  iiber  die  Ursachen der  I'cr-
schiedenheit  des  geschmacks.   Mitau.
1776.  8vo.  Brief"e  an  Aerzte.  Berl
2 Samml. 1777. Svo.  Grundriss  alter
medicinischen Wissenschaft. Ibid. 17S2.
8vo.   Versuch  iiber  den  Schwindel.
Berl. 1786.  8vo.
  Hes'tia  (Pharm.)  i^oriu.  Ancient
name of a plaster described by Aetius ;
in the composition  of  which a quantity
of medicine, equal to 510 drachms, en-
tered.
  Het'erorrhyth'mos (Path.)  triqoq-
qv&uog ; having  another rhythm.  An
epithet given to the pulse, when it  is
such, in  any individual, as is usually
felt  at a different age.
  Hecciie'ra  Cortu'sa  (Mat. Med.)
H. America'na, Al'um  Root, Amer'ican
 San'icle.  The root is a. powerful as-
tringent, and is the basis of a  cancer
powder.  The American Indians apply
the  powdered  root to wounds,  ulcers,
and  cancers.  It  is said to have been
sold for the colchicum. 
HEURNIUS           482          HIERA  PICRA
  HEUR'NIUS, John (Biog.) A cele-
brated Dutch physician; said to have
been the first, that taught Anatomy by
lectures  on human  bodies;  born  at
Utrecht in 1543; died in 1601. Works.
Praxis medicina nova ratio, &c.  Lugd.
Bat. 1587.  Oratio de medicina origine.
Lugd. Bat. 1589.  4to.  Institutiones
medicina ; accessit modus ratioque stu-
dendi eorum qui medicina operam  di-
cdrunt.  Lugd. Bat.  1592.  12mo.   De
morbis qui in singulis partibus humani
capitis  insidere consueverunt.   Lugd.
Bat. 1594. 4to. Defebribus liber.  Lugd.
Bat. 151K 4to.  De peste  liber. 1600.
4to.   Liber de morbis mulierum  et lib.
de humand felicitate ;  item epistola de
morbis novis et mirandis.  Lugd. Bat.
1607.  4to.  De morbis ventriculi.  Lugd.
Bat. 1608. Svo.  De hirudinum usu et
efficacid in medicind.  Lugd. 1652.12mo.
Opera omnia.  Lugd. 1658. fol.  He also
published an edition of Hippocrates.
  HEURTELOUP,  Nicolas  (Biog.)
A celebrated French  Army Surgeon;
born at Tours in 1750; died in 1812.
Works.   Precis  sur  le  tetanos des
adultes. Paris. 1792. Svo.   Traite com-
plet des  tumeurs, in MS. He translated
the work of Giannini on " Fevers " from
the Italian. Paris. 1808. 2 vols.  8vo.
  HEW'SON,  William,  F.  R.  S*
(Biog.)  An eminent London anatomist;
born in  Northumberland in 1739; died
in 1774.   Works.   Experimental in-
quiries into the properties ofthe  blood,
with an appendix relating  to the lym-
phatic system in birds, fishes, and am-
phibious animals.  Lond.  1771.  l2mo.
Experimental inquiries, Part II, con-
taining a description  of the lymphatic
system in human subjects and animals.
Illustrated with plates.  Together icith
observations  on the   lymph,  and  the
changes  which  it undergoes  in  some
diseases.  Lond. 1774.  Svo.  Experi-
mental inquiries, Part III.
  Hexaphar'macum  (Pharm.) izaipaq-
iiazoi'  from i'i, 'six,' ahd ipaqpuxov,
<  remedy.'  A plaster, referred  to  by
Paulus of JEgina, which was composed
of six substances.
  HEY,  William,  F. R.  S. (Biogr.)
An eminent surgeon  of Leeds, in Eng-
land ; born in   ; died in   . Works.
 Observations on the blood.  Lond. 1779.
8vo.  Practical observations in Surgery,
illustrated with cases and plates.  Lond.
1803  8vo.  Second  edition,  corrected
and enlarged, with  additional  plates.
Lond. 1810.  Svo.
   Hia'tus  (Anat.)   from  hia're,  'to
gape,'' to open.' A foramen or aperture.
  The  HIA'TUS OR FORA'MEN OF
 WINS'LOW, is an opening—situated be-
 neath the lesser omentum, and behind
 the vessels and nerves of the liver —
 which forms a communication between
 the peritoneal  cavity and  that of the
 omenta.    (G) Winslowsloch.
   Hiber'nicus  La'pis  (Mat. Med.)
 Teg'ula Hiber'nica,  Arde'sia Hiber'-
 nica,  Harde'sia, l'rish Slate.  A  kind
 of slate or very hard stone,  found in
 different • parts of Ireland, in masses of
 a bluish-black  color, which  stain the
 hands.  It has been  taken, powdered,
 in spruce beer, against  inward contu-
 sions.                              •
  Hibis'cus Abi.i.mos'chus (Mat. Med.)
 The name of the plant, whose seeds
 are called Gra'na Mos'chi or Musk'seed.
 It is  the Belmus'chus, Abelmos'chus,
 Gra'num Mos'chi, Kel'mia Mgypti'aca,
 Mos'chus Ar'abum,  Mgyp'tia moscha'-
 ta,  Ba'mix  moscha'ta,  Al'cea, Al'cea
 In'dica,  Al'cea  Mgyp'tiaca  Villo'sa,
 Ab'elmosch,  Ab'elmusk,  Musk-mallow.
 It is indigenous  in Egypt and the In-
 dies.  The seeds are chiefly  used as
 perfumes; and especially in the forma-
 tion of the Cy'prus Pow'der.
  (F) Graine  de Muse, Herbe  a la
poudre de Chypre,Ambrette, Guimauve
veloutie.
  (G)  B i sam kuge In,  Bisam-
 saame n.
  HIBIS'CUS POPU'LEUS, Balimba'go.
 A small Molucca tree.  The fruit is
 full of a juice similar  to  Camboge.
 The root is emetic. It is used in chronic
 diarrhoea, colic, dyspepsia, &c.
  Hice'sia, or  Hice'sii  Emplastrum
 (Pharm.)  Ixtaia, ixtatog.  The name
 of an  ancient   plaster,  employed  in
 scrophula,  abscess  of the spleen  and
joints, &c.   Galen  and  Paulus of
 vEgina.
  Hi'era Diacoloi yn'thidos (Phar.)
 from Itqog,' holy.' Hi'era of Col'ocynth.
 An electuary, composed of 10 parts of
 colocynth, as much  agaric, germander,
 white horehound, stachas: — 5 parts of
 opoponax, as much sagapenum, pars-
 ley, round  birthwort root, and  white
 pepper.- — 4 parts of spikenard, cinna-
 mon, myrrh, and saffron ; and 3 pounds,
 3 ounces, and 5 drachms of honey.
  HP ERA PVCRA (Pharm.) from  dqog,
 ' holy,' and mxqog,' bitter.'   Ho'ly bit-
 ter, Pul'vis aloet'icus, formerly called
 Hi'era loga'dii, when made into an elec-
 tuary with honey.   It is now kept in
 the form of dry powder; — prepared by
 mixing socotrine aloes one pound, with
 3 ounces of canella alba. 
HIERACITES           483
HIPPACE
   Hieraci'tes (Pharm.) Itqaxirtjg, La'-
 pis accip'itrum.  The ancient name of
 a precious  stone ; believed capable of
 arresting the hemorrhoidal flux.  Pliny,
 Galen, Paulus.
   Hiera'cium  Pilosel'la (Mat. Med.)
 The systematic name of the Auric'ula
 Mu'ris, or Mouse-Ear, Pilosel'la, Myo-
 so'tis.  This  plant  contains  a bitter,
 lactescent  juice; which  has a slight
 degree of astringency.   The  roots are
 more powerful than the leaves.
   (F) La Piloselle, Oreille de Souris.
   (G) Nagelkraut, Mausorchen.
   Hierat'icum  (Pharm.)  t'tqanxov.
 Ancient name  of an emollient cata-
 plasm, proper for assuaging pains ofthe
 stomach, liver, &c.:  so called, from
 itqog, ' holy,' on account of its virtues.
   Hieroglyph'ica : isqoyXvtpixa, from
 Itqog, ' holy,' and yXvtpta,' I carve.'  A
 name given to the signs employed in
 Medicine;  and also to the  folds  in  the
 hands, feet, and forehead, which afford
 Chiromancy its pretended oracles.
   HIGH'MORE,  Nathan'iel,  M. D.
 (Biogr.) An  eminent  physician  and
 anatomist; born in Hampshire in 1613;
 practised at Sherbourne in Dorsetshire;
 died  in  1684.  Works.  Corporis  hu-
 mani  disquisitio  anatomica. Hague.
 1651.  fol.  History  of generation, ex-
 amining the opinions of divers authors,
 and particularly  that of Sir  Kenelm
 Digby;  and  concerning the cure  of
 wounds  by  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's
 sympathetic powder. Lond. 1651.  8vo.
 Exercitationes  dua, quorum  prior de
passione hystericd, altera de affectione
 hypochondriacd. Oxon.  1660. 12mo.
 " HILDENBRAND, Valentine John
 von  (Biog.) A distinguished physician
of Vienna;  born there  in 1763; died
in 1818.  Works. On the blind hamor-
rnoids (G) :  translated  into French
 from the German, by C. C. N. Marc.
 Paris, an. xii. 8vo.  Ratio medendi in
 schold practicd Vindobonensi. Vienna.
 1804 - 1809. 2 vols. 8vo.  Institutiones
practico-medica rudimenta nosologia et
 therapia specialis complectens. Vienn.
 1817 - 1825. 4 vols. Svo.   Midecine
pratique de  J. V.  di: Hildenbrand,
traduit du Latin, avec un discours pre-
 liminaires  sur  I'histoire  des cliniques,
 et des notes, par  L. P. A. Gauthier.
 Paris  and  Lyon. 1824.  2 vols. 8vo.
 Traite du typhus, trad, par J. C. Gasc.
 Paris.  1811. 1 vol. 8vo.
  HILL, Sir  John  (Biog.)  A very
singular character,  and   voluminous
writer ;  born  about  1715 ;  resided
in  London,  where  he  died in 1775.
 Works. History ofthe materia medica,
 containing a description of all the sub-
 stances used in medicine, &c.  Lond.
 1751. 4to.  The virtue of wild valerian
 in nervous disorders, with  directions
for gathering and preserving the root,
 &c. Lond. 1758.  Svo.   The construc-
 tion of nerves and causes of nervous dis-
 orders. Lond. 1758. 8vo.  The British
 herbal: an  history of plants  and trees,
 natives of Britain, cultivated for use or
 raised for  beauty. Lond.  1758.  fol.
 Cautions against the immoderate use of
 snuff, &c. Lond. 1761. 8vo.   The vir-
 tues of sage in lengthening human life,
 &c. Lond. 1763.  Svo.   Centaury,  the
 great  stomachic, in preference  to  all
 other  bitters, &c.  Lond.  1765. 8vo.
 Hypochondriasis;   a practical treatise
 on the nature and cure of that disorder
 commonly called  the  hyp and  hypo.
 Lond. 1766.  Svo.   Polypody; the an-
 cient doctrine ofthe virtues of that herb
 tried and confirmed. Lond. 1769. 8vo.
 The family practice  of physic,  &c.
 Lond. 1769. Svo.  Method  of  curing
 the jaundice and other disorders ofthe
 liver  by  the   herb  agrimony,  &c.
 Lond.  1769. 8vo.   Virtues  of British
 herbs;  with the  history,  description,
 and figures ofthe  several kinds.  No. I.
 Lond.  1770.  8vo.   No. II: 1771. 8vo.
 Plain  and  useful  directions for those
 that are afflicted with cancers.  Lond.
 1773. 8vo.
  HIL'LARY, William, M. D. (Biog.)
 An ingenious physician, who flourished
 about the middle  of the last century.
 Works. Rational and mechanical essay
 on the small-pox.  Lond.  1735. 8vb.
 Ad inquiry into the medicinal virtues of
 Lincomb Spa water, near Bath.  Lond.
 1743. Svo. Observations on the changes
 ofthe air, and the  concomitant epidem-
ical diseases of the  island of Barbadoes.
 To which is added a treatise on the
putrid bilious,  commonly called  the
yellow fever, &c.  Lond.  1759. 8vo.
 An inquiry into the means of improving
 medical knowledge; by examining  all
 those methods, which have hindered it in
 all past ages. To which is added an ex-
planation ofthe motion  and action of
fire in and upon human bodies, in con-
 tinuing life and curing diseases.  Lond.
 1761. 8vo.
   Hi'mas  (Path.)  Ipag,  ' a  thong of
 leather.'   Elongation and extenuation
 of the uvula.  It is also called Himan-
 to'sis, — lparr wot g.
   Hip'pace (Path.) Innaxtj.  A cheese
 prepared  from  mare's milk.  Ca'seus
 Equi'nus, — from innog,' a horse.' 
HIPPANTHROPIA        484      HIPPURIS VULGARIS
   Hippanthro'pia  (Path.)  innavSqia-
nia, from innog,  ' a horse,' and ai-Soto-
Tiog,l a man.'  A variety of melancholy,
in which  the  patient believes himself
changed to a horse.  The  Greek word
ljXTcav9qoi7iog means the fabulous Cen-
taur.
   Hippiatri'a (Veter. Med.)  Ijinia-
Toto:, from Ifinog,  ' ahorse,' and tarqixtj,
' medicine.'  A science, whose object
is  the knowledge  of the diseases of the
horse, and of other domestic animals.
     (F) Hippiatrique.
     (G) Thierheilkunde.
   Hippocam'pus  mi'nor (Anat.)  Un'-
guis, Un'ciform Em'inence, Collic'ulus
ca'vea  posterio'ris ventriculo'rum  late-
ra'lium.  A medullary tubercle or pro-
jection, observed in the posterior cornu
ofthe lateral ventricle ofthe brain.
    (F) Ergot, Eperon.
  HIPPOCRATES (Biog.) Usually
callad  the '-Father of Physic"; born
in  the  island of Cos about B. C. 400;
died, according to various statements,
between B.  C. 377 and  351.  He was
one of the Asclepiades, and the most
celebrated of the race. His works have
received several  interpolations;  some
of which were made even  by his sons,
Thessalus and Draco, and his son-in-
law  Polybus.  Under  Hadrian, Ak-
temidorus Capito and Dioscorides
attempted to separate the genuine from
the  spurious;  and  the commentaries
on the works by Galen are, in this and
other respects, inestimable.
  The  most genuine works, and best
editions are: —
  1.  Aphorisms. — Books 1 to 7;  Gr.
etLat. Edit. J. C.Reiger. Hag.U767.
2 vols. Svo. Edit. Le Febure de Ville-
brune.  Paris.  1779. 12mo.  On Prog-
nostics, E. F.  M. Bosquillon. Paris.
1784. 2 vols. l8mo.  Gr. and French,
Paris.  1814.  2 vols, i lSmo.  By De
Mercy, Paris.  1811 to 1817. l2mo.
  2.  On Diet in acute diseases,
  3.  On Epidemics.  Hooks 1 and 3;
Gr. and Lat.,  edit.  J, Freind.  Lond.
1717. 4to.
  4.  On Air, Water, and Climate; Gr.
and French, by A. Koray, Paris. 1801.
2 vols.  Svo.
  5.  On Prognostics.
  6.  On Wounds ofthe Head,
  The chief editions of his works  are :
—Ed. prim. Gr. Venedig. in Md. Aldi
1526.fol.;-Basil,byFROBEN,l538.fol.-
Gr. and Lat. restit. ab. Hieron. Mercu-
riali, Ven. by Junta, 1588. fol. —Gr. &
Lat.  recens. Andtius Foesius, Francf.
by Wechel, 1594, 1621,  1624, 1645;
 Genf.  1657. fol. — Gr. and Lat. Herb.
 Antonides V. d. Linden, Leid. 1665.
 2 vols. 8vo. — Naples, 1754. — Venice,
 1757.  2 vols.  4to.—With Galen.  R.
 Chartier, Paris,  1638  to 1679;  13
 parts in 9 vols. fol.: the three last vols.
 edited by  Blondel and Le Moine.—
 Cum var. Lection,  e codic.  Vindob.
 Stephen  Mack, Vienna, 1743 to 1749.
 2 vols. fol. — Unfinished Latin transla-
 tion by J. Cornakius.  Basil.  155S.—
 Venice, 1575, 1619. fol.-. with index,
 1737. 3 vols. fol.: and in A. Haller,
 Principes  Art. Med.  Lausann.  1769,
 1784. 4 vols. 4to.  The Foesi an edition
 by J. F. Pierer.  Altenb. 1806.  3 vols.
 Svo.: in  German  by  J.  F. C. Grimm.
 Altenb. 1781.  4  vols.  8vo.:  in French
 by  Gardeil,  Toulouse,  1801. 4 vols.
 Svo.
  Elucidations of Hippocrates. —The
 glossaries   of  Erotian,  Galen,  and
 Herodotus : — B. Eustach (Lat. Ven.
 1566. 4to.) recensuit  J. G. F.  Franz.
 Lips. 1780. Svo.  P. S. C.  Preu, de in-
 terpretibus Hippocratis,  Gr. Altdorf.
 1795.  4to.---Selecta doct. virorum
 opuscula, in quibus Hippocr. explica-
 turdenuo; ed. E. G. Baldinger. Got-
 ting. 1782. 2 vols. Svo.  C. Sprengel,
 Apologie   des  H. u. s.  Grundsatze.
 Leipz.  1788. 2 vols. 8vo.   See Fabricii
 Biblioth. Graec. Vol. II. 506 et seq.
  Hippocrat'ic,  Hippocrat'icus.  Re-
 lating to Hippocrates,  or concerning
 his doctrine; — as Hippocratic doctrine,
 Hippocratic face, &c.
 » Writers on  Hippocratic Medicine.
 G.  Fontani,  Lugd.   1687 (L).   H.
 Boerhaave, Lugd. Bat.  1701 (L).  Fr.
 Riollay, Lond. 1783.  Laennec, Paris,
 1S04 (F).    Caillau,  Paris, 1805 (F).
J. C. A. Muller, Hal. 1815 (L).
  Hippoc'ratist (Med.)  A partisan o£
the  Hippocratic Doctrine.
  Hippo'ne (Pharm.)  Irmonij. Ancient
name for an emollient cataplasm.
  Hippopathol'ogy (Veter. Art.)  Hip-
popatholo'gia,  from tnnog, ' a horse,'
 na&og, ' a disease,'  and  Xoyog, ' a dis-
 course.'  A knowledge of the  diseases
 of the horse.   Pathology of the horse.
  Hipposteol'ogy  (Veter. Art.) 1'ip-
posteolo'gia,  from  Innog,  ' a  horse,'
 oartov, * a bone,' and Xoyog,' a discourse.'
 Osteology ofthe horse.
  Hippot'omy  ( Veter.  Art.)  Hippo-
 to'mia, from Innog, ' a horse,'  and rt-
 pvtir, ' to  cut.'  Anatomy  of the horse.
  Hippu'ris  vulga'ris  (Mat. Med.)
 The systematic  name of the  Horse's
 Tail or Mare's Tail, Equise'tummi'nus,
 Equise'tum,  It  is an astringent, and 
HIPPUS
485            HODGES.
frequently used, by the vulgar, as tea,
in  diarrhoea  and  hemorrhage.   The
same virtues are attributed to the Equi-
se'tum arven'se, fluviat'ile, limo'sum, &c.
  (F) PrSle, Asprtle, Presle.
  (G)  Pferdeschwanz,   Kan-
nenkraut.
  Hip'pus  (Path.)  from  innog,  ' a
horse '; a disease ofthe eyes, in which,
from birth, they perpetually twinkle,
like those of a man on  horseback.
  Hips (Mat Med.)  Sax. heopa.  The
fruit of the dog-rose,  Ro'sa Cani'na.
They are chiefly used  as a confection.
See Confectio Ros^e Canlnje.
  Hirsu'ties  (Path.)  Hai'riness, Tri-
cho+sis Hirsu'ties,  Areb.    Growth of
hairs in extraneous parts, or superfluous
growth in parts ; as in  cases of bearded
women.  Good.
    (G)  Haarigkeit.
  Hiru'do  (Mat. Med.)    The Leech,
Sanguisu'ga, (tdtXXa, Bdel'la.  In medi-
cine,  the Hiru'do  Medicina'lis  or Me-
dicinal Leech is employed.  It  lives in
fresh water, and feeds  on the blood of
animals, which it sucks,  after  having
pierced the skin with three sharp teeth.
This habit  has been taken advantage
of,  to produce local bloodletting.  In
applying the leech,  the part must be
wiped dry; and if there be difficulty in
making the leech bite, a little milk or
cream may be applied.  When satiated,
it will drop off, and by  applying a little
salt to  its head it will  disgorge the
blood.   A good leech  will take about
half an ounce of blood, including that
which flows by fomenting the part sub-
sequently.
  (F) Sangsue.  (G) Blutigel.
  Writers.  H. Nigrisoli, Guastallae.
1665  (L).  G. B. Metzger and W. L.
Herbert, Tubing. 1672 (L).   R. W.
Crausius,  Jenae,  1695 (L).   G. E.
Stahl, Hal.  1699  (L).   Fr. Schra-
der, Helmstad. 1713 (L).  J. B. Hart-
mann, Vindob. 1777 (L).  Ch. G. Gru-
ner, Jense, 1780 (L).  Forke, Gotting.
1786  (L).   A.  Bach, Breslaw,  1789
(G).   P. Thomas,  Paris,  1806 (F).
G. Rochettk, Paris, An. xi. (F).  C.
D.  Chalvet, Paris, An. xii. (F).  J.
B. Pourcher-Ducros,  Paris, 1814 (F).
J.  R.  Johnson, Lond. 1816.   J. L.
Derheirns, Paris, 1825 (F).
  Hirun'do (Mat. Med.) jrtXiSaiv, from
hareh'do, ' sticking';  because it sticks
its nests against the houses.  The steal'-
low.  The nests of the swallow were
once employed as rubefacients, boiled
in vinegar.   (G) Schwalbe.
  His'tory, Medical, Histo'ria Medi-
                    41*
 ci'na. A narration of the chief circum-
 stances,  and  the  persons  connected
 with them, in the progress of medicine.
   Writers and Works. D. Leclerc,
 8.  Genev.  1696  (F).   To  Galen's
 time.  In English by Drs. Drake and
 Baden.   J. B.  Van Helmont (origin
 of M.)  Amst.  1648 (L).     Freind,
 Lond. 1725 - 6. 2 vols. Svo.  From Ga-
 len to 1600.   Dutens (origin of dis-
 coveries), Paris, 1766. 2 vols.  Svo. (F).
 A. Portal (of anatomy and surgery),
 Paris, 1770-3. 6 vols. Svo. (F).   Du-
 jardin and  Peyrilhe  (of  Surgery)
 Paris, 1774-80.  2  vols. 4to.   J.  C.
 Lettsom  (on the origin of), Lond. 1778.
 Hebenstreit  (antiquities of medicine
from Gruner), Har. 1779. 8vo. (L). W.
 Black (medicine and surgery),  Lond.
 1782.  8vo.   Ackermann,  in Fabric.
 Biblioth. Graec. Harlesii, Hamb.   1791.
 Vol. 2. Art. Hippocrates.  K. Spren-
 gel, Halle,  1792  (G).  French  by
 Jourdan,  Paris.  1820.  9  vols.  8vo.
 Abridged by the author, 1804. Hecker,
 Leipz. 1793, 8vo. (G).   Beytrage zur
 Geschichte der medicin, Halle,  1794,
 8vo. (G).   J. M.  Good" (so far  as re-
 lates to the apothecary). Lond. 1796.
 Richard  Walker, Lond. 1799.   M.
 Briot (military surgery in France dur-
 ing the wars of the revolution), Besan-
 con, 1817  (F).  E. Tourtelle (H. M.
from its  origin  till  the ISth century),
 Paris, 1804,  2  vols. (F).,   P.  A. O.
 Mahon (of clinical medicine),  Paris,
 1807(F).   W. Royston  (rise and pro-
 gress  of  medicine in Britain),  Lond.
 1808.   J. G.  Bernstein,  (Surgery).
 Leipz. 1822. (G).   L. Choulant (Ta-
 bles), Leipz. 1822.  See  Medicine.
 HOADLEY, Benjamin, M.D., F. R. S.
 (Biogr.)   An ingenious and learned
 physician and poet; born in London,
 in 1705;  practised  there, and died in
 1757.  Works.  Oratio anniversaria in
 theatro coll. medicor. ex  Harv. instituto
 habita die 18mo.  Oct. 1742. Lond. 1742.
 8 vo. Three letters on the organs of respira-
 tion, read at the Royal College of Physi-
 cians.  Lond. 1737, being the Gulstonian
 lectures for that year.  Lond.  1746. 4to.
   HODGES,  Nathaniel, M. D. (Bi-
 ogr.)  A  physician in London, during
 the  plague in 1665;  died  in   1684.
 Works.  Vindicia medicina et medico-
 rum ;  an apology for the profession and
professors of physic,  &c. Lond.  1660.
 Svo.   AotpoXoyia,  sive pestis nupera
 apud populum Londinensem grassantis
 narratio  historica. Lond. 1672.  8vo,
 In English under the  title,  Loimolo-
 gia; or an historical account of  the 
HOFMANN             486              HOME
 plague of London in 1665, toith precau-
 tionary directions  against the like con-
 tagion;  with remarks on the infection
 now in France, and the most probable
 means to prevent its pervading here. By
 John  Quincy, M. D.  Lond.  1720.
 8vo.
    HOF'MANN   or   HOFFMANN,
 Cas'per (Biogr.)   A  celebrated medi-
 ca] professor at Altdorf; born at Gotha
 in 1572;  died in 1648.   Works.  Pa-
 thologia parva, qud methodus Galeni
 practica explicatur.  Jena:.  1611.  Svo.
 De usu lienis secundum Aristotelem
 liber singularis. Lips.  1615.  Svo.  De
 ichoribus et in quibus ilii apparent affec-
 tibus, collectanea. Lips. 1617.  Svo.  De
 usu cerebri secundum Aristotelem di-
 atriba. Ibid.  1619.  Svo.  Commentarii
 in Galenum  de usu partium corporis
 humani. Francf. 1625. fol.   De parti-
 bus similaribus  liber singularis.  Nori-
 berg.  1625. 4to.   De facultatibus natu-
 ralibus.   Noriberg.   1626.  4to.   De
 thoracc ejusque  partibus commcntarius
 tripartitus.  Francof.  1627.  fol.   De
 gcncratione hominis libri quatuor, contra
 Mundinum.  Ibid.  1629. fol.   Institu-
 tianum medkarum libri vi. Lugd. 1645.
 4to.  De medicamentis officinalibus, tarn
 simplicibus quam  compositis,  libr.  ii.
 Paris.  1646.  4to.   Opuscula medica.
 Paris.  1647.  4to.   Epitome institutio-
 num suarum  medkarum.  Paris.  1648.
 12mo.   Tractatus de febribus.  Tubing.
 1663.  12mo.  De calido innato et spiri-
 tibus  syntagma.   Francf.  1667.  4to.
 Praxis medica curiosa. Francf.  1680.
 4to.
   HOFF'MANN,  Christopher Louis
 (Biogr.)   A celebrated  German  physi-
 cian of Mainz; born at Rheda  in West-
 phalia, in 1721; died in 1807.  Works.
 Von dtr Empfindlichkeit und Reitzbarkeit
 der Theile. Miinster. 1779. Mainz. 1792.
 Svo. in Latin.  Dusseldorf.  1794. Svo,
 Vom Scharbock, von der Lustseuche, &c.
 Miinster.  17S2.  8vo.   Von den arznei-
kraften des  rohen  quecksilbers,  &c.
 Mainz. 1796.  Svo.   Abhandl. von den
pocken. Miinster, 1 Th. nebst. anliang.
und nachtrag.  1770- 78.   Der magne-
tist. Frankf. A. M.  1787. 5to.    Qpusc.
 lat.  mcd.  arg.  colleg.  H.  Chavet.
 Monast. 1789. 8vo.   Vermischt. medi-
 cin. Schr. herausg.  v. dems. Ibid. 1790.
 4 Th.  8vo.
 HOF'MANN or HOFF'MANN,  Fred-
 erick  (Biogr.)  An eminent medical
professor of Halle in  Germany; and
physician to the king of Prussia; born
at Halle in 1660 ; died in 1742. Works.
De  cinnabari  antimonii.   1682.   De
 prolongandd literatorum vitd. Hal. 1697.
 Svo.   Observationes  barometrico-mete-
 orologica et epidemica Hallenses anni
 1700;  pramissa sunt curiosa physica
 meditationcs circa ventorum causas, &c.
 Hal. 1701. 4to.  Fundamenta medicina.
 Hal.  1703. 8vo.   Anweisung zur ge-
 sundheit.  Hal.  1715. Svo.   Medicina
 rationalis systematica. Hal.  1718-39.
 8  torn.  4to.   Medicina consultatoria.
 Hal.  1721-3.  10 parts.    Opuscula
 physko-medka. Ulm.  1725. 8vo.  Con-
 sult, de respons. medicinal.  Hal.  1734.
 2 torn. 4to.    Opuscula medko-practka.
 Hal. 1736. 4to.   Opuscula palhologica
 practica.  Hal.  17MS. 4to.   Medicus
 politkus, sive  regula prudentia.  Lugd.
 Bat. 1738. Svo.  Opuscula medica vurii
 argumenta. Hal. 1739. 4to.  Opuscula
 theologko-physico-medica. Hal. 1740.4to.
 De differente artis medica et medicorum
 conditioue et statu.  Lond. 1741. Svo.  A
 work of his on the teeth, and another on
 asses' milk, were translated into Eng-
 lish.  Opera omnia physko-medka, &c.
 Genev.  1740.  6 vols.  fol.
    HOF'MANN   or   HOFF'MANN,
 John Mau'rice (Biog.)  Son of Mau-
 rice, and professor of anatomy  at Alt-
 dorf;  born  there  in  1653; died  in
 1727.   Works. Dissertationes anatom-
 ko-physiologica  ad   Joannis   Van
 Hoorne microcosmum annotata.  Alt-
 dorf. 1685. 4to.  Idea machina humana
 anatomko-physiologka. Ibid. 1703. 4to.
 Disquisitio corporis humani anatomica-
 pathologica. Ibid. 1713. 4to.
 HOF'MAN or HOFF'MAN,Maurice
 (Biogr.)   Professor of anatomy and
 surgery at Altdorf,  in  Germany ;  born
 at  Furstenwald  in  1622;   died in
 1698.   Works.  Catalogus plantarvm
 horti medki. Altdorf. 1660.  4to.   Sy-
 nopsis   institutionum   anatomicarum.
 Altdorf.  1661. 8vo.   Synopsis institu-
 tionum   medicina.  Ibid.   1663.   Svo.
 Sciagraphia morborum contagiosorum.
 Altdorf.  1672.  8vo.  Prudentia medica
fundamenta. Ibid. 1672. Svo.
  Hol'ce (Pharm.) o^xr;,  a  drachm.
 Galen.
  Hoi.'cimos (Path.) oXxtitog, a tumor
 ofthe liver.  Galen.
  Holoton'iccs  (Path.)  from  67.og,
 ' the whole,' and Ttniu, '• I stretch.' A
 spasm  of the  whole body.  A variety
 of tetanus.  Sauvages.
  Ho'lywell, Mineral Waters of
 (Mat. Med.)    H. is a town  in Wales;
 and takes its  name from  the famous
 well of St. Winifred.  It is  a simple
 cold water, remarkable for its purity.
  HOME, Fran'cis,  M.  D.  (Biogr.) 
HOMO
487
HOMO
Prof, of materia medica at Edinb. in the
middle of the last century.   Works.
An essay an the contents  and virtues of
Dunse Spaw. Edinb. 1751. 8vo.  Prin-
cipia  medicina.   Edinb.  1758.  8vo.
Medical facts and experiments.  Edinb.
and Lond.  1759. 8vo.  An inquiry into
the nature,  cause, and cure of croup.
Edinb. 1765. 8vo.  Clinical experiments,
histories, and dissections. Edinb.  1780.
Methodus materia medica. Edinb. 1781.
12mo.
   Homo,  Man,  the chief and most
perfect  of the mammalia ; in  Greek,
av-d-qojTvog,  from  ara,  ' upwards,' and
Tqtmu,' I turn,' because, he, alone, of
all animals, possesses the natural power
of standing erect.  He  is, also, the only
animal whose incisor teeth, wedged in
a projecting jaw,  are  absolutely verti-
cal.   Man is especially  distinguished
from other  mammalia  by  the faculty,
which he possesses of classing his ideas;
comparing them with each other ;  and
connecting, representing and transmit-
ting them by signs and articulate sounds.
He possesses, in the highest degree, all
the attributes of intelligence, memory,
judgment,  and  imagination.   He in-
habits all countries, — the  burning re-
gions of the torrid zone, and  the chil-
ling atmosphere of the polar climes.
In different situations,  he presents, in
his figure, color, and stature, some dif-
ferences, which have caused the hu-
man race to be  divided  by naturalists
into different races or varieties.   The
number of such races can only be ap-
proximated.  In the present state of
our knowledge they may, perhaps, be
divided  into — 1.   The  Arabko-Euro-
pean,  2. Mongolian,  3. AZthiopian, 4.
Euro-African, 5. Austro-African, 6. Ma-
lay or Oceanic, 7. Papou, S. Oceanic Ne-
gro, 9. Australian,  10.  American,  and
11. Austro-American : — as in the fol-
lowing Table, modified from that of M.
Desmoulins.
TABLE OF THE CHIEF VARIETIES OF THE HDMAN SPECIES.
Arab'ico-
 Europe'an.
2.  Mongo'-
    lian.
Smooth,   silky,   copious
  hair ; open facial angle :
  incisor  teeth   vertical :
  malar bones but slightly
  prominent and not large :
  skin and  hair  varying
  from black to  white, ac-
  cording to the climate.
Inhabit the whole of Eu-<
  rope, except  the polar
  regions : — Asia as far as
  the Ganges, and to the
  sources of  the Irtisch,
  the  Atlantic  region  6f
  Africa; Egypt,  and Ab-
  yssinia (?).
3.  iETHI0'PIAN.<
Smooth hair, but stiff and
  rare :  little beard :  eyes
  small: cheek bones prom-
  inent : vertical incisors : i
  skin yellow :  hair black :"
  color  invariable  in all
  climates
  berty.
Hair woolly:   skull com-'
  pressed:  forehead low:
  nose   spread :   upper
  jaw-bone    remarkably
  prolonged   in   front:
  the alveolar  portion  and
precocious pu-
'1.  KELTS.  Hair black. Prim-
   itive inhabitants  of Europe
   to the west of the Rhine and
   the  Alps as far as the ocean.
 2.  SCYTHIANS.  Hair, light-
   colored.  Inhabit central Eu-
   rope and  Asia as far as the
   sources of  the  Irtisch  and
   the  mountains of Belur and
   Himalaya.
 3.  ARABS.  Hair always black.
   Northern Africa and Asia to
   the  south of the Caucasus as
   far  as the  Ganges.
 4.  ATLANTICS.  The Olecra-
   non Fossa of the  Humerus
   perforated, as in  the Austro
   Africans.  Hair, black, ches-
   nut, and  fair.   The  Guan-
   ches, an  ancient  people of
k  the Canary islands.
'Inhabit Greenland,  the polar
   coasts of Europe, and Amer
   ica  ; under the names of Lap
   landers,  Samoiedes,  Esqui-
   maux, &c. — All Asia to the
   East of the  Ganges,  and of
   Mounts Belur,  and  of  the
   Irtisch.
Africa from  Senegal,  the Ni-
  ger, and  the  Bahr-el-Azrek
  as far as to within a short di s-
  tance of the Southern tropic
  Separated  from  the  Euro-' 
HOMO              488              HOMO
4.  Eu'ro-Afri-
    cans.
5. Acs'tro-Af'-
    ricans.
Africans  by a chain of high
mountains  running parallel
to the coast of  the  Indian
  included  incisor  teeth
  being oblique, instead of
  perpendicular as  in the
  European : skin and hair
  black in every climate.
Hair woolly :  skin black :'
  skull  less  compressed
  than in the ^Ethiopian :
  forehead almost as prom-
  inent as in  the Euro-
  pean :  incisors vertical:
  nose slightly depressed :
  — Commonly called, the
  Negroes of Mozambique.
HairW00llZi^e8^ft^ I Africa, south ofthe Southern
                             tropic, excepting  the corre
The eastern coast of Africa on
  the Indian ocean.
Malay' or
 Ocean'ic
nose commonly consoli-
dated into one plate as in
the  Macaque  ape,  and
much  more spread  and
broader than in the other
Africans:  the olecranon
cavity  of the  humerus
pierced with a hole.  In-
cisor   teeth  and   chin
much more oblique than
in the  Ethiopian :  skin
of a bistre yellow.
Cranium formed like that
  of the European :  cheek
  bones  slightly  larger :
  teeth  entirely  similar :
  hair  smooth  and  black :
  skin olive or brown, i n
  the same climate  where
  the Indian  Arab  is  as
  black as the negro.
   sponding portion of the east-
   ern side.
   HOTTENTOTS,    BOSJES-
   MEN, HOUZOUANAS, &c.
*"2. Mulgaches  on the  eastern
   side  of Madagascar.   Hair
   short  and woolly:  color of
   skin a deep copper.  Orbits
   separated  more than in  the
   negro
'1.  CAROLINIANS. Figure reg-
   ular and  beautiful : stature
   greater than the medium  one
   of Europeans.   Disposition
   gentle.  Conception ready.
    DAYAKS and BEAD JUS oi
   Borneo,  and  many of  the
   Haraforas of  the  Moluccas,
   the whitest ofthe Malays.
    JAVANESE,  SUMATRANS,
   TIMORIANS,  and  MALAYS
   ofthe rest of the Indian Ar-
   chipelago.  Lips,  generally
   large : nose flat: cheek bones
   prominent:  stature less than
   the medium one of Europe.
   Disposition   perfidious  and
   ferocious.
    POLYNESIANS,  properly so
   called.  Stature generally as
   great as that of the Carolini
   ans ;   but the form  of  the
   face like  that of the Javan
   ese, Sumatrans, &c.
    0 VAS of Madagascar :   in
   habiting  the   intermediate
   zone   between  the  eastern
   coast  and  the  mountains.
   Ordinary stature, 5 feet, 6 or
   7 inches.  Color, bright olive
   Orbits  large  and square :
   chin  of an oval shape  with
   the long diameter transverse
   ly.  Nose almost European. 
HOMO
489
HOMO
7.  Papous'.
Ocean'ic
 Negroes.
Austra'-
  lian.
Skin  of  the  negro.  Hair')
  black :  half-woolly, very
  thick, frizzling naturally.
  Beard black and scarce :
  physiognomy tending to
  the negro  and Malay. (
  Apertures of the nostrils
  even   more   expanded
  than in the  negro  of
  Guinea.
Color entirely black : skull
  compressed   and  low :
  hair short, very  woolly
  and    frizzled :    nose
  spread : lips large : facial
  angle  very  acute.  Re-
  sembling   closely,   in
  every thing, the  Guinea
  negro.
Inhabit New Guinea,  the
  Archipelago of the Holy
  Ghost,  the isles of An-
  daman, and Formosa.
They inhabit the  small islands
  around  New Guinea,  War
  giou, and New Guinea itself.
10.  Amer'ican.
  Hair  smooth and black
    beard and hair scarce
    limbs small,  and  of


    vertical: nose much ex-
    panded :  forehead  de-
    pressed and compressed. __
f Head and countenance very"
    similar to the Mongoli-
    an :   eyes deep :   face
    broad, particularly across
    the cheeks : complexion
    copper-colored in every
    climate :   hair   black,
    straight,   and   strong :
    beard scarce  :  forehead
 'Have  peopled, or still people
    the  North of Western  Oce
    ania, some  small  Archipela-
    gos  of  Polynesia,  a  great
    part of the Indian Archipel-
    ago,  and some  countries of
    Indo-China and the adjacent
    islands.
  1.  MOYS  or  MOYES of the
    mountains of Cochin China.
    Samang,  Dayak,  &,c. of the
    mountains of Malacca :  peo-
    pling, also, the island of For
    mosa,  the  Archipelago  of
    Andaman ;  and,  formerly
    the south of the isle of Ni
    phon, according to Japanese
^   history.
  2. The interior of Borneo and
    of some  of the  Philippine
    isles ; the interior of Celebes
    and some of the  Moluccas
    (anciently, the  interior ofthe
    island of Java also,  accord
    ing to Japanese history).
  3.  They inhabit, exclusively,
    Australia,   New  Caledonia,
    the Archipelago of the  Holy
    Ghost, and  Van  Dieman's
    land; where the  length and
    thinness of their extremities
    is disproportioned to the size
    ofthe body.
  4. The  VIKZIMBARS of the
    mountains of Madagascar.
TCHUTKIS of the North East
  point of Asia.  The Ameri-
  can  variety   occupies   all 
HOMO
490
HOMO
N. America, and all the plains
and declivities of the Cordil-
leras, from Chili to Cumana,
including the  Caraib  Archi-
pelago.
.  OMAGUAS, GUARANIS,  CO-
 ROADOS, PURIS, APURES,
 OTOMACS,  &c.   Abdomen
 large ;  chest  hairy ;  beard
 copious ; stature beneath the
 medium of the  Spaniards ;
 skin of a pale bistre :  habit
 indolent; improvident.  Head
 of a size disproportionate to
 the body;   flattened at  the
 top ; sunk between the shoul-
 ders.   Inhabiting  all  South
 America to the South of  the
 Amazon and Orinoco,  to  the
 east  of the. Andes and  La
 Plata.  The  GUARANIS and
 COROADOSare without beard
 and hair on the breast.
,  BOTOCUDES,  skin  light
 brown,   sometimes  almost
 white.   GUAICAS, of very
 small  stature;  very  white
 skin ;   dwelling   near   the
 sources of the Orinoco under
 the equator.
 MO AY AS,  CHARRUAS, &C.
 Skin brown, almost black;
without a shade of red :  fore-
head and countenance open :
nose  narrow,  depressed  at
the root: eyes small: teeth
vertical : hair  long, black,
and stiff.   Feet and hands
smaller in proportion and bet-
ter formed than those of the
Spaniards. In height, greater
than  the Spaniards.   They
inhabit Paraguay.
 The PUELCHES,  and the
 TEHUELLETS or PATAGO-
NIANS,  to the south of  La
Plata as far as the Strait of
Magellan.   Height above 5
feet 6  inches.    Hair long.
Differing greatly  from the
preceding species.
10. Amer'ican.
  lower than in the  Mon-
  golian.   Nubility preco-
  cious : imagination  live-
  ly and  strong :  moral
  character energetic.
These  characters  belong,
  particularly, to the North
  Americans, and to  the
  inhabitants of  the  pla-
  teaux of the Cordilleras,
  as far as Cumana.
fl
11.
Aus'tro-
Amer'ican.->
Head  generally   spheri-
  cal :  forehead broad but
  low,   as  in  the  Mon-
   olian.     Superciliary
  ridges raised outwards :
  cheek bones prominent:
  nose  broad  and depress-
  ed at the  root :   hair
  long, thick,  stiff,  and]
  Straight :  skin  neither
  black, nor  yellow, nor
  copper-colored. Lips very
  large. Intellect generally
  obtuse :  moral character
  extremely low.
(F) Homme.    (G) Mensch. 
HOMOEOPATHY         491    HORNY  EXCRESCENCES
  Writers.  David Hartley, Lond.
1781.  Count  Lacepede, Paris,  1821
(F).  J. F. Blumenbach (varieties of
man),  Gotting. 1795 (L).   W. Law-
rence, Lond. 1823. J. J. Virey, Paris,
1801 (F).  J. F. Blumenbach, Gotting.
1775 (L).  A. Desmoulins, Paris, 1826
(F).  J. C. Prichard (physical history
of man), Lond. 1813.   H. Williamson
(different complexions  of  the  human
race),  N. York,  1811.  S. S. Smith
(causes of variety), Philad. 1787.   For
other writers, see Anthropology.
  Homoeop'athy  (Med.) from Spoiog,
1 like,' and na9og, * affection.'  A fanci-
ful doctrine, which maintains, that dis-
ordered actions in the  human body are
to be cured  by inducing other disorder-
ed actions of the  same kind, but only
much slighter in degree.
  Homoio'sis (Phys.)  Homio'sis, opoiu-
oig,  from ouoiout, ' I resemble,' '  I as-
similate.'  An  elaboration  of the nu-
tritious juice,  by  which  it  becomes
proper for assimilation.
  Homoph'agus (Hyg.) wuoipayog,from
wpog,' raw,' and  ipayos, ' I eat.'  One,
who eats raw flesh.
  Homoru'sia  (Pharm.) The  name of
a medicine, regarded as very energetic
in diseases  of the spleen and liver. It
was eminently diuretic.  Avicenna.
  Homot'onos (Path.)  oporovog, JE-
qua'lis, from opog,  ' equal,'  and xovog,
1 tone.' That which has the same tone.
Continued  fevers, whose  symptoms
have  an equal  intensity  during the
whole course of the disease, have been
so called.
   Hook (Surg.) Sax. hoce, hooc, Dutch
h o e c k,  Un'cus,  Unci'nus.  An instru-
ment,  consisting of a steel wire, flat-
tened  at the  middle,  and  having the
extremities crooked and pointed.  Some
hooks are  furnished  with a handle at
one extremity — the  other  having one
 or two hooks; — constituting the single
 and double  hook.
   The Hook is used by anatomists and
 surgeons, to lay hold of, and  raise up,
 certain parts; the  dissection  of which
 is  delicate, or which  wguld slip  from
 the fingers.
   The Tenaculum is a variety of the
 Hook. f
   (F) Erigne,Airigne ou Erine.
   (G) Haken.
   The BLUNT HOOK(Obstet.) is an in-
 strument which is  passed over the flex-
 ures of the joints  to assist in bringing
 down  the foetus.
   HOORNE   or  HORNE, John van
 (Biog.)  A  distinguished anatomist and
physician; born at Amsterdam in 1621;
died at Leyden, where  he was Profes-
sor, in 1770.  Works. Exercitationes
anatomica  i. and ii. ad  observationes
Fallopii anatomicas, &c. Liege, 1649.
4to.   Novus ductus chyliferus, nunc
primum delineatus, descriptus, et erudi-
torum  examini propositus,  Lugd. Bat.
1652.   4to.   Microcosmus  seu brevis
manuductio ad historiam  corporis hu-
mani,  &c.  Lugd.  Bat.  1660. 12mo.
Cum   annot.   J.  Maur.  Hofmann.
Altdorf.  1685.  4to.   Microtechne,  id
est,  brevissima  chirurgia methodus.
Liege.  1663.   Prodromus observatio-
num suarum circa partes genitales in
utroque sexu. Leyd. 1668.  Observa-
tiones  anatomico-medica, &c.  Amst.
1674.  12mo.  Opuscula anatomico-chi-
rurgica; by Prof. Pauli, with annota-
tations. Lips. 1707. 8vo.
  Hoplochrys'ma  (Pharm.)   from 6-
rcXov,  ' a weapon,' and %qiopa, ' salve.'
Unguentum armarium. A salve, which
was supposed to cure wounds by sym-
pathy : — the instrument  with which
the wound was inflicted being anointed
with it.
  Hoplomoch'lion  (Surg.)  onX.opo-
%7.iov.   The  name of an  iron  machine
or apparatus, which embraced the whole
body  like  armour;  and the  figure of
which is given by Fabricius ab Acqua-
pendente.
  Horde'olum  (Path.)   Diminutive
of Hor'dtum, Bar'ley; Zefer (Arab.),
Sclerophthal'mia, oxXtjqoSaXpia, Cri'the,
xqi-dtj,  a Stye, a  Sty'an,  Crythe.  A
small,  inflammatory  tumor ;  of the
nature of a boil, which  exhibits itself
near the free edge of the  eyelids, par-
ticularly near the inner angle ofthe eye.
  (F) Orgelet, Orgeolet. (G) Gersten-
korn.
   Hor'deum (Hyg. & Mat. Med.)  The
seeds  of  the  Hor'deum  vulga're or
 Scotch Bar'ley are ranked amongst the
 Cerealia.  They afford a  mucilaginous
 decoction, which is  employed  as  a
 diluent and antiphlogistic.  The  seeds
 of the  Hor'deum  dis'tichon  and  H.
 hexas'tichon possess similar properties.
 Barley is freed from its shells  in mills;
 and,  at times,  is  rubbed into small,
 round  grains,   somewhat like  pearls,
 when it is called Hor'deum perla'tum
 or Pearl Barley, (F)  Orge perU, and
 forms  the  Ho'r'dei  sem'ina   tu'nicis
 nuda'ta, of the pharmacopoeias.
     (F) Orge.    (G) Gerste.
   Hor'ny excres'cences (Path.) Le-
 pido'sis Ichthyi'asis cornig"era, Cor'nua
 cuta'nea.  Certain excrescences, which 
HORRIDA CUTIS        492
HOSPITAL
occasionally form in some  part of the
skin, and resemble, in shape, the horns
of animals.
    (F) Comes de la peau.
  Hor'rida cu'tis (Path.) Goose-skin,
Cu'tis anseri'na.  A state of the skin
accompanying the  rigor of an  inter-
mittent.
  Horripila'tion  (Path.)  Horripila'-
tio, Hor'ror, ipqixtj; from horre're, ' to
bristle up,' and pilus, ' hair.'  General
chilliness,  preceding  fever;  and ac-
companied with bristling of the hairs
over the body.
  (F) Horripilation, Frissonnement.
  (G) Schauder.
  HOR'STIUS, Greg'ory (Biog.) A
physician  of great  reputation, termed
the German  iEscuLAPius ;  born  at
Torgau in 1578; died in 1636. Works.
Nobilium  exercitationum de corpore et
anima  liber.  Witteberg.  1604.   8vo.
De naturali cpnservatione et  cruenta-
Hone cadaverum. Ibid. 1606. 8vo.  De
naturd humand libri duo.  Ibid.  1607,
8vo.  Tractatus de scorbuto, sive de
magnis   Hippocratis  lienibus,   Pli-
niiq,ues< omacace et sceletyrbe. Giessae.
1609.  4to.  Medkarum  institutionum
compendium.  Witteberg.  1609.  Svo.
Centuria problematum medicorum. lb.
1610.  8vo.  Decas  pharmaceuticarum
exercitationum. Giess. 1611. Svo.  Dis-
sertatio de naturd amoris.  Ibid. 1611.
4to.  De morbis eorumque causis liber.
Ibid.  1612.  4to.  De  tuendd sanitate
studiosorum et literatorum lib. ii.   Ibid.
1615.  8vo.  De naturd motus animalis
et voluntarii exercitatio.  Ibid.  1617.
4to.'  De naturd thermarum dissertatio.
Ibid. 1618. 4to.  De causis similitudi-
nis et dissimilitudinis in fatu respectu
parentum. Ibid. 1619. 4to.   Febrium
continuarum et malignarum prognosis.
Ibid. 1622. 4to.  Observationum  medi-
carum singularium libri quatuorpriores.
Ulmae. 1625. 4to.  Libri quatuor poste-
rior es. Ulm. 1628. 4to.   Opera medica.
Norimberg.  1660. fol.
  HOR'STIUS, James  (Biogr.)  Pro-
fessor of  Physic in the  University of
Helmstadt;  born at Torgau  in  1537;
died in  1600.   Works.  Precationes
medicorum pia.  Helmst. 1585.  12mo.
De naturd, differentiis, et causis eorum
qui dormienles  ambulant. Lips.  1593.
8vo.  De  aureo dente maxillari pueri
Silesii. Lips. 1595.  in 8vo. and 12mo.
Epistola'  philosophica  et  medicinales.
Ibid. 1596. 8vo.
  HOR'STIUS, John Daniel (Biog.)
Son of Gregory, and Medical Profes-
sor at Marpurg; died in 1685. Works.
Positionum anatomicarum decades de-
cern.  Marpurg.  1638.  4to.  Anatome
corporis  humani tabulis  comprehensa.
Ibid. 1639. 4to.  Compendium physica
HippocraticjE.  Ibid. 1646. 8vo.  Ma-
nuductio  ad  medicinam.   Marpurg.
1648.   8vo.   Pharmacopaia  Galeno-
chymica  catholica;  post  Renod^um,
Quercetanum, &c.  Francf. 1651. fol.
Decas  observationum  et  epistolarum
anatomicarum.  Francf. 1656. 4to.
  Hos'pital;  Nosocomi'um, Infir'ma-
ry, Infirma'rium, Infirmato'rium, voao-
xoutiov, Nosodochi'um, voooSojrtiov. An
establishment for the reception of the
sick, in which  they are maintained and
treated medically, until their health is
restored, or they are declared incurable.
Hospitals  were first instituted about
the end ofthe 4th century ; a period at
which  the word voooxoutiov was  em-
ployed, for the first  time, by  St. Je-
rome.
    (F) Hdpital.     (G)  Spital.
  Writers.  R. Brocklesby (acono-
mical  and medical observations, &c),
Lond. 1764.  D. Monro  (concerns in
military hospitals), Lond.  1764.  R. de
Hautesierck,  1766-1772 (F).   A.
Petit  (best mode of constructing an
H.), Paris, 1774 (F).  J.  Aikin, Lond.
1777.  Daignan, Paris, 17S5 (F). L'Ab-
be  de Recalde,   Paris,  1786 (F).
Verlac  de la Bastide,  1787 (F).
Chambon de Montaux, Paris, 1787 (F).
Capelle (best regimen in hospitals),
1767 (F).  Rondonneau de  Lamotte
(history of the Hdtcl Dieu of Paris),
Paris,  1787 (F).  Dulaurens, Paris,
17b7 (F).  Tenon (on the hospitals  of
Paris), Paris, 1788 (F).  Chirol (Do.),
Paris, 1788 (F).  M. A.  Petit, 1788
(F).   Desmonceaux, 1788 (F).  Tel-
lez d'Acosta  (plan for hospitals in
Paris),  Paris,  1789  (F).   Suby  (on
military  hospitals),  Metz. 1789 (F).
Caban'is, Paris, 1790 (F).  Coste (on
military  hospitals),  Paris, 1790 (F).
Heurtelocp  (on  the  military II.  of
Toulon), 1790  (F).   Howard, War-
rington,  1784.   Larochefoucauld-
Eiancourt (on the  H's.  of Paris),
Paris,  1790-1791(F).  Sir W. Bliz-
ard, Lond. 1769.   St. Freron, Paris,
1800 (F).  Henguehard  (new  organ-
ization of the civil  hospitals of Paris),
Paris, 1800 (F). Desmonceaux (French
H's.), 1802 (F). Camus  and  Duques-
noy,  Paris,  1803 (F).  Jos.  Frank
(Reise  nach Paris. London,
u. s. w.),  Vienn. 1804 (G).   Deles-
sert  (H. of Paris), Paris, 1805 (F).
Clavareau /Do.),  1805 (F).  Ch. 
HOSPITAL
493
HUMERAL
Courtin (military H's. of Paris), 1809
(F).   Duchanoy  (project of new  H's.
in Paris), Paris,  1810(F).   W. P. C.
Barton (on marine hospitals), Philad.
1814.   H. W. Carter  (hospitals i>c.
of France,  Italy,  Sec.),  Lond.  1819.
J. IIennen, Edinb. 1818.  B. H. Coates
(Pennsylvania hospital), Philad. 1824.
W. D. Malin (Do.), Philad. 1828.  C.
M. Bruckner (military H's.) Leipz.
1831 (G).
  HOS'PITAL GAN'GRENE   (Path.)
Phageda'na  gangrano'sa; Pu'trid or
Malignant  Ul'cer, Gangra'na  Nosoco-
mio'rum,  Hos'pital Sore,  Gangra'na
contagio'sa,Putre'do. Gangrene,occur-
ring  in wounds or ulcers, in "hospitals,
the air of which has been vitiated by the
accumulation of patients, or some other
circumstance.  Hospital gangrene —
many different varieties of which are met
with,  and which is always preceded or
accompanied by fever — commonly com-
mences with suppression of the suppu-
ration of the wound,  which  becomes
cowered  with a grayish and tenacious
sanies.  The gangrene then manifests
itself.   It  extends from the centre
of the ulcerated  surface  towards the
edges; these become swollen, painful,
and averted; and the  patient dies with
all the signs of typhus.  The treatment
must be varied, according to circum-
stances.   Sometimes,  it requires the
use of stimulating, acid, caustic, and
antiseptic applications;  with, occasion-
ally,  the actual  cautery, aided by the
exhibition   of tonics  internally: — at
others, the  antiphlogistic regimen and
emollient applications maybe necessary.
  (F) Pourriture  ou  Gangrene  d'hd-
pital.    (G) Spitalbrand.
  Writers. DusausSoy, Geneve,1788
(F).   Moreau  and Burdin,  1796 (F).
W.  Plouco„uet,  Tubing. 1802 (L).
Gueniard, Strasburg, 1802(F).  Les-
lie, Edinb. 1804 (L).  Johnston, Edin.
1805  (L).  C. R.  J. Gronnier, Paris,
1810  (F).   Guillon,  Paris,  1811 (F).
S. N. Vautier,   Paris,  1812(F).  J.
Delpech,  Paris,  1815(F).  H. Home
Blackadder, Edinb. 1818.  E. Hent-
son,  Paris,  1814 (F).   P. J: B. Pardo-
mirat, Paris, 1814 (F).  F. J. Aubry,
Paris. 1815(F). C. L. A. Thomas, Paris,
1815(F).  Ollivier, Paris, 1822(F).
   House-Sur'geon.  Usually a senior
pupil, who  attends in  an hospital, to
every accident  and  disease, in  the
absence  of the  regular physician or
surgeon.   It answers, in the British
hospitals, to the  Ek)ve  interne of the
French.
                 42
  HOUS'TOUNor HOUS'TON,Rob'-
ert,  M. D. (Biog.)  An  English phy-
sician, who lived at the commencement
of the last century.  Works. Animad-
versions  on a  late pamphlet, entitled
Lithotomia Douglassiana. Lond. 1720.
8vo.  The history  of ruptures and rup-
ture cures, occasioned  by a letter on a
never-failing way  of curing  ruptures ;
with a genuine  receipt ofthe secret and
famous styptic.  Lond. 1728.  8vo.
  HU'BER, John George  (Biogr.)
An Anatomist  of reputation, and Pro-
fessor at Gbttingen; born at Basil in
1707; died in 1778.  Works. Comrnen-
tatio  de  medulld spinali, speciatim de
nervis, ab ed provenientibus, cum icon.
Gotting.  1741.  4to.  Commentatio de
vagina uteri structurd rugosd, necnon
de  hymene. 1742.  4to.  De  morbis
epidemicis. Cassel. 1755. 4to.
  HUIT DE CHIFFRE (Surg.) Figure
of 8.  A bandage, in which  the turns
are crossed in the  form ofthe figure 8.
Such is  the bandage, used in bleeding
from the arm.
  HULME, Nathaniel, M.D.,F.R.S.
&c.  (Biogr.)  Physician to the City
Lying-in-Hospital, London; born in
Yorkshire  in  1732;  died  in  1807.
Works.  Libellus  de  naturd,  causd,
curationeque  scorbuti:  to   which   is
added, a proposal for preventing the
scurvy in the British navy. Lond. 1768.
Svo.   A  treatise  on puerperal  fever,
wherein the nature and cause of that
disease,  as fatal  to lying-in-women,
are represented in a new point of view.
 Illustrated by dissections; and a ration-
 al  method of cure proposed and con-
firmed by  experience. Lond." 1772. 8vo.
 Oratio de re  medicd cognoscendd,  et
promovendd.   Lond.  1776.  8vo.  To
this a small tract was added, entitled,
 Via tuta et jucunda calculum solvendi
 in vesicd urinarid inharcntem :  which
 was published  the following year, un-
 der the  title,— Safe and easy remedy
proposed for the relief of the stone and
gravel, the scurvy, gout, 8fC, and for
 the deilruction of worms in  the human
 body:  illustrated by  cases: together
 with an extemporaneous method of im-
pregnating water and other liquids with
fixed air, by simple mixture only. Lond.
 1778. 4to.
   Homectan'tia  (Mat. Med.) A name
 formerly  given to  drinks,  which ap-
 peared to  possess  the  property of aug-
 menting the fluidity of the blood.
   Hu'meral (Anat.) Humeralis. That
 which belongs to, or is connected with,
 the arm or humerus. 
HUMERUS            494            HUMULUS
    HU'MERAL AR'TERY, Arte'ria hu-
 mera'lis.  See Brachial Artery.
    Hu'merus  (Anat.)  Scap'ula,  6>pog,
 Ar'mus.   The most elevated part  of
 the arm.  The bones, which concur  in
 forming it, are; — the scapula, head  of
 the humerus and clavicle,  united to-
 gether by strong ligaments, and covered
 by numerous muscles,
    (F) Epaule.   (G) Schulter.
    The OS HU'MERI, Hu'merus, or Os
 bra'chii, Os adjuto'rium, is the cylindri-
 cal, irregular bone ofthe arm]; the upper
 extremity of which has  a  hemispherical
 head,  connected with the scapula ; and
 two tuberosities or tubercles,  a. greater
 and lesser, for the attachment of  mus-
 cles, between which is  the Bicip'ital
 groove, or  Fos'sa.  At the inferior ex-
 tremity may be remarked — the  inner
 condyle, the outer condyle;  the small
 head, which is articulated with the ra-
 dius ;  the trochlea articulated with the
 ulna, &c.
   The humerus is developed by seven
 points of  ossification ; — one  for the
 body;  one for the head ; one for the
 greater tuberosity ; one for the trochlea;
 one for  the epi-trochlea; one for the
 epicondyle, and another for the lesser
 head.
   Hi'midum radica'le  (Phys.)  Hu'-
 midum primige'nium; Rad'ical Jluis'-
 ture.  This name  was formerly given
 to  the liquid, which, by means of the
 circulation, was conceived to give  flex-
 ibility  and  proper  consistence to the
 different organic textures.
     (F)  Humide radicale.
   Hu'mor   (Anat.)  Every  fluid  sub-
 stance  of an  organized body ; — as the
 blood, chyle, lymph, &.c. The Hu'mors,
 /vpoi,  JIumo'res, — differ  considerably,
 as  to number and  quality, in  the  dif-
 ferent  species  of  organized  beings  ;
 and even in the same species, according
 to the state of health or disease.
  The  ancients reduced the humors to
four; which they  called  cardinal hu-
 mors ;  — the  blood,  phlegm,  yellow
 bile, and atrabilis  or black bile.   The
 modern classification of the humors is
 given under Fluid.
     (G)  Feuc htigkeit, Saft.
   Writers.   G. W. Wedel (diseases
 of humors),  Jenae,  1684  (L).   G. £.
 Stahl,  Hal.  1697 (L).   B.  Rivinus
 (coagulation of the humors and its ef-
fects), Lips. 1717  (L).  G. Th. Rich-
 ter (tenuity of the  humors) Gotting.
 1750 (L).  Plaz  (as a  cause of dis-
 ease),  Lips.  1783  (L).   Kreysig  (de
 errore humorum), Vitteb.  1797  (L).
 J. Juncker (thickness of humors as a
 cause of disease), Hal. 1738 (E).   Hil-
 scher  (Do.),  Jenae,  1733 (L).   A.
 Henke (primary diseases of the  IPs.),
 Berlin, 1806 (G).
   Hu'moral (Path.) Humora'lis. Pro-
 ceeding from, or connected with, the
 humors.
   Hu'morism (Med.) Hu'meral Pathol'-
 ogy.  A medical theory, founded ex-
 clusively on the part, which the humors
 were considered  to play in the  produc-
 tion  of disease.  Although  traces  cf
 this system may be found in the most
 remote antiquity, the creation,  or at all
 events, the arrangement, of it may be
 attributed to Galen, who enveloped it
 in metaphysical  subtleties, relating to
 the  union  between  the elements and
 the four cardinal  humors.
  Hu'morim  (Med.)   The Galenical
 physicians, who attributed all  diseases
 to a depraved state of the humors, or
 to vicious juices collected in the body.
  Hump (Path.)  Perhaps from um'bo,
 ' the  boss of a buckler.' Hunch,  Gib1-
 bus,  Gib'ba,  Tu'ber.   A  prominence,
 formed  by a deviation  of the bones of
 the trunk.   Commonly, it is formed by
 the spine or sternum,  and is seated at
 the  posterior  or  anterior part of the
 trunk.  It  may,  also, be produced by
 deviation of the  ribs or pelvis.  The
 spine may be curved in three principal
 directions.   1. Backwards, and this is
 the most common case ;  this the an-
 cients  called  xifwotg,  gibbos'itas.  2.
 Forwards,  /.oqdvwig, recurva'lio:  and,
 3.  Laterally, axoXtwoig, obsiipa'lio.
  The greater part of curvatures occur
 at a very early age, and are caused  by
 scrophula, rickets, &c .; and,  not tin-
frequently,   they  are accompanied  by
caries ofthe vertebrae. See Vertebral
 Disease.
  (F) Bosse. (G) Hocker, Buckel.
  Hu'mulus  Lu'pulus  (Mat.  Med.)
 Convol'vulus peren'nis; the Hop-plant.
 Its cones or strobiles,  Hu'muli strobili
(Ph. L.), have a fragrant odor; and
bitter, aromatic taste, depending  on a
 peculiar principle,  named Lu'puline,
extractive and essential oil; which may
be extracted,  equally   by  water  and
spirit, from the dried strobiles.
  The Hop is employed as a tonic and
 hypnotic,  and enters   into  the  com-
 position of  ale and beer.  Dose, gr. iij
to  B.j-
  (F) Houblon, Vigne du nord.
  (G) Hopfen. 
HUNGER             495           HYANCHE
  Hunger (Phys.) Fa'mes, Xtpog, nti-
»■»;, esuri'Hio, esuri'go.  The  necessity
for taking food.  Hunger is an internal
sensation,  which some  authors have
attributed to the friction between  the
sides  of  the  stomach  in  its empty
state;  others, to the  compression of
the nerves, when the  organ is  con-
tracted ;  others,  to  the  action of  the
gastric juice, &c.  It is dictated by the
wants of the system  : farther we know
not.   See Appetite.
    (F) Faim.
  Writers. L. Tancredi, Venet. 1607
(L).  M. Sebiz, Argent. 1655 (L).
   HUN'TER,  Alexander,  M. D.,
F. R. S. (Biog.)  Born at Edinburgh in
1733; died at York  in 1809.   Works.
Culina  famulatrix  medicina; or re-
ceipts in cookery, worthy the notice of
those medical practitioners,  who ride
in their chariots, fyc.  By Ignotus, with
a  medical commentary. York.  1804.
8vo.  An illustration  of the analogy
betvjeen  vegetable and animal partu-
rition.  Lond.  1797.  8vo.  Lectures on
the sulphur water of Harrowgate. York.
1806. 8vo.
  HUN'TER, John, F. R. S.  (Biog.)
Younger brother of William Hunter ;
a most profound Anatomist,  Physiolo-
gist, and Surgeon; borri in Lanarkshire,
Scotland,  in°172S;  practised in  Lon-
don, and died in 1793.  Works.  The
natural  history  of  the  human teeth.
Lond. 1771. 4to.  Practical treatise on
diseases of the  teeth,  intended  as a
supplement to  the  natural  history  of
those parts. Lond. 1778. 4to. A trea-
tise  on  the venereal  disease.  Lond.
1786.  4to.   Observations  on certain
parts  of  the animal economy.  Lond.
1786.  4to.  A treatise on the blood, in-
flammation, and gun-shot wounds, by
the late John Hunter.  To which is
prefixed an account  of the author's life,
by Everard Home.  Lond.  1794. 4to.
Memoirs, &c. of, by Jos. Adams. Lond.
 1817.
   HUN'TER, William, M.D.,F. R. S.
 (Biog.) An eminent physician and anat-
 omist ; born at Lanarkshire in 1718 ;
 practised in London, where  he formed
 the extensive Museum now at the Uni-
 versity  of  Glasgow;  died  in  1783.
 Works. Medical commentaries, Part I,
 containing a plain answer to Dr. Mon-
 ro, Jun. Lond. 1762. 4to.  Supplement.
 Lond.  1764. 4to. Anatomical descrip-
 tion ofthe human gravid uterus; illus-
 trated with 34  plates.  Lat. and Engl.
 Birmingham. 1774.  large fol.  Anatom-
 ical description of the human gravid
uterus and its contents.  Lond. 1794.
4to.:  edited by Dr. Baillie. Lectures
on the  gravid uterus and midwifery.
Lond. 1783.  Svo.   Two  introductory
lectures  to  his  anatomical course  of
lectures; with papers relating to a plan
for establishing a museum in London,
for the improvement of anatomy, sur-
gery,  and physic.   London.   1784.
4to!
   HUX'HAM, John,  M. D., F.  R. S.
(Biog.)  An eminent physician of Plym-
outh, England ; died in 1768.  Works.
 Observationes  de  acre et  morbis epi-
demicis.  Vol. I. Lond. 1739. Svo.  Vol.
II. 1752. 8vo.  Observations on the air
and  epidemic diseases from 1728 to
1737  inclusive, and  the  Devonshire
colic. Lond.  1759.  8vo.   Translation
ofthe second volume from 1738 to 1748
inclusive, by his son,  J. C.  Huxham,
F. R. S. ■ Lond. 1768. 8vo.  Observa-
tions on air and  epidemic diseases,
from the  year .1749 to the  end of the
year  1752 : published by his son. Lond.
177L. 8vo. Essay on fevers, with their
various kinds, as depending on differ-
 ent consmutions  of  the   blood, with
dissertations  on  putrid,  pestilential,
spotted fevers, on  the small-pox, and
 on peripneumonies.  Lond. 1739. Svo.
 Dissertation on the malignant ulcerous
 sore throat.  Lond. 1750. Svo.
   Hyacin'thus (Mat. Med.)  iiaxiv&og.
 A precious  stone,  to  which  many
 medicinal properties were formerly  as-
 cribed.
   Hy'aloid  (Anat.) Hyalo'des,  Hya-
 lol'des,   Vit'reus,  vaXoiStjg,  vaXoiuhjg,
 from vaXog, ' glass,'  and  tidog, ' resem-
 blance.'  Resembling glass.
   The  HY'ALOID MEM'BRANE, Tu'-
 nica Hyaloide'a,  Membra'na Arach-
 nolde'a',  T. vit'rea,  (G) G lash aut,
 is the  extremely  delicate  membrane,
 which  forms the  exterior covering  of
 the  vitreous  humor,  and  transmits
 within  it  prolongations,, which  di-
 vide it into  cells.   Fallopius discov-
 ered this membrane, and gave  it  the
 name Hyaloid.  On  a level with  the
 entrance of the optic nerve into  the
 eye, the  hyaloid membrane forms, by
 reflection,  a cylindrical  canal,  which
 pierces the vitreous humor from behind
 to before, as far as the posterior part of
 the crystalline.  To this, its discoverer
 gave the name — Canal  hyahidien or
 Hqaloid Canal.
    Hyan'che (Path.)  vayxn-, A species
 of angina, in which the respiration and
 deglutition are simultaneously affected,
 Cjelius  Aurelianus, 
HYDARTHRUS          496          HYDRARGYRI
  Hydar'thrus  (Path.)  Hydar'thrus
synovia'lis, Hy'drops arliculo'rum, Hy-
dar'thron, Hydar'thros, Melice'ria, Spi'-
na vento'sa of Rha/.es and Avicenna.
Arthri'tis   Hydar'thros,   Emmyx'ium
articula'rf,  Tu'mor  al'bus; — White
Swell'ing; from rdo>q,  'water,'  and
uqSqov,' a joint.' The French surgeons
apply the term Hydarthrus to dropsy
ofthe articulations.
  White swelling is an extremely for-
midable disease.  It may  attack  any
one  of  the  joints;  but  is most com-
monly met with in  the knee,  the
haunch, the foot, and the  elbow,  and
 fenerally  occurs  in  scrophulous chil-
 ren. It consists, at times, in tumefac-
tion, and softening of the  soft parts and
ligaments,  which surround the  joint;
at others, in swelling and caries of the
articular extremities  of bones;  or both
these states may exist at the same time.
The   treatment  consists  in  the em-
ployment of counter irritants; the  use
of iodine internally and externally, &c.
  (F) Tumeur blanche, T. lymphatique
des articulations.
  (G) Weisse  Geschwtlst.
  Writers.   A. D. Collet,  Paris,
1814(F).  P. N. Chantourelle, Paris,
1814 (F).  Ford, Lond. 1794.  J. Herd-
man, Edinb. 1802,  B, Crowther, Lond.
1808.
  Hydat'id  (Path.)  Hyd'atis, vSa-
ng,  from  vSoiq, ' water.'  This name
was  long  given to  every  encysted
tumor, which contained  an  aqueous
and  transparent fluid.  Many patholo-
gists, subsequently, applied it to vesi-
cles,  softer than  the tissue  of mem-
branes,  more  or   less   transparent,
which are developed  within  organs,
but  without adhering to their tissue.
It is by no means clear, that these  for-
mations are really entozoa.  They have
been found in various parts of the body;
sometimes  in  the uterus, occasioning
signs nearly similar to those  of preg-
nancy, but being sooner or  later ex-
pelled.  The expulsion is generally at-
tended with more or less hemorrhage.
See Acephalocystis.
    (G) Blasenwurm.
  The word  Hydatis,  Aq'uula, was,
also, given to small, transparent tumors
ofthe eyelids.   Galen, C. Hofmann.
  Writers.  Th. W. Schroder, Rin-
tel. 1790 (L).  J.  F. V, Bonnet, Mont-
pellier, an. x (F).
  Hydatidoce'le (Path.) vSarifoxtjXtj,
from  vdang,  ' hydatid,'  and  xtjXt], ' a
tumor.'  A tumor, formed by hydatids.
Oscheocele, containing hydatids.  The
 Oscheoce'le hydatido'sa of Sauvages.
   Hydat'inon  (Pharm.) vSaniror, from
 vooiq, ' water.'   A  Greek  word, used
 for a collyrium, of which  rain-water
 was the basis.  Galen.
   Hydatis'mus (Path.) i-tiaTiapog, from
 i'duiq, ' water.'  The noise,  caused by
 the fluctuation of pus  contained in an
 abscess.  Auri.i.ian., Foesius.      »
   Hydatoch'olos (Path.)  vSaro/oXog,
 from  vduin,  ' water,' and  yo).ij, ' bile.'
 Aquo'so-bil'ious.  An epithet given to
 evacuated matters,  when mixed with
 water and bile.  Hippocr., Foesius.
   Hydat'oid (Anat.) Hydatol'des, A'-
 queus, Aquo'sus, Hydato'des,  foVroxb/?,
 vdarottdtjg,  from  vdwq, ' water,'  and
 ttdog,' resemblance.'  Resembling wa-
 ter.  This name has been given  to the
 membrane ofthe aqueous humor; and,
 also, to the aqueous humor itself.
   Hv'dragogues (Therap.) Hydrago'-
ga, Hydrop'ka, Hydrot'ica, Aquidu'ca,
 from vdviq ' water,' and ayo>, ' I expel.'
 Medicines, believed  capable  of expel-
 ling serum  effused  in any part  of the
 body.  These  are generally cathartics
 or diuretics.
   Hydrargyranatrip'sis  (Therap.)
 from idqaqyvqog, ' quicksilver,' and ui-a-
 rqiipig, ' rubbing in.'   The rubbing in
 of an ointment of quicksilver. Hydrar-
gyrotrip'sis.
   (G) Quecksilbereinreibung.
   Hydrar'gyri,  Cyanure'tum (Mat.
 Med.)  Prus'sias  Hydrar'gyri,  Cyan'-
 uret or Prus'siate of  Mer'cury.  This
 preparation  has been strongly  recom-
 mended  as  a powerful antisyphilitic,
 and is admitted into the Parisian codex.
 Twelve to 24 grains may  be  dissolved
 in a quart  of  distilled water,  and 3
 or 4 spoonfuls of the solution be taken
 daily,  in  a glass  of any  appropriate
 liquid.
    (F)  Cyanure de Mercure.
   HYDRAR'GYRI  NI'TRAS,   Ni'tras
 hydrar'gyri in crystallos concre'tus,—
 Ni'trate of Mer'cury.  It  is  employed
 in syphilis; and, externally, in fungous,
 obstinate ulcers.
   It is  used in the formation  of the
 Soluble Mercury of Hahnemann.
   WARD'S  WHITE DROPS, —a. once
 celebrated,  antiscorbutic   nostrum, —
 were  prepared by dissolving mercury
 in nitric acid; and  adding a solution
 of carbonate of ammonia; or, frequent-
ly, they consisted of a solution  of sub-
 limate with carbonate of ammonia.
   HYDRAR'GYRI   Nl'TRICO  - OX'Y-
 DUM,  Hydrar'gyrus nitra'tus   ru'ber,
 Mercu'rius corrosi'vus ru'ber, Mercu'rius. 
HYDRARGYRI          497          HYDRARGYRI
pracipita'tus cotrosi'vus,  M. pracipita'-
tus ru'ber, Arca'num coralli'num, Mercu-
rius cpralli'nus, Pul'vis prin'cipis, Pra-
cipita'tus  ru'ber,  Ox'ydum hydrar'gyri
comple'tum, O.hydrargyr'icum, Panace'a
mercu'rii  ru'bra,  Pul'vis Joan'nis de
Vi'go,  Oxo'des  hydrar'gyri  ru'brum,
Hypcroxo'des hydrar'gyri, Ni'tric] ox'ide
of mer'cury, Red precip'itate,  Ox'ydum
hydrar'gyri nit'ricum, Ox'idum hydrar'-
gyri  ru'brum per  ac"idum  nit'ricum.
(F)  Oxide nitrique  de  mercure.  (G)
Rother   Priicipitat.    It   is  a
stimulant and  escharotic,  and used as
s«ch in foul  ulcers;  being sprinkled
on the part, in fine powder, or united
with lard into an ointment.
   HYDRAR'GYRI  OX'YDUM CINE'-
REUM, Ox'ydum hydrar'gyri ni'grum,
M'thiops per se,  Mercu'rius niger Mos-
cati, Ox'ydum hydrar gyro'sum, Ox'y-
dum  hydrargyr'kum   pracipita'turn,
 Oxyd'ulum hydrar'gyri  ni'grum,  Pul'-
vis  mercuria'lis  cine'reus, Mercu'rius
cinc'reus, Turpe'thum ni'grum, Mercu'-
rius pracipita'tus ni'ger, Gray or black
 ox'ide of  mer'cury,  (F) Oxide de mer-
 cure cendre, Oxide gris  ou noir de mer-
 cure, (G) Schwarzes  gesauertes
 Quecksilber.  This oxide is made
 in various ways.   It may be formed by
 boiling submuriate of mercury in lime
 water. The dose of this Pulvis hydrar'-
 gyri cinereus, is from  2 to 10 grains.
 There are four other  preparations of it
 in estimation, viz. Plenck's solution,
 made by rubbing  mercury with muci-
 lage. 2. By rubbing equal parts of sugar
 and mercury together.  3. A compound
 of honey or liquorice and purified mer-
 cury.  4. The blue pill and ointment.
 All these possess  the  usual properties
 of mercury.
    The Mercu'rius  solu'bilis of Hahne-
 mann is formed from a black oxide of
 mercury.  It is  the Mercu'rius solu'bilis
 Hahneman'nis, seu ox'idum hydrar'gyri
 ni'gri median'te  ammo'nid  ex pro'to-
 nitra'te hydrar'gyri pracipita'tum.  It
 is used  in the  same cases as the Hy-
 drargyri OXYDUM CINEREUM.
     HYDRAR'GYRI  OX'YDUM   RU'-
 BRUM, Mercu'rius calcina'tus, Hydrar'-
 o-yrus Calcina'tus, (F) Oxide de  mer-
 cure rouge,  (G)  Rothes  Queck-
 silberoxyd, Red oxide of mer'cury.
    It is stimulant and escharotic ; and,
 in large doses,  emetic. Owing to the
 violence  of its  operation it  is seldom
 given internally, but is chiefly used as
 an escharotic.
    HYDRAR'GYRI OXYMU'RIAS, Hy-
 drar'gyrus muria'tus, Mu'rias hydrar'-
gyri corrosi'vus, Mu'rias  hydrargyri
oxygena'tus,   Sublima'tus  corrosi'vus,
Mercu'rius corrosi'vus, Mercu'rius cor-
rosi'vus sublima'tus, Bichlo'ride of mer-
cury,  Hydrar'gyri  permu'rias, Super
mu'rias hydrar'gyri,  Mu'rias hydrar'-
gyri  ba'si  ox'ydi imperfec'ti,  Murias
hydrar'gyri corrosi'vum, (F) Mur^ate ox'
ygeni  de mercure,  Sublime  corrOsif,
(G)   Atzendes    Salzsaures
Quecksilber, Oxymuriate of mer-
cury,  Corrosive  sublimate.   It is used
as  an  antisyphilitTc,  stimulant,  &c.
in venereal complaints ;  old cutaneous
affections, &c.  gr. iij to Jbj of water
forms   a  good   gargle  in   venereal
sore throats, or an injection  in gonor-
rhoea.   Externally,  it  is  applied  in
cases of  tetter, and to  destroy  fun-
gus or stimulate  old ulcers.  Dose, gr.
1-16 to gr. 1-8 in pill, once in 24 hours.
White of egg is the best antidote to it,
when taken in ah overdose.
  Writers.  A. E. Buchner, Hal. 175S
(L).   G. E. Zannini, Rom. 1761 (L).
J.  M. Hoffmann (in cutaneous affec-
tions), Argent. 1766  (L).   Fr. Jacobi,
Monast. 1785 (L).
   HYDRAR'GYRI  SUBMU'RIAS,  Cal-
om'elas, Dra'co mitiga'tus, Submu'rias
Hydrar'gyri mi'tis, Submu'rias Hydrar'-
gyri  Sublima'tum, Mercu'rius  dul'cis,
M. dul'cis sublima'tus;  when precipi-
 tated, M. dul'cis precipita'tus., Panace'a
 mercuria'lis (when nine times sublimed),
 Mu'rias hydrar'gyri dul'cis sublima'tus,
 Mercu'rius  sublima'tus dul'cis, Aq'uila,
 Chloride of mer'cury, (F) Mercure  doux,
 Protochlorure de mercure, (G) Mil-
 des   salzsaures Quecksilber.
 Properties.   Antisyphilitic and  siala-
 gogue ; in large doses, purgative. Dose.
 One  or two grains given at night  grad-
 ually excites ptyalism.  Gr.  v to xx,
 purge.   Children  bear  larger  doses
 than adults.
   The BLACK  WASH, Lo'tio  Hydrar'-
 gyri ni'gra is  formed of calomel 3ij>
 Lime water  Jfoj-   Used  to  syphilitic
 sores.
   Writer.   D. Lysons (operation of),
 Bath, 1783.
    HYDRAR'GYRI   SULPHURE'TUM
 NIGRUM, Hydrar'gyrus vel mercu'rius
 cum   sul'phure.,  JE'thiops  minera'lis,
 Hydrar'gyrus e sul'phure, Pulvis  hyp-
 not'kus,  JE'thiops narcot'icus,  (F) Sul-
fur e de mercure  noir,  (G) Schwar-
 zes      Sch wefelquecksilber,
 Black sul'phuret of  mer'cury,  AZ'thiop
 mineral.  Used chiefly  in scrophulous
 and cutaneous affections.   Dose, gr. x
 to 3SS- 
HYDRARGYRI          498        HYDRARGYRUS
  Writers. J. Fr. Schromm, Altdorf.
1725  (L).    S. P.  Hilscher,  Jenee,
1748 (L).
   HYDRAR'GYRI,  SULPHURE'TUM
RU'BRUM,  Hydrar'gyrus sulphur a'tus
ru'ber, Min'ium pu'rum, Min'ium Gra-
co'rum, Magnes Epilep'sia'., Alzemafor,
Ammion, appior, Purparts'sum,  Amon-
gabricl, Azamar,  Cinnah'aris, .Mercu'-
rius  Cinnabari'nus, Zemasarum,  Cin-
ab'aris, Cinaba'rium,  xiwapaqig, StcV-
lio  adus'ta,  Uzifir,  Uzifur, Zengifur,
Azimar,  Azymar,  Red Sul'phur et of
Mer'cury, Cin'nabar, Vermilion, (F) Sul-
fure de  Mercure rouge, Cinabre,  (G)
Zinnober.
  It is antisyphilitic,  but  is   chiefly
used  in  fumigation against  venereal
ulcers ofthe nose, mouth and throat —
 3ss being  thrown on a red hot iron.
This preparation is the basis of  a nos-
trum, called Boerhaave's Red Pill.
  HYDRAR'GYRI TAR'TRAS, H. PRO'-
 TO-TAR'TR~iS,  Tar'trate of mer'cury.
Antisyphilitic.  Dose, one or two grains
twice a day.
  Hydrar'gyrum (Mat. Med.) Hydrar'-
gyrus, vSqaqyvqog,  from vdojq, ' water,'
and aqyvqog, ' silver ';  Mercu'rius,  Ar-
gen'tum  vi'vum, A.mo'bile,  A.fu'sum,
A. fugiti'vum,  Fu'mus al'bus,  Gu'ma,
Fyada, Geryon, Latcra-lktro,  Lorus,
Massalis,  Melusi,  Missadar, Ops,  Pc-
gernus, Pro'theus,  Rachi, Sak, Selatus,
Sibar,  Solater,  Solatur, Cerdac,  Spon-
sus,  Tantalus,  Tarith,  Tifacoum,  Tre-
chon, Uncam, Unquasi, I i-.ncr,  Vomica
Liquoris JEterni, Xir,  Zaibac, Zaibach,
Zaibar, Zenextor,  Alborca,   Alcharith,
Alecareth, Alccharith,  Alkant,  Alohoc,
Anatris,   Antaris,  Anfir,   Anfirfilius,.
Anterit,  Arolwt, Area arcanorum, Au-
raric,  Azoch,   Dad'alus,   Ebcsmcch,
Mer'cury, Qukk'silver. Ma'ter  Metal-
lo'rum, a fluid,  brilliant,  metal ;   of
a slightly  bluish  white color;   fluid
above — 39° of Fahr.  and under 656°.
S.  G., when   liquid,  13.568  (Cav-
endish) ;   easily  oxydized.   Metal-
lic  quicksilver does  not  act on  the
body, even when taken into the stom-
ach.   When  oxydized  and combined
 with acids,  it acts powerfully.   It has
 beeen exhibited in cases of constriction
 of the bowels and  intussusception,
 from a mistaken  notion, that it must
 certainly  pass  through the bowels by
 its gravity.  The water, in which mer-
 cury has been  boiled,  has been  recom-
 mended as a vermifuge ;  but it proba-
 bly enjoys no such property, as chym-
 ical tests do not exhibit the  presence of
 the  metal.  When the crude metal  is
distilled in an iron retort, it forms the
Hydrar'gyrum purificatum.
  (F) Mercure, M. cru,  Vif Argent.
  (G)  Quecksilber.
  Writers.   J.  D.  Major (in Syphi-
lis, (Kilon. 1673(E).    M. Pantelius,
Regiom, 1698 (L). J. E. Hebenstreit,
Lips. 1735 (L).   J.  J. Baier, Altdorf.
1739 (L).   A. E. Buchner (incancer),
Hal. 1755  (L).   Spielmann, Argent.
1761 (L).   C. Chr. Krausius, Lips.
1773 (L).   E.  A. Nicolai, Jenae 1775
(L).  A.  Duncan,  Edinb.  1772.  Th.
Houlston (in dysentery), Edinb. 1787.
J. Howard, Lond.  1782.   Ch. Mac-
lean (action of  M.  on living  bodies),
Philad. 1797.  Jos. Swan (Do.), Lond.
1823.  D. R.  Dehorne  (in venereal
diseases),  Paris, 1775(F).  Falk, Lond.
1776.   E.  G.  Baldinger, Gotting.
1761 (L).   I. W. Francis,  N. York,
1816.  Currie  (prejudices against M.),
Lond.1809,1811.
   HYDRAR'GYRUM   CUM  CRE'TA,
Hydrar'gyrus cum  crc'td,  Mercu'rius
alkalisa'tus, Mer'cury with chalk, (F)
Mercure avec  la craie, AZthiops ulcalisa-
tus, a protoxide of mercury, formed by
trituration with carbonate of lime.  It
is somewhat uncertain ; and   conse-
quently not  much employed.   It pos-
sesses the  properties of the black oxide
of mercury, and may be advantageously
exhibited  in cases of diarrhoea in chil-
dren, dependent upon acidity and viti-
ated secretions.   Dose, gr.  v to 3ss,
twice a day, in any viscid substance.
  The HYDRAR'GYRUM  CUM  MAG-
NE'SIA  of the Dublin  Pharmacopoeia
resembles  it in properties.
  . HYDRAR' G YR UM   PRJE CIPITA'-
TUM, Hydrar'gyrum ammonia'to-muri-
at'icum, Mercu'rius cosmet'kus, Mu'rias
ox'idi hydrar'gyri ammoniaca'lis, Sub-
mu'rias ammoni' aco-hydrargyr' icus, Calx
Hydrar'gyri al'ba, Submu'rias Hydrar'-
gyri ammonia'tum — S.  H.  pracipita'-
tum — Mu'rias  hydrar'gyri  sub-oxyge-
na'tus pracipitatio'ne. para'tus, Prmcipi-
ta'tum  al'bum,   White  precip'itate of
mer'cury,   White precip'itate, — Calci-
na'tum ma'jus Pote'Kii, (F)  Sous-muri-
ate de  mercure precipM  ou Prccipite
blanc, (G) Weisser Quecksilber
niederschlag.
  A peroxide, combined with muriatic
acid and  ammonia, forming a  triple
salt.  It is used, in powder,  to destroy
vermin; and, united  with lard, for the
same purpose, as well as in scabies and
some other cutaneous affections.
  HYDRAR'GYRUS ACETA'TUS, Sper'-
ma  mercu'rii, Ter'ra folia1 ta mercu'rii, 
HYDRELiEON          499       HYDROCEPHALUS
Mercu'rius aceta'tus,  Hydrar'gyri Ace'-
tas, Ace'tas vel Pro'to-ace'tas Hydrar'-
gyri,  Ad'etate of mer'cury.  This was
the basis of Keyser's pills,  and was
once  much celebrated, in the cure of
the venereal  disease.   The  dose  is
from three to  five grains, but it  is not
much U3ed.
   The formula for Keyser's Anti-vene-
real pills  was  as follows :  Hydrarg.
Acet.  § iv.  Manna § xxx. Amyl. § ij.
Muc.  G. Trag. q. s. into pills of gr. vj.
each.   Dose,  No. 2.
   HYDRAR'GYRUS PHOSPHORA'TUS,
Phosphuret'ted mer'cury.  This prepara-
tion has been recommended, in cases of
inveterate  venereal  ulcers,  but it is
now scarcely used.
   HYDRAR'GYRUS  VITRIOLA'TUS,
 Turpc'thum minera'le,  Mercu'rius emet'-
icus fla'vus,  Calx mercu'rii  vitriola'ta,
Mercu'rius caus'tkus fla'vus, M. lu'teus,
 Hydrar'gyri sul'phas,  Subsul'phas Hy-
drar'gyri fla'vus, Ox'ydum hydrar'gyri
sulphu'ricum,  Subsul'phas hydrar'gyri
peroxida'ti,  Tur'bith  min'eral.   Two
 grains of this mercurial acton the stom-
 ach violently.  It is sometimes recom-
 mended as an errhine in  amaurosis.
   (F) Sous-sulfate de mercure  ou tur-
 bith mineral.
   (G)  Mineralischer  Turbith.
   Hydrel.e'on,  from vSwq, ' water,'
 and tXaiov, ' oil.'  A  mixture of water
 and oil. Hydrola'um
   Hydrenteroce'le (Path.) fromvdioq,
 1 water,' tvrsqov, ' intestine,'and xtjX.tj,
 1 a tumor.'   Intestinal hernia, the sac
 of which incloses fluid.
   Hydro'a (Path.)  Alhasef, Asen, Boa,
 (ioa,  (iot;,  vSnwa, from  vdoiq, ' water.'
 An affection;* which consists in an ac-
 cumulation of  water or ser#us fluid
 under  the epidermis.   Some have used
 hydro'a synonymously with sudamina,
 others with pemphigus.  In the first
 case, it has  generally, however, been
 written hidro'a, from ISqiog, ' sweat,'
 and  in the latter hydro'a.
    Hydroblepharon (Path.) Hy'drops
  Pal'pebra,   Blepherade'ma   aquo'sum.
 An oedema or watery swelling of the
 eyelids; from vdtaq, ' water,'  and pXt-
  ipaqov, ' eyelid.'
    (G)  Augenliederwassersucht.
    Hydroce'le (Path.)  vSqoxtjXtj, Hy'-
  drops  Scro'ti,  Oscheocele, Oscheophy'-
  ma, fromvdwq, 'water,' and xij/ij,  'a
  tumor.'  A collection of serous fluid in
  the cellular  texture of the  scrotum or
  in some of the coverings, either of the
 testicle or spermatic cord.  To the first
 of these varieties the name — External
Hydrocele, H. ademato'des,  (F) H. par
infiltration has been given ;  and to the
second that of Hydroce'le interna  (F)
H. par epancheraent.   When  the  col-
lection occurs  in the envelope  of the
testicle, it is  called II.  of the  tunica
vaginalis;  and the epithet congenital
is added, when the interior ofthe mem-
brane, in which it is situated, still com-
municates freely with the cavity of the
abdomen.   When it exists  in the sper-
matic cord, it is called encys'ted, or
diffu'sed  Hydroce'le  of  the spermat'ic
cord, as the case may be.  The tumor
of the distended  scrotum is oblong;
greater  below  than above ;  indolent
and  semi-transparent.   When  it be-
comes inconveniently large,  the  fluid
may  be  evacuated  by  puncturing  it
with a trocar, but, as the fluid collects
again, this  operation can only be con-
sidered palliative.   The radical  cure
consists in injecting, through the canu-
la of the  trocar, which  has been left
in after  puncturing,  some  irritating
liquid, as  wine.  This  is left  in the
tunica vaginalis for a few minutes and
then withdrawn.  The  coat inflames ;
adhesion takes place, and the cavity is
obliterated.  (G) Wasserbruch.
   Writers.  John Douglas, Lond.
1755.  Else, Lond. 1776.  W. Dease,
1798.   B.  Bell, Edinb.  1794.  Sir
 James Earle,  Lond. 1803.  J. How-
 ard  (cure by seton),  Lond. 1783.  T.
 Keate,  Lond.  1788.    T. Ramsden,
 Lond. 1811.  P.  Pott, Lond. 1773.  J.
 Holbrook, Lond. 1825.   R. Bingham,
 Lond.1820.
  Hydrocephalus (Path.) Hydroceph'-
 alum, Hydroceph'ale., vdqoxupaXov, vdqo-
 y.tipaXog,  from vdwq,  ' water,'  and xt-
 ipu7.tj, the ' head.'  Water in the  head,
 Dropsy of the head, Hy'drops Cap'itis,
 Dropsy  of the  brain.   A  collection of
 water within the head.  It may be in-
 ternal or external.
    The  HYDROCEPH1 ALUS INTER'-
  NUS, Hydrocephalus  Acu'tus, Hydrcn-
  ceph'alus, Fe'bris Hydrocephal'ica, Apo-
 plex'ia hydrocephal'ica, Ca'rus hydro-
  cephalus,  is  seated in  the interior of
  the brain, and is observed particularly
  in childhood.  Its march is extremely
  acute and often  very rapid}. admitting,
  generally, however,  of division into
  tlrree stages.   The  symptoms of the
 first stage are those of general febrile
  irritation,  with  headache, intolerance
  of  light  and  sound,  delirium, &c.
  Those of  the second, which generally
  denote, that the inflammation has end-
  ed in effusion ;  are, great slowness of 
       HYDROCIRSOCELE       5

pulse, crying out as if in distress, moan-
ing, dilated  pupil, squinting, &c.  and
lastly, in the  third stage ; — profound
stupor, paralysis, convulsions, involun-
tary  evacuations,  quick  pulse,  and
frequently death.
  The disease is of uncertain duration;
sometimes, destroying  in two or three
days, at  others, extending  to two or
three weeks. The prognosis is unfavor-
able.   The treatment must be most
active during the stage of excitement,
and  precisely that necessary  in phre-
nitis. In the second stage, the indica-
tion  is ; — to promote the absorption of
the effused  fluid.  This must be done
by   counterirritants,   and  mercury,
chiefly.   On dissection, in these  cases,
water is generally found in the ventri-
cles, or  at  the base of the brain;  or
there are signs  of previous, vascular
excitement,  effusions  of  coagulable
lymph, &c.
  (F) Hydrocephale aigu,  Fitvre ciri-
brale des Enfans.
  (G)  Wasserkopf,  Kopfwas-
s e r s u c h t.
  The  HYDROCEPHALUS  CHRON'-
ICUS,   Hydrencephaloce'le,   Hy'drops
Cap'itis,  Hydrocephalus exter'nus of
some,  commonly commences' at  an
early period of existence, and, the ac-
cumulation  of fluid, gradually produ-
ces distention of the brain, and  ofthe
skull, with  separation  of the  sutures.
It generally proves fatal before  pu-
berty.
  The Hydroceph'alus exter'nus of oth-
ers is a mere infiltration into the sub-
cutaneous cellular tissue ofthe cranium.
  Writers on Hydroceph'alus acutus.
C. W.  Qui.v,  Edinb.  1779 (L).   J.
Cheyne, Edinb. 1608,  and Dubl. 1819.
J. M. Coley,  Stourport, 1613.   J. C.
Smyth, Lond. 1814.  G.  D. Yeats,
Lond. 1815.   L. A. Golis, from  the
German  by R.  Gooch,  Lond.  1821.
W. Patterson,  Dubl. 1794.  D. Char-
pentier, Paris, 1829 (F).
  Hydrocirsoce'le (Path.)  fromvSuiq,
' water,'  xiqaog,  ' varix,'  xtjXtj,   ' tu-
mor.'  A tumor, formed by the vari-
cose  distention  of the veins of  the
spermatic cord and by the  accumula-
tion  of serous fluid in the cellular tex-
ture  of the  scrotum.  Hygrocirsocele.
  Hydrocyan'ic  Ac"id  (Mat. Med.)
Ac'Hdum Hydrocyan'icum ;  from vSwq,
' water,' and xvavog, '  blue.'  Prus'sic
Acid, Ac"idum Prus'sicum,  A. Borus'-
sicum,  A.  Zobt'icum,  A.  Zootin'icum.
This acid exists in a  great variety of
native  combinations in the vegetable
00 HYDRO-ENTERO-EPIPLOCELE

 kingdom, and imparts to them certain
 properties,   which  have   been  long
 known and esteemed ;  as in the bitter
 almond, Cherry  laurel, leaves of the
 Peach  tree,  kernels of fruit,  pips of
 apples, &c.   When concentrated, it is
 liquid, colorless,  of a strong smell and
 taste, at first cool, afterwards burning.
 Its s. g. at 7°,  centigrade, is .0.7058.
 It is very volatile and enters into ebul-
 lition at 26°.5, cent. It speedily under-
 goes  decomposition, sometimes in less
 than  an hour, and consists of a peculiar
 gazeous and highly  inflammable com-
 pound  of  carbon and azote, to which
 the name  Cyanogen  has been assign-
 ed;  and of hydrogen,  which acts as
 the  acidifying  principle — hence its
 name Hydrocyanic acid.  According to
 Magendie, the  acid,  prepared  after
 Scheele's  method—the one  in com-
 mon  use — is of irregular medicinal
 power ; he, therefore, recommends Gay
 Lussac's acid, diluted with 6 times its
 volume, or  8.5 times its weight of dis-
 tilled  water,  for medicinal purposes,
 and this he  calls  Medicinal  Prussic
 Acid.  Dr. Ure has proposed, that the
 specific  gravity  should indicate  that
 which is proper for medical  exhibition;
 and, after  comparative  experiments of
 the gravity  of the  acids, obtained by
 different processes, he  states,  that the
 acid, usually  prescribed,  is of s.  g.
 0.996 or 0.997.  Great caution is, how-
 ever,  necessary.   One drop of  pure
 prussic acid instantly destro}rs, and the
 animal shows hardly any traces of irri-
 tability, a  few moments after death.
 It has been advised in tracheal phthisis,
 in  tubercular phthisis, pulmonary in-
 flammation and  irritation,  dyspepsia,
 uterine affections,  hectic cough,  can-
 cer, chronic rheumatism, and mania,
 and as a local remedy in impetiginous
 affections ;  but,  although possessed of
 powerful sedative properties,  it is  so
 unmanageable and the  preparation so
 uncertain,  that it is not much used.
   The dose of Scheele's Acid  or  of
 the Medicinal Prussic Acid  is  from a
 quarter of a drop to two drops.
   Writers. F. Magendie, Paris, 1819
 (F), in  English by James G. Percival,
 New Haven, 1820.   A. B. Granville,
 Lond.  1820.   J.  Elliotson,  Lond.
 1820.
    Hydrocys'tis  (Path.)  from  vdoiq,
 ' water,' and xvarig, ' a bladder.'  A
 cyst  containing  a watery or  serous
 fluid.
   Hy'dro-en'tero-epiploce'le (Path.)
 Hy'dro-epip'lo-en'teroce'le ;  from 
HYDRO-ENTEROMPHALUM   501      HYDROPERICARDIUM
vSwq, ' water,  tvxtqov, ' intestine,'  and
tnmXoov,  ' omentum.'   Enteroepiplo-
cele ; the sac of which contains a se-
rous fluid.
   Hy'dro - ente'ro - epiplompha'lum
(Path.)  from  vSatq, ' water,'  tvxtqov,
' an intestine,' tnmXoov,' the caul,'and
opipaXog, ' the navel.'  Umbilical her-
nia, the sac  of which  contains intes-
tine, epiploon, and  serum.
   Hy'dro- enterom'phalum  (Path.)
Hy dr enter om'phalum ; from vSwq,' wa-
ter,' tvrtqov,  ' an  intestine,'  and ou-
ipa7.og, ' the umbilicus.'   Hernia um-
bilicalis ;  the sac  of which  contains
intestine and serum.
   Hy'dro-epiploce'le  (Path.)  from
i$u>q, ' water,'  trcmX.oov, ' omentum,'
and xijXtj, ' a tumor.'  Hernia, formed
by omentum; the  sac  of which con-
tains serum.
  HY'DRO-EPIp'LO-EN'TEROCE'LE(PatA-)
from vduiq,  '  water,' tTimXoor,   ' the
omentum,' trrtqov,  ' an  intestine,' and
xtjXtj, ' a tumor.' Entero-epiploic  her-
nia ; the sac of which contains serum.
  HY'DRO-EPIPLOMPH'ALUM(P«iA.)from
vdotq, ' water,' trrmX.oov,  ' the  omen-
tum,' and optpuXog,  ' the umbilicus.'
Umbilical hernia;  the  sac of  which
contains epiploon, and serum.
   Hydrog'ala,   from  vSwq,  ' water,'
and yaXa, 'milk.'  A mixture of water
and milk.
   Hydrog'aron (Pharm.)  vSqoyaqov,
 Ga'rum aquo'sum,  a mixture  of water
and garum.   Aetius speaks of vSqoya-
qov xa&aqnxov, or purging hydrogaron.
   Hy'drogi.n (Mat.  Med.)  Hydroge'-
nium,   Inflam'mable air,  Phlogiston
(G) Wa sse r s t o ff, from vdinq,  'wa-
ter,' and ytwaw, 11 produce.'    This
gas, when breathed, kills the animal by
depriving it of oxygen.   When diluted
with two thirds of atmospheric air, it
occasions some diminution of muscular
power and sensibility, and a reduction
of the force of the  circulation.  It has
been respired in catarrh, haemoptysis,
and phthisis.
  The CARBURET'TED  HYDROGEN —
obtained by passing the vapor  of water
over charcoal,  at  the  temperature  of
ignition, in  an iron tube — has been
found possessed of similar  properties,
when  diluted,  and has been used  in
like cases.
   Hydrogeneses  (Nosol.)   Baumes
gives this name to diseases, which he
Fancifully  considers  to  depend  upon
disturbed hydrogenation.  In  it  he in-
cludes  intermittent and  remittent fe-
vers.
   Hydrol'ogy, Hydrolo'gia;   from
vdtoq,' water,'  and Xoyog,' a discourse.
A treatise  on  waters.  By  the term
Medical Hydrol'ogy is meant that part
of physics,  whose object is  the study
of water, considered as it respects med-
icine ;   and consequently  embracing
that of mineral waters.   Medical Hy-
drography comprises the study of the
influence, exerted by the sea or by
navigation on the health of man.
   Hy'dro-Mediasti'na  (Path.)   Effu-
sion of  serous fluid into the mediasti-
num.  (G) Mittelfellwassersucht.
   Hydrom'eli ( Pharm.) vdqoutXi, from
vduq, ' water,'  and ptXi, ' honey.' Aqua
mulsa,  Meliti'tes,  ptXtririjg, Muls'um,
Melic'ratum,   ptXixqarov,   Braggart,
Me'do.   A   liquid   medicine,  pre-
pared with  an ounce  and  a half of
honey and a pint of tepid water.  It is
used as a demulcent and laxative, and
is generally known  under  the name
Simple hy'dromel.  Vi'nous  hy'dromel,
Mead,  Hydrom'eli  vino'sum  is a drink
made by fermenting  honey and water.
It  is  much used as  a  drink in some
countries.  (G) Honigwasser.
   Hydrome'lon  (Pharm.)  vdqoptjXov,
Hydroma'lum, a medicine, composed of
honey,  water, and quince juice.  Dios-
corides, Paulus, &c.
   Hydrome'tra (Path.) Hy'drops u'te-
ri ; from v6*wq,' water,'  and ptjrqa,' the
womb.'  Drop'sy of  the womb.  A dis-
ease, characterized  by  circumscribed
protuberance  in  the  hypogastrium,—
with  obscure fluctuation; — progres-
sively  enlarging,  without  ischury or
pregnancy.   If it ever occur, it  must
be a rare disease.
   (G)  Mutterwassersucht.
   Hydrom'phalum Path.)   from  vSwq,
' water,' and oucpaXog, ' the  navel.'  A
tumor,  formed by  the accumulation of
serum  in the sac of  umbilical hernia;
or simply by distention of the navel in
cases of ascites.
   Hydromyrin'ga (Path.)  from  vSoiq,
' water '; and myringa or myrinx, ' the
membrana tympani.'    Dropsy  of the
drum of the  ear;  giving rise to diffi-
culty of hearing, the Dysecm'a hydrop'-
ica.
    (G)  Paukenhohlenwasser-
sucht.
   Hydropede'sis  (Path.)  from  vdwq,
' water,' and  7rqdaa>,  ' I  break out.'
Excessive sweating.
   Hydropericar'dium  (Path.)  Hydro-
pericar'dia, Hydropericardi'tis — Drop'-
sy of the pericar'dium.  This is not a
 common disease, and it  is  not easily 
HYDROPHOBIA          502        HYDROPHOBIA
distinguished from hydrothorax in gen-
eral. Palpitations; irregular or  inter-
mitting  pulse ;   excessive  dyspnoea,
amounting often to orthopnoea,  will
cause the pericardium to be suspected.
  The treatment is that of dropsies in
general.   It is, usually,  however, of
the active kind.
  (G) Herzbeutelwassersucht.
  Hydropho'bia  (Path)  Lys'sa  ca-
ni'na, Xvaaa,  Pantophobia, Ra'bics ca-
ni'na, Erethis'mus hydropho'bia, Clo'nos
hydropho'bia,  Hygropho'bia,   Canine
madness, from vdo<q, ' water,' and  qo-
$og,' dread.'
  The term Rabies is more appropriate
for the aggregate of symptoms result-
ing from the bite of rabid animals. Hy-
drophobia literally signifies, a ' dread
of water ';  and, consequently,  ought
to be applied  to  one of the symptoms
of rabies  rather than to  the disease
itself.  It is a symptom, which appears
occasionally in  other  nervous  affec-
tions.  Rabies is susceptible of sponta-
neous developement in the dog,  wolf,
cat, and fox ; which can  then transmit
it to other quadrupeds or to man ; but
it has not been  proved that it can  su-
pervene,— without  their having  been
previously bitten,— in animals of other
species;  or  that the latter can, when
bitten, communicate it to others.
  A number of  facts  induce the  be-
lief, that the saliva and bronchial mu-
cus are the sole vehicles of the rabid vi-
rus ; the effects of which upon the  econ-
omy appear, sometimes, almost imme-
diately after the  bite, and  are, at oth-
ers, apparently dormant for a consider-
able period.   Tiie chief symptoms  are
— a sense of dryness and  constriction
ofthe throat; excessive  thirst;  diffi-
cult deglutition ; aversion for, and hor-
ror at, the sight of liquids as well as of
brilliant objects ; red, animated  coun-
tenance ;  great  nervous  irritability;
frothy  saliva ; grinding of the  teeth,
&c.  Death most commonly  happens
before the fifth day.
  Hydrophobia has hitherto resisted all
therepeutical means.   Those, which
allay  irritation, are  obviously  most
called for.  In the way of prevention,
the bitten part should always be  ex-
cised,  where practicable ;  and cauter-
ized.
  In some cases, symptoms, like  those
which follow the bite of  a  rabid ani-
mal, are said to have come on sponta-
neously. This affection has been  term-
ed nervous or spontaneous hydrophobia.
  (F) Hydrophobic, Rage.
   (G)  Wasserscheu,   Hunds-
wuth.
   Writers.   M.  A.  Montisianus,
Venet. 1546 (L).   Jr. Ravelli, Paris,
1696 (F).   Grewe, Lugd.  Bat. 1717
(L).   J.  Astruc, Monspel. 1719 (L).
P.  Desault,  Bordeaux,  1733  (F).
Ketel, Lugd. Bat. 1740 (L).  Schulze,
Hal. 1744  (E).   Andree, Lond.  1746.
Chr. Nugent, Lond. 1753.  Mor\ndi,
Ancona, 1755 (I).   Cl.  Du  C'iioisel,
Paris, 1756 (F).  R. Ames, Lond.  1760.
Hagg, Argent.  1761 (L).  D. P.  Eay-
ard, Lond. 1762.  Cl. Pouteau. Lyon,
1763 (V).  Mangold, Erford, 1765 (L).
Jos. S.  Dal by  (cinnabar and musk in
H.)  Birmingham,  17(54.   J.  P.  Rau-
mkr,  Erfurt,  1765 (G).   A. E. Buch-
ner.  Hal.  1767 (L).  Bvi dot, Paris,
1770 (F).  F. B. Salvages, Paris, 1771
(F).   Strive,  Tips.  1774 (L).   De-
lassone,  Paris,  1776  (F).   I. Lotti,
Ven. 1775  (1).   Heysham, Edinb. 1777
(L).   F. As-n,  Mantua, 1778 (I).   J.
Vaughan, Lond. 1776.   Parry, Ed-
inb. 1776 i\S).   Flachsland, Argent
1780  (L).'  Andry, Paris,  17.-0 (F).
James, lond. 1780.   J.  Kampf, Han-
over, 1780 (G).   Leroux, Dijon, 1760
(F).   Fr. X.  Mezler, Friburg, 1781
(G).  J. H. Munch (belladonnam II.),
Gotting. 1783 (G).   M.  Mederer,
Friburg. 1783 (L).   Mayer, Francf.
Ad  Viadr.  1764  (L).   Stopr, Prag.
1784  (L).    En aux & Chaussier, Di-
jon.  1785  (F).    Luijers, Leid.  1765
(L).   J.  Fehr,  Munster, 1784 (G).
Robert  Hamilton,  Ipswich,   17e5.
Macilwaine, Edinb. 1787 (L). Keup,
Dusseldorf, 1789  (G).   Jesse Foot,
Lond.  1789.   C Fr. B \der, Francf.
1792 (G).   Th. Arnold, Lond.  1793.
J. Mease, Philad. 1793.  Brf.ithaupt,
Gotting. 1794  (L).   S.  G.  Cri sius,
Leipz. 1795 (G). J.  Brockenbrough,
Edinb. 1795 (L).   J. V. Hildenbrand.
Vienn. 1797(G).  C. Paulus, Rinteln.
1796  (d).   P. F.  Rosfrus, Stettin,
1797 (G).   J. Fr. Sand  (police regard-
ing),  Erlang.  1798 (G).   R. Hamil-
ton. Lond. 1798.   Haase, Lips.  1801
(L).  Bosqiillon, Paris,  1801  (F).
R. Pearson (in favor of an inflamma-
tory diathesis in H.), Lond 1807. James
Mease (on the inflammatory nature of
H.) Philad. 1801. G. Wedekind. Augs-
burg, 1603 (G).  P. E. Debrez, Paris,
1604 (F).   G. Zinke, Jena, 1804 (G).
J.  V. A.  Memon, Paris,  1806 (F).
G'.  Lipscombe,  Lond.  1807.  S.   A.
Bardsley,  Lond. 1807.   F. W.   G.
Benedict, Leipz. 1808.   Ch. F.  Har-
les,  Francf. 1809  (G).   J. Fr.   A. 
HYDROPHTHALMIA       503
HYDROPS
 Lalouette,  Paris, 1812 (F).    G.
 Pinckard, Lond. 1808.   James Gill-
 man, Lond. 1812.  B. Moseley, Lond.
 1809.   H.  G.  Bouqt et-Lagenevre,
 Paris, 1813 (F).  J. O'Donnel, Lond.
 1813.   Busnout,  Paris,  1814 (F).  F.
 M.  Billy,  Paris,  1814  (F).   J.  B.
 Bli.yme,  Paris,  1815  (F).    Reid,
 Dublin,  1817.   C.  Guber,  Vienna,
 lolS (G).   C. H. Parry, Lond. 1814.
 A.   Marshall  (morbid  anat.  of  the
 brain in  H.), by  S.  Sawrey, Lond.
 1815.   John   Murray.  Lond.  1830.
 W.  Youatt, Lond. 1830.
  Hydrophthal'mia   ( Path.)'  from
 vbiaq,' water,' and oipdaXpog,' the eye.'
 Drop'sy ofthe Eye.   Oc'ulus Bovi'nus,
 Oc'ulus  Bu'bulus, Oc'ulus Elephan'ti-
 nus,Ophthalmopto'sis, Parop'sis Staphy-
 lo'ma simplex. This affection is caused,
 at times, by an increase in the quantity
 of the aqueous, at others, of the vitre-
 ous, humor.   In the former case, the
 iris  is concave  anteriorly, and pushed
 backwards: — in the latter, it is con-
 vex, and pushed forwards.  Most com-
 monly, the disease seems to depend on
 both  humors  at the same time.  Hy-
 drophthalmia  sometimes  affects both
 eyes; at  others, only  one.  Children
 are  more exposed to it than adults or
 old persons.   The treatment must vary
 according to the causes ; its longer or
 shorter duration; greater or less extent,
 &c.  Hence,  according  to  circum-
 stances, hydragogue medicines,  purga-
 tives, general and  local  blood-letting,
 blisters, setons, moxa,  cupping-glasses,
 fomentations,  collyria, and fumigations
 of different kinds have been employed.
 When all means fail, and the disease
 continues to make progress,  the fluid
 may be evacuated, by a puncture made
 with a cataract needle at  the  lower
 part of the transparent cornea.
  (F) Hydropthalmie,   Hydropisie  de
 Vail.
  (G) Augenwassersucht.
  Writer.  Luke, Jenae, 1803.
 Hydrophthal'mion (Path.) vdqoq>-9a7.-
 pior.  An oedematous  swelling of the
 conjunctiva in hydropic persons.
  Hy'dro -physoce'le  (Surg.  Path.)
 from vdtaq, ' water,'  ipvaa,' wind,' and
 xtjXtj, ' a tumor.'  Hernia, which con-
 tains a serous  fluid  and gas : — vSqotpv-
 ooxi^/.t]. Hydropneumatoce'le, iiSqonvtv-
paroxtjXij.  (G) Wasserwindbruch.
  Hydrop'ic  (Path.) Hydrop'icus,—
 Hyphy'dros,  vipviqog.   One,  laboring
under dropsy.
    (F) Hydropique.
  Hydropneumo'nia (Path.) Hy'drops
 Pulmo'num, from  vSwq,  ' water,' and
 nvtvpwv,' the lung.' Infiltration ofthe
 lungs.   (G) Lungenwassersucht.
   Hydropneumosar'ca  (Surg. Path.)
 from vdo>q,' water,'  nvtvpa,' wind, air,
 and ffap|, ' flesh.' An abscess, contain-
 ing water, air, and matters similar to
 flesh.  M. A. Severinus.
   Hydropoi'des (Path.) i<6*qwnotidijc,
 from vduiq,' water,' and noitoi,' I make.'
 Watery excretions,  such as sometimes
 take place in Hydropics.
   Hydrop'ota (Path.)  rdqoirorij:, Po-
 ta'tor. A'qua, from  vSviq, ' water," and
 Tiortjg, ' a drinker.'   A  Water drinker.
 One who drinks only water, or drinks
 it in an extraordinary quantity.
   Hy'drops  (Path.) vhwixp, from iSwq,
 'water,'  Phlegma'tia,  Estiska (Arab.),
 Drop'sy, Hyd'eros, vStqog.  A preter-
 natural  collection of a  serous fluid in
 any cavity of the body, or in the cel-
 lular texture.  When the cellular tex-
 ture of the whole body is more or less
 filled with fluid, the disease is  called
 Anasarca or Leucophlegmatia; — and
 when this variety is local or partial, it
 is called  Oedema.   The chief dropsies,
 designated from their seat, are: — Ana-
 sarca,  Hydrocephalus,  Hydrorachitis,
 Hydrothorax, Hydropericardia, Ascites,
 Hydrometra, Hydrocele, &c.
   Encyst'ed Drop'sy, Hy'drops saccfd-
 tus, incarcera'tus vel cys'ticus, is that
 variety, in which the  fluid is inclosed
 in a sac or cyst; so  that it has no com-
 munication with the surrounding parts.
 Dropsy of the Ovarium, Hy'drops  Ovc'-
 rii, Asci'tes Ova'rii, Asci'tes sacca'tus,
 is an instance of this variety.
   Dropsy may  be  active or  passive.
 The former  consists in an increased
 action of the  exhalants, so that  those
 vessels pour out much more fluid than
 is absorbed: the latter arises from  a
 state of atony of the absorbent vessels,
 which  allows of an accumulation of
 fluid.
   Active dropsy, occurring accidentally
 in a .sound  individual, generally  ends
 favorably.  Those, which supervene on
 other diseases, or are  symptomatic of
 some internal affection, are rarely cu-
 rable.
   The treatment consists in the use of
 all those remedies,  which act on the
 various secretions :  so that the demand
 being increased, the supply will  have
 to be increased accordingly; and in this
 manner some of the  collected fluid may
 be  taken  up  by the absorbents.  To
this end, bleeding, if the dropsy be very
active ;  purgatives ; diuretics;  sudo- 
HYDROPYRETOS
504
HYDROTHORAX
rifics; sialogogues, &c, are the reme-
dies chiefly depended upon.
  (F) Hydropisie.    (G)  Wasser-
suc h t.
  Writers. C. Piso or Le Pois,Ponte
ad  Monticulum, 1618 (L).   W, Rol-
fink, Jenae, 1657 (L).   H.  Conring,
Helmst.  1650 (L).  G. W. Wedel,
Jenae, 1685 (L).   E.  Bensheim, Lips.
1699 (L).  J. Vesti, Erford.  1712(E).
M. Alberti, Hal. 1727 (L). Sciiulze,
Hal. 1743 (L).   A. E. Buchner, Hal.
1766 (L).  Nicolai, Hal. 1754 (L).   G.
F. Bacher, Paris, 1705 (F).   Other
works, Paris, 1769 and 1776(F).  Dai-
gnan, Paris, 1777(F). R.Wilkes, App.
by N. Falck,  Lond.  1777.  Sir  Fr.
Milmann, Viennae, 1779 (L), and Lond.
1786 (E), by F. Swediaur. Ernst, Erl.
1783 (L).   W. Withering,  Birming-
ham, 1765.  Aasheim, Havn. 1797 (L).
Murray,  Upsal.  1785 (L).   Mayer,
Regiom.  1786 (L).  D. Lysons, Bath,
17&3.  Schwenkers, Dresd. 1767 (G).
Mezler, Ulm.  17o7(G).  J. M. Hof-
mann, Francf. 1788 (G). lMANS,Lugd.
Bat. 1789 (L).  Donald Monro, Lond.
1755. Lawrence, Lond. 1756.  Ne-
bel, Heidelb.  1789 (L).  Gichelhok,
Ultraject. 1790 (L).  Grapengiesser,
Gotting.  1795 (L).   Tuffelhuth,
Erford. 1795 (L).  D. W. Sachtleben,
DMitzig,  1795  (G).    Kuettlinger,
Enano-.  1797 (L).   Bockmann,  Erlang.
1800 (L). Wilson, Edinb. 1800 (L).  I.
G. Knf.bel, Bresl. 1801  (G).  Godinez
de Paz,  Madrid,  1802 (S).  Shuttle-
worth, Liverpool, 1808. G. Breschet
(on  active  D.),  Paris, 1812 (F).   T.
Blackall, Lond. 1813.  G. Gregory,
Lond. 1819. W. Stoker,  Dubl. 1823.
Jos. Ayre, Lond. 1.^25.  A. Portal,
Paris, 1824 (F).  R. Venables, Lond.
1824.
  Hydropyr'etos (Path.) vSqorrvqtrog,
from vSwq,' water,'  and rcvqtrog,  ' fe-
ver.'  Fever with sweating. Hidropyr'-
etos would be more proper, from Idqwg,
' sweat.'
  Hydror'achis  (Path.)  from vdaq,
1 water,' and qa%ig,' the spine.'  Hydro-
rachi'tis, Spi'na bifida, Hy'drops me-
dul'la spina'lis,  Hydroce'le  spina'lis,
Hydrorachi'ti.s spino'sa, Hy'drops  spi'-
na, Spin'ola.  A soft, frequently trans-
parent, tumor; formed by the membranes
of the spinal marrow, being distended
and  projecting backwards  from  the
vertebral canal, the posterior paries  of
which is wanting  to a  certain  extent.
The disease is often accompanied with
paralysis of the lower extremities.  It
is congenital, and situated in the lumbar
or sacral regions.  It is almost always
fatal: — the tumor rupturing, and death
occurring  instantaneously.  On dissec-
tion, a simple separation or complete
absence of the spinous processes of the
vertebras is perceived,  with, at  times,
destruction or absence of spinal mar-
row.  The treatment is the same as in
hydrocephalus chronicus; and, as in it,
advantage seems occasionally to have
been derived by puncturing with a fine
needle.
  (G) Riickgratwassersucht.
  Writers.  J. Pandolphinus,  No-
rimb. 1674 (L).  A. J. van der Meer,
Duisb. 1729 (L).  F. L. Augustin, Hal.
1797 (L).  F. H.  Schuchardt, Mar-
burg, 1817 (L).
  Hydrorrhod'inon (Pharm.)  vSqoq-
qoSivov, from iidwq, ' water,' and  qodov,
' a rose.'  A  medicine, composed  of
water and  oil of roses.  Gorrasus.
  Hodrosac'charum  (Pharm.)   t'dqo-
aax/aqov,  A'qua sacchara'ta; Sugared
water.
    (F) Eau  sucree.
    (G) Zuckerwasser.
  Hydrosar'ca  (Path.)  from   vdmq,
' water,' and  oaq$, ' flesh.'  A tumor,
containing a fluid as well as portions of
flesh.   Also, Anasarca.
  Hydrosarcoce'le (Surg. Path.) from
vSwq,  ' water,' oaqi, ' flesh,' and x^Xij,
1 a tumor.' Sar'co-hydroce'le.  A tumor,
formed by a sarcocele, complicated with
dropsy ofthe  tunica vaginalis.
  Hydrostjlphuret'ted Water (Mat.
Med.) A'qua hydrosulphura'ta sim'plex.
(Sulphuret of iron 1000 parts, sulphuric
acid 2000 parts, distilled  water 4000
parts; add the water to the acid, and
put the sulphuret of iron  into a retort,
to which a Wolff's apparatus of 5 or
6 vessels is adapted : the last contain-
ing about an ounce of potassa, dissolved
in a quart  of  water.  Pour the diluted
acid gradually on  the sulphuret: and,
ultimately, throw away the water in
the last vessel. Ph. P.)  It is stimulant,
diaphoretic,  and deobstruent,  and  is
used in rheumatism, diseases of the
skin, &.-c.
   (F) Eau hydrosulphuree simple.
  It has beenj also, called Ac'Hdum Hy-
drolhion'icum liq'uidum.
  Hydrotho'rax  (Path.) from  vSu)q,
' water,' and  &u>qa'£,  ' the chest.' Hy'-
drops  Thora'cis,   Hy'drops  pec'toris,
Hy'drops  pulmo'nis. iSqiaxp nvtvuovog.
Idiopathic  Hydrothorax,  termed,  by
Laennec, Hydropisie despUvres,Drop-
sy of the Pleura, is. a very rare disease,
and very difficult of diagnosis.  It gen- 
HYDROTIS
505
HYLE
erally exists only on one side; which,
if the fluid effused be  considerable,
projects more than the other.  Dyspnoea,
and fluctuation perceptible to the ear,
are the only characteristic symptoms.
When the chest is  examined with  the
stethoscope, respiration is found  to be
wanting every where, except at the root
ofthe lung.
  Effusion  into the chest, as  a result of
inflammation of some thoracic viscus,
is as common as the other is rare.  It
is usually a fatal symptom. It has been
called symptomatic hydrothorax.
  In Hydrothorax, the course of treat-
ment,  proper  in dropsies in general,
must be adopted.  Diuretics seem, here,
to be  especially  useful; probably on
account of the great activity of pulmo-
nary absorption. Paracentesis can rare-
ly, if ever,  be serviceable.
  (F) Hydropisie de Poitrine,  II. des
plevres.
  (G) Brustwassersucht.
  Writers.  Furstenau, Rintel. 1721
(L).   Teichmeyer,  Jenae, 1727 (L).
Bergf.r, Paris, 1736 (F).   Bovillet,
Beziers, 1758 (F).   Vogel, Gotting.
1763  (L).   Hill,   Edinb.  1783 (L).
Arntz, Hal. 17-;T (L).  Bohmer, Hal.
1784 (L).   Gehleti, Lips. 1780 (L).
Johnston, Edinb. 1794 (L).  Knebel,
Erford. 1795 (L).  Titius, Vittenberg,
1795 (L).   Jancke, Hal.  1797 (L).
Fr. Chardel, Paris, 1799 (F).   Otto,
Francf. ad  Viadr.  1800 (L).  Kelly,
Edinb. 1801 (L).  F. M. Genard, Paris,
1802 (F).  M. J. Delbarrf, Paris, 1802
(F).  Brown, Edinb. 1802 (L).   A. H.
Lerocx, Paris, 1803 (F).  D. Tipaldo
Xidian, Paris, l6(;:i (F).  N. T.  La-
croisade,  Paris, 1804 (F).  A. B. Poir-
sos, Paris. 1804(L). P. Ph. le Prevost,
Paris,  1-')4(L).  Bluemm,  Virceburg,
1806 (L).  Desmaroux, Paris, 1810 (F).
L Maclean, Sudburv,  1810.  J. Mer-
cier, Paris, 1810(F). R. N. M. Morice,
Paris, 1813(F).  J. B.  M. Michelot.
Paris, 1*15 (F).
  Hydro'tis (Path.) from vdwo,' water,
and  cos, ' the ear.'  Dropsy  of the
 ear.                    „
   Hygei'dion  (Pharm.)  vyndiov. The
name  of a collyrium,  referred  to by
Paulus of iEgina.
   Hygiene (Med.) from vyttia,' health.'
 Hygia'sis,  Hygiei'a; Conservati'va me-
dici'na; vyitivr, from vyitjg, ' healthy.'
That part of Medicine,  whose object is
the preservation of health.  It embraces
a knowledge  of healthy man, both in
society and individually, as well as of
the objects used and enjoyed by him,
with their influence on his constitution
and organs.
    (G)  Gesundheitslehre.
  Writers. Lo.umius, Leyd. 1724(L).
Ramazzini.  John  of Milan (Schola
Salernitana), Roterod. 1649 (L).   G.
Cheyne, Lond.  1734.  Stentzeliu9,
Ghent, 1744 (Gr. and Lat.) '  Gaubius,
Leyd.  1747 (L).   Platnf.r  (evils  of
want of cleanliness),  Dresd.  1750(G).
Mackenzie,  1759.  J. Rolle (in  the
W. Indies), Lond. 1783.  A. Harper,
Lond. 1789.   J. Bell, M-  D. (at Sierra
Leone), Lond.  1791.   W.  Falconer
(of agriculturists), Bath, 1789.  C.  W.
Hufeland (art of prolonging life),(G).
in Engl. Lond. 1797: in (F)  by Jour-
dan,  Paris,   1*23.   Th.  Garnett,
Lond.  1800.   Beddoes,  Lond.  1806.
Sir  John Sinclair, Lond. 1607.   W.
A.  Pearkes (of sedentary  persons),
Lond.  1819.  S. Ricketson.  N. York,
1806.  E. Foderf, Paris, 1622(F).  E.
Tourtelle,  by Bricheteau,  Paris,
1623 (F).  G. Macilvain, Lond. 1824.
Sir  A. Clarke,  Lond. 1624.   Ch.
Londe, Paris, 1-27 (F).  A. B. Gran-
ville (catechism of health), Lond. 1831.
   Hygra (Pharm.) from vSoiq,' water,'
or ryqog,  'humid.'  Liquid plasters.—
llygremplas'tra.
   Hygroblephar'icus (Anat.)  from
vyqog,' humid,' and i/.tqaqor,' eyelid.'
Hygrophthal'micus.   The   excretory
ducts of the lachrymal gland  have been
so called.
   Hygrocollyr'ium  (Pharm.)  from
iyqog,  ' humid, and  xo'u.vqiov, ' a  col-
lyrium.' A collyrium, composed chiefly
of liquid substances.
   Hygrol'ogy (.Inat.)  ZoOch'ymy,—
from ryqog, ' humid,' and /.uyos,' a  dis-
course.'   The anatomy of the fluids of
the body.
   Hygrom'etry (Phys.)'Hygrome'tria,
Hygrosco'pia;  from  vyqog,   ' humid,'
and ptxqov,  ' measure.'  The part of
Physics, which concerns  the  measure-
ment of  the dryness or humidity ofthe
atmosphere.  It is  probable, that  dis-
eases are as frequently caused by the
varying  moisture  of  the atmosphere,
as by changes in its weight or temper-
ature.  The  hygrometer  ought, conse-
quently, to form part of every apparatus
for  medical  meteorological  observa-
tions.
   Hygrom'yron  (Pharm.)  vyqopvqw,
from iiyqog,  ' moist,' and uvqov, ' an
ointment.'  A liquid ointment.
   Hy'le ; vXtj, Mate'ria,  Matter.  Ma- -
teria Medica: — also, the  Philosopher's
Stone. 
HYLOPHAGOUS         506          HYOSCYAMUS
   Hyloph'agous  (Hyg.)  from  vXtj,
 ' wood,' and ipayw,  ' I eat.'  One, that
 feeds upon the young shoots of trees,
 roots, &c.  Hylophagous tribes yet ex-
 ist in some parts of Africa.
   Hy'.men (Anat.) iutjv, which signifies,
 in Greek, ' marriage,' ' nuptial song,'
 ' membrane  or  pellicle.'   Claus'trum
 virginita'tis, Cir'culus membrano'sus,
 Buc'ton.   The semilunar, parabolic, or
 circular fold, situated  at the outer ori-
 fice of the vagina in virgins, especially
 during  youth,  and prior  to  menstrua-
 tion.    This membrane- is  ordinarily
 ruptured by the first venereal act, and
 is effaced  by  accouchement; some  ir-
 regular flaps remaining,  to which the
 name   Carun'cula  Myrtifor'mes   has
 been  o-iven-, by reason of their resem-
 blance  to  the  leaves of the  myrtle.
 Many circumstances, of an innocent
 character,  may occasion a  rupture  or
 destruction of this  membrane.  It  is
 often, indeed, found absent in children
 soon after birth ;  whilst it may remain
 entire after copulation.  Hence, the pres-
 ence of the hymen does not absolutely
 prove virginity ;  nor does its absence,
 incontinence -.  although  its presence
 would be primd facie evidence  of con-
 tinence.
    (G)  Jungfernh'autchen.
   Hymenog'raphy (Anat.)  Hymeno-
 gra'phia, from tp>,v,' a membrane,' and
 yqatpoi,' I describe.'  That part of anat-
 omy, whose object is the description  of
 the different membranes.
    (G) Hautebeschreibung.
  Hymenol'ogy (Anat.) Hymenolo'gia,
 from rutjv, ' a  membrane,' and  Xoyog,
 ' a description.'  A treatise on the mem-
 branes.
  Hymenot'omy  (Anat.)  Hymenoto'-
 mia,  from  i'prv,  ' a membrane,'  and
rtpvu), '  I cut,' ; I dissect.'  The part of
 anatomy, which treats ofthe dissection
of  membranes.  The  term  has,  also,
been  applied to  the  incision  of  the
hymen,  practised in  certain cases of
imperforation of the vagina, in order
to give exit to  the blood, retained  and
accumulated in  the cavity of the ute-
 rus.
  (G) H'autezergliederung.
  Hy'o-epiglot'ticus (Anat.) Belong-
ing to the os hyoides and  epiglottis.
 Some anatomists have given the name
 Hyo-epiglottic  ligament to a bundle of
 condensed cellular, tissue, which passes
 from the posterior part of the body of
 the hyoid  bone to the  base of the  epi-
 glottic fibrocartilage.
   Hyoglos'sus (Anat.) Hy'o-chon'dro-
 glos'sus, Hypsiloglos'sus, Cer'ato-glos'-
 sus of Douglas and Cowper ; — Basio-
 Cer'ato- Chon'dro-glos'sus.  A  large,
 thin, quadrilateral muscle, situated at
 the anterior  and superior  part of the
 neck.  Its insertions, at three different
 points  of the os hyoides, permit  it to
 be divided into  three portions: — the
first  (Cerato -glossus of Albinus), is
 attached to  the  great cornu of the os
 hyoides : the second (Basio-glossus of
 Albinus), arises from the superior part
 of the body of the same bone :  and the
 third (Chondro - glossus of  Albinus),
 arises from the lesser cornu and the car-
 tilage situated between the body and
 greater cornu. The fibres of these three
 bundles are inserted into the lateral and
 inferior parts of the tongue. This mus-
 cle depresses the base ofthe tongue, or
 raises the os hyoides, when the tongue
is fixed.
   Hyoi'des,  Os  (Anat.)  Os Bicor'ne,
 Os hypseloi'des,  Os  Lambdol'des, Os
 Gul'turis, Os Lin'gua, Os Lingua'le,
votidtlg,vipi7.oti3t;g, Upsiloi'des, Ypsilol-
des. The Hyoid Bone; from the Greek
v and tiSog, ' shape ': having the form
of the upsilon.   The hyoid bone  is a
very movable, osseous arch; of a para-
bolic  shape;  convex before, and  sus-
pended  horizontally in the substance of
the soft parts of the neck, between the .
base of  the  tongue  and  the  larynx.
This bone, separated entirely from the
rest ofthe skeleton, is composed of five
distinct  portions, susceptible of motion
on each other.  The first and most cen-
tral is the body of the hyoid, Ossiculum
medium Hyoidis,  which affords attach-
ment  to  several  muscles;  the  two
others are lateral, and bear the name
of branches or greater cornua.  The
two last are smaller, situated above the
other, and are known under the name
lesser cornua.  The os hyoides is ossi-
fied from five points.
    (G)  Zun ge nbe in.
  Hyoscy'amus (Mat. Med.) vooxvapog,
from vg,' a swine,' and xvapog,' a bean.'
Fa'ba suil'la ; — Bengi,  Jusqui'amus,
Hen'bane; Hyoscy'amus ni'ger, Apol-
lina'ris  alter'cum, Alter'cum, Ag'one,
Altercan'genon.  The leaves and seeds
are the parts used in medicine.  Their
odor is  narcotic  and  peculiar;  taste
insipid  and  mucilaginous.   The  vir-
tues are  yielded to proof spirit.  The
hyoscyamus   is   narcotic,  anodyne,
antispasmodic, and slightly stimulant.
It is  used as a substitute for opium,
where the latter disagrees; and is ap-
plied, externally, as  a  cataplasm  in 
HYPALEIPTHON        507         HYPNOTERION
cancer and glandular swellings.  Dose,
gr. iij to x ofthe powder.
;.; (F) Jusquiaume, Fbve a cochon, Han-
nebane, Potelce.
   (G)Bilsenkraut,  Schlaf-
k rau t.
   The  HYOSCY'AMUS  AL'BUS  or
White Hen'bane  possesses similar vir-
tues.
  Hypaleip'tron   (Pharm.)  vnaXsi-
nrqov,  Hypaleip'trum, Specil'lum, Spa-
tha.  A sort of spatula for spreading
ointments.  Hippocr.
  Hype'ne (Anat.) irrttjvtj.  The beard,
which grows under the  chin, according
to some.  Also, the upper lip.  Vesa-
lius.
  HyperjEsthe'sis (Path.) from vntq,
' above,,' and aia&tjoig, ' the faculty of
feeling.'   Excessive sensibility.
  Hyperauxe'sis  (Path.)  from vntq,
' over,' ' above,' and aihjoig,' augmen-.
tation.'  Hyperepid'osis.  Excessive in-
crease  or  enlargement  of a part: — as
Hyperauxe'sis Ir'idis, an excessive en-
largement of the  iris so as to stop up
the pupil.
  Hyperbol'ic, At'titude (Path.) vrcq-
RoXixog, excessive.  Galen,  by  this
term, designates  certain extraordinary
attitudes,  in which the  limbs  and  ver-
tebral column are in a state of complete
extension  or flexion.
  Hyperbo'rean  (Race)  from vntq,
e beyond,' and fioqtag, ' the north wind.'
A race  of men, found at the  extreme
north  of  the two continents,  in the
vicinity ofthe polar circle.   It includes
the Thibetans, Ostiaks,  Kamtschadales,
Laplanders,  Samoiedes,   Esquimaux,
&c.  See Homo.
  Hypercathar'sis (Therap.) intoxa-
fraqoig, Hyperine'sis, Hyperi'nos, Su-
perpurga'tio, from vntq, ' in excess,'
and xa9aqoig, ' purgation.'  Superpur-
gation.
  Hypercorypho'sis (Anat.) i.xtqxo-
qvipioaig, from into,  ' above,' and xoqv-
iptj,  ' the  vertex.'  The lobes of the
liver and  lungs.  Hippocr.
  Hyper'crisis  (Path.)   vntqxqioig,
from vntq,' upon or above,' and xqivw,
' I   separate.'  Superexcre'lio,   Super-
evacua'tio.  An  excessive  crisis. — A
very violent, critical effort, or  too copi-
ous critical evacuations. Galen.
  Hypere'sia  (Path.)  v.rtjqtoia,  '  a
ministry.'  This  word is sometimes ap-
plied to the organs; —  when it  means
function.
  Hyperestheni'a  (Path.) from vntq,
1 beyond,' and a&tvog, ' strength-'  Ex-
cessive strength.
  Hypericum baccif'erum (Mat. Med.)
Arbus'cula  gummif'era  Brazilien'sis,
Caa-opia. A Brazilian tree, whose bark
emits a juice, when  wounded,  which
resembles Camboge.
   HYPER'ICUM PERFORATUM (Mat.
Med.)   Fuga Dam'onum,  Androsa'-
mum,  Co'rion,' Perforated or Common
St. John's Wort, v.xtqixov, Hyper'icum.
It is aromatic and astringent, and enters
into a number of aromatic preparations ;
and,  amongst others,  into the Fall-
trancks.  The Oil of St. John's Wort,
 O'leum hyper'ici, Bal'samum hyper'ici
sim'plex,  is made,  by infusing § iv of
the  flowers in a quart of olive oil.  It
is vulnerary.
   (F)  Millepertuis ordinaire.
   (G) Johanniskraut.
   Hypero'a (Anat.) vntqviu, from vntq,
'  upon,' and toov, ' a high place.'  The
palatine arch; — the  base of  the cra-
nium.
   Hypersarco'ma  (Path.)  Hypersar-
co'sis, vntqoaqxoiaig, from vntq,' above,'
and aaqg, ' flesh.'    A  soft,  fungous
excrescence, especially such as appears
upon ulcerated parts.  Galen.
   Hyperstheni'a  (Path.)  Hyperdy-
namia, Hyperzoodyna'mia, Sta'tus in-
flammato'rius ve'rus.  Superexcitement.
A morbid condition, characterized  by
over excitement  of all the  vital phe-
nomena.
     (G) Lebensiiberkraft.
   Hyperto'nia   (Path.)  from   vntq,
' beyond,'  and rovog, ' tone.'   Excess
of tone in  parts.   It  is opposed  to
atony.
   Hyper'trophy  (Path.)   Hypertro'-
phia, from i.rtq, 'beyond,'  and  rqoiptj,
' nourishment.'  The state of a part,
in  which  the  nutrition is  performed
with greater  activity ; and  which,  on
that account, at length acquires con-
siderable bulk.
   Hypex'odos (Path.)  vmiodog, from
.vtio,  ' beneath,'  and tgoSog, ' passing
out.'  An alvine discharge or  flux.
Hippocr.                     .
   Hypno'des (Path.)  invoiStjg,  from
invog,' sleep.' One, in a state of slum-
ber or somnolency,
   Hypnolog"ica  (Hyg.) Hypnolog"-
ice, i.TvoXoytxtj.  The part of Dietetics,
which treats of sleep.
   Hypnol'ogy (Hyg. & Physiol.) Hyp-
nolo'gia, from imvog,' sleep,' and Xoyog,
' a discourse.'  Same  etymon.   A trea-
tise on sleep.
   Hypnote'rion  (Pharm.) vnvoxrtjqiov.
 The  name of an  epithem, of  whicb
| Aetius speaks.   Gorr^us, 
HYPOCARODES         508      HYPOCHONDRIASIS
   Hypocaro'des  (Path.)  vnoxa<u)Svtg,
 Sub sopor a'tus.  One,  who is in a state
 approaching carus.  Hippocr.
   Hypocathar'sis  (Therap.)  inoxa-
 ■daqotg,  from vno, ' beneath,'  and  xa-
 ■daqotg,  ' purgation.'   Too feeble pur-
 gation.  A word,  opposed to hyperca-
 tharsis.  Hippocr., Galen.
   Hypocaus'tum, from ? .to,  'beneath,'
 and xaioi, ' I burn.'   A  name,  given
 to a stove, or any such contrivance to
 sweat in.   Also,  a   furnace  in any
 subterraneous  place, used for heating
 baths: — i.ioxuvorov, Balnearium, Va-
 porarium.
   Hypocercha'leon (Path.)  vnoxtqya-
 X.sov.  Roughness  of the fauces affect-
 ing the voice.  Hippocr.
   Hypochlorom'elas (Path.) i^iroyX.oi-
 qoptXug, Subpal'lide nigricans.  A term,
 applied to one whose skin is pale ; with
 a blackish hue.  Hippoc r., Galen.
   Hypociio.n'dre  (Anat.) Hypochon'-
 drium, Subcartilagin'eum, Re'gio Hy-
 pochondri'aca, Ilypochon'driac Re'gion,
 from  t'7ro, ' under,' and yovdqog,  ' a
 cartilage.'  Each  lateral  and superior
 region  of the abdomen  is  so  called,
 because it is bounded by the cartilagin-
 ous margin of the false  ribs, which
 forms the base of the chest.  There is
 a right and a left hypochondrium.
   Hypochon'driac (Path.) Hypochon-
 dri'acus, vnoyovdqiaxog ;  same etymon.
 Belonging to hypochondriasis.   One,
 laboring under hypochondriasis.
   Hypochondriasis   (Path.)  Same
 etymon. Alu'sia hypochon'drias, Mor'-
 bus hypochondri'acus, Mal'um hypo-
 chondri'acum, Hallucina'tio hypochon-
 dri'asis,  Dyspep'sia hypochondriasis,
 Ghe*nm (Arab.), Pas'sio  hypochondr'J-
 aca,  Affec'tio  hypochondri'aca,  Fo'-
 mes ventric'uli,  Hyp'o,  Spleen,-^-the
 Va'pors,  the  En'glish Mal'ady,  Low
 Spir'its.   This disease  is probably  so
 called, from the circumstance of some
 hypochondriacs having felt an  uneasy
 sensation in the hypochondriac regions.
 The  disease  seems really to  be,  as
 Pinel has classed it, a species of neu-
 rosis and of mental alienation,  which
 is observed in  persons, who, in other
 respects, are of sound judgment, but
 who reason  erroneously on  whatever
 concerns  their  own  disease.  Hypo-
 chondriasis  is characterized  by disor-
, dered digestion, without fever or local
 lesion ;   flatulence;  borborygmi;  ex-
 treme increase of sensibility; palpita-
 tions ; illusions of the senses; a suc-
 cession of morbid feelings, which appear
 to simulate the greater  part of disease*;
 panics;  exaggerated uneasinesses of
 various kinds, chiefly in what regards
 the health, &c.  Indigestion  has, usu-
 ally, been considered the cause of hy-
 pochondriasis.' They are, unquestion-
 ably, much connected with each other :
 but  there  is  every  reason to believe,
 that the  seat  of the ^affection is really,
 though functionally, in the brain.  The
 disease almost always appears at the
 adult age,  most commonly in irritable
 individuals; and, in those exhausted,
 or rather in the habit of being exhaust-
 ed, by mental labor, overwhelmed with
 domestic or public affairs, &c.
  The  treatment  is almost  entirely
 moral.  The condition of the digestive
 function must, however, be accurately
 attended to.
  (F)  Hypochondrie, Maladie imagi-
 naire, Maladie Anglaise.
  (G)  Milzsucht.
  Writers.   Lothus,  Regiom.  1631
 (L). Rolfink, Jen. 1631 (L). Another
 work,  1058 (L).  Bautzmann, Leyd.
 1643 (L).   M. Geiger,  Monach.  1651
 (L).  H. Conring,  Helmst.   1662(L).
 P. Ammann,  Lips.  1664 (L).  Wald-
 schmied, Giss. 1666 (L).  Highmore,
 Amstel.  1660 (L).   Schenck,  Jen.
 1666 (L).  Another work,  1668 (E).
Trombetti, Genoa.  1674 (I).  G. W.
Wedel,  Jenae, 1676 (L).  Bf.ckmann,
Lugd. Bat. 1676 (L).  O. Borrichius,
Havn.  1676 (L.)   Ettmuller,  Lips.
1676 (L).   P.  Zacchias,  Rom.   1(79
(L).  Helwio, Griphiswald.  1685 (L).
Vesti,  Erford.  1691 and 1702  (L).
Vater, Vittenberg,  1702(E).  G. E.
Stahl. Hal. 1703 (L).  Loew de Ers-
fei.i), Prag. 1708 (L).  Baier, Altdorf,
1709 (L).  M.  Alberti, Hal.  1719 (L).
Fr. Hofmann, Hal. 1734 and 1744 (L).
Sennert, Vittenb. 1628 (L).   Mande-
ville, Lond. 1730.  G. Chf.yne, Lond.
1739.   Richter, Gotting.  1739 (L).
Struve, Kilon, 1741 (L).  A.  E. Buch-
ner, Hal. 1749,  1750, and  1769 (L).
Cartheuser, Franc, ad Viad.  1751 (L).
A. Haller,Gotting. 1752 (L).  Turner,
Edinb.  1756 (L).   Bohmer,  Vittenb.
1760 (L).  Garboe, Hal.  1762  (L).
Bilguer, Copenhagen, 1767 (G).  Zuc-
carini, Heidelb. 1769 (L).  Brodkorb,
Erford. 1772 (L).  G. G. Zeviam, Ve-
rona,  1775 (I). Baynes, Edinb. 1777
(L).  J. N. A. Leuthler, Ulm. 1799
(G).   Stark, Edinburgh, 1783  (L).
J. Rymer, London,  1785.   Wigiit-
mann, Edinb. 1789 (E).  Wightmann,
Leipz.  1720 (G).   Moser,   Mogunt.
1792 (L).  H.  Tabor, Durkheim, 1793
(G).   Weber, Rostoch, 1795, (L>. 
HYPOCLEPTICUM       509          HYPOPHASIS
Kampf, Leipz. 1796 (G).  J. C. Tode,
Copenh. 1797 (G).  Kreysig, Vittenb.
1797 (L).  J. W. L. von Luce, Gotha,
1797 (G).   Otto,  Francf.  ad Viadr.
1798 (L).   Another work,  1805 (L).
K.Wezel, Erfurt. 1805(G). L. Storr,
Stutt. 1805 (G).  J. Reid, Lond. 1817.
J! P. Fabret, Paris, 1822 (F).
  Hypoclep'ticum (Vitrum) from vno,
' beneath,'  and x.Xt;zru>, ' I  steal.'  A
chymical  vessel,  formerly  used for
separating oil from  water.
   Hypocoi'lon  (Anat.)   inoxoiXov,
from vno,' under,'  and xoO.ov, ' a cav-
ity.'  A cavity situated above the up-
per eyelid.
   Hypocra'nium (Surg.  Path.)  from
vno, ' under,' and xqaviov, ' the omni-
um.'  A collection of pus between the
cranium and dura mater.
   Hypogastric (Anat.)   Hypogas'tri-
cus. Relating or belonging to the hy-
pogastrium.
  The HYPOGASTRIC AR'TERY, A. R-
i'aca inter'na,A. Ili'aca poste'rior,A. pel-
vienne (Ch.)  is the more internal ofthe
two branches into which the primary
iliac divides.   It descends into the cav-
ity of the pelvis and gives off a consid-
erable   number  of  branches, which
arise, at times, separately; at others,
by common  trunks.   These  branches
are, 1. The posterior, i. e. the ilio-lum-
bar arteries, lateral, sacral, and gluteal.
2. The anterior, i. e. the umbilical, ve-
sical, and  obturator.   3. The internal,
the middle hemorrhoidal arteries, ute-
rine, vaginal in women.   4. The infe-
rior, i.  e. the ischiatic arteries, and in-
ternal pudic.
   The HYPOGAS'TRIC VEIN furnishes
nearly the  same branches.
  The HYPOGAS'TRIC PLEX'US, Plex-
us sous-mesentirique of Winslow  is sit-
uated at the lateral and posterior  parts
of the rectum and the basfond of the
bladder.   It is formed  by the sacral
nerves   and the  inferior  mesenteric
plexus, and  gives  off numerous fila-
ments,  which accompany the arteries,
that pass to the rectum and genital or-
gans.
    HYPO GAS' TRIC  OPERA' TION  of
lithotomy,  (F)  Taille  hypogastrique.
The high operation,  or  that  practised
above the pubis.
   Hypogas'trium  (Anat.)  Hypogas'-^
trion, vnoyaarqiov, from iintq, ' under,
and yaorijQ, ' the  stomach  or  belly.
Etron, irqov, Sumen.  The lower part
of the  abdomen.   The  Hypogastric
re'gion, which extends as high as three
fingers' breadth beneath the umbilicus,
  ^                 4F
is divided into three secondary regions
— one middle or pubic,  and two lateral
or inguinal.
    (G)  Unterbauch.
  Hypogastroce'le (Surg. Path.) from
vno,' under,' yaortjq,  ' the stomach or
belly,' and  xtj7.tj, ' a  tumor.'  Hernia
in the hypogastric  region,  occurring
through  the separated  fibres of  the
lower part of the linea alba.
   Hy'poglos'sus (Anat.) from vno.
' under,'   and  yXwoau,  ' the  tongue.
That which is under the tongue.
  The HYPOGLOS'SAL  NERVE, Kerf
Hypoglosse, or Grand  Hypoglosse, Hy-
poglossien (Ch.) Lingual X., Gustatory
JV., Lingua'lis Me'dius, is  the ninth
pair of nerves.of many anatomists.  It
arises by 10 or 12 very fine filaments
from the grooves, which separate  the
corpora pyramidalia from the C. oliva-
ria, issues from the  cranium  by  the
foramen  condyloideum  anterius;  and
divides, near the angle of the jaw, into
two branches ;  the  one the  cervica'-
lis descen'dcns or descen'dens no'ni.  It
forms, with the cervical plexus, a large
anastomotic arch and furnishes branches
to several of the muscles of the neck.
  The other, the lin'gual  branch, is
the continuation of the principal trunk
and gives its numerous filaments to the
muscles   of the tongue and pharynx.
The ninth pair is not the nerve of taste.
It  communicates motion to  the mus-
cles to which it is distributed.
   (G) Zungenfleisch'nerv.
    Hypoglot'tides   (Pharm.)    The
ancient name of pills,  intended to  cure
cough and disease of the trachea. They
 were placed under the tongue and per-
mitted to dissolve there ; — hence their
name.
    Hypoglu'tis  (Anat.)   vnoyXovriz,
from vno,  ' under,'  and yXovrog, ' the
nates.'   The lower and projecting part
 of the nates.  Gorr^us.
   Hypo'mia (Anat.)  from vno,  ' un-
 der,'  and wpog, ' the  shoulder.'   The
 projecting part of the  shoulder.  Cas-
 telli.   Galen.
    Hypon'omos (Path.)  vnovouog, a
 deep fistula or ulcer, Ul'cus sub'tus de-
pas'cens, from vno,  ' under,'  and vtpw,
' I feed.   GorrjEus.
   Hypon'ychon (Path.) from vno,' un-
 der,'  and owl, the nail.'  Ecchymo'ma
 Hyponychon.  Effusion of blood under
a nail.
   Hopopk'dicm (Pharm.) from  vno,
' under,' and novg, ' the foot'  A cata-
 plasm for the sole of the foot.
   Hypoph'asis (Path.) vnoipaaig, from 
HYPOPHORA           510             HYPULOS
That state of the  eyes, in which the
vno, ' under,' and ipuivw, ' I appear.'
white only is  seen through  the open-
ing of the eyelids.  Hippocr.
  Hypoph'ora  (Path.) moipoqa,  from
/.to, ' under,' and iptqw,' I carry.'  Fis-
tulous ulcers, whose edges are gaping.
Galen.
  Hypopiithal'mion (Path.)  vnoy&aX-
piov, from i'ko, ' under,' and oipSuXpog,
' the eye.'  The  part  under the  eye,
where oedema generally commences in
chronic diseases.   Hippocr\tes.
  Hypo-po'dia  (Therap.)  from  vno,
1 under,' and novg, ' the foot.'  Reme-
dies, such as sinapisms, which are ap-
plied under the foot.
  Hypo'pyon (Path.) Hypo'pyum, Pyo'-
sis, Absces'sus Oc'uli, Parop'sis Stuphy-
lo'ma purulen'tum ; from ? no,  'under,'
and nvov, ' pus;'  because the pus is
under the cornea.  This name has been
given to small  abscesses between the
laminae of the cornea, as well as to dif-
ferent   purulent   collections  in  the
chambers of the eye ; hence, some pa-
thologists have distinguished Hypo'pyon
of the chambers, and Hypo'pyon of the
Cor'nea.  In abscesses of the chambers
the purulent matter is mixed with the
aqueous humor, which it  renders  tur-
bid;  and is deposited particularly at
the lower part of the eye; forming be-
hind the cornea a kind of whitish cres-
cent, that rises, more or less, before
the  pupil, and closes it entirely  or in
part.   It requires the use  of  local and
general  antiphlogistics,  and  sqrbefa-
cients.  At times, it is necessary to punc-
ture the cornea and evacuate the pus.
     (G) Eiterauge.
  Writers. Mauchart, Tubing. 1742
(L). C. P. Leporin, Gotting. 1776 (L).
Goldlin, Erlang. 1610.
  Hyporin'ion (Anat.) rnuqmov, from
t .to, under, and qtv, 'the  npse.'   That
part ofthe beard, which grows beneath
the  nose.  The mustaches.  Also the
upper lip.
  Hyposar'ca (Path.)  rnorraqxa,  from
vno,' under,' and aaqt,' flesh.'   Hypo-
sarcidios, vrroaaqxiSiog.  Anasarca.  In
Linne's and in  Cullen's  Nosology,
it is synonymous with Physconia.
  Hypospadias (Surg. Path.) moana-
<hag, from 7>7ro  ' under,'  and anaoj,'  I
draw.'   A malformation, in which the
canal of the urethra, instead of open-
ing at the apex of the  glans, terminates
at its base or beneath the penis, at  a
greater or less distance from the sym-
physis pubis.  When  the orifice of the
urethra  is  very  neaT the root of the
penis, the scrotum  is divided, as  it
were, into two great labia;  and this
malformation has often been taken for
a  case of hermaphrodism.   Hypospa-
dias  is ordinarily incurable;  and an
idea has been entertained that it is the
cause of impotence.  There are grounds
for such an idea.
   Hypospathis'mus   (Surg.)  inoana-
diapog, from? ,7o,' beneath,' and onu-difr
' spatula.'  A kind  of surgical opera-
tion,  not well, although elaborately,
described by  Paulus, and used by the
ancients in  ophthalmia,  gutta rosea,
tfce.   It consisted  of three incisions,
made on the forehead down to the peri-
cranium ;  after which, a spatula was
passed between the scalp  and pericra-
nium to expose it to a certain extent.
   Hypospiiag'ma (Path.)  moowaypa,
from vno,' under,' and aipatvi, ' I kill.'
The coagulated blood, which is  collect-
ed when an animal  is killed and used
for food.  Also, an  effusion of blood
under the conjunctiva.
   Hypos'trophe  (Path.\   inonrooiptj,
change of position.  Act of a patient's
turning himself.  Also, relapse, return
of a disease.  Hippocr. Foesius.
   Hypoth'enar (Anat.) Sub'vola, from
vno, ' under,' and Vtvaq, l the  palm of
the" hand or sole ofthe foot.'
  The HYPOTH'ENAR EM'INENCE iB
the fleshy projection  of  the  palmar
surface of the hand, which corresponds
with the little finger,  and  is  supported
by the fifth metacarpal bone.  This em-
inence is formed by  four  muscles, the
Palmaris brevis, Adductor minimi digi-
ti, Flexor brevis minimi digiti, and Op-
ponens minimi digiti.  The name Ili/pot/i-
enar  has also been  given to different
muscles of the hand.   The Hypoth'enar
min'imi dig'iti of Riolan comprehended
the Adductor, Flexor brevis and Oppo-
nens  minimi digiti;  and his  muscle,
Hypoth'enar  pol'licis,  corresponded to
the Adductor, and a portion of the Flexor
brevispollicis.  Winslow called mus-
cle petit hypotltdnar ou hypothenar du
petit doigt, the Adductor minimi digiti.
   Hypozo'ma  (Anat.)  iaototpu, from
t>7ro,  'under,'  and  towwpt,  'I  bind
round.' Membra'na succin'gens, a mem-
brane or septum, as  the mediastinum,
diaphragm, &c.
   Hyptias'mos (Path.) innaapog, from
innate),' I lie, with the face upwards.'
Lying in the  supine posture.  Also,
inversion ofthe stomach, as in nausea,
regurgitation, or vomiting.   Hippocr.
 Galen.
   Hypu'los (Path.)  Hypuhts, iotova©?, 
HYSSOPITES          511         HYSTEROCELE
from  i-no,  ' under,' and ovitj,' a cica-1
trix.'   An ulcer lying under a cicatrix.
Hippocr.
   Hyssopi'tes  (Pharm.) iaownirtjg.
Ancient name of a wine, of which Hys-
sop was the chief ingredient, and which
Dioscorides extolled  in  chronic  in-
flammation  of the chest.  It was  re-
garded as diuretic and emmenagogue.
  Hysso'pus (Mat. Med.)  from Hebr.
311N,  Azob, vaaionog,  Cassi'ala, Hys-
sopusbfficina'lis, Com'mon hys'sop.   It
has been chiefly used as  an aromatic,
stimulant, and pectoral, in the form of
infusion.
    (G)  Iso p,  Ysop.
  Hysteral'gia  (Path.)  from vttnqu,
'  the uterus,' and aX.yog, '  pain.'  Pain
in the uterus.  Hippocrates  uses  the
word  rOTiqaX.ytjg, for any thing, that
excites uterine pain;  and, especially,
for vinegar.  (F) Fortraiture.
  (G) Geb'ar mutterschmer t.
  Hyste'ria (Path.)   Hyster ids'mus,
Suffoca'tio hyster'ica, Prafoca'tio matri'-
cis, Syspa'sia hyster'ia,  Mal'um hyster'-
icum,  Vapo'res uteri'ni, Va'pors, Hys-
ter'ics, Hysteric fit, Affec'tio hyster'ka,
Pas'sio  hysterica,   Strangula'tio  ute-
ri'na,  from  vortqa,  ' the uterus.'  A
species of  neurosis, classed amongst
the spasmi by Sauvages  and Cullen,
and in the Kevroses  de la generation,
by Pinel.   It received the name Hys-
teria, because it was reputed to have
its seat in the uterus.   It generally oc-
curs in paroxysms ; the principal char-
acters of which consist in  alternate fits
of laughing and crying, with a sensa-
tion as if a ball set out from the uterus,
and ascended  towards the  stomach,
chest, and neek, producing a sense of
strangulation.  If the attack be violent
there~is, sometimes, loss of conscious-
ness  (although  the  presence  of con-
sciousness  generally   distinguishes  it
from  epilepsy) and convulsions.   The
duration of the attacks is very  varia-
ble.  It  appears  to be caused by cere-
bral  irritations, connected with some
 uterine disturbance, in particular cases;
such disturbance, however, seeming to
act only indirectly;, by  producing gen-
eral  nervous  irritability ;   for   well
 marked cases of hysteria  are occasion-
 ally  met with  in men.  During the
 fit: — dashing cold water on the face ;
stimulants, applied to the nose or ex-
hibited internally, and  antispasmodics
form the therapeutical agents.  Exer-
cise,  tranquillity of mind, amusing and
agreeable  occupations  constitute  the
prophylactics.
  (F) Hysteric,  Mai de Mire,  Maladie

  yv,) 1.11. utterkrankheit,  Mut-
terbeschwer den,   Mutterbes-
chwerung.
  Writers.  A.  Laurentius, Lugd.
1595 (L).  Stupanus,  Basil. 1604 (L).
Tandler,  Vittemb. 1614 (L),- Jaen-
ich, Basil, 1614 (L).   Schaller, Vit-
temb. 1625  (L).   Highmore, Amstel.
1660  (L).   Dalen, Lugd. 1661 (L).
Tielen,  Lugd.  Bat.  1662  (L).   P.
Hartenfels,  Erford. 1672 (L).   G.
W. Wedel, Jenae, 1674 (L).   Metz-
ger,  Tubing.  1677  (L).    Jorden,
Lugd. 1678 (E).   Schweizer, Lugd.
Bat.  1684 (L).   Orlob, Ultraject.
1684 (L).   Holland,  Lugd. Bat. 1687
(L).  Bussius, Lugd. Bat.  1692 (L).
De  Vries, Utlraject.  1692 (L).  Ma-
lus,  Ultraject.  1693  (L).  Wesling,
Lugd. Bat. 1694 (L).  Elnberger, Du-
isburg. 1695 (L).   De  Kruyt, Ultraj,
1676  (L).  J.  Purcell,  Lond.  1701
J. Vesti, Erford.  1685 (L).   Vernon,
Lugd. Bat. 1704 (L).   Duvernoy, Ba-
sil. 1710 (L).   A.  E. Buchner, Erfurt,
1739 (L).   A.  Vater,  Vitemb.  1726
(L).  Fischer, Erford.' 1727 (L).  Fr.
Hofmann, Hal. 1733 (L).  Richter,
Gotting. 1741 (L). Ch. Perry, Lond.
1755.   J.  Raulin, Paris, 1758 (F).
Baumer, Erf. 1762 (L).   Richardson,
Edinb.  1763  (L).  Jagelski,  Lugd.
Bat. 1765 (L).  Dubois,  Vindob. 1765
(L).  Kuern, Basil.  1766 (L).  Van
Steveninck,  Lugd.  Bat. 1766 (L)-
Alefeld,  Giess.  1767  (L).   A. J.
Goez, Meinung. 1771  (G).   Wool-
combe,  Edin. 1776 (L).   A  Wilson,
Lond. 1776.  J. G. Leidenfrost, Du-
isb.   1780  (L).   Caldwell, Edinb.
1780 (L).   Van Muysen, Colon. 1781
(L).  Van Kessel, Lugd. Bat. 1785
(L).  Flosse, Argent.  1785 (L).  Gros-
mann, Giess.  1785 (L).  Mitchell,
Edinb. 1789 (L).   Robertson, Edinb.
1790(E).   Bankhead,1790 (L).   H.
Manning,  Vienn. 1790  (G).   Mein-
ecke, Helmst. 1791 (E).   J. Cl. Tode,
Havn. 1793 (L).   Kerr, Edinb. 1794
(L).  Seemann, Jen.  1796 (L).   Les-
sel,  Gotting. 1798 (L).  Hf.ilmann,
Vitteb.  1800   (L).   Tuckeh,  Edinb.
1801 (L)   Louyer-Villermay, Paris,
1803 (F).   Geo. Tate, Lond. 1830.
   Hysteroce'ee, (Surg. Path.) from
vortqa,  'the womb,  and xijXtj, 'her-
nia.'  Hernia of the womb.   This  is a
rare disease.   The womb may protrude
through the inguinal or tne  crural
canal, or through the  lower part ofthe
lineaalba.  (G) Mutterbruch. 
HYSTERO-CYSTIC        512            ICELAND
   Hystero-cys'tic  (Path.)  Hys'tero-
cys'tkus;  from vortqa, ' the  uterus,'
and xvong,' the bladder.'  Relating to
the uterus and bladder.  Some authors
have called Hys'tero-cystic Retention of
urine,  that which is  caused  by  the
compression of the bladder by the ute-
rus, during pregnancy.
   Hys'tero-cystoce'le  (Path.)  from
vortqa,' the womb,' xvong, ' the blad-
der,' and xtjXtj,  ' a tumor.'  Hernia of
the uterus complicated  with displace-
ment of the bladder.
  Hystf.rolox'ia  (Path.)   Obliq'uitas
u'teri,  Si'tus obli'quus u'teri, Flcx'io seu
ver'sio  • incomple'ta  u'teri,  Inclina'tio
u'teri, Metrolox'ia,  U'terus obli'quus, U.
inclina'tus ; from vortqa,' the uterus ';
and Xo'zog,' oblique.'  An oblique posi-
tion of the uterus, observed  during
pregnancy.
  Hysteron'cus, (Path.) from  vortqa,
' the uterus,'  and oyxog,  ' tumor.'   A
tumor  of the uterus.
  (G) Gebarmuttergeschwulst.
  Hysteroph'ysis (Path.) fromvartqu,
1 the uterus,'  and ipvoij, ' wind.'  Dis-
tension of the uterus with air. Emphy-
sema uteri.
   Hysteropto'sis (Obst.) from vortqa,
' the womb,' and nrwaig, ' fall.'  Pro-
lapsus u'teri.  Also Inversio  uteri.  In
a general sense, a protrusion of  any of
the genital  organs or  of excrescences
from  them  into the genital  passage :
AEdoptosis.   (G) M u 11 e r v o r f a 11.
   Hysterostomat'omus (Surg.) from
rortqa, ' the womb,' oropa,  ' oiifice '
and rtuvtiv, ' to cut.'  An instrument,
invented  by one Coutouly, for divid-
ing the os uteri, when it is important to
deliver immediately, as in cases of con-
vulsions.
   Hysterot'omus (Surg.) from vortqa,
'  the womb,' and rtpvtiv, ' to cut.'   An
instrument  for dividing  the womb by
the vagina.   It is a kind  of Bistouri
cache,  and is  intended  to divide   the
cervix  uteri.
  Hystrici'asis  (Path.)  Hystriacis,
Trichosis seto'sa, from t otoi£, ' a hedge-
hog or porcupine.'   A disease of  the
hairs,  in which they stand erect like
the quills of a porcupine.
  (G) Stachelschweinkrankheit.
I
   Iam'blichi Sa'les (Pharm.) lapp.i-
%ov UXtg, Jam'blichi Sa'les.  Name of an
ancient pharmaceutical  compound, in-
vented  by Jamblichus ;  into  which
entered Sal ammoniac, Pepper, Ginger,
Hyssop,  Thyme,  Parsley,   Origanum,
&c.   It was employed as a laxative.
  Iatralep'tes or Iatraleip'tes (The-
rap.) iarqa}.tmrrtg, Med'kus  Unguenta'-
rius;  from iarqog,  a physician,' and
aXtiipta,  ' I anoint.'  One,   who treats
diseases by unguents, frictions, and by
external means generally.   Prodicus,
a  disciple  of  ^Esculapius, was the
chief of the Iatraleptes.
    (G)  Salbarzt.
  Iatraleip'tice (Path.) larqaXtinn-
jcij, same  etymon.   The  method of
treating diseases adopted by the Iatsa-
leiptse.
  Writers.  A. J. Chrestien  (Iatra-
leptic  method of  treating internal dis-
eases), Montpellier, 1804" (F).
  Iatri'ne (Therap.) tarqivij, a female
practitioner of medicine.
  Iatreusiolo'gia (Med.) from tarqtv-
atg,' the exercise ofthe  art of healing,'
and X*yos, ' a description.'  The  doc-
trine ofthe exercise ofthe healing art.
Reil.
  Ibicuiba  (Mat. Med.)   Becuiba, or
Becuiba  nux.  A species  of nut from
Brazil, the emulsive kernel of which is
ranked amongst balsamic remedies.
  Ibis,  i(itg.  A" bird, held  sacred by
the ^Egyptians.  When  sick it is  as-
serted  that  it was wont  to inject the
water of the Nile into its fundament;
whence, according  to Langius,  was
learned the use of glysters.
   Ice  (Mat.  Med.)  Gla'cics,  Frozen
water.    Iced water  is  much  used
internally, as  a  refrigerant  in  fe-
ver.  It is,  also, applied  externally,
in cases of external  inflammation, as
well as in phrenitic, hernial affections,

    (F)  Glace.  (G) Eis.
  Ice-cold, (Path.) Icy cold, (F) Froid
glacial.   A very strong  sensation of
cold, compared  by the patient to that
which would be  produced  by  the  ap-
plication of pieces of ice.
    (G)  Eiskalt.
   Ice'land,  Mineral   Waters  or
(Mat. Med.)   Hot springs are found in 
I0HOR              513            ICTERUS
every part of Iceland. The most noted I
of these is one called Geyser, two days'
journey from Hecla, and near Skalholt.
The diameter of the basin is  59 feet;
and the height, to which  the  water is
thrown,  often  more  than 100.   The
heat ofthe water is 212°.
   I'ciior (Path.) i/oiq.  A thin, aque-
ous, and acrid discharge.
   Writers.  G.  Hofman, Lips. 1617
(L).  • W.  Rolfink,  Jenae, 1642  (L).
Tappius, Helmst. 1659 (L).
   Ich'orous (Path.) Ichoro'sus, Icho-
ro'i'des.   Belonging to or resembling
ichor.
   Ichthyocol'la (Mat. Med.)  tySvo-
xo7.7.a, from ix&vg, ' a fish,' and xoXXa,
' glue.'  Col'la Piscium, I'singlass, Fish
glue, Alcanna.   A  name  given to the
dried fish bladder of the Acipen'ser huso,
which is almost wholly composed  of
gelatine, and is employed in medicin'e in
the  formation of nutritive jellies.   It
is, also, occasionally,  used in  anatomi-
cal  injections.    The   English  Court
Plaster is made with it.
   (G)  Hausen,  Hausenblase,
F i schleim.
       SIcthyocolle, Colle  de Poisson.
      ithyoph'agist (Hyg-) Icthyoph'a-
gus, from i/dve,' a fish,' and  tpayoi,  ' I
eat.'  People,  who feed  habitually on
 fish; — generally, the most uncivilized
of mankind.
     (F) Fisch esser.
   Ichthyosis (Nosol.)  from  i^us,' a
fish';  from the  resemblance  of  the
 scales  to  those  of a fish — Lepido'sis
 Ichthyi'asis, Le'pra Ichthyo'sis, Lepido'sis
Ichthyo'sis, Fish'skin.   A permanently
harsh, dry, scaly, and, in some cases,
 almost horny  texture  of  the integu-
 ments  of  the body, unconnected with
 internal disorder.   Willan and Bate-
 man have two varieties, /. simplex,  and
 /. cor'nea.  Alebert has three, the /.
 nacrce or pearly, the  /. comic, and the
 /. pellagre or pellagra.
   (G) Fis chschuppenaussatz.
   I'cica Aracouchi'ni  (Mat.  Med.)
 Aracouchini is a  balsam  extracted, by
 incision, from  this tree in  Guyana.
 The   Galibis    use  it   for  healing
 wounds.
   Ic'terus (Path.) Icteri"tia; ixrtqog,
 from ixrig, a species of weasel, whose
 eyes are yellow.  Mor'bus arcua'lus, or
 arqua'tus, Auru'go,Auri'go, Mor'bus re'-
gius, Morbus lute'olus, Cholelith'ia ic'te-
rus,  Yerekaun (Arab.), Suffu'sio  aurigi-
no'sa, ll1 eus fla'vus, Icteroides,  Cachex'ia
icter'ica, Fel'lis suffu'sio, Fel'lis obstric'-
tio, Jaun'dice.  A disease, the principal
symptom of which is yellowness of the
skin and eyes,with white faeces and high-
colored  urine.   It admits  of  various
causes;  any thing which, in fact, can
directly  or indirectly obstruct the course
of the bile, so that it is taken into the
mass of blood and produces the yellow-
ness of surface; the bile being separated
by the kidneys causing the yellowness
of urine, and its being prevented from
reaching the intestine, occasioning the
pale-colored faeces.  The Prognosis,  in
ordinary cases, is favorable ; — when
complicated with hepatic disease, un-
favorable.
  The treatment is simple — an emetic
or purgative, given occasionally so as
to elicit the return of  the bile to its or-
dinary channels;  light  tonics ; unirri-
tatingdiet; cheerful company, &c.
  The IC'TERUS INF AN'TUM or  Yel'-
low gum, Auri'go neophyto'rum, (F) /c-
t&rc des nouveau-n&s is a common affec-
tion and frequently dependent upon ob-
struction of the choledoch duct, by the
meconium.  It requires time and castor
oil, occasionally.
  (F) Ictere, Jaunisse, Bile repandue.
  (G) Gelbsucht, Konigskrank-
h ei t.
  Writers.  PfEiffer, Lips.   1569
(L).    Mogling,  Tubing.  1598  (L).
D. Sennert, Vittemb. 1617  (L).   By-
ler, Basil. 1618 (L).  Hartung, Lugd.
Bat. 1622 (L).   Brendel, Jenae, 1629
(L).   Fabricius, Rostoch. 1632 (E).
W. Rolfink, Jenae, 1635 (L).  Another
work. 1650  (L).  G.  Ch. Schelham-
mer, Basil, 1653 (L).   M. Sebiz, Ar-
gent. 1659 (L).  Another  work,  1663
(L).   F. Sylvius de le Boe, Lugd.
Bat. 1669 (L).   G. W. Wedel, Jenae,
 1685 (L).   Camerarius, Tubing. 1679
(L).  P. Ammann, Lips. 1681 (L).  O.
Borrichius, Havn. 16S2(L). J. Vesti,
Erford. 1707 (L).   Eyselius, Erford.
1707 (L).   Salzmann,  Argent.  1710
(L).   Franckenau,  Havn. 1723 (L).
 Ludolff. Erford. 1727 (L).  Luther,
 Erford. 1731 (L).  Richter,  Gotting.
 1745 (L).   Reinhart, Argent. 1747
 (L).   Drummond, Edinb.  1750 (L).
 Koreff, Hal. 1759 (L).   Petrogalti,
 Vindob. 1767  (L).   Daniel, Edinb.
 1776 (L).   Willis, Edinb. 1778 (L).
 Kemme, Hal. 1780 (L).    Schlemmer,
 Vienn.  1780 (L).  Van Rossum, Lovan.
 1783 (L). W. Corp, Bath. 1785.  Kru-
 ger, Lips. 1785 (L).  Busch, Marburg,
 1786 (L).    Lemski,   Erlang.   1787
 (L).   James,  Edinburgh,  1787  (L).
 Muller, Jenae,  1788 (L).   Bayley,
 Lugd.  Bat. 1789 (L).   Cox, Edinb. 
ICTUS
514      IGNIS  SYLVATICUS
1789  (L).   J.  Ph.  Vogler,  Wezlar,
1791 (G).   Briggs, Edinb. 1791 (L).
Roth, Argent. 1791 (L).   Riemann,
Gotting.  1793  (L).   Ludwig,  Lips.
1794 (L).   Darling, Edinb. 1795 (L).
Otto,  Francf.  ad  Viadr.   1795  (L).
Brandt, Jen. 1796 (L).   Bernhardi,
Erford. 1799 (L).   Kuhlmann, Virceb.
1801  (L).   Male,  Edinb.  1802 (L).
Schneider,  Jen.  1802  (L).   P.  A.
Manoury,  Paris, An. x.   J. B. Ver-
pinet, Paris, 1803 (F).   Fr. Bidault
(I.   Infant.),  Paris, 1804  (F).   N.
Deyeux (on the blood, of the jaundiced)
Paris, 1804  (F).  Baumes (7. Infant.),
Paris,  1806 (F).   M. Cornac, Paris,
1809 (F).   M. P. Orfila (on the urine
ofthe jaundiced), Paris,  1811 (F).  F.
T. M. Bourgeoise, Paris,  1814  (F).
N.  H. A.  Laurent, Paris, 1815 (F).
A. Breon,  Paris, 1816 (F).
  Ic'tus  (Path.)   A stroke  or blow;
TtXrjtj, ic'tus so'lis, a stroke of the sun.
See  Coup  de  soleil.    Ic'tus, also,
means the pulsation of an artery; and
the sting of a bee or other insect.
   Ide'a  (Phys. &  Psych.)  Ido'lum,
iSta, Ideach (? Paracelsus)  tiSta.  The
image or representation of an object in
the mind, from tidoi,' I see.'
  (F) Idee.
  (G) Begriff,  Vorstellung.
  Iden'tity (personal) (Med.Jurisp.)
Iden'titas,  Sume'ness. It is  sometimes
a question in legal  medicine to decide
upon personal identity ; or whether an
individual  is the same  he  represents
himself to  be.  Physical marks form
the great criteria.
  Ideol'ogv,  Ideolo'gia, from tidw,' I
see,'  and Xoyog, '  a  discourse.'   The
science of  ideas.   Intellectual philoso-
phy.  (G)  Begrifflehre.
  Idiopathi'a or Idiopathii'a (Path.)
iftionudtiu,   Pro'prius affec'tus, from
iStog,' peculiar, proper,' and  na9og,1 an
affection.'   Protopathi'a,  nqorcona&tia,
a primary disease ;  one  not depending
on any other.
   (G) E i g e n 1 e i d i g k e i t.          I
   Idiopathic  (Path.)   Propria  hab'-
itu, Constitutio'nt pro'prid pen'dens, idi-
opath'kus.  Primary affections and their
symptoms  are so denominated.
   Idiosyn'crasy (Phys.) Idiosyn'cra-
 sis, Idiotro'pia, Idioc'rasis,  idioovrxqa-
 ota,  iSioxqaaia, from idiog, ' peculiar,'
 aw,' with,' and xqaoig,' temperament.'
 A peculiarity of constitution, in which
 one  person is affected  by an  agent,
 which, in numerous others,  would pro-
 duce no effect.  Thus shellfish, bitter
 almonds, produce urticaria  in some by
 virtue of their idiosyncrasies.  Others
 faint at the sight of blood, &c.
   Writers. Schrader, Helmst. 1696
 (L).  Doye, Paris, 1716 (L).  Fischer,
 Erford. 1724 (L).   Fr,  Hofmann  (ac-
 tion of medicines according to I.), Hal.
 1731   (L).   Stock, Jen.  1747  (L).
 Manitius,   Lugd.  Bat.  1749   (L).
 Michael, Paris,  1779  (L).   Frank,
 Lugd. Bat. 1783 (L).
   Id'iot (Path.) Idio'ta, iSiwrtjgr (fool-
 ish, stupid, ignorant).   One who does
 not possess sufficient intellectual facul-
 ties for the social  condition,  and for
 preserving himself from danger.
   Id'iotism, Id'iocy, Id'iotcy  (Path.)
 Idiotis'mus. Same etymon. Mo'ria de'-
 mens  Ana'a, Mo'ria,  piuqia,  uoiqwotg,
 Fatu'itas, Amen'tia.  A  species of un-
 sound mind,  characterized by more or
 less complete  obliteration of the intel-
 lectual and moral faculties.   It  fre-
 quently  supervenes  on mania  and
 melancholia, but more  commonly de-
 pends  upon   original   conformation.
 It may, also,  be symptomatic of  or-
 ganic disease of the brain, which has
 come  on  after birth.   Idiotism  ex-
 ists in various degrees.  Some idiots
 are mere automata; exhibiting scarce-
 ly  any sensibility  to external impres-
 sions ;  others  are  capable  of articu-
 lating a few words  and possess certain
 mental emotions to a  limited extent.
 The physiognomy  is usually vacant;
 step unsteady,  and  articulation imper-
 fect or broken.  The affection is almost
 always incurable.
     (G)  Verstandeslosigkeit,
 B1 o d s i n n.
   Igna'tia Ama'ra (Mat. Med.)   The
 systematic name  of the plant, which
 affords St. Ignatius's  Bean.   F'a'ba
 In'dica, Fa'ba  Sanc'ti  Igna'tii, F'a'ba
febrifuga.  The seeds  are bitter and
 poisonous;  containing  Strychnine,
 which see.
   (F)  Ignatie,  Five de Saint Ignace.
   Ig'nis cal'idus (Path.) 'A hot fire.'
 A  violent inflammation, about to de-
| generate into gangrene.
   Ig'nis  frig"idus (Path.)   'A cold
 fire'; a sphacelus.
   Ig'nis  sapien'tium.   The  ancient
 name for the heat of horses' dung.
   Ig'nis sylvat'icus (Path.) I. sylves'-
 tris,  I. volat'kus, I. vola'grius.  Prob-
 ably,  the Porri'go larva'lis or crus'ta
 lac'tea of infants.  Also, a transient
 redness of the face and  neck, some-
 times observed in hysterical and chip-.
 I rotic  females.
 |   (F) Feu sauvage, F. volage^ 
ILECH
515
ILEX
  I'lech ; — Vlech,  llei'as,  Rias'ter,
Tlia'ter, Elias'ter, llias'trum,  Ilei'ados,
Ilei'dos,  Ilei'adum,  Ri'adus.  Terms,
used by Paracelsus to  designate the
first matter: — the beginning of every
thing.
  Il'eo-lumbar  (Anat.)  R'eo-lumba'-
lis, or Il'io-lumba'lis.  Belonging to the
ilium and lumbar region.
  The IL'EO-LUMBAR or IL'IO LUM-
BAR ARTERY, Hi'aco-mus'cular (Ch.),
is given off by the hypogastric, oppo-
site the base ofthe sacrum. It ascends
behind the  psoas muscle, and divides
into  two  branches; —  an  ascending
and  transverse, which  give off numer-
ous ramifications to the  neighbouring
parts.
  The IL'EO LUM'BAR  LIG'AMENT,
Il'io-lum'bo-ver'tebral L.,  Ver'tebro-
Il'iac L., is  a broad,  membraniform,
triangular ligament,  extending  hori-
zontally from the transverse process  of
the 5th  lumbar vertebra  to the upper
and  posterior part of the  iliac crest.  It
unites the vertebral column with the
pelvis.
  Il'eon (Anat.) Weum, Eil'eon, tiXtov,
from tiXtiv,' to turn,' ' to twist.' Anat-
omists  have given  this  name  to the
longest portion of the small intestine,
which extends from  the jejunum to the
caecum   It  was so called,   from  its
forming a considerable number of con-
volutions.
     (G)  Krummdarm.
   Il'eus (Path.) iaeos, Eil'eos, tiXtog,
from si7.tta,' I twist or contract.'   Col'-
ica  Il'eus,  Col'ica spasmod'ica,  Il'eus
spasmod'icus, Chordap'sus, Pas'sio Ili'-
aca, — the  ll'iac  Pas'sion,  Vol'vulus,
Reo'sis,  Misere're me'i,  Convol'vulus,
 Tormen'lum.  A disease, characterized
by deep-seated  pain of  the abdomen,
stercoraceous vomiting,  and  obstinate
constipation. It is often occasioned  by
hernia obstructing  the  passage of the
faeces through a part of the intestinal
canal.  The term Ileus has been applied
 to various affections — to simple ner-
 vous colic, intussusception,  and  stran-
 gulation of the small  intestine, &c.
 Various remedies have been employed;
 — the majority for the purpose of pro-
 curing alvine evacuations : e. g. purga-
 tives, in draught, pill, or glyster; sup-
 positories, tobacco glysters;  pure mer-
 cury ;  leaden bullets;  antispasmodics
 and  narcotics; blisters  to the epigas-
 trium ;  ice  by the mouth or injected
 into the  rectum.    Some  of   these
 have, occasionally, succeeded;  espe-
 cially  the  tobacco  glyster,  and  ice
to the tumor, where the disease has
been occasioned by strangulated hernia.
It is very dangerous.
  (F) Colique de Misericorde.
  (G) Darmgicht.
  Writers.   Scheffelius,  Altorf,
1607 (L).  Burius, Basil,  1611 (L).
Zeidler, Lips. 1623 (L).  Goclenius,
Marp.  1632 (L).   Fausius,  Heidelb.
1657 (L).    Schaffer,  Altorf, 1667
(L). Friderici, Jenae, 1668 (L).  Rol-
fink, Jenae, 1669 (L).  Kunzli,  Basil,
1671 (L).  Straus, Giess.  1677 (L).
Ebel, Ultraj. 1680 (L).  Darneddent,
Basil, 1681 (L).   Deming, Basil, 1681
(L).  Wedel, Jenae,  1681  (L).   Von
Hatrenfels, Erf. 1688  (L).  Davis,
Ultraj. 1692 (L).   De  Muralto, Bas.
1693 (L).   Gabrielis, Lugd. Bat. 1696
(L).  Eyselius, Erf. 1698 (L).  Kuh-
nius, Lugd.  Bat. 1702 (L).  A. Q. Ri-
vinus, Lips.  1710 (L).  D. Schulzius,
Francf. ad Viadr. 1714 (L).   Wintiier,
Marb. 1715 (L).  Conradi,  Hal. 1716
(L).  Gundlich,  Lugd.  Bat. 1738 (L).
Moehsen, Hal. 1742 (L).   J. G. Lei-
denfrost, Duisb.  1750 (L).  G.  Innes,
Edinb.  1752 (L).   C. F. Kaltschmid,
Jen. 1753 (L).   J.  Boot, Edinb. 1761
(L).  L. Groll,  Harder. 1765 (L).   J.
P. Beucke,  Argent. 1768 (L).  P. A.
Gadolla,  Vienn. 1771 (L).   Van der
Belen,  Lov.     ■  Schroder, Zint.
1775 (L).  J. Sedren, Lips. 1775 (L).
C.  F. Seysiriat,  Monsp.  1776 (L).
Snyden,  Giess.   1778  (L).  Mosch,
Ultraj.  1782 (L).   Ch. G.  L. Heyne,
 Gotting. 1784 (L).  D. Zahn, Hal. 1791
(L).
   Flex  Aquifo'lium (Mat. Med.) The
systematic name of the Com'mon HoV-
ly, Aquifo'lium, Agrifo'lium,  The leaves
of this plant have been  recommended
as tonic, astringent, and antiseptic, and
 have been prescribed in atonic gout;
 intermittents; dyspepsia, &c.
   (F) Houx, H.  commun  ou  Chcne
vert.
   (G) Stechpalme.
   FLEX MA'JOR (Mat. Med.)  From
 the berries of this tree,  called,  by  the
 Spaniards, Bellotas, a juice  may be  ex-
 pressed, which forms a slightly astrin-
 gent emulsion  with water,  and  has
 been recommended, by some Spanish
 physicians, in humid cough, haemopty-
 sis, &c.
   FLEX,  VOMITO'RIA, I'lex Casi'ne,
  Cassi'na,  Dahoon  holly,  Apalachine
  Gal'lis, South-Sea  Tea,  Ev'ergreen
  Cassi'ne,  Cassee'na,  Yaupon,  Yopon.
  A tree, indigenous in the southern parts
  of the  United  States.  The  leaves, 
ILIAC
516
ILION
when  dried, are aromatic, stimulant,
stomachic, and  expectorant,  and  are
used  as  tea.  When  fresh, they  are
emetic and cathartic.
  (F)  Tht des Apalaches, Houx Apa-
lachine, Apalachine, The de la Mer du
Sud.
  The FLEX PARAGUEN'SIS, a native
of  Paraguay,  affords the  celebrated
Mattee, drunk in place of the Chinese
tea by the people of Paraguay.
  Il'iac  (Anat.)  lli'acus,  from Il'ia,
* the flanks.'  Relating to, or connected
with, the flanks.
  The IL'IAC FOS'SJE are two in num-
ber : — the  internal,  the  depression
presented by the ilium on  its interior
and at the  upper  part,  in  which  the
Iliacus internus is  lodged : — and  the
external, an excavation  on  the  outer
surface of the same bone, occupied by
the Glutai muscles.
  The IL'IAC CREST,  Cris'ta II'ii, is
the upper margin  of the  ilium.  It is
very thick, and curved like the italic S.
It affords attachment to the  broad mus-
cles of the abdomen.
    (F)  Crete Iliaque.
  The  IL'IAC  SPINES,  or  Spi'nous
Proc"esses  of the  H'ium, are four in
number.  They are distinguished into
anterior and posterior. Ofthe anterior,
one is superior.  It bounds the  crista
ilii anteriorly, and affords  origin to the
sartorius muscle. The other is inferior,
and receives the tendinous origin ofthe
rectus femoris.
  The two POSTE'RIOR IL'IAC SPINES
are divided, like the anterior, into su-
perior and inferior.  They afford inser-
tion to strong ligaments, which unite
the ilium with the sacrum.
  The ILPACUS INTER'NUS MUSCLE,
lli'acus, Iliaco-trochanterien (Ch.), Fe'-
mur moven'tium sep'timus, Il'iac  mus1-
cle, is situated in  the fossa iliaca, and
at the anterior and  superior part of the
thigh. It is broad, radiated, triangular ;
and is attached, above, to the two upper
thirds of the fossa  iliaca,  and to  the
internal  part of the  iliac crest: — be-
low,  it terminates  by a tendon, which
is common  to it and the psoas magnus,
and is fixed  into the lesser trochanter.
When this  muscle contracts, it bends
the pelvis on the thigh,  or vice versd.
It  is also  a rotator of the thigh out-
wards, and  prevents the trunk from
falling backwards.
   IL'IAC AR'TERIES, Arte'ria Ri'aca.
This term  has been given to several
arteries.  The Pri'mary M'iacs, (F) A.
Iliaques  primitives, — Pelvi - erurales
(Ch.), arise from the bifurcation of the
aorta, opposite the body of the 4th lum-
bar vertebra,  and descend, in a diver-
gent manner, until, opposite the sacro-
iliac symphysis,  they divide into two
considerable trunks, — the internal ili-
ac or  Hypogastric (which see), and
the external iliac — Portion Iliaque de
la crurale, (Ch.)  This proceeds from
the sacro-iliac juncture as far  as the
crural  arch, when it assumes the name
Femoral Artery.  Before passing under
the arch,  it gives off two pretty  con-
siderable  branches, — the  Epigastric
and  the  Circumflexa  Ilii.  This  last,
which   is  called, also, anterior  Iliac
by some  anatomists, — Cixconflexc de
l'Ilium  (Ch.),  leaves  the  external
iliac,  at the  crural  arch.  It ascends
along  the outer  edge  of the  iliacus
muscle, and divides  into two branches,
— an internal and external.  The Il'iac
Re'gion is the side of the  abdomen be-
tween  the ribs and the hips.
  The   ILI'ACA  INTER'NA  MI'NOR
vel ll'io-lumbaris, is  a  small artery,
which  sometimes arises  from the  hy-
pogastric, at others, from the beginning
of the  gluteal.  It is  sent, chiefly, to
the  psoas and iliacus internus mus-
cles.
  Il'io-pectine'a  (Anat.)  Belonging
to the ilium and the  pecten or pubis.
  The  LIN'EA  IL'IO-PECTINE'A,  or
Lin'ea  innomina'ta, is the projecting
line  or ridge of  the ilium  and pubis,
which  forms  part of the brim  of the
pelvis.
 The IL'IO-PECTINE'AL EM'INENCE
is so called, from being formed  by the
junction of the ramus of the ilium  with
that of the pubis.  It affords attachment
to the psoas minor.
  Il'io-scro'tal  (Anat.)  Il'io-scroia'-
lis.  Professor Chaussier  calls  thus
the external twig, furnished by the an-
terior branch of the  first lumbar pair of
nerves.  It  distributes its  ramifications
to the muscles of the abdomen, and to
the integuments  of the  groin, pubis,
and scrotum.
  Il'ion (Anat.)  Il'ium, Haunch Bone.
The largest of the  three  bones, which
constitute the os innominatum  in the
foetus  and child.  It  was probably so
called, from its seeming to support the
intestine  ileon;  or, perhaps, because
its  crest  is  curved upon itself,  from
tiXtw,' I twist,' ' I roll.'   This portion
of the  os innominatum  is usually so
called   in  the adult.  The  posterior 
ILISCUS             517        IMPLICITI MORBI
surface is called Dor'sum, the internal,
Ven'ter.  The upper semicircular edge
is the Cris'ta or Spine .- at the anterior
part of which is the anterior and supe-
rior spinous process;  and,  below, the
anterior  and inferior  spinous process.
At  the back part of the spine are  two
spinous  processes,  the posterior  and
superior, and posterior  and inferior.
See Iliac
    (G)  Darmbein.
  Ilis'cus  (Path.)  A name given, by
Aviceivna,  to  erotic madness  or love
melancholy.
  Illambo'nis Collyr'ium  (Pharm.)
IXXapfimvog  xo7.?.ovqiov.  A  collyrium,
formerly used in the  treatment of ul-
cers ofthe eyes.  Paulus.
  Illegit'imate (Med.) Rlegit'imus,
from in,  ' negation  or opposition,' and
legit'imus, ' legitimate '; from lex, legis,
' law J  That which is  contrary to law;
which has not the  conditions required
by law, — as an illegitimate birth — one
out of wedlock, and admitting of med-
ico-legal  discrimination.
  ILLEGIT'IMATE or  BAS'TARD FE'-
VERS  are those,  whose  progress  is
anomalous.
  Illi"cium  Anisa'tum  (Mat. Med.)
Yel'low-floio'ered An'iseed' Tree;  An-
i'sum stella'tum,   Ani'sum  Sinen'se,
Se'men  Ba'dian.  The seeds are used
like the  aniseed.  The  same tree  is
supposed to furnish the aromatic bark,
called Cortex Anisi Stellati, or Cortex
Lavola.
  (F) Anis de la Chine,  A. etoile, Ba-
diane.
  (G)  Sternanis.
  Illo'sis  (Path.)  iX/.waic,  from i?.Xog,
' the eye'.   Distortion ofthe eyes.
  Illutamen'tum,  Illuta'tio.  An an-
cient form for a topical medicine, with
which the limbs of  wrestlers and others
were rubbed, especially after bathing.
Baccius.
  Illuta'tio ;  from  in, ' upon,' and
lu'tum,  ' mud.'  A word used, by the
ancients, for the act  of covering any
part ofthe body with  mud.
  Imagination (Physiol.) Imagina'tio.
Figura'tio,  ip.avraaia, Siuvotjpa, from
ima'go,  ' image.'  The faculty of form-
in^ in  the  mind an  assemblage of
images and combinations of ideas, which
are not  always in  connexion with ex-
ternal objects.
     (G) Einbildungskraft.
  Imbecil'ity  (Path.)   Imber.il'Mas.
Weakness, especially  ofthe intellect.
  (G) Geistesschwache, Ver-
standesschwiiche.
                 44
  Imber'bis  (Phys.)  One  devoid  of
beard.
  Imbibi"tion  (Physiol.)  ImbibV'tio,
tpnrooig, from imbib'ere, ' to drink, to
imbibe.'  The action, by which a body
becomes  penetrated  with  a  liquid.
Many of the  phenomena of absorption
are owing to imbibition.
  Im'minence  (Path.)  Imminen'tia.
Some authors have designated, by this
term, the  period which precedes the
invasion of a disease ; and  when cer-
tain indications foretell its approach.
  Impac'tion  (Path.)  Impac'tio, from
impin'gere,' to strike against.' A frac-
ture of  the cranium, ribs, or sternum,
with depression of some of the frag-
ments  and projection of others,  exter-
nally.
  Imperato'ria (Mat. Med.)  I. Oslru'-
thium, Ostru'thium, Astran'tia, Magis-
tran'tia, Mas'terwort,   (old  Fr.) Aus-
truche.  The roots  of  this plant were
formerly considered a  divinum  reme-
dium.   They are merely aromatic and
bitter, and are not used.
  (G)  Meisterwurzel,  Kaiser-
w ur z e 1,  Ostranz.
  Imperfora'tion  (Path. Anat.)  Im-
perfora'tio, Atre'sia, arqtjoia, Atretis'-
mus,  Cap'etus,  xantrog.  Absence  of
a natural aperture; as, of the mouth,
anus, vulva, nostrils,  &c.  It is con-
genital, being  dependent upon faulty
conformation.
  Impeti'go  (Path.)  from im'peto, ' I
infest.'  Dar'ta, Der'bia, Im'petus, Pe-
ti'go, Ecpye'sis  impeti'go, Phly'sis im-
peti'go,  Run'ning Scall  or Tel'ter,
7.nytjv.  A word, used in various accep-
tations.  In some writers, it is synony-
mous with itch.  In others, it means  a
variety of herpes.  Sauvages employs
it as a generic  term,  under which he
comprises  syphilis, scorbutus, rachitis,
 elephantiasis, lepra,  the  itch, tinea,
 scrophula, &c.  It forms, also, a genus
 in  the  class Cachexia of Cullen.   In
 Bateman, it is  the  first genus  of the
 5th order,  Pustula, and is defined,—
 the humid or running tetter; consist-
 ing of small   pustules,  denominated
 Psydracia.   It is  unaccompanied  by
 fever;  not contagious, nor communica-
 ble by inoculation.   He has five spe-
 cies : — the  I.  flgura'ta,   I. spar'sa,
 I. erysipelato'des, I. scab'ida, and 7. ro'-
 dens.
     (G) Kleien aussatz.
   Writer.  R. Willan, Lond. 1814.
   Implic'iti Mor'bi  (Path.) Implica'-
 ti, complica'ti M., tpntnXtyptvog. Dis-
 eases, which exist at the same time  in 
IMPOTENCE           518         INCOMPATIBLE
an organ;  and produce, concurrently,
disorder ofthe same function.
  Ih'potence  (Path. Leg. Med.)  Im-
poten'tia, adwauia.  Loss of power over
one or more ofthe members.
    (F)  Impotence.
  Commonly, it means want of sexual
vigor; incapacity  for copulation.   It
has, also, been used  synonymously with
sterility.   Impotence may  be  absolute
or relative, constitutional or local,  di-
rect  or indirect, permanent or tempo-
rary; Agenne'sia, aytwtjoia, aytvua.
    (F) Impuissunce.
    (G) Unvermogenheit.
  Impoverished (Path.) Effetus, De-
paupera'lus.   Having  become poor.
The Humorists used this expression to
designate an humor, deprived of a part
of its  constituents.  They applied  it
particularly to the blood.  This fluid was
considered to be impoverished, when
it was pale;  without the  proper con-
sistence ; and abounding in serum.   It
was, on  the contrary,  rich,  in their
opinion, when of a scarlet color; pos-
sessing consistence;  when it coagu-
lated  promptly, and  the  quantity  of
serum, compared with that of  the clot,
was by no means considerable.
    (F) Appauvri.
  Impression (Anat.) Impres'sio, nqoo-
ioX>,.  A more or less deep indentation,
which  certain organs s.-em  to make on
others.  The inequalities observable on
the bones; and  which  appear to be
made by the suprajacent organs.
  DIG"ITAL IMPRES'SIONS,  are   the
depressions, of various  forms, observ-
able at the inner surface ofthe cranium;
and which look, at first view, as if they
were made with the fingers.
    (F) Empreinte, Impression.
  Impu'ber (Phys.) Impu'bes, Impu'-
bis, avtjpog, Ane'bos,  from in, ' nega-
tion,' and  puber'tas, ' puberty.'  One,
who has  not attained the age of  pu-
perty.
  (V)  Impubere.  (G)Unmiindig.
  1nani"tion (Path.)  Inani"tio, Inan'-
itas, from inani're, ' to empty.' Ktrm-
01;, Ceno'sis.  Exhaustion for want of
nourishment.   To  die  from  inanition
is —to die from such exhaustion.
  Inaura'tio.n   (Pharm.)  Inaura'tio,
from in and  aurum, ' gold.'  The gild-
ing of pills or boluses.
   Incanta'tion (Therap.) Incanta'tio,
 Incantamen'tum, tuwotj.  A  mode of
curing diseases by charms &c, defend-
ed by Paracelsus,  Van Helmont, and
others.
  Incar'nans   (Mat.  Med..)  Incarna-
ti'vus,  Sarco'licus,  aaqxomxog, PleroV-
icus, n7.tjqomxog, Anaplerot'icus, ava-
nXtjqwrixog.   Medicines,  which  were
fancied to promote the regeneration of
the flesh.  Certain bandages and the
sutures have, also, been so called.
  Inck.n'dium   (Path.)  from  incen'-
dere, ' to bum.'   A burning fever, or
any burning heat:—nvqxuta, xuioig.
Incen'diumfebri'le,  ipXoyoiaig, Incen'sio.
Willis.
  Incera'tion   (Pharm.)  Incera'tio,
tyxijooioig, from cera,  ' wax.'   The act
of incorporating wax  with some  other
body;  or  rather,  that  operation  whose
object is to communicate to a dry sub-
stance  the consistence of wax.
  Incernic'llum (Pharm.)  from in-
cer'nere,' to sift.' A strainer or sieve.
  Inciden'tia (Remedia)  (Mat. Med.)
from  incid'ere, ' to cut.'   This  name
was  formerly  given  to  medicines to
which  was  attributed  the property of
cutting thick  or coagulated humors.
The fixed alkalies,  hydrosulphurets of
alkalies,  sulphureous  waters, &c. were
considered to belong to this class.
    (F) Incisifs.
  Incis'ion  (Surg.) Incis'io, En'copc,
tyxo.-itj.  A methodical division  of the
soft parts, with a cutting instrument.
  (F)  Taillade.
  (G)  Schnitt, Einschnitt.
  Inci'sive  (Anat.)  Incisi'vus;  same
etymon.  The Fos'sa incisi'va, F. myr-
tifor'mis,  is  a depression  in  the  supe-
rior maxillary bone, above the incisor
teeth.
  The  INCI'SIVE or INCI'SOR TEETH,
Den'tes ■ inaso'res,   Tom'ici,  odovrtg
ropixoi,   Ctenes,   xrtvtg,  Siyaon,qtg,
uSovng yt7.aoivoi,  Primo'res  Den'tes,
Riso'rii D.  The teeth, which occupy
the anterior part of the upper and lower
jaws  are  so called, because  they are
used for cutting the food in the manner
of cutting instruments.
   Inciso'rium  (Surg.) roptiov,  Tomi'-
on.  An operating  table.
   Incompatible (Pharm.)  from in,
' negation,'  and compel'ere, ' to agree.'
A  substance,  which  cannot be pre-
scribed  with  another, without  inter-
fering with its chemical composition or
medicinal activity. 
INCOMPATIBLES        519         INCOMPAT1BLES
A TABLE  OF SUBSTANCES, WHICH  CANNOT  BE  PRESCRIBED TOGETHER

            WITHOUT CHEMICAL DECOMPOSITION OCCURRING.
1. Absinthium, — Arte-
    misia Absinthium.
   Wormwood.
2. Acacia Gummi.
   Gum Arabic.
3. Acetas Hydrargyri.
4. Acidum Citricum.
   Citric Acid.
5. Acidum  Hydrocyani-
          cum.
   Prussic Acid.
6. Acidum Nitricum.
   JMitric Acid.
7. Acidum Succinum.
   Salt of Amber.
8. Acidum Tartaricum,
   Tartaric Acid.
 Sulphate of iron;  sulphate of zinc;  acetate of
   lead.

 Subacetate of  lead;  alcohol;  sulphuric  ether;
   tincture of muriate of iron.
 All the  alkalies.
 Acetate of lead; nitrate of mercury; acetate of
   mercury.
 ' Most oxides,  particularly those of mercury and
<J  antimony; nitrate of silver ; salts of iron; sul-
(  phurets; mineral acids ; chlorine.

\ Spirit of lavender, in quantity; essential oils.
> Mucilage; oils.
9.	Adeps. Lard.
10.	Agrimonia Agrimony.
11.	Alumen. Alum.
}
12.  Ammonle  Subcarbo-
           NAS.
    Subcarbonate  of Am-
          monia.
j Alkalies; earths, and  their carbonates;  salts of
I   lime and lead.

  Extracts; spirituous preparations; infusions.

 I Sulphate of iron;  potash.

(Alkalies, and  alkaline salts;  lime; magnesia;
5   Acetate of lead ; salts of mercury; infusion of
£   galls, kino, &c.
 'Acids; fixed alkalies, and  their subcarbonates;
    lime : solution of muriate of lime ; magnesia;
    alum';  supertartrate of potass ; all the acidulous
    salts; sulphate  of magnesia; acetate, submu-
    riate, and  oxymuriate of mercury ; acetate, and
    subacetate of lead ;  sulphates of iron and zinc ;
    hot decoctions and infusions.
C Sulphuric and nitric acids;  superacetate of lead;
I   potass; carbonates of soda and potass; lime.
13.  Ammonue  Murias.
    Muriate of Ammonia.
14.  Antimonii Sulphure- ) Vehicles containing acids
     tum pr^cipitatum. 4
15.  Antimonium Tartari
          ZATUM.
Tartarized Antimony.
16.  Argenti Nitras.
    JVitrate of Silver.
17.  Armoracle  Radix.
    Horseradish Root.

18.  Benzoinum.
    Benzoin.

19.  Calumbje Radix.
    Calumba Root.
C Alkalies and earths, and  their carbonates; min
5   eral acids; hydrosulphurets; decoctions of bit
£   ter and astringent plants; soaps.
  {Sulphuric, muriatic, arsenious, and tartaric acids,
    and their salts; fixed  alkalies,  and alkaline
    earths; soaps; hydrosulphurets; astringent veg-
    etable  infusions;  undistilled  water; aqueous
    solutions of salts of mercury or copper.
C Alkaline carbonates;  oxymuriate  of  mercury ;
)   nitrate of  silver;  infusion  of galls;  yellow
(   cinchona bark.
C Alkalies and acids.  (This happens with all the
I   balsams.)
( Infusion of galls ; yellow cinchona bark;  acetate
}   and subacetate of lead; oxymuriate of  mer-
(   cury; lime water._________________________, 
INCOMPATIBLES        520        INCOMPATIBLES
20.  Capsici Baccs.
    Capsicum Berries.


21.  Catechu.

22.  Cinchona.
    Peruvian Bark.

23.  Coccus.
    Cochineal.
24. Colocynthidis Pulpa.
    Pulp of Colocynth.
25.  Conii Folia.
    Hemlock Leaves.
26.  Cupri Sulphas.
    Sulphate of Copper.
27. Cuprum . Ammonia-
          tum.
    Ammoniated Copper.

28. Cusparije Cortex.
    Cusparia or Angustura*
          Bark.

29. Datura Stramonium.
    Thorn Apple.
30. Decoctum Cinchona.
    Decoction of Bark.
31. Decoctum Cydoni^:.
    Decoction of Quince
          Seed.
32. Decoctum Digitalis.
    Decoction of Foxglove.
33. Decoctum Ulmi.
    Decoction of Elm Bark.
34. Dianthi Caryophilli"
       _  Flores.
    Clove Pink  or Gilly-
         flower.
35. Emulsio AcAciiE Ara-'
          BICiE.
    Gum Arabic  Emul-
          sion.

36. Extractum Opii.
    Extract of Opium.

37. Extractum  Papav-
           ekis.
    Extract of Poppy.
'Infusion of galls ; nitrate of silver; oxymuriate
   of mercury; acetate of lead;  sulphates of iron,
   copper, and zinc; ammonia; carbonates of pot-
   ass and soda;  alum.
 Alkaline salts; metallic salts, especially those of
   iron;  gelatine.
' Salts of iron ; sulphate of zinc; nitrate of silver;
1   oxymuriate of mercury; tartarized antimony;
'   solutions of arsenic.
 Sulphate of iron;  sulphate of zinc; acetate of
   lead.
' Subacetate and acetate of lead;  nitrate of silver;
   sulphate  of iron;  the fixed alkalies.

• Energies diminished by the vegetable acids.

 Alkalies;  earths, and  their  carbonates; subbo-
   rate of soda; acetate of ammonia; tartrate of
   potass; muriate of lime ;  nitrate of silver;  sub-
   acetate and  acetate  of  lead;  oxymuriate of
   mercury ; astringent  vegetable  infusions ;  de-
   coctions and tinctures.

■ Acids; the fixed alkalies;  lime water.

' Sulphate of iron;  sulphate of copper; oxymu-
   riate  of mercury ;  nitrate  of  silver;   tar-
   tarized antimony; subacetate  and acetate of
   lead;  potass;  infusion  of  galls, and yellow
   cinchona bark.

• Salts of lead, silver, mercury,  and  iron.

 Oxymuriatic acid; tartarized antimony; infusion
   of galls.

• Acids coagulate it.

 Sulphate of iron; acetate  of  lead; infusion  and
   decoction of yellow cinchona bark.
 Alcohol and tinctures in any  considerable quan-
   tity.


-Sulphate of iron; alkalies;  acids.
 Acids; oxymel;  syrup of squills; spirits; tinc-
-   tures;  tartrate  and supertartrate  of potass ;
   oxymuriate of mercury;  spirit of nitric ether.

 Solutions of astringent vegetables; carbonate  of
   potass; oxymuriate of mercury;  sulphate  of
   copper; sulphate of zinc ;  acetate of lead; ni-
   trate of silver.

 The same incompatibles. 
INCOMPATIBLES        521        INCOMPATIBLES
38.  Ferri Sulphas.
    Sulphate of Iron.
                           Earths;  alkalies, and their carbonates; borate of
                             soda;  nitrate of potass;  muriate of ammonia;
                             tartrate of potass  and soda;  acetate of ammo-
                             nia ; nitrate of silver; subacetate  and acetate
                             of lead; soaps.
39.  Ferrum Ammoniatum. , Alkalies and  their carbonates; lime  water;  as-
                             tringent vegetables.

                           All strong acids ; lime water;  hydrosulphuret of
                             potass; astringent  vegetables.

                          ' Lime water ; subcarbonate of potass ; acetate of
                             lead ;  sulphate  of copper;  nitrate of silver;
                             sulphate of iron; tartarized  antimony ; nitrate
                             of mercury ; infusion of cinchona ; solution of
                             isinglass.
40.
41.
Ammoniated Iron.
Ferrum  Tartariza-
       tum.
Tartarized Iron.
Galls:.
Galls.
42.
43.
Granati Cortex.
Pomegranate Bark.
Guaiaci  Resina  i
      Lignum.
44.  HjEmatoxyli  Lignum.
    Logwood.
45.  Hydrargyri  Oxymu-
           rias.
    Oxymuriate of Mer-
           cury.
> Sulphate of iron.

> The mineral acids.

C Mineral acids ;  acetic acid ;  solutions of alum ;
2   sulphates of iron and copper; acetate of lead ;
(   tartarized antimony.
 ' Alkalies and their carbonates ;  volatile oils; tar-
    tarized  antimony;  acetate  of lead;  nitrate of
    silver;  infusions and decoctions of astringent
    vegetables ; white  of egg ; almond mixture ;
    lime  water ;  sulphur ;  sulphuret of  potass;
    soaps ;  iron ; lead ; copper ; bismuth ; zinc.
  Nitric and  oxymuriatic acids; alkalies and their
    carbonates ; lime water; soaps ; sulphurets of
    alkalies ;  iron; lead; copper.
All the acids and metallic solutions.
46. Hydrargyri  Submu- C
           rias.          s
    Submuriate of Mercury. (
47. Hydrosulphuretum  "]
        Ammoxi/E.
    Hydrosulphuret of Am
          monia.
48. Hyoscyami Folia et~)
          Semina.         i Acetate  of lead;  nitrate  of silver; sulphate of
    Henbane  Leaves and  C   ixm.
           Seeds.         J
49. Icthyocolla.         ( Astringent vegetable infusions; carbonate of pot-
    Isinglass.             \   ass; alcohol.
                          f Soluble  preparations  of iron; nitrate of silver;
50. Infusum  Anthemidis.J   oxymuriate of mercury ; acetate and subacetate
    Infusion of Chamomile.]   of lead ; solutions of isinglass; infusion of yel-
                          (_   low cinchona.

51. Infusum  Armoraci^"| Carbonates of alkalies;  oxymuriate of mercury;
        Compositum.      I   nitrate of silver; infusion of galls and of cin-
    Compound Infusion of f   cnona.
        Horseradish.     J
52.
I <
    Infusum  Aurantii
      Compositum.       1 Sulphate  of iron; acetate of lead; infusion or
    Compound Infusion of J   yellow cinchona; lime water
        Orange Peel.     J
53.  iNrusuM  Caryophyl- CSulphate  of iron;  sulphate  of zinc; acetate of
           lorum.        <   lead; nitrate  of silver;  tartarized antimony;
    Infusion of Cloves.    {   lime water; yellow cinchona.
54.  Infusum  Cascarill*.   The same.
_----. 
INCOMPATIBLES        522         INCOMPATIBLES
55.


56.



57.

58.

59.



60.


61.




62.


63.


64.




65.


66.

67.



68.


69.



70.


71.



72.
Tartarized antimony ; sulphate of iron ; sulphate
  of zinc ;  solution of isinglass; infusion of cin-
  chona ; strong acids ; oxymuriate of mercury


Acetate of lead.
Inf. Catechu Compos. (
 Compound Infusion ofi
       Catechu.        (
Inf. Gentians  Com-  1
      POSITUM.
 Compound Infusion of j
      Gentian.         j
Inf. Lini Compositum. C Alcohol;  preparations of lead; tincture of muri-
 Infusion of Linseed.   {   ate of iron.
Infusum Quassia.      Acetate of lead, and nitrate of silver
                      i Strong acids ; sulphates of iron and zinc; nitrate
                         of silver, tartarized antimony; acetate of lead ;
                         oxymuriate of mercury ; infusions of  casparia
                         and cinchona; catechu;  galls, and some other
                      ^   astringent vegetables.

                      > Sulphates of iron and zinc

T__a„„„„ r>~    „   t Strong acids ;  lime  water;  alkaline carbonates;
Inf. benm Compos.        , =.     ',.  ..   .    „'  .,             .  .   t.
/-,„„__„j.j  t  t, „„•„  „ri   solutions  of  nitrate of silver;  oxymuriate of
Compound Infusion ot<                . .   c,  j  ..  *  ■  s
    r e,     J       J j   mercury;  acetate  of lead ; tartarized antimony;
      oenna.           ,   .  c  . J '  c   ,,     ■  .                   J '
                      ^   infusion of yellow cinchona.
                      f Decoction of galls ;  infusions of catechu and yel
Infusum SimaroubjE. J   low cinchona; solutions of  nitrate of silver
Infusion of Simarouba.  j   oxymuriate of mercury ; acetate of lead ; alka
                      (_   line carbonates; lime water.
                      C Nitrate  of silver ;  sulphate of  iron ; infusion of
                      \   yellow cinchona.
                      ( Nitric acid ;  oxymuriate of mercury; gallic acid ;
                     J   infusion of galls ;  acetate of lead :  All vege-
                      j   table astringents;  vegetable acids,  especially
                      [_   the acetic.
                      f The  mineral acids ;  alkalies and their  carbon-
                      1   ates ; isinglass ; acetate of lead ;  nitrate of sil
Infusum Rhei.
Infusion of Rhubarb.


Inf. Ros^e Compos.
Infusion of the Rose.
Infusum Valeriana.
Infusion of Valerian.

Ipecacuanha Radix,
Ipecacuanha Root.
I
> All the metallic salts ;  acids ; alum.
                         ver ; tartarized antimony ; sulphate of iron ; ox
                         ymuriate of mercury.
Liquor Ammonia.
Solution of Ammonia.
Liquor AMMONiiE Ace-rAcids;  fixed  alkalies; alum; lirne water; sul-
      tatis.          J   phate of magnesia;  oxymuriate of mercury ;
Solution  of  Acetate of>
    Ammonia.
Liquor Ammonia Sub
    carbonatis.

Liquor Arsenicalis.
Arsenical Solution.
nitrate of silver; sulphates of zinc, copper, and
iron
1^  iron ; acetate of lead ;  magnesia

 See Ammoniae Subcarbonas.
Liquor Calcis
Lime Water.
                       Lime water ;  nitrate of  silver;  salts of copper ;
                         hydrosulphuret of potass;  infusion and decoc-
                         tion of cinchona.
                       All alkaline  and metallic salts;  borates;  tar
                         trates ;  citrates;  acids ; sulphur ;  spirituous
                         preparations ; infusions of  all  astringent vege
                         tables, and of orange peel; calumba;  cinchona;
                         rhubarb, and senna
Liquor Calcis Muri
       atis.
Solution of Muriate oft
      Lime.          J
Liquor Plumbi  Sub-^
    acetatis.         [Alkalies and their carbonates; alkaline sulphates
Solution of Subacetate of j   and sulphurets; mucilage; spring water.
      Lead.          J
Sulphuric acid;  sulphates;  fixed  alkalies, and
  their carbonates j  carbonate of ammonia; nl
  trie acid; borax ; nitrate of potass. 
INCOMPATIBLES        523         INCOMPATIBLES
73.  Liquor Potassa.

74.  Magnesia & Magne-
      sia Subcarbonas.
75.  Magnesia Sulphas.
    Sulphate of Magnesia.

76.  Mistura Ammoniaci.
    Mixture of ammoniac.
77.  Mistura  Amygdala-
           rum.
    Almond Mixture.
78.  Mistura Camphora.
    Camphor Mixture.
79.  Mistura Creta.
    Chalk Mixture.
80.  Mistura Moschi.
    Musk Mixture.
81.  Mucilago Acacia.
    Mucilage of Gum Ara-
           bic.

82. Oleum Amygdalarum
    (when united with alka-
       lies and water.)
83.  Opium.


84.  Phosphas Soda.


85.  Plumbi Acetas.
    Acetate of Lead.
86. Potassa Acetas.
    Acetate of Potass.
87.  Potassa Carbonas.
    Carbonate of Potass.
  ,  Potassa Nitras.
    Mtrate of Potass.

89.  Potassa Sulphas.
    Sulphate of Potass.

90.  Potassa Sulphtjre-
          tum.
    Sulphuret of Potass.
  Acids ;  metallic salts, &c.
fAcids.  Acidulous  salts;  alkalies and neutral
    salts; alum;  cream of tartar; nitrate of silver;
    acetate and oxymuriate of mercury ; acetate of
    lead ; sulphates of zinc, copper, and iron.
f Muriates of ammonia ;  baryta and lime ; nitrate
j   of silver; subacetate and  acetate of  lead.
j   Fixed  alkalies  and' their  carbonates ;  lime
L   water.
C Oxymuriate of mercury; acetate of potass;  oxy-
\     mel; ether; spirit of nitric ether.
C Acids; oxymel;  syrup of  squill; spirits; tinc-
1   tures;  spirit of nitric aether; tartaric  acid ;
(   supertartrate of potass ; oxymuriate of mercury.
C Liquor potassae; sulphate of magnesia; several
I   saline bodies.

> Acids and acidulous salts.

C Oxymuriate of mercury ; sulphate of iron ; min-
£   eral acids ; infusion of yellow bark.
C Sulphuric aether; compound spirit of aether; tinc-
2   ture  of  muriate of iron ;  subacetate of lead.
£   Ammonia ; hard waters;  alcohol, when strong.
 f Acids; oxymel; syrup of  poppy  and of squills;
    tartrate  and  supertartrate  of potass ;  super-
    sulphate of potass;   oxymuriate of mercury ;
    resins; hard  water.
 f Alkaline  carbonates; muriate  of  mercury ;  ni-
J   trate of silver ;  sulphates of zinc, copper, and
 |   iron ;  astringent solutions ;  and acetate of lead
 ^  precipitate the watery solution.
  Alum; chalk, and all salts  with an earthy base.
 [Alkalies;  alkaline  earths, and their carbonates;
 |   most of the  acids ;  alum;  borax ; sulphates
^   and  muriates ;  soaps; all sulphurets ; ammo-
    niated and tartarized iron ; tartarized antimo-
 (_  ny;  undistilled water.
 f Mineral  acids;  decoction of tamarinds; oxymu-
 J   riate of mercury;  nitrate of silver; sulphates
 ]   of soda and magnesia;  muriate of ammonia;
 ^  tartrate of potass.
 f Acids  and acidulous  salts ;  borax;  muriate of
     ammonia; acetate of ammonia ;  alum ; sul-
     phate  of magnesia; lime  water;  nitrate  of
     silver; ammoniated copper; muriate of iron ;
     submuriate and oxymuriate of mercury ; ace-
     tate of  lead ; tartarized antimony ; tartarized
     iron; sulphates of zinc, copper, iron, &c.
 C Alum ;  sulphate of magnesia;  sulphuric acid;
 I   sulphates of zinc, copper, and iron.
  f Partly decomposed by the nitric and muriatic
 J   acids ; lime and its compounds; oxymuriate of
  \   mercury ; nitrate of silver; acetate, and sub
  ^   acetate of lead.

 /Water;   acids; acidulous salts; metallic, and
 l   earthy salts. 
INCOMPATIBLES        524         INCOMPATIBLES
91. Potassa Supertar- }
          tras.         > Alkalies;  alkaline earths ; mineral acids.
   Supertartrate of Potass.)
                        f Magnesia; baryta; lime ; acetate and subacetate
92. Potassa Tartras.   j   of lead ; nitrate of silver; all acids, and acidu-
    Tartrate of Potass.   j   lous salts ;  tamarinds,  and other subacid vege-
                        (^   tables ; muriate of ammonia.
    Quassa Lignum.  See t
  93.

  94,





  95.





  96.


  97.


  98.

  99.

100.

101.



102.


103.


104.
105.

i06.

107.

108.



109,

110.
 Infusum Quassia.
Salicis Cortex.
Willow Bark.
I
^Sapo,
 Soap.
Scilla Radix.
Squill root.

Soda Tartarjzata.
Tartarized Soda.

Soda Subboras.
Borax.
                     C Solution of isinglass ; alkaline  carbonates; lime
                     I   water; sulphate of iron.
                      'All acids and  acidulous  salts;  earthy salts, e. g.
                         alum, muriate, and sulphate of lime ; sulphate
                         of magnesia.   Metallic salts ; nitrate of silver;
                         ammoniated copper;  tincture  of muriate  of
                         iron; ammoniated  iron ;  acetate,  submuri-
                         ate and oxymuriate of mercury;  subacetate of
                         lead ; tartarized iron ; tartarized antimony; sul-
                         phates of zinc, copper, and iron.  All astrin-
                         gent  vegetables; hard water.
                     C Gelatine ;  lime ['water ;  alkaline carbonates ;
                     \   acetate of lead ; nitrate of silver.
                     C Most acids and acidulous salts,_ except the super-
                     <   tartrate  of  potass;  acetate and subacetate of
                     (   lead; barytic salts ; salts of lime.
                     C Acids ; potass; earthy sulphates,  and muriates;
                     I   salts  of ammonia.
 Sodje Subcarbonas. C Most of those substances mentioned  under po-
 Subcarbonate of Soda. (   tassae carbonas.
 Sod.se Sulphas.      C Those which are  incompatible with Sulphate of
 Sulphate of Soda.     \   Magnesia.
 SoLUTIO  MUR1ATIS  ")
    Barytje.         (Sulphate of soda;  alum;  nitrate  of potass;  ni-
 Solution of Muriate  of j   trate  of silver.
     Barytes.         J
 Spiritus Ammonije
  Aromaticus.
 Sal Volatile.
 Spiritus  .ZEtheris
     Nitrici.
 Spirit of Jfitric Ether.
 Spiritus Camphors
 Tamarindi Pulpa.
 Tamarind Pulp.
 Taraxaci Radix.
Dandelion Root.
Acids; acidulous salts ; earthy and metallic salts,
  and lime water.
Green sulphate of iron ;  tincture of guaiacum.
                      Water.
                     { Tartrate and  acetate of potass and soda; resin-
                     l  ous cathartics; infusion of senna.
                     C Infusion of galls ; nitrate of silver; oxymuriate
                     \  of mercury ; acetate of lead; sulphate of iron.
Tinctura Cinchona ? «  -j       j i        .i      ,
   Ammoniata.       <A    ' acidulous> earthy, and metallic salts.
Tinctura Ferri MuO
     riatis.          I Alkalies and  their carbonates;  infusions of as-
Tincture of Muriate of j  tringent vegetables ; mucilage of gum arabic.
      Iron.
Tinctura  Guaiaci   C Nitrous acid;  spirit of nitre; ether; oxymuriatic
    Ammoniata.      \  acid.
Tormentillje  Ra-  ) o, , ..      „.  .  ,      ,
      DIX            ( bolutions of isinglass; salts of iron; alkalies and
TormentilRoot.       )  alkaline earths- 
INCONTINENTIA        525       INDICATING DAYS.
111.  Valeriana Radix.   Salts of iron.
112.  Vinum Antimonii   £ Preparations of cinchona and of bitter and astrin
      Tartarizati.
113.  Zinci Sulphas.
     Sulphate of Zinc.
(  gent vegetables
 Alkalies;  earths;  hydrosulphurets ;  astringent
   vegetable infusions; milk
  Incontinentia (Pharm.)  from in,
1 negation,'  and  contin'eo, ' I contain.'
Inability to retain the natural evacua-
tions.  Abuse of the pleasures of love.
  (G)  Unaufhaltsamkeit.
  Incorporation (Pharm.)   Incorpo-
ra'tio,  Corpora'tio,  tvooiparwoig.   An
operation,  by which  medicines  are
mixed with  soft or  liquid bodies,  in
order to give them  a  certain consis-
tence.   Also, the thorough admixture
of various substances.
  Incrassan'tia (Therap.)   Incrassa-
ti'va, Inviscan'tia, Pachyn'tica,  Pycnot'-
ica,  nvxvorrixa,   nayvinxa.   Medi-
cines, which were formerly believed to
possess the  power of thickening  the
humors, when too thin.   All mucilagi-
nous substances were so regarded.
  In'crease (Physiol.)   Incremen'tum,
av%rtaig, Auxe'sis  from in, and cres'cere,
1 to  grow.'   Augmentation of  the size
or weight of a body, by the application
of new molecules around those which
already exist.
  (F)  Accroissement.
  (G) Zuwachs, Vermehrung.
  Incrusta'tiox  (Path.  Anat.)   In-
crusta'tio, xoviaaig, nXaxuiaig.   The act
of forming   a crust on  the surface of
a body, as well as the crust itself. Also,
the  calcareous deposits or cartilagin-
ous  plates,  which sometimes form in
organs.
  Incuba'tion (Path.) Incuba'tio, from
incuba're, ' to lie upon.'  This word,
which is used in  natural  history for the
sitting of birds upon  their eggs, is em-
ployed,  figuratively,  in medicine for
the  period  that  elapses  between  the
introduction of a  morbific principle into
the animal economy  and  the  invasion
of the disease.
  In'cubus   (Path.)   Same   etymon.
Epial'tes, Ephial'tes noctur'nus, Ephial'-
tes,  Epilep'sia nocturna,   Oneirodyn'ia
gra'vans, Erethis'mus oneirodyn'ia, Ka>-
bus (Arab.)  Noctur'na oppres'sio, Epib'-
ole,  ttptaX.rtjg,  nightmare,  Babuzka'-
riuSi (SapovLixaqiog.   A sensation  of a
distressing weight at the epigastrium
during sleep, and  of impossibility of
motion,  speech,  or  respiration ;   the
patient at length awaking  in terror,
after  extreme  anxiety.    The night-
mare is, often, the effect of difficult di-
gestion or of an uneasy position of the
body. At other times, it occurs in con-
sequence  of severe  emotions.  The
sensation  of suffocation  was formerly
ascribed to the person's being possessed,
and the male spirits were  called incu-
bes — the female, succubes.  The dis-
ease requires no  particular treatment.
The causes  must be avoided.
   (F) Cauchemar,  Chauchevicille,  Co-
chemar, Oneirodynie gravative.
   (G) Alp,  Alpdriicken.
   IN'CUBUS VIGIL AN'TIUM,  Ephial'-
tes vigilan'tium,  E.  hypochonariaca.
This is produced during wakefulness ;
the sense of pressure being severe and
extending over the abdomen ;  respira-
tion frequent, laborious, and constrict-
ed ; eyes fixed ;  sighing, deep and vio-
lent ; intellect undisturbed.
   I.n'cus (Anat.)  axpuiv.   One  of the
small bones of the ear, so called from
a fancied resemblance  to a smith's an-
vil.  It is situated in the cavity of the
tympanum,  between the malleus and
orbiculare.  Its body is  articulated with
the  malleus ;  its  horizontal  ramus,
which is the shortest, corresponds with
the entrance of  the mastoid cells ; and
its vertical ramus is articulated with
the os orbiculare.  The  incus  is com-
posed of a compact tissue and is devel-
oped from a single point of  ossification.
    (F) Enclume.
    (G)  Amb oss.
   Inda'rion (Pharm.) ivSaqiov, name
of a  collyrium,  described  by Aetius.
Gorrjeus.
   In'dex (Anat.) Dig'itus indicato'rius,
Xiyavog, Lich'anos, Stixrixog, from indi-
cate, ' to point out.'   The forefinger,
index finger.
    (G) Zeigefinger.
   India'na (U. S.) Mineral Waters
of (Mat. Med.)   A medicinal  spring,
near Jeffersonville, is much frequented.
Its waters  are  strongly impregnated
with sulphur and iron.
   In'dicant  (Path.)  In'dicans, tvSti-
xnxog. Any thing which, in the course
of a disease or in what precedes or ac-
companies it, concurs in pointing out
the means to be used for its cure.
    (F) Indicatif.
   Indicating Days (Path.)  Dies In'-
dices, D, Indicato'rii.    Hippocrates 
INDICATION           526             INFANS
 and others have thus called the middle
 day of  the  septenary ;  because they
 imagined, that indications were  some-
 times given, then, of the crises which
 would occur in the last day of the sep-
 tenary.
     (F)  Jours Indkateurs.
   Indication (Path.) Indica'tio, from
 in'dico,' I show.'  Accusa'tio,  Dela'tio,
 trdsigig, Boethemat'kum Scmci'on.  The
 object proposed in the employment  of
 any means,  which are had recourse  to
 for the cure of a disease.   It may, also,
 be defined — the manifestation afforded
 by the disease itself of what is proper  to
 be done for its removal.
   (G)  Zeichen   Anzeichen,
 Anzeige.
   Writers.   J.  Bocaud  (abridged
from  Galen), Lips.  1554  (L).   A.
 Schratenberg,  Brix. 1569 (L).  L.
 Collado, Valent.  1572  (L).   Pa-
 parella a mo.ntf. Sancto, Perus. 1573
 (L).  Gavasserius,  Ven. 15c6  (L).
 L. Mercado, Colon.  1588  (L).   D.
 Sennert, Wittemb. 1603(E).  Schr6-
 ter,  Jen. 1609  (L).  Justus, Basil.
 1618  (L).   Rosenbach, Basil. 1620
 (L).  Bartsch, Argent. 1624 (L).  E.
 Camerarius,  Tubing. 1686 (L).   He-
 benstreit (various works), Lips, from
 1733 to 1750.   Herissant, Paris, 1748
 (L).  Krause, Lips. 1753(L).  Wide-
 mann, Lips. 1755 (L).
   Indig"enous (Mat. Med. &c.) Indig"-
 enus.  Whatever  is  native in a coun-
 try, in opposition to  exotic;  as an in-
 digenous remedy, indigenous disease, &c.
   (G)  Einheimische,  Inlan-
 disiche.
   In'digo (Pharm.)   A  dye-stuff, in
 small, solid  masses, of a deep azure
 blue color and devoid of smell  and
 taste.  It  is obtained, by a fermenta-
 tive process, from the Indigofera anil,
 I.  argentca,  and  /.  tinctoria;  and is
 sometimes used by  the apothecary for
coloring certain preparations.
  Indisposi'tion (Path.)  Ma'la dispo-
si"tio, a slight functional disturbance,
 which scarcely bears the  name of dis-
 ease.       (F) Malaise.
   In'dolent (Path.)  In'dolcns. Exhib-
 iting  little or  no pain.   An epithet,
 particularly applied  to certain tumors.
   Induc'tio (Pharm.)  anayotytj,  from
 indu'eere,' to extend upon.'  It is used
 especially for the action of extending a
 plaster upon linen.
  Indura'tion (Path.) Indura'tio, from
 du'rus,' hard.' That  hardness, which
supervenes, occasionally, in an inflam-
 ed part.   It is  one of the  terminations
 of inflammation.   Indura'tion  of the
 Cel'lular  tis'sue,  Com'pact  QZde'ma,
 (F) Endurcissement du tissu cellulaire,
 is  a disease, which attacks infants a
 few days afterbirth, and which Chaus-
 sier has proposed to call Sclireme, from
 ax7.ttqog, ' hard.'
   (F) Endurcissement.
   (G) Verhartung, Verschwie-
 1 u n g.
   Indu'rans  (Therap.)   A  medicine,
 which hardens the parts  to which it is
 applied.  Sclerot'icus, oXtjqvvtav, oxXyqui-
 nxog.  Galen.
   Indu'sium (Anat.) xirwnoxog, strict-
 ly, ' a shirt'; but some anatomists have
 so called the amnios.
  Iner'tia  (Path.)   Igna'via, Accou-
 cheurs  call Iner'tia  of the womb,  (F)
 Inertie  de  la  matrice,  the diminution
 and even the total cessation of the con-
 tractions ofthe uterus during labor ; as
 well as  the  species of  languor into
 which it sometimes falls  after the  ex-
 pulsion ofthe foetus.
    (G) Tragheit.
  I n'fancy (Phys.)  Infan'tia, from in,
 ' negation,' and fa'ri, ' to  speak.'  Early
 childhood, Child'hood, vtjntortjg, naiSia,
 Paidi'a.  It generally includes the  age
 from birth till the seventh year.
  (F) Enfance.
  (G)  Kindheit,  Kindesalter,
 Kinderjahre.
  Infans (Physiol.) An infant; a child ;
one in infancy, naidtov, r^niov.
    (F) Enfant.   (G) Kind.
  Writers on tlie physical education,
&c. of children.  Gaucher de Sainte
Marthe or Scevola Sammarthanus,
Paris, 1584  (L).   G.  Ch. Dethard-
ing, Hafn. 1737 (L).  N.  Andry (Or-
thopadia),  Paris,  1741  and 2. (F).   J.
R. Spielmann  and B. H. Rang (on
the best food for infants),  Argent. 1753
(L).  Brouzet, Paris,  1754 (F).  De-
sessartz, Paris, 1759  (F).   Buchan,
Edinb. 1761 (L).  P. Camper (regimen
of infants), 1762  (L).   G. Heinrich,
Vien. 1765 (L).   Raulin,  Paris, 1768
(F).  J. Ballexserd, Gen.  1775 (F).
Borck,  Giess. 1784 (L).  A. E. Buch-
ner, Duisb. 1790 (L).    Zuccharini,
Heidelb. 1792 (L), Saucerotte, Paris,
1797 (F).  J. C. Desessartz, Paris,
1797 (F).  J. P. Frank, Paris, 1799
      SJ. L. Moreau de  la Sarthe,
   is, 1800 (F).   Hufeland, Berlin,
1803 (G).   C. A. Struve,  from  the
(G) by A. F. M. Willich, Lond. 1801.
A.  Le  Roy,  Paris, 1803 (F).  N. L.
Faligan, Paris, 1804 (F).   P.  F. F.
 Desbordeaux (orthopedia),.Paris, 1805 
INFANTICIDE          527         INFILTRATION
(F).  J. C. Rey, Paris,  1807 (F).  P.
Jean, Montpellier, 1812 (F).   P.  Pre-
vot-Leygonie, Paris,  1813(F).   Sal-
gues, Paris, 1815 (F).  Friedlander,
Paris, 1815 (F).  J. M. M.  Piquet,
Paris, 1815(F). J.Roberton (mortality
and physical management), Lond. 1827.
S. F. Ratier, Paris, 1827 (F).
  Writers on the  Diseases of Chil-
dren.  M.  Etmuller, Lips. 1675 (L).
D.  Sennert,  Witteb.  1632 (L).  W.
Harris, Lond. 1689 (L). G. E. Stahl,
Hal. 1705 (L).  Fr.  Hofmann, Genev.
1753 (L).   J. Juncker, Hal. 1746 (L).
J. Jameson,  Edinb.  1731 (L).   H.
Boerhaave,  in  French   by  Paul,
Paris, 1768.  C.  J, Oehme (surgical
diseases),  Lips.  1773 (L).   Conyers,
Lond. 1748 (L).  A. J. B. M. Guenet,
Paris, 1777 (F).  N.  Rosen de Ro-
senstein,  Gotting.  1768 (G).   M. A.
Clarke, Lond.  1773:  in French  by
Lefevre de Villebrune, Paris, 1778 :
in Engl, by A. Sparmann. Lond. 1776.
J. A. Murray, Gotting. 1782 (E).  M.
Underwood, Lond. 1784 : an edition
by S. Merrimann, Lond. 1827.   Geo.
Armstrong,  Lond.  1783:  by  A. P.
Buchan,   Lond.  1808.   A.  Wilson,
London, 1783.   W. Dease, Dublin,
1783.  T.  Mantell (management of
infants), Lond.  1787.   A. Hamilton,
Edinbburgh,  1792.  Struve, Breslau,
1797 (G).  W. Moss, Lond. 1794.  N.
Chambon,  Paris, 1799 (F).  J. Cheyne,
Edinb. 1801.   W. Hume, Dublin, 1S03.
W.  Heberden, Lond.  1805(L): — in
Eng.Lond. 1807. CM. Gardien, Paris,
1806 (F).   J. Herdman (management
of children),  Edinb. 1804.  R. Perau-
din, Paris,  1806 (F). J. Plenk,  Vien.
1807 (L).   J. P. Auvity,  Paris, 1808
(F).  Ch.  Peschier, Paris, 1809 (F).
James  Hamilton,  Jun., Lond. 1809.
B. la Fage, Paris, 1812(F).   C. G.
Flnot  (during dentition), Paris, 1813
(F).  J. Capuron, Paris, 1813 (F).   J.
Clarke, Lond. 1815.   J. Syer, Lond.
1812.  W.  P. Dewees, Philad.  1825.
Robley Dunglison (of stomach and
bowels), Lond.  1824.   C. T. Haden,
by J. Alcock (management and dis-
eases of), Lond. 1827. "Miles Marley,
Lond. 1830.
   Infan'ticide  (Leg. Med.) Infanti-
cid'ium, from in'fans, ' a  child,' and
ca'dere, '  to  kill.'  The murder of a
child newly born,  or on the point of
being born.  It may be  perpetrated by
the mother, or by some other person;
either by  commission,  i. e. in  conse-
quence of a direct, voluntary act; — or
by omission of those cares,  which  are
necessary for the preservation of the
newborn.
  (G)  Kindermord,  Kinds-
mo r d.
  Writers.  Wagner, Regiom. 1707
(L).  Vater,  Vitteriberb,  1722 (L).'
Schoepf,  Tubing. 1737 (L).   J.  H.
Wolfarth, Francf. 1750 (L). W. Ch.
Hofmann (on determining  the age of
the  dead fatus by the bones), Lips. 1751
(L).  H. Fr. Delius (sugillation as
an  evidence of I.), Erlang. 1751 (L).
Detharding,   Rostoch,   1754  (L).
Rath  (uncertainly of  signs of I.),
Prag.  1756  (L).  Adolphi,  Helmstad.
1764 (L). Kaltschmied (from wounds
of the head), Jenae, 1769(E).  Ch. E.
Eschenbach, Rostoch, 1774 (L).  Ph.
A. Bohmer, Hal. 1771 (L).  Another
work,  Hal. 1775 (L).  W. Hunter
(uncertainty of the  signs  of),  Lon-
don.  Thei'n, Herbspol. 1777 (L).  Ch.
G.  Gruner, Jenae, 1784  (L).  Other
works, Ibid. 1784 and 1805 (L).  W.
G. Ploucquet, Argent. 1787 (L).  An-
other  work, Tubing.  1783 (G).  Ol-
gren, Jenae, 1788 (L).  Hermann,Lips.
1796 (L). > Schoenmetzel, Manheim,
1796 (L).   Canolle,  Poictiers, an vii
(F).  E. Platner,  Lips.  1801 (L).
C.  Johnson,  Lancaster,  1813.   Le-
cieux, Renard, Laisne,  and Rieux,
Paris,  1819 (F).   W.  Hutchinson,
Lond.  1821.
  Infernal  (Mat. Med.)  Infernus ;
relating to hell.  A name, applied  to
a caustic — Lapis infemalis — on ac-
count  of its strong,  burning proper-
ties.
  Infibula'tio  (Surg.)  Infibula'tion,
ayy.Ttjqiaopog, Ancterias'mus ; fromfib'-
ula, ' a clasp.'   An operation, formerly
practised, which consisted in passing  a
ring through the prepuce, after having
drawn it over the glans; — in order to
prevent coition.
  The ancients employed  infibulation,
with  their gladiators, to  preserve all
their  strength  by depriving them  of
venery.  In the  women,  to preserve
their   chastity,  the  ring  was  passed
through the labia majora.
  (F) Bouclement. (G) Einringeln,
Einhe f teln.
  Infiltra'tion (Path.)  Infiltra'tio,
from filtra're,' to filter:'  The accumu-
lation  of a fluid in the cells of any
texture, and particularly ofthe cellular
membrane.  The fluid effused  is ordi-
narily serous ; — sometimes blood  or
pus, faeces  or urine.'  When infiltration
is  general, it  constitutes anasarca;
when local, cedema. 
INFIRMIER            528       INFRA-SPINATUS
   INFIRMIER (F) from infir'mus. One,
 employed  in  an hospital or infirmary,
 to take care of the sick.   Infirma'rius,
 voooxouog,  Cura'tor infirmo'rum.
     (G) Krankenwarter.
  ' Infir'mity  (Path.) lnfir'mitas,  aq-
 qoiona, aoStvtia, Invaletu'do. Any dis-
 ease, which has become habitual, either
 owing  to its  chronic character, or its
 numerous relapses.
   (G) Sc h wachheit,  Gebrech-
 1 i c h k e i t.
   Inflamma'tion (Path.) Inflamma'tio,
 from in,' within,' and flam'ma,' flame,'
 ' fire '; ipXtypovtj, ipXoyiaoig, Phlogo'sis,
 Phlegmasia, ipXtypaaia, Causo'ma, xav-
 otopa.   It is so called in consequence of
 the acute or burning pain, felt in a part
 affected with it.  An irritation in a part
 of the body occasioned by some stimu-
 lus ; — owing  to which the blood flows
 into the capillary  vessels in greater
 abundance  than natural, and those ves-
 sels  become  dilated;  whence  result
 pain, redness,  heat, tension,  and swell-
 ing : symptoms, which appear in great-
 er or  less  severity, according to the
 structure, vital  properties,  and func-
 tions of the part affected, and its con-
 nexion with  other parts, as  well  as
 according to  the  constitution  of  the
 individual.
   The inflammations ofthe cellular and
 serous  membranes greatly  agree; —
 and those of the  mucous and skin :  the
 former being more  active, and  consti-
 tuting the phlegmonous variety ; — the
 latter, the  erysipelatous.   Inflamma-
 tion may end by resolution, suppura-
 tion,  gangrene,  adhesion, effusion, or
 induration.  Each of the inflammations
 of  internal  organs  has  received a
 name according  to  the organ affected;
 — as, gastritis, cephalitis, enteritis, he-
patitis, &c.
   Besides the inflammations — essen-
 tially morbid, there is a kind, often had
 recourse to by nature, for the union of
 parts, which have been divided; wheth-
 er the union takes  place immediately,
 or by the aid of an intermediate body.
 This is the  adhesive inflammation. See
 Adhesion, Callus, Cicatrix.
  Broussais considers, that the term in-
flammation should  include every local
 exaltation of the organic  movements,
 which is sufficiently great to disturb the
 harmony of the functions, and  disor-
 ganize the texture in which it is situated.
 He,  farther, extends the  name inflam-
 mation to irritations," which do not in-
 duce  disorganization  of  the  textures,
 and  which had  been previously, and
 are still, called fevers.
   External inflammation is  easily de-
 tected, by the  characters already men-
 tioned : — internal,  by disturbance  of
 function and pain upon pressure.  Both
 require the  removal of all  irritation,
 and the reduction of vascular excite-
 ment  and nervous  irritability:  hence
 blood - letting — local  and  general —
 cooling applications; the large adminis-
 tration of opiates and the use of counter-
 irritants become valuable remedies in
 almost all cases of inflammation.
     (G) Entziindung.
   Writers.   Bohn, Lips.  1686 (L).
 J. G. Berger,  Vittenb. 1695 (L).  G.
 E. Stahl, Hal. 1698 (L).  H. Boer-
 haave, Lugd. Bat. 1708 (L).  L. Heis-
 ter, Helmst. 1753 (L).  Jungerheld,
 Lugd. Bat. 1755 (L).  Gardane, Mon-
 spel. 1758 (L).   Richter,  Hal.  1762
 (L).  Vacca, Florent.  1765 (L).   D.
 Magenise,  Lond.  1768.  Johnston,
 Edinb. 1777 (L). O. Rosenblad, Lugd.
 1780 (L).   Barclay, Edinb. 1784(E).
 Pusol (chronic  I. ofthe viscera), Paris,
 1785 (F).  1. A. Brambilla (inflam-
 matory tumors),  Vienna,  1786  (G).
 J. R. Coxe, Philad. 1794.  J. Hunter,
 Lond.  1795.  Walker, Edinb.  1796.
 (L).  Huckof,  Regiom. 1797 (L).  J.
 Burns, Glasgow, 1800.   Mirus, Erford.
 1801 (L).   J. Herdman, Eidnb.  1802.
 Baldwin,  Edinb. 1803 (L).  Plouc-
 quet (terminations of I.), Tubing. 1803
 (L).  P. J. B. Postel, Paris, 1803 (F).
 P. Lalanne,  Paris, 1804 (F).   Sau-
 VEUR DE LA VlLLERAYE, Paris,  1812
 (F).   S.  Perret,  Paris, an. xi (F).
 J. Thomson, Edinb. 1813.   F.  J.  V.
 Broussais (chronic phlegmasia), Paris,
 1816(F) :  in English by Isaac Hays
 and  R. E.  Griffith,  Philadel.  Ib31.
 J. H. James, Lond. 1821.  C.E.Lucas,
 Lond. 1822.  A. Berlioz, Paris,  1824
 (F).   Jas. Black, Lond. 1825.  A. N.
 Gerdrin, Paris, 1826 (F).   J. Scott
 (on  chronic I.),  Lond. 1828.
  Inflammatory (Path.)  Inflamma-
 to'rius ; belonging to inflammation ; —
 as, inflammatory tumor, inflammatory
fever,  &c.  The blood is said to  be
 inflammatory when cupped or buffy.
  Influen'za (Path.)  The  Italian for
 Influence.    Epidemic  catarrh ; — so
 called, because  it was supposed to be
 produced by a peculiar influence of the
 heavens.  See Catarrh.
  (F)  Influence, Grippe, Follette,  &c.
  (G) S c h n u p f e n f i e b e r.
  In'fra-spina'tus  (Anat.)  from in'-
fra,  ' beneath,'  and  spi'na,  ' a spine.'
 Situated beneath the spine of the  scap-
 ula. — In'fra-spina'lis. 
INFUNDIBULUM         529            INFUSUM
   FOS'SA  IN'FRA - SPINA' TA, — (F)
Fosse sous-6pineuse.  A large excava-
tion on  the  posterior  surface of the
scapula, beneath  its spine.  It is filled
by the
   IN'FRA-SPINA'TUS Mus'cle, Grand
Scapulo - trochiterien, Super scapula'ris
infe'rior (Ch.),  which is broad, flat,
and triangular.   It is attached,  by its
base, to the three inner quarters of the
fossa; and is inserted, by a long ten-
don,  into the middle part of the great
tuberosity  of the humerus (Trochiter).
It turns the  arm outwards, and,  when
the  arm is elevated,  carries  it  back-
wards.
     (F)  Sous-epineux.
   Infundib'ui.um  (Anat.)   A  Latin
word, signifying a Funnel:—xoar'h
Choa'ne, yoavog, yoavov, yoiovog, yonog,
Chu1ne.  A name, given to many parts
which, more or less, resemble a funnel.
It  is particularly  appropriated  to  the
.following organs: —
   1. The INFUNDIB'ULUM OF THE
BRAIN,  (F)  Pel'vis Cer'ebri, Entonnoir
du ventricule moyen du cerveau— Tige
pituitaire,  Tge  sus-sphenoidale.  A
depression in the inferior paries of the
middle  ventricle,  above the  pituitary
gland.   It was, anciently, regarded as
a canal by which the fluid, collected in
the ventricles of the brain, was evacu-
ated and poured  into the nasal fossae.
   2. The  INFUNDIB'ULA  OF  THE
KID'NEYS.  See Cai.ix.
   3. The INFUNDIB'ULUM  OF  THE
ETH'MOID BONE.  It is one  of the
anterior cells  of that  bone,  which  is
broad and expanded above, and narrow
below;  opening, above, into the frontal
sinus ; below, into the anterior part of
the middle meatus  of the nasal fossae.
   In Surgery, infundibula are used to
direct steam or vapors; to conduct the
actual cautery to certain morbid parts,
&c.
   INFUNDIB'ULUM OF THE COCH'-
 LEA.   This, with  the  modiolus, forms
the nucleus round which the  gyri of
the cochlea pass.   It  is an imperfect
funnel,  the  apex of which  is common
with that of  the • modiolus; and the
base is  covered with  the apex  of the
cochlea, termed  Cu'pola.
   (F) Entonnoir.   (G) Trichter.
   Infu'sion  (Pharm. & Surg.)  Infu'-
sio, En'chyton,  tyyvrov, from  infun'-
dere, ' to pour in,' ' to introduce.'   A
pharmaceutical  operation, which con-
sists in pouring a hot or cold fluid upon
a substance, whose medical  virtues it
is desired to extract.   Infusion is, also,
used for the product of this operation.
  In  Surgery,  infusion is the act of
introducing,' into the veins, medicinal
substances by  aid  of an instrument
called Infu'sor.  This mode of intro-
ducing medicines was called the Ars
infuso'ri'i.
  Infu'sum  (Pharm.) En'chyma.   The
product of an infusion. (G)Aufguss.
  INFU'SUM ANTHEM'IDIS; Infu'sion
of Cham'omite.  (Anthtmid. flor.  3ij,
aq. fervent.  Jfoss.   Macerate for ten
minutes in a covered vessel, and strain.
Ph. L.)   Dose, gj to § iss.
 ■ INFU'SUM ARMORA'CIAZ COMPOS'-
ITUM; Com'pound Infu'sion of Horse-
radish. (Armorac. rad. recent, concis.,
sinapis sem. cont. sing.  §j, aqua fer-
vent. Jtjj.   Macerate  for  two  hours,
strain, and add sp. armorac. comp. § j.
Ph. L.)  Dose, §j to §iij.
  INFU'SUM AURAN'TII  COMPOS11-
 TUM; Com'pound Infu'sion of Orange
Peel.  (Aurant. cort. sice.  3ij) Hmon.
cort.  recent.  3j> caryoph.  cont.  3ssj
aq. fervent, foss.   Macerate for  15
minutes,  and  strain.  Ph. L.)   Dose,
 § iss to § ij.
   INFU'SUM  CALUMfBJE, I. Calom'-
 ba;  Infu'sion  of Calum'ba,   (Calumb.
yad.  concis.   3ij,  aq. fervent,   foss.
Macerate for  two hours, and  strain.
 Ph. L.)   Dose, § iss to §iij.
   INFU'SUM  CARYOPHYLLO'RUM ;
 Infu'sion of Cloves.   (Caryoph. contus.
 3j,  aq. fervent,  ftss.   Macerate for
 two  hours, and  strain.   Dose § iss to
 S'j-
   INFU'SUM  CASCARIL'LJE;   Infu'-
 sion  of Cascaril'la.)  (Cascarill. cort.
 cont. § ss, aq. fervent. JKss.   Macerate
 for  two hours,  and  strain.  Ph. L.)
 Dose, § iss to  § ij.
   INFU'SUM  CAT'ECHU  CQMPOS'I-
 TUM, Infu'sum  Cat'echu, I. Aca'cia
 Cat'echu; Infu'sion of Cat'echu.  (Cat-
 echu ext.  3 iiss, cinnam. cort, cont. 3SS,
 aq. ferv. ftss.   Macerate for  an hour,
 and strain.)  Dose,  5§ iss  to § ij.
   INFU'SUM CINCHQ'NJE, I. Cincho'-
 na lancifo'lia,  I. Cinchona sine colore ;
 Infu'sion of Cincho'na.   (Cinch,  lanci-
fol. cort. contus, §ss,ag. fervent, foss.
 Macerate  for  two  hours,  and  strain.
 Ph. L.)  Dose, §j to § iij.  The Phar-
 macopoeia of the United  States has  an
 Infu'sum Cincho'na cum  A'qud Cal'cis,
 and an Infu'sum Cincho'na cum Mag-
 ne'sid.
   INFU'SUM  CUSPA'RVE;  Infu'sion
 of Cuspa'ria.   (Cuspar.  cort. contus.
45 
INFUSUM
530
INGRAM
 3 ij, aq. ferv. Jfoss.  Macerate for two
 hours, and  strain.  Ph. L.)  Dose, §j
 to § iij.
   INFU'SUM DIGITA'LIS; I. Digita'-
 lis purpu'rea; Infu'sion  of Fox'glove.
 (Digital, fol. exsicc. 3j> aa- ferv. Jfoss.
 Macerate, and add  sp. cinnam.  3ss)
 Dose, §j.
   INFU'SUM GENTIA'NA COMPOS'I-
 TUM; Com'pound Infu'sion  of  Gen'-
 tian.   (Gent.  rad.  concis.,  aurantii
 cort. exsicc. sing.  3j> Umon. cort. re-
 cent. 3ij, aq ferv.  | xij.)  Dose,  §j
 to 1 0-
  Mars'den's  Antiscorbu'tic   Drops,
 an empirical preparation,  consist of a
solution  of  corrosive sublimate in an
infusion of gentian.
  INFU'SUM LTNI COMPOS1 ITUM,  I.
Li'ni usitatis'simi;  Infu'sion  of Lin'-
seed.  (Lini usitat. sem. cont.  § j, gly-
cyrrh.  rad.  cont.  $iv, aqua fervent.
Jfoij.   Macerate  for four  hours,  and
strain.  Ph. L.)  Dose, a teacupful, ad
libitum.
  INFU'SUM  MEN'THM  COMPOS'I-
 TUM;  Com'pound  Infu'sion  of Mint.
(Fel. menth. sat. sice. 3ij>  aq. fervent.
q.  s.  ut colentur § vj.   Macerate for
half an hour ; and, when cold, strain :
then add — sacch. alb.  3'j> °l- menth.
sat. glt  iij, dissolved in  tinct.  card. c.
 §ss.  Ph. D.)  Dose, |j to § iij.
  INFU'SUM  QUAS'SIJE,  I. Quas'sia
excel'sa ; Infu'sion of Quas'sia. (Quas-
sia lign.  cone, ^j,  aq.  ferv.  ftss.
Macerate  for two  hours,  and strain.
Ph. L.)  Dose, §j to § iv.
  INFU'SUM RHE'I; Infu'sion of Rhu'-
barb.  (Rhei rad. concis.  3 j, aa- ferv.
fljss.   Macerate for two  hours,  and
strain.   Ph. L.)  Dose, §j to § iv.
  INFU'SUM  RO'SM  COMPOS'ITUM,
I.  Ro'sa  Gal'lica;  Infu'sion  of the
Rose.  (Ros. gallic, petal, exsicc. $iv,
aq. fervent, ftiiss,  acid, sulph. d. 3»j,
sacch. purif § iss.  Add the water, and
afterwards  the  acid; — macerate for
half an hour; strain, and add the sugar.)
 Dose, § iss to Jfcss.
  INFU'SUM SEfflNJE COMPOS'ITUM,
I.  Cas'sia Senna, I. Sen'na sim'plex;
Infu'sion of Sen'na.  (Senna fol. § iss,
zingib. rad.  con.  3j,  aq. ferv.  ftjj.
 Macerate for an hour, and strain. L. D.)
 Dose, § j to § iv.
  The  Black Draught,  Hau'stus ni'-
ger,  is  usually formed  of this  infu-
sion.  It may be made of infus. senna
 comp.  § v,  aq. cinnam.  §j,  manna
 3iv, magnes.. sulph.  3vj-   Dose, a
 wineglass.
   Sel'way's   Prepa'red   Es'sence of
 Sen'na  is a concentrated infusion  of
 the leaves, in combination with an  al-
 kali.
   INFU'SUM SIMAROU'BJE;  Infu'sion
 of Simarou'ba.  (Simaroub. cort. cont.
 3ss, aq. fervent,  ffcss.  Macerate for
 two hours, and  strain.  Ph. L.)   Dose,

   INFU'SUM TAB'ACI;  Infu'sion  of
 Tobac'co.  (Tabaci fol.  3j>  aQ- /«r»,
 |Ej.  Macerate for an hour, and strain.
 Ph. L.)
   INFU'SUM  UL'MI; Infu'sion of Slip'-
 pery Elm.  This  preparation,  in the
 Pharmacopoeia of the United States, is
 made by infusing  one ounce of slip-
 pery elm  bark  in  a  pint of  boiling
 water.
   INFU'SUM  VALERIA'NJE;  Infu'-
 sion of Vale'rian.   (Rad.  valerian,  in
 crass,  pulv.   3y»  aQ-  fervent.  § vij.
 Macerate  for  an  hour,  and  strain.
 Ph. D.)  Dose, § iss to 5 ij.
  Inge'nium (Morbi)  (Path.) The genius
 of a disease. This word is employed, es-
 pecially by the French, synonymously
 with nature.  They speak, for instance,
 of  Genie inflammatoire, bilieux,  &c.
 Some, also, use genie in the  place  of
 type of an intermittent.
   Inges'ta  (Hyg.)  Substances, intro-
 duced into the  body by the digestive
 passages; as food, condiments, drinks,
 &c.
   Inglu'vies (Path.) axoXaota tij? Stat-
 rt/g, an7.tjona, Vic'tus intemperan'tia.--
 Gluttony.
   IN'GRAM, Dale (Biog.)  An Eng-
 lish Surgeon and Man Midwife; prac-
 tised first at  Reading, in Berkshire;
 afterwards in Barbadoes; and  lastly,  in
 London; died in  1793.  Works. Es-
 says on the cause and seat ofthe gout.
 Lond. 1743. 8vo.  Practical eases and
 observations in surgery ;  with remarks,
 highly proper not only for the  improve-
 ment of all young  surgeons,  but also
for the direction of such as are farther
 advanced.  Lond.  1751.  8vo.   An ab-
 stract of the  anatomy of the human
 body See, from the French of Verdier.
 Lond. 1753. 8vo. An historical account
 ofthe severe plagues that have  appeared
 in the world since the year 1346, &c.
 Lond. 1755.  8vo.   The gout ; extraor-
 dinary cases in the head, stomach, and
 extremities: with physical and  chirur-
 gical remarks and  observations  on the
 various  stages  of  the  disorder, &.c.
 Lond. 1767.  Svo.   An inquiry into the
 origin and nature  of magnesia alba
 and the properties of Epsom waters,
 &c.  Lond. 1768. 8vo. 
INGRASSIAS           531
INION
  INGRAS'SIAS, John Philip (Biog.)
An  eminent  physician and  medical
writer ;  born in Sicily in 1510; died in
1580.  Works. Iatropologia : liber quo
multa adversus  barbaros medicos dis-
putantur. Ven.  1544. Svo.  Scholia in
iatropologiam.  Nap.  1549.  8vo.  De
tumoribus prater naturam.  Nap. 1553.
fol. Vol. I.  Raggionamento fatto sopra
Vinfermitd epidemica dell' anno, 1558.
Palermo. 1560. 4to.   Quastio  de pur-
gatione per medicamentum, atque obiter
etiam de sanguinis missione,  an sextd
die possit fieri?  Ven. 1568. 4to.  Ga-
leni ars medica. Ven. 1573.  fol. De
frigido  potu post medicamentum pur-
gant. epist. Ven. 1575. 4to.  Informa-
tione del pestifero e contagiosa  morbo,
&c. Palermo. 1576.  4to.
   Ingras'sias (Apoph'yses of) (Anat.)
The lesser alae of the sphenoid bone.
   In'guen (Anat.) povflwv,' the  groin,'
atr5oiov, Hep'atis emuncto'ria.  The ob-
lique fold  or depression, which.sepa-
rates the abdomen from the thigh.  It
is only, properly speaking,  a  line that
extends from the anterior and superior
spinous process of the  ilium  to the
middle part of the horizontal  ramus  of
 the pubis.
  (F) Aine.  (G) Weichen, Schaam-
 b ug.
   In'guinal (Anat. & Path.) Inguina'-
tis, from inguen, ' the groin.'   Belong-
ing  or  relating to  the grain.  This
.epithet has been given to various parts
met with in the region of the groin or
 inguinal region.
   The  IN'GUINAL  or ABDOM'INAL
 RING, An'nulus abdom'inis, is  the in-
 ferior aperture ofthe inguinal canal.
      (F) Anneau inguinal.
      (G) Bauchring.
   The IN'GUINAL  CANAL is a canal,
 about two inches in length, proceeding
 obliquely   downwards,  inwards, and
 forwards at the lower part of the abdo-
 men ; and  through which  passes the
 spermatic cord, in man; and the round
 ligament  of the uterus,  in  women.
 This canal is  formed, inferiorly and
 anteriorly, by  the aponeurosis of the
 greater oblique muscle; posteriorly, by
 the fascia transversalis, which is joined
 to the  preceding aponeurosis, and forms
 with it a deep channel, into which are
 received the lesser oblique and trans-
 versalis muscles.  The inguinal canal
 has two apertures :  the one, the lower
 and inner, is  called  the  inguinal  or
 abdominal ring.  It is bounded by two
 Strong tendinous pillars, which  fix it —
 the  innermost to the  symphysis, the
outermost to the  spine of the pubis.
The upper and outer aperture is formed
by the fascia transversalis.  From the
edge  of this aperture arises  a mem-
branous  funnel, — a  prolongation  of
the  fascia  transversalis, — which re-
ceives  the  spermatic  vessels ;  forms
their  proper  sheath, and  accompanies
them as far as the  testicle. On its in-
side lies the epigastric artery. Above
it, is the lower edge of the transversalis
muscle ; and, below, it is bounded by
the channel of the  greater  oblique.  ' By
following the oblique direction of this
canal, and  passing, consequently, on
the  outside  of  the  epigastric artery,
the viscera are displaced,  so as to con-
stitute external inguinal hernia.
   The  IN'GUINAL AR'TERY is  that
portion of the femoral artery, situated
immediately beneath the crural arch in
the inguinal region.
  In'guino-Cuta'neus (Anat.) A name,
given by Professor Chaussier to the
middle ramus of the anterior branch of
the first lumbar nerve ; because it sends
its numerous filaments  to the  groin,
scrotum, and to  the skin ofthe superior
part ofthe thigh.
   Inha'ler, Mudge's (Therap.)  An
apparatus for inhaling the steam of hot
 water, in affections of the air  passages.
 It consists of a pewter tankard, pro-
 vided with  a lid,  into which  a flexible
 tube is inserted.   Through  this, the
 vapor is inhaled.
   Inhe'rent (Surg.) Inha'rens.  That
 which  adheres  or which is  joined  or
 united to any thing.
   The  INHE'RENT CAU'TERY, — (F)
 Cautere inhe'rent, is the actual  cau-
 tery, left in contact with a part until
 it is reduced to  the state of a deep
 eschar.
   Inhuma'tion  (Hyg.)  from  in'humo,
 ' I put into the ground.'  Inhuma'tio.
 The  sepulture of  the dead.  The salu-
 brity of the vicinity has, sometimes,
 been affected  by this  process ; — so
 that  it fairly belongs to  the subject of
 medical police.
      (G) Beerdigung.
   Writers on Inhumation in Towns
 and  Churchyards. Ch.  G. Hofmann,
 Francf. 1629 (L).  A. Riveti, Lugd.
 Bat. 1636 (L).  Nimptsch, Lips.  1721
 (L). Coschwiz and Erlich,  Hal. 1728
 (L).  Alberti, Hal. 1743 (L)  M. F.
 Aux,  Erf.  1773  (L).  Maret,  Dijon,
 1773(F).   Vicq  d'Azyr, Paris,  1778
 (F).  Scipio Piattoli, Mod.  1774 (I).
   In'ion  (Anat.)  hiov.   The  Greek
 physicians gave  this name to the occi- 
INJACULATIO
532
INJECTION
put; others,  to  the back  part of  the
neck.  Blancard says, it  is the com-
mencement of the spinal marrow.
  Injacula'tio (Path.)  A term, em-
ployed by Van Helmont to designate
an  acute pain  of the  stomach, with
rigidity and immobility  ofthe body.
  In'jected (Anat.) from injk"ere, ' to
throw into.'  The face and other parts
are said to be injected, when the accu-
mulation of blood in  the capillary ves-
sels gives them an evident red color.
A subject or  part  of a subject is, also,
said to be injected,  when its vessels
have been filled, by the anatomist, with
an appropriate composition.
  Injec'tion  (Anat. & Surg.)  Injectio,
tiofSoXtj)  same etymon.  The act of in-
troducing,  by means of a syringe  or
other instrument, a liquid into a cavity
ofthe body.
  The  liquid injected is also called an
injection.  Anatomists  use injections
for  filling  the  cavities of vessels,  in
order that they may be  rendered more
apparent, and their dissection be facili-
tated.   For  this  purpose, they  use
syringes of different dimensions, and
various materials.   The most  common
injections are made of  soot, wax, and
turpentine, colored  with  lamp black,
vermilion, &c.
  There are  three kinds chiefly  used
by  anatomists, — the  coarse, the fine,
and the  minute.  The  following  are
formulae  for each.

          Coarse Injection.
               No. 1.
 Pure yellow wax, § xvj,
 Bleached rosin,  § viij.
 Turpentine varnish,  by measure,
lvJ'
No. 2.
  Yellow rosin, Jfoij.
  Yellow wax, fl^j.
  Turpentine varnish, a sufficient quan-
tity to make the mixture flexible when
cold.

               No. 3.
      Tallow, foij.
      White wax, § x.
      Common oil, § vj.
      Venice  turpentine,  § iv.
Mix and liquefy over a slow fire or over
boiling water.

To make any of these mixtures
    red  : — add vermilion,  § iij.
    yellow —  Sing's yellow,  § iiss.
     white — best flake white, § vss.
     pale blue \ bfgtfi^ white, l'm*s.
     r       (fine blue smalt, § mss.
     dark  blue — blue verditer,  § xss.
     black — lamp black, § j.
          C powdered verdigris, § ivss.
     green < best flake white, § iss.
          {powdered gamboge, §j.

           Fine Injection.
      Brown spirit varnish, § iv.
      JFhile  spirit varnish, § iv.
      Turpentine varnish, §j.

To make  this mixture
     red — add vermilion, § j.
     yellow — King's yellow, § jE
     white — best flake white, § ij.


     dark  blue — blue verditer, § iv.
     black — lamp black, § ss.

          Minute Injection.
Take of  transparent size,  broken to
  pieces, or  Isinglass, § viij.
            Water, Jfoiss.   Dissolve.

To make this mixture
     red — add vermilion, § v.
     yellow — King's yellow, § iv.
     white — best flake white, § v.
     blue—fine blue smalt,  § viij.
          C  powdered verdigris, § iij.
     green <  best flake white, 5 ij-
          {powdered camboge. 3'j-
     black — lamp black, § j.


            Cold Injection.

   White lead and red lead,  each  § iv;
linseed  oil,  enough to form a  thick
paste, when  they  are  rubbed well to-
gether.  Liquefy this paste  with tur-
pentine  varnish, § viij.
  The advantage of  this mixture is, —
that  the subject need not be heated.

  In order  to inject the arteries, the
injection must be forced from the great
trunks towards their ultimate ramifica-
tions.  To inject the veins, on the con-
trary, it is indispensable, on account of
their valves, to send the injection from
the  smallest  divisions  towards  the
greater.   The lymphatics  are usually
injected with mercury.
   The  Surgeon injects, by  forcing,
with a  syringe, liquids, such as emol-
lient,  narcotic, stimulant, and other
decoctions or infusions, into different
hollow organs, e. g. the rectum, vagina,
nasal fossae, urethra, tunica vaginalis, 
INNATE             533          INORGANIC
auditory canal, &c.  to fulfill various
therapeutical indications,
    (G) Einspritzung.
  Writer.   W.  Rowley (objections
to astringent injections in  gonorrhaa),
Lond. 1800.
  In'nate  (Diseases)  (Path.)  Mor'bi
cogna'ti, M. congen'iti.  Diseases, with
which  the  infant is  born.  They  are
not always hereditary, as hereditary
diseases are not always innate.
    (F) Maladies innies.
  Innervation   (Phys.)  Innerva'tio,
from in, ' in,' and nervus, ' a nerve.'
By this  term  is meant the nervous in-
fluence, necessary for the  maintenance
of life and  the functions of the various
organs; — an influence, of whose char-
acter and source  we are ignorant.  It
seems to resemble the galvanic or elec-
tric agencies.
  IN'NES, John  (Biog.)  Dissector in
the University of Edinburgh; died in
1776.  Works. A short description of
the human  muscles, chiefly as they ap-
pear on dissection:  with  their several
uses,  and  the, synonymes of the best
authors. Edinb. 1776. 12mo. The same,
improved  by Alex. Monro,  M.  D.
Edinb.  1778. 12mo.   Eight anatomical
tables of the human body: containing
the principal parts of the skeletons and
muscles represented in the large tables
of Albinus,  with concise explanations.
Edinb.  1776. 4to.
  Innomina'tum (Anat.) avutwpov,from
in priv.  and no'men,' a name.' Having
no name.
  (F) Anonyme.   (G) U nbenannte.
  The  ARTE'RIA INNOMINA'TA,  A.
brachio  - cephalique  ( Ch. ),---drte'ria
anon'yma,  Right Subcla'vian,  is  the
trunk common to the right  primitive
carotid  and to the subclavian.  It arises
from  the anterior part of the arch of
the aorta;  ascends   obliquely  to  the
right, along  the  trachea; and,  after a
course of about an inch in length,  di-
vides into two trunks, which go off at
right angles.  The one is external; —
the right subclavian proper,  the other
superior — the primitive carotid, of the
same side.
    (F) Artere innomine'e.
   CAV'ITAS INNOMINA'TA. A cavity
of the outer  ear,  between the helix and
antihelix.
  The VE'NJE INNOMINA'TJE.  Vieus-
sens  has given  this name  to  two or
three veins,  which arise  on  the ante-
rior  surface  and  right margin of  the
heart;  and open  into the auricle, tow-
ards its right margin.
                  45*
   NER'VI INNOMINA'TI vel ANON'-
 YMI. Some anatomists have thus called
 the nerves of the 5th pair.
   OS INNOMINA'TUM,   Os Coxen'di-
 cis, Os Cox'a.   A very large, flat bone,
 which forms the anterior  and lateral
 parietes  of the pelvis.  It  is  curved
 upon itself in two opposite directions.
 In the first periods of life, it is composed
 of three portions; — the ilium, ischium,
 and  pubis, which join  each other  in
 the acetabulum.  It is articulated be-
fore  with its fellow,— behind, with the
 sacrum ; and laterally, with the femur.
   (F) Os innomine, Os coxal, Os anon-
 yme, &c.
   (G) Unbenannte  Beine.
   OS'S A INNOMINA'TA MINO'RA,—
 Les'ser Os'sa innomina'ta. Some anat-
 omists have given  this  name  to the
 three cuneiform bones ofthe tarsus.
   FORA'MEN INNOMINA'TUM.  A fo-
 ramen, near the middle of the anterior
 surface of the pars  petrosa of the tem-
 poral bone, and  leading backwards, for
 the  passage of  the vidian  nerve, re-
 flected from the 2d branch of the 5th
 to the portio dura of the 7th pair.
   Inocula'tion (Surg.)  Inocula'tio;
 from inotula're,' to ingraft';  i. e. from
 in, ' in,' and oc'ulus, ' an eye.'  Any
 operation  by  which  small-pox,  cow-
 pox, &c. may be artificially communi-
 cated, by introducing the virus of the
 particular  disease  into the economy,
 by means of a puncture or scratch made
 in the skin.
   When the word  inoculation  is used
 alone, it means that for the small-pox.
     (G) Einimp fung.
.  Writers on  Inoculation.  E. Timo-
 ni, Constant, 1713 (L).  J. Pilarinus,
 Ven. 1715 (L).  A. Leduc,  1716 (L).
 Harris,  Lond. 1721 (L).   Z. Boyl-
 ston,  Boston,   1730.   Bauer,  Lips.
 1737 (L).  Gatti, Bruxelles, 1744 (F).
 Montucla, Paris,  1756(F).  Butini,
 Paris, 1752 (F).  La Condamine, in va-
 rious letters &c. from 1754 to 1776 (¥).
 Heberden, LonoV  1755.   J. Astruc,
 Lond. 1755. A.de Haen, Vin. 1757 (L).
 J. Kirkpatrick, Lond, 1761. Razoux,
 Nismes, 1764 (F).   De l'Espine, Paris,
 1764 (F).  A.  Petit,  Paris, 1766 (F).
 Broussonet,  Monspel. 1774 (L).  W,
 Baglier, Dresd.  1776(F).  T. Dims-
 dale,  Lond.  1778.  Noel,  Rheims,
 1789 (F).  Salmade, Paris, an. vii (F).
 Fr. Dezoteux and  L. Valentin, Paris,
 an.  viii (F).  W. Black, Lond.  1781.
 T. Sutton, Lond. 1796, Svo.
   Inorgan'ic   (JSTat. Hist.)  Inorgan'i-
 cus ; from in  priv. and or'ganum, ' an 
INQUIETUDE          534            INSANITY
organ.'   A  term, applied  to bodies,
which have no organs; — such as min-
erals.  At the present day, naturalists
admit of but  two classes of bodies, —
the organized and inorganic.
  Inqui'etude   (Path.) lnquietu'do;
from in  priv. and qui'es,' rest.'   Agi-
tation or trouble, caused by some indis-
position.  Restlessness.
     (G) U nr u he.
  Insaliva'tion  (Phys.) Insaliva'tio.
The mixture of the food with the saliva,
and other secretions of the mouth.
  Insalu'brious (Hyg.)  Insalu'bris;
rootqog,  voaojStjg.  That  which is un-
healthy, — which injures the  health.
     (G) Ungesund.
  From this table it appears, that  the
admissions into  La  Salpetriere  were
more numerous during the months of
May,  June, July, and August;  that

table  of  the   comparative  fre-
  quency in the various ages,  du-
  ring TEN  YEARS AT BICETRE.
  Insan'ity (Path.) Insa'nia; from in
priv.  and  sanus, ' sound.'   Men'ta I
aliena'tion,  Aliena'tio  Men'tis,  Un-
sound Mind, Derange'ment, Deran'ged
intellect, Cra'ziness, Aphros'yne, Ec-
phro'nia, Delir'ia,  Vesa'nia, Delir'ium
(Crichton), Insipien'tia.  This term
includes all the  varieties  of unsound
mind, — Mania, Melancholia, Idio-
cy, &c,  which  see.  The  following
tabular views will afford  some statisti-
cal information regarding this deplora-
ble genus  of  diseases.   They are  on
the authority  of  M. Esquirol,  and
from  tables kept  in the large insane
establishment  of Paris, La  Salpetriere,
and others.
the proportion diminished in Septem-
ber and December, and again increased
in February and March.
register  kept  at la  salpetriere
         for four years.
Years.	Ages.									Total
	20	25	30	35	40	50	60	70	80	
1811	34	37	38	27	48	39	24	12	4	262
1812	52	34	33	19	38	57	26	19	3	280
1813	43	29	33	41	32	57	31	13	6	285
1814	42	35	39	31	26	S3	34	22	10	291
Total	171	135	142	117	144	205	115	66	23	1118
Ages.
Years.	15	20	30 40		50	60	Total
1784	5	33	31 '' 24		11	6	110
1785	4	29	49 25		14	3	134
1786	4	31	40 j 32		13	5	127
1787	12	39	41	26	17	7	142
1788	9	43	53	21	IS	7	151
1789	6	38	39	33	14	2	132
1790	6	28	34	19	9	7	103
1791	9	26	32	16	7	3	93
1792	6	26	33	18	12	3	98
1793	4	36	28	22	13	10	113
Total	65	329	380	236	130	53	1203
TABLE  OF THE  COMPARATIVE FREQUENCY OF INSANITY IN THE  VARIOUS
                              MONTHS.
	Years.									Total.
Months.	1806	1807	1808	1809	1810	1811	1812	1813	1814	
Januaiy	18	19	18	13	■15	13	22	26	18	162
February	23	23	27	26	13	13	15	19	14	173
March	an	27	16	18	22	17	17	27,	16	187
April	32	24	15	27	19	13	28	20	18	196
May ....	26	27	23	26	34	30	29	31	17	243
June	32	28	33	31	22	18	32	26	29	251
July ....	2a	.17	21	39	34	24	37	21	29	265
August .	20	23	25	32	21	19	29	25	45	239
September . ..	21	24	21	25	16	25	23	26	25	206
October .	23	21	16	17	18	18	23	23	26	197
November .	23	21	23	27	28	16	16	19 '	25	198
December	24	19	14	18	18	23	20	25	30	191
Total .	292	296	252	299	26Q	229	301	297	292	2475
Total	171	135	142	117	144	205	MA	66	23
 
INSANITY
535
INSANITY
TABLE OF THE COMPARATIVE FREQUENCY			IN THE TWO SEXES.	
Years.	Places.	Males.	1 Females.	Observers.
1756	Marseilles ....	50	to 49	Raymond.
1786	Paris . . , .	500	509	Tbnon.
1786 to 1794	Bedlam, London . .	4992	4882	
1807	St. Luke, do. .	110	153	
1802	Bicetre and Salpetriere	1	2	Pixel.
	Berlin ....	1	2	
	Vienna	117	94	
1812	Pennsylvania	2	1	
1807 to 1812	Several Hospitals of France	488	700	
		6211	| 6392	
TABLE OF MORAL  CAUSES OF INSANITY  AS  OBSERVED AT LA  SALPETRIERE.
Domestic troubles
Unpropitious love
Political  events  .
Fanaticism .
Fright
105
 46
 14
Jealousy......18
Anger.......16
Misery, reverse of fortune ...   77
Wounded self-love    ....    1
TABLE	OF THE	PROPORTION OF THOSE CURED.		
England.	Admissions. Cures.		France. Admissions.	
Bedlam, from 1748 to 1794	8374	2557	Charenton, from 1798 to 1800 97	33
" in 1813	422	204	" in 1803 499	161
St. Luke, from 1751 to 1801	6458	2811	Salpetriere " 1801 to 1805 1002	407
York Hospital	599	286	" " 1804 to 1813 2005	1218
KetrYoi'knearj 1801 to 1814 Tota	163	60 • 5918	" " 1806 to 1807 531 " " 1812 to 1814 891 Total 5025	286 413 2518
	1 16,516			
PROPORTION OF  CURES  AT  LA  SALPETRIERE IN  TEN YEARS.
Entries.	Years.											Total.
	1804	1805	1806	1807	1808	1809	1810	1811	1812	1813	1814	
209	64	47	7	4	3	2		1	l			129
212	.	73	54	4	2	2	l	-			1	137
206			78	49	10	3	1	1	l			143
204				60	55	11	l		2			129
188					64	57	4	2	1		2	130
209						48	64	9	4		3	129
190							48	51	7		3	110
163 i		.				.		44	30	8	3	85
208									75	41	11	127
216	*									50	49	99
2005												1218
          TABLE RELATING TO THE  MORTALITY  OF THE  INSANE.

L Mortality relative to the Admissions.                       Admissions.         Deaths.
      Bicetre, during the years from 1784 to 1794                1405              685
      Salpetriere (Pinel)          1801 to 1805                1002              250
      Charenton, during           1803                       499               82
      Salpetriere,  from     ________1804 to 1814________________2804______________790
2. Mortality relative to Season.
   During the years from 1804 to 1814 the 790 deaths in La Salpetriere were as follows: —
          March, April, and May    ......    175
          June, July, and August        .....       174
          September, October, and November      .     .            .   234
          December, January, and February    ______.______.______._______207__________

3. Mortality relative to Age.
      Bicetre (men), from  1784 to 1794         Salpetriere (women), from 1804 to 1814.
    Twenty years     ....    25.........58
    Thirty year......176........83
    Forty years      ....   215......... 143
    Fifty years.....134........173
    Sixty years.....90.........123
    Seventy years and upwards   .   .__45........   210
                                     685                                       790 
             INSANITY           5

 Table of the diseases of which the
    insane have died.  (esquirol.)

 Adynamic fever     ...    32
 Ataxic fever.....14
 Brain fever    ....    28
 Slow nervous fever     .    .     .25
 Pleurisy.....12
 Phthisis     .     .     .    .     .  28
 Peritonitis.....13
 Colliquative diarrhoea, scorbutus  .  38
 Hydropericarditis    .     .     .    11
 Scirrhous pylorus  ....   4
. Organic diseases of the  liver    .    35
 Apoplexy.....33
 Epilepsy.....4

                      Total      277
   (F) Folk, Alienation mentale, Egare-
 ment d'esprit.
   (G) Narrheit, Ve rriicktheit.
   Writers.   J.   H. Schulze,  Hal.
 1737 (L).   S. Th. Quelmaz, Lips.
 1752 (L).  C. G. Gorner, Erford. 1753
 (L).   Fr. Duncan, Edinb. 1787 (L).
 A. Harper, Lond. 1789.  W. Battie,
 Lond. 1758.  J. Monro, Do. 1758. G.
 H. Masius, Gotting. 1796 (L). J. N.
 Thomann, Wurceburg. 1798 (L).  Sir
 A. Crichton, Lond. 1798 and 1799. Ph.
 Pinel, Paris, 1800 (F) by Davis, 1806.
 Chiarugi, Flor. 1793-4(1).   Th. A.
 Ruland, Wurtzburg, 1801 (G).  Reil,
 Halle,  1803  (G).   T.  Arnold, Lond.
 1806.  William Rowley, Lond. 1804.
 J. Ch.  Hoffbauer, Hal. 1803  (G).
 Amard, Lyons, 1807 (F).  J. Haslam,
 Lond. 1809.  W. S. Hallaran, Cork,
 1810.    B.  Crowther, Lond. 1811.
 Parkinson, Lond. 1811.  T.  Mayo,
 Lond. 1817.   J. M. Cox, Lond. 1804.
 G. N. Hill, Lond. 1814.  Jacquelin-
 Dubuisson, Paris,  1816 (F).   W. Per-
 fect, Lond.  1803.   J. G. Spurzheim,
 Lond. 1817.  Paris, 1818 (F).   Esqui-
 rol, Paris, 1805  (F).    Reid, Lond.
 1816.   J.  Jonstone (Med. Jurispru-
 dence  of),  Lond.  1800.   G. M. Bur-
 rows, Lond. 1820  and 1828.  B. Rush,
 Philad. 1812.   A.  L. J.  Bayle, Paris,
 1826 (F).   T. Forster  (Influence of
 the atmosphere on I.), Lond. 1817.  Sir
 A. Halliday (On lunatics and lunatic
 asylums), Lond. 1828.   P. S. Knight,
 Lond. 1827.  A. Morison, Edinb. 1826.
 and Edin. 1828. J. Syer, Lond. 1827.
 F. Voisin, Paris, 1826 (F).  F. Willis,
 Lond. 1823.  E. Esquirol, Paris, 1830
 (F).    Georget   (Medico-legal discus-
 sion on I.), Paris, 1826  (F) and 1828
 (F).   Chambeyron, Esquirol,  and
 Itard (Medico-legal questions on I.),
 Paris, 1827  (F).   J. Conolly, Lond.
36          INSOLATION

 1830.   Guislain, Amsterd.  1826 '(F).
 Th. Y. Symons, S. Carolina, 1^29.
   Inscriptio'nes  tendin'eje  Muscu-
 lorum  (Anat.)    Inter sectio'nes  ten-
 din'ere  musculo'rum.   The tendinous
 portions which cross several muscles,
 and especially the straight muscles of
 the abdomen.
   Insensibil'ity   (Path.)   Anasthe'sia.
 Loss or absence  of sensibility.  It is
 very common in cerebral affections,
 and may extend  to every part or be
 limited to  one or more.   Some organs
 are much  more  sensible  than others.
 The bones, cartilages, ligaments,  &c.
 are insensible in health, but acutely
 sensible in disease.
   (G)  U n e m p f in d 1 i c h k e i t,
 Fiihllosigkeit, Gefiihllosig-
 k ei t.
    Insen'sible (Path.)   Sensibilita'ti
 ca'rens.  That which is devoid of sen-
 sibility.  This word is applied, also, to
 phenomena, which cease to be appreci-
 able to the senses.  Thus  we say, the
 pulse becomes insensible.
   InSer'tion  (Anat.)   Inscr'tio,  avp-
 ipvaig, ivoiaig, from inse'rere, ' to  in-
 graft.'  The attachment of one part to
 another.  Insertions occur chiefly  on
 bones, cartilages,  and fibrous organs  ;
 thus, we speak ofthe insertion of mus-
 cular fibres into a  tendon or aponeuro-
 sis ; the insertion of a tendon, aponeu-
 rosis, or ligament into a  cartilage or
 bone.  The word insertion has likewise
 been used, by pathologists, for the  act
 of inoculating or introducing a virus
 into the body.
   (F) Attache. (G)  E i n f ii g u n g.
   Inses'sio  (Therap.)  from insidere,
 ' to sit in.' This term is, sometimes, ap-
 plied to a vapor  bath, the person  be-
 ing seated in a perforated chair, beneath
 which a vessel, filled with hot water or
 the hot decoction of some plant, is
 placed.
   Insiden'tia (Path.)  tmoraoig,  any
 thing which swims on, or in, the urine.
 It is opposed .to the vnooraaig, or subsi-
 dentia.
   Insola'tion (Therap. Path.) Insola'-
 tio, Aprica'tio, Helio'sis, r,Xiuioig.  Ex-
 posure to the sun.  Exposure of a  pa-
 tient to the rays  of the sun is, some-
 times, had recourse to,  with the view
 of rousing the vital forces, when lan-
 guishing ; or for producing irritation of
 the skin.  It is occasionally used in the
 same sense as coup de soldi.
   In pharmacy,  insolation means  the
 drying of chemical and pharmaceutical
 substances. 
INSOMNIA
537           INTENTION
  Insom'nia (Path.)  Insom'nium, In-
som'nitas, Sahara, Zaara, Pervigil'ium,
Agryp'nia, ayovnvia, Sleeplessness, Vig-
ilance ;  from  in  priv.  and som'nus,
' sleep,' ' absence of sleep.'  This may
exist  alone  and constitute a true dis-
ease ; or it  may be connected with an
other affection.   It is an unequivocal
sign of  suffering in some organ; even
when the patient experiences no pain.
    (G) Schlaflosigkeit.
  Writers.  J. Argenterius, Paris,
1568  (L).  D. Sennertus, Vittemb.
1626 (L).   A. Q. Rivinus, Lips. 1644
(L).   Heimerberg, Lugd. Bat. 1671
(L).  G.  W. Wedel, Jena?, 1686 (L).
NiMPTscii,  Altdorf.  1697  (L).    W.
Rolfink,  Jenae, 1699  (L).   M. Ett-
muller, Lips. 1705 (L).  A. E. Buch-
ner, Erfurt. 1739  (I.).   J.  E. Heben-
streit. Lips.  1740 (L).   M. Alberti,
Hal. 1745 (L).   Oudenarden, Lugd.
Bat.  1756  (L).  Van Leempoel, Lo-
van. 1788(1.).
   Inspiration (Phys.)    Inspira'tio,
from in,' into,' and spi'ro,  ' I breathe,'
Episp'noe,  tianvotj.  Action by which
the air  penetrates  into  the  interior of
the  kings.  A movement opposed  to
that of expiration.
     (G) Einathmung.
   Inspiratory (Anat.) Same etymon,
inspiratio'ni inser'viens. A name given
to muscles, which,  by their contraction,
augment the size of the chest and thus
produce inspiration.  The  diaphragm
and intercostal muscles  are the chief
agents of inspiration.  In cases, where
deep inspirations  are  necessary,  the
action of these muscles is aided by the
contraction of the  pectoralis major and
pectoralis minor,  subclavius,  serratus
major anticus, scaleni, erratus  posticus
superior, &c. Most of these  muscles
become inspiratory, by  taking  their
fixed  point  at the part which  they
ordinarily  move,  and elevating  the
 ribs.
     (F)  Inspirateur.
   In'step  (Anat.)   The  projection at
 the upper part of the foot,  near its ar-
 ticulation with the leg — the  metatar-
 sus (q. v.)
   (F)  Coude-pied.   (G) Fussbiege.
   Instilla'tion (Pharm.)   t»nra/.uii;,
 Instilla'tio, from in, ' into,' and stil'la,
 ' a drop.'   The act of  pouring a liquid
 drop by drop.
   (G) Eintrdpfelung.
   In'.-tinct (Physiol.)  Instinc'tus, Bru'-
 tia.  The  action of the living princi-
 ple, whenever manifestly directing its
 operations to the  health, preservation,
or reproduction  of a  living frame  or
any  part of such  frame.   The law of
instinct is, consequently,  the law  of
the  living principle, and instinctive
actions  are the  actions of the living
principle.   It  is natural.   Reason is
acquired.
    (G) Naturtrieb.
  Writer.  T.  Hancock, Lond. 1824.
  Insukfla'tion (Therap.) Insuffla'tio,
tpipvatjOig, tpipvatjua, the act of blowing
a gas or vapor into some cavity of the
body ; as  when tobacco smoke  is in-
jected into the rectum ;  or when air is
blown into the mouths of new born chil-
dren to excite the respiratory functions.
    (G) Einblasung.
  Integ'ument  (Anat.)    Integumen'-
tum,  Tegumen'tum, Teg'umen, tyxaXvu-
pa. axtnaopa,  from teg'ere, ' to cover.'
Any thing, which serves  to cover, to
envelope.    The skin,  including  the
cuticle, rete mucosum, and cutis vera,
is the common integument,  or tegument
of the body.
    (F) Tegument.
  (G) Deck e, Huile,   Bedeck-
ung.
  Intellect  (Phys.) Intellec'tus, vovg,
voi:oig, avvtoig, from intelli'gere,' to un-
derstand,' ' conceive,'' know.'  The ag-
gregate ofthe intellectual faculties, per-
ception, formation of ideas, memory,
and judgment
     (F) Entendement, Intelligence.
     (G) Vers land.
  Intem'pera.nce (Hyg.)  Intemperan'-
tia;  from in, ' negation,' and tempe-
ra're, ' to temper,' axquoia,  axoXaata,
nXtjopovtj, aptroia, unXt^na.  Immode-
rate  use  of  food and drink, especially
the latter.  A fruitful source of disease.
     (G) Unmassigkeit.
   Writers.   Crause, Jenae, 1693 (L).
 G. E. Stahl  (/. in eatins), Hal. 1700
(L).   Brandau,  Marburg. 1785 (L).
P. B. Grand, Paris, 1810  (F).
   Intempe'ries (Path.) Same etymon.
Svaxquma.  Derangement in  the con-
 stitution of the atmosphere and of the
 seasons ;   bad  constitution ;  derange-
 ment, or disorder in the humors of the
 body.
   Intentiov (Path. Surg.)   Inten'tio,
 Propos'itum.  The  object, which  one
 proposes.
   In surgery, a wound is said to heal
 by the first intention, when cicatrization
 occurs without suppuration ;  union by
 the second intention  being that,  which
 does not ocour  until the  surfaces have
 suppurated.   To obtain  union by the
 first intention,  the  edges of  a recent 
INTER-ARTICULAR       538        INTERGASTRUM
 wound must be  brought in apposition
 and kept together by means of adhesive
 plasters and a  proper bandage.   Del-
 pech has substituted, for those expres-
 sions, Reunion primitive, and Riunion
 secondaire.
   Inter-artic'ular (Anat.)  Inter-ar-
 ticula'ris; parts situated between the
 articulations, are so called ;  as inter-
 articular cartilages, inter-articular liga-
 ments, &c.
   Inter-cadence  (Path.)  Inter-caden'-
 tia, Intcr-ciden'tia.  Disorder of the ar-
 terial pulsations,  so  that, every now
 and then, a supernumerary  pulsation
 occurs.  The pulse,  in such case,  is
 also said to be inter-current.
   Intercal'ary (Path.) Intercala'ris;
 from intercalate,' to insert,' tuftoXiuog,
 Interpola'tus, Provocato'rius.  The days,
 which occur  between  those  that are
 critical.  The term has,  also,  been ap-
 plied to  the days of apyrexia  in  inter-
 mittent fevers.
   Intercep'tio (Bandog.)  A bandage,
 by the aid of which the ancients pro-
 posed to arrest the  progress of the ma-
 terial cause of gout  and rheumatism;
 and  which  consisted  in  convering
 the affected limbs  with  carded  wool ;
 surrounding  them, afterwards,   with
 broad bandages, applied from the fing-
 ers to the axilla or from the toes to the
 groin.
   Interclavicular   (Anat.)   Inter-
 davkula'ris.  That  which is placed be-
 tween the clavicles.
   The   INTERCLAVICULAR LIGA'-
 MENT is  a fibrous  bundle ; placed
 transversely  above the  extremity of
 the sternum ; between the heads ofthe
 two clavicles.  This  ligament is flat.
 Its fibres,  which  are  always longer
 above  than below, are separated by
 small apertures,  which  are traversed
 by vessels.  It prevents the separation
 of the two clavicles in  the  forced de-
 pression  ofthe shoulder.
   Intercos'tal (Anat.)  Intercosta'lis,
 utoonXti-qiug.  That which  is situated
 between the ribs.
   The INTERCOS'TAL  MUS'CLES are
 distinguished into internal, —  Inter-ple-
 vrocostaux of Du mas , — and external. The
former are inserted into the inner lip,
 the latter into the outer lip of  the edge
 of the ribs.  The fibres of  the external
 intercostals are directed obliquely down-
 wards and forwards ;  and those of the
 internal  downwards  ond  backwards.
 Both are inspiratory or expiratory mus-
 cles, according as they  take their point
 of support on the  upper or lower rib.
 Some small, fleshy  fibres, seen occa-
 sionally  at  the  inner  surface  of the
 thorax, descending obliquely from one
 rib to another, have  been called Infra-
 costales.  (F)  Sous-costaux.
   The  INTERCOS'TAL  SPA'CES  are
 the  intervals which  separate one rib
 from that immediately  above  or  be-
 low it.
   The  INTERCOS'TAL  AR'TERIES
 vary in number.   There  is constantly,
 however, a supe'rior,  Arte'ria Intercos-
 ta'lis supe'rior  vel Intercosta'lis Subcla'-
 via,  which is given off from the poste-
 rior  part of the subclavian, and which
 sends branches to the two or three first
 intercostal spaces; and, generally, 8 or
 9 inferior or aortic intercos'tals.  These
 arise from the  lateral  and  posterior
 parts of the pectoral aorta,  and  ascend
 obliquely in front of  the  vertebral col-
 umn, to  gain  the intercostal spaces,
 where they divide into a dorsal branch
 and an intercos'tal, properly so called.
  The INTERCOS'TAL  VEINS are dis-
 tinguished like the arteries. The right
 superior intercos'tal vein  is often want-
 ing.   When it  exists  it opens into  the
 back part of the subclavian. The same
 vein of  the left side is  very large.   It
 communicates  with  the  demi-azygos,
 receives  the  left  bronchial vein, and
 opens into the  corresponding subcla-
 vian-  The right inferior  intercostal
veins open into the vena azygos ; and
those of  the left i«to  the demi-azy-
gos.
 The INTERCOS'TAL NERVES.  Bran-
ches sous-costales, Ch.   Costal or Dor-
sal nerves, proceed from the anterior
branches  of  the  dorsal nerves.  They
are 12 in number ; and are distributed,
especially, to  the muscles of the  pa-
rietes ofthe chest and abdomen.
   Intercurken'tes (Mor'bi) (Path.)
 Diseases are so called, which supervene
 at different seasons  of the year; or
 which cannot be considered as belong-
 ing to any particular season.  Syden-
 ham.
  Interden'tium  (Anat.) from  inter,
 ' between,' and  dens, ' a tooth.' The
 interval between  teeth of the same or-
 der.   Linden.
  Interdigi"tium (Path.)  from inter,
 ' between,'  and  dig'Htus,  ' a finger.'
 The  corns or warts,  which grow  be-
 tween the fingers and toes,—especially
 between the latter. Pliny.
  Intergas'trum (Anat.)  The decus-
 sation of  the optic nerves.  Paracel-
 sus, 
INTERMAXILLARY       539
INTERNxVL
  Intermaxillary (Anat.)  Intermax-
illa'ris. That which is situated between
the intermaxillary bones.
  The INTERMAXILLARY BONE, in-
ci'sive, pal'atine,  or  la'bial  bone,  is  a
bony portion,  wedged in  between the
two  superior  maxillary  bones,  and
which  supports  the  upper incisors.
This bone  is found  in the mammalia ;
and, also, in the human foetus.
  Intermis'sion (Path.)  Intermis'sio,
Sia7.tixpig, from  inter,  ' between,'  and
mit'tere,  l to put or  send.'  The inter-
val, which occurs between two pa-
roxysms of an  intermittent or other
disease ; during which the patient  is
almost in  his natural state.  There  is
said to be intermission of the  pulse,
when, in a given number of pulsations,
one or more may be wanting.
  (F) Intermittence.
  (G) Nachlass, Nachlassung.
  Intermittent (Path.)  Intermit'tens.
Same etymon. That which has inter-
missions.
  INTERMIT1 TENT  FE'VER,  Fe'bris
intermit'tens, Dialeip'yra,  Intermit'tens,
An'etus, A'gue, is  a  fever chiefly pro-
duced by marshy miasm ; and consist-
ing of many paroxysms, there being a
complete state of apyrexia in the inter-
vals.  The chief types are the  Quoti-
dian, Tertian, and Quartan.
  The symptoms  of intermittents are
those  of  a  decided  and completely
marked cold stage; attended with pale-
ness; collapse; impaired sensibility; and
coldness, more or less diffused, followed
by general rigors.  After this  occurs
the not stage;  the heat returning par-
tially and  irregularly, and, at  length,
becoming  universal, and much above
the standard of health.  The pulse be-
comes hard and strong. Tongue white.
Urine high-colored.   Thirst considera-
ble.   At  length, the  sweating  stage
makes  its appearance;  the moisture
 usually  beginning  on the  forehead,
face, and  neck, and soon extending
universally ;  the heat abating;  thirst
ceasing; the urine throwing down a
sediment and  the functions being grad-
 ually restored to their wonted state.
   The tertian type is the most common,
and the quartan the  most  severe.   The
 quotidian more  readily changes into a
 remittent  and continued fever.  The
quartan has, generally, the longest cold
stage ;  the  tertian the  longest hot.
The  exciting causes  are marsh mias-
 mata.  Ague, also, occurs in districts
 where there are no marshy emanations.
Such districts are, generally, of a vol-
canic nature ;  farther we  know  not.
When the disease has once attacked an
individual it is apt to recur.
  The prognosis is, in general, favora-
ble, as far as  regards life ; but long
protracted intermittents are apt to in-
duce visceral obstructions and engorge-
ments, which may end in dropsy.  In
some  countries, however, the  disease
is of a very pernicious character.
  The indications of  treatment  are,
1.  To  abate the  violence of the pa-
roxysm ; and 2. To prevent its return.
The first indication requires the adop-
tion of the general principles and rem-
edies required  in  ordinary fever.  The
second is  the  most important.    The
period of apyrexia is  that for  action.
The means for fulfilling this indication
are :—the use of emetics,  purgatives,
cinchona,  quinine, &c,  arsenic and
forcible impressions made on the mind
of the patient.
  (F) Fievre intermittente, F. d'Acces.
  (G) Wechselfieber.
   Writers.   Fr. Perellus, Paris,
1597  (L).   D. Sennertus, Viteberg,
1628 (L).   W. Drageus, Lond.  1668
(L).  J. Jones, Hagse, 1684  (L).  We-
del, Jense,  1692 (L).   W. Cole, Am-
stelod.  1698 (L).  P. G.  Werlhof,
Hanov. 1732 (L).   Fr. Torti, Mutin.
1709  (L).  Juncker, Hal. 1742 (L).
J. Drake, Lond.  1742 (L).   Cartheu-
ser,   Francf.  ad  Viadr.  1751  (L).
Juncker, Amstelod. 1759 (L).   J. Se-
nac,  Amst. 1759 (L).  Translated by
Ch. Caldwell ;  preface by B. Rush,
Phil. 1805.  Nietzki, Hal. 1763 (L).
Another work, Hal.  1763 (L).  A. E.
Buchner, Hal.  1769  (L).   T. Lind,
Lond. 1771.   Trnka de  Krzowitz,
Vindob. 1775 (L). J. C. Fidler, Prag.
et  Vienna, 1784  (L).   Voullonne,
Avignon, 1786  (F). C. Strack, Offen-
bach,  1787 (L).   Thompson, Lond.
1787.   Hoven,  Winterth.  1789 (G).
F.  Saalmann, Monaster.  1791  (L).
Fr.  Schraud,   Vindob.   1797  (L).
Bouffey, Paris, 1798  (F).   Froment,
Pavia, 1798 (F).  J. L. Alibert, Paris,
An.  viii. (F).   L. A. Fizeau, Paris,
 1803  (F).   T.  Macculloch, Lond.
 1828.
   Intermuscular (Anat.)  Intermus-
cula'ris. That which is placed between
muscles.
   The  INTERMUSCULAR  APONEU-
 RO'SES  are  apeneurotic  laminse  or
 septa,  situated  between  muscles  to
 which they often give attachment.
   Inter'nal (Anat.)  In'ner, Inter'nus.
 That  which is placed on the inside. 
INTEROSSEOUS         540         INTERSECTION
 This epithet is given to parts, that look
 towards  an imaginary, central  plane,
 which divides the  body into two equal
 and symmetrical  portions ;  as  well as
 to those, which correspond with a cav-
 ity.  Thus, we say the inner surface of
 the arm or  thigh — the  inner surface of
 the skull, &c.
   (G)  Innere, Innerlich.
   INTER'NAL DISEA'SES,  Mor'bi  in-
 ter'ni are those, which occupy  the  in-
 ner parts of the  body.   Their investi-
 gation belongs to  the physician ; exter-
 nal diseases falling under the manage-
 ment of the surgeon.
   Interosseous (Anat.)   Interos'seus.
 That,  which  is situated  between the
 bones ;  from inter, ' between,' and  os,
 ' a bone.'
   INTEROSSEOUS MUS>CLES. These
 occupy the spaces between the bones
 ofthe  metacarpus and metatarsus; and,
 consequently,  belong, — some to the
 hand, others to the foot.
   INTEROS'SEUS  MA'NUS, (F) Muscle
 inter-osseux de  la  main — Mi tacarpo-
 phalanglen-lateral sus-palmaire  ct mi-
 tacarpo-phalangien lateral (Ch.)
   These muscles are seven in number;
 two for each of the three middle fingers,
 and one for the  little finger.  Four are
 situated on  the  back of the  hand, and
 three only in  the  palm. They are in-
 serted  into  the metacarpal bones, and
 send a  tendon to the  tendon of the
 extensor  communis.   According  to
 their office,  they are, to each finger, an
 adductor  and  an abductor.  The index
 has a dorsal abductor and a palmar one.
 The middle  finger has two dorsal mus-
 cles for adductor  and  abductor; the
 ring finger has a dorsal  adductor and a
 pulmar abductor ;  and the  little finger
 has  only one  interosseous  abductor,
 which  is palmar.   These muscles  pro-
 duce abduction  and adduction of the
 fingers, which they can also extend,
 owing  to their connexion with the ex-
 tensor  tendons.
   INTEROS'SEI PE'DIS,   Metatarso-
phalangien-lateral (Ch.)  The number,
 arrangement, shape, and uses of these
 are the  same as in the case  of the  pre-
 ceding  muscles.  Four are dorsal, and
 three plantar ;  six  belong  to the three
 middle toes  and one to the  little toe.
 The great toe is devoid of them.  As
 in the hand, they are distinguished,  in
 each  toe, into  abductor  and  adduc-
 tor.
  INTEROSSEOUS LIG'AMENTS.  Lig-
aments, seated between certain bones,
 which they  unite;  such are the liga-
 ments between  the  radius  and ulna,
 and between the tibia and fibula.
    INTEROSSEOUS  AR'TERIES  OF
 THE  FORE'ARM AND  HAND.   Of
 these  there  are several.  1.  The Com-
 mon interosseous artery arises from the
 posterior part of the ulnar, a little be-
 low the  bicipital tuberosity  of  the ra-
 dius ;   passes  backwards  and  divides
 into two branches : the one called ante-
 rior interosseous descends vertically, an-
 terior  to the interosseous ligament;  the
 other, called posterior interosseous, passes
 above  that ligament, appears at its pos-
 terior  part and divides into  two great
 branches, — the posterior recurrent radial
 and the posterior interosseous, properly
 so called.  In  the hand, are—1. The
 dorsal  metacarpal interosseous arteries,
 given  off by  the dorsalis carpi,  a divi-
 sion ofthe radial artery.   2.  The Pal-
 mar interosseous arteries,  which arise
 fiom the convexity of  the deep palmar
 arch and  give  off the middle interos-
 seous arteries. 3. The dorsal interosseous
 ofthe  index,  proceeding directly from
 the  radial artery.   In the  fooj, are
 distinguished — 1. The dorsal interos-
 seous arteries ;  three in number,  which
 arise from the artery of the metatarsus,
 a branch of the dorsalis tarsi. 2. The
plantar interosseous arteries, which are,
 also, three in number, and arise from
 the plantar arch.
  The   INTEROSSEOUS  VEINS have
 the same  arrangement  as the arteiies.
  The  INTEROSSEOUS NERVE is a
 branch, given off by the median  nerve,
 which  descends before  the interosseous
 ligament,  accompanying the  artery of
 the same name.
  Interpella'tus (Mor'bus) (Path.)
 from intcrpel'lo, ' I interrupt.'' A term,
 by which Paracelsus designated those
 diseases, whose  progress  is  unequal,
and paroxysms  irregular.
  Interscapular  (Anat.)  Interscap-
 ula'ris.  That  which  is between the
 shoulders ; as the  interscapular region.
  Interscapu'lium (Anat.) qaipig, vnt-
qoytj wuonXarwv.  The sphie ofthe sca-
 pula.
  Intersection (Anat.) Siaxomr The
 point where  two lines meet  and cut
each other.   (G) D u r c h s c h n i 11.
The name,  aponeurotic  intersection,
 is given to fibrous bands, which cer-
 tain muscles present  in their  length,
 and  by which  they seem interrupted.
 Aponeurotic  intersections are  found
 in the   recti  muscles of the abdomen ;
 in the  semi-inembranosus, complexus,
 sterno-thyroideus, &c. 
INTERSEPTUM         541           INTESTINE
  Intersep'tum  (Anat.)  from inter,
1 between,' and sep'tum,  ' a partition,'
xiotv.   The uvula ;  also the septum na-
rium.
  Interspina'les Col'li (Anat.)  Spi-
na'les Col'li mino'res. Spina'ti, (F) Inter-
tpineux-cervicaux, lnterrervicaux (Ch.)
These are twelve in number, and occu-
py, in two parallel  rows, the  intervals
between the spinous processes of the
cervical  vertebra?, from  that of  the
atlas and vertebra dentata  to that be-
tween the last  cervical and first dorsal
vertebra?.   They are  flat, thin, and
quadrilateral. These muscles contribute
to  the extension of  the neck  and to
throwing the head backwards.
  INTERSPINA'LES DOR'SI ET LUM-
BO'RUM;  portions  of the  Transver-
saire-epineux of Boyer  and the sacro-
spinal of Chaussier.  These muscles
are of two kinds.  The one  (Muscle
grand £pineux du  dos,  of Winslow)
representing fleshy bundles of different
lengths,  applied  upon  the lateral sur-
faces  ofthe spinous processes, from the
third   dorsal vertebra  to  the  second
lumbar.    The others  (Muscle petit
epineux du dos, Winslow)  are covered
by  the preceding.  They  are  situated
on  each side  of the  interspinal  liga-
ment, in the form  of small, short, flat
bundles, which pass  from one spinous
process to the  second,  third,  or fourth
above it.  These muscles aid in extend-
ing the vertebral column ;  and incline
it a little to one side, when they act on
one side only.
  INTERSPINAL LIG'AMENT, .Mem-
bra'na inter spina'lis, Weit.  These oc-
cupy  the intervals between the spinous
processes in the back and loins.  In the
neck, they are  replaced by the muscles
ofthe same name.  They  prevent  the
too great flexion of the spine and keep
the spinous processes in situ.
    (F) Ligament intcrepineux.
  Intir'sticf.  (Anat.)   Intersti'tium,
from  inter, ' between,'  and  sto,  ' I
stand.' Siaortjua.  Interval'lum.  Anat-
omists have given this name to the in-
tervals between  organs.   The il'iac
crest — cris'ta ilii, for example, has two
lips and  an  intarstice  between them,
which affords attachment  to the lesser
oblique muscle ofthe abdomen.
    (G) Zwischenraum.
  Inter-transversa'lis (Anat.)   In-
tertransverse'rius. That which is placed
between the transverse  processes  of
the vertebrae.
  The INTERTRANSVERSE LES COL'-
LI,  (F)  Intertransversaires cervicaux,
                     46
Intertracheliens (Ch).  These are small,
muscular bundles ; quadrilateral; thin
and  flat;   situated, in  pairs, in the
intervals between  the  transverse pro-
cesses ofthe neck, except between the
first  and second, where there is only
one.   They are distinguished  into an-
terior and  posterior.  The former are
six in number ;  the latter five.  These
muscles bring the  transverse processes
ofthe neck nearer each other, and con-
tribute  to  the lateral  flexion of the
neck.
  The INTERTRANSVERSA'LES LUM-
BO'R UM— Mus'culi intertransver'si lum-
bo'rum — (F)  Intertransversaires  des
lombes.   These  are   almost  entirely
fleshy, and 10 in number; five on each
side.  They are  similar to the preced-
ing  in  general  arrangement;  except
that  they are more marked, and not
placed in  two rows.   Each intertrans-
verse space  contains only one.   They
are  quadrilateral,  and  flat.  The first
occupies the  space between  the trans-
verse processes of  the  first lumbar and
last dorsal vertebra ; and the last is be-
tween that of the  4th and 5th lumbar
vertebra}.   These  muscles incline the
lumbar  region laterally ; and straighten
it when inclined to one side.
  Intervertebral (Anat.)   Interver-
tebra'lis.  That  which is situated be-
tween the vertebrae.
  The  INTERVERTEBRAL  CAR'TI-
LAGES, Intervertebral fi'bro-car'tilages
— Ligamen'ta intervertebra'lia.  These
organs  are of a  fibro-cartilaginous na-
ture ; sections  of a  cylinder;  flexi-
ble ; whitish; resisting;  and situated
between the bodies of  the vertebrae,—
from the space between the second and
third as far as  that between the last
vertebra and  sacrum.   Their form  is
accommodated to that of the vertebras,
with which they are in connexion ; so
that, in the neck and loins,  they are
oval, whilst in the dorsal region they
are nearly circular.
  Intes'tike (Anat.)  Intesti'num, from
in'tus,  'within,' tvrtqov,• Gut, rijSviof,
JVedy'ion,  Pan'tkes (pi.)  A musculo-
membranous   canal, variously convo-
luted, which extends from the stomach
to the anus, and  is situated in the ab-
dominal cavity;  the  greater part of
which it fills.  In man, its length is 6
or 8  times that of the  body,  ft is di-
vided into two principal portions, called
small intestine and  large intestine.  The
former,  (F) Intestin grile, (G) Dunn
D a r m,   Intesti'num   tcn'ue,  consti-
tuting  nearly- four fifths of the whole 
INTESTINE            542              INULA
 length, begins at the stomach and ter-
 minates in the right iliac region.  It is
 divided  into  duodenum, jejunum,  and
 ileum.  Some  anatomists give the name
 small intestine to the two  latter  only;
 which are kept in place by the mesente-
 ry, and form a large paquet, occupying
 the umbilical and hypogastric regions, a
 part of the flanks, of the iliac regions,
 and ofthe  cavity ofthe pelvis.
   It.is composed of, 1. A serous  mem-
 brane,  which is peritoneal.  2. Of a
 muscular coat,  whose  fibres  are very
 pale, and are  placed, in part, longitu-
 dinally ; but  the  greater  part  trans-
 versely.  3. Of a whitish, mucous  mem-
 brane ;  villous,  and forming folds  or
 valves — valvula conniventes — at  its
 inner surface, and furnished with a con-
 siderable number of mucous follicles,
 called  glands  of Peyer.  The arteries
 ofthe small intestine proceed from the
 superior mesenteric ;  its veins  open
into the vena porta. Its nerves proceed
from the superior mesenteric plexus.
  The great intestine, Intesti'num  cras'-
sum,  (F)  Gros  intestin,   (G) Dick
Darm, forms a sequence to the small.
It is much shorter,  and is  solidly  at-
tached in the  regions of the abdomen
which  it occupies.  It begins in the
 right iliac region ;  ascends along the
right flank; till, beneath  the  liver,  it
crosses the  upper part of the abdomen,
 descends into the left iliac fossa and
 plunges into the pelvic cavity, to gain
 the anus.   The great intestine is usu-
ally divided into three portions, — the
 cacum, colon,  and rectum.   It receives
 its arteries from  the superior and infe-
 rior mesenteries.  Its veins open into
 the vena porta.  Its nerves are furnish-
 ed  by  the  mesenteric plexuses.   Its
 lymphatic vessels, which are much less
 numerous than those of the small intes-
 tine, pass into the ganglions or glands
 seated between the different reflections
 of the peritoneum,  which fix it to the
 abdominal parietes.
   The use of the  intestines  is; — in
 the upper part, to effect the chylifica-
 tion oi the food  and the absorption of
 the chyle ; — in the lower, to serve as a
 reservoir, where the  excrementitious
 portion of the food collects ; and, also,
 as  an  excretory duct, which effects
 its expulsion.
   (F) Intestin, Boyau.  (G) Darm.
   Writers.  J. Howship  (diseases of
 lower intestines and anus),  Lond.  1820.
 W. White (structure of),  Bath,  1815.
 R. Bright (morbid anatomy of,  in
 fever), Lond. 1829.
   Intes'tinal   (Anat.)   Intestina'lis.
 That which belongs to the intestines,—
 as intestinal canal,  &c.  Bordeu uses
 the  term  Pouls intestinal for a pulse,
 which he  conceived to  announce  an
 approaching crisis by the intestines.
   Writer.   M. Hall  (on intestinal
 irritation), Lond. 1825.
   Intrin'sic (Anat. & Path.)  Intrin'-
 sccus; from intra,' within,'  and sccus,
 ' towards.'   Applied  to  the  internal
 muscles of certain organs ;  as those of
 the ear, tongue, and larynx.   Linnjeus
 gave  the  name Intrinseci  to internal
 diseases.
   Ivtumes'cence (Path.)    Intumes-
 cen'tia ;  from intumes'cere,  ' to swell,'
 otdog, oiSijpa.  Augmentation of size in
 a  part or  in the whole  body.   Sau-
 vages uses the word Intumescen'tia for
 an order of diseases, in which he com-
 prehends polysarcia, pneumatosis, ana-
 sarca,  oedema,  physconia, and  preg-
 nancy.  (G) Aufge tri cbenhe i t.
  Intussuscep'tio  (Phys.  &. Path.)
 from intus,  ' within,'  and suscip'io, i I
 receive,' Introsusccp'tio.
  In physiology; — the  mode of  in-
 crease,  peculiar  to  organized bodies.
 In pathology, like invagina'tio, it means
 the introduction of one part  of the in-
 testinal  canal   into  another, which
 serves it as a sort of vagina  or sheath.
 Generally,  it is the upper part of the
 small intestine,  which is received into
 the lower;  when the intussusception
 is  said to  be progree'sive.  At times,
 however, it is rct'rograde.
  As the disease cannot be positively
 detected by the symptoms; it must be
 treated  upon general  principles.  At
times, the invaginated portion has sep-
arated and  been  voided per anum : —
the patient  recovering.   The disease
is, however, of  a very dangerous  char-
acter.  (G) Einschiebung.
  Writers.  A. Vater,  Vittemberg.
 1727 (L).  Felix, Lugd. Bat. 1769 (L).
 Beireis, Helmstad. 1769 (L). Becker,
 Argent. 1769 (L).
  In'ula Dysenter'ica  (Mat.  Med.)
 The  systematic name of the Les'ser
 Inu'la, Cony'za me'dia, Ar'nica Sueden'-
 sis, Ar'nica spu'ria, Cuni'la mas'cula,
 Cony'za,  Cunila'go.   This plant was,
 once, considered  to possess great anti-
 dysenteric  virtues.  The whole  plant
 is acrid and somewhat aromatic.
  (F) Aunee antidysentirique, Herbe de
 Saint- Roch.
  (G) Durrwurz, Ruhralant.
  IN'ULA HELE'NIUM. The systematic
 name  of  the   El'ecampane — En'ula 
INUNCTION            543               IRIS
campa'na, Hele'nium,  Common  In'ula,
iXtvtov. The root was formerly in high
esteem in dyspepsia, cachexia, pulmo-
nary affections, &c. It is now scarcely
used.
   (F)  Aunie.   (G) Alantwurzel,
Alant,  Brustaland, Oland, He-
lene nkr aut.
   Writer.   J. A. Wedel, Jena?, 1719
(L).
   Inunc'tion (Therap,  &c.)  Inunc'tio,
Illi'tio, Chri'sis, yqiaig, xuruyqiaig, dta-
yqioig, t.nyqioig, Unctio.   A liniment.
Also, the act of rubbing in.
   (F)  Onction.  (G)  Einreibung.
   Invisca'tio Ocu'li (Path.)  A mor-
bid  adhesion of  the  eyelids to each
other, or to the globe of the eye.
   I'odine (Mat. Med.)  from iwOrtg, vio-
la'ceus,  ' of a violet  color.'  lodi'na,
Io'dium, so  called  from the  violet va-
por it exhales when  volatilized.  It is
contained in the mother waters of  cer-
tain fuci, and is obtained by pouring
an excess  of concentrated  sulphuric
ac id on the water,—obtained by burning
different fuci, lixiviating the ashes and
concentrating the liquor. The mixture
is placed in a retort to which a receiver
is attached, and is boiled.   The iodine
passes over and  is  condensed.  It is
solid, in  the form of  plates ;  of a blu-
ish gray color, of a metallic brightness,
and smell  similar to that of the chlo-
ride of  sulphur.   Its  s.  g. is 4.946.
When heated,  it  becomes  volatilized
and affords  the vapor, which character-
izes it.  The tincture of iodine and the
hydriodates have been  employed, with
great success, in the treatment of goitre
and of some scrophalous affections.  It
must be  administered in a very small
dose and for a long period.  It is  apt,
.however, to induce cholera morbus,—
signs of  great nervous irritability  and
emaciation ofthe mammae.   When these
symptoms are urgent the  dose may be
diminished, or it may  be wholly  dis-
continued, and afterwards  resumed.
     (F)  lode.
   Writers.   W.  Gairdner,  Lond.
1824.  T. R. Coixdet (in bronchocele
and scrophula),   translated  by  J.  R.
Johnson, Lond. 1824.   A.  Manson,
Lond. 1825. J. G. A. Lugol (in scroph-
ula), Paris, 1830 (F).   S.J. Hobson,
Lond.  1830.
   Ion'thus  (Path.) tovd-og, Va'rus. An
unsuppurative, tubercular tumor;  sta-
tionary ; chiefly on the face.  A genus
in the  class  Hamatica, order Phlogotica
pf Good.
   Iotacis'mus (Patfi,)  from the  Greek
letter lo'ta. . Defective articulation, —
the patient not being able to pronounce
the palatals j and g soft.
  Ipecacuan'ha  (Mat. Med.)   The
pharmacopoeial name  of the Cepha'lis
ipecacuan'ha, or Callkoc'ca  ipecacuan'-
lia, Cagosanga, Ipecacuan'ha root,  Ipe-
cacuan'ha  ra'dix, Ra'dix Brazilien'sis.
It is, also, obtained from the Psijcho'tria
emet'ka of Mutis.
  The odor  of the root is faint  and
peculiar ;  taste  bitter, subacrid  and
mucilaginous ; both water  and alcohol
extract its virtues, which depend on a
peculiar principle,  called Emetine.   It
is emetic in large doses ; sudorific  in
smaller.
  Dose,  as an emetic, gr.  xx to xxx,
alone, or united with  tartarized anti-
mony, gr. i or ij.
  The WHITE IPECACUAN'HA is ob-
tained from  the  Vi'ola ipecacuan'/uz.
It is weaker than the gray.
     (G) Brechwurzel,
  Whiters.   L.  Devaux,  Paris, 1690
(L).  Schulzr and Huber,
Leincker, Jen. 1705 (L).   Gianelli
on I. in the cure of fevers), Patav. 1754
(L).  Coste and Willemet,  Nancy,
1793 (F).
   Ipote'rion (Pharm.) montjqiov.   A
malagma,  invented  by Heraclii^es.
Galen.
  Iriankis'tron (Surg.) from 1015, and
ayxiarqov,' a hook.'  A hooked instru-
ment,  used by Schlagintweit in the
formation of an artificial pupil.
  I'ris (Anat.) toig, yqauutj, gram'ml ;
so called from its resembling the rain-
bow in variety of colors. A membrane,
stretched vertically at the anterior part
ofthe eye, in the midst ofthe  aqueous
humor, in which it forms a kind of cir-
cular, flat partition, separating the an-
terior from the  posterior chamber.   It
is perforated by  a circular opening,
called  the pupil, which is  constantly
varying in its dimensions, owing to the
varying contractions of the fibres of the
iris.   its posterior surface has been
called uvea, from the  thick,  black var-
nish, which covers it.  The greater cir-
cumference of the  iris is adherent  to
the ciliary processes and circle.
  It has an external plane of radiated
fibres and an internal one  of circular
fibres ; which serve — the  one to di-
late ; the other to contract the aperture
ofthe pupil.
  The iris receives the irian nerves.
Its arteries are furnished by the long
ciliary arteries, which form two circles
by  their  anastomoses;  the one very 
IRIS
544          IRRITABILITY
 broad, near  the  great circumference;
 the other, smaller,  and seated around
 the  circumference of the pupil.   The
 veins of the iris empty themselves into
 the  Vasa vortkosa  and into the long
 ciliary veins.
   The use of the iris seems to be : — to
 regulate, by its dilatation or contraction,
 the  quantity of luminous rays, neces-
 sary for distinct vision.  -The different
 colors of the iris occasion the variety in
 the colors of the human eye.
     (G)  llegenbogenhaut.
   IRIS   FLORENTPNA  (Mat.  Med.)
 Flo'rcntine  iris or or'ris.   The root of
 this  plant is extremely acrid in  its re-
 cent state ;  and, when chewed, excites
 a pungent heat in the  mouth, that con-
 tinues for several  hours.  When dried,
 the acrimony is lost or nearly so, and
 the smell is very agreeable.  It is in-
 debted  to its  agreeable flavor for  its
 retention in the  pharmacopoeias,   al-
 though it is ranked  as an expectorant.
     (F)  Iris de Florence.
     (G) Violenvvurzel.
   I'RIS FOSTIDIS'SIMA, Sputh'ulafat'i-
 da,  Ayr/s, — the  stinking  iris.   The
 root has  been  held antispasmodic and
 narcotic.
   (F) Iris puant, Glayeul puant.
   (G) W aid  la us kraut,  Stink-
 en d e  S c h w e r d 11 i 1 i e.
   PRIS  GERMAN'ICA. The systematic
 name of the  Flower-de-Luce, I'ris nos'-
 tras, Aicr'sa, I'ris vulga'ris, Common
 i'ris, or  or'ris,  Gladi'olus  caru'leus.
 The fresh roots  have a disagreeable
 smell and  an acrid,  nauseous  taste.
 They are powerfully cathartic,  and are
 given in dropsies, where such reme-
 dies are indicated.
   (F) Iris commun,  Flambe.
   (G)  Schwerdt  Li lie,   Deu-
 tsclies  Schwerdtel.  •
   I'RIS PSEUDAC'ORUS.  The syste-
 matic name of the Yel'low water-flag,
 I'ris palus'tris,  Gladi'olus lu'teus, Ac'o*
 rus vulga'ris, Ac'orus adulteri'nus; Pseu-
 dac'orus,  Bu'tomon, Ac'orus palus'tris.
 The  root has an acrid,  styptic taste.  It
 is  an errhine, sialogogue, and acrid as-
 tringent.   The expressed juice is diu-
 retic, and said  to  be a useful  applica-
 tion  to serpiginous and other cutaneous
 affections.
   (F)  Iris  des marais,  Faux acore,
 Flambe  batard, Acore bdtard.
   (G) Gelbe  Schwerdtelwur-
 zel,   Ackermann,  Wassersch-
 werd twurzel.
  I'RIS VERSICOLOR, Blue flag. The
root of this is an active cathartic ; and
 hag been much  used,  as  such, by the
 American Indians.   It is reputed to be
 diuretic.
   Iri'tis  (Path.)   Inflammation of the
\ i'ris.   The  chief  symptoms  are ; —
 change in the color of the iris ; fibres
 less  movable ;   tooth-like  processes
 shooting into the pupil;  pupil irregu-
 larly  contracted;  with  the  ordinary
 signs  of  inflammation  of  the   eye.
 If the inflammation does not yield, sup-
 puration takes place ; and, although the
 matter may  be  absorbed,  the iris re-
 mains immovable.  It is  often caused
 by syphilis.
   The general principles of the treat-
 ment, however  produced,  are, to de-
 plete  largely and  exhibit  mercury
 freely;  along with attention  to other
 means advisable  in ophthalmia.
   1'itos  (Path.)  tioog.  This word ex-
 presses,  according to some, a kind of
 scirrhous tumor ; according to others a
 distressing condition ofthe whole body ;
 and, according to others again, a species
 of fever.
   Irredl'i ible  (Path.)  An epithet
 given  to fractures, luxations, hernias,
 &c. when they cannot  be reduced.
     (F)  Irreductible.
   Irreg'ular   (Path.)   Irregularis,
 ctroipuXoc, from in, ' privative,' and reg'-
 ula,' a rule.'   A lenn,  chiefly applied
 to the types  of  disease; and, also, to
 the pulse, when its beats  are separated
 by unequal intervals.
     (G)  Unregelmassig.
   Irritabil'ity  (Physiol.)   IrritabiV-
 itas, fiom irri'to, tl provoke.'   I'isin'-
 sita, of Haller.   Vis  vita'lis  of (jor-
 tkk.   Oscilla'tio of Boerhaave. Ton'ic
power of Stahl.   Mus'cular  pow'er,
Mus'cular force,  Inhe'rent pow'er, Con-
tractil'ity, &c. A power, possessed by
organized  bodies, of  being acted upon
by certain stimuli  and  thrown  into
 movement, without the will participat-
ing.   It  is  more particularly  observa-
ble in the muscular  system ;  in which
 it seems to be a property of the muscle
 itself; the nervous influence, which ex-
 cites it  into  action  in the voluntary
 motions, contributing to exhaust it like
 other stimuli.
   This irritability  continues,  in  ordi-
 dinary circumstances,  for  an  hour or
 two after dissolution ;  in  those  killed
 by lightning and some of  the  poisons,
 it is affirmed to  be instantaneously ex-
 hausted.
   It is best evidenced by taking the
 lower limb of a  frog,  recently killed,
 and subjecting it to the galvanic stim- 
IRRITABLE
545     ISCHIO-CAVERNOSUS
ulus.  The muscles will be thrown into
violent contraction.
   (G) Reizbarkeit,  Muskel-
kraf t.
   Writers.  Th. Kirkland  (on dif-
ferent kinds of I.), Lond. 1774.  Ch.
L.  Hoffmann, Munster, 1779. 8vo.
(G).  J.  L.  Gautikr,  Hal.  1793 (L).
J.  D. Metzger, Konigsb. 1794 (G).
C. F. Clossius, Tubing. 1795 (G).
   Ir'ritable (Phys.) irritab'ilis. That
which is  endowed  with irritability.
This epithet is  applied  to the physical,
as well as to the moral, condition of an
individual; — to those  e.  g.  who  are
vividly affected by impressions.
     (G)  Reizbar.
   Ir'ritant (Therap.)  Ir'ritans.  That
which causes  irritation, or pain, heat
and tension ; either mechanically, as in
the  case  of punctures, acupuncture,
or scarificatioh  ; chemically, as the alka-
lis, acids, &c.; or in a specific manner,
as cantharides, &c.
   Irritants are of great use in the treat-
ment of disease.   (G) Reizmitte 1.
   Irrita'tion  (Path.)  Irrita'tio, tqt-
Siopog, from in, priv. and ritus, l the
usual maner.'   The state  of a  tis-
sue or organ, in which  there is excess
of  vital  movement;  commonly mani-
fested by  increase of  the circulation
and sensibility.  Broussais defines irri-
tation to be ; —the condition of an organ
the excitation of which is carried to so
high a degree,  that the  equilibrium,
resulting from the balance of all  the
functions, is broken.  In this significa-
tion, he also uses the word sur-irritation,
which he considers as a higher degree
and as the essential cause of fever.
   MOR'BID IRRITA'TION or constitu-
tional ii-rita'tion  is that  excitement,
which   occurs  after  injuries  done
to the body, or to any part thereof; —
constituting cases of diseased sympathy.
     (G)  Erregung.
   Writers  on Morbid Sympathy.   J.
Butter, Devonport,  1825.  B. Trav-
ers (on constitutional irritation), Lond.
1826.
   Isada  (Therap.)   A name given by
the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese  to   a
stone, to which they attribute the prop-
erty of curing pains ofthe kidney.
   Ischje'mia (Path.)  from  ioyw,  ' I
retain,' and alpa,  l blood.'  Morbid re-
tention or suppression  of an habitual
flux of blood, as ofthe hemorrhoidal or
menstrual flux or of epistaxis.
  Ischje'mon (Therap.)  toxatuov.   A
medicine,  which restrains  or  stops
bleeding.
       6                46*
  Ischia'gra (Path.)  in/iayqa, from
itiyiov,' the haunch,' and uyqa,' a seiz-
ure.'   A name given  to ischiatic gout.
Femoro-popliteal neuralgia  has,  also,
been so called.  (G) H ii f t g i c h t.
   Ischiat'ic or  Ischiad'ic  (Anat.)
Ischiat'icus, or Ischiad'icus, from iayiov,
' the haunch ';  whence the word Sci-
atic.  An epithet given to various parts
connected  with  the  ischium.   The
SCIAT'IC NOTCH'ES, (F) Echancrures
ischiatiques,  are  formed by this bone ;
the ISCHIAT'IC  SPINE belongs to it,
and  gives  attachment  to the  small
sacrosciatic ligament.  The TUBEROS-
ITY OF  THE ISCHIUM,  Os sedenta'-
rium,  Tu'ber Is'chii,  (F)  Tuberosite
sciatique, is  formed by it.   It receives
the insertions of different muscles of
the thigh, and forms the projection on
which the body rests when seated.
  The  ISCHIAT'IC or SCIAT'IC AR'-
TERY, A. Fcmoro-poplitee (Ch.) arises
singly  from   the hypogastric, or with
the gluteal;  and  seems to be really a
continuation  of the trunk of the hypo-
gastric.  It issues from the pelvis, at
the lower  part  of the  great sciatic
notch; and,  afterwards, divides into a
considerable number of branches, which
are distributed particularly to the pos-
terior and superior region of the thigh.
  The ISCHIAT'IC  VEIN  presents the
same arrangement.
  Ischidro'sis (Path.)  from layw, ' I
restrain,'  and  iSqotg, ' sweat.'   Sup-
pression of perspiration.
  Ischioblen'nia  (Path.)  from loyia,
'   restrain,' and (SXtwa,' mucus.'  The
suppression  of a m®rbid  but habitual
discharge of mucus.
  (G)  Schleimverhaltung.
  Is'chio-caverno'sus (Anat.) Belong-
ing to the ischium and corpus caverno-
sum.
  The IS'CHIO-CAVERNO'SUSmus'cle,
Collatera'lis,  Direc'tor pe'nis, Erec'tor
pe'nis, Ischio-ure'thral (Ch.) is a small,
long, flat muscle, which surrounds the
origin ofthe  corpus cavernosum.  It is
fixed,  below, to the inner side of the
tuberosity of the  ischium, and, above,
to the  root  of the penis, where  it is
confounded with the fibrous membrane
of the corpus cavernosum.  It draws
the root of the  penis downwards and
backwards.
  The ISCHIO-CAVERNO'SUS of the
female, Erec'tor-clitor'idis,  Ischio-clito-
ridien, Supe'rior  rotun'dus clitor'idis,
Ischio sous-clitorien (Ch. ), is arranged
nearly as in the male,but is less bulky.
It arises, by aponeuroses,  from  the 
ISCHIOCE'LE          546           ISEXFLAMM
tuberosity of the ischium, and termin-
ates by embracing the  corpus caverno-
sum of the clitoris, to the erection of
which it appears to contribute.
  Ischioce'leoi-Ischiatoce'le (Path.
Surg.) Her'.nia ischial'ica; from ioyiov,
' the ischium,'  and xtjXtj, ' tumor.'   Is-
chiat'k her'nia.  One in which the vis-
cera issue by  the  great sciatic notch.
It is  a  rare  disease.   The protruded
parts must be  reduced; the patient be-
ing placed in  a favorable position, and
they must be retained by a bandage.
    (G)  H iiftbruch.
  Is'chio-Clitoria'nus  (Anat.)  That
which is connected with the ischium
and clitoris.
  The IS'CHIO-CLITO'RIAN AR'TERY
of Chaussier is a division ofthe inter-
nal pudic, which furnishes the two ar-
teries of the  clitoris — the  superficial
and deepseated.
  The IS'CHIO-CLITO'RIAN  NERVE.
of the same professor, is the  superior
branch of the pudic nerve, which  is
distributed to  the clitoris.
  Is'chion (Anat.)  ls'chium, Os is'chii,
Os coxen'dkis, toytov.  Hip bone,  Seat
bone.   The lowermost of the three por-
tions, which compose the os innomina-
tum in the foetus and young individu-
al.   The inferior  region of the same
bone has, also, been  called ischion, in
the adult.  According to Hesychius,
the ancients designated, by the word
ischion,  the capsular ligament of the
coxo-femoral  articulation, as well as
the  articulation itself.    Some  derive
the word from toyig, the lumbar re-
gion ;  others  from the verb ioyo>, ' I
arrest,' ' I retain '; — because that bone
serves as a base, or support for the
trunk, when we are seated.
     (F)  Os de I'assiette.
    (G)  Hiiftbein, Sitzbein.
   Is'chio-prostat'icus (Anat).  Wins-
low, Sanctorini,  Albinus, and Som-
mering  have  given this name to the
fibres of the transversus  perinsei mus-
cle, which go towards the prostate.
   Is'chio-trochanteria'nus  (Anat.)
 Gem'ini, Gemel'li.  Part of the Marsu-
pia'lis of Cowper, Car'neum Marsu'-
pium, Ischio-spini-trochanterien,  Secun'-
 dus et ter'tius quadrigem'inus.  Two
 small, fleshy  bundles ; long  and flat,
 which arise: — the superior on the out-
side of  the sciatic spine ; the inferior
 behind the tuberosity of the  ischium.
 Both pass horizontally outwards, and
 are attached to the tendon of  the obtu-
 rator internus, which  they accompany
 into the fossa of the trochanter. These
muscles are rotators of the lower limb
outwards.  They can, also,  turn  the
pelvis on the femur, in standing on one
foot.
  (F) Muscle cannele, Accessoire de I'ob-
turateur interne.
  Isch.nopho'nia  (Path.)  toytoipoivia,
from   io/voc,  ' slender,'  and ipontj,
' voice.'  Slenderness of voice.  Hipp.
Gallen.
  Ischoblen'nia (Path.)  from ioyv>,
' I suppress,' and pXtvvu, ' mucus.' Sup-
pression of a mucus discharge, whether
nasal, urethral, or vaginal.
  Ischogalac'tia  (Path.)  from ioyoi,
' I suppress,'  and  yuXa,  milk.'  Want
of milk in the mamma?.
 IsCHOLo'CHIAOrlsCHOLOCHl'A (Path.)
from  tayoi,   ' 1  restrain,' and X.oytia,
' the lochial  discharge.'   Suppression
ofthe lochial discharge.
  Ischuret'ic  (Therap. & Mat. Med.)
Ischuret'kum. A medicine for relieving
suppression of urine.
  Ischu'ria  (Path.)  io%ovqia,  Urina
suppres'sio,  Stop'page of u'rine,  Sup-
pres'siolo'tii, Paru'ria retentio'nis ; from
to/a, ' I arrest,'  ' I  retain,' and ovgor,
' urine.'  Impossibility of  discharging
the urine.
  The ISCHU'RIA  VE'RA is that in
which, the urine having accumulated
in the bladder, the patient  is unable to
to pass it, notwithstanding  the inclina-
tion, which constantly distresses him.
In the False ischu'ria, Paru'ria  in'ops,
Ischu'ria no'tha,  owing to some disease
ofthe kidney or ureters, the urine can-
not reach the bladder.
  Ischuria has, likewise, received vari-
ous other names, according to the  seat
and  character of  the obstacle, which
opposes the exit of the urine ; — hence
the expressions — Rc'nal, Ureteric,   I'e-
si'cal,Ure'thral, and Cal'culous Ischu'ria.
The Vesi'cal Ischu'ria is synonymous
with Retention of Urine, which see.
  (G)  Har n ve rh al tung.
  Writers.   Meibomius,  Helmstad.
1676  (L).   Rivinus, Lips.  1682  (L).
Hauserus, Basil,  1696  (L).    Klein-
feld,  Duisburg,  1716 (L).   Bluhen,
Helmst.  1736 (L).  Bergst, Lugd. Bat.
1748  (L).   Cartheuser, Francf. ad
Viadr.  1750 (L).    Timmers, Lugd.
Bat. 1757 (L).  A. E. Buchner, Hal.
1761 (L).  R. Beauregard, Madrid,
1767  (S).   Van  der Belen, Lovan.
1783 (L).  Muntz, Marburg, 1790 (L).
Hering, Gotting. 1800 (L).  Robin-
son, Edinb. 1800 (L).
   ISENFLAMM,  Jacob  Frederick
(Biogr.)   Professor of medicine at 
ISIS
547
JAGRA
Erlangen;  born  at  Vienna  in  1726;
died at Erlangen in 1793.   Works.
Ueber die nerven.  Erlang. 1774.  8vo.
Ueber  die  muskeln.  Ibid.  1778. 8vo.
Knochen.  Ibid.  1782. 8vo.  Die ein-
geweide. Ibid. 1784.
  I'sis (Pharm.) Iaig. A name given to
certain plasters, mentioned by Galen.
  Isoch'ronous  (Phys. & Path.)  too-
Xqovog, from icog, ' equal,' and ynovog,
' time.'  tooSqopog.   That which takes
place in the  same time, or in equal
times.   The pulsations of the arteries,
in various parts of the body, are isochro-
nous.
     (G) Gleichzeitig.
   Isochry'son   (Pharm.)   iaoyqvaov,
Au'ro com'par ; from iaog,i equal,' and
Xqvoog,' gold.'  A collyrium, described
by   Galen as  worth  its  weight in
gold.  Libavius has, also,  given this
name to an amalgam, made with equal
parts of antimony and mercury.
  Isoc'rates-;  tooxqartjg,  from to*os,
{ equal,' and xtqawvui,' I mix.'  A mix-
ture of equal parts of wine and water.
Hippocrates.
  Isthmi'tis   (Path.)   Inflamma'tio
Fau'cium.  Inflammation of the fauces.
     (G) Rachenbr'aune.
   Isth'mus (Anat.) ia&pog,  Isth'mion,
 io&uiov.  A tongue of land, joining a
 peninsula  to  a  continent;  or  which
separates two seas.  Anatomists have
given the name ISTH'MUS OF THE
FAU'CES, Isth'mus Fau'cium, Claus'-
trum  Gut'turis, x.Xti9qov, (F)  Isthme
 du gosier,  to  the strait which separates
 the mouth from the pharynx.  It is
 formed, above,  by  the  velum  palati
 and uvula; at the sides, by the pillars
 of  the fauces and the tonsils; and, be-
 low, by the base of the tongue.
   The ISTH'MUS OF THE THY'ROID
 GLAND is a  narrow band, that unites
the two chief lobes composing the thy-
roid gland.
  The  ISTH'MUS OF  THE  FOSSA
OVA'LIS,  Isth'mus Vieusse'nii, is the
prominent arch, formed above the  fossa
ovalis by the union of the  two pillars
which bound the cavity.
  Ital'icum  Emplas'trum  (Pharm.)
Iralr/.ov.  A detergent plaster,  men-
tioned by Paulus of* jEgina.
  Itch'ing (Path.) Parap'sis pruri'tus,
Autal'gia prurigino'sa, Pruri'tus,  Pru-
rigo, Cnes'mos, xvijOuog.  A sensation,
more inconvenient than painful;  seat-
ed especially at the surface of the body,
and  which provokes  the  patient to
scratch the part.
   (F) Prurit, Demangeaison.
   (G) Das Jucken.
   Ithyc'obos  (Path.) i&vxvfiog.   That
which,  from being straight, becomes
crooked.  Applied chiefly to the spine,
when it assumes  the backward curva-
ture ; — Ithylor'dos, i&vXoqdog; express-
ing the forward curvature.
   Ityphal'lus (Hist. Med.) irvipaXXog,
from i&vg,' straight,' and qiaXXog, ' pe-
nis.'  An  amulet, in  the  form  of  a
penis, anciently worn round the neck;
and to  which were attributed alexite-
rial properties.
   I'vory ; E'bur, tXtipag.  The tusk of
the  elephant.  It is chiefly composed
of phosphate  of lime,  and is  used for
the  fabrication  of pessaries,  artificial
teeth,  handles  of instruments,  &c.
Formerly, it entered into  some  phar-
maceutical preparations, when calcined
to whiteness.  It was regarded  as as-
tringent  and  anthelmintic,  and  was
called Spodium.   (G) Helffenbein.
   Ix'ys (Anal.)  Ix'ye,  i$vg, t'ivij.  Used
by different authors for the ilia, flanks,
 and loins; most frequently for the last.
 Hippocr.
  JACOB^'US, Ol'iver  (Biog.)  A
Professor  of Physic  and  Physics, at
Copenhagen,\)f much reputation: born
in Jutland in 1650-1; died in 1701.
Works.  Oratio  in obitum  Tho. Bar-
tholini, 1681.   Compendium instituti-
onum medicorum. Hafn. 1684. 8vo.
  Jacta'tion or Jactita'tion (Path.)
Jacta'tio, Rhiptas'mos, oinraapog, Jae-
tita'tio, from jacta're, ' to toss about.'
Extreme anxiety; excessive restless-
ness.  A symptom observed  in serious
diseases.
    (G)  Herumwerfung.
  Ja'gra (Hyg.)  The sugar, obtained
from the cocoa nut. 
JALEYRAC            548            JEJUNUM
   Jaleyrac,  Mineral  Waters  of
 (Mat. Med.)  These waters are situated
 two leagues from Mauriac in France,
 on the road from Clermont in Auvergne.
 The waters contain lime  and carbonate
 of soda, and are esteemed  to be tonic,
 aperient, &c.
   Writer.  De la Rousserje, Tulle,
 1780(F).
   JAMES,  Robert  (Biogr.) An emi-
 nent  London  physician,  and inventor
 of a celebrated fever powder; born in
 Staffordshire in 1703;  died in  1776.
 Works. Method  of preventing  and
 curing the madness, caused by the bite
 of a mad dog.  Lond.  1735. 8vo.  A
 medkinalidictionary: including physic,
 surgery, anatomy, chymistry, botany,
 &c. Lond. 1743. 3 vols. fol.  Practical
 treatise  on the diseases to which trades-
 men are liable; — from  the Latin  of
 Ramazzini :—and on endemical dis-
 tempers;  from the original  of  Hof-
 mann  ; with a supplement by the trans-
 lator.  Lond. 1745.  8vo.   Treatise on
 tobacco,  tea,  coffee, and  chocolate.
 Lond. 1745. 8vo.   Modern  practice  of
physic,  improved by Boerhaave and
 Hofmann.   Lond.  1746.  2 vols.  Svo.
 English dispensatory. Lond. 1747. Svo.
 A dissertation upon fevers, and a vin-
 dication  of the fever powder.  Lond.
 1778.  8vo.
   Jan'ua, Emplas'trum  (Pharm.)   A
 name  given  to a  plaster  of Betony,
 described in the universal  Pharmaco-
 poeia of Lemery.
   Janua'rii, Cataplas'ma (Pharm.)  A
 cataplasm,  described  by Marcellus
 Empiricus, and which Januarius, its
 inventor, believed proper  for curing
 diseases ofthe spleen.
  JARRETIERE (Path.) Peris'celis, (F)
 a garter, from garetum or  garrelum;
 in low Latin, the ham.  A kind of fur-
 furaceous  herpes, which  occupies the
 part  of the leg,  where  the garter is
 worn.
   Jasmel,e'um (Pharm.)  The name of
 a  medicinal oil,  prepared with the oil
 of sesame and white violet flowers.   It
 was formerly employed  to anoint the
 body,  on coming out of the bath.
  Jas'minum officinale (Mat. Med.)
 Jas'minum,  Jesem'inum; the Jes'sa-
 mine.   The  flowers of this beautiful
 plant have a very fragrant smell, and a
 bitter  taste.   They afford, by distilla-
 tion, an essential oil; which is much
 esteemed, in Italy, for rubbing paralytic
 lhnbs, and in the cure of rheumatic
 pains.
    (F) Jasmin.
   Jatro'pha,  Cur'cas  (Mat.  Med.)
 Ric"inus major, Ricinofdes, Pi'neus
 pur'gans, Pinho'nes In'dici, Fa'ba ca-
 thar'tica, Avella'na cathar'tica,  JVux
 cathar'tica  America'na,  JVux  Barba-
 den'sis;  Phys'ic JVut.  The  seeds of
 this  plant  afford  a quantity  of oil,
 which is given, in many places, like the
 castor oil; to which, indeed, it is nearly
 allied.  They contain a  peculiar acid,
 the Jatrophic or Igasuric.
   The seeds of the Jatro'pha Multif'ida
 are called Purging JVuts, and give out
 a similar oil.
   (F) Pignons d'Inde,  Medicinier ca-
 thartique, Grand haricot  de  Perau,
 Pignons de Barbarie, Koix cathartique,
 Americaine ou des Barbades.
   (G)  Indische Pinie, Grosser
 Wunderbaum, Barbados  nuss-
 baum.
  JATRO'PHA MAN'IHOT (Mat. Med.)
 The  plant affording the Cassa'da  or
 Cassa'va  Root,   Caca'vi,  Cassa'vl,
 Caza'bi,  Pain de Madagascar,  Ric"-
 inus mi'nor, Man'ioc, Mag'noc,  Man'-
 iot,  Yuc'ca,  Maniibar,  Aipi,  Aipima
 coxera, Aipipoca, Janipha.  The juice
 of the  root  is extremely  acrid and
 poisonous.  What remains,  after ex-
 pressing  it,  is  formed into cakes  or
 meal; of which the Cassada or Cas-
 sava bread is made.  This bread consti-
 tutes a principal food of the inhabitants
 of those parts where it grows.
  The  fecula  of  the root  forms the
 Tapioca,  Cipipa, which is very nu-
tritious.
  Jean-de- Glaines,  St.,  Mineral
 Waters of  (Mat. Med.)  These  waters
are situate two leagues from Billom in
Auvergne.  They contain muriate of
lime, and  carbonate of magnesia; dis-
solved in an excess of carbonic acid.
  JEBB, John, M. D., F. R. S. (Biog.)
A man of  various  and great learning;
born in 1736; died in 1786.  Works.
 Select cases of the disorder, commonly
 termed the paralysis of the lower ex-
tremities.  Lond.  1782.   8vo.    Whole
works, theological,  medical, political,
and  miscellaneous;  with memoirs of
the life ofthe author, by John Disney,
D. D.  Lond.  1787.  3 vols. Svo.
  Jectiga'tio (Path.) naXpog. A word,
used by Van Helmont for a species of
epilepsy or convulsion.
  Jeju'num   (Anat.)  from jeju'nus,
' empty'; JVe'stis, vtjong.  The part of
the small intestine, comprised between
the duodenum and ileum.  It has been
 so called, because it is almost always
 found empty in the dead body. 
JENNER
549
JORDEN
  JEN'NER.Ed'ward, M. D., F.R.S.
{Biog.)  The  illustrious discoverer of
the antivariolous power of vaccination;
born  at  Berkeley, in Gloucestershire,
in 174!);  died in  1823.  Works. An
inquiry into  the causes and effects of
the variola vaccina, a disease discovered
in some  of  the western  counties  of
England, particularly Gloucestershire,
and*\known  by the name of the cow-
pox; with observations on  the  origin
of the small-pox, and on inoculation.
Lond. 1798. 4to.  Farther observations
on  the variola vaccina,  or cow-pox.
Lond.  1799.  4to.  A continuation of
facts and observations relative  to the
variola  vaccina, or  cow-pox.  Lond.
1800. 4to. A comparative statement of
facts and observations relative  to the
cow-pox.  Lond.  1800. 4to.  On the
origin ofthe vaccine inoculation. Lond.
1801. 4to. Letter to Ch. Henry Parry,
M. D., F. R. S., on  the  influence of
artificial  eruptions in certain diseases
incidental to  the human body, with an
inquiry respecting the probable advan-
tages  to  be  derived  from farther ex-
periments. Lond.  1822. 4to.  Life, by
John Baron. Lond   1827: by L.Val-
entin. Nancy, 1823  (F) : by Amedee
Dcpau. Paris, 1823 (F).
  Joannette, Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)   Several springs are found
at Joannette, about  five  leagues from
Angers  in France.   The  waters are
both cold and warm,  and they contain
sulphate of lime ; subcarbonate of soda;
muriate of soda;  some iron ; muriate
of lime; and,  sometimes,  a kind  of
saponaceous  matter.  They are  chiefly
used as a tonic in chlorosis, leucorrhcea,
&c.
   Johne, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  Johne is a village near  Dol  in
Franche-Comte,  France, where  is  a
mineral  spring,  which contains  sub-
carbonate of soda, and subcarbonates
of magnesia and iron. It is used  chiefly
as' a bath in  certain  diseases  of the
skin, and other atonic affections.
   JOHNSON, Thomas, M. D.  (Biog.)
A  learned   botanist, and  native   of
Yorkshire ;  died  in 1643.  Works.
Mercurius Botanicus,  seu  plantarum
gratid suscepti  itineris, anno  1634,
descriptio. Lond.  1634. Svo. To this
was added a small tract, entitled, De
thermis Bathonicis.   Ambrose Parey's
works, translated into English.  Lond.-
1634. fol. Enlarged with  several cu-
rious tracts:  Lond. 1649. fol.   Trans-
lation o/Ambrose Parey's large work
of surgery. Lond.  1643. fol.  Therma
Bathonka. Lond. 1674.  8vo.
  JOHN'STON or JOHN'SON, Alex-
ander, M.D.  (Biog.)  Born  in 1716;
died in 1799.  Works A short account
of a society at Amsterdam; instituted
in the year 1767, for the recovery of
drowned* persons.  Lond.  1773.  Svo.
A collection of authentic cases .- proving
the practicability of recovering persons
visibly dead by drowning, suffocation,
stifling, swooning,  convulsions, and
other accidents. Lond. 1773. Svo.
  JOHJN'STON, John, M.D.  (Biog.)
A naturalist of some eminence ; born
at Sambter, in Great Poland,  in 1603;
died in 1675.   Works.  Idea medicina
universa practica lib. xii absolut. Amst.
1652. Svo.  Syntagma medicina. Jen.
1674. 8vo.
  Jol'la:  Composi"tio (Pharm.) The
name of an  escharotic,  described by
Celsus.
  Jonas, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)  This spring is  situated to the
southwest  of  Bourbon-l'Archambault
in France. The waters contain muriate
and sulphate  of lime;  muriate  and
sulphate  of soda;  carbonate  of  iron
and carbonic acid gas.  They are tonic
and aperient.
  JONES, John,  M. D.  (Biogr.)   A
Welsh physician,  and  practitioner  in
Bath,  Nottinghamshire,  and  Derby-
shire ;  flourished  about  the  middle  of
the 16th  century.  Works.  The dial
of agues: wherein  may be seene  the
diversitie  of them, with their names,
the definitions, simple and compound,
proper and accidental divisions, causes,
and signes.  Lond.  1556.  8vo.   The
benefit ofthe ancient  bathes of Buck-
stone, which cureth most grievous sick-
nesses ; never before published. Lond.
1572. 4to.  The  bathes of bathes ayde ,
wonderfull and most excellent agaynst
very many sicknesses,  approuved  by
authoritie, confirmed by reason, and
daily tried by experience.- ivith the an-
tiquitie, commoditie, propertie, knowl-
edge, vse, aphorismes,  diet, medicine,
and other things there to be considered.
 Compendiously  compiled, &c.  Lond.
1572. 4to.
   JOR'DEN,  Ed'ward  (Biogr.)  A
physician, chymist,  and mineralogist;
born in Kent in 1569 ; died at Bath in
1632.  Works.  Discourse ofthe suffo-
cation  of the mother. Lond. 1603. 4to.
Discourse of a disease called the mother.
Lond.  1603. 4to.  Discourse of natural
baths and mineral waters, wherein the 
JOUAN, SAINT
550
JOURNALS
 original of fountains, the nature and
 differences of minerals, their genera-
 tion in the earth, the means of examin-
 ing mineral  waters, and particularly
 those of the Baths, are declared. Lond.
 1631. 4to.  With an appendix by Gui-
 dot. Lond.  1669.  Svo.   A rational
 account of the natural weaknesses  of
 women. Lond. 8vo.
   Jou'an, St., Mineral  Waters of
 (Mat. Med.)   St. Jouan  is  a  village,
 near Saint-Malo in France. The water
 is a cold chalybeate.
   Writer.   Chifoliau,  1782 (F).
   JOUBERT,  Laurent  (Biogr.)  A
 learned physician,  and  Professor  at
 Montpellier;  born at Valence in France
 in 1529; died in 1583.   Works. Ope-
 rum Latinorum Tom. i. et ii.  Lyons.
 1582.  fol.   Paradoxa medica, seu de
febribus.  Lugd. 1566. Svo.  De peste,
 quartand, et .paralysi. Ibid. 1567.  Svo.
 De affectibus pilorum et cutis, praser-
 tim capitis, et de cephalalgid. De affec-
 tibus internis partium thoracis. Genev.
 1572. 8vo.  Traite du ris, son essence,
 ses causes et  effets.  Paris. 1574.  Svo.
 Medicina practica lib. iii.  Lugd. 1757.
 8vo.  Traite  des  arcbusades.  Lyon.
 L>1. Svo.  Traiti  des  Eaux.  Paris.
 1603. 12mo.   Erreurs populaires. Bor-
 deaux. 1570.  Svo.
   JOURDAIN, Anselm-Louis-Ber-
 nard-Brechillet (Biog.)  A  French
 surgeon and  dentist; born at Paris in
 1734; died in  1816.  Works.  JVou-
 veaux  ilemens   d'odontalgie.  Paris.
 1756. 12mo.   Traite des depdts dans  le
 sinus maxillaire, «fcc. Ibid. 1760. 12mo.
 Traite' des maladies et des operations
 reellement  chirurgicales.   Ibid.  1778.
 2 vols. Svo. avec planches.
   Jour'nal  (Med. Bibliog.)  from (F)
jour, ' a day.   Originally, an account
 of  daily transactions.  A  paper pub-
 lished daily : but now applied to  any
 periodical  publication.
     (G) Zeitschrift.

 A List of MEDICAL JOURNALS of
        America and Europe.

 Those not now in publication have an asterisk
               prefixed.
   AMERICA.   *The American Medical
 Recorder.  Philad. 1818 et seq.  '"Balti-
 more Medical and  Physical  Journal,
 by T. Watkins, M. D. 1809.  "Balti-
 more Monthly Journal of Medicine and
 Surgery. Baltimore, 1830  et seq.   Bos-
 ton  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,
 1828 et seq.   Journal of Foreign Medi-
 cal Science and Literature;  by S. Em-
 len,  W.  Price, J.  D. Godman, &c.
 Philad. 1821 et seq. *Maryland Medical
 Recorder; by H.  G. Jameson. Balti-
 more, 1829, &c.   "Medical and Agri-
 cultural  Register, for 1806 and 1807;
 by D. Adams, M. B. Boston.  Medical
 and Surgical Register; by J. Watts,
 Val. Mott, and A. H. Stevens. New
 York,  ISIS.  "Medical  Intelligencer.
 Boston, 1H22 et  seq.  Medical Reposi-
 tory.  N.York, 1797-1821.  "Monthly
 Chronicle of Medicine  and  Surgery.
 New York, 1825.  JVew England Jour-
 nal of Medicine  and Surgery. Boston,
 1812 et seq.  J\"ew York Medical and
 Physical Journal; by J. W.  Francis,
 Jac Dvckhan,  J. B.Beck, D. L. M.
 Peixotto, &c.  18:22 et seq.   JVorth
 American Medical and Surgical Jour-
 nal; by H. L. Hodge, F. Baciie, Ch.
 D. Meigs, B. H. Coates. and It.  la
 Roche. Philad.  1826 et seq.   Phila-
 delphia Journal  of  the  Medical and
 Physical   Sciences; by  N. Chapman,
 W. Dewees, J.  D.  Godman,  &c.
 1820 et seq: since 1827, under the title
 of American Journal of the Medical
 Sciences.     Philadelphia  Journal  of
 Pharmacy;  by Drs.  Ellis and R. E.
 Griffith. Philad.  "Philadelphia Med-
 ical and Physical Journal;  by  B. S.
 Barton,  M. D.  1804-1808.  *Phila-
 delohia  Medical  Museum;  by  J.  R.
 Co'xe, M.  D. 1805 - 11.  Quebec Medi-
 cal  Journal; by  Xav. Tessier. Que-
 bec, 1826.  Transylvania Journal of
 Medicine.  Lexington, Kentucky, 1828
 et seq.   Western Journal of the Medi-
 cal  and   Physical Sciences;  by  D.
 Drake.  Cincinnati,   1827 et seq. : —
 and the Western Medical and  Physical
Journal, &c.
  GREAT BRITAIN.  Edinburgh Med-
ical and  Surgical  Journal; by  A.
 Duncan,   Jun.   Edinb.  1804 et  seq.
 Glasgow   Medical Journal;  by  W.
 Mackenzie. Glasg. 1829, &c.  Jour^
nal of Morbid Anatomy.  &c.;  by J.
 R. Farre, M. D.  Lond'.  1828.  The
 Lancet; by  Thomas  Wakley.  Lond.
 1823 et seq.  London  Medical Reposi-
 tory ;  conducted  successively by A. T.
 Thomson,  G. Burrows,  D. Uwins,
 Jas. Copland,  Robley  Dunglison,
 J. Darwall, J. Conolly, &.c. 1814.
 Since  1827, under the  title, London
 Medical  and  Surgical  Journal;  by
John  Epps, M.  D.,  J.  Davies, Jos.
 Houlton, &c.   London Medical  Ga-
 zette. Lond.  1827 et seq.  "London Med-
 ical Review. Lond. 1808-11.  "London
 Medical Review  and  Magazine.  1799
 - 1801.  "Medical and Chirurgical Re- 
JOURNALS
551
JOURNALS
view. Lond. 1795-1807.  Medical and
Physical Journal;  conducted succes-
sively by T. Bradley, A. F. Willich,
A. Fothergill, W.  Hutchinson, R.
Macleod,  &c.  Lond.  1799 et seq.
"Medical Intelligencer; by  C. T. Ha-
den, T. Alcock, Robley Dunglicor,
M. D., &c. Lond. 1818 - 1823.  "Med-
ical  Spectator.  London,  1792,  1793.
Medico - Chirurgical Journal  and Re-
view ;  by  W. Shearman,  Jas.-John-
son, and Shirley  Palmer. Lond. 1810
-1815 : — since 1818, by Jas. Johnson,
under  the  title,  Medico - Chirurgical
Review and Journal of Medical Sci-
ence.  Midland Medical and Surgical
Reporter.  1829, &c.  "JVew London
Medical Journal.   Lond.  1792,  1793.
JVorth of England Medical  and Surgi-
cal Journal. 1830.   Phrenological Jour-
nal.  Edinb.  1824  et seq.   Provincial
Medical  Gazette.  1829,  &c.  "Quar-
terly Journal of Foreign Medicine and
Surgery, &c.  Lond. 1818.  From 1823
till 1827, under the title of Anderson's
Quarterly  Journal  of the Medical Sci-
ences : and in 1827 the first number of
a new series by   Wm. Speir,  under
the  title,  The Quarterly Medical Re-
view.
   FRANCE.  Archives Ginirales  de
Medecine. Paris, 1823 et seq.  Annates
d'Hqgulne  Publique  et de  Midecine
Ligale. Paris, 1829 et seq.  Annates de
la   M'decine  Physiologique;  par  F.
J. V. Broussais.  Paris,  1822 et seq,
Bibliothique (JVouvelle) Medicate, aug-
meniee d'un Recucil de Medecine  V6te-
 rinaire,  &c.; par M. M.  Bayle, Bi-
 dault de Villiers, Marjolin, Mo-
 reau, Richerand, &c  Paris, 1823 et
 seq. Bulletins de la Sociite Medicale
 d'Emulation. Paris, 1821 et seq.  Bul-
 letin  Universel  des  Sciences  $rc  de
 Ferussac : — Partie  Medicale par De-
 fermon. Paris, 1824 et seq.    Gazette de
 Sante ;  par Montegre et A. Mio_uel :
 depuis 1829,  par  Jules  Guerin, sous
 le titre,   Gazette  Medicale  de  Paris.
 Indicateur Medical, ou Journal General
 d'Annonces de Midecine,  &c.   Paris,
 1823 et seq.  Journal CompUmentaire
 du  Dictionaire des Sciences  Medicates.
 Paris, 1818 et seq. Journal de Chimie
 M6dicale, de Pharmacie, et de Toxico-
 logic ; ridige par les  Membres de la
  SoeUti  de  Chimie  Mddicale.   Paris,
  1829,  &c.   "Journal  de  Chirurgie;
  par M. Desault. Paris,  1791, 1792.
 Journal de Pharmacie, &c. Paris, 1809
  et  seq.   Journal  de Physiologie;  par
  F.  Magendie.   Paris, 1821  et seq.
  Journal  des  Progrks des  Sciences et
Institutions Medicates en Europe, en
Amerique,  &c.  Paris,  1827 et  seq.
Journal General de Midecine, &c.; par
M.  M.  Sedillot  et Gualtier  de
Claubry. Paris, 1797 et seq.  Journal
Hebdomadaire de Midecine,  &c.; par
M. M. Andral, Blandin, Bouillaud,
Cazenave, &c.  Paris, lfc28  et  seq.
Journal Universel  des  Sciences Medi-
cates. Paris, 1816 et seq.  La Clinique
des  Hopitaux  et de  la Ville.  Paris,
1^29, <&c.  La Clinique, — Annates de
Medecine  Universale.  Paris, 1829 et
seq.    La Lancette Francaise.  Paris,
1829 et seq.  Mimorial  des  Hopitaux
du Midi et de la Clinique de Montpel-
lier ; par  le Prof. Delpech.  Montpel.
1829, &c. "Recueil Periodique d' Obser-
vations de Medecine,  &c. Paris,  1754-
1793. Recueil de Memoires de Midecine,
Chirurgie, et  Pharmacie, Militaires;
par Fournier-Pescay.  Paris, 1814 et
seq.   Repertoire  General  d'Anatomie
et de  Physiologie Pathologiques, &c.;
par  M. G. Breschet.  Paris, 1829 et
seq.  Revue  Midicale,  Franraise et
Etrangere; par Rouzet, A.  Dupau,
&c.  Paris, 1820 et seq.  Transactions
Medicates, Journal  de  Medecine Pra-
tique et de Littirature Medicale, &c.;
par A. N  Gendrin.  Paris, 1830.  &c.
   GERMANY.  Archiv. des  Apotheker-
 vereins  im nordl.  Deutschland;  fur
 die  Pharmacie u. s. w.  von  R. Bran-
 des, in  Verbindung mit  Du  Menil
 und Witting. Schmalkalden,   Archiv.
fur Anatomie und Physiologie.  Archiv.
fitr Medizin.  Erfahrung im Gebiete der
prakt. Medicin,  Chirurgie,  Geburts-
 hiilfe  und Staats - arzneikunde;  he-
 rausg. von Horn, Nasse,  und Wag-
 ner.  Berlin.   Bibliothek  der prakt.
 Heilkunde, von.  C. W.  Hufeland
 und  E. Osann. Berlin.  Heidelbcrger
 Klinische Annalen. Heidelberg.  Jahr-
 bucher medizinische des K. K. Oster-
 reischen  Staates; herausg. v. d. Direc-
 toren und Professoren des  Studiums
 der Heilkunde  an der  Universitat zu
 Wien.   Wien.   Journal  der  prakt.
 Heilkunde;  von  C. W.  Hufeland.
 Berlin.  Journal fur   Chirurgie und
 Augenheilkundc; von Grafe und Wal-
[ ther. Berlin.  Journal fur Geburts-
i hulfe,  Frauenzimmer, und  Kinder-
 krankheiten,mit Kupfern; von El. von
1 Siebold. Frankfort. Literarische An-
 nalen der gesammten Heilkunde ; von
 J. F. C. Hecker. Berlin.   Neue Bib-
 liothek fur die Chirurgie und Ophthal-
 mologic ;  von  C.  J. M. Langenbeck.
 Hanover. JVeues Journal  der Phar-
 macie fur Arzte, Apotheker und Dro- 
JUDiEI COMPOSITIO      552              JULEP
guisten;  von.  J.  B.  Trommsdorf.
Leipzig    Pharmaceutische   Monats-
blatter°;  begrundet  von  Th.  G. Fr.
Varnhagen,- fortgesetz. von R. Bran-
des, Du Menu., und Witting. Schmal-
kalden. Repertorium fur die Pharmacie
u. s. w. herausgegeb. von Dr. Buch-
ijer und  Dr.  Kastner. Niirnberg.
Rust's Magasin far  die gessammte
Heilkunde.  Berlin.  Zeitschrift fur die
Staatsarzneikunde, herausg&r. von A.
Henke.   Erlangen.    Zeitschrift  fur
JVatur, — und  Heilkunde, herausgeg.
von den Professoren  der Chirurg. - Me-
dicin Akademie in Dresden, mit Kup-
fertafeln.   Dresden.    Zeitschrift  fur
Physiologie. &c
   ITAL Y.   Annali Universali di Medi-
cina. Milano.   Repertorio Medico- Chi-
rurgico di Torino. Torino.  &c.

   JcDi'i Composi"tio (Pharm.) Name
of an escharotic, described  by  Cel-
sus.
   JUDJE'I  EMPLAS'TRUM  (Pharm.)
Ancient name of two plasters, one  of
which is described  by  Celsus ; the
other, by Aetius.
  Judje'us, Juda'icus (La'pis) (Therap.)
Iovdatog, IovSaixog. Phanici'tes La'pis,
ipoivixirij;,  Tecol'ithos,  rijxoXidog.  A
stone, found in Juda?a,  Palestine, &c
Called, also, La'pis Syri'acus.  It was
formerly  esteemed to  be diuretic and
lithontriptic.
     (F)  Pierre Judaique.
   Judge'ment (Phys.) Judic'iumJThe
faculty of the intellect, by which ideas
are compared  with  each other, and
 their relative worth appreciated.
   (F) Jugemtnt.    (G)  Beurthei-
 1 u n gsk r aft.
   Juga'lis Sutu'ra  (Anat.)  from tv-
 yov,  ' a yoke.'  The  suture,  which
 unites the  Os  Mala or Os Jugale  with
 the superior maxillary bone.   Also, the
 sagittal suture.
   Ju'glans Re'gia  (Mat. 'Med.)  Ju'-
 glans, *\'ux Ju'glans,  xaqva, xaqva fia-
 aiXixa, Car'ya. The Wal'nut. The un-
 ripe fruit, in  the state  in which it is
 pickled,  was  formerly  esteemed  an
 anthelmintic.  The putamen or  green
 rind of the walnut has been celebrated
 as a powerful  antisyphilitic ;  and  used
 as a sort of diet drink.   The  kernel of
 the walnut is an agreeable  article of
 desert;  but, like all the nuts, difficult
 of digestion.
   (F) JVoyer  (the  tree); — JVoix (the
 nut).
   (G) Nussbaum (the tree), Nuss
  (the fruit); W a 11 n u s s.
  Writer.  A.  E.  Buchner, Erford.
1743 (L).
  JU'GLANS  CINE'REA  (Mat. Med.)
But'ter JVut,  White Wal'nut.   The  in-
ner bark of the root of this tree,  which
is abundant in  the United  States, is
used in medicine, in the form of extract,
as  an efficacious and mild laxative,
in doses of from 10 to 20 grains.  It is
in the secondary list of the Pharmaco-
poeia ofthe United States.
  Ju'gular (Anal.)  Jugula'ris, from
jug'ulum, ' the  throat.'   Relating  to
the throat.
  ju'gular  VEINS.   Ve'na Jugula'-
res,  Sphagit'ides,  aipayiridtg,  Ve'na
apoplec'tica.   These are situated at the
lateral and anterior parts  of  the neck.
They  are two on  each side ; one  ex-
ternal, the other internal.
  1. The  External  Jugular  Vein,—
Trachelo-sous-cutane (Ch.),j is  of less
size than the internal.   It  descends,
almost vertically, along  the anterior
and lateral part of the neck; from  the
cervix ofthe lower jaw to the subclavian
vein, into which it opens,  a little above
the internal jugular.  It  is formed by
the internal maxillary, superficial tem-
poral, and  posterior  auricular veins.
It  is  this vein, which  is  commonly
opened in bleeding in the  neck.
  2. The  Internal Jugular  Vein,  V.
Cephalique (Ch.), Vena apoplectica, is
much larger  and more deeply  seated
than the preceding.  It descends, ver-
tically, along  the anterior and  lateral
part of the neck,  from the  posterior
part of the foramen lacerum posterius
as far  as the subclavian vein.  It com-
mences at the sinus ofthe jugular vein,
and receives the blood, which returns
by  the sinus ofthe dura mater, and that
of the facial, lingual, pharyngeal, supe-
rior thyroid, occipital, and diploic veins.
  The FOS'SA JUGULA'RIS is a cavity
in  the petro - occipital suture.   It is
formed by the  petrous portion of the
temporal  bone, and  by  the occipital
bone, and lodges the origin  of the in-
ternal jugular vein.  It is, sometimes,
called thimble-like cavity.
   Ju'jube (Arab.)  (Mat. Med.) Ziz'-
iphum.  The  fruit  of the Rham'nus
 Ziz'iphus, a  native  of the  south of
 Europe.  . It   was  formerly   ranked
amongst the pectoral fruits.  It has an
agreeable sweet taste.
i   (G) Brustbee re, Brustbeer-
I lei n.
   Ju'lep (Pharm.) Jula'pium, Jule'pus
 Zula'pium; — Ju'leb of the  Persians,
 which signifies a sweet drink; LovXa- 
JULIANI ANT1D0TUS
jtiov, or  loXafiiov,  words, which  the
modern Greeks have obtained from the
Arabs,    A  demulcent,  acidulous  or
mucilaginous mixture.
     (G)  J u lepp.
   Julia'ni  Antid'otus    (Pharm.)
Name of an antidote, described by Ae-
tius.
  Ju'lus  (Anat.)  Ju'los, iovXog.   The
first down that appears upon  the chin.
Rufus of Ephesus.
  JUNCK'ER, Gottlob John (Biogr.)
A celebrated German  physician;  pro-
fessor at Halle ;  born  at Londorff in
Hesse, in 1680; died in 1759.  Works.
Hippocratis aphorismi paraphrasi po-
etkd illustrati.  Erfurt.   1619.  l2mo.
Compendiosa  methodus  therapeutka,
qud morborum fere incurabilium medi-
cationes docentur per  solam diatam et
ligni guaiaci  diversimode praparati ad-
ministrationem.  Ibid. 1624. 4to.  Con-
spectus medicina theorctico-practka tab-
ulis 137 omncs primarios morbos, metho-
do   Stahliana  tractandos   exhibens.
Hal. 1718. 4to.   Conspectus chirurgia,
tum medica  methodo Stahliana, &c.
Hal. 1721. 4to.   Conspectus medkarum
formularum,  exhibens  tabulis  16 tam
methodum rationalem quam remediorum
specimina, ex praxi Stahliana, &c.
Hal. 1723. 4to.   Conspectus therapeia
generalis, cum notis in materiam medi-
cam, tab. 20 methodo  Stahliana con-
scriptus. Hal.  1725. 4to.   Conspectus
physiologia.  Hal.  1735.  4to.
  Jun'cus odoiia'tus (Mat. Med.) An-
drop'ogon chanan'thus,  Fce'num  came-
lo'rum,  Jun'cus aromat'kus — Camel's
hay, Sweet rush, Schanan'thus, Cal'amus
odora'tus, Squinan'thus,  Gra'men  orien-
ta'le.  The dried plant, which is gen-
erally procured from Turkey  and Ara-
bia, has an agreable smell, and a warm,
bitterish  taste.  It was  formerly  used
as a stomachic  and deobstruent.
     (F)  Jonc odorant.
     (G) K ame e 1 he u.
  Junip'erum Vi'num  (Pharm.) Wine,
impregnated  with juniper berries.
  Junip'erus Commu'nis  (Mat.  Med.)
ecqxtvroc, aqxn.Sos, Arceu'tos, Habha-
gar (Arab.),  The Ju'niper tree";  Aka-
lidis, Akat'era, axaraXig, axartqa,  Ar-
ceu'tos.   The tops  and berries (acata-
les) are ordered in  the pharmacopoeias.
Their odor is strong,  but not unpleas-
ant.  Taste  warm,  pungent.   Prop-
erties  dependent  upon  essential  oil,
which they  yield  to  both  water and
alcohol.   They  are diuretic  and car-
minative.  Dose,  9j  to 3ss, rubbed
with sugar.   In Holland, juniper ber-
>3              JURIN

 ries are  used for flavoring  the gin.
 The oil, O'leum junip'eri, possesses the
 virtues of the  plant.  It is called by
 Ruland, Tar gar.
   (F)  Genevrier (the plant).  Genihvre
 (the berry).
   (G) Wachh older.
  JUNIP'ER US L YC'IA (Mat. Med.) This
 plant — Thu'rea, Th. vir'ga, Ar'bor thu-
 rifera, has been supposed to afford the
 true frankincense, xtSqog,  Olib'anum,
 Thus Libano'tos, Xifiavoyrog, Lib'anos, Xt-
 (iavog,   Thus mas'culum,  Thus ve'rum.
 By some, however, it is supposed to be
 the produce of an Amyris, and by oth-
 ers of the  Boswel'lia serra'ta.   The   *
 odor of olibanum  is peculiar and aro-
 matic : taste bitterish and slightly pun-
 gent ;   partly soluble in  alcohol, and
 forming a milky emulsion, when tritu-
 rated with water. It was formerly used
 in dysentery  and  haemoptysis, but is
 now never employed, except  as a per-
 fume,  in the sick room.
   (F)  Encens.  (G) Weihrauch.
   JUNIP'ERUS SABI'NA (Mat. Med.)
 Sabi'na, Savi'na, Sabi'na ster'ilis, Bra-
 thu, Hebel (Arab.)  Bru'ta, Ce'drus bac-
 ciflera,  Corn'mon   or  bar'ren sav'in;
 (iqa&v,  (iqadvg,  (iaqadqov,    (ioqa-Sqov.
 The odor of  savin leaves is strong and
 disagreeable.  Taste hot, acrid and bit-
 ter, depending on an essential oil.  Its
 operation is stimulant, emmenagogue,
 anthelmintic, and abortive ;  externally,
 escharotic.  Dose, internally, gr. v to x
 of the  powder.  As an escharotic, it is
 applied in powder  or formed into a ce-
 rate.   The  oil has the virtues  of  the
 savine.
   (F)  Sabine, Savinier.
   (G)  S e be nb aum, S e venbaum.
   Writer.    G. W.  Wedel,  Jena?,
 1707 (L).
   JUNIP'ERUS VIRGINIA'NA  (Mat.
 Med.)   Red ce'dar.  This  tree is known
 through the United States by  the name
 of savine, and is often used for the same
 purposes.
   JURIN, James, M. D. (Biogr.)  An
 eminent physician of the mathematical
 sect; born in 1684 ; practised in London
 and took a deep interest in the success of
 small  pox inoculation ;  died in 1750.
 Works.  A letter to the learned Caleb
 Colesworth,  M.  D. :  containing a
 comparison between the  mortality of the
 natural small pox and that given by in-
 oculation. Lond.  1723.  8vo.   An ac-
 count of  the success of inoculating  the
 small pox in Great Britain. Lond. 1724.
 8vo.  An account of the success of inoc-
 ulating the small pox in Great Britain, 
         JURISPRUDENCE         5

for the year 1724.  Lond.  1725.  8vo.
 The same for the year 1725. Lond. 1726.
8vo. The same for the year 1726. Lond.
1727. Svo.  An account of the effects of
soap lye, taken internally for the stone,
in his own case. Lond. 1745. 8vo.
  Ju'rispru'dence, Medical. Jurispru-
den'tia  Med'ica.   This word is, often,
used synonymously with Legal Med-
icine,  which see.   It is now, as fre-
quently, perhaps, employed  for the-
knowledge  of laws  and  regulations,
relating to the teaching and practice of
medicine.
  Jus  (Hyg.)  twpog.  Soup broth,  or
bouillon.
  JUS D'HERBES (F) (Mat. Med.) The
juice of certain vegetables administered
   K.  This letter was formerly used to
designate a compound of gold.
   Kaawy (Pharm.)  Ancient name of
an Indian drink, prepared from maize.
   KvEMPFER, Engelbert  (Biogr.)
A celebrated traveller and physician ;
born at Lemgow,  in Westphalia,  in
1651;   died in  1716.  Works. Decas
observationum exoticarum.  Leyd. 1694.
It treats  of—1. The a gnus Scythicus.
2.  The bitterness of the Caspian Sea.
3. The native mumia or bitumen of Per-
sia.  4. Of the torpedo, or electrical fish
of the Persian Gulph.  5. Of the drug
called  dragon's  blood, produced by the
fruit of a palm.  6.  Of the dracunculus
ofthe Persians, a sort of worm proceed-
ing from a  tumor  in the skin.  7. On
the andrum or endemic hydrocele of the
Malabars.   8. On the perical or ulcer of
the feet among the same people.  9.   On
the cure of the  colic amongst the Japan-
ese, by puncture with a needle.  10. On
the moxa or actual cautery of the same
people and  the  Chinese.    Amanitatum
exoticarum   politico-physico-medkarum
fasiculi ejuinque, quibus continentur va-
ria  rationes, 'observationes, et  descrip-
tiones rerum Perskarum  et ulterioris
Asia.  Leragov.  1712. 4to.
   K^smpfe'kia rotun'da  (Mat. Med.)
 Zedoa'ria, Amo'mum zedoa'ria,  Col'chi-
cum Zeylan'kum, Zed'oary,  The roots
 of this Ceylonese plant have a fragrant
 smell, and  warm, bitterish,  aromatic
 taste.   They  are  in wrinkled, grey,
 ash-colored, heavy, firm, short pieces, |
554              KEILL

  as depuratives;  as the juices of fumi-
  tory, burdock, water trefoil, &c.
    Justi"tia  Ecbol'ium  (Mat. Med.)
  Carim  curini.  A  Malabar plant,  the
  root of which, and the  leaves, in de-
  coction, are considered in the country
  to be lithontriptic.
    Ju'vans (Therap.) w<ptXtov,w<ptXtjaav.
  auxil'ium, remed'ium.   A  medicine or
  substance of any kind, which relieves
-  a disorder.
    Jux'taposi'tion.   The  mode of in-
  crease, proper to minerals ; which con-
  sists  in the  successive  application of
  new  molecules upon  those  that form
  the primitive nucleus. It is opposed to
  intussusception.
of a brownish red color  within;  and
are stimulant and carminative.  Dose
9j to  5j ofthe powder.
    (F) Zedoaire rond.
    (G)  Zitterwurzel.
  Kaib, Kayl.  A word,  employed by
the alchemists for sour and coagulated
milk.
  Kal'mia angustifo'lia (Mat. Med.)
I'vy, JYar'row  leav'ed  lau'rel, Dwarf
lau'rel.  This plant  has the same vir-
tues as the next.
  KAL'MIA LATIFO'LIA,  Cal'ico bush
Broad-leav'ed lau'rel.  This plant kills
sheep and other animals.  The Indians
use it  as  a  poison.    The  powdered
leaves have been applied  successfully
in tinea capitis ; and a  decoction of it
has been used for the itch.   The pow-
der, mixed with lard,  has  been used in
herpes.
  KEATE, Thomas, F. R. S. (Biogr.)
Surgeon general to the forces in  Eng-
land ; born in       ;  died in
Works.   Cases of hydrocele, with ob-
servations on a peculiar  method of treat-
ing that disease.   To which is- subjoined
a singular case of hernia vesica urina-
ria complicated with hydrocele ; and two
cases of hernia incarcerata, Lond.  1788.
8vo.
  KEILL, James, M. D. (Biogr.)  An
eminent  English  physician,  of  the
mathematical  sect;  born  in Scotland,
in 1673; died in 1719.  Works. Anat-
omy of the human body abridged ; or a
short and full view of all the parts of the 
KELP               555             KIDNEY
body, with their  uses drawn from their
compositions and structures. Lond. 1698.
12mo.   An account  of animal secretion,
the quantities of blood  in  the  human
body, and muscular motion. Lond. 1708.
8vo.   Essays on several parts of the
animal  economy.   Lond.  1717.  8vo.
Tentamina medko-physica ad mconomi-
am animalem accommodata ; quibus ac-
cessit medicina statica Britannka. Lond.
1718. 8vo.
   Kelp.  The  impure  mineral alkali,
obtained by burning certain   marine
plants.
   Kentucky, Min'eral  Waters of
(Mat. Med.)   The Olym'pian Springs
in  this state are near  the sources of
Licking river.  There  are  three  dif-
ferent  kinds, in the space of half a
mile.  One of these  is  saline,  impreg-
nated  with  sulphur; — another is  a
chalybeate,  and  a  third a sulphureous
spring.  In various parts of Kentucky,
there are saline waters, which are fre-
quented by  invalids.  The  salines at
Bigbone, formerly  employed   in  the
manufacture of salt, are now resorted
to by invalids.
   A spring, near Harrodsburg  in Mer-
cer  county,  is  strongly impregnated
with sulphate of" magnesia.
 Keratonyx'is or Ceratonyx'is (Surg.)
from xtqag,  ' the cornea,'  and woaof;
<1 puncture.' An  operation, by which
the crystalline  is depressed, by means
of  a needle introduced  into  the  eye
through the cornea.  Some  surgeons
divide  the crystalline  into  fragments
with the needle, and  leave them to
the  action of the  absorbents.   The
operation is as old as the  17th century.
     (G) Hornhautschnitt.
  Writer.   W. H. J. Buckhorn, Hal.
1811 (G).
   Ker'mes   or Cher'mes (Mat. Med.)
One of the species of the genus kermes
lives on a  green  oak, and is called
Coc'cus il'icis, Ker'mes an'imal, Coc'cum,
Coc'ci  gra'num, Coc'cum baph'icum, in-
fecto'rium, tincta'rium, scarlati'num, &c.
The oak, to which allusion has  been
made,  is known by botanists under the
name,  Quer'cus  coccifera, and grows
abundantly in the uncultivated lands of
southern France,  Spain,  and in  the
islands  of the  Gra?cian Archipelago.
The kermes, inhabiting it, has  the ap-
pearance of a small, spherical, inani-
mate shell.   Its color is reddish brown ;
and it is covered with a  slightly ash-
colored  dust.  This  is the  kermes of
the  shops.   It is now only  used in
dying;  but  was formerly  reputed to
possess  aphrodisiac,'  analeptic,  anti-
abortive, and other virtues.
  Ketch'up  or  Catch'up (Hyg.)  A
pickle, prepared from the liquor of the
mushroom, walnut, tomata, &c.
  KEUP, John Bernard (Biogr.)  A
Dutch physician of Deventer ;  born at
Mors in  1755;  died at  Deventer in
1802.   Works.  Quinam cibi  proprie
viscidi sint vocandi.  Duisb.  1773.  4to.
Ueber die Wasserscheu. Dusseld.  1788.
8vo.  Libellus pharmaceutkus.  Duisb.
1789. Ed. 2.  1793. 8vo.
  Key  (Surg.)  Cla'vis, x'/.tig, Cla'vis
An'glica,  (F) Clef de Garangeot.   An
instrument,  used  for extracting  the
teeth.   It consists of a  firm  handle,
with a claw  at right  angles to  it and
moving upon a  pivot.  This claw em-
braces the tooth.   It has  undergone
several modifications ; and hence vari-
ous  instruments are used  under this
denomination.  The French have  the
Clef a pompe, Clef a pivot, and  Clef a
noix.
  Kias'ter  (Surg.)   Chias'ter,  from
yiattiv, ' to cross.'   A species of band-
age, having the form of the  Greek  let-
ter  y, and which the ancients used for
approximating,  and maintaining  in
contact,  the  fragments of the  patella,
in  cases  of  fracture of that bone.   It
was applied in the form of the figure 8.
.  Kid'ney (Anat.)   Its etymology is
uncertain.  Serenius derives it fanci-
fully from Su. Goth, qued,  the belly ;
and nigh, quasi, quidney.  Ren, vtipqog,
JVeph'ros, Protme'sis.  The kidneys are
the  secretory organs of urine.   They
are two glands, situated deeply, — the
one on the right, and the other on the
left side, — in the hypochondres ; at the
sides of the lumbar vertebra?; behind
the peritoneum; and in the  midst of an
abundant, fatty, cellular tissue, called
Tunica  adiposa;  The kidney  is of  a
reddish brown color ; oval form ;  and
flattened on  two surfaces.  It has, at
its  internal margin, a deep  fissure ; by
which the renal  vessels  and nerves
enter the organ,  and the ureter is-
sues.  It resembles, "pretty  accurately,
the haricot or kidneybean.   Two sub-
stances  are readily  distinguishable in
it.   The outer, Secern'ing or Cor'tkal,
Substantia cortica'lis,  S. glandulo'sa,
which secretes the urine;  and the in-
ner,  Tu'bular, Me'dullary,  or  Urinif-
erous, Substantia medulla'ris, S.  Tubu-
lo'sa, S. Fibro'sa, which appears under
the form of small  cones or unequal
papilla,  each resulting from the union
of  small capillary  tubes, adherent by 
KILOGRAMME
556
KIRSTENIUS
one of their extremities to the cortical
substance ; and opening, by the other,
at the summit of the cone, into  calkes,
a species of membranous tubes,  more
or less numerous,  which  transmit the
urine of the papilla? to the pelvis.  By
this (pelvis) is meant a small, membra-
nous sac, of an irregularly oval shape,
at the base of which are  the orifices of
the calices ; and the other extremity of
which is continuous with the  ureter.
The  kidney is surrounded by a fibrous
membrane proper to it.
    (F) Rein.  (G)  Niere.
  Writers ore diseases  of the kidney.
Gunther,  Helmstad.  1600 (L).   Gr.
Horstius,  Giess.  1609  (L).   J. Ph.
Eysel, Erford. 1710 (L).  Reinhardt,
Giess. 1719 (L).    Van Snaakenburg,
Lugd. Bat. 1728 (L).   W. Rolfink,
Jena?, 1737 (L).   O. Heer, Hal. 1790
(L).   Knop, Jena?, 18U0 (L).   F. A.
Walter, Berlin, 1800  (G).   W. Eng-
land (functional disorders of the'K.),
Lond.  1830.
  Kilogramme (Pharm.) from  xi^toh
' a thousand,' and yquppa, ' a gramme.'
The  weight of a thousand grammes ; —
about 2  pounds and 6 drachms, Avoir-
dupois.
  Kilolitre (Pharm.) from yiXioi, e a
thousand,'  and  Xirqa, ' a litre.'   A
measure, containing a thousand litres;
equal nearly to a ton.
  KING, Sir Ed'mund, M. D., F. R. S.
(Biogr.)  An English  physician; born
in 1629 ; died in 1709.  His papers  on
the parenchymatous parts  of the body —
on transfusion of blood, — on the organs
of generation, &c. were all published in
the Philosophical Transactions.
  KING, John (Biogr.)   An English
physician and scholar ; born in 1676 ;
died  in 1728.  Works.  An essay on hot
and cold bathing. Lond. 1737 8vo.
  Ki'no  (hid.)  (Mat. Med.)  Gum'mi
Gambien'se — Gum'mi ru'brum'adstrin'-
gens  Gambien'se, Afri'can ki'no, East
ln'dia ki'no,  Amboy'na ki'no, Gum'mi
adstrin'gens Fothergil'li.  The tree,
whence this  resin  is obtained, though
not botanically  ascertained, is known
to grow in Africa on the banks of the
Gambia.  The London college ascribe
it to the Pterocar'pus erina'cea, the Ed-
inburg to the Eucalyp'tus resinifera,
and the  Dublin to the Bute'a frondo'sa.
On wounding the  bark, the kino flows
drop by  drop.  Kino consists, chiefly,
of tannin, gallic acid, oxide of iron, and
coloring matter.   It is inodorous; the
taste a sweetish  bitter ; and it is some-
times gritty  between  the teeth.   It
| comes  to  us in fragments of a  dark
 ruby red color,  and is easily pulveriza-
 ble.    Its  properties are  powerfully
 astringent.  Dose, gr.  x to gr. xx, in
 powder.
   Ki'otome (Surg.)  Kiot'omus;  from
 xioiv, ' a  pillar,'  ' support,'  (F)  bride,
 and rtpvttv, ' to cut.'   (F)  Coupe-bride.
 An instrument, invented by Desault,
 to cut any accidental brides or filaments
 in the rectum and bladder ; and which
 he, afterwards,  used for the removal of
 the tonsils.   It is composed of  a flat,
 silver sheath ; open at one edge.  This
 sheath  is provided with a cutting blade,
 which can be forced through the  open-
 ing, and thus all  the parts  can  be di-
 vided with which  it  comes in contact.
   Ki'rate (Pharm.)  A  weight of  4
 grains according to Blancakd.
   KIRKLAND, Thom'as  (Biogr.)  An
 eminent medical writer and practition-
 er ;  died at Ashby de laZouch in 1798.
 Works.   Treatise on gangrenes :  in
 which the  cases  that require the  use of
 the bark and those  in  which it is perni-
 cious are ascertained, &c.  Nottingham,
 1754. 8vo.  Essay on  the method of sup-
 pressing hemorrhages from divided ar-
 teries.  Lond. 1763.  8vo.   Essay to-
 wards  an  improvement in the cure  of
 those diseases, which are  the cause of
fevers,  Lond.  1767.    Observations on
 Pott's  general  remarks on fractures,
 &c. with a postcript, concerning the cure
 of compound dislocations,  Sec.   Lond.
 1770.  Svo.  Appendix  thereto.   Lond.
 1771. 8vo.   Treatise on child-bed fevers,
 and the method of  preventing them ;  to
 which are prefixed two dissertations ; —
 the one  on the brain and nerves ; — and
 the other on the sympathy of the nerves,
 and on different kinds of irritability.
 Lond. 1774. 8vo.   Thoughts on  ampu-
 tation :  being a supplement  to the letters
 on compound fractures, and a comment
 on Dr.  Bilguer's book  on this opera-
 tion; also, an essay on the use of opium
 in mortifications. Lond. 1779. Svo.  An
 inquiry into the  present state of medical
 surgery, &c. Vol. I.  Lond. 1783. 8vo.
 Vol. II. 1786. 8vo.  A commentary on
 apoplectic  and paralytic affections, &c.
 Lond. 1792. 8vo.
    Kirschwasser (G)  (Hyg.) Cherry
 water.  An alcoholic  liquor,  obtained
 from cherries bruised with their stones,
 by subjecting them to distillation, after
 having caused them to ferment.
    KIRSTENIUS,  Peter,  (Biogr.)
 Professor  of physic  at  Upsal;   and a
 man of learning;  born at Breslaw, in
 Silesia, in 1577 ; died in 1640. Works. 
KIST                557              KNOT
De vero usu et abusu medicina.  Bresl.
1610. Svo.  Hypotyposis, sive informa-
tio medica artis studioso  perutilis, ali-
quandiu  in  pharmacopolio  vcrsaturo.
Upsal. 1638. 4to.
   Kist   (Pharm.)  A  weight  of  14
grains.   Paracelsus.
   KITE,  Charles  (Biogr.)  A  sur-
geon at Gravesend, in England ;  died
in 1811.    Works. An essay on the re-
co rery of  the apparently dead.  Lond.
17eS8.  Svo.   Essays  and observations,
physiological and medical, on the submer-
sion of animals, and on the resin of the
Acoroides  resinifera,  or  yelloio   resin
from Botany Bay.   To which are added
select histories of diseases, with remarks.
Lond. 1795. 8vo.
   Klopema'nia (Path.)  from  xXontj,
' theft,'  and pavia, ' mania.'   Mono-
mania,  with  an irresistible desire to
steal.
   Knife  (Sura.)  Sax.  cnip.  Swed.
K n i f.  Dan. K" n i v ; (F) Canif.  Cul'-
ter,  Cultel'lus, Tomei'on, To'meus, ro-
ptiov, roptvg, puyaiqa, payaiqtov, pa-
yaiqig.   We find, also, in Galen, tx-
xontvg for a knife for excision ;   and
fiixorciov, for one for incision.  A cut-
ting instrument,  used in surgery, to
divide the soft  parts,  and which only
differs from the bistouri  or scalpel in
being commonly larger.
     (F)  Couteau.   (G)  M^esser.
   The mgst common knives are the
following :
   AMP UTA'TION KNIFE.   (F)   Cou-
teau a amputation, C.  droit, Cul'ter rec'-
tus. This is the largest of the  knives
used in surgery.   Formerly, they  were
curved ;  now they are straight and pro-
vided with one or two edges.
   CAT'ARACT KNIFE.  Keratot'omus.
The cataract knives of Richter, Wen-
zel, Ward, and others,  being intend-
ed to perform the  section of  the trans-
parent cornea, are so shaped as to ex-
actly fill  the  small  wound  made by
them; and  thus  to  prevent the  dis-
charge ofthe aqueous humor, until the
section  be  completed. ' The blade of
the knives of Wenzel  and  Ward re-
sembles a very narrow lancet, blunt in
the posterior five sixths  of one of its
edges.  The blade of that of Richter
is  pyramidal, cutting through the whole
length of its inferior edge,  and also
blunt in  the five sixths ofthe upper.
    (F)  Couteau d cataracte.
  The CROTCHET KNIFE, Cultel'lus
uncus.   A steel instrument,  composed
of a round staff, furnished with a  han
die at one extremitv,  and at  the other,
                  '47"
with a curved knife.  It was formerly
used to cut to pieces monstrous foetuses
in utero; and to  open  the head when
necessary.
    (F) Couteau a crochet.
  DOU'BLE EDG'ED KNIFE, An'ceps
cultel'lus,  Amphis'mela,  Amphis'mile,
apipiapiXtj,  Catling.   A knife, the blade
of which is straight and sharp on both
sides.  It  is  used  for  disarticulating
bones;  and for cutting  the. soft parts
situated between the bones, in amputa-
tion of the leg and forearm.
  (F)  Couteau a deux tranchans,  Cou-
teau  desartkulateur, C. intcrosseux.
  CROOK'ED KNIFE, Cul'ter falca'tus,
Cul'ter  cur'vus.   A knife, which  is
crooked and  concave on  its cutting
edge.   It  was formerly employed in
amputation of the limbs.
    (F) Couteau courbc.
  CHESELDENS  KNIFE.   A  knife
with a fixed  handle ; very  convex on
its edge ;   concave on  the  back,  and
which was  used by Ciieselden in li-
thotomy.
  KNIFE EN SERPETTE, (F) Couteau
en serpette.   A sort of knife, of the
shape  of a serpette or  pruning knife,
invented by Desault for dividing the
bony paries of the maxillary sinus, for
the purpose of extracting fungi from it,
  LENTICULAR KNIFE,  Cul'ter  len-
ticula'ris.   An instrument,  used in the
pperation of  trepanning, for removing
inequalities in the inner table of the
skull, which  may have been left by the
crown of the  trephine around the open-
ino- made by  it.  It is formed of  a  len-
ticular button, fixed  at  the extremitv
of an iron staff, which is convex on one
side,  flat on the  other;  sharp at both
edges and mounted on  an  ebony han-
dle.
  (F)  Couteau lenticulaire.
  LITHOT'OMY KNIFE, (F)  Couteau
lithotome.  A name, given by Foubert
to a large  knife,  the  narrow blade of
which, 4£ inches in length,  was sharp
in its whole extent, and made an ob-
tuse angle with the  handle.  He used
it in the lateral operation.
  Knot, Packer's  (Anat.)   (F)  Naud
d'emballeur.  A compressive bandage,
used for arresting hemorrhage from the
temporal artery or  its branches.  The
naud d'emballeur is made with a double
headed roller, five ells long.  A gradu-
ated compress is" placed over the  open-
ing in the artery, and the  bandage is
applied over  it; the balls of the  roller
being carried horizontally round  to the
opposite temple; where they are crossed 
KNOT               558        KYTTARRHAG1A
obliquely and carried  back to the part
where the compress is  situated.   The
hands  are  then  changed  with the
rollers, crossing  them so  as  to form a
knot, and taking one above the head ;
the other beneath the chin.  They are
then crossed again, so as  to  form sev-
eral knots, one above the  other.  This
bandage is called, by some  surgeons,
Solar or oblique  chevestre  or capistrum.
  KNOT, SURGEON'S (F) Naud duclii-
rurgien.   A double  knot,  made  by
passing the  thread  twice  through the
same noose.  This knot  is  used fre-
quently in the ligature of arteries, if the
umbilical cord, &c.
  Kolerus  (Path.)  A  name given by
Paracelsus to dry ulcers.
  Krame'ria  Ratan'hia  (Mat. Med.)
Rhatan'ia, Rat'anhy.  The krameria is
a native of Java.  The root has a bitter
taste; and is astringent, diuretic, and
detergent.  Dose 9j to  5j-
    (F) Ratanhie, Ratanhia.
  The KRAME'RIA IXfNA, or Ratan-
hie ofthe Antilles,  has similar virtues.
  KRUGER,  John Gottlieb (Biogr.}
Professor  of medicine  at Halle,  &c.;
born in 1715 ;  died in 1759.   Works.
Gedenken von  Caffee, Thee und Taback,
Hal.  1743. 8vo.  in French  also.  De
refrigerations  sanguinis in pulmonibus.
Hal.  1748.  4to.   Differentia elateris,
toni,  contractionis  vitalis, voluntaria
sensibilitatis et irritabilitatis. Hal.  1754.
4to.
   Kutubuth (Path.) An Arabic  name
for a species of melancholy,  in which
the patient  is never quiet at any one
place, but wanders  about  here  and
there.  Also  the name  of an insect,
which lives at  the  surface of stagnant
waters, and is  in  a  constant state of
agitation.  Some lexicographers imag-
ine that it  is, on  account of this last
circumstance, that the name  of the in-
sect has b'een given to the disease.
   Kyllo'sis (Surg.  Path.)  xvXXotaig,
from xvXXog,  'crooked,' 'lame.'   Pro-
 fessor Chaussier so calls the congeni-
tal distortion of the feet.  Of this there
 are many varieties.  In  the first, the
 foot, instead of resting on the soil, by
 the whole plantar surface,  touches  it
 only with the metatarso-phalangien ar-
 ticulations. It seems as if turned back-
 wards and broken upon  the leg.  In
 other cases the foot is twisted inwards.
 (Va'rus, (F) Cagneux, (I) Cos'sus.) so
that it rests only  on the ground on its
outer edge; or it may be twisted in-
wards (Val'gus)  or rest only on its in-
ner surface.  In the flat foot, (F) Pied
plat;  the plantar surface of the  foot is
flattened instead of being concave.
  These deformities  are rarely  acci-
dental.   They are almost always con-
genital,  and may  be rectified, at an
early   period,  by  proper  mechanical
means to strengthen the foot gradually
and restore  it to its  proper shape and
direction.
  (F) Pied-bot.
  (G) Klump f ii s s.
  Writers. L. DTvernois, Paris (F).
A. Scarpa (Congenital), in English by
Wishart, Edinb. 1818.
  Kvst or Cyst (Path.)  Kys'lus, from
xvang,  ' a  bladder,'   ' pouch.'   This
term  is generally  applied  to  pouches
or sacs,  without  opening, and  com-
monly  of  a  membranous   nature,
which are accidentally developed in
one of  the  natural cavities, or in the
substance of organs.    Many  theories
have been  sussessively emitted  to ex-
plain  the  formation of cysts, but none
are entirely  satisfactory.   Some are
formed  by a  thin, translucent mem-
brane ; having  scarcely  the  thickness
of the arachnoid ;  others of a whitish,
fibrocellular,  membrane, more or less
thick.  Some  contain cartilaginous or
bony  flakes.* The  greater part have
but one cavity ;  others, on the contra-
ry,  have several;  separated  by com-
plete  or imperfect septa, as is frequently
seen in those developed in the ovaries.
The matter, contained in cysts, is some-
times limpid, serous,  yellowish, white,
reddish,  and,  at  others, more or less
thick, albuminous, adipous, or caseous.
The tumor, formed by them,  is called
Encysted, which see.
    (F)  Kyste.
    (G) Sackgeschwulst.
  Kysthi'tis (Path.) fromxvaSog, 'the
vagina.'  Inflammation of the vulva
and of the mucous membrane  of  the
vagina.
  Kysthopto'sis (Path.) from xvo&og,
' the  vagina,' and mnrw, * I fall'; pro-
lapsus or inversion ofthe vagina.
   Kyttarrha'gia (Path.)  from xvr-
raqiov, ' an alveolus,'  and qtjywpi, ' I
break forth.'  Discharge of blood from
 an alveolus. 
LABE
559
LACCA
L
  La'be (Path.) Xa^tj,  from Xau^avw,
' I seize,'  'I take,'  'Invasion.'  Also
employed to denote the  first paroxysm
of fevers.   Galen.   Hippocr.
  La'bial (Anat.) Labia'lis, from La'-
bium,' a lip.'
  LA'BIAL  GLANDS.   This name  is
given  to  a multitude  of muciparous
follicles, of some size;  round, prom-
inent, and separate  from each  other;
which are found on the inner surface
of the lips,  below the  mucous mem-
brane.
  LA'BIAL  AR'TE'RY.   Haller  and
Sabatier call thus the facial artery of
the majority of anatomists.
  The labial arteries, properly so called,
or coronary arteries of the lips,  are two
in number.  The superior arises from
the  facial,  above, and  very close  to,
the commissure ofthe lips.  It is large
and tortuous and is  distributed to the
upper  lip.   The lower arises  from
the facial,  at  a  considerable  distance
from the commissure, and proceeds, in
a serpentine course,  into the substance
of the  lower lip, to which it is dis-
tributed.
     (F) Coronaires des livres.
  The La'bial Veins  are distinguished,
like the arteries,  into superior  and  in-
ferior.   They  open into  the facial
vein ; — a division  of the internal ju-
gular.
   Lab'oratory  (Pharm.)  Laborato'-
rium, tqyaortjqtov, from labora're,  ' to
work.'  A name given to to any place
for preparing chemical  or pharmaceu-
tical products, &c.
   LABORIE,  J. B.  P.  (Biog.)   A
French physician, professor of physi-
ology at Montpellier ; born in that city
in 1797; died in  1823.   Works. Dis-
sertation  sur le tetanos traumatique.
Montpellier.  1820.  Svo.   Pronostics
d'Hippocrate,  commentes par  A. Pi-
o.uer, &c.  Translated from the Span-
ish. Paris.  1822. 8vo.   Notice necro-
logique  sur J. P. Laborie, &c.  by  M.
Pierquin. Montpellier. 1823.  8vo.
   Labo'rious  (Obstetr.)   Delivery is
said to be  laborious, when  attended
with more difficulty and suffering than
usual.    With  some,  laborious labor
means one that requires the use of in-
struments.   See Dystocia.
   (F)  Accouchement laborieux.
   (G) Schwerentbindung.
   Writers.  Fisler,   Argent. 1649
(L).  Friderici, Jena?, 1665 (L). Vin-
son,  Lugd. Bat. 1675 (L).  Schneld-
ermann, Lugd. Bat. 1677 (L).  Franck,
Heidelb. 1680 (L).   Papelier, Argent.
16S4 (L).  Schrader, Helmst. 1685
(L).  Olearius, Erford. 1689 (L). Van
Hoorn, Lugd. Bat. 1690 (L).  Patoun,
Lugd. Bat. 1691 (L). Albinus, Francf.
ad Viadr. 1696 (L).  Von Ackersdyck,
Lugd.  Bat. 1697 (L).  Rkusner, Er-
ford. 1697 (L).  Zieger,  Argent. 1720
(L).  Burchard, Rostoch. 1726  (L).
Goelicke, Francf. ad Viadr. 1732 (L).
Duparc, Monspel. 1733 (L).   Schrei-
ber, Francf. ad Viadr. 1736 (L).  Loe-
zel, Lugd. Bat.  1739 (L).  Spraivke,
Harderov. 1739  (L).  Rupert, Lugd.
Bat. 1743 (L).   A. Levret, Paris, 1747
(F). Supplement, Ibid. 1751(F).  Nukn,
Erford. 1768 (L).   Murray, Gotting.
1776 (L).  Schubarth, Lips. 1776 (L).
Lindenberg,  Giess,, 1781 (L).  Her-
biniaux,  Bruxelles, 1782 (F).   W.
Osborn, Lond. 1783.
  Lab'yrinth  (Anat.)   Labyrinth'us,
Xafivqiv&og, An'trum buccino'sum.   A
place, full of  turnings, and the exit  of
which is not easily discoverable. Anat-
omists have given this name to the ag-
gregate of parts, constituting  the  in-
ternal ear.  The labyrinth is situate be-
tween the tympanum and meatus audi-
torius internus.  It is composed of several
cavities, which communicate with each
other in the dried  bone;  as the vesti-
bule, cochlea,  semicircular canals, &c.
It is lined by  periosteum ;  and also by
a pul'py mem'brane,  on which the audi-
tory  nerve is  regularly dispersed.  In
the vestibule, this  membrane forms a
sac,  called sac'culus vestib'uli,  which
resembles, in  shape, that of the bony
cavity containing it.  When  the sac is
laid open, upon the upper and outer
part, a partition appears,  partaking  of
the nature of the sac, and  called by
Meckel, Sep'tum   vesti'buli  nervo'so-
membrana'ceum.
    (G) Irrgang.
  Lac Lacha'tum  (Pharm.)  Ancient
name of  a  stomachic, described by
Avicenna.
  Lac'ca (Mat. Med.)  from  lakak,
Arab.   Gum'mi lac'ca, Stick-lac, Gum-
lac,  Seed-lac,  Shell-lac,  xayxapov (?)
Lac is a substance formed by an insect,
and deposited  on different species  of
trees, chiefly  in  the East Indies.  The
various kinds, distinguished  in com- 
LACERATION          560          LACHRYMAL
 merce, are; — stick-lac, which is the
 substance in its natural state, investing
 the small twigs of the tree :  and seed-
 lac, which" is the  same, broken off.
 When melted, it is called shell-lac.
   Lac was, at one-time, used in the form
 of tincture, as a tonic  and astringent;
 and it still forms part of particular den-
 tifrices.
   (F) Laque.   (G) Gum mi lack,
 Lack.
   Lacera'tion  (Surg.)  Lacera'tio,
 Rheg'ma, qtjypa,  Ruptu'ra, Rup'ture,
 from lacera're,' to tear': — dilacera'tio,
 anu<^ayua.   The act of tearing or rend-
 ing.  The breach, made by tearing or
 rending; as a  lacerated wound, Tre'sis
 vul'nus lacera'tum, Laceratu'ra,  VuV-
 nus lacera'tum.
   (F) Arrachement,  Dechirement, Di-
 laceration.
   (G) Zerreissung.
   Lac"erum (Anat.)   Same  etymon.
 Any  thing  torn, or  appearing  as  if
 torn.     (G) Zerr issen.
   The FORA'MEN  LAC'ERUM  AN-
 TE'RIUS, (F) Trou dcchire anterieur,
 Hiatus  spheno -petreux  (Ch.), is an
 irregular opening, formed by the sphe-
 noid and petrous portion of the  tem-
 poral  bone.   This  foramen  transmits
 the 3d, 4th,  and 6th pair of nerves and
 the first branch of the 5th pair to the
 eye and its appendages.
   The FORA'MEN  LAC'ERUM POS-
 TE'RIUS, Fora'men jugula're, F.  lac"-
 erum  in  Ba'si  Cra'nii,  (F)  Trou de-
 chiri. posterieur, Hiatus occipito-petreux
 (Ch.), is formed by the occipital  bone
 and the  inferior  edge of the petrous
 portion of the temporal bone.  Through
 it, the internal jugular vein,  the 8th
 pair of nerves,  and  accessary nerve
 pass out ofthe cranium.
   Lach'rymal (Anat.)  jMcryma'lis;
 from lac'ryma, ' a tear.'   Belonging to
 the tears.  This epithet is given to va-
 rious parts.
    (G)  Thr'anen (in comp.)
  1. The  LACH'RYMAL  PAS'SAGES,
 Vi'a lacryma'les, (F) Voies lacrymales.
 The organs concerned in the secretion
of tears, in  spreading  them over the
eye, and taking them up again to trans-
mit them into  the  nasal  fossa?.   The
lachrymal passages  are  composed of
the lachrymal gland,  puncta,  and
ducts, the lachrymal sac, and the nasal
duct.
  The LACH'RYMAL GLAND, Glan'-
dula innomina'ta GALE'NI seu lacry-
ma'lis, is seated in a depression of the
frontal bone at the upper, anterior, and
 outer part of the orbit.   It is of about
 the size of an almond -. and  of an oval
 shape,  flattened  above  and below : —
 its great diameter being the  antero-
 posterior.  It is  composed  of several
 small lobules, united by  cellular tissue
 and separated by it as well  as by ves-
 sels and  nerves  which  creep  in the
 intervals.  This gland has  7 or 8 ex-
 cretory ducts, which  open behind the
 upper eyelid.  Its use is  to secrete the
 tears, and pour them on the globe  of
 the eye by its excretory ducts.
   The PUNCTA LACRYMA'LIA, (F)
 Points lacrymaux, are two small, round,
 and  contractile  openings,  situated  in
 the centre of a  tubercle, about a line
 and a half distant from the inner com-
 missure of the eyelids, and continuous
 with the lacrymal ducts.  These ducts,
 (F) Conduits lacrymaux, Cor'nua Li-
 ma'cum, are two in number — a superior
 and an inferior — which extend from
 the puncta to the lacrymal sac.  They
 seem  formed  by  a very delicate  pro-
 longation  of the conjunctiva, which  is
 continuous with the mucous membrane
 of the  lacrymal sac, (F)  Reservoir des
 larmes: — the Saccus  lachrymalis.
   The LACH'RYMAL or  NA'SAL CAN-
 AL or  DUCT, Duc'tus ad JK'a'sum,  is
 formed by the superior maxillary bone,
 os unguis, and os turbinatum inferius ;
 and is seated in the outer paries of the
 nasal fossa?.  It is lined by a  prolonga-
 tion of the  mucous membrane of the
 lachrymal sac; and its inferior orifice
 is furnished with  a valvular  duplica-
 ture.  This  duct  transmits  the tears,
 which have been absorbed at  the great
 angle of the eye by the  puncta lacry-
 maiia, into the nasal fossa?.
  The  LACH'RYMAL  FOS'SA,  F'os'sa
 lacryma'lis,  is a  slight  depression at
the upper  part  of the  orbit,  which
lodges the lachrymal gland.
  The  LACH'RYMAL  GROOVE,  (F)
 Gouttiere lacrymale, is the bony chan-
nel, which lodges the lachrymal  sac.
It is seated  at the anterior and inner
part of the orbit, and is formed by the
os unguis and the ascending process of
the upper jaw-bone.
  The  LACH'RYMAL  AR'TERY pro-
ceeds  from  the  ophthalmic; and  dis-
tributes its  principal  branches to  the
lachrymal gland.
  The  LACH'RYMAL VEINS  accom-
pany the artery of the same name, and
open into the ophthalmic  and  palpebral
 veins.
  The  LACH'RYMAL  NERVE  is the
smallest of the three branches  formed 
LACTATION           561            LAENNEC
by  the  ophthalmic nerve.  It  is  dis-
tributed, particularly, to the lachrymal
gland and to the upper eyelid.   In its
course it gives  off a sphano-maxillary
and a malar filament.
  LACH'RYMAL  HER'NIA  or  TU'-
MOR, Her'nia   Sac'ci  Lacryma'lis, is
when the  tears  enter  at the puncta,
but cannot pass to the  nose, and accu-
mulate.  By Anel, this was  called
Dropsy ofthe Lachrymal Sac.
  Lacta'tion (Phys.)  ndijvrfiig,  Lac-
ta'tio;  from lac'ieo,  ' I suckle,'  ' I
give milk.'   Suckling: — the giving of
suck.
  The  French  have four varieties of
lactation.  1. Allaitement maternel,—
Maternal Lactation,  when the  mother
suckles  the  child.   2. A.  etranger,
mercinaire, — when another  suckles.
3. A. artificiel, — when  the  child is
brought up by hand.  4. A. animal, —
when the  child is  suckled  by some
animal.
  (F) Allaitement.  (G)  S a, u g e n ,
Stillen.
  Writers.  A. Mercurialis, Patav.
1552 (L).   Perdulcis, Paris, l595 (L).
Pijart,  Paris,  1628 (L).   Bouvart,
Paris, 1657 (L).   Koelling, Lips. 1709
(L).  J. F. de  Pre,  Erford.  1723  (L).
G.  A.  Langguth,  Lips. 1752  (L).
Landois, Genev. and  Paris,  1781 (F).
Ph. Baldini  (artificial L.)  Naples,
1784 (I).  B. Lara  (bad  effects of not
suckling), Lond. 1791.  H. C. A. Os-
thoff,  Lemgo,  1802 (G).  L. Careno
(artificial L.), Pavia, 1794 (I).
  Lactif'erous  (Anat.)  Lactif'erus;
from lac, ' milk,' and fero, ' I  carry.'
  The  LACTIF'EROUS VESSELS or
DUCTS, Tub'uli lactif'eri vel Duc'tus
lactif'eri, (F) Vaisseaux  ou conduits
lactiftres, are the excretory  ducts of
the Mammary Gland (which see).
   LAC'TEAL   OR  LACTIF'EROUS
SWELL'ING.  A tumefaction  of  the
breast, supposed by Sir Astley Coop-
er  to arise from a large  collection of
milk  in one of the  lactiferous  tubes,
the result  of chronic inflammation of
the tube near the nipple, with closure
of its aperture, and  obliteration of the
canal for an inch or more.   The tube
requires to be punctured.
  Lactif'uga   (Therap.)  from  lac,
'  milk,'   and fugo,  ' I  drive  away.'
Medicines, which dispel milk.
  Lactin'ia  (Hyg.) Food,  prepared
with milk.
  Lactu'ca  (Mat.  Med.)  from  lac,
1 milk'; so called from  its milky juice.
Lactu'ca sati'va, Let'tuce, Gar'den Let'-
luce,  Eunu'chium  Meco'nis,  dqitias,
Cher'bas.  It is used as a wholesome sal-
lad.  The seeds possess a quantity of oil,
which, when formed into an emulsion,
has been advised in ardor urina?, &c.
  The inspissated  juice, Lactuca'rium,
Thrid'ace, resembles, in odor and ap-
pearance, that of opium, and is, like it,
narcotic.  Dose, gr. j to vj.
    (F) Laitue ordinaire.
    (G) Lattich.
  LACTU'CA  SCARP OLA,  L. sylves'-
tris, Scari'ola, possesses a stronger de-
gree of bitterness  than the L. sativa.
It has similar virtues to the next.
   (F)  Laitue Scariole, L. sauvage.
  Writer., H. J.  Collin, Vienn. 1780
(L).
  lactu'ca  VIRO'SA, L. grave'olens,
Strong-scent'ed Let'tuce.   The odor of
this plant, the leaves of which are used
in medicine, is strongly narcotic, and
the taste  bitter.   They  are  narcotic,
diuretic, and aperient; and have  been
used in dropsies.
    (F) Laitue vireuse.
    (G) Wilder Lattich.
  LACU'NA or LAGU'NA, An'drew
(Biog.)  A Spanish  physician and critic;
born at Segovia in 1499 ; died in 1560.
Works. Anatomica methodus. Paris.
1535.  8vo.   Compendium  curationis
febris pestilentialis.  Arg.  1542. 12mo.
Annotat. in Galeni interprets.  Vic-
tus ratio, scholasticis pauperibus  pa-
ratu facilis  et salubris.  Colon.  1550.
12mo.   Epitome omnium Galeni  Per-
gameni operum.   Lugd.  1553. l2mo.
Annot.  in  Dioscorid.  Lugd.  1554.
Svo.
  Lacu'na (Anat.) A Fossa or Ditch.
Anatomists  have   given this name to
small cavities in  the mucous mem-
branes,  the  parietes of  which secrete
a viscid humor.   Certain  lacuna? are
but the  excretory orifices of  mucous
crypts.  They are very visible in the
rectum, vagina, urethra,  &c.  Some-
times,  lacuna is  used  synonymously
with crypt.
  LADRERIE (F)  (Path.) from  Xai-
Snog, ' deformed.'   A  vulgar name for
the Elephantiasis or Lepra ofthe Arabs.
Also, a hospital  for  the  reception of
the leprous.
    (F) LAproserie, Maladrerie.
  LAENNEC, Theophile Rene Hy-
acinthe  (Biogr.)   A  distinguished
French pathologist;  Professor in the
School of Paris; born at Quimper, in
Lower Brittany, in 1781; died in 1826.
Works. De Vauscultation mediate,  ou
traite du  pronostic des  maladies des 
LjETIFICANTIA         562             LANCET
 poumons et du caur, etabli principale-
 ment  a Vaide de ce nouveau moyen
 dexploration.  2d edition.  Paris. 1826.
 2 vols.  Svo.    In  English  by  John
 Forbes, Lond. 1821. 8vo.
  L^etifican'tia  (Mat.  Med.)  from
 latifico,  ' I make glad.'   Medicines,
 formerly used as cordials, in depression
 of spirits, &c.
  Lagophthal'mia  (Path.)  from Xa-
 yiag,' a hare,'  and oip&aXpog,  ' an eye.'
 Hare's Eye:  XuyoipSaXpog, Lepori'nus
 Oc'ulus, (F) (Eil de Litvre.   A vicious
 arrangement ofthe upper eyelid, which
 is so  retracted, that it cannot cover
 the globe of the eye during  sleep.  It
 has  been asserted, that this  condition
 ofthe  eye is natural to the hare, when
 asleep.    (G) Hasenauge.
  Writer.   N.  Puzos,  Paris,  1801
 (F)-
  LAIT REPANDU (F)  (Path.)  Lait
 epanchA.   A  popular   expression  in
 France, under which is  comprehended
 every kind of  disease (and particularly
 vague  pains), occurring  after  delivery :
 — all being ascribed to diffusion or de-
 position of milk.
  Lalla'tion  (Path.) Lalla'tio, Lam-
 bdacis'mus, XapjSSaxiopog.  Sauvages
 uses this term  for a vicious pronuncia-
 tion, in which the letter L is improper-
 ly doubled, or  softened,  or substituted
 forR.
  Lamb'doid or Lambdoi'dal (Anat.)
 Lambdol'des, Xappdotidtjg, from the Gr.
 letter  A, XupSSa,  and  tidog,  '  shape,'
' resemblance.'  Anatomists have given
 the   name  LAMBD OfDAL  SU'TURE,
 Sutu'ra lambdo'tda'lis, S.Pro'ra, to the
suture,  formed by the  parietal bones
and the occipital, because it, resembles
the  A,  lambda, of the Greeks.  It is the
 Occip'ito-parie'tal su'lure, — Suture oc-
cipitale, (Ch.)   In this suture the ossa
wormiana  are  most  frequently  met
with; and  the  denticulations  are most
distinctly marked.
  Lamei.'lar  (Anat.) Lamello'sus,—
Lamina'ted; composed  of lamina?; or
leaves; — as the  Lamel'lar or lam'i-
noted Tissue ;  i. e. the cellular tissue.
    (F) Lamelleux, Lamineux.
  Lam'ina (Anat.) Lamel'la.   A thin,
flat  part of a bone ; — a  plate  or table ;
— as the cribriform lamina or plate of
the  ethmoid bone.
    (F) Lame.
    (G)  Platte,  Blattchen.
  LAM'INA SPIRA'LIS  (Anat.)  Sep'-
 tum sca'la. A partition between the
 scalae of the cochlea.  The larger part
 of this, next the modiolus^ is formed of
I bone.  The remainder, or  that  part
 next the opposite side of the scala?, is
 composed of a cartilaginous membrane,
 called, by Valsalva, Zo'na Coch'lea.
 By some anatomists, the  lamina is di-
 vided into a Zo'na os'sea,  and Z. mol'-
 lis.   By others, it is considered to  con-
 sist of four lamina?, when  examined
 with a strong glass : — a Zo'na os'sea,
 next to the  modiolus, — a Zo'na coria'-
 cea, on the outer side of this : a Zo'na
 vesicula'ris, — and a Zo'na membrana'-
 cea, which  is perhaps the lining mem-
 brane ofthe cochlea.
   La'mium al'bum (Mat. Med.) Urti'ca
 mor'tua,   Galeop'sis,  Archangel'ica,
 Dead  Net'tie, White Arch'angel Net'tle.
 Infusions of this  plant have been re-
 commended  in  uterine  hemorrhage,
 and in leucorrhcea.  It is not used.
   (F)  Oi tie blanche, Ortie morte.
   (G) Weisse  Tod tenness eIn,
 W. Bienensang.
   LAMOTTE, William (Biog.)  An
 eminent French  surgeon  and accou-
 cheur, who lived  about the commence-
 ment  of the  last century.   Works.
 Traite des accouchemens naturels,  non
 naturels et contre nature.  Paris. 1722.
 4to.  Dissertation sur la generation, sur
 la superfitation, &c. Paris. 1718. 12mo.
 Traite complet de chirurgie, &c. Paris.
 1722. 3 vols. 12mo.
  LANCE DE MAURICEAUCF) (Surg.)
 An instrument,  invented  by Mauri-
 ceau for perforating the head  of the
 foetus.  A perforator.
   Lan'cet  (Surg.)  Lanceola; dimin-
 utive of lan'cea,' a lance.'  A surgical
 instrument,  used  in  the  operation of
 phlebotomy.  It is composed of  two
 parts, the handle,  (F) Chasse, and the
 blade,  (F) Lame.   The former is made
of two small plates of ivory, bone, or
shell, movable on the blade, for whose
preservation they are intended.  The
blade is formed of well polished steel.
 Lancets are  made of differet shapes; —
 some  being broad-shouldered,  others
 spear-pointed. The French distinguish
 three  kinds.   1.  Lancette  d  grain
 d'orge, which, on account of the almost
 oval sbape of its  point, makes a large
 opening.  2. The lancet, —  d  langue
 de serpent,  which is very narrow tow-
 ards the point:  and,  3.  The  lancet,—
 a grain  d'avoine, which  holds  a  me-
 dium station between the two former,
 and is generally preferred.
   The  Abscess  Lancet, is  merely  a
 large  lancet for the purpose of opening
 abscesses.
   (F) Lancette.   (G) L a n z e t te. 
LANCINATING         563          LAPAROCELE
  Lan'cinating  (Path.)  Latfcinans,
from  lancina're,  l to  strike or thrust
through.'  A species of pain, which con-
sists in lancinations or shootings, simi-
lar to those that would be  produced by
the introduction of a  sharp instrument
into the suffering part.  It is especially
in cancer,  that  this  kind of  pain is
felt.                          \
  (F) Lancinant  (substantive, Elance-
ment).
  (G) Stechend.
  LANCISI,  John  Ma'ria  (Biogr.)
An eminent Italian physician; born at
Rome in 1654; died in 1720.  Works.
Corporis  humani anatomica synopsis.
Roma?. 1684.  De subitaneis  mortibus
libri  duo.  Ibid.  1707.  Dissertatio de
nativis, deque  adventitiis Romani call
qualitatibus, &c.   Ibid. 1711. 4to.   De
physiognomid et sede anima cogitantis.
Venet.  1713. 4to.  Dissertatio de rectd
 medicorum studiorum  ratione institu-
 endd. Rom. 1715. 4to.  De noxiis pa-
 ludum  effluviis libr.  duo. Ibid.  1717.
 4to.  Dissertationes dua, altera de  vend
sine  pari, altera de  structurd usuque
 gangliorum.  Patav.  1719.  4to.   De
 motu cordis et aneurismatibus.  Opus
posthumum.  Rom.  1728. fol.  Opera
 omnia. Genev. 1718. 2 vols. 4to.
   LAN'DUS, Bassia'nus (Biog.)  An
 Italian physician, native  of Placentia ;
 assassinated in 1562.  Works. De hu-
 mand historid, vel de singularum homi-
 nis partium cognitione.   Basil.   1542.
 8vo.  Iatrologia, in  dia,ogues  on the
 art  of medicine.   Basil.  1543.   4to.
  Opuscula.   Patav.  1552. 12mo.   De
 peste Patavind. Ven. 1555. 12mo.  Ana-
 tomia  corporis humani.   Franc.  1605.
 ]2mo.
   LANFRANC  (Biog.)   A very  cele-
 brated surgeon ofthe 13th century, and
 native of  Milan.   Works. Chirurgia
 magna et  parva.   Venet.  1490. fol.
 Edited in English by J. Hall.
   Langeac,  Mineral  Waters  of
  (Mat. Med.) Acidulous, mineral waters
 at Langeac, in the department of Haute-
 Loire, France.   They are  employed
 as refrigerant, aperient, and  diuretic.
 They contain carbonic acid, carbonates
 of  soda and  magnesia,  and a  little
  iron.
   Lan'oii, A'o.ua Epilep'tica (Phar.)
  Epilep'tic  Water of Lan'gius, formerly
  employed against epilepsy. It was com-
  posed of the flowers of the convallaria
  and lavander, Spanish wine, cinnamon,
  nutmeg, misletoe, peony, and dittany
  roots,  long pepper, eubebs, and rose-
 mary flowers.
   LAN'GIUS,  or  LANGE,  John
(Biog.)  An eminent German physician,
born in Silesia in 1485; died in 1565.
Works.  Medicinalium   epistolarum
miscellanea. Basil. 1554. 4to.   Episto-
la medicinales.  Lugd. 1557. fol.  De
syrmaismo  et  ratione purgandi per
vomitum,  ex JEgyptiorum invento  et
formuld.  Lutet. 1572. Svo.  De scor-
buto epistola dua.  Witteberg.  1624.
Svo.  Consilia quadam et experimenta.
Ulma?.  1676. 4to.
   LAN'GRISH  or  LAN'GRISHE,
Browne, M.D.,F.R.S.  (Biogr.)  A
mechanical physician  in  London,  in
the last century, of whose history little
is known;  died  in 1759.   Works.
JVew   essay  on  muscular   motion:
founded on experiments and the New-
tonian  philosophy.  Lond. 1733. 4to.
 The  modern theory and  practice  of
physic.  Lond.  1735.  Svo.   Physical
experiments upon brutes, chiefly with a
view to discover a method of dissolving
 the  stone.  Lond.  1746.  12mo.  This
 contains  also some  experiments on  the
poison  of laurel water, injecting air into
 the blood-vessels, &c. Croonian lecture
 on muscular1 motion for the year 1747.
 Lond.  1748. 4to.  Plain directions in
 regard to the  small-pox.  Lond.  1758.
 4to.
   Languor (Path.) aiptaig.  A species
 of depression  or debility, which gen-
 erally comes on slowly.
   (F) Longueur.    (G)  Schwache,
 Mattigkeit, Kraf tlosigkei t.
   LANZONI,  Joseph  (Biogr.)   An
 Italian physician and  philosopher  of
 Ferrara; born in 1663; died in 1730.
 Works.   Animadversiones  varia  ad
 medicinam, anatomicam, et chirurgicam
 maxime faeientes.  Coli.  1688. 12mo.
 Tractatus de balsamatione cadaverum,
 Ferrar. 1693. 12mo   Exercitatio  de
 salivd  humand.  Ferrar.  1702.  12mo.
 Exercitatio  de coronis  et unguentis.
 Ferrar. 1715.  12mo.   Opera  omnia.
 Lausann. 1738. 3 vols. 4to.
   Laoni'ca  Ccra'tio  (Therap.)   A
 mode of treating  the gout, which con-
 sisted  in the employment of local ap-
 plications, proper for  evacuating  the
 morbific matter.
   Laparoce'le  (Surg. Path.) from
 Xanaqa,' the lumbar region,' and xtjXtj,
 a tumor.'  Lum'bar Her'nia, through a
 separation of the  fibres  of  the quad-
 ratus  lumborum, and a  protrusion of
 the aponeurosis of the transverse mus-
 cle, on the outside ofthe mass common
 to the sacro-lumbalis and longissimus
 dorsi.  Cloo^uet. 
LAPIDILLUM          564             LARYNX
  Lapidil'lwm  (Surg.) Blasius'has
given  this name to a kind of scoop,
used, in  his time, for extracting stone
from the bladder.
  La'pis  Laz'uli  (Therap.)  La'pis
Cy'anus, Asulci, Laz'vHte,  (F) Pierre
d'azur, Outremer.  A SiOne, of a beau-
tiful blue  color; opaque ;  and close
grained ; fracture dull.  It is composed
of silex; alumine;  carbonate and sul-
phate of lime ; oxide of iron, and water.
It was formerly  looked upon as a pur-
gative  and emetic,  and given in epi-
lepsy.     (G) Lazurstein.
  Lapsa'na  (Mat.  Med.)  Lampsa'na,
JVa'pium,  Papilla'ris  her'ba,  Dock-
cresses, JVipple-wort.   This plant is a
lactescent bitter. It has been chiefly
employed, however, as an external ap-
plication to sore  nipples, &c.
  (F) Lampsane, Herbe aux Mamelles.
  La'queus (Surg.) A cord or ligature
or bandage, with running  knots ; — a
noose,a.loop,(Sqoxog, naytrog,Pachc'tos.
The term is applied to a bandage or fillet
of any kind, attached by means of a loop
upon any part with  the view of fixing
it; as in certain  cases  of labor, where
a hand or foot presents; or to facilitate
extension in luxations and fractures.
    (F) Laq, or Lacq.
  Larda'ceous  (Path.) from lar'dum,
' lard'; the  fat of bacon.   An epithet
given to certain  organic alterations in
the textures, whose  aspect and consist-
ence resemble lard.
  Larynge'al  (Anat.)  Larynge'us.
That which belongs to the larynx.
  The LARYNGE'AL NERVES  (F)
JVerfs larynges,  are  two in number; —
a superior and inferior.
  The supe'rior larynge'al  nerve  is
given off from the trunk  of the pneu-
mogastric,  at the upper and deep part
of the neck.  It  passes downwards and
inwards, behind the  internal carotid
artery, and divides  into two secondary
branches: the one, external,which dis-
tributes its filaments on the  outside of
the larynx, to  the sterno-thyroid, hyo-
thyroid, constrictor  inferior, crico-tny-
roid muscles, &c. The other, the inter-
nal, which crosses the thyro-hyoid mem-
brane, and  gives filaments to the epi-
glottis, the mucous membranes of the
pharynx  and larynx,  to the arytenoid
gland, the arytenoid and crico-thyroid
muscles, and  ultimately  anastomoses
with the inferior laryngeal nerve.
  The  infe'rior larynge'al nerves  or
recur'rents, JVer'vi reversi'vi, Rameaux
Tracheaux (Chaus.),  arise from  the
trunk of the pneumogastric within the
 thorax.  They ascend in the furrow,
 which separates  the trachea from the
 oesophagus, to  be  distributed on the
 neck,  after having been reflected; —
 the left, around the arch of  the aorta;
 the  right, around  the  corresponding
 subclavian.  They  send  off filaments
 to the  cardiac plexuses; to the parietes
 of the oesophagus, and trachea;  to the
 thyroid gland; to the inferior constric-
 tor of  the  pharynx ; the posterior and
 lateral crico-arytenoid, and thyro-aryte-
 noid muscles; and to the mucous mem-
 brane of the pharynx and larynx.
  The LARYNGE'AL  ARTERIES are
 given off from the thyroid arteries.
  The LARYNGE'AL VEINS open into
 the internal  jugular.   Winslow gives
 the name  laryngeal  to   the superior
 thyroid artery, (q. v.)
    (F) Larynge, Laryngien.
  Laryngi'tis  (Path.)  Cynan'che la-
rynge'a, Inflamma'tion ofthe Lar'ynx.
This disease, in some measure, resem-
bles  croup; but  is  usually  devoid of
 that   peculiar,  sonorous inspiration,
 which attends the  latter.  There  is,
 also, pain  upon pressing the  larynx ;
 and, whilst laryngitis  is  a  disease of
 more advanced life, croup attacks chil-
 dren.  The  membraniform  exudation
is, also, absent; probably, because the
 inflammation, being seated  above the
 glottis, the coagulable lymph is readily
 expectorated.  It requires the most ac-
tive treatment.
  (F)  Catarrhe laryngien, Angine 7a-
ryngte.
  (G)  Luftrohrenentzii n'd ung.
  Laryngog'raphy (Anat.)  Laryngo-
gra'phia;  from Xaqvyz, ' the larynx,'
and yqaipt], ' a  description.'   An  ana-
tomical description of the larynx.
  Laryngol'ogy  (Anat.) from Xaqvy'l,
' the  larynx,' and  Xoyog,' a treatise.'   A
treatise on the larynx.
  Laryngot'omy  (Surg.)  Laryngoto'-
mia, from Xaqvy%,  ' the  larynx,'  and
rtpvtiv,' to cut.'  A surgical operation,
 which consists  in opening the larynx,
either to extract a foreign body, or  to
remedy any obstruction of the glottis.
The  operation is, sometimes, errone-
ously called  Bronchotomy and Trache-
 otomy.  (G)  Luftrohrenschnitt.
  Writers.   Maillard  (Is L. useful
 in angina ?) Basil. 1623 (L).   Moreau,
 Paris, 1646 (L).   G. Detharding  (re-
 storing the drowned by L.), Rostoch,
 1714  (L).   Bucquet  (new method),
 Paris, 1779 (L).
  Lar'ynx (Anat.)  Xaqvyg, (a whistle.)
 Ca'put as'pera arte'ria. The apparatus 
LASERPITIUM
565
LATISSIMUS DORSI
of voice is situated at the superior and
anterior part of the  neck; and at the
top of the trachea, with which it com-
municates.    It  is composed  of  four
cartilages,— the thyroid, cricoid, and
two arytenoid, is moved by a number of
muscles, and lined by a mucous mem-
brane, having certain membranous re-
flections, constituting the superior liga-
ments of the glottis,°&c.

    parts composing the larynx.
1.	Cartilages.		Tiiyroid, 1 Cricoid, 1 Two Arytenoid, ' Epiglottis.
		Extrinsic. <	' Stern o-thyroid, Constrictors of the ' pharynx, All the muscles of . the hyoid region.
2.	Muscles. «	Intrinsic. ■	rCrico-thyroiil, Crico-arytenoid, pbsterior, Crico-arytenoid, lateral, Thyro-arytenoid, Arytenoid.
3.	A Mucous Membrane.		
4.	Glands. .		■ Epiglottic, Arytenoid, , Thyroid.
5.	Membranes.		Thyro-hyoid, Crico-thyroid.
6.	Ligaments.		Crico-arytenoid, Thyro-arytenoid.
  The vessels and nerves ofthe larynx
are called larynge'al.
  The larynx is destined  to give pas-
sage to the air in the act of respiration,
and to impress upon it certain modifi-
cations,  which  constitute the  voice.
Its  dimensions vary in different indi-
viduals.  In  men, it  is always larger
and situated lower than in women.
  (G) Luftrohrenkopf, Kehl-
kopf.
  Writers.   J. Cheyne (pathology
of), Edinb. 1809.  W. H. Porter (sur-
gical pathology of ), Dublin, 1826.
  Laserpi"tium (Hyg.)  La'ser, SiV-
phium, onog aiXipiov.  A term applied,
anciently, both to a plant and its juice,
with  the  nature of neither of  which
do we possess any precise information.
Bentley,  Laurence, Geoffroi, &c.
regard it to have been the same as our
assafoetida : — Theophrastus,  Dios-
corides, and the ancient  Scholiast on
Aristophanes,  however,  by assigning
a sweet and agreeable flavor to the
laserpitium,  discountenance the idea.
From whatever  plant obtained, it was
                 48
so rare,  and consequently so costly,
that  the  Romans  deposited it in the
public  treasury.  It .was obtained from
Cyrene — Succus  Cyrena'icus ;   and
likewise from Persia, — the latter being
the most valuable.  The Laserpitium is"
called, by Avicenna, Altihit.
 LASERPP'TIUM LATIFO'LIUM (Mat.
Med.)  Gentia'na  al'ba,  White Gcn'-
tian, Cerva'ria al'ba.   The root of this
plant is bitter and tonic.
  (G) Weisse   Enzianwurzel,
Hirschwurzel.
  (F) Laser A larges feuilles.
  LASERPF'TIUM  SI'LER; Ses'eli, Si'-
ler monta'num ; Heart-wort, Sermoun-
tain.   The seeds and roots are possess-
ed of aromatic properties.
  (G) R o sskiimmelar tiges La-
serkraut.   (F) Laser sermoniain.
  LASSUS, Peter (Biogr.) A French
surgeon of eminence; born at Paris in
1741;  died  in  1807.  Works. Traite
ilementaire  de  medecine  operatoire.
Paris.  1795.  2 vols.  8vo.  Pathologie
chirurgicale.  Ibid. 1805,1806. 2 vols.
8vo.
  La'tent  (Path.)  La'tens; from 7a-
te're, ' to lie hid.'   An epithet applied
to certain diseases  or states of disease,
in which the symptoms are so concealed
and obscure, as to escape the observa-
tion  of the  physician.   Thus, we say
latent  inflammation, latent period  of
small-pox, &c.
     (G) V erborgen.
  Lateri"tious  (Path.) Lateri"tius ;
from later, 'a brick.'  An  epithet ap-
plied to  the brick-like sediment, occa-
sionally deposited in the urine of people
piflicted with fever.
  Latib'ulum (Path.)  from lateo,  ' I
lie hid.'  The focus  of febrile poison;
whence it spreads to every part to in-
duce a paroxysm.
  Lat'ica  (Path.) Amphimer'ina  lat'-
ica of Sauvages.  A species  of  quo-
tidian remittent, whose paroxysms are
very long, and  which  is accompanied
with latent heat, (?) whence itsmame.
   Latis'simus  Dor'si  (Anat.)  Ani-
scalp'tor, Dorsi- lumbo - sacro - humiral,
Bra'chium  mo'vens quar'tus,  Lombo-
humeral  (Ch.),  (F) Muscle grand dor-
sal, M. tres large du dos.  A flat mus-
cle ;  broad,  especially  below; thin;
quadrilateral;' and. situated at the  pos-
terior, lateral, and inferior region  of
the trunk.  It is attached to the poste-
rior half of the outer lip of the crest of
the ilium; to the  posterior surface  of
the sacrum; to the spinous processes
of the six or seven  last dorsal vertebrae, 
LAUCANIA           566       LAUTISSIMA VINA
 and to all those of the loins, and to the
 last four  false ribs, and is inserted by
 a strong tendon at.the  posterior edge
 of  the bicipital groove of the  humerus.
 Its upper fibres are almost horizontal:
 the middle very long and oblique up-
 wards and outwards;  and the anterior
 almost vertical.
  This  muscle carries the arm  back-
 wards,  depressing it, and making it
 turn  on its  axis.  It also draws, back-
 wards and downwards, the prominence
 of the shoulder.   When, suspended by
 an  arm, we make an effort to  raise
 ourselves, it draws the  trunk towards
 the arm.  It can, also, raise the ribs by
 assuming its fixed point  on the hume-
 rus, and become an inspiratory mus-
 cle.
  Lauca'nia (Anat.)  X.avxaviu, X.tvxa-
 na, from Xuvoi,' I enjoy,' ' 1 take.' The
 fauces and oesophagus.  Also,  the chin.
 Gorr^us.
  Laud'anum  (Pharm.)  Perhaps from
 laus,  ' praise ';  lauda'tum, ' praised.'
 Every preparation of opium, solid or
 liquid, but more  particularly the ex-
 tract  and tincture, and  especially the
 latter.
 LAUD'ANUM ABBA'TIS ROUSSEAU,
 Gut'ta  Abba'lis  Rousseau,   Vi'num
 opia'tum fermentatio'ne para'tum, Ab-
 be  Rousseau's Drops.  (Mel.  Narbon-
 nens.  § xij,  aqua cal'ida ftjnJ-  Set in
a warm place, and, as soon as  the mix-
 ture ferments,  add opium § iv, dis-
 solved in water § xij.   Let it ferment
for  a  month,  and evaporate to  § x:
strain, and add rectified spirit of wine
 5 ivss.)
  Laudi'n.e (Pil'ulje) (Pharm.) Pills,.
containing laudanum. Poterius.
  Laurent, Saint, Mineral  Waters
 of  (Mat. Med.) A thermal spring, five
 leagues from Joyeuse in France. Temp.
 127° Fahr.
  Writers.  J. B. Rochier, Monspel.
 1714 (L).  Combalusier, Montpellier,
 1743(F).  Boniface, 1779(F).
  Lau'rcs (Mat. Med.)  Lau'rus nob'-
 ilis, daipvtj; the Sweet Bay. The leaves
 and berries have a  sweet,  fragrant
 smell;  and an   aromatic,  astringent
 taste.   Sweet bay has been  advised as
 a stomachic and carminative,  but  is
 now  rarely  used.  It i3, sometimes,
 employed as  a  fomentation and iii
 glysters;  and the berries are an  ingre-
 dient in the Emplastrum Cumini.
    (F) Laurier.
    (G) Lorbeerbaum.
   LAU'RUS CAS8IA  (Mat. Med.) The
 species of  laurus, which  yields  the
 Cas'sia lig'nea, Cas'ia, xaaia,  Cas'sia
 cinnamo'mea,  Cor'tex  Canel'la  Mala-
 bar'ica,  Cas'sia lig'nea  Malabar'ica,
 Xy'lo-cas'sia, Canel'la  Malabar'ica ct
 Javen'sis,  Canel'la  Cuba'na,  Ar'bor
 Juda'ka,  Cas'sia  Canel'la, Canellif-
 era   Malabar'ica,   Cor'tex  r.rassior,
 Cinnamo'mum Malabar'icum, C. In'di-
 cum, C. Sinen'se,  Calihac'ha canel'la,
 Wild Cin'namon, Malabar Cin'namon,
 Cas'sia.  The bark and leaves abound
 with the flavor of cinnamon, for which
 they may be  substituted :  but they are
 much weaker.  The unopened flower
 buds are used in the same  manner.
  (F) Cannelle de Malabar ou de Java,
 C. fausse, C.  mdtte,  Casse  en bois,
 Casse aromatique.
  (G) Mutterziramt, Zimmt-
 cassie, Zimmtsorte.
   LAU'RUS  CINNAMO'MUM  (Mat.
Med.) xiwapov, Cinnamo'mum, Darse'-
ni, Darsi'ni, Cin'namon, — Xy'lo - cin-
namo'mum,  Cuurdo  Canel'la, C. Zey-
lan'ica.   Cinnamon bark  is stimulant
and  carminative,  and  is employed,
chiefly, as a grateful aromatic, to coyer
the  taste of more  nauseous remedies.
Dose,  gr.  x  to £)j.   The Flowers,
called Cassia Flo'res in the shops, pos-
sess  aromatic  and  astringent virtues,
and  may be used wherever cinnamon
is required.
  (F) Cannelle, Baume de Cannelle,
 Cannelle officinale.
  (G) Zimmt, Zimmet.
  Writers.  J. Th. Schenck,  Jenre,
1670 (L).  G. W. Wedel, Jena?, 1707
(L).  J. A. Slevogt, Jence, 1707 (L).
Ch.  L. Gollf.r, Ultraj. 1709 (L).
  LAU'RUS CULIL'AWAN (Mat. Med.)
The  tree, that affords the Cor'tex Culil'-
awan, Cullitlawan, Cor'tex caryophyl-
loides,  C. caryophyllol'des Amboinen'-
sis.  This bark resembles the sassafras
in  appearance  and properties,  and is
used in Java as a condiment.
  Writer. J.F. Cartheuser, Francf.
ad Viadr. 1753 (L).
  LAU'RUS SASSAFRAS  (Mat. Med.)
 Sas'safras,  A'gue-free,  Cor'nus mas
odora'ta, Anhuiba.   Indigenous in  the
United  States.  Sassafras wood  and
root  have been considered stimulant,
 sudorific,  and  diuretic.   The  virtues
 depend  upon essential oil, the odor of
 which is not unlike that of fennel.   It
 has been used in  cutaneous diseases,
 chronic rheumatism, &c.
     (G) Fenchelholz.
  Lautis'sima Vi'na (Pharm.)  Wines
 were formerly so  called,  which were
 strongly impregnated with myrrh. 
LAVENDULA           567              LEBER
  Laven'dula (Mat. Med.) from la'vo,
' I wash ';  so called from being used
in baths.  Laven'dula spi'ca, Com'mon
lav'ender, Lavan'dula.   The odor  of
lavender flowers is fragrant and agree-
able ;  taste warm and bitterish — de-
pending upon an essential oil.  It has
been used as a stimulant;  particularly
in the  form of the oil,— Oleum laven-
dula.  The dried leaves have been em-
ployed as an errhine.
   (F)  Lavande, Aspic, Spic.
   (G)  Lavande 1.
   The  French use  the  laven'dula sta-
dias or French lavender, of which they
have  a compound syrup.  Syru'pus de
stach'ade. compos'itus, used  as  a pec-
toral.
   LAWRENCE, Thomas, M. D. (Bi-
ogr.)   An eminent London physician ;
born in Westminster, in  1711; died at
Canterbury, in 1783.   Works.  Oratio
anniversaria Harvciana.  Lond.  1748,
4to.    Dissertatio  medica  de  hydrope.
Lond.  1756. 8vo.  Pralectiones medica
duodecim.  Lond.  1757.  Svo.   Pralec-
tiones  de naturd musculorum.  Lond.
1759.  8vo.. Franci Nicholsii, M. D.
Georgii secundi magna Britannia regis
medici ordinarii, vita; cum conjecturis
ejusdem dc naturd et usu partium huma-
ni corporis  similarium.  Lond.  1780,
4to.
   Lax'a Chimo'lea (Pharm.)   A lax-
ative  medicine,  composed of several
salts and recommended by Paracel-
sus in syphilis.
   Lax'ative  (Therap.  & Mat. Med.)
Laxati'vus; from  laxa're,  'to loosen.'
Minorati'vus, Soluti'vus, Alvidu'cus,  A
medicine, which gently opens'the bow-
els ; such as tamarinds, manna, &c.
    (G) Laxirmittel.
   Writers.   A.  Petermann,  Lips.
1692  (L).   Fr.  Gehring, Hal. 1796
(L).  J. N. Seignette,  Gotting. 1801
(L).
   Laxa'tor Tym'pani (Anat.)  L. ma'-
jor tym'pani, Exter'nus  mal'lei, Ante'-
rior mal'lei, Obli'quus au'ris, Exter'nus
au'ris  vel  Laxa'tor  inter'nus,  Spheni-
salpingo-mallien, (F) Anterieur du mar-
teau,  Eusta'chii mus'culus.  A muscle,
which arises from the spine of the sphe-
noid bone and from the cartilage of the
eustachian tube, and is  inserted, by a
tendon, into the apophysis of Raw.  It
relaxes the  membrana tympani.
   Laxa'tor Mi'nor  Tym'pani  (Anat.)
A very small muscle, which extends
from  the upper part of the  external
auditory canal and  is inserted at the
inferior part of the process of the han-
dle of the  malleus.   Its  existence is
denied by most anatomists.
  Lax'ity  (Path.)  Lax'itas, Lax'ness.
Condition of a tissue, when loose or re-
laxed ; or of one which wants tone.  We
say laxity of fibre, laxity of skin, to ex-
press, that  those  parts  have lost some
of the tenseness proper to them.
  Lazaret'to  (Med.) Lazaret.   A sol-
itary edifice in most seaports of magni-
tude, intended for the  disinfection of
men and goods, proceeding from places
where contagious  diseases are prevail-
ing.
   Writers.   John Howard,  Lond.
1789.  Ch. A. Fischer  (on the  quaran-
tine establishments at Marseilles). Leipz.
1803 (G).
  Lf.je'n.e, Emplas'trum' (Pharm.) Xt-
aiva.  A plaster, referred to by Aetius,
which was considered to  extirpate the
disease like a lioness !
   LEAKE, John, M. D.  (Biogr.)
An  obstetrical  practitioner of  Lon-
don ;    a   native  of   Cumberland ;
died  in  1792.   Works.   Practical
observations  on  the  childbed  fever;
also on the nature  and treatment of ute-
rine hemorrhages, convulsions, and such
other acute diseases as are most  fatal to
women  during  a  state of  pregancy.
Lond. 1773. Svo.   A lecture, introduc-
tory to the theory  and practice of mid-
wifery. Lond. 1777. 8vo.  Medical in-
structions  towards  the prevention  and
cure of chronic and other diseases pecu-
liar to women.  Lond.  1777.  8vo.   Vin-
dication of the  forceps described by  him,
against  the illiberal remarks  signed
Thomas  Denman. Lond. 1785.  Svo.
Specimen artis obstetr..-  being  a sylla-
bus or general heads of  a course of leer
tures on the theory and practice  of mid-.
wifery and diseases incident  to women
and children.  Lond. 1787.  8vo.   Dis-
sertation on the properties and ifficacy of
the Lisbon  diet-drink. Lond. 1790.  Svo.
A practical  essay on the diseases of the
viscera, particularly those of the  stomach
and bowels, the liver, spleen, and uri-
nary bladder, &c.  Lond. 1792.  Svo.
   Leb'anon,  Min'eral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)   The spring at Lebanon,
26 miles  east of Albany, New York, is
an almost pure  thermal.  Temp.  72°
Fahr.
   LEBER, Ferdinand Von (Biogr.)
A German surgeon and professor of
anatomy and surgery ;   born" at  Vienna
in 1727;   died in 1808.   Works.  Ab-
handlung von der Nutzbarkeit des Schier^
lings in  der Wundarzneikunst.   Wien,
1762. 8vo.  Vorlesungen tiber  die 7-ct-. 
LECTISTERN1UM         568            LEMERY
gliederungskunst. Ibid.  1775.  8vo.  In
Latin. 1778. 8vo.
   Lectister'nium  (Med.)    The  ar-
rangement of a bed, so as to adapt it to
a particular disease.  Also, a supplica-
tion, with the Romans, in times of pub-
lic danger, when beds or couches were
spread  for  the  gods, as if they were
about to feast, and their images were
taken  down from their  pedestals and
placed upon these  couches  round  the
altars.   The  lectisternium  was  first
introduced in the time of a pestilence.
Livy.
   Lectua'lis (Path.) from lec'tum, 'a
bed.'   An  epithet  applied to a  long,
chronic disease.
   Le'dum palus'tre (Mat. Med.) Ros-
marinus sylves'tris, An'thos sylves'tris.
This  plant  has a bitter,  subastringent
taste, and  was  formerly used in Swit-
zerland in place of hops; the virtues
are equivocal.
   (F) Li.de ou Romarin sauvage.
   (G) Post, Porsch, Wilder ros-
marin,   Sumpfporsch,   Wan-
zenkraut, Heydebienenkraut.
   Leg  (Anat.)  (Danish,) Crus, axt-
Xog, xvtjutj.  The portion  of the lower
extremity,   which  extends  from the
knee to the  foot.  It  consists  of three
bones ; — Tibia, Fibula,  and  Patella,
and, also, of a  great number of mus-
cles, vessels, and nerves.  The projec-
tion, formed by the muscles at the back
part of the leg, has received the name
of  Calf of  the  leg.  It  is the special
attribute of man, and proves that he is
destined to be biped.
    (G)  Unterschenkel.
   LEGAL'LOIS, Ju'lian John Cesar
(Biogr.)   An  eminent French physi-
ologist ; born at Cherneix, near Dol, in
1772 ;  died in 1814.   Works.  Le sang
est-il idcntique dans les  vaisscaux qu'il
parcourt ? Paris. An. xiii. 8vo.   Expi-
riences  sur le principe de la vie, notum-
ment sur celui des mouvemens  du caur,
et  sur le sibge de ce principe. Paris. 1812.
8vo.  CEuvres completes, avec des notes,
par M. Pariset.  Paris.  1824. 2 vols.
Svo.
   Legitimate  (Leg. Med.  &  Path.)
Legit'imus,   Genui'nus, yvijaiog.   An
epithet, applied to things which can-
not properly be violated.   A legitimate
child is one  conceived or born during
marriage. Legitimate diseases are those,
which follow a regular march.
    (G) Rechtmassig.
   Legna (Anat.)  X.tyva,  from Xtyvov,
' a fringed  edge.'  The orifice of the
pudendum  muliebre  or of the uterus.
   Legu'men (Mat. Alim.)  from  le'go,
11 gather ':  so called because they are
usually gathered by the hand, instead
of  being reaped.  All kinds of  pulse
are so called ; as peas, beans, &c.
     (F) Legume,  Gousse.
     (G) H ii 1 s enf ru c h t.
  LEIGH, Charles, M. D.  (Biogr.)
A  London  naturalist  and physician; •
born in Lancashire ;   flourished  about
the  latter end  of the  17th  century.
Works.  Phthisiologia Lancastriensis ;
cui  accessit  tentamen  de  mineralibus
aquis in  eodem  comitatu  observatis.
Lond. 1694.  4to.   ll.rercitationes quin-
que  de  aquis medkatis,  morbis acutis,
intermittentibus, hydrope.  Oxford.  1697.
Svo.
  Leiop'odes (Path.)  XtionoStjg, from
Xtiog, ' smooth,' and novg, ' a foot.' Af-
fected with flat-footcdness, splay-foot'-
edncss.  Individuals, the soles of whose
feet are  flat, instead of having the con-
cavity,   which  feet  commonly   pre-
sent.
  Lei'opcs (Anat.)  Li'opus,  Xtionovg,
from Xtiog, ' smooth,'  and rtovg,  ' a
foot.' One that is  flat-footed, splay-
footed.
     (G)  Platfuss.
  Leiph^e'mos (Path.)  Xnipaipog,  from
Xtinw, ' 1  want,'  and  alpa,  ' blood.'
A  word sometimes used adjectively ;
at others, substantively;  either  for a
vicious  state of  blood, or rather a sort
of anemia — or for the patient who la-
bors under this condition.
  Leipoder'mos  (Path.)   Lipoder'mos,
Xti.iuStqpog, from Xttioi,' I want,'  and
Stqua,' skin.'  One who wants a part
of his skin.  It  is specially applied to
those who want the prepuce.
  Leipyr'ias (Path.)   Xtinvqiag,  from
X.tinw, ' I leave,'  and nvq,  ' fire ' or
1 heat.'  A species of continued fever,
referred to by the Greek physicians, in
which there is  burning  heat of the
internal parts and coldness of the ex-
tremities.  Avicenna described, under
this name, a kind of hemitrita?a.
  LEM'ERY, Lou'is (Biog.)  A French
physician; born at Paris in 1677;  died
in 1743.   Works. Traitr des alimens.
Paris. 1702. 12mo.  In English. Lond,
1704. 8vo.   Dissertation sur la  nour-
riture des  os.    Paris.  1704. 12mo.
Eclaircissemcnt sur le  livre de la gen-
eration des vers.  Amst. 1705. 8vo.
  LEM'ERY, Nic'olas  (Biogr,)  Fa-
ther ofthe preceding,  and a celebrated
chemist;  born at Rouen in Normandy,
in 1645; died in 1715.  Works. Coursde
Chymie. Paris.  1675, 8vo,  In English, 
LEMNISCUS            569            LEPIDIUM
  entitled,  A course of chymistry: con-
  taining an easy method of preparing
  those chymicul medicines which are used
  in  physick.   Translated by  Walter
  Harris, M. D.  Lond.  1677.  8vo.  A
  universal  pharmacopaia,  in  French.
  Paris. 1697. 4to.  In English abridged.
  Lond. 1700.  12mo.   Dictionnaire uni-
  versel des drogues simples.  Paris. 1698.
  4to.
   Lemnis'cus (Surg.) Xtjpviaxog,  Tu-
  run'da. A tent of charpie;  a kind of
  pessary, made of rolled linen, and hav-
  ing the shape of a long tent.
  _ LE:M'NIUS,L;evi'nus (Biogr.) Phy-
  sician of Zeriozee in Zealand ; born in
  1505 ;  died in 1368.   Works. De As-
  trologid liber unus, &c. Antwerp. 1554.
  8vo.    De  occultis  natura   miraculis
  libr. ii.  Antwerp. 1559. 12mo.  De oc-
  cultis natura miraculis  libr. iv.  Ibid.
  1564.    In English.  Lond.  1568. fol.
  De habitu  et constitutione corporis, quam
 triviales complexionem vocant,  libr. duo.
  1561.    His treatise  concerning com-
 plexions, to all such as be desirous and
 careful  of their  bodily health.   Trans-
 lated into English hy Thomas Newton.
 Lond. 1581. l2mo.
   Lemonade'  (Pharm.)  Lemon juice,
 diluted with water and sweetened.
   DRY LEMONADE,   (F)  Limonade
 sechc.  Citric or tartaric  acid reduced
 to powder and mixed with sugar.
   NITRIC  LEMONADE.   Nitric acid
 considerably  diluted  with water  and
 sweetened.
  SULPHURIC LEMONADE AND TAR-
 TARIC LEMONADE are made with the
 sulphuric and tartaric acids.
  Len'itive (Therap.)  Lcniti'vus, Le'-
 nis, le'niens, from le'nio,  ' I assuage.'
 A medicine, which allays irritation or
 palliates disease ; also, a laxative med-
 icine.   A  lenitive electuary is one that
 purges gently.
  Lentic'ula  (Path.)  Dim. of lens, a
 lentil.  A  freckle.  Also, the eruption
 of lenticular fever.  See Ephelides.
  Lenticula'res Glan'dulje (Anat.)
 Lentk'ular  glands.   Mucous  follicles,
 having the shape of a lentil, and which
 are  observed   especially  towards  the
 base of the tongue.
   LENTIN,   Lebrecht Frederick
 Benjamin  (Biogr.)  A  distinguished
 physician to the king of Great Britain
 in Hanover ; born at Erfurt in 1736 ;
 died at  Hanover in 1804.    Works.
 De prarogativd venasectionis in parti-
 bus laborantibus. Gotting. 1756.4to. Ob-
servat. medic, fasck. iii.  Lips. 1764 -
72. 8vo.  Beitrdge zur ausubenden Arz-  \
                     48*
 neiwissenschaft. Leipz. 1 Band. 1789, 2
 and 3 Band. 1798.  Supplement, with the
 life  of the author,  by W.  Sachse.
 1808. 8vo. Apothekertaxe fur das Kur-
 furstenth.  Hannover. Hannov. 1801.4to.
   Lentis'cinum vi'num (Pharm.) Wine,
 impregnated with mastich ; from len-
 tiscus, ' the mastich tree.'
   Len'tor  (Path.)  yX.ixqortjg,  from
 lentus,' clammy.'  A viscidity  or sizi-
 ness of any fluid.  (G) Tragheit.
   LEONICE'NUS, Nich'olas (Biogr.)
 An  Italian physician  of  high  estima-
 tion ; born in one ofthe Venetian states
 in 1423;  died  in 1524.   Works.  De
 morbogallico ; Venet. apud. Ald.  1497.
 4to.  Editio princeps.   He was the first
 Italian, who  treated  of this disorder.
 Versio aliquot Ubroruvi Galeni et Hip-
 pocratis, et quastio de 3  Doctrinis or-
 dinariis sec. senlentiam Galeni.  Ven.
 1523.  De Plinii  et aliorum medicorum
 erroribus liber. Bas. 1529.  4to.
   Leo.vti'asis (Path.)  Xtovriuolg,  Xtov-
 nov, from X.tvjv, ' a lion.' A name given
 to lepra ofthe countenance, from  some
 fancied resemblance between the coun-
 tenance of those laboring  under it and
 that ofthe lion.   To this kind of  lepra
 the epithets, le'onine and le'ontine, have
 been given.
   Leon'todon   Tarax'acum   C Mat.
 Med.) Urina'ria, Ca'put mon'achi,  Dens
 leo'nis, Dandeli'on, Piss'-a-bcd.   The
 young  leaves are  sometimes eaten as
 salad.  The roots  are, also, roasted and
 used as a substitute  for coffee.  The
 root is, moreover,  reputed to be aperi-
 ent  and diuretic  ;  hence its  vulgar
 name.  Its efficacy is doubtful.
   (F) Pissenlit, Liondent.
   (G) Lbwenzahn, Pfafften-
 rohrlein,  Pappenkraut.
   Writers.  Delii, Erlang. 1754 (L).
   Leonu'rus  (Mat. Med.)  from Xtwv,
 ' a lion,' and ovqa,' a tail.'   Lion's tail.
   LEONU'RUS  CARDFACA, AgripaV-
 ma Gal'lis, Marru'bium, Cardi'aca cris'-
 pa, Her'ba cardi'aca,  H. pa'ta lapi'na,
 Moth'crwort.  Its  properties  are those
 of a nauseous bitter;  and hence it has
 been  used in hysteria and other ner-
 vous  affections.
   (F) Agripaume.    (G) Herzkraut,
 Herzgespann,   Wolfstrapp.
   Lepid'ium (Mat. Med.)  from Xtmg,
 ' a scale ';  so called from its supposed
 usefulness in cleansing the skin from
 scales and impurities.    Pepper-wort.
    (G)  Pfefferkraut.
  LEPID'IUM IBE'RIS, Ibe'ris,  Carda-
man'tka, Sciat'ica  cres'ses.  This plant
possesses a warm, penetrating, pun- 
LEPIDOSARCOMA       570          LETHARGY
gent  taste, like  other  cresses and is
recommended as an  antiscorbutic, an-
tiseptic, and stomachic.
   LEPID'IUM  SATFVUM,  Nastur'ti-
um horten'si,  Garden cress, xanSapov,
xaqrfiapov, Dittander.  This plant pos-
sesses,  warm,  stimulating  properties,
and is used like the last.
  (F) Cresson alenois, Cresson des jar-
dins.
  (G) Gartenkresse.
  Lepidosarco'ma (Path.)  XtmSoaaq-
xoipu,  Tu'ntor squamifor'mis carno'sus.
A fleshy tumor, covered with scales;
from  XtTitg, ' a scale,' and ouoxonia, ' a
fleshy tumor.  Marcus Aurelius Sev-
erinus  describes tumors of this kind in
the interior of the mouth.
  Le'pra (Path.) Xtnqa or Xtniqa,from
Xtnig, '  a scale.'   Lepido'sis  Lepri'asis,
Vitili'go,  Le'pra  Graco'rum,  Beras,
Boak (Arab.) Leprosy, (F) Upre,  Mai
Saint-Main, (G) A u s  s a t z.  This term
has been applied  to various affections,
very different in character.   1. To the
Lcp'rosy ofthe Jews, Lcu'ce, Xivxtj.  Le-
pido'sis  lepri'asis canes'cens.  A variety
of the Al'phos or Le'pra alphol'dcs.  The
leuce was, generally, not  scaly, but
consisted of smooth,  shining patches,
on which  the hair turned  white  and
silky, and the skin, with the muscular
flesh, lost its sensibility. It was incura-
ble.   2.  To the Elephanti'asis or Lepra
ofthe Arabs. See Elephanti'asis, and
3. To the  Lepra  of  the Greeks, which
includes all the  varieties met with at
the present day.  It is characterized by
scaly  patches  of different sizes, but
having  always nearly a circular form.
  Batman and Willan describe three
chief varieties of this lepra—1.  The
Le'pra  vulga'ris,  Lepido'sis lepri'asis
vulga'ris, Dartre furfuracee  (irrondie of
Alibert ;  characterized  as  follows —
scales  glabrous,  whitish;   size  of a
crown piece ; preceded by smaller red-
dish and glossy elevations of the skin,
encircled  by a dry, red, and slightly
elevated border; often confluent; some-
times covering the whole of the body
except  the face.
  2. The  Le'pra alphol'des, Lepido'sis
Lepri'asis  al'bida,  Al'phos, Beras-be-
jaz  (Arab.) Boras,  Morpha'a  al'ba,
 Vitili'go   alphus, Al'bara,   Al'baras,
Al'baros, Lepre ecailleuse of Alibert.
(G)   Weisseaussatz,  White lep-
rosy.   An affection,  characterized by
white  patches,  surrounded  by a rose-
colored areola, which appear here and
there on the surface ;  depressed in the
middle, and
  3. Le'pra nigricans, Le'pra me'las —
 Vitili'go mel'as, V. ni'gra, Morpha'a ni'-
 gra, Le'pra maculo'sa ni'gra, Al'bara ni'-
 gra, Melas, Lepidosislepriasis nigricans,
 Beras asred (Arab.)  (G) Schwarze
 A u ss a t z, Black leprosy ; in which the
 scales are livid ; the size of half a dol-
 lar ; and diffused  over the body, but
 less  widely than  the Alphoides.   The
 French pathologists usually admit three
 species of  lepra ;  to which they give
 the epithets scaly  (squameuse), crusta-
 ccous (crustacee) and tubercular (tubcr-
 culeuse) accordingly as the skin may be
 covered with  scales, crusts, or tuber-
 cles.
  Lepra appears  to  be  endemic in
 Egypt, in Java, and in certain parts of
 Norway and Sweden.  Imperfect and
 faulty nutriment appears to contribute
 to its developement.
  The means, best adapted for the re-
moval of lepra, are : — a  mild, unirri-
tating diet: emollient fomentations —
sulphureous baths,  fumigations,  &c.
but, often, all remedial  agents  will be
found ineffectual.
  Writer.   C.  Holtzacii,  Tigur.
 1558 (L).   Salzmann,  Argent.  1620
 (L).    Helvetius,  Lugd. Bat.  1678
(L).   Schmidt,  Ultraject.  1696  (L).
Thomasius  (Lepr.  Grac. et Judcror.),
 Basil. 1708 (L).  Ouseel (L. Hcbrao-
rum), Franecquer.  17u9 (L).   G. W.
 Wedel (Leprosy of  the  Scriptures),
Jena?,  1715  (L).    Rusmeyer  (Do.),
 Gryphiswald.  1723 (L).  Schmiedel,
 Erlang. 1750  (L).   C. Linne, Upsal.
 1760  (L).    Schilling,  Lugd.   Bat.
 177S (L).   N. Arboe, Copenhag.  1792
 (Dan.).  A. C. E. Mangor, Copenhacr.
 1792 (Dan.)   Bonorden,  Hal.  1795
 (L). J. C. Muhlert, Copenhag. 1799
 (Dan.)  Ahlefei.d, Giess. 1800 (L).
Autenrieth, Tubing. 1805 (L).
  LEROY, Alphonse Vincent Louis
 (Biogr.)  A professor of midwifery in
 Paris;  born at Rouen in 1741 ;  assas-
 sinated  in  Paris  in  1816.   Works.
 Maladies des femmes, &c. 1768. 2 vols.
 Svo.   Pratique  de l'art des  accouche-
 mens. 1776. Svo.   La Medecine mater-
 nelle.  1803. 8vo.   Manuel des goutteux
 et des rheumatiques. Paris.  1803. 18mo.
 Manuel de la saignee,  &c.   Paris.
 1807.
  Le'sion  (Path.)    La'sio,  from la-
 sus, ' hurt,' ' injured.'  Derangement,
 disorder; any morbid change, either in
 the exercise of functions or in the tex-
 ture of organs.   Organic  lesion  is sy-
 nonymous  with organic disease.
  Leth'argy (Path.) Lethar'gus,  Ca'- 
LETHIFEROUS          571         LEUCORftHtEA
rus lethar'gus, Sabat (Arab.), Lethargy,
Veter'nus, Lethar'gia, Xtj&aqyog, Xtj&aq-
yta, from />;^r/,' oblivion,' and aoyio,
' idleness.'  A constant state of stupor
from which it is almost impossible to
arouse the individual; and, if aroused,
he  speedily  relapses into  his  former
condition.
     (G) Schlafsucht.
  Writer.   J. Cheyne, Lond.  1812.
  Lethif'erous (Med.) Leth'ifer from
le'thum, ' death,' and fe'ro, ' I carry.'
Mortal, deadly, as a lethiferous wound,
poison,  &c.
     (G) Todtlich.
  LETT'SOM, John Coakley, M. D.
F. R. and A.  S. S. (Biogr.) An  emi-
nent London physician ; born in Little
Van Dyke, near Tortola in 1744 ; died
in  1815.   Works.  Observationes ad
historiam thea pertincntcs.  Lugd.  Bat.
1769. 4to.   The natural history of the
tea tree  ;  with observations on the medi-
cal qualities of tea  and effects  of tea-
drinking. Lond. 1772. 4to.   Reflections
on the general treatment and  cure of
fevers.  Lond.  1772.  Svo.  Improvement
of  medicine in London  on the basis of
the public good. Lond. 1775. Svo.   Ob-
servations preparatory to the use of Dr.
Mayerbach's merficiaw:  in which the
efficacy  of certain  German prescriptions
(given  in English)  is  ascertained by
facts and experience. Lond.  1777. 8vo.
History of the origin of medicine. Lond.
1778. 4to.  Letter to Sir Geo.  Baher,
&c.  respecting  general   inoculation.
Lond.  1778.  4to.    Observations  on
Baron Dimsdale's rcmarlis on the letter
upon inoculation.   Lond.   1779.  8vo.
Answer to Baron Dimsdale's review of
Dr. Lettsom's observations on inocula-
tion. Lond. 1779.  8vo.   The works of
Dr. Fothergill,  with memoirs of his
life. Plates.  Lond.  1783.  2 vols. Svo.
Memoirs of Drs. Fothergill, Cuming,
Cleghorn,  Russel, and  Collinson.
Lond.  1786. Svo.    History of some of
the effects of hard drinking. Lond. 1789.
4to.   Hints  respecting  the chlorosis of
boarding-schools.   Lond.   1795.   8vo.
■ Hints  designed to promote beneficence,
temperance,   and   medical  science. 39
plates.  Lond. 1799, 1802.  3 vols. Svo.
 Observations  on the cow pox.  Lond.
 1801.   Svo.   An address to parents and
guardians of children and others on vari-
olous  and vaccine inoculation.   Lond.
1803. 8vo.
   Leu'cochrus (Pharm.)  X.tvxoxqovg,
scil. oivog.   A  white wine, in which
raisins—previously bruised and digest-
ed at the ordinary  temperature in sea-
water—have  been macerated.  GoR-
RwKUS.
  Leucog'raphis  (Therap.)  Xivxoyqa-
wt(.   The name of a stone, which was
formerly employed in the treatment of
certain hemorrhages, and to hasten the
cicatrization of ulcers.
  Leuco'ma (Path.)  Xtvuapa, Oculo'-
rum albu'go, Albu'go, Al'bula,   Leuco'-
ma and Albu'go are  often used synon-
ymously, to denote a white opacity of
the cornea. Both are essentially dif-
ferent from the nebula of the cornea;
the nebula being usually the  result of
chronic ophthalmy and an effusion of a
milky serum  into the texture of the
delicate continuation of the conjunc-
tiva over the cornea; — the others are
the result of  violent,  acute,  ophthal-
mia.   In this state, a thick, coagulable
lymph is  extravasated from  the  arte-
ries,  sometimes superficially,  at other
times deeply, into the substance of the
cornea.   On  other occasions, the dis-
ease  consists of a firm, callous, cicatrix
on this membrane, — the  effect  of a
wound or  ulcer with loss of substance.
The  affection  is more difficult of  cure
in proportion to its duration and to the
age of the individual ;  the activity of
the absorbents being greater  in youth.
If inflammation still exists, antiphlo-
gistics must be persevered  in;   and,
afterwards, gentle stimulants be  used
to excite  absorption;  along with the
internal use of mercury or iodine.
  Writers. Mauchart, Tubing.  1743
(L).   Th. Luxmore, Lond. 1806.
   Leucophlegma'tia  (Path.) Xtvxo-
ipXtypana, from Xtvxog,  ' white,'  and
ipXtypa, ' phlegm.'   A dropsical habit.
Some writers use the word synony-
mously with  anasarca;  others  with
emphysema.
  Writer. Unthank, Edin. 1784 (L).
  Leucophyl'lon (Pharm.)  XtvxoipvX-
X.ov.   A medicine composed of Sa'mian
earth, Sty'rax, Fo'Hum. In'dicum,  Opo-
bal'sam, and Rose juice.  It was employ-
ed externally.
  Leucorrhoj'a  (Path.)   Flux'us vel
flu'or mulic'bris, Proflu'vium mulie'bre,
Cur'sus  matri'cis,   Flux'us  matri'cis,
Distil la'tio u'teri, Flux'io al'ba, Fleurs
blanches,  Pertes blanches,  Ecoulement
blanc, Catarrhe uterin, The whites, Pcrte
uterine blanche,  Catame'nia al'ba, Men'-
ses al'bi, Mcn'strua al'ba, Menorrha'gia
al'ba,  Flu'or  mulie'bris  non Gal'licus,
Gonorrhm'a benig'na, no'tha invet'era,
Purga'tio mulie'bris  al'ba, Al'ba purga-
men'ta,  Cachex'ia  uteri'na,  Rheu'ma
u'teri, U'teri cory'za, Xtvxoqqoia,  from 
LEVATOR ANGULI ORIS    572
LEVATOR
Itvxog,  ' white,' and fjtw, ' I flow.'  A
more or less  abundant discharge  of a
white, yellowish,  or greenish mucus;
resulting from acute or chronic inflam-
mation or from irritation of the mem-
brane lining the genital organs of the
female.   It is  often attended  with  pain
and a sense of heaviness in the loins, ab-
domen, and thighs; disordered digestive
functions, &c. so that,at times, the health
suffers largely, although  there are few
females, who  are not occasionally  sub-
ject to  moderate leucorrhoea.   Atten-
tion to  the  general health,  change of
air, keeping up a  perspirable state of
the surface  by flannel  worn next the
skin, the horizontal  posture, &c. do
more  than   pharmaceutical  agents ;
which are almost entirely confined to
astringent injections.  These may be
employed,  when the discharge is so
great as to require them.
  (G) Weisse  Fluss.
  Writers.  W. Rolfink, Jena?, 1661
(L).  G. W. Wedel, Jena?,  1682 (L).
J. Vesti. Erford. 1697 (L).  Juch, Er-
ford,  1731  (L).     Luther,  Erford.
1731 (L).  Kaltschmied, Jena?, 1739
(L).   Allen, Lugd.  Bat.  1751  (L).
J. Juncker,  Hal.  175-2  (L).   Rau-
lin, Paris, 1766 (F).  Van der Hesp,
Lugd. Bat. 1771 (L).  Shore, Edinb.
1777 (L).   Keating, Edinb. 1780 (L).
Strickling,  Duisburg,  1781    (L).
Trnka de Krzowiz, Vindob. 1781  (L).
Arf.ntz, Duisb. 1788 (L).   Zimmer-
mann,  Gotting. 1788 (L).   Herold,
Altdorf, 1790  (L).   Otto,  Francf. ad
Viadr.  1792 (L).   Gelpke, Gotting.
1793 (L).  Wolff, Marburg, 1795 (L).
Eschenbach, Lips. 1798 (L).   Boh-
mer,  Vittemberg.  1798  (L).   Her-
mann, Virceburg. 1799 (L).   Freyer,
Virceburg. 1789 (L).  J. B. Blatin,
Paris, 1801 (F).   Geo. Jewel,  Lond.
1830.
   Leva'tor  An'ouli  O'ris (Anat.)
Abdu'cens labio'rum, Elcva'tor labio'rum
commu'nis,  Cani'nus, Sus-maxillo-labi-
al,  Petit sus-maxillo-labial  (Ch.)    A
small, flat, long, quadrilateral muscle,
which arises from the fossa canina, and
is inserted at the commissure  of the
lips, where  it is confounded with the
triangularis.   It  raises the  corner of
the mouth,  and draws it towards the
ear.
     (F) Muscle canin.
  LEVA'TOR  A'NI (Anat.)   Leva'tor
mag'nus seu inter'nus, La'tus a'ni, El-
cva'tor  a'ni,  Se'dem attol'lens,  Pubio-
coccygien  annulaire,  Sous-pubio-coecy-
gien (Ch.)  A muscle,  situated at the
I lower part of the pelvis.  It is broad,
 flat, quadrilateral,  and broader above
 than below.   It represents  a kind of
 membranous partition, which closes the
 outlet of the pelvis and the upper con-
 cavity of which  is opposed  to that of
 the diaphragm.   It is  attached, above,
 to the posterior  surface of the body of
 the pubis, to the  upper part of the ob-
 turator foramen, and to the spine ofthe
 ischium;_  and it is inserted into the
 coccyx, into an  aponeurotic line  com-
 mon to it  and its fellow,  and into the
 lateral parts of the rectum.   This  mus-
 cle supports the rectum ;  raises it, and
 carries it upwards during the evacuation
 of the  excrement.  It can, also,  com-
 press the bladder and vesicula? semina-
 les,  and thus favor  the expulsion of
 the urine and sperm.
     (F) lieleveur de I'anus.
   LEVA'TOR   LA'BII  INFERIO'RIS
 (Anat.)   Leva'tor mcn'ti,  Elcva'tor la'-
 bii  inftrio'ris, Incisi'vus  infe'rior,  Ele-
 vu'tor la'bii inferio'ris pro'prius, Mus'-
 culus pciiicilla'tus.  Portion of the  men-
 to-labial of Chaussier.  A small  mus-
 cle,   situated  before the  symphysis
 menti.   It is thick,  conical;  attached
 by its apex to a fossette  at the side of
 the symphysis in the inferior maxillary
 bone,   lis fibres proceed diverging and
 vanishing in the  manner  of  a tuft
 (F)  (Houppe) on the skin of the  chin.
 This muscle raises the chin, and pushes
 upwards the lower lip.
  (F)  Houppe du menton,  Releveur de
 la levre inferieure, Releveur du menton.
   LEVA'TOR  LA'BII  SUPERIO'RIS
 A'LAZQUE NA'SI  (Anat.)   Incisi'vus
 lateralis et pyramida'lis,  Grand sus-
 inaiillo-labial (Ch.)  This  muscle is a
 fleshy, thin,  triangular bundle,  situ-
 ated at the sides ofthe nose.  It arises
 from the  ascending  process of the
 superior  maxillary bone :  thence  its
 fibres descend  in a diverging manner,
 a part being inserted into the ala of the
 nose, and  a  part losing themselves in
 the upper lip.  This muscle  raises the
 upper lip and ala nasi, which it draws
 a little outwards.
   (F)   Elevateur commun de Voile  du
 nez  et de la levre superieure.
   LEVA'TOR  LA'BII  SUPERIO'RIS
 PRO'PRIUS, Mus'cuius  incisi'vus, Ele-
 va'tor la'bii superio'ris pro'prius,  Moy-
 tn-sus-maxillo-labial   (Ch.)    Orbito-
 maxilli-labial.   This  thin, flat,  quad-
 rilateral   muscle is  situated  at the
 middle  and inner  part of  the  face.
 I It arises from the os malae and the os
 | maxillare superius and is inserted into 
LEVATOR            57
the upper  lip,  which it raises; at the
same  time  carrying  it  a little  out-
wards.
   LEVA'TOR PALA'TI (Anat.) Leva'-
tor  Pala'ti Mol'lis,  Pe'trosalpin'go-
staphili'nus, vel  Salpin'go-staphili'nus
inter'nus,  Salpin'go-staphili'nus, Pter'-
igo-staphili'nus exter'nus, Sphe'no-sta-
phili'nus,   Sphano -palati'nus,  Peri-
staphyli'nus inter'nus vel  supe'rior,
Petro-staphylin, (Ch.)  This muscle is
long, narrow, and almost round above;
broader and flatter inferiorly.  It arises
from the  lower surface  of the  pars
petrosa;  from  the  cartilage   of the
eustachian tube;  and is  inserted into
the substance of the velum palati.  Its
use is to raise the velum palati.
   LEVA'TOR   PAL'PEBRJE   SUPE-
RIO'RIS  (Anat.)  Pal'pebra  superio'-
ris pri'mus,  Aper'tor Oc'uli, Ape'riens
PaVpebra'rum  rec'tus,  Orbito -palpe-
bral (Chaus.), Orbito-sus-palpebral.
A  long,   small,  thin,  muscle,  situ-
ated at the  upper  part  of the  orbitar
cavity.   By its posterior  extremity, it
is inserted into the  little  ala  of the
sphenoid bone, immediately in front of
the  foramen opticum; and, by  its an-
terior extremity, which is expanded, it
terminates at the upper margin of the
tarsal  cartilage of the   eyelid.  This
muscle  raises the upper eyelid ; draws
it backwards, and sinks it in the orbit.
   (F) Elevateur de la paupihre supe-
rieure.
   LEVA'TOR  PROS'TATJE.   Santo-
hini has given this name to the ante-
rior  fibres of  the  levator  ani, which
embrace the prostate.
     (F) Releveur de la prostate.
   LEVA'TOR SCAP'ULJE (Anat.)  Ele-
va'tor Scap'ula, Eleva'tor seu Mus'cu-
lus Patien'tia, Angula'ris, vul'go Le-
va'tor pro'prius, — Trachelo-scapulaire,
(Ch.)  This muscle is so called, because
it is attached  to the upper and inter-
nal angle of the scapula.  It is situated
at the posterior and lateral part of the
neck, and at the upper part ofthe back.
It is long,  flat,  and broader above  than
below.  In this latter  direction,  it is
inserted into the superior internal angle
ofthe  scapula; and,  in the former,
into the tops of the transverse processes
of the  first four cervical  vertebra?.  It
depresses the prominence of the shoul-
der, by raising the posterior  angle of
the scapula,  on which it impresses a
kind of rotatory motion.  It can,  also,
draw the head  to one side.
   (F)  Angulaire de  I'omoplate, Rele-
veur de I'omoplate.
'3           LEVIGATION

   LEVA'TOR URE'THRJE. SANTORINJ
 describes, under  this name, a portion
 ofthe transversus perina?i muscle.
     (F) Releveur de V Urlthre.
   Le'ver  (Phys. &  Obstet.)  from 7c-
 va're,' to lift up.' Vec'tis, Porrec'tum.
 An inflexible rod, moving round a fixed
 point,  and  used  for  moving  bodies,
 bearing burdens, or raising them.  The
 point,  on which  the  lever moves, is
 called the Ful'crum or Hypomoch'lion.
 The force, which moves the lever, is
 called  the power; and  the weight to
 be moved, .the resistance.  There are
 three  kinds  of levers.   A lever of the
first kind has the fulcrum between the
 power and resistance.  A lever of the
 second kind has the resistance between
 the fulcrum and  power; whilst a lever
 ofthe third kind has the power between
 the fulcrum  and resistance.   In  the
 locomotive system of the human body,
 we have  examples  of  all  the three
 kinds.   The bones represent  levers;
 the muscles of locomotion are powers ;
 the weight of parts to be moved con-
 stitutes the resistance.  The fulcra are,
 at times,  the joints;  at others,  the
 ground, &c.
   The head moves on  the neck as  a
 lever of the  first kind;  the first cervi-
 cal vertebra forming the fulcrum.  We
 rise on tiptoe by  a lever of the  second
 kind; the fulcrum being the  ground
 under the toes:  and we have examples
 of a lever  of the third kind  in  the
 flexion of the fore-arm on the arm, m
 the elevation ofthe arm, &c.
   The LE'VER  (Obstet.)  Vec'tis ob-
 stetri"cius,  Vectis, is an instrument,
 curved at the extremity, and having  a
 fenestra.  It is used to assist the  extrac-
 tion of the  head, when instrumental
 aid is necessary.
   Levers are, also, used by the dentists
 for extracting stumps, &c.  The Levier
 de I'Ecluse,  Langue  de  Carpe,  is em-
 ployed for extracting the molar teeth.
     (G) Hebel.    (F) Levier.
   Levi'athan Pe'nis   (Mat.  Med.)
 Pria'pus Ce'ti, Bale'nas.  The penis of
 the whale.  This singular medicine
 was, at one time, given in powder in
 cases of dysentery and leucorrhcea.
   Leviga'tion  ( Pharm.)  Leviga'tio,
 from leviga're, ' to polish.'  Porphyri-
 za'tio.n. An operation, by which bodies
 are reduced to very fine  powder.  It is
 performed by  putting substances, al-
 ready  pulverized,  into water;  the
 coarser parts are  not  long in being de-
 posited, whilst  the  finer   molecules
 remain suspended in the water.  The 
LEVRET             574             LICHEN
 liquid is decanted into another vessel,
 and suffered to remain at rest, until
 the fine particles are all  collected at
 the bottom of the vessel.  The fluid
 part is then separated by decantation.
   LEVRET, Andrew (Biogr.)   An
 eminent  French   surgeon  and   ac-
 coucheur;  born in 1703; died in 1780.
 Works. Observations sur les causes et
 ies accidens de  plusieurs accouchemens
 laborieux. Paris. 1747. 8vo.  Observa-
 tions  sur la cure radicale de plusieurs
 polypes de  la matrice, de  la gorge et
 du nez, opirce par de nouveaux moy-
 ens.  Paris. 1749. 8vo.   Suite des  ob-
 servations sur les causes et les accidens
 de  plusieurs accouchemens  laborieux
 Paris. 1751. 8vo.  Explication  de plu-
 sieurs figures sur le mechanisme de la
 grossesse et de  Vaccouchement. Paris.
 1752.  Svo.  L'art  des  accouchemens
 demontre par des principes de physique
 et de m&chanique.  Paris.  1753. Svo.
 Essai sur I'abus des regies generales et
 contre les prijuges qui s'opposent aux
 progrds  de l'art  des  accouchemens.
 Paris. 1766. Svo.
   LEWIS, Wil'liam, M. D., F. R. S.
 (Biog.)  Died in 1780.  Works. Phar-
* macopaia  Edinburgensis  cum  variis
 additamentis.  Lond.  1748. Svo.  The
 new dispensatory, containing the theory
 and practice of pharmacy. Lond. 1753.
 8vo.  Experimental history ofthe ma-
 teria  medica: or of the natural and
 artificial substances made  use  of  in
 medicine;  containing  a compendious
 view  of their natural history, an  ac-
 count of their pharmaceutic properties,
 and an estimate of their medicinal pow-
 ers, so far  as they can be  ascertained
 by experience, or by rational induction
from  their  sensible qualities.  Lond.
 1761.  4t».
   Liba'nion  (Pharm.)  Xtjiartov, from
 Lib'anus; the Fran'kincense  Tree.  A
 collyrium, composed of  frankincense.
 Paulus of ^Egina.
   LIBA'VIUS, An'drew (Biog.)   A
 German physician and chymist; native
of Halle  in Saxony;  died at Coburg
in 1616.   Works.  JVeo-Paracelsica,
in quibus vetus medicina  defenditur
adversus  G. Amwald,  &c.  Francf.
1594.  8vo.  Anatome   tractatus  JVeo-
Paracelski.  Ibid. 1594. 8vo.   Tracta-
tus duo  physici, prior  de  impostorid
vulnerum per unguentum armarium
curatione;  posterior de  cruentatione
cadaverum injustd cade factorum, pra-
sente qui occidisse creditur.  Ibid. 1594,
8vo.   Schediasmata pro Galenica mer
dicina  dignitate.  Ibid.  1596,  8yo.
 Alchymia recognita, emendata et aucta,
 turn  dogmatibus et experimentis  non-
 nullis, tum commentario medico-physi-
 co.  Ibid. 1597. 4to.  JVovus de medi-
 cind veterum,  tam Hippocraticd quam
 Hermeticd, tractatus.  Ibid. 1599. 8vo.
 Praxis alchymia, hoc est, doctrina  de
 artificiosd praparatione  pracipuorum
 medicamentorum   chymicorum.   Ibid.
 1604.  8vo.  Examen philosophia nova,
 qua veteri abroganda opponitur.  Ibid.
 1615.  fol.  This is the first work which
 mentions the transfusion of blood from
 the  veins of  one  animal to  those of
 another.
   Libi'do (Physiol. & Path.)  Desire,
 necessity.   Authors speak  of Libi'do
 uri'na, Libi'do intesti'ni.  Some em-
 ploy it synonymously with Prurigo.
   Li'bos  (Path.) Xipog, Xifiug, from Xti-
 pu, ' I distil.'   A  defluxion  from the
 eyes.  Galen.
   Liby'anon (Pharm.) Xtfivavov.  An
 epithet, applied to certain collyria.
   LICE'TUS or LICE'TI, Fortunio
 (Biog.) A celebrated Italian physician
 and  philosopher;  born at Rapallo,  in
 the State of Genoa, in 1577;  died  in
 1657.  Works. De vitd libri trcs. Ven.
 1606. 4to.  De animarum coe'xtensione
 corpori libri duo.  Patav.  1616.  4to.
 De its qua diu vivunt sine alimento
 libri quatuor. Ibid. 1612.  fol.   Deper-
fectd   eonstitutione  hominis in utero
 liber unus.  Ibid. 1616. 4to.  De mon-
 strorum  causis, naturd, et  differentiis
 libri duo.  Ibid. 1616. 4to.  De spon-
 tanea  viventium  ortu libri quatuor.
 Vicent. 1618. fol.   De animd subjecto
 corpori nil tribuente, deque   seminis
 vita  efficientid  primarid in formatione
fatus,  liber unus.  Patav.  1631. 4to.
 De motu sanguinis,  origine  nervorum,
 cerebro leniente cordis astum, et imagi-
 nationis viribus. Ibid. 1647.  4to.
   Li'chen  (Path.) Isiytjv  or  Xtytjv,
 Exor'mia Li'chen, Lei'chen.  The cuta-
 neous  affection, described under  this
 name  by  the   Greek  writers,   is not
 clearly defined.  Some have believed
 it  to be the Impeti'go, but this is doubt-
 ful.  The name is, now, generally ap-
 plied to a  diffuse eruption of red pim-
 ples, accompanied with a troublesome
 sense  of tingling  or  pricking.  Drs.
 Willan  and  Bateman  define it; —
 " an extensive  eruption of papulrj? af-
 fecting adults, connected with internal
 disorder, usually terminating in scurf;
recurrent, not contagious." One of their
 varieties, however, the Lichen  Tropi-
cus,  doeg not  accord well with  this
definition • for it  affects  children as 
LICHEN             575             LICHEN
much  as  adults, and is  unconnected
with internal disorder.
    (G) Hautmoos.
  The LP CHEN SIM'PLEX, Exor'mia
Li'chen simplex, consists of an eruption
of red papula?,  appearing  first on the
face or aims, and afterwards extending
over the body ; preceded for a few days
by  slight  febrile irritation, which usu-
ally ceases when the eruption appears ;
with  an  unpleasant sense of  tingling
during the night.   It generally dies
away in ten days or a fortnight.
  The LI'CHEN PILA'RIS, Exor'mia
Li'chen pila'ris, is  merely a modifica-
tion of the preceding ; the papulae ap-
pearing at the roots ofthe hair.
  The LI'CHEN  CIRCUMSCRIP'TUS
is characterized by clusters or patches
of papula?, having a  well defined mar-
gin, and  an irregularly circular form :
continuing  for six  or  eight  weeks.
These varieties require but little me-
dicinal treatment.  The  antiphlogistic
plan is all that is necessary.
  The LP CHEN A'GRIUS,  Exor'mia
Li'chen fe'rus, Li'chen a'grius, Pap'ula
a'gria, is  distinguished by pimples,  in
clusters  or patches,  surrounded by  a
red halo:  the cuticle growing gradually
harsh, thickened,  and chappy; often
preceded  by general irritation.
   In  addition to antiphlogistics,  a cool-
ing ointment  may  be used,  to allay
itching.
   In  the LP CHEN LIV'IDUS, the  pa-
pulse  have  a  dark red  or livid hue,
without  any fever.  The papula?  are
more  permanent in  this variety.   It
requires the mineral acids and bark.
   In  the  LFCHEN TROP'ICUS, Exor'
mia Li'chen trap'icus, Eczes'ma, Es'se-
ra(?), Sudam'inaQ),Es'hera(Arab.) (?),
Prick'ly Heat, Sum'mer Rash, the pim-
ples are bright red, and ofthe size of a
small pin's  head:  with heat, itching,
and pricking as if by needles. It is local,
produced  by the  excessive heat; and
disappears  when the weather becomes
cooler, or the individual is inured to
the climate.
   The LFCHEN URTICA'TUS, Exor'-
mia Li'chen urtico'sus,  is another va-
riety. The JVet'tle Li'chen consists of
papula?,   accompanied with wheals like
those of nettle rash.
   LI'CHEN  CANPNUS  (Mat. Med.)
Li'chen  ciner'eus  terres'tris,  Mus'cus
eani'nus,  Phys'cia niva'lis, Peltig"era
cani'na,  Ash-colored Ground  Liv'er-
voort.  This cryptogamous plant was,
for a long time, considered capable of
preventing and curing Rabies canina^
It has, also, been  used in  mania and
in spasmodic asthma.
  (F) Lichen contre-rage, Lichen blanc
de neige.
  (G)  Hundsflech te.
  LI'CHEN  ISLAN'DICUS,  Mus'cus
Islan'dicus, M. cathar'ticus, Clado'nia
Islan'dica,  Phys'cia Islan'dica, Ice'land
Li'chen or  Liv'erwort  or Moss.  This-
plant is inodorous;. with a bitter and
mucilaginous taste.  It is esteemed to be
tonic, demulcent, and nutrient.  Dose,
5 j to 3 iv? being first  steeped in water,
holding in  solution  some carbonate of
potass, to extract the  bitter,  and then
boiled in milk,  -
  (F) Lichen d'lslande-
  (G) Islandisches moos, L'un-
g e n m oos.
  Writers.   J- T. Ph. Chr-Ebeling,.
1779 (L).   W. Ch. Ph. Cramer,  Er-
lang. 1780  (L).  J.  B. Regnault  (in
pulmonary consumption), Lond.  1802.
  LP CHEN PLICA'TUS, Mus'cus  ar-
bo'reus seu   Querci'ni  Her'ba.  This;
plant is applied, as an astringent, to
bleeding vessels; and to  parts which-
are  excoriated  after long journeys,  by
the Laplanders.
  LfCHEN PULMONA'RIUS, Mus'cus
pulmona'rius  querci'nus, Pulmona'ria
arbo'rea, Loba'ria pulmona'ria, Li'chen
ar'borum, Oak Lungs, Tree Lung'wortT
Ha'zel  Crot'tles.  This plant is sub-
astringent, and rather  acid.   It was
once in high repute in curing diseases
of the lungs.
  (F) Lichen  pulmonaire.
  (G)  Lungenmoos,  Lungen-
fl echte.
   LP CHEN   PYXIDA'TUS,   Mus'cus
pyxida'tus, Scyphoph'orus pyxida'tvs,
Mus'culus  pyxoi'des terres'tris, Li'chen
pyxida'tus major,  Li'chen coccif'erus,
Cup Moss, Her'ba Ig'nis.  This plant
is subastringent, and has  been  used
in decoction in hooping-cough.
  (F) Lichen entonnoir, Lichen Boitier,
L. Pyxide.
  (G) Bechermoos, Fiebermoos,
Feuerkraut.
  LP CHEN ROCCEL'LA, Rocel'la, LiV-
mus, Lac'mus tincto'rius, Or'chill, Co-
na'ry  Ar'chell, Chin'ney-weed, Herb
Ar'chel.  The chief use of this plant is
as a blue dye.  It has been  employed
to allay cough in phthisis, &c.
     (F) Orseille.
  LP CHEN SAXAT'ILIS, Mus'cus Cra'-
nii huma'ni, Us'nea.  This moss, when
growing on the human skull, was for- 
LICHTENSTEIN         576
LIFE
merly in high estimation against head
affections, &c.
  LICHTENSTEIN,   George   Ru-
dolph (Biog.)  Professor extraordinary
of  Medicine at Helmstadt;  born at
Brunswick  in   1745 ;  died  there in
1807.   Works.  Vom  milchzucker.
Braunschw.  1772.  Svo.   Anleitung
zur medicinizchen kriluterkunde. Ibid.
3 Bde. 1782. Svo.  mit Kupf.
  LID'DEL, Dun'can, M. D.  (Biog.)
An able mathematician ; and Professor
of  Medicine at Helmstadt:  born at
Aberdeen,  in Scotland, in 1561; died
in 1613.  Works.  Disputationes medi-
cinales. Helmst. 1605. 4 vols. 4to. Uni-
versa medicina compendium.  Helmst.
1720. 4to.   Ars medica, succincte et
perspicue  explicata.  Hamb. 1607. 4to.
De febribus libri tres. Ibid. 1610. l2mo.
Ars  conservandi sanitatem  libri duo,
a C. D. Doctore Liddelio  defuncto
delineati, opera  et studio D. Patricii
Dunjei, M. D.  Aberdeen.  1651. 12mo.
A sketch of his life was drawn up by
Prof.  Stuart of Aberdeen.
  LIE'BERKUHN, John Nathan'iel,
F. R. S. (Biog.) A Prussian anatomist,
born  at Berlin  in 1711; died in 1756.
Works.  Dissertatio anatomico-physio-
logica de  fabricd  et  actione  intesti-
norum tenuium hominis. Lugd. Bat.
1745. 4to.   Index praparatorum anato-
micorum.  Lond. 1762. Svo.   His works
were  printed,  at  London,  by  John
Sheldon,  under the title, — Disserta-
tiones quatuor.
  LIEN (F)  (Surg.)  Vin'culum.  A
band, strap, or garter,  used  in certain
operations; as  to  tie  patients during
the operation of lithotomy;  to fix the
apparatus in fracture, &c.
  Lien'tery (Path.) Liente'ria, from
Xtiog,' smooth,' and tvxtqov,' intestine.'
La'vitas intestino'rum, Diarrha'a Lien-
te'ria, Flux'us  Lienter'icus,  Slip'peri-
ness  of the  Guts.  Frequent,  liquid
evacuations; the food only half digest-
ed.  This condition is  always sympto-
matic of great irritation in the intestinal
canal;  the sensibility  of which  is so
much augmented, that it cannot bear
the sojourn ofthe food in it.
    (G) Magenruhr.
  Writers.   Eylinger, Basil. 1667
(L).   Sebenkees,  Lugd,  1705 (L).
Coschwitz, Lugd. Bat. 1727 (L). De
Buchner,  Hal. 1750 (L).    Rensing,
Gotting. 1786 (L).  Fick,  Jen. 1794
(L).  E. A. Vogel, Gotting. 1770 (L).
   LIEUTAUD,  Joseph  (Biogr.)  A
celebrated  French physician and anat-
omist;  born at Aix, in Provence, in
1703; died  in  1780.  Works.  Essais
anatomiques contenant Vhistoire exacte
de toutes les parties qui composent le
corps humain.  Aix.  1742. 8vo.  Ele-
menta physiologia, &c. Paris.  1749.
Svo.  Precis de la  medecine pratique.
Paris. 1759. 2 vols. Sv«.  Precis de la
matiire medicale.  Paris. 1766. 2 vols.
8vo.  Historia  anatomico-medica,  sis-
tens numerosissima cadaverum huma-
norum  extispicia.  2 vols. 4to.:  by A.
Portal, Paris.  1767: — his  most im-
portant  work.
  Life  (Physiol.)  Sax.  lip, lyp, Vita,
(itog, ta>tj.  The state  of organized be-
ings, during which, owing to the union
of an  immaterial  imponderable prin-
ciple with matter,  they are capable of
performing  functions  different from
those,   that  regulate  other  natura]
bodies :  which functions, however  nu-
merous  and  diversified, work  to  one
end.  Life has only a limited duration :
beyond which, — the organic functions
ceasing  to be  executed, — the body is
given up to the agency  of chymical
affinity.  Hence Bichat  has  defined
life to be — the aggregate of the func-
tions which  resist  death.  On account
of the  difference, that exists amongst
the vital functions, he has applied the
term  Organ'ic Life  to  the  functions
inservient to composition and decom-
position ; — as  digestion,  respiration,
circulation, {exhalation,  absorption, se-
cretion, and  nutrition; and  An'imal
Life, to  those functions, which connect
man and animals with external bodies;
as the understanding, sensations, loco-
motion, and  voice.
  Greater tenacity of life seems to ex-
ist in the nervous systems of animals,
in proportion as they are  young:  and
it appears to be greater in the smaller
than in  the larger mammalia.  The
following Table exhibits the results of
some observations, made by Legallois
on  rabbits,  after having removed the
heart from the body.
Age ofthe rab-	Duration of 1	Duration of
bits whose	sensibility	gasping
learts had been	after	after remoi
removed.	removal.	
Days.	Minutes.	Minutes
1	14	20
5	6	9
10	3*	4
15	2i	21
20	H	n
25	1*	n
30	1	n.
 
LIFE
577
LIGAMENT
     (F)  Vie.     (G) Leben.
  Writers.   X.  Bichat,  Paris,  1800
(F) :  in Engl,  by Th. Watkins,  Phil.
1809.   A. P. Buchan, Lond. 1811.  R.
Harrington,  Lond. 1781.   J.  Herd-
man  (on animal life),  Lond.   1795.
Le Gallois, from  the  French by N.
C. and J. G.  Nancrede,  Philad.  1813.
Ch. Maclean and  W. Yates, Philad.
1797.   Sir T. C. Morgan, Lond.  1819.
P- H. Nysten, Paris, 1811 (F).    J. R.
Park,  Lond.  1812.   D.  Pring  (laws
of organic life), Lond. 1819.   B. Rush
(on animal  life), Philad.  1799.    M.
Fodera, Paris,  1826(F).   J. F. Ac-
kerman, Francf.  1797  and  1800 (G).
K. G. Neumann, Dresd. 1802 (G).   K.
E.  Schelling,  Landshut.  1806  (G).
Troxler, Gotting. 1807(G). Koreff,
Berl. 1820(G).
  Lig'ament  (Anat.)   Ligamen'tum,
from liga're,  ' to bind'; owdtopog, Col-
liga'men, Cop'ula.   A name, given to
fibrous structures, which serve to unite
bones, and to form articulations; hence
the division of interrosseous and artic-
ular  ligaments.  They are of a white,
close texture; but little extensible, and
difficult to break.   The name ligament
has, also, been  given  to any membra-
nous fold,  which retains  an organ in
its situation.
TABLE  OF THE PRINCIPAL LIGAMENTS.
1.  Of the Lower Jaw.
2.  Connecting   the
 Head with  the first
 and second Vertc-.
 bra, and these with
 each other.
3.  Of the other Ver-
      tebra.
Ofthe Ribs,  Ster-
  num, &.C.
( Capsular ligament.
I Suspensory ligament of
J  ofthe styloglossus.
' Lateral ligament.
 Two capsular ligaments
   between  atlas  and
   head.
 Circular ligament.
 Two capsular between
   atlas and axis.
 Perpendicular ligament,
 Two lateral or modera-
   tor ligaments.
 Transverse ligament  &
   its appendices.
f Anterior common L.
 Crucial intervertebral.
 Ligaments running from
   the edge of the bony
   arch and spinous pro-
   cess  of  one vertebra
   to that of the next.
 Interspinous  ligament.
 Ligamentum  nuchas.
 Intertransverse L.
 Capsular.
 Posterior  or  internal
   common.
 'Capsular ofthe heads of
   ribs.
 Capsular  of  the tuber-
   cles.
 Ligamenta transversa
   ria interna.
 Ligamenta transversa
   ria externa.
 Ligamenta cervicis cos-
   tarum externa.
 Ligamentous  fibres run
   ning from the margins
   of the extremities  of
   the ribs  to  the corre-
   sponding cartilages.
 Radiated ligaments from
   cartilage of ribs to the
   sternum.
 Capsular L. of the car
   tilages ofthe ribs.
 Proper  membrane   of
   sternum.
 L. of cartilago ensifor-
   mis.
 Tendinous  expansions
   over  the  intercosta-
   les, &c.____________
5.  Ofthe Pelvis.
6.  Of the Clavicle.
7.  Of the Scapula.
8.  Of the  Shoulder-
      Joint.
 Two transverse, — one
   superior, one inferior,
 Ilio-sacral.
 Capsular of the sacro-
   iliac synchondrosis.
 Two sacro-ischiatic, —
   posterior and anterior,
   with the superior and
   inferior appendices.
 Longitudinal of os coc-
   cygis.
 Inguinal ligament.
 Capsular of symphysis
   pubis.
 Ligament of  foramen
   thyroideum.
'Radiated ligament.
 Capsular.
 Interclavicular.
 Ligamentum  rhomboi-
   deum.
 Claviculo-acromial.
 Conoid.
 Trapezoid.
 Anterior triangular.
 Proper posterior.

 Capsular.
                    Capsular.
                    Brachio-ulnar.
                    Brachio-radial.
 9. Ofthe Elbow-JointA0.0™""* of'he ,a'liu?
                    Anterior and posterior
                     accessory.
                    Intermuscular of the os
                     humeri.
10. Carpal extremity oft Interosseous ligament.
  Radius  and Ulna,, 1 Oblique or chorda trans-
  and between  those 1  versalis cubiti.
  bones.             {Capsular.

11. Betweeen Forearm, <, Capsular.
and Wrist.
12. Of Carpus.
                    Two lateral.
                   ( Mucous.
                   f Annular.
                    (Capsular.
                    Short  ligaments, — ob-
                      lique, transverse, cap-
                      sular, and proper.
13. Between Carpal St C Articular lateral.
  Metacarpal Bones.  I St™Sht> P«rPen<l>cular,

14. Between the  ez-r Interosseous, at the ba-
  tremities of the Me- }   ses and heads, — dor-
  tacarpal Bones.     (   sal, lateral, palmar.
49 
LIGAMENT
578
LIGATURE
15. At the base of the 1

  ^^l*0^"'I Capsular.
  the  thumb, and at >T *   ,
  the first joint of the  Xjalera'1
  Fingers.

16. Of the 1st and  2d \
 joints ofthe Thumb, I Capsular.
  and 2d and 3d joints I Lateral.
  ofthe Fingers.     )
17. Retaining the Ten-
  dons of the Muscles
  of  the  Hand and
  Fingers in situ.
18. Connecting the Os
  Femoris with the Os
  Innominatum.
19. Ofthe Knee-Joint.
f Annular.
 Vaginal of flexor ten
   dons.
 Vaginal or crucial  of
   the phalanges.
 Accessory of the flexor
   tendons.
 Posterior annular.
 Vaginal of extensors.
 Transverse  of  exten
   sors.

'Capsular and accessory
   slips.
 Round or teres ligament
 Cartilaginous ligament.
 Double cartilaginous lig-
   ament.
k Ligamenta mucosa.

 Lateral, — internal and
   external.
 External  short  lateral
   ligament.
 Posterior  ligament.
 Ligament of the patella.
 Capsular.
 Ligamentum  alare, —
   majus et minus.
 Ligamentum mucosum.
 Two crucial,-1-anterior
   and posterior.
 Transverse.
22. Ligaments of £fte_
       Tarsus.
                   f Capsular.
20.  Connecting Fibula) Interosseous.
     and Tibia.     j Anterior superior.
                   ( Posterior superior.
21.  Connecting   the
  Tarsal with the Leg*
  Bones.
 Anterior ligament of the
   Fibula.
 Middle or perpendicular
   of fibula.
 Posterior of fibula.
 Deltoides of tibia.
.Capsular.
                   f Capsular.
                    Short ligamonts.
                    Capsular,broad superior,
                      and lateral ligamonts,
                      connecting astragalus
                      and  naviculure.
                    Superior, lateral,  and
                      inferior, fixing os cal-
                      cis to os cuboides.
                    Long,   oblique,  and
                      rhomboid, forming the
                      inferior ligaments.
                    Superior superficial, in-
                      terosseous,  and  infe-
                      rior transverse  liga-
                      ments, fixing the  os
                      naviculars and os cu-
                      boides.
                    Superior  lateral,  and
                      plantar, which nx the
                      os naviculare and cu-
                      neiforme.
                    Superior superficial and
                      plantar,  connecting
                      the os  cuboides and os
                      cuneiforme externum.
                    Dorsal and  plantar,  u-
                      niting  the ossa cunei-
                      formia.
                    The proper  capsular  of
                      each bone.
                    'Capsular.
                    Dorsal, plantar, lateral,
                      straight, oblique, and
                      transverse.
                    Dorsal, plantar, and lat-
                      eral, connecting  the
                      metatarsal bones.
                    Transverse ligaments.
25.  Of the Phalanges ( Capsular.
     ofthe Toes.     ( Lateral.
                    Annular.
                    Vaginal of the tendons
                      ofthe peronei.
                    Laciniated.
                    Vaginal of the tendon
                      of the flexor longus
                      pollicis
23. Ligaments between
  Tarsus and Meta-.
  tarsus.
24.  Connecting   tlie
  Metatarsal Bones.
26. Retaining the Ten-
  dons of the Muscles .   jjumuis.
  ofthe Foot and Toes^ Vaginal and crucial of
in situ.
  the  tendons  of the
  flexors ofthe toes.
Accensory of the flexor
  tendons of the toes.
Transverse  of  the ex-
  tensor tendons.
     (G)  Band.
   Writers.   B.  Cooper  (L.  of the
joints), Lond. 1825.
   The  Suspen'sory  Lig'ament  of the
 Liv'er,  Ligamen'tum la'tum,  Suspen-
 so'rium  Hep'atis, is a large, triangular
 reflection, formed by the  peritoneum
 between  the  superior  surface  of the
 liver and the  diaphragm.   It is consti-
 tuted of two layers, and is continuous,
 below,  with  another reflection, called
 the Falx of the  Umbilical Vein.  See
 Falx.
    The   Coronary   Lig'ament  of  the
 Liv'er  is  a reflection  formed  by the
 peritoneum, between the posterior mar-
 gin of  the liver, and the lower surface
 of the diaphragm.  See Falx.
 'Ligature (Surg.)  Ligatu'ra, Liga'-
tio,  Alligatu'ra, Deliga'tio,  Vinctu'ra,
Fas'cia,  trtdtaig, from li'go,  ' I bind.'
This word  has various  acceptations.
It means, 1.  The  waxed  thread with
which an artery or vein is tied, to pre-
vent or  arrest  hemorrhage.   2. The
cord or thread or wire,  used for remov-
ing  tumors, &c.  3. The bandage used
for phlebotomy.  Ligature is, also, some-
times  applied to the  act of tying an
artery  or considerable  vessel.   When
the  artery alone is tied, the ligature is
said to be immediate; when any of the
surrounding  parts  are included, it is
said to be mediate.   The ligature occa-
sions  obliteration or adhesion  of the
arterial parietes, by cutting through its 
LIGHT
579
LINACRE
middle and internal  coats ;  the adhe-1
sion being favored by the formation of
a coagulum, which acts,  in  some de-
gree,  as a barrier against the impulse
of the blood and subsequently disap-
pears by absorption.
    (G) Unterbindung.
  Writers.  J. Aikin (L. of arteries),
Lond.  1770.   T. F. D. Jones, Lond.
1805.
  Light (Phys.) Sax. leohc, lihc, (G)
L i c h t — Lux, Lu'men, Xvxt], iptug. An
extremely  rare fluid,  diffused over the
universe ;  emanating from the sun and
fixed stars; traversing more than four
millions of leagues in a minute; pass-
ing through transparent  bodies, which
refract it according to their density and
combustibility ; and arrested by opaque
bodies, by which it is reflected  at an
angle equal to the  angle of incidence.
It is the cause of color in all bodies;  beincr
entirely reflected by white surfaces and
absorbed by black.  It is decomposed
in passing through a transparent  prism
into 7 rays, viz. into red, orange, yellow,
green, blue, purple, and violet.
   Light acts upon  the body as a gen-
tle and salutary stimulus.  It urges to
exercise, whilst privation of it induces
sleep  and inactivity,  and disposes  to
obesity.   Hence it is,  that, in rural
economy, animals, which are undergo-
ing the process of fattening, are kept in
obscurity.
     (F) Lumidre.
   Lig'ula or  Lin'gula (Anat.)  The
clavicle ;  also, the glottis.   Also,  a
measure  containing 3 drachms and  a
scruple. Scribon.   Also, a species of
bandage or ligature. Scribon.
  Ligus'ticum Levis'ticum (Mat. Med.)
Levis'tkum,   Laserpi"tium   German'i-
cum, Ligus'ticum, Lov'age.   The prop-
erties of this plant are said to be stim-
ulant,   carminative,   emmenagogue,
&c. (?)
   (F) Liviche, Ache des montagnes.
   (G)  Liebstockel, Badekraut.
   LIGUS'TICUM PODAGRA'RIA, JEgO-
po'dium podagra'ria,  Ses'eli agopo'di-
um, Angel'ica sylves'tris, Goat weed.  A
British plant,  once considered useful
in cases of gout.
  Lin(Med.) Name of one of the arcana
of Paracelsus, of which antimony was
supposed to form the principal  part.
   Lilia'go (Mat. Med.)  Dim. of Lil'-
ium, the lily; — Spi'derwort ;—Lilias'-
trum.  This plant was formerly said to
be alexipharmic and carminative.
   Lil'ium Can'didum (Mat. Med.) Xei-
liov,  xoivov, L. al'bum.  The white lily.
The infusion of the flowers of the  lily
in olive oil is  emollient and  often ap-
plied  externally,  under  the  name of
Lily oil,   (F)  Huile de lis.  The scales
ofthe bulb, roasted, are sometimes  em-
ployed as maturatives.
   (F) Lis blanc.
   (G) Weisse  Lilie.
   Writer.   M.  Tillingius, Francf.
ad Moen. 1683 (L).
   Lil'ium Paracel'si  or Tinctu'ra
Metallo'rum  (Pharm.)  A  medicine
employed by Paracelsus.  It was  pre-
pared  by melting in  a  crucible  four
ounces of each of the following alloys ;
Antimony and iron,  Antimony and tin,
Antimony and copper, previously mixed
with 18 ounces of nitrate of potass and
as much salt of tartar.  The melted
mass,  when  pulverized, was treated
with  rectified alcohol;  which really
dissolved only the potass, set at liberty
by the decomposition experienced by
the nitre and salt of tartar.  The  Lil-
ium Paracilsi was used as a cordial.
It entered into the composition of the
theriacal elixir, &c.
   LIMACIEN (F) (Jlnat.) from limacon,
the cochlea of the ear.  A branch  of
the acoustic or labyrinthic nerve  sent
to the cochlea.
   Li'max (Mat. Med.)  Helix, the  Slug
 or Snail.  A  syrup  has been prepared
 from these animals, which  has been
 given in phthisis, &c.  The raw snails
 have,  also, been  taken in consumption.
 They were used  as food.
   (F)  Limacon, Colimaqon, Escargot.
   (G) Schnecke.
   Limes (Mat.  Med.)  A fruit like a
 small  lemon, the juice of  which  is
 strongly acid  and  is much  used for
 making  punch.   It is, also,  used  in
 long voyages as an antiscorbutic, &c.
   Limo'sis (Nosol.)  from Xipog,' hun-
 ger,' Stom'ach dis'ease,  Mor'bid appe-
 tite.   A genus  in  the  class Cwliuca,
 order Enterka of Good.
   LINACRE, Thomas  (Biogr.)   An
 eminent physician  and scholar;  born
 at Canterbury about 1460; died in 1524.
 Works.   Galen,  de sanitate tuendd.
 Camb. 1517.  Galeni Pergamknsis de
 temperamentis et  de inaquali  intemperie
 Ubritres:—THoyiA Linacro,  Anglo, in-
 terprete, &c. Cantab. 1521.   Galenus
 Pergamensis  de pulsus usu:—Th.
 Linacro interprete. Lond.  1522.  4to.
 Claudii Galeni Pergamensis  de na-
 turalibus facultatibus libri Ires.  Lond.
 1523.  4to.   Claudii  Galeni  Perga-.
 meni de symptomatum differentiis  liber
 unus,   De symptomatum causis  libri 
LIND               580            LINGUAL
 tres. Lond.  1524. 4to.   Galenus  de
 morbis  curandis, in  14  libris.  Paris.
 1526.
   LIND,  James, M. D.  (Biogr.)  An
 esteemed  English physician ; physician
 to  Haslar  hospital ;  died  in 1794.
 Works.   A treatise on the scurvy, &c.
 Edinb.  1753.  8vo.    Essay on the most
 effectual means of preserving  the health
 of seamen in the  Royal navy, with cau-
 tions for those who reside in or visit un-
 healthy situations, &c.; with an appen-
 dix of observations  on the  treatment  of
 diseases in  hot climates.  Lond. 1757.
 12mo.   New edition, enlarged and im-
 proved, containing  a dissertation  on
 fevers and infections ;  together with ob-
 servations on the jail distemper and the
 proper methods of preventing  and stop-
 ping its infection.  Lond.  1779.  Svo.
 Two papers  on  fever and  infection.
 Lond. 1763. 8vo.  Dissert, med. inaug.
 de febre remittente putriddpaludum, qua
 grassabatur  in Bengalid, A.  D. 1762.
 Edinb. 1768. 8vo. Essay on diseases in-
 cidental to Europeans  in  hot  climates;
 with the method of preventing their fatal
 consequences.  To which is added an ap-
 pendix on intermittent fevers ;  and to the
 whole is subjoined a  simple  and easy
 way to render salt water fresh and to
 prevent a scarcity  of provisions at sea.
 Lond. 1768. 8vo.
   Line (Anat.)  Lin'ea, yqapptj.  Ex-
 tent in length, considered without re-
 gard to breadth or thickness.
   (F) Eigne.  (G) L i n i e.
   The LIN'EA AL'BA, (F) Eigne blan-
 che,  (G)Weisse   Bauchlinie,
 Ligne mediane de I abdomen (Ch.) Can-
 didula abdom'inis  lin'ea, Lin'ea centra'-
 lis, is a  tendinous, strong,  and highly
 resisting cord  ;  extending from  the
 ensiform cartilage of  the sternum to
 the symphysis  pubis,  with the umbili-
 cus  near its middle.  The linea alba is
 formed by  the  decussation of  the apo-
 neuroses  of the   abdominal  muscles;
 and  its use is to  limit  the movements
 ofthe che6t backwards ;  to prevent it
 from separating too far from the pelvis,
 and  to furnish a fixed point for the
 muscles of the abdomen, in their con-
 traction.
   The LIN'EA ASjPERA,  (F) Ligne
 6pre, Ragged ridge, Ligne sous-trochan-
 terienne (Ch.)  A rough  projection at
 the  posterior  surface  of the femur,
 which gives attachment to muscles.
   The ME'DIAN LINE OF THE BOD'Y
 is  an imaginary line,  supposed  to set
out from the  top of the head and to fall
between  the feet, so as to divide the
 body vertically into two equal and sym-
 metrical parts.
   The  LIN'EJE  SEMILUNA'RES are
 the lines, which bound  the outer mar-
 gin of the recti muscles of the abdo-
 men.  They are formed by the union
 of the abdominal tendons.  The lines,
 which cross these muscles are called
 Lin'ea transversa.
   Lin'ear (Pathol. Anat.)   Linea'ris ;
 from lin'ea, ' a line.'  Pathologists ap-
 ply the  epithet, linear, to  fractures
 which are very  narrow, and in which
 the fragments are scarcely separated.
     (F)  Lineaire.
  'Lin'eament (Anat.)   Lineamen'tum,
 from  linea,  ' a line.'  A delicate trait
 observed on  the countenance, which
 constitutes its  special  character, ena-
f bles us to preserve its image, and is the
 cause of  resemblance  to  others.  A
feature.
   Bonnet gave the name Lineament
 to the first trances of organization  in
 the embryo of man and animals.
     (G)  Z u g.
   Lln'gual  (Anat.)  Lingua'lis.  Re-
 lating or belonging to the tongue.
   The LIN'GUAL MUS'CLE,  Lingua'-
 lis, Ba'sio-glos'sus (Cowper), Glossia'-
 nus,  is  a small, long, fasciculus  of
 fibres, hidden beneath the sides of the
 tongue,  between the  hyoglossus and
 styloglossus muscles, which are on the
 outside, and the genioglossus, within.
 This muscle  passes from  the  base  to
 the tip of the tongue; and, at its sides,
 is confounded with the muscles just
 referred to.   It  shortens the  tono-ue,.
 depresses its point and  can carry It to-
 the right or left side.
  The  LIN'GUAL AR'TERY, Arte'ria
lingua'lis, arises  from  the external ca-
rotid ;  and, after several  tortuosities,
reaches the base of the tongue, becomes
horizontal, and under the  name Ra-
nine, advances  to the  tip,  where  it
anastomoses  with its  fellow.   In its
course it gives off the  Dorsalis lingua
and sublingual.
  The LIN'GUAL VEIN follows nearly
the same distribution as the artery.  It
opens into the internal jugular.
  The LIN'GUAL NERVE is a name,
which has been given to the ninth pair
or Hypoglossus, which see.
  The Lingual nerve is, also, a term
applied to a branch given off from the
Inferior maxillary ; or third branch of
the fifth pair.   Near its  origin it anas-
tomoses with, or simply  runs close to,
the corda tympani.  It afterwards gives
off a considerable number of filaments, 
LINIMENT
581
LINIMENT
which are distributed  to  the tongue,
and some of which are said to have even
been  traced as far as the papilla?; — a
distribution which  has occasioned it to
be  regarded  as the Gustatory nerve.
  Lin'iment  (Pharm.)  Linimen'tum,
Li'tus, Enchris'ton, Catachris'ton, xara-
Xqiorov,  Perkh'risis, Perkhris'ton, nt-
qtxqioig, ntqixqtorov, Frk'tum,  Frica-
to'rium,  Inunc'tio,  aXtiipa, uXtippa, ty-
Xqiara, from lini're,' to anoint gently,'
' to anoint.'   An unctuous  medicine,
containing  usually oil or  lard,  and
which is used externally, in the form
of friction.
  LIN'IMENT ANTIHEMORRHOIDALE
DE SIEUR ANDRY (F).  This is form-
ed  of JVarbonne  honey,  Olive  oil,  and
 Turpentine.
 LIN'IMENT ANTIPARAL YTIQ UE (F).
Composed of Subcarbonate  of ammonia
alcoholized oil ;  black soap,  and oil of
rosemary.
    LIN'IMENT,   ANTISCROPH'ULOUS
OF HU'FELAND.  It is composed of
fresh  ox's gall, White soap, Unguentum
althaa,  Volatile  oil of petroleum, Car-
bonate of ammonia, and Camphor.
  LIN'IMENT RESOLUTIF DE POTT.
Composed of oil of turpentine and mu-
riatic  acid.    Used  in rheumatism,
swellings, &c.
    LIN'IMENT   SAVONNEUX   HY-
DROSULFURE  DE JADELOT.  Com-
posed of sulphuret of potass § vj, white
soap  foij,  oil  of  poppy  ft>iv,  oil of
thyme 5'j? used in the itch.
  LINIMEN'TUM JERU'GINIS, Ox'ymel
JEru'ginis,   Unguen'tum JEgypti'acum,
Melli'tum de  aceta'te cu'pri, Liniment of
verdigris (JErugin. cont.%], acet. § vij,
mellis despum. pond. § xiv.   Liquefied,
strained, and inspissated  by  boiling,
Ph. L.)  It is used as an escharotic and
detergent; — diluted, as a  gargle  in
venereal ulcerations and in foul ulcers.
  (F) Liniment  de Vcrt-de-gris, Miel
d'acetate de cuivre.
  LINIMEN'TUM AMMO'NIJE  CARBO-
NA'TIS,   Liniment of  subcarbonate of
ammo'nia, Linimen'tum ammo'nia, Lin-
imen'tum volat'ile ;  Hartshorn and oil.
(Solut. subcarb. ammon. §j, olei oliv.
 § iij.  Shake till they unite.)   A stim-
ulating liniment, mostly  used to re-
lieve  rheumatic pains, bruises, &c.
  (F) Liniment  de carbonate d'ammo-
niaque.
   LINIMEN'TUM  AMMO'NIJE FOR'-
TIUS, Sa'po ammoniaca'lis,  Linimen'-
tum  ammonia'tum,  seu ammo'nicum,
seu AngHca'num, Sa'po ammo'nia olea'-
ceus,   Unguen'tum  al'bum   resol'vens,
 O'leum ammonia'tum, Linimen'tum am-
 mo'nia,  Strong liniment  of ammo'nia
 (Liq.  amnion.  §j,  olei  oliva,  §ij.
 Shake them till they mix, Ph. L.)  A
 stimulating and rubefacient soap.
   (F)  Liniment volatil ou ammoniacal,
 Savon ammoniacal.
   LINIMEN'TUM  A'QUJE  CAL'CIS
 Linimen'tum cal'cis,  O'leum li'ni cum
 cal'ce, Sa'po  calca'rius,  Linimen'tum
 ad ambustio'nes, Liniment of lime water,
 (Olei  lini  usitat.,  aqua  calcis,  par-
 tes a quales. Mix. Ph. £.).  A coolings
 and  emollient application to burns and
 scalds.
   (F)  Liniment d'eau de chaux, Savon
 calcaire,  Liniment calcaire.
   LINIMEN'TUM  CAMP'HORJE, O'le-
 um  eamphora'tum, Solu'tio cam'phor a
 oleo'sa, Cam'phor lin'iment (Camphora
 5iv, oliva olei § ij. Dissolve.  Ph. L.)
 It is used as a  stimulant and  discuti-
 ent.
   (F)  Liniment camphre".
   LINIMEN'TUM  CAM'PHORJE  COM-
 POS'ITUM, Ward's essence  for  the
 headache, Com'pound cam'phor lin'iment
 (Camphor  § ij,   liq. ammonia  § ij,
 spirit, lavand. fly.  Ph. L.)  It is stimu-
 lant  and  anodyne.
   LINIMEN' TUM E CANTHARID'IB US
 CAMPHORA'TUM,  Camphora'ted  lin'i-
 ment of  canthar'ides (Tinct. cautharid.
 § ss,  ol.  amygd. dulc.  § iv, sapon.
 amygd. §j, camphor.  3SS-  Dissolve
 the  camphor  in the  oil and add this
 mixture to the  tincture  and soap.  Ph.
 P.)  Rubefacient and discutient.
   (F)  L. de cantharide camphre'.
   LINIMEN1 TUM HYDRAR'G YRI, Mer-
 cu'rial lin'iment  (Ung.  hyd.   fort.,
 adip. prop, aa  § iv, camphora,  §j.
 sp. red.  gtl-xv, liquor,  ammon.  § iv.
 Rub the camphor with the spirit; add
 the  ointment  and  lard ;   and, lastly,
 gradually add  the solution. Ph. L.)
 It is  used as a stimulant and discutient
 to venereal swellings, &c.
     (F)  L. de mercure.
   LINIMEN'TUM SAPO'NIS COMPOS1
 ITUM, Tinctu'ra sapo'nis camphora'ta,
 OpodeVdoch,  Com'pound  soap lin'iment
 (Saponis duri §iij, camphora §j, sp.
 rorismarin. fly.)  Stimulant and ano-
dyne ;  in bruises, local pains, &c.
    (F) L. de Savon.
  FREE'MAJVS BATHJING SPIR'ITS
consist of  Lin.  sapon. comp.  colored
with Daffy's elixir.
   JACK1 SON'S  BATH1 ING SPIR'ITS
differ from  Freeman's in the addition
of some essential oils.
   LINIMEN'TUM SAPO'NIS ET OPII, 
LINNJEA B0REAL1S       582
LIP
L.  sapona'ceum opia'tum — Soap  and
opium liniment.  BATES'S anodyne bal'-
sam, Bal'samum anod'ynum, Tinctu'ra
sapo'nis et  o'pii (Saponis  duri  § iv,
°pH  §j? camphora  § ij,  olei roris-
marin. § ss,  alcohol,  fljij.   Ph.  E.)
Aflodyne ;  in chronic rheumatism and
local pains in general.
     (if) L.  de savon opiace.
   LINIMEN'TUM  SIM'PLEX,  Sim'plc
lin'iment. (Ol. oliv. 4 p., cera alba  1. p.
fiat  linimentum.  Ph. E.)   Emollient,
used in chaps, &c.
  LINIMEN'TUM SAPONA'CEUM  HY-
DROSULFURA'TUM.    (Sapon.   com.
500 p.  Liquefy in a water bath in an
earthen vessel;  and add ol. papav. alb.
250 p.  Mix intimately,  and add dry
sulphuret of potass 100 p. Beat together
and add oil  of poppy-seed, 750 p.  Ph.
P.)   In  cutaneous affections,  psora,
herpes, &c.
   LINIMEN'TUM  TEREBIN'THIN&,
Tur'pcntine  lin'iment.  (Cerat.  resina,
fly,c7. terebinth. fl>ss.  Melt the cerate
and stir in  the oil. Ph. L.) A stimu-
lant.   Applied to burns, &c.
  Linn^'aBorea'lis (Mat.  Med.)  This
plant, called after  Linn.eus, has a bit-
ter, subastringent  taste ;  and is used,
in some places,  in  the form of fomen-
tation, in rheumatic pains. An infusion
in  milk  is used  in  Switzerland for
the cure of sciatica.
  Writer.   Lundmarck, Upsal,  1788
(L)-
  LINNjE'US  or  LINNE,  Charles
Von (Biogr.) An illustrious naturalist;
born  at Rashult,  in  the province  of
Smalund, in Sweden, in 1707 ;  died in
1778.   Works.  Materia medica.  Hol-
mise.  1749.   8vo.   curante  T.  C.  D.
Schrebero. Vind. 1773.  8vo.   Ama-
nitatcs academka, seu dissertationes va-
ria physica, medica, botanica, &c. 10
vols.   1749-1760.   About  the  year
1763, he published his Genera morbo-
rum, and Clavis medicina.
  Lin'teum  (Surg.) Lintea'men, o^ovij,
Xys'tos,  zvorog, Ach'ne,  a/vtj oSovtov.
A soft, flocculent substance, made by
scraping old linen cloth;  and employ-
ed in surgery as a dressing  to wounds,
ulcers, &c. either simply,  or covered
with ointment.
  Li'num  Cathar'ticum  (Mat.  Med.)
L. min'imum,  ChamaW'num., Purg'ing
flax,  or Mill moun'tain.   This plant is
possessed of cathartic  properties,  and
has a bitterish, disagreeable taste. Dose,
3j in substance.
    (F) Lin purgatif.
     (G) P ur gierf lac hs.
   LI'NUM USITATIS'SIMUM, Com'mon
flax, Xtvov, (F) Lin, (G) F1 a c h s. The
 seed, Sem'ina li'ni usitatis<simi, Lino-
 sper'mum, Lin'seed, Flax'secd, are ino-
 dorous, and almost tasteless ;  yielding
 mucilage to warm water and oil by ex-
 pression.   They  are  demulcent and
 emollient.  Linseed, when ground into
 powder, form a good emollient poultice.
 It is onty necessary to stir  the powder
 into boiling water.   The oil,  Oleum
 lini, is emollient and demulcent.
   (F)  Grains de Un.
   (G) Leinsaamen, Flachssaa-
 me n.
   Lip (Anat.) Sax. and Germ. L Lp p e,
 XtiXog,  Chei'los, La'bium, La'brum. The
 lips are- composed of  different muscu-
 lar fasciculi, nerves,  and vessels, cov-
 ered  by the skin and mucous  mem-
 brane  of the mouth.   They  circum-
 scribe the anterior  aperture  of that
 cavity ; and are inservient to  mastica-
 tion, pronunciation, &,c.
   They  are  distinguished into  upper
 and lower, —anochci'lon, arwjftiXov, and
 Catochei'lon, xaruxttXov,—and  are plac-
 ed in front of each jaw, forming the an-
 terior aperture of  the  mouth  between
 them.   They  unite at each side and
 form  what  are called  the angles  or
 commissures of the mouth, — Chalini,
 yaXivoi.   Their free  edge is covered
 with a mucous membrane, of a more or
 less  vivid red, according  to  the indi-
 vidual.    They receive  their arteries
 from the external carotid.   Their veins
 open  into the two  jugulars.   Their
 lymphatic vessels descend  into  the
  fanglions, situated beneath the  chin.
  'heir nerves are  derived from the in-
 fraorbitar, mental, and facial.
   (F) Lbvre.  (G) Lippe, Lefze.
   The  LIPS,  iM'bia,  (F) Llvres de la
 vulve, are folds belonging to the genital
 organs ofthe female, and distinguished
 into —
   1.  The La'bia puden'di, La'bia ma-
jo'ra, A'la majo'res, Crem'noi, xqijproi.
 These are two membranous folds, thick-
 er above than  below, which limit the
 vulva  laterally, and extend  from the
 inferior part of the mons veneris to the
 perinajum.   They unite anteriorly and
 posteriorly,  forming  commissures ; —
 the posterior of which is called Four-
 chette.   Their outer surface is convex;
 formed  of skin and covered with hair.
 The inner surface is  red and covered
 by a mucous  membrane, continuous
 with that lining the other parts of the
 vulva.  The space between the skin
 and mucous membrane is filled with a 
LIPARA              583              LIQUOR
 fatty tissue and  fibrous  bands,  some
 fibres of the constrictor  vagina mus-
 cle, vessels, and nerves.
     (F) Grandes  Lbvres.
     (G) Schamlippen.
   We  speak,  also,  of the  lips of a
 wound,  ulcer,  &c,  when alluding to
 the edges of these solutions of conti-
 nuity.
   Lip'ara  (Pharm.)   from  X.maqog,
 ' fatty,' and X.mog,' fat.'  Plasters, con-
 taining much oil or fat.
   Liparoce'le (Path.)  from Xinaqog,
 ' fatty,' and xi,Xtj,' tumor.' A Lipo'ma,
 or fatty tumor of the scrotum.
   Lipo'ma (Path.)  from Xmog,  ' fat,'
 ' a fatty tumor.' A  fatty tumor, of arr
 encysted or other character.  Lypo'ma.
    Lipome'ria  ( Path.)   Leipome'ria,
 from X.tiTtot,  ' I leave,' and  ptqog, ' a
 part.'   Deficiency of  one or more of
 the parts  of the  body;   for  example,
 where a person has only four fingers.
   Lippitu'do   ( Path. )    OphthaVmia
 chron'ica of  some.  Lip'pitude, Blear
 eye, Lap'pa, Lip'a, Xerophthalmia, Le'-
 ma, Le'me, Gla'ma.   Gra'mia, yXapa,
 yXtjptj,  Xrtptj.   A  copious  secretion of
 the sebaceous  humor  of the eyelids,
 which renders them gummy.  It  is a
 state of chronic  inflammation of  the
 tarsal margins ; the  eyelids being gen-
 erally red, tumefied, and painful.
     (G) Augentriefen.
    LIPS'COMB,   George  (Biogr.)
 First a  surgeon  at  Birmingham, and
 afterwards  a physician.   Works.  An
 essay on the nature and treatment of. a
 putrid, malignant fever, which prevailed
 at Warwick and  in the  neighbouring
 villages in the year 1798.  Lond.  1799.
 8vo.  Observations on the history and
 cause of asthma, and a  review of a prat-
 tical inquiry on diseased respiration, in
 a letter to Dr. Bree, the author of that
 treatise. Lond. 1800. 8vo.  A descrip-
 tion of Matlock  bath,  &c.  Lond.  1802.
 8vo. Inoculation  for the small pox vin-
 dicated  and  its superior  efficacy   and
 safety to  the  practice of vaccination
 clearly proved.  Lond.  1805,  Svo.   A
 dissertation on the failure and mischiefs
 of the  disease  called  the cow  pox, in
 which the powerful arguments, adduced
 in favor of vaccination, are examined  and
 confuted. Lond. 1806.  Svo.   A manual
 of inoculation for  the use  of the faculty
 and private families.  Extracted from
 the writings of Dimsdale, Sutton, &c.
 Lond.  1806.  Svo.   Cow pox exploded,
 or the inconsistencies,  absurdities, and
falsehoods   of  its defenders  exposed.
 Lond.  1806.  Svo.   Cautions and  re-
flections  on  canine  madness,  with d
method  of preventing  hydrophobia  in
persons who have been  bitten.  Lond.
1807. Svo.  History of canine madness
und hydrophobia ; with  the methods of
treatment, ancient and modern.  Lond,
1809. 8vo.
  Liquamu'mia (Anat.)   A'deps huma'-
nus, Human fat.   Ruland and John-
son.
  Liquefac'tion (Pharm)  Liqua'tio,
Liquefac'tio ;   from liquefac"ere,  ' to
cause  to  melt.'  Transformation of a
solid substance into a  liquid.   It  is
used particularly in speaking of metals
and fatty bodies.
  Li^uidam'bar Styracif'lua  (Mat.
Med.)  Liquidam'bra, Sweet gum. The
name of  the  tree,  which affords the
Liquid amber and Storax liquida, Styrax
liquida, or Liquid storax.
  Liq) UID AM!BER is a resinous juice
of a yellow color, inclining to red;  at
first of about the consistence of turpen-
tine ;  by age, hardening into a solid,
brittle mass.  It is  not used medicin-
ally.
  The STY*RAX Liq'UID A is obtained
from this plant by boiling.  There are
two sorts; — one  more  pure  than the
other.  It is used,  occasionally, as a
stomachic, in the form of plaster.
  Liq'uor (Pharm. &c.) t>yoo»<,  vyqo-
ztjg.  A  name  given to  many  com-
pound liquids, and especially  to  those
the basis of which is alcohol.
     (F)  Liqueur.
  LPq UOR AL U'MINIS  COMP OS'ITUS,
A'qua alu'minis  compos'ita,  A'qua alu-
mino'saBatea'na, Com'pound solu'tion of
al'um.  (Aluminis, zinci  sulphat., sing.
§ ss, aqua fervent, fljij.  Dissolve and
filter through  paper.)   A  detergent
and stimulant.  Used as a collyrium,
when properly diluted,  in ophthalmia;
as  an injection in  gleet,  and leucor-
rhoea, &c.
  (F) Liqueur d'alumine composee.
  LPquOR AMMO'NIJE, Liq. ammo'-
nia pu'ra,  Al'cali ammoni'acum flu'i-
dum, Ammo'nia  liq'uida,  A. caus'tica
liq'uida,  A. pu'ra liq'uida,  Lixiv'ium
ammoniaca'le, Spir'itus sa'lis ammoni'-
aci  aquo'sus,  A'qua  ammo'nia, A'qua
ammo'nia caus'tica,  Liq'uid ammo'nia,
Solu'tion of ammo'nia.   (Muriat.  calc.
§ viii, calc. viv. recent. § vj, aqua fljiv.
Pour on the lime a pint of the water;
cover  the vessel and set  it by for  an
hour.  Add the  muriate of ammonia
and the  remaining  water, previously
made boiling hot,  and cover the vessel
again.  Strain  the liquor when it has 
LIQUOR              584             LIQUOR
 cooled and distil 12 ounces.  S. G. .936,
 Ph. L.)   It is a stimulant, antacid, and
 rubefacient.   Dose,  gtt.  x  to  xx, in
 water or milk.
     (F) Ammoniaque liquide.
   LtqUQR AMMO'NIJE  ACETA'TIS,
 Al'cali ammoni'acum aceta'tum,  Al'culi
 •volat'ile aceta'tum,  A'qua  aceta'tis am-
 mo'nia, Solution of ac"etate of ammo'-
 nia,  A'qua ammo'nia aceta'ta,  Ace'las
 ammo'nia, Spirit  of Mindere'rus,  Sal
 ammoni'acum vegetab'ile, Spir'itus opk-
 thal'micus Minderdri, Sal aceto'sus am-
 moniaca'lis. (Ammon. carbon. § ij, acid.
 acet.  fljiv,  or add  the salt till the acid
 be saturated.)  (Ph.L.)  A  sudorific —
 externally, cooling. Dose, 3 ij to §  iss.
   Ll'qUOR AMMO'NIJE  SUBCARBO-
 NAT'ES, Solu'tio subcarbona'tis  ammo'-
 nia, A'qua carbona'tis ammo'nia, Solu'-
 tion of subcar'bonate of ammo'nia. (Am-
 monia  carbon.  § viij,  aqua  distillat.
 fly'..  Dissolve  and filter  through  pa-
 per).  Use;—the same as that of  the
 carbonate of ammonia (q. v.)
   LPquOR AMJNII  (Anat.)   A'qua
 am'nii. The liquor of the amnios. The
 fluid  exhaled by the amnios and which
 envelopes the foetus, during the whole
 period of utero-gestation.   It is often
 simply called,  the  waters,  (F)  Les
 Eaux.  Its relative quantity diminishes
 as  pregnancy  advances, although  its
 absolute quantity continues to increase
 till the  period  of  delivery.  In some
 women, only  five  or six  ounces are
 met with ;  in others it amounts to two
 pints.  It is limpid, yellowish, or whit-
 ish, exhales a  faint smell,  and has a
slightly saline taste.  It  contains water
 in  considerable quantity ;   albumen ;
 muriate  of soda; phosphate  of lime ;
 an alkaline substance ; and a particular
 acid.   It facilitates the dilatation ofthe
 uterus, and aids delivery by  acting as
a soft wedge inclosed in its membranes,
 &c.  Whether  it is inservient to any
 useful purpose  in  the nutrition of the
 foetus is doubtful.
    (F)  Eaux de I'amnios.
    (G) Schaafwasser.
  Writer.  Boscn, Ultraj.  1792 (L).
  LtqUOR ARSENICA'LIS, Solu'tio ar-
 senica'lis,  S.  arsenica'ta, S.  arseni'tis
 kal'ica,  Arsen'ical  solu'tion,  Min'eral
 sol'vent, Ar'senis potas'sa liq'uidus, Ar'-
 senis  potas'sa aquo'sus,  Fowler's  so-
 lu'tion of  ar'senic,  Sol'vens  minera'le,
 Ital'ian  poi'son,   A'qua  tofa'na (?),
 A'qua toffa'nia,  Ac'qua  della toffa'na,
 Ac'qua di  Napoli, Acquet'ta,  Taste'less
 a'gue drop.- (Arsenic, oxyd.  prop,  in
 pulverem subtilem triti, potassa subcar-
bonalis,  sing.  gr. Ltiv,  aqua  distillat.
fly.  Boil together in a glass vessel,
until the arsenic is dissolved.   When
the solution  is cold, add Sp. lavand. c.
 3iv, and as  much distilled water as
will make the whole one pint.  Ph. L.)
f. 3j> contains gr.  ss. of the oxyd of
arsenic.   Dose,  gtt. y,  gradually  in-
creased to gtt. xx.
     (F)  Liqueur arsenicale.
   LPquOR  CAL'CIS, Solu'tio  cal'cis,
A'qua cal'cis, A'qua benedic'ta, Calca'ria
pu'ra liq'uida, A'qua calca'ria us'ta,  So-
lu'tion of lime,  Lime  Water.   (Calcis
fljss, aq. distill, fervent, fljxij. Pour the
water on the lime and stir. Let it stand
iti a covered vessel three hours ; bottle
the lime and water  in stopped bottles,
and use the clear solution )  It is as-
tringent,  tonic,  and  antacid;  and is
used in diarrhoea, diabetes, heart burn,
&c. and as a lotion to  foul and cancer-
ous ulcers, &c.   Dose, 5§ ij  to  fljss, in
milk.
     (F) Eau de chaux.
   Writers.    M. Girardi  (as a  lo-
thontriptic),  Pat. 1764  (L).   J.  Fr.
Cartheuser,  Francf.  ad Viadr. 1743
(L).  G.  Ch. Detharding,  Rostoch,
1746 (L).   R. Whytt  (in the stone),
Edinb.  1754.   Ch. Alston,  Edinb.
1754.  R. A. Vogel (in cancer), Got-
ting. 1769 (L).  J. W. Baumer,  Giess.
1776 (L).  Victor Monaco,  Neapol.
1789 (L).  H. Dukell,  Marb. 1798
(L).
   LPquOR  CAL'CIS  COMPOS'ITUS,
A'qua  cal'cis  compos'ita,   Com'pound
lime water, A'qua benedic'ta compos'ita.
(Lign.  guaiac.  ras.  fljss.   rad. gly-
cyrrh. §j, cort. sassafras.  § ss, semin.
coriand. 3ij, liquor, calcis fljvj.   Mace-
rate for 2 days and  filter.)  It is stim-
ulant, diaphoretic, and astringent, and
is used in cutaneous affections.
   (F) Eau de chaux  composee.
   LPqUOR    CU'PRI  AMMONIA'TI,
A'qua cu'pri ammonia'ti, A'qua sappha-
ri'na, Blue  eyewater,  Solu'tion of am-
moniat'ed cop'per.   (Cupri ammoniat.
3j,  aqua distill, fly.   Dissolve  and
filter the solution through paper.  Ph.
L.)  Corrosive  and detergent.  Used
externally to foul ulcers;  and, diluted
with an equal part of distilled water, it
is applied by means  of a hair pencil to
specks and films on  the eye.
   (F) Liqueur ou eau de cuivre ammo-
niacal.
    LPqUOR   CU'PRI  SULPHA'TIS
COMPOS'ITUS, A'qua  cu'pri vitriola'ti
compos'ita.   (Cupri sulphat.,  alumin.
sulphat. a a  § iij, a'qua pur a fljij, acid. 
LIQUOR
585             LIQUOR
 sulph. 3ij-  Boil the salts in the water
 until they are dissolved;  then  filter
 the liquor, and  add the acid.)   Used
 as an astringent  in epistaxis, &c.  It
 was also called Aqua styptica.
   LPquOR FER'RI ALKALPNI, So-
 lu'tion of Al'kaline Iron.  (Ferri 3USS>
 acid, nitric. § ij,  aqua distillat.   § vj,
 liq. potass, subcarb. § vj.  To the acid
 and water mixed, add the  iron;  and,
 after the  effervescence,  add the clear
 solution, gradually, to  the liq. potassa
 subcarb.;  shaking it  occasionally till
 it assumes a deep brown-red color, and
 the  effervescence  stops.   After  six
 hours' settling, pour off the  clear solu-
 tion. Ph.  L.)  It  is tonic,  like  other
 preparations of  iron.   Dose, 3SS  to
 3 iss.
     (F) Liqueur defer alcaline.
   LPqUOR  FU'MANS  BOYL'II,  Sul-
fure'tum  Ammo'nia  Hydrogena'tum,
 Hydrosulphure'tum Ammo'nia,   Tinc-
 tu'ra Sul'phuris  Volat'ilis, A'qua  Sul-
phure'ti Ammo'nia, - Boyle's Fu'ming
 Liq'uor.  It is  possessed  of  nauseating
 and  emetic  properties, and has been
 given in  diabetes  and  diseases of ex-
 citement as a disoxygenizer.' •
   (F) Liqueur fumante de Boyle.
   LPqUOR  HYDRAR'GYRI OXYMU-
 RIA'TIS, Solu'tion  of  Oxymu'riote  of
 Mer'cury,  S.  of Corro'sive  Sub'limate,
 Liq'uor or Solu'tion of Van Swieten.
 [Hyd. oxym. gr. viij, aqvtz distill.  § xv,
 sp.rect. | j.  Dissolve in the water,and
 add the spirit,  Ph, L.)  Dose,  3ss  or

   GREENS DROPS, and SOLOMON S
 ANTI-IMPETIG"ENES— both nostrums
 — seem to be solutions of Corrosive
 Sublimate.
   LPqUOR OF MONRO' (Anat.)  So-
 lu'tion of Monro'.  A solution used by
 Monro for the preservation  of anatom-
 ical  preparations.   It  is composed  of
 alcohol at 22°  or 24°, with a drachm of
 of nitric acid to each pint.
   Ll'qUOR MORPHfNJE aceta'tis,
 Solu'tion  of  Ad'etate  of  Mor'phine,
 An'odyne  Drops.  (Acetate  of mor-
 phine,  gr. xvj,   distilled water   3vj,
 dilute acetic acid, 3 ij.)  Dose, from 6
 to  24 drops.
   Ll'qUOR  O'PII  SEDATfVUS.  An
 empirical  preparation   by  a London
 druggist of the name of Battley.  It
 is  presumed to be a solution of acetate
 of morphine, or of opium, in some  form
 in vinegar.  It is devoid of many  of
 the narcotic effects of opium.
   LPqUOR PLUM'BI SUB ACETA'TIS,
 Li'quor Subaceta'tis Lithar'gyri, Solu'-
tion of Subac"etate  of Lead, Li'quor
Plum'bi Aceta'tis, Goulard's Extrac'-
tum  Satur'ni,  Lithar'gyri   Ace'tum.
(Plumbi oxyd. semivitr. fl>ij, acid, acet-
ic,  congium.  Mix and  boil  down  to
fljvj, constantly stirring: then  filter,
after the feculence has subsided. Ph. L.)
It is used externally as a cooling as-
tringent and discutient, when diluted
with distilled water.
  (F) Liqueur de sousacetate de Plomb.
  LPqUOR PLUM'BI SUBACETA'TIS
DILU'TUS, Li'quor  Subaceta'tis  Li-
thar'gyri Compos'itus,  A'qua Satur'ni,
Ace'tas Plum'bi dilu'tum alcohol'icum,
Diluted  Solu'tion  of  Subac"elate  of
Lead,  A'qua veg"eto-minera'lis,  Tinc-
iu'ra  plumbo'sa,   A'qua Lithar'gyri
Aceta'ti  compos'ita,  Li'quor Plum'bi
Aceta'tis dilu'tus,  White Wash, Roy'al
Preven'tive.  (Liq. plumbi subacet. 3 j>
aqua distillat. fly, spirit, tenuioris 3j-)
Properties the  same as  the  last, but
feebler.
  Ll'qUOR POTAS'SJE, A'qua Potas'-
sa, A'qua  Ka'li Cau'stici, Solu'tion of
Pot'ash, Lixiv'ium magistrate,  L.  Sa-
pona'rium, Soap Lees, A'qua Ka'li pu'-
ri,   Soap  Ley,  Lixiv'ium cau'sticum,
Potas'sa liq'uida.   (Potassa subcarb.
fly, calcis  recent, fl>ss, aqua  distill.
fervent,  congium.   Dissolve  the  alkali
in fljij  of the water, and add the re-
mainder to the  lime.   Mix the whole:
set it aside in a  close  vessel, and, when
cold, filter through calico. Ph. L.)  It
is antilithic — in cases of uric acid cal-
culi— and antacid. Externally, stimu-
lant and escharotic.  Dose,  gtt.  x to
xx.
  (F)  Eau, solution ou liqueur de Pot-
asse, Potasse liquide.
  LPqUOR POTAS'SJE  HYDRIODA'-
TIS, Solu'tion  of  Hydri'odate of Pot'-
ass.  (Potassa  hydriod.  36  gr., aqua
distillat. §j,do.)' Dose, gtt.  xx, three
times a day.
  Ll'qUOR  POTAS'SJE  SUBCARBQ-
NA'TIS,  A'qua Subcarbona'tis  Ka'li,
 O'leum  Tar'tari per  deliq'uium, A'qua
Ka'li,  Lixiv'ium Tar'tari, A'qua Ka'li
prapara'ti, Oil  of Tar'tar, Saline Oil
of Tar'tar, Solu'tion of Subcar'bonate
of Pot'ass.  (Potass,  subcarb.  fly, aqua
distillat.   § xij.   Dissolve and filter
through paper.  Dose, gtt. x to xxx.
  (F)  Liqueur  de sous - carbonate  de
Potasse, Lessive de Tartre.
   Ll'qUOR   VOLAT'ILIS   COR'NU
 CER'VI,  L. volat'ilis Cor'nu Cervi'ni,
 Vol'atile Liq'uor of Harts'horn, Spir'i-
tus Lambrico'rum, Spir'itus Millepeda'-
rum, Harts'horn,  Spir'it of Harts'horn, 
LIRIODENDRON
586          LITHOTOME
 Spir'itus Cor'nu Cer'vi, Lfquor voktt'-
 ilis os'sium;  Bone  Spirit.  This  is a
 solution  of subcarbonate  of ammonia,
 impregnated  with  empyreumatic  oil.
 It possesses the same  virtues as  the
 subcarbonate  of ammonia.    It is in
 common use to  smell at, in faintings,
 &c.
   (F) Liqueur volatile  de  Come  de
 cerf.
   LPqUOR ZIN'CI SULPHA'TIS CUM
 CAMlPHORA, A'qua Zin'ci vitriola'ti
 cum Cam'phord, A'qua  vitriol'ica cam-
 phora'ta, A'qua  ophthal'mica,  Common
 Eye Water.  (Zinci  sulph. §  ss, cam-
 phor  3'jj boiling water fljij;  dissolve
 and filter.)  Used as a lotion for ulcers ;
 or, diluted with water, as a collyrium.
   Lirioden'dron  (Mat. Med.)  Lirio-
 den'dron tulipif'era, Tu'lip Tree,'Pop'-
 lar Tree, Tulip-bearing  Poplar, Ameri-
 can  Poplar,  White Wood,  Cypress
 Tree  (New England).   The bark —es-
 pecially ofthe root—of this noble forest
 tree, which is indigenous in the United
 States, is a strong aromatic bitter,  and
 has been employed  advantageously as
 a tonic.  Its active  principle has been
 separated from  it by  Professor J. P.
 Emmet of the' University of Virginia,
 and has been called Liriodendrine.
    (F)  Tulipier.
   LIS'TER, Martin, M. D.  (Biogr.)
 An eminent physician and natural  phi-
 losopher ;  born  in  Buckinghamshire,
 about 1638; practised in London,  and
 died in 1712.  Works.  De thermis et
fontibus medicalibus Anglia. Ebor. 1682.
 4to.   Sex exercitationes medicinales de
 morbis  chronicis.  The  subjects  are,
 dropsy, diabetes, hydrophobia,  lues ve-
 nerea, scurvy, and gout. Lond. 1694.
 8vo.  Exercitationes octo medicinales.
 London.  1697.  12mo.   Hippocratis
 aphorismi  cum  commentariolo. Lond.
 1703.  12mo.  De opsoniis et condimen-
 tis, sive de arte coquinarid a Cslio
 Apicio. Lond. 1705.  8vo.  Dissertatio
 de humoribus. Lond. 1709. 8vo. Sanc-
 torii de staticd medicind aphorismato-
 rutn sect, vii, cum commentario. Lond.
 1716. 12mo.   He published, also, sev-
 eral  works on  comparative   anatomy
 and natural history.
   Li'te  (Pharm.)  Xirtj.   A   plaster,
 formerly used, made of verdigris, wax,
 and resin.   Galen.
   Lit'erature,  Med'ical (Med.) The
 written  learning,  which belongs  to
 Medicine.
   Writer.   Thomas  Young  (intro-
 duction to  M. L.),  Lond. 1823. 8vo.
 See Bibliography.
  LrrHAco'Gus  (Therap.) Xi9ayotyog,
from. X*9og, ' a stone,' and ayw, ' I ex-
pel.'  A remedy, which was  supposed
to possess the power of expelling cal-
culi.
  Lith'ia (Path.) Lithi'asis, X-t9taoig,
Cal'culi Mor'bus, from Xt&og,' a stone.'
The formation of stone or gravel  in
the human  body.   Also,  an  affection
in  which the eyelids are edged  with
small, hard, and stone-like concretions.
  Lithol'abpm (Surg.) Xt&oXafiov, from
Xtdog,' a stone,' and Xup(iavo), ' I seize.'
An  instrument  for  extracting  stone
from the bladder. It had various shapes.
Fabricius ab Aquapendente, Hilda-
NUS.
  Lithontrip'tic  (Mat. Med.) Lilhon-
trip'ticus,Lithonthryp'tk,Calculifragus,
Saxif'ragus, from Xidog, ' a stone,' and
rqtftoi,' I bruise,'' I break.'  A remedy,
believed  capable of  dissolving  calculi
in the urinary passages.   There is  not
much reliance to be placed upon such
remedies.  By antilithics, exhibited ac-
cording  to the chemical  character of
the calculus  (see  Calculi  urinary),
the disease may be prevented from in-
creasing; but  most of  the  vaunted
lithontriptics, for dissolving the calcu-
lus already formed, have been found
unworthy  of  the  high encomiums
which  have  accompanied their intro-
duction.
  Writers. A. Blackrie, Lond. 1771.
B. Langrish, Lond. 1746.
  Lithop^'dion (Path.)  Xi&onaiSiov,
In'fans lapide'us, from Xt^9og,' a stone/
and naig,' a child.'  A fcetus, petrified
in the body of the  mother.
  Lithosper'mUm  Officina'le (Mat.
Med.) Mil'ium  So'lis, Grom'well, JE-
gon'ychon, Bas'tard  Al'kanet.   The
seeds of  this  plant were formerly sup-
posed, from their stony hardness, to be
efficacious in calculous affections. They
have, also, been considered diuretic.
  (F) Gremil officinal, Herbe  aux  Per-
les.
  (G) Meerhirse, Steinhirse,
Perlkrautsaamen.
  Lithotome  (Surg.)   Lithot'omus,'
from Xidog, ' a stone,' and rtpvoi, ' I
cut.'  This name has been given to  a
number  of instruments,  of  different
shapes and size, which are used in the
operation for the stone, to cut the neck
or body of the  bladder.  They  ought,
with more propriety, to be called  Cys-
totomes.
    (G)  Steinmesser.
  The LITHOTOME CACHE of Frebe
Come is the most  known, and is still 
LITHOTOMY
           LITHOTOMY           61

occasionally used.  It is composed of a
handle, and of a flattened sheath, slight-
ly curved; in this there is a cutting
blade, which can be forced out by press-
ing upon a bascule  or lever, to any
extent, that may be wished  by the ope-
rator.
  Lithot'omist (Surg.) Same etymon.
Lithot'omus.  One, who devotes him-
self entirely to operating for the stone.
One, who practises lithotomy.      t
    (G)  Steinschneider.
  Lithot'omy  (Surg.) Lithoto'mia,
li&orouia,  Cystoto'mia,  same etymon.
The  operation,  by  which  a stone  is
extracted from  the bladder.  The dif-
ferent methods, according to which this
operation may be practised, are reduci-
ble to five principal; each of which has
experienced numerous modifications.
  1.  The Method of Celsus, Meth'odus
Celsia'na, Appara'tus  Mi'nor,  Cutting
on the Gripe. This consisted in cutting
upon the stone, after having made it
project at  the perinaeum by means of
the fingers introduced into the rectum.
This method was attended with several
inconveniences; such as the difficulty
of dividing the parts  neatly,  injury
done to the bladder, as well as the im-
possibility of drawing down the stone
in many  persons. It is sometimes, also,
called the Meth'odus Guytonia'na; from
Guy de Chauliac having endeavoured
to draw it from the discredit into which
it had fallen in his time. It  was termed
the Apparatus Minor, from the  small
number of instruments required in it.
  (F)Le  Petit appareil.  (G) K1 e i n e
Steinschnitt.
  2.  Appara'tus Ma'jor.  This method
was  invented,  in  1520, by John de
Romani,  a surgeon of  Cremona, and
communicated  by him to  Mariano-
Santo -di-Barletta, whence  it was
long  called   MARIANO'S   Method —
Sec'tio MARIA'NA.  It  was called the
Appara'tus Ma'jor, from the number of
instruments required in it.
  An incision was made on the median
line; but the neck of the bladder was
not comprehended in it.  It was merely
dilated.
  The  greater apparatus was liable to
many inconveniences, such as  ecchy-
moses; contusion; inflammation of the
neck  of the  bladder;  abscesses; uri-
nary fistulas ;  incontinence of  urine;
impotence, &c.
  (F) Le grand appareil.
  (G) Grosse  Steinschnitt.
  3.  The High Operation,  Appara'tus
al'tus,  Sec'tio Franco'nia, S. Hypo-
 fasHrka, was first practised by Petek
 ranco, about the middle  of the 16tb>
century.  It consisted in pushing the
stone above the pubis by the  finger*
introduced into the rectum.  Rousset
afterwards proposed  to make the blad-
der rise above the pubis by injecting
it.   The  method had fallen into dis-
credit, when Frere Come  revived it.
It  is  used  when the  calculus is very
large.  It  was practised by  opening
first  the membranous  part of the ure-
thra  upon a catheter passed into the
canal. Through this incision, the Sonde
a dard, a species of catheter, having a
spear-pointed  stilet,  was  introduced
into the bladder. An incision was then
made in the linea alba, above the sym-
physis pubis,  of about four or  five
fingers'  breadth, and the  peritoneum
detached  to avoid wounding it.  The
stilet was pushed through the  bladder,
and used as a director for the  knife,
with which the bladder  was divided
anteriorly, as far as the neck;  and the
stone extracted.
  It  was performed in England by Mr.
Douglas, in 1719, and since by  others
with various modifications.
  (F) Haut appareil,  Taille Hypogas-
trique, Taille sus-pubienne.
  (G)hohe Steinschnitt.
  4.  Lateral Operation, so named from
the prostate gland  and neck  of the
bladder being cut laterally, was probably
invented  by Peter  Franco.  It was
introduced   into  France   by  Frere
Jacques  de Beaulieu.  He performed
it with rude instruments, invented by
himself, and improved by the sugges-
tions of some of the  Parisian surgeons.
In England, it received its earliest and
most  important improvements  from
the celebrated Cheselden.  It is the
method  practised at  the  present day,
however, according to different modes of
procedure.  In this method, the patient
is  placed upon a table; his legs and
thighs are bent and separated; the hands
being tied to the feet.  The perinaeum
is then shaved, and a staff is introduced
into  the bladder; the  handle  being
turned towards the right groin  of the
patient.  An  oblique incision is now
made from the raphe  to the middle* of
a line drawn  from  the  anus  to the
tuberosity of the ischium of the left
side ; and, taking the staff for a guide,
the integuments, cellular tissue of the
perinaeum,  membranous portion of the
urethra,  transversus  perinsei  muscle,
bulbo-cavernosus, some fibres of the
levator ani, the prostate  and neck of
 
LITHOTOMY
588
LITHOTRITY
 the bladder, are successively divided.
 For  this latter part of the operation,
 the  knife, Lithotome Cache,  cutting
 gorget, &c. are used, according to the
 particular procedure.  The forceps  ii
 now introduced into  the  bladder, and
 the stone extracted.
   In the operation, care must be taken
 not to injure the rectum,  or the  great
 arterial vessels, distributed to the peri-
 naeum.
    (F) Appareil latiralise.
   A variety of the  Lateral Apparatus,
 called  by the French Appareil latiral
 consisted in cutting into  the bas-fond
 of the bladder without touching the
 neck of that  organ:  but  it was soon
 abandoned on account of its inconveni-
 ences.
   5.  Lithot'omy by the Rec'tum,  (F)
 Taille  par le Rectum,  Taille postd-
 rieure,  T.  Recto-veskale.  This was
 proposed by Vegetius in the 16th cen-
 tury;  but  was  never  noticed  until
 M. Sanson, in the year 1817, attracted
 attention to it; since which time it has
 been successfully  performed in many
 instances.   It consists in  penetrating
 the bladder through the paries corre-
 sponding with the rectum, by first cut-
 ting  the  sphincter ani and   rectum
about the root of the  penis, and pene-
trating the bladder by the neck  of that
 organ, dividing  the prostate; or by its
bas-fond.
  Lithotomy, in women, from the short-
ness of the urethra, is a comparatively
insignificant operation.
  (F) Lithotomie, Taille.
   (G)  Steinschnitt,  Blasen-
s c h n i 11.
  Writers. W. H. Ryff, Wurtzburg,
 1543(G).   Marianus,  1552 (L). S.
 Pineau, Paris,  1610 (F).   N. Pietre
(high L.), Paris,  1635 (L).  B. Syl-
                  "~ (L).  G. Fabr.
Hildanus, Lond. 1640 (L).  H. The-
vaticus,  Lugd. 1637 (I
baldus, Patav. 1638 (L).  Ch.  Dre-
lincourt, Leyd. 1663(F).  Engering,
Traject. ad Rhen.  1690 (L).   Tolet,
Utrecht. 1693 (F).  J. Mery (on-FRERE
Jacques's method),  Paris, 1700 (F).
Ch.  D. Delaunay,  Paris, 1700 (F).
G. W. Wedel, Jenae, 1704 (L).  Th.
Alghisi, Florence, 1707 (I).   Kone,
Groning. 1707 (L).   D. Nebel, Hei-
delberg, 1710 (L).   A. O.  GdLicKE,
Hal. 1713 (L).   Fehr, Basil, 1716 (L).
Fr. Wiedemann, Augsburg, 1719 (G).
JoHif Douglas, Lond. 1719.   James
Douglas (history of the lateral O.),
Lond.  1726: — Appendix, Lond. 1731.
W.Cheselden (High O.j.Lond. 1723.
S. Pye, Lond  1724.  J. Middleton
(High  O.), Lond. 1724.   W. H. Pro-
bisch,  Kbnigsberg,  1724 (G).  J. H.
Schaffer, Arg. 1724 (L).  Hentzius,
Gissae, 1727 (L).  Fr. M. Colot, Paris,
1727 (F).  L. Hi.ister (apparatus mi-
nor), Helmst. 1745 (L).   R. C. de Ga-
rengeot (Lateral O.), Paris, 1730 (F).
Le Dran, Paris, 1730(F). A. Titsingh,
Amsterd. 1731(D).   C. N.  le Cat,
Reuen,  1749 (F).  Kesselring (Fou-
bert's  method),  Hal. 1738 (L).  S. F.
Morand (High O.), Paris, 1747 (F).  P.
Tarin, Paris, 1748 (L).   Frere Come,
Leid. 1754 (L).   Pallucci,  Vienna,
1757(F).  Another work,  Paris, 1759
(F).  J. Grossatesta  (Lateral  O),
Modena, 1758 (I).   Cambon,  Paris,
1760 (F).  D. Mazotti (L. of women),
Faenza, 1764 (I).  Cl. Pouteau (Lat-
eral O), Avignon, 1765 (F).  L. Chas-
tanet,  Paris, 1768  (F).   A.  Louis
(advantages of Hawkins's  method),
Paris, 1769 (L).   Lamarque  (Lateral
OJ, Toulouse,  1769(F).  J. Z.  Plat-
ner (history  of L. of women), Lips.
1770 (L).  J.  B. W.  Ferrand,  Paris,
1772 (L).   Hausmann  (Hawkins's
method), Brunswick, 1781 (G).  Jos.
Guidetti, Florence,  1784 (I).  J. Ch.
Loder (Lecat's method),  Jenas, 1785
(L).  L. S. Saucerotte  (history  of
L.),  Nancy,  1790 (F).   Sir James
Earle,  Lond. 1793.  Muller, Hal.
1797 (L).   W. Dease, Lond.  1798.
J. Fr. L. Deschamps, Paris, an. vi (F).
C. J. M. Langenbeck, Wurzburg, 1802
(G).  A. L. F. Cauviere, Paris  an. xi
(F).   J. Thomson, Edinb.  1808.  Ap-
pendix,  Edinb. 1810.  Allan, Edinb.
1808.  W. Simmons, Manchester, 1808.
C. B. Trye, Lond. 1811.  J. S. Carpue
(history of high O.), Lond. 1819.  San-
son (recto-vesical  O.), Paris, 1817 (F).
N. Barbantini, Lucca,  1819 (F).   C,
A. Key, Lond. 1824.  W. W. Sleigh
(Posterior O.), Lond.  1824. A. Scarpa
(I): in (F) by C.  P.  Ollivier,  Paris,
1826.  Vacca  Berlinghieri  (Poste-
rior  O.), from  the Italian by  J.  C.
Morin, Genev. 1823-26 (F).  D.Bel-
mas (High O:),  Paris, 1827 (F).  F. J.
Deschamps and L. J. Begin  (history
of L.),  Paris, 1826 (F).  E. Stanley
(Lateral O.), Lond. 1829.
  Lithot'rity  (Surg.)   LithotrV'tia,
from Xi&og, ' a stone,'  and rqtfiw,  ' 1
break.'  Breaking  the  stone  in  the
bladder.  This operation has been per-
formed,  of late  years, with some sue- 
LITRE
589
LIVER
cess by  the  French  surgeons,  with
appropriate instruments; — consisting
of a hollow canula, containing a kind
of auger, which can be turned against
the stone, so  as to reduce it in size.
This  instrument is termed  Lithrotri-
teur.
  Writers.  Civiale, Paris, 1827 (F).
A. P. Bancal, Paris, 1829 (F).  Baron
Heurteloup, Paris, 1827 (F).
  Litre (Pharm.)  Li'tra.  A measure,
containing a cubed decimetre, which is
equal nearly  to 2 pints  and 5 drachms.
The ancients gave the name litra, Xnqa,
to a measure  capable  of containing 16
ounces of liquid.
  Liv'er (Anat.) Sax.  hpep, (G) Le-
ber,  He'par,  Je'cur, >,  iaq.   The liver
is the largest gland  in the  body.   It
is an azygous organ; unsymmetrical;
very  heavy; and of a brownish-red
color; occupying the whole ofthe right
hypochondrium, and a part of the epi-
  fastrium.  Above, it corresponds to the
  iaphragm;  below, to the  stomach,
transverse colon,  and  right kidney;
behind, to the vertebral column, aorta,
and vena cava;  and before, to the base
of the chest.   Its upper surface is con-
vex ;  the lower, irregularly convex and
concave, so  that anatomists have di-
vided  the  liver into three  lobes, — a
large or right lobe or  colic  lobe ; — a
lesser lobe, lobule, or inferior lobe, the
Lobulus Spigelii (q. v.) ; — and a middle
or left lobe*.
   At  its inferior surface, are  observed ;
— 1.  A Sul'cus or Fur'roio, or Fis'sure,
called horizon'tal or longitu'dinal, great
fissure,  Fos'sa  Umbilica'lis,  (F) Sillon
horizontal, longitudinal, S. de la veine
ombilicale,  Sul'cus  an'tero-poste'rior
Jed oris,  S.  horizonta'lis  Jec'oris,  S.
longitudina'lis Jec'oris, S. sinis'ter Jec'-
oris,   S. Umbilica'lis,  which lodges,
in the foetus,  the  umbilical vein and
ductus  venosus.   2.  The  Prin'cipal
Fis'sure, termed Sul'cus  Transver'sus
vel Si'nus Porta'rum,  (F) Sillon trans-
versal ou de la veine porte, which  re-
ceives  the sinus  of the  vena  porta.
3.  The  Fis'sure ofthe Ve'na Ca'va  in-
fe'rior,  Sillon de  la  veine  cave  infi-
rieure, situated at the posterior margin
ofthe organ, and lodging the vena cava
 inferior.   4.  The  Lob'ulus  Spige'lii
 (a. v.),  or posterior portal  eminence.
5. The  anterior portal eminence, Au-
ri'ga  or Lob'ulus  anon'ymus (q. v.).
6.  Depressions  corresponding  to  the
upper  surface  of the stomach,  gall-
bladder, arch of the colon, right kidney,
 &c.  Continued from the fossa umbilica-
                 50
lis, is a small fossa, called Fos'sa Duc'-
tus Veno'si, between the left lobe and
Lobulus Spigelii.
  The posterior  margin of the liver is
very thick; much more  so  than the
anterior.   The liver  is  surrounded by
a serous  or  peritoneal covering, which
forms for it a suspensory or broad liga-
ment, and two lateral and  triangular
ligaments.  See  Falx.   The blood-
vessels of the liver are very  numerous.
The hepatic artery and vena porta fur-
nish it with the blood, necessary for its
nutrition  and the  secretion  of bile.
The hepatic veins convey away  the
blood, which has served those purposes.
The lymphatic vessels are very numer-
ous;  some  being superficial; others,
deep-seated.  The  nerves  are,  also,
numerous, and proceed from the pneu-
mogastric, diaphragmatic, and from the
hepatic plexuses.
   The intimate structure of the paren-
chyma of the liver is not understood.
When cut, it presents a porous appear-
ance, owing to the division of a multi-
tude of small vessels.  When torn, it
seems  formed  of granulations; — the
intimate structure of which has  given
rise to many  hypotheses.   In  these
granulations are contained the  radicles
of the -excretory ducts of the bile; the
union of which  constitutes  the hepatic
duct.
   The liver is the only organ, which,
independently of the red blood carried
to it by  the  hepatic artery, receives
black  blood by the  vena porta.  The
general opinion is, that  the vena porta
is the fluid  which furnishes bile, whilst
that of the artery affords blood for the
nutrition of the  liver.  On this subject,
however, there is no  certainty.
   The  liver is liable to a number of
diseases.   The principal are — Hepati'-
tis (q. v.), or inflammation. — Can'cer,
Biliary Calculi, encysted and other tu-
mors or tubercles hydatids, &c.  It has,
at times, been the fashion to refer to it
as the cause of symptoms, with  which
it is in no wise connected.
     (F) Foie.
   Writers on the Anatomy and Physi-
ology ofthe Liver. Fr. Glisson (anat.),
Lond.  1654 (L).    Ch. Bierwirth
(structure  and diseases),  Lugd. Bat.
1706 (L).  G. Moebius (phys.),  Jenae,
1654 (L).   A. Helvetius  (anat.),
Lugd. Bat.  1711 (L).  J. B. Bianchi
(anat., phys.,  and diseases), August.
Taurin.   1711 (L).   J.  Wainwright
(anat. and  diseases), Lond. 1722.   G.
Thilo (anat. and phys.), Lips.1748 (L). 
LIXIVIAL
590
LOBELIA
 J. A. M. Bertrandi, Taurin. 1748 (L).
 A. Franken (anat.), Lugd.  Bat. 1748
 (L).  W.  Saunders (anat., phys., and
 diseases),  Lond. 1793.  Ch. Metzger,
 Regiom. 1796 (L).   P. P. Maria, Tu-
 rin, 1811 (F).   R. Powell, Lond. 1800.
   Writers on Diseases of the Liver.
 J. Vischer,  Tubing.  1580 (L).   H.
 Michaelis (obstruction), Basil, 1583
 (L).   J. Seiler (Do.), Basil, 1602 (L).
 G. Horst, Giessas, 1609 (L).  S. Schil-
 ling  (Scirrhus),  Lips. 1610 (L).  G.
 Molthf.r, Marburg,   1612 (L).   G.
 Cramer, Argent. 1664 (L).  Ch. Bif.r-
 uiktii, Lugd. Bat. 1706 (L).  J. B.
 Bianchi,  August.   Turin.  1711 (L).
 J. Wainwright, Lond. 1722.  M. Al-
 berti (scirrhus), Hal.  1731  (L).  Fr.
 Hoffmann, Hal. 1726 (L).   Another
 work;  Hal. 1726 (L).   G.  Tacconi,
 Bonon. 1740 (L).   J. A. Wedel (ob-
 struction),  Jenae,  1746 (L).  F.  D.
 Lesne  (abscess), Paris, 1753 (L).  J.
 G. Haase  (Do.),  Lips. 1776 (L).  S.
 Mathews  (in the East Indies), Lond.
 1783.  J. F. Weissenborn  (abscess),
 Erford.  1786  (G).   W.  Saunders.
 Lond.   1793.   J. B. Farre  (morbid
 anat.), Lond. 1814 et seq.  W. White,
 Bath,  1808.  A.  Portal, Paris,  1815
 (F).   Jas.  Johnson, Lond. 1825.
   LIVER  (Pharm.)  He'par.  Under
 this name  the  ancients designated sev-
 eral  substances,  having  a  brownish
 color,  analogous  to  that of the liver;
 and  composed  of  sulphur and  some
 other body. See Potassa Sulpiiure-
 tum or Liver of Sulphur.
   The Liver of Antimony  is the  semi-
 vitreous sulphuret, &c.
   Lixiv'ial  (Pharm.)  Lixivia'sus;
 from lixiv'ium, ' lee.'  An ancient term
 for salts, obtained by washing vegetable
 aslu s, — such as the fixed alkalies.
    (F) Lixiiitl, Lixivievxi.
   Lixivia?tion (Pharm.) Elixivia'tion,
 Lixivia'tio,  same  etymon.  An opera-
 tion, which consists in  washing ashes
 with water, so as to dissolve the soluble
 parts.  The filtered  liquor is the lee.
    (G) Auslaugung.
   Lixiv'ium (Pharm.)  Lixiv'ia, xovia,
 Lee.   Any  solution  containing potass
or  soda in  excess;  from lix, ' potash,'
 (q. v.)   (F) Lessive.  (G) Lauge.
   Liz'ard  (Mat. Med.)  Lacer'ta, La-
 cer'tus, auiqa,  oavqog.   Lizards  were
 formerly employed in medicine as su-
 dorifics; and were,  at one time, ex-
 tolled  in syphylis,   cutaneous affec-
tions, and in cancer.
   (F) Lezard.    (G)Eidechse.
   Writers.  J. Flores (in  cancer),
 Madrid, 1782 (S). J. B. de Meo (Do.),
 Palermo, 1784 (1).  J. J. Romer, Leipz,
 1788 (G).
   LOBB, Theoph'ilus, M.D., F.R.S.
 (Biog.)  A London  physician of some
 eminence ; born in 1678 ;  died in 1763.
 Works.  Treatise on the  small-pox.
 Lond.  1731. Svo.   Rational  method
 of curing  fevers,  deduced from  the
 structure ofthe human body, &c. Lond.
 1734. 8vo.   Medical practice in curing
 fevers.  Lond. 1735. 8vo.   A practical
 treatise  on painful  distempers, with
 some effectual methods of  curing them.
 Lond. 1739. 8vo. Treatise on the sol-
 vents of the stone, and  the curing of
 the  stone  and  the gout  by aliments.
 Lond. 1739. 8vo.  An  address  to the
 faculty of physic, relating  to Miss Ste-
 phens's  medicine.  Lond.  1739. 8vo.
 Letters concerning the plague and other
 contagious  distempers.   Lond.  1745.
 8vo.  A compendium ofthe practice of
 physic.   Lond.  1747.  8vo.   Medical
 principles and cautions. Part I.  Lond.
 1751. 8vo.   Part II.  1752.  Part  III.
 1753.  Medicinal letters, in two parts,
 fyc. intended chiefly for the benefit of
 those poor families, which can neither
 have the advice of a physician, nor the
 attendance  of an apothecary.  Lond.
 1763. 12mo.  The practice of physic in
 general,  as  delivered in  a course of
 lectures on the theory of diseases, and
 the proper  method of treating  them.
 Lond. 1771. 2 vols. Svo,
   Lobe (Anat.) Lo'bus,?.o?og. A round,
 projecting part of an  organ.  The liver
 and the lungs have lobes.
    (G)  La p p  en.
   The  LOBE or LOB'ULE OF THE
 EAR is a  soft,  rounded  prominence,
 which terminates the circumference of
 the pavilion inferiorly,  and which is
 pierced in those who  wear rings.
   The  under surface of the brain is
 divided  into two anterior, two lateral,
 and  two posterior lobes  or  processes.
 These Chaussier calls lobules of the
 brain :  the  cerebral   hemispheres  he
 terms lobes.
  Lobe'lia  Infla'ta  (Mat. Med.) In'-
 dian Tobac'co, Emet'ic Weed, Lobe'lia.
 The prominent virtues of this American
 plant are those of an emetic. In smaller
doses, it has been given as a pectoral
in  croup, asthma, &c.  It  is, also, su-
dorific and  cathartic.  Twenty  grains
act as an emetic.
  LOBE'LIA  SYPHILITICA, — Blue
 Car'dinal  Flow'er, Ranun'culus  Vir-
ginia'nus. The root of this plant, which
is  indigenous in  the  United States, is 
LOBULE             591          LOCOMOTION
 an emetic and drastic cathartic.   It has
 beeen used against syphilis ; hence its
 name.  The mode of preparing  it is
 to boil  § ss of the dried root in fljxij of
 water,  until  the  fluid is  reduced to
 fljviij.  Dose, fl>ss.
   (G) Gemeine Lobelie, Blaue
 Cardinalsblume.
   Lob'ule  (Anat.)  Lob'ulus,  diminu-
 tive of Lobus, a little lobe.
     (G) Lappchen.
   LOB'ULUS ANON'YMUS, L. accesso'-
 rius ante'rior quadra'tus, L. quadra'tus.
 This is situated  in the liver between
 the passage for the round ligament and
 the gall bladder and is less prominent
 but broader than  the Lobulus caudatus.
 From the lobulus anonymus a bridge
 runs across the passage for the round
 ligament.  It is  called Pons vel Isth-
 mus hep'atis.
   (F) Eminence porte anterieure.
   LOB'ULUS CAUDA'TUS, Proces'sus
 cauda'tus. This  is merely the root or
 one of the angles of  the lobulus spi-
 gelii, advancing towards the middle of
■ the lower side of the  great lobe, and
 representing a kind of tail.
   LOB'ULUS SPIGE'LII,  L. poste'rior,
 L. posti'cus papillu'tus, is  situated near
 the  spine; upon the  left side of the
 great lobe of  the liver, and is of  a py-
 ramidal shape, projecting like a nipple,
 between the cardia and vena cava, at
 the  small curvature ofthe stomach.
   (F) Eminence porte  post6rieure, Lo-
 bule, Petit lobe du foie, Lobe de Spigel,
 Lobe duodenal, L. pancreatique.
   Lo'cal (Path.  &c.)  Loca'lis,  roni-
 y.og.  Topical.  An affection is called
 local — Mor'bus loca'lis, — when confin-
 ed to a part, without implicating the
 general system ;  or, at all events, only
 secondarily.   Local is thus opposed to
 general.  A lo'cal or top'kal application
 is one used externally.  See Topical.
   (F) Locale, Topique.  (G)ortlich.
   Writers.  J.  Abernethy  (on local
 diseases), Lond. 1826.   Eighth edit.
   Lochi'a (Obstet.)  Purgamen'ta Pu-
 erpe'rii, Purga'tio,  Xoxia,  Xoxtia, Xo-
Xtiov xa9aqaig, from Xoxog,  ' a woman
in childbed.'  The cleans'ings. A serous
and  sanguineous discharge following
delivery.  During the  first two or three
days, it is bloody,  but afterwards be-
comes green-colored and exhales a dis-
agreeable   and  peculiar  odor.  The
duration, quantity and character of the
discharge  vary according to numerous
circumstances.
  The lochial  discharge flows  from
those uterine vessels,  which  formed
the medium of communication between
the mother and foetus, and it continues
until their mouths  become  obliterated,
which usually requires  from 14 to  21
days.  (F) Suites de couches, Vidanges.
  (G) Kindbettreinigung,  Ge-
burtsreinigung.
  Writers.   Schaarmann,  Altdorf.
1669 (L).   R. W. Crausius (suppres-
sion of L.), Jenae, 1682  (L).   Sciijef-
fer (Do.), Lugd.  Bat. 1676 (L).  J.
H. Meibom (Do.),  Helmst. 1717 (L).
M. Alberti,  Hal.  1724 (L).  Another
work on suppression of the lochia, Hal.
1731  (L).   G. P.  Juch, Erford. 1731
(L).   Roger (suppression),  Argent.
1731  (L).    Fischer  (Do.),   Erford.
1762 (L).   Ph. A. Bohmer,  Hal.  1773
(L).    Wolf  (suppression),   Argent.
1783 (L).
  Lochiorrha'gia (Path.) fromXoxtia,
and qtjywpi,' I make an irruption,'  an
immoderate flow ofthe lochia.
  Lochiorrhce'a (Phys.) from  P.o/sia.
' the lochia,'  and qtot,  ' I flow.'  The
discharge  ofthe lochia.
  Lochodochi'um (Obstetr.)  from Xo-
Xog,' a female in childbed,'  and Stxo-
pat,' I receive.'  An institution for the
reception  of pregnant  and childbed
females.   A Lying-in hospital.
    (G) Gebarhaus.
  Locomo'tion (Physiol.)  Locomo'tio,
from lo'cus,' a place,' and '• move're,' to
move.'  An action,  peculiar to  animal
bodies, by which they transport their
bodies from place to place. The faculty
is  sometimes called Locomotiv'ity and
Locomotil'ity.
Table of the Apparatus of Locomotion.
r
Class I.
Active   ,
Organs- i
a.  Exciting,
b.  Acting,
1.  By contraction.

2.  By elasticity.
 (The brain,
J Cerebellum,
 j Medulla spinalis,
 [Nerves.
  The voluntary muscles.
 ("The cartilages of prolon
J   gation,
 | Certain  elastic   liga-
    ments. 
LODGE
592           LONGEVITY
Class II.
Passive
Organs.
                       ("Tendons,
1.  Transmitting the ac- J  Aponeuroses  of   inser-
tion.
                           tion,
                         Periosteum.
                        ' Envelopingaponeuroses,
                         Fibrous sheaths  of  ten-
                           dons,
                         .     ,    ,.   f of the car-
                         Annular  liga- J   pus,
                           ments,     1 of the tar-
                        «.             [   SUS.
3  Obcuino- or  resisting ( Long b°nesof the limbs,
    actki     resistinS ) Flat  bones of the  cavi-
                       f   ties.
                       e Incrusting cartilages.
                       t Synovial app.j^cu^
2.  Concentrating or  di
    recting the action.
4.  Facilitating motion.
   (G) Ortsfahigkeit,  Ortsbe-
 wegung.
   LODGE, Thomas, M. D. (Biog.) An
 English physician, better known as a
 dramatic  poet  than physician;  died
 in 1625.   Works.  Treatise  of the
 plague;  containing the  nature, signs,
 and accidents of the same, with the cer-
■ tain  and  absolute  cure  of the  fevers,
 botches, and carbuncles that raigne  in
 these times, &c. Lond. 1603. 4to.
   Logap'orum  O'leum  (Pliarm.)  An
 oil, prepared from lizards.  Scultetus.
   Loimog'raphy  (Path.)   Loimogra'-
 phia, from  Xotuog,  ' a plague,' and yqa-
 tpm,' I describe.'  A description of the
 plague and pestilential diseases.
    LOM'MIUS,   Jodocus,   or  Van
 Lom,  (Biogr.)   A  celebrated  Dutch
 medical writer of the 16th  century.
 Works.   Commentarii de tuendd- sani-
 tate,  in primum librum de re medicd
 Aurelii   Cornelii  Celsi.   Lovan.
 1558.  12mo.  Observationum medicina-
 lium libri tres.  Antwerp.  1560.  8vo.
 In English by J. Wynter. Lond. 1747.
 De curandis febribus  continuis  liber.
 Antwerp. 1563.  8vo.
   Long (Anat.)  Lon'gus, paxqog.  That
 which is much greater iii length than
 in breadth;  as the long bones.  The
 epithet is, also, applied to several mus-
 cles, to distinguish them from others of
similar function, when the  latter are
 shorter. — We  say, for instance, long
flexors,  and long extensors, in opposi-
 tion to short  flexors, and short exten-
 sors.         (G) Lang.
   Longevity,  Longav'itas,  paxqo^iio-
 oig.  The prolongation of existence to
 an advanced  age.  Haller collected
 examples of more  than 1000 centena-
 rians.  He had  knowledge of 26 per-
sons,  aged from 110 to 120  years; of
29 from 120  to  130 years; and of 15,
who had attained from 130 to 140 years.
Beyond this advanced age, examples of
longevity are much more rare and less
sufficiently attested.
  The  following list exhibits the  most
authentic  cases, with the authorities,
who have vouched for their accuracy.
Persons.
Margaret Forster,
Margaret Patten,
James Lawrence,
Countess of Desmond,
James Sands,  .  .
A. Goldsmith,  .  .
Simon Sack,   .  .
Countess Ecleston,
John Effingham, .
Evan Williams,  .
Charles J. Drakenberg,
Col. Thomas Winslow,
Thomas Parr,  .  .   .
James Bowles,   .   .
Joseph Surrington,  .
Henry Jenkins,  .   .
Louisa Truxo (negress)
Country.
England,
   Do.
Scotland,
Ireland,
England,
   Do.

Ireland,
England,
Wales,
Norway,
Ireland,
England,
   Do.
Norway,
England,
S. America,
Died. Ag
1771
1776
1764
1691
1757
1782
1770
1766
1635
1656
1797
1670
136
138
140
140
140
140
141
143
144
145
146
146
152
152
160
169
175
Authority.
Lynch.
Buchanan.
Raleigh.
Fuller.
Fuller.


Annual Register.

Phil. Transactions


Philos. Transact. 
LONGISSIMUS DORSI      593
LORENTZ
  Writers.   G. Cheyne, Lond. 1725.
L.  Cornaro, Cheltenham, 1823.  A.
Harper,  Lond. 1789.  Th. Jamieson,
Lond.  1811.   Sir J.  Sinclair, Edinb.
1807.
  Longis'simus  Dor'si (Anat.)   Lom-
bo-dorso-trachtlien, Portion costo-trache-
lienne du  sacrospinal (Ch.), Semi-spi-
na'tus, is situated vertically at the pos-
terior part of the trunk  and fills, in  a
great measure,  the  vertebral  furrows.
It is thick and almost  square below;
thin and pointed above.  It is attached
to the posterior  surface of the sacrum,
to the transverse  processes of all the
lumbar and dorsal vertebra?, and to the
inferior margin of the last 7 or 8 ribs.
It maintains  the vertebral column in
a straight position; straightens it when
bent forwards,  and  can even carry  it
back.  It, also, assists1  in the  rotary
motion ofthe trunk.
  (F) Long dorsal, Long du dos.
  Lon'gus Col'li (Anat.)   Pre-dorso-
ccrvkal, Pre-dorso-atloidien (Ch.)  This
muscle is situated at the  anterior and
superior part of the  vertebral column.
It is long, flat, and broader at its mid-
dle than at its  extremities, which are
pointed.  It is attached to the anterior
surface of the bodies of  the three first
dorsal and six last  cervical vertebra;;
to the  intervertebral  ligaments ;  to the
anterior  edge  of the transverse pro-
cesses of the five last  cervical  verte-
brae ; and to the tubercle  on the ante-
rior arch of  the first.   This muscle
bends the.cervical  vertebrae upon each
other  and upon the  dorsal vertebrae.
If  the upper portion acts on one side
only it occasions the rotation  of the
atlas on the vertebra dentata; and, con-
sequently, ofthe head on the neck.
     (F)  Long du cou.
    Lonice'ra   Periclym'enum    (Mat.
 Med.)    Peryclim'enum,  Caprifo'lium,
 Corn'mon wood'bine.   This  common
 plant  is  slightly  astringent and tonic,
 and was formerly  much  used  in gar-
 gles.
   (F) Chbvre-feuille.
   (G)  Hahnenfiisslein,   Deu-
 tsches  Geesblatt.
   Looch (Pharm.) Lohoch. Look.  A
 linctus.  See Eclegma.
   LOOCH  AL'BUM  (Pharm.)   Looch
 amygdali'num, Linc'tus al'bus, L. amyg-
 dali'nus  L. commu'nis, Eclcg'ma al'-
 bum, Ecleg'ma gummo'so-oleo'sum, (F)
 Looch  blanc,   L. b.  amygdalin, L  b.
pectoral.  (Amygd. dulc.  § ss,  amygd.
 amar. No. ij. sacchar. alb.  3iv.   Make
 an emulsion by gradually  adding § iv
of water.  Then take pulv. tragacanth.
gr. xvj,  ol. amygd.  dulc'. recent. § ss.
sacch. 3'j- Add the almond milk grad-
ually to this, and afterwards aq. flor.
aurant.  3Jj-  Ph. P.)  It is demulcent,
and pectoral.
   LOOCH EX O'VO,  Looch of egg
(F) Look d'auf, Looch  rouge,  Emul-
sion huileuse, Mixture calmante, Potion
pectorale, Lait adoucissant,  Potio seu
emul'sio  seu  mistu'ra le'niens seu olco'-
sa, Looch pectora'le  le'niens.  (Vitell.
ovi recent. § ss, ol. amyd. dulc. § iss,
syrup, althaa, §j.  Rubin a mortar and
add by degrees aq.flor.  aurant. § j, aq.
papav. rhaad.  § ij.  Ph.  P.)  Virtues
the same as the preceding.
   LOOCH  VIR'IDE,  Look cum cro'co et
pista'ciis, (F) Looch  vert.  (Syrup, vio-
lar. §j, tinct. croci gtt.  xx, aqua 3iv,
Mix, and add pistacia semin. sice. 3vj-
Ph. P.)  Virtues like the last.
   LOOCH AB'SqUE EMULSIO'NE PA-
RA'TUM, Look prepare sans Emulsion.
Looch prepared with out emulsion. (Pulv.
g. trag. gr. xvj, to gr. xxx,  ol. amygd.
dulc.  § ss,  sacchar.  §j,  aqua  § iij,
aqua flor. aurant. 3U-  M- by rubbing
in a marble mortar.)   Demulcent.
   Lo'pez Ra'dix  (Mat. Med.)  Ra'dix
lopezia'na, Ra'dix  In'dka   lopezia'na.
The  root of  an unknown Indian tree,
not possessed of any remarkable smeli
or taste, or of any appearance of resin-
ous matter.  It has been extolled, not-
withstanding,  in  cases of colliquative
diarrhoea.   Gaubius compares  its ac-
tion to that of  simarouba, but thinks it
more efficacious.
   Lo'phia (Anat.)   Lopha'dia,  X.otfta,
Xoipadia, aatpaXtia.  The  first  vertebra
ofthe back.   Gorr.£us.
   Loquac"ity  (Path.)   Garru'litas ;
from loquor, ' I  speak.'  The  act  of
speaking with volubility.  It is, some-
times, a symptom of disease and is ob-
 servable in hysteria, &c.
     (F) Babillement.
     (G)  Geschwatz.
   Lordo'sis (Path.) Xaqdortig, Xoqdwpa,
 from Xoqdog,' curved,' ' bent.'  Repan-
 da'tio,  Repandi'tas.   A name, given to
 curvatures ofthe bones in general; and
 particularly  to that of the vertebral col-
 umn forwards.
   LORENTZ, Joseph Adam (Biogr.)
 A French  army physician;  born  in
 Alsace  in 1734;  died at Salzburg  in
 1801.   Work.  Morbi deterioris nota
 Gallorum castra  trans Rhenum sita, ab
 anno 1757 ad 1762, infes'tantes.  Schle-
 stadt. 1765.  12mo.  This is an answer
 to professor  Strack of Mainz, who had 
LORIND MATRICIS       594
LUCCA
attacked  the  French  physicians  on
their mode of treating diseases of the
army.
  Lo'rind Matri'cis (Path.)   Epilep'-
sia uteri'na,  Convulsi'vus u'teri mor'-
bus.  A barbarous name given to p pre-
tended epilepsy of the womb.
  LOR'RY, Anne Charles  (Biogr.)
A learned French physician; born near
Paris in 1725; died in 1783.  Works.
Essai  sur Vusage des alimens, pour
servir de commentaire aux livres dietiti-
ques d'Hippocrate. Paris. 1753. 12mo.
A second part appeared  in 1757.  An
edition of the  aphorisms  of Hippocra-
tes, Gr. and Lat.  1759.   De melancho-
lia et morbis melancholias. Paris. 1765.
2 vols.   He edited Astruc's Memoires
pour servir  a  Vhistoire de la faculte de
m6decine  de Montpellier.  Paris.  1767.
4to.   Sanctorius  de medicind statkd,
with a commentary. 1770.  12mo.  Trac-
tatus de morbis cutaneis.   Paris.  1777.
4to.
  Lotion (Pharm.)  Lotio.   A fluid
external application.  Lotions are ordi-
narily  applied by wetting linen in them
and keeping it on  the part affected.
  Lo'tion,  Gow'i.and's (Pharm.)  An
empirical  preparation.  (Bitter  almonds,
  ai,  sugar  § ij,   distilled water  fljij.
  rind together, strain and add corro-
sive  sublimate  ^ij, previously ground
with sp. vini red.  3ij.  Used  in obsti-
nate eruptions.
  LO'TION,  HYDROCYAN'IC,   Lo'tio
Ac"idi Hydrocyan'ici.    (Hydrocyanic
acid.  f. 3 iv, rectified spirit of wine, f.
§ j, distilled water, f. § xss). Used with
much success  in impetigo, &c.
   LO'TION HANNAY?S,   Preventive
wash.  This famous  nostrum, for  the
prevention  of venereal infection, was
nothing more  than a solution of caustic
potass.
  LO'TION, STRUVE'S, for the hoop-
ing cough.   (Antim. tartar. 3j, aqua
§ij.  Add tinct. cantharid. §j.)
  LOUIS,  An'thony  (Biogr.)   An
eminent  French  surgeon ;  born  at
Metz in 1723 ;  died in 1792.  Works.
Histoire de VAcademic Royale de Chirur-
gie,  depuis  son etablissement  jusqu'en
1743.  Printed in the  4th volume of
the Memoires de VAcademic.  Essai sur
la nature de I'ame ; ou Von tdche d'expli-
quer son  union avec le   corps.  Paris.
1746.  12mo.   Cours de  chirurgie pra-
tique sur les plaies d'armes a feu.  Paris.
1746.  4to.   Observations et remarques
sur les effets du virus cancereux.   Paris.
1748.  Positiones  anatomico-chirurgica
decapite ejusque vulneribus. Paris. 1749.
 Lettre sur la certitude des signes  de la
 mart, avec des observations et des expe-
 riences sur  les  noyis.   Paris.   1749.
 12mo.   Experiences  sur la  lithotomie.
 Paris. 1757.   Mimoire sur une question
 anatomique,  relatif a la jurisprudence.
 In this, the principles for determining,
 in cases of murder, the marks of sui-
 cide from those of assassination — upon
 inspection ofthe dead body —are given.
 Paris. 1763.  12mo.   Memoire sur la
 legitimiti des naissances pretendues tar-
 dives.  Paris. 1764.  8vo.    To this he
 published  a  supplement in  the  same
 year.  Recueil d'observations d'anatomic
 et de chirurgie, pour  servir de base a la
 theorie des lesions de la tite, par contre
 coup. Paris.  1766.
  Love  (Med.) tqwg,  a'mor, from Sax.
 lupian,  (G) lieben,  'to  love.'  A
 tender  and  elevated feeling,  which
 attracts one sex to the other.  Love is
 a frequent cause of disease,  especially
 of insanity and hectic.
  (F)  Amour.   (G) L i e b e.
  Writer.  James Ferrard  (on Idve
 as a disease), Oxford. 1640.
  LOWER, Richard, M. D.  (Biogr.)
 An eminent  physician  and anatomist;
 born in Cornwall, England, about 1631;
 died in 1691.  Works. Tractatus de cor-
 de, item  de motu et  colore sanguinis et
 chyli in eum transitu.  Lond.  1669. 8vo.
 De catarrho.  Lond. 1671. Svo.  Univer-
 sal medicine.  Franc.  1712.  8vo.
  Low'er, Tu'bcrcle of (Anat.)   Tu-
 ber'culum  Loweri.   Anatomists  have
 given this name  to a  small projection;
 the existence of which  is by no means
 constant, and which is found in  the
 sinus venosus,  between the superior
 and inferior cava.
   Loxar'thrus (Surg.  Path.)   from
 Xo^og,' oblique,'  and  aq&qov',' articula-
 tion.'   Perversion de  la tSte des os et
 des  muscles.   A vitious deviation or
 direction of  the joints ;  without spasm
 or luxation, — as in clubfoot.
  LU'CAS, James (Biogr.)  A respecta-
ble surgeon of Leeds, in England ; died
 in 1814, aged 72.  WoitKs.  A candid
inquiry into the education, qualifications,
and offices of  a surgeon apothecary ; the
several branches of the profession being
 distinctly  treated on,  and  suitable  me-
thodical forms annexed; besides various
other topics connected with the principal
office  are also subjoined. Bath.  1800.
 12mo.
  Luc'ca, Mineral Waters of (Mat.
Med.)    The baths and waters,  near
 this  ancient  Italian  city,  have been
 long  celebrated.   They  are thermal 
LUCID
595
LUMBAR
and  resemble in properties those of
Plombieres  in  France and  of Bath in
England.   There are 10 different sour-
ces,  the temperature of which  varies
from 95° to 131° Fahr.
  Writer.   Franceschi, Lucca, 1820
(I)-
  Lu'cid (Path.)   Lu'cidus.  In  medi-
cine, the word lucid is particularly ap-
plied to the intervals of apparent reason,
which occur in mental alienation.
    (G) H elle.
  LUD'WIG,  Chris'tian  Theoph'i-
Lus  (Mat.  Med.)   A  botanical  writer
and physician ; born in Silesia in 1709;
died  at Leipzig. 1773.   Works.  In-
stitutiones  physiologka,  cum pramissd
introductione in universam  medkinam,
pralectionibus acadcmicis accommodata.
Lips.  1754.  Svo.   Institutiones chirur-
gia ;  pralectionibus academkis  accom-
modata. Lips. 1757. Svo.  Institutiones
pathologica,  pralectionibus  academkis
accommodata. Lips. 1754. 8vo.   Insti-
tutiones  medica clinka, pralectionibus
academkis accommodata. Lips.  1769.
8vo.   Adversaria medko-practka. Lips.
1769-72.  3  vols.  8vo.  Institutiones
medicina forensis;  pralectionibus aca-
demkis accommodata :  cura   E. G.
Bose. Lips. 1788.  8vo.
   LUISI'NUS, Louis (Biogr.) An Ital-
ian physician ; native of Udina:  Flour-
ished in the 16th century.  Works. Aph-
orismi Hippocratis hexamctro carmine
conscripti.   Venet.   1552.   De compes-
cendis  animi  affectibus per  moralem
philosophiam et medendi artem, tracta-
tus in tres libros divisus. Basil.  1562.
Aphrodisiacus, sive de luc  venered, in
duos tomos bipartitus, continens  omnia
quacumquc hactenus de  hac re sunt ab
omnibus medicis conscripta.  Ven. 1566.
 fol.
   Lumba'go (Path.) from Lum'bi,' the
 loins.' Arthro'sia lutnbo'rum, Lumba'go
 rheumat'ka,  JVephral'gia   rhcumat'ica.
 Rheumatism affecting the lumbar re-
 gion.  (G) Lendenweh. Lumba'go
psoad'ka, L.  apostemato'sa,  L. ab ar-
 throc'ace — Pains in the loins from ab-
 scess.
   Lum'bar  (Anat.)  Lumbaris or Lum-
 ba'lis.  Belonging or having  reference
 to the loins.
      (F Lombaire.
      (G) L e n d e n (in composition.)
   The LUM'BAR AR'TERIES are four
 or five in  number  on each  side.   They
 arise from  the sides  of the abdominal
 aorta, and pass behind the muscles sit-
 uated in front of the lumbar  portion of
 the spine, to gain  the broad muscles of
the abdomen.  They give off 1. Spinal
branches.   2. Anterior, posterior, and
external muscular branches.
  The LUM'BAR  VEINS have  an ar-
rangement analogous to that of the ar-
teries of the  same  name.  They com-
municate  with the  vertebral  sinuses,
azygous veins,  &c.  and pass  into the
vena cava inferior.
  The LUM'BAR NERVES  are five in
number, and issue  from the vertebral
column by the spinal foramina of the
loins.  The  first lumbar  nerve gives
off three  branches; — the  external or
ilio-scrotal; — the middle or  inguino-
cutaneous, and  the internal  or infra
pubian.  Along with  the  three  pairs
below it, it forms the lumbar plexus.
  The LUM'BAR PLEX'US—Portion
lombaire du plexus crural (Ch.) Plexus
lombo-abdominal. This plexus is form-
ed by the  union of the Ra'mi communi-
can'tes of the anterior  branches of the
first four lumbar nerves.   It is situated
behind the psoas muscle and before the
transverse processes  of  the  lumbar
vertebra?.    It  furnishes,  besides  the
branches which proceed from the first
pair,  several filaments,  that  are  dis-
tributed to  the psoas muscle,  to the
iliacus,  the integuments,  glands  of
the groin  ; and three great branches —
the crural, obturator,  and lumbosacral.
  L UM'BAR AB'SCESS, Pso'as ab'scess,
Aposte'ma psoat'kum, Absces'sus lumbo'-
rum, Mor'buspsoad'icus. This abscess is
so called from the matter being found on
the side of the psoas muscle or betwixt
that and the iliacus internus.  Between
these  muscles  is a quantity  of loose,
cellular substance ; and,  when an ab-
scess takes place there, it can find no
outlet except by a distant course. Gen-
erally, it descends along the psoas mus-
cle, forming a swelling immediately be-
neath Poupart's ligament ;  at times,
however, it  extends  down the thigh
under the fascia. Severe hectic follows
the bursting of the  abscess ; and, often,
death.  Its causes are — scrophula,  in-
jury to the loins, &c.
   When, — from the pain of the back
continuing  for  some  time, with other
symptoms, — the disease  is suspected,
caustics,  or the moxa applied opposite
the transverse processes of the lumbar
 vertebrae, must be  recommended ; and
 when the abscess is ready for opening,
 it  may be  emptied by repeated dis-
 charges ofthe  matter, through a small
 opening,  made with a lancet or small
 lancet-pointed   trocar.  The  medical
 treatment will consist  in  supporting 
LUMBI
596
LUTE
the system, under the great restorative
efforts required of it.
  Writers.   V. R.  Beckwith, Ed-
inb. 1784 (L).  Schonmetzel, Heidelb.
1776 (L).  J. Abernethy, Lond. 1822.
  Lumbi (Anat.)  The loins, the lumbar
region, xpoat,  ootftg, Osphys.  The pos-
terior regions of the abdomen, com-
prised between the base of the chest and
the pelvis.   The  parts, which enter
into the formation ofthe lumbar region
are, the skin ;  a considerable quantity
of cellular texture;  broad and strong
aponeuroses ; — the Latissimus Dorsi,
Obliquusexternus, and Obliquus internus
abdominis,  Transversalis  abdominis,
Quadratus luaiborum,  and  the mass
common to the Sacro-lumbalis,  Longis-
simus dorsi and Multifidus spina. These
muscles surround the lumbar region of
the vertebral  column.   The  vessels,
nerves, &c. of the loins are called lum-
bar.   (G) Lenden.
   Lum'bo-sacral, (Anat,)  Belonging
to the lumbar and sacral regions,  Bi-
chat calls  thus a very large nerve,
given off from the  anterior  branch of
the 5th lumbar pair and which descends
into  the  pelvis before  the sacrum to
join the sciatic plexus.
     (F) Lombo-sacre.
   Lumbrica'lis (Anat.)  Vermkula'ris.
Resembling a lumbrkus or earth worm.
A name,  given to small muscles,  met
with in the palm of the  hand and sole
of the foot.
   LUMBRICA'LES MA'NUS,  Fidkina'-
les, Flex'or pri'mi inter no'ilii digito'rum
ma'nus vel perfora'tus lumbrica'lis, An-
nuli-tendino-phalangiens, Palini-plialan-
giens.  Four small, fleshy,  thin, round,
long, fusiform fasciculi,  situated in the
 palm of the  hand,  and  distinguish-
 ed into first,  second, third, and fourth,
 counting from without to within. They
 arise from the tendons ofthe flexor com-
 munis  digitorum  and  are inserted at
 the   outer and posterior  side of  the
 superior extremity of the first phalan-
 ges  of  the  four  last fingers.  These
 muscles bend the fingers on the meta-
 carpus and fix the tendons ofthe flexor
 digitorum communis.
   LUMBRICA'LES PEDIS, Planti-ten-
 dino-phalangien.  Planti-sous-phalangi-
 ens (Ch.) They are analogous to those
 of the hand  in  form, number, and ar-
 rangement.   They increase the flexion
 ofthe toes and draw them inwards.
   Luna're os (Anat.)   Os semiluna'rt.
 The second  bone in the upper row of
 the carpus.
      (F)  Os  semilunaire.
  Luna'ria  redivi'va   (Mat.  Med.)
Leuco'ium, Bul'bonach, Sat'in, Hon'esty.
Said, by Ray, to be a warm diuretic.
  Lu'natic  (Path.)  Lunut'kus, from
Lu'na, ' the  moon.'   That which is
under the influence ofthe moon. Moon'-
struck.  An epithet given to diseases,
which appear at certain  phases of the
moon ; or to those who are affected by
them.  Usually, it is restricted to  one
laboring under lunacy or mental alien-
ation.
    (G) M onds iich tig.
  Lupi'nus (Mat.  Med.)  Uunder this
term, the white lupin, Lupi'nus al'bus,
is ordered in  some  pharmacopoeias.
The seed,  which was much  eaten in
the days of Pliny and of Galen, are
now neglected.  The meal is, however,
occasionally  used as  an anthelmintic,
and as a cataplasm.
  (G) Feigbohnen,   Wolfsbon-
ne n.
  Lupui.i'na  (Pharm.)   Lu'puline.  A
substance,  which exists in the  hop
and has been pointed  out by Dr. Ives,
of New York.   It occurs in the form
of small, shining, yellowish  grains,
which cover the  base of the scales of
the hop.  It  is pulverulent and of an
aromatic odor.   When  analyzed,  it is
found to contain resin,  volatile oil in
small quantity and  a bitter principle.
It is aromatic and tonic, and, according
to Dr. Ives, narcotic.
  Lu'pus (Path.) " The wolf," so named
from its rapacity.  Ul'cus  Tuberculo'sum,
 Can'cer lu'pus, Noli me  tan'gcre.  Tu-
bercular  excrescences,  with  ragged,
spreading ulcerations, chiefly about the
alse nasi, where they destroy the skin,
«fcc. for some depth.   Sometimes, they
appear  in  the cheek circularly, or in
 the shape of a sort of ring-worm, de-
 stroying the  substance  and leaving a
 deep and deformed cicatrix.  The knife
 or  caustic should be  used to separate
 the sound from the  morbid parts.   Ar-
 senic has  been  given internally  with
 advantage.
   Lute (Pharm.)  Lu'tum,  Camen'-
 tum, Mud.  A  composition  employed
 either for  closing apertures in a phar-
 maceutical instrument,  or for covering
 the surface of retorts, tubes, &c. which
 have to support a great degree of heat.
 Lutes are composed differently, accord-
 ing to  the object to be accomplished.
 Commonly they  are made  of  linseed
 meal and starch.  The fat lute is formed
 of clay and drying oil.  Sometimes,
 the  white of  egg and  lime are used ;
 and that which is employed for cover- 
LUTRON
597          LYCOPOD1UM
ing vessels, intended to be  strongly
heated,  is made of clay, sifted sand,
and water.
    (G) Kitt,  (F) Lut.
  Lu'tron (Med.)  Xovxqov.   A bath.
Also, an ophthalmic medicine. Galen.
  Luxa'tion (Surg. Path.)  Eluxa'tion,
from  luxa're,  ' to  put out of place.'
Dislocation, Olisthe'ma,  oXioStjpa, A-
poped'asis,  Luxa'tio,  Disloca'tio, Ec'-
clisis,  txxXiotg,  Luxatu'ra,  Ecto'pia,
Ecpto'sis, txnrwaig,  Elap'sus,  Lygis'-
tnus,  Xvyicuog, Emo'tio, txraaig, Exar-
thre'ma,  Exarthro'ma,  Exarthre'ma
luxa'tio, Exarthro'sis,  s$aq&qrjpa, t£aq-
■9qwpa,  tgaqSqwoig, Deloca'tio,  Exar-
ticula'tio.  A  displacement of  a bone
from its proper cavity.  A putting  out
of joint.  A  displacement of  two  or
more bones, whose articular  surfaces
have  lost,  wholly or in  part, their
natural   connexion ;  either  owing  to
external violence (accidental luxation),
or to disease of some of the parts about
the joint (spontaneous luxation).
  Luxation is  complete, when  the bones
have entirely lost their natural con-
nexion  : incomplete, when  they partly
preserve  it:  and  compound, when  a
wound  communicates with the luxated
joint.
  The  general indications of treatment
are, 1.  To reduce the protruded bone
to its original place.  2. To retain  it
in situ.  3. To  obviate any  attendant
or consequent symptoms.
  To reduce requires extension, coun-
ter-extension, and coaptation.
   (F) Luxation, Dislocation, Deboite-
ment.
   (G) Verrenkung.
   Writers.  Leopold, Lips. 1614 (L).
J. Colle, Venet. 1621 (L).  L. Mer-
 catus,  Francf.  1624 (L).    J. Th.
 Schenck, Jenae,  1643 (L).  Volmar,
 Marburg, 1662  (L).   Marche,  Kilon,
 1666 (L).  D. Gervasi, Lucca, 1673
 (I).  L.  Verduc, Paris,. 1685(F).   J.
 G. Gruhlmann, Hal. 1703 (L).  An-
 other work, Hal.  1704 (L).  Another,
 Leipz.  1706 (G).  Fr. Hoffmann, Hal.
 1703 (L).  Mustinger, Argent. 1713
 (L).   Luther, Erford,  1745 (L).   A.
 Flach (of the thigh), Argent. 1723 (L).
 Pfann, Erlang. 1745 (L).  G. E. Ham-
 berger, Jenae, 1746 (L.)   Fr. Ch.
 Juncker, Hal. 1761 (L).  T. Borde-
 nave,  Paris, 1764 (L).   A. Portal,
 Monspel. 1764 (L).   P. Pott, Lond.
 1775.   Sir A. Cooper  (dislocations
 and fractures of the joints),  5th edit.
 Lond. 1826.  An American  edition  by
 J  D.   Godman, Philad. 1825.   J.  C.
Warren  (luxation of the  hip-joint),
Cambridge, Mass. 1826.
  Luxeuil,   Mineral  Waters  of
(Mat. Med.)  Saline waters, at the town
of Luxeuil,  at the foot of the Vosges,
in the  department of Haute Saone.
Five springs are thermal, and two cold.
They seem  to contain carbonic acid,
carbonates of iron and lime, and mu-
riate  of soda;  and  are  employed as
aperient, tonic, and stimulant.
  Lycan'che  (Path.)  Xvr.ayxrj,  from
Xvxog,' a wolf,'  and ayxw,'  I strangle.'
Wolf quincy,  Wolf choak. — As Cy-
nanche  means  Dog choak.  See Ly-
coides.
  Lycanthro'pia  (Path.) from Xvxog,
' a wolf,' and av&qomog, ' a man': Ly-
ca'on,  Xvxamv,  Insa'nia lupi'na.  A
variety  of melancholy, in  which the
person believes himself to be changed
into a wolf,  and  imitates the voice and
habits of that animal.
 . (G) Wolfssucht, Wolfswahn-
sinn, Warwolf.
  Writers.   J.  Fr. Wolfeshusius,
Lips. 1591 (L).  J. de Nyand,  Paris,
1615 (F).   Mei,  Wittenb.  1650 (L).
Nifanius, Giess. 1654 (L).   Goldjter,
Wittemb. 1664 (L).   Wolfius, Wit-
tenb. 1666 (L).  Muller,  Lips.  1673
(L).  Salzmann, Argent. 1749 (L).
  Lycoi'des (Path.) XvxwStjg,  Xvxoti-
Stjg, from Xvxog, ' a wolf,'  and sidog,
' form.'   Lu'po  sim'ilis.   An epithet
for a species of cynanche, absurdly at-
tributed to excessive retention of sperm
in  its reservoirs, and its passage into
the blood.
   Lycoper'don  (Mat.  Med.) from Xv-
xog,'a. wolf,' and TttqSw,' I break wind.'
L. Bovis'ta,  Crep'itus Lu'pi, Puff-ball,
Bull Fists, Mol'lipuffs, Bovis'ta.  The
puff-ball  dries into a very fine, light,
brownish dust,  which is,  sometimes,
 used as  a mechanical  styptic to arrest
 hemorrhage.    (F) Vesseloup.
     G)  Kugelschwamm.
   LYCOPER'DON  TU'BER,  Tu'ber,
 Truf'fle,Agriocas'tanum, Trubs, Tu'ber
 ciba'rium,  T.  Guloso'rum,  Tu'bera
 Ter'ra. A  fleshy, firm body, unknown
 in its mode of reproduction, which  is
 found under ground, especially  in dif-
 ferent parts of France, Italy, «&c., and
 is  much esteemed as an aliment.   It
 seems  to belong to  the Champignons,
 and has a particular perfume.  Aphro-
 disiac virtues have been ascribed to it.
     (F)  Truffe.      (G)  Triiffel.
    Lycopo'dium (Mat. Med.) L. Clava'-
 tum, Cingula'ria, Mus'cus clava'tus,
  Club-moss,  Wolf's-claw.   This  is 
LYMPH              598           LYMPHATIC
the  largest of the  European mosses.
The dust,  which fills the  capsules of
its  spikes,  is very  inflammable,  and
hence has been called Veg"etable Sul'-
phur J — and, also, Fari'na  seu jPu7'-
vis,  seu Se'men seu  Sul'phur  Lyco-
po'dii,   (G) Barlappsaamen,
Hexenmehl,  Trutenmehl,
Alpmehl, Pillenmehl, Wurm-
mehl,  Klopfppulver, Blitz-
pulver,   Moospulver, &c.  It
is used in France to roll pills and bo-
luses in : and, in Medicine, as a desicca-
tive, in the  excoriations to which infants
are  liable.   It is  collected chiefly in
Switzerland  and  Germany  for com-
merce.
  LYCOPO'DIUM  SELA'GO,  Mus'cus
erec'tus, Up'right Club-moss, Fir Club-
moss, Up'right Fir-moss.   The decoc-
tion of  this plant  acts violently as an
emetic  and purgative; and was  for-
merly,  on  this  account,  used as  an
abortive.  It is  also  employed to kill
vermin.
  Lymph (Anat.) Lym'pha, from wpiptj,
1  water,' by changing v into X.  White
Blood, tuuu, Oche'ma, ox^pa.  A name
given  to the fluid, contained in the
lymphatic vessels and thoracic duct of
animals, which have been made to fast
for 24 hours.
  According to Chevreul, the lymph
of the  dog  contains water, fibrine, al-
bumen, common salt, subcarbonate of
soda, phosphates of lime and magnesia,
and carbonate of lime. The properties
and  composition of lymph vary con-
siderably, according to the part whence
the lymphatic vessels obtain it.  Gen-
erally, it is under the form of a trans-
parent,  slightly alkaline fluid,  some-
times of a madder-red  or  yellowish
color, — of a spermatic odor, and saline
taste;  soluble in water, — the solution
becoming  turbid,  when mixed  with
alcohol.  When left to itself, it coagu-
lates. The  clot or solid portion becomes
of a scarlet red, if put in contact with
oxyen ; and of a purple red, if placed
in carbonic acid.
  According to some physiologists, the
lymph is the product of  internal ab-
sorption in different parts of the body ;
flows  along-  the  lymphatic vessels,
uniting with the chyle, and  is poured
with it into the veins; thus becoming
one of the materials of the  blood.   Ac-
cording  to  others, the blood, when it
reaches the arterial radicles, is divided
into two portions, — the one red, which
is carried to the heart, — the other se-
rous or  white, which is absorbed by the
lymphatic vessels, and constitutes the
lymph.
  Lymphat'ic  (Anat.)  Lymphat'icus,
Rorif'erus.   That  which   relates  to
lymph.
  The LYMPHAT'IC SYSfTEM is that
particular system of oYgans, which is
inservient to the formation and circula-
tion of lymph.  These organs are,—
  1.  The  LYMPHAT'IC  GAN'GLIONS
or GLANDS.   See Ganglion.
  2.  The LYMPHAT'IC  VEJS'SELS,—
Lymphaduc'tus,  Ve'na  lymphat'ica,
Duc'tus sero'si, and Va'sa lymphat'ica.
These are very numerous.   Arising at
the surface  of membranes  and of the
tissue of the organs, they  carry into
the veins the lymph from those parts.
Lymphatic vessels are found in every
part  of the body.   Wherever they are
met  with,  however, they  form two
orders, — one  superficial,   the   other
deep-seated ; — the two orders frequent-
ly communicating with each other.
  Lymphatic  vessels are  generally
smaller than arteries and veins.  They
are very thin,  diaphanous, and cylin-
drical ;  but  they  present,  here and
there, more or less considerable dilata-
tions, caused by valves in their interior.
They are slightly  tortuous in  their
course:  their  anastomoses are  very
numerous, and they  often cross each
other, forming  successive plexuses.
Of the  arrangement .of the extreme
radicles  we  are ignoraut.  All  the
branches, before joining  the principal
trunks,  pass  through lymphatic  gan-
glions, in which they subdivide almost
ad infinitum.
  They are formed of an  outer cellular
membrane and an internal coat, similar
to that of the veins : of the latter, the
valves are formed.   All the lymphatics
of the body ultimately discharge them-
selves into the subclavian and internal
jugular veins.  Two of these trunks are
considerably larger than the others : the
thoracic duct (q. v.), and the great trunk
ofthe right side, — (F) La grand veine
lymphatique  droite.   The former re-
ceives the lymphatics of the abdomen,
of the lower extremities, the left side
of the thorax, the left upper extremity,
and the corresponding side of the head
and neck : — the latter receives those
of the right  upper  extremity,  and of
the right side of the head, neck, and
thorax.    (G) Ly m p hge f ass.
  Writers.   Hewson,  Lond.  1771.
S. Th. Sommering,  Cassell. 1779 (L).
Lindner, Hal.  1787 (L).   Assalini,
Turin, 1767 (L).  P. Mascagni, Senis, 
LYMPHEURYSMA        599       LYTTA VITTATA.
1787 (L).  B. N. Schreger (irritability
of), Lips. 1789 (L).  De Koning  (dis-
eases of), Lugd. Bat. 1793 (L).  G. J.
Wolff, Lingen.  1795  (G).  Bock-
mann (dropsy and irritability of L.),
Erlang. 1800 (L).   W.  Crc'ikshank,
Lond. 1799.
  Lympheurys'ma (Path.) from  lym-
pha, ' lymph,'  and tvqwoi, ' I dilate.'
Morbid  dilatation  of a lymphatic ves-
sel.
  Lymphoche'zia (Path.) from lympha,
' lymph,'  and  /eccu, ' I go  to stool.'
Serous diarrhoea (q. v.)
  Lympho'sis (Phys.) The preparation
or elaboration of lymph.
  Lpmphot'omy (Anat.)  from lym'pha,
'lymph,' and tiuvw, ' I  cut.'  Dissec-
tion of the lymphatics.
  Lynce'us  {Pharm.) Xvyxtvg.  A col-
lyrium, mentioned by Galen  and Pau-
lus  of  Mgina., and  recommended for
the removal of callous  excrescences,
and for  improving vision.
  Lynch's  Embroca'tion (Pharm.)
An emollient nostrum, formed of olive
oil  impregnated  with  bergamot  and
other essences, and  colored with alka-
net root.
  Lyngo'des (Path.) from Xvyl,  ' the
hiccough.'   Fe'bris lyngo'des. A spe-
cies of  fever, commonly intermittent,
of which the hiccough is a prominent
symptom.
  Ly'ra  (Anat.)  Xvqa, ' the  lyre.'
Psalte'riumT Cor'pus  Psallot'des, Ly'ra
Da'vidis.  The under surface of  the
posterior part of the body of the fornix
is impressed with numerous transverse
and oblique  lines, which  have been  so
called  from  some resemblance   they
bear to the ancient lyre.
    (G) Leier,  Harfe.
  Lysima'chia  Nummula'ria   (Mat.
Med.) Creep'ing Loose Strife, Mon'ey
Wort,  JYummula'ria,   Hirundina'ria,
Centimor'bia.  This plant was formerly
accounted vulnerary.  It has been con-
sidered  to   possess  antiscorbutic  and
astringent qualities, and has been  used
in leucorrhcea.
  (F) Herbe aux ecus.
  (G) Pfennigkraut.
  Lysipo'nion  (Pharm.)  Xvamoviov.
Name  of an  antidote,  mentioned by
Myrepsus.
  Ly'sis (Path.)  Xvoig.  Solution.  A
name given to crises, which are  ope-
rated insensibly ; that is, gradually and
without critical symptoms.
  LY'SONS, Dan'iel (Biogr.)  Phy-
sician at Bath,  in  England; died  in
1800.  Works. Essay on the effelts of
camphire and calomel in continued fe-
vers, Ifc.  To  which is  added,  an oc-
casional  observation  on the  modern
practice  of inoculation, &c.  Lond.
1771. 8vo.  Practical essays on  con-
tinued and  intermitting fevers, drop-
sies, diseases of the  liver, the epilepsyT
the colic, dysenteric  fluxes,  and  the  «
operations of calomel; with an appen-
dix, and some  observations  on the use
of a decoction of the inner bark of the
common  elm in cutaneous  disorders.
Bath. 1772. 8vo.  Further observations
on the effects of calomel and camphire;
upon the effects of calomel in dropsy ;
upon Bath waters ;  upon epilepsy: —
also on the effects of a decoction of elm
bark  in  cutaneous  eruptions.  Bath.
1777. Svo.
  Lyssodec'tus  (Path.) XvoaoStjxrog,
from  Xvoaa,  *. canine  madness,'  and
Saxwpi,' to bite.' Hydroph'obus, vtiqo-
ipofiog ; — Cane rabido morsus.   One
who  has been  bitten by a mad dog,  or
is  actually laboring  under hydropho-
bia.
  Lyte'rios  (Path.)  X.vrtjqiog.  An
epithet, given to those signs^which an-
nounce  the  solution of a, very violent
disease.
  Ly'thrum Salica'ria (Mat. Med.)
Lysima'chia purpu'rea,  Salica'ria:  —
the Com'mon or Pur'ple  Wil'low Herb.
The  herb,, root, and  flowers possess a
considerable degree of astringency, and
are used, occasionally, in the cure  of
diarrhoea and  dysentery, leucorrhcea,
haemoptysis, &c.
  (G)Rother   Wiederich,
Brauner Weiderich.
  Lyt'ta vitta'ta  (Mat. Med.) Can'-
tharis  vitta'ta, Pota'toe Fly.   Four
species of meloe, that blister, are found
in the United States.  The lytta vittata
feeds principally upon  the  potatoe
plant, and, at the proper season of the
year, may  be  collected in  immense
number.
  The potatoe fly resembles  the  can-
tharides in  every property, and is fully
equal to them.
    (F) Cantharide tachetie.
END  OF  VOL. I. 
 
 

v—>v  ^  %—y    ■
&^ 
f^^TT^VX
\ ^ * y v ]—My k  \   v
i V y^^ \/ rfn v/< 
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE
NLM ODTflflbTT D